Table of Contents

AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON APRIL 17, 2009

REGISTRATION NO.             

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 10

 

 

GENERAL FORM FOR REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES

PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR 12(g) OF THE

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

 

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION

(Name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

TEXAS   75-2182440

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

2911 Turtle Creek Blvd., Suite 700, Dallas, Texas 75219

(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)

(214) 252-4000

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

 

 

Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

TITLE OF EACH CLASS

TO BE SO REGISTERED

 

NAME OF EACH EXCHANGE ON WHICH

EACH CLASS IS TO BE REGISTERED

None   None

Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

TITLE OF CLASS

Common Stock, $10.00 par value

 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   x   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

 

 

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION

 

ITEM 1.    BUSINESS    3

ITEM 1A.

   RISK FACTORS    20

ITEM 2.

   FINANCIAL INFORMATION    30

ITEM 3.

   PROPERTIES    52

ITEM 4.

   SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT    52

ITEM 5.

   DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS    54

ITEM 6.

   EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION    56

ITEM 7.

   CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE    73

ITEM 8.

   LEGAL PROCEEDINGS    74

ITEM 9.

   MARKET PRICE OF AND DIVIDENDS ON THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS    74

ITEM 10.

   RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES    76

ITEM 11.

   DESCRIPTION OF REGISTRANT’S SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED    76

ITEM 12.

   INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS    78

ITEM 13.

   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA    79

ITEM 14.

   CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE    79

ITEM 15.

   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS    80

 

i


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Certain statements contained in this registration statement on Form 10 that are not statements of historical fact constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the safe harbor provisions of the United States Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Words such as “expect,” “estimate,” “project,” “budget,” “forecast,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “plan,” “may,” “will,” “could,” “should,” “believes,” “predicts,” “potential,” “continue,” and similar expressions are intended to identify such forward-looking statements but are not the exclusive means of identifying such statements.

Forward-looking statements involve significant risks and uncertainties that could cause the actual results to differ materially from those anticipated in such statements. Most of these factors are outside our control and difficult to predict. These forward-looking statements include, without limitation, our expectations with respect to our future financial or business performance, strategies or expectations and anticipated financial impacts and synergies resulting from our recent acquisition of First Southwest Holdings, Inc. and related transactions. Factors that may cause such differences include, but are not limited to:

(1) changes in general economic, market and business conditions in areas or markets where we compete;

(2) conditions beyond our control such as future state and federal legislation and regulation affecting one or more of our business segments, natural disasters or acts of war or terrorism;

(3) changes in the interest rate environment;

(4) changes in the default rate of our loans;

(5) changes in the auction rate securities markets, including ongoing liquidity problems related thereto;

(6) cost and availability of capital;

(7) competition for our banking, mortgage origination and financial advisory segments from other banks and financial institutions as well as insurance companies, mortgage originators, investment banking and financial advisory firms, asset-based non-bank lenders and government agencies;

(8) approval of new, or changes in, accounting policies and practices;

(9) our participation in governmental programs implemented under the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (the “EESA”) and the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act (the “ARRA”), including without limitation the Troubled Asset Relief Program (“TARP”), the Capital Purchase Program, and the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program, and the impact of such programs and related regulations on the Company and on international, national, and local economic and financial markets and conditions; and

(10) other factors discussed from time to time in our news releases and/or public statements, and those factors listed in this registration statement on Form 10 under Item 1A. “Risk Factors.”

We caution that the foregoing list of factors is not exclusive, and new factors may emerge or changes to the foregoing factors may occur that could impact our business. You should review carefully the items captioned “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in this registration statement on Form 10 for a more complete discussion of these and other factors that may affect our business. All subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements concerning our business attributable to us or any person acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements above. We do not undertake any obligation to update any forward-looking statement, whether written or oral, relating to the matters discussed in this registration statement on Form 10 except to the extent required by federal securities laws.

 

1


Table of Contents

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

All references to “we,” “us,” “our,” “our company,” “the Company,” or “Plains Capital” in this registration statement on Form 10 mean Plains Capital Corporation, a Texas corporation, and its consolidated subsidiaries as a whole. In addition, we refer to PlainsCapital Bank as the “Bank,” and to First Southwest Holdings, LLC and its subsidiaries as a whole as “First Southwest.”

 

2


Table of Contents
ITEM 1. BUSINESS

Overview

Plains Capital Corporation is a Texas-based and Dallas-headquartered financial holding company registered under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (the “Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act”) and a bank holding company registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (the “BHC Act”). The majority of our net income is derived from our wholly-owned bank subsidiary, PlainsCapital Bank. The Bank provides business and consumer banking services from offices located throughout central, north and west Texas. In addition to the Bank, we have various other subsidiaries with specialized areas of expertise that allow us to provide a wide array of financial products and services. Through these other subsidiaries, we offer financial products and services such as mortgage origination, financial advisory, public finance, investment banking, asset management and capital equipment leasing. As of December 31, 2008, on a consolidated basis, we had total assets of approximately $4.0 billion, total loans, including loans held for sale, of approximately $3.1 billion and stockholders’ equity of approximately $399.8 million.

History and Expansion

Shortly after originally incorporating as a Texas corporation in 1987, we purchased Plains National Bank (“Plains National”) in Lubbock, Texas in 1988. At the time, Plains National had approximately $174.0 million in assets and was the fifth largest bank in Lubbock. Over the next decade, Plains National’s market share and service offering grew, and it became the largest bank in Lubbock with approximately $609.0 million in deposits and 23% of Lubbock’s market share. In 1998, we acquired McAfee Mortgage Company, a Lubbock-based mortgage company.

In 1999, we were able to begin expanding our business beyond traditional banking services as a result of the passage of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act. We were also able to expand into different markets. Specifically, we acquired PrimeLending, a PlainsCapital Company (“PrimeLending”), a Dallas-based mortgage company with five locations in the Dallas-Fort Worth metroplex, and Plains National converted from a national chartered bank to a Texas chartered bank, opened its first Dallas location in the Turtle Creek neighborhood and changed its name to PNB Financial Bank. In 2000, we moved our corporate headquarters to Dallas and PNB Financial Bank opened its first location in Austin. In 2003, as part of a larger branding campaign, PNB Financial Bank changed its name to PlainsCapital Bank. Additionally, we acquired a majority interest in Hester Capital Management, L.L.C. (“Hester Capital”), a registered investment advisor under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 specializing in investment portfolio management services for private clients including families, trusts and estates. In 2004, the Bank entered the Fort Worth and San Antonio markets. In 2007, the Bank entered the Arlington market. On December 31, 2008, we acquired First Southwest Holdings, Inc., a diversified private investment banking corporation. Upon completion of its acquisition, First Southwest Holdings, Inc. was renamed First Southwest Holdings, LLC, and it became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank.

As of December 31, 2008, we had more than $2.9 billion in deposits. The following table summarizes our deposit portfolio by geographic region as of December 31, 2008 (dollar amounts in thousands).

 

     December 31, 2008  
     West Texas     DFW     Central/South     Corporate     Total  

Demand deposits

   $ 225,785     $ 208,355     $ 108,768     $ (282,716 )     260,192  

Now and ATS accounts

     213,217       48,106       13,171       (230,741 )     43,753  

Money market deposit accounts

     116,939       318,229       76,786       458,523       970,477  

Other savings deposits

     64,536       32,650       54,155       —         151,341  

Time deposits under $100,000

     166,934       57,054       8,180       187       232,355  

Time deposit of $100,000 or more

     267,223       225,908       74,075       (57 )     567,149  

Brokered deposits

     —         —         —         564,378       564,378  

Foreign deposits

     —         —         —         136,454       136,454  
                                        

Total deposits

   $ 1,054,634     $ 890,302     $ 335,135     $ 646,028     $ 2,926,099  
                                        

Percentage of total deposits

     36.0 %     30.4 %     11.5 %     22.1 %     100.0 %

 

(1) West Texas primarily consists of Lubbock, Texas.
(2) Central/South primarily consists of Austin, Texas and San Antonio, Texas.

 

3


Table of Contents

The following table shows our loan portfolio by geographic region as of December 31, 2008 (dollar amounts in thousands).

 

     December 31, 2008  
     DFW     Central/South     West Texas     Corporate     Total  

Commercial and agricultural

   $ 683,027     $ 258,069     $ 321,360     $ —       $ 1,262,456  

Lease financing

     —         —         —         101,902       101,902  

Construction and land development

     322,614       180,000       82,706       —         585,320  

Real estate

     410,392       241,472       187,235       —         839,099  

Securities (including margin loans)

     799       1,542       495       126,802       129,638  

Installment and credit card

     25,270       2,900       22,921       —         51,091  
                                        

Loans, gross

   $ 1,442,102     $ 683,983     $ 614,717     $ 228,704     $ 2,969,506  
                                        

Percentage of loans, gross

     48.6 %     23.0 %     20.7 %     7.7 %     100.0 %

 

(1) Central/South primarily consists of Austin, Texas and San Antonio, Texas.
(2) West Texas primarily consists of Lubbock, Texas.

As of December 31, 2008, we had the following U.S. bank branches:

 

CITY

  

BRANCHES

  

OTHER FACILITIES

Arlington    1 full service   
Austin    2 full service; 1 motor   
Carrollton    1 full service   
Dallas    5 full service   
Fort Worth    4 full service   
Frisco    1 full service   
Lubbock    12 full service; 1 motor    1 Operations Center; 1 Deposit Operations Center
Round Rock    1 full service   
San Antonio    2 full service   
Weatherford    1 full service   

Additionally, we maintain a branch of our bank in the Cayman Islands. We believe that a Cayman Islands branch of our bank enables us to offer more competitive cash management and deposit products to our customers. Our Cayman Islands branch consists of an agented office to facilitate our offering of these products. We opened our Cayman Islands branch in June 2004. All deposits in the Cayman Branch come from U.S. based customers of the Bank. Deposits do not originate from foreign sources, and funds transfers neither come from nor go to facilities outside of the United States. All deposits are in U.S. dollars. As of December 31, 2008, our Cayman Islands deposits totaled approximately $136.5 million.

Business Segments

Operating as a financial services company allows us to seek to diversify risk so that revenue can be generated in a variety of market conditions and it also facilitates cross-selling between our subsidiaries. We operate in three business segments: banking, mortgage origination and financial advisory. For more financial information about each of these business segments, see the section entitled “Financial Information—Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Also see Note 24 in the notes to our consolidated financial statements.

Banking

Our banking segment primarily operates through the Bank and PlainsCapital Leasing, LLC. The Bank has more than 30 locations across Texas in the Austin, Dallas, Fort Worth, Lubbock, San Antonio and Weatherford areas. As of December 31, 2008, our banking segment had approximately $3.9 billion in assets and total deposits of approximately $2.9 billion. As of December 31, 2008, brokered deposits represented approximately 20% of the total deposits of the Bank. The sources for the remainder of our deposits are residents located in the Texas markets we serve.

Business Banking . Our business banking customers primarily consist of agribusiness, energy, health care, institutions of higher education, real estate (including construction and land development), and wholesale/retail trade

 

4


Table of Contents

companies. We provide these customers with extensive banking services such as Internet banking, business check cards and other add-on services as determined on a customer-by-customer basis. Our treasury management services, which are designed to reduce the time, burden and expense of collecting, transferring, disbursing and reporting cash, are also available to our business customers. We offer these business customers lines of credits, equipment loans and leases, letters of credits, agricultural loans, commercial real estate loans and other loan products.

The table below sets forth a distribution of our business loans by type as of December 31, 2008 (dollar amounts in thousands).

 

     December 31, 2008  
     Amount    % of Total Loans  

Loans:

     

Commercial and agricultural

   $ 1,262,456    42.5 %

Real estate

     839,099    28.3 %

Construction and land development

     585,320    19.7 %

Lease financing

     101,902    3.4 %
             

Total business loans

     2,788,777    93.9 %

All other loans

     180,729    6.1 %
             

Total loans

   $ 2,969,506    100.0 %
             

Commercial and agricultural loans are primarily made within our market areas in Texas and are underwritten on the basis of the borrower’s ability to service the debt from income. In general, commercial and agricultural loans involve more credit risk than residential mortgage loans and commercial mortgage loans and, therefore, usually yield a higher return. The increased risk in commercial and agricultural loans results primarily from the type of collateral securing these loans, typically commercial real estate, accounts receivable, equipment and inventory. Additionally, increased risk arises from the expectation that commercial and agricultural loans generally will be serviced principally from the operations of the business, and those operations may not be successful. Historical trends have shown theses types of loans to have higher delinquencies than mortgage loans. As a result of the additional risk and complexity associated with commercial and agricultural loans, such loans require more thorough underwriting and servicing than loans to individuals. To manage these risks, our policy is to attempt to secure commercial and agricultural loans with both the assets of the borrowing business and other additional collateral and guarantees that may be available. In addition, depending on the size of the credit, we actively monitor certain fiscal measures of the borrower, including cash flow, collateral value and other appropriate credit factors. We also have processes in place to analyze and evaluate on a regular basis our exposure to industries, products, market changes and economic trends. Our commercial and agricultural loans generally range in size from $100,000 to $25.0 million.

The Bank also offers term financing on commercial real estate properties that include retail, office, multi-family, industrial, warehouse and non-owner occupied single family residences. Commercial mortgage lending can involve high principal loan amounts, and the repayment of these loans is dependent, in large part, on a borrower’s on-going business operations or on income generated from the properties that are leased to third parties. As a general practice, the Bank requires its commercial mortgage loans to be secured with first lien positions on the underlying property, to generate adequate equity margins, to be serviced by businesses operated by an established management team, and to be guaranteed by the principals of the borrower. The Bank seeks lending opportunities where cash flow from the collateral provides adequate debt service coverage and/or the guarantor’s net worth is comprised of assets other than the project being financed.

The Bank offers construction financing for (i) commercial, retail, office, industrial, warehouse and multi-family developments, (ii) residential developments, and (iii) single family residential properties. Loans to finance these transactions are generally secured by first liens on the underlying real property. The Bank conducts periodic completion inspections, either directly or through an agent, prior to approval of periodic draws on these loans. Construction loans involve additional risks because loan funds are advanced upon the security of a project under construction, and the project is of uncertain value prior to its completion. Because of uncertainties inherent in estimating construction costs, the market value of the completed project and the effects of governmental regulation on real property, it can be difficult to accurately evaluate the total funds

 

5


Table of Contents

required to complete a project and the related loan-to-value ratio. As a result of these uncertainties, construction lending often involves the disbursement of substantial funds with repayment dependent, in part, on the success of the ultimate project rather than the ability of a borrower or guarantor to repay the loan. If the Bank is forced to foreclose on a project prior to completion, it may not be able to recover the entire unpaid portion of the loan. Additionally, it may be required to fund additional amounts to complete a project and may have to hold the property for an indeterminate period of time.

PlainsCapital Leasing, LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank, provides commercial customers with an alternative to purchasing expensive capital equipment by allowing them to lease capital equipment from us. We have historically leased equipment to customers in the transportation, medical, machine tools, electronics, entertainment and audio/visual industries.

Personal Banking . We offer a broad range of personal banking products and services for individuals. Similar to our business banking operations, we also provide our personal banking customers with a variety of add-on features such as check and credit cards, safe deposit boxes, Internet banking, bill pay, overdraft privilege services, gift cards and access to ATM facilities throughout the United States. We offer a variety of deposit accounts to our personal banking customers including savings, checking, interest-bearing checking, money market and certificates of deposit.

We loan to individuals for personal, family and household purposes, including lines of credit, home improvement loans, home equity loans and credit cards. Additionally, a portion of the Bank’s lending activities consists of the origination of single family residential mortgage loans typically collateralized by owner occupied properties located in its market areas. These residential mortgage loans are generally secured by a first lien on the underlying property, have maturities of five years or less, and serve as bridge financing until the property is refinanced into a traditional mortgage product. Longer term mortgage financing is provided for certain customers within the Bank’s private banking group. As of December 31, 2008, the Bank had approximately $207.3 million in one-to-four family residential loans, which represented approximately 7% of its total loans.

Our private banking team personally assists high net worth individuals and their families with their banking needs, including depository, credit, asset management, and trust and estate services. We offer trust and asset management services in order to assist these customers in managing, and ultimately transferring, their wealth. Our wealth management services provide personal trust, investment management and employee benefit plan administration services, including estate planning, management and administration, investment portfolio management, employee benefit accounts, and individual retirement accounts.

Mortgage Origination

Our mortgage origination segment operates through a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank, PrimeLending. Founded in 1986, PrimeLending is a residential mortgage originator headquartered in Dallas, Texas but licensed to originate and close loans in 47 states. It operates from 93 locations in 17 states, originating a majority of its mortgages from its Texas locations. In addition to the Dallas market, PrimeLending also serves other Texas markets, including Austin, Forth Worth, Houston and San Antonio. The mortgage lending business is subject to seasonality, and the overall demand for mortgage loans is driven largely by the applicable interest rates at any given time.

PrimeLending handles loan processing, underwriting and closings in-house. Mortgage loans originated by PrimeLending are funded through a warehouse line of credit maintained with the Bank. PrimeLending sells substantially all mortgage loans it originates to various investors in the secondary market with servicing released. As these mortgage loans are sold in the secondary market, PrimeLending pays down its warehouse line of credit with the Bank. Loans sold are subject to certain indemnification provisions with investors, including the repurchase of loans sold and the repayment of sales proceeds to investors under certain conditions.

Our mortgage lending underwriting strategy seeks to follow conservative loan policies and underwriting practices, including:

 

   

granting loans on a sound and collectible basis;

 

   

obtaining a balance between maximum yield and minimum risk;

 

6


Table of Contents
   

ensuring that primary and secondary sources of repayment are adequate in relation to the amount of the loan; and

 

   

ensuring that each loan is properly documented and, if appropriate, insurance coverage is adequate.

The table below sets forth, as of December 31, 2008, the principal amount of mortgage loans originated by PrimeLending offices located in certain of its primary market areas.

 

     Volume by State  
     Loan
Amount
   Units    Average
Balance
   Percentage
by Volume
 

Texas

   $ 1,341,075    7,805    $ 172    59 %

California

     129,780    511      254    6 %

Washington

     126,494    511      248    5 %

Nevada

     120,414    562      214    5 %

Colorado

     65,385    320      204    3 %

Other

     500,167    2,924      171    22 %
                     

Total

   $ 2,283,315    12,633    $ 181    100 %
                     

In addition to its branch office network, PrimeLending recently completed the formation of PrimeLending Ventures, LLC, which was formed with the objective of establishing various “affiliated business arrangements” to originate residential mortgages for customers of referring business partners and for other customers not associated with business partners. PrimeLending Ventures, LLC became operational during the first quarter of 2009.

Since its inception, PrimeLending has grown from originating approximately $80 million in mortgage loans annually with a staff of 20 individuals to originating approximately $2.3 billion in loans in 2008 with over 1,000 employees. PrimeLending offers a wide array of loan products catering to the specific needs of borrowers, including 30-year and 15-year fixed rate conventional mortgages, adjustable rate mortgages, jumbo loans, FHA and VA loans, relocation programs and refinancing options. Mortgage loans originated by PrimeLending are secured by a first lien on the underlying property. PrimeLending does not originate subprime loans (which we define to be loans to borrowers having a Fair Isaac Corporation (FICO) score lower than 620 or that do not comply with applicable agency or investor-specific underwriting guidelines).

Financial Advisory

Our financial advisory segment operates through First Southwest and Hester Capital. Through these subsidiaries, we serve families, trusts, endowments, foundations and other non-profit entities, retirement plans, public funds, local governments, public agencies, financial institutions and high net worth investors. We provide these customers with a diverse group of services such as investment advisory, investment banking, underwriting, asset management, arbitrage rebate, continuing disclosure and benefit plan services. Prior to December 31, 2008, our financial advisory services were offered primarily through Hester Capital and accounted for approximately 2% of our revenues on a consolidated basis as of December 31, 2008.

First Southwest . With our acquisition of First Southwest, we expect our financial advisory segment to become more significant to our overall operations. First Southwest is a diversified investment banking corporation and a registered broker-dealer with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”). It is a leading public financial advisor in the United States and provides underwriting, asset management, arbitrage rebate, continuing disclosure and benefit plan services to local governments and public agencies. First Southwest also provides advisory services to corporations, financial institutions, non-profit entities and high net worth investors. Although it is a diversified investment banking firm, First Southwest’s primary focus is on providing public finance services.

First Southwest was founded in 1946 in Dallas, Texas and employs approximately 370 people and maintains 21 branch offices in Alaska, Arkansas, California, Connecticut, Florida, Massachusetts, New York, North Carolina, Rhode

 

7


Table of Contents

Island and Texas. As of December 31, 2008, First Southwest maintained more than $60.8 million in equity capital and had more than 1,500 public sector clients. Additionally, as of December 31, 2008, it had consolidated assets of approximately $394.2 million.

First Southwest has five primary lines of business: (i) public finance, (ii) capital markets, (iii) correspondent clearing services, (iv) asset management, and (v) corporate finance.

Public Finance . First Southwest’s public finance group represents its largest department. This group advises cities, counties, school districts, utility districts, tax increment zones, special districts, state agencies and other governmental entities nationwide. In addition, the group provides specialized advisory and investment banking services for airports, convention centers, healthcare institutions, institutions of higher education, housing, industrial development agencies, toll road authorities, and public power and utility providers.

Capital Markets . Through its capital markets group, First Southwest trades and underwrites tax-exempt and taxable fixed income securities and trades equities on an agency basis on behalf of its retail and institutional clients. In addition, First Southwest provides asset and liability management advisory services to community banks through its MC Planning group.

Correspondent Clearing Services . The correspondent clearing services group offers omnibus and fully disclosed clearing services to FINRA member firms for trade executing, clearing and back office services. Services are provided to approximately 60 correspondent firms.

Asset Management . First Southwest Asset Management is a registered investment advisor providing state and local governments with advice and assistance with respect to arbitrage rebate compliance, portfolio management and local government investment pool administration. Specifically, First Southwest Asset Management advises municipalities with respect to the emerging regulations relating to arbitrage rebates. Further, First Southwest Asset Management assists governmental entities with the complexities of investing public funds in the fixed income markets. As an investment adviser registered with the SEC, First Southwest Asset Management promotes cash management-based investment strategies that seek to adhere to the standards imposed by the fiduciary responsibilities of investment officers of public funds. As of December 31, 2008, First Southwest Asset Management served as administrator for local government investment pools totaling approximately $7 billion, investment manager of approximately $7.3 billion in short-term fixed income portfolios of municipal governments, and investment advisor for approximately $5 billion invested by municipal governments.

Corporate Finance . First Southwest’s corporate finance group provides focused and tailored investment banking services to institutions and corporations. These services include capital raising, advisory services and corporate restructuring.

Hester Capital . We acquired a majority interest in Hester Capital in 2003. Hester Capital primarily serves clients in Austin, Dallas and Fort Worth and is a registered investment advisor under the Investment Advisors Act of 1940. It specializes in investment portfolio management services for private clients, including families, trusts and estates; endowments, foundations and other non-profit entities; retirement plans; businesses; and public funds. Hester Capital manages equity, fixed income and balanced portfolios using defined investment objectives and guidelines established with each client. The investment management services offered by Hester Capital involve managing and overseeing investment portfolios containing liquid assets of at least $1.0 million.

Growth and Operating Strategies

Growth Strategy

Our growth strategy in all of our segments is to expand primarily through internal growth with a secondary focus on acquisitions. Internal growth in our banking segment has historically been achieved by taking advantage of opportunities to employ experienced bank leaders and teams who have significant experience in the Texas banking industry. Once we have identified and employed key individuals with experience in a particular market, we then seek to build new branches. Our commitment to find such individuals is not limited to certain geographic market areas. We believe we have been successful in recruiting and plan to continue our efforts to recruit experienced bankers, particularly experienced bankers and lenders who can have an immediate impact on our overall goals such as generating greater internal growth and more specific goals such as increasing assets under management and loan volume through existing relationships. Similarly, we will seek to continue to grow our mortgage origination and financial advisory segments through the recruitment of experienced mortgage loan officers and financial advisory professionals, respectively.

 

8


Table of Contents

In addition to internal growth, we may pursue strategic acquisitions by which we believe we will be able to obtain a leadership team and structure with significant banking or financial services experience in a market area that will smoothly integrate into and complement our present operational culture. On December 31, 2008, we acquired First Southwest whose markets overlap those of our banking and mortgage origination businesses. We believe this acquisition provides us with financial advisory and investment banking expertise, thus making us a more diversified financial services company with a national platform for future growth.

Operational Strategy

We seek opportunities to centralize our primary operational functions in order to enhance operating efficiencies as well as service quality. Support services are provided from our offices in Lubbock, Texas and our headquarters in Dallas, Texas. These services include, but are not limited to: back office operations, data processing, human resources management, internal compliance and training, legal, marketing and risk management. Additionally, we continue to seek new ways to increase efficiency and reduce costs.

We operate under a strategy that is customer driven, seeking to build and maintain long-term relationships with customers while providing efficient and dependable solutions to our customers’ financial needs. We believe that many of the larger financial institutions in our market area do not emphasize the high level of personalized service that we provide through the Bank to commercial businesses and professional or individual retail customers. Our mortgage banking and financial advisory businesses also seek to distinguish themselves by emphasizing highly personalized service. We entrust our experienced leadership teams with the authority and flexibility to enable us to implement and maintain the most effective solutions for our customers.

Our goal is to operate at a capital level that provides an attractive return on equity without unnecessarily stressing our level of capital. For example, our banking segment is primarily dependent on net interest income, which is the difference between the income earned on loan and investment portfolios and the cost of funds, consisting of the interest paid on deposits and borrowings.

Competition

We face significant competition with respect to all of the lending and mortgage origination products and services we offer and geographic markets we serve. Our lending and mortgage origination competitors include commercial banks, savings banks, savings and loan associations, credit unions, finance companies, pension trusts, mutual funds, insurance companies, mortgage bankers and brokers, brokerage and investment banking firms, asset-based non-bank lenders, government agencies and certain other non-financial institutions. Competition for deposits and in providing lending and mortgage origination products and services to businesses in our market area is intense and pricing is important. Additionally, other factors encountered in competing for savings deposits are convenient office locations and rates offered. Direct competition for savings deposits also comes from other commercial bank and thrift institutions, money market mutual funds and corporate and government securities which may offer more attractive rates than insured depository institutions are willing to pay. Competition for loans includes such additional factors as interest rate, loan origination fees and the range of services offered by the provider.

We also face significant competition for financial advisory services on a number of factors such as price, perceived expertise, range of services, and local presence. Our financial advisory business competes directly with numerous other financial advisory and investment banking firms, broker-dealers and banks, including large national and major regional firms and smaller niche companies, some of whom are not broker dealers and, therefore, not subject to the broker dealer regulatory framework. Many of our competitors have substantially greater financial resources, lending limits and larger branch networks than we do, and offer a broader range of products and services.

Employees

As of December 31, 2008, we had approximately 1,920 full-time equivalent employees. None of our employees is represented by any collective bargaining unit or a party to any collective bargaining agreement.

 

9


Table of Contents

Government Supervision and Regulation

General

Plains Capital, the Bank, PrimeLending, First Southwest and many of our other non-banking subsidiaries are subject to extensive regulation under federal and state laws. The regulatory framework is intended primarily for the protection of customers and clients of our financial advisory services, depositors, the insurance funds of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) and the Securities Investor Protection Corporation (“SIPC”) and the banking system as a whole, and not for the protection of the bank holding company stockholders or creditors. In many cases, the applicable regulatory authorities have broad enforcement power over bank holding companies and banks including the power to impose substantial fines and other penalties for violations of laws and regulations. The following discussion describes the material elements of the regulatory framework that applies to us and our subsidiaries. References in this registration statement on Form 10 to applicable statutes and regulations are brief summaries thereof, do not purport to be complete, and are qualified in their entirety by reference to such statutes and regulations.

Privacy . Under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, financial institutions are required to disclose their policies for collecting and protecting confidential information. Customers generally may prevent financial institutions from sharing nonpublic personal financial information with nonaffiliated third parties except under narrow circumstances, such as the processing of transactions requested by the consumer or when the financial institution is jointly sponsoring a product or service with a nonaffiliated third party. Additionally, financial institutions generally may not disclose consumer account numbers to any nonaffiliated third party for use in telemarketing, direct mail marketing or other marketing to consumers. Plains Capital and all of its subsidiaries have established policies and procedures to assure compliance with all privacy provisions of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act.

Governmental Monetary Policies . Our earnings are affected by domestic economic conditions and the monetary and fiscal policies of the United States government and its agencies. The monetary policies of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve Board”) have had, and are likely to continue to have, an important impact on the operating results of commercial banks through its power to implement national monetary policy in order, among other things, to curb inflation or combat a recession. The monetary policies of the Federal Reserve Board affect the levels of bank loans, investments and deposits through its control over the issuance of United States government securities, its regulation of the discount rate applicable to member banks and its influence over reserve requirements to which member banks are subject. We cannot predict the nature or impact of future changes in monetary and fiscal policies.

Proposed Legislation and Regulatory Action . New regulations and statutes are regularly proposed that contain wide-ranging proposals for altering the structures, regulations and competitive relationships of financial institutions operating and doing business in the United States. We cannot predict whether or in what form any proposed regulation or statute will be adopted or the extent to which its business may be affected by any new regulation or statute.

Plains Capital Corporation

Plains Capital is a legal entity separate and distinct from the Bank and its other subsidiaries. Plains Capital is a financial holding company pursuant to the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act and a bank holding company registered under the BHC Act. Accordingly, it is subject to supervision, regulation and examination by the Federal Reserve Board. The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, the BHC Act and other federal laws subject financial and bank holding companies to particular restrictions on the types of activities in which they may engage, and to a range of supervisory requirements and activities, including regulatory enforcement actions for violations of laws and regulations.

Regulatory Restrictions on Dividends; Source of Strength . It is the policy of the Federal Reserve Board that bank holding companies should pay cash dividends on common stock only out of income available over the past year and only if prospective earnings retention is consistent with the organization’s expected future needs and financial condition. The policy provides that bank holding companies should not maintain a level of cash dividends that undermines the bank holding company’s ability to serve as a source of strength to its banking subsidiaries.

Under Federal Reserve Board policy, a bank holding company is expected to act as a source of financial strength to each of its banking subsidiaries and commit resources to their support. Such support may be required at times when, absent this Federal Reserve Board policy, a holding company may not be inclined to provide it. As discussed below, a bank holding company, in certain circumstances, could be required to guarantee the capital plan of an undercapitalized banking subsidiary.

 

10


Table of Contents

Scope of Permissible Activities . Under the BHC Act, Plains Capital generally may not acquire a direct or indirect interest in or control of more than 5% of the voting shares of any company that is not a bank or bank holding company. Additionally, the BHC Act may prohibit Plains Capital from engaging in activities other than those of banking, managing or controlling banks or furnishing services to or performing services for its subsidiaries, except that it may engage in, directly or indirectly, certain activities that the Federal Reserve Board has determined to be closely related to banking or managing and controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto. In approving acquisitions or the addition of activities, the Federal Reserve Board considers, among other things, whether the acquisition or the additional activities can reasonably be expected to produce benefits to the public, such as greater convenience, increased competition, or gains in efficiency, that outweigh such possible adverse effects as undue concentration of resources, decreased or unfair competition, conflicts of interest or unsound banking practices.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, effective March 11, 2000, eliminated the barriers to affiliations among banks, securities firms, insurance companies and other financial service providers and permits bank holding companies to become financial holding companies and thereby affiliate with securities firms and insurance companies and engage in other activities that are financial in nature. The Gramm-Leach- Bliley Act defines “financial in nature” to include securities underwriting, dealing and market making; sponsoring mutual funds and investment companies; insurance underwriting and agency; merchant banking activities; and activities that the Federal Reserve Board has determined to be closely related to banking. No regulatory approval will be required for a financial holding company to acquire a company, other than a bank or savings association, engaged in activities that are financial in nature or incidental to activities that are financial in nature, as determined by the Federal Reserve Board.

Under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, a bank holding company may become a financial holding company by filing a declaration with the Federal Reserve Board if each of its subsidiary banks is “well capitalized” under the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act prompt corrective action provisions, is well managed, and has at least a satisfactory rating under the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977. Plains Capital became a financial holding company on March 23, 2000.

While the Federal Reserve Board is the “umbrella” regulator for financial holding companies and has the power to examine banking organizations engaged in new activities, regulation and supervision of activities which are financial in nature or determined to be incidental to such financial activities will be handled along functional lines. Accordingly, activities of subsidiaries of a financial holding company will be regulated by the agency or authorities with the most experience regulating that activity as it is conducted in a financial holding company. First Southwest, for example, is primarily regulated by FINRA.

Safe and Sound Banking Practices . Bank holding companies are not permitted to engage in unsafe and unsound banking practices. The Federal Reserve Board’s Regulation Y, for example, generally requires a holding company to give the Federal Reserve Board prior notice of any redemption or repurchase of its equity securities, if the consideration to be paid, together with the consideration paid for any repurchases or redemptions in the preceding year, is equal to 10% or more of the company’s consolidated net worth. The Federal Reserve Board may oppose the transaction if it believes that the transaction would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice or would violate any law or regulation. Depending upon the circumstances, the Federal Reserve Board could take the position that paying a dividend would constitute an unsafe or unsound banking practice.

The Federal Reserve Board has broad authority to prohibit activities of bank holding companies and their nonbanking subsidiaries that represent unsafe and unsound banking practices or that constitute violations of laws or regulations, and can assess civil money penalties for certain activities conducted on a knowing and reckless basis, if those activities caused a substantial loss to a depository institution. The penalties can be as high as $1.0 million for each day the activity continues.

Anti-Tying Restrictions . Bank holding companies and their affiliates are prohibited from tying the provision of certain services, such as extensions of credit, to other services offered by a holding company or its affiliates.

 

11


Table of Contents

Capital Adequacy Requirements . The Federal Reserve Board has adopted a system using risk-based capital guidelines to evaluate the capital adequacy of bank holding companies. Under the guidelines, a risk weight factor of 0% to 100% is assigned to each category of assets based generally on the perceived credit risk of the asset class. The risk weights are then multiplied by the corresponding asset balances to determine a “risk weighted” asset base. At least half of the risk based capital must consist of core (Tier 1) capital, which is comprised of:

 

   

common stockholders’ equity (includes common stock and any related surplus, undivided profits, disclosed capital reserves that represent a segregation of undivided profits, and foreign currency translation adjustments, excluding changes in other comprehensive income (loss));

 

   

certain noncumulative perpetual preferred stock and related surplus; and

 

   

minority interests in the equity capital accounts of consolidated subsidiaries, and excludes goodwill and various intangible assets.

The remainder, supplementary (Tier 2) capital, may consist of:

 

   

allowance for loan losses, up to a maximum of 1.25% of risk weighted assets;

 

   

certain perpetual preferred stock and related surplus;

 

   

hybrid capital instruments;

 

   

perpetual debt;

 

   

mandatory convertible debt securities;

 

   

term subordinated debt;

 

   

intermediate term preferred stock; and

 

   

certain unrealized holding gains on equity securities.

“Total risk based capital” is determined by combining core capital and supplementary capital. The guidelines require a minimum ratio of total capital to total risk-weighted assets of 8.0% (of which at least 4.0% is required to consist of Tier 1 capital elements). Total capital is the sum of Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital. As of December 31, 2008, Plains Capital’s ratio of Tier 1 capital to total risk-weighted assets was 12.8% and its ratio of total capital to total risk-weighted assets was 14.5%.

In addition to the risk-based capital guidelines, the Federal Reserve Board uses a leverage ratio as an additional tool to evaluate the capital adequacy of bank holding companies. The leverage ratio is a company’s Tier 1 capital divided by its average total consolidated assets. Certain highly rated bank holding companies may maintain a minimum leverage ratio of 3.0%, but other bank holding companies are required to maintain a leverage ratio of 4.0%. As of December 31, 2008, Plains Capital’s leverage ratio was 12.7%.

The federal banking agencies’ risk-based and leverage ratios are minimum supervisory ratios generally applicable to banking organizations that meet certain specified criteria, assuming that they have the highest regulatory rating. Banking organizations not meeting these criteria are expected to operate with capital positions well above the minimum ratios. The federal bank regulatory agencies may set capital requirements for a particular banking organization that are higher than the minimum ratios when circumstances warrant. Federal Reserve Board guidelines also provide that banking organizations experiencing internal growth or making acquisitions will be expected to maintain strong capital positions substantially above the minimum supervisory levels, without significant reliance on intangible assets.

Imposition of Liability for Undercapitalized Subsidiaries . Bank regulators are required to take “prompt corrective action” to resolve problems associated with insured depository institutions whose capital declines below certain levels. In the event an institution becomes “undercapitalized,” it must submit a capital restoration plan. The capital restoration plan will

 

12


Table of Contents

not be accepted by the regulators unless each company having control of the undercapitalized institution guarantees the subsidiary’s compliance with the capital restoration plan up to a certain specified amount. Any such guarantee from a depository institution’s holding company is entitled to a priority of payment in bankruptcy.

The aggregate liability of the holding company of an undercapitalized bank is limited to the lesser of 5% of the institution’s assets at the time it became undercapitalized or the amount necessary to cause the institution to be “adequately capitalized.” The bank regulators have greater power in situations where an institution becomes “significantly” or “critically” undercapitalized or fails to submit a capital restoration plan. For example, a bank holding company controlling such an institution can be required to obtain prior Federal Reserve Board approval of proposed dividends, or might be required to consent to a consolidation or to divest the troubled institution or other affiliates.

Acquisitions by Bank Holding Companies . The BHC Act requires every bank holding company to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board before it may acquire all or substantially all of the assets of any bank, or ownership or control of any voting shares of any bank, if after such acquisition it would own or control, directly or indirectly, more than 5% of the voting shares of such bank. In approving bank acquisitions by bank holding companies, the Federal Reserve Board is required to consider, among other things, the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of the bank holding company and the banks concerned, the convenience and needs of the communities to be served, and various competitive factors.

Control Acquisitions . The Change in Bank Control Act prohibits a person or group of persons from acquiring “control” of a bank holding company unless the Federal Reserve Board has been notified and has not objected to the transaction. Under a rebuttable presumption established by the Federal Reserve Board, the acquisition of 10% or more of a class of voting stock of a bank holding company with a class of securities registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act would, under the circumstances set forth in the presumption, constitute acquisition of control of such company.

In addition, any entity is required to obtain the approval of the Federal Reserve Board under the BHC Act before acquiring 25% (5% in the case of an acquiror that is a bank holding company) or more of the outstanding common stock of Plains Capital, or otherwise obtaining control or a “controlling influence” over Plains Capital.

Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 . The U.S. Congress, the U.S. Treasury Department and the federal banking regulators have taken broad action since early September 2008 to address volatility in the U.S. banking system. The EESA authorizes the U.S. Treasury Department to purchase from financial institutions and their holding companies up to $700 billion in mortgage loans, MBS and certain other financial instruments, including debt and equity securities issued by financial institutions and their holding companies in a troubled asset relief program (“TARP”). The stated purpose of TARP is to restore confidence and stability to the U.S. banking system and to encourage financial institutions to increase their lending to customers and to each other. The U.S. Treasury Department has allocated $250 billion towards the TARP Capital Purchase Program. Under the TARP Capital Purchase Program, the U.S. Treasury Department will purchase debt or equity securities from eligible participating institutions. The TARP also will include direct purchases or guarantees of troubled assets of financial institutions. On December 19, 2008, we sold 87,631 shares of our Series A Preferred Stock and a warrant to purchase 4,382 shares of our Series B Preferred Stock to the U.S. Treasury Department for approximately $87.6 million pursuant to the TARP Capital Purchase Program. The U.S. Treasury Department immediately exercised its warrant on December 19, 2008, and we issued the underlying shares of Series B Preferred Stock to the U.S. Treasury Department. As a participant in the TARP Capital Purchase Program, we are subject to executive compensation limits and other restrictions and are encouraged to expand our lending and mortgage loan modifications. For a description of these limits and restrictions, see the section entitled “Executive Compensation – Compensation Discussion and Analysis – TARP Capital Purchase Program” beginning on page 59 of this registration statement on Form 10.

The EESA also increased FDIC deposit insurance on most accounts from $100 thousand to $250 thousand. This increase is in place until December 31, 2009 and is not covered by deposit insurance premiums paid by the banking industry. Following a systemic risk determination, the FDIC established its Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (“TLGP”) in October 2008. Under the final rule for the TLGP, there are two parts to the program: the Debt Guarantee Program (“DGP”) and the Transaction Account Guarantee Program (“TAGP”). Eligible entities continue to participate unless they opted out on or before December 5, 2008. For the DGP, eligible entities are generally U.S. bank holding companies, savings and loan holding companies, and FDIC-insured institutions. Under the DGP, the FDIC guarantees senior unsecured debt of an eligible entity issued on or after October 14, 2008 and not later than June 30, 2009. The guarantee is effective through the earlier of the maturity date or June 30, 2012. The DGP coverage limit is generally 125% of the eligible entity’s eligible debt

 

13


Table of Contents

outstanding on September 30, 2008 and scheduled to mature on or before June 30, 2009. Assessments for participating in the DGP are 50 basis points (annualized) for covered debt outstanding that matures between 31-180 days, 75 basis points (annualized) for covered debt outstanding that matures between 181 days and 364 days and 100 basis points (annualized) for covered debt outstanding that matures after 365 days. The FDIC’s debt guarantee will generally expire at the earlier to occur of the maturity of the covered debt or June 30, 2012. An insured depository institution can, with prior written notice to and no objection from the FDIC, increase its own senior unsecured indebtedness that is guaranteed by using part of its parent’s limit. In the event an insured depository institution were to do so, however, the debt guarantee limit of the holding company would be reduced by the amount of guaranteed debt that the subsidiary issued over its limit. Plains Capital and the Bank have opted to participate in the DGP. For the TAGP, eligible entities are FDIC-insured institutions. Under the TAGP, the FDIC provided unlimited deposit insurance coverage through December 31, 2009 for noninterest-bearing transaction accounts (typically business checking accounts) and certain funds swept into noninterest-bearing savings accounts, as well as negotiable order of withdrawal accounts with interest rates no higher than 0.5% and Interest on Lawyers Trust Accounts. Participating institutions pay an assessment of 10 basis points (annualized) on the balance of each covered account in excess of $250,000 during the period from November 13, 2008 through December 31, 2009. The Bank participates in the TAGP.

American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 . The ARRA was enacted on February 17, 2009. The ARRA includes a wide variety of programs intended to stimulate the U.S. economy and provide for extensive infrastructure, energy, health, and education needs. In addition, the ARRA imposes certain new executive compensation and corporate governance obligations on all current and future TARP recipients, including Plains Capital, until the institution has redeemed the preferred stock issued to the U.S. Treasury Department, which TARP recipients are now permitted to do under the ARRA without regard to the three year holding period and without the need to raise new capital, subject to approval of its primary federal regulator. The executive compensation restrictions under the ARRA are more stringent than those currently in effect under the TARP Capital Purchase Program, but it is unclear how these executive compensation standards will relate to the similar standards recently announced by the U.S. Treasury Department, or whether the standards will be considered effective immediately or only after implementing regulations issued by the U.S. Treasury Department. For a detailed description of these restrictions, see the section entitled “Executive Compensation – Compensation Discussion and Analysis – TARP Capital Purchase Program” beginning on page 59 of this registration statement on Form 10.

The ARRA also sets forth additional corporate governance obligations for TARP recipients, including requirements for the Secretary to establish standards that provide for semi-annual meetings of compensation committees of the board of directors to discuss and evaluate employee compensation plans in light of an assessment of any risk posed from such compensation plans. TARP recipients are further required by the ARRA to have in place company-wide policies regarding excessive or luxury expenditures, permit non-binding stockholder “say-on-pay” proposals to be included in proxy materials, as well as require written certifications by the chief executive officer and chief financial officer with respect to compliance. The Secretary is required to promulgate regulations to implement the executive compensation and certain corporate governance provisions detailed in the ARRA.

PlainsCapital Bank

The Bank is subject to various requirements and restrictions under the laws of the United States, and to regulation, supervision and regular examination by the Texas Department of Banking. The Bank, as a state member bank is also subject to regulation and examination by the Federal Reserve Board. The Bank is also an insured depository institution and, therefore, subject to regulation by the FDIC, although the Federal Reserve Board is the Bank’s primary federal regulator. The Federal Reserve Board, the Texas Department of Banking and the FDIC have the power to enforce compliance with applicable banking statutes and regulations. Such requirements and restrictions include requirements to maintain reserves against deposits, restrictions on the nature and amount of loans that may be made and the interest that may be charged thereon and restrictions relating to investments and other activities of the Bank.

Restrictions on Transactions with Affiliates . Transactions between the Bank and its nonbanking affiliates, including Plains Capital, are subject to Section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act. In general, Section 23A imposes limits on the amount of such transactions, and also requires certain levels of collateral for loans to affiliated parties. It also limits the amount of advances to third parties that are collateralized by the securities or obligations of Plains Capital or its subsidiaries.

Affiliate transactions are also subject to Section 23B of the Federal Reserve Act which generally requires that certain transactions between the Bank and its affiliates be on terms substantially the same, or at least as favorable to the Bank, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with or involving other nonaffiliated persons. The Federal Reserve has also issued Regulation W which codifies prior regulations under Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and interpretive guidance with respect to affiliate transactions.

 

14


Table of Contents

Loans to Insiders . The restrictions on loans to directors, executive officers, principal stockholders and their related interests (collectively referred to herein as “insiders”) contained in the Federal Reserve Act and Regulation O apply to all insured institutions and their subsidiaries and holding companies. These restrictions include limits on loans to one borrower and conditions that must be met before such a loan can be made. There is also an aggregate limitation on all loans to insiders and their related interests. These loans cannot exceed the institution’s total unimpaired capital and surplus, and the Federal Reserve Board may determine that a lesser amount is appropriate. Insiders are subject to enforcement actions for knowingly accepting loans in violation of applicable restrictions.

Restrictions on Distribution of Subsidiary Bank Dividends and Assets . Dividends paid by the Bank have provided a substantial part of Plains Capital’s operating funds and for the foreseeable future it is anticipated that dividends paid by the Bank to Plains Capital will continue to be Plains Capital’s principal source of operating funds. Capital adequacy requirements serve to limit the amount of dividends that may be paid by the Bank. Pursuant to the Texas Finance Code, a Texas banking association may not pay a dividend that would reduce its outstanding capital and surplus unless it obtains the prior approval of the Texas Banking Commissioner. Additionally, the FDIC and the Federal Reserve Board have the authority to prohibit Texas state banks from paying a dividend when they determine the dividend would be an unsafe or unsound banking practice. As a member of the Federal Reserve System, the Bank must also comply with the dividend restrictions with which a national bank would be required to comply. Those provisions are generally similar to those imposed by the State of Texas. Among other things, the federal restrictions require that if losses have at any time been sustained by a bank equal to or exceeding its undivided profits then on hand, no dividend may be paid.

In the event of a liquidation or other resolution of an insured depository institution, the claims of depositors and other general or subordinated creditors are entitled to a priority of payment over the claims of holders of any obligation of the institution to its stockholders, including any depository institution holding company (such as Plains Capital) or any stockholder or creditor thereof.

Branching . The establishment of a branch must be approved by the Texas Department of Banking and the Federal Reserve Board, which consider a number of factors, including financial history, capital adequacy, earnings prospects, character of management, needs of the community and consistency with corporate powers.

Interstate Branching . Effective June 1, 1997, the Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994 amended the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and certain other statutes to permit state and national banks with different home states to merge across state lines, with approval of the appropriate federal banking agency, unless the home state of a participating bank had passed legislation prior to May 31, 1997 expressly prohibiting interstate mergers. Under the Riegle-Neal Act amendments, once a state or national bank has established branches in a state, that bank may establish and acquire additional branches at any location in the state at which any bank involved in the interstate merger transaction could have established or acquired branches under applicable federal or state law. If a state opts out of interstate branching within the specified time period, no bank in any other state may establish a branch in the state which has opted out, whether through an acquisition or de novo.

Prompt Corrective Action . The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 establishes a system of prompt corrective action to resolve the problems of undercapitalized financial institutions. Under this system, the federal banking regulators have established five capital categories (“well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” and “critically undercapitalized”) in which all institutions are placed. Federal banking regulators are required to take various mandatory supervisory actions and are authorized to take other discretionary actions with respect to institutions in the three undercapitalized categories. The severity of the action depends upon the capital category in which the institution is placed. Generally, subject to a narrow exception, the banking regulator must appoint a receiver or conservator for an institution that is critically undercapitalized. The federal banking agencies have specified by regulation the relevant capital level for each category.

An institution that is categorized as undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized or critically undercapitalized is required to submit an acceptable capital restoration plan to its appropriate federal banking agency. A bank holding company must guarantee that a subsidiary depository institution meets its capital restoration plan, subject to various limitations. The controlling holding company’s obligation to fund a capital restoration plan is limited to the lesser of 5% of an

 

15


Table of Contents

undercapitalized subsidiary’s assets at the time it became undercapitalized or the amount required to meet regulatory capital requirements. An undercapitalized institution is also generally prohibited from increasing its average total assets, making acquisitions, establishing any branches or engaging in any new line of business, except under an accepted capital restoration plan or with FDIC approval. The regulations also establish procedures for downgrading an institution to a lower capital category based on supervisory factors other than capital.

FDIC Insurance Assessments . The FDIC has adopted a risk-based assessment system for insured depository institutions that takes into account the risks attributable to different categories and concentrations of assets and liabilities. The system assigns an institution to one of three capital categories: (1) “well capitalized;” (2) “adequately capitalized;” and (3) “undercapitalized.” These three categories are substantially similar to the prompt corrective action categories described above, with the “undercapitalized” category including institutions that are undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized for prompt corrective action purposes. The FDIC also assigns an institution to one of three supervisory subgroups based on a supervisory evaluation that the institution’s primary federal regulator provides to the FDIC and information that the FDIC determines to be relevant to the institution’s financial condition and the risk posed to the deposit insurance funds. The FDIC may terminate its insurance of deposits if it finds that the institution has engaged in unsafe and unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations, or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC.

Community Reinvestment Act . The Community Reinvestment Act requires, in connection with examinations of financial institutions, that federal banking regulators (in the Bank’s case, the Federal Reserve Board) evaluate the record of each financial institution in meeting the credit needs of its local community, including low and moderate-income neighborhoods. These facts are also considered in evaluating mergers, acquisitions and applications to open a branch or facility. Failure to adequately meet these criteria could impose additional requirements and limitations on the Bank. Additionally, the Bank must publicly disclose the terms of various Community Reinvestment Act-related agreements. The Bank received “satisfactory” CRA ratings from the Federal Reserve Board at its last completed examination in October 2006.

Other Regulations . Interest and other charges collected or contracted for by the Bank are subject to state usury laws and federal laws concerning interest rates.

Federal Laws Applicable to Credit Transactions . The loan operations of the Bank are also subject to federal laws applicable to credit transactions, such as the:

 

   

Truth-In-Lending Act, governing disclosures of credit terms to consumer borrowers;

 

   

Home Mortgage Disclosure Act of 1975, requiring financial institutions to provide information to enable the public and public officials to determine whether a financial institution is fulfilling its obligation to help meet the housing needs of the community it serves;

 

   

Equal Credit Opportunity Act, prohibiting discrimination on the basis of race, creed or other prohibited factors in extending credit;

 

   

Fair Credit Reporting Act of 1978, governing the use and provision of information to credit reporting agencies;

 

   

Fair Debt Collection Act, governing the manner in which consumer debts may be collected by collection agencies;

 

   

Servicemembers Civil Relief Act, which amended the Soldiers’ and Sailors’ Civil Relief Act of 1940, governing the repayment terms of, and property rights underlying, secured obligations of persons in military service; and

 

   

the rules and regulations of the various federal agencies charged with the responsibility of implementing these federal laws.

Federal Laws Applicable to Deposit Operations . The deposit operations of the Bank are subject to:

 

   

Right to Financial Privacy Act, which imposes a duty to maintain confidentiality of consumer financial records and prescribes procedures for complying with administrative subpoenas of financial records; and

 

16


Table of Contents
   

Electronic Funds Transfer Act and Regulation E issued by the Federal Reserve Board to implement that act, which govern automatic deposits to and withdrawals from deposit accounts and customers’ rights and liabilities arising from the use of automated teller machines and other electronic banking services.

Capital Requirements . The Federal Reserve Board and the Texas Department of Banking monitor the capital adequacy of the Bank by using a combination of risk based guidelines and leverage ratios. The agencies consider the Bank’s capital levels when taking action on various types of applications and when conducting supervisory activities related to the safety and soundness of individual banks and the banking system.

Under the regulatory capital guidelines, the Bank must maintain a total risk based capital to risk weighted assets ratio of at least 8.0%, a Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets ratio of at least 4.0%, and a Tier 1 capital to adjusted total assets ratio of at least 4.0% (3.0% for banks receiving the highest examination rating) to be considered “adequately capitalized.” See the discussion below under “The FDIC Improvement Act” beginning on page 17 of this registration statement on Form 10.

FIRREA . The Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989, or FIRREA, includes various provisions that affect or may affect the Bank. Among other matters, FIRREA generally permits bank holding companies to acquire healthy thrifts as well as failed or failing thrifts. FIRREA removed certain cross marketing prohibitions previously applicable to thrift and bank subsidiaries of a common holding company. Furthermore, a multi-bank holding company may now be required to indemnify the federal deposit insurance fund against losses it incurs with respect to such company’s affiliated banks, which in effect makes a bank holding company’s equity investments in healthy bank subsidiaries available to the FDIC to assist such company’s failing or failed bank subsidiaries.

In addition, pursuant to FIRREA, any depository institution that has been chartered less than two years, is not in compliance with the minimum capital requirements of its primary federal banking regulator, or is otherwise in a troubled condition must notify its primary federal banking regulator of the proposed addition of any person to its board of directors or the employment of any person as a senior executive officer of the institution at least 30 days before such addition or employment becomes effective. During such 30 day period, the applicable federal banking regulatory agency may disapprove of the addition of or employment of such director or officer. The Bank is not subject to any such requirements.

FIRREA also expanded and increased civil and criminal penalties available for use by the appropriate regulatory agency against certain “institution affiliated parties” primarily including: (i) management, employees and agents of a financial institution; (ii) independent contractors such as attorneys and accountants and others who participate in the conduct of the financial institution’s affairs and who caused or are likely to cause more than minimum financial loss to or a significant adverse affect on the institution, who knowingly or recklessly violate a law or regulation, breach a fiduciary duty or engage in unsafe or unsound practices. Such practices can include the failure of an institution to timely file required reports or the submission of inaccurate reports. Furthermore, FIRREA authorizes the appropriate banking agency to issue cease and desist orders that may, among other things, require affirmative action to correct any harm resulting from a violation or practice, including restitution, reimbursement, indemnifications or guarantees against loss. A financial institution may also be ordered to restrict its growth, dispose of certain assets or take other action as determined by the ordering agency to be appropriate.

The FDIC Improvement Act . The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991, or FDICIA, made a number of reforms addressing the safety and soundness of the deposit insurance system, supervision of domestic and foreign depository institutions, and improvement of accounting standards. This statute also limited deposit insurance coverage, implemented changes in consumer protection laws and provided for least cost resolution and prompt regulatory action with regard to troubled institutions.

FDICIA requires every bank with total assets in excess of $500 million to have an annual independent audit made of the bank’s financial statements by a certified public accountant to verify that the financial statements of the bank are presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and comply with such other disclosure requirements as prescribed by the FDIC.

 

17


Table of Contents

FDICIA also places certain restrictions on activities of banks depending on their level of capital. FDICIA divides banks into five different categories, depending on their level of capital. Under regulations adopted by the FDIC, a bank is deemed to be “well capitalized” if it has a total Risk-Based Capital Ratio of 10.0% or more, a Tier 1 Capital Ratio of 6.0% or more and a Leverage Ratio of 5.0% or more, and the bank is not subject to an order or capital directive to meet and maintain a certain capital level. Under such regulations, a bank is deemed to be “adequately capitalized” if it has a total Risk-Based Capital Ratio of 8.0% or more, a Tier 1 Capital Ratio of 4.0% or more and a Leverage Ratio of 4.0% or more (unless it receives the highest composite rating at its most recent examination and is not experiencing or anticipating significant growth, in which instance it must maintain a Leverage Ratio of 3.0% or more). Under such regulations, a bank is deemed to be “undercapitalized” if it has a total Risk-Based Capital Ratio of less than 8.0%, a Tier 1 Capital Ratio of less than 4.0% or a Leverage Ratio of less than 4.0%. Under such regulations, a bank is deemed to be “significantly undercapitalized” if it has a Risk-Based Capital Ratio of less than 6.0%, a Tier 1 Capital Ratio of less than 3.0% and a Leverage Ratio of less than 3.0%. Under such regulations, a bank is deemed to be “critically undercapitalized” if it has a Leverage Ratio of less than or equal to 2.0%. In addition, the FDIC has the ability to downgrade a bank’s classification (but not to “critically undercapitalized”) based on other considerations even if the bank meets the capital guidelines. According to these guidelines, the Bank was classified as “well capitalized” as of December 31, 2008.

In addition, if a bank is classified as “undercapitalized,” the bank is required to submit a capital restoration plan to the federal banking regulators. Pursuant to FDICIA, an “undercapitalized” bank is prohibited from increasing its assets, engaging in a new line of business, acquiring any interest in any company or insured depository institution, or opening or acquiring a new branch office, except under certain circumstances, including the acceptance by the federal banking regulators of a capital restoration plan for the bank.

Furthermore, if a bank is classified as “undercapitalized,” the federal banking regulators may take certain actions to correct the capital position of the bank; if a bank is classified as “significantly undercapitalized” or “critically undercapitalized,” the federal banking regulators would be required to take one or more prompt corrective actions. These actions would include, among other things, requiring: sales of new securities to bolster capital, improvements in management, limits on interest rates paid, prohibitions on transactions with affiliates, termination of certain risky activities and restrictions on compensation paid to executive officers. If a bank is classified as “critically undercapitalized,” FDICIA requires the bank to be placed into conservatorship or receivership within 90 days, unless the federal banking regulators determines that other action would better achieve the purposes of FDICIA regarding prompt corrective action with respect to undercapitalized banks.

The capital classification of a bank affects the frequency of examinations of the bank and impacts the ability of the bank to engage in certain activities and affects the deposit insurance premiums paid by such bank. Under FDICIA, the federal banking regulators are required to conduct a full-scope, on-site examination of every bank at least once every 12 months. An exception to this rule is made, however, that provides that banks (i) with assets of less than $100 million, (ii) are categorized as “well capitalized,” (iii) were found to be well managed and its composite rating was outstanding and (iv) has not been subject to a change in control during the last 12 months, need only be examined once every 18 months.

Brokered Deposits . Under FDICIA, banks may be restricted in their ability to accept brokered deposits, depending on their capital classification. “Well capitalized” banks are permitted to accept brokered deposits, but all banks that are not “well capitalized” are not permitted to accept such deposits. The FDIC may, on a case-by-case basis, permit banks that are “adequately capitalized” to accept brokered deposits if the FDIC determines that acceptance of such deposits would not constitute an unsafe or unsound banking practice with respect to the bank. As previously mentioned, the Bank is currently “well capitalized” and therefore is not subject to any limitations with respect to its brokered deposits.

Federal Limitations on Activities and Investments . The equity investments and activities as a principal of FDIC-insured state-chartered banks are generally limited to those that are permissible for national banks. Under regulations dealing with equity investments, an insured state bank generally may not directly or indirectly acquire or retain any equity investment of a type, or in an amount, that is not permissible for a national bank.

Check Clearing for the 21st Century Act . The Check Clearing for the 21st Century Act, also known as Check 21, gives “substitute checks,” such as a digital image of a check and copies made from that image, the same legal standing as the original paper check.

 

18


Table of Contents

Federal Home Loan Bank System . The Federal Home Loan Bank, or FHLB, system, of which the Bank is a member, consists of 12 regional FHLBs governed and regulated by the Federal Housing Finance Board, or FHFB. The FHLBs serve as reserve or credit facilities for member institutions within their assigned regions. They are funded primarily from proceeds derived from the sale of consolidated obligations of the FHLB system. They make loans (i.e., advances) to members in accordance with policies and procedures established by the FHLB and the Boards of directors of each regional FHLB.

As a system member, the Bank is entitled to borrow from the FHLB of their respective region and is required to own a certain amount of capital stock in the FHLB. The Bank is in compliance with the stock ownership rules described above with respect to such advances, commitments and letters of credit and home mortgage loans and similar obligations. All loans, advances and other extensions of credit made by the FHLB to the Bank are secured by a portion of the respective mortgage loan portfolio, certain other investments and the capital stock of the FHLB held by the Bank.

Anti-Terrorism and Money Laundering Legislation

The Bank is subject to the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism of 2001 (the “USA PATRIOT Act”), the Bank Secrecy Act and rules and regulations of the Office of Foreign Assets Control. These statutes and related rules and regulations impose requirements and limitations on specific financial transactions and account relationships intended to guard against money laundering and terrorism financing. The Bank has established a customer identification program pursuant to Section 326 of the USA PATRIOT Act and the Bank Secrecy Act, and otherwise has implemented policies and procedures intended to comply with the foregoing rules.

PrimeLending

PrimeLending and the Bank are subject to the rules and regulations of FHA, VA, FNMA, FHLMC and GNMA with respect to originating, processing, selling and servicing mortgage loans and the issuance and sale of mortgage-backed securities. Those rules and regulations, among other things, prohibit discrimination and establish underwriting guidelines which include provisions for inspections and appraisals, require credit reports on prospective borrowers and fix maximum loan amounts, and, with respect to VA loans, fix maximum interest rates. Mortgage origination activities are subject to, among others, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, Federal Truth-in-Lending Act and the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder which, among other things, prohibit discrimination and require the disclosure of certain basic information to borrowers concerning credit terms and settlement costs. PrimeLending and the Bank are also subject to regulation by the Texas Department of Banking with respect to, among other things, the establishment of maximum origination fees on certain types of mortgage loan products.

First Southwest

First Southwest is a broker-dealer registered with the SEC, all 50 U.S. states, the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico. Much of the regulation of broker-dealers, however, has been delegated to self-regulatory organizations, principally FINRA, NASDAQ and national securities exchanges. These self-regulatory organizations adopt rules (which are subject to approval by the SEC) for governing the industry and securities commissions in the states in which they conduct business. First Southwest is a member of, and is primarily subject to regulation, supervision and regular examination by, FINRA.

The regulations to which broker-dealers are subject cover all aspects of the securities business, including sales methods, trade practices among broker-dealers, capital structure, record keeping and the conduct of directors, officers and employees. Broker-dealers are also subject to the privacy and anti-money laundering laws and regulations discussed above. Additional legislation, changes in rules promulgated by the SEC and by self-regulatory organizations or changes in the interpretation or enforcement of existing laws and rules often directly affect the method of operation and profitability of broker-dealers. The SEC and the self-regulatory organizations may conduct administrative proceedings that can result in censure, fine, suspension or expulsion of a broker-dealer, its officers or employees. The principal purpose of regulation and discipline of broker-dealers is the protection of clients and the securities markets rather than protection of creditors and stockholders of broker-dealers.

Limitation on Businesses . The businesses that First Southwest may conduct are limited by its agreements with and its oversight by, FINRA. Participation in new business lines, including trading of new products or participation on new exchanges or in new countries often requires governmental and/or exchange approvals, which may take significant time and resources. As a result, First Southwest may be prevented from entering new businesses that may be profitable in a timely manner, if at all.

 

19


Table of Contents

Net Capital Requirements . The SEC, FINRA and various other regulatory agencies have stringent rules and regulations with respect to the maintenance of specific levels of net capital by regulated entities. Generally, a broker-dealer’s net capital is net worth plus qualified subordinated debt less deductions for certain types of assets. Rule 15c3-1 of the Exchange Act (the “Net Capital Rule”) requires that at least a minimum part of a broker-dealer’s assets be maintained in a relatively liquid form.

The SEC and FINRA impose rules that require notification when net capital falls below certain predefined criteria. These rules also dictate the ratio of debt-to-equity in the regulatory capital composition of a broker-dealer, and constrain the ability of a broker-dealer to expand its business under certain circumstances. If a firm fails to maintain the required net capital, it may be subject to suspension or revocation of registration by the applicable regulatory agency, and suspension or expulsion by these regulators could ultimately lead to the firm’s liquidation. Additionally, the Net Capital Rule and certain FINRA rules impose requirements that may have the effect of prohibiting a broker-dealer from distributing or withdrawing capital and requiring prior notice to and approval from the SEC and FINRA for certain capital withdrawals.

Securities Investor Protection Corporation . First Southwest is required by federal law to belong to the SIPC, whose primary function is to provide financial protection for the customers of failing brokerage firms. SIPC provides protection for clients up to $500,000, of which a maximum of $100,000 may be in cash.

Changing Regulatory Environment . The regulatory environment in which First Southwest operates is subject to frequent change. Its business, financial condition and operating results may be adversely affected as a result of new or revised legislation or regulations imposed by the U.S. Congress, the SEC or other U.S. and state governmental regulatory authorities, or FINRA. First Southwest’s business, financial condition and operating results also may be adversely affected by changes in the interpretation and enforcement of existing laws and rules by these governmental authorities. In the current era of heightened regulation of financial institutions, First Southwest can expect to incur increasing compliance costs, along with the industry as a whole.

 

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

There are a number of risks inherent to our business. The material risks and uncertainties that management believes affect us are described below. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below together with all of the other information included in this registration statement on Form 10. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones facing our business. Additional risks and uncertainties that management is not aware of or focused on or that management currently deems immaterial may also impair our business operations. If any of the following risks actually occur, our financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. If this were to happen, you could lose all or part of your investment in our common stock.

Risks Related to Our Business

Recent negative developments in the financial industry and the domestic and international credit markets may adversely affect our operations and results.

Negative developments in the latter half of 2007 and during 2008 and 2009 in the global credit and securitization markets have resulted in uncertainty in the financial markets in general with the expectation of the general economic downturn continuing through 2009. As a result of this “credit crunch,” commercial as well as consumer loan portfolio performances have deteriorated at many institutions and the competition for deposits and quality loans has increased significantly. In addition, the values of real estate collateral supporting many commercial loans and home mortgages have declined and may continue to decline. Global securities markets, and financial institution stock prices in particular, have been negatively affected, as has the ability of banks and bank holding companies to raise capital or borrow in the debt markets. As a result, significant new federal laws and regulations relating to financial institutions, including, without limitation, the EESA and the ARRA, have been adopted. Furthermore, the potential exists for additional federal or state laws and regulations regarding, among other matters, lending and funding practices and liquidity standards, and bank regulatory agencies are expected to be active in responding to concerns and trends identified in examinations. Negative developments in the financial industry and the domestic and international credit markets, and the impact of new or future legislation in response to those developments, may negatively impact our operations by restricting our business operations, including our ability to originate or sell loans and attract and retain experienced personnel, and adversely impact our financial performance.

 

20


Table of Contents

A further adverse change in real estate market values may result in losses and otherwise adversely affect our profitability.

As of December 31, 2008, approximately 48% of our loan portfolio was comprised of loans with real estate as a primary or secondary component of collateral. The real estate collateral in each case provides an alternate source of repayment in the event of default by the borrower and may deteriorate in value during the time the credit is extended. The recent negative developments in the financial industry and economy as a whole have adversely affected the real estate market values generally and in our market areas in Texas specifically and may continue to decline. A further decline in real estate values could further impair the value of our collateral and our ability to sell the collateral upon any foreclosure. In the event of a default with respect to any of these loans, the amounts we receive upon sale of the collateral may be insufficient to recover the outstanding principal and interest on the loan. As a result, our profitability and financial condition may be adversely affected by a further decrease in real estate market values.

If our allowance for loan losses is insufficient to cover actual loan losses, our earnings will be adversely affected.

As a lender, we are exposed to the risk that our loan customers may not repay their loans according to the terms of these loans and the collateral securing the payment of these loans may be insufficient to fully compensate us for the outstanding balance of the loan plus the costs to dispose of the collateral. We may experience significant loan losses that may have a material adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition.

We maintain an allowance for loan losses in an attempt to cover loan losses inherent in our loan portfolio. In determining the size of the allowance, we rely on an analysis of our loan portfolio, our experience and our evaluation of general economic conditions. We also make various assumptions and judgments about the collectibility of our loan portfolio, including the diversification by industry of its commercial loan portfolio, the effect of changes in the economy on real estate and other collateral values, the results of recent regulatory examinations, the effects on the loan portfolio of current economic indicators and their probable impact on borrowers, the amount of charge-offs for the period and the amount of non-performing loans and related collateral security. If Plains Capital’s assumptions prove to be incorrect, its current allowance may not be sufficient and adjustments may be necessary to allow for different economic conditions or adverse developments in its loan portfolio. Material additions to the allowance for loan losses would materially decrease Plains Capital’s net income and adversely affect its financial condition generally.

In addition, federal and state regulators periodically review Plains Capital’s allowance for loan losses and may require it to increase its provision for loan losses or recognize further loan charge-offs, based on judgments different than those of Plains Capital. Any increase in its allowance for loan losses or loan charge-offs required by these regulatory agencies could have a material adverse effect on Plains Capital’s operating results and financial condition.

Our geographic concentration may magnify the adverse effects and consequences of any regional or local economic downturn.

We conduct our operations primarily in the State of Texas. Substantially all of the real estate loans in our loan portfolio are secured by properties located in the State of Texas, with approximately 30% and 39% secured by properties located in Austin and the Dallas/Ft. Worth metroplex, respectively. Likewise, substantially all of the real estate loans in our loan portfolio are made to borrowers who live and conduct business in the State of Texas. The banking business is affected by general economic conditions such as inflation, recession, unemployment and many other factors beyond our control. Adverse economic conditions in the State of Texas may result in a reduction in the value of the collateral securing our loans. Any regional or local economic downturn that affects the State of Texas or property or borrowers in the State of Texas may affect us and our profitability more significantly and more adversely than our competitors that are less geographically concentrated.

 

21


Table of Contents

Our operating results could be materially adversely affected by the negative performance of a small number of bank locations because of our relatively small bank base.

As of December 31, 2008, we operated only 30 bank locations, six of which opened since January 1, 2008. Because of our relatively small number of bank locations, poor operating results at any one or more of our new or existing bank locations could materially adversely affect our profitability. Factors that could adversely affect the operating results of any new or existing bank location include local competition, consumer preference, development of the area in which the bank is located and access to the bank, including construction of highways that provide, or in some cases restrict, access to the bank. The operating results of certain existing bank locations have been, and may continue to be, affected by any one or more of these factors. The business, financial condition, operating results and cash flows or the lack of success of one or more new or existing bank locations may have a more significant effect on our overall results of operations than would be the case in a larger company with a significantly larger bank location base.

Our business is subject to interest rate risk and fluctuations in interest rates may adversely affect our earnings and capital levels and overall results.

The majority of our assets are monetary in nature and, as a result, we are subject to significant risk from changes in interest rates. Changes in interest rates may impact our net interest income as well as the valuation of our assets and liabilities. Our earnings are significantly dependent on our net interest income, which is the difference between interest income on interest-earning assets, such as loans and securities, and interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings. We expect to periodically experience “gaps” in the interest rate sensitivities of our assets and liabilities, meaning that either our interest-bearing liabilities will be more sensitive to changes in market interest rates than our interest-earning assets, or vice versa. In either event, if market interest rates should move contrary to our position, this “gap” may work against us, and our earnings may be adversely affected.

An increase in the general level of interest rates may also, among other things, adversely affect the demand for loans and our ability to originate loans. Conversely, a decrease in the general level of interest rates, among other things, may lead to prepayments on our loan and mortgage-backed securities portfolios and increased competition for deposits. Accordingly, changes in the general level of market interest rates may adversely affect our net yield on interest-earning assets, loan origination volume and our overall results.

Although our asset-liability management strategy is designed to control and mitigate exposure to the risks related to changes in the general level of market interest rates, market interest rates are affected by many factors outside of our control, including inflation, recession, unemployment, money supply, and international disorder and instability in domestic and foreign financial markets. We may not be able to accurately predict the likelihood, nature and magnitude of such changes or how and to what extent such changes may affect our business. We also may not be able to adequately prepare for or compensate for the consequences of such changes. Any failure to predict and prepare for changes in interest rates or adjust for the consequences of these changes may adversely affect our earnings and capital levels and overall results.

We are heavily dependent on the profitability of our bank subsidiary.

We are a bank holding company and a financial holding company engaged in the business of managing, controlling and operating our subsidiaries, including the Bank. We conduct no material business or other activity other than activities incidental to holding stock in the Bank and our other subsidiaries. As a result, we rely substantially on the profitability of the Bank and dividends from the Bank to pay our operating expenses, to satisfy our obligations and the expenses and obligations of all of our subsidiaries and to pay dividends on our common stock. As with most financial institutions, the profitability of the Bank is subject to the fluctuating cost and availability of money, changes in interest rates and in economic conditions in general. The Bank has several subsidiaries that may also contribute to its profitability and ability to pay dividends to us. However, if the Bank is unable to make cash distributions to us, we may be unable to satisfy our obligations or make distributions on our common stock.

First Southwest is subject to various risks associated with the securities industry.

First Southwest is subject to uncertainties that are common in the securities industry. These uncertainties include:

 

   

the volatility of domestic and international financial, bond and stock markets;

 

22


Table of Contents
   

extensive governmental regulation;

 

   

litigation;

 

   

intense competition in the public finance and other sectors of the securities industry;

 

   

substantial fluctuations in the volume and price level of securities; and

 

   

dependence on the solvency of various third parties.

As a result, First Southwest’s revenues and earnings may vary significantly from quarter to quarter and from year to year. In periods of low transaction volume such as in the current economic downturn, profitability is impaired because certain expenses remain relatively fixed. First Southwest is much smaller and has much less capital than many competitors in the securities industry. During the current market downturn, First Southwest’s business has been and could continue to be adversely affected in many ways.

If we are not able to sustain our historical levels of growth or continue to grow, we may not be able to sustain our historical earnings or current level of dividends.

We have grown historically through various methods, including the implementation of internal growth strategies, acquisitions and additional bank location openings. Although we intend to continue to grow through these methods, various factors, including increased competition, the availability of financing and other general economic conditions, may affect our ability to do so. Further, adverse regional or local economic conditions may impede or prohibit our ability to fund and open new bank locations and we may not be able to successfully implement our growth strategy if we are not able to identify attractive markets, locations, or opportunities to expand in the future. If we are not able to sustain our historical levels of growth or continue to grow through these methods or other methods, we may not be able to sustain our historical earnings and continue to pay dividends at historical rates.

If we are not able to manage our growth effectively, our results of operations may be adversely affected.

Although our historical performance may not be indicative of our future performance, during the last six years, we have experienced significant and rapid growth and may continue to grow. Companies like us that experience rapid growth face various risks and difficulties, including:

 

   

opening new branch offices or acquiring existing branches or other financial institutions;

 

   

attracting deposits to those locations;

 

   

attracting and retaining qualified management, bankers and other personnel;

 

   

identifying attractive loan and investment opportunities;

 

   

finding suitable acquisition candidates;

 

   

identifying suitable markets for expansion;

 

   

maintaining adequate information and reporting systems within its organization;

 

   

maintaining asset quality and cost controls; and

 

   

maintaining adequate regulatory capital.

As we continue to open new branches or if management determines to acquire branches or other banks, we expect to incur increased personnel, occupancy and other operating expenses. In the case of new branches, we must absorb those higher expenses while we begin to generate new deposits and then redeploy those new deposits into attractively priced loans

 

23


Table of Contents

and other higher yielding earning assets. Based on our experience, it generally takes 12 months for new branches to first achieve operational profitability, if ever. Thus, our plans to establish additional branches could depress our earnings in the short run, even if we efficiently execute our branching strategy. Further, if we are not able to manage our growth effectively, our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects could be adversely affected and we may not be able to continue to implement our business strategy and successfully conduct our operations.

We may decide to make future acquisitions, which could dilute current stockholders’ ownership and expose us to additional risks.

We periodically evaluate opportunities to acquire financial services businesses, including other banks and/or branch locations. As a result, we may engage in negotiations or discussions that, if they were to result in a transaction, could have a material effect on our operating results and financial condition, including short and long-term liquidity.

Our acquisition activities could be material. For example, we could issue additional shares of common stock in a purchase transaction, which could dilute current stockholders’ ownership interests. These activities could require us to use a substantial amount of cash, other liquid assets, and/or incur debt. In addition, if goodwill recorded in connection with our prior or potential future acquisitions were determined to be impaired, then we would be required to recognize a charge against our earnings, which could materially and adversely affect our results of operations during the period in which the impairment was recognized.

Our acquisition activities could involve a number of additional risks, including the risks of: incurring time and expense associated with identifying and evaluating potential acquisitions and merger partners and negotiating potential transactions, resulting in management’s attention being diverted from the operation of our existing business; using inaccurate estimates and judgments to evaluate credit, operations, management and market risks with respect to the target institution or assets; incurring time and expense required to integrate the operations and personnel of the combined businesses, creating an adverse short-term effect on results of operations; and losing key employees and customers as a result of an acquisition that is poorly received.

We may be exposed to difficulties in combining the operations of acquired entities, including First Southwest, into our own operations, which may prevent us from achieving the expected benefits from our acquisition activities.

We may not be able to fully achieve the strategic objectives and operating efficiencies that we anticipate in our acquisition activities, including our recent acquisition of First Southwest. Inherent uncertainties exist in integrating the operations of an acquired entity. In addition, the markets and industries in which we and our potential acquisition targets operate are highly competitive. We may lose customers or the customers of an acquired entity as a result of an acquisition. We also may lose key personnel from the acquired entity as a result of an acquisition. We may not discover all known and unknown factors when examining a company for acquisition during the due diligence period. These factors could produce unintended and unexpected consequences. Undiscovered factors as a result of an acquisition, pursued by non-related third parties, could bring civil, criminal, and financial liabilities against us, our management, and the management of those entities acquired. These factors could contribute to our not achieving the expected benefits from our acquisitions within desired time frames, if at all.

Financial markets are susceptible to disruptive events that may lead to little or no liquidity for auction rate bonds.

As of December 31, 2008, we held approximately $168.4 million par value of auction rate bonds backed by pools of student loans under the Federal Family Education Loan Program. These auction rate bonds were acquired in conjunction with our acquisition of First Southwest. Since December 31, 2008 and in conjunction with a settlement with FINRA pursuant to a Letter of Acceptance, Waiver and Consent accepted on December 16, 2008 by FINRA (the “FINRA Settlement”), we have repurchased approximately $41.6 million in face value of certain auction rate bonds from current and former clients. The auction rate bonds are currently held in the Bank’s securities portfolio. In late 2007, the market for auction rate securities began experiencing disruptions through the failure of auctions for auction rate securities issued by leveraged closed-end funds, municipal governments, state instrumentalities and student loan companies backed by pools of student loans guaranteed by the U.S. Department of Education. Our clients were adversely affected by the failures in this market, which resulted in limited options to liquidate holdings in these positions or to post these securities as collateral for loans. These conditions will likely continue until either these securities are restructured or refunded or a liquid secondary market re-emerges for these securities. Because of the lack of observable market activity for similar auction rate bonds, the

 

24


Table of Contents

estimated fair value of our auction rate bonds as of December 31, 2008 was $151.6 million. The estimated fair value of these auction rate bonds may further decline and require write-downs and losses as additional market information is obtained or in the event the current market conditions continue and these securities are not restructured or refunded or a liquid secondary market does not re-emerge, in which case, our results of operations would be adversely affected.

Liquidity needs could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition and could increase if we decide to redeem the preferred stock issued to the U.S. Treasury Department pursuant to the TARP Capital Purchase Program.

The primary sources of our funds are loan repayments and client deposits. While scheduled loan repayments are a relatively stable source of funds, they are subject to the ability of borrowers to repay the loans. The ability of borrowers to repay loans can be adversely affected by a number of factors, including changes in economic conditions, adverse trends or events affecting business industry groups, reductions in real estate values or markets, business closings or lay-offs, inclement weather, natural disasters and international instability. Additionally, deposit levels may be affected by a number of factors, including rates paid by competitors, general interest rate levels, regulatory capital requirements, returns available to clients on alternative investments and general economic conditions. Accordingly, we may be required from time to time to rely on secondary sources of liquidity to meet withdrawal demands or otherwise fund operations. Such sources include Federal Home Loan Bank advances, sales of securities and loans and federal funds lines of credit from correspondent banks, as well as out-of-market time deposits. While we believe that these sources are currently adequate, they may be insufficient to meet future liquidity demands, particularly if we continue to grow and experience increasing loan demand, are required to extend loans pursuant to the FINRA Settlement or if we decide to redeem the preferred stock issued to the U.S. Treasury Department pursuant to the TARP Capital Purchase Program. We may be required to slow or discontinue loan growth, capital expenditures or other investments or liquidate assets should such sources not be adequate.

The accuracy of our financial statements and related disclosures could be affected if we are exposed to actual conditions different from the judgments, assumptions or estimates used in our critical accounting policies.

The preparation of financial statements and related disclosure in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) requires us to make judgments, assumptions and estimates that affect the amounts reported in our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Our critical accounting policies, which are included in this registration statement on Form 10, describe those significant accounting policies and methods used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements that are considered “critical” by us because they require judgments, assumptions and estimates that materially impact our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. As a result, if future events differ significantly from the judgments, assumptions and estimates in our critical accounting policies, such events or assumptions could have a material impact on our audited consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

We are dependent on our management team, and the loss of our senior executive officers or other key employees could impair our relationship with customers and adversely affect our business and financial results.

Our success is dependent, to a large degree, upon the continued service and skills of our existing management team, including Messrs. Alan White, Jerry Schaffner, Hill Feinberg and Ms. Roseanna McGill and other key employees with long-term customer relationships. Our growth strategy is built primarily upon our ability to retain employees with experience and business relationships within their respective segments. The loss of one or more of these key personnel could have an adverse impact on our business because of their skills, knowledge of the market, years of industry experience and the difficulty of finding qualified replacement personnel. In addition, we currently do not have non-competition agreements with all of our senior executive officers and other key employees. If any of these personnel were to leave and compete with us, our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and growth could suffer.

Economic stimulus legislation imposes compensation restrictions that could adversely affect our ability to recruit and retain key employees.

The EESA, as amended by the ARRA, includes extensive restrictions on our ability to pay retention awards, bonuses and other incentive compensation during the period in which we have any outstanding obligation arising from financial assistance provided to us under the TARP Capital Purchase Program. Many of the restrictions are not limited to our senior executives and cover other employees whose contributions to revenue and performance can be significant. In addition, the U.S. Congress is currently considering legislation that would restrict the compensation practices of recipients of financial

 

25


Table of Contents

assistance under the TARP Capital Purchase Program. The limitations imposed by existing or future legislation and regulation may adversely affect our ability to recruit and retain these key employees, especially if we are competing for management talent against U.S. and non-U.S. institutions that are not subject to the same restrictions. In such event, our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and growth could suffer. For more information, see the section entitled “Executive Compensation – Compensation Discussion and Analysis – TARP Capital Purchase Program” beginning on page 59 of this registration statement on Form 10.

A decline in the market for advisory services could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

First Southwest has historically earned a significant portion of its revenues from advisory fees paid to it by its clients, in large part upon the successful completion of the client’s transaction. Financial advisory revenues represented a majority of First Southwest’s net revenues in fiscal year 2008 and fiscal year 2007. Unlike other investment banks, First Southwest earns most of its revenues from its advisory fees and less money from other business activities such as underwriting. We expect that First Southwest’s reliance on advisory fees will continue for the foreseeable future, and a decline in advisory engagements or the market for advisory services generally would have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

An interruption in, or breach in security of, our information systems may result in a loss of customer business.

We rely heavily on communications and information systems to conduct our business. Any failure or interruption or breach in security of these systems could result in failures or disruptions in our customer relationship management, securities trading, general ledger, deposits, servicing or loan origination systems. If such failures or interruptions occur, we may not be able to adequately address them or in a timely fashion. The occurrence of any failures or interruptions could result in a loss of customer business and have a material adverse effect on our public relations, reputation, results of operations and financial condition.

We are subject to extensive regulation that could restrict our activities and impose financial requirements or limitations on the conduct of our business and limit our ability to receive dividends from our bank subsidiary.

We are subject to extensive federal and state regulation and supervision, including that of the Federal Reserve Board, the Texas Department of Banking, the FDIC, the SEC and FINRA. Banking regulations are primarily intended to protect depositors’ funds, federal deposit insurance funds and the banking system as a whole, not security holders. These regulations affect our lending practices, capital structure, investment practices, dividend policy and growth, among other things. The U.S. Congress and federal regulatory agencies continually review banking and securities laws, regulations and policies for possible changes. It is likely that there will be significant changes to the banking and financial institutions regulatory regimes in the near future in light of the recent performance of and government intervention in the financial services sector. Changes to statutes, regulations or regulatory policies, including changes in interpretation or implementation of statutes, regulations or policies, could affect us in substantial and unpredictable ways. Such changes could subject our business to additional costs, limit the types of financial services and products we may offer and increase the ability of non-banks to offer competing financial services and products, among other things. Failure to comply with laws, regulations or policies could result in sanctions by regulatory agencies, civil money penalties or reputation damage, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. While we have policies and procedures designed to prevent any such violations, there can be no assurance that such violations will not occur. See the section entitled “Government Supervision and Regulation” beginning on page 10 of this registration statement on Form 10.

The FDIC and SIPC deposit insurance assessments that we are required to pay have recently increased and may materially increase in the future, which would have an adverse effect on our earnings.

As a member institution of the FDIC, we are required to pay semi-annual deposit insurance premium assessments to the FDIC. During the year ended December 31, 2008, we paid approximately $1.6 million in deposit insurance assessments. First Southwest is a registered broker-dealer and a member of the SIPC and is required to pay assessments, which in recent years have been nominal amounts.

Due to the recent failure of several unaffiliated FDIC insurance depository institutions, we anticipate that the deposit insurance premium assessments paid by all banks will increase. On October 7, 2008, the board of directors of the FDIC adopted a restoration plan and issued a notice of proposed rulemaking and request for comment that would (i) revise deposit

 

26


Table of Contents

insurance assessment rates, including base assessment rates, to raise assessment revenue required under the restoration plan; (ii) change the way the assessment system differentiates risk among insured institutions to take into account new risk measures; and (iii) make technical and other changes to the rules governing the risk-based assessment system. Further, on March 2, 2009, the SIPC informed its members of an increase in assessments. The increase will become effective in April 2009. As a result of the increase, First Southwest expects to pay approximately $250,000 in SIPC assessments annually. When the deposit insurance premium assessment and the SIPC assessment rates applicable to us increase, our earnings will be adversely impacted.

On October 14, 2008, the FDIC announced the creation of the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program, or TLGP, which seeks to strengthen confidence and encourage liquidity in the banking system. The TLGP has two primary components that are available on a voluntary basis to financial institutions: (i) guarantee of newly-issued senior unsecured debt; the guarantee would apply to new debt issued on or before June 30, 2009 and would provide protection until June 30, 2012; issuers electing to participate would pay a 75 basis point fee for the guarantee; and (ii) unlimited deposit insurance for non-interest bearing deposit transaction accounts; financial institutions electing to participate will pay a 10 basis point premium in addition to the insurance premiums paid for standard deposit insurance. We elected to participate in the TLGP’s enhanced deposit insurance program. As a result of the enhancements to deposit insurance protection and the expectation that there will be demands on the FDIC’s deposit insurance fund, we expect our deposit insurance costs to increase further during 2009.

We face strong competition from other financial institutions and financial service companies, which may adversely affect our operations and financial condition.

Our banking and mortgage origination businesses face vigorous competition from banks and other financial institutions, including savings and loan associations, savings banks, finance companies and credit unions. A number of these banks and other financial institutions have substantially greater resources and lending limits, larger branch systems and a wider array of banking services than we do. We also compete with other providers of financial services, such as money market mutual funds, brokerage firms, consumer finance companies, insurance companies and governmental organizations, each of which may offer more favorable financing than we are able to provide. In addition, some of our non-bank competitors are not subject to the same extensive regulations that govern us. The banking business in the State of Texas, particularly in the Austin, Dallas/Fort Worth, Lubbock and San Antonio metropolitan and surrounding areas, has become increasingly competitive over the past several years, and we expect the level of competition we face to further increase. Our profitability depends on our ability to compete effectively in these markets. This competition may reduce or limit our margins on banking services, reduce our market share and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Additionally, the financial advisory and investment banking industries are intensely competitive industries and will likely remain competitive. Our financial advisory business competes directly with numerous other financial advisory and investment banking firms, broker-dealers and banks, including large national and major regional firms and smaller niche companies, some of whom are not broker dealers and, therefore, not subject to the broker dealer regulatory framework. In addition to competition from firms currently in the industry, there has been increasing competition from others offering financial services, including automated trading and other services based on technological innovations. First Southwest competes on the basis of a number of factors, including the quality of advice and service, innovation, reputation and price. Many of First Southwest’s competitors in the investment banking industry have a greater range of products and services, greater financial and marketing resources, larger customer bases, greater name recognition, more managing directors to serve their clients’ needs, greater global reach and more established relationships with their customers than First Southwest. Additionally, some of First Southwest’s competitors have reorganized or plan to reorganize from investment banks into bank holding companies which may provide them with a competitive advantage. These larger and better capitalized competitors may be more capable of responding to changes in the investment banking market, to compete for skilled professionals, to finance acquisitions, to fund internal growth and to compete for market share generally. Increased pressure created by any current or future competitors, or by First Southwest’s competitors collectively, could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations. Increased competition may result in reduced revenue and loss of market share. Further, as a strategic response to changes in the competitive environment, First Southwest may from time to time make certain pricing, service or marketing decisions that also could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

 

27


Table of Contents

We are subject to claims and litigation that could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We face significant legal risks in the business segments in which we operate, and the volume of claims and amount of damages and penalties claimed in litigation and regulatory proceedings against financial institutions remains high. These risks often are difficult to assess or quantify, and their existence and magnitude often remain unknown for substantial periods of time. Substantial legal liability or significant regulatory action against us or any of our subsidiaries could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or cause significant reputational harm to us, which could seriously harm our business and prospects. Further, regulatory inquiries and subpoenas, other requests for information, or testimony in connection with litigation may require incurrence of significant expenses, including fees for legal representation and fees associated with document production. These costs may be incurred even if we are not a target of the inquiry or a party to the litigation. Any financial liability or reputational damage could have a material adverse effect on our business, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We may be subject to environmental risks and the associated costs in connection with any foreclosure on the real estate assets securing our loan portfolio.

There is a risk that hazardous or toxic waste or other environmental hazards may be found on the properties that secure many of our loans. If we acquire such properties as a result of foreclosure, we could be held responsible for the cost of cleaning up or removing this waste or these hazards and this cost could exceed the value of the underlying properties and adversely affect our profitability. Although we have policies and procedures that require us to perform an environmental review before initiating any foreclosure action on certain real property, these reviews may not be sufficient to detect all potential environmental hazards.

Our small to medium-sized business target market may have fewer financial resources to weather the current downturn in the economy.

We target our business development and marketing strategy primarily to serve the banking and financial services needs of small to medium-sized businesses. These small to medium-sized businesses generally have fewer financial resources in terms of capital or borrowing capacity than larger entities. If general economic conditions adversely impact these businesses within the State of Texas, our results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected.

We may not be able to address and adapt to technological change.

The banking industry is undergoing rapid technological changes with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. In addition to better serving customers, the effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial institutions to reduce costs. Our future success will depend in part upon our ability to address the needs of our customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands for convenience as well as create additional operating efficiencies. Many of our competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements. If we are not able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing such products and services to our customers and otherwise address and adapt to technological change, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

Risks Related to Our Common Stock

The lack of any established trading market may significantly restrict your ability to sell shares of our common stock.

There is no established trading market for our common stock. The absence of an active trading market may significantly restrict your ability to transfer your shares of our common stock, even if such transfer is exempt from registration under the securities laws. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in our company will lead to the development of an active trading market or how liquid that market might become. We do not currently intend to seek listing on any securities exchange. Consequently, you may be unable to liquidate your investment and should be able to bear the economic risk of the investment in our common stock indefinitely.

 

28


Table of Contents

Shares of our common stock are subject to dilution.

As of March 31, 2009, we had approximately 10,418,389 shares of common stock issued and outstanding and outstanding options to purchase 327,973 shares of our common stock. Additionally, 565,810 shares of our common stock are currently held in escrow, and 23,774 shares underlying outstanding and unexercised stock options could be held in escrow if exercised prior to the applicable release date, by an escrow agent on behalf of the former stockholders of First Southwest and may be released to such stockholders upon the satisfaction of the earnout provisions contained in the merger agreement between us and First Southwest, dated as of December 31, 2008 (the “Merger Agreement”). If we issue additional shares of common stock in the future and such issuance is not made to all then-existing common stockholders proportionate to their interests (as in a stock dividend or stock split), then the issuance will result in dilution to each stockholder by reducing his, her or its percentage ownership of the total outstanding shares of our common stock.

The amounts recorded in the financial statements as a result of the acquisition of First Southwest have not been finalized, and we may be required to adjust the amounts we have recorded by a material amount.

The process of allocating the purchase price of the First Southwest merger has not been completed. The amounts we have recorded for the assets acquired and liabilities assumed from First Southwest are preliminary estimates that are subject to refinement based upon the completion of a third-party valuation. As described elsewhere in this registration statement on Form 10, we may issue up to 565,810 additional shares of our common stock to the former stockholders of First Southwest based on the fair value of auction rate bonds at the end of a four-year contingency period. If we issue additional shares as a result of this contingency, the purchase price of the acquisition will increase, and we may record goodwill with respect to the transaction. Our book value per share may be diluted as well, which could impact the market value of our common stock. In addition, we may identify other intangible assets at First Southwest in the final purchase accounting. Our regulatory capital will be reduced if we record goodwill or other intangible assets. Goodwill and other intangible assets are subject to an annual impairment analysis that may result in our writing off some or all of the goodwill and other intangible assets.

Our organizational documents, the provisions of Texas law to which we are subject, the Merger Agreement and the U.S. Treasury Department’s Capital Purchase Program may delay or prevent a change in control that you may favor.

Our articles of incorporation and bylaws contain various provisions that may delay, discourage or prevent an attempted acquisition or change in control of Plains Capital. These provisions include a requirement that at least a majority of the votes cast by the holders of shares entitled to vote in the election of directors at a meeting of stockholders at which a quorum is present is necessary to elect directors. Our articles of incorporation also provide for noncumulative voting for directors. In addition, we have additional authorized common stock and authorized preferred stock, and our board of directors may issue additional shares of our common stock and shares of preferred stock without stockholder approval and upon such terms as our board of directors may determine. The issuance of additional shares of common stock or shares of preferred stock, while providing desirable flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions, financings and other corporate purposes, could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or of discouraging a third party from acquiring, a controlling interest in our company. In addition, certain provisions of Texas and federal law, including a provision that restricts certain business combinations between a Texas corporation and certain affiliated stockholders, may delay, discourage or prevent an attempted acquisition or change in control of our company. Furthermore, any change in control of our company is subject to prior regulatory approval under the BHC Act or the Change in Bank Control Act. Additionally, pursuant to our acquisition of First Southwest, we agreed that in the event we determine to sell the properties or business of First Southwest or its subsidiaries prior to December 31, 2010 to someone other than one of our affiliates, and such sale does not constitute a change of control (as defined in the Merger Agreement), we will provide notice and allow the former First Southwest stockholders the opportunity to purchase such properties or business in accordance with the terms set forth in the Merger Agreement. Finally, the preferred stock that we issued to the U.S. Treasury Department pursuant to the TARP Capital Purchase Program is generally non-voting. Therefore, any potential acquirer may not be able to accomplish a tax free reorganization if the U.S. Treasury Department insists on securing non-voting preferred stock in any such reorganization.

Our board of directors may issue shares of preferred stock that would adversely affect the rights of our stockholders.

Our authorized capital stock includes 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, and we have 87,631 shares of Series A Preferred Stock and 4,382 shares of Series B Preferred Stock issued and outstanding. Our board of directors, in its sole

 

29


Table of Contents

discretion, may designate and issue one or more additional series of preferred stock from the authorized and unissued shares of preferred stock. Subject to limitations imposed by law or our articles of incorporation, our board of directors is empowered to determine: (i) the designation of, and the number of, shares constituting each series of preferred stock; (ii) the dividend rate for each series; (iii) the terms and conditions of any voting, conversion and exchange rights for each series; (iv) the amounts payable on each series upon redemption or our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up; (v) the provisions of any sinking fund for the redemption or purchase of shares of any series; and (vi) the preferences and the relative rights among the series of preferred stock. Preferred stock could be issued with voting and conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power of the shares of our common stock. The issuance of preferred stock could also result in a series of securities outstanding that would have preferences over the common stock with respect to dividends and in liquidation.

The U.S. Treasury Department’s investment in us imposes restrictions and obligations upon us that could adversely affect the rights of our common stockholders.

On December 19, 2008, we sold approximately $87.6 million of Series A and Series B Preferred Stock to the U.S. Treasury Department pursuant to the TARP Capital Purchase Program. The shares of Series B Preferred Stock were issued to the U.S. Treasury Department upon the exercise of a warrant issued in conjunction with the Series A Preferred Stock. The shares of Series A and Series B Preferred Stock issued to the U.S. Treasury Department are senior to shares of our common stock with respect to dividends and liquidation preference. Under the terms of the Series A Preferred Stock, we are obligated to pay a 5% per annum cumulative dividend on the stated value of the preferred stock until February 15, 2014 and thereafter at a rate of 9% per annum. As long as shares of the Series A and Series B Preferred Stock remain outstanding, we may not pay dividends to our common stockholders (nor may we repurchase or redeem any shares of our common stock) unless all accrued and unpaid dividends on the preferred stock have been paid in full. Furthermore, prior to December 19, 2011, unless we have redeemed all of the preferred stock, the consent of the U.S. Treasury Department will be required to, among other things, increase the amount of dividends paid on our common stock. After December 19, 2011 and thereafter until December 19, 2018, the consent of the U.S. Treasury Department (if it still holds our preferred stock) will be required for any increase in the aggregate common stock dividends per share greater than 3% per annum. After December 19, 2018, we will be prohibited from paying dividends on or repurchasing any common stock until the preferred stock issued to the U.S. Treasury Department is redeemed in whole or the U.S. Treasury Department has transferred all of its preferred stock to third parties. If dividends on the preferred stock are not paid in full for six dividend periods, whether or not consecutive, the U.S. Treasury Department will have the right to elect two directors to our board of directors until all unpaid cumulative dividends are paid in full. The terms of the Series B Preferred Stock are identical to those described above for the Series A Preferred Stock except that (i) the dividend rate is 9% per annum and (ii) the Series B Preferred Stock may not be redeemed unless all of the Series A Preferred Stock is redeemed.

An investment in our common stock is not an insured deposit.

An investment in our common stock is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. Accordingly, you should be capable of affording the loss of any investment in our common stock.

 

ITEM 2. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Selected Financial Data

The following table sets forth our selected historical consolidated financial information for each of the periods indicated (dollar amounts in thousands). The annual historical information has been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2004 through 2008. The historical results set forth below and elsewhere in this registration statement on Form 10 are not necessarily indicative of our future performance.

The information is only a summary and should be read with our historical consolidated financial statements and related notes contained in this registration statement on Form 10, as well as other information.

 

30


Table of Contents
     As of and for the Years Ended December 31,  
     2008     2007     2006     2005     2004  

Income Statement Data:

          

Total interest income

   $ 193,392     $ 220,895     $ 192,812     $ 148,636     $ 108,373  

Total interest expense

     66,069       104,805       86,973       58,307       27,513  
                                        

Net interest income

     127,323       116,090       105,839       90,329       80,860  

Provision for loan losses

     22,818       5,517       5,049       5,516       2,604  
                                        

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     104,505       110,573       100,790       84,813       78,256  

Total noninterest income

     119,066       84,281       101,776       110,027       109,882  

Total noninterest expense

     186,722       151,358       163,203       163,708       157,161  
                                        

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

     36,849       43,496       39,363       31,132       30,977  

Federal income tax provision

     12,725       14,904       13,624       12,612       11,043  
                                        

Income from continuing operations

     24,124       28,592       25,739       18,520       19,934  

Income from discontinued Amarillo operations (net-of-tax)

     —         —         —         11,536       1,161  
                                        

Net income

   $ 24,124     $ 28,592     $ 25,739     $ 30,056     $ 21,095  
                                        

Per Share Data:

          

Income from continuing operations—basic

   $ 2.77     $ 3.30     $ 2.99     $ 2.17     $ 2.82  

Discontinued operations—basic

   $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 1.35     $ 0.16  

Net income—basic

   $ 2.77     $ 3.30     $ 2.99     $ 3.53     $ 2.99  

Weighted average shares outstanding—basic

     8,705,978       8,670,750       8,595,204       8,517,578       7,061,762  

Income from continuing operations—diluted

   $ 2.76     $ 3.27     $ 2.97     $ 2.15     $ 2.79  

Discontinued operations—diluted

   $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 1.34     $ 0.16  

Net income—diluted

   $ 2.76     $ 3.27     $ 2.97     $ 3.48     $ 2.95  

Weighted average shares outstanding—diluted

     8,752,056       8,731,737       8,676,835       8,624,811       7,154,661  

Book value per common share

   $ 29.97     $ 26.90     $ 24.18     $ 21.79     $ 22.55  

Tangible book value per common share

   $ 26.46     $ 22.61     $ 19.89     $ 17.42     $ 17.03  

Balance Sheet Data: *

          

Total assets

   $ 3,951,996     $ 3,182,863     $ 2,880,697     $ 2,690,305     $ 2,426,040  

Loans held for sale

     198,866       100,015       126,839       194,712       181,134  

Investment securities

     385,327       191,175       187,225       177,379       196,617  

Loans, net of unearned income

     2,965,619       2,597,362       2,203,019       1,956,066       1,648,243  

Allowance for loan losses

     (40,672 )     (26,517 )     (24,722 )     (22,666 )     (22,086 )

Goodwill and intangible assets, net

     36,568       37,307       37,136       37,362       38,977  

Total deposits

     2,926,099       2,393,354       2,496,050       2,321,109       1,929,898  

Notes payable

     151,014       40,256       35,860       46,460       55,500  

Junior subordinated debentures

     67,012       51,548       51,548       51,548       50,000  

Stockholders' equity

     399,815       233,890       209,332       186,431       159,178  

Performance Ratios

          

Return on average equity

     7.61 %     12.98 %     13.20 %     17.42 %     14.13 %

Return on average assets

     0.68 %     0.95 %     0.95 %     1.19 %     0.95 %

Net interest margin

     4.13 %     4.25 %     4.35 %     3.93 %     4.20 %

Efficiency ratio

     75.93 %     75.40 %     78.20 %     81.19 %     81.64 %

Asset Quality Ratios

          

Total nonperforming assets to total loans and other real estate

     2.03 %     0.96 %     0.75 %     1.09 %     0.80 %

Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans

     86.87 %     153.81 %     226.79 %     119.43 %     636.67 %

Allowance for loan losses to total loans

     1.37 %     1.02 %     1.12 %     1.16 %     1.34 %

Net charge-offs to average loans

     0.37 %     0.15 %     0.14 %     0.24 %     0.12 %

Capital Ratios

          

Leverage ratio

     12.70 %     8.06 %     8.22 %     7.92 %     7.12 %

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

     12.83 %     8.99 %     9.27 %     9.24 %     8.22 %

Total risk-based capital ratio

     14.53 %     10.67 %     10.91 %     10.97 %     10.01 %

Equity to assets ratio

     10.12 %     7.35 %     7.27 %     6.93 %     6.56 %

Dividend payout ratio

     22.02 %     17.26 %     19.06 %     15.33 %     16.68 %

 

* Balance sheet includes First Southwest Holdings, Inc. as of December 31, 2008.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the notes to those statements included elsewhere in this registration statement on Form 10. The following discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that are

 

31


Table of Contents

based on our current expectations and involve risks and uncertainties. Generally, verbs in the future tense and the words “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “intends,” “opinion,” “potential” and similar terms and expressions identify forward-looking statements. Examples of these forward-looking statements can be found in, but are not limited to, the discussion of government regulation applicable to our operations, allowance for loan losses, expected effects of accounting pronouncements, any quantitative and qualitative disclosure about market and interest rate risk, and litigation. Actual results and the timing of events may differ materially from those described in these forward-looking statements due to a number of factors, including those discussed in the section entitled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this registration statement on Form 10. See also the section entitled “Forward-Looking Statements.” These risks and uncertainties should be considered in evaluating these forward-looking statements and undue reliance should not be placed on these statements. The forward-looking statements contained herein speak only as of the date of this registration statement on Form 10, and, except as may be required by applicable law and regulation, we do not undertake, and specifically disclaim any obligation, to publicly update or revise such statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of such statements or to reflect the occurrence of anticipated or unanticipated events.

Overview

We are a bank holding company and a financial holding company with approximately $4.0 billion in assets. The Bank, one of our wholly-owned subsidiaries, provides a broad array of products and services, including commercial banking, personal banking, wealth management and treasury management, from offices located throughout central, north and west Texas. In addition to the Bank, we have various subsidiaries with specialized areas of expertise that also offer an array of products and services such as mortgage origination and financial advisory services. On December 31, 2008, we expanded our financial advisory segment when we acquired First Southwest. This acquisition was accounted for as a purchase transaction, and as such, First Southwest’s results of operations are not included in our consolidated financial statements or discussed in detail below. See Note 2 in the accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this registration statement on Form 10.

Recent Government Actions

In response to the challenges facing the financial services sector, several regulatory and governmental actions have recently been announced including:

 

   

The EESA, approved by Congress and signed by President Bush on October 3, 2008, which, among other provisions, allowed the U.S. Treasury Department to purchase troubled assets from banks, authorized the SEC to suspend the application of mark-to-market accounting, and temporarily raised the basic limit of FDIC deposit insurance from $100,000 to $250,000; the legislation contemplates a return to the $100,000 limit on December 31, 2009.

 

   

On October 7, 2008, the FDIC approved a plan to increase the rates banks pay for deposit insurance.

 

   

On October 14, 2008, the U.S. Treasury Department announced the creation of a new program, the TARP Capital Purchase Program, which allows financial institutions to build capital through the sale of senior preferred shares and warrants to the U.S. Treasury Department on terms that are non-negotiable.

 

   

On October 14, 2008, the FDIC announced the creation of the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (“TLGP”), which seeks to strengthen confidence and encourage liquidity in the banking system. The TLGP has two primary components that are available on a voluntary basis to financial institutions:

 

   

Guarantee of newly-issued senior unsecured debt; the guarantee would apply to new debt issued on or before June 30, 2009 and would provide protection until June 30, 2012; issuers electing to participate would pay a 75 basis point fee for the guarantee; and

 

   

Unlimited deposit insurance for non-interest bearing deposit transaction accounts; financial institutions electing to participate will pay a 10 basis point premium in addition to the insurance premiums paid for standard deposit insurance.

 

32


Table of Contents
   

On February 17, 2009, the ARRA was enacted as a sweeping economic recovery package intended to stimulate the U.S. economy and provide for extensive infrastructure, energy, health and education needs. The ARRA also imposes certain new executive compensation and corporate governance obligations on all current and future TARP Capital Purchase Program participants until the institution has redeemed the preferred stock, which participants are now permitted to do under the ARRA without regard to the three year holding period and without the need to raise new capital, subject to approval of its primary federal regulator.

On December 19, 2008, we sold approximately $87.6 million in Series A and Series B Preferred Stock to the U.S. Treasury Department pursuant to the TARP Capital Purchase Program. As a participant in the TARP Capital Purchase Program, we are subject to executive compensation limits and other restrictions. For a description of the limitations and restrictions imposed by our participation in the TARP Capital Purchase Program, see the section entitled “Executive Compensation – Compensation Discussion and Analysis – TARP Capital Purchase Program” beginning on page 59 of this registration statement on Form 10.

We elected to participate in the TLGP’s enhanced deposit insurance program. As a result of the enhancements to deposit insurance protection and demands on the FDIC’s deposit insurance fund, we expect our deposit insurance costs to increase significantly during 2009.

Although it is possible that further regulatory actions will arise as the Federal government attempts to address the economic situation, we are not aware of any further recommendations by regulatory authorities that, if implemented, would have or would be reasonably likely to have a material effect on our liquidity, capital ratios or results of operations.

Segment and Related Information

We have three reportable segments that are organized primarily by the core products offered to the segments’ respective customers, although numerous opportunities for cross-selling exist between segments. The banking segment includes the operations of the Bank and PlainsCapital Leasing. The operations of PrimeLending constitute the mortgage origination segment. The financial advisory segment is composed of Hester Capital and, as of the December 31, 2008 acquisition date, First Southwest.

How We Generate Revenue and Net Income

We are substantially dependent on our banking segment for revenue, which provides primarily business banking and personal banking products and services. During 2008, approximately 69% of our revenue was derived from the banking segment. The banking segment generates revenue from, and its results of operations are primarily dependent on, net interest income. Net interest income represents the difference between the income earned on the banking segment’s assets, including its loans and investment securities, and the banking segment’s cost of funds, including the interest paid by the banking segment on its deposits and borrowings that are used to support the banking segment’s assets. The banking segment also derives revenue from other sources, primarily service charges on customer deposit accounts and trust fees.

Our mortgage origination segment’s operations have historically represented our second largest source of revenue. During 2008, the mortgage origination segment generated approximately 32% of our revenue. The mortgage origination segment offers a wide array of loan products from offices in 17 states, including California, Colorado, Nevada, Texas and Washington. We generate the remainder of our revenue primarily from our financial advisory services. While the financial advisory segment contributed less than 2% to total revenue for the year ended 2008, it did not include First Southwest, whose operations will be included in the financial advisory segment beginning January 1, 2009. We expect the financial advisory segment to contribute an increasing portion of revenue in 2009 and future years. The revenues above include intersegment revenue that is eliminated in consolidation.

Our noninterest expense includes salary and employee benefits, occupancy, professional services, and other expense. Our results of operations are also affected by the provisions for loan losses and income taxes.

Overview of Operating Results

We had net income of $24.1 million, or $2.76 per diluted share, for the year ended December 31, 2008, compared with $28.6 million, or $3.27 per diluted share, for the year ended December 31, 2007, and $25.7 million, or $2.97 per diluted

 

33


Table of Contents

share, for the year ended December 31, 2006. Return on average stockholders’ equity and return on average assets was 7.6% and 0.7%, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2008, compared with 13.0% and 1.0%, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2007, and 13.2% and 1.0%, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2006. During 2008, net income was adversely affected by a larger increase to the provision for loan losses than prior years. The return on average assets ratio is calculated by dividing net income by average total assets for the year. The return on average stockholders’ equity ratio is calculated by dividing net income by average stockholders’ equity for the year.

In addition to the return on average stockholders’ equity and return on average assets ratios above, we consider the ratios shown in the table below to be key indicators of our performance.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2008     2007     2006  

Leverage ratio

   12.70 %   8.06 %   8.22 %

Dividend payout ratio

   22.02 %   17.26 %   19.06 %

Net interest margin

   4.13 %   4.25 %   4.35 %

Efficiency ratio

   75.93 %   75.40 %   78.20 %

The leverage ratio is discussed in the “Liquidity and Capital Resources” section below. The dividend payout ratio is calculated by dividing the total dividends paid by net income for the year. Net interest margin is detailed in the “Net Interest Income” section below. The efficiency ratio is calculated by dividing noninterest expenses by the sum of total noninterest income and net interest income for the year. The efficiency ratio is a measure of how well the Bank utilizes its resources and manages its expenses.

The changes in our earnings during the periods described above are attributable to the factors listed below (dollar amounts in millions).

 

     Earnings Increase (Decrease)  
     Year Ended December 31,  
       2008 v. 2007     2007 v. 2006  

Banking Segment

    

Interest income on loans

   $ (31.3 )   $ 26.8  

Interest expense on deposits

     41.0       (13.0 )

Provision for loan loss

     (17.3 )     (0.5 )

Noninterest expense

     (8.4 )     (7.6 )

Mortgage Origination Segment

    

Income from loan origination and net gains from sale of loans

     34.2       (21.0 )

Noninterest expense

     (25.3 )     23.7  

All Other Subsidiaries (including tax effects)

     2.6       (5.5 )
                
   $ (4.5 )   $ 2.9  
                

 

34


Table of Contents

Years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

Banking Segment

Net Interest Income

The following table summarizes the components of the banking segment’s net interest income (dollar amounts in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
                    Variance  
     2008    2007    2006    2008 v. 2007     2007 v. 2006  

Interest income

             

Loans, including fees

   $ 185,830    $ 217,104    $ 190,325    $ (31,274 )   $ 26,779  

Securities(1)

     11,243      10,904      10,228      339       676  

Federal funds sold

     477      1,330      1,795      (853 )     (465 )

Interest-bearing deposits with banks

     70      176      156      (106 )     20  
                                     

Total interest income

     197,620      229,514      202,504      (31,894 )     27,010  

Interest expense

             

Deposits

     48,451      89,458      76,419      (41,007 )     13,039  

Notes payable and other borrowings

     16,486      17,811      14,125      (1,325 )     3,686  
                                     

Total interest expense

     64,937      107,269      90,544      (42,332 )     16,725  
                                     

Net interest income

   $ 132,683    $ 122,245    $ 111,960    $ 10,438     $ 10,285  
                                     

 

(1) Taxable equivalent

The table below provides additional details regarding the banking segment’s net interest income (dollar amounts in thousands).

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2008     2007     2006  
     Average
Outstanding
Balance
    Interest
Earned
or Paid
   Annualized
Yield or
Rate
    Average
Outstanding
Balance
    Interest
Earned
or Paid
   Annualized
Yield or
Rate
    Average
Outstanding
Balance
    Interest
Earned
or Paid
   Annualized
Yield or
Rate
 

Assets

                     

Interest-earning assets

                     

Loans, gross

   $ 2,720,068     $ 185,830    6.83 %   $ 2,417,344     $ 217,104    8.98 %   $ 2,066,207     $ 190,325    9.21 %

Investment securities—taxable

     164,235       7,648    4.66 %     154,432       8,066    5.22 %     158,826       8,270    5.21 %

Investment securities—non-taxable(1)

     55,792       3,595    6.44 %     45,998       2,838    6.17 %     31,602       1,958    6.20 %

Federal funds sold

     24,522       477    1.95 %     23,677       1,330    5.62 %     35,199       1,795    5.10 %

Interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions

     4,701       70    1.49 %     3,649       176    4.82 %     3,484       156    4.48 %
                                                   

Interest-earning assets, gross

     2,969,318       197,620    6.66 %     2,645,100       229,514    8.68 %     2,295,318       202,504    8.82 %

Allowance for loan losses

     (26,551 )          (25,647 )          (23,630 )     
                                       

Interest-earning assets, net

     2,942,767            2,619,453            2,271,688       

Noninterest-earning assets

     532,588            559,199            599,143       
                                       

Total assets

   $ 3,475,355          $ 3,178,652          $ 2,870,831       
                                       

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity

                     

Interest-bearing liabilities

                     

Interest-bearing deposits

   $ 2,230,120       48,451    2.17 %   $ 1,970,241       89,458    4.54 %   $ 1,818,149       76,419    4.20 %

Notes payable and other borrowings

     514,664       16,486    3.20 %     195,370       17,811    9.12 %     78,670       14,125    17.95 %
                                                   

Total interest-bearing liabilities

     2,744,784       64,937    2.37 %     2,165,611       107,269    4.95 %     1,896,819       90,544    4.77 %

Noninterest-bearing liabilities

                     

Noninterest-bearing deposits

     234,342            470,046            469,862       

Other liabilities

     151,662            256,219            241,686       
                                       

Total liabilities

     3,130,788            2,891,876            2,608,367       

Stockholders' equity

     344,567            286,776            262,464       
                                       

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

   $ 3,475,355          $ 3,178,652          $ 2,870,831       
                                       
                     
                                 

Net interest income

     $ 132,683        $ 122,245        $ 111,960   
                                 

Net interest margin

        4.47 %        4.62 %        4.88 %

 

(1) Taxable equivalent adjustments are based on a 35% tax rate. The adjustment to interest income was $1.2 million, $0.9 million and $0.6 million for 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

The accrual of interest on impaired loans is discontinued when, in management’s opinion, there is a clear indication that the borrower’s cash flow may not be sufficient to meet payments as they become due, which is generally when a loan is

 

35


Table of Contents

90 days past due unless the asset is both well secured and in the process of collection. When a loan is placed on non-accrual status, all previously accrued and unpaid interest is charged against income. If the ultimate collectability of principal, wholly or partially, is in doubt, any payment received on a loan on which the accrual of interest has been suspended is applied to reduce principal to the extent necessary to eliminate such doubt. Once the collection of the remaining recorded loan balance is fully expected, interest income is recognized on a cash basis.

The following table summarizes the changes in the banking segment’s net interest income for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, including the component changes in the volume of average interest-earning assets and liabilities and changes in the rates earned or paid on those items (dollar amounts in thousands).

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2008 v. 2007     2007 v. 2006  
     Change Due To(1)     Change     Change Due To(1)     Change  
     Volume     Yield/Rate       Volume     Yield/Rate    

Interest income

            

Loans

   $ 27,188     $ (58,462 )   $ (31,274 )   $ 32,344     $ (5,565 )   $ 26,779  

Investment securities(2)

     1,116       (777 )     339       663       13       676  

Federal funds sold

     47       (900 )     (853 )     (587 )     122       (465 )

Interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions

     51       (157 )     (106 )     7       13       20  
                                                

Total interest income

     28,402       (60,296 )     (31,894 )     32,427       (5,417 )     27,010  

Interest expense

            

Deposits

     11,800       (52,807 )     (41,007 )     6,393       6,646       13,039  

Notes payable and other borrowings

     29,109       (30,434 )     (1,325 )     20,953       (17,267 )     3,686  
                                                

Total interest expense

     40,909       (83,241 )     (42,332 )     27,346       (10,621 )     16,725  
                                                

Net interest income

   $ (12,507 )   $ 22,945     $ 10,438     $ 5,081     $ 5,204     $ 10,285  
                                                

 

(1) Changes attributable to both volume and yield/rate are allocated to both volume and yield/rate on an equal basis.
(2) Taxable equivalent

Net interest income increased $10.4 million in 2008 compared with 2007. Changes in yields earned and rates paid contributed $22.9 million to the increase in net interest income, due to falling interest rates paid on deposits. Yields on the loan portfolio decreased as well, but not as quickly as rates paid on deposits. Yields on the majority of variable rate loans decreased to their respective rate floors, while rates paid on deposits continued to decline. Changes in the average balance of interest-earning assets, primarily in the loan portfolio, and interest-bearing liabilities reduced net interest income by $12.5 million. The average balance of interest-bearing liabilities grew faster than the average balance of the loan portfolio.

Net interest income in 2007 increased $10.3 million compared with 2006. Changes in the volume of interest-earning assets, primarily loan growth, contributed $32.4 million to the change in net interest income, while changes in the volume of interest-bearing liabilities reduced net interest income by $27.3 million. Increased borrowing from the Federal Home Loan Bank and the Federal Reserve Bank was the primary factor in the increase in interest-bearing liabilities. The borrowings increased due to favorable pricing relative to the brokered deposit market.

Provision for Loan Losses

Provisions for loan losses are charged to operations to record the total allowance for loan losses at a level deemed appropriate by the banking segment’s management based on such factors as the volume and type of lending it conducted, the amount of non-performing loans and related collateral security, the present level of the allowance for loan losses, the results of recent regulatory examinations, generally accepted accounting principles, general economic conditions and other factors related to the ability to collect loans in its portfolio.

The banking segment’s provision for loan losses was $22.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, $5.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, and $5.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. The $17.3 million increase in 2008 compared with 2007 was primarily a result of a significant increase in non-performing loans. The provision for loan losses increased $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared with the year ended December 31, 2006. Additional information regarding the allowance for loan losses can be found in the “Allowance for Loan Losses” section below.

 

36


Table of Contents

Noninterest Expense

The following table summarizes the banking segment’s noninterest expense for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 (dollar amounts in thousands).

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
                      Variance  
     2008    2007     2006     2008 v. 2007     2007 v. 2006  

Noninterest expense

           

Employees’ compensation and benefits

   $ 43,977    $ 40,920     $ 35,964     $ 3,057     $ 4,956  

Occupancy and equipment, net

     16,877      15,407       14,840       1,470       567  

Professional services

     5,835      6,152       6,245       (317 )     (93 )

Deposit insurance premium

     1,564      441       267       1,123       174  

Repossession and foreclosure

     2,644      (244 )     (2,721 )     2,888       2,477  

Other

     13,601      13,457       13,971       144       (514 )
                                       

Total noninterest expense

   $ 84,498    $ 76,133     $ 68,566     $ 8,365     $ 7,567  
                                       

Noninterest expense increased $8.4 million, or 11.0%, compared with the year ended December 31, 2007 while noninterest expense for 2007 increased $7.6 million, or 11.0%, compared to 2006. Employees’ compensation and benefits and repossession and foreclosure expenses were the primary contributors to these increases, although the banking segment experienced increases in most noninterest expense categories.

Employees’ compensation and benefits increased $3.1 million, or 7.5%, for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to 2007. The increase was attributable to normal annual merit increases, increased staffing levels and higher health insurance costs. For the year ended December 31, 2007, employees’ compensation and benefits increased $5.0 million, or 13.8%, compared with the year ended December 31, 2006. The increase was primarily related to the increase in staffing levels to support added locations in 2007, as well as higher health insurance costs.

Repossession and foreclosure expenses increased $2.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to 2007, when those expenses were below $0.1 million. The increase was primarily due to costs incurred to complete construction on the increased volume of foreclosed real estate that exceeded the appraised value of the completed construction. For the year ended December 31, 2007, repossession and foreclosure expenses increased $2.5 million compared to 2006, which was attributable to a significant gain on the sale of repossessed property recorded in 2006.

Occupancy and equipment expenses, net of rental income, increased $1.5 million, or 9.5%, for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to 2007, reflecting increases in the number of branches. Deposit insurance premiums increased $1.1 million over 2007 due primarily to increased rates imposed by the FDIC. Occupancy and equipment expenses, net of rental income, were comparable in 2007 and 2006.

Mortgage Origination Segment

Noninterest Income

Noninterest income was $93.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared with $59.0 million in 2007, an increase of $34.2 million, or 58.0%. Increased income from loan originations and net gains on the sale of loans accounted for substantially all of the change in noninterest income. The increase resulted from higher mortgage loan origination volume and a shift in the composition of mortgage loan originations toward government guaranteed mortgages that have a higher value in the secondary market.

Noninterest income decreased by $21.0 million, or 26.3%, during the year ended December 31, 2007 to $59.0 million compared to $80.0 million in 2006. The decrease was primarily due to a decrease in loan originations resulting in reduced gains on the sale of loans.

 

37


Table of Contents

Noninterest Expense

The following table summarizes the mortgage origination segment’s noninterest expense for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 (dollar amounts in thousands).

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
                    Variance  
     2008    2007    2006    2008 v. 2007    2007 v. 2006  

Noninterest expense

              

Employees’ compensation and benefits

   $ 56,742    $ 42,210    $ 58,680    $ 14,532    $ (16,470 )

Occupancy and equipment, net

     8,849      6,588      9,984      2,261      (3,396 )

Professional services

     4,320      2,442      5,273      1,878      (2,831 )

Repossession and foreclosure

     746      719      495      27      224  

Other

     12,789      6,178      7,415      6,611      (1,237 )
                                    

Total noninterest expense

   $ 83,446    $ 58,137    $ 81,847    $ 25,309    $ (23,710 )
                                    

Noninterest expense increased $25.3 million, or 43.5%, compared with the year ended December 31, 2007. Employees’ compensation and benefits and occupancy and equipment expenses, net of rental income, were the primary contributors to the increase, although PrimeLending experienced increases in all noninterest expense categories. Noninterest expense decreased $23.7 million, or 29.0%, compared to 2006. The majority of the decrease related to employees’ compensation and benefits, although PrimeLending experienced decreases in most of the noninterest expense categories.

Employees’ compensation and benefits increased $14.5 million, or 34.4%, for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to 2007. The increase was attributable to increased staffing levels for the 24 additional mortgage banking offices, as well as higher commission costs due to the increase in sales volume. Employees’ compensation and benefits decreased $16.5 million, or 28.1%, for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared with the year ended December 31, 2006, which was attributable to lower commission costs due to the decline in sales volume.

Occupancy and equipment expenses, net of rental income, increased $2.3 million, or 34.3%, for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to 2007. The increase was due to costs incurred on the additional offices added during 2008. Occupancy and equipment expenses, net of rental income, decreased $3.4 million, or 34.0%, for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to the year ended December 31, 2006, which was primarily a result of lease termination costs in 2006.

Professional services increased $1.9 million, or 76.9%, for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to 2007, reflecting increases in the volume of mortgage loans originated. This expense category decreased $2.8 million, or 53.7%, for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared with the year ended December 31, 2006, which related to lower appraisal costs due to the decline in the real estate market. Other expenses increased $6.6 million over 2007, primarily due to the increase in unreimbursed closing costs on loans and funding fees for loan closing costs and originations. Other expenses decreased $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to 2006.

Financial Condition

The following discussion contains a more detailed analysis of our financial condition as of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006.

 

38


Table of Contents

Loan Portfolio

Loans held for investment are detailed in the table below (dollar amounts in thousands) and classified by type.

 

     December 31,  
     2008     2007     2006     2005     2004  

Commercial and agricultural

   $ 1,262,456     $ 1,028,332     $ 797,471     $ 744,725     $ 567,500  

Lease financing

     101,902       148,780       183,219       169,536       126,722  

Construction and land development

     585,320       704,321       597,408       411,077       372,173  

Real estate

     839,099       678,618       588,563       598,511       541,282  

Securities (including margin loans)

     129,638       4,696       4,583       4,707       5,530  

Consumer

     51,091       36,082       35,458       31,108       38,549  
                                        

Loans, gross

     2,969,506       2,600,829       2,206,702       1,959,664       1,651,756  

Unearned income

     (3,887 )     (3,467 )     (3,683 )     (3,598 )     (3,513 )

Allowance for loan losses

     (40,672 )     (26,517 )     (24,722 )     (22,666 )     (22,086 )
                                        

Loans, net

   $ 2,924,947     $ 2,570,845     $ 2,178,297     $ 1,933,400     $ 1,626,157  
                                        

The amounts in the table above represent loans held in our banking and financial advisory segments. A discussion of loans in each of those segments follows.

Banking Segment

The banking segment’s loan portfolio constitutes the major earning asset of the banking segment and typically offers the best alternative for obtaining the maximum interest spread above the cost of funds. The overall economic strength of the banking segment generally parallels the quality and yield of its loan portfolio. Total loans, net of the allowance for loan losses, were $2.8 billion, $2.6 billion and $2.2 billion as of December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively. The $255.9 million increase in net loans at December 31, 2008 compared with December 31, 2007, was primarily attributable to growth in commercial and agricultural and real estate loans. For 2007 compared to 2006, loans increased $390.6 million, primarily due to growth in commercial and agricultural, real estate, and construction and land development loans.

The banking segment does not participate in syndicated loan transactions and has no foreign loans in its portfolio. At December 31, 2008, the banking segment had loan concentrations (loans to borrowers engaged in similar activities) which exceeded 10% of total loans in its real estate loan portfolio. The areas of concentration within our real estate portfolio were construction and land development loans and non-construction commercial real estate loans. At December 31, 2008, construction and land development loans were 20% of total loans, while non-construction commercial real estate loans were 18% of total loans.

The following table provides information regarding the maturities of certain of the banking segment’s loans held for investment, excluding unearned income (dollar amounts in thousands). Non-accrual loans included in the table below were $44.9 million at December 31, 2008.

 

     December 31, 2008
     Due Within
One Year
   Due From One
To Five Years
   Due After
Five Years
   Total

Commercial and agricultural

   $ 964,769    $ 288,182    $ 37,027    $ 1,289,978

Real estate (including construction and land development)

     816,016      373,036      236,447      1,425,499
                           

Total

   $ 1,780,785    $ 661,218    $ 273,474    $ 2,715,477
                           

Fixed rate loans

   $ 1,131,048    $ 617,370    $ 273,029    $ 2,021,447

Floating rate loans

     649,737      43,848      445      694,030
                           

Total

   $ 1,780,785    $ 661,218    $ 273,474    $ 2,715,477
                           

The majority of floating rate loans carries an interest rate tied to the Wall Street Journal Prime Rate, as published in the Wall Street Journal.

 

39


Table of Contents

Mortgage Origination Segment

The loan portfolio of the mortgage origination segment consists of loans held for sale, primarily single-family residential mortgages funded through PrimeLending. Total loans were $192.3 million and $74.2 million as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The $118.1 million increase in net loans at December 31, 2008 compared with December 31, 2007, was primarily attributable to internally generated growth as well as increased market share at PrimeLending due to the availability of warehouse financing through our banking segment. Total loans decreased $26.9 million in 2007 compared to 2006, which was primarily due to the decline in the real estate market.

Financial Advisory Segment

The loan portfolio within the financial advisory segment is held by First Southwest, which consists of margin loans to customers and correspondents. These loans are collateralized by the securities purchased or by other securities owned by the client and are subject to a number of regulatory requirements as well as First Southwest’s internal policies. Total loans were $126.8 million as of the merger on December 31, 2008.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses is a reserve established through a provision for loan losses charged to expense, which represents management’s best estimate of probable losses that have been incurred within the existing portfolio of loans. Our management has responsibility for determining the level of the allowance for loan losses, subject to review by our board of directors. Among other factors, management, on a quarterly basis, considers our historical loss experience, the size and composition of the loan portfolio, the value and adequacy of collateral and guarantors, delinquencies, non-performing credits, including impaired loans and its risk-rating-based loan “watch” list, along with national and local economic conditions.

There are additional risks of loan losses that cannot be precisely quantified or attributed to particular loans or classes of loans. Since those factors include general economic trends as well as conditions affecting individual borrowers, the allowance for loan losses is an estimate. The sum of these elements is our management’s recommended level for the allowance. The unallocated portion of the allowance is based on loss factors that cannot be associated with specific loans or loan categories. These factors include management’s subjective evaluation of such conditions as credit quality trends, collateral values, portfolio concentrations, specific industry conditions in the regional economy, regulatory examination results, external audit and loan review findings and recent loss experiences in particular portfolio segments. The unallocated portion of the allowance for losses reflects management’s attempt to ensure that the overall reserve appropriately reflects a margin for the imprecision necessarily inherent in estimates of credit losses.

We have developed a methodology that seeks to determine an allowance to absorb probable loan losses inherent in the portfolio based on evaluations of the collectibility of loans, historical loss experience, peer bank loss experience, delinquency trends, economic conditions, portfolio composition and specific loss estimates for loans considered substandard or doubtful. We design our loan review program to achieve the objective of reviewing, on an annual basis, loan relationships that account for 50% of the dollar amount of our loan portfolio, regardless of risk. We review all business loans that exhibit probable or observed credit weaknesses, as well as loan relationships that exceed a dollar threshold based on the 50% coverage objective. Based on management’s evaluation, estimated loan loss allowances are assigned to the individual loans that present a greater risk of loan loss. If necessary, reserves would be allocated to individual loans based on management’s estimate of the borrower’s ability to repay the loan given the availability and value of collateral and other sources of cash flow. Any reserves for impaired loans are estimated using observable loss experience for similar loans, or an analysis of the fair value of the underlying collateral. We evaluate the collectability of both principal and interest when assessing the need for a loss accrual. A composite allowance factor that considers our and other peer bank loss experience ratios, delinquency trends, economic conditions, and portfolio composition are applied to the total of commercial and commercial real estate loans not specifically evaluated.

The allowance is subject to regulatory examinations and determinations as to adequacy, which may take into account such factors as the methodology used to calculate the allowance and the size of the allowance in comparison to peer banks identified by regulatory agencies. Homogenous loans, such as consumer installment, residential mortgage loans, and home equity loans, are not individually reviewed and are generally risk graded at the same levels. The risk grade and reserves are established for each homogenous pool of loans based on the expected net charge offs from a current trend in delinquencies, losses or historical experience and general economic conditions. As of December 31, 2008, we had no material delinquencies in these types of loans.

 

40


Table of Contents

While we believe we have sufficient allowance for our existing portfolio as of December 31, 2008, additional allowance for losses on existing loans may be necessary in the future. The allowance for loan losses totaled $40.7 million, $26.5 million, and $24.7 million at December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006 respectively. The $14.2 million increase in 2008 was primarily due to an increase in non-performing loans. The ratio of the allowance for loan losses to total loans outstanding at December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006 was 1.4%, 1.0% and 1.1% respectively.

The following table presents the activity in our allowance for loan losses for the years indicated (dollar amounts in thousands). Substantially all of the activity shown below occurred in the banking segment.

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
     2008     2007     2006     2005     2004  

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 26,517     $ 24,722     $ 22,666     $ 22,086     $ 21,580  

Provisions charged to operating expenses

     22,818       5,517       5,049       5,516       2,604  

Recoveries of loans previously charged off

          

Commercial and agricultural

     1,605       974       804       892       915  

Real estate

     —         114       —         3       —    

Construction and land development

     29       100       —         305       14  

Lease financing

     30       11       11       46       —    

Consumer

     51       231       47       44       53  
                                        

Total recoveries

     1,715       1,430       862       1,290       982  
                                        

Loans charged off

          

Commercial and agricultural

     9,445       4,044       2,022       2,383       2,452  

Real estate

     305       143       762       3,025       114  

Construction and land development

     1,095       697       50       —         305  

Lease financing

     580       132       405       630       36  

Consumer

     233       136       616       188       173  
                                        

Total charge-offs

     11,658       5,152       3,855       6,226       3,080  
                                        

Net charge-offs

     (9,943 )     (3,722 )     (2,993 )     (4,936 )     (2,098 )
                                        

Allowance for losses on margin loans from FSW acquisition

     1,280       —         —         —         —    
                                        

Balance at end of period

   $ 40,672     $ 26,517     $ 24,722     $ 22,666     $ 22,086  
                                        

Net charge-offs to average loans outstanding

     0.37 %     0.15 %     0.14 %     0.24 %     0.12 %

The distribution of the allowance for loan losses among loan types and the percentage of the loans for that type to gross loans, excluding unearned income, are presented in the table below (dollar amounts in thousands). Amounts shown in “Unallocated” include the portion of the allowance that is attributable to factors that cannot be distributed by type. Those factors include credit concentrations, trends in loan growth, and various other market, economic and regulatory considerations.

 

     December 31,  
     2008     2007     2006     2005     2004  
     Reserve    % of
Gross
Loans
    Reserve    % of
Gross
Loans
    Reserve    % of
Gross
Loans
    Reserve    % of
Gross
Loans
    Reserve    % of
Gross
Loans
 

Commercial and agricultural

   $ 27,641    42.51 %   $ 8,849    39.54 %   $ 7,866    36.14 %   $ 7,293    38.00 %   $ 3,864    33.63 %

Real estate (including construction and land development)

     4,928    47.97 %     2,348    53.17 %     3,032    53.74 %     2,756    51.52 %     1,668    55.66 %

Lease financing

     1,152    3.43 %     1,012    5.72 %     1,212    8.30 %     1,028    8.65 %     427    8.03 %

Securities (including margin loans)

     1,280    4.37 %     —      0.18 %     —      0.21 %     —      0.24 %     —      0.31 %

Consumer

     377    1.72 %     257    1.39 %     606    1.61 %     167    1.59 %     127    2.37 %

Unallocated

     5,294        14,051        12,006        11,422        16,000   
                                             

Total

   $ 40,672    100.00 %   $ 26,517    100.00 %   $ 24,722    100.00 %   $ 22,666    100.00 %   $ 22,086    100.00 %
                                             

Potential Problem Loans

Potential problem loans consist of loans that are performing in accordance with contractual terms but for which management has concerns about the ability of an obligor to continue to comply with repayment terms because of the obligor’s

 

41


Table of Contents

potential operating or financial difficulties. Management monitors these loans and reviews their performance on a regular basis. As of December 31, 2008, we had four loans of this type totaling $15.5 million, which are not included in either the non-accrual or 90 days past due loan categories.

Non-performing Assets

The following table presents our components of non-performing assets at the dates indicated (dollar amounts in thousands).

 

     December 31,  
     2008     2007     2006     2005     2004  

Loans accounted for on a non-accrual basis

          

Commercial and agricultural

   $ 32,919     $ 9,953     $ 5,238     $ 1,126     $ 2,047  

Lease financing

     1,388       1,955       216       —         —    

Construction and land development

     6,870       2,534       1,793       15,119       1,011  

Real estate

     5,149       2,773       3,622       2,556       362  

Consumer

     492       25       32       177       49  
                                        
   $ 46,818     $ 17,240     $ 10,901     $ 18,978     $ 3,469  
                                        

Non-performing loans as a percentage of total loans

     1.48 %     0.64 %     0.47 %     0.88 %     0.19 %
                                        

Loans past due 90 days or more, not included above

   $ 3,928     $ 1,263     $ 2,409     $ 20     $ 971  
                                        

Other Real Estate Owned

   $ 9,637     $ 6,355     $ 3,244     $ 2,453     $ 8,760  
                                        

Non-performing assets

   $ 60,383     $ 24,858     $ 16,554     $ 21,451     $ 13,200  
                                        

Non-performing assets as a percentage of total assets

     1.53 %     0.78 %     0.57 %     0.80 %     0.54 %
                                        

At December 31, 2008, total non-performing assets increased $35.5 million to $60.4 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2007. Non-accrual loans increased by $29.6 million to $46.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to 2007. Of these non-accrual loans, $32.9 million were characterized as commercial and agricultural loans. This amount included approximately $28.9 million in business loans for investment properties, which primarily related to a single loan relationship. Non-accrual loans also included $6.9 million in construction and land development, which consisted primarily of residential real estate development loans secured by fully-developed residential lots and unimproved land. Other Real Estate Owned increased $3.3 million to $9.6 million at December 31, 2008 compared to 2007. This included $7.3 million of commercial real estate property consisting of single family residences and $1.0 million of residential lots at various levels of completion. The increase in Other Real Estate Owned was due primarily to the economic downturn in the housing market during 2008.

Total non-performing assets increased $8.3 million to $24.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to the year ended December 31, 2006. The increase related primarily to the $6.3 million increase in non-accrual loans during 2007. Within this category, commercial and agricultural loans made up the majority of the increase, which loans increased by $4.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to 2006. Other Real Estate Owned increased $3.1 million to a balance of $6.4 million at December 31, 2007 compared to 2006. Of the December 31, 2007 balance, $5.4 million consisted primarily of commercial real estate properties.

Additional interest income that would have been recorded if the non-accrual loans had been current during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 totaled $3.3 million, $1.3 million, and $0.6 million respectively.

Securities

Historically, our policy has been to invest primarily in securities of the U.S. Government and its agencies, obligations of municipalities in the State of Texas, and other high grade fixed income securities to minimize credit risk. Pursuant to our acquisition of First Southwest, we purchased a portfolio of auction rate bonds for which an active market

 

42


Table of Contents

does not currently exist. The securities portfolio plays a role in the management of interest rate sensitivity and generates additional interest income. In addition, the portfolio serves as a source of liquidity and is used to meet collateral requirements.

The securities portfolio consists of two major components, securities held-to-maturity and securities available-for-sale. Securities are classified as held-to-maturity based on the intent and ability of our management, at the time of purchase, to hold such securities to maturity. These securities are carried at amortized cost. Securities that may be sold in response to changes in market interest rates, changes in securities’ prepayment risk, increases in loan demand, general liquidity needs, and other similar factors are classified as available-for-sale and are carried at estimated fair value. The table below summarizes our securities portfolio (dollar amounts in thousands).

 

     December 31,
     2008    2007    2006

Securities available-for-sale, at fair value

        

U. S. Treasury securities

   $ 11,953    $ —      $ —  

U. S. government agency obligations

     10,038      18,000      17,666

Mortgage-backed securities

     35,439      36,039      28,174

Collateralized mortgage obligations

     68,515      32,637      35,813

Auction rate bonds

     40,612      —        —  
                    
     166,557      86,676      81,653

Securities held-to-maturity, at amortized cost

        

Mortgage-backed securities

     19,982      23,026      29,430

Collateralized mortgage obligations

     29,030      29,520      30,987

States and political subdivisions

     57,228      51,953      45,005

Auction rate bonds

     110,969      —        —  

Other

     —        —        150
                    
     217,209      104,499      105,572

Trading securities, at fair value

     1,561      —        —  
                    

Total securities portfolio

   $ 385,327    $ 191,175    $ 187,225
                    

We hold securities of two issuers that exceed 10% of our stockholders’ equity. The issuers are Indiana Secondary Market for Education Loans, Inc. and Access to Loans for Learning Student Loan Corporation, which have an aggregate book value and aggregate market value of $40.6 million and an aggregate book value and aggregate market value of $111.0 million, respectively. We had a net unrealized gain of $1.1 million related to the available-for-sale investment portfolio at December 31, 2008, compared with a net unrealized loss of $2.9 million at December 31, 2007 and $2.2 million at December 31, 2006 respectively.

The market value of securities held-to-maturity at December 31, 2008 was $0.2 million below book value. At December 31, 2007, market value of held-to-maturity securities was $1.9 million below book value. The market value of held-to-maturity securities was $0.8 million below book value at December 31, 2006.

The following table sets forth the estimated maturities of securities, based on current performance. Contractual maturities may be different (dollar amounts in thousands, yields are tax-equivalent).

 

43


Table of Contents
     December 31, 2008  
     One Year
Or Less
    One Year to
Five Years
    Five Years to
Ten Years
    Greater Than
Ten Years
    Total  

U. S. Treasury securities

          

Amortized cost

   $ 11,920     $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 11,920  

Fair value

     11,953       —         —         —         11,953  

Weighted average yield

     1.32 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     1.32 %

U. S. government agency obligations

          

Amortized cost

     —         10,000       —         —         10,000  

Fair value

     —         10,038       —         —         10,038  

Weighted average yield

     0.00 %     3.57 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     3.57 %

Mortgage-backed securities

          

Amortized cost

     —         33,508       16,260       5,249       55,017  

Fair value

     —         34,403       16,659       4,943       56,005  

Weighted average yield

     0.00 %     5.21 %     5.43 %     5.47 %     5.30 %

Collateralized mortgage obligations

          

Amortized cost

     —         15,295       58,945       22,638       96,878  

Fair value

     —         15,292       59,308       23,000       97,600  

Weighted average yield

     0.00 %     5.14 %     4.94 %     5.64 %     5.13 %

States and political subdivisions

          

Amortized cost

     1,305       2,488       12,493       40,942       57,228  

Fair value

     1,330       2,629       12,557       39,882       56,398  

Weighted average yield

     5.73 %     6.29 %     6.42 %     6.54 %     6.49 %

Total securities portfolio

          

Amortized cost

   $ 13,225     $ 61,291     $ 87,698     $ 68,829     $ 231,043  

Fair value

     13,283       62,362       88,524       67,825       231,994  

Weighted average yield

     1.75 %     4.96 %     5.24 %     6.16 %     5.24 %

As of December 31, 2008, we acquired $151.6 million of auction rate bonds that are not included in the table above. These securities mature in more than 10 years.

Deposits

Banking Segment

The banking segment’s major source of funds and liquidity is its deposit base. Deposits provide funding for its investment in loans and securities. Interest paid for deposits must be managed carefully to control the level of interest expense.

The mix of the deposit base (time deposits versus interest-bearing demand deposits and savings) is constantly changing due to the banking segment’s needs and market conditions. Overall, average deposits at December 31, 2008 were $24.2 million, or 1.0%, higher than average deposits at December 31, 2007. Average noninterest-bearing demand deposits at December 31, 2008 decreased $235.7 million from December 31, 2007 levels, while average interest-bearing demand deposits increased $416.6 million compared to 2007. The change in composition is attributable to a Bank program, begun in January 2008, which sweeps demand deposits into money market accounts and reduces the amount of reserves the Bank is required to carry for regulatory purposes.

Average deposits for the year ended December 31, 2007 increased $152.3 million, or 6.7%, compared to 2006. Average noninterest-bearing deposits, savings, certificates of deposit, and foreign deposits increased $0.2 million, $9.5 million, $109.1 million, and $67.8 million, respectively, while average interest bearing demand deposits decreased $34.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2007 as compared to 2006. The average cost of deposits increased in 2007 mainly due to higher market rates.

At December 31, 2008, we had approximately $136.5 million in interest bearing time deposits of $100,000 or more in a foreign branch.

 

44


Table of Contents

The table below presents the banking segment’s average balances of deposits and the average rates paid on those deposits for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 (dollar amounts in thousands).

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2008     2007     2006  
     Average
Balance
   Average
Rate Paid
    Average
Balance
   Average
Rate Paid
    Average
Balance
   Average
Rate Paid
 
               

Noninterest-bearing demand deposits

   $ 234,342    —       $ 470,046    —       $ 469,862    —    

Interest-bearing demand deposits

     915,455    0.93 %     498,815    3.44 %     533,153    3.36 %

Savings deposits

     160,855    2.00 %     165,650    4.05 %     156,141    3.93 %

Certificates of deposit

     940,976    3.42 %     1,111,435    5.07 %     1,002,340    4.63 %

Foreign deposits

     212,833    2.11 %     194,341    4.76 %     126,515    4.73 %
                           
   $ 2,464,461    1.97 %   $ 2,440,287    3.67 %   $ 2,288,011    3.34 %
                           

The maturity of interest bearing time deposits of $100,000 or more as of December 31, 2008 is set forth in the table below (dollar amounts in thousands).

 

     December 31, 2008

Months to maturity:

  

3 months or less

   $ 251,825

3 months to 6 months

     67,184

6 months to 12 months

     97,563

Over 12 months

     150,577
      
   $ 567,149
      

The banking segment experienced growth of $76.6 million, or 15.6%, in interest bearing time deposits of $100,000 or more for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to 2007. At December 31, 2008, there were $416.6 million in interest bearing time deposits scheduled to mature within one year.

Financial Advisory Segment

The financial advisory segment’s deposit portfolio is held by First Southwest. The deposit portfolio consists of interest bearing and non-interest bearing demand accounts used to finance customer transactions. Total deposits were $82.1 million as of the acquisition of First Southwest on December 31, 2008.

Borrowings

Our borrowings as of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 are shown in the table below (dollar amounts in thousands).

 

     December 31,
                    Variance
     2008    2007    2006    2008 v. 2007     2007 v. 2006

Short-term borrowings

   $ 256,452    $ 413,060    $ 44,977    $ (156,608 )   $ 368,083

Notes payable

     151,014      40,256      35,860      110,758       4,396

Junior subordinated debentures

     67,012      51,548      51,548      15,464       —  

Other borrowings

     12,075      7,240      6,324      4,835       916
                                   
   $ 486,553    $ 512,104    $ 138,709    $ (25,551 )   $ 373,395
                                   

Short-term borrowings consist of federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase, as well as borrowings at the Federal Home Loan Bank and the Federal Reserve Bank. The $156.6 million decrease in short-term borrowings at December 31, 2008 compared with December 31, 2007, was attributable to the maturity of approximately

 

45


Table of Contents

$250.0 million in Federal Home Loan Bank notes, partially offset by the $75.4 million increase in federal funds and securities sold under agreements to repurchase. Short-term borrowings increased $368.1 million at December 31, 2007 compared to 2006. The increase was attributable to a shift in the funding of the Bank from brokered deposits to borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank and the Federal Reserve Bank, which allowed the Bank to obtain favorable pricing relative to the brokered deposit market.

Notes payable consisted primarily of our borrowing facilities with third party lenders. The increase in notes payable at December 31, 2008 compared with December 31, 2007, reflects borrowings made to enhance capital ratios at the Bank. We had $4.4 million of additional borrowing capacity under revolving lines of credit at December 31, 2008.

The increase in junior subordinated debentures shown in the table above reflects our issuance of $15.5 million of junior subordinated debentures by to PCC Statutory Trust IV, which we formed in February 2008. The trust was created for the sole purpose of issuing and selling preferred and common securities, the proceeds of which were used to purchase our junior subordinated debentures.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity refers to the measure of our ability to meet our customers’ present and future deposit withdrawals and anticipated and unanticipated increases in loan demand without penalizing earnings. Interest rate sensitivity involves the relationships between rate-sensitive assets and liabilities and is an indication of the probable effects of interest rate fluctuations on our net interest income.

Our asset and liability group is responsible for continuously monitoring our liquidity position to ensure that assets and liabilities are managed in a manner that will meet all current and projected cash requirements. Funds invested in short-term marketable instruments, the continuous maturing of other interest-earning assets, the possible sale of available-for-sale securities, and the ability to securitize certain types of loans provide sources of liquidity from an asset perspective. The liability base provides sources of liquidity through deposits and the maturity structure of short-term borrowed funds. We utilize federal fund lines of credit with correspondent banks, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, and advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank as alternatives to other funding sources with similar maturities.

On December 19, 2008, we sold approximately $87.6 million of Series A and Series B Preferred Stock to the U.S. Treasury Department pursuant to the TARP Capital Purchase Program. The shares of Series B Preferred Stock were issued to the U.S. Treasury Department upon the exercise of a warrant issued in conjunction with the Series A Preferred Stock. The Series A and Series B Preferred Stock are senior to shares of our common stock with respect to dividends and liquidation preference. Under the terms of the Series A Preferred Stock, we are obligated to pay a 5% per annum cumulative dividend on the stated value of the preferred stock until February 14, 2014 and thereafter at a rate of 9% per annum. As long as shares of the Series A and Series B Preferred Stock remain outstanding, we may not pay dividends to our common stockholders (nor may we repurchase or redeem any shares of our common stock) unless all accrued and unpaid dividends on the preferred stock have been paid in full. Furthermore, prior to December 19, 2011, unless we have redeemed all of the preferred stock, the consent of the U.S. Treasury Department will be required to, among other things, increase the amount of dividends paid on our common stock. After December 19, 2011 and thereafter until December 19, 2018, the consent of the U.S. Treasury Department (if it still holds our preferred stock) will be required for any increase in the aggregate common stock dividends per share greater than 3% per annum. After December 19, 2018, we will be prohibited from paying dividends on or repurchasing any common stock until the preferred stock issued to the U.S. Treasury Department is redeemed in whole or the U.S. Treasury Department has transferred all of its preferred stock to third parties. If dividends on the preferred stock are not paid in full for six dividend periods, whether or not consecutive, the U.S. Treasury Department will have the right to elect two directors to our board of directors until all unpaid cumulative dividends are paid in full. The terms of the Series B Preferred Stock are identical to those described above for the Series A Preferred Stock except that (i) the dividend rate is 9% per annum and (ii) the Series B Preferred Stock may not be redeemed unless all of the Series A Preferred Stock is redeemed. We are evaluating whether to redeem the Series A and Series B Preferred Stock. Any such redemption would likely be funded with cash on hand or by raising additional capital in a private placement of our securities. We may, however, be required to pay approximately $4.4 million to the U.S. Treasury Department to redeem the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock. Because these shares were issued as a result of the U.S. Treasury Department’s “cashless” exercise of a warrant, we did not receive any proceeds from the original issuance. Any such redemption would have an adverse effect on our liquidity.

 

46


Table of Contents

We are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements may prompt certain actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, we must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of our assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Our capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.

At December 31, 2008, we exceeded all regulatory capital requirements and were considered to be “well-capitalized” with a total capital to risk weighted assets ratio of 14.5%, Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets ratio of 12.8% and a Tier 1 capital to average assets, or leverage, ratio of 12.7%. At December 31, 2008, the Bank was also considered to be “well-capitalized.”

Cash and cash equivalents (consisting of cash and due from banks and federal funds sold), totaled $114.6 million at December 31, 2008, a decrease of $11.8 million, or 9.4%, from $126.4 million at December 31, 2007. This decrease was primarily due to growth in the loan portfolio and the purchase of securities, partially offset by the increase in our deposits.

Deposit flows, calls of investment securities and borrowed funds, and prepayments of loans and mortgage-backed securities are strongly influenced by interest rates, general and local economic conditions and competition in the marketplace. These factors reduce the predictability of the timing of these sources of funds.

Cash flow from operations during 2008 was $103.0 million, an increase of $38.7 million compared with 2007. Cash flow from operations increased due to increases in accrued liabilities, offset by decreased cash flow from our mortgage origination operations. The increases in accrued liabilities relate primarily to the purchase of auction rate bonds in connection with our acquisition of First Southwest.

Our primary use of funds is for the origination of loans, primarily commercial and agricultural loans and real estate loans. Our loan portfolio at December 31, 2008, was $3.0 billion, an increase of $368.7 million compared with $2.6 billion at December 31, 2007. The increase in net loan originations was concentrated in the real estate and business loan portfolios.

Cash flow from our investment activities included net purchases of securities for our investment portfolio during the year ended December 31, 2008, which were $188.9 million compared with net purchases of $4.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase in net purchases of securities in 2008 was composed primarily of auction rate bonds acquired in connection with our acquisition of First Southwest. Additionally, U.S. Treasury Bills, collateralized mortgage obligations and municipal securities were purchased to provide collateral for repurchase agreements. The proceeds from maturities and principal reductions of securities available-for-sale were $25.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared with $403.0 million in 2007. We did not sell securities during the years ended December 31, 2008 or 2007.

Cash flows from financing activities were $369.8 million in 2008 compared with $264.8 million in 2007. The $105.0 million increase is primarily attributable to the issuance of preferred stock to the U.S. Treasury Department pursuant to the TARP Capital Purchase Program and the issuance of junior subordinated debentures to PCC Statutory Trust IV, which we formed in February 2008. We paid dividends on our common stock of $5.3 million and $4.9 million in 2008 and 2007, respectively.

We had deposits of $2.9 billion at December 31, 2008 compared with $2.4 billion at December 31, 2007, an increase of $532.7 million. The increase was attributable to an increase in brokered deposits resulting from attractive pricing compared with other sources of funding. Deposit flows are also affected by the level of market interest rates, the interest rates and products offered by competitors, the volatility of equity markets and other factors.

At December 31, 2008, there were $1.2 billion in time deposits scheduled to mature within one year. Based on our historical experience and competitive pricing practices, we expect to be able to retain or replace a substantial portion of these maturing deposits throughout the remainder of 2009.

Our 15 largest depositors accounted for approximately 16% of our total deposits and our five largest depositors accounted for approximately 9% of our total deposits at December 31, 2008. The loss of one or more of our largest customers, or a significant decline in the deposit balances due to ordinary course fluctuations related to these customers’

 

47


Table of Contents

businesses, would adversely affect our liquidity and require us to raise deposit rates to attract new deposits, purchase federal funds or borrow funds on a short-term basis to replace such deposits. We have not experienced any liquidity issues to date with respect to brokered deposits or our other large balance deposits and we believe alternative sources of funding are available, albeit currently at slightly higher rates, to more than compensate for the loss of one or more of these customers.

PrimeLending funds the mortgage loans it originates through a warehouse line of credit maintained with the Bank. PrimeLending sells substantially all mortgage loans it originates to various investors in the secondary market with servicing released. As these mortgage loans are sold in the secondary market, PrimeLending pays down its warehouse line of credit with the Bank.

First Southwest relies on its equity capital, short-term bank borrowings, interest and non-interest bearing client credit balances, correspondent deposits and other payables to finance its assets and operations. First Southwest has credit arrangements with commercial banks of up to $150.0 million, which are used to finance securities owned, securities held for correspondent accounts and receivables in customer margin accounts. These credit arrangements are provided on an “as offered” basis and are not committed lines of credit.

The following table sets forth information concerning our contractual obligations (dollar amounts in thousands) at December 31, 2008 for the periods shown:

 

     December 31, 2008
     2009    2010    2011-2013    Thereafter    Total

Long-term debt obligations

   $ 108,383    $ 1,534    $ —      $ 108,109    $ 218,026

Capital lease obligations

     715      715      2,256      9,287      12,973

Operating lease obligations

     13,152      12,927      28,338      28,462      82,879
                                  
   $ 122,250    $ 15,176    $ 30,594    $ 145,858    $ 313,878
                                  

Payments for borrowings do not include interest. Payments related to leases are based on actual payments specified in the underlying contracts.

In accordance with the FINRA Settlement, First Southwest repurchased $41.6 million in face value of auction rate bonds in February 2009 and has agreed, commencing no later than June 14, 2009, to make its best efforts to provide liquidity to those investors having accounts the value of which exceeded $10.0 million at the time of their purchase of auction rate bonds. These investors purchased approximately $60.0 million in auction rate bonds from First Southwest. We intend to comply with our obligations pursuant to the FINRA Letter by offering these investors loans extended on the basis of reasonable and customary credit standards secured by the subject auction rate bonds.

Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We are engaged primarily in the business of investing funds obtained from deposits and borrowings into interest-bearing loans and investments and its primary component of market risk is interest rate risk volatility. Consequently, our earnings depend to a significant extent on our net interest income, which is the difference between interest income on loans and investments and our interest expense on deposits and borrowing. To the extent that our interest-bearing liabilities do not reprice or mature at the same time as its interest-bearing assets, we are subject to interest rate risk and corresponding fluctuations in net interest income.

Interest rate risk is the potential of economic losses due to future interest rate changes. These economic losses can be reflected as a loss of future net interest income and/or a loss of current fair market values. The magnitude of the change in earnings and market value of portfolio equity resulting from interest rate changes is impacted by the time remaining to maturity on fixed-rate obligations, the contractual ability to adjust rates prior to maturity, competition, and the general level of interest rates and customer actions. The objective is to measure the effect of interest rate changes on net interest income and to adjust the balance sheet to minimize the inherent risk while at the same time maximizing income.

There are several common sources of interest rate risk that must be effectively managed if there is to be minimal impact on our earnings and capital. Repricing risk arises largely from timing differences in the pricing of assets and

 

48


Table of Contents

liabilities. Reinvestment risk refers to the reinvestment of cash flows from interest payments and maturing assets at lower or higher rates. Basis risk exists when different yield curves or pricing indices do not change at precisely the same time or in the same magnitude such that assets and liabilities with the same maturity are not all affected equally. Yield curve risk refers to unequal movements in interest rates across a full range of maturities.

We have employed asset/liability management policies that attempt to manage our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, thereby attempting to control the volatility of net interest income, without having to incur unacceptable levels of credit or investment risk. We manage our exposure to interest rates by structuring our balance sheet in the ordinary course of business. In addition, the asset/liability management policies permit the use of various derivative instruments to manage interest rate risk or hedge specified assets and liabilities. We manage our interest rate sensitivity position consistent with our established asset/liability management policies.

An interest rate sensitive asset or liability is one that, within a defined time period, either matures or experiences an interest rate change in line with general market interest rates. The management of interest rate risk is performed by analyzing the maturity and repricing relationships between interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities at specific points in time (“GAP”) and by analyzing the effects of interest rate changes on net interest income over specific periods of time by projecting the performance of the mix of assets and liabilities in varied interest rate environments. Interest rate sensitivity reflects the potential effect on net interest income of a movement in interest rates. A company is considered to be asset sensitive, or having a positive GAP, when the amount of its interest-earning assets maturing or repricing within a given period exceeds the amount of its interest-bearing liabilities also maturing or repricing within that time period. Conversely, a company is considered to be liability sensitive, or having a negative GAP, when the amount of its interest-bearing liabilities maturing or repricing within a given period exceeds the amount of its interest-earning assets also maturing or repricing within that time period. During a period of rising interest rates, a negative GAP would tend to affect net interest income adversely, while a positive GAP would tend to result in an increase in net interest income. During a period of falling interest rates, a negative GAP would tend to result in an increase in net interest income, while a positive GAP would tend to affect net interest income adversely. However, it is our intent to achieve a proper balance so that incorrect rate forecasts should not have a significant impact on earnings.

Interest rate sensitivity analysis presents the amount of assets and liabilities that are estimated to reprice through specified periods. The interest rate sensitivity analysis in the table below reflects our assets and liabilities on December 31, 2008 that will either be repriced in accordance with market rates, mature or are estimated to mature early within the periods indicated (in thousands). This is a one-day position that is continually changing and is not necessarily indicative of our position at any other time.

As illustrated in the table below, the banking segment is asset sensitive overall, but liability sensitive in the short term. This occurs due to a reclassification made for regulatory purposes. The reclassification shifts noninterest-bearing demand deposits to interest-bearing demand deposits, resulting in a reduction of the reserves the Bank is required to carry. The Bank is asset sensitive primarily due to the high ratio of loans to interest sensitive assets. The majority of the loan portfolio is indexed to the Wall Street Journal Prime rate and can adjust either daily or monthly. To match this, the Bank has also kept the maturities of most of its borrowings short, either maturing or repricing within one month. It also attempts to match longer term assets with certificates of deposit with terms of three to five years.

 

49


Table of Contents
     December 31, 2008
     (Dollar amounts in thousands)
     3 Months or
Less
    > 3 Months to
1 Year
    > 1 Year to
3 Years
    > 3 Years to
5 Years
    > 5 Years     Total
            

Interest sensitive assets:

            

Loans(1)

   $ 2,035,027     $ 315,540     $ 237,039     $ 75,751     $ 179,756     $ 2,843,113

Securities

     26,079       44,771       61,486       23,090       229,901       385,327

Federal funds sold

     21,786       —         —         —         —         21,786

Other interest sensitive assets

     7,681       —         —         —         —         7,681
                                              

Total interest sensitive assets

     2,090,573       360,311       298,525       98,841       409,657       3,257,907

Interest sensitive liabilities:

            

Interest bearing checking(1)

   $ 1,163,733     $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 1,163,733

Savings

     151,341       —         —         —         —         151,341

Time deposits

     1,025,153       268,243       55,523       9,161       5,802       1,363,882

Notes payable & other borrowings

     324,170       574       3,204       847       5,898       334,693
                                              

Total interest sensitive liabilities

     2,664,397       268,817       58,727       10,008       11,700       3,013,649
                                              

Interest sensitivity gap

   $ (573,824 )   $ 91,494     $ 239,798     $ 88,833     $ 397,957     $ 244,258
                                              

Cumulative interest sensitivity gap

   $ (573,824 )   $ (482,330 )   $ (242,532 )   $ (153,699 )   $ 244,258    
                                          

Percentage of cumulative gap to total interest Sensitive assets

  

 

-17.61

%

    -14.80 %     -7.44 %     -4.72 %     7.50 %  

 

(1) Excludes First Southwest.

The positive GAP in the interest rate sensitivity analysis indicates that our net interest income would rise if rates increase and fall if rates decline. Because of inherent limitations in interest rate sensitivity analysis, the Bank uses multiple interest rate risk measurement techniques. Simulation analysis is used to subject the current repricing conditions to rising and falling interest rates in increments and decrements of 1%, 2% and 3% to determine the effect on net interest income changes for the next 12 months. The Bank also measures the effects of changes in interest rates on market value of portfolio equity by discounting future cash flows of deposits and loans using new rates at which deposits and loans would be made to similar depositors and borrowers. Market value changes in the investment portfolio are estimated by discounting future cash flows and using duration analysis. Loan and investment security prepayments are estimated using current market information. We believe the simulation analysis presents a more accurate picture since certain rate indices that affect liabilities do not change with the same magnitude over the same period of time as changes in the prime rate or other indices that reprice loans and investment securities. The projected changes in net interest income at December 31, 2008 were in compliance with established policy guidelines.

The table below shows the estimated impact of increases and decreases in interest rates of 1%, 2% and 3% on net interest income and on market value of portfolio equity for the banking segment as of December 31, 2008 (dollar amounts in thousands). While the table below shows results for the banking segment only, the impact of changes in interest rates on our overall net interest income would be substantially the same as shown in the table below.

 

     December 31, 2008  
     Changes In
Net Interest Income
    Changes in Market Value of
Portfolio Equity
 
      
Change in Interest Rates    Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  

Up 3%

   3,913     3.15 %   16,957     3.59 %

Up 2%

   24     0.02 %   8,338     1.77 %

Up 1%

   (533 )   -0.43 %   4,596     0.97 %

Down 1%

   166     0.13 %   (23,113 )   -4.89 %

Down 2%

   294     0.24 %   (52,837 )   -11.19 %

Down 3%

   (535 )   -0.43 %   (67,948 )   -14.38 %

The projected changes in net interest income and market value of portfolio equity to changes in interest rates at December 31, 2008 were in compliance with established policy guidelines. These projected changes in the market value of portfolio equity model are based on numerous assumptions of growth and changes in the mix of assets or liabilities.

 

50


Table of Contents

Due to the historically low interest rate environment, the table shown above is currently producing results that upon first glance may appear unusual. Because short term rates are so close to zero, the model results in the “Down” shock scenarios are less applicable than normal. These results are also clouded by certain modeling assumptions such as not allowing deposit or loan rates to fall below zero. The modeling results in the “Up” scenarios remain valid and relevant. In the Up 100 and Up 200 scenarios, the bank’s interest rate margin is compressed as funding costs rise and yields on assets fail to offset this increased cost. Yields on earning assets do not immediately react to rising rates in these scenarios because repricing floors are currently in place and in effect for a significant portion of the loan portfolio. When rates rise more than 2%, the margin begins to benefit as loans currently standing at floor rates reprice higher.

Off-Balance-Sheet Arrangements; Commitments; Guarantees

In the normal course of business, we enter into various transactions, which, in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, are not included in our consolidated balance sheets. We enter into these transactions to meet the financing needs of our customers. These transactions include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit, which involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk and interest rate risk in excess of the amounts recognized in its consolidated balance sheets.

We enter into contractual loan commitments to extend credit, normally with fixed expiration dates or termination clauses, at specified rates and for specific purposes. Substantially all of our commitments to extend credit are contingent upon customers maintaining specific credit standards until the time of loan funding. We minimize our exposure to loss under these commitments by subjecting them to credit approval and monitoring procedures. We assess the credit risk associated with certain commitments to extend credit in determining the level of the allowance for possible loan losses.

Standby letters of credit are written conditional commitments issued by us to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. In the event the customer does not perform in accordance with the terms of the agreement with the third party, we would be required to fund the commitment. The maximum potential amount of future payments we could be required to make is represented by the contractual amount of the commitment. If the commitment is funded, we would be entitled to seek recovery from the customer. Our policies generally require that standby letter of credit arrangements contain security and debt covenants similar to those contained in loan agreements.

In the normal course of business, First Southwest executes, settles, and finances various securities transactions that may expose First Southwest to off-balance sheet risk in the event that a customer or counterparty does not fulfill its contractual obligations. Examples of such transactions include the sale of securities not yet purchased by customers or for the account of First Southwest, clearing agreements between First Southwest and various clearinghouses and broker/dealers, secured financing arrangements that involve pledged securities, and when-issued underwriting and purchase commitments.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our accounting policies are integral to understanding the results reported. Our accounting policies are described in detail in Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2008, and you are encouraged to read Note 1 for additional insight into management’s approach and methodology in estimating the allowance for loan losses. We believe that of our significant accounting policies, the allowance for loan losses may involve a higher degree of judgment and complexity.

The allowance for loan losses is a valuation allowance for probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio. Loans are charged to the allowance when the loss is confirmed or when a determination is made that a probable loss has occurred on a specific loan. Recoveries are credited to the allowance at the time of recovery. Throughout the year, management estimates the probable level of losses to determine whether the allowance for credit losses is adequate to absorb losses in the existing portfolio. Based on these estimates, an amount is charged to the provision for loan losses and credited to the allowance for loan losses in order to adjust the allowance to a level determined to be adequate to absorb losses. Management’s judgment as to the level of probable losses on existing loans involves the consideration of current economic conditions and their estimated effects on specific borrowers; an evaluation of the existing relationships among loans, potential loan losses and the present level of the allowance; results of examinations of the loan portfolio by regulatory agencies; and management’s internal review of the loan portfolio. In determining the ability to collect certain loans, management also considers the fair value of any underlying collateral. The amount ultimately realized may differ from the carrying value of these assets because of economic, operating or other conditions beyond our control. For a complete discussion of allowance for loan losses and provisions for loan losses, see the sections entitled “Allowance for Loan Losses” beginning on page 40 of this registration statement on Form 10.

 

51


Table of Contents
ITEM 3. PROPERTIES

As of December 31, 2008, our banking segment conducted business at 30 full service banking locations, two drive-in facilities and two operations centers. Our principal executive offices are currently located at 2911 Turtle Creek Blvd., Suite 700, Dallas, TX 75219, in space leased by the company. We are in the process of relocating our principal executive offices to 2323 Victory Avenue, Suite 1400, Dallas, TX 75219. The move is expected to be completed during the second quarter of 2009. In addition to our principal office, we operate the following banking locations:

 

     Owned    Leased    Total

Banking centers in Dallas/Fort Worth metropolitan area

   0    13    13

Banking centers in Austin metropolitan area

   0    4    4

Banking centers in Lubbock area

   9    6    15

Banking centers in San Antonio area

   0    2    2
              

Total

   9    25    34

We have options to renew leases at most locations.

As of December 31, 2008, our mortgage origination segment conducted business at 93 locations in 17 states, including California, Colorado, Nevada, Texas and Washington. Each of these locations is leased by PrimeLending.

As of December 31, 2008, our financial advisory segment conducted business at 21 branch offices in Alaska, Arkansas, California, Connecticut, Florida, Massachusetts, New York, North Carolina, Rhode Island and Texas. Each of these offices is leased by First Southwest or one of its subsidiaries.

 

ITEM 4. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

The following table and accompanying footnotes set forth as of March 31, 2009, certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of the shares of our common stock by: (i) each person who is known by us to own beneficially more than 5% of such shares; (ii) each member of our board of directors and each of our named executive officers; and (iii) all of our directors and executive officers as a group (12 persons). Alan White, our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer; Jeff Isom, our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer; Hill Feinberg, Chief Executive Officer of First Southwest; Roseanna McGill, Chief Executive Officer of PrimeLending; and Jerry Schaffner, Senior Executive Vice President of Lending and President of the Bank, are currently the only executive officers of Plains Capital. Except as otherwise indicated, the beneficial owners listed in the table below have sole voting and investment powers with respect to the shares indicated, and the address for each beneficial owner is 2911 Turtle Creek Blvd., Suite 700, Dallas, TX 75219. The applicable percentage ownership is based on 11,091,103 shares of our common stock issued as of March 31, 2009, plus, on an individual basis, the right of that individual to obtain common stock upon exercise of stock options within 60 days of March 31, 2009. The aggregate amount of shares of our common stock issued includes 565,810 shares of common stock that are held in escrow by an escrow agent on behalf of the former stockholders of First Southwest that may be released to such stockholders upon the satisfaction of the earnout provisions contained in the Merger Agreement. The former stockholders of First Southwest are entitled to vote these earnout shares prior to their cancellation or release from escrow.

 

52


Table of Contents
     Common Stock
Beneficially Owned
 

Name

   Number    Percentage  

Directors and Officers

     

Giles Dalby

   45,139    *  

Hill Feinberg (1)

   721,715    6.5 %

Mark Griffin

   11,098    *  

Jeff Isom (2)

   35,490    *  

Robert King, M.D.

   232,749    2.1 %

Lee Lewis (3)

   259,200    2.3 %

Roseanna McGill (4)

   13,292    *  

Ted Rushing (5)

   280,700    2.5 %

Jerry Schaffner (6)

   74,492    *  

Michael Seger, M.D. (7)

   108,346    *  

Robert Taylor

   10,959    *  

Alan White (8)

   935,063    8.4 %

Plains Capital Officers and Directors as a Group (12 persons)

   2,728,243    24.5 %

Certain Persons

     

Plains Capital Corporation ESOP (9)

   573,696    5.2 %

 

* Less than 1%.
(1) Includes 166,832 shares of common stock (the “Feinberg Earnout Shares”) currently held in escrow for the benefit of Mr. Feinberg. The Feinberg Earnout Shares are subject to the earnout provisions of the Merger Agreement. Mr. Feinberg may not receive the Feinberg Earnout Shares until January 31, 2013, and the number of shares that he will receive, if any, is subject to reduction in accordance with the terms of the Merger Agreement. Mr. Feinberg has the right to vote the Feinberg Earnout Shares prior to their cancellation or release from escrow and may be deemed the beneficial owner thereof. Also includes 42,386 shares of common stock issuable to Mr. Feinberg upon exercise of stock options. 10,596 shares of common stock underlying certain of these options (the “Feinberg Earnout Option Shares”) remain subject to the earnout provisions of the Merger Agreement. The Feinberg Earnout Option Shares are currently exercisable, but Mr. Feinberg may not receive the Feinberg Earnout Option Shares until January 31, 2013, and the number of shares that he will receive upon exercise of the related stock options, if any, is subject to reduction in accordance with the terms of the Merger Agreement. Mr. Feinberg would have the right to vote any Feinberg Earnout Option Shares prior to their cancellation or release from escrow and may be deemed the beneficial owner thereof. Also includes 12,000 shares of restricted stock granted to Mr. Feinberg. Pursuant to the terms of Mr. Feinberg’s restricted stock grant, he has the right to vote such shares and may be deemed the beneficial owner thereof.
(2) Includes 3,792 shares of common stock issuable to Mr. Isom upon exercise of stock options issued under the Stock Option Plans. Also includes 10,000 shares of restricted stock granted to Mr. Isom. Pursuant to the terms of Mr. Isom’s restricted stock grant, he has the right to vote such shares and may be deemed the beneficial owner thereof. Also includes 10,505 shares of common stock allocated to the account of Mr. Isom pursuant to the Plains Capital Corporation Employees’ Stock Ownership Plan (the “ESOP”). Upon the effectiveness of this registration statement on Form 10, each ESOP participant will have the right to direct the ESOP Trustee to vote the shares allocated to his or her account on all matters requiring the vote of our stockholders and as such, Mr. Isom may be deemed the beneficial owner of such shares.
(3) Includes 259,200 shares of common stock held by Lee Lewis Construction. Mr. Lewis is the sole owner of Lee Lewis Construction and may be deemed to have voting and/or investment power with respect to the shares owned by Lee Lewis Construction.
(4) Includes 35 shares of common stock allocated to the account of Ms. McGill pursuant to the ESOP. Upon the effectiveness of this registration statement on Form 10, each ESOP participant will have the right to direct the ESOP Trustee to vote the shares allocated to his or her account on all matters requiring the vote of our stockholders and as such, Ms. McGill may be deemed the beneficial owner of such shares.
(5) Includes 223,706 shares held by Lubbock Commercial Building, Inc. Mr. Rushing owns 50% of the stock and is an officer of Lubbock Commercial Building, Inc. and may be deemed to have voting and/or investment power with respect to the shares owned by Lubbock Commercial Building, Inc. Also includes 9,448 shares held by Alhambra Mortgage Co. Mr. Rushing owns 50% of the stock and is a director of Alhambra Mortgage Co. and may be deemed to have voting and/or investment power with respect to the shares owned by Alhambra Mortgage Co. Also includes 47,002 shares held by the Rushing Family Foundation. Mr. Rushing serves as a director of the Rushing Family Foundation and may be deemed the beneficial owner of the shares held thereby.
(6) Includes 4,344 shares of common stock issuable to Mr. Schaffner upon the exercise of stock options issued under the Stock Option Plans. Also includes 5,142 shares of common stock held by Mr. Schaffner in an individual retirement account and 627 shares held by Susan Schaffner, the spouse of Mr. Schaffner, in an individual retirement account. Also includes 15,000 shares of restricted stock granted to Mr. Schaffner. Pursuant to the terms of Mr. Schaffner’s restricted stock grant, he has the right to vote such shares and may be deemed the beneficial owner thereof. Also includes 13,164 shares of common stock allocated to the account of Mr. Schaffner pursuant to the ESOP. Upon the effectiveness of this registration statement on Form 10, each ESOP participant will have the right to direct the ESOP Trustee to vote the shares allocated to his or her account on all matters requiring the vote of our stockholders and as such, Mr. Schaffner may be deemed the beneficial owner of such shares.
(7) Includes 28,224 shares of common stock held by Mr. Seger in an individual retirement account; 5,473 shares held directly by Christine Seger, the spouse of Mr. Seger; and 2,073 shares held by Christine Seger in an individual retirement account.
(8)

Includes 6,720 shares of common stock issuable to Mr. White upon exercise of stock options issued under the Stock Option Plans; 40,762 held by Mr. White in an individual retirement account; 27,716 held by Alan White 801 Investments; and 796,374 shares held by Maedgen & White, Ltd. Mr. White is the sole general partner of Alan White 801 Investments and the sole general partner of Maedgen & White, Ltd. and may be deemed to have

 

53


Table of Contents
 

voting and/or investment power with respect to the shares owned by Alan White 801 Investments and Maedgen & White, Ltd. Also includes 50,000 shares of restricted stock granted to Mr. White. Pursuant to the terms of Mr. White’s restricted stock grant, he has the right to vote such shares and may be deemed the beneficial owner thereof. Also includes 13,491 shares of common stock allocated to the account of Mr. White pursuant to the ESOP. Upon the effectiveness of this registration statement on Form 10, each ESOP participant will have the right to direct the ESOP Trustee to vote the shares allocated to his or her account on all matters requiring the vote of our stockholders and as such, Mr. White may be deemed the beneficial owner of such shares.

(9) Pursuant to the ESOP, upon the effectiveness of this registration statement on Form 10, each ESOP participant will have the right to direct the ESOP Trustee to vote the shares allocated to his or her account on all matters requiring the vote of our stockholders. In the event that a participant does not direct the ESOP Trustees on how to vote his or her allocated shares, the ESOP Committee will determine how such shares are voted and may deemed the beneficial holder thereof. The ESOP Committee has the right to vote all unallocated shares held by the ESOP and may be deemed the beneficial owner thereof. In the event that the ESOP Committee does vote the unallocated shares held by the ESOP or the allocated shares for which ESOP participants have not directed them to vote, then the ESOP Trustees will determine how such shares are voted and may be deemed the beneficial holder thereof.

There are no arrangements currently known to us, the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change of control of Plains Capital.

 

ITEM 5. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

Our directors are elected by our stockholders at our annual meeting, which is generally held in April of each year. Directors hold office for one year or until their successors are chosen and qualify. We currently have nine directors. Our executive officers are elected by the board of directors and hold office until their successors are chosen and qualify. The following table sets forth information concerning our executive officers and directors as of March 31, 2009:

 

Name

  

Age

  

Positions

Alan White

   60    Director, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

Hill Feinberg

   61    Director, Chief Executive Officer of First Southwest

Jeff Isom

   52    Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Roseanna McGill

   58    Chief Executive Officer of PrimeLending

Jerry Schaffner

   51    Senior Executive Vice President of Lending; President of PlainsCapital Bank

Hon. Giles Dalby

   76    Director

Mark Griffin

   54    Director

Robert King, M.D.

   58    Director

Lee Lewis

   57    Director

Ted Rushing

   59    Director

Michael Seger, M.D.

   64    Director

Robert Taylor, Jr.

   61    Director

Alan B. White . Mr. White is one of our founders and has served as Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Plains Capital since 1987. Mr. White received his Bachelors of Business Administration in Finance at Texas Tech University. Mr. White’s current charitable and civic service includes serving as a member of the Cotton Bowl Athletic Association Board of Directors, the MD Anderson Cancer Center Living Legend Committee, the Super Bowl XLV Host Committee and Board of Directors, and the Dallas Citizens Council. He was also the founding chairman of the Texas Tech School of Business Chief Executive’s Roundtable; the former chairman of the Texas Tech Board of Regents, the Covenant Health System Board of Trustees, and the Methodist Hospital System Board of Trustees; and a member of the Texas Tech University President’s Council and the Texas Hospital Association Board.

 

54


Table of Contents

Jeff Isom . Mr. Isom joined Plains Capital in 1989 and has held various officer positions with Plains Capital. Mr. Isom has served as an Executive Vice President and the Chief Financial Officer since 1998. Mr. Isom was a non-voting, advisory director of Plains Capital from 1991 until March 2009.

Hill Feinberg . Mr. Feinberg has served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of First Southwest since 1991 and was appointed to serve as one of our directors on December 31, 2008 in conjunction with our acquisition of First Southwest. The Merger Agreement requires us to take all necessary action so that Mr. Feinberg is elected or appointed to serve as a member of our board of directors for three consecutive one year terms. Prior to joining First Southwest, Mr. Feinberg was a senior managing director at Bear Stearns & Co. Mr. Feinberg is a past chairman of the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board, the self-regulatory organization with responsibility for authoring the rules that govern the municipal securities activities of registered brokers. Mr. Feinberg also is a member of the board of directors of Energy XXI (Bermuda) Limited, a public company.

Jerry Schaffner . Mr. Schaffner joined Plains Capital in 1993 and has held various officer positions with Plains Capital. He currently serves as Senior Executive Vice President of Lending for Plains Capital and the President of the Bank. He previously served as a director of Plains Capital from 1993 until 2009. Mr. Schaffner received his Bachelor of Business Administration in Finance from Texas Tech University. He currently serves as a member of the Texas Tech University Chancellors Council and is a former member of the Lubbock Zoning Board of Adjustments and the Lubbock Real Estate Research Center Advisory Board.

Roseanna McGill . Ms. McGill was a director of Plains Capital from 2000 until 2009. She has been the Chief Executive Officer of PrimeLending since 1986. PrimeLending was acquired as a wholly-owned mortgage-banking subsidiary of the Bank in 2000.

Hon. Giles Dalby . Mr. Dalby has been a director of Plains Capital since 1989 and a director of the Bank since 1981. From 1971 until 1985 and 1987 until he retired on December 31, 2006, Mr. Dalby served as a County Judge in Garza County, Texas. As a retired County Judge, Mr. Dalby continues to hear cases assigned to him. Mr. Dalby also currently serves as Chairman of the Post Economic Development Corporation, as Chairman of the Garza Central Appraisal District and as a board member of each of The Lubbock Club and The Garza Historical Museum. He is a member of the American Judicature Society. Mr. Dalby also managed and operated the Cross H Ranch in Garza County, Texas until he retired in 2007. From 1995 until 2006, he served as Chairman of the Workers’ Compensation Board of Texas Association of Counties and from 1981 until 2006, he served as Chairman of the State Committee for County Judges Continuing Education

Mark Griffin . Mr. Griffin has served as a director of Plains Capital since 1997. Mr. Griffin has been the President of Rip Griffin Truck Service Center, Inc., a Texas corporation, since 1995. Rip Griffin Truck Service Center primarily operates truck service centers in the Southwest region of the United States as well as wholesale fuel marketing, storage and transportation in the western United States.

Robert King, M.D . Dr. King has been a director of Plains Capital since 1992. Dr. King has been in the private practice of orthopedic surgery and medicine in Lubbock, Texas since 1980.

Lee Lewis . Mr. Lewis has been a director of Plains Capital since 1989. He is the Chief Executive Officer of Lee Lewis Construction, Inc. Mr. Lewis has been engaged in the construction business in Texas since 1976.

Ted Rushing . Mr. Rushing has been a director of Plains Capital since 1989. Mr. Rushing has been engaged in the business of commercial real estate development in Lubbock, Texas since 1971. He is currently the Vice President of Lubbock Commercial Buildings, Inc.

Michael Seger, M.D . Dr. Seger has been a director of Plains Capital since 1987. From 1979 until he retired in 1994, Dr. Seger engaged in the private practice of internal medicine in Lubbock, Texas.

Robert Taylor, Jr . Mr. Taylor has been a director of Plains Capital since 1997. Mr. Taylor has been engaged in the wholesale distribution business in Lubbock, Texas since 1971. Since 2007, Mr. Taylor has served as the Vice President of Logistics for United Supermarkets, L.L.C., a Texas limited liability company engaged in the retail grocery business in Texas since 1915. From 2002 to 2007, Mr. Taylor was the President of R.C. Taylor Distributing, Inc., a Texas corporation that distributed general merchandise, candy and tobacco to retail outlets in West Texas and Eastern New Mexico.

 

55


Table of Contents

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

During 2008, the members of our Compensation Committee were Michael Seger, Chairman, Giles Dalby, Wayne Pope and Alan White (ex-officio). None of our executive officers has ever served as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any non-affiliated entity that has or has had one or more executive officers who serve on our board of directors or compensation committee.

 

ITEM 6. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

The following Compensation Discussion and Analysis should be read in conjunction with the “Summary Compensation Table” and related tables that are presented elsewhere in this registration statement on Form 10.

Introduction and Summary

The purpose of this Compensation Discussion and Analysis is to provide information about each material element of compensation that we pay or award to, or that is earned by: (i) the person who served as our principal executive officer during fiscal 2008; (ii) the person who served as our principal financial officer during fiscal 2008; and (iii) our three most highly compensated executive officers, other than the principal executive officer or principal financial officer, who were serving as executive officers, as determined in accordance with the rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, as of December 31, 2008 with compensation during fiscal 2008 of $100,000 or more (the “Named Executive Officers”), and to explain the numerical and related information contained in the tables located below. For our 2008 fiscal year, our Named Executive Officers were:

 

   

Alan White, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer;

 

   

Jeff Isom, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer;

 

   

Hill Feinberg, Director and Chief Executive Officer of First Southwest;

 

   

Roseanna McGill, Chief Executive Officer of PrimeLending; and

 

   

Jerry Schaffner, Senior Executive Vice President of Lending; President of PlainsCapital Bank.

The Compensation Committee

Our Compensation Committee is currently composed of Michael Seger, Chairman, Giles Dalby, and Robert Taylor. During 2008, the members of our Compensation Committee were Michael Seger, Chairman, Giles Dalby, Wayne Pope and Alan White (ex-officio). Our common stock is not currently listed on any national exchange, or quoted on any inter-dealer quotation service, that imposes independence requirements on our board of directors or any committee thereof. Our board of directors has evaluated the independence of the members of our Compensation Committee and determined that the members of our Compensation Committee have not accepted any consulting, advisory or other fees from the Company other than in their capacities as members of our board of directors or a committee of our board of directors. Based upon this standard, our board of directors has determined that each of the members of our Compensation Committee is independent.

Role of Executive Officers in Determining Compensation

The Compensation Committee acts on behalf of our board of directors to establish the company’s general compensation policies for our executive officers. The board of directors determines whether the Compensation Committee will make determinations as a committee or will make recommendations to the board of directors. In fiscal 2008, the Compensation Committee determined the compensation of our executive officers and delegated to senior executive officers compensation determinations for employees in their respective divisions.

 

56


Table of Contents

Compensation Philosophy and Objectives

We have developed a compensation program for executives and other employees designed to meet the following goals:

 

   

align the interest of executives and employees with those of our stockholders;

 

   

reward performance and further the long-term interests of our stockholders;

 

   

attract, motivate and retain executives and employees with competitive compensation for our industry and the labor markets in which we operate;

 

   

build and encourage ownership by our employees of our shares; and

 

   

balance our short-term and long-term strategic goals.

Compensation Program Structure and Elements

To the extent permitted by law, our management compensation program is comprised of four elements: base salary, cash bonus, equity-based compensation, and other benefits.

 

   

Base Salary . We pay base salary in order to recognize each Named Executive Officer’s unique value and historical contributions to our success in light of salary norms in the industry and the general marketplace; to match competitors for executive talent; to provide Named Executive Officers with sufficient, regularly paid income; and to reflect position and responsibility.

In setting competitive salary levels, the Compensation Committee is advised by Corporate Human Resources, which regularly evaluates current salary levels by surveying similar institutions in the United States. For example, in determining compensation for fiscal 2008 and 2009, the Compensation Committee was advised that Corporate Human Resources reviewed (i) Towers Perrin Financial Services Executive Database 2007/2008 U.S. Commercial Bank Report with appropriately aged data; and (ii) the Watson Wyatt 2008/2009 Survey Report on Financial Institution Compensation: General Executive Positions. In addition, Corporate Human Resources may from time to time obtain comparative data from independent third party consultants.

The Compensation Committee did not benchmark against any of these sources of information, but it did consider these sources of information in order to determine whether the compensation packages being offered by us were competitive. Based upon this information, the Compensation Committee has determined that the compensation packages being offered are competitive.

 

   

Cash Bonus . Until passage of the ARRA, we included an annual discretionary cash bonus as part of our management compensation program for all of our management team, including the Named Executive Officers, because we believe this element of compensation (i) helps focus management on, and motivate management to achieve, key annual corporate objectives by rewarding the achievement of these objectives and (ii) is necessary to be competitive from a total remuneration standpoint. On March 18, 2009, our Compensation Committee adopted a resolution proscribing the payment of any bonuses to our five most highly-compensated employees unless permitted under Section 111(b)(3)(D) of the EESA. Therefore, we anticipate that our Named Executive Officers will not receive a discretionary bonus during the TARP Restricted Period (defined below) unless they are in the form of long-term restricted stock that complies with Section 111(b)(3)(D) of the EESA and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

Annual cash bonuses are an integral component of compensation that link and reinforce executive decision-making and performance with our annual objectives. Prior to the action of our Compensation Committee to limit discretionary bonuses in accordance with the ARRA, our Compensation Committee exercised its discretion in awarding cash bonuses on an annual basis. The Compensation Committee’s determination of whether to award a discretionary bonus for fiscal 2008 to each of the Named Executive Officers other than Mr.

 

57


Table of Contents

Feinberg, was based on a review by the Compensation Committee of both objective and subjective criteria but was not based upon any formal established objective criteria. Some of the objective criteria that were considered include (i) loan growth, (ii) deposit growth, (iii) general and administrative expense control, (iv) profitability and (v) other income growth. Throughout 2008, our board of directors, which included Mr. White, our President and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Isom, our Chief Financial Officer, Mr. Schaffner, President of the Bank, Ms. McGill, Chief Executive Officer of PrimeLending, and the members of the Compensation Committee, met periodically to evaluate our budget and overall performance, including the aforementioned criteria. In February 2009, the Compensation Committee determined the bonuses paid to the Named Executive Officers other than Mr. Feinberg, based on individual performance reviews, our budget and the Compensation Committee’s examination of our results for 2008. Ms. McGill’s bonus was also based on a review by the Compensation Committee of PrimeLending of both objective and subjective criteria, but was not based upon any formal established objective performance criteria. Mr. Feinberg will not receive a discretionary bonus for 2009.

 

   

Equity Based Compensation . Our equity based compensation program is the primary vehicle for (i) aligning Named Executive Officers’ and other employees’ interests with the interests of our stockholders, (ii) offering long-term incentives and rewards to the Named Executive Officers and other employees, (iii) providing an incentive for retention of Named Executive Officers and employees and (iv) providing a competitive total compensation package.

Equity-based compensation is awarded pursuant to four incentive stock option plans that were established in 2001, 2003, 2005 and 2007 (the “Stock Option Plans”). The Stock Option Plans provide for the granting of stock options to our officers and key employees. Each of the 2001, 2003 and 2005 Stock Option Plans provide for option grants that could result in the issuance of up 50,000 shares of our common stock, subject to increase or decrease in the event of a stock dividend or stock split. Our 2007 Stock Option Plan provides for option grants that could result in the issuance of up to 150,000 shares of our common stock, subject to increase or decrease in the event of a stock dividend or stock split. At December 31, 2008, a total of 159,098 shares were available for grant under the Stock Option Plans. The Compensation Committee administers the Stock Option Plans. Subject to the terms of each Stock Option Plan, the Compensation Committee determines the persons who are to receive awards, the number of shares subject to each such award and the terms, types and conditions of such awards. Awards under the Stock Option Plans are based upon a review of both objective and subjective criteria and are not made upon any formal established objective goals. Since adoption of the resolution of our Compensation Committee on March 18, 2009, our Named Executive Officers will only be permitted to receive discretionary equity-based compensation in the form of long-term restricted stock that complies with Section 111(b)(3)(D) of the EESA and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

   

Other Benefits . Our Named Executive Officers also either participate in or are eligible to participate in our other benefit plans and programs on the same terms as other employees, including the Plains Capital Corporation 401(k) Plan (the “401(k) Plan”), the Plains Capital Corporation Employees’ Stock Ownership Plan (the “ESOP”), medical, dental and vision insurance, term life insurance, short-term disability insurance, and long-term disability insurance. Additionally, Mr. White, Mr. Isom and Mr. Schaffner participate in the PlainsCapital Bank Supplemental Executive Pension Plan (the “SEPP”). These benefits enable us to match competitors and retain talent.

The 401(k) Plan is a qualified 401(k) savings and retirement plan. All of our employees, including the Named Executive Officers, are generally eligible to participate in the 401(k) Plan. To encourage retirement savings under the 401(k) Plan, we provide a discretionary employer matching contribution equal to a percentage of the participants’ elective deferrals. Under the terms of the 401(k) Plan for 2008, eligible employees were permitted to defer up to $15,500 of their eligible pay, and we made a matching contribution of 50% of the first 5% of eligible pay deferred by each eligible employee under the 401(k) Plan.

The ESOP was established in 2004 as a non-contributory qualified plan and provides for the granting of our common stock to eligible employees who have remained with us through the end of each year. The ESOP Committee administers the ESOP and makes recommendations to the Compensation Committee with respect to the annual discretionary contribution. On an annual basis, we make a discretionary contribution to the ESOP, which goes toward a release of shares to be allocated to participant accounts, including those of the Named

 

58


Table of Contents

Executive Officers. In fiscal year 2008, we contributed $1.4 million and released 15,401 shares into the ESOP on behalf of eligible participants. Stock is allocated to the account of each eligible participant in the ESOP annually based upon eligible compensation paid to each eligible participant.

More information on the terms of our SEPP is provided under the section entitled “Pension Benefits” below.

Tax Code Considerations

Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) disallows a corporate income tax deduction for executive compensation paid to its principal executive officer or any of its three other highest compensated officers (other than the principal executive officer and the principal financial officer) in excess of $1 million per year unless it is performance-based and is paid under a plan satisfying the requirements of Section 162(m). As a condition to our participation in the TARP Capital Purchase Program, we agreed not to claim any deduction for remuneration for federal income tax purposes in excess of $500,000 for our Named Executive Officers that would not be deductible if Section 162(m)(5) of the Code were applied to us. Our Compensation Committee believes that the compensation arrangements with certain of our Named Executive Officers will exceed the limits on deductibility during the current fiscal year.

TARP Capital Purchase Program

On December 19, 2008, we sold approximately $87.6 million in Series A and Series B Preferred Stock to the U.S. Treasury Department pursuant to the TARP Capital Purchase Program promulgated under the EESA. As a participant in the TARP Capital Purchase Program, we are subject to executive compensation limits and other restrictions. Specifically, Section 111(b) of the EESA requires that that we: (i) ensure that our incentive compensation does not encourage our Named Executive Officers to take unnecessary and excessive risks; (ii) claw back any bonus or incentive paid to our Named Executive Officers based on materially inaccurate earnings statements or similar criteria; (iii) agree to prohibit any golden parachute payments to our Named Executive Officers; and (iv) agree not to deduct more than $500,000 of the remuneration paid to our Named Executive Officers.

The ARRA was enacted on February 17, 2009. The ARRA includes a wide variety of programs intended to stimulate the U.S. economy and imposes certain new executive compensation and corporate governance obligations on all current and future TARP Capital Purchase Program participants, including us, until the institution has redeemed the preferred stock sold to the U.S. Treasury Department. The executive compensation restrictions under the ARRA (described below) are more stringent than those currently in effect under the TARP Capital Purchase Program, but it is unclear how these executive compensation standards will relate to the similar standards recently announced by the U.S. Treasury Department, or whether the standards will be considered effective immediately or only after implementing regulations issued by the U.S. Treasury Department.

The ARRA amends Section 111 of EESA to require the Secretary of the Treasury to adopt additional standards with respect to executive compensation and corporate governance for TARP recipients (including us). The standards required to be established by the Secretary include, in part: (1) prohibitions on making golden parachute payments to senior executive officers and the next five most highly-compensated employees during such time as any obligation arising from financial assistance provided under the TARP remains outstanding (the “Restricted Period”); (2) prohibitions on paying or accruing bonuses or other incentive awards for certain senior executive officers and employees, except for awards of long-term restricted stock with a value equal to no greater than  1 / 3 of the subject employee’s annual compensation that do not fully vest during the Restricted Period or unless such compensation is pursuant to a valid written employment contract prior to February 11, 2009; (3) requirements that TARP Capital Purchase Program participants provide for the recovery of any bonus or incentive compensation paid to senior executive officers and the next 20 most highly-compensated employees based on statements of earnings, revenues, gains or other criteria later found to be materially inaccurate, with the Secretary having authority to negotiate for reimbursement; and (4) a review by the Secretary of all bonuses and other compensation paid by TARP participants to senior executive employees and the next 20 most highly-compensated employees before the date of enactment of the ARRA to determine whether such payments were inconsistent with the purposes of the ARRA.

The ARRA also sets forth additional corporate governance obligations for TARP recipients, including requirements for the Secretary to establish standards that provide for semi-annual meetings of compensation committees of the board of directors to discuss and evaluate employee compensation plans in light of an assessment of any risk posed from such compensation plans. TARP recipients are further required by the ARRA to have in place company-wide policies regarding

 

59


Table of Contents

excessive or luxury expenditures, permit non-binding stockholder “say-on-pay” proposals to be included in proxy materials, as well as require written certifications by the chief executive officer and chief financial officer with respect to compliance. The Secretary is required to promulgate regulations to implement the executive compensation and certain corporate governance provisions detailed in the ARRA.

Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth information regarding the total compensation received by or earned by our Named Executive Officers during 2008. This table and the accompanying narrative should be read in conjunction with the Compensation Discussion and Analysis, which sets forth the objectives and other information regarding our executive compensation program.

 

Name and Principal Position

   Year    Salary
($)
   Bonus
($)
   Stock
Awards

($) (1)
   Option
Awards

($)
   Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
   Change in
Pension Value
and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings

($) (2)
   All Other
Compensation
($) (3)
   Total ($)

Alan White
(Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer)

   2008    $ 1,350,000    $ 500,000    —      —      —      $ 348,237    $ 894,141    $ 3,092,378

Jeff Isom
(Chief Financial Officer)

   2008    $ 240,000    $ 70,000    —      —      —      $ 31,980    $ 157,664    $ 499,644

Hill Feinberg
(Chief Executive Officer of First Southwest)

   2008    $ 240,000    $ 635,000    —      —      —        —      $ 214,335    $ 1,089,335

Roseanna McGill
(Chief Executive Officer of PrimeLending)

   2008    $ 375,000      —      —      —      —        —      $ 24,302    $ 399,302

Jerry Schaffner
(President of PlainsCapital Bank)

   2008    $ 420,000    $ 225,000    —      —      —      $ 54,091    $ 261,277    $ 960,368

 

(1) We granted Messrs. White, Isom and Schaffner 50,000, 10,000, and 15,000 shares of our restricted stock on December 17, 2008, and Mr. Feinberg 12,000 shares of our restricted stock on December 31, 2008. Subject to certain exceptions, the shares of restricted stock vest ratably over a seven-year period. The grants are subject to the provisions of FAS 123R, and we expect to recognize the cost of these grants as compensation expense over the seven-year vesting period.
(2) For each Named Executive Officer participating in the SEPP, includes the aggregate change in the actuarial present value of the Named Executive Officer’s accumulated benefit under the SEPP.
(3) The following table is a breakdown of all other compensation included in the “Summary Compensation Table” for the Named Executive Officers:

 

60


Table of Contents

All Other Compensation

 

Name

   Year    Perquisites and
Other Personal
Benefits (1)
   Gross-Ups or
Other Amounts
Reimbursed for
the Payment of
Taxes (2)
   Company
Contributions to
Defined
Contribution
Plans (3)
   Life Insurance
Policies (4)
   Director Fees (5)    Total All Other
Compensation

Alan White

   2008    $ 68,430    $ 800,000    $ 15,295    $ 5,016    $ 5,400    $ 894,141

Jeff Isom

   2008      —      $ 135,000    $ 15,295    $ 1,969    $ 5,400    $ 157,664

Hill Feinberg

   2008      —      $ 205,073    $ 7,750    $ 1,512      —      $ 214,335

Roseanna McGill

   2008    $ 12,161      —      $ 5,750    $ 1,591    $ 4,800    $ 24,302

Jerry Schaffner

   2008    $ 35,913    $ 202,500    $ 15,295    $ 2,169    $ 5,400    $ 261,277

 

(1) For Mr. White, includes a car allowance of $36,000, $25,568 in club expenses, the personal use of Company automobiles, and the personal use of Company aircraft; for Ms. McGill, includes club expenses of $9,600 and $2,561 for the personal use of a Company automobile; and, for Mr. Schaffner, includes a car allowance of $24,000, $10,391 in club expenses, the personal use of Company automobiles and home alarm monitoring services. For each Named Executive Officer, excludes medical insurance premiums paid that are generally available to all employees of the Company on the same terms.
(2) Represents gross-ups paid to each of Messrs. White, Isom, Feinberg and Schaffner, respectively, on shares of restricted stock granted to them in 2008.
(3) For each of Messrs. White, Isom and Schaffner, includes the Company’s matching contribution on the 401(k) Plan in the amount of $5,750 and the Company’s contribution to the ESOP in the amount of $9,545 in each of their names. For Mr. Feinberg, represents the Company’s matching contribution on the 401(k) Plan of $7,750. For Ms. McGill, represents the Company’s matching contribution on the 401(k) Plan in the amount of $5,750.
(4) For each of Ms. McGill and Messrs. White, Isom and Schaffner, includes $334 paid for basic life insurance and $483 paid for long-term disability insurance. For Mr. White, includes $3,425 paid for BOLI and $774 paid for group term life insurance. For Mr. Isom, includes $738 paid for BOLI and $414 paid for group term life insurance. For Mr. Schaffner, includes $938 paid for BOLI and $414 paid for group term life insurance. For Ms. McGill, includes $774 paid for group term life insurance. For Mr. Feinberg, includes $1,512 paid for life insurance.
(5) During 2008, each of Ms. McGill and Messrs. White, Isom, and Schaffner were directors of the Company and were paid $600 for each regularly scheduled board of directors meeting such director attended and $1,200 for attending the board of directors meeting held in December.

Grants of Plan-Based Awards

The following table summarizes the 2008 grants of equity and non-equity plan-based awards.

 

Name

   All Other
Stock Awards:
Number of
Shares of Stock
(#) (1)
   All Other Options
Awarded: Number
of Securities
Underlying
Options (#)
   Exercise
Price of
Base
Price
of Option
Awards
($)
   Grant Date Fair
Value of Stock
and Option
Awards ($) (2)

Alan White

   323.4327    —      —      $ 10,997

Jeff Isom

   319.8492    —      —      $ 10,875

Hill Feinberg

   —      —      —        —  

Roseanna McGill

   —      —      —        —  

Jerry Schaffner

   323.4324    —      —      $ 10,997
 
  (1) Represents shares of our common stock allocated to the account of each Named Executive Officer during 2008 under the ESOP based upon eligible compensation paid to such Named Executive Officer and from existing cash in each Named Executive Officer’s account.

 

61


Table of Contents
  (2) The value of stock awarded is based upon the value of the stock imputed in the Merger Agreement in accordance with FAS 123R, which was $34.00 per share.

Narrative Disclosure Regarding Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table

The increased amount of compensation in the form of bonus, restricted shares and associated income tax gross-up payments paid to Mr. White during 2008 reflected principally two factors. First, the Compensation Committee’s belief that Mr. White had not historically received sufficient long term incentive compensation for the tireless and dedicated service he provided us over the prior 21 years in light of his leadership and the integral role Mr. White served in our success. By compensating Mr. White in the form of restricted shares that vest over a seven-year period and introducing a three year post termination non compete agreement to his revised employment agreement, the Compensation Committee believed it would further align Mr. White’s interests with our stockholders. Second, although allocated as income to Mr. White, the tax gross up payments were forwarded upon behalf of Mr. White directly to the IRS. Finally, $250,000 of his bonus was attributable to Mr. White’s efforts over the previous nine months in negotiating and facilitating the acquisition of First Southwest.

Similarly, Messrs. Isom and Schaffner were issued restricted shares and associated income tax gross up payments during 2008 to reflect their 20 years each of tireless and dedicated service they provided us and the critical role they served in our success. Their restricted stock was issued in conjunction with the execution of the existing employment agreements of Messrs. Isom and Schaffner that contain one year and three year post termination non compete agreements, respectively.

Prior to January 1, 2009, we had employment agreements with each of Messrs. White, Schaffner, and Isom, and Mr. Feinberg had an employment agreement with First Southwest. The compensation reported in the Summary Compensation Table reflects amounts paid to each of Messrs. White, Schaffner, Isom and Feinberg in accordance with their employment agreements in effect during 2008. We entered into new employment agreements with each of Messrs. White, Schaffner, and Isom effective as of January 1, 2009, and these new employment agreements succeeded the prior agreements between us and each of these individuals. The new employment agreements of Messrs. White, Schaffner and Isom generally follow the terms of their respective employment agreements that were in effect during 2008, except that each of the agreements in effect in 2009 differs to the extent necessary to comply with the EESA and the ARRA and to conform to Section 409A of the Code. Additionally, Mr. White’s base salary for 2008 of $1,350,000 has been reduced to $1,000,000 for 2009. We have also entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Feinberg effective January 1, 2009, and this employment agreement succeeded the prior agreement between First Southwest and Mr. Feinberg. Mr. Feinberg’s employment agreement in effect during 2008 was entered into with First Southwest before our merger with First Southwest. As such, the terms of Mr. Feinberg’s employment agreement in effect during 2008 were negotiated by First Southwest and were not subject to our compensation and benefits policies.

We have entered into employment agreements with four of the Named Executive Officers: Alan White, Jerry Schaffner, Hill Feinberg, and Jeff Isom. The current employment agreements of Messrs. White and Schaffner are effective for three years, from January 1, 2009 until December 31, 2011. The employment agreement of Mr. Feinberg is effective for two years, from December 31, 2008 to December 30, 2010. The employment agreement of Mr. Isom is effective for two years, from January 1, 2009 until December 31, 2010. These employment agreements automatically renew, unless we or the Named Executive Officer elects not to renew the agreement. For Messrs. White and Schaffner, such renewal period is three years. For Messrs. Feinberg and Isom, such renewal period is one year. The employment agreements between us and our Named Executive Officers provide for the following benefits:

 

   

Base Salary . Messrs. White, Isom, Feinberg and Schaffner are entitled to an annual base salary, which is reviewed and adjusted at least annually. Such base salary may not be reduced except as mandated by the executive compensation restrictions of the EESA or the ARRA. In 2009, Messrs. White, Isom, Feinberg and Schaffner are entitled to an annual base salary of $1,000,000, $240,000, $240,000, and $420,000, respectively.

 

   

Bonus . Subject to the executive compensation restrictions of the EESA and the ARRA, Messrs. White, Isom, Feinberg and Schaffner are each eligible to receive a discretionary annual bonus as determined in the sole discretion of the board of directors. However, the annual bonus cannot be less than the average annual bonus paid to the Named Executive Officer over the three prior calendar years.

 

62


Table of Contents
   

Restricted Stock . Upon the execution of the employment agreements, Messrs. White, Isom, Feinberg and Schaffner were granted shares of restricted common stock. Such grants are subject to the terms and conditions of the restricted stock award agreement between us and the Named Executive Officer. Messrs. White, Isom, Feinberg and Schaffner were granted 50,000 shares, 10,000 shares, 12,000 shares and 15,000 shares, respectively. Each grant vests ratably over a seven-year period, with such vesting accelerated in full in the event of a “change in control” or “initial public listing”, each as defined in the restricted stock award agreement.

 

   

Reimbursement of Expenses . We are required to reimburse Messrs. White, Isom, Feinberg and Schaffner for all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Named Executive Officer in the course of his duties, in accordance with our reimbursement policy.

 

   

Executive Benefits . Messrs. White, Isom, Feinberg and Schaffner are entitled to participate in the employee benefit plans generally available to our employees and to all normal perquisites provided to our similarly situated employees.

 

   

Supplemental Pension Benefits . Messrs. White, Isom and Schaffner are entitled to participate in our SEPP, and the SEPP cannot be amended in a manner adverse to Messrs. White, Isom or Schaffner without their prior written consent.

 

   

BOLI Agreement . We are required to maintain and pay insurance premiums on the bank owned life insurance policies with respect to Messrs. White, Isom and Schaffner.

 

   

Club Membership . We are required to provide Messrs. White and Schaffner with country club membership benefits. Following their termination of employment, Messrs. White and Schaffner are entitled to purchase the country club membership from us for the fair market value of the membership interest. We are also required to provide Mr. Feinberg with reasonable access to a club for business use, as approved by our President and Chief Executive Officer, and to provide Mr. Isom with reasonable access to a country club or luncheon club for business use.

 

   

Automobile Allowance . We are required to provide Messrs. White, Isom and Schaffner with a monthly automobile allowance to cover the monthly costs associated with the leasing or purchasing of an automobile. Messrs. White, Isom and Schaffner are entitled to a monthly automobile allowance of $3,000, $500 and $2,000, respectively.

 

   

Use of Employer’s Aircraft . Messrs. White and Schaffner are entitled to use our corporate aircraft, under terms and conditions consistent with our past practices.

Equity-based compensation is also awarded to the Named Executive Officers pursuant to the Stock Option Plans. Each of Messrs. White, Isom and Schaffner also participates in the ESOP. Shares of our common stock are annually allocated to the account of each Named Executive Officer participating in the ESOP based upon eligible compensation paid to each Named Executive Officer.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End

The following table summarizes the total outstanding equity awards as of December 31, 2008 for each Named Executive Officer.

 

63


Table of Contents
    Option Awards   Stock Awards

Name

  Number
of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options

(#)
Exercisable
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options

(#)
Unexercisable
  Equity
Incentive Plan
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options

(#)
  Option
Exercise
Price

($)
   Option
Expiration
Date
  Number of
Shares or
Units of
Stock That
Have Not
Vested

(#)
    Market
Value of
Shares or
Units of
Stock That
Have Not
Vested

($) (6)
  Equity
Incentive
Plan Awards:
Number of
Unearned
Shares, Units
or Other
Rights That
Have Not
Vested

(#)
   Equity
Incentive
Plan Awards:
Market or
Payout Value
of Unearned
Shares, Units
or Other
Rights That
Have Not
Vested

($)

Alan White

  4,320

2,400

(1)

(2)

  —     —     $

$

20.0810

32.6417

   2/20/2012

4/1/2015

  50,000 (4)   1,700,000   —      —  

Jeff Isom

  2,592

1,200

(1)

(2)

  —     —     $

$

20.0810

32.6417

   2/20/2012

4/1/2015

  10,000 (4)   340,000   —      —  

Hill Feinberg

  18,836

23,550

(3)

(3)

  —     —     $

$

14.7400

9.1700

   10/31/2011

1/31/2010

  12,000 (5)   408,000   —      —  

Roseanna McGill

  —       —     —       —      —     —       —     —      —  

Jerry Schaffner

  1,944

2,400

(1)

(2)

  —     —     $

$

20.0810

32.6417

   2/20/2012

4/1/2015

  15,000 (4)   510,000   —      —  

 

(1) Options were granted on February 20, 2002, and all options vested six months following the date of grant.
(2) Options were granted on April 1, 2005, and all options vested six months following the date of grant.
(3) Options were granted on December 31, 2008 pursuant to our acquisition of First Southwest, and all options were vested on the date of grant. 4,709 of Mr. Feinberg’s options expiring on October 31, 2011, and 5,887 of Mr. Feinberg’s options expiring on January 31, 2010 (the “Feinberg Earnout Options”), are subject to the earnout provisions of the Merger Agreement. The Feinberg Earnout Options are currently exercisable, but Mr. Feinberg may not receive the shares underlying the Feinberg Earnout Options until January 31, 2013, and the number of shares that he will receive upon exercise of the Feinberg Earnout Options, if any, is subject to reduction in accordance with the terms of the Merger Agreement.

(4)

Represents shares of our restricted stock awarded on December 17, 2008. These shares vest in equal installments, rounded down to the nearest whole number to avoid the issuance of any fractional shares, over a seven-year period, beginning with the first anniversary of the date of grant, December 17, 2009, and continuing each 17 th day of December until December 17, 2015. Vesting of these shares accelerates upon a “change in control” or “initial public listing” of our common stock.

(5)

Represents shares of our restricted stock awarded on December 31, 2008. These shares vest in equal installments, rounded down to the nearest whole number to avoid the issuance of any fractional shares, over a seven-year period, beginning with the first anniversary of the date of grant, December 31, 2009, and continuing each 31 st day of December until December 31, 2015. Vesting of these shares accelerates upon a “change in control” or “initial public listing” of our common stock.

(6) The market value of each share of stock is calculated based upon the value of the stock imputed in the Merger Agreement, resulting in a value of $34.00 per share.

Option Exercises and Stock Vested in 2008

None of the Named Executive Officers acquired any shares of our stock upon the exercise of stock options or held any shares of our stock that vested in 2008.

 

64


Table of Contents

Pension Benefits

 

Name

  

Plan Name

   Number of Years
Credited Service

(#)
   Present
Value of Accumulated
Benefit

($)
   Payments
During Last
Fiscal Year

($)

Alan White

   PlainsCapital Bank Supplemental Executive Pension Plan    16    $ 2,745,821    —  

Jeff Isom

   PlainsCapital Bank Supplemental Executive Pension Plan    8    $ 176,539    —  

Hill Feinberg

   PlainsCapital Bank Supplemental Executive Pension Plan    —        —      —  

Roseanna McGill

   PlainsCapital Bank Supplemental Executive Pension Plan    —        —      —  

Jerry Schaffner

   PlainsCapital Bank Supplemental Executive Pension Plan    8    $ 290,455    —  

We offer a noncontributory, nonqualified supplemental executive retirement plan, the SEPP, to 10 executives and senior officers, including the Named Executive Officers. The SEPP is intended to assist us in attracting and retaining key executive talent by supplementing the retirement benefits available under our qualified retirement plans. Retirement benefits payable under the SEPP are based on the participant’s average annual compensation and years of service. Average annual compensation for purposes of the SEPP means the average base salary, excluding bonuses, paid to the participant over the participant’s highest paid three-year period occurring within the nine years before the participant’s termination of employment.

Participants are entitled to payment of benefits under the SEPP in the event of a termination of employment, including terminations due to death or disability; however, a participant’s benefits will be forfeited if the participant’s employment is terminated by us for “cause” as defined in the SEPP. In the event of death, payment will only be made to the participant’s spouse, if any, and will be limited to 50% of the accrued benefit. Participants who were under age 60 on December 31, 2009 will be entitled to receive their benefits in installments following termination of employment, and unpaid installments remain subject to forfeiture in the event of a violation of restrictive covenants related to confidentiality, competition, and solicitation of employees. Participants who have attained age 60 on or before December 31, 2009 will receive their benefits in a lump sum payment. A participant’s benefits are assumed to begin at the participant’s normal retirement age of 65. If a participant terminates with us, other than by death or disability, at an earlier date, his or her benefits will be adjusted to reflect the early or late retirement, as the case may be.

We amended the SEPP in December 2008 to comply with Section 409A of the Code.

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control

Employment agreements between us and our Named Executive Officers generally provide that each Named Executive Officer may be terminated at any time, without severance, by the Named Executive Officer voluntarily or by us with Cause. Ms. McGill does not have an employment agreement with us, and therefore, the following discussion of benefits payable upon a termination of employment or change in control does not apply to Ms. McGill.

Notwithstanding anything described herein, if a Named Executive Officer is considered a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code at the time of his or her termination of employment, other than in the case of a termination of employment due to the Named Executive Officer’s death, the payments and benefits provided upon such termination of employment may be subject to a six month delay to the extent such payments and benefits are subject to Section 409A of the Code.

 

65


Table of Contents

Termination by Us with Cause

In the event that a Named Executive Officer’s employment is terminated by us with Cause, or by the Named Executive Officer’s voluntary termination of employment with us (in the case of Messrs. White and Schaffner only, without Good Reason), then, subject to the executive compensation restrictions of the EESA and the ARRA, upon such termination of employment, the Named Executive Officer would be entitled to:

 

   

the Named Executive Officer’s base salary through the effective date of such termination of employment at the annual rate in effect at the time notice of termination is given, payable within 10 business days after the effective date of such termination of employment;

 

   

any annual bonus earned as defined in the bonus plan but unpaid as of the effective date of such termination of employment for any previously completed fiscal year, payable within 10 business days after the effective date of such termination of employment;

 

   

all earned and unpaid and/or vested, nonforfeitable amounts owing or accrued at the effective date of such termination of employment under any of our compensation and benefit plans, programs, and arrangements in which the Named Executive Officer participated, payable in accordance with the terms and conditions of the plans, programs, and arrangements (and agreements and documents thereunder) pursuant to which such compensation and benefits were granted or accrued; and

 

   

reimbursement for any unreimbursed business expenses properly incurred by the Named Executive Officer in accordance with our policy prior to the effective date of such termination of employment.

Termination by Us without Cause

In the event that a Named Executive Officer’s employment is terminated by (a) us without Cause (other than pursuant to a Change in Control), or (b) us giving the Named Executive Officer notice of our intention to not renew his employment agreement and terminating the Named Executive Officer without Cause within 90 days after termination of the employment agreement, or (c) in the case of Messrs. White and Schaffner only, the Named Executive Officer’s termination of employment with us with Good Reason (other than pursuant to a Change in Control), then, subject to the executive compensation restrictions of the EESA and the ARRA, upon such termination of employment and conditioned upon the Named Executive Officer executing a release of claims, the Named Executive Officer would be entitled to:

 

   

the amounts payable upon a termination by us for Cause as described above; and

 

   

a cash amount equal to a multiple of the sum of (i) the annual base salary rate of the Named Executive Officer immediately prior to the effective date of such termination of employment, and (ii) the average bonus paid to the Named Executive Officer in respect of the three calendar years immediately preceding the year of termination of employment. For Messrs. White and Schaffner, such severance multiple is equal to three (3) and the amount would be payable in 36 equal monthly installments (without interest) beginning on the first day of the month following the effective date of such termination of employment. For Messrs. Isom and Feinberg, such severance multiple is equal to one (1) and the amount would be payable in a lump-sum payment within 60 days following the effective date of such termination of employment.

Messrs. White and Schaffner also would be entitled to the following benefits:

 

   

a cash lump sum amount equal to (A) the Named Executive Officer’s annual bonus paid or payable with respect to the calendar year prior to the calendar year in which the effective date of such termination of employment occurs or, if higher, the average annual bonus paid or payable to the Named Executive Officer for the three calendar years preceding the calendar year in which the effective date of such termination of employment occurs, multiplied by (B) a fraction, the numerator of which equals the number of days the Named Executive Officer was employed by us during the year in which the effective date of such termination of employment occurs, and the denominator of which equals 365, payable within 10 business days after the effective date of such termination of employment;

 

66


Table of Contents
   

continued participation for the Named Executive Officer and his dependents in our medical, dental, group life and long term disability plans, at our expense, for a period of two years following the termination of employment, or, if earlier, the date the Named Executive Officer becomes eligible to participate in comparable welfare plans maintained by a subsequent employer; or if continued participation is not permitted under the terms of the plans, equivalent coverage or a cash payment that, after all income and employment taxes on that amount, would be equal to the cost to the Named Executive Officer of obtaining such medical, dental, group life and long term disability benefit coverage; and

 

   

full vesting of all outstanding stock options then held by the Named Executive Officer, with the option to receive a cash payment equal to the then difference between the option price and the current fair market value of the stock as of the effective date of such termination of employment in lieu of the right to exercise such options.

Termination Because of Death or Disability

In the event that a Named Executive Officer’s employment is terminated due to his death or disability, then, subject to the executive compensation restrictions of the EESA and the ARRA, the Named Executive Officer (or his estate) would be entitled to:

 

   

the amounts payable upon a termination by us for Cause as described above.

Messrs. White and Schaffner also would be entitled to the benefits to the following benefits:

 

   

a cash lump sum amount equal to (A) the Named Executive Officer’s annual bonus paid or payable with respect to the calendar year prior to the calendar year in which the effective date of such termination of employment occurs or, if higher, the average annual bonus paid or payable to the Named Executive Officer for the three (3) calendar years preceding the calendar year in which the effective date of such termination of employment occurs, multiplied by (B) a fraction, the numerator of which equals the number of days the Named Executive Officer was employed by us during the year in which the effective date of such termination of employment occurs, and the denominator of which equals 365, payable within 10 business days after the effective date of such termination of employment.

Termination Upon Change in Control

In the event that a Named Executive Officer’s employment is terminated by (a) us without Cause within the 24 months immediately following, or the six months immediately preceding, a Change in Control, (b) the Named Executive Officer’s termination of employment for Good Reason within the 24 months immediately following, or the six months immediately preceding, a Change in Control, or (c), in the case of Messrs. White and Schaffner only, the Named Executive Officer’s voluntary termination of employment with us for any reason other than Good Reason within the six months immediately following a Change in Control, then, subject to the executive compensation restrictions of the EESA and the ARRA, upon such termination of employment, and conditioned upon the Named Executive Officer’s execution of a release of claims, the Named Executive Officer would be entitled to:

 

   

the amounts payable upon a termination by us for Cause;

 

   

a cash lump sum amount equal to three times the sum of the Named Executive Officer’s (A) annual rate of salary in effect immediately prior to the effective date of such termination of employment or, if higher, the annual rate in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control and (B) annual bonus paid or payable with respect to the calendar year prior to the calendar year in which the effective date of such termination of employment occurs or, if higher, the average annual bonus paid or payable to the Named Executive Officer for the three calendar years preceding the calendar year in which the effective date of such termination of employment occurs, payable within 10 business days (or, in the case of Messrs. Isom and Feinberg, 60 business days) after the effective date of such termination of employment (or, if later, the effective date of the Change in Control);

 

67


Table of Contents
   

continued participation for the Named Executive Officer and his dependents in our medical, dental, group life and long term disability plans, at our expense, for a period of two years following the termination of employment, or, if earlier, the date the Named Executive Officer becomes eligible to participate in comparable welfare plans maintained by a subsequent employer;

 

   

continuation of the average auto allowance received by the Named Executive Officer during the 12 month period preceding the effective date of such termination of employment for a period of two years following the termination of employment, or, if earlier, the date the Named Executive Officer receives an auto allowance from a subsequent employer; and

 

   

full vesting of all outstanding stock options then held by the Named Executive Officer, with the option to receive a cash payment equal to the then difference between the option price and the current fair market value of the stock as of the effective date of such termination of employment in lieu of the right to exercise such options.

With respect to Messrs. Isom and Feinberg only, in the event that any of the benefits payable upon a termination of employment in connection with a Change in Control would constitute “excess parachute payments,” such benefits would be reduced to the level necessary such that no excise tax will be due.

Messrs. White and Schaffner also would be entitled to the following benefits:

 

   

a cash lump sum amount equal to (A) the Named Executive Officer’s annual bonus paid or payable with respect to the calendar year prior to the calendar year in which the effective date of such termination of employment occurs or, if higher, the average annual bonus paid or payable to the Named Executive Officer for the three calendar years preceding the calendar year in which the effective date of such termination of employment occurs, multiplied by (B) a fraction, the numerator of which shall equal the number of days the Named Executive Officer was employed by us during the year in which the effective date of such termination of employment occurs, and the denominator of which shall equal 365, payable within 10 business days after the effective date of such termination of employment;

 

   

if continued participation is not permitted under the terms of our medical, dental, group life and long term disability plans, equivalent coverage or a cash payment that, after all income and employment taxes on that amount, shall be equal to the cost to the Named Executive Officer of obtaining such medical, dental, group life and long term disability benefit coverage; and

 

   

a full gross-up payment in the event that the Named Executive Officer receives any payments from us (including pursuant to any stock option or equity awards) or its affiliates that are subject to tax under Section 4999 of the Code.

Change in Control

Each of the Named Executive Officers, other than Ms. McGill, is a party to a Restricted Stock Award Agreement, under which, subject to the executive compensation restrictions of the EESA and the ARRA, any unvested shares of restricted stock will vest in full upon the occurrence of a change in control.

Definitions

“Cause” is generally defined to mean the following:

 

   

the executive’s commission of an intentional act of fraud, embezzlement or theft in connection with the executive’s duties or in the course of his employment;

 

   

the executive’s commission of intentional wrongful damage to our property;

 

   

the executive’s intentional wrongful disclosure of our trade secrets or our confidential information;

 

68


Table of Contents
   

the executive’s intentional violation of any law, rule or regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses) or a final cease and desist order;

 

   

the executive’s intentional breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit; or

 

   

the intentional action or inaction by the executive that causes material economic harm to us.

“Good Reason” is generally defined to mean the following:

 

   

without the executive’s express written consent, the assignment to the executive of any duties materially inconsistent with his positions, duties, responsibilities and status with us as of the beginning of the current term of his employment agreement or a significant material diminishment in his titles or offices as in effect at the beginning of the current term, or any removal of the executive from or any failures to re-elect the executive to any of such positions, except in connection with the termination of his employment for “cause” or as a result of his disability (within the meaning of our disability policy in effect at the time of the disability) or death, or termination by the executive other than for “good reason”;

 

   

a significant and material adverse diminishment in the nature or scope of the authorities, powers, functions or duties attached to the position with which the executive had immediately prior to the “change in control” or a reduction in the executive’s aggregate base salary, bonus and benefits from us without the prior written consent of the executive;

 

   

We relocate our principal executive offices or require the executive to have as his principal location of work any location which is in excess of 50 miles from the location thereof immediately prior to a “change in control”; or

 

   

any substantial and material breach of the executive’s employment agreement by us.

“Change in Control” is generally defined to mean the following:

 

   

We are merged or consolidated or reorganized into or with another corporation or other legal person and as a result of such merger, consolidation or reorganization less than 51 percent of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding securities of such corporation or person immediately after such transaction are held in the aggregate by the holders of our voting securities immediately prior to such transaction;

 

   

We sell all or substantially all of our assets to any other corporation or other legal person, with the exception that it will not be deemed to be a Change in Control if we sell assets to an entity that, immediately prior to such sale, held 51 percent of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities in common with us;

 

 

 

during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of any such period constitute our directors cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof unless the election or the nomination for election by our stockholders, of each of the directors first elected during such period was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (  2 / 3 ) of the our directors then still in office who were our directors at the beginning of any such period; or

 

   

any “person” or “group” (as defined in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50 percent of the total voting power of our voting stock (or any entity which controls us), including by way of merger, consolidation, tender or exchange offer or otherwise.

We amended our employment agreements in December 2008 to comply with Section 409A of the Code.

Set forth below are the amounts that the Named Executive Officers would have received, in addition to the accrued benefits payable upon a termination for Cause as described above, if the specified events had occurred on December 31, 2008. These amounts are based upon a stock price of $34.00 per share, the value of our stock imputed in the Merger Agreement. These amounts do not reflect the limitations that would be imposed upon the payment of benefits upon termination of employment of the Named Executive Officers due to our participation in the TARP Capital Purchase Program.

 

69


Table of Contents

Alan White

   Termination without
Cause or after
non-renewal of
employment
agreement or for
Good Reason
    Termination
due to death
   Termination
due to disability
   Termination
upon Change
in Control
 

Cash Severance 1

   $ 5,650,000 9     N/A      N/A    $ 5,650,000 9

Accrued Bonus 2

   $ 533,333     $ 533,333    $ 533,333    $ 533,333  

Welfare Benefits 3

   $ 21,406       N/A      N/A    $ 21,406  

Auto Allowance 4

     N/A       N/A      N/A    $ 72,000  

Stock Options 5

   $ 63,390       N/A      N/A    $ 63,390  

Supp. Pension 6

   $ 2,745,821     $ 1,372,911    $ 3,674,527    $ 2,745,821  

Life/AD&D Benefits 7

     N/A     $ 400,000      N/A      N/A  

Tax Gross-Up 8

     N/A       N/A      N/A    $ 2,461,018  

Total

   $ 9,013,950     $ 2,306,244    $ 4,207,860    $ 11,546,968  

 

(1) Cash Severance calculation based on three times the sum of (i) the base salary on December 31, 2008 and (ii) the average bonus paid with respect to 2005, 2006, and 2007 unless the termination of employment is in connection with a Change in Control, in which case the Cash Severance calculation based on three times the sum of (i) the base salary on December 31, 2008 and (ii) the bonus paid for 2007, or, if higher, the average bonus paid with respect to 2005, 2006, and 2007.
(2) Accrued Bonus calculation based on the bonus paid for 2007, or, if higher, the average bonus paid with respect to 2005, 2006, and 2007.
(3) Welfare Benefits calculation based on the cost of continuing coverage under the medical, dental, group life, and long-term disability plans for two years.
(4) Auto Allowance calculation based on $3,000 monthly automobile allowance continued for two years.
(5) Stock Option calculation based on options outstanding as of December 31, 2008, which include 4,320 options at an exercise price of $20.0810 and 2,400 options at an exercise price of $32.6417.
(6) Supplemental Pension Benefits calculation based on accrued benefit as of December 31, 2008.
(7) We have life insurance and accidental death and dismemberment insurance policies in the amount of $200,000 per policy in name of each of the Named Executive Officers.
(8) Tax Gross-Up calculation based on whether benefits payable in connection with a change in control exceed three times the Named Executive Officer’s average W-2 compensation for the five-year period (2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, and 2007).
(9) Reflects the amount payable to Mr. White pursuant to his previous employment agreement that was terminated on December 31, 2008. As discussed above under the section entitled “Narrative Disclosure Regarding Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table,” Mr. White’s salary under his current employment agreement was reduced to $1,000,000 from $1,350,000 under his previous employment agreement.

 

Jerry Schaffner

   Termination without
Cause or after
non-renewal of
employment
agreement or for
Good Reason
   Termination
due to death
   Termination
due to disability
   Termination
upon Change
in Control

Cash Severance 1

   $ 1,855,000      N/A      N/A    $ 1,935,000

Accrued Bonus 2

   $ 225,000    $ 225,000    $ 225,000    $ 225,000

Welfare Benefits 3

   $ 35,203      N/A      N/A    $ 35,203

Auto Allowance 4

     N/A      N/A      N/A    $ 48,000

Stock Options 5

   $ 30,318      N/A      N/A    $ 30,318

Supp. Pension 6

   $ 290,455    $ 145,228    $ 656,690    $ 471,993

Life/AD&D Benefits 7

     N/A    $ 400,000      N/A      N/A

Tax Gross-Up 8

     N/A      N/A      N/A    $ 929,674

Total

   $ 2,435,976    $ 770,228    $ 881,690    $ 3,675,188

 

70


Table of Contents

 

(1) Cash Severance calculation based on three times the sum of (i) the base salary on December 31, 2008 and (ii) the average bonus paid with respect to 2005, 2006, and 2007 unless the termination of employment is in connection with a Change in Control, in which case the Cash Severance calculation based on three times the sum of (i) the base salary on December 31, 2008 and (ii) the bonus paid for 2007, or, if higher, the average bonus paid with respect to 2005, 2006, and 2007.
(2) Accrued Bonus calculation based on the bonus paid for 2007, or, if higher, the average bonus paid with respect to 2005, 2006, and 2007.
(3) Welfare Benefits calculation based on the cost of continuing coverage under the medical, dental, group life, and long-term disability plans for two years.
(4) Auto Allowance calculation based on $2,000 monthly automobile allowance continued for two years.
(5) Stock Option calculation based on options outstanding as of December 31, 2008, which include 1,944 options at an exercise price of $20.0810 and 2,400 options at an exercise price of $32.6417.
(6) Supplemental Pension Benefits calculation based on accrued benefit as of December 31, 2008.
(7) We have life insurance and accidental death and dismemberment insurance policies in the amount of $200,000 per policy in name of each of the Named Executive Officers.
(8) Tax Gross-Up calculation based on whether benefits payable in connection with a change in control exceed three times the Named Executive Officer’s average W-2 compensation for the five-year period (2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, and 2007).

 

Hill Feinberg

   Termination without
Cause or after
non-renewal of
employment
agreement
   Termination
due to death
   Termination
due to disability
   Termination
upon Change
in Control

Cash Severance 1

   $ 1,480,000      N/A      N/A    $ 4,800,000

Accrued Bonus

     N/A      N/A      N/A      N/A

Welfare Benefits 2

     N/A      N/A      N/A    $ 20,403

Auto Allowance

     N/A      N/A      N/A      N/A

Stock Options 3

     N/A      N/A      N/A    $ 820,905

Life/AD&D Benefits 4

     N/A    $ 400,000      N/A      N/A

Total

   $ 1,480,000    $ 400,000    $ 0    $ 5,641,308

 

(1) Cash Severance calculation based on one (1) times the sum of (i) the base salary on December 31, 2008 and (ii) the average bonus paid with respect to 2005, 2006, and 2007 unless the termination of employment is in connection with a Change in Control, in which case the Cash Severance calculation based on three times the sum of (i) the base salary on December 31, 2008 and (ii) the bonus paid for 2007, or, if higher, the average bonus paid with respect to 2005, 2006, and 2007.
(2) Welfare Benefits calculation based on the cost of continuing coverage under the medical, dental, group life, and long-term disability plans for two years.
(3) Stock Option calculation based on options outstanding as of December 31, 2008, which include 18,834 options at an exercise price of $14.74 and 17,717 options at an exercise price of $8.14.
(4) We have has life insurance and accidental death and dismemberment insurance policies in the amount of $200,000 per policy in name of each of the Named Executive Officers.

 

71


Table of Contents

Jeff Isom

   Termination without
Cause or after
non-renewal of
employment
agreement
   Termination
due to death
   Termination
due to disability
   Termination
upon Change
in Control

Cash Severance 1

   $ 306,667      N/A      N/A    $ 930,000

Accrued Bonus

     N/A      N/A      N/A      N/A

Welfare Benefits 2

     N/A      N/A      N/A    $ 35,203

Auto Allowance 3

     N/A      N/A      N/A    $ 12,000

Stock Options 4

     N/A      N/A      N/A    $ 37,708

Supp. Pension 5

   $ 176,539    $ 88,270    $ 376,545    $ 286,872

Life/AD&D Benefits 6

     N/A    $ 400,000      N/A      N/A

Total

   $ 483,206    $ 488,270    $ 376,545    $ 1,301,783

 

(1) Cash Severance calculation based on one (1) times the sum of (i) the base salary on December 31, 2008 and (ii) the average bonus paid with respect to 2005, 2006, and 2007 unless the termination of employment is in connection with a Change in Control, in which case the Cash Severance calculation based on three times the sum of (i) the base salary on December 31, 2008 and (ii) the bonus paid for 2007, or, if higher, the average bonus paid with respect to 2005, 2006, and 2007.
(2) Welfare Benefits calculation based on the cost of continuing coverage under the medical, dental, group life, and long-term disability plans for two years.
(3) Auto Allowance calculation based on $500 monthly automobile allowance continued for two years.
(4) Stock Option calculation based on options outstanding as of December 31, 2008, which include 2,592 options at an exercise price of $20.0810 and 1,200 options at an exercise price of $32.6417.
(5) Supplemental Pension Benefits calculation based on accrued benefit as of December 31, 2008.
(6) We have life insurance and accidental death and dismemberment insurance policies in the amount of $200,000 per policy in name of each of the Named Executive Officers.

Director Compensation

The following table summarizes the compensation paid by us to directors who are not Named Executive Officers for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008.

Director Compensation Table

 

Name

   Fees Earned or
Paid in

Cash
($)
   Stock
Awards
($)
   Option
Awards
($)
   Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)
   Change in
Pension
Value and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings ($)
   All Other
Compensation
($)
   Total
($)

Norton Baker

   $ 10,800    —      —      —      —      —      $ 10,800

George S. Bayoud, Jr.

   $ 10,800    —      —      —      —      —      $ 10,800

Pryor Blackwell

   $ 4,800    —      —      —      —      —      $ 4,800

R. Crawford Brock

   $ 10,800    —      —      —      —      —      $ 10,800

Hon. Giles Dalby

   $ 8,400    —      —      —      —      —      $ 8,400

Mark Griffin

   $ 9,600    —      —      —      —      —      $ 9,600

Craig Hester

   $ 4,800    —      —      —      —      —      $ 4,800

James Huffines

   $ 5,400    —      —      —      —      —      $ 5,400

Robert R. King, M.D.

   $ 9,600    —      —      —      —      —      $ 9,600

Lee Lewis

   $ 10,800    —      —      —      —      —      $ 10,800

Matthew Malouf

   $ 10,800    —      —      —      —      —      $ 10,800

 

72


Table of Contents

Name

   Fees Earned or
Paid in

Cash
($)
   Stock
Awards
($)
   Option
Awards
($)
   Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)
   Change in
Pension
Value and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings ($)
   All Other
Compensation
($)
   Total
($)

George H. McCleskey

   $ 5,400    —      —      —      —      —      $ 5,400

John C. Owens

   $ 5,400    —      —      —      —      —      $ 5,400

DeWayne (De) Pierce

   $ 5,400    —      —      —      —      —      $ 5,400

Wayne Pope

   $ 10,800    —      —      —      —      —      $ 10,800

Robert L. Pou, III

   $ 9,600    —      —      —      —      —      $ 9,600

Ted Rushing

   $ 10,800    —      —      —      —      —      $ 10,800

Michael A. Seger, M.D.

   $ 6,000    —      —      —      —      —      $ 6,000

Robert Taylor, Jr.

   $ 10,800    —      —      —      —      —      $ 10,800

Narrative Disclosure Regarding Director Compensation Table

Prior to March 18, 2009, we had 22 members of our board of directors. On March 18, 2009, our board of directors was reduced to nine members. We pay members of our board of directors based on the directors’ participation in board meetings held throughout the year. During 2008, we paid each non-employee director $1,200 for each regularly scheduled board of directors meeting that such director attended and $2,400 for attending the board of directors meeting held in December, and we paid each employee director $600 for each regularly scheduled board of directors meeting such director attended and $1,200 for attending the board of directors meeting held in December. We also reimbursed our directors for reasonable travel expenses. During 2009, our non-employee directors will receive $2,500 for each board of directors’ meeting that they attend during the year and a $4,000 retainer. Additionally, our employee directors will receive $1,250 for each board of directors’ meeting that they attend during the year. All payments for directors’ fees are made in cash.

 

ITEM 7. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The Bank has had, and may be expected to have in the future, lending relationships in the ordinary course of business with our directors and executive officers, members of their immediate families and affiliated companies in which they are principal stockholders. In our management’s opinion, the lending relationships with these persons were made in the ordinary course of business and on substantially the same terms, including interest rates, collateral and repayment terms, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with persons not related to us and do not involve more than normal collection risk or present other unfavorable features.

The Bank is party to two capital lease agreements with entities controlled by Pryor Blackwell, a former member of our board of directors, pursuant to which the Bank leases a facility in Weatherford, Texas and a facility in Dallas, Texas for its banking operations. The aggregate amount of the lease payments under the capital lease agreements in 2008, 2007 and 2006 were $0.7 million, $0.4 million and $0.1 million, respectively. During 2008, 2007 and 2006, we paid Lee Lewis Construction, Inc., a construction company owned and operated by Lee Lewis, one of our directors, $0.3 million, $0.8 million and $0.9 million, respectively, in exchange for certain construction services during such years.

During 2008, each of Messrs. Craig Hester, James Huffines, George McCleskey, John Owens, and DeWayne Pierce served as both a director and our employee. Additionally, Dawn Robinson, the daughter of Roseanna McGill, one of our Named Executive Officers, served as one of our employees. Pursuant to our employment arrangements with these individuals, we paid approximately $3.5 million, in the aggregate, as compensation for their services as employees during 2008.

Our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, which applies to all of our employees and directors, our subsidiaries and certain persons performing services for us, prohibits all conflicts of interest. If a potential conflict of interest would constitute a “related party transaction,” then the terms of the proposed transaction must be reported in writing to our President

 

73


Table of Contents

and Chief Executive Officer, Executive Vice President – Chief Compliance Officer, or General Counsel, who must then refer, if necessary, the matter to our Audit Committee for approval. Generally, a related party transaction is a transaction that includes a director or executive officer, directly or indirectly, and the Company that exceeds $120,000 in amount, exclusive of employee compensation and directors’ fees.

Our common stock is not listed on any national exchange, or quoted on any inter-dealer quotation service, that imposes independence requirements on our board of directors or any committee thereof. Our board of directors has evaluated the independence of the members of our board of directors. Specifically, our board of directors evaluated whether any members had accepted any consulting, advisory or other fees from the Company other than in their capacities as members of our board of directors or a committee thereof. Based upon this standard, our board of directors has determined that the following members of our board of directors are independent: Giles Dalby, Mark Griffin, Robert King, Ted Rushing, Michael Seger and Robert Taylor, Jr.

 

ITEM 8. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

We are from time to time involved in legal proceedings arising in the normal course of business. Other than proceedings incidental to our business, we are not a party to, nor is any of our property the subject of, any material pending legal proceedings and no such proceedings are, to our knowledge, threatened against us.

There are several federal and state statutes that govern the rights and obligations of financial institutions with respect to environmental issues. Besides being directly liable under these statutes for its own conduct, a financial institution may also be held liable under certain circumstances for actions of borrowers or other third parties on property that collateralizes a loan held by the institution. The potential liabilities may far exceed the original amount of the loan made by the financial institution secured by the property. Currently, we are not a party to any legal proceedings involving potential liability to it under any applicable environmental laws.

 

ITEM 9. MARKET PRICE OF AND DIVIDENDS ON THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Market Information

There is currently no established public trading market or publicly available quotations for our common stock. As of March 31, 2009, there were 10,418,389 shares of our common stock outstanding and held of record by approximately 507 holders (inclusive of those brokerage firms, clearing houses, banks and other nominee holders, holding common stock for clients, with each such nominee being considered as one holder). Additionally, as of March 31, there were 327,973 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options. Further, 565,810 shares of our common stock are currently held in escrow, and up to 23,774 shares underlying outstanding and unexercised stock options could be held in escrow if exercised prior to the applicable release date, by an escrow agent on behalf of the former stockholders of First Southwest and may be released to such stockholders upon the satisfaction of the earnout provisions contained in the Merger Agreement.

2,263,369 shares of our common stock are subject to certain “piggyback” registration rights granted to the former stockholders of First Southwest Additionally, 87,631 shares of our Series A Preferred Stock and 4,382 shares of our Series B Preferred Stock are subject to certain registration rights granted to the U.S. Treasury Department pursuant to our participation in the TARP Capital Purchase Program.

Dividends

Subject to the restrictions discussed below, our stockholders are entitled to receive dividends when, as, and if declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available for that purpose. For each of the last four quarters, we have paid a quarterly cash dividend of $0.15 per share. Our board of directors exercises discretion with respect to whether we will pay dividends and the amount of such dividend, if any. Factors that affect our ability to pay dividends on our common stock in the future include, without limitation, our earnings and financial condition, liquidity and capital resources, the general economic and regulatory climate, our ability to service any equity or debt obligations senior to our common stock and other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors.

 

74


Table of Contents

Under the terms of the Series A and Series B Preferred Stock issued to the U.S. Treasury Department pursuant to the TARP Capital Purchase Program, we are obligated to pay a 5% per annum cumulative dividend on the stated value of the Series A Preferred Stock until February 15, 2014 and thereafter at a rate of 9% per annum. We are obligated to pay a 9% per annum cumulative dividend on the stated value of the Series B Preferred Stock. As long as shares of the Series A and Series B Preferred Stock remain outstanding, we may not pay dividends to our common stockholders unless all accrued and unpaid dividends on the preferred stock have been paid in full. Furthermore, prior to December 19, 2011, unless we have redeemed all of the preferred stock, the consent of the U.S. Treasury Department will be required to, among other things, increase the amount of our regular quarterly dividends paid on our common stock. After December 19, 2011 and thereafter until December 19, 2018, the consent of the U.S. Treasury Department (if it still holds our preferred stock) will be required for any increase in the aggregate common stock dividends per share greater than 3% per annum. After December 19, 2018, we will be prohibited from paying dividends on our common stock until the preferred stock issued to the U.S. Treasury Department is redeemed in whole or the U.S. Treasury Department has transferred all of its preferred stock to third parties.

As a holding company, we are ultimately dependent upon our subsidiaries to provide funding for our operating expenses, debt service and dividends. Various banking laws applicable to the Bank limit the payment of dividends and other distributions by the Bank to us, and may therefore limit our ability to pay dividends on our common stock. If required payments on our outstanding junior subordinated debentures held by our unconsolidated subsidiary trusts are not made or suspended, we may be prohibited from paying dividends on our common stock. Regulatory authorities could impose administratively stricter limitations on the ability of the Bank to pay dividends to us if such limits were deemed appropriate to preserve certain capital adequacy requirements.

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

The following table sets forth information as of December 31, 2008 with respect to compensation plans under which shares of our common stock may be issued.

 

Plan

   Number of Securities to be
Issued Upon Exercise of
Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights
    Weighted-Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights
   Number of Securities
Remaining Available for
Future Issuance Under
Equity Compensation
Plans
 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

   195,159 (1)   $ 28.96    159,098 (2)

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

   176,000 (3)   $ —      —    

Total

   371,159     $ 28.96    159,098  

 

(1) Includes 95,122 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options that were issued to the former option holders of First Southwest in conjunction with our acquisition of First Southwest.
(2) Of the 159,098 shares available for future issuance, 138,250 shares are available under the Amended and Restated Plains Capital Corporation 2007 Nonqualified and Incentive Stock Option Plan, dated December 31, 2008, which permits the granting of nonqualified and incentive stock options; 16,210 shares are available under the 2005 Plan, which permits the granting of incentive stock options; 4,374 shares are available under the 2003 Plan, which permits the granting of incentive stock options; and 264 shares are available under the 2001 Plan, which permits the granting of incentive stock options.
(3) Represents 125,000 shares of restricted stock granted on December 17, 2008 and 51,000 shares of restricted stock granted on December 31, 2008. Each grant vests ratably over a seven-year period.

 

75


Table of Contents
ITEM 10. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

In the past three years, we issued the following securities in transactions that were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”):

On December 19, 2008, we sold 87,631 shares of Series A Preferred Stock and a warrant to purchase 4,382 shares of our Series B Preferred Stock to the U.S. Treasury Department for approximately $87.6 million. The shares and warrant were sold under Rule 506 of the Securities Act in reliance upon an exemption from registration for transactions not involving a public offering under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. Further, on December 19, 2008, the U.S. Treasury Department exercised its warrant pursuant to a “cashless” exercise, and we issued 4,382 shares of our Series B Preferred Stock to the U.S. Treasury Department under Rule 506 of the Securities Act in reliance upon an exemption from registration for transactions not involving a public offering under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.

On December 31, 2008, we acquired First Southwest pursuant to the Merger Agreement. Upon completion of the merger, each share of First Southwest common stock outstanding immediately before the merger (other than shares as to which statutory dissenters’ appraisal rights have been properly exercised and perfected and subject to other customary exceptions as specified in the Merger Agreement) automatically converted into the right to receive 0.94198695 shares of our common stock. Further, each option to acquire First Southwest common stock outstanding and unexercised immediately before the merger was converted into a substitute stock option to acquire our common stock. Upon completion of the merger on December 31, 2008, we issued 2,263,369 shares of our common stock and stock options to purchase 95,122 shares of our common stock to the former stockholders of First Southwest under Rule 506 of the Securities Act in reliance upon an exemption from registration for transactions not involving a public offering under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. 565,810 of the shares of common stock issued are currently held in escrow, and 23,774 shares underlying the substitute stock options could be held in escrow if exercised prior to the applicable release date, by an escrow agent and remain subject to the earnout provisions contained in the Merger Agreement.

We have periodically granted stock option awards to key employees pursuant to our Stock Option Plans. Additionally, we have granted restricted stock awards to key employees. During the past three years, we issued 116,997 shares of our common stock upon the exercise of outstanding stock options at prices ranging from $9.51 to $37.60 per share and a total of 176,000 shares of restricted common stock. These grants were awarded pursuant to the exemption from compliance with the registration requirements of the Securities Act provided by Rule 701 thereof.

 

ITEM 11. DESCRIPTION OF REGISTRANT’S SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED

General

The following discussion summarizes some of the important rights of our common stockholders. This discussion does not purport to be a complete description of these rights and may not contain all of the information regarding our common stock that is important to you. These rights can be determined in full only by reference to federal and state banking laws and regulations, the Texas Business Corporation Act and our articles of incorporation and bylaws.

Our articles of incorporation authorizes the issuance of 50 million shares of common stock, par value $10.00 per share, and 5 million shares of preferred stock, par value $1.00 per share. As of March 31, 2009, 10,418,389 shares of common stock were issued and outstanding, 87,631 shares of Series A Preferred Stock were issued and outstanding and 4,382 shares of Series B Preferred Stock were issued and outstanding. Further, 565,810 shares of our common stock are currently held in escrow by an escrow agent on behalf of the former stockholders of First Southwest and may be released to such stockholders upon the satisfaction of the earnout provisions contained in the Merger Agreement.

Common Stock

Each holder of our common stock is entitled to one vote per share of common stock held on each matter submitted to a vote of our stockholders. Holders of shares of our common stock do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors, which means that the holders of more than 50% of the shares of our common stock voting for the nominees for director can elect all of the nominees.

Subject to the restrictions and limitations imposed by applicable law and those contained in the Certificates of Designations of our Series A and Series B Preferred Stock, we can pay dividends out of statutory surplus or from net profits if, as and when declared by our board of directors. The holders of our common stock are entitled to receive and share equally in such dividends as may be declared by the board of directors out of the legally available funds.

Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities, subject to

 

76


Table of Contents

the prior rights of the holders of Series A and Series B Preferred Stock and any preferred stock that may be issued in the future. Our outstanding shares of common stock are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. Holders of our common stock have no subscription, sinking fund, conversion or preemptive rights. Any authorized shares of our common stock that remain unissued are available for future issuance by us without any stockholder approval.

Preferred Stock

Our authorized capital stock includes 5 million shares of preferred stock. Our board of directors may, in its sole discretion, designate and issue one or more series of preferred stock from the authorized and unissued shares of preferred stock. Subject to limitations imposed by law or our articles of incorporation, our board of directors is empowered to determine: (i) the designation of, and the number of, shares constituting each series of preferred stock, (ii) the dividend rate for each series, (iii) the terms and conditions of any voting, conversion, and exchange rights for each series, (iv) the amounts payable on each series upon redemption or our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, (v) the provisions of any sinking fund for the redemption or purchase of shares of any series, and (vi) the preferences and the relative rights among the series of preferred stock. At the discretion of our board of directors, and subject to its fiduciary duties, the preferred stock could be used to deter any takeover attempt, by tender offer or otherwise. In addition, preferred stock could be issued with voting and conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power of the shares of our common stock. The issuance of preferred stock could also result in a series of securities outstanding that would have preferences over the common stock with respect to dividends and in liquidation.

On December 19, 2008, we sold 87,631 shares of our Series A Preferred Stock and a warrant to purchase 4,382 shares of our Series B Preferred Stock to the U.S. Treasury Department for approximately $87.6 million pursuant to the TARP Capital Purchase Program. The U.S. Treasury Department immediately exercised its warrant on December 19, 2008, and we issued the underlying shares of Series B Preferred Stock to the U.S. Treasury Department. The shares of Series A and Series B Preferred Stock issued to the U.S. Treasury Department are senior to shares of our common stock with respect to dividends and liquidation preference. Under the terms of the Series A Preferred Stock, we are obligated to pay a 5% per annum cumulative dividend on the stated value of the preferred stock until February 15, 2014 and thereafter at a rate of 9% per annum. As long as shares of the Series A and Series B Preferred Stock remain outstanding, we may not pay dividends to our common stockholders (nor may we repurchase or redeem any shares of our common stock) unless all accrued and unpaid dividends on the preferred stock have been paid in full. Furthermore, prior to December 19, 2011, unless we have redeemed all of the preferred stock, the consent of the U.S. Treasury Department will be required to, among other things, increase the amount of dividends paid on our common stock. After December 19, 2011 and thereafter until December 19, 2018, the consent of the U.S. Treasury Department (if it still holds our preferred stock) will be required for any increase in the aggregate common stock dividends per share greater than 3% per annum. After December 19, 2018, we will be prohibited from paying dividends on or repurchasing any common stock until the preferred stock issued to the U.S. Treasury Department is redeemed in whole or the U.S. Treasury Department has transferred all of its preferred stock to third parties. If dividends on the preferred stock are not paid in full for six dividend periods, whether or not consecutive, the U.S. Treasury Department will have the right to elect two directors to our board of directors until all unpaid cumulative dividends are paid in full. The terms of the Series B Preferred Stock are identical to those described above for the Series A Preferred Stock except that (i) the dividend rate is 9% per annum and (ii) the Series B Preferred Stock may not be redeemed unless all of the Series A Preferred Stock is redeemed.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Texas Law and Our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws

Texas law and certain provisions of our articles of incorporation and bylaws could have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another party from acquiring control of our company. These provisions, summarized below, are intended to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with its board of directors. These provisions also serve to discourage hostile takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. We believe that these provisions are beneficial because the negotiation they encourage could result in improved terms of any unsolicited proposal.

Action by Written Consent Without Unanimous Written Consent

Under Texas law, no action required or permitted to be taken at an annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken by written consent in lieu of a meeting of stockholders without the unanimous written consent of all stockholders unless the articles of incorporation specifically allow action by less than unanimous consent. Our articles of incorporation do not permit action by written consent upon less than unanimous consent.

 

77


Table of Contents

Business Combinations With Certain Persons

Texas law also provides that, subject to certain exceptions, a Texas corporation such as us may not engage in certain business combinations, including mergers, consolidations and asset sales, with a person, or an affiliate or associate of such person, who is an “Affiliated Shareholder” (generally defined as the holder of 20% or more of the corporation’s voting shares) for a period of three years from the date such person became an Affiliated Shareholder unless: (1) the business combination or purchase or acquisition of shares made by the Affiliated Shareholder was approved by the board of directors of the corporation before the Affiliated Shareholder became an Affiliated Shareholder or (2) the business combination was approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting shares of the corporation not beneficially owned by the Affiliated Shareholder, at a meeting of stockholders called for that purpose (and not by written consent), not less than six months after the Affiliated Shareholder became an Affiliated Shareholder. This law may have the effect of inhibiting a non-negotiated merger or other business combination involving us, even if such event would be beneficial to our stockholders.

Authorized but Unissued Capital Stock

We have authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock and common stock, and our board of directors may authorize the issuance of one or more series of preferred stock without stockholder approval. These shares could be used by our board of directors to make it more difficult or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us through a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise.

Right of First Offer Granted to Former First Southwest Stockholders

Pursuant to our acquisition of First Southwest, we agreed that in the event we determine to sell the properties or business of First Southwest or its subsidiaries prior to December 31, 2010 to someone other than one of our affiliates, and such sale does not constitute a change of control (as defined in the Merger Agreement) of us, we will provide notice and allow the former First Southwest stockholders the opportunity to purchase such properties or business in accordance with the terms set forth in the Merger Agreement.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification

Consistent with Texas law, our articles of incorporation provide that our directors will not be liable to us or our stockholders for any action or omission in such director’s capacity as a director.

Our articles of incorporation also provide that we may, in our sole discretion, indemnify each of our directors, officers, employees and agents to the fullest extent permitted by law. Our articles of incorporation also permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any director, officer, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in such capacity.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The Wealth Management and Trust Department of the Bank serves as our transfer agent and registrar.

 

ITEM 12. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

Limitation of Personal Liability of Directors and Indemnification

Indemnification and Insurance

The Texas Business Corporations Act (the “TBCA”) permits a corporation to eliminate in its charter all monetary liability of the corporation’s directors to the corporation or its stockholders for conduct in the performance of such director’s duties. However, Texas law does not permit any limitation of liability of a director for: (i) breaching a duty of loyalty to a corporation or its stockholders; (ii) failing to act in good faith; (iii) engaging in intentional misconduct or a known violation of the law; (iv) engaging in a transaction from which the director obtains an improper benefit; or (v) violating applicable statutes which expressly provide for the liability of a director. Our articles of incorporation provide that a director of the corporation will not be liable to the corporation or its stockholders to the fullest extent permitted by Texas law.

 

78


Table of Contents

Article 2.02-1, Sections B and F of the TBCA provides that a corporation may indemnify a person who was, is, or is threatened to be named defendant or respondent in a proceeding because the person is or was a director only if a determination is made that such indemnification is permissible under the TBCA: (i) by a majority vote of the directors who at the time of the vote are not named defendants or respondents in the proceeding, regardless of whether such directors constitute a quorum; (ii) by a majority vote of a board committee designated by a majority of non-defendant directors and consisting of non-defendant directors; (iii) by special legal counsel selected by the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors as set forth in (i) or (ii); or (iv) by the stockholders in a vote that excludes the shares held by directors who are named defendants or respondents in the proceeding. The power to indemnify applies only if such person acted in good faith and, in the case of conduct in the person’s official capacity as a director, in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the best interest of the corporation, and, in all other cases, that the person’s conduct was not opposed to the best interest of the corporation, and with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, that such person had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.

Article 2.02-1, Section K of the TBCA provides that the corporation may pay or reimburse, in advance of the final disposition of the proceeding, reasonable expenses incurred by a present director who was, is, or is threatened to be made a named defendant or respondent in a proceeding after the corporation receives a written affirmation by the director of his good faith belief that he has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification under Article 2.02-1 and a written undertaking by or on behalf of the director to repay the amount paid or reimbursed if it is ultimately determined that he has not met that standard or if it is ultimately determined that indemnification of the director is not otherwise permitted under the TBCA. Section K also provides that reasonable expenses incurred by a former director or officer, or a present or former employee or agent of the corporation, who was, is, or is threatened to be made a named defendant or respondent in a proceeding may be paid or reimbursed by the corporation, in advance of the final disposition of the action, as the corporation considers appropriate.

Article 2.02-1, Sections O and P of the TBCA provide that a corporation may indemnify and advance expenses to (i) an officer, employee, or agent of the corporation and (ii) persons who are not or were not officers, employees or agents of the corporation but who are or were serving at the request of the corporation as director, officer, partner, venturer, proprietor, trustee, employee, agent or similar functionary of another foreign or domestic corporation, employee benefit plan, other enterprise or other entity to the same extent that it may indemnify and advance expenses to directors under the TBCA.

Article 2.02-1, Section Q of the TBCA permits a corporation to indemnify and advance expenses to an officer, employee, agent or person identified above to such further extent, consistent with the law, as may be provided by its articles of incorporation, bylaws, general or specific action of its board of directors or contract or as permitted or required by common law.

Consistent with Article 2.02-1 of the TBCA, our articles of incorporation provide that we may, in our sole discretion, (i) indemnify and advance expenses to directors, officers, employees and agents of the corporation and to other persons and (ii) purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of our directors, officers, employees and agents, to the fullest extent and under the circumstances permitted by Article 2.02-1. Article 2.01-1, as described above, is incorporated by reference into our articles of incorporation.

Pursuant to the Merger Agreement with First Southwest, we have agreed to maintain in effect, for six years from the closing date of the merger, directors’ and officers’ liability insurance covering those persons covered by the directors’ and officers’ liability insurance maintained by First Southwest on the closing date of the merger with the same coverage as may be provided from time to time by us to our then existing directors and officers, but we are not obligated to pay more than 110% of the last annual premium paid for such insurance.

 

ITEM 13. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

See “Item 15 – Financial Statements and Exhibits” contained in this registration statement on Form 10.

 

ITEM 14. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

 

79


Table of Contents
ITEM 15. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS

 

  (a) Financial Statements

Please see the following financial statements set forth below beginning on page F-1 of this registration statement on Form 10.

 

Page

  

Description

F-3    Report of Independent Auditors
F-4    Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2008 and 2007
F-5    Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
F-6    Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
F-7    Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
F-8    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

  (b) Exhibits. The following documents are filed as exhibits hereto:

 

EXHIBIT NO.

        
  3.1      Second Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Plains Capital Corporation.
  3.2      Amended and Restated Bylaws of Plains Capital Corporation.
  4.1      Letter Agreement and Securities Purchase Agreement – Standard Terms incorporated therein, dated as of December 19, 2008, between Plains Capital Corporation and the United States Department of the Treasury.
  4.2      Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust, dated as of July 31, 2001, by and among State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association, Plains Capital Corporation, and Alan B. White, George McCleskey, and Jeff Isom as Administrators.
  4.3      First Amendment to Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust, dated as of August 7, 2006, between Plains Capital Corporation and U.S. Bank National Association.
  4.4      Indenture, dated as of July 31, 2001, between Plains Capital Corporation and State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association.
  4.5      First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of August 7, 2006, between Plains Capital Corporation and U.S. Bank National Association.
  4.6      Amended and Restated Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debenture of Plains Capital Corporation, dated as of August 7, 2006, by Plains Capital Corporation in favor of U.S. Bank National Association.
  4.7      Guarantee Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2001, between Plains Capital Corporation and State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association, as trustee.

 

80


Table of Contents
  4.8      First Amendment to Guarantee Agreement, dated as of August 7, 2006, between Plains Capital Corporation and U.S. Bank National Association.
  4.9      Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust, dated as of March 26, 2003, by and among U.S. Bank National Association, Plains Capital Corporation, and Alan B. White, George McCleskey, and Jeff Isom as Administrators.
  4.10      Indenture, dated as of March 26, 2003, between Plains Capital Corporation and U.S. Bank National Association.
  4.11      Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debenture of Plains Capital Corporation, dated as of March 26, 2003, by Plains Capital Corporation in favor of U.S. Bank National Association.
  4.12      Guarantee Agreement, dated as of March 26, 2003, between Plains Capital Corporation and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee.
  4.13      Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust, dated as of September 17, 2003, by and among U.S. Bank National Association, Plains Capital Corporation, and Alan B. White, George McCleskey, and Jeff Isom as Administrators.
  4.14      Indenture, dated as of September 17, 2003, between Plains Capital Corporation and U.S. Bank National Association.
  4.15      Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debenture of Plains Capital Corporation, dated as of September 17, 2003, by Plains Capital Corporation in favor of U.S. Bank National Association.
  4.16      Guarantee Agreement, dated as of September 17, 2003, between Plains Capital Corporation and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee.
  4.17      Amended and Restated Trust Agreement, dated as of February 22, 2008, by and among Plains Capital Corporation, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., Wells Fargo Delaware Trust Company, and Alan B. White, DeWayne Pierce, and Jeff Isom as Administrative Trustees.
  4.18      Junior Subordinated Indenture, dated as of February 22, 2008, between Plains Capital Corporation and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
  4.19      Plains Capital Corporation Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Note due 2038, dated as of February 22, 2008, by Plains Capital Corporation in favor of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee of the PCC Statutory Trust IV.
  4.20      Guarantee Agreement, dated as of February 22, 2008, between Plains Capital Corporation and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
10.1      Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of November 7, 2008, by and among Plains Capital Corporation, PlainsCapital Bank, First Southwest Holdings, Inc., and Hill A. Feinberg as Stockholders’ Representative.
10.2      First Amendment to Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of December 8, 2008, by and among Plains Capital Corporation, PlainsCapital Bank, First Southwest Holdings, Inc., and Hill A. Feinberg as Stockholders’ Representative.
10.3      Second Amendment to Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of December 8, 2008, by and among Plains Capital Corporation, PlainsCapital Bank, FSWH Acquisition LLC, First Southwest Holdings, Inc., and Hill A. Feinberg as Stockholders’ Representative.

 

81


Table of Contents
10.4      Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2009, between Plains Capital Corporation and Alan White.
10.5      First Amendment to Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of March 2, 2009, between Plains Capital Corporation and Alan White.
10.6      Employment Agreement, effective as of December 31, 2008, by and among First Southwest Holdings, LLC, Plains Capital Corporation and Hill A. Feinberg.
10.7      First Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of March 2, 2009, by and among First Southwest Holdings, LLC, Plains Capital Corporation and Hill A. Feinberg.
10.8      Employment Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2009, between Plains Capital Corporation and Jerry L. Schaffner.
10.9      First Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of March 2, 2009, between Plains Capital Corporation and Jerry L. Schaffner.
10.10      Employment Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2009, between Plains Capital Corporation and Jeff Isom.
10.11      First Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of March 2, 2009, between Plains Capital Corporation and Jeff Isom.
10.12      Plains Capital Corporation Incentive Stock Option Plan, dated October 16, 1996 (the “1996 Incentive Stock Option Plan”).
10.13      Plains Capital Corporation Incentive Stock Option Plan, dated March 25, 1998 (the “1998 Incentive Stock Option Plan”).
10.14      Plains Capital Corporation Incentive Stock Option Plan, dated April 18, 2001 (the “2001 Incentive Stock Option Plan”).
10.15      Plains Capital Corporation Incentive Stock Option Plan, dated March 25, 2003 (the “2003 Incentive Stock Option Plan”).
10.16      Plains Capital Corporation 2005 Incentive Stock Option Plan, dated April 20, 2005.
10.17      Amended and Restated Plains Capital Corporation 2007 Nonqualified and Incentive Stock Option Plan, dated December 31, 2008
10.18      PNB Financial Bank Supplemental Executive Pension Plan, effective as of January 1, 2008.
10.19      First Amendment to PlainsCapital Bank Supplemental Executive Pension Plan, effective as of March 19, 2009.
10.20      Employee Stock Ownership Plan, effective January 1, 2004 and as amended and restated as of January 1, 2006.
10.21      First Amendment to Plains Capital Corporation Employees’ Stock Ownership Plan, effective as of January 1, 2007.
10.22      Second Amendment to Plains Capital Corporation Employees’ Stock Ownership Plan, dated as of December 1, 2008.

 

82


Table of Contents

10.23

     Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreements for restricted stock awards issued to Messrs. Isom, Schaffner and White on December 17, 2008.

10.24

     Restricted Stock Award Agreement, effective as of December 31, 2008, between Plains Capital Corporation and Hill A. Feinberg.

10.25

     Form of Stock Option Agreement under the 1996 Incentive Stock Option Plan.

10.26

     Form of Stock Option Agreement under the 1998 Incentive Stock Option Plan.

10.27

     Form of Stock Option Agreement under the 2001 Incentive Stock Option Plan.

10.28

     Form of Stock Option Agreement under the 2003 Incentive Stock Option Plan.

10.29

     Form of Stock Option Agreement under the Plains Capital Corporation 2005 Incentive Stock Option Plan.

10.30

     Form of Stock Option Agreement under the Amended and Restated Plains Capital Corporation 2007 Nonqualified and Incentive Stock Option Plan.

10.31

     Amended and Restated Subordinate Credit Agreement, dated as of December 19, 2007, between JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Plains Capital Corporation.

10.32

     Second Amended and Restated Subordinate Promissory Note, dated as of December 19, 2007, by Plains Capital Corporation in favor of JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A.

10.33

     Amended and Restated Loan Agreement, dated as of October 1, 2001, between Plains Capital Corporation and Bank One, NA.

10.34

     First Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan Agreement, dated as of August 1, 2002, between Plains Capital Corporation and Bank One, NA.

10.35

     Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan Agreement, dated as of August 1, 2003, between Plains Capital Corporation and Bank One, NA.

10.36

     Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2004, between Plains Capital Corporation and Bank One, NA.

10.37

     Fourth Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan Agreement, dated as of November 21, 2005, between Plains Capital Corporation and JPMorgan Chase Bank, NA.

10.38

     Fifth Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan Agreement, dated as of October 16, 2006, between Plains Capital Corporation and JPMorgan Chase Bank, NA.

10.39

     Sixth Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan Agreement, dated as of December 19, 2007, between Plains Capital Corporation and JPMorgan Chase Bank, NA.

10.40

     Commercial Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2000, by Plains Capital Corporation for the benefit of Bank One, Texas N.A.

10.41

     Third Amended and Restated Promissory Note, dated as of December 19, 2007, by Plains Capital Corporation in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, NA.

10.42

     Loan Agreement, dated as of September 22, 2004, between Bank One, NA and Plains Capital Corporation.

 

83


Table of Contents

10.43

     Promissory Note, dated as of September 22, 2004, by Plains Capital Corporation in favor of Bank One, NA.

10.44

     Loan Agreement, dated as of October 27, 2004, between Plains Capital Corporation and Bank One, NA.

10.45

     Renewal, Extension and Modification Agreement, dated as of October 27, 2006, between Plains Capital Corporation and JPMorgan Chase Bank, NA.

10.46

     Amended and Restated Promissory Note, dated as of October 27, 2006, by Plains Capital Corporation in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, NA.

10.47

     Credit Agreement, dated as of October 13, 2006, between Plains Capital Corporation and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

10.48

     Line of Credit Note, dated as of October 14, 2008, by Plains Capital Corporation in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

10.49

     Office Lease, dated as of February 7, 2007, between Plains Capital Corporation and Block L Land, L.P.

10.50

     First Amendment to Office Lease, dated as of April 3, 2007, between Plains Capital Corporation and Block L Land, L.P.

10.51

     Second Amendment to Office Lease, dated as of November 14, 2008, between Plains Capital Corporation and H/H Victory Holdings, L.P.

21.1

     Subsidiaries of Plains Capital Corporation.

 

84


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

  PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION
Date: April 17, 2009   By:  

/s/ Alan B. White

  Name:   Alan B. White
  Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

 

85


Table of Contents

C ONSOLIDATED F INANCIAL S TATEMENTS AND O THER F INANCIAL I NFORMATION

PlainsCapital Corporation and Subsidiaries

Years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

 

F-1


Table of Contents

PlainsCapital Corporation and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Financial Statements

and Other Financial Information

Years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

Contents

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-3

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Consolidated Balance Sheets

   F-4

Consolidated Statements of Income

   F-5

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

   F-6

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

   F-7

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-8

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

Plains Capital Corporation

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Plains Capital Corporation and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Plains Capital Corporation and subsidiaries at December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

As discussed in Note 20 to the financial statements, effective January 1, 2008, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No., 157 “Fair Value Measurements”, and Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 159 “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities Including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115”. Also, as discussed in Note 27 to the financial statements, effective January 1, 2008, the Company adopted Emerging Issues Task Force No. 06-4, “Accounting for Deferred Compensation and Post-retirement Benefit Aspects of Endorsement Split Dollar Life Insurance Arrangements.”

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

March 27, 2009

 

F-3


Table of Contents

PlainsCapital Corporation and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheets

December 31,

 

     2008     2007  
     (In thousands)  

Assets

    

Cash and due from banks

   $ 92,785     $ 96,316  

Federal funds sold

     21,786       30,106  

Assets segregated for regulatory purposes

     11,500       —    

Loans held for sale

     198,866       100,015  

Securities

    

Held to maturity, fair market value $217,019 and $102,592, respectively

     217,209       104,499  

Available for sale, amortized cost $165,417 and $89,534 respectively

     166,557       86,676  

Trading, at fair market value

     1,561       —    
                
     385,327       191,175  

Loans, gross

     2,969,506       2,600,829  

Unearned income

     (3,887 )     (3,467 )

Allowance for loan losses

     (40,672 )     (26,517 )
                

Loans, net

     2,924,947       2,570,845  

Broker/dealer and clearing organization receivables

     45,331       —    

Fee award receivable

     21,544       —    

Investment in unconsolidated subsidiaries

     2,012       1,548  

Premises and equipment, net

     57,336       43,323  

Accrued interest receivable

     16,164       17,213  

Other real estate owned

     9,637       6,355  

Goodwill, net

     36,486       37,107  

Other intangible assets, net

     82       200  

Other assets

     128,193       88,660  
                

Total assets

   $ 3,951,996     $ 3,182,863  
                

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

    

Deposits

    

Noninterest-bearing

   $ 194,901       480,052  

Interest-bearing

     2,731,198       1,913,302  
                

Total deposits

     2,926,099       2,393,354  

Broker/dealer and clearing organization payables

     59,203       —    

Short-term borrowings

     256,452       413,060  

Treasury tax and loan note option account

     3,424       3,246  

Capital lease obligation

     8,651       3,994  

Notes payable

     151,014       40,256  

Junior subordinated debentures

     67,012       51,548  

Other liabilities

     80,326       43,515  
                

Total liabilities

     3,552,181       2,948,973  

Commitments and contingencies

    

Stockholders’ equity

    

Preferred stock, $1 par value per share, authorized 5,000,000 shares;

    

Series A, 87,631 and zero shares issued, respectively

     82,736       —    

Series B, 4,382 and zero shares issued, respectively

     4,895       —    

Common stock, $10 par value per share, authorized 50,000,000 shares; issued 10,524,506 and 8,816,143 shares, respectively

     105,245       88,161  

Surplus

     42,232       1,200  

Retained earnings

     167,865       149,694  

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

     331       (1,173 )
                
     403,304       237,882  

Unearned ESOP shares (106,904 and 122,305 shares, respectively)

     (3,489 )     (3,992 )
                

Total stockholders’ equity

     399,815       233,890  
                

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 3,951,996     $ 3,182,863  
                

See accompanying notes.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

PlainsCapital Corporation and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Income

For the Years Ended December 31,

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 

     2008    2007    2006  

Interest income:

        

Loans, including fees

   $ 182,683    $ 209,243    $ 181,119  

Securities

     10,159      10,115      9,718  

Federal funds sold

     477      1,330      1,795  

Interest-bearing deposits with banks

     73      207      180  
                      

Total interest income

     193,392      220,895      192,812  

Interest expense

        

Deposits

     48,236      89,058      76,065  

Short-term borrowings

     10,218      8,303      2,882  

Treasury tax and loan note option account

     21      58      58  

Capital lease obligation

     389      224      57  

Notes payable

     2,878      2,627      3,466  

Junior subordinated debentures

     4,327      4,535      4,445  
                      

Total interest expense

     66,069      104,805      86,973  
                      

Net interest income

     127,323      116,090      105,839  

Provision for loan losses

     22,818      5,517      5,049  
                      

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     104,505      110,573      100,790  

Noninterest income

        

Service charges on depositor accounts

     9,445      7,614      6,911  

Income from loan origination and net gains from sale of loans

     94,353      60,483      81,442  

Trust fees

     4,450      4,043      2,649  

Other

     10,818      12,141      10,774  
                      

Total noninterest income

     119,066      84,281      101,776  

Noninterest expense

        

Employees’ compensation and benefits

     112,186      93,680      104,030  

Occupancy and equipment, net

     28,137      24,444      26,986  

Professional services

     11,602      9,798      10,757  

Deposit insurance premium

     1,564      441      267  

Repossession and foreclosure, net of recoveries

     3,386      474      (2,226 )

Minority interests

     437      543      608  

Other

     29,410      21,978      22,781  
                      

Total noninterest expense

     186,722      151,358      163,203  
                      

Income before income taxes

     36,849      43,496      39,363  

Income tax provision

     12,725      14,904      13,624  
                      

Net income

   $ 24,124    $ 28,592    $ 25,739  
                      

Earnings per share

        

Basic

   $ 2.77    $ 3.30    $ 2.99  
                      

Diluted

   $ 2.76    $ 3.27    $ 2.97  
                      

See accompanying notes.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

PlainsCapital Corporation and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

 

     Comprehensive
Income
   

 

Preferred Stock

  

 

Common Stock

   Surplus    Retained
Earnings
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Unearned
ESOP
Shares
    Total  
       Shares    Amount    Shares    Amount            
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Year Ended December 31, 2006

                         

Balance, January 1, 2006

     —      $ —      8,709,927    $ 87,099    $ 81    $ 105,097     $ (804 )   $ (5,041 )   $ 186,432  

Stock option plans’ activity

     —        —      84,197      842      586      —         —         —         1,428  

ESOP activity

     —        —      —        —        —        56       —         532       588  

Cash dividends ($0.56 per share)

     —        —      —        —        —        (4,905 )     —         —         (4,905 )

Comprehensive income:

                         

Net income

   $ 25,739     —        —      —        —        —        25,739       —         —         25,739  

Other comprehensive income (loss):

                         

Unrealized losses on securities available for sale, net of tax of $203.4

     (395 )                       

Unrealized gains on securities held in trust for the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, net of tax of $170.1

     330                         

Unrealized gains on customer-related cash flow hedges, net of tax of $61.7

     115                         
                               

Other comprehensive income

     50     —        —      —        —        —        —         50       —         50  
                               

Total comprehensive income

   $ 25,789                         
                                                                       

Balance, December 31, 2006

     —        —      8,794,124      87,941      667      125,987       (754 )     (4,509 )     209,332  

Year Ended December 31, 2007

                         

Stock option plans’ activity

     —        —      22,019      220      533      —         —         —         753  

ESOP activity

     —        —      —        —        —        49       —         517       566  

Cash dividends ($0.56 per share)

     —        —      —        —        —        (4,934 )     —           (4,934 )

Comprehensive income:

                         

Net income

   $ 28,592     —        —      —        —        —        28,592       —         —         28,592  

Other comprehensive income (loss):

                         

Unrealized losses on securities available for sale, net of tax of $218.8

     (425 )                       

Unrealized gains on securities held in trust for the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, net of tax of $2.0

     (4 )                       

Unrealized gains on customer-related cash flow hedges, net of tax of $5.2

     10                         
                               

Other comprehensive loss

     (419 )   —        —      —        —        —        —         (419 )     —         (419 )
                               

Total comprehensive income

   $ 28,173                         
                                                                       

Balance, December 31, 2007

     —        —      8,816,143      88,161      1,200      149,694       (1,173 )     (3,992 )     233,890  

Year Ended December 31, 2008

                         

Cumulative effect of the adoption of EITF 06-4, Accounting for Endorsement Split-Dollar Life Insurance

     —        —      —        —        —        (676 )     —         —         (676 )

Sale of Series A and Series B preferred stock

     92,013      87,631    —        —        —        —         —         —         87,631  

Stock option plans’ activity

     —        —      10,783      108      290      —         —         —         398  

Stock issued in business combination

     —        —      1,697,580      16,976      40,742      —         —         —         57,718  

ESOP activity

     —        —      —        —        —        36       —         503       539  

Cash dividends ($0.60 per share)

     —        —      —        —        —        (5,313 )     —           (5,313 )

Comprehensive income:

                         

Net income

   $ 24,124     —        —      —        —        —        24,124       —         —         24,124  

Other comprehensive income (loss):

                         

Unrealized gains on securities available for sale, net of tax of $1,359.3

     2,638                         

Unrealized losses on securities held in trust for the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, net of tax of $577.8

     (1,122 )                       

Unrealized losses on customer-related cash flow hedges, net of tax of $6.6

     (12 )                       
                               

Other comprehensive income

     1,504     —        —      —        —        —        —         1,504       —         1,504  
                               

Total comprehensive income

   $ 25,628                         
                                                                       

Balance, December 31, 2008

     92,013    $ 87,631    10,524,506    $ 105,245    $ 42,232    $ 167,865     $ 331     $ (3,489 )   $ 399,815  
                                                                 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

PlainsCapital Corporation and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

For the Years Ended December 31,

(In thousands)

 

     2008     2007     2006  

Operating Activities

      

Net income

   $ 24,124     $ 28,592     $ 25,739  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities

      

Provision for loan losses

     22,818       5,517       5,049  

Net losses (gains) on other real estate owned

     1,504       737       (1,725 )

Depreciation and amortization

     7,591       7,690       7,915  

Stock options compensation cost

     89       171       102  

Loss (gain) on sale of premises and equipment

     104       (547 )     800  

Stock dividends on securities

     (533 )     (184 )     (212 )

Deferred income taxes

     (799 )     (3,876 )     (1,360 )

Payments (deposits) for claims in litigation

     6,816       —         (6,816 )

Changes in other assets

     (13,446 )     (7,735 )     (5,001 )

Changes in other liabilities

     150,983       502       2,437  

Net gains from sale of loans

     (94,353 )     (60,483 )     (81,442 )

Loans originated for sale

     (2,313,320 )     (1,697,516 )     (2,217,106 )

Proceeds from loans sold

     2,311,411       1,791,418       2,352,292  
                        

Net cash provided by operating activities

     102,989       64,286       80,672  
                        

Investing Activities

      

Proceeds from maturities and principal reductions of securities held to maturity

     4,305       7,946       18,758  

Proceeds from maturities and principal reductions of securities available for sale

     25,038       402,963       832,745  

Purchases of securities held to maturity

     (117,287 )     (7,171 )     (25,964 )

Purchases of securities available for sale

     (100,952 )     (408,615 )     (834,163 )

Net increase in loans

     (292,610 )     (408,577 )     (254,413 )

Purchases of premises and equipment and other assets

     (19,154 )     (5,653 )     (11,372 )

Proceeds from sales of premises and equipment and other real estate owned

     11,055       9,339       6,355  

Net cash from acquisitions

     3,954       —         —    

Net cash received (paid) for Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank stock

     1,491       (17,626 )     —    

Other, net

     (464 )     (275 )     —    
                        

Net cash used for investing activities

     (484,624 )     (427,669 )     (268,054 )
                        

Financing Activities

      

Net increase (decrease) in deposits

     452,872       (104,706 )     179,158  

Net increase (decrease) in short-term borrowings

     (193,108 )     368,082       7,003  

Net increase (decrease) in treasury tax and loan note option account

     178       1,070       (769 )

Proceeds from notes payable

     120,150       14,900       15,450  

Payments on notes payable

     (108,609 )     (10,504 )     (26,050 )

Proceeds from junior subordinated debentures

     15,464       —         —    

Proceeds from sale of preferred stock

     87,631       —         —    

Proceeds from sale of common stock

     258       470       1,325  

Dividends paid

     (5,313 )     (4,934 )     (4,905 )

Other, net

     261       415       608  
                        

Net cash provided by financing activities

     369,784       264,793       171,820  
                        

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

     (11,851 )     (98,590 )     (15,562 )

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     126,422       225,012       240,574  
                        

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 114,571     $ 126,422     $ 225,012  
                        

Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information

      

Cash paid during the year for:

      

Interest

   $ 68,629     $ 105,486     $ 85,985  
                        

Income taxes

   $ 14,205     $ 18,327     $ 13,527  
                        

Supplemental Schedule of Noncash Activities

      

Conversion of loans to other real estate owned

   $ 17,713     $ 12,857     $ 20,395  
                        

Financing provided on sales of other real estate owned

   $ 390     $ 552     $ 16,185  
                        

Capital leases

   $ 4,899     $ —       $ 4,186  
                        

Common stock issued in acquisitions

   $ 57,718     $ —       $ —    
                        

See accompanying notes.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

PlainsCapital Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2008

1. Summary of Significant Accounting and Reporting Policies

Nature of Operations

PlainsCapital Corporation (PCC) is a financial holding company and a bank holding company headquartered in Dallas, Texas, that provides, through its subsidiaries, a broad array of products and services from offices primarily located throughout Texas. In addition to general commercial and consumer banking, other products and services offered include mortgage banking, investment banking, financial advisory services, trust and investment management, merchant banking, leasing, treasury management, and item processing.

Basis of Presentation

PCC owns 100% of the outstanding stock of PlainsCapital Bank (PCB) and PlainsCapital Equity, LLC. PCC owns a 60.9% interest in Hester Capital Management (Hester). PCB owns 100% of the outstanding stock of PrimeLending (Prime), PNB Aero Services, Inc., PCB ARC, Inc. and 90% of the outstanding stock of Plains Financial Corporation (PFC). PCB has a 100% interest in First Southwest Holdings, LLC (FSH), PlainsCapital Leasing, LLC (PCL), and PlainsCapital Securities, LLC, as well as a 51% voting interest in PlainsCapital Insurance Services, LLC.

After the close of business on December 31, 2008, FSWH Acquisition LLC (Merger Sub), a wholly-owned subsidiary of PCB, acquired First Southwest Holdings, Inc., (First Southwest) a diversified, private investment banking corporation headquartered in Dallas, Texas. The Merger Sub, which took the FSH name, is the surviving entity in the transaction. The principal subsidiaries of FSH are First Southwest Company (FSC), a broker-dealer registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA), First Southwest Asset Management, Inc., a registered investment advisor under the Investment Advisors Act of 1940, and First Southwest Leasing Company. Please see Note 2 for further discussion of the acquisition.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the above-named entities. All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated. Noncontrolling interests have been recorded for minority ownership in entities that are not wholly owned.

PCC also owns 100% of the outstanding stock of PCC Statutory Trusts I, II, III, and IV (Trusts), which are not included in the consolidated financial statements under FIN 46(R), Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an Interpretation of ARB No. 51 (FIN 46(R)), because the primary beneficiaries of the Trusts are not within the consolidated group.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

PlainsCapital Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

1. Summary of Significant Accounting and Reporting Policies (continued)

 

Loans Held for Sale

Loans held for sale consist primarily of single-family residential mortgages funded through Prime. These loans are generally on the consolidated balance sheet for no more than 30 days, until their sale into the secondary market. Substantially all loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at fair value under the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (SFAS 159). Changes in the fair value of the loans held for sale are recognized in earnings and fees and costs associated with origination are recognized as incurred. The specific identification method is used to determine realized gains and losses on sales of loans, which are reported as net gains (losses) in noninterest income. Loans sold are subject to certain indemnification provisions with investors, including the repurchase of loans sold and repayment of certain sales proceeds to investors under certain conditions. PCB guarantees Prime’s performance with respect to the indemnification provisions included in a purchase agreement with a third party. Historically, such amounts have not been material to PCC’s consolidated financial position or results of operations. At December 31, 2008, Prime had an accrued liability of $1.2 million under these indemnification provisions.

Securities

Securities that management has the positive intent and ability to hold until maturity are classified as held to maturity. These securities are carried at cost, adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts, which are recognized as adjustments to interest income using the interest method over the period to maturity.

Securities to be held for indefinite periods of time and not intended to be held to maturity or on a long-term basis are classified as available for sale. Securities included in this category are those that management intends to use as part of its asset/liability management strategy and that may be sold in response to changes in interest rates, resultant prepayment risk, and other factors related to interest rate and resultant prepayment risk changes. Management classifies securities at the time of purchase and reassesses such designation at each balance sheet date. Transfers between categories from this reassessment are rare. Securities available for sale are carried at fair value. Unrealized holding gains and losses on securities available for sale, net of taxes, are reported in other comprehensive income until realized. Premiums and discounts are recognized in interest income using the interest method over the period to maturity.

Securities held for resale in anticipation of short-term market movements are classified as trading. Trading securities are carried at fair value, with changes in fair value reported in current earnings.

Purchases and sales (and related gain or loss) of securities are recorded on the trade date, based on specific identification.

Prepayments are anticipated on mortgage-backed securities when amortizing premiums and accreting discounts. Future cash flow streams (prepayment rates) are estimated by management after considering recent prepayment history and the current interest rate environment.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

PlainsCapital Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

1. Summary of Significant Accounting and Reporting Policies (continued)

 

Loans

Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff are stated at the amount of unpaid principal reduced by unearned income and an allowance for loan losses. Unearned income on installment loans and interest on other loans is recognized using the simple-interest method. Fees received for providing loan commitments and letters of credit that result in loans are deferred and amortized to interest income over the life of the related loan, beginning with the initial borrowing. Fees on commitments and letters of credit that are not expected to be funded are amortized to noninterest income over the commitment period. Income on direct financing leases is recognized on a basis that achieves a constant periodic rate of return on the outstanding investment.

The accrual of interest on impaired loans is discontinued when, in management’s opinion, there is a clear indication that the borrower’s cash flow may not be sufficient to meet payments as they become due, which is generally when a loan is 90 days past due unless the asset is both well secured and in the process of collection. When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, all previously accrued and unpaid interest is charged against income. If the ultimate collectibility of principal, wholly or partially, is in doubt, any payment received on a loan on which the accrual of interest has been suspended is applied to reduce principal to the extent necessary to eliminate such doubt. Once the collection of the remaining recorded loan balance is fully expected, interest income is recognized on a cash basis.

PCB originates loans to customers primarily in Dallas, Fort Worth, Arlington, Lubbock, Austin, and San Antonio. PCL provides lease financing to customers primarily throughout Texas and the southern United States. Although PCB and PCL have diversified loan and leasing portfolios and, generally, hold collateral against amounts advanced to customers, their debtors’ ability to honor their contracts is substantially dependent upon the general economic conditions of the region, which consist primarily of energy, agribusiness, wholesale/retail trade, real estate, health care, and institutions of higher education. Prime originates loans to customers in its offices, which are located primarily throughout Texas and the southern United States. Mortgage loans originated by Prime are sold in the secondary market, servicing released. FSC makes loans to customers through margin transactions. FSC controls risk by requiring customers to maintain margin collateral in compliance with various regulatory and internal guidelines, which may vary based upon market conditions. Securities owned by customers and held as collateral for margin loans are not included in the consolidated financial statements.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses is a reserve established through a provision for loan losses charged to expense, which represents management’s best estimate of probable losses that have been incurred within the existing portfolio of loans. The allowance, in the judgment of management, is necessary to reserve for estimated loan losses inherent in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date. The allowance for loan losses includes allowance allocations calculated in accordance with SFAS No. 114, Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan , as amended by SFAS 118, Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan – Income Recognition and Disclosures , and allowance allocations determined in accordance with SFAS No. 5, Accounting for Contingencies . The level of the allowance reflects management’s continuing evaluation of industry concentrations, specific credit risks, loan loss experience, current loan portfolio quality, present economic, political and regulatory conditions, and unidentified losses inherent in the current loan portfolio. Portions of the allowance may be allocated for specific credits; however, the entire allowance is available for any credit that, in management’s judgment, should be charged off. While management utilizes its best judgment and information available, the ultimate adequacy of the allowance is dependent upon a variety of factors beyond PCC’s control, including the performance of PCC’s loan portfolio, the economy, changes in interest rates, and the view of the regulatory authorities toward loan classifications.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

PlainsCapital Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

1. Summary of Significant Accounting and Reporting Policies (continued)

 

PCC’s allowance for loan losses consists of three elements: (i) specific valuation allowances established for probable losses on specific loans; (ii) historical valuation allowances calculated based on historical loan loss experience for homogenous loans with similar characteristics and trends; and (iii) valuation allowances based on economic conditions and other qualitative risk factors both internal and external to PCC. Management considers the allowance for loan losses to be a critical accounting policy.

Broker/Dealer and Clearing Organization Transactions

Amounts recorded in broker/dealer and clearing organization receivables and payables include securities lending activities, as well as amounts related to securities transactions for either FSC customers or for the account of FSC. Securities-borrowed and securities-loaned transactions are generally reported as collateralized financings except where letters of credit or other securities are used as collateral. Securities-borrowed transactions require FSC to deposit cash, letters of credit, or other collateral with the lender. With respect to securities loaned, FSC receives collateral in the form of cash or other collateral in an amount generally in excess of the market value of securities loaned. FSC monitors the market value of securities borrowed and loaned on a daily basis, with additional collateral obtained or refunded as necessary.

Fee Award Receivable

In 2005, FSH participated in a monetization of future cash flows from several tobacco companies owed to a law firm under a settlement agreement (Fee Award). The Fee Award is accounted for in accordance with Statement of Position 03-3, Accounting for Certain Loans or Debt Securities Acquired in a Transfer. FSH estimated the amount and timing of the undiscounted expected cash flows from the receivable. The excess of the receivable’s cash flows expected to be collected over the amount paid is to be accreted into interest income over the remaining life of the receivable (accretable yield). Over the life of the Fee Award, FSH will continue to estimate cash flows expected to be collected.

Premises and Equipment

Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization computed principally on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which range between 3 and 40 years. Gains or losses on disposals of premises and equipment are included in results of operations.

Other Real Estate Owned

Real estate acquired through foreclosure is included in other real estate owned and is carried at the lower of the recorded loan amount at the time of foreclosure or management’s estimate of fair value less costs to sell. At the time of acquisition, any excess of the recorded loan amount over fair value is charged to the allowance for loan losses. Revenue and expenses from operations, subsequent reductions in fair value and gains and losses on sale are included in repossession and foreclosure expense.

Goodwill

Goodwill, which represents the excess of cost over the fair value of the net assets of an acquired business, is tested for impairment annually or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount should be assessed. Impairment, if any, for goodwill is recognized as a permanent charge to noninterest expense. There were no impairment charges in 2008, 2007 or 2006.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

PlainsCapital Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

1. Summary of Significant Accounting and Reporting Policies (continued)

 

Intangibles and Other Long-Lived Assets

Intangible assets are acquired assets that lack physical substance but can be distinguished from goodwill because of contractual or other legal rights or because the asset is capable of being sold or exchanged either on its own or in combination with a related contract, asset, or liability. PCC’s intangible assets relate to core deposits and customer relationships. Intangible assets with definite useful lives are amortized on the straight-line method over their estimated lives. Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortized until their lives are determined to be definite. Intangible assets, premises and equipment, and other long-lived assets are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable from future undiscounted cash flows. If impaired, the assets are recorded at fair value. There were no impairment charges in 2008, 2007 or 2006.

Derivative Financial Instruments

PCC’s hedging policies permit the use of various derivative financial instruments to manage interest rate risk or to hedge specified assets and liabilities. In addition, Prime executes interest rate lock commitments (IRLCs) with their customers that allow those customers to make mortgage loans at agreed upon rates. IRLCs meet the definition of a derivative under the provisions of SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, as amended and interpreted. Derivatives are recorded at fair value on PCC’s consolidated balance sheet. To qualify for hedge accounting, derivatives must be highly effective at reducing the risk associated with the exposure being hedged and must be designated as a hedge at the inception of the derivative contract. If derivative instruments are designated as hedges of fair values, the change in the fair value of the both the derivative instrument and the hedged item are included in current earnings. Changes in the fair value of derivatives designated as hedges of cash flows are recorded in other comprehensive income. Actual cash receipts and/or payments and related accruals on derivatives related to hedges are recorded as adjustments to the line item where the hedged item’s effect on earnings is recorded. During the life of the hedge, PCC formally assesses whether derivatives designated as hedging instruments continue to be highly effective in offsetting changes in the fair value or cash flows of hedged items. If PCC determines that a hedge has ceased to be highly effective, PCC will discontinue hedge accounting prospectively. At such time, previous adjustments to the carrying value of the hedged item would be reversed into earnings, amounts recorded in other comprehensive income would be reclassified into earnings and the derivative instrument would be recorded at fair value.

Loss Contingencies

Loss contingencies, including claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business, are recorded as liabilities when the likelihood of loss is probable and an amount or range of loss can be reasonably estimated.

Trust Fees

Trust fees are recorded on the accrual basis.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

PlainsCapital Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

1. Summary of Significant Accounting and Reporting Policies (continued)

 

Share-Based Compensation

PCC and its subsidiaries have four open incentive stock option plans that are described in Note 16. On January 1, 2006, PCC adopted SFAS No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment, (SFAS 123(R)) using the modified-prospective-transition method. Under that transition method, compensation cost recognized beginning in 2006 includes amounts for all share-based payments granted after December 31, 2005, based on the grant-date fair value estimated by application of the provisions of SFAS 123(R).

PCC’s income before taxes and net income for the year ended December 31, 2006, were $102,285 and $66,485 lower, respectively, than if PCC had continued to account for share-based compensation under APB 25.

SFAS 123(R) requires that cash flows resulting from the tax benefits that relate to tax deductions in excess of the compensation cost recognized for those options (excess tax benefits) be classified as financing cash flows. PCC has classified $0, $51,409 and $112,593 of excess tax benefits as financing cash flows, in “Other, net”, in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

Advertising

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising expense totaled approximately $1.1 million, $1.1 million and $1.3 million in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

Income Taxes

The provision for income tax includes taxes currently payable and deferred taxes arising from the difference in basis of assets and liabilities for financial statement and tax purposes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are reflected at currently enacted income tax rates applicable to the period in which the deferred tax assets or liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. As changes in tax laws or rates are enacted, deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted through the income tax provision. PCC files a consolidated federal income tax return. Interest and penalties incurred related to tax matters are charged to other interest expense or other noninterest expense, as appropriate.

Cash Flow Reporting

For the purpose of presentation in the consolidated statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents are defined as those amounts included in the consolidated balance sheets captions “Cash and due from banks” and “Federal funds sold.” Cash equivalents have original maturities of three months or less.

Assets Segregated for Regulatory Purposes

Under certain conditions, FSC may be required to segregate cash and securities in a special reserve account for the benefit of customers under rule 15c3-3 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 (the Act). Assets segregated under the provisions of the Act are not available for general corporate purposes.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

PlainsCapital Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

1. Summary of Significant Accounting and Reporting Policies (continued)

 

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

PCC’s comprehensive income (loss) consists of its net income and unrealized holding gains (losses) on its available for sale securities, investments held in trust for the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan and derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges.

The components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 are shown in the following table (in thousands, net of taxes):

 

     2008     2007     2006  

Unrealized gain (loss) on securities available for sale

   $ 752     $ (1,886 )   $ (1,461 )

Unrealized gain (loss) on securities held in trust for the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan

     (561 )     561       565  

Unrealized gain on customer-related cash flow hedges

     140       152       142  
                        
   $ 331     $ (1,173 )   $ (754 )
                        

Reclassification

Certain items in the 2006 and 2007 financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the 2008 presentation.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

PlainsCapital Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Acquisition

As described in Note 1, First Southwest, a diversified, private investment banking corporation headquartered in Dallas, Texas, was merged with and into FSH after the close of business December 31, 2008. FSH is the surviving entity in the transaction. FSH exchanged shares of PCC common stock for all of the voting equity interests of First Southwest. The acquisition provides PCC with expanded service offerings and increases PCC’s assets and capital. The operations of FSH will be included in PCC’s consolidated income statement beginning January 1, 2009, while the assets and liabilities of FSH are included, at estimated fair value, in the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2008, the acquisition date.

The acquisition cost of FSH was approximately $60.9 million, composed of approximately 1.7 million shares of PCC stock valued at $57.7 million and $3.2 million of transaction costs. The value of $34 per share of PCC stock was the product of negotiations between the parties and was supported by a third-party, independent valuation.

In addition, FSH has placed approximately 566,000 shares of PCC stock, valued at approximately $19.2 million, into escrow. The percentage of shares to be released from escrow and distributed to First Southwest stockholders will be determined based upon the valuation of certain auction rate securities held by First Southwest prior to the merger (or to be repurchased following the closing of the merger) as of the last day of December 2012 or, if applicable, the aggregate sales price of such auction rate securities prior to such date. The release of the escrowed shares will be further adjusted for certain specified losses, if any, during the earnout period and any excess dividend payments. If the value or aggregate sales price, as applicable, of the auction rate securities is less than 80% of the face value of the auction rate securities, no shares will be distributed from escrow to First Southwest stockholders. If the value or aggregate sales price of the auction rate securities falls between 80% and 90% of face value, First Southwest stockholders will receive an increasing portion of the PCC shares held in escrow. If the value or aggregate sales price of the auction rate securities equals or exceeds 90% of face value, First Southwest stockholders will receive all of the PCC shares held in escrow. Any shares issued will be accounted for as additional acquisition cost. The auction rate securities held by First Southwest prior to the merger were purchased by PCB on December 31, 2008, at the closing of the acquisition.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

PlainsCapital Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Acquisition (continued)

 

PCC is using a third-party valuation specialist to assist in the determination of the fair value of assets acquired, including intangibles, and liabilities assumed in the acquisition. Accordingly, the allocation of the purchase price is preliminary and subject to refinement, and may result in the recognition of other identified intangibles. The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed of FSH at December 31, 2008 (in thousands):

 

Due from PCC (principally auction rate securities)

   $ 152,014

Loans, net

     125,522

Broker/dealer and clearing organization receivables

     45,331

Fee award receivable

     21,544

Assets segregated for regulatory purposes

     11,500

Other assets

     38,319
      

Total assets acquired

     394,230

Notes payable

     124,217

Deposits

     82,079

Broker/dealer and clearing organization payables

     59,203

Short-term borrowings

     36,500

Other liabilities

     26,995
      

Total liabilities assumed

     328,994
      

Net assets acquired

   $ 65,236
      

The initial purchase price allocation resulted in net assets acquired in excess of consideration paid of approximately $4.3 million. That amount has been recorded in other liabilities until the contingent consideration issue described previously is settled. The purchase price allocation is based on preliminary valuations which have not been finalized, including valuations of intangible assets and stock option modifications. When completed, the excess of net assets acquired over consideration paid could change. In addition, the resolution of the contingent consideration issue could result in a change of the net asset excess and also could result in recording goodwill from the transaction.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

PlainsCapital Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Acquisition (continued)

 

The following table presents unaudited pro forma results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, calculated as though the acquisition had been completed at the beginning of the respective periods (amounts in thousands, except for per share amounts). These pro forma amounts do not purport to be indicative of actual results that would have occurred if the acquisition had been completed at the beginning of the periods presented, nor of results that may be obtained in the future.

 

     2008    2007

Interest income

   $ 216,986    $ 248,184

Interest expense

     83,791      123,564
             

Net interest income

     133,195      124,620

Provision for loan losses

     22,818      6,017
             

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     110,377      118,603

Noninterest income

     190,295      172,327

Noninterest expense

     270,535      234,106
             

Income before income taxes

     30,137      56,824

Income tax provision

     9,886      19,075
             

Net income

   $ 20,251    $ 37,749
             

Basic earnings per share

   $ 1.95    $ 3.64
             

 

F-17


Table of Contents

PlainsCapital Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

3. Securities

The amortized cost and fair value of securities as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 are summarized as follows (in thousands):

 

     Held to Maturity
     Amortized
Cost
   Gross
Unrealized
Gains
   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value

As of December 31, 2008

          

U. S. government agencies

          

Mortgage-backed securities

   $ 19,982    $ 585    $ —       $ 20,567

Collateralized mortgage obligations

     29,030      171      (116 )     29,085

States and political subdivisions

     168,197      474      (1,304 )     167,367
                            

Totals

   $ 217,209    $ 1,230    $ (1,420 )   $ 217,019
                            

As of December 31, 2007

          

U. S. government agencies

          

Mortgage-backed securities

   $ 23,026    $ 398    $ (203 )   $ 23,221

Collateralized mortgage obligations

     29,520      —        (1,662 )     27,858

States and political subdivisions

     51,953      409      (849 )     51,513
                            

Totals

   $ 104,499    $ 807    $ (2,714 )   $ 102,592
                            
     Available for Sale
     Amortized
Cost
   Gross
Unrealized
Gains
   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value

As of December 31, 2008

          

U. S. Treasury securities

   $ 11,920    $ 33    $ —       $ 11,953

U. S. government agencies

          

Bonds

     10,000      38      —         10,038

Mortgage-backed securities

     35,037      708      (306 )     35,439

Collateralized mortgage obligations

     67,848      731      (64 )     68,515

States and political subdivisions

     40,612      —        —         40,612
                            

Totals

   $ 165,417    $ 1,510    $ (370 )   $ 166,557
                            

As of December 31, 2007

          

U. S. government agencies

          

Bonds

   $ 17,958    $ 42    $ —       $ 18,000

Mortgage-backed securities

     36,328      126      (415 )     36,039

Collateralized mortgage obligations

     35,248      —        (2,611 )     32,637
                            

Totals

   $ 89,534    $ 168    $ (3,026 )   $ 86,676
                            

 

F-18


Table of Contents

PlainsCapital Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

3. Securities (continued)

 

Information regarding securities held by PCB that were in an unrealized loss position as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, is shown in the following tables (dollar amounts in thousands):

 

     As of December 31, 2008
     Number of
Securities
   Fair Value    Unrealized
Losses

Held to maturity

        

Unrealized loss position for:

        

Less than twelve months

   62    $ 28,720    $ 927

Twelve months or more

   21      16,598      493
                  

Totals

   83    $ 45,318    $ 1,420
                  

Available for sale

        

Unrealized loss position for:

        

Less than twelve months

   —      $ —      $ —  

Twelve months or more

   7      23,177      370
                  

Totals

   7    $ 23,177    $ 370
                  
     As of December 31, 2007
     Number of
Securities
   Fair Value    Unrealized
Losses

Held to maturity

        

Unrealized loss position for:

        

Less than twelve months

   35    $ 19,440    $ 999

Twelve months or more

   33      42,827      1,715
                  

Totals

   68    $ 62,267    $ 2,714
                  

Available for sale

        

Unrealized loss position for:

        

Less than twelve months

   2    $ 7,200    $ 47

Twelve months or more

   12      49,540      2,979
                  

Totals

   14    $ 56,740    $ 3,026
                  

Management has the intention and ability to hold the securities classified as held to maturity until they mature, at which time PCB will receive full value for the securities. Management also has the ability and intent to hold the securities classified as available for sale for a period of time sufficient for a recovery of cost. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the securities included in the table above represented 18% and 63%, respectively, of the fair value of PCB’s securities portfolio. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, total impairment represented 2.6% and 4.8%, respectively, of the fair value of the underlying securities, and 0.5% and 3.0%, respectively, of the fair value of PCB’s securities portfolio. As of December 31, 2008, management believes the impairments detailed in the table are temporary and relate to changes in interest rates. Accordingly, no other-than-temporary impairment loss has been recognized in PCC’s consolidated statements of income.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

PlainsCapital Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

3. Securities (continued)

 

The amortized cost and fair value of securities held to maturity and securities available for sale by contractual maturity as of December 31, 2008, is shown below (in thousands).

 

     Securities Held to Maturity    Securities Available for Sale
     Amortized
Cost
   Fair Value    Amortized
Cost
   Fair Value

Due in one year or less

   $ 1,305    $ 1,330    $ 11,920    $ 11,953

Due after one year through five years

     2,488      2,629      10,000      10,038

Due after five years through ten years

     12,494      12,556      —        —  

Due after ten years

     151,910      150,852      40,612      40,612
                           
     168,197      167,367      62,532      62,603

Mortgage-backed securities

     19,982      20,567      35,037      35,439

Collateralized mortgage obligations

     29,030      29,085      67,848      68,515
                           
   $ 217,209    $ 217,019    $ 165,417    $ 166,557
                           

PCB did not sell securities in 2008 or 2007.

Securities with a carrying amount of approximately $231.1 million and $181.8 million (fair value of approximately $232.0 million and $177.2 million) at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, were pledged to secure public and trust deposits, federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase, and for other purposes as required or permitted by law. In addition, PCB had secured a letter of credit from the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) in the amount of $150 million and $100 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, in lieu of pledging securities to secure certain public deposits.

Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations consist principally of Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA), Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA), and Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC) pass-through and participation certificates. GNMA securities are guaranteed by the full faith and credit of the United States, while FNMA and FHLMC securities are fully guaranteed by those respective United States government-sponsored agencies, and conditionally guaranteed by the full faith and credit of the United States government.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

PlainsCapital Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

4. Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses

Loans summarized by category as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, are as follows (in thousands):

 

     2008     2007  

Commercial and agricultural

   $ 1,262,456     $ 1,028,332  

Lease financing

     101,902       148,780  

Construction and land development

     585,320       704,321  

Real estate

     839,099       678,618  

Securities (primarily margin loans)

     129,638       4,696  

Consumer

     51,091       36,082  
                
     2,969,506       2,600,829  

Unearned income

     (3,887 )     (3,467 )

Allowance for loan losses

     (40,672 )     (26,517 )
                
   $ 2,924,947     $ 2,570,845  
                

Impaired (nonaccrual) loans totaled approximately $46.8 million and $17.2 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. At December 31, 2008, an allowance for loan loss of approximately $23.7 million was associated with $44.7 million of impaired loans. At December 31, 2007, an allowance for loan loss of approximately $4.5 million was associated with $13.8 million of impaired loans. The average balance of impaired loans in 2008, 2007 and 2006 was approximately $35.3 million, $15.5 million and $8.6 million, respectively. Interest income recorded on impaired loans in 2008, 2007 and 2006 was nominal.

At December 31, 2008, PCB had real estate loans of approximately $2.4 million and commercial loans of $1.2 million that were more than 90 days past due, but upon which PCB continued to accrue interest. Accrued interest receivable on these loans at December 31, 2008, was $0.1 million. Subsequent to December 31, 2008, PCB reclassified $2.9 million of the loans to nonaccrual status. PCB has received payments on the remaining $0.7 million of loans and has removed the loans from past due status.

PCL’s net investment in lease financing at December 31, 2008 and 2007 is shown in the following table (in thousands).

 

     2008     2007  

Future minimum lease payments

   $ 110,405     $ 164,312  

Unguaranteed residual value

     369       979  

Guaranteed residual value

     2,768       3,256  

Initial direct costs, net of amortization

     589       1,131  

Unearned income

     (12,229 )     (20,898 )
                
   $ 101,902     $ 148,780  
                

 

F-21


Table of Contents

PlainsCapital Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

4. Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses (continued)

 

PCL expects to receive future minimum lease payments in 2009 through 2013 and in the aggregate thereafter as follows (in thousands).

 

2009

   $ 47,334

2010

     33,402

2011

     18,450

2012

     7,704

2013

     3,053

Thereafter

     462
      
   $ 110,405
      

At December 31, 2008, PCL had lease financing receivables of approximately $0.3 million that were more than 90 days past due, but upon which PCL continued to accrue interest. Accrued interest receivable on the loans at December 31, 2008, was less than $50,000. Subsequent to December 31, 2008, $0.2 million of these leases are current, while the remaining $0.1 million of the leases continue to be 90 days past due.

Changes in the allowance for loan losses for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 were as follows (in thousands):

 

     2008     2007     2006  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 26,517     $ 24,722     $ 22,666  

Provision charged to operations

     22,818       5,517       5,049  

Loans charged to allowance

     (11,658 )     (5,152 )     (3,855 )

Recoveries on charged-off loans

     1,715       1,430       862  

Additions due to acquisition

     1,280       —         —    
                        

Balance at end of year

   $ 40,672     $ 26,517     $ 24,722  
                        

The amount on the line captioned “Additions due to acquisition” is the amount of the allowance for loan losses for FSH at December 31, 2008. The acquisition of FSH is described in Note 2.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

PlainsCapital Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

5. Premises and Equipment

The cost and accumulated depreciation and amortization of premises and equipment at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, are summarized as follows (in thousands):

 

     2008     2007  

Land and premises

   $ 48,159     $ 41,067  

Furniture and equipment

     81,482       57,717  
                
     129,641       98,784  

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (72,305 )     (55,461 )
                
   $ 57,336     $ 43,323  
                

The amounts shown above include assets recorded under capital leases of $8.3 million and $3.8 million, net of accumulated amortization of $1.2 million and $0.7 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

Occupancy expense was reduced by rental income of approximately $0.4 million, $0.4 million and $0.5 million in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Depreciation and amortization expense on premises and equipment, which includes amortization of capital leases, amounted to $7.0 million, $7.0 million and $7.4 million in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

6. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 are summarized as follows (in thousands):

 

     2008     2007  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 37,107     $ 36,679  

Tax benefit related to earnout payments

     (621 )     —    

Additions from minority interest acquisition, net

     —         472  

Other, net

     —         (44 )
                
   $ 36,486     $ 37,107  
                

PCC acquired Prime in a 2000 transaction that included an earnout provision. A portion of the earnout payments were deductible interest expense for federal income tax purposes and reduced the goodwill originally recorded with respect to the earnout payments.

Other intangible assets at December 31, 2008, were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Gross
Intangible
Assets
   Accumulated
Amortization
    Net
Intangible
Assets

Core deposits

   $ 520    $ (438 )   $ 82

Noncompete agreements

     10      (10 )     —  

Customer relationships

     913      (913 )     —  
                     
   $ 1,443    $ (1,361 )   $ 82
                     

 

F-23


Table of Contents

PlainsCapital Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

6. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (continued)

 

Other intangible assets at December 31, 2007, were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Gross
Intangible
Assets
   Accumulated
Amortization
    Net
Intangible
Assets

Core deposits

   $ 520    $ (365 )   $ 155

Noncompete agreements

     10      (10 )     —  

Customer relationships

     913      (868 )     45
                     
   $ 1,443    $ (1,243 )   $ 200
                     

Other intangible assets are amortized on the straight-line method over their estimated lives, which range from 7 to 8 years. Amortization expense related to intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $0.1 million, $0.3 million and $0.3 million, respectively. The estimated aggregate future amortization expense for intangible assets remaining as of December 31, 2008, is as follows (in thousands):

 

2009

   $ 73

2010

     9
      
   $ 82
      

7. Deposits

Deposits at December 31, 2008 and 2007 are summarized as follows (in thousands):

 

     2008    2007

Noninterest-bearing demand

   $ 194,901    $ 480,052

Interest-bearing:

     

NOW accounts

     43,753      244,738

Money market

     970,477      314,942

Demand

     65,291      —  

Savings

     151,341      175,253

In foreign branches

     136,454      367,927

Time—$100,000 and over

     567,149      490,542

Time—brokered

     564,378      74,217

Time—other

     232,355      245,683
             
   $ 2,926,099    $ 2,393,354
             

 

F-24


Table of Contents

PlainsCapital Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

7. Deposits (continued)

 

At December 31, 2008, the scheduled maturities of interest-bearing time deposits are as follows (in thousands):

 

2009

   $ 1,169,639

2010

     54,476

2011

     22,683

2012

     111,282

2013 and thereafter

     5,802
      
   $ 1,363,882
      

8. Short-term Borrowings

Short-term borrowings at December 31, 2008 and 2007 were as follows (in thousands):

 

     2008    2007

Federal funds purchased

   $ 165,125    $ 116,475

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     73,327      46,585

Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) notes

     —        250,000

Short-term bank loans

     18,000      —  
             
   $ 256,452    $ 413,060
             

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase generally mature daily, on demand, or on some other short-term basis. PCB and FSC execute transactions to sell securities under agreements to repurchase with both their customers and broker/dealers. Securities involved in these transactions are held by PCB, FSC, or the dealer. Information concerning federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase for the periods ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 is shown in the following table (dollar amounts in thousands):

 

     2008     2007  

Average balance during the year

   $ 192,296     $ 86,411  

Average interest rate during the year

     1.90 %     4.67 %

Maximum month-end balance during the year

   $ 266,077     $ 163,060  

Securities underlying the agreements at year-end

    

Carrying value

   $ 54,394     $ 60,630  

Estimated fair value

   $ 54,684     $ 58,243  

FHLB notes mature over terms not exceeding 30 days and are secured by FHLB Dallas stock, nonspecified real estate loans, and certain specific commercial real estate loans. No FHLB notes were outstanding at December 31, 2008. The weighted average interest rate on the FHLB notes at December 31, 2007 was 4.18%.

FSH uses short-term bank loans periodically to finance securities owned, customers’ margin accounts, and other shorter operating activities. Interest on the borrowings varies with the federal funds rate. The weighted average interest rate on the borrowings at December 31, 2008 was 1.19%.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

PlainsCapital Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

9. Notes Payable

Notes payable at December 31, 2008 and 2007, consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     2008    2007

Federal Home Loan Bank Dallas advances

   $ 1,647    $ 1,756

Revolving credit line with JPMorgan Chase not to exceed $20,000,000. Facility matures August 1, 2009, with interest payable quarterly.

     18,000      6,500

Revolving credit line with JPMorgan Chase not to exceed $10,000,000. Advances under the facility are related to PlainsCapital Equity, LLC. Facility matures October 31, 2009, with interest payable quarterly.

     7,650      7,000

Term note with JPMorgan Chase, due September 1, 2009, with interest payable semi-annually.

     4,000      4,500

Term note with JPMorgan Chase, due October 27, 2013, with interest payable quarterly.

     500      500

Subordinated note with JPMorgan Chase, not to exceed $20,000,000. Facility matures October 27, 2013 with interest payable quarterly.

     20,000      20,000

FSH nonrecourse notes, due January 25, 2035 with interest payable quarterly.

     20,597      —  

Other FSH notes payable

     78,620      —  
             
   $ 151,014    $ 40,256
             

The revolving credit facilities maturing in August 2009 and October 2009, and the term notes due September 2009 and October 2013 bear interest at the JPMorgan Chase Prime Rate (Prime Rate) minus 0.75% (2.50% at December 31, 2008). These debt instruments are collateralized by the outstanding stock of PCB.

Advances under the subordinated note maturing in October 2013 bear interest at LIBOR plus 2.50% or, in the alternative, Prime minus 0.25%. The subordinated note is not collateralized. The rate on each of the outstanding advances under the subordinated note at December 31, 2008 was 3.00% (Prime Rate-based).

The agreements underlying the JPMorgan Chase debt include certain restrictive covenants, including limitations on the ability to incur additional debt, limitations on the disposition of assets, and requirements to maintain various financial ratios at acceptable levels. In the opinion of management, PCC was in compliance with these covenants at December 31, 2008.

In 2005, FSH participated in a monetization of future cash flows totaling $95.3 million from several tobacco companies owed to a law firm under a settlement agreement (Fee Award). In connection with the transaction, a special purpose entity that is consolidated with FSH under the provisions of FIN 46(R) issued $30.3 million of nonrecourse notes to finance the purchase of the Fee Award, the establishment of a reserve account and issuance costs. Cash flows from the settlement are the sole source of payment for the notes. The notes carry an interest rate of 8.58% that can increase to 10.08% under certain credit conditions.

At the closing of the acquisition described in Note 2, FSH had $78.6 million of notes payable that financed the auction rate securities FSH held prior to the acquisition. FSH used the proceeds received from the sale of the auction rate securities to PCB, as discussed in Note 2, to retire the notes payable in January 2009.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

PlainsCapital Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

9. Notes Payable (continued)

 

The following table summarizes information concerning FHLB Dallas advances in 2008 and 2007 (dollar amounts in thousands):

 

     2008     2007  

Balance outstanding at year-end

   $ 1,647     $ 1,756  

Average interest at year-end

     4.15 %     4.15 %

Maximum month-end balance during the year

   $ 101,729     $ 1,851  

Average balance during the year

   $ 51,970     $ 1,804  

Average interest rate during the year

     1.82 %     4.15 %

FHLB Dallas advances are collateralized by FHLB Dallas stock, nonspecified real estate loans, and certain specific commercial real estate loans. At December 31, 2008, PCB had available collateral of $636.9 million, including blanket collateral of $631.8 million and specified collateral of $5.1 million.

Scheduled maturities for notes payable outstanding at December 31, 2008, are as follows (in thousands):

 

     JPMorgan Chase
Revolving

Lines
   JPMorgan Chase
Subordinated and
Term Notes
   FHLB
Advances
   FSH
Notes
   Total

2009

   $ 25,650    $ 4,000      113      78,620    $ 108,383

2010

     —        —        1,534      —        1,534

2011

     —        —        —        —        —  

2012

     —        —        —        —        —  

2013 and thereafter

     —        20,500      —        20,597      41,097
                                  
   $ 25,650    $ 24,500    $ 1,647    $ 99,217    $ 151,014
                                  

 

F-27


Table of Contents

PlainsCapital Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

10. Junior Subordinated Debentures and Trust Preferred Securities

PCC has four Statutory Trusts, three of which were formed under the laws of the state of Connecticut and the fourth, PCC Statutory Trust IV, which was formed in February 2008 under the laws of the state of Delaware. The Trusts were created for the sole purpose of issuing and selling preferred securities and common securities, using the resulting proceeds to acquire junior subordinated debentures (the debentures) issued by PCC. Accordingly, the debentures are the sole assets of the Trusts, and payments under the debentures are the sole revenue of the Trusts. All of the common securities are owned by PCC; however, PCC is not the primary beneficiary of the Trusts. Accordingly, the Trusts are not included in PCC’s consolidated financial statements.

The Trusts have issued $65,000,000 of floating rate preferred securities and $2,012,000 of common securities and have invested the proceeds from the securities in floating rate debentures of PCC. Information regarding the PCC debentures is shown in the following table (amounts in thousands):

 

Investor

  

Issue Date

   Amount
PCC Statutory Trust I    July 31, 2001    $ 18,042
PCC Statutory Trust II    March 26, 2003    $ 18,042
PCC Statutory Trust III    September 17, 2003    $ 15,464
PCC Statutory Trust IV    February 22, 2008    $ 15,464

The stated term of the debentures is 30 years with interest payable quarterly. The rate on the debentures, which resets quarterly, is 3-month LIBOR plus an average spread of 3.22%. The total average interest rate at December 31, 2008 was 5.43%. The term, rate and other features of the preferred securities are the same as the debentures. PCC’s obligations under the debentures and related documents, taken together, constitute a full and unconditional guarantee of the Trust’s obligations under the preferred securities.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

PlainsCapital Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

11. Income Taxes

The income tax provision for 2008, 2007 and 2006 includes the following components (in thousands):

 

     2008     2007     2006  

Current provision

   $ 13,524     $ 18,780     $ 14,984  

Deferred income taxes

     (799 )     (3,876 )     (1,360 )
                        
   $ 12,725     $ 14,904     $ 13,624  
                        

The differences between income taxes computed using the statutory federal income tax rate and that shown in the consolidated statement of income for 2008, 2007 and 2006 are summarized as follows (in thousands):

 

     2008     2007     2006  

Computed tax at federal statutory rate

   $ 12,897     $ 15,224     $ 13,777  

Increase (decrease) in taxes resulting from:

      

Life insurance

     (249 )     (270 )     (269 )

Tax-exempt income, net

     (763 )     (563 )     (394 )

Provision for Internal Revenue Service matter

     —         1,406       500  

Franchise tax credit

     —         (1,110 )     —    

Miscellaneous items

     840       217       10  
                        
   $ 12,725     $ 14,904     $ 13,624  
                        

PCC adopted the provisions of FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an interpretation of FASB Statement 109 (FIN 48) on January 1, 2008. FIN 48 prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. Benefits from tax positions should be recognized in the financial statements only when it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained upon examination by the appropriate taxing authority that would have full knowledge of all relevant information. A tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is measured at the largest amount of cumulative benefit that is greater than fifty percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. Tax positions that previously failed to meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold should be recognized in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is met. Previously recognized tax positions that no longer meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold should be derecognized in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is no longer met. FIN 48 also provides guidance on the accounting for and disclosure of unrecognized tax benefits, interest and penalties. Adoption of FIN 48 did not have a significant effect on PCC’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

PCC files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and several U.S. state jurisdictions. PCC is no longer subject to U.S. federal income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2005.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

PlainsCapital Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

11. Income Taxes (continued)

 

The components of the net deferred tax asset included in other assets at December 31, 2008 and 2007 are summarized as follows (in thousands):

 

     2008     2007  

Deferred tax assets

    

Allowance for loan losses

   $ 14,235     $ 9,281  

Net other comprehensive loss

     —         601  

Loan fees

     1,289       1,211  

Franchise tax credit

     1,085       1,110  

Other

     4,515       1,873  
                
     21,124       14,076  

Deferred tax liabilities

    

Premises and equipment

     (3,807 )     (2,635 )

Net other comprehensive income

     (174 )     —    

Leases

     (3,316 )     (3,093 )
                
     (7,297 )     (5,728 )
                

Net deferred tax assets before valuation allowance for deferred tax assets

     13,827       8,348  

Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets

     —         —    
                

Net deferred tax assets

   $ 13,827     $ 8,348  
                

Deferred tax assets at December 31, 2008, include $5.5 million associated with the acquisition of FSH.

The Internal Revenue Service (IRS) examined the federal income tax returns for 1994 to 2000 of a partnership in which PFC has an ownership interest and proposed adjustments. In January 2006, PCC filed suit in the Federal Court of Claims regarding the proposed adjustments and in February 2008, PCC and the IRS agreed to a settlement. PCC was required to deposit approximately $6.8 million with the Court as part of its suit and had accrued the full amount due the IRS of approximately $7.4 million as of December 31, 2007.

During 2006 and 2007, the state of Texas amended its franchise tax law, which became effective on January 1, 2007. The transition provision allowed PCC to convert unused, unexpired Texas state net operating losses incurred under the previous franchise tax law into a tax credit that may be used to offset future tax liabilities over the next twenty years. The tax credit is $1.1 million, net of federal taxes, and was recorded as a deferred tax benefit in 2007.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

PlainsCapital Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

12. Employee Benefits

PCC and subsidiaries have a benefit plan that provides for elective deferrals by employees under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Employee contributions are determined by the level of employee participation and related salary levels per IRS regulations. PCC and subsidiaries match employee contributions to the plan based on the level of normal operating earnings and the amount of eligible employees’ contributions and salaries. The amount charged to operating expense for this matching contribution totaled $1.0 million in 2008, $0.6 million in 2007 and $0.8 million in 2006.

In September 2004, PCC established an Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP). Employees of PCC are eligible to participate in the ESOP, and employees of PCC subsidiaries are also eligible to participate if their respective subsidiary has elected to do so. Contributions by participating employers to the ESOP are discretionary. The ESOP may borrow money to purchase shares of PCC. As contributions are made to the ESOP, and any debt is repaid, shares are released for allocation to participant accounts on a pro rata basis to the repayment of associated debt.

At December 31, 2008, the ESOP owned 573,696 shares of PCC stock, including 106,904 shares that are unearned. The fair value of the unearned shares was $3.6 million ($34 per share). At December 31, 2007, the ESOP owned 573,951 shares of PCC stock, including 122,305 shares that were unearned. The fair value of the unearned shares at December 31, 2007 was $5.1 million ($42 per share).

For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, interest expense on ESOP debt was $0.2 million, $0.3 million and $0.4 million, respectively. During the same periods, the ESOP received approximately $36,000, $49,000 and $56,000 of dividends that were used for debt service. PCC and participating subsidiaries contributed $1.4 million, $1.2 million and $1.1 million to the ESOP for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. PCC charges contributions to operating expense.

PCB has a Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan to provide additional benefits for certain key officers. Pursuant to the plan, PCB is obligated to pay each participant or his beneficiaries a lump sum at such participant’s retirement, death, or disability. The estimated cost of the plan is being accrued over the period of active employment of the participants. PCC adopted the plan in 2001. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, $5.7 million and $5.0 million, respectively, had been accrued as a liability for benefits payable under the plan. The amount charged to operations in 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $0.7 million, $0.6 million and $0.6 million, respectively. Benefit accruals are funded annually in a Rabbi Trust in the first quarter following year-end. The assets of the Rabbi Trust consist primarily of marketable equity securities. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the assets of the Rabbi Trust are included in other assets at a book value of $4.7 million and $4.3 million, respectively.

PCB purchased $15 million of flexible premium universal life insurance in 2001 to help finance the annual expense incurred in providing various employee benefits. Insurance policies are with Jefferson Pilot and Mass Mutual. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the carrying value of the policies included in other assets was $19.8 million and $19.0 million, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, PCB recorded income of $0.8 million, $0.7 million, and $0.7 million related to the policies that was reported in other noninterest income.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

PlainsCapital Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

13. Related Party Transactions

In the ordinary course of business, PCB has granted loans to certain directors, executive officers, and their affiliates (collectively referred to as related parties) totaling $36.8 million at December 31, 2008 and $41.3 million at December 31, 2007. These loans were made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other unaffiliated persons and do not involve more than normal risk of collectibility. During 2008, total principal additions were $30.3 million and total principal payments were $34.8 million.

At December 31, 2008, PCB held deposits of related parties of approximately $53.0 million.

As discussed in Note 5, PCB had recorded assets under capital leases of $8.3 million and $3.8 million, net of accumulated amortization of $1.2 million and $0.7 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. A related party is the lessor in those capital leases. PCB has granted a loan to the related party, the amount of which is included in the amounts shown above.

PlainsCapital Equity, LLC (PCE) is a limited partner in certain limited partnerships which have received loans from PCB. PCB made those loans in the normal course of business, using underwriting standards and offering terms that are substantially the same as those used or offered to non-affiliated borrowers. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, PCB had outstanding loans of approximately $27.3 million and $8.3 million to limited partnerships in which PCE had a limited partnership interest. The investment of PCE in these limited partnerships was $3.6 million and $2.7 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

14. Commitments and Contingencies

PCB acts as agent on behalf of certain correspondent banks in the purchase and sale of federal funds that aggregated zero and $39.9 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

Legal Matters

FSC has received subpoenas from the SEC and the Department of Justice (DOJ) in connection with an investigation of possible antitrust and securities law violation, including bid-rigging, in the procurement of guaranteed investment contracts and other investment products for the reinvestment of bond proceeds by municipalities. The investigation is industry-wide and includes approximately 30 or more firms, including some of the largest U.S. investment firms. FSC is cooperating with these investigations.

As a result of these investigations, FSC has been named as a co-defendant in a series of class action lawsuits and in some lawsuits brought by individual municipalities which seek to attach themselves based upon the SEC and DOJ investigation.

As part of an industry-wide inquiry by FINRA into sales practices related to auction rate bonds, FSC executed a term sheet in 2008 in which it agreed to pay a fine and buy back $41.6 million of auction rate bonds at par from a defined class of customers. The fine was paid in 2008 and the auction rate bonds were purchased from the customers in February 2009. FSC has recorded a liability of $3.8 million as of December 31, 2008 representing the loss relating to this settlement.

PCC and subsidiaries are defendants in various other legal matters arising in the normal course of business. Management believes that the ultimate liability, if any, arising from these matters will not materially affect the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

PlainsCapital Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

14. Commitments and Contingencies (continued)

 

Other Contingencies

PCC and its subsidiaries have entered into employment contracts with certain executive officers. The contracts provide for minimum annual salaries and additional compensation in the form of bonuses based on performance. The contracts originated at various dates, and some contain self-renewing terms of three years, subject to the option of PCC or the executive not to renew. The minimum aggregate commitment for future salaries, excluding bonuses, under these contracts at December 31, 2008, is approximately $4.8 million. These employment contracts also provide severance pay benefits if there is a change in control of PCC. PCC and subsidiaries have separate severance agreements with certain other senior officers that provide severance pay benefits if there is a change in control. The severance agreements with the other senior officers contain self-renewing terms of two years subject to the option of PCC or the officer not to renew. At December 31, 2008 , the aggregate contingent liability for severance pay benefits in the event of a change in control is approximately $27.6 million.

PCC and its subsidiaries lease space, primarily for branch facilities and automatic teller machines, under noncancelable operating leases with remaining terms, including renewal options, of 1 to 20 years and under capital leases with remaining terms of 13 to 20 years. Future minimum payments by year and in the aggregate under these leases are as follows at December 31, 2008 (in thousands):

 

     Operating Leases    Capital Leases  

2009

   $ 13,152    $ 715  

2010

     12,927      715  

2011

     11,286      725  

2012

     9,440      753  

2013

     7,612      778  

Thereafter

     28,462      9,287  
               

Total minimum lease payments

   $ 82,879      12,973  
         

Amount representing interest

        (4,322 )
           

Present value of minimum lease payments

      $ 8,651  
           

Rental expense under the operating leases was approximately $10.2 million, $8.7 million and $9.5 million in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

15. Financial Instruments with Off-Balance Sheet Risk

PCB and Prime are parties to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of their customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit which involve varying degrees of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated financial statements. Such financial instruments are recorded in the financial statements when they are funded or related fees are incurred or received. The contract amounts of those instruments reflect the extent of involvement (and therefore the exposure to credit loss) PCB and Prime have in particular classes of financial instruments.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

PlainsCapital Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

15. Financial Instruments with Off-Balance Sheet Risk (continued)

 

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer provided that the terms established in the contract are met. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates and may require payment of fees. Since some commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. These guarantees are primarily issued to support public and private borrowing arrangements. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan commitments to customers.

PCB and Prime had outstanding unused commitments to extend credit of $888.1 million at December 31, 2008. PCB had outstanding standby letters of credit of $38.1 million at December 31, 2008.

The companies use the same credit policies in making commitments and standby letters of credit as they do for on-balance sheet instruments. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary, upon extension of credit is based on management’s credit evaluation of the borrower. Collateral held varies but may include real estate, accounts receivable, marketable securities, interest-bearing deposit accounts, inventory, and property, plant, and equipment.

In the normal course of business, FSH executes, settles, and finances various securities transactions that may expose FSH to off-balance sheet risk in the event that a customer or counterparty does not fulfill its contractual obligations. Examples of such transactions include the sale of securities not yet purchased by customers or for the account of FSH, clearing agreements between FSH and various clearinghouses and broker/dealers, secured financing arrangements that involve pledged securities, and when-issued underwriting and purchase commitments.

16. Stock-Based Compensation

PCC and subsidiaries have four open incentive stock option plans that provide for the granting of stock options to officers and key employees. The plans are described below. Compensation cost related to the stock option plans was approximately $0.1 million, $0.2 million and $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The income tax benefit related to share-based compensation was approximately $31,000, $60,000 and $36,000 in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

At December 31, 2008, unrecognized cost related to the stock option plans was approximately $0.1 million. PCC expects to recognize that cost over a weighted-average period of approximately 6 months.

The acquisition described in Note 2 includes a provision whereby FSH stock options that were outstanding and unexercised at the acquisition date would be converted into PCC stock options on the same terms and conditions, including vesting conditions, as the FSH options they replaced. At December 31, 2008, outstanding and unexercised FSH stock options were convertible into 95,122 PCC stock options with a weighted-average exercise price of $13.59. This provision of the acquisition constitutes a modification of the FSH stock options, and will be accounted for as such by PCC. The converted options are being valued and the result of that valuation will be included in the final purchase price allocation of the acquisition.

The stock option plans were established in 2001, 2003, 2005 and 2007. Each of the plans originally provided for option grants that could result in the issuance of up to 50,000 shares of common stock, subject to increase or decrease in the event of a stock dividend or stock split. As a result of the acquisition, the 2007 plan was amended in December 2008 to allow grants that could result in the issuance of up to 150,000 shares of PCC stock. At December 31, 2008, a total of 159,098 shares were available for grant under these plans, including the shares issuable to FSH option holders under the provisions of the acquisition. PCC typically issues new shares upon exercise of option grants.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

PlainsCapital Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

16. Stock-Based Compensation (continued)

 

The exercise price of all common stock subject to options granted under these plans will not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant, unless an option is granted to a person who owns more than 10% of the common stock, in which case the exercise price will not be less than 110% of the fair market value of the common stock subject to the options granted. Options granted expire in no more than ten years, unless an option is granted to a person who owns more than 10% of the common stock, in which case the options granted expire in no more than five years, or upon the termination of employment unless (i) the optionee retires, after which time he will have three months from the date of his retirement to exercise his options, or (ii) the optionee dies, after which time his legal representatives have the privilege for a period of six months after his death to exercise his options. Options granted prior to December 31, 2006, vested in six months. Beginning in January 2006, option grants vest in two years, except, as noted above for grants made under the provisions of the acquisition.

The weighted-average grant date fair value of options granted during 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $11.26, $11.11 and $9.92, respectively. PCC uses a Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate the fair value of each option award on the date of grant. Risk-free rates are derived from yields on U.S. Treasury strips (zero-coupon bonds) on the date options are granted. The expected term of options granted is based on an analysis of historical exercise data and represents the expected period of time that options are to be outstanding. Expected volatility is based on historical volatility of PCC’s stock. The estimates for expected term and expected volatility are reviewed annually. Weighted-average values used to estimate the fair value of options granted are shown in the following table:

 

     2008    2007    2006

Risk-free interest rate

   3.96% to 4.37%    4.31% to 5.23%    4.53% to 5.30%

Expected term (years)

   5    5    5

Expected volatility

   23%    24%    25%

Dividend yield

   1.33%    1.33%    1.50%

Information regarding these stock option plans in 2008 and 2007 is as follows:

 

     2008    2007
     Shares     Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
   Shares     Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

Outstanding, January 1

   210,765     $ 28.71    213,102     $ 26.65

Granted

   7,750       37.50    23,100       41.90

Exercised

   (10,783 )     23.88    (22,017 )     21.35

Cancellations and expirations

   (12,573 )     34.37    (3,420 )     36.88
                 

Outstanding, December 31

   195,159       28.96    210,765       28.71
                 

Exercisable, December 31

   168,409       27.10    169,115       25.93
                 

The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the year ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $0.2 million, $0.4 million and $1.8 million, respectively. At December 31, 2008, the intrinsic value of options outstanding was $1.0 million and the intrinsic value of exercisable shares was $1.2 million. The total fair value of share awards vested was $0.5 million in 2008, zero in 2007 and $1.0 million in 2006.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

PlainsCapital Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

16. Stock-Based Compensation (continued)

 

Details of PCC’s stock options outstanding at December 31, 2008, are as follows:

 

Range of
Exercise Prices

  Outstanding
Shares at
December 31,
2008
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
  Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (years)
  Exercisable
Shares at
December 31,
2008
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
  Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (years)
Less than $20.00   11,818   $ 14.78   0.7   11,818   $ 14.78   0.7
$20.01 - $25.00   70,393     21.12   3.5   70,393     21.12   3.5
$25.01 - $30.00   10,800     27.55   4.9   10,800     27.55   4.9
$30.01 - $35.00   41,985     32.64   6.2   41,985     32.64   6.2
$35.01 - $40.00   41,163     37.04   7.4   33,413     36.94   6.9
$40.01 - $45.00   19,000     42.00   8.5   —       —     —  
               
Total   195,159     28.96   5.3   168,409     27.10   4.2
               

On December 17, 2008, PCC granted 176,000 shares of restricted stock to a group of officers and key employees. The aggregate grant date fair value of the restricted stock was approximately $6.0 million. The shares of restricted stock vest in equal annual installments over a seven year period. At December 31, 2008, unrecognized cost related to the restricted stock was approximately $6.0 million. PCC expects to recognize that cost as compensation expense over a period of 7 years.

In February 2009, PCC granted 38,500 options from its 2007, 2005, 2003 and 2001 stock option plans at an exercise price of $34 per share.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

PlainsCapital Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

17. Regulatory Matters

PCB and PCC are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory—and possibly additional discretionary—actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct, material effect on the consolidated financial statements. The regulations require the companies to meet specific capital adequacy guidelines that involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the companies to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to total average assets (as defined), and minimum ratios of Tier 1 and total capital (as defined) to risk-weighted assets (as defined). A comparison of PCB’s and PCC’s actual capital amounts and ratios to the minimum requirements is as follows (dollar amounts in thousands):

 

     At December 31, 2008  
     Required     Actual  
     Amount    Ratio     Amount    Ratio  

PCB:

          

Tier 1 capital (to average assets)

   $ 134,729    4 %   $ 456,567    13.6 %

Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)

     133,404    4 %     456,567    13.7 %

Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)

     266,808    8 %     497,239    14.9 %

PCC:

          

Tier 1 capital (to average assets)

   $ 134,986    4 %   $ 428,897    12.7 %

Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)

     133,669    4 %     428,897    12.8 %

Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)

     267,338    8 %     485,569    14.5 %
     At December 31, 2007  
     Required     Actual  
     Amount    Ratio     Amount    Ratio  

PCB:

          

Tier 1 capital (to average assets)

   $ 123,107    4 %   $ 266,795    8.7 %

Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)

     110,145    4 %     266,795    9.7 %

Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)

     220,290    8 %     293,312    10.7 %

PCC:

          

Tier 1 capital (to average assets)

   $ 123,557    4 %   $ 248,985    8.1 %

Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)

     110,797    4 %     248,985    9.0 %

Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)

     221,594    8 %     295,502    10.7 %

 

F-37


Table of Contents

PlainsCapital Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

17. Regulatory Matters (continued)

 

A reconciliation of book capital to Tier 1 and total capital (as defined) is as follows (in thousands):

 

     At December 31, 2008  
     PCB     PCC  

Total capital per books

   $ 488,688     $ 399,815  

Add:

    

Minority interests

     466       1,709  

Trust preferred securities

     —         65,000  

Net unrealized holding losses on securities available for sale and held in trust

     (331 )     (331 )

Deduct:

    

Goodwill and other disallowed intangible assets

     (32,256 )     (36,568 )

Other

     —         (728 )
                

Tier 1 capital (as defined)

     456,567       428,897  

Add: Allowable Tier 2 capital

    

Allowance for loan losses

     40,672       40,672  

Qualifying subordinated debt

     —         16,000  
                

Total capital (as defined)

   $ 497,239     $ 485,569  
                
     At December 31, 2007  
     PCB     PCC  

Total capital per books

   $ 298,106     $ 233,890  

Add:

    

Minority interests

     466       1,849  

Trust preferred securities

     —         50,000  

Net unrealized holding losses on securities available for sale and held in trust

     1,173       1,173  

Deduct:

    

Goodwill and other disallowed intangible assets

     (32,950 )     (37,307 )

Other

     —         (620 )
                

Tier 1 capital (as defined)

     266,795       248,985  

Add: Allowable Tier 2 capital

    

Allowance for loan losses

     26,517       26,517  

Qualifying subordinated debt

     —         20,000  
                

Total capital (as defined)

   $ 293,312     $ 295,502  
                

 

F-38


Table of Contents

PlainsCapital Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

17. Regulatory Matters (continued)

 

To be considered adequately capitalized (as defined) under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, PCB must maintain minimum Tier 1 capital to total average assets and Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets ratios of 4%, and a total capital to risk-weighted assets ratio of 8%. Based on the actual capital amounts and ratios shown in the table above, PCB’s ratios place it in the well capitalized (as defined) capital category under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. The minimum required capital amounts and ratios for the well capitalized category are summarized as follows (dollar amounts in thousands):

 

     December 31, 2008
Required
    December 31, 2007
Required
 
     Amount    Ratio     Amount    Ratio  

PCB:

          

Tier 1 capital (to average assets)

   $ 168,411    5 %   $ 153,884    5 %

Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)

     200,106    6 %     165,217    6 %

Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)

     333,510    10 %     275,362    10 %

As a mortgage originator, Prime is subject to minimum net worth requirements. In addition, FSH and PlainsCapital Securities, LLC are subject to minimum net worth requirements as broker-dealers. At December 31, 2008, these entities were in compliance with their respective requirements.

18. Stockholders’ Equity

PCB is subject to certain restrictions on the amount of dividends it may declare without prior regulatory approval. At December 31, 2008, approximately $42.6 million of retained earnings was available for dividend declaration without prior regulatory approval.

19. Cash and Due from Banks

Cash and due from banks consisted of the following:

 

     At December 31,
     2008    2007

Cash on hand

   $ 23,346    $ 19,121

Clearings and collection items

     35,446      56,181

Deposits at Federal Reserve Bank

     26,749      16,756

Deposits at Federal Home Loan Bank

     1,076      1,194

Deposits in FDIC-insured institutions under $100,000, individually

     1,849      571

Deposits in FDIC-insured institutions over $100,000

     4,319      2,493
             
   $ 92,785    $ 96,316
             

The amounts above include interest-bearing deposits of $15.9 million and $3.5 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

Cash on hand and deposits at the Federal Reserve Bank satisfy regulatory reserve requirements at December 31, 2008 and 2007.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

PlainsCapital Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

20. Fair Value Measurements

SFAS 157

On January 1, 2008, PCC adopted SFAS 157, Fair Value Measurements . SFAS 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS 157 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. SFAS 157 assumes that transactions upon which fair value measurements are based occur in the principal market for the asset or liability being measured. Further, fair value measurements made under SFAS 157 exclude transaction costs and are not the result of forced transactions.

SFAS creates a fair value hierarchy that classifies fair value measurements based upon the inputs used in valuing the assets or liabilities that are the subject of fair value measurements. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs, as indicated below.

 

   

Level 1 Inputs : Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that PCC can access at the measurement date.

 

   

Level 2 Inputs : Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices. Level 2 inputs include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability (e.g. interest rates and credit risks), and inputs that are derived from or corroborated by market data, among others.

 

   

Level 3 Inputs : Unobservable inputs that reflect an entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the assets or liabilities. Level 3 inputs include pricing models and discounted cash flow techniques, among others .

SFAS 159

On January 1, 2008, PCC adopted SFAS 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities . SFAS 159 permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. PCC has elected to measure substantially all of Prime’s mortgage loans held for sale and certain time deposits at fair value. PCC elected to apply the provisions of SFAS 159 to these items so that it would have the opportunity to mitigate volatility in reported earnings caused by measuring related assets and liabilities differently without having to apply complex hedge accounting provisions. PCC determines the fair value of the financial instruments accounted for under the provisions of SFAS 159 in compliance with the provisions of SFAS 157 discussed above.

At December 31, 2008, the aggregate fair value of Prime loans held for sale accounted for under a SFAS 159 fair value option was $192.3 million, while the unpaid principal balance of those loans was $188.1 million. The fair value excludes interest, which is reported as interest income on loans in the income statement.

PCC holds a number of financial instruments that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis, either by the application of SFAS 159 or other authoritative pronouncements. The fair values of those instruments are determined as described below.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

PlainsCapital Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

20. Fair Value Measurements (continued)

 

Loans Held for Sale – Mortgage loans held for sale are reported at fair value, as discussed above, using Level 2 inputs that consist of commitments on hand from investors or prevailing market prices. These instruments are held for relatively short periods, typically no more than 30 days. As a result, changes in instrument-specific credit risk are not a significant component of the change in fair value.

Securities Available for Sale – Most securities available for sale are reported at fair value using Level 2 inputs. PCC obtains fair value measurements from an independent pricing service. The fair value measurements consider observable data that may include dealer quotes, market spreads, cash flows, the U.S. Treasury yield curve, live trading levels, trade execution data, market consensus prepayment speeds, credit information and the financial instruments’ terms and conditions, among other things. At December 31, 2008, PCC held one mortgage-backed security issued by FNMA that the pricing service was unable to price due to the terms and conditions of the instrument. As a result, the pricing service determined that fair value was equal to book value using Level 3 inputs. In addition, auction rate securities purchased as a result of the FSH acquisition were valued using Level 3 inputs, as discussed in Acquisition , below.

Trading Securities – Trading securities are reported at fair value using Level 2 inputs in the same manner as discussed previously for securities available for sale.

Deposits – As discussed previously, certain time deposits are reported at fair value by virtue of an election under the provisions of SFAS 159. Fair values are determined using Level 2 inputs that consist of observable rates paid on instruments of the same tenor in the brokered certificate of deposit market.

Derivatives – Derivatives are reported at fair value using Level 2 inputs. PCC uses dealer quotes to determine the fair value interest rate swaps used to hedge time deposits and certain customer contracts. Prime uses dealer quotes to value forward purchase commitments executed for both hedging and non-hedging purposes. Prime also issues IRLCs to its customers that it values based on the change in the fair value of the underlying mortgage loan from inception of the IRLC to the balance sheet date. Prime determines the value of the underlying mortgage loan as discussed in Loans Held for Sale , above.

The following table presents information regarding financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, including changes in fair value for those instruments that are reported at fair value under an election under the provisions of SFAS 159 (in thousands).

 

     At December 31, 2008     Changes in Fair Value for Assets and
Liabilities Reported at Fair Value under
Provisions of SFAS 159 For the Year Ended
December 31, 2008
     Level 1
Inputs
   Level 2
Inputs
    Level 3
Inputs
   Total
Fair Value
    Net Gains from
Sale of Loans
   Other
Noninterest
Income
   Total
Changes in
Fair Value

Loans held for sale

   $ —      $ 192,260     $ —      $ 192,260     $ 4,118    $ —      $ 4,118

Securities available for sale

     —        119,755       46,802      166,557       —        —        —  

Trading securities

     —        1,561       —        1,561       —        —        —  

Derivative assets

     —        4,387       —        4,387       —        —        —  

Deposits

     —        1,757       —        1,757       —        72      72

Derivative liabilities

     —        (56 )     —        (56 )     —        —        —  

 

F-41


Table of Contents

PlainsCapital Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

20. Fair Value Measurements (continued)

 

PCC also determines the fair value of assets and liabilities on a non-recurring basis. For example, facts and circumstances may dictate a fair value measurement when there is evidence of impairment. Assets and liabilities measured on a non-recurring basis include the items discussed below.

Acquisition – As discussed in Note 2, the assets and liabilities of FSH are included, at estimated fair value, in the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2008, the acquisition date. In addition, auction rate securities held by First Southwest prior to the merger were purchased by PCB at the closing of the acquisition on December 31, 2008. The estimated fair value of the auction rate securities was determined by a third-party valuation specialist using Level 3 inputs, primarily due to the lack of observable market data. Inputs for the valuation were developed using terms of the auction rate securities, market interest rates, asset appropriate credit transition matrices and recovery rates, and assumptions regarding the term to maturity of the auction rate securities.

Impaired (Non-accrual) Loans – PCC reports non-accrual loans at fair value through charges against the allowance for loan losses. PCC determines fair value using Level 2 inputs consisting of observable loss experience for similar loans. At December 31, 2008, loans with a carrying amount of $44.7 million had been reduced by charges to the allowance for loan losses of $23.7 million, resulting in a reported fair value of $21.0 million.

Other Real Estate Owned – PCC reports other real estate owned at fair value through use of valuation allowances that are charged against the allowance for loan losses or earnings as applicable. PCC determines fair value using Level 2 inputs consisting of independent appraisals. At December 31, 2008, the fair value of other real estate owned was $9.6 million.

SFAS 107, Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments, requires disclosure of the fair value of financial assets and liabilities, including the financial assets and liabilities previously discussed. The methods for determining estimated fair value for financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring or non-recurring basis are discussed above. For other financial assets and liabilities, PCC quoted market prices, if available, to estimate of the fair value of financial instruments. Because no quoted market prices exist for a significant portion of PCC’s financial instruments, the fair value of such instruments has been derived based on management’s assumptions with respect to future economic conditions, the amount and timing of future cash flows, and estimated discount rates. Different assumptions could significantly affect these estimates. Accordingly, the estimates provided herein do not necessarily indicate amounts which could be realized in a current transaction. Further, as it is management’s intent to hold a significant portion of its financial instruments to maturity, it is not probable that the fair values shown below will be realized in a current transaction.

Because of the wide range of permissible valuation techniques and the numerous estimates which must be made, it may be difficult to make reasonable comparisons of PCC’s fair value information to that of other financial institutions. The aggregate estimated fair value amount should in no way be construed as representative of the underlying value of PCC and its subsidiaries.

The following methods and assumptions were used in estimating the fair value disclosures for financial instruments:

Cash and Short-Term Investments – For cash and due from banks and federal funds sold, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.

Assets Segregated for Regulatory Purposes – For assets segregated for regulatory purposes, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

PlainsCapital Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

20. Fair Value Measurements (continued)

 

Loans Held for Sale – Estimated fair values of loans held for sale are based on commitments on hand from investors or prevailing market prices. The carrying amount of mortgage loans held for sale has been adjusted to fair value under the provisions of SFAS 159.

Securities – For securities held to maturity, estimated fair value equals quoted market price, if available. If a quoted market price is not available, fair value is estimated using quoted market prices for similar securities. For securities available for sale and trading securities, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.

Loans – The fair value of loans is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the same remaining maturities.

Broker/Dealer and Clearing Organization Receivables – The carrying amount approximates fair value.

Fee Award Receivable – The carrying amount approximates fair value.

Cash Surrender Value of Life Insurance Policies and Accrued Interest – The carrying amounts approximate their fair values.

Deposit Liabilities – The estimated fair value of demand deposits, savings accounts, and NOW accounts is the amount payable on demand at the reporting date. The fair value of fixed-maturity certificates of deposit is estimated using the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities. The carrying amount for variable-rate certificates of deposit approximates their fair values.

Broker/Dealer and Clearing Organization Payables – The carrying amount approximates fair value.

Short-Term Borrowings – The carrying amounts of federal funds purchased, and borrowings under repurchase agreements and other short-term borrowings approximate their fair values.

Debt – The fair values are estimated using discounted cash flow analysis based on PCC’s current incremental borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

PlainsCapital Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

20. Fair Value Measurements (continued)

 

The estimated fair values of PCC’s financial instruments are shown below (in thousands):

 

     At December 31, 2008     At December 31, 2007  
     Carrying
Amount
    Estimated
Fair Value
    Carrying
Amount
    Estimated
Fair Value
 

Financial assets

        

Cash and short-term investments

   $ 114,571     $ 114,571     $ 126,422     $ 126,422  

Assets segregated for regulatory purposes

     11,500       11,500       —         —    

Loans held for sale

     198,866       198,866       100,015       100,015  

Securities

     385,327       385,137       191,175       189,268  

Loans, net

     2,924,947       2,965,364       2,570,845       2,595,072  

Broker/dealer and clearing organization receivables

     45,331       45,331       —         —    

Fee award receivable

     21,544       21,544       —         —    

Cash surrender value of life insurance policies

     20,698       20,698       19,813       19,813  

Interest rate swaps and IRLCs

     4,387       4,387       (255 )     (255 )

Accrued interest receivable

     16,164       16,164       17,213       17,213  

Financial liabilities

        

Deposits

     2,926,099       3,137,686       2,393,354       2,399,746  

Broker/dealer and clearing organization payables

     59,203       59,203       —         —    

Short-term borrowings

     256,452       256,452       413,060       413,060  

Debt

     221,450       221,450       95,050       95,050  

Forward purchase commitments

     (56 )     (56 )     1,511       1,511  

Accrued interest payable

     5,930       5,930       8,491       8,491  

The deferred income amounts arising from unrecognized financial instruments are not significant. Also, these financial instruments have contractual interest rates at or above current market rates. Therefore, no fair value disclosure is provided for these items.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

PlainsCapital Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

21. Derivative Financial Instruments

PCB and Prime use various derivative financial instruments to mitigate interest rate risk or to hedge specified assets and liabilities. PCB’s interest rate risk management strategy involves modifying the re-pricing characteristics of certain assets and liabilities so that changes in interest rates do not adversely affect the net interest margin. Prime has interest rate risk relative to its inventory of mortgage loans held for sale and IRLCs. Prime is exposed to such rate risk from the time an IRLC is made to an applicant to the time the related mortgage loan is sold.

Fair Value Hedges

PCB entered into interest rate swap agreements to convert certain fixed rate brokered certificates of deposit to floating rate. To the extent that these swaps meet the criteria required to qualify for the shortcut method of accounting under SFAS No. 133, PCB assumes no ineffectiveness in these hedging relationships and fair value changes in the interest rate swaps are recorded as changes in the value of both the swap and hedged items. If the relationships fail to qualify for the shortcut method, PCB records changes in the fair value of the swaps in current earnings.

Prime has executed forward purchase commitments to sell mortgage loans. Prior to January 1, 2008, a portion of those forward purchase commitments were designated as fair value hedges of certain mortgage loans held for sale. The forward purchase commitments were highly effective in offsetting volatility in the fair value of closed mortgage loans caused by changes in interest rates. In compliance with SFAS No. 133, the forward purchase commitments were recorded on the consolidated balance sheets, in other liabilities, at fair value, and the carrying amount of hedged loans held for sale was adjusted to fair value as well. To the extent that the hedging relationships were ineffective (i.e. changes in the fair values of the forward purchase commitments and the hedged loans held for sale did not exactly offset), the ineffectiveness was recorded in current earnings. The amount of hedge ineffectiveness was not significant in 2007 and 2006. Prime ended its fair value hedging program upon the adoption of SFAS 159 on January 1, 2008.

Cash Flow Hedges

PCB entered into interest rate swap agreements to manage interest rate risk associated with certain customer contracts. The swaps were originally designated as cash flow hedges. The swaps were highly effective in offsetting future cash flow volatility caused by changes in interest rates. PCB has recorded the fair value of the swaps in other assets, and unrealized gains (losses) associated with the swaps in other comprehensive income.

Non-Hedging Derivative Instruments and SFAS 159

Prior to the Adoption of SFAS 159 – The portion of forward purchase commitments not designated as fair value hedges served to manage the interest rate risk associated with IRLCs. As discussed in Note 1, IRLCs are derivative instruments as defined by SFAS No. 133. Accordingly, the risk management activities related to the IRLCs did not qualify for hedge accounting under SFAS 133. As a result, the changes in the fair value of both the forward purchase commitments not designated as hedges and the IRLCs affected current earnings. The fair value of the IRLCs was recorded on the consolidated balance sheets in other assets, while the fair value of the forward purchase commitments was recorded in other liabilities. Changes in the fair values of these derivative instruments produced a net loss of approximately $149,000 for the year ended December 31, 2007, and a net gain of approximately $42,000 for the year ended December 31, 2006. The net gain or loss was recorded as a component of gain on sale of loans.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

PlainsCapital Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

21. Derivative Financial Instruments (continued)

 

Subsequent to the Adoption of SFAS 159 – As discussed in Note 20 PCC adopted SFAS 159 on January 1, 2008. At adoption, Prime elected to measure substantially all mortgage loans held for sale at fair value on a prospective basis. The election provides Prime the opportunity to mitigate volatility in reported earnings caused by measuring related assets and liabilities differently without applying complex hedge accounting provisions. Accordingly, Prime no longer applies hedge accounting under SFAS 133. The fair values of both IRLCs and purchase commitments are recorded in other assets or other liabilities, as appropriate. Changes in the fair values of these derivative instruments produced a net gain of approximately $3.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The net gain or loss was recorded as a component of gain on sale of loans.

Year-end derivative positions are presented in the following table (in thousands):

 

     At December 31, 2008     At December 31, 2007  
     Notional
Amount
   Estimated
Fair Value
    Notional
Amount
   Estimated
Fair Value
 

Derivative instruments designated as hedges

          

Interest rate swaps hedging brokered certificates of deposit

   $ —      $ —       $ 15,000    $ (182 )

Forward purchase commitments

     —        —         62,914      (1,480 )

Non-hedging derivative instruments

          

IRLCs

   $ 219,700    $ 5,019     $ 80,365    $ 18  

Interest rate swaps

     14,969      (140 )     13,000      (91 )

Forward purchase commitments

     280,795      (1,399 )     69,452      (30,376 )

PCB recorded unrealized gains (losses), net of reclassifications adjustments, on the swaps designated as cash flow hedges in other comprehensive income as shown in the following table (in thousands).

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2008     Year Ended December 31, 2007  
     Before-Tax
Amount
    Tax Benefit
(Expense)
   After-Tax
Amount
    Before-Tax
Amount
    Tax Benefit
(Expense)
    After-Tax
Amount
 

Change in market value

   $ —       $ —      $ —       $ 42     $ (15 )   $ 27  

Reclassification adjustments

     (19 )     7      (12 )     (27 )     9       (18 )
                                               

Other comprehensive income (loss)

   $ (19 )   $ 7    $ (12 )   $ 15     $ (6 )   $ 9  
                                               

Over the next twelve months, PCB estimates that approximately $20,000 of unrealized after-tax gains will be reclassified from other comprehensive income into interest income, representing the earnings volatility that is avoided by using the interest rate swaps.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

PlainsCapital Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

22. Other Noninterest Income and Expense

The following tables show the components of other noninterest income and expense for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 (in thousands).

 

     2008    2007    2006

Other noninterest income

        

Investment banking, advisory, brokerage and underwriting fees and commissions

   $ 3,591    $ 3,804    $ 3,481

Revenue from check and stored value cards

     1,557      1,320      1,070

Other

     5,670      7,017      6,223
                    
   $ 10,818    $ 12,141    $ 10,774
                    

Other noninterest expense

        

Marketing

   $ 9,002    $ 5,928    $ 4,002

Data processing

     2,438      2,088      1,837

Printing, stationery and supplies

     1,392      1,173      1,434

Funding fees

     1,785      1,352      1,490

Unreimbursed loan closing costs

     1,666      769      930

Other

     13,127      10,668      13,088
                    
   $ 29,410    $ 21,978    $ 22,781
                    

23. Preferred Stock

On December 19, 2008, PCC executed a Letter Agreement and the related Securities Purchase Agreement – Standard Terms (collectively, the Purchase Agreement) with the United States Department of the Treasury (Treasury) under the provisions of the Troubled Asset Relief Program (TARP) Capital Purchase Program. Under the terms of the Purchase Agreement, PCC issued 87,631 shares of its Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, liquidation preference $1,000 per share (Series A) and warrants to purchase 4,382 shares of its Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B, liquidation preference $1,000 per share, to the Treasury and received aggregate proceeds of $87.6 million. The Treasury immediately exercised the warrants to purchase the Series B preferred shares. PCC did not realize additional proceeds from the warrant exercise.

Both Series A and Series B qualify as Tier 1 capital for regulatory capital purposes. Series A pays cumulative dividends at a rate of 5% per annum until February 15, 2014 and 9% per annum thereafter. Series B pays cumulative dividends at a rate of 9% per annum.

On and after February 15, 2012, PCC may, at its option, subject to prior regulatory approval, redeem shares of Series A, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time, for cash at a per share amount equal to the sum of the liquidation preference per share plus any accrued and unpaid dividends to but excluding the redemption date. Prior to February 15, 2012, PCC may be allowed to redeem shares of Series A and Series B under terms and conditions to be determined by the Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with the Federal Reserve Bank. Regardless of the timing of any redemption, PCC may not redeem Series B shares until such time as all Series A shares have been redeemed.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

PlainsCapital Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

24. Segment and Related Information

PCC has three reportable segments that are organized primarily by the core products offered to the segments’ respective customers, although numerous opportunities for cross-selling exist between segments. The Banking segment includes the operations of PCB and PCL. The operations of Prime constitute the Mortgage Origination segment. The Financial Advisory segment is composed of Hester and, as of December 31, 2008, FSH. The operations of PCC and its remaining subsidiaries are included in “All Other and Eliminations.”

The following tables present information about the revenues, profits and assets of PCC’s reportable segments (in thousands). The assets of FSH are reflected in the Financial Advisory segment as of December 31, 2008. However, the operations of FSH will be reflected in the results of the Financial Advisory segment beginning January 1, 2009.

 

Income Statement Data

             
     Year Ended December 31, 2008
     Banking    Mortgage
Origination
   Financial
Advisory
   All Other and
Eliminations
    PCC
Consolidated

Interest income

   $ 196,409    $ 5,452    $ 11    $ (8,480 )   $ 193,392

Interest expense

     64,937      3,388      —        (2,256 )     66,069
                                   

Net interest income

     131,472      2,064      11      (6,224 )     127,323

Provision for loan losses

     22,818      —        —        —         22,818

Other noninterest income

     20,142      93,157      6,063      (296 )     119,066

Other noninterest expense

     84,498      83,446      4,956      13,822       186,722
                                   

Net income (loss) before taxes

     44,298      11,775      1,118      (20,342 )     36,849

Income tax provision (benefit)

     15,379      4,196      —        (6,850 )     12,725
                                   

Net income (loss)

   $ 28,919    $ 7,579    $ 1,118    $ (13,492 )   $ 24,124
                                   

Balance Sheet Data

             
     December 31, 2008
     Banking    Mortgage
Origination
   Financial
Advisory
   All Other and
Eliminations
    PCC
Consolidated

Cash and due from banks

   $ 93,190    $ 9,344    $ 5,554    $ (15,303 )   $ 92,785

Loans held for sale

     6,605      192,261      —        —         198,866

Securities

     383,766      —        1,561      —         385,327

Loans, net

     2,825,914      —        125,522      (26,489 )     2,924,947

Investment in subsidiaries

     394,942      —        —        (394,942 )     —  

Goodwill

     7,862      24,312      4,312      —         36,486

Other assets

     179,168      8,655      263,557      (137,795 )     313,585
                                   

Total assets

   $ 3,891,447    $ 234,572    $ 400,506    $ (574,529 )   $ 3,951,996
                                   

Deposits

   $ 2,870,304    $ —      $ 82,079    $ (26,284 )   $ 2,926,099

Short-term borrowings

     219,952      —        36,500      —         256,452

Notes payable

     102,666      182,061      124,217      (257,930 )     151,014

Junior subordinated debentures

     —        —        —        67,012       67,012

Other liabilities

     200,968      14,598      90,933      (154,895 )     151,604

Stockholder’s equity

     497,557      37,913      66,777      (202,432 )     399,815
                                   

Total liabilities and stockholder’s equity

   $ 3,891,447    $ 234,572    $ 400,506    $ (574,529 )   $ 3,951,996
                                   

 

F-48


Table of Contents

PlainsCapital Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

24. Segment and Related Information (continued)

 

 

Income Statement Data

  
     Year Ended December 31, 2007
     Banking    Mortgage
Origination
   Financial
Advisory
   All Other and
Eliminations
    PCC
Consolidated

Interest income

   $ 228,592    $ 5,109    $ 32    $ (12,838 )   $ 220,895

Interest expense

     107,269      3,528      —        (5,992 )     104,805
                                   

Net interest income

     121,323      1,581      32      (6,846 )     116,090

Provision for loan losses

     5,517      —        —        —         5,517

Other noninterest income

     18,281      58,978      6,427      595       84,281

Other noninterest expense

     76,133      58,137      5,071      12,017       151,358
                                   

Net income (loss) before taxes

     57,954      2,422      1,388      (18,268 )     43,496

Income tax provision (benefit)

     19,338      922      —        (5,356 )     14,904
                                   

Net income (loss)

   $ 38,616    $ 1,500    $ 1,388    $ (12,912 )   $ 28,592
                                   

 

Balance Sheet Data

  
     December 31, 2007
     Banking    Mortgage
Origination
   Financial
Advisory
   All Other and
Eliminations
    PCC
Consolidated

Cash and due from banks

   $ 102,298    $ 10,171    $ 1,563    $ (17,716 )   $ 96,316

Loans held for sale

     25,827      74,188      —        —         100,015

Securities

     191,175      —        —        —         191,175

Loans, net

     2,570,061      —        —        784       2,570,845

Investment in subsidiaries

     270,968      —        —        (270,968 )     —  

Goodwill

     7,862      24,933      4,312      —         37,107

Other assets

     156,148      4,231      508      26,518       187,405
                                   

Total assets

   $ 3,324,339    $ 113,523    $ 6,383    $ (261,382 )   $ 3,182,863
                                   

Deposits

   $ 2,416,022    $ —      $ —      $ (22,668 )   $ 2,393,354

Short-term borrowings

     413,060      —        —        —         413,060

Notes payable

     149,656      72,214      —        (181,614 )     40,256

Junior subordinated debentures

     —        —        —        51,548       51,548

Other liabilities

     42,070      5,353      439      2,893       50,755

Stockholder’s equity

     303,531      35,956      5,944      (111,541 )     233,890
                                   

Total liabilities and stockholder’s equity

   $ 3,324,339    $ 113,523    $ 6,383    $ (261,382 )   $ 3,182,863
                                   

 

F-49


Table of Contents

PlainsCapital Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

24. Segment and Related Information (continued)

 

Income Statement Data

  
     Year Ended December 31, 2006
     Banking    Mortgage
Origination
    Financial
Advisory
   All Other and
Eliminations
    PCC
Consolidated

Interest income

   $ 201,864    $ 8,827     $ 22    $ (17,901 )   $ 192,812

Interest expense

     90,544      7,202       —        (10,773 )     86,973
                                    

Net interest income

     111,320      1,625       22      (7,128 )     105,839

Provision for loan losses

     5,049      —         —        —         5,049

Other noninterest income

     16,306      79,975       5,799      (304 )     101,776

Other noninterest expense

     68,566      81,847       4,678      8,112       163,203
                                    

Net income (loss) before taxes

     54,011      (247 )     1,143      (15,544 )     39,363

Income tax provision (benefit)

     18,598      (9 )     —        (4,965 )     13,624
                                    

Net income (loss)

   $ 35,413    $ (238 )   $ 1,143    $ (10,579 )   $ 25,739
                                    

 

Balance Sheet Data

  
     December 31, 2006
     Banking    Mortgage
Origination
   Financial
Advisory
   All Other and
Eliminations
    PCC
Consolidated

Cash and due from banks

   $ 120,981    $ 18,262    $ 845    $ (23,376 )   $ 116,712

Loans held for sale

     25,701      101,138      —        —         126,839

Securities

     193,504      —        —        —         193,504

Loans, net

     2,179,461      —        —        (1,164 )     2,178,297

Investment in subsidiaries

     340,786      —        —        (340,786 )     —  

Goodwill

     7,435      24,933      4,312      —         36,680

Other assets

     203,921      5,912      588      18,244       228,665
                                   

Total assets

   $ 3,071,789    $ 150,245    $ 5,745    $ (347,082 )   $ 2,880,697
                                   

Deposits

   $ 2,525,156    $ —      $ —      $ (29,106 )   $ 2,496,050

Short-term borrowings

     44,977      —        —        —         44,977

Notes payable

     184,981      100,706      —        (249,827 )     35,860

Junior subordinated debentures

     —        —        —        51,548       51,548

Other liabilities

     41,680      11,087      299      (10,136 )     42,930

Stockholder’s equity

     274,995      38,452      5,446      (109,561 )     209,332
                                   

Total liabilities and stockholder’s equity

   $ 3,071,789    $ 150,245    $ 5,745    $ (347,082 )   $ 2,880,697
                                   

 

F-50


Table of Contents

PlainsCapital Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

25. Earnings per Share

The following table reconciles the number of shares used in the calculations of basic and diluted earnings per common share.

 

     2008    2007    2006

Weighted-average shares outstanding for basic earnings per share

   8,705,978    8,670,750    8,595,204

Dilutive effect of contingently issuable shares due to FSH acquisition

   1,550    —      —  

Dilutive effect of stock options and non-vested stock awards

   44,528    60,987    81,631
              

Weighted-average shares outstanding for diluted earnings per share

   8,752,056    8,731,737    8,676,835
              

The dilutive effect of the FSH contingent consideration shares may increase significantly in the weighted-average shares outstanding during the four-year contingency period.

The weighted-average shares outstanding used to compute diluted earnings per share do not include outstanding options of 33,050, 22,600 and 20,550 for the years ended 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The exercise price of the excluded options exceeded the average market price of PCC stock in the years shown. Accordingly, the assumed exercise of the excluded options would have been antidilutive.

26. Condensed Financial Statements of PCC

Condensed financial statements of PCC (parent only) follow. Investments in subsidiaries are determined using the equity method of accounting.

 

Condensed Statements of Income

      
     Years Ended December 31,  
     2008     2007     2006  

Income

      

Dividend income

      

From banks

   $ 20,000     $ 20,000     $ 13,000  

From nonbanks

     127       133       130  

Interest and other income

     399       278       1,986  
                        

Total income

     20,526       20,411       15,116  

Expense

      

Interest expense

     6,339       7,147       6,990  

Salaries and employee benefits

     8,227       7,284       6,371  

Other

     5,278       4,327       3,603  
                        

Total expense

     19,844       18,758       16,964  
                        

Income before income taxes and equity in net earnings of subsidiaries

     682       1,653       (1,848 )

Income tax benefit

     (6,718 )     (5,258 )     (4,877 )

Equity in net earnings of subsidiaries

     16,724       21,681       22,710  
                        

Net income

   $ 24,124     $ 28,592     $ 25,739  
                        

 

F-51


Table of Contents

PlainsCapital Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

26. Condensed Financial Statements of PCC (continued)

 

Condensed Balance Sheet

  
     December 31,
     2008    2007

Assets

     

Cash and due from banks

   $ 3,992    $ 986

Loans, net

     —        2,500

Investment in subsidiaries

     504,262      312,299

Premises and equipment, net

     2,132      2,016

Other assets

     10,788      17,134
             

Total assets

   $ 521,174    $ 334,935
             

Balances due to subsidiaries

   $ 68,388    $ 53,085

Notes payable

     50,150      38,500

Other liabilities

     2,821      9,460

Stockholder’s equity

     399,815      233,890
             

Total liabilities and stockholder’s equity

   $ 521,174    $ 334,935
             

 

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

  
     Years Ended December 31,  
     2008     2007     2006  

Operating activities

      

Net income

   $ 24,124     $ 28,592     $ 25,739  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used for) operating activities

      

Equity in net earnings of subsidiaries

     (16,724 )     (21,681 )     (22,710 )

Other, net

     (2,725 )     290       (9,166 )
                        

Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities

     4,675       7,201       (6,137 )
                        

Investing activities

      

Payments for investments in and advances to subsidiaries

     (115,295 )     (7,400 )     (10 )

Repayment of investments in and advances to subsidiaries

     2,058       2,342       2,590  

Other, net

     1,436       (2,912 )     (370 )
                        

Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities

     (111,801 )     (7,970 )     2,210  
                        

Financing activities

      

Proceeds from junior subordinated debentures

     15,464       —         —    

Proceeds from notes payable

     20,150       14,900       15,450  

Payments on notes payable

     (8,500 )     (10,400 )     (8,950 )

Proceeds from sale of preferred stock

     87,631       —         —    

Proceeds from sale of common stock

     258       641       1,428  

Dividends paid

     (5,313 )     (4,934 )     (4,905 )

Other, net

     442       1,110       427  
                        

Net cash provided by financing activities

     110,132       1,317       3,450  
                        

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     3,006       548       (477 )

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     986       438       915  
                        

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 3,992     $ 986     $ 438  
                        

 

F-52


Table of Contents

PlainsCapital Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

27. Recently Issued Accounting Standards

EITF 06-4

In September 2006, the FASB ratified the consensus reached by the Emerging Issues Task Force on EITF Issue No. 06-4, Accounting for Deferred Compensation and Postretirement Benefit Aspects of Endorsement Split-Dollar Life Insurance Arrangements . EITF 06-4 applies to split-dollar life insurance arrangements that provide a benefit to an employee that extends to postretirement periods. The consensus states that employers should recognize a liability for future benefits based on the substantive agreement with the employee.

PCC adopted EITF 06-4 on January 1, 2008. The cumulative effect of the adoption of EITF 06-4 reduced the balance of retained earnings at January 1, 2008, by $0.7 million.

SFAS 141(R)

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS 141(R), Business Combinations . SFAS 141(R) replaces SFAS 141, Business Combinations , and applies to all transactions and other events in which one entity obtains control over one or more other businesses. Departing from the cost-allocation process of SFAS 141, SFAS 141(R) requires an acquirer to recognize the assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree at the acquisition date, measured at their fair values as of that date. In particular, this provision would prohibit an acquirer of a financial institution from carrying over the acquired entity’s allowance for loan losses. In addition, contingent consideration is recognized and measured at fair value at the acquisition date under the provisions of SFAS 141(R), and acquisition related costs are expensed as incurred. SFAS 141(R) also distinguishes between assets acquired and liabilities assumed arising from contractual contingencies as of the acquisition date and assets or liabilities arising from all other contingencies, requiring different treatment for each type of contingency. SFAS 141(R) is effective for PCC on January 1, 2009. To the extent business combinations occur on or after the effective date, PCC’s accounting for those transactions will be significantly affected by the provisions of SFAS 141(R).

SFAS 160

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS 160, Noncontrolling Interest in Consolidated Financial Statements, an amendment of ARB Statement No. 5 . SFAS 160 amends Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51, Consolidated Financial Statements , to establish accounting and reporting standards for the noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary. SFAS 160 clarifies that a noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary, also referred to as minority interest, is an ownership interest in the consolidated entity that should be reported as a component of equity in the consolidated financial statements. Among other requirements, SFAS 160 requires consolidated net income to be reported at amounts that include the amounts attributable to both the parent and the minority interest. It also requires disclosure of the amounts of consolidated net income attributable to the parent and the minority interest on the face of the consolidated income statement. SFAS 160 is effective January 1, 2009, for PCC and is not expected to have a significant effect on its financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

 

F-53


Table of Contents

PlainsCapital Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

27. Recently Issued Accounting Standards (continued)

 

SFAS 161

In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS 161, Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, and Amendment of FASB Statement No. 133 . SFAS 161 amends SFAS 133, requiring expanded disclosure to provide greater transparency about (i) how and why an entity uses derivative instruments, (ii) how derivative instruments and related hedge items are accounted for under SFAS 133and its related interpretations, and (iii) how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows. To meet those objectives, SFAS 161 requires qualitative disclosures about objectives and strategies for using derivatives, quantitative disclosures about fair value amounts of gains and losses on derivative instruments and disclosures about credit-risk –related contingent features in derivative agreements. SFAS 161 is effective for PCC January 1, 2009 and is not expected to have a significant effect on its financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

 

F-54


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

EXHIBIT NO.

          

  3.1

       Second Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Plains Capital Corporation.

  3.2

       Amended and Restated Bylaws of Plains Capital Corporation.

  4.1

       Letter Agreement and Securities Purchase Agreement – Standard Terms incorporated therein, dated as of December 19, 2008, between Plains Capital Corporation and the United States Department of the Treasury.

  4.2

       Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust, dated as of July 31, 2001, by and among State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association, Plains Capital Corporation, and Alan B. White, George McCleskey, and Jeff Isom as Administrators.

  4.3

       First Amendment to Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust, dated as of August 7, 2006, between Plains Capital Corporation and U.S. Bank National Association.

  4.4

       Indenture, dated as of July 31, 2001, between Plains Capital Corporation and State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association.

  4.5

       First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of August 7, 2006, between Plains Capital Corporation and U.S. Bank National Association.

  4.6

       Amended and Restated Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debenture of Plains Capital Corporation, dated as of August 7, 2006, by Plains Capital Corporation in favor of U.S. Bank National Association.

  4.7

       Guarantee Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2001, between Plains Capital Corporation and State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association, as trustee.

  4.8

       First Amendment to Guarantee Agreement, dated as of August 7, 2006, between Plains Capital Corporation and U.S. Bank National Association.

  4.9

       Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust, dated as of March 26, 2003, by and among U.S. Bank National Association, Plains Capital Corporation, and Alan B. White, George McCleskey, and Jeff Isom as Administrators.

  4.10

       Indenture, dated as of March 26, 2003, between Plains Capital Corporation and U.S. Bank National Association.

  4.11

       Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debenture of Plains Capital Corporation, dated as of March 26, 2003, by Plains Capital Corporation in favor of U.S. Bank National Association.

  4.12

       Guarantee Agreement, dated as of March 26, 2003, between Plains Capital Corporation and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee.

  4.13

       Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust, dated as of September 17, 2003, by and among U.S. Bank National Association, Plains Capital Corporation, and Alan B. White, George McCleskey, and Jeff Isom as Administrators.

  4.14

       Indenture, dated as of September 17, 2003, between Plains Capital Corporation and U.S. Bank National Association.


Table of Contents

  4.15

       Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debenture of Plains Capital Corporation, dated as of September 17, 2003, by Plains Capital Corporation in favor of U.S. Bank National Association.

  4.16

       Guarantee Agreement, dated as of September 17, 2003, between Plains Capital Corporation and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee.

  4.17

       Amended and Restated Trust Agreement, dated as of February 22, 2008, by and among Plains Capital Corporation, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., Wells Fargo Delaware Trust Company, and Alan B. White, DeWayne Pierce, and Jeff Isom as Administrative Trustees.

  4.18

       Junior Subordinated Indenture, dated as of February 22, 2008, between Plains Capital Corporation and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

  4.19

       Plains Capital Corporation Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Note due 2038, dated as of February 22, 2008, by Plains Capital Corporation in favor of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee of the PCC Statutory Trust IV.

  4.20

       Guarantee Agreement, dated as of February 22, 2008, between Plains Capital Corporation and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

10.1

       Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of November 7, 2008, by and among Plains Capital Corporation, PlainsCapital Bank, First Southwest Holdings, Inc., and Hill A. Feinberg as Stockholders’ Representative.

10.2

       First Amendment to Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of December 8, 2008, by and among Plains Capital Corporation, PlainsCapital Bank, First Southwest Holdings, Inc., and Hill A. Feinberg as Stockholders’ Representative.

10.3

       Second Amendment to Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of December 8, 2008, by and among Plains Capital Corporation, PlainsCapital Bank, FSWH Acquisition LLC, First Southwest Holdings, Inc., and Hill A. Feinberg as Stockholders’ Representative.

10.4

       Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2009, between Plains Capital Corporation and Alan White.

10.5

       First Amendment to Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of March 2, 2009, between Plains Capital Corporation and Alan White.

10.6

       Employment Agreement, effective as of December 31, 2008, by and among First Southwest Holdings, LLC, Plains Capital Corporation and Hill A. Feinberg.

10.7

       First Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of March 2, 2009, by and among First Southwest Holdings, LLC, Plains Capital Corporation and Hill A. Feinberg.

10.8

       Employment Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2009, between Plains Capital Corporation and Jerry L. Schaffner.

10.9

       First Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of March 2, 2009, between Plains Capital Corporation and Jerry L. Schaffner.

10.10

       Employment Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2009, between Plains Capital Corporation and Jeff Isom.

10.11

       First Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of March 2, 2009, between Plains Capital Corporation and Jeff Isom.


Table of Contents

10.12

       Plains Capital Corporation Incentive Stock Option Plan, dated October 16, 1996 (the “1996 Incentive Stock Option Plan”).

10.13

       Plains Capital Corporation Incentive Stock Option Plan, dated March 25, 1998 (the “1998 Incentive Stock Option Plan”).

10.14

       Plains Capital Corporation Incentive Stock Option Plan, dated April 18, 2001 (the “2001 Incentive Stock Option Plan”).

10.15

       Plains Capital Corporation Incentive Stock Option Plan, dated March 25, 2003 (the “2003 Incentive Stock Option Plan”).

10.16

       Plains Capital Corporation 2005 Incentive Stock Option Plan, dated April 20, 2005.

10.17

       Amended and Restated Plains Capital Corporation 2007 Nonqualified and Incentive Stock Option Plan, dated December 31, 2008

10.18

       PNB Financial Bank Supplemental Executive Pension Plan, effective as of January 1, 2008.

10.19

       First Amendment to PlainsCapital Bank Supplemental Executive Pension Plan, effective as of March 19, 2009.

10.20

       Employee Stock Ownership Plan, effective January 1, 2004 and as amended and restated as of January 1, 2006.

10.21

       First Amendment to Plains Capital Corporation Employees’ Stock Ownership Plan, effective as of January 1, 2007.

10.22

       Second Amendment to Plains Capital Corporation Employees’ Stock Ownership Plan, dated as of December 1, 2008.

10.23

       Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreements for restricted stock awards issued to Messrs. Isom, Schaffner and White on December 17, 2008.

10.24

       Restricted Stock Award Agreement, effective as of December 31, 2008, between Plains Capital Corporation and Hill A. Feinberg.

10.25

       Form of Stock Option Agreement under the 1996 Incentive Stock Option Plan.

10.26

       Form of Stock Option Agreement under the 1998 Incentive Stock Option Plan.

10.27

       Form of Stock Option Agreement under the 2001 Incentive Stock Option Plan.

10.28

       Form of Stock Option Agreement under the 2003 Incentive Stock Option Plan.

10.29

       Form of Stock Option Agreement under the Plains Capital Corporation 2005 Incentive Stock Option Plan.

10.30

       Form of Stock Option Agreement under the Amended and Restated Plains Capital Corporation 2007 Nonqualified and Incentive Stock Option Plan.

10.31

       Amended and Restated Subordinate Credit Agreement, dated as of December 19, 2007, between JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Plains Capital Corporation.

10.32

       Second Amended and Restated Subordinate Promissory Note, dated as of December 19, 2007, by Plains Capital Corporation in favor of JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A.


Table of Contents

10.33

       Amended and Restated Loan Agreement, dated as of October 1, 2001, between Plains Capital Corporation and Bank One, NA.

10.34

       First Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan Agreement, dated as of August 1, 2002, between Plains Capital Corporation and Bank One, NA.

10.35

       Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan Agreement, dated as of August 1, 2003, between Plains Capital Corporation and Bank One, NA.

10.36

       Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2004, between Plains Capital Corporation and Bank One, NA.

10.37

       Fourth Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan Agreement, dated as of November 21, 2005, between Plains Capital Corporation and JPMorgan Chase Bank, NA.

10.38

       Fifth Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan Agreement, dated as of October 16, 2006, between Plains Capital Corporation and JPMorgan Chase Bank, NA.

10.39

       Sixth Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan Agreement, dated as of December 19, 2007, between Plains Capital Corporation and JPMorgan Chase Bank, NA.

10.40

       Commercial Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2000, by Plains Capital Corporation for the benefit of Bank One, Texas N.A.

10.41

       Third Amended and Restated Promissory Note, dated as of December 19, 2007, by Plains Capital Corporation in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, NA.

10.42

       Loan Agreement, dated as of September 22, 2004, between Bank One, NA and Plains Capital Corporation.

10.43

       Promissory Note, dated as of September 22, 2004, by Plains Capital Corporation in favor of Bank One, NA.

10.44

       Loan Agreement, dated as of October 27, 2004, between Plains Capital Corporation and Bank One, NA.

10.45

       Renewal, Extension and Modification Agreement, dated as of October 27, 2006, between Plains Capital Corporation and JPMorgan Chase Bank, NA.

10.46

       Amended and Restated Promissory Note, dated as of October 27, 2006, by Plains Capital Corporation in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, NA.

10.47

       Credit Agreement, dated as of October 13, 2006, between Plains Capital Corporation and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

10.48

       Line of Credit Note, dated as of October 14, 2008, by Plains Capital Corporation in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

10.49

       Office Lease, dated as of February 7, 2007, between Plains Capital Corporation and Block L Land, L.P.

10.50

       First Amendment to Office Lease, dated as of April 3, 2007, between Plains Capital Corporation and Block L Land, L.P.


Table of Contents

10.51

       Second Amendment to Office Lease, dated as of November 14, 2008, between Plains Capital Corporation and H/H Victory Holdings, L.P.

21.1

       Subsidiaries of Plains Capital Corporation.

Exhibit 3.1

SECOND RESTATED

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION

ARTICLE ONE

Plains Capital Corporation (the “ Corporation ”), pursuant to the provisions of Article 4.07 of the Texas Business Corporation Act (the “ TBCA ”), hereby adopts the following Second Restated Articles of Incorporation (the “ Second Restated Articles ”), which accurately copy the Restated Articles of Incorporation and all amendments thereto that are in effect to date and which contain no change in any provision thereof.

ARTICLE TWO

The name of the Corporation is Plains Capital Corporation. The filing number issued to the Corporation by the Secretary of State is 104355300.

ARTICLE THREE

Article IX of the Restated Articles of Incorporation is amended to state the number of directors now constituting the board of directors of the Corporation and the names and addresses of such directors.

ARTICLE FOUR

The amendments made in the Restated Articles of Incorporation have been approved in the manner required by the TBCA and the constituent documents of the Corporation.

ARTICLE FIVE

The Restated Articles of Incorporation and all amendments and supplements thereto are hereby superseded by the following Second Restated Articles which accurately copy the Restated Articles of Incorporation and all amendments thereto that are in effect to the date hereof and as further amended as above set forth:

SECOND RESTATED

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION

ARTICLE I

Name

The name of the corporation is Plains Capital Corporation.


ARTICLE II

Duration

The period of its duration is perpetual.

ARTICLE III

Purpose

The purpose or purposes for which the corporation is organized are:

 

  (a) To act as a bank holding company

 

  (b) For any lawful purpose.

 

  (c) To buy, sell, lease, and deal in services, personal property, and real property subject to Part IV of the Texas Miscellaneous Corporation Laws Act.

 

  (d) To do each and every thing necessary, suitable or proper for the accomplishment of any of the purposes or for the attainment of any one or more of the objects herein enumerated or which at any time appear conducive to or expedient for the protection or benefit of the corporation.

The foregoing clauses shall be construed as powers as well as objects and purposes, and the matter expressed in each clause shall, unless herein otherwise expressly provided, be in nowise limited by reference to or inference from the terms of any other clause, but shall be regarded as independent objects, purposes and powers, and shall not be construed to limit or restrict in any manner the meaning of the general terms or the general powers of the corporation.

ARTICLE IV

Shares

The aggregate number of shares of all classes of stock that the corporation shall have authority to issue is Fifty-Five Million (55,000,000), of which Fifty Million (50,000,000) shares of the par value of $10.00 per share shall be common stock and Five Million (5,000,000) shares of the par value of $1.00 per share shall be preferred stock issuable in series.

Shares designated as common stock shall have identical rights and privileges in every respect.

Shares of preferred stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series, the shares of each series to have such designations, powers, preferences, rights, qualifications, limitations and restrictions as are stated and expressed herein and in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issue of such series adopted by the Board of Directors as hereafter provided.

Authority is hereby expressly granted to the Board of Directors to authorize the issuance of the preferred stock from time to time in one or more series, and with respect to each series of

 

- 2 -


the preferred stock, to fix and determine by the resolution or resolutions from time to time adopted providing for the issuance thereof the number of shares to constitute the series and the designation thereof and any one or more of the following rights and preferences: (i) the rate of dividend; (ii) the price at and terms of and conditions on which shares may be redeemed; (iii) the amount payable upon shares in the event of involuntary liquidation; (iv) the amount payable upon shares in the event of voluntary liquidation; (v) sinking fund provisions (if any) for the redemption or repurchase of the shares; (vi) the terms and conditions on which shares may be converted, if the shares of any series are issued with the privilege of conversion; and (vii) voting rights (including the number of votes per share, the matters on which the shares can vote, and the contingencies that make the voting rights effective). The shares of each series of the preferred stock may vary from the shares of any other series thereof in any or all of the foregoing respects. The Board of Directors may increase the number of shares designated for any existing series by adding to such series authorized and unissued shares not designated for any other series. The Board of Directors may decrease the number of shares designated for any existing series by subtracting from such series unissued shares designated for such series, and the shares so subtracted shall become authorized and unissued shares of preferred stock.

Pursuant to the authority conferred by this Article IV, the following series of Preferred Stock have been designated, each such series consisting of such number of shares, with the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other rights, including the voting rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof as are stated and expressed in the exhibit with respect to such series attached hereto as specified below and incorporated herein by reference:

Exhibit A – Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A

Exhibit B – Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B

ARTICLE V

Commencement of Business

The corporation will not commence business until it has received for the issuance of its shares consideration of the value of one thousand dollars ($1,000.00), consisting of money, labor performed, or property actually received.

ARTICLE VI

Liability of Officers, Director and Shareholders

Except as many be otherwise provided in Article 2.4 of the Texas Business Corporation Act, no contract, act or transaction of the corporation with any person or persons, firm, trust or association, or any other corporation shall be affected or invalidated by the fact that any director, officer or shareholder of this corporation is a party to, or is interested in, such contract, act or transaction, or in any way connected with any such person or persons, firm, trust or association, or is a director, officer or shareholder of, or otherwise interested in, any such other corporation, nor shall any duty to pay damages on account to this corporation be imposed upon such director, officer or shareholder of this corporation solely by reason of such fact, regardless of whether the vote, action or presence of any such director, officer of shareholder may be, or may have been, necessary to obligate this corporation on, or in connection with, such contract, act or transaction,

 

- 3 -


provided that if such vote, action or presence is, or shall have been, necessary, such interest or connection (other than in interest as a noncontrolling shareholder of any such corporation) be known or disclosed to the Board of Directors of this Corporation.

ARTICLE VII

Indemnification

The corporation may, in its sole discretion, indemnify and advance expenses to directors, officers, employees, and agents of the corporation and to other persons to the full extent and under the circumstances permitted by Tex.Bus.Corp. Act Ann. art. 2.02-1 as now enacted or as may be hereafter amended. The corporation shall have the power to purchase and maintain at its cost and expense insurance or another arrangement on behalf of directors, officers, employees and agents of the corporation and on behalf of other persons, in such amounts and on such terms and conditions as the corporation in its sole discretion deems appropriate, to the full extent and under the circumstances permitted by Tex.Bus.Corp. Act Ann. art. 2.02-1 as now enacted or as may be hereafter amended. The provisions of Tex.Bus.Corp. Act Ann. art. 2.02-1 as now enacted or as may be hereafter amended, are specifically incorporated by reference herein. To the fullest extent permitted by Texas statutory or decisional law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended or interpreted, a director of the corporation shall not be liable to the corporation or its shareholders for any action or omission in such director’s capacity as a director. Any repeal or amendment of this Article, or adoption of any other provision of these Articles of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article, by the shareholders of the corporation shall be prospective only and shall not adversely affect any limitation on the liability to the corporation or its shareholders of a director of the corporation existing at the time of such repeal, amendment or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

ARTICLE VIII

Registered Office and Agent

The post office address of the initial registered office of the corporation is 5010 University, Plains National Bank Tower, Lubbock, Texas 79413 and the name of its initial registered agent at that address is Alan B. White.

ARTICLE IX

Directors

The number of directors constituting the Board of Directors is nine (9), and the names and addresses of the persons who are to serve as directors until the next annual meeting of the shareholders, or until their successors are elected and qualified are:

 

Name

    

Address

Alan B. White     

2911 Turtle Creek Blvd., Suite 700

Dallas, Texas 75219

 

- 4 -


Hill A. Feinberg     

2911 Turtle Creek Blvd., Suite 700

Dallas, Texas 75219

Giles Dalby     

2911 Turtle Creek Blvd., Suite 700

Dallas, Texas 75219

Mark Griffin     

2911 Turtle Creek Blvd., Suite 700

Dallas, Texas 75219

Robert R. King, M.D.     

2911 Turtle Creek Blvd., Suite 700

Dallas, Texas 75219

Lee Lewis     

2911 Turtle Creek Blvd., Suite 700

Dallas, Texas 75219

Ted Rushing     

2911 Turtle Creek Blvd., Suite 700

Dallas, Texas 75219

Michael A. Seger, M.D.     

2911 Turtle Creek Blvd., Suite 700

Dallas, Texas 75219

Robert Taylor, Jr.     

2911 Turtle Creek Blvd., Suite 700

Dallas, Texas 75219

ARTICLE X

Incorporator

The name and address of the incorporator is Norton Baker, 2112 Indiana, Lubbock, Texas 79410. He is more than eighteen years of age.

ARTICLE XI

Preemptive Rights

No shareholder or other person shall have any preemptive right whatsoever.

ARTICLE XII

Bylaws

The initial bylaws shall be adopted by the Board of Directors. The power to alter, amend, or repeal the bylaws or adopt new bylaws is vested in the Board of Directors, subject to repeal or change by action of the shareholders.

ARTICLE XIII

Number of Votes

Each share of common stock has one vote on each matter on which the share is entitled to vote.

ARTICLE XIV

Majority Votes

A majority vote is sufficient for any action which requires the vote or concurrence of shareholders.

 

- 5 -


ARTICLE XV

Noncumulative Voting

Directors shall be elected by majority vote. Cumulative voting shall not be permitted.

 

- 6 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, these Second Restated Articles of Incorporation are dated as of March 18, 2009.

 

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION
By:  

/s/    Scott J. Luedke

Name:   Scott J. Luedke
Title:   Executive Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel

 

- 7 -


EXHIBIT A

CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATIONS

OF

FIXED RATE CUMULATIVE PERPETUAL PREFERRED STOCK, SERIES A

OF

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION

Plains Capital Corporation, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Texas (the “ Issuer ”), in accordance with the provisions of Article 4.04 of the Texas Business Corporation Act thereof, does hereby certify:

The board of directors of the Issuer (the “ Board of Directors ”) or an applicable committee of the Board of Directors, in accordance with the Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, and Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Issuer and applicable law, adopted the following resolution on December 17, 2008, creating a series of 87,631 shares of Preferred Stock of the Issuer designated as “ Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A ”.

RESOLVED , that pursuant to the provisions of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, and the Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Issuer and applicable law, a series of Preferred Stock, par value $1.00 per share, of the Issuer be and hereby is created, and that the designation and number of shares of such series, and the voting and other powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, of the shares of such series, are as follows:

Part 1. Designation and Number of Shares . There is hereby created out of the authorized and unissued shares of preferred stock of the Issuer a series of preferred stock designated as the “Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A” (the “ Designated Preferred Stock ”). The authorized number of shares of Designated Preferred Stock shall be 87,631.

Part 2. Standard Provisions . The Standard Provisions contained in Schedule A attached hereto are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety and shall be deemed to be a part of this Certificate of Designations to the same extent as if such provisions had been set forth in full herein.

Part. 3. Definitions . The following terms are used in this Certificate of Designations (including the Standard Provisions in Schedule A hereto) as defined below:

(a) “ Common Stock ” means the common stock, par value $10.00 per share, of the Issuer.

(b) “ Dividend Payment Date ” means February 15, May 15, August 15 and November 15 of each year.


(c) “ Junior Stock ” means the Common Stock and any other class or series of stock of the Issuer the terms of which expressly provide that it ranks junior to Designated Preferred Stock as to dividend rights and/or as to rights on liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Issuer.

(d) “ Liquidation Amount ” means $1,000 per share of Designated Preferred Stock.

(e) “ Minimum Amount ” means $21,907,750.

(f) “ Parity Stock ” means any class or series of stock of the Issuer (other than Designated Preferred Stock) the terms of which do not expressly provide that such class or series will rank senior or junior to Designated Preferred Stock as to dividend rights and/or as to rights on liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Issuer (in each case without regard to whether dividends accrue cumulatively or non-cumulatively). Without limiting the foregoing, Parity Stock shall include the Issuer’s Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B.

(g) “ Signing Date ” means December 19, 2008.

Part. 4. Certain Voting Matters . Holders of shares of Designated Preferred Stock will be entitled to one vote for each such share on any matter on which holders of Designated Preferred Stock are entitled to vote, including any action by written consent.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

A-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Plains Capital Corporation has caused this Certificate of Designations to be signed by Scott J. Luedke, its Executive Vice President, this 17th day of December, 2008.

 

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION
By:  

/s/    Scott J. Luedke

Name:   Scott J. Luedke
Title:   Executive Vice President

 

A-3


Schedule A

STANDARD PROVISIONS

Section 1. General Matters . Each share of Designated Preferred Stock shall be identical in all respects to every other share of Designated Preferred Stock. The Designated Preferred Stock shall be perpetual, subject to the provisions of Section 5 of these Standard Provisions that form a part of the Certificate of Designations. The Designated Preferred Stock shall rank equally with Parity Stock and shall rank senior to Junior Stock with respect to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets in the event of any dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Issuer.

Section 2. Standard Definitions . As used herein with respect to Designated Preferred Stock:

(a) “ Applicable Dividend Rate ” means (i) during the period from the Original Issue Date to, but excluding, the first day of the first Dividend Period commencing on or after the fifth anniversary of the Original Issue Date, 5% per annum and (ii) from and after the first day of the first Dividend Period commencing on or after the fifth anniversary of the Original Issue Date, 9% per annum.

(b) “ Appropriate Federal Banking Agency ” means the “appropriate Federal banking agency” with respect to the Issuer as defined in Section 3(q) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. Section 1813(q)), or any successor provision.

(c) “ Business Combination ” means a merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or similar transaction that requires the approval of the Issuer’s stockholders.

(d) “ Business Day ” means any day except Saturday, Sunday and any day on which banking institutions in the State of New York generally are authorized or required by law or other governmental actions to close.

(e) “ Bylaws ” means the bylaws of the Issuer, as they may be amended from time to time.

(f) “ Certificate of Designations ” means the Certificate of Designations or comparable instrument relating to the Designated Preferred Stock, of which these Standard Provisions form a part, as it may be amended from time to time.

(g) “ Charter ” means the Issuer’s certificate or articles of incorporation, articles of association, or similar organizational document.

(h) “ Dividend Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a).

(i) “ Dividend Record Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a).

(j) “ Liquidation Preference ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(a).

(k) “ Original Issue Date ” means the date on which shares of Designated Preferred Stock are first issued.

 

A-4


(l) “ Preferred Director ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7(b).

(m) “ Preferred Stock ” means any and all series of preferred stock of the Issuer, including the Designated Preferred Stock.

(n) “ Qualified Equity Offering ” means the sale and issuance for cash by the Issuer to persons other than the Issuer or any of its subsidiaries after the Original Issue Date of shares of perpetual Preferred Stock, Common Stock or any combination of such stock, that, in each case, qualify as and may be included in Tier 1 capital of the Issuer at the time of issuance under the applicable risk-based capital guidelines of the Issuer’s Appropriate Federal Banking Agency (other than any such sales and issuances made pursuant to agreements or arrangements entered into, or pursuant to financing plans which were publicly announced, on or prior to November 17, 2008).

(o) “ Standard Provisions ” mean these Standard Provisions that form a part of the Certificate of Designations relating to the Designated Preferred Stock.

(p) “ Successor Preferred Stock ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5(a).

(q) “ Voting Parity Stock ” means, with regard to any matter as to which the holders of Designated Preferred Stock are entitled to vote as specified in Sections 7(a) and 7(b) of these Standard Provisions that form a part of the Certificate of Designations, any and all series of Parity Stock upon which like voting rights have been conferred and are exercisable with respect to such matter.

Section 3. Dividends .

(a) Rate . Holders of Designated Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, on each share of Designated Preferred Stock if, as and when declared by the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors, but only out of assets legally available therefor, cumulative cash dividends with respect to each Dividend Period (as defined below) at a rate per annum equal to the Applicable Dividend Rate on (i) the Liquidation Amount per share of Designated Preferred Stock and (ii) the amount of accrued and unpaid dividends for any prior Dividend Period on such share of Designated Preferred Stock, if any. Such dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative from the Original Issue Date, shall compound on each subsequent Dividend Payment Date ( i.e. , no dividends shall accrue on other dividends unless and until the first Dividend Payment Date for such other dividends has passed without such other dividends having been paid on such date) and shall be payable quarterly in arrears on each Dividend Payment Date, commencing with the first such Dividend Payment Date to occur at least 20 calendar days after the Original Issue Date. In the event that any Dividend Payment Date would otherwise fall on a day that is not a Business Day, the dividend payment due on that date will be postponed to the next day that is a Business Day and no additional dividends will accrue as a result of that postponement. The period from and including any Dividend Payment Date to, but excluding, the next Dividend Payment Date is a “ Dividend Period ”, provided that the initial Dividend Period shall be the period from and including the Original Issue Date to, but excluding, the next Dividend Payment Date.

Dividends that are payable on Designated Preferred Stock in respect of any Dividend Period shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. The

 

A-5


amount of dividends payable on Designated Preferred Stock on any date prior to the end of a Dividend Period, and for the initial Dividend Period, shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months, and actual days elapsed over a 30-day month.

Dividends that are payable on Designated Preferred Stock on any Dividend Payment Date will be payable to holders of record of Designated Preferred Stock as they appear on the stock register of the Issuer on the applicable record date, which shall be the 15th calendar day immediately preceding such Dividend Payment Date or such other record date fixed by the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors that is not more than 60 nor less than 10 days prior to such Dividend Payment Date (each, a “ Dividend Record Date ”). Any such day that is a Dividend Record Date shall be a Dividend Record Date whether or not such day is a Business Day.

Holders of Designated Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any dividends, whether payable in cash, securities or other property, other than dividends (if any) declared and payable on Designated Preferred Stock as specified in this Section 3 (subject to the other provisions of the Certificate of Designations).

(b) Priority of Dividends . So long as any share of Designated Preferred Stock remains outstanding, no dividend or distribution shall be declared or paid on the Common Stock or any other shares of Junior Stock (other than dividends payable solely in shares of Common Stock) or Parity Stock, subject to the immediately following paragraph in the case of Parity Stock, and no Common Stock, Junior Stock or Parity Stock shall be, directly or indirectly, purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired for consideration by the Issuer or any of its subsidiaries unless all accrued and unpaid dividends for all past Dividend Periods, including the latest completed Dividend Period (including, if applicable as provided in Section 3(a) above, dividends on such amount), on all outstanding shares of Designated Preferred Stock have been or are contemporaneously declared and paid in full (or have been declared and a sum sufficient for the payment thereof has been set aside for the benefit of the holders of shares of Designated Preferred Stock on the applicable record date). The foregoing limitation shall not apply to (i) redemptions, purchases or other acquisitions of shares of Common Stock or other Junior Stock in connection with the administration of any employee benefit plan in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice; (ii) the acquisition by the Issuer or any of its subsidiaries of record ownership in Junior Stock or Parity Stock for the beneficial ownership of any other persons (other than the Issuer or any of its subsidiaries), including as trustees or custodians; and (iii) the exchange or conversion of Junior Stock for or into other Junior Stock or of Parity Stock for or into other Parity Stock (with the same or lesser aggregate liquidation amount) or Junior Stock, in each case, solely to the extent required pursuant to binding contractual agreements entered into prior to the Signing Date or any subsequent agreement for the accelerated exercise, settlement or exchange thereof for Common Stock.

When dividends are not paid (or declared and a sum sufficient for payment thereof set aside for the benefit of the holders thereof on the applicable record date) on any Dividend Payment Date (or, in the case of Parity Stock having dividend payment dates different from the Dividend Payment Dates, on a dividend payment date falling within a Dividend Period related to such Dividend Payment Date) in full upon Designated Preferred Stock and any shares of Parity Stock, all dividends declared on Designated Preferred Stock and all such Parity Stock and payable on such Dividend Payment Date (or, in the case of Parity Stock having dividend

 

A-6


payment dates different from the Dividend Payment Dates, on a dividend payment date falling within the Dividend Period related to such Dividend Payment Date) shall be declared pro rata so that the respective amounts of such dividends declared shall bear the same ratio to each other as all accrued and unpaid dividends per share on the shares of Designated Preferred Stock (including, if applicable as provided in Section 3(a) above, dividends on such amount) and all Parity Stock payable on such Dividend Payment Date (or, in the case of Parity Stock having dividend payment dates different from the Dividend Payment Dates, on a dividend payment date falling within the Dividend Period related to such Dividend Payment Date) (subject to their having been declared by the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors out of legally available funds and including, in the case of Parity Stock that bears cumulative dividends, all accrued but unpaid dividends) bear to each other. If the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors determines not to pay any dividend or a full dividend on a Dividend Payment Date, the Issuer will provide written notice to the holders of Designated Preferred Stock prior to such Dividend Payment Date.

Subject to the foregoing, and not otherwise, such dividends (payable in cash, securities or other property) as may be determined by the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors may be declared and paid on any securities, including Common Stock and other Junior Stock, from time to time out of any funds legally available for such payment, and holders of Designated Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to participate in any such dividends.

Section 4. Liquidation Rights .

(a) Voluntary or Involuntary Liquidation . In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Issuer, whether voluntary or involuntary, holders of Designated Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive for each share of Designated Preferred Stock, out of the assets of the Issuer or proceeds thereof (whether capital or surplus) available for distribution to stockholders of the Issuer, subject to the rights of any creditors of the Issuer, before any distribution of such assets or proceeds is made to or set aside for the holders of Common Stock and any other stock of the Issuer ranking junior to Designated Preferred Stock as to such distribution, payment in full in an amount equal to the sum of (i) the Liquidation Amount per share and (ii) the amount of any accrued and unpaid dividends (including, if applicable as provided in Section 3(a) above, dividends on such amount), whether or not declared, to the date of payment (such amounts collectively, the “ Liquidation Preference ”).

(b) Partial Payment . If in any distribution described in Section 4(a) above the assets of the Issuer or proceeds thereof are not sufficient to pay in full the amounts payable with respect to all outstanding shares of Designated Preferred Stock and the corresponding amounts payable with respect of any other stock of the Issuer ranking equally with Designated Preferred Stock as to such distribution, holders of Designated Preferred Stock and the holders of such other stock shall share ratably in any such distribution in proportion to the full respective distributions to which they are entitled.

(c) Residual Distributions . If the Liquidation Preference has been paid in full to all holders of Designated Preferred Stock and the corresponding amounts payable with respect of any other stock of the Issuer ranking equally with Designated Preferred Stock as to such distribution has been paid in full, the holders of other stock of the Issuer shall be entitled to receive all remaining assets of the Issuer (or proceeds thereof) according to their respective rights and preferences.

 

A-7


(d) Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets Not Liquidation . For purposes of this Section 4, the merger or consolidation of the Issuer with any other corporation or other entity, including a merger or consolidation in which the holders of Designated Preferred Stock receive cash, securities or other property for their shares, or the sale, lease or exchange (for cash, securities or other property) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer, shall not constitute a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Issuer.

Section 5. Redemption .

(a) Optional Redemption . Except as provided below, the Designated Preferred Stock may not be redeemed prior to the first Dividend Payment Date falling on or after the third anniversary of the Original Issue Date. On or after the first Dividend Payment Date falling on or after the third anniversary of the Original Issue Date, the Issuer, at its option, subject to the approval of the Appropriate Federal Banking Agency, may redeem, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time, out of funds legally available therefor, the shares of Designated Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, upon notice given as provided in Section 5(c) below, at a redemption price equal to the sum of (i) the Liquidation Amount per share and (ii) except as otherwise provided below, any accrued and unpaid dividends (including, if applicable as provided in Section 3(a) above, dividends on such amount) (regardless of whether any dividends are actually declared) to, but excluding, the date fixed for redemption.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to the first Dividend Payment Date falling on or after the third anniversary of the Original Issue Date, the Issuer, at its option, subject to the approval of the Appropriate Federal Banking Agency, may redeem, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time, the shares of Designated Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, upon notice given as provided in Section 5(c) below, at a redemption price equal to the sum of (i) the Liquidation Amount per share and (ii) except as otherwise provided below, any accrued and unpaid dividends (including, if applicable as provided in Section 3(a) above, dividends on such amount) (regardless of whether any dividends are actually declared) to, but excluding, the date fixed for redemption; provided that (x) the Issuer (or any successor by Business Combination) has received aggregate gross proceeds of not less than the Minimum Amount (plus the “Minimum Amount” as defined in the relevant certificate of designations for each other outstanding series of preferred stock of such successor that was originally issued to the United States Department of the Treasury (the “ Successor Preferred Stock ”) in connection with the Troubled Asset Relief Program Capital Purchase Program) from one or more Qualified Equity Offerings (including Qualified Equity Offerings of such successor), and (y) the aggregate redemption price of the Designated Preferred Stock (and any Successor Preferred Stock) redeemed pursuant to this paragraph may not exceed the aggregate net cash proceeds received by the Issuer (or any successor by Business Combination) from such Qualified Equity Offerings (including Qualified Equity Offerings of such successor).

The redemption price for any shares of Designated Preferred Stock shall be payable on the redemption date to the holder of such shares against surrender of the certificate(s) evidencing such shares to the Issuer or its agent. Any declared but unpaid dividends payable on a redemption date that occurs subsequent to the Dividend Record Date for a Dividend Period shall not be paid

 

A-8


to the holder entitled to receive the redemption price on the redemption date, but rather shall be paid to the holder of record of the redeemed shares on such Dividend Record Date relating to the Dividend Payment Date as provided in Section 3 above.

(b) No Sinking Fund . The Designated Preferred Stock will not be subject to any mandatory redemption, sinking fund or other similar provisions. Holders of Designated Preferred Stock will have no right to require redemption or repurchase of any shares of Designated Preferred Stock.

(c) Notice of Redemption . Notice of every redemption of shares of Designated Preferred Stock shall be given by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the holders of record of the shares to be redeemed at their respective last addresses appearing on the books of the Issuer. Such mailing shall be at least 30 days and not more than 60 days before the date fixed for redemption. Any notice mailed as provided in this Subsection shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the holder receives such notice, but failure duly to give such notice by mail, or any defect in such notice or in the mailing thereof, to any holder of shares of Designated Preferred Stock designated for redemption shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other shares of Designated Preferred Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if shares of Designated Preferred Stock are issued in book-entry form through The Depository Trust Issuer or any other similar facility, notice of redemption may be given to the holders of Designated Preferred Stock at such time and in any manner permitted by such facility. Each notice of redemption given to a holder shall state: (1) the redemption date; (2) the number of shares of Designated Preferred Stock to be redeemed and, if less than all the shares held by such holder are to be redeemed, the number of such shares to be redeemed from such holder; (3) the redemption price; and (4) the place or places where certificates for such shares are to be surrendered for payment of the redemption price.

(d) Partial Redemption . In case of any redemption of part of the shares of Designated Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, the shares to be redeemed shall be selected either pro rata or in such other manner as the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof may determine to be fair and equitable. Subject to the provisions hereof, the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof shall have full power and authority to prescribe the terms and conditions upon which shares of Designated Preferred Stock shall be redeemed from time to time. If fewer than all the shares represented by any certificate are redeemed, a new certificate shall be issued representing the unredeemed shares without charge to the holder thereof.

(e) Effectiveness of Redemption . If notice of redemption has been duly given and if on or before the redemption date specified in the notice all funds necessary for the redemption have been deposited by the Issuer, in trust for the pro rata benefit of the holders of the shares called for redemption, with a bank or trust company doing business in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, and having a capital and surplus of at least $500 million and selected by the Board of Directors, so as to be and continue to be available solely therefor, then, notwithstanding that any certificate for any share so called for redemption has not been surrendered for cancellation, on and after the redemption date dividends shall cease to accrue on all shares so called for redemption, all shares so called for redemption shall no longer be deemed outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares shall forthwith on such redemption date cease and terminate, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive the amount payable on such redemption from such bank or trust company, without interest. Any funds unclaimed at the

 

A-9


end of three years from the redemption date shall, to the extent permitted by law, be released to the Issuer, after which time the holders of the shares so called for redemption shall look only to the Issuer for payment of the redemption price of such shares.

(f) Status of Redeemed Shares . Shares of Designated Preferred Stock that are redeemed, repurchased or otherwise acquired by the Issuer shall revert to authorized but unissued shares of Preferred Stock ( provided that any such cancelled shares of Designated Preferred Stock may be reissued only as shares of any series of Preferred Stock other than Designated Preferred Stock).

Section 6. Conversion . Holders of Designated Preferred Stock shares shall have no right to exchange or convert such shares into any other securities.

Section 7. Voting Rights .

(a) General . The holders of Designated Preferred Stock shall not have any voting rights except as set forth below or as otherwise from time to time required by law.

(b) Preferred Stock Directors . Whenever, at any time or times, dividends payable on the shares of Designated Preferred Stock have not been paid for an aggregate of six quarterly Dividend Periods or more, whether or not consecutive, the authorized number of directors of the Issuer shall automatically be increased by two and the holders of the Designated Preferred Stock shall have the right, with holders of shares of any one or more other classes or series of Voting Parity Stock outstanding at the time, voting together as a class, to elect two directors (hereinafter the Preferred Directors and each a Preferred Director ) to fill such newly created directorships at the Issuer’s next annual meeting of stockholders (or at a special meeting called for that purpose prior to such next annual meeting) and at each subsequent annual meeting of stockholders until all accrued and unpaid dividends for all past Dividend Periods, including the latest completed Dividend Period (including, if applicable as provided in Section 3(a) above, dividends on such amount), on all outstanding shares of Designated Preferred Stock have been declared and paid in full at which time such right shall terminate with respect to the Designated Preferred Stock, except as herein or by law expressly provided, subject to revesting in the event of each and every subsequent default of the character above mentioned; provided that it shall be a qualification for election for any Preferred Director that the election of such Preferred Director shall not cause the Issuer to violate any corporate governance requirements of any securities exchange or other trading facility on which securities of the Issuer may then be listed or traded that listed or traded companies must have a majority of independent directors. Upon any termination of the right of the holders of shares of Designated Preferred Stock and Voting Parity Stock as a class to vote for directors as provided above, the Preferred Directors shall cease to be qualified as directors, the term of office of all Preferred Directors then in office shall terminate immediately and the authorized number of directors shall be reduced by the number of Preferred Directors elected pursuant hereto. Any Preferred Director may be removed at any time, with or without cause, and any vacancy created thereby may be filled, only by the affirmative vote of the holders a majority of the shares of Designated Preferred Stock at the time outstanding voting separately as a class together with the holders of shares of Voting Parity Stock, to the extent the voting rights of such holders described above are then exercisable. If the office of any Preferred Director becomes vacant for any reason other than removal from office as aforesaid, the remaining Preferred Director may choose a successor who shall hold office for the unexpired term in respect of which such vacancy occurred.

 

A-10


(c) Class Voting Rights as to Particular Matters . So long as any shares of Designated Preferred Stock are outstanding, in addition to any other vote or consent of stockholders required by law or by the Charter, the vote or consent of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the shares of Designated Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, voting as a separate class, given in person or by proxy, either in writing without a meeting or by vote at any meeting called for the purpose, shall be necessary for effecting or validating:

(i) Authorization of Senior Stock . Any amendment or alteration of the Certificate of Designations for the Designated Preferred Stock or the Charter to authorize or create or increase the authorized amount of, or any issuance of, any shares of, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of, any class or series of capital stock of the Issuer ranking senior to Designated Preferred Stock with respect to either or both the payment of dividends and/or the distribution of assets on any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Issuer;

(ii) Amendment of Designated Preferred Stock . Any amendment, alteration or repeal of any provision of the Certificate of Designations for the Designated Preferred Stock or the Charter (including, unless no vote on such merger or consolidation is required by Section 7(c)(iii) below, any amendment, alteration or repeal by means of a merger, consolidation or otherwise) so as to adversely affect the rights, preferences, privileges or voting powers of the Designated Preferred Stock; or

(iii) Share Exchanges, Reclassifications, Mergers and Consolidations . Any consummation of a binding share exchange or reclassification involving the Designated Preferred Stock, or of a merger or consolidation of the Issuer with another corporation or other entity, unless in each case (x) the shares of Designated Preferred Stock remain outstanding or, in the case of any such merger or consolidation with respect to which the Issuer is not the surviving or resulting entity, are converted into or exchanged for preference securities of the surviving or resulting entity or its ultimate parent, and (y) such shares remaining outstanding or such preference securities, as the case may be, have such rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers, and limitations and restrictions thereof, taken as a whole, as are not materially less favorable to the holders thereof than the rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers, and limitations and restrictions thereof, of Designated Preferred Stock immediately prior to such consummation, taken as a whole;

provided , however , that for all purposes of this Section 7(c), any increase in the amount of the authorized Preferred Stock, including any increase in the authorized amount of Designated Preferred Stock necessary to satisfy preemptive or similar rights granted by the Issuer to other persons prior to the Signing Date, or the creation and issuance, or an increase in the authorized or issued amount, whether pursuant to preemptive or similar rights or otherwise, of any other series of Preferred Stock, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any other series of Preferred Stock, ranking equally with and/or junior to Designated Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends (whether such dividends are cumulative or non-cumulative)

 

A-11


and the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Issuer will not be deemed to adversely affect the rights, preferences, privileges or voting powers, and shall not require the affirmative vote or consent of, the holders of outstanding shares of the Designated Preferred Stock.

(d) Changes after Provision for Redemption . No vote or consent of the holders of Designated Preferred Stock shall be required pursuant to Section 7(c) above if, at or prior to the time when any such vote or consent would otherwise be required pursuant to such Section, all outstanding shares of the Designated Preferred Stock shall have been redeemed, or shall have been called for redemption upon proper notice and sufficient funds shall have been deposited in trust for such redemption, in each case pursuant to Section 5 above.

(e) Procedures for Voting and Consents . The rules and procedures for calling and conducting any meeting of the holders of Designated Preferred Stock (including, without limitation, the fixing of a record date in connection therewith), the solicitation and use of proxies at such a meeting, the obtaining of written consents and any other aspect or matter with regard to such a meeting or such consents shall be governed by any rules of the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors, in its discretion, may adopt from time to time, which rules and procedures shall conform to the requirements of the Charter, the Bylaws, and applicable law and the rules of any national securities exchange or other trading facility on which Designated Preferred Stock is listed or traded at the time.

Section 8. Record Holders . To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Issuer and the transfer agent for Designated Preferred Stock may deem and treat the record holder of any share of Designated Preferred Stock as the true and lawful owner thereof for all purposes, and neither the Issuer nor such transfer agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

Section 9. Notices . All notices or communications in respect of Designated Preferred Stock shall be sufficiently given if given in writing and delivered in person or by first class mail, postage prepaid, or if given in such other manner as may be permitted in this Certificate of Designations, in the Charter or Bylaws or by applicable law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if shares of Designated Preferred Stock are issued in book-entry form through The Depository Trust Issuer or any similar facility, such notices may be given to the holders of Designated Preferred Stock in any manner permitted by such facility.

Section 10. No Preemptive Rights . No share of Designated Preferred Stock shall have any rights of preemption whatsoever as to any securities of the Issuer, or any warrants, rights or options issued or granted with respect thereto, regardless of how such securities, or such warrants, rights or options, may be designated, issued or granted.

Section 11. Replacement Certificates . The Issuer shall replace any mutilated certificate at the holder’s expense upon surrender of that certificate to the Issuer. The Issuer shall replace certificates that become destroyed, stolen or lost at the holder’s expense upon delivery to the Issuer of reasonably satisfactory evidence that the certificate has been destroyed, stolen or lost, together with any indemnity that may be reasonably required by the Issuer.

Section 12. Other Rights . The shares of Designated Preferred Stock shall not have any rights, preferences, privileges or voting powers or relative, participating, optional or other special rights, or qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, other than as set forth herein or in the Charter or as provided by applicable law.

 

A-12


EXHIBIT B

CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATIONS

OF

FIXED RATE CUMULATIVE PERPETUAL PREFERRED STOCK, SERIES B

OF

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION

Plains Capital Corporation, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Texas (the “ Issuer ”), in accordance with the provisions of Article 4.04 of the Texas Business Corporation Act thereof, does hereby certify:

The board of directors of the Issuer (the “ Board of Directors ”) or an applicable committee of the Board of Directors, in accordance with the Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, and Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Issuer and applicable law, adopted the following resolution on December 17, 2008, creating a series of 4,387 shares of Preferred Stock of the Issuer designated as “ Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B ”.

RESOLVED , that pursuant to the provisions of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, and the Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Issuer and applicable law, a series of Preferred Stock, par value $1.00 per share, of the Issuer be and hereby is created, and that the designation and number of shares of such series, and the voting and other powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, of the shares of such series, are as follows:

Part 1. Designation and Number of Shares . There is hereby created out of the authorized and unissued shares of preferred stock of the Issuer a series of preferred stock designated as the “Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B” (the “ Designated Preferred Stock ”). The authorized number of shares of Designated Preferred Stock shall be 4,387.

Part 2. Standard Provisions . The Standard Provisions contained in Schedule A attached hereto are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety and shall be deemed to be a part of this Certificate of Designations to the same extent as if such provisions had been set forth in full herein.

Part. 3. Definitions . The following terms are used in this Certificate of Designations (including the Standard Provisions in Schedule A hereto) as defined below:

(a) “ Common Stock ” means the common stock, par value $10.00 per share, of the Issuer.

(b) “ Dividend Payment Date ” means February 15, May 15, August 15 and November 15 of each year.

(c) “ Junior Stock ” means the Common Stock and any other class or series of stock of the Issuer the terms of which expressly provide that it ranks junior to Designated Preferred Stock as to dividend rights and/or as to rights on liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Issuer.


(d) “ Liquidation Amount ” means $1,000 per share of Designated Preferred Stock.

(e) “ Minimum Amount ” means $1,095,500.

(f) “ Parity Stock ” means any class or series of stock of the Issuer (other than Designated Preferred Stock) the terms of which do not expressly provide that such class or series will rank senior or junior to Designated Preferred Stock as to dividend rights and/or as to rights on liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Issuer (in each case without regard to whether dividends accrue cumulatively or non-cumulatively). Without limiting the foregoing, Parity Stock shall include the Issuer’s UST Preferred Stock.

(g) “ Signing Date ” means December 19, 2008 .

(h) “ UST Preferred Stock ” means the Issuer’s Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A.

Part. 4. Certain Voting Matters . Holders of shares of Designated Preferred Stock will be entitled to one vote for each such share on any matter on which holders of Designated Preferred Stock are entitled to vote, including any action by written consent.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

B-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Plains Capital Corporation has caused this Certificate of Designations to be signed by Scott J. Luedke, its Executive Vice President, this 17th day of December, 2008.

 

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION
By:  

/s/    Scott J. Luedke

Name:   Scott J. Luedke
Title:   Executive Vice President

 

B-3


Schedule A

STANDARD PROVISIONS

Section 1. General Matters . Each share of Designated Preferred Stock shall be identical in all respects to every other share of Designated Preferred Stock. The Designated Preferred Stock shall be perpetual, subject to the provisions of Section 5 of these Standard Provisions that form a part of the Certificate of Designations. The Designated Preferred Stock shall rank equally with Parity Stock and shall rank senior to Junior Stock with respect to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets in the event of any dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Issuer.

Section 2. Standard Definitions . As used herein with respect to Designated Preferred Stock:

(a) “ Appropriate Federal Banking Agency ” means the “appropriate Federal banking agency” with respect to the Issuer as defined in Section 3(q) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. Section 1813(q)), or any successor provision.

(b) “ Business Combination ” means a merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or similar transaction that requires the approval of the Issuer’s stockholders.

(c) “ Business Day ” means any day except Saturday, Sunday and any day on which banking institutions in the State of New York generally are authorized or required by law or other governmental actions to close.

(d) “ Bylaws ” means the bylaws of the Issuer, as they may be amended from time to time.

(e) “ Certificate of Designations ” means the Certificate of Designations or comparable instrument relating to the Designated Preferred Stock, of which these Standard Provisions form a part, as it may be amended from time to time.

(f) “ Charter ” means the Issuer’s certificate or articles of incorporation, articles of association, or similar organizational document.

(g) “ Dividend Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a).

(h) “ Dividend Record Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a).

(i) “ Liquidation Preference ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(a).

(j) “ Original Issue Date ” means the date on which shares of Designated Preferred Stock are first issued.

(k) “ Preferred Director ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7(b).

(l) “ Preferred Stock ” means any and all series of preferred stock of the Issuer, including the Designated Preferred Stock.

(m) “ Qualified Equity Offering ” means the sale and issuance for cash by the Issuer to persons other than the Issuer or any of its subsidiaries after the Original Issue Date of shares of

 

B-4


perpetual Preferred Stock, Common Stock or any combination of such stock, that, in each case, qualify as and may be included in Tier 1 capital of the Issuer at the time of issuance under the applicable risk-based capital guidelines of the Issuer’s Appropriate Federal Banking Agency (other than any such sales and issuances made pursuant to agreements or arrangements entered into, or pursuant to financing plans which were publicly announced, on or prior to November 17, 2008).

(n) “ Standard Provisions ” mean these Standard Provisions that form a part of the Certificate of Designations relating to the Designated Preferred Stock.

(o) “ Successor Preferred Stock ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5(a).

(p) “ Voting Parity Stock ” means, with regard to any matter as to which the holders of Designated Preferred Stock are entitled to vote as specified in Sections 7(a) and 7(b) of these Standard Provisions that form a part of the Certificate of Designations, any and all series of Parity Stock upon which like voting rights have been conferred and are exercisable with respect to such matter.

Section 3. Dividends .

(a) Rate . Holders of Designated Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, on each share of Designated Preferred Stock if, as and when declared by the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors, but only out of assets legally available therefor, cumulative cash dividends with respect to each Dividend Period (as defined below) at a per annum rate of 9.0% on (i) the Liquidation Amount per share of Designated Preferred Stock and (ii) the amount of accrued and unpaid dividends for any prior Dividend Period on such share of Designated Preferred Stock, if any. Such dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative from the Original Issue Date, shall compound on each subsequent Dividend Payment Date ( i.e. , no dividends shall accrue on other dividends unless and until the first Dividend Payment Date for such other dividends has passed without such other dividends having been paid on such date) and shall be payable quarterly in arrears on each Dividend Payment Date, commencing with the first such Dividend Payment Date to occur at least 20 calendar days after the Original Issue Date. In the event that any Dividend Payment Date would otherwise fall on a day that is not a Business Day, the dividend payment due on that date will be postponed to the next day that is a Business Day and no additional dividends will accrue as a result of that postponement. The period from and including any Dividend Payment Date to, but excluding, the next Dividend Payment Date is a “ Dividend Period ”, provided that the initial Dividend Period shall be the period from and including the Original Issue Date to, but excluding, the next Dividend Payment Date.

Dividends that are payable on Designated Preferred Stock in respect of any Dividend Period shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. The amount of dividends payable on Designated Preferred Stock on any date prior to the end of a Dividend Period, and for the initial Dividend Period, shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months, and actual days elapsed over a 30-day month.

Dividends that are payable on Designated Preferred Stock on any Dividend Payment Date will be payable to holders of record of Designated Preferred Stock as they appear on the stock register of the Issuer on the applicable record date, which shall be the 15th calendar day immediately preceding such Dividend Payment Date or such other record date fixed by the

 

B-5


Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors that is not more than 60 nor less than 10 days prior to such Dividend Payment Date (each, a “ Dividend Record Date ”). Any such day that is a Dividend Record Date shall be a Dividend Record Date whether or not such day is a Business Day.

Holders of Designated Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any dividends, whether payable in cash, securities or other property, other than dividends (if any) declared and payable on Designated Preferred Stock as specified in this Section 3 (subject to the other provisions of the Certificate of Designations).

(b) Priority of Dividends . So long as any share of Designated Preferred Stock remains outstanding, no dividend or distribution shall be declared or paid on the Common Stock or any other shares of Junior Stock (other than dividends payable solely in shares of Common Stock) or Parity Stock, subject to the immediately following paragraph in the case of Parity Stock, and no Common Stock, Junior Stock or Parity Stock shall be, directly or indirectly, purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired for consideration by the Issuer or any of its subsidiaries unless all accrued and unpaid dividends for all past Dividend Periods, including the latest completed Dividend Period (including, if applicable as provided in Section 3(a) above, dividends on such amount), on all outstanding shares of Designated Preferred Stock have been or are contemporaneously declared and paid in full (or have been declared and a sum sufficient for the payment thereof has been set aside for the benefit of the holders of shares of Designated Preferred Stock on the applicable record date). The foregoing limitation shall not apply to (i) redemptions, purchases or other acquisitions of shares of Common Stock or other Junior Stock in connection with the administration of any employee benefit plan in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice; (ii) the acquisition by the Issuer or any of its subsidiaries of record ownership in Junior Stock or Parity Stock for the beneficial ownership of any other persons (other than the Issuer or any of its subsidiaries), including as trustees or custodians; and (iii) the exchange or conversion of Junior Stock for or into other Junior Stock or of Parity Stock for or into other Parity Stock (with the same or lesser aggregate liquidation amount) or Junior Stock, in each case, solely to the extent required pursuant to binding contractual agreements entered into prior to the Signing Date or any subsequent agreement for the accelerated exercise, settlement or exchange thereof for Common Stock.

When dividends are not paid (or declared and a sum sufficient for payment thereof set aside for the benefit of the holders thereof on the applicable record date) on any Dividend Payment Date (or, in the case of Parity Stock having dividend payment dates different from the Dividend Payment Dates, on a dividend payment date falling within a Dividend Period related to such Dividend Payment Date) in full upon Designated Preferred Stock and any shares of Parity Stock, all dividends declared on Designated Preferred Stock and all such Parity Stock and payable on such Dividend Payment Date (or, in the case of Parity Stock having dividend payment dates different from the Dividend Payment Dates, on a dividend payment date falling within the Dividend Period related to such Dividend Payment Date) shall be declared pro rata so that the respective amounts of such dividends declared shall bear the same ratio to each other as all accrued and unpaid dividends per share on the shares of Designated Preferred Stock (including, if applicable as provided in Section 3(a) above, dividends on such amount) and all Parity Stock payable on such Dividend Payment Date (or, in the case of Parity Stock having dividend payment dates different from the Dividend Payment Dates, on a dividend payment date falling within the Dividend Period related to such Dividend Payment Date) (subject to their

 

B-6


having been declared by the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors out of legally available funds and including, in the case of Parity Stock that bears cumulative dividends, all accrued but unpaid dividends) bear to each other. If the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors determines not to pay any dividend or a full dividend on a Dividend Payment Date, the Issuer will provide written notice to the holders of Designated Preferred Stock prior to such Dividend Payment Date.

Subject to the foregoing, and not otherwise, such dividends (payable in cash, securities or other property) as may be determined by the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors may be declared and paid on any securities, including Common Stock and other Junior Stock, from time to time out of any funds legally available for such payment, and holders of Designated Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to participate in any such dividends.

Section 4. Liquidation Rights .

(a) Voluntary or Involuntary Liquidation . In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Issuer, whether voluntary or involuntary, holders of Designated Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive for each share of Designated Preferred Stock, out of the assets of the Issuer or proceeds thereof (whether capital or surplus) available for distribution to stockholders of the Issuer, subject to the rights of any creditors of the Issuer, before any distribution of such assets or proceeds is made to or set aside for the holders of Common Stock and any other stock of the Issuer ranking junior to Designated Preferred Stock as to such distribution, payment in full in an amount equal to the sum of (i) the Liquidation Amount per share and (ii) the amount of any accrued and unpaid dividends (including, if applicable as provided in Section 3(a) above, dividends on such amount), whether or not declared, to the date of payment (such amounts collectively, the “ Liquidation Preference ”).

(b) Partial Payment . If in any distribution described in Section 4(a) above the assets of the Issuer or proceeds thereof are not sufficient to pay in full the amounts payable with respect to all outstanding shares of Designated Preferred Stock and the corresponding amounts payable with respect of any other stock of the Issuer ranking equally with Designated Preferred Stock as to such distribution, holders of Designated Preferred Stock and the holders of such other stock shall share ratably in any such distribution in proportion to the full respective distributions to which they are entitled.

(c) Residual Distributions . If the Liquidation Preference has been paid in full to all holders of Designated Preferred Stock and the corresponding amounts payable with respect of any other stock of the Issuer ranking equally with Designated Preferred Stock as to such distribution has been paid in full, the holders of other stock of the Issuer shall be entitled to receive all remaining assets of the Issuer (or proceeds thereof) according to their respective rights and preferences.

(d) Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets Not Liquidation . For purposes of this Section 4, the merger or consolidation of the Issuer with any other corporation or other entity, including a merger or consolidation in which the holders of Designated Preferred Stock receive cash, securities or other property for their shares, or the sale, lease or exchange (for cash, securities or other property) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer, shall not constitute a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Issuer.

 

B-7


Section 5. Redemption .

(a) Optional Redemption . Except as provided below, the Designated Preferred Stock may not be redeemed prior to the later of (i) first Dividend Payment Date falling on or after the third anniversary of the Original Issue Date; and (ii) the date on which all outstanding shares of UST Preferred Stock have been redeemed, repurchased or otherwise acquired by the Issuer. On or after the first Dividend Payment Date falling on or after the third anniversary of the Original Issue Date, the Issuer, at its option, subject to the approval of the Appropriate Federal Banking Agency, may redeem, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time, out of funds legally available therefor, the shares of Designated Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, upon notice given as provided in Section 5(c) below, at a redemption price equal to the sum of (i) the Liquidation Amount per share and (ii) except as otherwise provided below, any accrued and unpaid dividends (including, if applicable as provided in Section 3(a) above, dividends on such amount) (regardless of whether any dividends are actually declared) to, but excluding, the date fixed for redemption.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to the first Dividend Payment Date falling on or after the third anniversary of the Original Issue Date, the Issuer, at its option, subject to the approval of the Appropriate Federal Banking Agency and subject to the requirement that all outstanding shares of UST Preferred Stock shall previously have been redeemed, repurchased or otherwise acquired by the Issuer, may redeem, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time, the shares of Designated Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, upon notice given as provided in Section 5(c) below, at a redemption price equal to the sum of (i) the Liquidation Amount per share and (ii) except as otherwise provided below, any accrued and unpaid dividends (including, if applicable as provided in Section 3(a) above, dividends on such amount) (regardless of whether any dividends are actually declared) to, but excluding, the date fixed for redemption; provided that (x) the Issuer (or any successor by Business Combination) has received aggregate gross proceeds of not less than the Minimum Amount (plus the “Minimum Amount” as defined in the relevant certificate of designations for each other outstanding series of preferred stock of such successor that was originally issued to the United States Department of the Treasury (the “ Successor Preferred Stock ”) in connection with the Troubled Asset Relief Program Capital Purchase Program) from one or more Qualified Equity Offerings (including Qualified Equity Offerings of such successor), and (y) the aggregate redemption price of the Designated Preferred Stock (and any Successor Preferred Stock) redeemed pursuant to this paragraph may not exceed the aggregate net cash proceeds received by the Issuer (or any successor by Business Combination) from such Qualified Equity Offerings (including Qualified Equity Offerings of such successor).

The redemption price for any shares of Designated Preferred Stock shall be payable on the redemption date to the holder of such shares against surrender of the certificate(s) evidencing such shares to the Issuer or its agent. Any declared but unpaid dividends payable on a redemption date that occurs subsequent to the Dividend Record Date for a Dividend Period shall not be paid to the holder entitled to receive the redemption price on the redemption date, but rather shall be paid to the holder of record of the redeemed shares on such Dividend Record Date relating to the Dividend Payment Date as provided in Section 3 above.

 

B-8


(b) No Sinking Fund . The Designated Preferred Stock will not be subject to any mandatory redemption, sinking fund or other similar provisions. Holders of Designated Preferred Stock will have no right to require redemption or repurchase of any shares of Designated Preferred Stock.

(c) Notice of Redemption . Notice of every redemption of shares of Designated Preferred Stock shall be given by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the holders of record of the shares to be redeemed at their respective last addresses appearing on the books of the Issuer. Such mailing shall be at least 30 days and not more than 60 days before the date fixed for redemption. Any notice mailed as provided in this Subsection shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the holder receives such notice, but failure duly to give such notice by mail, or any defect in such notice or in the mailing thereof, to any holder of shares of Designated Preferred Stock designated for redemption shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other shares of Designated Preferred Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if shares of Designated Preferred Stock are issued in book-entry form through The Depository Trust Issuer or any other similar facility, notice of redemption may be given to the holders of Designated Preferred Stock at such time and in any manner permitted by such facility. Each notice of redemption given to a holder shall state: (1) the redemption date; (2) the number of shares of Designated Preferred Stock to be redeemed and, if less than all the shares held by such holder are to be redeemed, the number of such shares to be redeemed from such holder; (3) the redemption price; and (4) the place or places where certificates for such shares are to be surrendered for payment of the redemption price.

(d) Partial Redemption . In case of any redemption of part of the shares of Designated Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, the shares to be redeemed shall be selected either pro rata or in such other manner as the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof may determine to be fair and equitable. Subject to the provisions hereof, the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof shall have full power and authority to prescribe the terms and conditions upon which shares of Designated Preferred Stock shall be redeemed from time to time. If fewer than all the shares represented by any certificate are redeemed, a new certificate shall be issued representing the unredeemed shares without charge to the holder thereof.

(e) Effectiveness of Redemption . If notice of redemption has been duly given and if on or before the redemption date specified in the notice all funds necessary for the redemption have been deposited by the Issuer, in trust for the pro rata benefit of the holders of the shares called for redemption, with a bank or trust company doing business in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, and having a capital and surplus of at least $500 million and selected by the Board of Directors, so as to be and continue to be available solely therefor, then, notwithstanding that any certificate for any share so called for redemption has not been surrendered for cancellation, on and after the redemption date dividends shall cease to accrue on all shares so called for redemption, all shares so called for redemption shall no longer be deemed outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares shall forthwith on such redemption date cease and terminate, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive the amount payable on such redemption from such bank or trust company, without interest. Any funds unclaimed at the end of three years from the redemption date shall, to the extent permitted by law, be released to the Issuer, after which time the holders of the shares so called for redemption shall look only to the Issuer for payment of the redemption price of such shares.

 

B-9


(f) Status of Redeemed Shares . Shares of Designated Preferred Stock that are redeemed, repurchased or otherwise acquired by the Issuer shall revert to authorized but unissued shares of Preferred Stock ( provided that any such cancelled shares of Designated Preferred Stock may be reissued only as shares of any series of Preferred Stock other than Designated Preferred Stock).

Section 6. Conversion . Holders of Designated Preferred Stock shares shall have no right to exchange or convert such shares into any other securities.

Section 7. Voting Rights .

(a) General . The holders of Designated Preferred Stock shall not have any voting rights except as set forth below or as otherwise from time to time required by law.

(b) Preferred Stock Directors . Whenever, at any time or times, dividends payable on the shares of Designated Preferred Stock have not been paid for an aggregate of six quarterly Dividend Periods or more, whether or not consecutive, the authorized number of directors of the Issuer shall automatically be increased by two and the holders of the Designated Preferred Stock shall have the right, with holders of shares of any one or more other classes or series of Voting Parity Stock outstanding at the time, voting together as a class, to elect two directors (hereinafter the Preferred Directors and each a Preferred Director ) to fill such newly created directorships at the Issuer’s next annual meeting of stockholders (or at a special meeting called for that purpose prior to such next annual meeting) and at each subsequent annual meeting of stockholders until all accrued and unpaid dividends for all past Dividend Periods, including the latest completed Dividend Period (including, if applicable as provided in Section 3(a) above, dividends on such amount), on all outstanding shares of Designated Preferred Stock have been declared and paid in full at which time such right shall terminate with respect to the Designated Preferred Stock, except as herein or by law expressly provided, subject to revesting in the event of each and every subsequent default of the character above mentioned; provided that it shall be a qualification for election for any Preferred Director that the election of such Preferred Director shall not cause the Issuer to violate any corporate governance requirements of any securities exchange or other trading facility on which securities of the Issuer may then be listed or traded that listed or traded companies must have a majority of independent directors. Upon any termination of the right of the holders of shares of Designated Preferred Stock and Voting Parity Stock as a class to vote for directors as provided above, the Preferred Directors shall cease to be qualified as directors, the term of office of all Preferred Directors then in office shall terminate immediately and the authorized number of directors shall be reduced by the number of Preferred Directors elected pursuant hereto. Any Preferred Director may be removed at any time, with or without cause, and any vacancy created thereby may be filled, only by the affirmative vote of the holders a majority of the shares of Designated Preferred Stock at the time outstanding voting separately as a class together with the holders of shares of Voting Parity Stock, to the extent the voting rights of such holders described above are then exercisable. If the office of any Preferred Director becomes vacant for any reason other than removal from office as aforesaid, the remaining Preferred Director may choose a successor who shall hold office for the unexpired term in respect of which such vacancy occurred.

(c) Class Voting Rights as to Particular Matters . So long as any shares of Designated Preferred Stock are outstanding, in addition to any other vote or consent of stockholders required

 

B-10


by law or by the Charter, the vote or consent of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the shares of Designated Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, voting as a separate class, given in person or by proxy, either in writing without a meeting or by vote at any meeting called for the purpose, shall be necessary for effecting or validating:

(i) Authorization of Senior Stock . Any amendment or alteration of the Certificate of Designations for the Designated Preferred Stock or the Charter to authorize or create or increase the authorized amount of, or any issuance of, any shares of, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of, any class or series of capital stock of the Issuer ranking senior to Designated Preferred Stock with respect to either or both the payment of dividends and/or the distribution of assets on any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Issuer;

(ii) Amendment of Designated Preferred Stock . Any amendment, alteration or repeal of any provision of the Certificate of Designations for the Designated Preferred Stock or the Charter (including, unless no vote on such merger or consolidation is required by Section 7(c)(iii) below, any amendment, alteration or repeal by means of a merger, consolidation or otherwise) so as to adversely affect the rights, preferences, privileges or voting powers of the Designated Preferred Stock; or

(iii) Share Exchanges, Reclassifications, Mergers and Consolidations . Any consummation of a binding share exchange or reclassification involving the Designated Preferred Stock, or of a merger or consolidation of the Issuer with another corporation or other entity, unless in each case (x) the shares of Designated Preferred Stock remain outstanding or, in the case of any such merger or consolidation with respect to which the Issuer is not the surviving or resulting entity, are converted into or exchanged for preference securities of the surviving or resulting entity or its ultimate parent, and (y) such shares remaining outstanding or such preference securities, as the case may be, have such rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers, and limitations and restrictions thereof, taken as a whole, as are not materially less favorable to the holders thereof than the rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers, and limitations and restrictions thereof, of Designated Preferred Stock immediately prior to such consummation, taken as a whole;

provided , however , that for all purposes of this Section 7(c), any increase in the amount of the authorized Preferred Stock, including any increase in the authorized amount of Designated Preferred Stock necessary to satisfy preemptive or similar rights granted by the Issuer to other persons prior to the Signing Date, or the creation and issuance, or an increase in the authorized or issued amount, whether pursuant to preemptive or similar rights or otherwise, of any other series of Preferred Stock, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any other series of Preferred Stock, ranking equally with and/or junior to Designated Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends (whether such dividends are cumulative or non-cumulative) and the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Issuer will not be deemed to adversely affect the rights, preferences, privileges or voting powers, and shall not require the affirmative vote or consent of, the holders of outstanding shares of the Designated Preferred Stock.

(d) Changes after Provision for Redemption . No vote or consent of the holders of

 

B-11


Designated Preferred Stock shall be required pursuant to Section 7(c) above if, at or prior to the time when any such vote or consent would otherwise be required pursuant to such Section, all outstanding shares of the Designated Preferred Stock shall have been redeemed, or shall have been called for redemption upon proper notice and sufficient funds shall have been deposited in trust for such redemption, in each case pursuant to Section 5 above.

(e) Procedures for Voting and Consents . The rules and procedures for calling and conducting any meeting of the holders of Designated Preferred Stock (including, without limitation, the fixing of a record date in connection therewith), the solicitation and use of proxies at such a meeting, the obtaining of written consents and any other aspect or matter with regard to such a meeting or such consents shall be governed by any rules of the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors, in its discretion, may adopt from time to time, which rules and procedures shall conform to the requirements of the Charter, the Bylaws, and applicable law and the rules of any national securities exchange or other trading facility on which Designated Preferred Stock is listed or traded at the time.

Section 8. Record Holders . To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Issuer and the transfer agent for Designated Preferred Stock may deem and treat the record holder of any share of Designated Preferred Stock as the true and lawful owner thereof for all purposes, and neither the Issuer nor such transfer agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

Section 9. Notices . All notices or communications in respect of Designated Preferred Stock shall be sufficiently given if given in writing and delivered in person or by first class mail, postage prepaid, or if given in such other manner as may be permitted in this Certificate of Designations, in the Charter or Bylaws or by applicable law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if shares of Designated Preferred Stock are issued in book-entry form through The Depository Trust Issuer or any similar facility, such notices may be given to the holders of Designated Preferred Stock in any manner permitted by such facility.

Section 10. No Preemptive Rights . No share of Designated Preferred Stock shall have any rights of preemption whatsoever as to any securities of the Issuer, or any warrants, rights or options issued or granted with respect thereto, regardless of how such securities, or such warrants, rights or options, may be designated, issued or granted.

Section 11. Replacement Certificates . The Issuer shall replace any mutilated certificate at the holder’s expense upon surrender of that certificate to the Issuer. The Issuer shall replace certificates that become destroyed, stolen or lost at the holder’s expense upon delivery to the Issuer of reasonably satisfactory evidence that the certificate has been destroyed, stolen or lost, together with any indemnity that may be reasonably required by the Issuer.

Section 12. Other Rights . The shares of Designated Preferred Stock shall not have any rights, preferences, privileges or voting powers or relative, participating, optional or other special rights, or qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, other than as set forth herein or in the Charter or as provided by applicable law.

 

B-12

Exhibit 3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BYLAWS

OF

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORAITON

(A TEXAS CORPORATION)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I OFFICES

   1

Section 1.

     Principal Office.    1

Section 2.

     Other Offices.    1

ARTICLE II SHAREHOLDERS

   1

Section 1.

     Time and Place of Meetings.    1

Section 2.

     Annual Meetings.    1

Section 3.

     Special Meetings.    1

Section 4.

     Notice.    1

Section 5.

     Closing of Share Transfer Records and Fixing Record Dates for Matters Other than Consents to Action.    2

Section 6.

     Fixing Record Dates for Consents to Action.    2

Section 7.

     List of Shareholders.    2

Section 8.

     Quorum.    3

Section 9.

     Voting.    3

Section 10.

     Procedure.    4

Section 11.

     Action by Consent.    8

Section 12.

     Presence at Meetings by Means of Communication Equipment.    8

ARTICLE III DIRECTORS

   8

Section 1.

     Number of Directors.    8

Section 2.

     Vacancies.    9

Section 3.

     General Powers.    9

Section 4.

     Place of Meetings.    9

Section 5.

     Annual Meetings.    10

Section 6.

     Regular Meetings.    10

Section 7.

     Special Meetings.    10

Section 8.

     Quorum and Voting.    10

Section 9.

     Committee of the Board of Directors.    10

Section 10.

     Compensation of Directors.    11

Section 11.

     Action by Unanimous Consent.    11

Section 12.

     Presence at Meetings by Means of Communications Equipment.    11

ARTICLE IV NOTICES

   11

Section 1.

     Form of Notice.    11

Section 2.

     Waiver.    12

Section 3.

     When Notice Unnecessary.    12

ARTICLE V OFFICERS

   12

Section 1.

     General.    12

Section 2.

     Election.    12

Section 3.

     Chairman of the Board.    12

Section 4.

     President.    13

 

i


Section 5.

     Vice Presidents.    13

Section 6.

     Assistant Vice Presidents.    13

Section 7.

     Secretary.    13

Section 8.

     Assistant Secretaries.    14

Section 9.

     Treasurer.    14

Section 10.

     Assistant Treasurers.    14

Section 11.

     Bonding.    14

ARTICLE VI CERTIFICATES REPRESENTING SHARES

   15

Section 1.

     Form of Certificates.    15

Section 2.

     Lost Certificates.    15

Section 3.

     Transfer of Shares.    15

Section 4.

     Registered Shareholders.    16

ARTICLE VII INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

   16

Section 1.

     General.    16
ARTICLE VIII GENERAL PROVISIONS    16

Section 1.

     Distributions and Share Dividends.    16

Section 2.

     Reserves.    17

Section 3.

     Fiscal Year.    17

Section 4.

     Seal.    17

Section 5.

     Resignation.    17

ARTICLE IX AMENDMENTS TO BYLAWS

   17

 

ii


ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1. Principal Office . The principal office of the Corporation shall be in Dallas County, Texas.

Section 2. Other Offices . The Corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Texas as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

SHAREHOLDERS

Section 1. Time and Place of Meetings . Meetings of the Shareholders shall be held at such time and at such place, within or without the State of Texas, as shall be determined by the Board of Directors.

Section 2. Annual Meetings . Annual meetings of the shareholders shall be held on such date and at such time as shall be determined by the Board of Directors. At each annual meeting the shareholders shall elect a Board of Directors and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

Section 3. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the shareholders may be called at any time by the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors, and shall be called by the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary at the request in writing of the holders of not less than ten percent (10%) of the voting power represented by all the shares issued, outstanding and entitled to be voted at the proposed special meeting, unless the Articles of Incorporation provide for a different percentage, in which event such provision of the Articles of Incorporation shall govern. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting. Business transacted at special meetings shall be confined to the purposes stated in the notice of the meeting. Notwithstanding anything set forth in these Bylaws, at a special meeting requested by the shareholders of the Corporation, only the Corporation and the shareholders who participated in the written meeting request may propose any item for consideration or nominate directors for election at such meeting.

Section 4. Notice . Written or printed notice stating the place, day and hour of any shareholders’ meeting and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be delivered not less than ten nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting, either personally or by mail, by or at the direction of the Chief Executive Officer, the Secretary or the officer or person calling the meeting, to each shareholder entitled to vote at such meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the shareholder at his address as it appears on the share transfer records of the Corporation.


Section 5. Closing of Share Transfer Records and Fixing Record Dates for Matters Other than Consents to Action . For the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any distribution or share dividend, or in order to make a determination of shareholders for any other proper purpose (other than determining shareholders entitled to consent to action by shareholders proposed to be taken without a meeting of shareholders), the Board of Directors of the Corporation may provide that the share transfer records shall be closed for a stated period but not to exceed, in any case, 60 days. If the share transfer records shall be closed for the purpose of determining shareholders, such record shall be closed for at least ten days immediately preceding such meeting. In lieu of closing the share transfer records, the Board of Directors may fix in advance a date as the record date for any such determination of shareholders, such date in any case to be not more than 60 days and, in the case of a meeting of shareholders, not less than ten days prior to the date on which the particular action requiring such determination of shareholders is to be taken. If the share transfer records are not closed and no record date is fixed for the determination of shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders, or shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders, or shareholders entitled to receive payment of a distribution (other than a distribution involving a purchase or redemption by the Corporation of any of its own shares) or share dividend, the date on which notice of the meeting is mailed or the date on which the resolution of the Board of Directors declaring such distribution or share dividend is adopted, as the case may be, shall be the record date for such determination of shareholders. When a determination of shareholders entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders has been made as provided in this section, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof except where the determination has been made through the closing of share transfer records and the stated period of closing has expired.

Section 6. Fixing Record Dates for Consents to Action . Unless a record date shall have previously been fixed or determined pursuant to this Section 6, whenever action by shareholders is proposed to be taken by consent in writing without a meeting of shareholders, the Board of Directors may fix a record date for the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to consent to that action, which record date shall not precede, and shall not be more than ten days after, the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and the prior action of the Board of Directors is not required by the Texas Business Corporation Act (herein called the “Act”), the record date for determining shareholders entitled to consent to action in writing without a meeting shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office, such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed.

Section 7. List of Shareholders . The officer or agent of the Corporation having charge of the share transfer records for shares of the Corporation shall make, at least ten days before each meeting of the shareholders, a complete list of the shareholders entitled to vote at such meeting or any adjournment thereof, arranged in alphabetical order, with the address of and the number of voting shares held by each, which list, for a period of ten days prior to such meeting, shall be kept on file at the registered office or principal place of business of the Corporation and shall be subject to inspection by any shareholder at any time during the usual business hours of

 

2


the Corporation. Such list shall also be produced and kept open at the time and place of the meeting and shall be subject to the inspection of any shareholder during the whole time of the meeting. The original share transfer records shall be prima facie evidence as to who are the shareholders entitled to examine such list or transfer records or to vote at any meeting of shareholders. Failure to comply with the requirements of this Section shall not affect the validity of any action taken at such meeting.

Section 8. Quorum . A quorum shall be present at a meeting of shareholders if the holders of shares having a majority of the voting power represented by all issued and outstanding shares entitled to vote at the meeting are present in person or represented by proxy at such meeting, unless otherwise provided by the Articles of Incorporation in accordance with the Act. Once a quorum is present at a meeting of shareholders, the shareholders represented in person or by proxy at the meeting may conduct such business as may properly be brought before the meeting until it is adjourned, and the subsequent withdrawal from the meeting of any shareholder or the refusal of any shareholder represented in person or by proxy to vote shall not affect the presence of a quorum at the meeting. If, however, a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of shareholders, the shareholders entitled to vote, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until such time and to such place as may be determined by a vote of the holders of a majority of the shares represented in person or by proxy at such meeting until a quorum shall be present. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed.

Section 9. Voting . When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote, present in person or represented by proxy at such meeting, shall decide any matter brought before such meeting, other than the election of directors or a matter for which the affirmative vote of the holders of a specified portion of the shares entitled to vote is required by the Act, and shall be the act of the shareholders, unless otherwise provided by the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws in accordance with the Act.

Unless otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws in accordance with the Act, directors of the Corporation shall be elected by a majority of the votes cast by the holders of shares entitled to vote in the election of directors at a meeting of shareholders at which a quorum is present.

At every meeting of the shareholders, each shareholder shall be entitled to such number of votes, in person or by proxy, for each share having voting power held by such shareholder, as is specified in the Articles of Incorporation (including the resolution of the Board of Directors (or a committee thereof) creating such shares), except to the extent that the voting rights of the shares of any class or series are limited or denied by the Articles of Incorporation. At each election of directors, every shareholder shall be entitled to cast, in person or by proxy, the number of votes to which the shares owned by him are entitled for as many persons as there are directors to be elected and for whose election he has a right to vote. Cumulative voting is prohibited by the Articles of Incorporation. Every proxy must be executed in writing by the shareholder. A telegram, telex, cablegram, electronic mail message or similar transmission by the shareholder, or a photographic, photostatic facsimile, or similar reproduction of a writing executed by the shareholder, shall be treated as an execution in writing for the purposes of this Section 9. No proxy shall be valid after 11 months

 

3


from the date of its execution unless otherwise provided therein. Each proxy shall be revocable unless (i) the proxy form conspicuously states that the proxy is irrevocable, and (ii) the proxy is coupled with an interest, as defined in the Act and other Texas law.

Shares standing in the name of another corporation may be voted by such officer, agent or proxy as the bylaws of such corporation may prescribe or, in the absence of such provision, as the board of directors of such corporation may determine.

Shares held by an administrator, executor, guardian or conservator may be voted by him, either in person or by proxy, without a transfer of such shares into his name. Shares standing in the name of a trustee may be voted by him, either in person or by proxy, but no trustee shall be entitled to vote shares held by him, without a transfer of such shares into his name as trustee.

Shares standing in the name of a receiver may be voted by such receiver, and shares held by or under the control of a receiver may be voted by such receiver without being transferred into his name, if such authority is contained in an appropriate order of the court that appointed the receiver.

A shareholder whose shares are pledged shall be entitled to vote such shares until the shares have been transferred into the name of the pledgee, and thereafter the pledgee shall be entitled to vote the shares so transferred.

Treasury shares, shares of the Corporation’s stock owned by another corporation the majority of the voting stock of which is owned or controlled by the Corporation, and shares of its own stock held by the Corporation in a fiduciary capacity shall not be voted, directly or indirectly, at any meeting, and shall not be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares at any given time.

Section 10. Procedure .

(a) The Chairman of the Board, or such other officer of the Corporation designated by the Board of Directors, will call meetings of the shareholders to order and will act as presiding officer at the meetings. Unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors prior to the meeting, the presiding officer of the meeting of the shareholders will also determine the order of business and have the authority in his or her sole discretion to regulate the conduct of any such meeting, including without limitation by imposing restrictions on the persons (other than shareholders of the Corporation or their duly appointed proxies) who may attend such shareholders’ meeting, by ascertaining whether any shareholder or his, her or its proxy may be excluded from any meeting of the shareholders based upon any determination by the presiding officer, in his or her sole discretion, that any such person has unduly disrupted or is likely to disrupt the proceedings, and by determining the circumstances in which any person may make a statement or ask questions at any meeting of the shareholders.

(b) At an annual meeting of the shareholders, only such business will be conducted or considered as is properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, business must be (i) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors in accordance with Section 4, (ii) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by the presiding officer or by or at the direction of a majority of the Board of Directors, or (iii) otherwise properly requested to be brought before the meeting by a shareholder in accordance with Sections 10(c) and (d).

 

4


(c) A shareholder who wishes to submit business, other than nominations of directors, for consideration at an annual or special meeting must comply with this Section 10(c). A shareholder who wishes to include business in a proxy statement prepared by the Corporation must also comply with Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”).

For business, other than nominations of directors, to be properly requested by a shareholder for consideration at an annual or special meeting, the shareholder must (i) be a shareholder of record of the Corporation at the time of the giving of the notice for such meeting provided for in these Bylaws, (ii) be entitled to vote at such meeting, and (iii) have given timely notice in writing to the Secretary, and such business must be a proper matter for shareholder action. To be timely in connection with an annual meeting, a shareholder’s notice must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than 90 nor more than 120 calendar days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than 30 calendar days prior to such anniversary date or delayed more than 60 calendar days after such anniversary date then to be timely such notice must be received by the Corporation no later than the later of 70 calendar days prior to the date of the annual meeting or the close of business on the 7th calendar day following the earlier of the date on which notice of the annual meeting is first mailed by or on behalf of the Corporation or the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the annual meeting. To be timely in connection with a special meeting, a shareholder’s notice must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than 40 calendar days nor more than 60 calendar days prior to the date of such meeting; provided, however, that in the event that less than 50 calendar days notice or prior public announcement of the date of the special meeting is given or made to the shareholders, the shareholder’s notice to be timely must be so received not later than the close of business on the 7th calendar day following the earlier of the date on which notice of the date of the special meeting was first mailed by or on behalf of the Corporation or the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting. In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual or special meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period for the giving of the notice required by this Section 10(c).

A shareholder’s notice to the Secretary must set forth as to each matter the shareholder proposes to bring before the annual or special meeting: (A) a description in reasonable detail of the business desired to be brought before the meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting; (B) the name and address, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, of the shareholder proposing such business and any Shareholder Associated Person (defined below) covered by clauses (C) and (D) below; (C) the class and number of shares of the Corporation that are owned beneficially and of record by the shareholder proposing such business and by any Shareholder Associated Person with respect to the Corporation’s securities, and any derivatives, hedged positions, synthetic and temporary ownership techniques, swaps, securities loans, timed purchases and other economic and voting interests or similar positions, securities or interests held by such shareholder and Shareholder Associated Person with respect to the Corporation’s

 

5


securities; (D) any material interest of the shareholder proposing such business or any Shareholder Associated Person in such business; and (E) any agreements the shareholder proposing such business or any Shareholder Associated Person has with other persons or entities in connection with such business.

Shareholder Associated Person ” of any shareholder means (i) any person controlling, directly or indirectly, or acting in concert with, such shareholder, (ii) any beneficial owner of shares of stock of the Corporation owned of record or beneficially by such shareholder and (iii) any person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Shareholder Associated Person.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 10(c), a shareholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 10(c). For purposes of this Section 10(c), “public announcement” means disclosure in a press release reported by a national news service or in a document filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Sections 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or furnished to shareholders. Nothing in this Section 10(c) will be deemed to affect any rights of shareholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act.

(d) A shareholder who wishes to nominate a director or directors for election at an annual meeting must comply with this Section 10(d). A shareholder who wishes to include business in a proxy statement prepared by the Corporation must also comply with Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act.

For nominations of directors to be properly requested by a shareholder for consideration at an annual or special meeting, the shareholder must (i) be a shareholder of record of the Corporation at the time of the giving of the notice for such meeting provided for in these Bylaws, (ii) be entitled to vote at such meeting, and (iii) have given timely notice in writing to the Secretary. To be timely in connection with an annual meeting, a shareholder’s notice must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than 90 nor more than 120 calendar days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than 30 calendar days prior to such anniversary date or delayed more than 60 calendar days after such anniversary date then to be timely such notice must be received by the Corporation no later than the later of 70 calendar days prior to the date of the annual meeting or the close of business on the 7th calendar day following the earlier of the date on which notice of the annual meeting is first mailed by or on behalf of the Corporation or the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the annual meeting. To be timely in connection with a special meeting, a shareholder’s notice must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than 40 calendar days nor more than 60 calendar days prior to the date of such meeting; provided, however, that in the event that less than 50 calendar days notice or prior public announcement of the date of the special meeting is given or made to the shareholders, the shareholder’s notice to be timely must be so received not later than the close of business on the 7th calendar day following the earlier of the date on which notice of the date of the special meeting was first mailed by or on behalf of the Corporation or the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting. In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual or special meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period for the giving of the notice required by this Section 10(d).

 

6


A shareholder’s notice to the Secretary must set forth: (A) as to each person whom the shareholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act, including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director, if elected; (B) as to the shareholder giving the notice the name and address, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, of such shareholder and any Shareholder Associated Person covered by clause (C) below; (C) as to the shareholder giving the notice the class and number of shares of the Corporation that are owned beneficially and of record by such shareholder and by any Shareholder Associated Person with respect to the Corporation’s securities, and any derivatives, hedged positions, synthetic and temporary ownership techniques, swaps, securities loans, timed purchases and other economic and voting interests or similar positions, securities or interests held by such shareholder and Shareholder Associated Person with respect to the Corporation’s securities; (D) a description of any material relationships, including financial transactions and compensation, between the shareholder giving the notice and any Shareholder Associated Person, on the one hand, and the proposed nominee or nominees, on the other; (E) a completed independence questionnaire regarding the proposed nominee or nominees, which may be obtained from the Secretary of the Corporation; and (F) a written representation from such proposed nominee or nominees that they do not have, nor will they have, any undisclosed voting commitments or other arrangements with respect to their actions as a director. At the request of the Board of Directors, any person nominated by the Board of Directors for election as a director shall furnish to the Secretary that information required to be set forth in a shareholder’s notice of nomination which pertains to the nominee.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 10(d), a shareholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 10(d). For purposes of this Section 10(d), “public announcement” means disclosure in a press release reported by a national news service or in a document filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Sections 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or furnished to shareholders. Nothing in this Section 10(d) will be deemed to affect any rights of shareholders to request inclusion of nominations in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act.

(e) At a special meeting of shareholders, only such business may be conducted or considered as is properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before a special meeting, business must be (i) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given in accordance with Section 4 and (ii) if requested to be brought before the meeting by a shareholder, properly requested in accordance with Sections 3, 10(c) and 10(d).

(f) The determination of whether any business sought to be brought before any annual or special meeting of the shareholders is properly brought before such meeting in accordance with this Section 10 will be made by the presiding officer of such meeting. If the presiding officer determines that any business is not properly brought before such meeting, he or she will so declare to the meeting and any such business will not be conducted or considered.

 

7


Section 11. Action by Consent . Any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of the shareholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice, and without a vote if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all of the shareholders entitled to vote with respect to the action that is the subject of the consent.

In addition, if the Articles of Incorporation so provide, any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of the shareholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice, and without a vote if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holder or holders of shares having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to take such action at a meeting at which the holders of all shares entitled to vote on the action were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of any action by shareholders without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those shareholders who did not consent in writing to the action.

Every written consent shall bear the date of signature of each shareholder who signs the consent. No written consent shall be effective to take the action that is the subject of the consent unless, within 60 days after the date of the earliest dated consent delivered to the Corporation as set forth below in this Section 11, the consent or consents signed by the holder of holders of shares having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to take the action that is the subject of the consent are delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the records in which proceedings of meetings of shareholders are recorded. Delivery shall be by hand or certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Delivery to the Corporation’s principal place of business shall be addressed to the President or the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation. A telegram, telex, cablegram, electronic mail message or similar transmission by a shareholder, or a photographic, photostatic, facsimile, or similar reproduction of a writing signed by a shareholder, shall be regarded as signed by the shareholder for the purposes of this Section 11.

Section 12. Presence at Meetings by Means of Communication Equipment. Shareholders may participate in and hold a meeting of the shareholders by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this Section 12 shall constitute presence in person at such meeting, except where a person participates in the meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

Section 1. Number of Directors . The number of directors of the Corporation shall be fixed from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors, but in no case shall the number of directors be less than one. Until otherwise fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors, the number of directors shall be the number stated in the Articles of Incorporation. No decrease in the number of directors

 

8


shall have the effect of reducing the term of any incumbent director. Directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of the shareholders by the holders of shares entitled to vote in the election of directors, except as provided in Section 2 of this Article III, and each director shall hold office until the annual meeting of shareholders following his election or until his successor is elected and qualified. Directors need not be residents of the State of Texas or shareholders of the Corporation.

Section 2. Vacancies . Subject to other provisions of this Section 2, any vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors may be filled by election at an annual or special meeting of the shareholders called for that purpose or by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors, though the remaining directors may constitute less than a quorum of the Board of Directors as fixed by Section 8 of this Article III. A director elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected for the unexpired term of his predecessor in office. Any directorship to be filled by reason of an increase in the number of directors shall be filled by election at an annual meeting or at a special meeting of shareholders called for that purpose or may be filled by the Board of Directors for a term of office continuing only until the next election of one or more directors by the shareholders; provided that the Board of Directors may not fill more than two such directorships during the period between any two successive annual meetings of shareholders. Shareholders holding a majority of shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors may, at any time and with or without cause, terminate the term of office of all or any of the directors by a vote at any annual or special meeting called for that purpose. Such removal shall be effective immediately upon such shareholder action even if successors are not elected simultaneously, and the vacancies on the Board of Directors caused by such action shall be filled only by election by the shareholders.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, whenever the holders of any class or series of shares are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation, only the holders of shares of that class or series shall be entitled to vote for or against the removal of any director elected by the holders of shares of that class or series; and any vacancies in such directorships and any newly created directorships of such class or series to be filled by reason of an increase in the number of such directors may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors elected by such class or series then in office or by a sole remaining director so elected, or by the vote of the holders of the outstanding shares of such class or series, and such directorships shall not in any case be filled by the vote of the remaining directors or the holders of the outstanding shares as a whole unless otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation.

Section 3. General Powers . The powers of the Corporation shall be exercised by or under the authority of, and the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of, its Board of Directors, which may do or cause to be done all such lawful acts and things, as are not by the Act, the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the shareholders.

Section 4. Place of Meetings . The Board of Directors of the Corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Texas.

 

9


Section 5. Annual Meetings . The first meeting of each newly elected Board of Directors shall be held, without further notice, immediately following the annual meeting of shareholders at the same place, unless by the majority vote or unanimous consent of the directors then elected and serving, such time or place shall be changed.

Section 6. Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held with or without notice at such time and place as the Board of Directors may determine by resolution.

Section 7. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by or at the request of the Chief Executive Officer and shall be called by the Secretary on the written request of a majority of the incumbent directors. The person or persons authorized to call special meetings of the Board of Directors may fix the place for holding any special meeting of the Board of Directors called by such person or persons. Notice of any special meeting shall be given at least three hours previous thereto if given either personally (including written notice delivered personally or by telephone notice) or by telex, telecopy, telegram, electronic mail or other means of immediate communication, and at least 72 hours previous thereto if given by written notice mailed or otherwise transmitted to each director at the address of his business or residence. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting. Any director may waive notice of any meeting, as provided in Section 2 of Article IV of these Bylaws. The attendance of a director at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where a director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

Section 8. Quorum and Voting . At all meetings of the Board of Directors, the presence of a majority of the number of directors fixed in the manner provided in Section 1 of this Article III shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. At all meetings of committees of the Board of Directors (if one or more be designated in the manner described in Section 9 of this Article III), the presence of a majority of the number of directors fixed from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors to serve as members of such committees shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The affirmative vote of at least a majority of the directors present and entitled to vote at any meeting of the Board of Directors or a committee of the Board of Directors at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors or the committee, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by the Act, the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws. Directors with an interest in a business transaction of the Corporation and directors who are directors or officers or have a financial interest in any other corporation, partnership, association or other organization with which the Corporation is transacting business may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee of the Board of Directors to authorize such business transaction. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors or a committee thereof, a majority of the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until such time and to such place as may be determined by such majority of directors, until a quorum shall be present.

Section 9. Committee of the Board of Directors . The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board of Directors, designate from among its members one or more committees, each of which shall be composed of one or more of

 

10


its members, and may designate one or more of its members as alternate members of any committee, who may, subject to any limitations imposed by the Board of Directors, replace absent or disqualified members at any meeting of that committee. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors designating the committee or in the Articles of Incorporation or these bylaws, shall have and may exercise all of the authority of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, except where action of the Board of Directors is required by the Act or by the Articles of Incorporation. Any member of a committee of the Board of Directors may be removed, for or without cause by the affirmative vote of a majority of the whole Board of Directors. If any vacancy or vacancies occur in a committee of the Board of Directors caused by death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or otherwise, the vacancy or vacancies shall be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the whole Board of Directors. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be designated by the Board of Directors and shall keep regular minutes of their proceedings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.

Section 10. Compensation of Directors . Unless otherwise provided by resolution of the Board of Directors, directors, as members of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof, shall not be entitled to receive any stated salary for their services. Nothing herein contained, however, shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

Section 11. Action by Unanimous Consent . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if a written consent, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by all the members of the Board of Directors or the committee, as the case may be, and such written consent shall have the same force and effect as a unanimous vote at a meeting of the Board of Directors.

Section 12. Presence at Meetings by Means of Communications Equipment . Members of the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in and hold a meeting of such board or committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this Section 12 shall constitute presence in person at such meeting, except where a person participates in the meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

ARTICLE IV

NOTICES

Section 1. Form of Notice . Whenever under the provisions of the Act, the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws, notice is required to be given to any director of shareholder, and no provision is made as to how such notice shall be given, it shall not be construed to mean personal notice exclusively, but any such notice may be given in writing, by mail, postage prepaid, or by telex, telecopy or telegram, electronic mail or other means of immediate communication, addressed or transmitted to such director or shareholder at such address as appears on the books of the Corporation. Any notice required or permitted to be given by mail shall

 

11


be deemed to be given at the time when the same be thus deposited, postage prepaid, in the United States mail as aforesaid. Any notice required or permitted to be given by telex, telecopy, telegram, electronic mail or other means of immediate communication shall be deemed to be given at the time of actual delivery.

Section 2. Waiver . Whenever under the provisions of the Act, the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any notice is required to be given to any director or shareholder of the Corporation, a waiver thereof in writing signed by the person or persons entitled to such notice, whether before or after the time stated in such notice, shall be equivalent to the giving of such notice.

Section 3. When Notice Unnecessary . Whenever under the provisions of the Act, the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any notice is required to be given to any shareholder, such notice need not be given to the shareholder if (1) notice of two consecutive annual meetings and all notices of meetings held during the period between those annual meetings, if any, or (2) all (but in no event less than two) payments (if sent by first class mail) of distributions or interest on securities during a 12-month period have been mailed to that person, addressed at his address as shown on the records of the Corporation, and have been returned undeliverable. Any action or meeting taken or held without notice to such a person shall have the same force and effect as if the notice had been duly given. If such a person delivers to the Corporation a written notice setting forth his then current address, the requirement that notice be given to that person shall be reinstated.

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

Section 1. General . The elected officers of the Corporation shall be a President and a Secretary. The Board of Directors may also elect or appoint a Chairman of the Board, one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries, a Treasurer and one or more Assistant Treasurers, all of whom shall also be officers. Two or more offices may be held by the same person.

Section 2. Election . The Board of Directors shall elect the officers of the Corporation at each annual meeting of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary and shall determine the salaries of all officers and agents from time to time. The officers shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualified. No officer need be a member of the Board of Directors except the Chairman of the Board, if one be elected. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, at any time by a majority vote of the whole Board. Election or appointment of an officer or agent shall not of itself create contract rights.

Section 3. Chairman of the Board . The Chairman of the Board, if any, shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation and, subject to the provisions of these Bylaws, shall have general supervision of the affairs of the Corporation and shall have general and active control of all its business. He shall preside, when present, at all meetings of shareholders and at all meetings of the Board

 

12


of Directors. He shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors and the shareholders are carried into effect. He shall have general authority to execute bonds, deeds and contracts in the name of the Corporation and affix the corporate seal thereto; to sign stock certificates; to cause the employment or appointment of such employees and agents of the Corporation as the proper conduct of operations may require, and to fix their compensation, subject to the provisions of these Bylaws; to remove or suspend any employee or agent who shall have been employed or appointed under his authority or under authority of an officer subordinate to him; to suspend for cause, pending final action by the authority which shall have elected or appointed him, any officer subordinate to the Chairman of the Board; and, in general, to exercise all the powers and authority usually appertaining to the chief executive officer of a corporation, except as otherwise provided in these Bylaws.

Section 4. President . In the absence of a Chairman of the Board, the President shall be the ranking and Chief Executive officer of the Corporation, and shall have the duties and responsibilities, and the authority and power, of the Chairman of the Board. The President shall be the Chief Operating Officer of the Corporation and as such shall have, subject to review and approval of the Chairman of the Board, if one be elected, the responsibility for the operation of the Corporation and the authority of the Chairman of the Board.

Section 5. Vice Presidents . In the absence of the President or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, the Vice President, if any (on in the event there be more than one, the Vice Presidents in the order designated or, in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election), shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice President shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Operating Officer may from time to time prescribe. The Vice President in charge of finance, if any, shall also perform the duties and assume the responsibilities described in Section 9 of this Article for the Treasurer, and shall report directly to the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation.

Section 6. Assistant Vice Presidents . In the absence of a Vice President or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, the Assistant Vice President, if any (or, if there be more than one, the Assistant Vice Presidents in the order designated or, in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election), shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of that Vice President, and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Operating Officer or the Vice President under whose supervision he is appointed may from time to time prescribe.

Section 7. Secretary . The Secretary shall attend and record minutes of the proceedings of all meetings of the Board of Directors and any committees thereof and all meetings of the shareholders. He shall file the records of such meetings in one or more books to be kept by him for that purpose. Unless the Corporation has appointed a transfer agent or other agent to keep such a record, the Secretary shall also keep at the Corporation’s registered office or principal place of business a record of the original issuance of shares issued by the Corporation and a record of each transfer of those shares that have been presented to the Corporation for registration or transfer. He shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the shareholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive

 

13


Officer, under whose supervision he shall be. He shall have custody of the corporate seal of the Corporation and he, or an Assistant Secretary, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it, and when so affixed, it may be attested by his signature or by the signature of such Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation and to attest the affixing by his signature. The Secretary shall keep and account for all books, documents, papers and records of the Corporation except those for which some other officer or agent is properly accountable. He shall have authority to sign stock certificates and shall generally perform all the duties usually appertaining to the office of the secretary of a corporation.

Section 8. Assistant Secretaries . In the absence of the Secretary or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, the Assistant Secretary, if any (or, if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order designated or, in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election), shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary may from time to time prescribe.

Section 9. Treasurer . The Treasurer, if any (or the Vice President in charge of finance, if one be elected), shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. He shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the Chief Executive officer and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all his transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation. If required by the Board of Directors, he shall give the Corporation a bond (which shall be renewed every six years) in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of his office and for the restoration of the Corporation, in case of his death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his possession or under his control belonging to the Corporation. The Treasurer shall be under the supervision of the Vice President in charge of finance, if any, and he shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or any such Vice President in charge of finance.

Section 10. Assistant Treasurers . In the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, the Assistant Treasurer, if one be elected (or, if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurer in the order designated or, in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election), shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the Treasurer may from time to time prescribe.

Section 11. Bonding . If required by the Board of Directors, all or certain of the officers shall give the Corporation a bond, in such form, in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board, for the faithful performance of the duties of their office and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of their death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in their possession or under their control belonging to the Corporation.

 

14


ARTICLE VI

CERTIFICATES REPRESENTING SHARES

Section 1. Form of Certificates . The Corporation shall deliver certificates representing all shares to which shareholders are entitled. Certificates representing shares of the Corporation shall be in such form as shall be approved and adopted by the Board of Directors and shall be numbered consecutively and entered in the share transfer records of the Corporation as they are issued. Each certificate shall state on the face thereof that the Corporation is organized under the laws of the State of Texas, the name of the registered holder, the number and class of shares, and the designation of the series, if any, which said certificate represents, and either the par value of the shares or a statement that the shares are without par value. Each certificate shall also set forth on the back thereof a full or summary statement of matters required by the Act or the Articles of Incorporation to be described on certificates representing shares, and shall contain a conspicuous statement on the face thereof referring to the matters set forth on the back thereof. Certificates shall be signed by the Chairman of the Board, President or any Vice President and the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary, and may be sealed with the seal of the Corporation. Either the seal of the Corporation or the signatures of the Corporation’s officers or both may be facsimiles. In case any officer or officers who have signed, or whose facsimile signature or signatures have been used on such certificate or certificates, shall cease to be such officer or officers of the Corporation, whether because of death, resignation or otherwise, before such certificate or certificates have been delivered by the Corporation or its agents, such certificate or certificates may nevertheless be issued and delivered as though the person or persons who signed the certificate or certificates or whose facsimile signature or signatures have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer or officers of the Corporation.

Section 2. Lost Certificates . The Corporation may direct that a new certificate be issued in place of any certificate theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate to be lost or destroyed. When authorizing the issue of a new certificate, the Board of Directors, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, may require the owner of the lost or destroyed certificate, or his legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require and/or give the Corporation a bond in such form, in such sum, and with such surety or sureties as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

Section 3. Transfer of Shares . Shares of stock shall be transferable only on the share transfer records of the Corporation by the holder thereof in person or by his duly authorized attorney. Subject to any restrictions on transfer set forth in the Articles of Incorporation, these Bylaws or any agreement among shareholders to which this Corporation is a party or has notice, upon surrender to the Corporation or to the transfer agent of the Corporation of a certificate representing shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.

 

15


Section 4. Registered Shareholders . Except as otherwise provided in the Act or other Texas law, the Corporation shall be entitled to regard the person in whose name any shares issued by the Corporation are registered in the share transfer records of the Corporation at any particular time (including, without limitation, as of the record date fixed pursuant to Section 5 or Section 6 of Article II hereof) as the owner of those shares and, accordingly, shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof.

ARTICLE VII

INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

Section 1. General . The Corporation may, in its sole discretion, indemnify and advance expenses to directors, officers, employees, and agents of the Corporation and to other persons to the full extent and under the circumstances permitted by Tex. Bus. Corp. Act Ann. art. 2.02-1 as now enacted or as may be hereafter amended. The Corporation shall have the power to purchase and maintain at its cost and expense insurance or another arrangement on behalf of directors, officers, employees and agents of the Corporation and on behalf of other persons, in such amounts and on such terms and conditions as the Corporation in its sole discretion deems appropriate, to the full extent and under the circumstances permitted by Tex. Bus. Corp. Act Ann. art. 2.02-1 as now enacted or as may be hereafter amended. The provisions of Tex. Bus. Corp. Act Ann. art. 2.02-1 as now enacted or as may be hereafter amended, are specifically incorporated by reference herein. To the fullest extent permitted by Texas statutory or decisional law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended or interpreted, a director of the Corporation shall not be liable to the Corporation or its shareholders for any action or omission in such director’s capacity as a director. Any repeal or amendment of this Article, or adoption of any other provision of these Bylaws inconsistent with this Article, by the shareholders of the Corporation shall be prospective only and shall not adversely affect any limitation on the liability to the Corporation or its shareholders of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal, amendment or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

ARTICLE VIII

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 1. Distributions and Share Dividends . Distributions or share dividends to the shareholders of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the Act and the Articles of Incorporation and any agreements or obligations of the Corporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting. Distributions may be declared and paid in cash or in property (other than shares or rights to acquire shares of the Corporation), provided that all such declarations and payments of distributions, and all declarations and issuances of share dividends, shall be in strict compliance with all applicable laws and the Articles of Incorporation.

 

16


Section 2. Reserves . There may be created by resolution of the Board of Directors out of the surplus of the Corporation such reserve or reserves as the Board of Directors from time to time, in its discretion, deems proper to provide for contingencies, or to equalize distributions or share dividends, or to repair or maintain any property of the Corporation, or for such other proper purpose as the Board shall deem beneficial to the Corporation, and the Board may increase, decrease or abolish any reserve in the same manner in which it was created.

Section 3. Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be determined by the Board of Directors.

Section 4. Seal . The Corporation shall have a seal which may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any manner reproduced. Any officer of the Corporation shall have authority to affix the seal to any document requiring it.

Section 5. Resignation . Any director, officer or agent of the Corporation may resign by giving written notice to the President or the Secretary. The resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein, or immediately if no time is specified therein. Unless specified in such notice, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENTS TO BYLAWS

Unless otherwise provided by the Articles of Incorporation or a bylaw adopted by the shareholders of the Corporation, these Bylaws may be amended or repealed, or new Bylaws may be adopted, at any meeting of the shareholders of the Corporation or of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares or the directors, as the case may be, present at such meeting.

 

17


CERTIFICATION

I, Scott Luedke, Secretary of the Corporation, hereby certify that the foregoing is a true, accurate and complete copy of the Amended and Restated Bylaws of Plains Capital Corporation adopted by its Board of Directors as of March 18, 2009.

 

/s/    Scott J. Luedke

Scott Luedke, Secretary

 

18

Exhibit 4.1

U NITED S TATES D EPARTMENT OF THE T REASURY

1500 P ENNSYLVANIA A VENUE , NW

W ASHINGTON , D.C. 20220

Dear Ladies and Gentlemen:

The company set forth on the signature page hereto (the “ Company ”) intends to issue in a private placement the number of shares of a series of its preferred stock set forth on Schedule A hereto (the “ Preferred Shares ”) and a warrant to purchase the number of shares of a series of its preferred stock set forth on Schedule A hereto (the “ Warrant ” and, together with the Preferred Shares, the “ Purchased Securities ”) and the United States Department of the Treasury (the “ Investor ”) intends to purchase from the Company the Purchased Securities.

The purpose of this letter agreement is to confirm the terms and conditions of the purchase by the Investor of the Purchased Securities. Except to the extent supplemented or superseded by the terms set forth herein or in the Schedules hereto, the provisions contained in the Securities Purchase Agreement – Standard Terms attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Securities Purchase Agreement ”) are incorporated by reference herein. Terms that are defined in the Securities Purchase Agreement are used in this letter agreement as so defined. In the event of any inconsistency between this letter agreement and the Securities Purchase Agreement, the terms of this letter agreement shall govern.

Each of the Company and the Investor hereby confirms its agreement with the other party with respect to the issuance by the Company of the Purchased Securities and the purchase by the Investor of the Purchased Securities pursuant to this letter agreement and the Securities Purchase Agreement on the terms specified on Schedule A hereto.

This letter agreement (including the Schedules hereto), the Securities Purchase Agreement (including the Annexes thereto), the Disclosure Schedules and the Warrant constitute the entire agreement, and supersede all other prior agreements, understandings, representations and warranties, both written and oral, between the parties, with respect to the subject matter hereof. This letter agreement constitutes the “Letter Agreement” referred to in the Securities Purchase Agreement.

This letter agreement may be executed in any number of separate counterparts, each such counterpart being deemed to be an original instrument, and all such counterparts will together constitute the same agreement. Executed signature pages to this letter agreement may be delivered by facsimile and such facsimiles will be deemed as sufficient as if actual signature pages had been delivered.

*    *    *


In witness whereof, this letter agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the duly authorized representatives of the parties hereto as of the date written below.

 

UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY
By:   /s/ Neel Kashkari
Name:   Neel Kashkari
Title:   Interim Assistant Secretary For Financial Stability
COMPANY: PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Alan White
Name:   Alan White
Title:   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
By:   /s/ Jeff Isom
Name:   Jeff Isom
Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Date: December 19, 2008


EXHIBIT A

(Non-Exchange-Traded QFIs, excluding S Corps

and Mutual Organizations)

 

 

 

SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT

STANDARD TERMS

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page
   Article I   
   Purchase; Closing   

1.1

   Purchase    1

1.2

   Closing    2

1.3

   Interpretation    4
   Article II   
   Representations and Warranties   

2.1

   Disclosure    4

2.2

   Representations and Warranties of the Company    5
   Article III   
   Covenants   

3.1

   Commercially Reasonable Efforts    13

3.2

   Expenses    13

3.3

   Sufficiency of Authorized Warrant Preferred Stock; Exchange Listing    13

3.4

   Certain Notifications Until Closing    13

3.5

   Access, Information and Confidentiality    14
   Article IV   
   Additional Agreements   

4.1

   Purchase for Investment    15

4.2

   Legends    15

4.3

   Certain Transactions    17

4.4

   Transfer of Purchased Securities and Warrant Shares; Restrictions on Exercise of the Warrant    17

4.5

   Registration Rights    18

4.6

   Depositary Shares    29

4.7

   Restriction on Dividends and Repurchases    30

4.8

   Executive Compensation    32

4.9

   Related Party Transactions    32

4.10

   Bank and Thrift Holding Company Status    32

4.11

   Predominantly Financial    32

 

-i-


     Article V     
   Miscellaneous   

5.1

   Termination    32

5.2

   Survival of Representations and Warranties    33

5.3

   Amendment    33

5.4

   Waiver of Conditions    33

5.5

   Governing Law: Submission to Jurisdiction, Etc.    34

5.6

   Notices    34

5.7

   Definitions    34

5.8

   Assignment    35

5.9

   Severability    35

5.10

   No Third Party Beneficiaries    35

 

-ii-


LIST OF ANNEXES

 

ANNEX A:    FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATIONS FOR PREFERRED STOCK
ANNEX B:    FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATIONS FOR WARRANT PREFERRED STOCK
ANNEX C:    FORM OF WAIVER
ANNEX D:    FORM OF OPINION
ANNEX E:    FORM OF WARRANT

 

-iii-


INDEX OF DEFINED TERMS

 

Term

  

Location of Definition

Affiliate

   5.7(b)

Agreement

   Recitals

Appropriate Federal Banking Agency

   2.2(s)

Bank Holding Company

   4.10

Bankruptcy Exceptions

   2.2(d)

Benefit Plans

   1.2(d)(iv)

Board of Directors

   2.2(f)

Business Combination

   5.8

business day

   1.3

Capitalization Date

   2.2(b)

Certificates of Designations

   1.2(d)(iii)

Charter

   1.2(d)(iii)

Closing

   1.2(a)

Closing Date

   1.2(a)

Code

   2.2(n)

Common Stock

   2.2(b)

Company

   Recitals

Company Financial Statements

   2.2(h)

Company Material Adverse Effect

   2.1(b)

Company Reports

   2.2(i)(i)

Company Subsidiary; Company Subsidiaries

   2.2(e)(ii)

control; controlled by; under common control with

   5.7(b)

Controlled Group

   2.2(n)

CPP

   Recitals

Disclosure Schedule

   2.1(a)

EESA

   1.2(d)(iv)

ERISA

   2.2(n)

Exchange Act

   4.4

Federal Reserve

   4.10

GAAP

   2.1(b)

Governmental Entities

   1.2(c)

Holder

   4.5(l)(i)

Holders’ Counsel

   4.5(l)(ii)

Indemnitee

   4.5(h)(i)

Information

   3.5(c)

Investor

   Recitals

Junior Stock

   4.7(f)

knowledge of the Company; Company’s knowledge

   5.7(c)

Letter Agreement

   Recitals

officers

   5.7(c)

Parity Stock

   4.7(f)

 

-iv-


Term

  

Location of Definition

Pending Underwritten Offering

   4.5(m)

Permitted Repurchases

   4.7(c)

Piggyback Registration

   4.5(b)(iv)

Plan

   2.2(n)

Preferred Shares

   Recitals

Preferred Stock

   Recitals

Previously Disclosed

   2.1(c)

Proprietary Rights

   2.2(u)

Purchase

   Recitals

Purchase Price

   1.1

Purchased Securities

   Recitals

register; registered; registration

   4.5(l)(iii)

Registrable Securities

   4.5(l)(iv)

Registration Expenses

   4.5(l)(v)

Regulatory Agreement

   2.2(s)

Rule 144; Rule 144A; Rule 159A; Rule 405; Rule 415

   4.5(l)(vi)

Savings and Loan Holding Company

   4.10

Schedules

   Recitals

SEC

   2.2(k)

Securities Act

   2.2(a)

Selling Expenses

   4.5(l)(vii)

Senior Executive Officers

   4.8

Shelf Registration Statement

   4.5(b)(ii)

Signing Date

   2.1(b)

Special Registration

   4.5(j)

subsidiary

   5.7(a)

Tax; Taxes

   2.2(o)

Transfer

   4.4

Warrant

   Recitals

Warrant Preferred Stock

   Recitals

Warrant Shares

   2.2(d)

 

-v-


SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT – STANDARD TERMS

Recitals:

WHEREAS, the United States Department of the Treasury (the “ Investor ”) may from time to time agree to purchase shares of preferred stock and warrants from eligible financial institutions which elect to participate in the Troubled Asset Relief Program Capital Purchase Program (“ CPP ”);

WHEREAS, an eligible financial institution electing to participate in the CPP and issue securities to the Investor (referred to herein as the “ Company ”) shall enter into a letter agreement (the “ Letter Agreement ”) with the Investor which incorporates this Securities Purchase Agreement – Standard Terms;

WHEREAS, the Company agrees to expand the flow of credit to U.S. consumers and businesses on competitive terms to promote the sustained growth and vitality of the U.S. economy;

WHEREAS, the Company agrees to work diligently, under existing programs, to modify the terms of residential mortgages as appropriate to strengthen the health of the U.S. housing market;

WHEREAS, the Company intends to issue in a private placement the number of shares of the series of its Preferred Stock (“ Preferred Stock ”) set forth on Schedule A to the Letter Agreement (the “ Preferred Shares ”) and a warrant to purchase the number of shares of the series of its Preferred Stock (“ Warrant Preferred Stock ”) set forth on Schedule A to the Letter Agreement (the “ Warrant ” and, together with the Preferred Shares, the “ Purchased Securities ”) and the Investor intends to purchase (the “ Purchase ”) from the Company the Purchased Securities; and

WHEREAS, the Purchase will be governed by this Securities Purchase Agreement – Standard Terms and the Letter Agreement, including the schedules thereto (the “ Schedules ”), specifying additional terms of the Purchase. This Securities Purchase Agreement – Standard Terms (including the Annexes hereto) and the Letter Agreement (including the Schedules thereto) are together referred to as this “Agreement”. All references in this Securities Purchase Agreement – Standard Terms to “Schedules” are to the Schedules attached to the Letter Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises, and of the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth herein, the parties agree as follows:

Article I

Purchase; Closing

1.1 Purchase . On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Company agrees to sell to the Investor, and the Investor agrees to purchase from the Company, at the Closing (as hereinafter defined), the Purchased Securities for the price set forth on Schedule A (the “ Purchase Price ”).


1.2 Closing .

(a) On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, the closing of the Purchase (the “ Closing ”) will take place at the location specified in Schedule A , at the time and on the date set forth in Schedule A or as soon as practicable thereafter, or at such other place, time and date as shall be agreed between the Company and the Investor. The time and date on which the Closing occurs is referred to in this Agreement as the “ Closing Date ”.

(b) Subject to the fulfillment or waiver of the conditions to the Closing in this Section 1.2, at the Closing the Company will deliver the Preferred Shares and the Warrant, in each case as evidenced by one or more certificates dated the Closing Date and bearing appropriate legends as hereinafter provided for, in exchange for payment in full of the Purchase Price by wire transfer of immediately available United States funds to a bank account designated by the Company on Schedule A .

(c) The respective obligations of each of the Investor and the Company to consummate the Purchase are subject to the fulfillment (or waiver by the Investor and the Company, as applicable) prior to the Closing of the conditions that (i) any approvals or authorizations of all United States and other governmental, regulatory or judicial authorities (collectively, “ Governmental Entities ”) required for the consummation of the Purchase shall have been obtained or made in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to each party and shall be in full force and effect and all waiting periods required by United States and other applicable law, if any, shall have expired and (ii) no provision of any applicable United States or other law and no judgment, injunction, order or decree of any Governmental Entity shall prohibit the purchase and sale of the Purchased Securities as contemplated by this Agreement.

(d) The obligation of the Investor to consummate the Purchase is also subject to the fulfillment (or waiver by the Investor) at or prior to the Closing of each of the following conditions:

(i) (A) the representations and warranties of the Company set forth in (x) Section 2.2(g) of this Agreement shall be true and correct in all respects as though made on and as of the Closing Date, (y) Sections 2.2(a) through (f) shall be true and correct in all material respects as though made on and as of the Closing Date (other than representations and warranties that by their terms speak as of another date, which representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such other date) and (z) Sections 2.2(h) through (v) (disregarding all qualifications or limitations set forth in such representations and warranties as to “materiality”, “Company Material Adverse Effect” and words of similar import) shall be true and correct as though made on and as of the Closing Date (other than representations and warranties that by their terms speak as of another date, which representations and warranties shall be true and correct as of such other date), except to the extent that the failure of such representations and warranties referred to in this Section 1.2(d)(i)(A)(z) to be so true and correct, individually or in the aggregate, does not have and would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect and (B) the Company shall have performed in all material respects all obligations required to be performed by it under this Agreement at or prior to the Closing;

 

-2-


(ii) the Investor shall have received a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by a senior executive officer certifying to the effect that the conditions set forth in Section 1.2(d)(i) have been satisfied;

(iii) the Company shall have duly adopted and filed with the Secretary of State of its jurisdiction of organization or other applicable Governmental Entity the amendments to its certificate or articles of incorporation, articles of association, or similar organizational document (“ Charter ”) in substantially the forms attached hereto as Annex A and Annex B (the “ Certificates of Designations ”) and such filing shall have been accepted;

(iv) (A) the Company shall have effected such changes to its compensation, bonus, incentive and other benefit plans, arrangements and agreements (including golden parachute, severance and employment agreements) (collectively, “ Benefit Plans ”) with respect to its Senior Executive Officers (and to the extent necessary for such changes to be legally enforceable, each of its Senior Executive Officers shall have duly consented in writing to such changes), as may be necessary, during the period that the Investor owns any debt or equity securities of the Company acquired pursuant to this Agreement or the Warrant, in order to comply with Section 111(b) of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (“ EESA ”) as implemented by guidance or regulation thereunder that has been issued and is in effect as of the Closing Date, and (B) the Investor shall have received a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by a senior executive officer certifying to the effect that the condition set forth in Section 1.2(d)(iv)(A) has been satisfied;

(v) each of the Company’s Senior Executive Officers shall have delivered to the Investor a written waiver in the form attached hereto as Annex C releasing the Investor from any claims that such Senior Executive Officers may otherwise have as a result of the issuance, on or prior to the Closing Date, of any regulations which require the modification of, and the agreement of the Company hereunder to modify, the terms of any Benefit Plans with respect to its Senior Executive Officers to eliminate any provisions of such Benefit Plans that would not be in compliance with the requirements of Section 111(b) of the EESA as implemented by guidance or regulation thereunder that has been issued and is in effect as of the Closing Date;

(vi) the Company shall have delivered to the Investor a written opinion from counsel to the Company (which may be internal counsel), addressed to the Investor and dated as of the Closing Date, in substantially the form attached hereto as Annex D ;

(vii) the Company shall have delivered certificates in proper form or, with the prior consent of the Investor, evidence of shares in book-entry form, evidencing the Preferred Shares to Investor or its designee(s); and

 

-3-


(viii) the Company shall have duly executed the Warrant in substantially the form attached hereto as Annex E and delivered such executed Warrant to the Investor or its designee(s).

1.3 Interpretation . When a reference is made in this Agreement to “Recitals,” “Articles,” “Sections,” or “Annexes” such reference shall be to a Recital, Article or Section of, or Annex to, this Securities Purchase Agreement – Standard Terms, and a reference to “Schedules” shall be to a Schedule to the Letter Agreement, in each case, unless otherwise indicated. The terms defined in the singular have a comparable meaning when used in the plural, and vice versa. References to “herein”, “hereof”, “hereunder” and the like refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular section or provision, unless the context requires otherwise. The table of contents and headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and are not part of this Agreement. Whenever the words “include,” “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed followed by the words “without limitation.” No rule of construction against the draftsperson shall be applied in connection with the interpretation or enforcement of this Agreement, as this Agreement is the product of negotiation between sophisticated parties advised by counsel. All references to “$” or “dollars” mean the lawful currency of the United States of America. Except as expressly stated in this Agreement, all references to any statute, rule or regulation are to the statute, rule or regulation as amended, modified, supplemented or replaced from time to time (and, in the case of statutes, include any rules and regulations promulgated under the statute) and to any section of any statute, rule or regulation include any successor to the section. References to a “ business day ” shall mean any day except Saturday, Sunday and any day on which banking institutions in the State of New York generally are authorized or required by law or other governmental actions to close.

Article II

Representations and Warranties

2.1 Disclosure .

(a) On or prior to the Signing Date, the Company delivered to the Investor a schedule (“ Disclosure Schedule ”) setting forth, among other things, items the disclosure of which is necessary or appropriate either in response to an express disclosure requirement contained in a provision hereof or as an exception to one or more representations or warranties contained in Section 2.2.

(b) “ Company Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect on (i) the business, results of operation or financial condition of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries taken as a whole; provided , however , that Company Material Adverse Effect shall not be deemed to include the effects of (A) changes after the date of the Letter Agreement (the “ Signing Date ”) in general business, economic or market conditions (including changes generally in prevailing interest rates, credit availability and liquidity, currency exchange rates and price levels or trading volumes in the United States or foreign securities or credit markets), or any outbreak or escalation of hostilities, declared or undeclared acts of war or terrorism, in

 

-4-


each case generally affecting the industries in which the Company and its subsidiaries operate, (B) changes or proposed changes after the Signing Date in generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“ GAAP ”) or regulatory accounting requirements, or authoritative interpretations thereof, or (C) changes or proposed changes after the Signing Date in securities, banking and other laws of general applicability or related policies or interpretations of Governmental Entities (in the case of each of these clauses (A), (B) and (C), other than changes or occurrences to the extent that such changes or occurrences have or would reasonably be expected to have a materially disproportionate adverse effect on the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries taken as a whole relative to comparable U.S. banking or financial services organizations); or (ii) the ability of the Company to consummate the Purchase and other transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Warrant and perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder on a timely basis.

(c) “ Previously Disclosed ” means information set forth on the Disclosure Schedule, provided, however, that disclosure in any section of such Disclosure Schedule shall apply only to the indicated section of this Agreement except to the extent that it is reasonably apparent from the face of such disclosure that such disclosure is relevant to another section of this Agreement.

2.2 Representations and Warranties of the Company . Except as Previously Disclosed, the Company represents and warrants to the Investor that as of the Signing Date and as of the Closing Date (or such other date specified herein):

(a) Organization, Authority and Significant Subsidiaries . The Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, with the necessary power and authority to own its properties and conduct its business in all material respects as currently conducted, and except as has not, individually or in the aggregate, had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect, has been duly qualified as a foreign corporation for the transaction of business and is in good standing under the laws of each other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases properties or conducts any business so as to require such qualification; each subsidiary of the Company that would be considered a “significant subsidiary” within the meaning of Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “ Securities Act ”), has been duly organized and is validly existing in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization. The Charter and bylaws of the Company, copies of which have been provided to the Investor prior to the Signing Date, are true, complete and correct copies of such documents as in full force and effect as of the Signing Date.

(b) Capitalization . The authorized capital stock of the Company, and the outstanding capital stock of the Company (including securities convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, capital stock of the Company) as of the most recent fiscal month-end preceding the Signing Date (the “ Capitalization Date ”) is set forth on Schedule B . The outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly authorized and are validly issued and outstanding, fully paid and nonassessable, and subject to no preemptive rights (and were not issued in violation of any preemptive rights). As of the Signing Date, the Company does not have outstanding any securities or other obligations providing the holder the right to

 

-5-


acquire its Common Stock (“ Common Stock ”) that is not reserved for issuance as specified on Schedule B , and the Company has not made any other commitment to authorize, issue or sell any Common Stock. Since the Capitalization Date, the Company has not issued any shares of Common Stock, other than (i) shares issued upon the exercise of stock options or delivered under other equity-based awards or other convertible securities or warrants which were issued and outstanding on the Capitalization Date and disclosed on Schedule B and (ii) shares disclosed on Schedule B . Each holder of 5% or more of any class of capital stock of the Company and such holder’s primary address are set forth on Schedule B .

(c) Preferred Shares . The Preferred Shares have been duly and validly authorized, and, when issued and delivered pursuant to this Agreement, such Preferred Shares will be duly and validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable, will not be issued in violation of any preemptive rights, and will rank pari passu with or senior to all other series or classes of Preferred Stock, whether or not issued or outstanding, with respect to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets in the event of any dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company.

(d) The Warrant and Warrant Shares . The Warrant has been duly authorized and, when executed and delivered as contemplated hereby, will constitute a valid and legally binding obligation of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as the same may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and general equitable principles, regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity (“ Bankruptcy Exceptions ”). The shares of Warrant Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrant (the “ Warrant Shares ”) have been duly authorized and reserved for issuance upon exercise of the Warrant and when so issued in accordance with the terms of the Warrant will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and will rank pari passu with or senior to all other series or classes of Preferred Stock, whether or not issued or outstanding, with respect to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets in the event of any dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company.

(e) Authorization, Enforceability .

(i) The Company has the corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and the Warrant and to carry out its obligations hereunder and thereunder (which includes the issuance of the Preferred Shares, Warrant and Warrant Shares). The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the Warrant and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company and its stockholders, and no further approval or authorization is required on the part of the Company. This Agreement is a valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, subject to the Bankruptcy Exceptions.

 

-6-


(ii) The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the Warrant and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby and compliance by the Company with the provisions hereof and thereof, will not (A) violate, conflict with, or result in a breach of any provision of, or constitute a default (or an event which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute a default) under, or result in the termination of, or accelerate the performance required by, or result in a right of termination or acceleration of, or result in the creation of, any lien, security interest, charge or encumbrance upon any of the properties or assets of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company (each a “ Company Subsidiary ” and, collectively, the “ Company Subsidiaries ”) under any of the terms, conditions or provisions of (i) its organizational documents or (ii) any note, bond, mortgage, indenture, deed of trust, license, lease, agreement or other instrument or obligation to which the Company or any Company Subsidiary is a party or by which it or any Company Subsidiary may be bound, or to which the Company or any Company Subsidiary or any of the properties or assets of the Company or any Company Subsidiary may be subject, or (B) subject to compliance with the statutes and regulations referred to in the next paragraph, violate any statute, rule or regulation or any judgment, ruling, order, writ, injunction or decree applicable to the Company or any Company Subsidiary or any of their respective properties or assets except, in the case of clauses (A)(ii) and (B), for those occurrences that, individually or in the aggregate, have not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect.

(iii) Other than the filing of the Certificates of Designations with the Secretary of State of its jurisdiction of organization or other applicable Governmental Entity, such filings and approvals as are required to be made or obtained under any state “blue sky” laws and such as have been made or obtained, no notice to, filing with, exemption or review by, or authorization, consent or approval of, any Governmental Entity is required to be made or obtained by the Company in connection with the consummation by the Company of the Purchase except for any such notices, filings, exemptions, reviews, authorizations, consents and approvals the failure of which to make or obtain would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect.

(f) Anti-takeover Provisions and Rights Plan . The Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board of Directors ”) has taken all necessary action to ensure that the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Warrant and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including the exercise of the Warrant in accordance with its terms, will be exempt from any anti-takeover or similar provisions of the Company’s Charter and bylaws, and any other provisions of any applicable “moratorium”, “control share”, “fair price”, “interested stockholder” or other anti-takeover laws and regulations of any jurisdiction.

(g) No Company Material Adverse Effect . Since the last day of the last completed fiscal period for which financial statements are included in the Company Financial Statements (as defined below), no fact, circumstance, event, change, occurrence, condition or development has occurred that, individually or in the aggregate, has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect.

 

-7-


(h) Company Financial Statements . The Company has Previously Disclosed each of the consolidated financial statements of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries for each of the last three completed fiscal years of the Company (which shall be audited to the extent audited financial statements are available prior to the Signing Date) and each completed quarterly period since the last completed fiscal year (collectively the “ Company Financial Statements ”). The Company Financial Statements present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial position of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries as of the dates indicated therein and the consolidated results of their operations for the periods specified therein; and except as stated therein, such financial statements (A) were prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a consistent basis (except as may be noted therein) and (B) have been prepared from, and are in accordance with, the books and records of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries.

(i) Reports .

(i) Since December 31, 2006, the Company and each Company Subsidiary has filed all reports, registrations, documents, filings, statements and submissions, together with any amendments thereto, that it was required to file with any Governmental Entity (the foregoing, collectively, the “ Company Reports ”) and has paid all fees and assessments due and payable in connection therewith, except, in each case, as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect. As of their respective dates of filing, the Company Reports complied in all material respects with all statutes and applicable rules and regulations of the applicable Governmental Entities.

(ii) The records, systems, controls, data and information of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries are recorded, stored, maintained and operated under means (including any electronic, mechanical or photographic process, whether computerized or not) that are under the exclusive ownership and direct control of the Company or the Company Subsidiaries or their accountants (including all means of access thereto and therefrom), except for any non-exclusive ownership and non-direct control that would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the system of internal accounting controls described below in this Section 2.2(i)(ii) . The Company (A) has implemented and maintains adequate disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including the consolidated Company Subsidiaries, is made known to the chief executive officer and the chief financial officer of the Company by others within those entities, and (B) has disclosed, based on its most recent evaluation prior to the Signing Date, to the Company’s outside auditors and the audit committee of the Board of Directors (x) any significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls that are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information and (y) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting.

 

-8-


(j) No Undisclosed Liabilities . Neither the Company nor any of the Company Subsidiaries has any liabilities or obligations of any nature (absolute, accrued, contingent or otherwise) which are not properly reflected or reserved against in the Company Financial Statements to the extent required to be so reflected or reserved against in accordance with GAAP, except for (A) liabilities that have arisen since the last fiscal year end in the ordinary and usual course of business and consistent with past practice and (B) liabilities that, individually or in the aggregate, have not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect.

(k) Offering of Securities . Neither the Company nor any person acting on its behalf has taken any action (including any offering of any securities of the Company under circumstances which would require the integration of such offering with the offering of any of the Purchased Securities under the Securities Act, and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”) promulgated thereunder), which might subject the offering, issuance or sale of any of the Purchased Securities to Investor pursuant to this Agreement to the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

(l) Litigation and Other Proceedings . Except (i) as set forth on Schedule C or (ii) as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect, there is no (A) pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened, claim, action, suit, investigation or proceeding, against the Company or any Company Subsidiary or to which any of their assets are subject nor is the Company or any Company Subsidiary subject to any order, judgment or decree or (B) unresolved violation, criticism or exception by any Governmental Entity with respect to any report or relating to any examinations or inspections of the Company or any Company Subsidiaries.

(m) Compliance with Laws. Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect, the Company and the Company Subsidiaries have all permits, licenses, franchises, authorizations, orders and approvals of, and have made all filings, applications and registrations with, Governmental Entities that are required in order to permit them to own or lease their properties and assets and to carry on their business as presently conducted and that are material to the business of the Company or such Company Subsidiary. Except as set forth on Schedule D , the Company and the Company Subsidiaries have complied in all respects and are not in default or violation of, and none of them is, to the knowledge of the Company, under investigation with respect to or, to the knowledge of the Company, have been threatened to be charged with or given notice of any violation of, any applicable domestic (federal, state or local) or foreign law, statute, ordinance, license, rule, regulation, policy or guideline, order, demand, writ, injunction, decree or judgment of any Governmental Entity, other than such noncompliance, defaults or violations that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect. Except for statutory or regulatory restrictions of general application or as set forth on Schedule D , no Governmental Entity has placed any restriction on the business or properties of the Company or any Company Subsidiary that would, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect.

 

-9-


(n) Employee Benefit Matters . Except as would not reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect: (A) each “employee benefit plan” (within the meaning of Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ ERISA ”)) providing benefits to any current or former employee, officer or director of the Company or any member of its “ Controlled Group ” (defined as any organization which is a member of a controlled group of corporations within the meaning of Section 414 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”)) that is sponsored, maintained or contributed to by the Company or any member of its Controlled Group and for which the Company or any member of its Controlled Group would have any liability, whether actual or contingent (each, a “ Plan ”) has been maintained in compliance with its terms and with the requirements of all applicable statutes, rules and regulations, including ERISA and the Code; (B) with respect to each Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA (including, for purposes of this clause (B), any plan subject to Title IV of ERISA that the Company or any member of its Controlled Group previously maintained or contributed to in the six years prior to the Signing Date), (1) no “reportable event” (within the meaning of Section 4043(c) of ERISA), other than a reportable event for which the notice period referred to in Section 4043(c) of ERISA has been waived, has occurred in the three years prior to the Signing Date or is reasonably expected to occur, (2) no “accumulated funding deficiency” (within the meaning of Section 302 of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code), whether or not waived, has occurred in the three years prior to the Signing Date or is reasonably expected to occur, (3) the fair market value of the assets under each Plan exceeds the present value of all benefits accrued under such Plan (determined based on the assumptions used to fund such Plan) and (4) neither the Company nor any member of its Controlled Group has incurred in the six years prior to the Signing Date, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA (other than contributions to the Plan or premiums to the PBGC in the ordinary course and without default) in respect of a Plan (including any Plan that is a “multiemployer plan”, within the meaning of Section 4001(c)(3) of ERISA); and (C) each Plan that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code has received a favorable determination letter from the Internal Revenue Service with respect to its qualified status that has not been revoked, or such a determination letter has been timely applied for but not received by the Signing Date, and nothing has occurred, whether by action or by failure to act, which could reasonably be expected to cause the loss, revocation or denial of such qualified status or favorable determination letter.

(o) Taxes . Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect, (i) the Company and the Company Subsidiaries have filed all federal, state, local and foreign income and franchise Tax returns required to be filed through the Signing Date, subject to permitted extensions, and have paid all Taxes due thereon, and (ii) no Tax deficiency has been determined adversely to the Company or any of the Company Subsidiaries, nor does the Company have any knowledge of any Tax deficiencies. “ Tax ” or “ Taxes ” means any federal, state, local or foreign income, gross receipts, property, sales, use, license, excise, franchise, employment, payroll, withholding, alternative or add on minimum, ad valorem, transfer or excise tax, or any other tax, custom, duty, governmental fee or other like assessment or charge of any kind whatsoever, together with any interest or penalty, imposed by any Governmental Entity.

 

-10-


(p) Properties and Leases . Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect, the Company and the Company Subsidiaries have good and marketable title to all real properties and all other properties and assets owned by them, in each case free from liens, encumbrances, claims and defects that would affect the value thereof or interfere with the use made or to be made thereof by them. Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect, the Company and the Company Subsidiaries hold all leased real or personal property under valid and enforceable leases with no exceptions that would interfere with the use made or to be made thereof by them.

(q) Environmental Liability . Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect:

(i) there is no legal, administrative, or other proceeding, claim or action of any nature seeking to impose, or that would reasonably be expected to result in the imposition of, on the Company or any Company Subsidiary, any liability relating to the release of hazardous substances as defined under any local, state or federal environmental statute, regulation or ordinance, including the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened against the Company or any Company Subsidiary;

(ii) to the Company’s knowledge, there is no reasonable basis for any such proceeding, claim or action; and

(iii) neither the Company nor any Company Subsidiary is subject to any agreement, order, judgment or decree by or with any court, Governmental Entity or third party imposing any such environmental liability.

(r) Risk Management Instruments . Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect, all derivative instruments, including, swaps, caps, floors and option agreements, whether entered into for the Company’s own account, or for the account of one or more of the Company Subsidiaries or its or their customers, were entered into (i) only in the ordinary course of business, (ii) in accordance with prudent practices and in all material respects with all applicable laws, rules, regulations and regulatory policies and (iii) with counterparties believed to be financially responsible at the time; and each of such instruments constitutes the valid and legally binding obligation of the Company or one of the Company Subsidiaries, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by the Bankruptcy Exceptions. Neither the Company or the Company Subsidiaries, nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any other party thereto, is in breach of any of its obligations under any such agreement or arrangement other than such breaches that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect.

 

-11-


(s) Agreements with Regulatory Agencies . Except as set forth on Schedule E , neither the Company nor any Company Subsidiary is subject to any material cease-and-desist or other similar order or enforcement action issued by, or is a party to any material written agreement, consent agreement or memorandum of understanding with, or is a party to any commitment letter or similar undertaking to, or is subject to any capital directive by, or since December 31, 2006, has adopted any board resolutions at the request of, any Governmental Entity (other than the Appropriate Federal Banking Agencies with jurisdiction over the Company and the Company Subsidiaries) that currently restricts in any material respect the conduct of its business or that in any material manner relates to its capital adequacy, its liquidity and funding policies and practices, its ability to pay dividends, its credit, risk management or compliance policies or procedures, its internal controls, its management or its operations or business (each item in this sentence, a “ Regulatory Agreement ”), nor has the Company or any Company Subsidiary been advised since December 31, 2006 by any such Governmental Entity that it is considering issuing, initiating, ordering, or requesting any such Regulatory Agreement. The Company and each Company Subsidiary are in compliance in all material respects with each Regulatory Agreement to which it is party or subject, and neither the Company nor any Company Subsidiary has received any notice from any Governmental Entity indicating that either the Company or any Company Subsidiary is not in compliance in all material respects with any such Regulatory Agreement. “ Appropriate Federal Banking Agency ” means the “appropriate Federal banking agency” with respect to the Company or such Company Subsidiaries, as applicable, as defined in Section 3(q) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. Section 1813(q)).

(t) Insurance . The Company and the Company Subsidiaries are insured with reputable insurers against such risks and in such amounts as the management of the Company reasonably has determined to be prudent and consistent with industry practice. The Company and the Company Subsidiaries are in material compliance with their insurance policies and are not in default under any of the material terms thereof, each such policy is outstanding and in full force and effect, all premiums and other payments due under any material policy have been paid, and all claims thereunder have been filed in due and timely fashion, except, in each case, as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect.

(u) Intellectual Property . Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect, (i) the Company and each Company Subsidiary owns or otherwise has the right to use, all intellectual property rights, including all trademarks, trade dress, trade names, service marks, domain names, patents, inventions, trade secrets, know-how, works of authorship and copyrights therein, that are used in the conduct of their existing businesses and all rights relating to the plans, design and specifications of any of its branch facilities (“ Proprietary Rights ”) free and clear of all liens and any claims of ownership by current or former employees, contractors, designers or others and (ii) neither the Company nor any of the Company Subsidiaries is materially infringing, diluting, misappropriating or violating, nor has the Company or any or the Company Subsidiaries received any written (or, to the knowledge of the Company, oral) communications alleging that any of them has materially infringed, diluted, misappropriated or violated, any of the Proprietary Rights owned by any other person. Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be

 

-12-


expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect, to the Company’s knowledge, no other person is infringing, diluting, misappropriating or violating, nor has the Company or any or the Company Subsidiaries sent any written communications since January 1, 2006 alleging that any person has infringed, diluted, misappropriated or violated, any of the Proprietary Rights owned by the Company and the Company Subsidiaries.

(v) Brokers and Finders . No broker, finder or investment banker is entitled to any financial advisory, brokerage, finder’s or other fee or commission in connection with this Agreement or the Warrant or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby based upon arrangements made by or on behalf of the Company or any Company Subsidiary for which the Investor could have any liability.

Article III

Covenants

3.1 Commercially Reasonable Efforts . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, each of the parties will use its commercially reasonable efforts in good faith to take, or cause to be taken, all actions, and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or desirable, or advisable under applicable laws, so as to permit consummation of the Purchase as promptly as practicable and otherwise to enable consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with the other party to that end.

3.2 Expenses . Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement or the Warrant, each of the parties hereto will bear and pay all costs and expenses incurred by it or on its behalf in connection with the transactions contemplated under this Agreement and the Warrant, including fees and expenses of its own financial or other consultants, investment bankers, accountants and counsel.

3.3 Sufficiency of Authorized Warrant Preferred Stock; Exchange Listing .

(a) During the period from the Closing Date until the date on which the Warrant has been fully exercised, the Company shall at all times have reserved for issuance, free of preemptive or similar rights, a sufficient number of authorized and unissued Warrant Shares to effectuate such exercise.

(b) If the Company lists its Common Stock on any national securities exchange, the Company shall, if requested by the Investor, promptly use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Preferred Shares and Warrant Shares to be approved for listing on a national securities exchange as promptly as practicable following such request.

3.4 Certain Notifications Until Closing . From the Signing Date until the Closing, the Company shall promptly notify the Investor of (i) any fact, event or circumstance of which it is aware and which would reasonably be expected to cause any representation or warranty of the Company contained in this Agreement to be untrue or inaccurate in any material respect or to

 

-13-


cause any covenant or agreement of the Company contained in this Agreement not to be complied with or satisfied in any material respect and (ii) except as Previously Disclosed, any fact, circumstance, event, change, occurrence, condition or development of which the Company is aware and which, individually or in the aggregate, has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect; provided , however , that delivery of any notice pursuant to this Section 3.4 shall not limit or affect any rights of or remedies available to the Investor; provided , further , that a failure to comply with this Section 3.4 shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement or the failure of any condition set forth in Section 1.2 to be satisfied unless the underlying Company Material Adverse Effect or material breach would independently result in the failure of a condition set forth in Section 1.2 to be satisfied.

3.5 Access, Information and Confidentiality .

(a) From the Signing Date until the date when the Investor holds an amount of Preferred Shares having an aggregate liquidation value of less than 10% of the Purchase Price, the Company will permit the Investor and its agents, consultants, contractors and advisors (x) acting through the Appropriate Federal Banking Agency, or otherwise to the extent necessary to evaluate, manage, or transfer its investment in the Company, to examine the corporate books and make copies thereof and to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries with the principal officers of the Company, all upon reasonable notice and at such reasonable times and as often as the Investor may reasonably request and (y) to review any information material to the Investor’s investment in the Company provided by the Company to its Appropriate Federal Banking Agency. Any investigation pursuant to this Section 3.5 shall be conducted during normal business hours and in such manner as not to interfere unreasonably with the conduct of the business of the Company, and nothing herein shall require the Company or any Company Subsidiary to disclose any information to the Investor to the extent (i) prohibited by applicable law or regulation, or (ii) that such disclosure would reasonably be expected to cause a violation of any agreement to which the Company or any Company Subsidiary is a party or would cause a risk of a loss of privilege to the Company or any Company Subsidiary ( provided that the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to make appropriate substitute disclosure arrangements under circumstances where the restrictions in this clause (ii) apply).

(b) From the Signing Date until the date on which all of the Preferred Shares and Warrant Shares have been redeemed in whole, the Company will deliver, or will cause to be delivered, to the Investor:

(i) as soon as available after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within 90 days thereafter, a consolidated balance sheet of the Company as of the end of such fiscal year, and consolidated statements of income, retained earnings and cash flows of the Company for such year, in each case prepared in accordance with GAAP and setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year of the Company, and which shall be audited to the extent audited financial statements are available; and

 

-14-


(ii) as soon as available after the end of the first, second and third quarterly periods in each fiscal year of the Company, a copy of any quarterly reports provided to other stockholders of the Company or Company management.

(c) The Investor will use reasonable best efforts to hold, and will use reasonable best efforts to cause its agents, consultants, contractors and advisors to hold, in confidence all non-public records, books, contracts, instruments, computer data and other data and information (collectively, “ Information ”) concerning the Company furnished or made available to it by the Company or its representatives pursuant to this Agreement (except to the extent that such information can be shown to have been (i) previously known by such party on a non-confidential basis, (ii) in the public domain through no fault of such party or (iii) later lawfully acquired from other sources by the party to which it was furnished (and without violation of any other confidentiality obligation)); provided that nothing herein shall prevent the Investor from disclosing any Information to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process.

(d) The Investor’s information rights pursuant to Section 3.5(b) may be assigned by the Investor to a transferee or assignee of the Purchased Securities or the Warrant Shares or with a liquidation preference or, in the case of the Warrant, the liquidation preference of the underlying shares of Warrant Preferred Stock, no less than an amount equal to 2% of the initial aggregate liquidation preference of the Preferred Shares.

Article IV

Additional Agreements

4.1 Purchase for Investment . The Investor acknowledges that the Purchased Securities and the Warrant Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act or under any state securities laws. The Investor (a) is acquiring the Purchased Securities pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act solely for investment with no present intention to distribute them to any person in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable U.S. state securities laws, (b) will not sell or otherwise dispose of any of the Purchased Securities or the Warrant Shares, except in compliance with the registration requirements or exemption provisions of the Securities Act and any applicable U.S. state securities laws, and (c) has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and in investments of this type that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the Purchase and of making an informed investment decision.

4.2 Legends .

(a) The Investor agrees that all certificates or other instruments representing the Warrant will bear a legend substantially to the following effect:

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS INSTRUMENT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED, SOLD

 

-15-


OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF EXCEPT WHILE A REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING THERETO IS IN EFFECT UNDER SUCH ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SUCH ACT OR SUCH LAWS.

THIS INSTRUMENT IS ISSUED SUBJECT TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF A SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES AND THE INVESTOR REFERRED TO THEREIN, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE ISSUER. THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS INSTRUMENT MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH SAID AGREEMENT. ANY SALE OR OTHER TRANSFER NOT IN COMPLIANCE WITH SAID AGREEMENT WILL BE VOID.”

(b) In addition, the Investor agrees that all certificates or other instruments representing the Preferred Shares and the Warrant Shares will bear a legend substantially to the following effect:

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS INSTRUMENT ARE NOT SAVINGS ACCOUNTS, DEPOSITS OR OTHER OBLIGATIONS OF A BANK AND ARE NOT INSURED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY.

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS INSTRUMENT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF EXCEPT WHILE A REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING THERETO IS IN EFFECT UNDER SUCH ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SUCH ACT OR SUCH LAWS. EACH PURCHASER OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS INSTRUMENT IS NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER. ANY TRANSFEREE OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS INSTRUMENT BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF (1) REPRESENTS THAT IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS INSTRUMENT EXCEPT (A) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH IS THEN EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (B) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS INSTRUMENT ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER

 

-16-


TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (C) TO THE ISSUER OR (D) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS INSTRUMENT ARE TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND.

THIS INSTRUMENT IS ISSUED SUBJECT TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF A SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES AND THE INVESTOR REFERRED TO THEREIN, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE ISSUER. THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS INSTRUMENT MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH SAID AGREEMENT. ANY SALE OR OTHER TRANSFER NOT IN COMPLIANCE WITH SAID AGREEMENT WILL BE VOID.”

(c) In the event that any Purchased Securities or Warrant Shares (i) become registered under the Securities Act or (ii) are eligible to be transferred without restriction in accordance with Rule 144 or another exemption from registration under the Securities Act (other than Rule 144A), the Company shall issue new certificates or other instruments representing such Purchased Securities or Warrant Shares, which shall not contain the applicable legends in Sections 4.2(a) and (b) above; provided that the Investor surrenders to the Company the previously issued certificates or other instruments.

4.3 Certain Transactions . The Company will not merge or consolidate with, or sell, transfer or lease all or substantially all of its property or assets to, any other party unless the successor, transferee or lessee party (or its ultimate parent entity), as the case may be (if not the Company), expressly assumes the due and punctual performance and observance of each and every covenant, agreement and condition of this Agreement to be performed and observed by the Company.

4.4 Transfer of Purchased Securities and Warrant Shares; Restrictions on Exercise of the Warrant . Subject to compliance with applicable securities laws, the Investor shall be permitted to transfer, sell, assign or otherwise dispose of (“ Transfer ”) all or a portion of the Purchased Securities or Warrant Shares at any time, and the Company shall take all steps as may be reasonably requested by the Investor to facilitate the Transfer of the Purchased Securities and the Warrant Shares; provided that the Investor shall not Transfer any Purchased Securities or Warrant Shares if such transfer would require the Company to be subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “ Exchange Act ”). In furtherance of the foregoing, the Company shall provide reasonable cooperation to facilitate any Transfers of the Purchased Securities or Warrant Shares, including, as is reasonable under the circumstances, by furnishing such information concerning the Company and its business as a proposed transferee may reasonably request (including such information as is required by Section 4.5(k)) and making management of the Company reasonably available to respond to questions of a proposed transferee in accordance with customary practice, subject in all cases to the proposed transferee agreeing to a customary confidentiality agreement.

 

-17-


4.5 Registration Rights .

(a) Unless and until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company shall have no obligation to comply with the provisions of this Section 4.5 (other than Section 4.5(b)(iv) -(vi)); provided that the Company covenants and agrees that it shall comply with this Section 4.5 as soon as practicable after the date that it becomes subject to such reporting requirements.

(b) Registration .

(i) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company covenants and agrees that as promptly as practicable after the date that the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (and in any event no later than 30 days thereafter), the Company shall prepare and file with the SEC a Shelf Registration Statement covering all Registrable Securities (or otherwise designate an existing Shelf Registration Statement filed with the SEC to cover the Registrable Securities), and, to the extent the Shelf Registration Statement has not theretofore been declared effective or is not automatically effective upon such filing, the Company shall use reasonable best efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to be declared or become effective and to keep such Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective and in compliance with the Securities Act and usable for resale of such Registrable Securities for a period from the date of its initial effectiveness until such time as there are no Registrable Securities remaining (including by refiling such Shelf Registration Statement (or a new Shelf Registration Statement) if the initial Shelf Registration Statement expires). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company is not eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3, then the Company shall not be obligated to file a Shelf Registration Statement unless and until requested to do so in writing by the Investor.

(ii) Any registration pursuant to Section 4.5(b)(i) shall be effected by means of a shelf registration on an appropriate form under Rule 415 under the Securities Act (a “ Shelf Registration Statement ”). If the Investor or any other Holder intends to distribute any Registrable Securities by means of an underwritten offering it shall promptly so advise the Company and the Company shall take all reasonable steps to facilitate such distribution, including the actions required pursuant to Section 4.5(d); provided that the Company shall not be required to facilitate an underwritten offering of Registrable Securities unless the expected gross proceeds from such offering exceed (i) 2% of the initial aggregate liquidation preference of the Preferred Shares if such initial aggregate liquidation preference is less than $2 billion and (ii) $200 million if the initial aggregate liquidation preference of the Preferred Shares is equal to or greater than $2 billion. The lead underwriters in any such distribution shall be selected by the Holders of a majority

 

-18-


of the Registrable Securities to be distributed; provided that to the extent appropriate and permitted under applicable law, such Holders shall consider the qualifications of any broker-dealer Affiliate of the Company in selecting the lead underwriters in any such distribution.

(iii) The Company shall not be required to effect a registration (including a resale of Registrable Securities from an effective Shelf Registration Statement) or an underwritten offering pursuant to Section 4.5(b): (A) with respect to securities that are not Registrable Securities; or (B) if the Company has notified the Investor and all other Holders that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors, it would be materially detrimental to the Company or its securityholders for such registration or underwritten offering to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer such registration for a period of not more than 45 days after receipt of the request of the Investor or any other Holder; provided that such right to delay a registration or underwritten offering shall be exercised by the Company (1) only if the Company has generally exercised (or is concurrently exercising) similar black-out rights against holders of similar securities that have registration rights and (2) not more than three times in any 12-month period and not more than 90 days in the aggregate in any 12-month period.

(iv) If during any period when an effective Shelf Registration Statement is not available, the Company proposes to register any of its equity securities, other than a registration pursuant to Section 4.5(b)(i) or a Special Registration, and the registration form to be filed may be used for the registration or qualification for distribution of Registrable Securities, the Company will give prompt written notice to the Investor and all other Holders of its intention to effect such a registration (but in no event less than ten days prior to the anticipated filing date) and will include in such registration all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within ten business days after the date of the Company’s notice (a “ Piggyback Registration ”). Any such person that has made such a written request may withdraw its Registrable Securities from such Piggyback Registration by giving written notice to the Company and the managing underwriter, if any, on or before the fifth business day prior to the planned effective date of such Piggyback Registration. The Company may terminate or withdraw any registration under this Section 4.5(b)(iv) prior to the effectiveness of such registration, whether or not Investor or any other Holders have elected to include Registrable Securities in such registration.

(v) If the registration referred to in Section 4.5(b)(iv) is proposed to be underwritten, the Company will so advise Investor and all other Holders as a part of the written notice given pursuant to Section 4.5(b)(iv) . In such event, the right of Investor and all other Holders to registration pursuant to Section 4.5(b) will be conditioned upon such persons’ participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such person’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting if such securities are of the same class of securities as the securities to be offered in the underwritten offering, and each such person will (together with the Company and the other persons distributing their securities through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with

 

-19-


the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Company; provided that the Investor (as opposed to other Holders) shall not be required to indemnify any person in connection with any registration. If any participating person disapproves of the terms of the underwriting, such person may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company, the managing underwriters and the Investor (if the Investor is participating in the underwriting).

(vi) If either (x) the Company grants “piggyback” registration rights to one or more third parties to include their securities in an underwritten offering under the Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Section 4.5(b)(ii) or (y) a Piggyback Registration under Section 4.5(b)(iv) relates to an underwritten offering on behalf of the Company, and in either case the managing underwriters advise the Company that in their reasonable opinion the number of securities requested to be included in such offering exceeds the number which can be sold without adversely affecting the marketability of such offering (including an adverse effect on the per share offering price), the Company will include in such offering only such number of securities that in the reasonable opinion of such managing underwriters can be sold without adversely affecting the marketability of the offering (including an adverse effect on the per share offering price), which securities will be so included in the following order of priority: (A) first, in the case of a Piggyback Registration under Section 4.5(b)(iv), the securities the Company proposes to sell, (B) then the Registrable Securities of the Investor and all other Holders who have requested inclusion of Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 4.5(b)(ii) or Section 4.5(b)(iv), as applicable, pro rata on the basis of the aggregate number of such securities or shares owned by each such person and (C) lastly, any other securities of the Company that have been requested to be so included, subject to the terms of this Agreement; provided, however, that if the Company has, prior to the Signing Date, entered into an agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent with the order of priority contemplated hereby then it shall apply the order of priority in such conflicting agreement to the extent that it would otherwise result in a breach under such agreement.

(c) Expenses of Registration . All Registration Expenses incurred in connection with any registration, qualification or compliance hereunder shall be borne by the Company. All Selling Expenses incurred in connection with any registrations hereunder shall be borne by the holders of the securities so registered pro rata on the basis of the aggregate offering or sale price of the securities so registered.

(d) Obligations of the Company . Whenever required to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities or facilitate the distribution of Registrable Securities pursuant to an effective Shelf Registration Statement, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably practicable:

(i) Prepare and file with the SEC a prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment with respect to a proposed offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to an effective registration statement, subject to Section 4.5(d), keep such registration statement effective and keep such prospectus supplement current until the securities described therein are no longer Registrable Securities.

 

-20-


(ii) Prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to the applicable registration statement and the prospectus or prospectus supplement used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement.

(iii) Furnish to the Holders and any underwriters such number of copies of the applicable registration statement and each such amendment and supplement thereto (including in each case all exhibits) and of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities owned or to be distributed by them.

(iv) Use its reasonable best efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders or any managing underwriter(s), to keep such registration or qualification in effect for so long as such registration statement remains in effect, and to take any other action which may be reasonably necessary to enable such seller to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of the securities owned by such Holder; provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions.

(v) Notify each Holder of Registrable Securities at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the applicable prospectus, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing.

(vi) Give written notice to the Holders:

(A) when any registration statement filed pursuant to Section 4.5(a) or any amendment thereto has been filed with the SEC (except for any amendment effected by the filing of a document with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act) and when such registration statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has become effective;

(B) of any request by the SEC for amendments or supplements to any registration statement or the prospectus included therein or for additional information;

 

-21-


(C) of the issuance by the SEC of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of any registration statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose;

(D) of the receipt by the Company or its legal counsel of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the applicable Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose;

(E) of the happening of any event that requires the Company to make changes in any effective registration statement or the prospectus related to the registration statement in order to make the statements therein not misleading (which notice shall be accompanied by an instruction to suspend the use of the prospectus until the requisite changes have been made); and

(F) if at any time the representations and warranties of the Company contained in any underwriting agreement contemplated by Section 4.5(d)(x) cease to be true and correct.

(vii) Use its reasonable best efforts to prevent the issuance or obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of any registration statement referred to in Section 4.5(d)(vi)(C) at the earliest practicable time.

(viii) Upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by Section 4.5(d)(v) or 4.5(d)(vi)(E), promptly prepare a post-effective amendment to such registration statement or a supplement to the related prospectus or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the Holders and any underwriters, the prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. If the Company notifies the Holders in accordance with Section 4.5(d)(vi)(E) to suspend the use of the prospectus until the requisite changes to the prospectus have been made, then the Holders and any underwriters shall suspend use of such prospectus and use their reasonable best efforts to return to the Company all copies of such prospectus (at the Company’s expense) other than permanent file copies then in such Holders’ or underwriters’ possession. The total number of days that any such suspension may be in effect in any 12-month period shall not exceed 90 days.

(ix) Use reasonable best efforts to procure the cooperation of the Company’s transfer agent in settling any offering or sale of Registrable Securities, including with respect to the transfer of physical stock certificates into book-entry form in accordance with any procedures reasonably requested by the Holders or any managing underwriter(s).

 

-22-


(x) If an underwritten offering is requested pursuant to Section 4.5(b)(ii), enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form, scope and substance and take all such other actions reasonably requested by the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being sold in connection therewith or by the managing underwriter(s), if any, to expedite or facilitate the underwritten disposition of such Registrable Securities, and in connection therewith in any underwritten offering (including making members of management and executives of the Company available to participate in “road shows”, similar sales events and other marketing activities), (A) make such representations and warranties to the Holders that are selling stockholders and the managing underwriter(s), if any, with respect to the business of the Company and its subsidiaries, and the Shelf Registration Statement, prospectus and documents, if any, incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference therein, in each case, in customary form, substance and scope, and, if true, confirm the same if and when requested, (B) use its reasonable best efforts to furnish the underwriters with opinions of counsel to the Company, addressed to the managing underwriter(s), if any, covering the matters customarily covered in such opinions requested in underwritten offerings, (C) use its reasonable best efforts to obtain “cold comfort” letters from the independent certified public accountants of the Company (and, if necessary, any other independent certified public accountants of any business acquired by the Company for which financial statements and financial data are included in the Shelf Registration Statement) who have certified the financial statements included in such Shelf Registration Statement, addressed to each of the managing underwriter(s), if any, such letters to be in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in “cold comfort” letters, (D) if an underwriting agreement is entered into, the same shall contain indemnification provisions and procedures customary in underwritten offerings (provided that the Investor shall not be obligated to provide any indemnity), and (E) deliver such documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being sold in connection therewith, their counsel and the managing underwriter(s), if any, to evidence the continued validity of the representations and warranties made pursuant to clause (i) above and to evidence compliance with any customary conditions contained in the underwriting agreement or other agreement entered into by the Company.

(xi) Make available for inspection by a representative of Holders that are selling stockholders, the managing underwriter(s), if any, and any attorneys or accountants retained by such Holders or managing underwriter(s), at the offices where normally kept, during reasonable business hours, financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company, and cause the officers, directors and employees of the Company to supply all information in each case reasonably requested (and of the type customarily provided in connection with due diligence conducted in connection with a registered public offering of securities) by any such representative, managing underwriter(s), attorney or accountant in connection with such Shelf Registration Statement.

(xii) Use reasonable best efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on each national securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed or, if no similar securities issued by the Company are then listed on any national securities exchange, use its reasonable best efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on such securities exchange as the Investor may designate.

 

-23-


(xiii) If requested by Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being registered and/or sold in connection therewith, or the managing underwriter(s), if any, promptly include in a prospectus supplement or amendment such information as the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being registered and/or sold in connection therewith or managing underwriter(s), if any, may reasonably request in order to permit the intended method of distribution of such securities and make all required filings of such prospectus supplement or such amendment as soon as practicable after the Company has received such request.

(xiv) Timely provide to its security holders earning statements satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder.

(e) Suspension of Sales . Upon receipt of written notice from the Company that a registration statement, prospectus or prospectus supplement contains or may contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omits or may omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or that circumstances exist that make inadvisable use of such registration statement, prospectus or prospectus supplement, the Investor and each Holder of Registrable Securities shall forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities until the Investor and/or Holder has received copies of a supplemented or amended prospectus or prospectus supplement, or until the Investor and/or such Holder is advised in writing by the Company that the use of the prospectus and, if applicable, prospectus supplement may be resumed, and, if so directed by the Company, the Investor and/or such Holder shall deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in the Investor and/or such Holder’s possession, of the prospectus and, if applicable, prospectus supplement covering such Registrable Securities current at the time of receipt of such notice. The total number of days that any such suspension may be in effect in any 12-month period shall not exceed 90 days.

(f) Termination of Registration Rights . A Holder’s registration rights as to any securities held by such Holder (and its Affiliates, partners, members and former members) shall not be available unless such securities are Registrable Securities.

(g) Furnishing Information .

(i) Neither the Investor nor any Holder shall use any free writing prospectus (as defined in Rule 405) in connection with the sale of Registrable Securities without the prior written consent of the Company.

(ii) It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to Section 4.5(d) that Investor and/or the selling Holders and the underwriters, if any, shall furnish to the Company such information regarding themselves, the Registrable Securities held by them and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be required to effect the registered offering of their Registrable Securities.

 

-24-


(h) Indemnification .

(i) The Company agrees to indemnify each Holder and, if a Holder is a person other than an individual, such Holder’s officers, directors, employees, agents, representatives and Affiliates, and each Person, if any, that controls a Holder within the meaning of the Securities Act (each, an “ Indemnitee ”), against any and all losses, claims, damages, actions, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of attorneys and other professionals incurred in connection with investigating, defending, settling, compromising or paying any such losses, claims, damages, actions, liabilities, costs and expenses), joint or several, arising out of or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in any registration statement, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto or any documents incorporated therein by reference or contained in any free writing prospectus (as such term is defined in Rule 405) prepared by the Company or authorized by it in writing for use by such Holder (or any amendment or supplement thereto); or any omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided , that the Company shall not be liable to such Indemnitee in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability (or action or proceeding in respect thereof) or expense arises out of or is based upon (A) an untrue statement or omission made in such registration statement, including any such preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any such amendments or supplements thereto or contained in any free writing prospectus (as such term is defined in Rule 405) prepared by the Company or authorized by it in writing for use by such Holder (or any amendment or supplement thereto), in reliance upon and in conformity with information regarding such Indemnitee or its plan of distribution or ownership interests which was furnished in writing to the Company by such Indemnitee for use in connection with such registration statement, including any such preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any such amendments or supplements thereto, or (B) offers or sales effected by or on behalf of such Indemnitee “by means of” (as defined in Rule 159A) a “free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 405) that was not authorized in writing by the Company.

(ii) If the indemnification provided for in Section 4.5(h)(i) is unavailable to an Indemnitee with respect to any losses, claims, damages, actions, liabilities, costs or expenses referred to therein or is insufficient to hold the Indemnitee harmless as contemplated therein, then the Company, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnitee as a result of such losses, claims, damages, actions, liabilities, costs or expenses in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnitee, on the one hand, and the Company, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages, actions, liabilities, costs or expenses as well as any other relevant

 

-25-


equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and of the Indemnitee, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other factors, whether the untrue statement of a material fact or omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or by the Indemnitee and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission; the Company and each Holder agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 4.5(h)(ii) were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in Section 4.5(h)(i) . No Indemnitee guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from the Company if the Company was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

(i) Assignment of Registration Rights . The rights of the Investor to registration of Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 4.5(b) may be assigned by the Investor to a transferee or assignee of Registrable Securities with a liquidation preference or, in the case of the Warrant, the liquidation preference of the underlying shares of Warrant Preferred Stock, no less than an amount equal to (i) 2% of the initial aggregate liquidation preference of the Preferred Shares if such initial aggregate liquidation preference is less than $2 billion and (ii) $200 million if the initial aggregate liquidation preference of the Preferred Shares is equal to or greater than $2 billion; provided , however , the transferor shall, within ten days after such transfer, furnish to the Company written notice of the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the number and type of Registrable Securities that are being assigned.

(j) Clear Market . With respect to any underwritten offering of Registrable Securities by the Investor or other Holders pursuant to this Section 4.5, the Company agrees not to effect (other than pursuant to such registration or pursuant to a Special Registration) any public sale or distribution, or to file any Shelf Registration Statement (other than such registration or a Special Registration) covering any preferred stock of the Company or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for preferred stock of the Company, during the period not to exceed ten days prior and 60 days following the effective date of such offering or such longer period up to 90 days as may be requested by the managing underwriter for such underwritten offering. The Company also agrees to cause such of its directors and senior executive officers to execute and deliver customary lock-up agreements in such form and for such time period up to 90 days as may be requested by the managing underwriter. “ Special Registration ” means the registration of (A) equity securities and/or options or other rights in respect thereof solely registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8 (or successor form) or (B) shares of equity securities and/or options or other rights in respect thereof to be offered to directors, members of management, employees, consultants, customers, lenders or vendors of the Company or Company Subsidiaries or in connection with dividend reinvestment plans.

 

-26-


(k) Rule 144; Rule 144A . With a view to making available to the Investor and Holders the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the SEC which may permit the sale of the Registrable Securities to the public without registration, the Company agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to:

(i) make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144(c)(1) or any similar or analogous rule promulgated under the Securities Act, at all times after the Signing Date;

(ii) (A) file with the SEC, in a timely manner, all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Exchange Act, and (B) if at any time the Company is not required to file such reports, make available, upon the request of any Holder, such information necessary to permit sales pursuant to Rule 144A (including the information required by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act);

(iii) so long as the Investor or a Holder owns any Registrable Securities, furnish to the Investor or such Holder forthwith upon request: a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, and of the Exchange Act; a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company; and such other reports and documents as the Investor or Holder may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of the SEC allowing it to sell any such securities to the public without registration; and

(iv) take such further action as any Holder may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such Holder to sell Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act.

(l) As used in this Section 4.5, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

(i) “ Holder ” means the Investor and any other holder of Registrable Securities to whom the registration rights conferred by this Agreement have been transferred in compliance with Section 4.5(h) hereof.

(ii) “ Holders’ Counsel ” means one counsel for the selling Holders chosen by Holders holding a majority interest in the Registrable Securities being registered.

(iii) “ Register ,” “ registered ,” and “ registration ” shall refer to a registration effected by preparing and (A) filing a registration statement or amendment thereto in compliance with the Securities Act and applicable rules and regulations thereunder, and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement or amendment thereto or (B) filing a prospectus and/or prospectus supplement in respect of an appropriate effective registration statement on Form S-3.

(iv) “ Registrable Securities ” means (A) all Preferred Shares, (B) the Warrant (subject to Section 4.5(q)) and (C) any equity securities issued or issuable directly or indirectly with respect to the securities referred to in the foregoing clauses (A) or (B) by way of conversion, exercise or exchange thereof, including the Warrant Shares, or share dividend or share split or in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, reclassification, merger, amalgamation, arrangement, consolidation or other

 

-27-


reorganization, provided that, once issued, such securities will not be Registrable Securities when (1) they are sold pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, (2) except as provided below in Section 4.5(p), they may be sold pursuant to Rule 144 without limitation thereunder on volume or manner of sale, (3) they shall have ceased to be outstanding or (4) they have been sold in a private transaction in which the transferor’s rights under this Agreement are not assigned to the transferee of the securities. No Registrable Securities may be registered under more than one registration statement at any one time.

(v) “ Registration Expenses ” mean all expenses incurred by the Company in effecting any registration pursuant to this Agreement (whether or not any registration or prospectus becomes effective or final) or otherwise complying with its obligations under this Section 4.5, including all registration, filing and listing fees, printing expenses, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, blue sky fees and expenses, expenses incurred in connection with any “road show”, the reasonable fees and disbursements of Holders’ Counsel, and expenses of the Company’s independent accountants in connection with any regular or special reviews or audits incident to or required by any such registration, but shall not include Selling Expenses.

(vi) “ Rule 144 ”, “ Rule 144A ”, “ Rule 159A ”, “ Rule 405 ” and “ Rule 415 ” mean, in each case, such rule promulgated under the Securities Act (or any successor provision), as the same shall be amended from time to time.

(vii) “ Selling Expenses ” mean all discounts, selling commissions and stock transfer taxes applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities and fees and disbursements of counsel for any Holder (other than the fees and disbursements of Holders’ Counsel included in Registration Expenses).

(m) At any time, any holder of Securities (including any Holder) may elect to forfeit its rights set forth in this Section 4.5 from that date forward; provided , that a Holder forfeiting such rights shall nonetheless be entitled to participate under Section 4.5(b)(iv) – (vi) in any Pending Underwritten Offering to the same extent that such Holder would have been entitled to if the holder had not withdrawn; and provided , further , that no such forfeiture shall terminate a Holder’s rights or obligations under Section 4.5(g) with respect to any prior registration or Pending Underwritten Offering. “ Pending Underwritten Offering” means , with respect to any Holder forfeiting its rights pursuant to this Section 4.5(m), any underwritten offering of Registrable Securities in which such Holder has advised the Company of its intent to register its Registrable Securities either pursuant to Section 4.5(b)(ii) or 4.5(b)(iv) prior to the date of such Holder’s forfeiture.

(n) Specific Performance . The parties hereto acknowledge that there would be no adequate remedy at law if the Company fails to perform any of its obligations under this Section 4.5 and that the Investor and the Holders from time to time may be irreparably harmed by any such failure, and accordingly agree that the Investor and such Holders, in addition to any other remedy to which they may be entitled at law or in equity, to the fullest extent permitted and enforceable under applicable law shall be entitled to compel specific performance of the obligations of the Company under this Section 4.5 in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Section 4.5.

 

-28-


(o) No Inconsistent Agreements . The Company shall not, on or after the Signing Date, enter into any agreement with respect to its securities that may impair the rights granted to the Investor and the Holders under this Section 4.5 or that otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof in any manner that may impair the rights granted to the Investor and the Holders under this Section 4.5. In the event the Company has, prior to the Signing Date, entered into any agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Investor and the Holders under this Section 4.5 (including agreements that are inconsistent with the order of priority contemplated by Section 4.5(b)(vi)) or that may otherwise conflict with the provisions hereof, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to amend such agreements to ensure they are consistent with the provisions of this Section 4.5.

(p) Certain Offerings by the Investor . In the case of any securities held by the Investor that cease to be Registrable Securities solely by reason of clause (2) in the definition of “Registrable Securities,” the provisions of Sections 4.5(b)(ii), clauses (iv), (ix) and (x)-(xii) of Section 4.5(d), Section 4.5(h) and Section 4.5(j) shall continue to apply until such securities otherwise cease to be Registrable Securities. In any such case, an “underwritten” offering or other disposition shall include any distribution of such securities on behalf of the Investor by one or more broker-dealers, an “underwriting agreement” shall include any purchase agreement entered into by such broker-dealers, and any “registration statement” or “prospectus” shall include any offering document approved by the Company and used in connection with such distribution.

(q) Registered Sales of the Warrant . The Holders agree to sell the Warrant or any portion thereof under the Shelf Registration Statement only beginning 30 days after notifying the Company of any such sale, during which 30-day period the Investor and all Holders of the Warrant shall take reasonable steps to agree to revisions to the Warrant to permit a public distribution of the Warrant, including entering into a warrant agreement and appointing a warrant agent.

4.6 Depositary Shares . Upon request by the Investor at any time following the Closing Date, the Company shall promptly enter into a depositary arrangement, pursuant to customary agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Investor and with a depositary reasonably acceptable to the Investor, pursuant to which the Preferred Shares or the Warrant Shares may be deposited and depositary shares, each representing a fraction of a Preferred Share or Warrant Share, as applicable, as specified by the Investor, may be issued. From and after the execution of any such depositary arrangement, and the deposit of any Preferred Shares or Warrant Shares, as applicable, pursuant thereto, the depositary shares issued pursuant thereto shall be deemed “Preferred Shares”, “Warrant Shares” and, as applicable, “Registrable Securities” for purposes of this Agreement.

 

-29-


4.7 Restriction on Dividends and Repurchases .

(a) Prior to the earlier of (x) the third anniversary of the Closing Date and (y) the date on which all of the Preferred Shares and Warrant Shares have been redeemed in whole or the Investor has transferred all of the Preferred Shares and Warrant Shares to third parties which are not Affiliates of the Investor, neither the Company nor any Company Subsidiary shall, without the consent of the Investor, declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on capital stock or other equity securities of any kind of the Company or any Company Subsidiary (other than (i) regular quarterly cash dividends of not more than the amount of the last quarterly cash dividend per share declared or, if lower, announced to its holders of Common Stock an intention to declare, on the Common Stock prior to November 17, 2008, as adjusted for any stock split, stock dividend, reverse stock split, reclassification or similar transaction, (ii) dividends payable solely in shares of Common Stock, (iii) regular dividends on shares of preferred stock in accordance with the terms thereof and which are permitted under the terms of the Preferred Shares and the Warrant Shares, (iv) dividends or distributions by any wholly-owned Company Subsidiary or (v) dividends or distributions by any Company Subsidiary required pursuant to binding contractual agreements entered into prior to November 17, 2008).

(b) During the period beginning on the third anniversary of the Closing Date and ending on the earlier of (i) the tenth anniversary of the Closing Date and (ii) the date on which all of the Preferred Shares and Warrant Shares have been redeemed in whole or the Investor has transferred all of the Preferred Shares and Warrant Shares to third parties which are not Affiliates of the Investor, neither the Company nor any Company Subsidiary shall, without the consent of the Investor, (A) pay any per share dividend or distribution on capital stock or other equity securities of any kind of the Company at a per annum rate that is in excess of 103% of the aggregate per share dividends and distributions for the immediately prior fiscal year (other than regular dividends on shares of preferred stock in accordance with the terms thereof and which are permitted under the terms of the Preferred Shares and the Warrant Shares); provided that no increase in the aggregate amount of dividends or distributions on Common Stock shall be permitted as a result of any dividends or distributions paid in shares of Common Stock, any stock split or any similar transaction or (B) pay aggregate dividends or distributions on capital stock or other equity securities of any kind of any Company Subsidiary that is in excess of 103% of the aggregate dividends and distributions paid for the immediately prior fiscal year (other than in the case of this clause (B), (1) regular dividends on shares of preferred stock in accordance with the terms thereof and which are permitted under the terms of the Preferred Shares and the Warrant Shares, (2) dividends or distributions by any wholly-owned Company Subsidiary, (3) dividends or distributions by any Company Subsidiary required pursuant to binding contractual agreements entered into prior to November 17, 2008) or (4) dividends or distributions on newly issued shares of capital stock for cash or other property.

(c) Prior to the earlier of (x) the tenth anniversary of the Closing Date and (y) the date on which all of the Preferred Shares and Warrant Shares have been redeemed in whole or the Investor has transferred all of the Preferred Shares and Warrant Shares to third parties which are not Affiliates of the Investor, neither the Company nor any Company Subsidiary shall, without the consent of the Investor, redeem, purchase or acquire any shares of Common Stock or other capital stock or other equity securities of any kind of the Company or any Company Subsidiary, or any trust preferred securities issued by the Company or any Affiliate of the Company, other

 

-30-


than (i) redemptions, purchases or other acquisitions of the Preferred Shares and Warrant Shares, (ii) in connection with the administration of any employee benefit plan in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice, (iii) the acquisition by the Company or any of the Company Subsidiaries of record ownership in Junior Stock or Parity Stock for the beneficial ownership of any other persons (other than the Company or any other Company Subsidiary), including as trustees or custodians, (iv) the exchange or conversion of Junior Stock for or into other Junior Stock or of Parity Stock or trust preferred securities for or into other Parity Stock (with the same or lesser aggregate liquidation amount) or Junior Stock, in each case set forth in this clause (iv), solely to the extent required pursuant to binding contractual agreements entered into prior to the Signing Date or any subsequent agreement for the accelerated exercise, settlement or exchange thereof for Common Stock (clauses (ii) and (iii), collectively, the “ Permitted Repurchases ”), (v) redemptions of securities held by the Company or any wholly-owned Company Subsidiary or (vi) redemptions, purchases or other acquisitions of capital stock or other equity securities of any kind of any Company Subsidiary required pursuant to binding contractual agreements entered into prior to November 17, 2008.

(d) Until such time as the Investor ceases to own any Preferred Shares or Warrant Shares, the Company shall not repurchase any Preferred Shares or Warrant Shares from any holder thereof, whether by means of open market purchase, negotiated transaction, or otherwise, other than Permitted Repurchases, unless it offers to repurchase a ratable portion of the Preferred Shares or Warrant Shares, as the case may be, then held by the Investor on the same terms and conditions.

(e) During the period beginning on the tenth anniversary of the Closing and ending on the date on which all of the Preferred Shares and Warrant Shares have been redeemed in whole or the Investor has transferred all of the Preferred Shares and Warrant Shares to third parties which are not Affiliates of the Investor, neither the Company nor any Company Subsidiary shall, without the consent of the Investor, (i) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on capital stock or other equity securities of any kind of the Company or any Company Subsidiary; or (ii) redeem, purchase or acquire any shares of Common Stock or other capital stock or other equity securities of any kind of the Company or any Company Subsidiary, or any trust preferred securities issued by the Company or any Affiliate of the Company, other than (A) redemptions, purchases or other acquisitions of the Preferred Shares and Warrant Shares, (B) regular dividends on shares of preferred stock in accordance with the terms thereof and which are permitted under the terms of the Preferred Shares and the Warrant Shares, or (C) dividends or distributions by any wholly-owned Company Subsidiary.

(f) “ Junior Stock” means Common Stock and any other class or series of stock of the Company the terms of which expressly provide that it ranks junior to the Preferred Shares as to dividend rights and/or as to rights on liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company. “ Parity Stock” means any class or series of stock of the Company the terms of which do not expressly provide that such class or series will rank senior or junior to the Preferred Shares as to dividend rights and/or as to rights on liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company (in each case without regard to whether dividends accrue cumulatively or non-cumulatively).

 

-31-


4.8 Executive Compensation . Until such time as the Investor ceases to own any debt or equity securities of the Company acquired pursuant to this Agreement or the Warrant, the Company shall take all necessary action to ensure that its Benefit Plans with respect to its Senior Executive Officers comply in all respects with Section 111(b) of the EESA as implemented by any guidance or regulation thereunder that has been issued and is in effect as of the Closing Date, and shall not adopt any new Benefit Plan with respect to its Senior Executive Officers that does not comply therewith. “ Senior Executive Officers ” means the Company’s “senior executive officers” as defined in subsection 111(b)(3) of the EESA and regulations issued thereunder, including the rules set forth in 31 C.F.R. Part 30.

4.9 Related Party Transactions . Until such time as the Investor ceases to own any Purchased Securities or Warrant Shares, the Company and the Company Subsidiaries shall not enter into transactions with Affiliates or related persons (within the meaning of Item 404 under the SEC’s Regulation S-K) unless (i) such transactions are on terms no less favorable to the Company and the Company Subsidiaries than could be obtained from an unaffiliated third party, and (ii) have been approved by the audit committee of the Board of Directors or comparable body of independent directors of the Company.

4.10 Bank and Thrift Holding Company Status . If the Company is a Bank Holding Company or a Savings and Loan Holding Company on the Signing Date, then the Company shall maintain its status as a Bank Holding Company or Savings and Loan Holding Company, as the case may be, for as long as the Investor owns any Purchased Securities or Warrant Shares. The Company shall redeem all Purchased Securities and Warrant Shares held by the Investor prior to terminating its status as a Bank Holding Company or Savings and Loan Holding Company, as applicable. “ Bank Holding Company” means a company registered as such with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “ Federal Reserve ”) pursuant to 12 U.S.C. §1842 and the regulations of the Federal Reserve promulgated thereunder. “ Savings and Loan Holding Company” means a company registered as such with the Office of Thrift Supervision pursuant to 12 U.S.C. §1467(a) and the regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision promulgated thereunder.

4.11 Predominantly Financial . For as long as the Investor owns any Purchased Securities or Warrant Shares, the Company, to the extent it is not itself an insured depository institution, agrees to remain predominantly engaged in financial activities. A company is predominantly engaged in financial activities if the annual gross revenues derived by the company and all subsidiaries of the company (excluding revenues derived from subsidiary depository institutions), on a consolidated basis, from engaging in activities that are financial in nature or are incidental to a financial activity under subsection (k) of Section 4 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1843(k)) represent at least 85 percent of the consolidated annual gross revenues of the company.

 

-32-


Article V

Miscellaneous

5.1 Termination . This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Closing:

(a) by either the Investor or the Company if the Closing shall not have occurred by the 30 th calendar day following the Signing Date; provided , however , that in the event the Closing has not occurred by such 30 th calendar day, the parties will consult in good faith to determine whether to extend the term of this Agreement, it being understood that the parties shall be required to consult only until the fifth day after such 30 th calendar day and not be under any obligation to extend the term of this Agreement thereafter; provided , further , that the right to terminate this Agreement under this Section 5.1(a) shall not be available to any party whose breach of any representation or warranty or failure to perform any obligation under this Agreement shall have caused or resulted in the failure of the Closing to occur on or prior to such date; or

(b) by either the Investor or the Company in the event that any Governmental Entity shall have issued an order, decree or ruling or taken any other action restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and such order, decree, ruling or other action shall have become final and nonappealable; or

(c) by the mutual written consent of the Investor and the Company.

In the event of termination of this Agreement as provided in this Section 5.1, this Agreement shall forthwith become void and there shall be no liability on the part of either party hereto except that nothing herein shall relieve either party from liability for any breach of this Agreement.

5.2 Survival of Representations and Warranties . All covenants and agreements, other than those which by their terms apply in whole or in part after the Closing, shall terminate as of the Closing. The representations and warranties of the Company made herein or in any certificates delivered in connection with the Closing shall survive the Closing without limitation.

5.3 Amendment . No amendment of any provision of this Agreement will be effective unless made in writing and signed by an officer or a duly authorized representative of each party; provided that the Investor may unilaterally amend any provision of this Agreement to the extent required to comply with any changes after the Signing Date in applicable federal statutes. No failure or delay by any party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative of any rights or remedies provided by law.

5.4 Waiver of Conditions . The conditions to each party’s obligation to consummate the Purchase are for the sole benefit of such party and may be waived by such party in whole or in part to the extent permitted by applicable law. No waiver will be effective unless it is in a writing signed by a duly authorized officer of the waiving party that makes express reference to the provision or provisions subject to such waiver.

 

-33-


5.5 Governing Law: Submission to Jurisdiction, Etc . This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the federal law of the United States if and to the extent such law is applicable, and otherwise in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed entirely within such State. Each of the parties hereto agrees (a) to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the United States District Court for the District of Columbia and the United States Court of Federal Claims for any and all civil actions, suits or proceedings arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the Warrant or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, and (b) that notice may be served upon (i) the Company at the address and in the manner set forth for notices to the Company in Section 5.6 and (ii) the Investor in accordance with federal law. To the extent permitted by applicable law, each of the parties hereto hereby unconditionally waives trial by jury in any civil legal action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or the Warrant or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

5.6 Notices . Any notice, request, instruction or other document to be given hereunder by any party to the other will be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given (a) on the date of delivery if delivered personally, or by facsimile, upon confirmation of receipt, or (b) on the second business day following the date of dispatch if delivered by a recognized next day courier service. All notices to the Company shall be delivered as set forth in Schedule A , or pursuant to such other instruction as may be designated in writing by the Company to the Investor. All notices to the Investor shall be delivered as set forth below, or pursuant to such other instructions as may be designated in writing by the Investor to the Company.

                                                             If to the Investor:

                                                                     United States Department of the Treasury

                                                                     1500 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW, Room 2312

                                                                     Washington, D.C. 20220

                                                                     Attention: Assistant General Counsel (Banking and Finance)

                                                                     Facsimile: (202) 622-1974

5.7 Definitions

(a) When a reference is made in this Agreement to a subsidiary of a person, the term “ subsidiary ” means any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other entity (x) of which such person or a subsidiary of such person is a general partner or (y) of which a majority of the voting securities or other voting interests, or a majority of the securities or other interests of which having by their terms ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or persons performing similar functions with respect to such entity, is directly or indirectly owned by such person and/or one or more subsidiaries thereof.

(b) The term “ Affiliate ” means, with respect to any person, any person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with, such other person. For purposes of this definition, “ control ” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ”) when used with respect to any person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to cause the direction of management and/or policies of such person, whether through the ownership of voting securities by contract or otherwise.

 

-34-


(c) The terms “ knowledge of the Company ” or “ Company’s knowledge ” mean the actual knowledge after reasonable and due inquiry of the “ officers ” (as such term is defined in Rule 3b-2 under the Exchange Act, but excluding any Vice President or Secretary) of the Company.

5.8 Assignment . Neither this Agreement nor any right, remedy, obligation nor liability arising hereunder or by reason hereof shall be assignable by any party hereto without the prior written consent of the other party, and any attempt to assign any right, remedy, obligation or liability hereunder without such consent shall be void, except (a) an assignment, in the case of a merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or similar transaction that requires the approval of the Company’s stockholders (a “ Business Combination ”) where such party is not the surviving entity, or a sale of substantially all of its assets, to the entity which is the survivor of such Business Combination or the purchaser in such sale and (b) as provided in Sections 3.5 and 4.5.

5.9 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement or the Warrant, or the application thereof to any person or circumstance, is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remaining provisions hereof, or the application of such provision to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it has been held invalid or unenforceable, will remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated thereby, so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon such determination, the parties shall negotiate in good faith in an effort to agree upon a suitable and equitable substitute provision to effect the original intent of the parties.

5.10 No Third Party Beneficiaries . Nothing contained in this Agreement, expressed or implied, is intended to confer upon any person or entity other than the Company and the Investor any benefit, right or remedies, except that the provisions of Section 4.5 shall inure to the benefit of the persons referred to in that Section.

* * *

 

-35-


ANNEX A

FORM OF [CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATIONS]

OF

FIXED RATE CUMULATIVE PERPETUAL PREFERRED STOCK, SERIES [ ]

OF

[ ]

[ Insert name of Issuer ] , a [ corporation/bank/banking association ] organized and existing under the laws of the [ Insert jurisdiction of organization ] (the “ Issuer ”), in accordance with the provisions of Section [ s ] [ ] of the [ Insert applicable statute ] thereof, does hereby certify:

The board of directors of the Issuer (the “ Board of Directors ”) or an applicable committee of the Board of Directors, in accordance with the [[ certificate of incorporation/articles of association ] and bylaws ] of the Issuer and applicable law, adopted the following resolution on [ ] creating a series of [ ] shares of Preferred Stock of the Issuer designated as “ Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series [ ] ”.

RESOLVED , that pursuant to the provisions of the [[ certificate of incorporation/articles of association ] and the bylaws ] of the Issuer and applicable law, a series of Preferred Stock, par value $ [ ] per share, of the Issuer be and hereby is created, and that the designation and number of shares of such series, and the voting and other powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, of the shares of such series, are as follows:

Part 1. Designation and Number of Shares . There is hereby created out of the authorized and unissued shares of preferred stock of the Issuer a series of preferred stock designated as the “Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series [ ] ” (the “ Designated Preferred Stock” ). The authorized number of shares of Designated Preferred Stock shall be [ ] .

Part 2. Standard Provisions . The Standard Provisions contained in Schedule A attached hereto are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety and shall be deemed to be a part of this [ Certificate of Designations ] to the same extent as if such provisions had been set forth in full herein.

Part. 3. Definitions . The following terms are used in this [ Certificate of Designations ] (including the Standard Provisions in Schedule A hereto) as defined below:

(a) “ Common Stock ” means the common stock, par value $ [ ] per share, of the Issuer.

(b) “ Dividend Payment Date ” means February 15, May 15, August 15 and November 15 of each year.

 

1


(c) “ Junior Stock ” means the Common Stock, [ Insert titles of any existing Junior Stock ] and any other class or series of stock of the Issuer the terms of which expressly provide that it ranks junior to Designated Preferred Stock as to dividend rights and/or as to rights on liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Issuer.

(d) “ Liquidation Amount ” means $ [ 1,000 ] 1 per share of Designated Preferred Stock.

(e) “ Minimum Amount ” means $ [ Insert $ amount equal to 25% of the aggregate value of the Designated Preferred Stock issued on the Original Issue Date ] .

(f) “ Parity Stock ” means any class or series of stock of the Issuer (other than Designated Preferred Stock) the terms of which do not expressly provide that such class or series will rank senior or junior to Designated Preferred Stock as to dividend rights and/or as to rights on liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Issuer (in each case without regard to whether dividends accrue cumulatively or non-cumulatively). Without limiting the foregoing, Parity Stock shall include the Issuer’s [ Insert title(s) of existing classes or series of Parity Stock ] .

(g) “ Signing Date ” means [ Insert date of applicable securities purchase agreement ] .

Part. 4. Certain Voting Matters . [ To be inserted if the Charter provides for voting in proportion to liquidation preferences : Whether the vote or consent of the holders of a plurality, majority or other portion of the shares of Designated Preferred Stock and any Voting Parity Stock has been cast or given on any matter on which the holders of shares of Designated Preferred Stock are entitled to vote shall be determined by the Issuer by reference to the specified liquidation amount of the shares voted or covered by the consent as if the Issuer were liquidated on the record date for such vote or consent, if any, or, in the absence of a record date, on the date for such vote or consent. For purposes of determining the voting rights of the holders of Designated Preferred Stock under Section 7 of the Standard Provisions forming part of this [ Certificate of Designations ] , each holder will be entitled to one vote for each $1,000 of liquidation preference to which such holder’s shares are entitled. ] [ To be inserted if the Charter does not provide for voting in proportion to liquidation preferences: Holders of shares of Designated Preferred Stock will be entitled to one vote for each such share on any matter on which holders of Designated Preferred Stock are entitled to vote, including any action by written consent. ]

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

1

If Issuer desires to issue shares with a higher dollar amount liquidation preference, liquidation preference references will be modified accordingly. In such case (in accordance with Section 4.6 of the Securities Purchase Agreement), the issuer will be required to enter into a deposit agreement.

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, [ Insert name of Issuer ] has caused this [ Certificate of Designations ] to be signed by [ ] , its [ ] , this [ ] day of [ ] .

 

[ Insert name of Issuer ]
By:    
Name:  
Title:  

 

3


Schedule A

STANDARD PROVISIONS

Section 1. General Matters . Each share of Designated Preferred Stock shall be identical in all respects to every other share of Designated Preferred Stock. The Designated Preferred Stock shall be perpetual, subject to the provisions of Section 5 of these Standard Provisions that form a part of the Certificate of Designations. The Designated Preferred Stock shall rank equally with Parity Stock and shall rank senior to Junior Stock with respect to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets in the event of any dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Issuer.

Section 2. Standard Definitions . As used herein with respect to Designated Preferred Stock:

(a) “ Applicable Dividend Rate ” means (i) during the period from the Original Issue Date to, but excluding, the first day of the first Dividend Period commencing on or after the fifth anniversary of the Original Issue Date, 5% per annum and (ii) from and after the first day of the first Dividend Period commencing on or after the fifth anniversary of the Original Issue Date, 9% per annum.

(b) “ Appropriate Federal Banking Agency ” means the “appropriate Federal banking agency” with respect to the Issuer as defined in Section 3(q) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. Section 1813(q)), or any successor provision.

(c) “ Business Combination ” means a merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or similar transaction that requires the approval of the Issuer’s stockholders.

(d) “ Business Day ” means any day except Saturday, Sunday and any day on which banking institutions in the State of New York generally are authorized or required by law or other governmental actions to close.

(e) “ Bylaws ” means the bylaws of the Issuer, as they may be amended from time to time.

(f) “ Certificate of Designations ” means the Certificate of Designations or comparable instrument relating to the Designated Preferred Stock, of which these Standard Provisions form a part, as it may be amended from time to time.

(g) “ Charter ” means the Issuer’s certificate or articles of incorporation, articles of association, or similar organizational document.

(h) “ Dividend Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a).

(i) “ Dividend Record Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a).

(j) “ Liquidation Preference ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(a).

 

A-1


(k) “ Original Issue Date ” means the date on which shares of Designated Preferred Stock are first issued.

(l) “ Preferred Director ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7(b).

(m) “ Preferred Stock ” means any and all series of preferred stock of the Issuer, including the Designated Preferred Stock.

(n) “ Qualified Equity Offering ” means the sale and issuance for cash by the Issuer to persons other than the Issuer or any of its subsidiaries after the Original Issue Date of shares of perpetual Preferred Stock, Common Stock or any combination of such stock, that, in each case, qualify as and may be included in Tier 1 capital of the Issuer at the time of issuance under the applicable risk-based capital guidelines of the Issuer’s Appropriate Federal Banking Agency (other than any such sales and issuances made pursuant to agreements or arrangements entered into, or pursuant to financing plans which were publicly announced, on or prior to November 17, 2008).

(o) “ Standard Provisions ” mean these Standard Provisions that form a part of the Certificate of Designations relating to the Designated Preferred Stock.

(p) “ Successor Preferred Stock ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5(a).

(q) “ Voting Parity Stock ” means, with regard to any matter as to which the holders of Designated Preferred Stock are entitled to vote as specified in Sections 7(a) and 7(b) of these Standard Provisions that form a part of the Certificate of Designations, any and all series of Parity Stock upon which like voting rights have been conferred and are exercisable with respect to such matter.

Section 3. Dividends .

(a) Rate . Holders of Designated Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, on each share of Designated Preferred Stock if, as and when declared by the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors, but only out of assets legally available therefor, cumulative cash dividends with respect to each Dividend Period (as defined below) at a rate per annum equal to the Applicable Dividend Rate on (i) the Liquidation Amount per share of Designated Preferred Stock and (ii) the amount of accrued and unpaid dividends for any prior Dividend Period on such share of Designated Preferred Stock, if any. Such dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative from the Original Issue Date, shall compound on each subsequent Dividend Payment Date ( i.e. , no dividends shall accrue on other dividends unless and until the first Dividend Payment Date for such other dividends has passed without such other dividends having been paid on such date) and shall be payable quarterly in arrears on each Dividend Payment Date, commencing with the first such Dividend Payment Date to occur at least 20 calendar days after the Original Issue Date. In the event that any Dividend Payment Date would otherwise fall on a day that is not a Business Day, the dividend payment due on that date will be postponed to the next day that is a Business Day and no additional dividends will accrue as a result of that postponement. The period from and including any Dividend Payment Date to, but excluding, the next Dividend Payment Date is a “ Dividend Period ”, provided that the initial Dividend Period shall be the period from and including the Original Issue Date to, but excluding, the next Dividend Payment Date.

 

A-2


Dividends that are payable on Designated Preferred Stock in respect of any Dividend Period shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. The amount of dividends payable on Designated Preferred Stock on any date prior to the end of a Dividend Period, and for the initial Dividend Period, shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months, and actual days elapsed over a 30-day month.

Dividends that are payable on Designated Preferred Stock on any Dividend Payment Date will be payable to holders of record of Designated Preferred Stock as they appear on the stock register of the Issuer on the applicable record date, which shall be the 15th calendar day immediately preceding such Dividend Payment Date or such other record date fixed by the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors that is not more than 60 nor less than 10 days prior to such Dividend Payment Date (each, a “ Dividend Record Date ”). Any such day that is a Dividend Record Date shall be a Dividend Record Date whether or not such day is a Business Day.

Holders of Designated Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any dividends, whether payable in cash, securities or other property, other than dividends (if any) declared and payable on Designated Preferred Stock as specified in this Section 3 (subject to the other provisions of the Certificate of Designations).

(b) Priority of Dividends . So long as any share of Designated Preferred Stock remains outstanding, no dividend or distribution shall be declared or paid on the Common Stock or any other shares of Junior Stock (other than dividends payable solely in shares of Common Stock) or Parity Stock, subject to the immediately following paragraph in the case of Parity Stock, and no Common Stock, Junior Stock or Parity Stock shall be, directly or indirectly, purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired for consideration by the Issuer or any of its subsidiaries unless all accrued and unpaid dividends for all past Dividend Periods, including the latest completed Dividend Period (including, if applicable as provided in Section 3(a) above, dividends on such amount), on all outstanding shares of Designated Preferred Stock have been or are contemporaneously declared and paid in full (or have been declared and a sum sufficient for the payment thereof has been set aside for the benefit of the holders of shares of Designated Preferred Stock on the applicable record date). The foregoing limitation shall not apply to (i) redemptions, purchases or other acquisitions of shares of Common Stock or other Junior Stock in connection with the administration of any employee benefit plan in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice; (ii) the acquisition by the Issuer or any of its subsidiaries of record ownership in Junior Stock or Parity Stock for the beneficial ownership of any other persons (other than the Issuer or any of its subsidiaries), including as trustees or custodians; and (iii) the exchange or conversion of Junior Stock for or into other Junior Stock or of Parity Stock for or into other Parity Stock (with the same or lesser aggregate liquidation amount) or Junior Stock, in each case, solely to the extent required pursuant to binding contractual agreements entered into prior to the Signing Date or any subsequent agreement for the accelerated exercise, settlement or exchange thereof for Common Stock.

 

A-3


When dividends are not paid (or declared and a sum sufficient for payment thereof set aside for the benefit of the holders thereof on the applicable record date) on any Dividend Payment Date (or, in the case of Parity Stock having dividend payment dates different from the Dividend Payment Dates, on a dividend payment date falling within a Dividend Period related to such Dividend Payment Date) in full upon Designated Preferred Stock and any shares of Parity Stock, all dividends declared on Designated Preferred Stock and all such Parity Stock and payable on such Dividend Payment Date (or, in the case of Parity Stock having dividend payment dates different from the Dividend Payment Dates, on a dividend payment date falling within the Dividend Period related to such Dividend Payment Date) shall be declared pro rata so that the respective amounts of such dividends declared shall bear the same ratio to each other as all accrued and unpaid dividends per share on the shares of Designated Preferred Stock (including, if applicable as provided in Section 3(a) above, dividends on such amount) and all Parity Stock payable on such Dividend Payment Date (or, in the case of Parity Stock having dividend payment dates different from the Dividend Payment Dates, on a dividend payment date falling within the Dividend Period related to such Dividend Payment Date) (subject to their having been declared by the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors out of legally available funds and including, in the case of Parity Stock that bears cumulative dividends, all accrued but unpaid dividends) bear to each other. If the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors determines not to pay any dividend or a full dividend on a Dividend Payment Date, the Issuer will provide written notice to the holders of Designated Preferred Stock prior to such Dividend Payment Date.

Subject to the foregoing, and not otherwise, such dividends (payable in cash, securities or other property) as may be determined by the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors may be declared and paid on any securities, including Common Stock and other Junior Stock, from time to time out of any funds legally available for such payment, and holders of Designated Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to participate in any such dividends.

Section 4. Liquidation Rights .

(a) Voluntary or Involuntary Liquidation . In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Issuer, whether voluntary or involuntary, holders of Designated Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive for each share of Designated Preferred Stock, out of the assets of the Issuer or proceeds thereof (whether capital or surplus) available for distribution to stockholders of the Issuer, subject to the rights of any creditors of the Issuer, before any distribution of such assets or proceeds is made to or set aside for the holders of Common Stock and any other stock of the Issuer ranking junior to Designated Preferred Stock as to such distribution, payment in full in an amount equal to the sum of (i) the Liquidation Amount per share and (ii) the amount of any accrued and unpaid dividends (including, if applicable as provided in Section 3(a) above, dividends on such amount), whether or not declared, to the date of payment (such amounts collectively, the “ Liquidation Preference ”).

(b) Partial Payment . If in any distribution described in Section 4(a) above the assets of the Issuer or proceeds thereof are not sufficient to pay in full the amounts payable with respect to all outstanding shares of Designated Preferred Stock and the corresponding amounts payable with respect of any other stock of the Issuer ranking equally with Designated Preferred Stock as to such distribution, holders of Designated Preferred Stock and the holders of such other stock shall share ratably in any such distribution in proportion to the full respective distributions to which they are entitled.

 

A-4


(c) Residual Distributions . If the Liquidation Preference has been paid in full to all holders of Designated Preferred Stock and the corresponding amounts payable with respect of any other stock of the Issuer ranking equally with Designated Preferred Stock as to such distribution has been paid in full, the holders of other stock of the Issuer shall be entitled to receive all remaining assets of the Issuer (or proceeds thereof) according to their respective rights and preferences.

(d) Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets Not Liquidation . For purposes of this Section 4, the merger or consolidation of the Issuer with any other corporation or other entity, including a merger or consolidation in which the holders of Designated Preferred Stock receive cash, securities or other property for their shares, or the sale, lease or exchange (for cash, securities or other property) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer, shall not constitute a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Issuer.

Section 5. Redemption .

(a) Optional Redemption . Except as provided below, the Designated Preferred Stock may not be redeemed prior to the first Dividend Payment Date falling on or after the third anniversary of the Original Issue Date. On or after the first Dividend Payment Date falling on or after the third anniversary of the Original Issue Date, the Issuer, at its option, subject to the approval of the Appropriate Federal Banking Agency, may redeem, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time, out of funds legally available therefor, the shares of Designated Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, upon notice given as provided in Section 5(c) below, at a redemption price equal to the sum of (i) the Liquidation Amount per share and (ii) except as otherwise provided below, any accrued and unpaid dividends (including, if applicable as provided in Section 3(a) above, dividends on such amount) (regardless of whether any dividends are actually declared) to, but excluding, the date fixed for redemption.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to the first Dividend Payment Date falling on or after the third anniversary of the Original Issue Date, the Issuer, at its option, subject to the approval of the Appropriate Federal Banking Agency, may redeem, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time, the shares of Designated Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, upon notice given as provided in Section 5(c) below, at a redemption price equal to the sum of (i) the Liquidation Amount per share and (ii) except as otherwise provided below, any accrued and unpaid dividends (including, if applicable as provided in Section 3(a) above, dividends on such amount) (regardless of whether any dividends are actually declared) to, but excluding, the date fixed for redemption; provided that (x) the Issuer (or any successor by Business Combination) has received aggregate gross proceeds of not less than the Minimum Amount (plus the “Minimum Amount” as defined in the relevant certificate of designations for each other outstanding series of preferred stock of such successor that was originally issued to the United States Department of the Treasury (the “ Successor Preferred Stock ”) in connection with the Troubled Asset Relief Program Capital Purchase Program) from one or more Qualified Equity Offerings (including Qualified Equity Offerings of such successor), and (y) the aggregate

 

A-5


redemption price of the Designated Preferred Stock (and any Successor Preferred Stock) redeemed pursuant to this paragraph may not exceed the aggregate net cash proceeds received by the Issuer (or any successor by Business Combination) from such Qualified Equity Offerings (including Qualified Equity Offerings of such successor).

The redemption price for any shares of Designated Preferred Stock shall be payable on the redemption date to the holder of such shares against surrender of the certificate(s) evidencing such shares to the Issuer or its agent. Any declared but unpaid dividends payable on a redemption date that occurs subsequent to the Dividend Record Date for a Dividend Period shall not be paid to the holder entitled to receive the redemption price on the redemption date, but rather shall be paid to the holder of record of the redeemed shares on such Dividend Record Date relating to the Dividend Payment Date as provided in Section 3 above.

(b) No Sinking Fund . The Designated Preferred Stock will not be subject to any mandatory redemption, sinking fund or other similar provisions. Holders of Designated Preferred Stock will have no right to require redemption or repurchase of any shares of Designated Preferred Stock.

(c) Notice of Redemption . Notice of every redemption of shares of Designated Preferred Stock shall be given by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the holders of record of the shares to be redeemed at their respective last addresses appearing on the books of the Issuer. Such mailing shall be at least 30 days and not more than 60 days before the date fixed for redemption. Any notice mailed as provided in this Subsection shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the holder receives such notice, but failure duly to give such notice by mail, or any defect in such notice or in the mailing thereof, to any holder of shares of Designated Preferred Stock designated for redemption shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other shares of Designated Preferred Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if shares of Designated Preferred Stock are issued in book-entry form through The Depository Trust Company or any other similar facility, notice of redemption may be given to the holders of Designated Preferred Stock at such time and in any manner permitted by such facility. Each notice of redemption given to a holder shall state: (1) the redemption date; (2) the number of shares of Designated Preferred Stock to be redeemed and, if less than all the shares held by such holder are to be redeemed, the number of such shares to be redeemed from such holder; (3) the redemption price; and (4) the place or places where certificates for such shares are to be surrendered for payment of the redemption price.

(d) Partial Redemption . In case of any redemption of part of the shares of Designated Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, the shares to be redeemed shall be selected either pro rata or in such other manner as the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof may determine to be fair and equitable. Subject to the provisions hereof, the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof shall have full power and authority to prescribe the terms and conditions upon which shares of Designated Preferred Stock shall be redeemed from time to time. If fewer than all the shares represented by any certificate are redeemed, a new certificate shall be issued representing the unredeemed shares without charge to the holder thereof.

 

A-6


(e) Effectiveness of Redemption . If notice of redemption has been duly given and if on or before the redemption date specified in the notice all funds necessary for the redemption have been deposited by the Issuer, in trust for the pro rata benefit of the holders of the shares called for redemption, with a bank or trust company doing business in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, and having a capital and surplus of at least $500 million and selected by the Board of Directors, so as to be and continue to be available solely therefor, then, notwithstanding that any certificate for any share so called for redemption has not been surrendered for cancellation, on and after the redemption date dividends shall cease to accrue on all shares so called for redemption, all shares so called for redemption shall no longer be deemed outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares shall forthwith on such redemption date cease and terminate, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive the amount payable on such redemption from such bank or trust company, without interest. Any funds unclaimed at the end of three years from the redemption date shall, to the extent permitted by law, be released to the Issuer, after which time the holders of the shares so called for redemption shall look only to the Issuer for payment of the redemption price of such shares.

(f) Status of Redeemed Shares . Shares of Designated Preferred Stock that are redeemed, repurchased or otherwise acquired by the Issuer shall revert to authorized but unissued shares of Preferred Stock ( provided that any such cancelled shares of Designated Preferred Stock may be reissued only as shares of any series of Preferred Stock other than Designated Preferred Stock).

Section 6. Conversion . Holders of Designated Preferred Stock shares shall have no right to exchange or convert such shares into any other securities.

Section 7. Voting Rights .

(a) General . The holders of Designated Preferred Stock shall not have any voting rights except as set forth below or as otherwise from time to time required by law.

(b) Preferred Stock Directors . Whenever, at any time or times, dividends payable on the shares of Designated Preferred Stock have not been paid for an aggregate of six quarterly Dividend Periods or more, whether or not consecutive, the authorized number of directors of the Issuer shall automatically be increased by two and the holders of the Designated Preferred Stock shall have the right, with holders of shares of any one or more other classes or series of Voting Parity Stock outstanding at the time, voting together as a class, to elect two directors (hereinafter the Preferred Directors and each a Preferred Director ) to fill such newly created directorships at the Issuer’s next annual meeting of stockholders (or at a special meeting called for that purpose prior to such next annual meeting) and at each subsequent annual meeting of stockholders until all accrued and unpaid dividends for all past Dividend Periods, including the latest completed Dividend Period (including, if applicable as provided in Section 3(a) above, dividends on such amount), on all outstanding shares of Designated Preferred Stock have been declared and paid in full at which time such right shall terminate with respect to the Designated Preferred Stock, except as herein or by law expressly provided, subject to revesting in the event of each and every subsequent default of the character above mentioned; provided that it shall be a qualification for election for any Preferred Director that the election of such Preferred Director shall not cause the Issuer to violate any corporate governance requirements of any securities exchange or other trading facility on which securities of the Issuer may then be listed or traded that listed or traded companies must have a majority of independent directors. Upon any

 

A-7


termination of the right of the holders of shares of Designated Preferred Stock and Voting Parity Stock as a class to vote for directors as provided above, the Preferred Directors shall cease to be qualified as directors, the term of office of all Preferred Directors then in office shall terminate immediately and the authorized number of directors shall be reduced by the number of Preferred Directors elected pursuant hereto. Any Preferred Director may be removed at any time, with or without cause, and any vacancy created thereby may be filled, only by the affirmative vote of the holders a majority of the shares of Designated Preferred Stock at the time outstanding voting separately as a class together with the holders of shares of Voting Parity Stock, to the extent the voting rights of such holders described above are then exercisable. If the office of any Preferred Director becomes vacant for any reason other than removal from office as aforesaid, the remaining Preferred Director may choose a successor who shall hold office for the unexpired term in respect of which such vacancy occurred.

(c) Class Voting Rights as to Particular Matters . So long as any shares of Designated Preferred Stock are outstanding, in addition to any other vote or consent of stockholders required by law or by the Charter, the vote or consent of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the shares of Designated Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, voting as a separate class, given in person or by proxy, either in writing without a meeting or by vote at any meeting called for the purpose, shall be necessary for effecting or validating:

(i) Authorization of Senior Stock . Any amendment or alteration of the Certificate of Designations for the Designated Preferred Stock or the Charter to authorize or create or increase the authorized amount of, or any issuance of, any shares of, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of, any class or series of capital stock of the Issuer ranking senior to Designated Preferred Stock with respect to either or both the payment of dividends and/or the distribution of assets on any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Issuer;

(ii) Amendment of Designated Preferred Stock . Any amendment, alteration or repeal of any provision of the Certificate of Designations for the Designated Preferred Stock or the Charter (including, unless no vote on such merger or consolidation is required by Section 7(c)(iii) below, any amendment, alteration or repeal by means of a merger, consolidation or otherwise) so as to adversely affect the rights, preferences, privileges or voting powers of the Designated Preferred Stock; or

(iii) Share Exchanges, Reclassifications, Mergers and Consolidations . Any consummation of a binding share exchange or reclassification involving the Designated Preferred Stock, or of a merger or consolidation of the Issuer with another corporation or other entity, unless in each case (x) the shares of Designated Preferred Stock remain outstanding or, in the case of any such merger or consolidation with respect to which the Issuer is not the surviving or resulting entity, are converted into or exchanged for preference securities of the surviving or resulting entity or its ultimate parent, and (y) such shares remaining outstanding or such preference securities, as the case may be, have such rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers, and limitations and restrictions thereof, taken as a whole, as are not materially less favorable to the holders thereof than the rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers, and limitations and restrictions thereof, of Designated Preferred Stock immediately prior to such consummation, taken as a whole;

 

A-8


provided , however , that for all purposes of this Section 7(c), any increase in the amount of the authorized Preferred Stock, including any increase in the authorized amount of Designated Preferred Stock necessary to satisfy preemptive or similar rights granted by the Issuer to other persons prior to the Signing Date, or the creation and issuance, or an increase in the authorized or issued amount, whether pursuant to preemptive or similar rights or otherwise, of any other series of Preferred Stock, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any other series of Preferred Stock, ranking equally with and/or junior to Designated Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends (whether such dividends are cumulative or non-cumulative) and the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Issuer will not be deemed to adversely affect the rights, preferences, privileges or voting powers, and shall not require the affirmative vote or consent of, the holders of outstanding shares of the Designated Preferred Stock.

(d) Changes after Provision for Redemption . No vote or consent of the holders of Designated Preferred Stock shall be required pursuant to Section 7(c) above if, at or prior to the time when any such vote or consent would otherwise be required pursuant to such Section, all outstanding shares of the Designated Preferred Stock shall have been redeemed, or shall have been called for redemption upon proper notice and sufficient funds shall have been deposited in trust for such redemption, in each case pursuant to Section 5 above.

(e) Procedures for Voting and Consents . The rules and procedures for calling and conducting any meeting of the holders of Designated Preferred Stock (including, without limitation, the fixing of a record date in connection therewith), the solicitation and use of proxies at such a meeting, the obtaining of written consents and any other aspect or matter with regard to such a meeting or such consents shall be governed by any rules of the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors, in its discretion, may adopt from time to time, which rules and procedures shall conform to the requirements of the Charter, the Bylaws, and applicable law and the rules of any national securities exchange or other trading facility on which Designated Preferred Stock is listed or traded at the time.

Section 8. Record Holders . To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Issuer and the transfer agent for Designated Preferred Stock may deem and treat the record holder of any share of Designated Preferred Stock as the true and lawful owner thereof for all purposes, and neither the Issuer nor such transfer agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

Section 9. Notices . All notices or communications in respect of Designated Preferred Stock shall be sufficiently given if given in writing and delivered in person or by first class mail, postage prepaid, or if given in such other manner as may be permitted in this Certificate of Designations, in the Charter or Bylaws or by applicable law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if shares of Designated Preferred Stock are issued in book-entry form through The Depository Trust Company or any similar facility, such notices may be given to the holders of Designated Preferred Stock in any manner permitted by such facility.

 

A-9


Section 10. No Preemptive Rights . No share of Designated Preferred Stock shall have any rights of preemption whatsoever as to any securities of the Issuer, or any warrants, rights or options issued or granted with respect thereto, regardless of how such securities, or such warrants, rights or options, may be designated, issued or granted.

Section 11. Replacement Certificates . The Issuer shall replace any mutilated certificate at the holder’s expense upon surrender of that certificate to the Issuer. The Issuer shall replace certificates that become destroyed, stolen or lost at the holder’s expense upon delivery to the Issuer of reasonably satisfactory evidence that the certificate has been destroyed, stolen or lost, together with any indemnity that may be reasonably required by the Issuer.

Section 12. Other Rights . The shares of Designated Preferred Stock shall not have any rights, preferences, privileges or voting powers or relative, participating, optional or other special rights, or qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, other than as set forth herein or in the Charter or as provided by applicable law.

 

A-10


ANNEX B

FORM OF [CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATIONS]

OF

FIXED RATE CUMULATIVE PERPETUAL PREFERRED STOCK, SERIES [ ]

OF

[ ]

[ Insert name of Issuer ] , a [ corporation/bank/banking association ] organized and existing under the laws of the [ Insert jurisdiction of organization ] (the “ Issuer ”), in accordance with the provisions of Section [ s ] [ ] of the [ Insert applicable statute ] thereof, does hereby certify:

The board of directors of the Issuer (the “ Board of Directors ”) or an applicable committee of the Board of Directors, in accordance with the [[ certificate of incorporation/articles of association ] and bylaws ] of the Issuer and applicable law, adopted the following resolution on [ ] creating a series of [ ] shares of Preferred Stock of the Issuer designated as “ Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series [ ] ”.

RESOLVED , that pursuant to the provisions of the [[ certificate of incorporation/articles of association ] and the bylaws ] of the Issuer and applicable law, a series of Preferred Stock, par value $ [ ] per share, of the Issuer be and hereby is created, and that the designation and number of shares of such series, and the voting and other powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, of the shares of such series, are as follows:

Part 1. Designation and Number of Shares . There is hereby created out of the authorized and unissued shares of preferred stock of the Issuer a series of preferred stock designated as the “Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series [ ] ” (the “ Designated Preferred Stock” ). The authorized number of shares of Designated Preferred Stock shall be [ ] .

Part 2. Standard Provisions . The Standard Provisions contained in Schedule A attached hereto are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety and shall be deemed to be a part of this [ Certificate of Designations ] to the same extent as if such provisions had been set forth in full herein.

Part. 3. Definitions . The following terms are used in this [ Certificate of Designations ] (including the Standard Provisions in Schedule A hereto) as defined below:

(a) “ Common Stock ” means the common stock, par value $ [ ] per share, of the Issuer.

(b) “ Dividend Payment Date ” means February 15, May 15, August 15 and November 15 of each year.

 

1


(c) “ Junior Stock ” means the Common Stock, [ Insert titles of any existing Junior Stock ] and any other class or series of stock of the Issuer the terms of which expressly provide that it ranks junior to Designated Preferred Stock as to dividend rights and/or as to rights on liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Issuer.

(d) “ Liquidation Amount ” means $ [ 1,000 ] 1 per share of Designated Preferred Stock.

(e) “ Minimum Amount ” means $ [ Insert $ amount equal to 25% of the aggregate value of the Designated Preferred Stock issued on the Original Issue Date ] .

(f) “ Parity Stock ” means any class or series of stock of the Issuer (other than Designated Preferred Stock) the terms of which do not expressly provide that such class or series will rank senior or junior to Designated Preferred Stock as to dividend rights and/or as to rights on liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Issuer (in each case without regard to whether dividends accrue cumulatively or non-cumulatively). Without limiting the foregoing, Parity Stock shall include the Issuer’s UST Preferred Stock [ and ] [ Insert title(s) of any other classes or series of Parity Stock ] .

(g) “ Signing Date ” means [ Insert date of applicable securities purchase agreement ] .

(h) “ UST Preferred Stock ” means the Issuer’s Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series [ ] .

Part. 4. Certain Voting Matters . [ To be inserted if the Charter provides for voting in proportion to liquidation preferences : Whether the vote or consent of the holders of a plurality, majority or other portion of the shares of Designated Preferred Stock and any Voting Parity Stock has been cast or given on any matter on which the holders of shares of Designated Preferred Stock are entitled to vote shall be determined by the Issuer by reference to the specified liquidation amount of the shares voted or covered by the consent as if the Issuer were liquidated on the record date for such vote or consent, if any, or, in the absence of a record date, on the date for such vote or consent. For purposes of determining the voting rights of the holders of Designated Preferred Stock under Section 7 of the Standard Provisions forming part of this [ Certificate of Designations ] , each holder will be entitled to one vote for each $1,000 of liquidation preference to which such holder’s shares are entitled. ] [ To be inserted if the Charter does not provide for voting in proportion to liquidation preferences: Holders of shares of Designated Preferred Stock will be entitled to one vote for each such share on any matter on which holders of Designated Preferred Stock are entitled to vote, including any action by written consent. ]

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

 

1

If Issuer desires to issue shares with a higher dollar amount liquidation preference, liquidation preference references will be modified accordingly. In such case (in accordance with Section 4.6 of the Securities Purchase Agreement), the issuer will be required to enter into a deposit agreement.

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, [ Insert name of Issuer ] has caused this [ Certificate of Designations ] to be signed by [ ] , its [ ] , this [ ] day of [ ] .

 

[Insert name of Issuer]
By:    
Name:  
Title:  

 

3


Schedule A

STANDARD PROVISIONS

Section 1. General Matters . Each share of Designated Preferred Stock shall be identical in all respects to every other share of Designated Preferred Stock. The Designated Preferred Stock shall be perpetual, subject to the provisions of Section 5 of these Standard Provisions that form a part of the Certificate of Designations. The Designated Preferred Stock shall rank equally with Parity Stock and shall rank senior to Junior Stock with respect to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets in the event of any dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Issuer.

Section 2. Standard Definitions . As used herein with respect to Designated Preferred Stock:

(a) “ Appropriate Federal Banking Agency ” means the “appropriate Federal banking agency” with respect to the Issuer as defined in Section 3(q) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. Section 1813(q)), or any successor provision.

(b) “ Business Combination ” means a merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or similar transaction that requires the approval of the Issuer’s stockholders.

(c) “ Business Day ” means any day except Saturday, Sunday and any day on which banking institutions in the State of New York generally are authorized or required by law or other governmental actions to close.

(d) “ Bylaws ” means the bylaws of the Issuer, as they may be amended from time to time.

(e) “ Certificate of Designations ” means the Certificate of Designations or comparable instrument relating to the Designated Preferred Stock, of which these Standard Provisions form a part, as it may be amended from time to time.

(f) “ Charter ” means the Issuer’s certificate or articles of incorporation, articles of association, or similar organizational document.

(g) “ Dividend Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a).

(h) “ Dividend Record Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a).

(i) “ Liquidation Preference ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(a).

(j) “ Original Issue Date ” means the date on which shares of Designated Preferred Stock are first issued.

(k) “ Preferred Director ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7(b).

 

A-1


(l) “ Preferred Stock ” means any and all series of preferred stock of the Issuer, including the Designated Preferred Stock.

(m) “ Qualified Equity Offering ” means the sale and issuance for cash by the Issuer to persons other than the Issuer or any of its subsidiaries after the Original Issue Date of shares of perpetual Preferred Stock, Common Stock or any combination of such stock, that, in each case, qualify as and may be included in Tier 1 capital of the Issuer at the time of issuance under the applicable risk-based capital guidelines of the Issuer’s Appropriate Federal Banking Agency (other than any such sales and issuances made pursuant to agreements or arrangements entered into, or pursuant to financing plans which were publicly announced, on or prior to November 17, 2008).

(n) “ Standard Provisions ” mean these Standard Provisions that form a part of the Certificate of Designations relating to the Designated Preferred Stock.

(o) “ Successor Preferred Stock ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5(a).

(p) “ Voting Parity Stock ” means, with regard to any matter as to which the holders of Designated Preferred Stock are entitled to vote as specified in Sections 7(a) and 7(b) of these Standard Provisions that form a part of the Certificate of Designations, any and all series of Parity Stock upon which like voting rights have been conferred and are exercisable with respect to such matter.

Section 3. Dividends .

(a) Rate . Holders of Designated Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, on each share of Designated Preferred Stock if, as and when declared by the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors, but only out of assets legally available therefor, cumulative cash dividends with respect to each Dividend Period (as defined below) at a per annum rate of 9.0% on (i) the Liquidation Amount per share of Designated Preferred Stock and (ii) the amount of accrued and unpaid dividends for any prior Dividend Period on such share of Designated Preferred Stock, if any. Such dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative from the Original Issue Date, shall compound on each subsequent Dividend Payment Date ( i.e. , no dividends shall accrue on other dividends unless and until the first Dividend Payment Date for such other dividends has passed without such other dividends having been paid on such date) and shall be payable quarterly in arrears on each Dividend Payment Date, commencing with the first such Dividend Payment Date to occur at least 20 calendar days after the Original Issue Date. In the event that any Dividend Payment Date would otherwise fall on a day that is not a Business Day, the dividend payment due on that date will be postponed to the next day that is a Business Day and no additional dividends will accrue as a result of that postponement. The period from and including any Dividend Payment Date to, but excluding, the next Dividend Payment Date is a “ Dividend Period ”, provided that the initial Dividend Period shall be the period from and including the Original Issue Date to, but excluding, the next Dividend Payment Date.

Dividends that are payable on Designated Preferred Stock in respect of any Dividend Period shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. The amount of dividends payable on Designated Preferred Stock on any date prior to the end of a Dividend Period, and for the initial Dividend Period, shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months, and actual days elapsed over a 30-day month.

 

A-2


Dividends that are payable on Designated Preferred Stock on any Dividend Payment Date will be payable to holders of record of Designated Preferred Stock as they appear on the stock register of the Issuer on the applicable record date, which shall be the 15th calendar day immediately preceding such Dividend Payment Date or such other record date fixed by the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors that is not more than 60 nor less than 10 days prior to such Dividend Payment Date (each, a “ Dividend Record Date ”). Any such day that is a Dividend Record Date shall be a Dividend Record Date whether or not such day is a Business Day.

Holders of Designated Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any dividends, whether payable in cash, securities or other property, other than dividends (if any) declared and payable on Designated Preferred Stock as specified in this Section 3 (subject to the other provisions of the Certificate of Designations).

(b) Priority of Dividends . So long as any share of Designated Preferred Stock remains outstanding, no dividend or distribution shall be declared or paid on the Common Stock or any other shares of Junior Stock (other than dividends payable solely in shares of Common Stock) or Parity Stock, subject to the immediately following paragraph in the case of Parity Stock, and no Common Stock, Junior Stock or Parity Stock shall be, directly or indirectly, purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired for consideration by the Issuer or any of its subsidiaries unless all accrued and unpaid dividends for all past Dividend Periods, including the latest completed Dividend Period (including, if applicable as provided in Section 3(a) above, dividends on such amount), on all outstanding shares of Designated Preferred Stock have been or are contemporaneously declared and paid in full (or have been declared and a sum sufficient for the payment thereof has been set aside for the benefit of the holders of shares of Designated Preferred Stock on the applicable record date). The foregoing limitation shall not apply to (i) redemptions, purchases or other acquisitions of shares of Common Stock or other Junior Stock in connection with the administration of any employee benefit plan in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice; (ii) the acquisition by the Issuer or any of its subsidiaries of record ownership in Junior Stock or Parity Stock for the beneficial ownership of any other persons (other than the Issuer or any of its subsidiaries), including as trustees or custodians; and (iii) the exchange or conversion of Junior Stock for or into other Junior Stock or of Parity Stock for or into other Parity Stock (with the same or lesser aggregate liquidation amount) or Junior Stock, in each case, solely to the extent required pursuant to binding contractual agreements entered into prior to the Signing Date or any subsequent agreement for the accelerated exercise, settlement or exchange thereof for Common Stock.

When dividends are not paid (or declared and a sum sufficient for payment thereof set aside for the benefit of the holders thereof on the applicable record date) on any Dividend Payment Date (or, in the case of Parity Stock having dividend payment dates different from the Dividend Payment Dates, on a dividend payment date falling within a Dividend Period related to such Dividend Payment Date) in full upon Designated Preferred Stock and any shares of Parity Stock, all dividends declared on Designated Preferred Stock and all such Parity Stock and payable on such Dividend Payment Date (or, in the case of Parity Stock having dividend

 

A-3


payment dates different from the Dividend Payment Dates, on a dividend payment date falling within the Dividend Period related to such Dividend Payment Date) shall be declared pro rata so that the respective amounts of such dividends declared shall bear the same ratio to each other as all accrued and unpaid dividends per share on the shares of Designated Preferred Stock (including, if applicable as provided in Section 3(a) above, dividends on such amount) and all Parity Stock payable on such Dividend Payment Date (or, in the case of Parity Stock having dividend payment dates different from the Dividend Payment Dates, on a dividend payment date falling within the Dividend Period related to such Dividend Payment Date) (subject to their having been declared by the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors out of legally available funds and including, in the case of Parity Stock that bears cumulative dividends, all accrued but unpaid dividends) bear to each other. If the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors determines not to pay any dividend or a full dividend on a Dividend Payment Date, the Issuer will provide written notice to the holders of Designated Preferred Stock prior to such Dividend Payment Date.

Subject to the foregoing, and not otherwise, such dividends (payable in cash, securities or other property) as may be determined by the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors may be declared and paid on any securities, including Common Stock and other Junior Stock, from time to time out of any funds legally available for such payment, and holders of Designated Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to participate in any such dividends.

Section 4. Liquidation Rights .

(a) Voluntary or Involuntary Liquidation . In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Issuer, whether voluntary or involuntary, holders of Designated Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive for each share of Designated Preferred Stock, out of the assets of the Issuer or proceeds thereof (whether capital or surplus) available for distribution to stockholders of the Issuer, subject to the rights of any creditors of the Issuer, before any distribution of such assets or proceeds is made to or set aside for the holders of Common Stock and any other stock of the Issuer ranking junior to Designated Preferred Stock as to such distribution, payment in full in an amount equal to the sum of (i) the Liquidation Amount per share and (ii) the amount of any accrued and unpaid dividends (including, if applicable as provided in Section 3(a) above, dividends on such amount), whether or not declared, to the date of payment (such amounts collectively, the “ Liquidation Preference ”).

(b) Partial Payment . If in any distribution described in Section 4(a) above the assets of the Issuer or proceeds thereof are not sufficient to pay in full the amounts payable with respect to all outstanding shares of Designated Preferred Stock and the corresponding amounts payable with respect of any other stock of the Issuer ranking equally with Designated Preferred Stock as to such distribution, holders of Designated Preferred Stock and the holders of such other stock shall share ratably in any such distribution in proportion to the full respective distributions to which they are entitled.

(c) Residual Distributions . If the Liquidation Preference has been paid in full to all holders of Designated Preferred Stock and the corresponding amounts payable with respect of any other stock of the Issuer ranking equally with Designated Preferred Stock as to such distribution has been paid in full, the holders of other stock of the Issuer shall be entitled to receive all remaining assets of the Issuer (or proceeds thereof) according to their respective rights and preferences.

 

A-4


(d) Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets Not Liquidation . For purposes of this Section 4, the merger or consolidation of the Issuer with any other corporation or other entity, including a merger or consolidation in which the holders of Designated Preferred Stock receive cash, securities or other property for their shares, or the sale, lease or exchange (for cash, securities or other property) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer, shall not constitute a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Issuer.

Section 5. Redemption .

(a) Optional Redemption . Except as provided below, the Designated Preferred Stock may not be redeemed prior to the later of (i) first Dividend Payment Date falling on or after the third anniversary of the Original Issue Date; and (ii) the date on which all outstanding shares of UST Preferred Stock have been redeemed, repurchased or otherwise acquired by the Issuer. On or after the first Dividend Payment Date falling on or after the third anniversary of the Original Issue Date, the Issuer, at its option, subject to the approval of the Appropriate Federal Banking Agency, may redeem, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time, out of funds legally available therefor, the shares of Designated Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, upon notice given as provided in Section 5(c) below, at a redemption price equal to the sum of (i) the Liquidation Amount per share and (ii) except as otherwise provided below, any accrued and unpaid dividends (including, if applicable as provided in Section 3(a) above, dividends on such amount) (regardless of whether any dividends are actually declared) to, but excluding, the date fixed for redemption.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to the first Dividend Payment Date falling on or after the third anniversary of the Original Issue Date, the Issuer, at its option, subject to the approval of the Appropriate Federal Banking Agency and subject to the requirement that all outstanding shares of UST Preferred Stock shall previously have been redeemed, repurchased or otherwise acquired by the Issuer, may redeem, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time, the shares of Designated Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, upon notice given as provided in Section 5(c) below, at a redemption price equal to the sum of (i) the Liquidation Amount per share and (ii) except as otherwise provided below, any accrued and unpaid dividends (including, if applicable as provided in Section 3(a) above, dividends on such amount) (regardless of whether any dividends are actually declared) to, but excluding, the date fixed for redemption; provided that (x) the Issuer (or any successor by Business Combination) has received aggregate gross proceeds of not less than the Minimum Amount (plus the “Minimum Amount” as defined in the relevant certificate of designations for each other outstanding series of preferred stock of such successor that was originally issued to the United States Department of the Treasury (the “ Successor Preferred Stock ”) in connection with the Troubled Asset Relief Program Capital Purchase Program) from one or more Qualified Equity Offerings (including Qualified Equity Offerings of such successor), and (y) the aggregate redemption price of the Designated Preferred Stock (and any Successor Preferred Stock) redeemed pursuant to this paragraph may not exceed the aggregate net cash proceeds received by the Issuer (or any successor by Business Combination) from such Qualified Equity Offerings (including Qualified Equity Offerings of such successor).

 

A-5


The redemption price for any shares of Designated Preferred Stock shall be payable on the redemption date to the holder of such shares against surrender of the certificate(s) evidencing such shares to the Issuer or its agent. Any declared but unpaid dividends payable on a redemption date that occurs subsequent to the Dividend Record Date for a Dividend Period shall not be paid to the holder entitled to receive the redemption price on the redemption date, but rather shall be paid to the holder of record of the redeemed shares on such Dividend Record Date relating to the Dividend Payment Date as provided in Section 3 above.

(b) No Sinking Fund . The Designated Preferred Stock will not be subject to any mandatory redemption, sinking fund or other similar provisions. Holders of Designated Preferred Stock will have no right to require redemption or repurchase of any shares of Designated Preferred Stock.

(c) Notice of Redemption . Notice of every redemption of shares of Designated Preferred Stock shall be given by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the holders of record of the shares to be redeemed at their respective last addresses appearing on the books of the Issuer. Such mailing shall be at least 30 days and not more than 60 days before the date fixed for redemption. Any notice mailed as provided in this Subsection shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the holder receives such notice, but failure duly to give such notice by mail, or any defect in such notice or in the mailing thereof, to any holder of shares of Designated Preferred Stock designated for redemption shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other shares of Designated Preferred Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if shares of Designated Preferred Stock are issued in book-entry form through The Depository Trust Company or any other similar facility, notice of redemption may be given to the holders of Designated Preferred Stock at such time and in any manner permitted by such facility. Each notice of redemption given to a holder shall state: (1) the redemption date; (2) the number of shares of Designated Preferred Stock to be redeemed and, if less than all the shares held by such holder are to be redeemed, the number of such shares to be redeemed from such holder; (3) the redemption price; and (4) the place or places where certificates for such shares are to be surrendered for payment of the redemption price.

(d) Partial Redemption . In case of any redemption of part of the shares of Designated Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, the shares to be redeemed shall be selected either pro rata or in such other manner as the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof may determine to be fair and equitable. Subject to the provisions hereof, the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof shall have full power and authority to prescribe the terms and conditions upon which shares of Designated Preferred Stock shall be redeemed from time to time. If fewer than all the shares represented by any certificate are redeemed, a new certificate shall be issued representing the unredeemed shares without charge to the holder thereof.

(e) Effectiveness of Redemption . If notice of redemption has been duly given and if on or before the redemption date specified in the notice all funds necessary for the redemption have been deposited by the Issuer, in trust for the pro rata benefit of the holders of the shares called for redemption, with a bank or trust company doing business in the Borough of

 

A-6


Manhattan, The City of New York, and having a capital and surplus of at least $500 million and selected by the Board of Directors, so as to be and continue to be available solely therefor, then, notwithstanding that any certificate for any share so called for redemption has not been surrendered for cancellation, on and after the redemption date dividends shall cease to accrue on all shares so called for redemption, all shares so called for redemption shall no longer be deemed outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares shall forthwith on such redemption date cease and terminate, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive the amount payable on such redemption from such bank or trust company, without interest. Any funds unclaimed at the end of three years from the redemption date shall, to the extent permitted by law, be released to the Issuer, after which time the holders of the shares so called for redemption shall look only to the Issuer for payment of the redemption price of such shares.

(f) Status of Redeemed Shares . Shares of Designated Preferred Stock that are redeemed, repurchased or otherwise acquired by the Issuer shall revert to authorized but unissued shares of Preferred Stock ( provided that any such cancelled shares of Designated Preferred Stock may be reissued only as shares of any series of Preferred Stock other than Designated Preferred Stock).

Section 6. Conversion . Holders of Designated Preferred Stock shares shall have no right to exchange or convert such shares into any other securities.

Section 7. Voting Rights .

(a) General . The holders of Designated Preferred Stock shall not have any voting rights except as set forth below or as otherwise from time to time required by law.

(b) Preferred Stock Directors . Whenever, at any time or times, dividends payable on the shares of Designated Preferred Stock have not been paid for an aggregate of six quarterly Dividend Periods or more, whether or not consecutive, the authorized number of directors of the Issuer shall automatically be increased by two and the holders of the Designated Preferred Stock shall have the right, with holders of shares of any one or more other classes or series of Voting Parity Stock outstanding at the time, voting together as a class, to elect two directors (hereinafter the Preferred Directors and each a Preferred Director ) to fill such newly created directorships at the Issuer’s next annual meeting of stockholders (or at a special meeting called for that purpose prior to such next annual meeting) and at each subsequent annual meeting of stockholders until all accrued and unpaid dividends for all past Dividend Periods, including the latest completed Dividend Period (including, if applicable as provided in Section 3(a) above, dividends on such amount), on all outstanding shares of Designated Preferred Stock have been declared and paid in full at which time such right shall terminate with respect to the Designated Preferred Stock, except as herein or by law expressly provided, subject to revesting in the event of each and every subsequent default of the character above mentioned; provided that it shall be a qualification for election for any Preferred Director that the election of such Preferred Director shall not cause the Issuer to violate any corporate governance requirements of any securities exchange or other trading facility on which securities of the Issuer may then be listed or traded that listed or traded companies must have a majority of independent directors. Upon any termination of the right of the holders of shares of Designated Preferred Stock and Voting Parity Stock as a class to vote for directors as provided above, the Preferred Directors shall cease to be

 

A-7


qualified as directors, the term of office of all Preferred Directors then in office shall terminate immediately and the authorized number of directors shall be reduced by the number of Preferred Directors elected pursuant hereto. Any Preferred Director may be removed at any time, with or without cause, and any vacancy created thereby may be filled, only by the affirmative vote of the holders a majority of the shares of Designated Preferred Stock at the time outstanding voting separately as a class together with the holders of shares of Voting Parity Stock, to the extent the voting rights of such holders described above are then exercisable. If the office of any Preferred Director becomes vacant for any reason other than removal from office as aforesaid, the remaining Preferred Director may choose a successor who shall hold office for the unexpired term in respect of which such vacancy occurred.

(c) Class Voting Rights as to Particular Matters . So long as any shares of Designated Preferred Stock are outstanding, in addition to any other vote or consent of stockholders required by law or by the Charter, the vote or consent of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the shares of Designated Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, voting as a separate class, given in person or by proxy, either in writing without a meeting or by vote at any meeting called for the purpose, shall be necessary for effecting or validating:

(i) Authorization of Senior Stock . Any amendment or alteration of the Certificate of Designations for the Designated Preferred Stock or the Charter to authorize or create or increase the authorized amount of, or any issuance of, any shares of, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of, any class or series of capital stock of the Issuer ranking senior to Designated Preferred Stock with respect to either or both the payment of dividends and/or the distribution of assets on any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Issuer;

(ii) Amendment of Designated Preferred Stock . Any amendment, alteration or repeal of any provision of the Certificate of Designations for the Designated Preferred Stock or the Charter (including, unless no vote on such merger or consolidation is required by Section 7(c)(iii) below, any amendment, alteration or repeal by means of a merger, consolidation or otherwise) so as to adversely affect the rights, preferences, privileges or voting powers of the Designated Preferred Stock; or

(iii) Share Exchanges, Reclassifications, Mergers and Consolidations . Any consummation of a binding share exchange or reclassification involving the Designated Preferred Stock, or of a merger or consolidation of the Issuer with another corporation or other entity, unless in each case (x) the shares of Designated Preferred Stock remain outstanding or, in the case of any such merger or consolidation with respect to which the Issuer is not the surviving or resulting entity, are converted into or exchanged for preference securities of the surviving or resulting entity or its ultimate parent, and (y) such shares remaining outstanding or such preference securities, as the case may be, have such rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers, and limitations and restrictions thereof, taken as a whole, as are not materially less favorable to the holders thereof than the rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers, and limitations and restrictions thereof, of Designated Preferred Stock immediately prior to such consummation, taken as a whole;

 

A-8


provided , however , that for all purposes of this Section 7(c), any increase in the amount of the authorized Preferred Stock, including any increase in the authorized amount of Designated Preferred Stock necessary to satisfy preemptive or similar rights granted by the Issuer to other persons prior to the Signing Date, or the creation and issuance, or an increase in the authorized or issued amount, whether pursuant to preemptive or similar rights or otherwise, of any other series of Preferred Stock, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any other series of Preferred Stock, ranking equally with and/or junior to Designated Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends (whether such dividends are cumulative or non-cumulative) and the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Issuer will not be deemed to adversely affect the rights, preferences, privileges or voting powers, and shall not require the affirmative vote or consent of, the holders of outstanding shares of the Designated Preferred Stock.

(d) Changes after Provision for Redemption . No vote or consent of the holders of Designated Preferred Stock shall be required pursuant to Section 7(c) above if, at or prior to the time when any such vote or consent would otherwise be required pursuant to such Section, all outstanding shares of the Designated Preferred Stock shall have been redeemed, or shall have been called for redemption upon proper notice and sufficient funds shall have been deposited in trust for such redemption, in each case pursuant to Section 5 above.

(e) Procedures for Voting and Consents . The rules and procedures for calling and conducting any meeting of the holders of Designated Preferred Stock (including, without limitation, the fixing of a record date in connection therewith), the solicitation and use of proxies at such a meeting, the obtaining of written consents and any other aspect or matter with regard to such a meeting or such consents shall be governed by any rules of the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors, in its discretion, may adopt from time to time, which rules and procedures shall conform to the requirements of the Charter, the Bylaws, and applicable law and the rules of any national securities exchange or other trading facility on which Designated Preferred Stock is listed or traded at the time.

Section 8. Record Holders . To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Issuer and the transfer agent for Designated Preferred Stock may deem and treat the record holder of any share of Designated Preferred Stock as the true and lawful owner thereof for all purposes, and neither the Issuer nor such transfer agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

Section 9. Notices . All notices or communications in respect of Designated Preferred Stock shall be sufficiently given if given in writing and delivered in person or by first class mail, postage prepaid, or if given in such other manner as may be permitted in this Certificate of Designations, in the Charter or Bylaws or by applicable law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if shares of Designated Preferred Stock are issued in book-entry form through The Depository Trust Company or any similar facility, such notices may be given to the holders of Designated Preferred Stock in any manner permitted by such facility.

Section 10. No Preemptive Rights . No share of Designated Preferred Stock shall have any rights of preemption whatsoever as to any securities of the Issuer, or any warrants, rights or options issued or granted with respect thereto, regardless of how such securities, or such warrants, rights or options, may be designated, issued or granted.

 

A-9


Section 11. Replacement Certificates . The Issuer shall replace any mutilated certificate at the holder’s expense upon surrender of that certificate to the Issuer. The Issuer shall replace certificates that become destroyed, stolen or lost at the holder’s expense upon delivery to the Issuer of reasonably satisfactory evidence that the certificate has been destroyed, stolen or lost, together with any indemnity that may be reasonably required by the Issuer.

Section 12. Other Rights . The shares of Designated Preferred Stock shall not have any rights, preferences, privileges or voting powers or relative, participating, optional or other special rights, or qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, other than as set forth herein or in the Charter or as provided by applicable law.

 

A-10


ANNEX C

FORM OF WAIVER

In consideration for the benefits I will receive as a result of my employer’s participation in the United States Department of the Treasury’s TARP Capital Purchase Program, I hereby voluntarily waive any claim against the United States or my employer for any changes to my compensation or benefits that are required to comply with the regulation issued by the Department of the Treasury as published in the Federal Register on October 20, 2008.

I acknowledge that this regulation may require modification of the compensation, bonus, incentive and other benefit plans, arrangements, policies and agreements (including so-called “golden parachute” agreements) that I have with my employer or in which I participate as they relate to the period the United States holds any equity or debt securities of my employer acquired through the TARP Capital Purchase Program.

This waiver includes all claims I may have under the laws of the United States or any state related to the requirements imposed by the aforementioned regulation, including without limitation a claim for any compensation or other payments I would otherwise receive, any challenge to the process by which this regulation was adopted and any tort or constitutional claim about the effect of these regulations on my employment relationship.


ANNEX D

FORM OF OPINION

(a) The Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the state of its incorporation.

(b) The Preferred Shares have been duly and validly authorized, and, when issued and delivered pursuant to the Agreement, the Preferred Shares will be duly and validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable, will not be issued in violation of any preemptive rights, and will rank pari passu with or senior to all other series or classes of Preferred Stock issued on the Closing Date with respect to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets in the event of any dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company.

(c) The Warrant has been duly authorized and, when executed and delivered as contemplated by the Agreement, will constitute a valid and legally binding obligation of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as the same may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and general equitable principles, regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity.

(d) The shares of Warrant Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrant have been duly authorized and reserved for issuance upon exercise of the Warrant and when so issued in accordance with the terms of the Warrant will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and will rank pari passu with or senior to all other series or classes of Preferred Stock, whether or not issued or outstanding, with respect to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets in the event of any dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company.

(e) The Company has the corporate power and authority to execute and deliver the Agreement and the Warrant and to carry out its obligations thereunder (which includes the issuance of the Preferred Shares, Warrant and Warrant Shares).

(f) The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of the Agreement and the Warrant and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company and its stockholders, and no further approval or authorization is required on the part of the Company.

(g) The Agreement is a valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as the same may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and general equitable principles, regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity; provided , however , such counsel need express no opinion with respect to Section 4.5(h) or the severability provisions of the Agreement insofar as Section 4.5(h) is concerned.


ANNEX E

FORM OF WARRANT TO PURCHASE PREFERRED STOCK

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS INSTRUMENT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF EXCEPT WHILE A REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING THERETO IS IN EFFECT UNDER SUCH ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SUCH ACT OR SUCH LAWS. THIS INSTRUMENT IS ISSUED SUBJECT TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF A SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES AND THE INVESTOR REFERRED TO THEREIN, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE ISSUER. THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS INSTRUMENT MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH SAID AGREEMENT. ANY SALE OR OTHER TRANSFER NOT IN COMPLIANCE WITH SAID AGREEMENT WILL BE VOID.

WARRANT

to purchase

 

 

Shares of Preferred Stock

of                                                      

                                         Issue Date: ________________________

1. Definitions . Unless the context otherwise requires, when used herein the following terms shall have the meanings indicated.

Board of Directors ” means the board of directors of the Company, including any duly authorized committee thereof.

business day ” means any day except Saturday, Sunday and any day on which banking institutions in the State of New York generally are authorized or required by law or other governmental actions to close.

Charter ” means, with respect to any Person, its certificate or articles of incorporation, articles of association, or similar organizational document.

Company ” means the Person whose name, corporate or other organizational form and jurisdiction of organization is set forth in Item 1 of Schedule A hereto.


Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor statute, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Exercise Price ” means the amount set forth in Item 2 of Schedule A hereto.

Expiration Time ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.

“Issue Date” means the date set forth in Item 3 of Schedule A hereto.

Liquidation Amount ” means the amount set forth in Item 4 of Schedule A hereto.

Original Warrantholder ” means the United States Department of the Treasury. Any actions specified to be taken by the Original Warrantholder hereunder may only be taken by such Person and not by any other Warrantholder.

Person ” has the meaning given to it in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act and as used in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act.

“Preferred Stock ” means the series of perpetual preferred stock set forth in Item 5 of Schedule A hereto.

Purchase Agreement ” means the Securities Purchase Agreement – Standard Terms incorporated into the Letter Agreement, dated as of the date set forth in Item 6 of Schedule A hereto, as amended from time to time, between the Company and the United States Department of the Treasury (the “ Letter Agreement ”), including all annexes and schedules thereto.

Regulatory Approvals ” with respect to the Warrantholder, means, to the extent applicable and required to permit the Warrantholder to exercise this Warrant for shares of Preferred Stock and to own such Preferred Stock without the Warrantholder being in violation of applicable law, rule or regulation, the receipt of any necessary approvals and authorizations of, filings and registrations with, notifications to, or expiration or termination of any applicable waiting period under, the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

SEC ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any successor statute, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Shares ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.

Warrantholder ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.

Warrant ” means this Warrant, issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.

2. Number of Shares; Exercise Price . This certifies that, for value received, the United States Department of the Treasury or its permitted assigns (the “ Warrantholder ”) is entitled, upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth, to acquire from the

 

2


Company, in whole or in part, after the receipt of all applicable Regulatory Approvals, if any, up to an aggregate of the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Preferred Stock set forth in Item 7 of Schedule A hereto (the “Shares”), at a purchase price per share of Preferred Stock equal to the Exercise Price.

3. Exercise of Warrant; Term . Subject to Section 2, to the extent permitted by applicable laws and regulations, the right to purchase the Shares represented by this Warrant is exercisable, in whole or in part by the Warrantholder, at any time or from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Warrant by the Company on the date hereof, but in no event later than 5:00 p.m., New York City time on the tenth anniversary of the Issue Date (the “ Expiration Time ”), by (A) the surrender of this Warrant and Notice of Exercise annexed hereto, duly completed and executed on behalf of the Warrantholder, at the principal executive office of the Company located at the address set forth in Item 8 of Schedule A hereto (or such other office or agency of the Company in the United States as it may designate by notice in writing to the Warrantholder at the address of the Warrantholder appearing on the books of the Company), and (B) payment of the Exercise Price for the Shares thereby purchased, by having the Company withhold, from the shares of Preferred Stock that would otherwise be delivered to the Warrantholder upon such exercise, shares of Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrant with an aggregate Liquidation Amount equal in value to the aggregate Exercise Price as to which this Warrant is so exercised.

If the Warrantholder does not exercise this Warrant in its entirety, the Warrantholder will be entitled to receive from the Company within a reasonable time, and in any event not exceeding three business days, a new warrant in substantially identical form for the purchase of that number of Shares equal to the difference between the number of Shares subject to this Warrant and the number of Shares as to which this Warrant is so exercised. Notwithstanding anything in this Warrant to the contrary, the Warrantholder hereby acknowledges and agrees that its exercise of this Warrant for Shares is subject to the condition that the Warrantholder will have first received any applicable Regulatory Approvals.

4. Issuance of Shares; Authorization . Certificates for Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant will be issued in such name or names as the Warrantholder may designate and will be delivered to such named Person or Persons within a reasonable time, not to exceed three business days after the date on which this Warrant has been duly exercised in accordance with the terms of this Warrant. The Company hereby represents and warrants that any Shares issued upon the exercise of this Warrant in accordance with the provisions of Section 3 will be duly and validly authorized and issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free from all taxes, liens and charges (other than liens or charges created by the Warrantholder, income and franchise taxes incurred in connection with the exercise of the Warrant or taxes in respect of any transfer occurring contemporaneously therewith). The Company agrees that the Shares so issued will be deemed to have been issued to the Warrantholder as of the close of business on the date on which this Warrant and payment of the Exercise Price are delivered to the Company in accordance with the terms of this Warrant, notwithstanding that the stock transfer books of the Company may then be closed or certificates representing such Shares may not be actually delivered on such date. The Company will at all times reserve and keep available, out of its authorized but unissued preferred stock, solely for the purpose of providing for the exercise of this Warrant, the aggregate number of shares of Preferred Stock then issuable upon exercise of this Warrant at any time. The Company will use reasonable best efforts to ensure that the Shares may be issued without violation of any applicable law or regulation or of any requirement of any securities exchange on which the Shares are listed or traded.

 

3


5. No Rights as Stockholders; Transfer Books . This Warrant does not entitle the Warrantholder to any voting rights or other rights as a stockholder of the Company prior to the date of exercise hereof. The Company will at no time close its transfer books against transfer of this Warrant in any manner which interferes with the timely exercise of this Warrant.

6. Charges, Taxes and Expenses . Issuance of certificates for Shares to the Warrantholder upon the exercise of this Warrant shall be made without charge to the Warrantholder for any issue or transfer tax or other incidental expense in respect of the issuance of such certificates, all of which taxes and expenses shall be paid by the Company.

7. Transfer/Assignment .

(A) Subject to compliance with clause (B) of this Section 7, this Warrant and all rights hereunder are transferable, in whole or in part, upon the books of the Company by the registered holder hereof in person or by duly authorized attorney, and a new warrant shall be made and delivered by the Company, of the same tenor and date as this Warrant but registered in the name of one or more transferees, upon surrender of this Warrant, duly endorsed, to the office or agency of the Company described in Section 3. All expenses (other than stock transfer taxes) and other charges payable in connection with the preparation, execution and delivery of the new warrants pursuant to this Section 7 shall be paid by the Company.

(B) The transfer of the Warrant and the Shares issued upon exercise of the Warrant are subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 4.4 of the Purchase Agreement. If and for so long as required by the Purchase Agreement, this Warrant shall contain the legends as set forth in Section 4.2(a) of the Purchase Agreement.

8. Exchange and Registry of Warrant . This Warrant is exchangeable, upon the surrender hereof by the Warrantholder to the Company, for a new warrant or warrants of like tenor and representing the right to purchase the same aggregate number of Shares. The Company shall maintain a registry showing the name and address of the Warrantholder as the registered holder of this Warrant. This Warrant may be surrendered for exchange or exercise in accordance with its terms, at the office of the Company, and the Company shall be entitled to rely in all respects, prior to written notice to the contrary, upon such registry.

9. Loss, Theft, Destruction or Mutilation of Warrant . Upon receipt by the Company of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant, and in the case of any such loss, theft or destruction, upon receipt of a bond, indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to the Company, or, in the case of any such mutilation, upon surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company shall make and deliver, in lieu of such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Warrant, a new Warrant of like tenor and representing the right to purchase the same aggregate number of Shares as provided for in such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Warrant.

 

4


10. Saturdays, Sundays, Holidays, etc. If the last or appointed day for the taking of any action or the expiration of any right required or granted herein shall not be a business day, then such action may be taken or such right may be exercised on the next succeeding day that is a business day.

11. Rule 144 Information . The Company covenants that it will use its reasonable best efforts to timely file all reports and other documents required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC thereunder (or, if the Company is not required to file such reports, it will, upon the request of any Warrantholder, make publicly available such information as necessary to permit sales pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act), and it will use reasonable best efforts to take such further action as any Warrantholder may reasonably request, in each case to the extent required from time to time to enable such holder to, if permitted by the terms of this Warrant and the Purchase Agreement, sell this Warrant without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by (A) Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time, or (B) any successor rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC. Upon the written request of any Warrantholder, the Company will deliver to such Warrantholder a written statement that it has complied with such requirements.

12. Adjustments and Other Rights . For so long as the Original Warrantholder holds this Warrant or any portion thereof, if any event occurs that, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, would require adjustment of the Exercise Price or number of Shares into which this Warrant is exercisable in order to fairly and adequately protect the purchase rights of the Warrants in accordance with the essential intent and principles of the Purchase Agreement and this Warrant, then the Board of Directors shall make such adjustments in the application of such provisions, in accordance with such essential intent and principles, as shall be reasonably necessary, in the good faith opinion of the Board of Directors, to protect such purchase rights as aforesaid.

Whenever the Exercise Price or the number of Shares into which this Warrant is exercisable shall be adjusted as provided in this Section 12, the Company shall forthwith file at the principal office of the Company a statement showing in reasonable detail the facts requiring such adjustment and the Exercise Price that shall be in effect and the number of Shares into which this Warrant shall be exercisable after such adjustment, and the Company shall also cause a copy of such statement to be sent by mail, first class postage prepaid, to each Warrantholder at the address appearing in the Company’s records.

13. No Impairment . The Company will not, by amendment of its Charter or through any reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Company, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this Warrant and in taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of the Warrantholder.

14. Governing Law . This Warrant will be governed by and construed in accordance with the federal law of the United States if and to the extent such law is applicable, and otherwise in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and

 

5


to be performed entirely within such State. Each of the Company and the Warrantholder agrees (a) to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the United States District Court for the District of Columbia for any civil action, suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Warrant or the transactions contemplated hereby, and (b) that notice may be served upon the Company at the address in Section 17 below and upon the Warrantholder at the address for the Warrantholder set forth in the registry maintained by the Company pursuant to Section 8 hereof. To the extent permitted by applicable law, each of the Company and the Warrantholder hereby unconditionally waives trial by jury in any civil legal action or proceeding relating to the Warrant or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

15. Binding Effect . This Warrant shall be binding upon any successors or assigns of the Company.

16. Amendments . This Warrant may be amended and the observance of any term of this Warrant may be waived only with the written consent of the Company and the Warrantholder.

17. Notices . Any notice, request, instruction or other document to be given hereunder by any party to the other will be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given (a) on the date of delivery if delivered personally, or by facsimile, upon confirmation of receipt, or (b) on the second business day following the date of dispatch if delivered by a recognized next day courier service. All notices hereunder shall be delivered as set forth in Item 9 of Schedule A hereto, or pursuant to such other instructions as may be designated in writing by the party to receive such notice.

18. Entire Agreement . This Warrant, the forms attached hereto and Schedule A hereto (the terms of which are incorporated by reference herein), and the Letter Agreement (including all documents incorporated therein), contain the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior and contemporaneous arrangements or undertakings with respect thereto.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

6


[Form of Notice of Exercise]

Date:                                 

 

TO: [Company]

 

RE: Election to Purchase Preferred Stock

The undersigned, pursuant to the provisions set forth in the attached Warrant, hereby agrees to subscribe for and purchase such number of shares of Preferred Stock covered by the Warrant such that after giving effect to an exercise pursuant to Section 3(B) of the Warrant, the undersigned will receive the net number of shares of Preferred Stock set forth below. The undersigned, in accordance with Section 3 of the Warrant, hereby agrees to pay the aggregate Exercise Price for such shares of Preferred Stock in the manner set forth in Section 3(B) of the Warrant.

Number of Shares of Preferred Stock: 1                                                                      

The undersigned agrees that it is exercising the attached Warrant in full and that, upon receipt by the undersigned of the number of shares of Preferred Stock set forth above, such Warrant shall be deemed to be cancelled and surrendered to the Company.

 

Holder:    
By:    
Name:    
Title:    

 

 

1. Number of shares to be received by the undersigned upon exercise of the attached Warrant pursuant to Section 3(B) thereof.

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Warrant to be duly executed by a duly authorized officer.

Dated:                                 

 

COMPANY:                                                              
By:    
 

Name:

Title:

 

Attest:
By:    
 

Name:

Title:

[Signature Page to Warrant]

 

8


SCHEDULE A

Item 1

Name:

Corporate or other organizational form:

Jurisdiction of organization:

Item 2

Exercise Price: 2

Item 3

Issue Date:

Item 4

Liquidation Amount:

Item 5

Series of Perpetual Preferred Stock:

Item 6

Date of Letter Agreement between the Company and the United States Department of the Treasury:

Item 7

Number of shares of Preferred Stock: 3

Item 8

Company’s address:

Item 9

Notice information:

 

 

2

$0.01 per share or such greater amount as the Charter may require as the par value of the Preferred Stock.

 

3

The initial number of shares of Preferred Stock for which this Warrant is exercisable shall include the number of shares required to effect the cashless exercise pursuant to Section 3(B) of this Warrant (e.g., such number of shares of Preferred Stock having an aggregate Liquidation Amount equal in value to the aggregate Exercise Price) such that, following exercise of this Warrant and payment of the Exercise Price in accordance with such Section 3(B), the net number of shares of Preferred Stock delivered to the Warrantholder (and rounded to the nearest whole share) would have an aggregate Liquidation Amount equal to 5% of the aggregate amount invested by the United States Department of the Treasury on the investment date.


SCHEDULE A

ADDITIONAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS

Company Information:

Name of the Company: Plains Capital Corporation

Corporate or other organizational form: Corporation

Jurisdiction of Organization: Texas

Appropriate Federal Banking Agency: Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System

Notice Information:

c/o General Counsel

Plains Capital Corporation

2911 Turtle Creek Blvd.

Suite 700

Dallas, Texas 75219

Terms of the Purchase:

Series of Preferred Stock Purchased: A

Per Share Liquidation Preference of Preferred Stock: $1,000.00

Number of Shares of Preferred Stock Purchased: 87,631

Dividend Payment Dates on the Preferred Stock: February 15, May 15, August 15, November 15

Series of Warrant Preferred Stock: B

Number of Warrant Shares: 4,386.38639

Number of Net Warrant Shares (after net settlement): 4,382

Exercise Price of the Warrant: $1.00 per share

Purchase Price: $87,631,000.00

Closing:

 

Location of Closing:

  

Squire, Sanders & Dempsey, L.L.P.

  

221 E. Fourth Street

  

Suite 2900

  

Cincinnati, Ohio 45202

Time of Closing:

  

9:00 AM ET

Date of Closing:

  

December 19, 2008


Wire Information for Closing:

   ABA Number:    111322994
   Bank:    PlainsCapital Bank
   Account Name:    PlainsCapital Bank
   Account Number:    10202500
   Beneficiary: Attn:    Jeff Isom
      Amanda Meiers
      Scott Luedke

Contact for Confirmation of Wire Information:

                Jeff Isom 214-252-4010

     


SCHEDULE B

CAPITALIZATION

Capitalization Date: November 30, 2008

Common Stock

Par value: $10.00

Total Authorized: 50,000,000

Outstanding: 8,704,621 (8,826,926 issued)

Subject to warrants, options, convertible securities, etc.: 197,232

Reserved for benefit plans and other issuances: 59,763

Remaining authorized but unissued: 41,173,074

Shares issued after Capitalization Date (other

than pursuant to warrants, options,

convertible securities, etc. as set forth

above):

In connection with the pending acquisition of First Southwest Holdings, Inc., currently scheduled to be completed on or about December 31, 2008 (the “Merger”), the Company will issue approximately 2,263,489 shares of its common stock (with another 94,866 being reserved for issuance in connection with the conversion of outstanding stock options of First Southwest Holdings, Inc.), resulting in approximately 10,968,110 shares of common stock outstanding upon completion of the Merger. Additionally, the Company is obligated pursuant to employment agreements with certain individuals that are, or will be upon the closing of the Merger, employees of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries, to issue an additional 176,000 shares of restricted common stock.

Preferred Stock

Par value: $1.00

Total Authorized: 5,000,000

Outstanding (by series): None

Reserved for issuance: None

Remaining authorized but unissued: 5,000,000


Holders of 5% or more of any class of capital stock

  

Primary Address

Maedgen & White, Ltd.

  

c/o Alan B. White

2911 Turtle Creek Blvd.

Suite 700

Dallas, Texas 75219

Plains Capital Corporation ESOP

  

c/o Plains Capital Corporation

2911 Turtle Creek Blvd.

Suite 700

Dallas, Texas 75219

PNB Company (Nominee)

  

c/o Plains Capital Wealth Management

P.O. Box 271

Lubbock, Texas 79408


SCHEDULE C

LITIGATION

List any exceptions to the representation and warranty in Section 2.2(l) of the Securities Purchase Agreement – Standard Terms.

If none, please so indicate by checking the box:   þ .


SCHEDULE D

COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS

List any exceptions to the representation and warranty in the second sentence of Section 2.2(m) of the Securities Purchase Agreement – Standard Terms.

If none, please so indicate by checking the box:   þ .

List any exceptions to the representation and warranty in the last sentence of Section 2.2(m) of the Securities Purchase Agreement – Standard Terms.

If none, please so indicate by checking the box:   þ .


SCHEDULE E

REGULATORY AGREEMENTS

List any exceptions to the representation and warranty in Section 2.2(s) of the Securities Purchase Agreement – Standard Terms.

If none, please so indicate by checking the box:   þ .

Exhibit 4.2

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED DECLARATION

OF TRUST

by and among

STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY

OF CONNECTICUT, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Institutional Trustee,

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION,

as Sponsor,

and

ALAN B. WHITE, GEORGE McCLESKEY, and

JEFF ISOM

as Administrators,

Dated as of July 31, 2001

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page
ARTICLE I INTERPRETATION AND DEFINITIONS    1
            Section 1.1.    Definitions .    1
ARTICLE II ORGANIZATION    7
            Section 2.1.    Name .    7
            Section 2.2.    Office .    7
            Section 2.3.    Purpose .    7
            Section 2.4.    Authority .    7
            Section 2.5.    Title to Property of the Trust .    8
            Section 2.6.    Powers and Duties of the Institutional Trustee and the Administrators .    8
            Section 2.7.    Prohibition of Actions by the Trust and the Institutional Trustee .    11
            Section 2.8.    Powers and Duties of the Institutional Trustee .    11
            Section 2.9.    Certain Duties and Responsibilities of the Institutional Trustee and Administrators .    13
            Section 2.10.    Certain Rights of Institutional Trustee .    14
            Section 2.11.    Execution of Documents .    16
            Section 2.12.    Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities .    16
            Section 2.13.    Duration of Trust .    16
            Section 2.14.    Mergers .    16
ARTICLE III SPONSOR    18
            Section 3.1.    Sponsor’s Purchase of Common Securities .    18
            Section 3.2.    Responsibilities of the Sponsor .    18
            Section 3.3.    Expenses .    18
            Section 3.4.    Right to Proceed .    19
ARTICLE IV INSTITUTIONAL TRUSTEE AND ADMINISTRATORS    19
            Section 4.1.    Institutional Trustee; Eligibility .    19
            Section 4.2.    Administrators .    19
            Section 4.3.    Appointment, Removal and Resignation of Institutional Trustee and Administrators .    20
            Section 4.4.    Institutional Trustee Vacancies .    21
            Section 4.5.    Effect of Vacancies .    21
            Section 4.6.    Meetings of the Institutional Trustee and the Administrators .    21
            Section 4.7.    Delegation of Power .    21
            Section 4.8.    Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business .    22
ARTICLE V DISTRIBUTIONS    22
            Section 5.1.    Distributions .    22
ARTICLE VI ISSUANCE OF SECURITIES    22
            Section 6.1.    General Provisions Regarding Securities .    22
            Section 6.2.    Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar .    23
            Section 6.3.    Form and Dating .    23
            Section 6.4.    Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates .    24
            Section 6.5.    Temporary Securities .    24
            Section 6.6.    Cancellation .    24

 

i


            Section 6.7.    Rights of Holders; Waivers of Past Defaults .    24
ARTICLE VII DISSOLUTION AND TERMINATION OF TRUST    26
            Section 7.1.    Dissolution and Termination of Trust .    26
ARTICLE VIII TRANSFER OF INTERESTS    27
            Section 8.1.    General .    27
            Section 8.2.    Transfer Procedures and Restrictions .    27
            Section 8.3.    Deemed Security Holders .    29
ARTICLE IX LIMITATION OF LIABILITY OF HOLDERS OF SECURITIES, INSTITUTIONAL TRUSTEE OR OTHERS    30
            Section 9.1.    Liability .    30
            Section 9.2.    Exculpation .    30
            Section 9.3.    Fiduciary Duty .    30
            Section 9.4.    Indemnification .    31
            Section 9.5.    Outside Businesses .    33
            Section 9.6.    Compensation; Fee .    33
ARTICLE X ACCOUNTING    33
            Section 10.1.    Fiscal Year .    33
            Section 10.2.    Certain Accounting Matters .    34
            Section 10.3.    Banking .    34
            Section 10.4.    Withholding .    34
ARTICLE XI AMENDMENTS AND MEETINGS    35
            Section 11.1.    Amendments .    35
            Section 11.2.    Meetings of the Holders of Securities; Action by Written Consent .    36
ARTICLE XII REPRESENTATIONS OF INSTITUTIONAL TRUSTEE    37
            Section 12.1.    Representations and Warranties of Institutional Trustee .    37
ARTICLE XIII MISCELLANEOUS    38
            Section 13.1.    Notices .    38
            Section 13.2.    Governing Law .    39
            Section 13.3.    Intention of the Parties .    39
            Section 13.4.    Headings .    39
            Section 13.5.    Successors and Assigns .    39
            Section 13.6.    Partial Enforceability .    39
            Section 13.7.    Counterparts .    39
Annex I    Terms of Securities   
Exhibit A-I    Form of Capital Security Certificate   
Exhibit A-2    Form of Common Security Certificate   
Exhibit B    Specimen of Initial Debenture   
Exhibit C    Placement Agreement   

 

ii


AMENDED AND RESTATED

DECLARATION OF TRUST

OF

PCC STATUTORY TRUST I

July 31, 2001

AMENDED AND RESTATED DECLARATION OF TRUST (“ Declaration ”) dated and effective as of July 31, 2001, by the Institutional Trustee (as defined herein), the Administrators (as defined herein), the Sponsor (as defined herein) and by the holders, from time to time, of undivided beneficial interests in the Trust (as defined herein) to be issued pursuant to this Declaration;

WHEREAS, the Institutional Trustee, the Administrators and the Sponsor established PCC Statutory Trust I (the “ Trust ”), a statutory trust under the Connecticut Statutory Trust Act pursuant to a Declaration of Trust dated as of July 2, 2001 (the “ Original Declaration ”), and a Certificate of Trust filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Connecticut on July 5, 2001, for the sole purpose of issuing and selling certain securities representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust and investing the proceeds thereof in certain debentures of the Debenture Issuer (as defined herein);

WHEREAS, as of the date hereof, no interests in the Trust have been issued; and

WHEREAS, the Institutional Trustee, the Administrators and the Sponsor, by this Declaration, amend and restate each and every term and provision of the Original Declaration;

NOW, THEREFORE, it being the intention of the parties hereto to continue the Trust as a statutory trust under the Statutory Trust Act (as defined herein) and that this Declaration constitutes the governing instrument of such statutory trust, the Institutional Trustee declares that all assets contributed to the Trust will be held in trust for the benefit of the holders, from time to time, of the securities representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust issued hereunder, subject to the provisions of this Declaration. The parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

INTERPRETATION AND DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1. Definitions .  Unless the context otherwise requires:

(a) Capitalized terms used in this Declaration but not defined in the preamble above have the respective meanings assigned to them in this Section 1.1;

(b) a term defined anywhere in this Declaration has the same meaning throughout;

(c) all references to “the Declaration” or “this Declaration” are to this Declaration as modified, supplemented or amended from time to time;

(d) all references in this Declaration to “Articles” and “Sections” and “Annexes” and “Exhibits” are to Articles and Sections of and Annexes and Exhibits to this Declaration unless otherwise specified; and

 

1


(e) a reference to the singular includes the plural and vice versa.

Additional Interest ” has the meaning set forth in the Indenture.

Administrative Action ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

Administrators ” means each of Alan B. White, George McCleskey and Jeff Isom, solely in such Person’s capacity as Administrator of the Trust created and continued hereunder and not in such Person’s individual capacity, or such Administrator’s successor in interest in such capacity, or any successor appointed as herein provided.

Affiliate ” has the same meaning as given to that term in Rule 405 of the Securities Act or any successor rule thereunder.

Authorized Officer ” of a Person means any Person that is authorized to bind such Person.

Bankruptcy Event ” means, with respect to any Person:

(a) a court having jurisdiction in the premises shall enter a decree or order for relief in respect of such Person in an involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator (or similar official) of such Person or for any substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding-up or liquidation of its affairs and such decree or order shall remain unstayed and in effect for a period of 90 consecutive days; or

(b) such Person shall commence a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, shall consent to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, or shall consent to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator (or other similar official) of such Person of any substantial part of its property, or shall make any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall fail generally to pay its debts as they become due.

Business Day ” means any day other than Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which banking institutions in New York City or Hartford, Connecticut are permitted or required by any applicable law to close.

Capital Securities ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 1(a) of Annex I.

Capital Security Certificate ” means a definitive Certificate in fully registered form representing a Capital Security substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1.

Capital Treatment Event ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

Certificate ” means any certificate evidencing Securities.

Closing Date ” has the meaning set forth in the Placement Agreement.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, or any successor legislation.

Commission ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Common Securities ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 1(b) of Annex I.

 

2


Common Security Certificate ” means a definitive Certificate in fully registered form representing a Common Security substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2.

Company Indemnified Person ” means (a) any Administrator; (b) any Affiliate of any Administrator; (c) any officers, directors, shareholders, members, partners, employees, representatives or agents of any Administrator; or (d) any officer, employee or agent of the Trust or its Affiliates.

Corporate Trust Office ” means the office of the Institutional Trustee at which the corporate trust business of the Institutional Trustee shall, at any particular time, be principally administered, which office at the date of execution of this Declaration is located at 225 Asylum Street, Goodwin Square, Hartford, Connecticut.

Coupon Rate ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 2(a) of Annex I.

Covered Person ” means: (a) any Administrator, officer, director, shareholder, partner, member, representative, employee or agent of (i) the Trust or (ii) any of the Trust’s Affiliates; and (b) any Holder of Securities.

Creditor ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3.

Debenture Issuer ” means Plains Capital Corporation, a Texas corporation, in its capacity as issuer of the Debentures under the Indenture.

Debenture Trustee ” means State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association, as trustee under the Indenture until a successor is appointed thereunder, and thereafter means such successor trustee.

Debentures ” means the Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures due 2031 to be issued by the Debenture Issuer under the Indenture.

Defaulted Interest ” has the meaning set forth in the Indenture.

Determination Date ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

Direct Action ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(d).

Distribution ” means a distribution payable to Holders of Securities in accordance with Section 5.1.

Distribution Payment Date ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 2(b) of Annex I.

Distribution Period ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 2(a) of Annex I.

Distribution Rate ” means, for the period beginning on (and including) the date of original issuance and ending on (but excluding) October 31, 2001, 7.29% and for the period beginning on (and including) October 31, 2001 and thereafter, the Coupon Rate.

Event of Default ” means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such event and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):

(a) the occurrence of an Indenture Event of Default; or

 

3


(b) default by the Trust in the payment of any Redemption Price of any Security when it becomes due and payable; or

(c) default in the performance, or breach, in any material respect, of any covenant or warranty of the Institutional Trustee in this Declaration (other than those specified in clause (a) or (b) above) and continuation of such default or breach for a period of 60 days after there has been given, by registered or certified mail to the Institutional Trustee and to the Sponsor by the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate liquidation amount of the outstanding Capital Securities, a written notice specifying such default or breach and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” hereunder; or

(d) the occurrence of a Bankruptcy Event with respect to the Institutional Trustee if a successor Institutional Trustee has not been appointed within 90 days thereof.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, or any successor legislation.

Extension Period ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 2(b) of Annex I.

Federal Reserve ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 3 of Annex I.

Fiduciary Indemnified Person ” shall mean the Institutional Trustee, any Affiliate of the Institutional Trustee and any officers, directors, shareholders, members, partners, employees, representatives, custodians, nominees or agents of the Institutional Trustee.

Fiscal Year ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1.

Guarantee ” means the guarantee agreement to be dated as of the Closing Date, of the Sponsor in respect of the Capital Securities.

Holder ” means a Person in whose name a Certificate representing a Security is registered, such Person being a beneficial owner within the meaning of the Statutory Trust Act.

Indemnified Person ” means a Company Indemnified Person or a Fiduciary Indemnified Person.

Indenture ” means the Indenture dated as of the Closing Date, between the Debenture Issuer and the Debenture Trustee, and any indenture supplemental thereto pursuant to which the Debentures are to be issued, as such Indenture and any supplemental indenture may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Indenture Event of Default ” means an “Event of Default” as defined in the Indenture.

Institutional Trustee ” means the Trustee meeting the eligibility requirements set forth in Section 4.1.

Interest ” means any interest due on the Debentures including any Additional Interest and Defaulted Interest.

Investment Company ” means an investment company as defined in the Investment Company Act.

Investment Company Act ” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended from time to time, or any successor legislation.

 

4


Investment Company Event ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

Legal Action ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(d).

Liquidation ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 3 of Annex I.

Liquidation Distribution ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 3 of Annex I.

Majority in liquidation amount of the Securities ” means Holder(s) of outstanding Securities voting together as a single class or, as the context may require, Holders of outstanding Capital Securities or Holders of outstanding Common Securities voting separately as a class, who are the record owners of more than 50% of the aggregate liquidation amount (including the stated amount that would be paid on redemption, liquidation or otherwise, plus accrued and unpaid Distributions to the date upon which the voting percentages are determined) of all outstanding Securities of the relevant class.

Maturity Date ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

Officers’ Certificates ” means, with respect to any Person, a certificate signed by two Authorized Officers of such Person. Any Officers’ Certificate delivered with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant providing for it in this Declaration shall include:

(a) a statement that each officer signing the Certificate has read the covenant or condition and the definitions relating thereto;

(b) a brief statement of the nature and scope of the examination or investigation undertaken by each officer in rendering the Certificate;

(c) a statement that each such officer has made such examination or investigation as, in such officer’s opinion, is necessary to enable such officer to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

(d) a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such officer, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

OTS ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 3 of Annex I.

Paying Agent ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.2.

Payment Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.

Person ” means a legal person, including any individual, corporation, estate, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated association, or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof, or any other entity of whatever nature.

Placement Agreement ” means the Placement Agreement relating to the offering and sale of Capital Securities in the form of Exhibit C.

Property Account ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(c).

Pro Rata ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 8 of Annex I.

Quorum ” means a majority of the Administrators or, if there are only two Administrators, both of them.

 

5


Redemption Date ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

Redemption/Distribution Notice ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(e) of Annex I.

Redemption Price ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

Registrar ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2.

Responsible Officer ” means, with respect to the Institutional Trustee, any officer within the Corporate Trust Office of the Institutional Trustee, including any vice-president, any assistant vice-president, any assistant secretary, the treasurer, any assistant treasurer, any trust officer or other officer of the Corporate Trust Office of the Institutional Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of that officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

Restricted Securities Legend ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.2(b).

Rule 3a-5 ” means Rule 3a-5 under the Investment Company Act.

Rule 3a-7 ” means Rule 3a-7 under the Investment Company Act.

Securities ” means the Common Securities and the Capital Securities.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, or any successor legislation.

Special Event ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

Special Redemption Date ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

Special Redemption Price ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

Sponsor ” means Plains Capital Corporation, a Texas corporation, or any successor entity in a merger, consolidation or amalgamation, in its capacity as sponsor of the Trust.

Statutory Trust Act ” means Chapter 615 of Title 34 of the Connecticut General Statutes, Sections 500, et seq. as may be amended from time to time.

Successor Entity ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.14(b).

Successor Institutional Trustee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(a).

Successor Securities ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.14(b).

Super Majority ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 5(b) of Annex I.

Tax Event ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

10% in liquidation amount of the Securities ” means Holder(s) of outstanding Securities voting together as a single class or, as the context may require, Holders of outstanding Capital Securities or Holders of outstanding Common Securities voting separately as a class, who are the record owners of 10% or more of the aggregate liquidation amount (including the stated amount that would be paid on redemption, liquidation or otherwise, plus accrued and unpaid Distributions to the date upon which the voting percentages are determined) of all outstanding Securities of the relevant class.

 

6


3-Month LIBOR ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

Transfer Agent ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2.

Treasury Regulations ” means the income tax regulations, including temporary and proposed regulations, promulgated under the Code by the United States Treasury, as such regulations may be amended from time to time (including corresponding provisions of succeeding regulations).

Trust Property ” means (a) the Debentures, (b) any cash on deposit in, or owing to, the Property Account and (c) all proceeds and rights in respect of the foregoing and any other property and assets for the time being held or deemed to be held by the Institutional Trustee pursuant to the trusts of this Declaration.

U.S. Person ” means a United States Person as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

ARTICLE II

ORGANIZATION

Section 2.1. Name .  The Trust is named “PCC Statutory Trust I,” as such name may be modified from time to time by the Administrators following written notice to the Holders of the Securities. The Trust’s activities may be conducted under the name of the Trust or any other name deemed advisable by the Administrators.

Section 2.2. Office .  The address of the principal office of the Trust is c/o State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association, 225 Asylum Street, Goodwin Square, Hartford, Connecticut 06103. On at least 10 Business Days written notice to the Holders of the Securities, the Administrators may designate another principal office, which shall be in a state of the United States or in the District of Columbia.

Section 2.3. Purpose .  The exclusive purposes and functions of the Trust are (a) to issue and sell the Securities representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust, (b) to invest the gross proceeds from such sale to acquire the Debentures, (c) to facilitate direct investment in the assets of the Trust through issuance of the Common Securities and the Capital Securities and (d) except as otherwise limited herein, to engage in only those other activities necessary or incidental thereto. The Trust shall not borrow money, issue debt or reinvest proceeds derived from investments, pledge any of its assets, or otherwise undertake (or permit to be undertaken) any activity that would cause the Trust not to be classified for United States federal income tax purposes as a grantor trust.

Section 2.4. Authority .  Except as specifically provided in this Declaration, the Institutional Trustee shall have exclusive and complete authority to carry out the purposes of the Trust. An action taken by the Institutional Trustee in accordance with its powers shall constitute the act of and serve to bind the Trust. In dealing with the Institutional Trustee acting on behalf of the Trust, no Person shall be required to inquire into the authority of the Institutional Trustee to bind the Trust. Persons dealing with the Trust are entitled to rely conclusively on the power and authority of the Institutional Trustee as set forth in this Declaration. The Administrators shall have only those ministerial duties set forth herein with respect to accomplishing the purposes of the Trust and are not intended to be trustees or fiduciaries with respect to the Trust or the Holders. The Institutional Trustee shall have the right, but shall not be obligated except as provided in Section 2.6, to perform those duties assigned to the Administrators.

 

7


Section 2.5. Title to Property of the Trust .  Except as provided in Section 2.8 with respect to the Debentures and the Property Account or as otherwise provided in this Declaration, legal title to all assets of the Trust shall be vested in the Trust. The Holders shall not have legal title to any part of the assets of the Trust, but shall have an undivided beneficial interest in the assets of the Trust.

Section 2.6. Powers and Duties of the Institutional Trustee and the Administrators .

(a) The Institutional Trustee and the Administrators shall conduct the affairs of the Trust in accordance with the terms of this Declaration. Subject to the limitations set forth in paragraph (b) of this Section, and in accordance with the following provisions (i) and (ii), the Institutional Trustee and the Administrators shall have the authority to enter into all transactions and agreements determined by the Institutional Trustee to be appropriate in exercising the authority, express or implied, otherwise granted to the Institutional Trustee or the Administrators, as the case may be, under this Declaration, and to perform all acts in furtherance thereof, including without limitation, the following:

(i) Each Administrator shall have the power and authority to act on behalf of the Trust with respect to the following matters:

(A) the issuance and sale of the Securities;

(B) to cause the Trust to enter into, and to execute and deliver on behalf of the Trust, such agreements as may be necessary or desirable in connection with the purposes and function of the Trust, including agreements with the Paying Agent;

(C) ensuring compliance with the Securities Act, applicable state securities or blue sky laws;

(D) the sending of notices (other than notices of default), and other information regarding the Securities and the Debentures to the Holders in accordance with this Declaration;

(E) the consent to the appointment of a Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar in accordance with this Declaration, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed;

(F) execution and delivery of the Securities in accordance with this Declaration;

(G) execution and delivery of closing certificates pursuant to the Placement Agreement and the application for a taxpayer identification number;

(H) unless otherwise determined by the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Securities or as otherwise required by the Statutory Trust Act, to execute on behalf of the Trust (either acting alone or together with any or all of the Administrators) any documents that the Administrators have the power to execute pursuant to this Declaration;

(I) the taking of any action incidental to the foregoing as the Institutional Trustee may from time to time determine is necessary or advisable to give effect to the terms of this Declaration for the benefit of the Holders (without consideration of the effect of any such action on any particular Holder);

 

8


(J) to establish a record date with respect to all actions to be taken hereunder that require a record date be established, including Distributions, voting rights, redemptions and exchanges, and to issue relevant notices to the Holders of Capital Securities and Holders of Common Securities as to such actions and applicable record dates; and

(K) to duly prepare and file all applicable tax returns and tax information reports that are required to be filed with respect to the Trust on behalf of the Trust.

(ii) As among the Institutional Trustee and the Administrators, the Institutional Trustee shall have the power, duty and authority to act on behalf of the Trust with respect to the following matters:

(A) the establishment of the Property Account;

(B) the receipt of the Debentures;

(C) the collection of interest, principal and any other payments made in respect of the Debentures in the Property Account;

(D) the distribution through the Paying Agent of amounts owed to the Holders in respect of the Securities;

(E) the exercise of all of the rights, powers and privileges of a holder of the Debentures;

(F) the sending of notices of default and other information regarding the Securities and the Debentures to the Holders in accordance with this Declaration;

(G) the distribution of the Trust Property in accordance with the terms of this Declaration;

(H) to the extent provided in this Declaration, the winding up of the affairs of and liquidation of the Trust and the preparation, execution and filing of the certificate of cancellation with the Secretary of State of the State of Connecticut;

(I) after any Event of Default ( provided that such Event of Default is not by or with respect to the Institutional Trustee) the taking of any action incidental to the foregoing as the Institutional Trustee may from time to time determine is necessary or advisable to give effect to the terms of this Declaration and protect and conserve the Trust Property for the benefit of the Holders (without consideration of the effect of any such action on any particular Holder); and

(J) to take all action that may be necessary for the preservation and the continuation of the Trust’s valid existence, rights, franchises and privileges as a statutory trust under the laws of the State of Connecticut and of each other jurisdiction in which such existence is necessary to protect the limited liability of the Holders of the Capital Securities or to enable the Trust to effect the purposes for which the Trust was created.

(iii) The Institutional Trustee shall have the power and authority to act on behalf of the Trust with respect to any of the duties, liabilities, powers or the authority of the Administrators set forth in Section 2.6(a)(i)(D), (E) and (F) herein but shall not have a duty to do any such act unless specifically requested to do so in writing by the Sponsor, and shall then be fully protected in acting pursuant to such written request; and in the event of a conflict between the action of the Administrators and the action of the Institutional Trustee, the action of the Institutional Trustee shall prevail.

 

9


(b) So long as this Declaration remains in effect, the Trust (or the Institutional Trustee or Administrators acting on behalf of the Trust) shall not undertake any business, activities or transaction except as expressly provided herein or contemplated hereby. In particular, neither the Institutional Trustee nor the Administrators may cause the Trust to (i) acquire any investments or engage in any activities not authorized by this Declaration, (ii) sell, assign, transfer, exchange, mortgage, pledge, set-off or otherwise dispose of any of the Trust Property or interests therein, including to Holders, except as expressly provided herein, (iii) take any action that would reasonably be expected (x) to cause the Trust to fail or cease to qualify as a “grantor trust” for United States federal income tax purposes or (y) to require the trust to register as an Investment Company under the Investment Company Act, (iv) incur any indebtedness for borrowed money or issue any other debt or (v) take or consent to any action that would result in the placement of a lien on any of the Trust Property. The Institutional Trustee shall, at the sole cost and expense of the Trust, defend all claims and demands of all Persons at any time claiming any lien on any of the Trust Property adverse to the interest of the Trust or the Holders in their capacity as Holders.

(c) In connection with the issuance and sale of the Capital Securities, the Sponsor shall have the right and responsibility to assist the Trust with respect to, or effect on behalf of the Trust, the following (and any actions taken by the Sponsor in furtherance of the following prior to the date of this Declaration are hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects):

(i) the taking of any action necessary to obtain an exemption from the Securities Act;

(ii) the determination of the States in which to take appropriate action to qualify or register for sale all or part of the Capital Securities and the determination of any and all such acts, other than actions which must be taken by or on behalf of the Trust, and the advice to the Administrators of actions they must take on behalf of the Trust, and the preparation for execution and filing of any documents to be executed and filed by the Trust or on behalf of the Trust, as the Sponsor deems necessary or advisable in order to comply with the applicable laws of any such States in connection with the sale of the Capital Securities;

(iii) the negotiation of the terms of, and the execution and delivery of, the Placement Agreement providing for the sale of the Capital Securities; and

(iv) the taking of any other actions necessary or desirable to carry out any of the foregoing activities.

(d) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Administrators and the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Common Securities are authorized and directed to conduct the affairs of the Trust and to operate the Trust so that the Trust will not (i) be deemed to be an Investment Company required to be registered under the Investment Company Act, and (ii) fail to be classified as a “grantor trust” for United States federal income tax purposes. The Administrators and the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Common Securities shall not take any action inconsistent with the treatment of the Debentures as indebtedness of the Debenture Issuer for United States federal income tax purposes. In this connection, the Administrators and the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Common Securities are authorized to take any action, not inconsistent with applicable laws, the Certificate of Trust or this Declaration, as amended from time to time, that each of the Administrators and the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Common Securities determines in their discretion to be necessary or desirable for such purposes.

 

10


(e) All expenses incurred by the Administrators or the Institutional Trustee pursuant to this Section 2.6 shall be reimbursed by the Sponsor, and the Institutional Trustee and the Administrators shall have no obligations with respect to such expenses.

(f) The assets of the Trust shall consist of the Trust Property.

(g) Legal title to all Trust Property shall be vested at all times in the Institutional Trustee (in its capacity as such) and shall be held and administered by the Institutional Trustee and the Administrators for the benefit of the Trust in accordance with this Declaration.

Section 2.7. Prohibition of Actions by the Trust and the Institutional Trustee .

(a) The Trust shall not, and the Institutional Trustee shall cause the Trust not to, engage in any activity other than as required or authorized by this Declaration. In particular, the Trust shall not and the Institutional Trustee shall cause the Trust not to:

(i) invest any proceeds received by the Trust from holding the Debentures, but shall distribute all such proceeds to Holders of the Securities pursuant to the terms of this Declaration and of the Securities;

(ii) acquire any assets other than as expressly provided herein;

(iii) possess Trust Property for other than a Trust purpose;

(iv) make any loans or incur any indebtedness other than loans represented by the Debentures;

(v) possess any power or otherwise act in such a way as to vary the Trust assets or the terms of the Securities in any way whatsoever other than as expressly provided herein;

(vi) issue any securities or other evidences of beneficial ownership of, or beneficial interest in, the Trust other than the Securities;

(vii) carry on any “trade or business” as that phrase is used in the Code; or

(viii) other than as provided in this Declaration (including Annex I), (A) direct the time, method and place of exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Debenture Trustee with respect to the Debentures, (B) waive any past default that is waivable under the Indenture, (C) exercise any right to rescind or annul any declaration that the principal of all the Debentures shall be due and payable, or (D) consent to any amendment, modification or termination of the Indenture or the Debentures where such consent shall be required unless the Trust shall have received a written opinion of counsel to the effect that such modification will not cause the Trust to cease to be classified as a “grantor trust” for United States federal income tax purposes.

Section 2.8. Powers and Duties of the Institutional Trustee .

(a) The legal title to the Debentures shall be owned by and held of record in the name of the Institutional Trustee in trust for the benefit of the Trust and the Holders of the Securities. The right, title and interest of the Institutional Trustee to the Debentures shall vest automatically in each Person who may hereafter be appointed as Institutional Trustee in accordance with Section 4.3. Such vesting and cessation of title shall be effective whether or not conveyancing documents with regard to the Debentures have been executed and delivered.

 

11


(b) The Institutional Trustee shall not transfer its right, title and interest in the Debentures to the Administrators.

(c) The Institutional Trustee shall:

(i) establish and maintain a segregated non-interest bearing trust account (the “ Property Account ”) in the name of and under the exclusive control of the Institutional Trustee, and maintained in the Institutional Trustee’s trust department, on behalf of the Holders of the Securities and, upon the receipt of payments of funds made in respect of the Debentures held by the Institutional Trustee, deposit such funds into the Property Account and make payments, or cause the Paying Agent to make payments, to the Holders of the Capital Securities and Holders of the Common Securities from the Property Account in accordance with Section 5.1. Funds in the Property Account shall be held uninvested until disbursed in accordance with this Declaration;

(ii) engage in such ministerial activities as shall be necessary or appropriate to effect the redemption of the Capital Securities and the Common Securities to the extent the Debentures are redeemed or mature; and

(iii) upon written notice of distribution issued by the Administrators in accordance with the terms of the Securities, engage in such ministerial activities as shall be necessary or appropriate to effect the distribution of the Debentures to Holders of Securities upon the occurrence of certain circumstances pursuant to the terms of the Securities.

(d) The Institutional Trustee may bring or defend, pay, collect, compromise, arbitrate, resort to legal action with respect to, or otherwise adjust claims or demands of or against, the Trust (“ Legal Action ”) which arises out of or in connection with an Event of Default of which a Responsible Officer of the Institutional Trustee has actual knowledge or arises out of the Institutional Trustee’s duties and obligations under this Declaration; provided , however , that if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and such event is attributable to the failure of the Debenture Issuer to pay interest or principal on the Debentures on the date such interest or principal is otherwise payable (or in the case of redemption, on the redemption date), then a Holder of the Capital Securities may directly institute a proceeding for enforcement of payment to such Holder of the principal of or interest on the Debentures having a principal amount equal to the aggregate liquidation amount of the Capital Securities of such Holder (a “ Direct Action ”) on or after the respective due date specified in the Debentures. In connection with such Direct Action, the rights of the Holders of the Common Securities will be subrogated to the rights of such Holder of the Capital Securities to the extent of any payment made by the Debenture Issuer to such Holder of the Capital Securities in such Direct Action; provided , however , that no Holder of the Common Securities may exercise such right of subrogation so long as an Event of Default with respect to the Capital Securities has occurred and is continuing.

(e) The Institutional Trustee shall continue to serve as a Trustee until either:

(i) the Trust has been completely liquidated and the proceeds of the liquidation distributed to the Holders of the Securities pursuant to the terms of the Securities and this Declaration; or

(ii) a Successor Institutional Trustee has been appointed and has accepted that appointment in accordance with Section 4.3.

 

12


(f) The Institutional Trustee shall have the legal power to exercise all of the rights, powers and privileges of a Holder of the Debentures under the Indenture and, if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Institutional Trustee may, for the benefit of Holders of the Securities, enforce its rights as holder of the Debentures subject to the rights of the Holders pursuant to this Declaration (including Annex I) and the terms of the Securities.

The Institutional Trustee must exercise the powers set forth in this Section 2.8 in a manner that is consistent with the purposes and functions of the Trust set out in Section 2.3, and the Institutional Trustee shall not take any action that is inconsistent with the purposes and functions of the Trust set out in Section 2.3.

Section 2.9. Certain Duties and Responsibilities of the Institutional Trustee and Administrators .

(a) The Institutional Trustee, before the occurrence of any Event of Default and after the curing or waiving of all such Events of Default that may have occurred, shall undertake to perform only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Declaration and no implied covenants shall be read into this Declaration against the Institutional Trustee. In case an Event of Default has occurred (that has not been cured or waived pursuant to Section 6.7), the Institutional Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Declaration, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs.

(b) The duties and responsibilities of the Institutional Trustee and the Administrators shall be as provided by this Declaration. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no provision of this Declaration shall require the Institutional Trustee or Administrators to expend or risk their own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of their duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of their rights or powers if it shall have reasonable grounds to believe that repayment of such funds or adequate protection against such risk of liability is not reasonably assured to it. Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Declaration relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Institutional Trustee or Administrators shall be subject to the provisions of this Article. Nothing in this Declaration shall be construed to relieve an Administrator or the Institutional Trustee from liability for its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct. To the extent that, at law or in equity, the Institutional Trustee or an Administrator has duties and liabilities relating to the Trust or to the Holders, the Institutional Trustee or such Administrator shall not be liable to the Trust or to any Holder for the Institutional Trustee’s or such Administrator’s good faith reliance on the provisions of this Declaration. The provisions of this Declaration, to the extent that they restrict the duties and liabilities of the Administrators or the Institutional Trustee otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the Sponsor and the Holders to replace such other duties and liabilities of the Administrators or the Institutional Trustee.

(c) All payments made by the Institutional Trustee or a Paying Agent in respect of the Securities shall be made only from the revenue and proceeds from the Trust Property and only to the extent that there shall be sufficient revenue or proceeds from the Trust Property to enable the Institutional Trustee or a Paying Agent to make payments in accordance with the terms hereof. Each Holder, by its acceptance of a Security, agrees that it will look solely to the revenue and proceeds from the Trust Property to the extent legally available for distribution to it as herein provided and that the Institutional Trustee and the Administrators are not personally liable to it for any amount distributable in respect of any Security or for any other liability in respect of any Security. This Section 2.9(c) does not limit the liability of the Institutional Trustee expressly set forth elsewhere in this Declaration.

 

13


(d) The Institutional Trustee shall not be liable for its own acts or omissions hereunder except as a result of its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(i) the Institutional Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by an Authorized Officer of the Institutional Trustee, unless it shall be proved that the Institutional Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;

(ii) the Institutional Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction of the Holders of not less than a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities or the Common Securities, as applicable, relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Institutional Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Institutional Trustee under this Declaration;

(iii) the Institutional Trustee’s sole duty with respect to the custody, safekeeping and physical preservation of the Debentures and the Property Account shall be to deal with such property in a similar manner as the Institutional Trustee deals with similar property for its fiduciary accounts generally, subject to the protections and limitations on liability afforded to the Institutional Trustee under this Declaration;

(iv) the Institutional Trustee shall not be liable for any interest on any money received by it except as it may otherwise agree in writing with the Sponsor; and money held by the Institutional Trustee need not be segregated from other funds held by it except in relation to the Property Account maintained by the Institutional Trustee pursuant to Section 2.8(c)(i) and except to the extent otherwise required by law; and

(v) the Institutional Trustee shall not be responsible for monitoring the compliance by the Administrators or the Sponsor with their respective duties under this Declaration, nor shall the Institutional Trustee be liable for any default or misconduct of the Administrators or the Sponsor.

Section 2.10. Certain Rights of Institutional Trustee .  Subject to the provisions of Section 2.9:

(a) the Institutional Trustee may conclusively rely and shall fully be protected in acting or refraining from acting in good faith upon any resolution, opinion of counsel, certificate, written representation of a Holder or transferee, certificate of auditors or any other certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, appraisal, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or presented by the proper party or parties;

(b) if (i) in performing its duties under this Declaration, the Institutional Trustee is required to decide between alternative courses of action, (ii) in construing any of the provisions of this Declaration, the Institutional Trustee finds the same ambiguous or inconsistent with any other provisions contained herein, or (iii) the Institutional Trustee is unsure of the application of any provision of this Declaration, then, except as to any matter as to which the Holders of Capital Securities are entitled to vote under the terms of this Declaration, the Institutional Trustee may deliver a notice to the Sponsor requesting the Sponsor’s written instructions as to the course of action to be taken and the Institutional Trustee shall take such action, or refrain from taking such action, as the Institutional Trustee shall be instructed in writing, in which event the Institutional Trustee shall have no liability except for its own negligence or willful misconduct;

 

14


(c) any direction or act of the Sponsor or the Administrators contemplated by this Declaration shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate;

(d) whenever in the administration of this Declaration, the Institutional Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established before undertaking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Institutional Trustee (unless other evidence is herein specifically prescribed) may request and conclusively rely upon an Officers’ Certificate as to factual matters which, upon receipt of such request, shall be promptly delivered by the Sponsor or the Administrators;

(e) the Institutional Trustee shall have no duty to see to any recording, filing or registration of any instrument (including any financing or continuation statement or any filing under tax or securities laws) or any rerecording, refiling or reregistration thereof;

(f) the Institutional Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection (which counsel may be counsel to the Sponsor or any of its Affiliates) and the advice of such counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon and in accordance with such advice; the Institutional Trustee shall have the right at any time to seek instructions concerning the administration of this Declaration from any court of competent jurisdiction;

(g) the Institutional Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Declaration at the request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Declaration, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Institutional Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction; provided , that nothing contained in this Section 2.10(g) shall be taken to relieve the Institutional Trustee, subject to Section 2.9(b), upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, to exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Declaration, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs;

(h) the Institutional Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, bond, debenture, note or other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, unless requested in writing to do so by one or more Holders, but the Institutional Trustee may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit;

(i) the Institutional Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through its agents or attorneys and the Institutional Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of or for the supervision of, any such agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder;

(j) whenever in the administration of this Declaration the Institutional Trustee shall deem it desirable to receive instructions with respect to enforcing any remedy or right or taking any other action hereunder the Institutional Trustee (i) may request instructions from the Holders of the Capital Securities which instructions may only be given by the Holders of the same proportion in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities as would be entitled to direct the Institutional Trustee under the terms of the Capital Securities in respect of such remedy, right or action, (ii) may refrain from enforcing such remedy or right or taking such other action until such instructions are received, and (iii) shall be fully protected in acting in accordance with such instructions;

(k) except as otherwise expressly provided in this Declaration, the Institutional Trustee shall not be under any obligation to take any action that is discretionary under the provisions of this Declaration;

 

15


(l) when the Institutional Trustee incurs expenses or renders services in connection with a Bankruptcy Event, such expenses (including the fees and expenses of its counsel) and the compensation for such services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any bankruptcy law or law relating to creditors rights generally;

(m) the Institutional Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of an Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Institutional Trustee obtains actual knowledge of such event or the Institutional Trustee receives written notice of such event from any Holder, the Sponsor or the Debenture Trustee;

(n) any action taken by the Institutional Trustee or its agents hereunder shall bind the Trust and the Holders of the Securities, and the signature of the Institutional Trustee or its agents alone shall be sufficient and effective to perform any such action and no third party shall be required to inquire as to the authority of the Institutional Trustee to so act or as to its compliance with any of the terms and provisions of this Declaration, both of which shall be conclusively evidenced by the Institutional Trustee’s or its agent’s taking such action; and

(o) no provision of this Declaration shall be deemed to impose any duty or obligation on the Institutional Trustee to perform any act or acts or exercise any right, power, duty or obligation conferred or imposed on it, in any jurisdiction in which it shall be illegal, or in which the Institutional Trustee shall be unqualified or incompetent in accordance with applicable law, to perform any such act or acts, or to exercise any such right, power, duty or obligation. No permissive power or authority available to the Institutional Trustee shall be construed to be a duty.

Section 2.11. Execution of Documents .  Unless otherwise determined in writing by the Institutional Trustee, and except as otherwise required by the Statutory Trust Act, the Institutional Trustee, or any one or more of the Administrators, as the case may be, is authorized to execute on behalf of the Trust any documents that the Institutional Trustee or the Administrators, as the case may be, have the power and authority to execute pursuant to Section 2.6.

Section 2.12. Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities .  The recitals contained in this Declaration and the Securities shall be taken as the statements of the Sponsor, and the Institutional Trustee does not assume any responsibility for their correctness. The Institutional Trustee makes no representations as to the value or condition of the property of the Trust or any part thereof. The Institutional Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Declaration, the Debentures or the Securities.

Section 2.13. Duration of Trust .  The Trust, unless earlier dissolved pursuant to the provisions of Article VII hereof, shall be in existence for 35 years from the Closing Date.

Section 2.14. Mergers .

(a) The Trust may not consolidate, amalgamate, merge with or into, or be replaced by, or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any corporation or other body, except as described in this Section 2.14(b) and (c).

(b) The Trust may, with the consent of the Institutional Trustee and without the consent of the Holders of the Capital Securities, consolidate, amalgamate, merge with or into, or be replaced by a trust organized as such under the laws of any state; provided that:

(i) if the Trust is not the surviving entity, such successor entity (the “ Successor Entity ”) either:

(A) expressly assumes all of the obligations of the Trust under the Securities; or

 

16


(B) substitutes for the Securities other securities having substantially the same terms as the Securities (the “ Successor Securities ”) so that the Successor Securities rank the same as the Securities rank with respect to Distributions and payments upon Liquidation, redemption and otherwise;

(ii) the Sponsor expressly appoints a trustee of the Successor Entity that possesses substantially the same powers and duties as the Institutional Trustee as the Holder of the Debentures;

(iii) such merger, consolidation, amalgamation or replacement does not adversely affect the rights, preferences and privileges of the Holders of the Securities (including any Successor Securities) in any material respect (other than with respect to any dilution of such Holders’ interests in the Successor Entity as a result of such merger, consolidation, amalgamation or replacement);

(iv) the Institutional Trustee receives written confirmation from Moody’s Investor Services, Inc. or any other nationally recognized statistical rating organization that rates securities issued by the initial purchaser of the Capital Securities that it will not reduce or withdraw the rating of any such securities because of such merger, conversion, consolidation, amalgamation or replacement;

(v) such Successor Entity has a purpose substantially identical to that of the Trust;

(vi) prior to such merger, consolidation, amalgamation or replacement, the Trust has received an opinion of a nationally recognized independent counsel to the Trust experienced in such matters to the effect that:

(A) such merger, consolidation, amalgamation or replacement does not adversely affect the rights, preferences and privileges of the Holders of the Securities (including any Successor Securities) in any material respect (other than with respect to any dilution of the Holders’ interest in the Successor Entity);

(B) following such merger, consolidation, amalgamation or replacement, neither the Trust nor the Successor Entity will be required to register as an Investment Company; and

(C) following such merger, consolidation, amalgamation or replacement, the Trust (or the Successor Entity) will continue to be classified as a “grantor trust” for United States federal income tax purposes;

(vii) the Sponsor guarantees the obligations of such Successor Entity under the Successor Securities at least to the extent provided by the Guarantee;

(viii) the Sponsor owns 100% of the common securities of any Successor Entity; and

(ix) prior to such merger, consolidation, amalgamation or replacement, the Institutional Trustee shall have received an Officers’ Certificate of the Administrators and an opinion of counsel, each to the effect that all conditions precedent under this Section 2.14(b) to such transaction have been satisfied.

 

17


(c) Notwithstanding Section 2.14(b), the Trust shall not, except with the consent of Holders of 100% in aggregate liquidation amount of the Securities, consolidate, amalgamate, merge with or into, or be replaced by any other entity or permit any other entity to consolidate, amalgamate, merge with or into, or replace it if such consolidation, amalgamation, merger or replacement would cause the Trust or Successor Entity to be classified as other than a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes.

ARTICLE III

SPONSOR

Section 3.1. Sponsor’s Purchase of Common Securities .  On the Closing Date, the Sponsor will purchase all of the Common Securities issued by the Trust in an amount at least equal to 3% of the capital of the Trust, at the same time as the Capital Securities are sold.

Section 3.2. Responsibilities of the Sponsor .  In connection with the issue and sale of the Capital Securities, the Sponsor shall have the exclusive right and responsibility to engage in, or direct the Administrators to engage in, the following activities:

(a) to determine the States in which to take appropriate action to qualify or register for sale all or part of the Capital Securities and to do any and all such acts, other than actions which must be taken by the Trust, and advise the Trust of actions it must take, and prepare for execution and filing any documents to be executed and filed by the Trust, as the Sponsor deems necessary or advisable in order to comply with the applicable laws of any such States; and

(b) to negotiate the terms of and/or execute on behalf of the Trust, the Placement Agreement and other related agreements providing for the sale of the Capital Securities.

Section 3.3. Expenses .  In connection with the offering, sale and issuance of the Debentures to the Trust and in connection with the sale of the Securities by the Trust, the Sponsor, in its capacity as Debenture Issuer, shall:

(a) pay all reasonable costs and expenses relating to the offering, sale and issuance of the Debentures, including compensation of the Debenture Trustee under the Indenture in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture;

(b) be responsible for and shall pay all debts and obligations (other than with respect to the Securities) and all costs and expenses of the Trust (including, but not limited to, costs and expenses relating to the organization, maintenance and dissolution of the Trust), the offering, sale and issuance of the Securities (including fees to the placement agents in connection therewith), the fees and expenses (including reasonable counsel fees and expenses) of the Institutional Trustee and the Administrators, the costs and expenses relating to the operation of the Trust, including, without limitation, costs and expenses of accountants, attorneys, statistical or bookkeeping services, expenses for printing and engraving and computing or accounting equipment, Paying Agents, Registrars, Transfer Agents, duplicating, travel and telephone and other telecommunications expenses and costs and expenses incurred in connection with the acquisition, financing, and disposition of Trust assets and the enforcement by the Institutional Trustee of the rights of the Holders; and

(c) to pay any and all taxes (other than United States withholding taxes attributable to the Trust or its assets) and all liabilities, costs and expenses with respect to such taxes of the Trust.

 

18


The Sponsor’s obligations under this Section 3.3 shall be for the benefit of, and shall be enforceable by, any Person to whom such debts, obligations, costs, expenses and taxes are owed (a “ Creditor ”) whether or not such Creditor has received notice hereof. Any such Creditor may enforce the Sponsor’s obligations under this Section 3.3 directly against the Sponsor and the Sponsor irrevocably waives any right or remedy to require that any such Creditor take any action against the Trust or any other Person before proceeding against the Sponsor. The Sponsor agrees to execute such additional agreements as may be reasonably necessary or desirable in order to give full effect to the provisions of this Section 3.3.

Section 3.4. Right to Proceed .  The Sponsor acknowledges the rights of Holders to institute a Direct Action as set forth in Section 2.8(d)hereto.

ARTICLE IV

INSTITUTIONAL TRUSTEE AND ADMINISTRATORS

Section 4.1. Institutional Trustee; Eligibility .

(a) There shall at all times be one Institutional Trustee which shall:

(i) not be an Affiliate of the Sponsor;

(ii) not offer or provide credit or credit enhancement to the Trust; and

(iii) be a banking corporation or trust company organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or the District of Columbia, authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, having a combined capital and surplus of at least 50 million U.S. dollars ($50,000,000.00), and subject to supervision or examination by Federal, state, or District of Columbia authority. If such corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of the supervising or examining authority referred to above, then for the purposes of this Section 4.1(a)(iii), the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published.

(b) If at any time the Institutional Trustee shall cease to be eligible to so act under Section 4.1(a), the Institutional Trustee shall immediately resign in the manner and with the effect set forth in Section 4.3(a).

(c) The initial Institutional Trustee shall be State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association.

Section 4.2. Administrators .  Each Administrator shall be a U.S. Person, 21 years of age or older and authorized to bind the Sponsor. The initial Administrators shall be Alan B. White, George McCleskey and Jeff Isom. There shall at all times be at least one Administrator. Except where a requirement for action by a specific number of Administrators is expressly set forth in this Declaration and except with respect to any action the taking of which is the subject of a meeting of the Administrators, any action required or permitted to be taken by the Administrators may be taken by, and any power of the Administrators may be exercised by, or with the consent of, any one such Administrator.

 

19


Section 4.3. Appointment, Removal and Resignation of Institutional Trustee and Administrators .

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Declaration, no resignation or removal of the Institutional Trustee and no appointment of a Successor Institutional Trustee pursuant to this Article shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the Successor Institutional Trustee in accordance with the applicable requirements of this Section 4.3.

Subject to the immediately preceding paragraph, the Institutional Trustee may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Holders of the Securities and by appointing a Successor Institutional Trustee. Upon the resignation of the Institutional Trustee, the Institutional Trustee shall appoint a successor by requesting from at least three Persons meeting the eligibility requirements, its expenses and charges to serve as the successor Institutional Trustee on a form provided by the Administrators, and selecting the Person who agrees to the lowest expense and charges (the “ Successor Institutional Trustee ”). If the instrument of acceptance by the Successor Institutional Trustee required by this Section 4.3 shall not have been delivered to the Institutional Trustee within 60 days after the giving of such notice of resignation or delivery of the instrument of removal, the Institutional Trustee may petition, at the expense of the Trust, any Federal, state or District of Columbia court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a Successor Institutional Trustee. Such court may thereupon, after prescribing such notice, if any, as it may deem proper, appoint a Successor Institutional Trustee. The Institutional Trustee shall have no liability for the selection of such successor pursuant to this Section 4.3.

The Institutional Trustee may be removed by the act of the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities, delivered to the Institutional Trustee (in its individual capacity and on behalf of the Trust) if an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing. If the Institutional Trustee shall be so removed, the Holders of Capital Securities, by act of the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities then outstanding delivered to the Institutional Trustee, shall promptly appoint a Successor Institutional Trustee, and such Successor Institutional Trustee shall comply with the applicable requirements of this Section 4.3. If no Successor Institutional Trustee shall have been so appointed by the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities and accepted appointment in the manner required by this Section 4.3, within 30 days after delivery of an instrument of removal, any Holder who has been a Holder of the Securities for at least 6 months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any Federal, state or District of Columbia court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of the Successor Institutional Trustee. Such court may thereupon, after prescribing such notice, if any, as it may deem proper, appoint a Successor Institutional Trustee.

The Institutional Trustee shall give notice of its resignation and removal and each appointment of a Successor Institutional Trustee to all Holders in the manner provided in Section 13.1(d) and shall give notice to the Sponsor. Each notice shall include the name of the Successor Institutional Trustee and the address of its Corporate Trust Office.

(b) In case of the appointment hereunder of a Successor Institutional Trustee, the retiring Institutional Trustee and the Successor Institutional Trustee shall execute and deliver an amendment hereto wherein the Successor Institutional Trustee shall accept such appointment and which (i) shall contain such provisions as shall be necessary or desirable to transfer and confirm to, and to vest in, the Successor Institutional Trustee all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Institutional Trustee with respect to the Securities and the Trust and (ii) shall add to or change any of the provisions of this Declaration as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the Trust by more than one Institutional Trustee, it being understood that nothing herein or in such amendment shall constitute such Institutional Trustees co-trustees and upon the execution and delivery of such amendment the

 

20


resignation or removal of the retiring Institutional Trustee shall become effective to the extent provided therein and each Successor Institutional Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Institutional Trustee; but, on request of the Trust of any Successor Institutional Trustee such retiring Institutional Trustee shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such Successor Institutional Trustee all Trust Property, all proceeds thereof and money held by such retiring Institutional Trustee hereunder with respect to the Securities and the Trust.

(c) No Institutional Trustee shall be liable for the acts or omissions to act of any Successor Institutional Trustee.

(d) The Holders of the Capital Securities will have no right to vote to appoint, remove or replace the Administrators, which voting rights are vested exclusively in the Holder of the Common Securities.

Section 4.4. Institutional Trustee Vacancies .  If the Institutional Trustee ceases to hold office for any reason a vacancy shall occur. A resolution certifying the existence of such vacancy by the Institutional Trustee shall be conclusive evidence of the existence of such vacancy. The vacancy shall be filled with a trustee appointed in accordance with Section 4.3.

Section 4.5. Effect of Vacancies .  The death, resignation, retirement, removal, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation, incompetence or incapacity to perform the duties of the Institutional Trustee shall not operate to dissolve, terminate or annul the Trust or terminate this Declaration.

Section 4.6. Meetings of the Institutional Trustee and the Administrators .  Meetings of the Administrators shall be held from time to time upon the call of an Administrator. Regular meetings of the Administrators may be held in person in the United States or by telephone, at a place (if applicable) and time fixed by resolution of the Administrators. Notice of any in-person meetings of the Institutional Trustee with the Administrators or meetings of the Administrators shall be hand delivered or otherwise delivered in writing (including by facsimile, with a hard copy by overnight courier) not less than 48 hours before such meeting. Notice of any telephonic meetings of the Institutional Trustee with the Administrators or meetings of the Administrators or any committee thereof shall be hand delivered or otherwise delivered in writing (including by facsimile, with a hard copy by overnight courier) not less than 24 hours before a meeting. Notices shall contain a brief statement of the time, place and anticipated purposes of the meeting. The presence (whether in person or by telephone) of the Institutional Trustee or an Administrator, as the case may be, at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting except where the Institutional Trustee or an Administrator, as the case may be, attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any activity on the grounds that the meeting has not been lawfully called or convened. Unless provided otherwise in this Declaration, any action of the Institutional Trustee or the Administrators, as the case may be, may be taken at a meeting by vote of the Institutional Trustee or a majority vote of the Administrators present (whether in person or by telephone) and eligible to vote with respect to such matter, provided that a Quorum is present, or without a meeting by the unanimous written consent of the Institutional Trustee or the Administrators. Meetings of the Institutional Trustee and the Administrators together shall be held from time to time upon the call of the Institutional Trustee or an Administrator.

Section 4.7. Delegation of Power .

(a) Any Administrator may, by power of attorney consistent with applicable law, delegate to any other natural person over the age of 21 that is a U.S. Person his or her power for the purpose of executing any documents contemplated in Section 2.6; and

 

21


(b) the Administrators shall have power to delegate from time to time to such of their number the doing of such things and the execution of such instruments either in the name of the Trust or the names of the Administrators or otherwise as the Administrators may deem expedient, to the extent such delegation is not prohibited by applicable law or contrary to the provisions of the Trust, as set forth herein.

Section 4.8. Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business .  Any Person into which the Institutional Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any Person resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Institutional Trustee shall be a party, or any Person succeeding to all or substantially all the corporate trust business of the Institutional Trustee shall be the successor of the Institutional Trustee hereunder, provided such Person shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto.

ARTICLE V

DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 5.1. Distributions .  Holders shall receive Distributions in accordance with the applicable terms of the relevant Holder’s Securities. Distributions shall be made on the Capital Securities and the Common Securities in accordance with the preferences set forth in their respective terms. If and to the extent that the Debenture Issuer makes a payment of Interest (or any principal on the Debentures held by the Institutional Trustee) (the amount of any such payment being a “ Payment Amount ”), the Institutional Trustee shall and is directed, to the extent funds are available for that purpose, to make a distribution (a “ Distribution ”) of the Payment Amount to Holders.

ARTICLE VI

ISSUANCE OF SECURITIES

Section 6.1. General Provisions Regarding Securities .

(a) The Administrators shall, on behalf of the Trust, issue one series of capital securities substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust having such terms as are set forth in Annex I and one series of common securities representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust having such terms as are set forth in Annex I. The Trust shall issue no securities or other interests in the assets of the Trust other than the Capital Securities and the Common Securities. The Capital Securities rank pari passu to, and payment thereon shall be made Pro Rata with, the Common Securities except that, where an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the rights of Holders of the Common Securities to payment in respect of Distributions and payments upon liquidation, redemption and otherwise are subordinated to the rights to payment of the Holders of the Capital Securities as set forth in Annex I.

(b) The Certificates shall be signed on behalf of the Trust by one or more Administrators. Such signature shall be the facsimile or manual signature of any Administrator. In case any Administrator of the Trust who shall have signed any of the Securities shall cease to be such Administrator before the Certificates so signed shall be delivered by the Trust, such Certificates nevertheless may be delivered as though the person who signed such Certificates had not ceased to be such Administrator, and any Certificate may be signed on behalf of the Trust by such persons who, at the actual date of execution of such Security, shall be an Administrator of the Trust, although at the date of the execution and delivery of the Declaration any such person was not such an Administrator. A Capital Security shall not be valid until authenticated by the facsimile or manual signature of an Authorized Officer of the Institutional

 

22


Trustee. Such signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Capital Security has been authenticated under this Declaration. Upon written order of the Trust signed by one Administrator, the Institutional Trustee shall authenticate the Capital Securities for original issue. The Institutional Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent that is a U.S. Person acceptable to the Trust to authenticate the Capital Securities. A Common Security need not be so authenticated.

(c) The consideration received by the Trust for the issuance of the Securities shall constitute a contribution to the capital of the Trust and shall not constitute a loan to the Trust.

(d) Upon issuance of the Securities as provided in this Declaration, the Securities so issued shall be deemed to be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

(e) Every Person, by virtue of having become a Holder in accordance with the terms of this Declaration, shall be deemed to have expressly assented and agreed to the terms of, and shall be bound by, this Declaration and the Guarantee.

Section 6.2. Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar .  The Trust shall maintain in Hartford, Connecticut, an office or agency where the Capital Securities may be presented for payment (“ Paying Agent ”), and an office or agency where Securities may be presented for registration of transfer (the “ Transfer Agent ”). The Trust shall keep or cause to be kept at such office or agency a register for the purpose of registering Securities, transfers and exchanges of Securities, such register to be held by a registrar (the “ Registrar ”). The Administrators may appoint the Paying Agent, the Registrar, the Transfer Agent and may appoint one or more additional Paying Agents or one or more co-Registrars, or one or more co-Transfer Agents in such other locations as it shall determine. The term “ Paying Agent ” includes any additional paying agent, the term “ Registrar ” includes any additional registrar or co-Registrar and the term “ Transfer Agent ” includes any additional transfer agent. The Administrators may change any Paying Agent without prior notice to any Holder. The Administrators shall notify the Institutional Trustee of the name and address of any Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar not a party to this Declaration. The Administrators hereby appoint the Institutional Trustee to act as Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar for the Capital Securities and the Common Securities. The Institutional Trustee or any of its Affiliates in the United States may act as Paying Agent, Transfer Agent or Registrar.

Section 6.3. Form and Dating .  The Capital Securities and the Institutional Trustee’s certificate of authentication thereon shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1, and the Common Securities shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2, each of which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Declaration. Certificates may be typed, printed, lithographed or engraved or may be produced in any other manner as is reasonably acceptable to the Administrators, as conclusively evidenced by their execution thereof. The Securities may have letters, numbers, notations or other marks of identification or designation and such legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule, agreements to which the Trust is subject if any, or usage (provided that any such notation, legend or endorsement is in a form acceptable to the Sponsor). The Trust at the direction of the Sponsor shall furnish any such legend not contained in Exhibit A-1 to the Institutional Trustee in writing. Each Capital Security shall be dated on or before the date of its authentication. The terms and provisions of the Securities set forth in Annex I and the forms of Securities set forth in Exhibits A-1 and A-2 are part of the terms of this Declaration and to the extent applicable, the Institutional Trustee, the Administrators and the Sponsor, by their execution and delivery of this Declaration, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. Capital Securities will be issued only in blocks having a stated liquidation amount of not less than $500,000.00 and any multiple of $1,000.00 in excess thereof.

The Capital Securities are being offered and sold by the Trust pursuant to the Placement Agreement in definitive, registered form without coupons with the Restricted Securities Legend.

 

23


Section 6.4. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates .

If:

(a) any mutilated Certificates should be surrendered to the Registrar, or if the Registrar shall receive evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Certificate; and

(b) there shall be delivered to the Registrar, the Administrators and the Institutional Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by them to keep each of them harmless;

then, in the absence of notice that such Certificate shall have been acquired by a protected purchaser, an Administrator on behalf of the Trust shall execute (and in the case of a Capital Security Certificate, the Institutional Trustee shall authenticate) and deliver, in exchange for or in lieu of any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Certificate, a new Certificate of like denomination. In connection with the issuance of any new Certificate under this Section 6.4, the Registrar or the Administrators may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection therewith. Any duplicate Certificate issued pursuant to this Section shall constitute conclusive evidence of an ownership interest in the relevant Securities, as if originally issued, whether or not the lost, stolen or destroyed Certificate shall be found at any time.

Section 6.5. Temporary Securities .  Until definitive Securities are ready for delivery, the Administrators may prepare and, in the case of the Capital Securities, the Institutional Trustee shall authenticate, temporary Securities. Temporary Securities shall be substantially in the form of definitive Securities but may have variations that the Administrators consider appropriate for temporary Securities. Without unreasonable delay, the Administrators shall prepare and, in the case of the Capital Securities, the Institutional Trustee shall authenticate, definitive Securities in exchange for temporary Securities.

Section 6.6. Cancellation .  The Administrators at any time may deliver Securities to the Institutional Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar shall forward to the Institutional Trustee any Securities surrendered to it for registration of transfer, redemption or payment. The Institutional Trustee shall promptly cancel all Securities surrendered for registration of transfer, payment replacement or cancellation and shall dispose of such canceled Securities as the Administrators direct. The Administrators may not issue new Securities to replace Securities that have been paid or that have been delivered to the Institutional Trustee for cancellation.

Section 6.7. Rights of Holders; Waivers of Past Defaults .

(a) The legal title to the Trust Property is vested exclusively in the Institutional Trustee (in its capacity as such) in accordance with Section 2.5, and the Holders shall not have any right or title therein other than the undivided beneficial interest in the assets of the Trust conferred by their Securities and they shall have no right to call for any partition or division of property, profits or rights of the Trust except as described below. The Securities shall be personal property giving only the rights specifically set forth therein and in this Declaration. The Securities shall have no preemptive or similar rights.

(b) For so long as any Capital Securities remain outstanding, if upon an Indenture Event of Default, the Debenture Trustee fails or the holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Debentures fail to declare the principal of all of the Debentures to be immediately due and payable, the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities then outstanding shall have the right to make such declaration by a notice in writing to the Institutional Trustee, the Sponsor and the Debenture Trustee.

At any time after a declaration of acceleration with respect to the Debentures has been made and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Debenture Trustee as provided in the Indenture, if the Institutional Trustee fails

 

24


to annul any such declaration and waive such default, the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities, by written notice to the Institutional Trustee, the Sponsor and the Debenture Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if:

(i) the Debenture Issuer has paid or deposited with the Debenture Trustee a sum sufficient to pay

(A) all overdue installments of interest on all of the Debentures,

(B) any accrued Additional Interest on all of the Debentures,

(C) the principal of (and premium, if any, on) any Debentures that have become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration and interest and Additional Interest thereon at the rate borne by the Debentures, and

(D) all sums paid or advanced by the Debenture Trustee under the Indenture and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Debenture Trustee and the Institutional Trustee, their agents and counsel; and

(ii) all Events of Default with respect to the Debentures, other than the non-payment of the principal of the Debentures that has become due solely by such acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in Section 5.7 of the Indenture.

The Holders of at least a majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities may, on behalf of the Holders of all the Capital Securities, waive any past default or Event of Default under the Indenture, except a default or Event of Default in the payment of principal or interest (unless such default or Event of Default has been cured and a sum sufficient to pay all matured installments of interest and principal due otherwise than by acceleration has been deposited with the Debenture Trustee) or a default or Event of Default in respect of a covenant or provision that under the Indenture cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the holder of each outstanding Debenture. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon.

Upon receipt by the Institutional Trustee of written notice declaring such an acceleration, or rescission and annulment thereof, by Holders of any part of the Capital Securities, a record date shall be established for determining Holders of outstanding Capital Securities entitled to join in such notice, which record date shall be at the close of business on the day the Institutional Trustee receives such notice. The Holders on such record date, or their duly designated proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to join in such notice, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided, that unless such declaration of acceleration, or rescission and annulment, as the case may be, shall have become effective by virtue of the requisite percentage having joined in such notice prior to the day that is 90 days after such record date, such notice of declaration of acceleration, or rescission and annulment, as the case may be, shall automatically and without further action by any Holder be canceled and of no further effect. Nothing in this paragraph shall prevent a Holder, or a proxy of a Holder, from giving, after expiration of such 90-day period, a new written notice of declaration of acceleration, or rescission and annulment thereof, as the case may be, that is identical to a written notice that has been canceled pursuant to the proviso to the preceding sentence, in which event a new record date shall be established pursuant to the provisions of this Section 6.7.

(c) Except as otherwise provided in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 6.7, the Holders of at least a majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities may, on behalf of the Holders of all the Capital Securities, waive any past default or Event of Default and its consequences. Upon such waiver, any such default or Event of Default shall cease to exist, and any default or Event of Default

 

25


arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Declaration, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

ARTICLE VII

DISSOLUTION AND TERMINATION OF TRUST

Section 7.1. Dissolution and Termination of Trust .

(a) The Trust shall dissolve on the first to occur of:

(i) unless earlier dissolved, on July 31, 2036, the expiration of the term of the Trust;

(ii) upon a Bankruptcy Event with respect to the Sponsor, the Trust or the Debenture Issuer;

(iii) (other than in connection with a merger, consolidation or similar transaction not prohibited by the Indenture, this Declaration or the Guarantee, as the case may be) upon the filing of a certificate of dissolution or its equivalent with respect to the Sponsor, upon the consent of Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Securities voting together as a single class to file a certificate of cancellation with respect to the Trust or upon the revocation of the charter of the Sponsor and the expiration of 90 days after the date of revocation without a reinstatement thereof;

(iv) upon the distribution of the Debentures to the Holders of the Securities;

(v) upon exercise of the right of the Holder of all of the outstanding Common Securities to dissolve the Trust as provided in Annex I hereto;

(vi) upon the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Holder of the Common Securities, the Sponsor, the Trust or the Debenture Issuer;

(vii) when all of the Securities shall have been called for redemption and the amounts necessary for redemption thereof shall have been paid to the Holders in accordance with the terms of the Securities; or

(viii) before the issuance of any Securities, with the consent of the Institutional Trustee and the Sponsor.

(b) As soon as is practicable after the occurrence of an event referred to in Section 7.1(a), and after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors of the Trust as required by applicable law, including of the Statutory Trust Act, and subject to the terms set forth in Annex I, the Institutional Trustee shall terminate the Trust by filing a certificate of cancellation with the Secretary of State of the State of Connecticut.

(c) The provisions of Section 2.9 and Article IX shall survive the termination of the Trust.

 

26


ARTICLE VIII

TRANSFER OF INTERESTS

Section 8.1. General .

(a) Subject to Section 8.1(c), where Capital Securities are presented to the Registrar or a co-registrar with a request to register a transfer or to exchange them for an equal number of Capital Securities represented by different certificates, the Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange if its requirements for such transactions are met. To permit registrations of transfer and exchanges, the Trust shall issue and the Institutional Trustee shall authenticate Capital Securities at the Registrar’s request.

(b) Upon issuance of the Common Securities, the Sponsor shall acquire and retain beneficial and record ownership of the Common Securities and for so long as the Securities remain outstanding, the Sponsor shall maintain 100% ownership of the Common Securities; provided , however , that any permitted successor of the Sponsor, in its capacity as Debenture Issuer, under the Indenture that is a U.S. Person may succeed to the Sponsor’s ownership of the Common Securities.

(c) Capital Securities may only be transferred, in whole or in part, in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Declaration and in the terms of the Securities. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any transfer or purported transfer of any Security not made in accordance with this Declaration shall be null and void and will be deemed to be of no legal effect whatsoever and any such transferee shall be deemed not to be the holder of such Capital Securities for any purpose, including but not limited to the receipt of Distributions on such Capital Securities, and such transferee shall be deemed to have no interest whatsoever in such Capital Securities.

(d) The Registrar shall provide for the registration of Securities and of transfers of Securities, which will be effected without charge but only upon payment (with such indemnity as the Registrar may require) in respect of any tax or other governmental charges that may be imposed in relation to it. Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Securities, the Registrar shall cause one or more new Securities of the same tenor to be issued in the name of the designated transferee or transferees. Every Security surrendered for registration of transfer shall be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by the Holder or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing. Each Security surrendered for registration of transfer shall be canceled by the Institutional Trustee pursuant to Section 6.6. A transferee of a Security shall be entitled to the rights and subject to the obligations of a Holder hereunder upon the receipt by such transferee of a Security. By acceptance of a Security, each transferee shall be deemed to have agreed to be bound by this Declaration.

(e) The Trust shall not be required (i) to issue, register the transfer of, or exchange any Securities during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Securities for redemption and ending at the close of business on the earliest date on which the relevant notice of redemption is deemed to have been given to all Holders of the Securities to be redeemed, or (ii) to register the transfer or exchange of any Security so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Security being redeemed in part.

Section 8.2. Transfer Procedures and Restrictions .

(a) The Capital Securities shall bear the Restricted Securities Legend, which shall not be removed unless there is delivered to the Trust such satisfactory evidence, which may include an opinion of counsel licensed to practice law in the State of Connecticut, as may be reasonably required by the Trust, that neither the legend nor the restrictions on transfer set forth therein are required to ensure that

 

27


transfers thereof comply with the provisions of the Securities Act. Upon provision of such satisfactory evidence, the Institutional Trustee, at the written direction of the Trust, shall authenticate and deliver Capital Securities that do not bear the legend.

(b) Except as permitted by Section 8.2(a), each Capital Security shall bear a legend (the “ Restricted Securities Legend ”) in substantially the following form and a Capital Security shall not be transferred except in compliance with such legend, unless otherwise determined by the Sponsor, upon the advice of counsel expert in securities law, in accordance with applicable law:

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAW. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY ONLY (A) TO THE SPONSOR OR THE TRUST, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (C) TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A SO LONG AS THIS SECURITY IS ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144A, (D) TO A NON-U.S. PERSON IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 (AS APPLICABLE) OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (A) OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THIS CAPITAL SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE SPONSOR’S AND THE TRUST’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE DECLARATION OF TRUST, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE SPONSOR OR THE TRUST. HEDGING TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE CONDUCTED UNLESS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF ALSO AGREES, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”) (EACH A “PLAN”), OR AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” BY

 

28


REASON OF ANY PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY, AND NO PERSON INVESTING “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY PLAN MAY ACQUIRE OR HOLD THE SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER OR HOLDER IS ELIGIBLE FOR EXEMPTIVE RELIEF AVAILABLE UNDER U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR PROHIBITED TRANSACTION CLASS EXEMPTION 96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1 OR 84-14 OR ANOTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTION OR ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY IS NOT PROHIBITED BY SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE WITH RESPECT TO SUCH PURCHASE OR HOLDING. ANY PURCHASER OR HOLDER OF THE SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED BY ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING THEREOF THAT EITHER (i) IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 3(3) OF ERISA, OR A PLAN TO WHICH SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE IS APPLICABLE, A TRUSTEE OR OTHER PERSON ACTING ON BEHALF OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY USING THE ASSETS OF ANY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN TO FINANCE SUCH PURCHASE, OR (ii) SUCH PURCHASE WILL NOT RESULT IN A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE FOR WHICH THERE IS NO APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE EXEMPTION.

THIS SECURITY WILL BE ISSUED AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN BLOCKS HAVING A LIQUIDATION AMOUNT OF NOT LESS THAN $500,000.00 (500 SECURITIES) AND MULTIPLES OF $1,000.00 IN EXCESS THEREOF. ANY ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF SECURITIES IN A BLOCK HAVING A LIQUIDATION AMOUNT OF LESS THAN $500,000.00 SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE VOID AND OF NO LEGAL EFFECT WHATSOEVER.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY AGREES THAT IT WILL COMPLY WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

(c) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Trust shall execute and the Institutional Trustee shall authenticate Capital Securities at the Registrar’s request.

(d) Registrations of transfers or exchanges will be effected without charge, but only upon payment (with such indemnity as the Registrar or the Sponsor may require) in respect of any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation to it.

(e) All Capital Securities issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Declaration shall evidence the same security and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Declaration as the Capital Securities surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

Section 8.3. Deemed Security Holders .  The Trust, the Administrators, the Institutional Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Transfer Agent or the Registrar may treat the Person in whose name any Certificate shall be registered on the books and records of the Trust as the sole holder of such Certificate and of the Securities represented by such Certificate for purposes of receiving Distributions and for all other purposes whatsoever and, accordingly, shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such Certificate or in the Securities represented by such Certificate on the part of any Person, whether or not the Trust, the Administrators, the Institutional Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Transfer Agent or the Registrar shall have actual or other notice thereof

 

29


ARTICLE IX

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY OF

HOLDERS OF SECURITIES, INSTITUTIONAL TRUSTEE OR OTHERS

Section 9.1. Liability .

(a) Except as expressly set forth in this Declaration, the Guarantee and the terms of the Securities, the Sponsor shall not be:

(i) personally liable for the return of any portion of the capital contributions (or any return thereon) of the Holders of the Securities which shall be made solely from assets of the Trust; or

(ii) required to pay to the Trust or to any Holder of the Securities any deficit upon dissolution of the Trust or otherwise.

(b) The Holder of the Common Securities shall be liable for all of the debts and obligations of the Trust (other than with respect to the Securities) to the extent not satisfied out of the Trust’s assets.

(c) Pursuant to the Statutory Trust Act, the Holders of the Capital Securities shall be entitled to the same limitation of personal liability extended to stockholders of private corporations for profit organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Connecticut.

Section 9.2. Exculpation .

(a) No Indemnified Person shall be liable, responsible or accountable in damages or otherwise to the Trust or any Covered Person for any loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted by such Indemnified Person in good faith on behalf of the Trust and in a manner such Indemnified Person reasonably believed to be within the scope of the authority conferred on such Indemnified Person by this Declaration or by law, except that an Indemnified Person shall be liable for any such loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of such Indemnified Person’s negligence or willful misconduct with respect to such acts or omissions.

(b) An Indemnified Person shall be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the records of the Trust and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Trust by any Person as to matters the Indemnified Person reasonably believes are within such other Person’s professional or expert competence and, if selected by such Indemnified Person, has been selected by such Indemnified Person with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Trust, including information, opinions, reports or statements as to the value and amount of the assets, liabilities, profits, losses, or any other facts pertinent to the existence and amount of assets from which Distributions to Holders of Securities might properly be paid.

Section 9.3. Fiduciary Duty .

(a) To the extent that, at law or in equity, an Indemnified Person has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to the Trust or to any other Covered Person, an Indemnified Person acting under this Declaration shall not be liable to the Trust or to any other Covered Person for its good faith reliance on the provisions of this Declaration. The provisions of this Declaration, to the extent that they restrict the duties and liabilities of an Indemnified Person otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the parties hereto to replace such other duties and liabilities of the Indemnified Person.

 

30


(b) Whenever in this Declaration an Indemnified Person is permitted or required to make a decision:

(i) in its “discretion” or under a grant of similar authority, the Indemnified Person shall be entitled to consider such interests and factors as it desires, including its own interests, and shall have no duty or obligation to give any consideration to any interest of or factors affecting the Trust or any other Person; or

(ii) in its “good faith” or under another express standard, the Indemnified Person shall act under such express standard and shall not be subject to any other or different standard imposed by this Declaration or by applicable law.

Section 9.4. Indemnification .

(a) The Sponsor shall indemnify, to the full extent permitted by law, any Indemnified Person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Trust) arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this Declaration by reason of the fact that he is or was an Indemnified Person against expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Trust, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the Indemnified Person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Trust, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

(b) The Sponsor shall indemnify, to the full extent permitted by law, any Indemnified Person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Trust to procure a judgment in its favor arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this Declaration by reason of the fact that he is or was an Indemnified Person against expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Trust; provided , however , that no such indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such Indemnified Person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Trust unless and only to the extent that the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which such court shall deem proper.

(c) To the extent that an Indemnified Person shall be successful on the merits or otherwise (including dismissal of an action without prejudice or the settlement of an action without admission of liability) in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 9.4, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified, to the full extent permitted by law, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith.

(d) Any indemnification of an Administrator under paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 9.4 (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Sponsor only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the Indemnified Person is

 

31


proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b). Such determination shall be made (i) by the Administrators by a majority vote of a Quorum consisting of such Administrators who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, (ii) if such a Quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable, if a Quorum of disinterested Administrators so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (iii) by the Common Security Holder of the Trust.

(e) To the fullest extent permitted by law, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by an Indemnified Person in defending a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 9.4 shall be paid by the Sponsor in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Indemnified Person to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the Sponsor as authorized in this Section 9.4. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no advance shall be made by the Sponsor if a determination is reasonably and promptly made (i) by the Administrators by a majority vote of a Quorum of disinterested Administrators, (ii) if such a Quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable, if a quorum of disinterested Administrators so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion or (iii) by the Common Security Holder of the Trust, that, based upon the facts known to the Administrators, counsel or the Common Security Holder at the time such determination is made, such Indemnified Person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such Indemnified Person did not believe to be in the best interests of the Trust, or, with respect to any criminal proceeding, that such Indemnified Person believed or had reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. In no event shall any advance be made in instances where the Administrators, independent legal counsel or the Common Security Holder reasonably determine that such Indemnified Person deliberately breached his duty to the Trust or its Common or Capital Security Holders.

(f) The Institutional Trustee, at the sole cost and expense of the Sponsor, retains the right to representation by counsel of its own choosing in any action, suit or any other proceeding for which it is indemnified under paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 9.4, without affecting its right to indemnification hereunder or waiving any rights afforded to it under this Declaration or applicable law.

(g) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, the other paragraphs of this Section 9.4 shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification and advancement of expenses may be entitled under any agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors of the Sponsor or Capital Security Holders of the Trust or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. All rights to indemnification under this Section 9.4 shall be deemed to be provided by a contract between the Sponsor and each Indemnified Person who serves in such capacity at any time while this Section 9.4 is in effect. Any repeal or modification of this Section 9.4 shall not affect any rights or obligations then existing.

(h) The Sponsor or the Trust may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any Person who is or was an Indemnified Person against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the Sponsor would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of this Section 9.4.

(i) For purposes of this Section 9.4, references to “the Trust” shall include, in addition to the resulting or surviving entity, any constituent entity (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger, so that any Person who is or was a director, trustee, officer or employee of such constituent entity, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent entity as a director, trustee, officer, employee or agent of another entity, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Section 9.4 with respect to the resulting or surviving entity as he would have with respect to such constituent entity if its separate existence had continued.

 

32


(j) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Section 9.4 shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, (i) continue as to a Person who has ceased to be an Indemnified Person and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a Person; and (ii) survive the termination or expiration of this Declaration or the earlier removal or resignation of an Indemnified Person.

Section 9.5. Outside Businesses .  Any Covered Person, the Sponsor and the Institutional Trustee may engage in or possess an interest in other business ventures of any nature or description, independently or with others, similar or dissimilar to the business of the Trust, and the Trust and the Holders of Securities shall have no rights by virtue of this Declaration in and to such independent ventures or the income or profits derived therefrom, and the pursuit of any such venture, even if competitive with the business of the Trust, shall not be deemed wrongful or improper. None of any Covered Person, the Sponsor or the Institutional Trustee shall be obligated to present any particular investment or other opportunity to the Trust even if such opportunity is of a character that, if presented to the Trust, could be taken by the Trust, and any Covered Person, the Sponsor and the Institutional Trustee shall have the right to take for its own account (individually or as a partner or fiduciary) or to recommend to others any such particular investment or other opportunity. Any Covered Person and the Institutional Trustee may engage or be interested in any financial or other transaction with the Sponsor or any Affiliate of the Sponsor, or may act as depositary for, trustee or agent for, or act on any committee or body of holders of, securities or other obligations of the Sponsor or its Affiliates.

Section 9.6. Compensation; Fee .  The Sponsor agrees:

(a) to pay to the Institutional Trustee from time to time such compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder as the parties shall agree from time to time (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust); and

(b) except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to reimburse the Institutional Trustee upon request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Institutional Trustee in accordance with any provision of this Declaration (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of their respective agents and counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may be attributable to its negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.

The provisions of this Section 9.6 shall survive the dissolution of the Trust and the termination of this Declaration and the removal or resignation of the Institutional Trustee.

No Trustee may claim any lien or charge on any property of the Trust as a result of any amount due pursuant to this Section 9.6.

ARTICLE X

ACCOUNTING

Section 10.1. Fiscal Year .  The fiscal year (“ Fiscal Year ”) of the Trust shall be the calendar year, or such other year as is required by the Code.

 

33


Section 10.2. Certain Accounting Matters .

(a) At all times during the existence of the Trust, the Administrators shall keep, or cause to be kept at the principal office of the Trust in the United States, as defined for purposes of Treasury regulations section 301.7701-7, full books of account, records and supporting documents, which shall reflect in reasonable detail each transaction of the Trust. The books of account shall be maintained, at the Sponsor’s expense, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied. The books of account and the records of the Trust shall be examined as of the end of each Fiscal Year of the Trust by a firm of independent certified public accountants selected by the Administrators.

(b) The Administrators shall cause to be duly prepared and delivered to each of the Holders of Securities Form 1099 or such other annual United States federal income tax information statement required by the Code, containing such information with regard to the Securities held by each Holder as is required by the Code and the Treasury Regulations. Notwithstanding any right under the Code to deliver any such statement at a later date, the Administrators shall endeavor to deliver all such statements within 30 days after the end of each Fiscal Year of the Trust.

(c) The Administrators, at the Sponsor’s expense, shall cause to be duly prepared at the principal office of the Trust in the United States, as defined for purposes of Treasury regulations section 301.7701-7, and filed an annual United States federal income tax return on a Form 1041 or such other form required by United States federal income tax law, and any other annual income tax returns required to be filed by the Administrators on behalf of the Trust with any state or local taxing authority.

Section 10.3. Banking .  The Trust shall maintain in the United States, as defined for purposes of Treasury regulations section 301.7701-7, one or more bank accounts in the name and for the sole benefit of the Trust; provided , however , that all payments of funds in respect of the Debentures held by the Institutional Trustee shall be made directly to the Property Account and no other funds of the Trust shall be deposited in the Property Account. The sole signatories for such accounts (including the Property Account) shall be designated by the Institutional Trustee.

Section 10.4. Withholding .  The Institutional Trustee or any Paying Agent and the Administrators shall comply with all withholding requirements under United States federal, state and local law. The Institutional Trustee or any Paying Agent shall request, and each Holder shall provide to the Institutional Trustee or any Paying Agent, such forms or certificates as are necessary to establish an exemption from withholding with respect to the Holder, and any representations and forms as shall reasonably be requested by the Institutional Trustee or any Paying Agent to assist it in determining the extent of, and in fulfilling, its withholding obligations. The Administrators shall file required forms with applicable jurisdictions and, unless an exemption from withholding is properly established by a Holder, shall remit amounts withheld with respect to the Holder to applicable jurisdictions. To the extent that the Institutional Trustee or any Paying Agent is required to withhold and pay over any amounts to any authority with respect to distributions or allocations to any Holder, the amount withheld shall be deemed to be a Distribution in the amount of the withholding to the Holder. In the event of any claimed overwithholding, Holders shall be limited to an action against the applicable jurisdiction. If the amount required to be withheld was not withheld from actual Distributions made, the Institutional Trustee or any Paying Agent may reduce subsequent Distributions by the amount of such withholding.

 

34


ARTICLE XI

AMENDMENTS AND MEETINGS

Section 11.1. Amendments .

(a) Except as otherwise provided in this Declaration or by any applicable terms of the Securities, this Declaration may only be amended by a written instrument approved and executed by the Institutional Trustee.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article XI, no amendment shall be made, and any such purported amendment shall be void and ineffective:

(i) unless the Institutional Trustee shall have first received

(A) an Officers’ Certificate from each of the Trust and the Sponsor that such amendment is permitted by, and conforms to, the terms of this Declaration (including the terms of the Securities); and

(B) an opinion of counsel (who may be counsel to the Sponsor or the Trust) that such amendment is permitted by, and conforms to, the terms of this Declaration (including the terms of the Securities); and

(ii) if the result of such amendment would be to

(A) cause the Trust to cease to be classified for purposes of United States federal income taxation as a grantor trust; or

(B) cause the Trust to be deemed to be an Investment Company required to be registered under the Investment Company Act.

(c) Except as provided in Section 11.1(d), (e) or (h), no amendment shall be made, and any such purported amendment shall be void and ineffective unless the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities shall have consented to such amendment.

(d) In addition to and notwithstanding any other provision in this Declaration, without the consent of each affected Holder, this Declaration may not be amended to (i) change the amount or timing of any Distribution on the Securities or otherwise adversely affect the amount of any Distribution required to be made in respect of the Securities as of a specified date or change any conversion or exchange provisions or (ii) restrict the right of a Holder to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such date.

(e) Section 8.1 (b) and 8.1(c) and this Section 11.1 shall not be amended without the consent of all of the Holders of the Securities.

(f) Article III shall not be amended without the consent of the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Common Securities.

(g) The rights of the Holders of the Capital Securities under Article IV to appoint and remove the Institutional Trustee shall not be amended without the consent of the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities.

 

35


(h) This Declaration may be amended by the Institutional Trustee and the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Common Securities without the consent of the Holders of the Capital Securities to:

(i) cure any ambiguity;

(ii) correct or supplement any provision in this Declaration that may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision of this Declaration;

(iii) add to the covenants, restrictions or obligations of the Sponsor; or

(iv) modify, eliminate or add to any provision of this Declaration to such extent as may be necessary to ensure that the Trust will be classified for United States federal income tax purposes at all times as a grantor trust and will not be required to register as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act (including without limitation to conform to any change in Rule 3a-5, Rule 3a-7 or any other applicable rule under the Investment Company Act or written change in interpretation or application thereof by any legislative body, court, government agency or regulatory authority) which amendment does not have a material adverse effect on the rights, preferences or privileges of the Holders of Securities;

provided , however , that no such modification, elimination or addition referred to in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) shall adversely affect in any material respect the powers, preferences or special rights of Holders of Capital Securities.

Section 11.2. Meetings of the Holders of Securities; Action by Written Consent .

(a) Meetings of the Holders of any class of Securities may be called at any time by the Administrators (or as provided in the terms of the Securities) to consider and act on any matter on which Holders of such class of Securities are entitled to act under the terms of this Declaration or the terms of the Securities. The Administrators shall call a meeting of the Holders of such class if directed to do so by the Holders of at least 10% in liquidation amount of such class of Securities. Such direction shall be given by delivering to the Administrators one or more calls in a writing stating that the signing Holders of the Securities wish to call a meeting and indicating the general or specific purpose for which the meeting is to be called. Any Holders of the Securities calling a meeting shall specify in writing the Certificates held by the Holders of the Securities exercising the right to call a meeting and only those Securities represented by such Certificates shall be counted for purposes of determining whether the required percentage set forth in the second sentence of this paragraph has been met.

(b) Except to the extent otherwise provided in the terms of the Securities, the following provisions shall apply to meetings of Holders of the Securities:

(i) notice of any such meeting shall be given to all the Holders of the Securities having a right to vote thereat at least 7 days and not more than 60 days before the date of such meeting. Whenever a vote, consent or approval of the Holders of the Securities is permitted or required under this Declaration, such vote, consent or approval may be given at a meeting of the Holders of the Securities. Any action that may be taken at a meeting of the Holders of the Securities may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing setting forth the action so taken is signed by the Holders of the Securities owning not less than the minimum amount of Securities in liquidation amount that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all Holders of the Securities having a right to vote thereon were present and voting. Prompt notice of the taking of action without a meeting shall be given to the Holders of the Securities entitled to vote who have not consented in writing. The Administrators may specify that any written ballot submitted to the Holders of the Securities for the purpose of taking any action without a meeting shall be returned to the Trust within the time specified by the Administrators;

 

36


(ii) each Holder of a Security may authorize any Person to act for it by proxy on all matters in which a Holder of Securities is entitled to participate, including waiving notice of any meeting, or voting or participating at a meeting. No proxy shall be valid after the expiration of 11 months from the date thereof unless otherwise provided in the proxy. Every proxy shall be revocable at the pleasure of the Holder of the Securities executing it. Except as otherwise provided herein, all matters relating to the giving, voting or validity of proxies shall be governed by the General Corporation Law of the State of Connecticut relating to proxies, and judicial interpretations thereunder, as if the Trust were a Connecticut corporation and the Holders of the Securities were stockholders of a Connecticut corporation; each meeting of the Holders of the Securities shall be conducted by the Administrators or by such other Person that the Administrators may designate; and

(iii) unless the Statutory Trust Act, this Declaration, or the terms of the Securities otherwise provides, the Administrators, in their sole discretion, shall establish all other provisions relating to meetings of Holders of Securities, including notice of the time, place or purpose of any meeting at which any matter is to be voted on by any Holders of the Securities, waiver of any such notice, action by consent without a meeting, the establishment of a record date, quorum requirements, voting in person or by proxy or any other matter with respect to the exercise of any such right to vote; provided , however , that each meeting shall be conducted in the United States (as that term is defined in Treasury regulations section 301.7701-7).

ARTICLE XII

REPRESENTATIONS OF INSTITUTIONAL TRUSTEE

Section 12.1. Representations and Warranties of Institutional Trustee .  The initial Institutional Trustee represents and warrants to the Trust and to the Sponsor at the date of this Declaration, and each Successor Institutional Trustee represents and warrants to the Trust and the Sponsor at the time of the Successor Institutional Trustee’s acceptance of its appointment as Institutional Trustee, that:

(a) the Institutional Trustee is a national banking association with trust powers, duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States of America with trust power and authority to execute and deliver, and to carry out and perform its obligations under the terms of, this Declaration;

(b) the execution, delivery and performance by the Institutional Trustee of this Declaration has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Institutional Trustee. This Declaration has been duly executed and delivered by the Institutional Trustee, and it constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Institutional Trustee, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, moratorium, insolvency, and other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and to general principles of equity (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law);

(c) the execution, delivery and performance of this Declaration by the Institutional Trustee does not conflict with or constitute a breach of the charter or by-laws of the Institutional Trustee; and

 

37


(d) no consent, approval or authorization of, or registration with or notice to, any state or federal banking authority is required for the execution, delivery or performance by the Institutional Trustee of this Declaration.

ARTICLE XIII

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 13.1. Notices .  All notices provided for in this Declaration shall be in writing, duly signed by the party giving such notice, and shall be delivered, telecopied (which telecopy shall be followed by notice delivered or mailed by first class mail) or mailed by first class mail, as follows:

(a) if given to the Trust in care of the Administrators at the Trust’s mailing address set forth below (or such other address as the Trust may give notice of to the Holders of the Securities):

c/o Plains Capital Corporation

5010 University Avenue

Lubbock, TX 79413

Attention: Jeff Isom

Telecopy: 806-791-6816

(b) if given to the Institutional Trustee, at the Institutional Trustee’s mailing address set forth below (or such other address as the Institutional Trustee may give notice of to the Holders of the Securities):

State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association

225 Asylum Street, Goodwin Square

Hartford, Connecticut 06103

Attention: Vice President, Corporate Trust Department

Telecopy: 860-244-1889

With a copy to:

State Street Bank and Trust Company

P.O. Box 778

Boston, Massachusetts 02102-0778

Attention: Paul D. Allen, Corporate Trust Department

Telecopy: (617) 662-1462

(c) if given to the Holder of the Common Securities, at the mailing address of the Sponsor set forth below (or such other address as the Holder of the Common Securities may give notice of to the Trust):

Plains Capital Corporation

5010 University Avenue

Lubbock, TX 79413

Attention: Jeff Isom

Telecopy: 806-791-6816

(d) if given to any other Holder, at the address set forth on the books and records of the Trust.

 

38


All such notices shall be deemed to have been given when received in person, telecopied with receipt confirmed, or mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid except that if a notice or other document is refused delivery or cannot be delivered because of a changed address of which no notice was given, such notice or other document shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date of such refusal or inability to deliver.

Section 13.2. Governing Law .  This Declaration and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the law of the State of Connecticut and all rights and remedies shall be governed by such laws without regard to the principles of conflict of laws of the State of Connecticut or any other jurisdiction that would call for the application of the law of any jurisdiction other than the State of Connecticut; provided , however , that there shall not be applicable to the Trust, the Institutional Trustee or this Declaration any provision of the laws (statutory or common) of the State of Connecticut pertaining to trusts that relate to or regulate, in a manner inconsistent with the terms hereof (a) the filing with any court or governmental body or agency of trustee accounts or schedules of trustee fees and charges, (b) affirmative requirements to post bonds for trustees, officers, agents or employees of a trust, (c) the necessity for obtaining court or other governmental approval concerning the acquisition, holding or disposition of real or personal property, (d) fees or other sums payable to trustees, officers, agents or employees of a trust, (e) the allocation of receipts and expenditures to income or principal, or (f) restrictions or limitations on the permissible nature, amount or concentration of trust investments or requirements relating to the titling, storage or other manner of holding or investing trust assets.

Section 13.3. Intention of the Parties .  It is the intention of the parties hereto that the Trust be classified for United States federal income tax purposes as a grantor trust. The provisions of this Declaration shall be interpreted to further this intention of the parties.

Section 13.4. Headings .  Headings contained in this Declaration are inserted for convenience of reference only and do not affect the interpretation of this Declaration or any provision hereof.

Section 13.5. Successors and Assigns .  Whenever in this Declaration any of the parties hereto is named or referred to, the successors and assigns of such party shall be deemed to be included, and all covenants and agreements in this Declaration by the Sponsor and the Institutional Trustee shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns, whether or not so expressed.

Section 13.6. Partial Enforceability .  If any provision of this Declaration, or the application of such provision to any Person or circumstance, shall be held invalid, the remainder of this Declaration, or the application of such provision to persons or circumstances other than those to which it is held invalid, shall not be affected thereby.

Section 13.7. Counterparts .  This Declaration may contain more than one counterpart of the signature page and this Declaration may be executed by the affixing of the signature of each of the Institutional Trustee and Administrators to any of such counterpart signature pages. All of such counterpart signature pages shall be read as though one, and they shall have the same force and effect as though all of the signers had signed a single signature page.

Signatures appear on the following page

 

39


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused these presents to be executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY OF CONNECTICUT, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Institutional Trustee
By.  

/s/    Paul D. Allen

Name:   Paul D. Allen
Title:   Vice President
PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION, as Sponsor
By:  

/s/    Alan B. White

Name:   Alan B. White
Title:   Chairman & CEO
PCC STATUTORY TRUST I
By:  

/s/    Alan B. White

  Alan B. White
By:  

/s/    George McCleskey

  George McCleskey
By:  

/s/    Jeff Isom

  Jeff Isom

 

40


ANNEX I

TERMS OF SECURITIES

Pursuant to Section 6.1 of the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust, dated as of July 31, 2001 (as amended from time to time, the “Declaration”), the designation, rights, privileges, restrictions, preferences and other terms and provisions of the Capital Securities and the Common Securities are set out below (each capitalized term used but not defined herein has the meaning set forth in the Declaration):

1. Designation and Number .

(a) 17,500 Floating Rate Capital Securities of PCC Statutory Trust I (the “Trust”), with an aggregate stated liquidation amount with respect to the assets of the Trust of Seventeen Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($17,500,000) and a stated liquidation amount with respect to the assets of the Trust of $1,000.00 per Capital Security, are hereby designated for the purposes of identification only as the “ Capital Securities ”. The Capital Security Certificates evidencing the Capital Securities shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 to the Declaration, with such changes and additions thereto or deletions therefrom as may be required by ordinary usage, custom or practice.

(b) 542 Floating Rate Common Securities of the Trust (the “ Common Securities ”) will be evidenced by Common Security Certificates substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2 to the Declaration, with such changes and additions thereto or deletions therefrom as may be required by ordinary usage, custom or practice.

2. Distributions .

(a) Distributions will be payable on each Security for the period beginning on (and including) the date of original issuance and ending on (but excluding) October 31, 2001 at a rate per annum of 7.29% and shall bear interest for each successive period beginning on (and including) October 31, 2001, and each succeeding Distribution Payment Date, and ending on (but excluding) the next succeeding Distribution Payment Date (each, a “ Distribution Period ”) at a rate per annum equal to the 3-Month LIBOR, determined as described below, plus 3.58%; provided , however , that prior to July 31, 2011, such annual rate shall not exceed 12.50% (the “ Coupon Rate ”) applied to the stated liquidation amount thereof, such rate being the rate of interest payable on the Debentures to be held by the Institutional Trustee. Distributions in arrears for more than one quarterly period will bear interest thereon compounded quarterly at the applicable Distribution Rate (to the extent permitted by law). A Distribution is payable only to the extent that payments are made in respect of the Debentures held by the Institutional Trustee and to the extent the Institutional Trustee has funds available therefor. The amount of Distributions payable for any period will be computed for any full quarterly period on the basis of the actual number of days in the Distribution Period concerned divided by 360. In the event that any date on which a Distribution is payable on the Securities is not a Business Day, then payment of interest payable on such date shall be made on the next succeeding day which is a Business Day (and without any interest or other payment in respect of any such delay), except that, if such Business Day is in the next succeeding calendar year, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day, in each case with the same force and effect as if made on the date such payment was originally payable. The amount of interest payable for the Distribution Period commencing on October 31, 2001 and each succeeding Distribution Period will be calculated by applying the Coupon Rate to the principal amount outstanding at the commencement of the Distribution Period and multiplying each such amount by the actual number of days in the Distribution Period concerned divided by 360. All percentages resulting from any calculations on the Capital Securities will be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point, with five

 

I-1


one-millionths of a percentage point rounded upward (e.g., 9.876545% or .09876545) being rounded to 9.87655% (or .0987655), and all dollar amounts used in or resulting from such calculation will be rounded to the nearest cent (with one-half cent being rounded upward).

(b) Distributions on the Securities will be cumulative, will accrue from the date of original issuance, and will be payable, subject to extension of distribution payment periods as described herein, quarterly in arrears on October 31, January 31, April 30, and July 31 of each year, commencing on October 31, 2001 (each a “ Distribution Payment Date ”) when, as and if available for payment. The Debenture Issuer has the right under the Indenture to defer payments of interest on the Debentures, so long as no Indenture Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, by deferring the payment of interest on the Debentures for up to 20 consecutive quarterly periods (each an “ Extension Period ”) at any time and from time to time, subject to the conditions described below, although such interest would continue to accrue on the Debentures at the Distribution Rate compounded quarterly (to the extent permitted by law) during any Extension Period. No Extension Period may end on a date other than a Distribution Payment Date. At the end of any such Extension Period the Debenture Issuer shall pay all interest then accrued and unpaid on the Debentures (together with Additional Interest thereon); provided , however , that no Extension Period may extend beyond the Maturity Date and provided further , however , during any such Extension Period, the Debenture Issuer and its Affiliates shall not (i) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire, or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of the Debenture Issuer’s or its Affiliates’ capital stock (other than payments of dividends or distributions to the Debenture Issuer or payments of dividends from direct or indirect subsidiaries of the Debenture Issuer to their parent corporations, which also shall be direct or indirect subsidiaries of the Debenture Issuer) or make any guarantee payments with respect to the foregoing, or (ii) make any payment of principal of or interest or premium, if any, on or repay, repurchase or redeem any debt securities of the Debenture Issuer or any Affiliate that rank pari passu in all respects with or junior in interest to the Debentures (other than, with respect to clauses (i) and (ii) above, (a) repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of shares of capital stock of the Debenture Issuer in connection with any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants, in connection with a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock purchase plan or in connection with the issuance of capital stock of the Debenture Issuer (or securities convertible into or exercisable for such capital stock) as consideration in an acquisition transaction entered into prior to the applicable Extension Period, (b) as a result of any exchange or conversion of any class or series of the Debenture Issuer’s capital stock (or any capital stock of a subsidiary of the Debenture Issuer) for any class or series of the Debenture Issuer’s capital stock or of any class or series of the Debenture Issuer’s indebtedness for any class or series of the Debenture Issuer’s capital stock, (c) the purchase of fractional interests in shares of the Debenture Issuer’s capital stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such capital stock or the security being converted or exchanged, (d) any declaration of a dividend in connection with any stockholder’s rights plan, or the issuance of rights, stock or other property under any stockholder’s rights plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto, (e) any dividend in the form of stock, warrants, options or other rights where the dividend stock or the stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants, options or other rights is the same stock as that on which the dividend is being paid or ranks pari passu with or junior to such stock and any cash payments in lieu of fractional shares issued in connection therewith, or (f) payments under the Capital Securities Guarantee). Prior to the termination of any Extension Period, the Debenture Issuer may further extend such period, provided that such period together with all such previous and further consecutive extensions thereof shall not exceed 20 consecutive quarterly periods, or extend beyond the Maturity Date. Upon the termination of any Extension Period and upon the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, the Debenture Issuer may commence a new Extension Period, subject to the foregoing requirements. No interest or Additional Interest shall be due and payable during an Extension Period, except at the end thereof, but each installment of interest that would otherwise have been due and payable during such Extension Period shall bear Additional Interest. If Distributions are deferred, the Distributions due shall be paid on the

 

I-2


date that the related Extension Period terminates, to Holders of the Securities as they appear on the books and records of the Trust on the record date immediately preceding such date. Distributions on the Securities must be paid on the dates payable (after giving effect to any Extension Period) to the extent that the Trust has funds available for the payment of such distributions in the Property Account of the Trust. The Trust’s funds available for Distribution to the Holders of the Securities will be limited to payments received from the Debenture Issuer. The payment of Distributions out of moneys held by the Trust is guaranteed by the Guarantor pursuant to the Guarantee.

(c) Distributions on the Securities will be payable to the Holders thereof as they appear on the books and records of the Trust on the relevant record dates. The relevant record dates shall be 15 days before the relevant Distribution Payment Date. Distributions payable on any Securities that are not punctually paid on any Distribution Payment Date, as a result of the Debenture Issuer having failed to make a payment under the Debentures, as the case may be, when due (taking into account any Extension Period), will cease to be payable to the Person in whose name such Securities are registered on the relevant record date, and such defaulted Distribution will instead be payable to the Person in whose name such Securities are registered on the special record date or other specified date determined in accordance with the Indenture. If any date on which Distributions are payable on the Securities is not a Business Day, then payment of the Distribution payable on such date will be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day (and without any interest or other payment in respect of any such delay) except that, if such Business Day is in the next succeeding calendar year, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day, in each case with the same force and effect as if made on such payment date.

(d) In the event that there is any money or other property held by or for the Trust that is not accounted for hereunder, such property shall be distributed Pro Rata (as defined herein) among the Holders of the Securities.

3. Liquidation Distribution Upon Dissolution . In the event of the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, winding-up or termination of the Trust (each a “ Liquidation ”) other than in connection with a redemption of the Debentures, the Holders of the Securities will be entitled to receive out of the assets of the Trust available for distribution to Holders of the Securities, after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors of the Trust (to the extent not satisfied by the Debenture Issuer), distributions equal to the lesser of (i) the aggregate of the stated liquidation amount of $ 1,000.00 per Security plus accrued and unpaid Distributions thereon to the date of payment, to the extent the Trust shall have funds available therefor, and (ii) the amount of assets of the Trust remaining available for distribution to Holders in liquidation of the Trust (such amount being, in either case, the “ Liquidation Distribution ”), unless in connection with such Liquidation, the Debentures in aggregate stated principal amount equal to the aggregate stated liquidation amount of such Securities, with an interest rate equal to the Distribution Rate of, and bearing accrued and unpaid interest in an amount equal to the accrued and unpaid Distributions on, and having the same record date as, such Securities, after paying or making reasonable provision to pay all claims and obligations of the Trust in accordance with the Statutory Trust Act, shall be distributed on a Pro Rata basis to the Holders of the Securities in exchange for such Securities.

The Sponsor, as the Holder of all of the Common Securities, has the right at any time to dissolve the Trust (including, without limitation, upon the occurrence of a Special Event), subject to the receipt by the Debenture Issuer of prior approval from the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and any successor federal agency that is primarily responsible for regulating the activities of Company (the “ Federal Reserve ”), if the Company is a bank holding company, or from the Office of Thrift Supervision and any successor federal agency that is primarily responsible for regulating the activities of Company, (the “ OTS ”) if the company is a savings and loan holding company, in either case if then required under applicable capital guidelines or policies of the Federal Reserve or OTS, as applicable, and, after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors of the Trust, cause the Debentures to be distributed to the Holders of the Securities on a Pro Rata basis in accordance with the aggregate stated liquidation amount thereof.

 

I - 3


If a Liquidation of the Trust occurs as described in clause (i), (ii), (iii) or (v) in Section 7.1(a) of the Declaration, the Trust shall be liquidated by the Institutional Trustee as expeditiously as it determines to be possible by distributing, after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors of the Trust, to the Holders of the Securities, the Debentures on a Pro Rata basis to the extent not satisfied by the Debenture Issuer, unless such distribution is determined by the Institutional Trustee not to be practical, in which event such Holders will be entitled to receive out of the assets of the Trust available for distribution to the Holders, after satisfaction of liabilities of creditors of the Trust to the extent not satisfied by the Debenture Issuer, an amount equal to the Liquidation Distribution. An early Liquidation of the Trust pursuant to clause (iv) of Section 7.1(a) of the Declaration shall occur if the Institutional Trustee determines that such Liquidation is possible by distributing, after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors of Trust, to the Holders of the Securities on a Pro Rata basis, the Debentures, and such distribution occurs.

If, upon any such Liquidation the Liquidation Distribution can be paid only in part because the Trust has insufficient assets available to pay in full the aggregate Liquidation Distribution, then the amounts payable directly by the Trust on such Capital Securities shall be paid to the Holders of the Trust Securities on a Pro Rata basis, except that if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Capital Securities shall have a preference over the Common Securities with regard to such distributions.

After the date for any distribution of the Debentures upon dissolution of the Trust (i) the Securities of the Trust will be deemed to be no longer outstanding, (ii) the Holders of the Capital Securities will receive certificates representing the Debentures to be delivered upon such distribution, and (iii) any certificates representing the Capital Securities still outstanding will be deemed to represent undivided beneficial interests in such of the Debentures as have an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate stated liquidation amount with an interest rate identical to the distribution rate of, and bearing accrued and unpaid interest equal to accrued and unpaid distributions on, the Securities until such certificates are presented to the Debenture Issuer or its agent for transfer or reissuance.

4. Redemption and Distribution .

(a) The Debentures will mature on July 31, 2031. The Debentures may be redeemed by the Debenture Issuer, in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or after July 31, 2006, at the Redemption Price. In addition, the Debentures may be redeemed by the Debenture Issuer at the Special Redemption Price, in whole but not in part, at any Distribution Payment Date, upon the occurrence and continuation of a Special Event within 120 days following the occurrence of such Special Event at the Special Redemption Price, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice to holders of such Debentures so long as such Special Event is continuing. In each case, the right of the Debenture Issuer to redeem the Debentures is subject to the Debenture Issuer having received prior approval from the Federal Reserve (if the Debenture Issuer is a bank holding company) or prior approval from the OTS (if the Debenture Issuer is a savings and loan holding company), in each case if then required under applicable capital guidelines or policies of the applicable federal agency.

Tax Event ” means the receipt by the Debenture Issuer and the Trust of an opinion of counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that, as a result of any amendment to or change (including any announced prospective change) in the laws or any regulations thereunder of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein, or as a result of any official administrative pronouncement (including any private letter ruling, technical advice memorandum, field service advice, regulatory procedure, notice or announcement including any notice or announcement of intent to adopt such procedures or regulations (an “ Administrative Action ”)) or judicial decision interpreting or applying such laws or regulations, regardless of whether such Administrative Action or judicial decision is issued to or in connection with a proceeding involving the Debenture Issuer or the Trust

 

I-4


and whether or not subject to review or appeal, which amendment, clarification, change, Administrative Action or decision is enacted, promulgated or announced, in each case on or after the date of issuance of the Debentures, there is more than an insubstantial risk that: (i) the Trust is, or will be within 90 days of the date of such opinion, subject to United States federal income tax with respect to income received or accrued on the Debentures; (ii) interest payable by the Debenture Issuer on the Debentures is not, or within 90 days of the date of such opinion, will not be, deductible by the Debenture Issuer, in whole or in part, for United States federal income tax purposes; or (iii) the Trust is, or will be within 90 days of the date of such opinion, subject to more than a de minimis amount of other taxes, duties or other governmental charges.

Investment Company Event ” means the receipt by the Debenture Issuer and the Trust of an opinion of counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that, as a result of the occurrence of a change in law or regulation or written change (including any announced prospective change) in interpretation or application of law or regulation by any legislative body, court, governmental agency or regulatory authority, there is more than an insubstantial risk that the Trust is or will be considered an Investment Company that is required to be registered under the Investment Company Act which change or prospective change becomes effective or would become effective, as the case may be, on or after the date of the issuance of the Debentures.

Capital Treatment Event ” means the receipt by the Debenture Issuer and the Trust of an opinion of counsel experienced in such matters that, as a result of the occurrence of any amendment to, or change (including any announced prospective change) in, the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof or therein, or as the result of any official or administrative pronouncement or action or decision interpreting or applying such laws, rules or regulations, which amendment or change is effective or which pronouncement, action or decision is announced on or after the date of issuance of the Debentures, there is more than an insubstantial risk that the Sponsor will not be entitled to treat an amount equal to the aggregate liquidation amount of the Debentures as “Tier 1 Capital” (or its then equivalent) for purposes of the capital adequacy guidelines of the Federal Reserve, as then in effect and applicable to the Sponsor (or if the Sponsor is not a bank holding company, such guidelines applied to the Company as if the Company were subject to such guidelines); provided , however , that the inability of the Sponsor to treat all or any portion of the liquidation amount of the Debentures as Tier l Capital shall not constitute the basis for a Capital Treatment Event, if such inability results from the Sponsor having cumulative preferred stock, minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries, or any other class of security or interest which the Federal Reserve or OTS, as applicable, may now or hereafter accord Tier 1 Capital treatment in excess of the amount which may qualify for treatment as Tier 1 Capital under applicable capital adequacy guidelines; provided further , however , that the distribution of Debentures in connection with the Liquidation of the Trust shall not in and of itself constitute a Capital Treatment Event unless such Liquidation shall have occurred in connection with a Tax Event or an Investment Company Event.

Special Event ” means a Tax Event, an Investment Company Event or a Capital Treatment Event.

Redemption Price ” means the price set forth in the following table for any Redemption Date that occurs within the twelve-month period beginning in the relevant year indicated below, expressed as the percentage of the principal amount of the Debentures being redeemed:

 

Year Beginning on

   Percentage  

July 31, 2006

   107.5 %

July 31, 2007

   106.0 %

July 31, 2008

   104.5 %

July 31, 2009

   103.0 %

July 31, 2010

   101.5 %

July 31, 2011 and after

   100.0 %

 

I-5


plus accrued and unpaid interest on such Debentures to the Redemption Date.

Special Redemption Date ” means a Redemption Date on which a Special Event redemption occurs.

Special Redemption Price ” means (i) if the Special Redemption Date is before July 31, 2006, an amount in cash equal to 107.5% of the principal amount of the Debentures to be prepaid, plus accrued and unpaid interest on such Debentures to such Special Redemption Date, or (ii) if the Special Redemption Date is on or after July 31, 2006, the price for the Debentures set forth in the above Redemption Price table for such Special Redemption Date, plus accrued and unpaid interest on such Debentures to such Special Redemption Date.

Redemption Date ” shall mean the date fixed for the redemption of Capital Securities, which shall be October 31, January 31 April 30 or July 31 commencing October 31, 2006.

3-Month LIBOR ” means the London interbank offered rate for three-month, Eurodollar deposits determined by the Debenture Trustee in the following order of priority:

(1) the rate (expressed as a percentage per annum) for Eurodollar deposits having a three-month maturity that appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the particular Determination Date (as defined below). “Telerate Page 3750” means the display designated as “Page 3750” on the Dow Jones Telerate Service or such other page as may replace Page 3750 on that service or such other service or services as may be nominated by the British Bankers’ Association as the information vendor for the purpose of displaying London interbank offered rates for U.S. dollars deposits;

(2) if such rate does not appear on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the Determination Date, 3-Month LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of the rates (expressed as percentages per annum) for Eurodollar deposits having a three-month maturity that appear on Reuters Monitor Money Rates Page LIBO (“Reuters Page LIBO”) as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such Determination Date;

(3) if such rate does not appear on Reuters Page LIBO as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date, the Debenture Trustee will request the principal London offices of four leading banks in the London interbank market to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to prime banks in the London interbank market for Eurodollar deposits having a three-month maturity as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such Determination Date. If at least two quotations are provided, 3-Month LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations;

(4) if fewer than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause (3) above, the Debenture Trustee will request four major New York City banks to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to leading European banks for loans in Eurodollars as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such Determination Date. If at least two such quotations are provided, 3-Month LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations; and

 

I-6


(5) if fewer than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause (4) above, 3-Month LIBOR will be a 3-Month LIBOR determined with respect to the Distribution Period immediately preceding such current Distribution Period. If the rate for Eurodollar deposits having a three-month maturity that initially appears on Telerate Page 3750 or Reuters Page LIBO, as the case may be, as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date is superseded on the Telerate page 3750 or Reuters Page LIBO, as the case may be, by a corrected rate by 12:00 noon (London time) on such Determination Date, then the corrected rate as so substituted on the applicable page will be the applicable 3-Month LIBOR for such Determination Date.

(6) The Coupon Rate for any Distribution Period will at no time be higher than the maximum rate then permitted by New York law as the same may be modified by United States law.

Determination Date ” means the date that is two London Banking Days (i.e., a day in which dealings in deposits in U.S. dollars are transacted in the London interbank market) preceding the particular Distribution Period for which a Coupon Rate is being determined.

Maturity Date ” means July 31, 2031.

(b) Upon the repayment in full at maturity or redemption in whole or in part of the Debentures (other than following the distribution of the Debentures to the Holders of the Securities), the proceeds from such repayment or payment shall concurrently be applied to redeem Pro Rata at the applicable Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price, as applicable, Securities having an aggregate liquidation amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Debentures so repaid or redeemed; provided , however , that holders of such Securities shall be given not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice of such redemption (other than at the scheduled maturity of the Debentures).

(c) If fewer than all the outstanding Securities are to be so redeemed, the Common Securities and the Capital Securities will be redeemed Pro Rata and the Capital Securities to be redeemed will be redeemed Pro Rata from each Holder of Capital Securities.

(d) The Trust may not redeem fewer than all the outstanding Capital Securities unless all accrued and unpaid Distributions have been paid on all Capital Securities for all quarterly Distribution periods terminating on or before the date of redemption.

(e) Redemption or Distribution Procedures .

(i) Notice of any redemption of or notice of distribution of the Debentures in exchange for, the Securities (a “ Redemption/Distribution Notice ”) will be given by the Trust by mail to each Holder of Securities to be redeemed or exchanged not fewer than 30 nor more than 60 days before the date fixed for redemption or exchange thereof which, in the case of a redemption, will be the date fixed for redemption of the Debentures. For purposes of the calculation of the date of redemption or exchange and the dates on which notices are given pursuant to this paragraph 4(e)(i), a Redemption/Distribution Notice shall be deemed to be given on the day such notice is first mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to Holders of such Securities. Each Redemption/Distribution Notice shall be addressed to the Holders of such Securities at the address of each such Holder appearing on the books and records of the Trust. No defect in the Redemption/Distribution Notice or in the mailing thereof with respect to any Holder shall affect the validity of the redemption or exchange proceedings with respect to any other Holder.

 

I-7


(ii) If the Securities are to be redeemed and the Trust gives a Redemption/ Distribution Notice, which notice may only be issued if the Debentures are redeemed as set out in this paragraph 4 (which notice will be irrevocable), then, provided that the Institutional Trustee has a sufficient amount of cash in connection with the related redemption or maturity of the Debentures, the Institutional Trustee will pay the relevant Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price, as applicable, to the Holders of such Securities by check mailed to the address of each such Holder appearing on the books and records of the Trust on the redemption date. If a Redemption/Distribution Notice shall have been given and funds deposited as required then immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such deposit Distributions will cease to accrue on the Securities so called for redemption and all rights of Holders of such Securities so called for redemption will cease, except the right of the Holders of such Securities to receive the applicable Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price specified in paragraph 4(a), but without interest on such Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price. If any date fixed for redemption of Securities is not a Business Day, then payment of any such Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price payable on such date will be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day (and without any interest or other payment in respect of any such delay) except that, if such Business Day falls in the next calendar year, such payment will be made on the immediately preceding Business Day, in each case with the same force and effect as if made on such date fixed for redemption. If payment of the Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price in respect of any Securities is improperly withheld or refused and not paid either by the Trust or by the Debenture Issuer as guarantor pursuant to the Guarantee, Distributions on such Securities will continue to accrue at the Distribution Rate from the original redemption date to the actual date of payment, in which case the actual payment date will be considered the date fixed for redemption for purposes of calculating the Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price. In the event of any redemption of the Capital Securities issued by the Trust in part, the Trust shall not be required to (i) issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Security during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before any selection for redemption of the Capital Securities and ending at the close of business on the earliest date on which the relevant notice of redemption is deemed to have been given to all Holders of the Capital Securities to be so redeemed or (ii) register the transfer of or exchange any Capital Securities so selected for redemption, in whole or in part except for the unredeemed portion of any Capital Securities being redeemed in part.

(iii) Redemption/Distribution Notices shall be sent by the Administrators on behalf of the Trust to (A) in respect of the Capital Securities, the Holders thereof and (B) in respect of the Common Securities, the Holder thereof.

5. Voting Rights - Capital Securities .

(a) Except as provided under paragraphs 5(b) and 7 and as otherwise required by law and the Declaration, the Holders of the Capital Securities will have no voting rights. The Administrators are required to call a meeting of the Holders of the Capital Securities if directed to do so by Holders of at least 10% in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities.

(b) Subject to the requirements of obtaining a tax opinion by the Institutional Trustee in certain circumstances set forth in the last sentence of this paragraph, the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities, voting separately as a class, have the right to direct the time, method, and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Institutional Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Institutional Trustee under the Declaration, including the right to direct the Institutional Trustee, as holder of the Debentures, to (i) exercise the remedies available under the Indenture as the holder of the Debentures, (ii) waive any past default that is waivable under the Indenture, (iii) exercise any right to rescind or annul a declaration that the principal of all the Debentures shall be due and payable or (iv) consent on behalf of all the Holders of the Capital Securities to

 

I-8


any amendment, modification or termination of the Indenture or the Debentures where such consent shall be required; provided , however , that, where a consent or action under the Indenture would require the consent or act of the holders of greater than a simple majority in aggregate principal amount of Debentures (a “ Super Majority ”) affected thereby, the Institutional Trustee may only give such consent or take such action at the written direction of the Holders of at least the proportion in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities outstanding which the relevant Super Majority represents of the aggregate principal amount of the Debentures outstanding. If the Institutional Trustee fails to enforce its rights under the Debentures after the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of such Capital Securities have so directed the Institutional Trustee, to the fullest extent permitted by law, a Holder of the Capital Securities may institute a legal proceeding directly against the Debenture Issuer to enforce the Institutional Trustee’s rights under the Debentures without first instituting any legal proceeding against the Institutional Trustee or any other person or entity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and such event is attributable to the failure of the Debenture Issuer to pay interest or principal on the Debentures on the date the interest or principal is payable (or in the case of redemption, the redemption date), then a Holder of record of the Capital Securities may directly institute a proceeding for enforcement of payment on or after the respective due dates specified in the Debentures, to such Holder directly of the principal of or interest on the Debentures having an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate liquidation amount of the Capital Securities of such Holder. The Institutional Trustee shall notify all Holders of the Capital Securities of any default actually known to the Institutional Trustee with respect to the Debentures unless (x) such default has been cured prior to the giving of such notice or (y) the Institutional Trustee determines in good faith that the withholding of such notice is in the interest of the Holders of such Capital Securities, except where the default relates to the payment of principal of or interest on any of the Debentures. Such notice shall state that such Indenture Event of Default also constitutes an Event of Default hereunder. Except with respect to directing the time, method and place of conducting a proceeding for a remedy, the Institutional Trustee shall not take any of the actions described in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) above unless the Institutional Trustee has obtained an opinion of tax counsel to the effect that, as a result of such action, the Trust will not be classified as other than a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes.

In the event the consent of the Institutional Trustee, as the holder of the Debentures is required under the Indenture with respect to any amendment, modification or termination of the Indenture, the Institutional Trustee shall request the direction of the Holders of the Securities with respect to such amendment modification or termination and shall vote with respect to such amendment, modification or termination as directed by a Majority in liquidation amount of the Securities voting together as a single class; provided , however , that where a consent under the Indenture would require the consent of a Super-Majority, the Institutional Trustee may only give such consent at the direction of the Holders of at least the proportion in liquidation amount of the Securities outstanding which the relevant Super-Majority represents of the aggregate principal amount of the Debentures outstanding. The Institutional Trustee shall not take any such action in accordance with the directions of the Holders of the Securities unless the Institutional Trustee has obtained an opinion of tax counsel to the effect that, as a result of such action, the Trust will not be classified as other than a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes.

A waiver of an Indenture Event of Default will constitute a waiver of the corresponding Event of Default hereunder. Any required approval or direction of Holders of the Capital Securities may be given at a separate meeting of Holders of the Capital Securities convened for such purpose, at a meeting of all of the Holders of the Securities in the Trust or pursuant to written consent. The Institutional Trustee will cause a notice of any meeting at which Holders of the Capital Securities are entitled to vote, or of any matter upon which action by written consent of such Holders is to be taken, to be mailed to each Holder of record of the Capital Securities. Each such notice will include a statement setting forth the following information (i) the date of such meeting or the date by which such action is to be taken, (ii) a description of any resolution proposed for adoption at such meeting on which such Holders are

 

I-9


entitled to vote or of such matter upon which written consent is sought and (iii) instructions for the delivery of proxies or consents. No vote or consent of the Holders of the Capital Securities will be required for the Trust to redeem and cancel Capital Securities or to distribute the Debentures in accordance with the Declaration and the terms of the Securities.

Notwithstanding that Holders of the Capital Securities are entitled to vote or consent under any of the circumstances described above, any of the Capital Securities that are owned by the Sponsor or any Affiliate of the Sponsor shall not entitle the Holder thereof to vote or consent and shall, for purposes of such vote or consent, be treated as if such Capital Securities were not outstanding.

In no event will Holders of the Capital Securities have the right to vote to appoint, remove or replace the Administrators, which voting rights are vested exclusively in the Sponsor as the Holder of all of the Common Securities of the Trust. Under certain circumstances as more fully described in the Declaration, Holders of Capital Securities have the right to vote to appoint, remove or replace the Institutional Trustee.

6. Voting Rights - Common Securities .

(a) Except as provided under paragraphs 6(b), 6(c) and 7 and as otherwise required by law and the Declaration, the Common Securities will have no voting rights.

(b) The Holders of the Common Securities are entitled, in accordance with Article IV of the Declaration, to vote to appoint, remove or replace any Administrators.

(c) Subject to Section 6.7 of the Declaration and only after each Event of Default (if any) with respect to the Capital Securities has been cured, waived, or otherwise eliminated and subject to the requirements of the second to last sentence of this paragraph, the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Common Securities, voting separately as a class, may direct the time, method, and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Institutional Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Institutional Trustee under the Declaration, including (i) directing the time, method, place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Debenture Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Debenture Trustee with respect to the Debentures, (ii) waive any past default and its consequences that is waivable under the Indenture, or (iii) exercise any right to rescind or annul a declaration that the principal of all the Debentures shall be due and payable; provided , however , that, where a consent or action under the Indenture would require a Super Majority, the Institutional Trustee may only give such consent or take such action at the written direction of the Holders of at least the proportion in liquidation amount of the Common Securities which the relevant Super Majority represents of the aggregate principal amount of the Debentures outstanding. Notwithstanding this paragraph 6(c), the Institutional Trustee shall not revoke any action previously authorized or approved by a vote or consent of the Holders of the Capital Securities. Other than with respect to directing the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Institutional Trustee or the Debenture Trustee as set forth above, the Institutional Trustee shall not take any action described in (i), (ii) or (iii) above, unless the Institutional Trustee has obtained an opinion of tax counsel to the effect that for the purposes of United States federal income tax the Trust will not be classified as other than a grantor trust on account of such action. If the Institutional Trustee fails to enforce its rights under the Declaration to the fullest extent permitted by law, any Holder of the Common Securities may institute a legal proceeding directly against any Person to enforce the Institutional Trustee’s rights under the Declaration, without first instituting a legal proceeding against the Institutional Trustee or any other Person.

 

I-10


Any approval or direction of Holders of the Common Securities may be given at a separate meeting of Holders of the Common Securities convened for such purpose, at a meeting of all of the Holders of the Securities in the Trust or pursuant to written consent. The Administrators will cause a notice of any meeting at which Holders of the Common Securities are entitled to vote, or of any matter upon which action by written consent of such Holders is to be taken, to be mailed to each Holder of the Common Securities. Each such notice will include a statement setting forth (i) the date of such meeting or the date by which such action is to be taken, (ii) a description of any resolution proposed for adoption at such meeting on which such Holders are entitled to vote or of such matter upon which written consent is sought and (iii) instructions for the delivery of proxies or consents.

No vote or consent of the Holders of the Common Securities will be required for the Trust to redeem and cancel Common Securities or to distribute the Debentures in accordance with the Declaration and the terms of the Securities.

7. Amendments to Declaration and Indenture .

(a) In addition to any requirements under Section 11.1 of the Declaration, if any proposed amendment to the Declaration provides for, or the Institutional Trustee, Sponsor or Administrators otherwise propose to effect, (i) any action that would adversely affect the powers, preferences or special rights of the Securities, whether by way of amendment to the Declaration or otherwise, or (ii) the Liquidation of the Trust, other than as described in Section 7.1 of the Declaration, then the Holders of outstanding Securities, voting together as a single class, will be entitled to vote on such amendment or proposal and such amendment or proposal shall not be effective except with the approval of the Holders of at least a Majority in liquidation amount of the Securities, affected thereby; provided , however , if any amendment or proposal referred to in clause (i) above would adversely affect only the Capital Securities or only the Common Securities, then only the affected class will be entitled to vote on such amendment or proposal and such amendment or proposal shall not be effective except with the approval of a Majority in liquidation amount of such class of Securities.

(b) In the event the consent of the Institutional Trustee as the holder of the Debentures is required under the Indenture with respect to any amendment, modification or termination of the Indenture or the Debentures, the Institutional Trustee shall request the written direction of the Holders of the Securities with respect to such amendment, modification or termination and shall vote with respect to such amendment, modification, or termination as directed by a Majority in liquidation amount of the Securities voting together as a single class; provided , however , that where a consent under the Indenture would require a Super Majority, the Institutional Trustee may only give such consent at the direction of the Holders of at least the proportion in liquidation amount of the Securities which the relevant Super Majority represents of the aggregate principal amount of the Debentures outstanding.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment or modification may be made to the Declaration if such amendment or modification would (i) cause the Trust to be classified for purposes of United States federal income taxation as other than a grantor trust, (ii) reduce or otherwise adversely affect the powers of the Institutional Trustee or (iii) cause the Trust to be deemed an Investment Company which is required to be registered under the Investment Company Act.

(d) Notwithstanding any provision of the Declaration, the right of any Holder of the Capital Securities to receive payment of distributions and other payments upon redemption or otherwise, on or after their respective due dates, or to institute a suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder. For the protection and enforcement of the foregoing provision, each and every Holder of the Capital Securities shall be entitled to such relief as can be given either at law or equity.

 

I-11


8. Pro Rata . A reference in these terms of the Securities to any payment, distribution or treatment as being “ Pro Rata ” shall mean pro rata to each Holder of the Securities according to the aggregate liquidation amount of the Securities held by the relevant Holder in relation to the aggregate liquidation amount of all Securities then outstanding unless, in relation to a payment, an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, in which case any funds available to make such payment shall be paid first to each Holder of the Capital Securities Pro Rata according to the aggregate liquidation amount of the Capital Securities held by the relevant Holder relative to the aggregate liquidation amount of all Capital Securities outstanding, and only after satisfaction of all amounts owed to the Holders of the Capital Securities, to each Holder of the Common Securities Pro Rata according to the aggregate liquidation amount of the Common Securities held by the relevant Holder relative to the aggregate liquidation amount of all Common Securities outstanding.

9. Ranking . The Capital Securities rank pari passu with and payment thereon shall be made Pro Rata with the Common Securities except that, where an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the rights of Holders of the Common Securities to receive payment of Distributions and payments upon liquidation, redemption and otherwise are subordinated to the rights of the Holders of the Capital Securities with the result that no payment of any Distribution on, or Redemption Price of, any Common Security, and no other payment on account of redemption, liquidation or other acquisition of Common Securities, shall be made unless payment in full in cash of all accumulated and unpaid Distributions on all outstanding Capital Securities for all distribution periods terminating on or prior thereto, or in the case of payment of the Redemption Price the full amount of such Redemption Price on all outstanding Capital Securities then called for redemption, shall have been made or provided for, and all funds immediately available to the Institutional Trustee shall first be applied to the payment in full in cash of all Distributions on, or the Redemption Price of, the Capital Securities then due and payable.

10. Acceptance of Guarantee and Indenture . Each Holder of the Capital Securities and the Common Securities, by the acceptance of such Securities, agrees to the provisions of the Guarantee, including the subordination provisions therein and to the provisions of the Indenture.

11. No Preemptive Rights . The Holders of the Securities shall have no preemptive or similar rights to subscribe for any additional securities.

12. Miscellaneous . These terms constitute a part of the Declaration. The Sponsor will provide a copy of the Declaration, the Guarantee, and the Indenture to a Holder without charge on written request to the Sponsor at its principal place of business.

 

I-12


EXHIBIT A-1

FORM OF CAPITAL SECURITY CERTIFICATE

[FORM OF FACE OF SECURITY]

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAW. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY ONLY (A) TO THE SPONSOR OR THE TRUST, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (C) TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A SO LONG AS THIS SECURITY IS ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144A, (D) TO A NON-U.S. PERSON IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 (AS APPLICABLE) OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (A) OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THIS CAPITAL SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE SPONSOR’S AND THE TRUST’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE DECLARATION OF TRUST, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE SPONSOR OR THE TRUST. HEDGING TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE CONDUCTED UNLESS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF ALSO AGREES, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”) (EACH A “PLAN”), OR AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” BY REASON OF ANY PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY, AND NO PERSON INVESTING “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY PLAN MAY ACQUIRE OR HOLD THE SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER OR HOLDER IS ELIGIBLE FOR EXEMPTIVE RELIEF AVAILABLE UNDER U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR PROHIBITED TRANSACTION CLASS EXEMPTION 96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1 OR 84-14 OR ANOTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTION OR ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY IS NOT PROHIBITED BY SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE WITH RESPECT TO SUCH PURCHASE OR HOLDING. ANY PURCHASER OR HOLDER OF THE SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED BY ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING THEREOF THAT EITHER (i) IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 3(3) OF ERISA, OR A PLAN TO WHICH SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE IS APPLICABLE, A TRUSTEE OR OTHER PERSON ACTING ON BEHALF OF

 

A-1-1


AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY USING THE ASSETS OF ANY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN TO FINANCE SUCH PURCHASE, OR (ii) SUCH PURCHASE WILL NOT RESULT IN A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE FOR WHICH THERE IS NO APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE EXEMPTION.

THIS SECURITY WILL BE ISSUED AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN BLOCKS HAVING A LIQUIDATION AMOUNT OF NOT LESS THAN $500,000.00 (500 SECURITIES) AND MULTIPLES OF $1,000.00 IN EXCESS THEREOF. ANY ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF SECURITIES IN A BLOCK HAVING A LIQUIDATION AMOUNT OF LESS THAN $500,000.00 SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE VOID AND OF NO LEGAL EFFECT WHATSOEVER.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY AGREES THAT IT WILL COMPLY WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATE AND OTHER INFORMATION AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY THE DECLARATION TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

 

P-1    17,500 Capital Securities

July 31, 2001

Certificate Evidencing Floating Rate Capital Securities

of

PCC Statutory Trust I

(liquidation amount $1,000.00 per Capital Security)

PCC Statutory Trust I, a statutory trust created under the laws of the State of Connecticut (the “Trust”), hereby certifies that The Chase Manhattan Bank, as indenture trustee under the Indenture dated as of July 31, 2001 among Preferred Term Securities III, Ltd., Preferred Term Securities III, Inc. and The Chase Manhattan Bank (the “Holder”) is the registered owner of securities of the Trust representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust, (liquidation amount $1,000.00 per capital security) (the “Capital Securities”). Subject to the Declaration (as defined below), the Capital Securities are transferable on the books and records of the Trust in person or by a duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of this Certificate duly endorsed and in proper form for transfer. The designation, rights, privileges, restrictions, preferences and other terms and provisions of the Capital Securities represented hereby are issued pursuant to, and shall in all respects be subject to, the provisions of the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of the Trust dated as of July 31, 2001, among Alan B. White, George McCleskey and Jeff Isom as Administrators, State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association, as Institutional Trustee, Plains Capital Corporation, as Sponsor, and the holders from time to time of undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust, including the designation of the terms of the Capital Securities as set forth in Annex I to such amended and restated declaration as the same may be amended from time to time (the “Declaration”). Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meaning given them in the Declaration. The Holder is entitled to the benefits of the Guarantee to the extent provided therein. The Sponsor will provide a copy of the Declaration, the Guarantee, and the Indenture to the Holder without charge upon written request to the Trust at its principal place of business.

 

A-1-2


Upon receipt of this Security, the Holder is bound by the Declaration and is entitled to the benefits thereunder.

By acceptance of this Security, the Holder agrees to treat, for United States federal income tax purposes, the Debentures as indebtedness and the Capital Securities as evidence of beneficial ownership in the Debentures.

This Capital Security is governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Connecticut, without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Trust has duly executed this certificate.

 

PCC STATUTORY TRUST I
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:   Administrator

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Capital Securities referred to in the within-mentioned Declaration.

 

STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY OF CONNECTICUT, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as the Institutional Trustee
By:  

 

  Authorized Officer

 

A-1-3


[FORM OF REVERSE OF SECURITY]

Distributions payable on each Capital Security will be payable at an annual rate equal to 7.29% beginning on (and including) the date of original issuance and ending on (but excluding) October 31, 2001 and at an annual rate for each successive period beginning on (and including) October 31, 2001, and each succeeding Distribution Payment Date, and ending on (but excluding) the next succeeding Distribution Payment Date (each a “Distribution Period”), equal to 3-Month LIBOR, determined as described below, plus 3.58%; provided , however , that prior to July 31, 2011, such annual rate shall not exceed 12.50% (the “Coupon Rate”) applied to the stated liquidation amount of $1,000.00 per Capital Security, such rate being the rate of interest payable on the Debentures to be held by the Institutional Trustee. Distributions in arrears for more than a quarterly period will bear interest thereon compounded quarterly at the Distribution Rate (to the extent permitted by applicable law). The term “Distributions” as used herein includes interest payments (including Additional Interest and principal on the Debentures held by the Institutional Trustee) and any such compounded interest payable on the Debentures unless otherwise stated. A Distribution is payable only to the extent that payments are made in respect of the Debentures held by the Institutional Trustee and to the extent the Institutional Trustee has funds available therefor. As used herein, “Determination Date” means the date that is two London Banking Days (i.e., a day in which dealings in deposits in U.S. dollars are transacted in the London interbank market) preceding the commencement of the relevant Distribution Period. The amount of Distributions payable for any period will be computed for any full quarterly Distribution period on the basis of the actual number of days in the Distribution period concerned divided by 360. In the event that any date on which a distribution is payable on this Capital Security is not a Business Day, then a payment of the distribution payable on such date will be made on the next succeeding day which is a Business Day (and without any distribution or other payment in respect of any such delay), except that, if such Business Day is in the next succeeding calendar year, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day, in each case with the same force and effect as if made on the date the payment was originally payable. The amount of interest payable for the Distribution Period commencing October 31, 2001 and each succeeding Distribution Period will be calculated by applying the Coupon Rate to the principal amount outstanding at the commencement of the Distribution Period and multiplying each such amount by the actual number of days in the Distribution Period concerned divided by 360.

“3-Month LIBOR” as used herein, means the London interbank offered rate for three-month Eurodollar deposits determined by the Debenture Trustee in the following order of priority: (i) the rate (expressed as a percentage per annum) for Eurodollar deposits having a three-month maturity that appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the particular Determination Date (“Telerate Page 3750” means the display designated as “Page 3750” on the Dow Jones Telerate Service or such other page as may replace Page 3750 on that service or such other service or services as may be nominated by the British Bankers’ Association as the information vendor for the purpose of displaying London interbank offered rates for U.S. dollars deposits); (ii) if such rate does not appear on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the Determination Date, 3-Month LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of the rates (expressed as percentages per annum) for Eurodollar deposits having a three-month maturity that appear on Reuters Monitor Money Rates Page LIBO (“Reuters Page LIBO”) as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such Determination Date; (iii) if such rate does not appear on Reuters Page LIBO as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date, the Debenture Trustee will request the principal London offices of four leading banks in the London interbank market to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to prime banks in the London interbank market for Eurodollar deposits having a three-month maturity as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such Determination Date. If at least two quotations are provided, 3-Month LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations; (iv) if fewer than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause (iii) above, the Debenture Trustee will request four major New York City banks to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to leading European banks for loans in Eurodollars as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such Determination Date. If at least two such quotations are provided, 3-Month LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations; and (v) if fewer

 

A-1-4


than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause (iv) above, 3-Month LIBOR will be a 3-Month LIBOR determined with respect to the Distribution Period immediately preceding such current Distribution Period. If the rate for Eurodollar deposits having a three-month maturity that initially appears on Telerate Page 3750 or Reuters Page LIBO, as the case may be, as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date is superseded on the Telerate Page 3750 or Reuters Page LIBO, as the case may be, by a corrected rate by 12:00 noon (London time) on such Determination Date, then the corrected rate as so substituted on the applicable page will be the applicable 3-Month LIBOR for such Determination Date.

The Coupon Rate for any Distribution Period will at no time be higher than the maximum rate then permitted by New York law as the same may be modified by United States law.

All percentages resulting from any calculations on the Capital Securities will be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point, with five one-millionths of a percentage point rounded upward (e.g., 9.876545% or .09876545) being rounded to 9.87655% (or .0987655), and all dollar amounts used in or resulting from such calculation will be rounded to the nearest cent (with one-half cent being rounded upward).

Except as otherwise described below, Distributions on the Capital Securities will be cumulative, will accrue from the date of original issuance and will be payable quarterly in arrears on October 31, January 31, April 30, and July 31 of each year, commencing on October 31, 2001. The Debenture Issuer has the right under the Indenture to defer payments of interest on the Debentures by extending the interest payment period for up to 20 consecutive quarterly periods (each an “Extension Period”) on the Debentures, subject to the conditions described below, although such interest would continue to accrue on the Debentures at an annual rate equal to the Distribution Rate compounded quarterly to the extent permitted by law during any Extension Period. No Extension Period may end on a date other than an interest Payment Date. At the end of any such Extension Period the Sponsor shall pay all interest then accrued and unpaid on the Debentures (together with Additional Interest thereon); provided , however , that no Extension Period may extend beyond the Maturity Date. Prior to the termination of any Extension Period, the Sponsor may further extend such period, provided that such period together with all such previous and further consecutive extensions thereof shall not exceed 20 consecutive quarterly periods, or extend beyond the Maturity Date. Upon the termination of any Extension Period and upon the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, the Sponsor may commence a new Extension Period, subject to the foregoing requirements. No interest or Additional Interest shall be due and payable during an Extension Period, except at the end thereof, but each installment of interest that would otherwise have been due and payable during such Extension Period shall bear Additional Interest. If Distributions are deferred, the Distributions due shall be paid on the date that the related Extension Period terminates, to Holders of the Securities as they appear on the books and records of the Trust on the record date immediately preceding such date. Distributions on the Securities must be paid on the dates payable (after giving effect to any Extension Period) to the extent that the Trust has funds available for the payment of such distributions in the Property Account of the Trust. The Trust’s funds available for Distribution to the Holders of the Securities will be limited to payments received from the Debenture Issuer. The payment of Distributions out of moneys held by the Trust is guaranteed by the Guarantor pursuant to the Guarantee.

The Capital Securities shall be redeemable as provided in the Declaration.

 

A-1-5


ASSIGNMENT

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned assigns and transfers this Capital Security Certificate to:

_______________________________________________________________________________________

(Insert assignee’s social security or tax identification number) _____________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________

(Insert address and zip code of assignee) and irrevocably appoints

_______________________________________________________________________________________

agent to transfer this Capital Security Certificate on the books of the Trust. The agent may substitute another to act for him or her.

Date: _________________________

Signature: _____________________

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Capital Security Certificate)

Signature Guarantee: 1

 

 

1

Signature must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” that is a bank, stockbroker, savings and loan association or credit union meeting the requirements of the Security registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Security registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

A-1-6


EXHIBIT A-2

FORM OF COMMON SECURITY CERTIFICATE

THIS COMMON SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION.

THIS CERTIFICATE IS NOT TRANSFERABLE EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 8.1 OF THE DECLARATION.

 

C-1    542 Common Securities

July 31, 2001

Certificate Evidencing Floating Rate Common Securities

of

PCC Statutory Trust I

PCC Statutory Trust I, a statutory trust created under the laws of the State of Connecticut (the “Trust”), hereby certifies that Plains Capital Corporation (the “Holder”) is the registered owner of common securities of the Trust representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust (the “Common Securities”). The designation, rights, privileges, restrictions, preferences and other terms and provisions of the Common Securities represented hereby are issued pursuant to, and shall in all respects be subject to, the provisions of the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of the Trust dated as of July 31, 2001, among Alan B. White, George McCleskey and Jeff Isom, as Administrators, State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association, as Institutional Trustee, Plains Capital Corporation as Sponsor, and the holders from time to time of undivided beneficial interest in the assets of the Trust including the designation of the terms of the Common Securities as set forth in Annex I to such amended and restated declaration, as the same may be amended from time to time (the “Declaration”). Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meaning given them in the Declaration. The Holder is entitled to the benefits of the Guarantee to the extent provided therein. The Sponsor will provide a copy of the Declaration, the Guarantee and the Indenture to the Holder without charge upon written request to the Sponsor at its principal place of business.

As set forth in the Declaration, where an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the rights of Holders of Common Securities to payment in respect of Distributions and payments upon Liquidation, redemption or otherwise are subordinated to the rights of payment of Holders of the Capital Securities.

Upon receipt of this Certificate, the Holder is bound by the Declaration and is entitled to the benefits thereunder.

By acceptance of this Certificate, the Holder agrees to treat, for United States federal income tax purposes, the Debentures as indebtedness and the Common Securities as evidence of undivided beneficial ownership in the Debentures.

This Common Security is governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Connecticut, without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

 

A-2-1


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Trust has duly executed this certificate.

 

PCC STATUTORY TRUST I
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:   Administrator

 

A-2-2


[FORM OF REVERSE OF SECURITY]

Distributions payable on each Common Security will be identical in amount to the Distributions payable on each Capital Security, which is at an annual rate equal to 7.29% beginning on (and including) the date of original issuance and ending on (but excluding) October 31, 2001 and at an annual rate for each successive period beginning on (and including) October 31, 2001, and each succeeding Distribution Payment Date, and ending on (but excluding) the next succeeding Distribution Payment Date (each a “Distribution Period”), equal to 3-Month LIBOR, determined as described below, plus 3.58%; provided , however , that prior to July 31, 2011, such annual rate shall not exceed 12.50% (the “Coupon Rate”) applied to the stated liquidation amount of $1,000.00 per Common Security, such rate being the rate of interest payable on the Debentures to be held by the Institutional Trustee. Distributions in arrears for more than one period will bear interest thereon compounded at the Distribution Rate (to the extent permitted by applicable law). The term “Distributions” as used herein includes interest payments (including Additional Interest and principal on the Debentures held by the Institutional Trustee) and any such compounded interest payable on the Debentures unless otherwise stated. A Distribution is payable only to the extent that payments are made in respect of the Debentures held by the Institutional Trustee and to the extent the Institutional Trustee has funds available therefor. As used herein, “Determination Date” means the date that is two London Banking Days (i.e., a day in which dealings in deposits in U.S. dollars are transacted in the London interbank market) preceding the commencement of the relevant Distribution Period. The amount of Distributions payable for any period will be computed for any full quarterly Distribution period on the basis of the actual number of days in the Distribution Period concerned divided by 360. In the event that any date on which a distribution is payable on this Common Security is not a Business Day, then a payment of the distribution payable on such date will be made on the next succeeding day which is a Business Day (and without any distribution or other payment in respect of any such delay), except that, if such Business Day is in the next succeeding calendar year, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day, in each case with the same force and effect as if made on the date the payment was originally payable. The amount of interest payable for the Distribution Period commencing October 31, 2001 and each succeeding Distribution Period will be calculated by applying the Coupon Rate to the principal amount outstanding at the commencement of the Distribution Period and multiplying each such amount by the actual number of days in the Distribution Period concerned divided by 360.

“3-Month LIBOR” as used herein, means the London interbank offered rate for three-month Eurodollar deposits determined by the Debenture Trustee in the following order of priority: (i) the rate (expressed as a percentage per annum) for Eurodollar deposits having a three-month maturity that appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the particular Determination Date (“Telerate Page 3750” means the display designated as “Page 3750” on the Dow Jones Telerate Service or such other page as may replace Page 3750 on that service or such other service or services as may be nominated by the British Bankers’ Association as the information vendor for the purpose of displaying London interbank offered rates for U.S. dollars deposits); (ii) if such rate does not appear on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the Determination Date, 3-Month LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of the rates (expressed as percentages per annum) for Eurodollar deposits having a three-month maturity that appear on Reuters Monitor Money Rates Page LIBO (“Reuters Page LIBO”) as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such Determination Date; (iii) if such rate does not appear on Reuters Page LIBO as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date, the Debenture Trustee will request the principal London offices of four leading banks in the London interbank market to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to prime banks in the London interbank market for Eurodollar deposits having a three-month maturity as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such Determination Date. If at least two quotations are provided, 3-Month LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations; (iv) if fewer than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause (iii) above, the Debenture Trustee will request four major New York City banks to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to leading European banks for loans in Eurodollars as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such Determination Date. If at least two such quotations are provided, 3-Month LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations; and (v) if fewer

 

A-2-3


than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause (iv) above, 3 -Month LIBOR will be a 3-Month LIBOR determined with respect to the Distribution Period immediately preceding such current Distribution Period. If the rate for Eurodollar deposits having a three-month maturity that initially appears on Telerate Page 3750 or Reuters Page LIBO, as the case may be, as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date is superseded on the Telerate Page 3750 or Reuters Page LIBO, as the case may be, by a corrected rate by 12:00 noon (London time) on such Determination Date, then the corrected rate as so substituted on the applicable page will be the applicable 3-Month LIBOR for such Determination Date.

The Coupon Rate for any Distribution Period will at no time be higher than the maximum rate then permitted by New York law as the same may be modified by United States law.

All percentages resulting from any calculations on the Common Securities will be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point, with five one-millionths of a percentage point rounded upward (e.g., 9.876545% or .09876545) being rounded to 9.87655% (or .0987655), and all dollar amounts used in or resulting from such calculation will be rounded to the nearest cent (with one-half cent being rounded upward).

Except as otherwise described below, Distributions on the Common Securities will be cumulative, will accrue from the date of original issuance and will be payable quarterly in arrears on October 31, January 31, April 30, and July 31 of each year, commencing on October 31, 2001. The Debenture Issuer has the right under the Indenture to defer payments of interest on the Debentures by extending the interest payment period for up to 20 consecutive quarterly periods (each an “Extension Period”) on the Debentures, subject to the conditions described below, although such interest would continue to accrue on the Debentures at an annual rate equal to the Distribution Rate compounded quarterly to the extent permitted by law during any Extension Period. No Extension Period may end on a date other than an Interest Payment Date. At the end of any such Extension Period the Sponsor shall pay all interest then accrued and unpaid on the Debentures (together with Additional Interest thereon); provided , however , that no Extension Period may extend beyond the Maturity Date. Prior to the termination of any Extension Period, the Sponsor may further extend such period, provided that such period together with all such previous and further consecutive extensions thereof shall not exceed 20 consecutive quarterly periods, or extend beyond the Maturity Date. Upon the termination of any Extension Period and upon the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, the Sponsor may commence a new Extension Period, subject to the foregoing requirements. No interest or Additional Interest shall be due and payable during an Extension Period, except at the end thereof, but each installment of interest that would otherwise have been due and payable during such Extension Period shall bear Additional Interest. If Distributions are deferred, the Distributions due shall be paid on the date that the related Extension Period terminates, to Holders of the Securities as they appear on the books and records of the Trust on the record date immediately preceding such date. Distributions on the Securities must be paid on the dates payable (after giving effect to any Extension Period) to the extent that the Trust has funds available for the payment of such distributions in the Property Account of the Trust. The Trust’s funds available for Distribution to the Holders of the Securities will be limited to payments received from the Debenture Issuer. The payment of Distributions out of moneys held by the Trust is guaranteed by the Guarantor pursuant to the Guarantee.

The Common Securities shall be redeemable as provided in the Declaration.

 

A-2-4


ASSIGNMENT

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned assigns and transfers this Common Security Certificate to:

_______________________________________________________________________________________

(Insert assignee’s social security or tax identification number)

_______________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________

(Insert address and zip code of assignee) and irrevocably appoints

_______________________________________________________________________________________

 

  agent to transfer this Common Security Certificate on the books of the Trust. The agent may substitute another to act for him or her.
  Date:_________________________
  Signature:_____________________
  (Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Common Security Certificate)
  Signature:_____________________  
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this common Security Certificate)

Signature Guarantee 2

 

 

2

Signature must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” that is a bank, stockbroker, savings and loan association or credit union, meeting the requirements of the Security registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Security registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

A-2-5


EXHIBIT B

SPECIMEN OF INITIAL DEBENTURE

 

B -1


EXHIBIT C

PLACEMENT AGREEMENT

 

C - 1

Exhibit 4.3

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION

AND

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

 

 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED DECLARATION OF TRUST

Dated as of August 7, 2006

 

 

AMENDING

THE

AMENDED AND RESTATED DECLARATION OF TRUST

Dated as of July 31, 2001

 

 

 


FIRST AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED DECLARATION OF TRUST, dated as of August 7, 2006 (the “First Amendment”), among PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION, a Texas corporation (the “Sponsor”), U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (as successor to State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association), a national banking association, as trustee (the “Institutional Trustee”) and Alan B. White, George McCleskey and Jeff Isom, as administrators (collectively, the “Administrators”) each of whose address is c/o Plains Capital Corporation, 2911 Turtle Creek Boulevard, Suite 700, Dallas, Texas 75219 (the Administrators and the Institutional Trustee being referred to collectively as the “Trustees”).

RECITALS OF THE COMPANY

WHEREAS, the Sponsor, the Institutional Trustee and the Administrators have heretofore duly declared and established a statutory trust pursuant to the Connecticut Statutory Trust Act and have entered into that certain Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust, dated as of July 31, 2001 (the “Original Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust”), and have executed and filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Connecticut the Certificate of Trust, filed on July 5, 2001;

WHEREAS, the Sponsor and the Trustees desire to amend the Original Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust as set forth herein to provide for, among other things, changing the rate at which distributions are paid on the Capital Securities and the Common Securities issued under the Original Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust and to make certain other modifications; and

WHEREAS , in order to reflect the amendment contemplated hereby, the Capital Securities Certificate will be amended and restated by the form Capital Securities Certificate attached hereto as Exhibit A-1 and the Common Securities Certificate will be amended and restated by the form Common Securities Certificate attached hereto as Exhibit A-2 .

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the agreements and obligations set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, each party, for the benefit of the other parties, hereby amends the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust as follows:

Section 1. Definitions . All capitalized terms used herein which are defined in the Original Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust, either directly or by reference therein, shall have the respective meanings assigned them in the Indenture except as otherwise provided herein or unless the context otherwise requires.

Section 2. Interpretation .

(a) In this First Amendment, unless a clear contrary intention appears:

(i) the singular number includes the plural number and vice versa;

(ii) reference to any gender includes the other gender;

(iii) the words “herein” “hereof” “hereto” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this First Amendment as a whole and not to any particular Section or other subdivision;

(iv) reference to any Person includes such Persons’ successors and assigns but, if applicable, only if such successors and assigns are permitted by this First Amendment or the Indenture, and reference to a Person in a particular capacity excludes


such Person in any other capacity or individually provided that nothing in this clause (iv) is intended to authorize any assignment not otherwise permitted by this First Amendment or the Indenture;

(v) reference to any agreement, document or instrument means such agreement, document or instrument as amended, supplemented or modified and in effect from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof and, if applicable, the terms hereof, as well as any substitution or replacement therefore and reference to any note includes modifications thereof and any note issued in extension or renewal thereof or in substitution or replacement therefore;

(vi) reference to any Section means such Section of this First Amendment; and

(vii) the word “including” (and with correlative meaning “include”) means including without limiting the generality of any description preceding such term.

(b) No provision in this First Amendment shall be interpreted or construed against any Person because that Person or its legal representative drafted such provision.

Section 3. Amendment of Section 1.1; Definitions . Section 1.1 of the Original Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust is hereby amended to include the following defined terms:

Acceleration Event of Default ” has the meaning set forth in the Indenture.

Declaration ” means the Original Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust, as supplemented and amended by the First Amendment.

Distribution Rate ” means, (i) for the period beginning on (and including) July 31, 2006 to (and excluding) August 7, 2006 the rate determined under the Original Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust for such period, (ii) for the period beginning on (and including) August 7, 2006 and ending on (but excluding) the Distribution Payment Date in October 2006 the rate per annum of 8.785%, and (iii) for each Distribution Period beginning on or after the Distribution Payment Date in October 2006, the Coupon Rate for such Distribution Period. For purposes of clarification, the Distribution Rate from the date of original issuance to (but excluding) August 7, 2006 (including the period from (and including) July 31, 2006 and ending on (but excluding) August 7, 2006) shall be as determined under the Original Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust.

First Amendment ” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph hereto.

Original Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust ” has the meaning set forth in the

first recital hereto.

Section 4. Amendment to Section 1.1; Definitions . Section 1.1 of the Original Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust is hereby amended to delete the defined term “Indenture” in its entirety and restate such defined term as follows:

Indenture ” means the Indenture dated as of July 31, 2001, between the Debenture Issuer and the Debenture Trustee, as amended and supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of August 7, 2006 between the Debenture Issuer and the Debenture Trustee (the “First Supplemental Indenture”) and any indenture supplemental thereto

 

2


pursuant to which the Debentures are to be issued, as such Indenture, First Supplemental Indenture and any supplemental indenture may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Section 5. Amendment of Section 2.2; Office . Section 2.2 of the Original Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

Office .

The address of the principal office of the Trust is c/o U.S. Bank National Association, 225 Asylum Street, Goodwin Square, Hartford, Connecticut 06103. On at least 10 Business Days written notice to the Holders of the Securities, the Administrators may designate another principal office, which shall be in a state of the United States or in the District of Columbia.

Section 6. Amendment of Section 6.3; Form and Dating . The first sentence of Section 6.3 of the Original Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Declaration, the Capital Securities and the Institutional Trustee’s certificate of authentication thereon shall be in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit A-1 hereto, with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this Declaration, and the Common Securities shall be in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit A-2 hereto, with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this Declaration, each of which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Declaration.

The last sentence of Section 6.3 of the Original Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

The Capital Securities will be in definitive, registered form without coupons with the Restricted Securities Legend. The terms and provisions of the Securities set forth on Annex I in the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust and as amended pursuant to the First Amendment, and the forms of Securities set forth on Exhibit A-1 and Exhibit A-2 are part of the terms of this Declaration and to the extent applicable, the Institutional Trustee, the Administrators and the Sponsor, by their execution and delivery of the First Amendment, expressly agree to such terms and provisions.

Section 7. Amendment of Section 8.2(b); Transfer Procedures and Restrictions . Section 8.2(b) of the Original Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

Except as permitted by Section 8.2(a), each Capital Security shall bear a legend (the “ Restricted Securities Legend ”) in substantially the following form and a Capital Security shall not be transferred except in compliance with such legend, unless otherwise determined by the Sponsor, upon the advice of counsel expert in securities law, in accordance with applicable law:

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAW.

 

3


NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY ONLY (A) TO THE SPONSOR OR THE TRUST, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A SO LONG AS THIS SECURITY IS ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144A, (D) TO A NON-U.S. PERSON IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 (AS APPLICABLE) OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (A)(l), (2), (3) or (7) OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THIS CAPITAL SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR,” FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE SPONSOR’S AND THE TRUST’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE DECLARATION OF TRUST, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE SPONSOR OR THE TRUST. HEDGING TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE CONDUCTED UNLESS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF ALSO AGREES, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”) (EACH A “PLAN”), OR AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” BY REASON OF ANY PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY, AND NO PERSON INVESTING “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY PLAN MAY ACQUIRE OR HOLD THE SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER OR HOLDER IS ELIGIBLE FOR EXEMPTIVE RELIEF AVAILABLE UNDER U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR PROHIBITED TRANSACTION CLASS EXEMPTION 96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1 OR 84-14 OR ANOTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTION OR ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY IS NOT PROHIBITED BY SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE WITH RESPECT TO SUCH PURCHASE OR HOLDING. ANY PURCHASER OR HOLDER OF THE SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED BY ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING THEREOF THAT

 

4


EITHER (i) IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 3(3) OF ERISA, OR A PLAN TO WHICH SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE IS APPLICABLE, A TRUSTEE OR OTHER PERSON ACTING ON BEHALF OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY USING THE ASSETS OF ANY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN TO FINANCE SUCH PURCHASE, OR (ii) SUCH PURCHASE WILL NOT RESULT IN A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE FOR WHICH THERE IS NO APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE EXEMPTION.

THIS SECURITY WILL BE ISSUED AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN BLOCKS HAVING A LIQUIDATION AMOUNT OF NOT LESS THAN $100,000.00 (100 SECURITIES) AND MULTIPLES OF $1,000.00 IN EXCESS THEREOF. ANY ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF SECURITIES IN A BLOCK HAVING A LIQUIDATION AMOUNT OF LESS THAN $100,000.00 SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE VOID AND OF NO LEGAL EFFECT WHATSOEVER.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY AGREES THAT IT WILL COMPLY WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

Section 8. Amendment of Section 13.1(b); Notices . Section 13.1(b) of the Original Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

Notices .

if given to the Institutional Trustee, at the Institutional Trustee’s mailing address set forth below (or such other address as the Institutional Trustee may give notice of to the Holders of the Securities):

U.S. Bank National Association

225 Asylum Street, Goodwin Square

Hartford, Connecticut 06103

Attention: Vice President, Corporate Trust Services Division

Telecopy: 860-244-6889

With a copy to:

U.S. Bank National Association

1 Federal Street - 3rd Floor

Boston, Massachusetts 02110

Attention: Paul D. Allen, Corporate Trust Services Division

Telecopy: 617-603-6665

Section 9. Amendment of Section 2(a) of Annex I . Section 2(a) of Annex I of the Original Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

(a) Distributions will be payable on each Security (i) for the period beginning on (and including) July 31, 2006 to (and excluding) August 7, 2006 at the rate determined under the Original Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust for such period, (ii) for the period beginning on (and including) August 7, 2006 and ending on (but excluding)

 

5


the Distribution Payment Date in October 2006 at a rate per annum of 8.785%, and (iii) for each successive Distribution Period (defined below) beginning on (and including) the Distribution Payment Date in October 2006, and on each succeeding Distribution Payment Date, at a rate per annum equal to the 3-Month LIBOR, determined as described below, plus 3.30% (the “ Coupon Rate ”), applied to the stated liquidation amount thereof, such rate being the rate of interest payable on the Debentures to be held by the Institutional Trustee; provided, however, that prior to the Distribution Payment Date in July 2011, the Coupon Rate shall not exceed 12.50%. A “Distribution Period” is the period beginning on (and including) a Distribution Payment Date and ending on (but excluding) the next succeeding Distribution Payment Date. Distributions in arrears will bear interest thereon compounded quarterly at the applicable Distribution Rate (to the extent permitted by law). Distributions, as used herein, include cash distributions and any such compounded distributions unless otherwise noted. A Distribution is payable only to the extent that payments are made in respect of the Debentures held by the Institutional Trustee and to the extent the Institutional Trustee has funds available therefor. In the event that any date on which a Distribution is payable on the Securities is not a Business Day, then payment of the Distribution payable on such date shall be made on the next succeeding day which is a Business Day (and without any interest or other payment in respect of any such delay), except that, if such Business Day is in the next succeeding calendar year, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day, in each case with the same force and effect as if made on the date such payment was originally payable. The amount of the Distribution payable for any Distribution Period will be calculated by applying the Distribution Rate to the stated liquidation amount outstanding at the commencement of the Distribution Period on the basis of the actual number of days in the Distribution Period concerned divided by 360. All percentages resulting from any calculations on the Capital Securities will be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point, with five one-millionths of a percentage point rounded upward (e.g., 9.876545% (or .09876545) being rounded to 9.87655% (or .0987655), and all dollar amounts used in or resulting from such calculation will be rounded to the nearest cent (with one-half cent being rounded upward)). For purposes of clarification, the Distribution Rate from the date of original issuance to (but excluding) August 7, 2006 (including the period from (and including) July 31, 2006 and ending on (but excluding) August 7, 2006) shall be as determined under the Original Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust.

Section 10. Amendment of Section 2(b) of Annex I . The first two sentences of Section 2(b) of Annex I of the Original Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust are hereby amended and restated in their entirety, and immediately thereafter, new third and fourth sentences are hereby added to read as follows:

(b) Distributions on the Securities will be cumulative, will accrue from July 31, 2006, and will be payable, subject to extension of distribution payment periods as described herein, quarterly in arrears on April 30, July 31, October 31 and January 31 of each year (each a “ Distribution Payment Date ”), including the Distribution Payment Date in October 2006 when, as and if available for payment. The Debenture Issuer has the right under the Indenture to defer payments of interest on the Debentures, so long as no Acceleration Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, by deferring the payment of interest on the Debentures for up to 20 consecutive quarterly periods (each an “ Extension Period ”) at any time and from time to time, subject to the conditions described below, during which Extension Period no interest shall be due and payable. During any Extension Period, interest will continue to accrue on the Debentures, and

 

6


interest on such accrued interest will accrue at an annual rate equal to the Distribution Rate in effect for each such Extension Period, compounded quarterly from the date such interest would have been payable were it not for the Extension Period, to the extent permitted by law (such interest referred to herein as “ Additional Interest ”). For purposes of clarification, distributions on the Securities that accrued from the date of original issuance to (but excluding) August 7, 2006 (including the period from (and including) July 31, 2006 and ending on (but excluding) August 7, 2006) shall be determined as set forth under the Original Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust.

Section 11. Amendment of Section 4(a) of Annex I . The second sentence of Section 4(a) of Annex I of the Original Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

The Debentures may be redeemed by the Debenture Issuer, in whole or in part, at any Distribution Payment Date on or after the Distribution Payment Date in July 2011, at the Redemption Price.

Section 12. Amendment of Section 4(a) of Annex I . The following defined terms included in Section 4(a) of Annex I of the Original Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust are hereby amended and restated in their entirety to read as follows:

Capital Treatment Event ” means the receipt by the Debenture Issuer and the Trust of an opinion of counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that, as a result of the occurrence of any amendment to, or change (including any announced prospective change) in, the laws, rules or regulations of the United States or any political subdivision thereof or therein, or as the result of any official or administrative pronouncement or action or decision interpreting or applying such laws, rules or regulations, which amendment or change is effective or which pronouncement, action or decision is announced on or after August 7, 2006 there is more than an insubstantial risk that the Sponsor will not, within 90 days of the date of such opinion, be entitled to treat an amount equal to the aggregate liquidation amount of the Capital Securities as “Tier 1 Capital” (or its then equivalent) for purposes of the capital adequacy guidelines of the Federal Reserve, as then in effect and applicable to the Sponsor (or if the Sponsor is not a bank holding company or otherwise is not subject to the Federal Reserve’s risk-based capital adequacy guidelines, such guidelines applied to the Sponsor as if the Sponsor were subject to such guidelines); provided , however , that the inability of the Sponsor to treat all or any portion of the liquidation amount of the Capital Securities as Tier 1 Capital shall not constitute the basis for a Capital Treatment Event, if such inability results from the Sponsor having cumulative preferred stock, minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries, or any other class of security or interest which the Federal Reserve or OTS, as applicable, may now or hereafter accord Tier 1 Capital treatment in excess of the amount which may now or hereafter qualify for treatment as Tier 1 Capital under applicable capital adequacy guidelines; provided further , however , that the distribution of Debentures in connection with the Liquidation of the Trust shall not in and of itself constitute a Capital Treatment Event unless such Liquidation shall have occurred in connection with a Tax Event or an Investment Company Event.

Redemption Date ” shall mean the date fixed for the redemption of Capital Securities, which shall be any Distribution Payment Date on or after the Distribution Payment Date in July 2011.

 

7


Redemption Price ” means 100% of the principal amount of the Debentures being redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid Interest on such Debentures to the Redemption Date.

Special Redemption Date ” means a date on which a Special Event redemption occurs, which shall be a Distribution Payment Date.

Special Redemption Price ” means (i) if the Special Redemption Date is before July 31, 2011, an amount in cash equal to 107.5% of the principal amount of the Debentures to be prepaid, plus accrued and unpaid Interest on such Debentures to such Special Redemption Date, or (ii) if the Special Redemption Date is on or after July 31, 2011, an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Debentures being redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid Interest on such Debentures to such Special Redemption Date.

3-Month LIBOR ” means the London interbank offered interest rate for three-month U.S. dollar deposits determined by the Trustee in the following order of priority:

(1) the rate (expressed as a percentage per annum) for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity that appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date (as defined below). “Telerate Page 3750” means the display designated as “Page 3750” on the Moneyline Telerate Service or such other page as may replace Page 3750 on that service or such other service or services as may be nominated by the British Bankers’ Association as the information vendor for the purpose of displaying London interbank offered rates for U.S. dollar deposits;

(2) if such rate cannot be identified on the related Determination Date, the Trustee will request the principal London offices of four leading banks in the London interbank market to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to prime banks in the London interbank market for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such Determination Date. If at least two quotations are provided, 3-Month LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations;

(3) if fewer than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause (2) above, the Trustee will request four major New York City banks to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to leading European banks for loans in U.S. dollars as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such Determination Date. If at least two such quotations are provided, 3-Month LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations; and

(4) if fewer than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause (3) above, 3-Month LIBOR will be a 3-Month LIBOR determined with respect to the Distribution Period immediately preceding such current Distribution Period.

If the rate for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity that initially appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date is superseded on the Telerate Page 3750 by a corrected rate by 12:00 noon (London time) on such Determination Date, then the corrected rate as so substituted on the applicable page will be the applicable 3-Month LIBOR for such Determination Date.

 

8


The Distribution Rate for any Distribution Period will at no time be higher than the maximum rate then permitted by New York law as the same may be modified by United States law.

Section 13. Amendment of Exhibit A-1 and Exhibit A-2 to the Original Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust . Exhibit A-1 and Exhibit A-2 of the Original Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust are hereby amended and restated in their entirety as set forth on Exhibit A-1 and Exhibit A-2 hereto.

Section 14. Conditions of Effectiveness . This First Amendment shall become effective when, and only when:

(a) the Institutional Trustee shall have executed a counterpart of this First Amendment and shall have received a counterpart of this First Amendment executed by the Sponsor and the Administrators; and

(b) the Institutional Trustee shall have received all other instruments and documents provided for in the Original Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust in connection with amendments thereto.

Section 15. Surrender and Exchange of the Capital Securities Certificate and Common Securities Certificate . In connection with the transaction contemplated by this First Amendment, the holders of the Capital Securities Certificates shall be required to surrender the original Capital Securities Certificates to the Institutional Trustee in exchange for the Capital Securities Certificates in the form as set forth on Exhibit A-1 . The Trust shall then issue and the Institutional Trustee shall authenticate, new Capital Securities Certificates in the form as set forth on Exhibit A-1 to the registered holder(s) of the Capital Securities in the same original liquidation amount as the Capital Securities surrendered for exchange, subject to the requirements of Article VIII of the Original Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust. The Institutional Trustee shall thereupon cancel the Capital Securities surrendered for exchange in accordance with Section 6.6 of the Original Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust. In the event that any Capital Securities Certificates are not surrendered for exchange as required hereunder, the holder of such Capital Securities shall provide such security or indemnity as may be required by the Institutional Trustee as a condition to receiving a new Capital Security Certificate, in accordance with the requirements of Section 6.4 of the Original Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust. The Trust shall issue a new Common Securities Certificate to the Sponsor in replacement of the Common Security Certificate originally issued to the Sponsor, in the form as set forth on Exhibit A-2 , without requirement for surrender for exchange. The Common Security Certificate originally issued to the Sponsor shall be deemed to be cancelled without further act, but the Sponsor may surrender the original Common Security Certificate to the Institutional Trustee for cancellation. Upon the effectiveness of this First Amendment, the terms of the Capital Securities Certificate and Common Securities Certificate as set forth on Exhibit A-1 and Exhibit A-2 hereto, respectively, shall govern in all respects regardless of whether each Capital Securities Certificate and Common Securities Certificate issued under the Original Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust is surrendered in exchange as required under this Section 14. In the event of a conflict between the terms of the Capital Securities Certificate and Common Securities Certificate issued under the Original Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust and the Capital Securities Certificate and Common Securities Certificate in the forms attached hereto as Exhibit A-1 and Exhibit A-2 , respectively, the terms of the Capital Securities Certificate and Common Securities Certificate in the forms attached hereto as Exhibit A-1 and Exhibit A-2 , respectively, shall control.

 

9


Section 16. Reference to the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust .

(a) Upon the effectiveness of this First Amendment, each reference in the Original Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust to “this Declaration,” “hereunder,” “herein” or words of like import shall mean and be a reference to the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust, as affected, amended and supplemented hereby.

(b) Upon the effectiveness of this First Amendment, all references in each of the Securities and in this First Amendment, and in the other documents and instruments executed in connection therewith, to the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust, including each term defined by reference to the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust, shall mean and be a reference to the Original Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust or such term, as the case may be, as affected, amended and supplemented hereby.

(c) The Original Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust, as amended and supplemented by the amendment and supplement referred to above, shall remain in full force and effect and is hereby ratified and confirmed.

Section 17. Execution in Counterparts. This First Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

Section 18. Governing Law . THIS FIRST AMENDMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF EACH OF THE HOLDERS, THE SPONSOR, THE TRUST AND THE TRUSTEES WITH RESPECT TO THIS FIRST AMENDMENT AND THE AMENDED AND RESTATED DECLARATION OF TRUST AND THE SECURITIES SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF CONNECTICUT WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICTS OF LAWS PROVISIONS.

Section 19. The Institutional Trustee . The Institutional Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this First Amendment or the due execution thereof by the Sponsor, the Administrators or the Holders. The recitals of fact contained herein shall be taken as the statements solely of the parties to this First Amendment other than the Institutional Trustee, and the Institutional Trustee assumes no responsibility for the correctness thereof.

Section 20. Consent of Holder(s) of Common Securities . By its execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Sponsor, as the sole holder of Common Securities, hereby consents to this First Amendment and the changes effected to the Original Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust hereby.

Signatures appear on the following page

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this First Amendment to be duly executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the day and year first above written

 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Institutional Trustee

By:   /s/ Paul D. Allen
  Name: Paul D. Allen
  Title: Vice President

 

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION, as Sponsor
By:   /s/ Alan B. White
  Name: Alan B. White
  Title: CEO

 

ADMINISTRATORS OF PCC STATUTORY TRUST I
By:   /s/ Alan B. White
  Administrator

 

By:   /s/ George H. McCleskey
  Administrator

 

By:   /s/ Jeff Isom
  Administrator

 

11


EXHIBIT A-1

FORM OF CAPITAL SECURITY CERTIFICATE

[FORM OF FACE OF SECURITY]

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAW. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY ONLY (A) TO THE SPONSOR OR THE TRUST, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A SO LONG AS THIS SECURITY IS ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144A, (D) TO A NON-U.S. PERSON IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 (AS APPLICABLE) OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (A)(1), (2), (3) or (7) OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THIS CAPITAL SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR”, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE SPONSOR’S AND THE TRUST’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE DECLARATION OF TRUST, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE SPONSOR OR THE TRUST. HEDGING TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE CONDUCTED UNLESS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF ALSO AGREES, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”) (EACH A “PLAN”), OR AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” BY REASON OF ANY PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY, AND NO PERSON INVESTING “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY PLAN MAY ACQUIRE OR HOLD THE SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER OR HOLDER IS ELIGIBLE FOR EXEMPTIVE RELIEF AVAILABLE UNDER U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR PROHIBITED TRANSACTION CLASS EXEMPTION 96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1 OR 84-14 OR ANOTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTION OR ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY IS NOT PROHIBITED BY SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE WITH RESPECT TO SUCH PURCHASE OR HOLDING. ANY PURCHASER OR HOLDER OF THE SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED BY ITS PURCHASE AND

 

A-1-1


HOLDING THEREOF THAT EITHER (i) IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 3(3) OF ERISA, OR A PLAN TO WHICH SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE IS APPLICABLE, A TRUSTEE OR OTHER PERSON ACTING ON BEHALF OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY USING THE ASSETS OF ANY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN TO FINANCE SUCH PURCHASE, OR (ii) SUCH PURCHASE WILL NOT RESULT IN A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE FOR WHICH THERE IS NO APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE EXEMPTION.

THIS SECURITY WILL BE ISSUED AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN BLOCKS HAVING A LIQUIDATION AMOUNT OF NOT LESS THAN $100,000.00 (100 SECURITIES) AND MULTIPLES OF $1,000.00 IN EXCESS THEREOF. ANY ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF SECURITIES IN A BLOCK HAVING A LIQUIDATION AMOUNT OF LESS THAN $100,000.00 SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE VOID AND OF NO LEGAL EFFECT WHATSOEVER.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY AGREES THAT IT WILL COMPLY WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY THE DECLARATION TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

 

Certificate Number P-2    17,500 Capital Securities

August 7, 2006

Amended and Restated

Certificate Evidencing Floating Rate Capital Securities

of

PCC Statutory Trust I

(liquidation amount $1,000.00 per Capital Security)

PCC Statutory Trust I, a statutory trust created under the laws of the State of Connecticut (the “Trust”), hereby certifies that First Tennessee Bank National Association, is the registered owner of capital securities of the Trust representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust, (liquidation amount $1,000.00 per capital security) (the “Capital Securities”). Subject to the Declaration (as defined below), the Capital Securities are transferable on the books and records of the Trust in person or by a duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of this Certificate duly endorsed and in proper form for transfer. The Capital Securities represented hereby are issued pursuant to, and the designation, rights, privileges, restrictions, preferences and other terms and provisions of the Capital Securities shall in all respects be subject to, the provisions of the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of the Trust dated as of July 31, 2001, among Alan B. White, George McClesky and Jeff Isom, as Administrators, U.S. Bank National Association, as successor in interest to State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association, as Institutional Trustee, Plains Capital Corporation, as Sponsor, and the holders from time to time of undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust, including the designation of the terms of the Capital Securities as set forth in Annex I to such amended and restated declaration, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Amended and Restated Declaration, dated August 7, 2006, as the same may be amended from time to time (the “Declaration”). Capitalized terms

 

A-1-2


used herein but not defined shall have the meaning given them in the Declaration. The Holder is entitled to the benefits of the Guarantee to the extent provided therein. The Sponsor will provide a copy of the Declaration, the Guarantee, and the Indenture to the Holder without charge upon written request to the Sponsor at its principal place of business.

Upon receipt of this Security, the Holder is bound by the Declaration and is entitled to the benefits thereunder.

By acceptance of this Security, the Holder agrees to treat, for United States federal income tax purposes, the Debentures as indebtedness and the Capital Securities as evidence of beneficial ownership in the Debentures.

This Capital Security is governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Connecticut, without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

Signatures appear on following page

 

A-1-3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Trust has duly executed this certificate.

 

PCC STATUTORY TRUST I
By:    
  Name:
  Title: Administrator

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Capital Securities referred to in the within-mentioned Declaration.

 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as the Institutional Trustee
By:    
  Authorized Officer

 

A-1-4


[FORM OF REVERSE OF CAPITAL SECURITY]

Distributions on each Capital Security will be payable (i) for the period beginning on (and including) July 31, 2006 to (and excluding) August 7, 2006 at the rate determined under the Original Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust and (ii) at an annual rate equal to 8.785% for the period beginning on (and including) August 7, 2006 and ending on (but excluding) the Distribution Payment Date in October 2006. Distributions on each Capital Security will be payable at an annual rate for each successive Distribution Period (defined below) beginning on (and including) the Distribution Payment Date in October 2006, and on each succeeding Distribution Payment Date, equal to 3-Month LIBOR, determined as described below, plus 3.30% (the “Coupon Rate”), applied to the stated liquidation amount of $1,000.00 per Capital Security, such rate being the rate of interest payable on the Debentures to be held by the Institutional Trustee; provided , however, that prior to the Distribution Payment Date in July 2011, the Coupon Rate shall not exceed 12.50%. A “Distribution Period” is the period beginning on (and including) a Distribution Payment Date and ending on (but excluding) the next succeeding Distribution Payment Date. Distributions in arrears will bear interest thereon compounded quarterly at the Distribution Rate (to the extent permitted by applicable law). The term “Distributions” as used herein includes cash distributions and any such compounded distributions unless otherwise noted. A Distribution is payable only to the extent that payments are made in respect of the Debentures held by the Institutional Trustee and to the extent the Institutional Trustee has funds available therefor. As used herein, “Determination Date” means the date that is two London Banking Days (i.e., a business day in which dealings in deposits in U.S. dollars are transacted in the London interbank market) preceding the commencement of the relevant Distribution Period. The amount of the Distribution payable for any Distribution Period will be calculated by applying the Distribution Rate to the stated liquidation amount outstanding at the commencement of the Distribution Period and multiplying each such number by the actual number of days in the Distribution Period concerned divided by 360. In the event that any date on which a Distribution is payable on the Capital Securities is not a Business Day, then payment of the Distribution payable on such date shall be made on the next succeeding day which is a Business Day (and without any interest or other payment in respect of any such delay), except that, if such Business Day is in the next succeeding calendar year, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day, in each case with the same force and effect as if made on the date such payment was originally payable. For purposes of clarification, the Distribution Rate from the date of original issuance to (but excluding) August 7, 2006 (including the period from (and including) July 31, 2006 and ending on (but excluding) August 7, 2006) shall be as determined under the Original Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust.

“3-Month LIBOR” as used herein, means, with respect to a Distribution Period, the London interbank offered interest rate for three-month U.S. dollar deposits determined by the Debenture Trustee in the following order of priority: (i) the rate (expressed as a percentage per annum) for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity that appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date (“Telerate Page 3750” means the display designated as “Page 3750” on the Moneyline Telerate Service or such other page as may replace Page 3750 on that service or such other service or services as may be nominated by the British Bankers’ Association as the information vendor for the purpose of displaying London interbank offered rates for U.S. dollar deposits); (ii) if such rate cannot be identified on the related Determination Date, the Debenture Trustee will request the principal London offices of four leading banks in the London interbank market to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to prime banks in the London interbank market for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such Determination Date. If at least two quotations are provided, 3-Month LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations; (iii) if fewer than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause (ii) above, the Debenture Trustee will request four major New York City banks to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to leading European banks for loans in U.S. dollars as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such Determination Date. If at least two such quotations are provided,

 

A-1-5


3-Month LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations; and (iv) if fewer than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause (iii) above, 3-Month LIBOR will be a 3-Month LIBOR determined with respect to the Distribution Period immediately preceding such current Distribution Period. If the rate for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity that initially appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date is superseded on the Telerate Page 3750 by a corrected rate by 12:00 noon (London time) on such Determination Date, then the corrected rate as so substituted on the applicable page will be the applicable 3-Month LIBOR for such Determination Date.

The Distribution Rate for any Distribution Period will at no time be higher than the maximum rate then permitted by New York law as the same may be modified by United States law.

All percentages resulting from any calculations on the Capital Securities will be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point, with five one-millionths of a percentage point rounded upward (e.g., 9.876545% (or .09876545) being rounded to 9.87655% (or .0987655), and all dollar amounts used in or resulting from such calculation will be rounded to the nearest cent (with one-half cent being rounded upward)).

Except as otherwise described below, Distributions on the Capital Securities will be cumulative, will accrue from July 31, 2006 and will be payable quarterly in arrears on April 30, July 31, October 31 and January 31 of each year (each such day, a “Distribution Payment Date”), including the Distribution Payment Date in October 2006. The Debenture Issuer has the right under the Indenture to defer payments of interest on the Debentures, so long as no Acceleration Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, by extending the interest payment period on the Debentures for up to 20 consecutive quarterly periods (each an “Extension Period”) at any time and from time to time on the Debentures, subject to the conditions described below, during which Extension Period no interest shall be due and payable. During any Extension Period, interest will continue to accrue on the Debentures, and interest on such accrued interest will accrue at an annual rate equal to the Distribution Rate in effect for each such Extension Period, compounded quarterly from the date such interest would have been payable were it not for the Extension Period, to the extent permitted by law (such interest referred to herein as “Additional Interest”). No Extension Period may end on a date other than a Distribution Payment Date. At the end of any such Extension Period, the Debenture Issuer shall pay all interest then accrued and unpaid on the Debentures (together with Additional Interest thereon); provided , however , that no Extension Period may extend beyond the Maturity Date. Prior to the termination of any Extension Period, the Debenture Issuer may further extend such period, provided that such period together with all such previous and further consecutive extensions thereof shall not exceed 20 consecutive quarterly periods, or extend beyond the Maturity Date. Upon the termination of any Extension Period and upon the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, the Debenture Issuer may commence a new Extension Period, subject to the foregoing requirements. No interest or Additional Interest shall be due and payable during an Extension Period, except at the end thereof, but each installment of interest that would otherwise have been due and payable during such Extension Period shall bear Additional Interest. During any Extension Period, Distributions on the Capital Securities shall be deferred for a period equal to the Extension Period. If Distributions are deferred, the Distributions due shall be paid on the date that the related Extension Period terminates, to Holders of the Securities as they appear on the books and records of the Trust on the record date immediately preceding such date. Distributions on the Securities must be paid on the dates payable (after giving effect to any Extension Period) to the extent that the Trust has funds available for the payment of such distributions in the Property Account of the Trust. The Trust’s funds available for Distribution to the Holders of the Securities will be limited to payments received from the Debenture Issuer. The payment of Distributions out of moneys held by the Trust is guaranteed by the Guarantor pursuant to the Guarantee.

The Capital Securities shall be redeemable as provided in the Declaration.

 

A-1-6


ASSIGNMENT

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned assigns and transfers this Capital Security Certificate to:

____________________________________________________________

(Insert assignee’s social security or tax identification number)____________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

(Insert address and zip code of assignee) and irrevocably appoints

_____________________________________________________________

agent to transfer this Capital Security Certificate on the books of the Trust. The agent may substitute another to act for him or her.

Date:_________________

Signature:______________

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Capital Security Certificate)

Signature Guarantee: 1

 

 

 

1

Signature must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” that is a bank, stockbroker, savings and loan association or credit union meeting the requirements of the Security registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Security registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

A-1-7


EXHIBIT A-2

FORM OF COMMON SECURITY CERTIFICATE

THIS COMMON SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION.

THIS CERTIFICATE IS NOT TRANSFERABLE EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 8.1 OF THE DECLARATION.

 

Certificate Number C-2    542 Common Securities

August 7, 2006

Amended and Restated

Certificate Evidencing Floating Rate Common Securities

of

PCC Statutory Trust I

PCC Statutory Trust I, a statutory trust created under the laws of the State of Connecticut (the ‘Trust”), hereby certifies that Plains Capital Corporation (the “Holder”) is the registered owner of common securities of the Trust representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust (the “Common Securities”). The Common Securities represented hereby are issued pursuant to, and the designation, rights, privileges, restrictions, preferences and other terms and provisions of the Common Securities shall in all respects be subject to, the provisions of the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of the Trust dated as of July 31, 2001, among Alan B. White, George McCleskey and Jeff Isom, as Administrators, U.S. Bank National Association, as successor in interest to State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association, as Institutional Trustee, Plains Capital Corporation, as Sponsor, and the holders from time to time of undivided beneficial interest in the assets of the Trust including the designation of the terms of the Common Securities as set forth in Annex I to such amended and restated declaration, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust, dated August 7, 2006, as the same may be amended from time to time (the “Declaration”). Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meaning given them in the Declaration. The Holder is entitled to the benefits of the Guarantee to the extent provided therein. The Sponsor will provide a copy of the Declaration, the Guarantee and the Indenture to the Holder without charge upon written request to the Sponsor at its principal place of business.

As set forth in the Declaration, when an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the rights of Holders of Common Securities to payment in respect of Distributions and payments upon Liquidation, redemption or otherwise are subordinated to the rights of payment of Holders of the Capital Securities.

Upon receipt of this Certificate, the Holder is bound by the Declaration and is entitled to the benefits thereunder.

By acceptance of this Certificate, the Holder agrees to treat, for United States federal income tax purposes, the Debentures as indebtedness and the Common Securities as evidence of undivided beneficial ownership in the Debentures.

This Common Security is governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Connecticut, without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

 

A-2-1


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Trust has duly executed this certificate.

 

PCC STATUTORY TRUST I
By:    
  Name:
  Title: Administrator

 

A-2-2


[FORM OF REVERSE OF COMMON SECURITY]

Distributions payable on each Common Security will be payable (i) for the period beginning on (and including) July 31, 2006 to (and excluding) August 7, 2006 at the rate determined under the Original Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust and (ii) at an annual rate equal to 8.785% for the period beginning on (and including) August 7, 2006 and ending on (but excluding) the Distribution Payment Date in October 2006. Distributions on each Common Security will be payable at an annual rate for each successive Distribution Period (defined below) beginning on (and including) the Distribution Payment Date in October 2006, and on each succeeding Distribution Payment Date, equal to 3-Month LIBOR, determined as described below, plus 3.30% (the “Coupon Rate”), applied to the stated liquidation amount of $1,000.00 per Common Security, such rate being the rate of interest payable on the Debentures to be held by the Institutional Trustee; provided , however , that prior to the Distribution Payment Date in July 2011, the Coupon Rate shall not exceed 12.50%. A “Distribution Period” is the period beginning on (and including) a Distribution Payment Date and ending on (but excluding) the next succeeding Distribution Payment Date. Distributions in arrears will bear interest thereon compounded quarterly at the Distribution Rate (to the extent permitted by applicable law). The term “Distributions” as used herein includes cash distributions and any such compounded distributions unless otherwise noted. A Distribution is payable only to the extent that payments are made in respect of the Debentures held by the Institutional Trustee and to the extent the Institutional Trustee has funds available therefor. As used herein, “Determination Date” means the date that is two London Banking Days (i.e., a business day in which dealings in deposits in U.S. dollars are transacted in the London interbank market) preceding the commencement of the relevant Distribution Period. The amount of the Distribution payable for any Distribution Period will be calculated by applying the Distribution Rate to the stated liquidation amount outstanding at the commencement of the Distribution Period and multiplying each such number by the actual number of days in the Distribution Period concerned divided by 360. In the event that any date on which a Distribution is payable on the Common Securities is not a Business Day, then payment of the Distribution payable on such date shall be made on the next succeeding day which is a Business Day (and without any interest or other payment in respect of any such delay), except that, if such Business Day is in the next succeeding calendar year, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day, in each case with the same force and effect as if made on the date such payment was originally payable. For purposes of clarification, the Distribution Rate from the date of original issuance to (but excluding) August 7, 2006 (including the period from (and including) July 31, 2006 and ending on (but excluding) August 7, 2006) shall be as determined under the Original Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust.

“3-Month LIBOR” as used herein, means, with respect to a Distribution Period, the London interbank offered interest rate for three-month U.S. dollar deposits determined by the Debenture Trustee in the following order of priority: (i) the rate (expressed as a percentage per annum) for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity that appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date (“Telerate Page 3750” means the display designated as “Page 3750” on the Moneyline Telerate Service or such other page as may replace Page 3750 on that service or such other service or services as may be nominated by the British Bankers’ Association as the information vendor for the purpose of displaying London interbank offered rates for U.S. dollar deposits); (ii) if such rate cannot be identified on the related Determination Date, the Debenture Trustee will request the principal London offices of four leading banks in the London interbank market to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to prime banks in the London interbank market for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such Determination Date. If at least two quotations are provided, 3-Month LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations; (iii) if fewer than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause (ii) above, the Debenture Trustee will request four major New York City banks to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to leading European banks for loans in U.S. dollars as of

 

A-2-3


11:00 a.m. (London time) on such Determination Date. If at least two such quotations are provided, 3-Month LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations; and (iv) if fewer than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause (iii) above, 3-Month LIBOR will be a 3-Month LIBOR determined with respect to the Distribution Period immediately preceding such current Distribution Period. If the rate for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity that initially appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date is superseded on the Telerate Page 3750 by a corrected rate by 12:00 noon (London time) on such Determination Date, then the corrected rate as so substituted on the applicable page will be the applicable 3-Month LIBOR for such Determination Date.

The Distribution Rate for any Distribution Period will at no time be higher than the maximum rate then permitted by New York law as the same may be modified by United States law.

All percentages resulting from any calculations on the Common Securities will be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point, with five one-millionths of a percentage point rounded upward (e.g., 9.876545% (or .09876545) being rounded to 9.87655% (or .0987655), and all dollar amounts used in or resulting from such calculation will be rounded to the nearest cent (with one-half cent being rounded upward)).

Except as otherwise described below, Distributions on the Common Securities will be cumulative, will accrue from, July 31, 2006 and will be payable quarterly in arrears on April 30, July 31, October 31 and January 31 of each year (each such day, a “Distribution Payment Date”), including the Distribution Payment Date in October 2006. The Debenture Issuer has the right under the Indenture to defer payments of interest on the Debentures, so long as no Acceleration Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, by extending the interest payment period on the Debentures for up to 20 consecutive quarterly periods (each an “Extension Period”) at any time and from time to time on the Debentures, subject to the conditions described below, during which Extension Period no interest shall be due and payable. During any Extension Period, interest will continue to accrue on the Debentures, and interest on such accrued interest will accrue at an annual rate equal to the Distribution Rate in effect for each such Extension Period, compounded quarterly from the date such interest would have been payable were it not for the Extension Period, to the extent permitted by law (such interest referred to herein as “Additional Interest”). No Extension Period may end on a date other than a Distribution Payment Date. At the end of any such Extension Period, the Debenture Issuer shall pay all interest then accrued and unpaid on the Debentures (together with Additional Interest thereon); provided , however , that no Extension Period may extend beyond the Maturity Date. Prior to the termination of any Extension Period, the Debenture Issuer may further extend such period, provided that such period together with all such previous and further consecutive extensions thereof shall not exceed 20 consecutive quarterly periods, or extend beyond the Maturity Date. Upon the termination of any Extension Period and upon the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, the Debenture Issuer may commence a new Extension Period, subject to the foregoing requirements. No interest or Additional Interest shall be due and payable during an Extension Period, except at the end thereof, but each installment of interest that would otherwise have been due and payable during such Extension Period shall bear Additional Interest. During any Extension Period, Distributions on the Common Securities shall be deferred for a period equal to the Extension Period. If Distributions are deferred, the Distributions due shall be paid on the date that the related Extension Period terminates, to Holders of the Securities as they appear on the books and records of the Trust on the record date immediately preceding such date. Distributions on the Securities must be paid on the dates payable (after giving effect to any Extension Period) to the extent that the Trust has funds available for the payment of such distributions in the Property Account of the Trust. The Trust’s funds available for Distribution to the Holders of the Securities will be limited to payments received from the Debenture Issuer.

The Common Securities shall be redeemable as provided in the Declaration.

 

A-2-4


ASSIGNMENT

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned assigns and transfers this Common Security Certificate to:

_______________________________________________________________________

(Insert assignee’s social security or tax identification number)________________________

_______________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________

(Insert address and zip code of assignee) and irrevocably appoints

_______________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________agent

to transfer this Common Security Certificate on the books of the Trust. The agent may substitute another to act for him or her.

Date:____________________________________

Signature:________________________________

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Common Security Certificate)

Signature:________________________________

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Common Security Certificate)

Signature Guarantee 2

 

2

Signature must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” that is a bank, stockbroker, savings and loan association or credit union, meeting the requirements of the Security registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Security registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

A-2-5

Exhibit 4.4

 

 

 

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION,

as Issuer

INDENTURE

Dated as of July 31, 2001

STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY OF CONNECTICUT, NATIONAL

ASSOCIATION,

as Trustee

FLOATING RATE JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEFERRABLE INTEREST DEBENTURES

DUE 2031

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page

ARTICLE I. DEFINITIONS

   1

Section 1.1.

   Definitions    1

ARTICLE II. DEBENTURES

   7

Section 2.1.

   Authentication and Dating    7

Section 2.2.

   Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication    8

Section 2.3.

   Form and Denomination of Debentures    8

Section 2.4.

   Execution of Debentures    8

Section 2.5.

   Exchange and Registration of Transfer of Debentures    9

Section 2.6.

   Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Debentures    11

Section 2.7.

   Temporary Debentures    11

Section 2.8.

   Payment of Interest and Additional Interest    12

Section 2.9.

   Cancellation of Debentures Paid, etc.    13

Section 2.10.

   Computation of Interest Rate    13

Section 2.11.

   Extension of Interest Payment Period    15

Section 2.12.

   CUSIP Numbers    16

ARTICLE III. PARTICULAR COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

   16

Section 3.1.

   Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest; Agreed Treatment of the Debentures    16

Section 3.2.

   Offices for Notices and Payments, etc.    17

Section 3.3.

   Appointments to Fill Vacancies in Trustee’s Office    17

Section 3.4.

   Provision as to Paying Agent    17

Section 3.5.

   Certificate to Trustee    18

Section 3.6.

   Additional Sums    18

Section 3.7.

   Compliance with Consolidation Provisions    18

Section 3.8.

   Limitation on Dividends    18

Section 3.9.

   Covenants as to the Trust    19

Section 3.10.

   Additional Junior Indebtedness    19

ARTICLE IV. SECURITYHOLDERS’ LISTS AND REPORTS BY THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE

   20

Section 4.1.

   Securityholders’ Lists    20

Section 4.2.

   Preservation and Disclosure of Lists    20

ARTICLE V. REMEDIES OF THE TRUSTEE AND SECURITYHOLDERS UPON AN EVENT OF DEFAULT

   21

Section 5.1.

   Events of Default    21

Section 5.2.

   Payment of Debentures on Default; Suit Therefor    22

Section 5.3.

   Application of Moneys Collected by Trustee    24

Section 5.4.

   Proceedings by Securityholders    24

Section 5.5.

   Proceedings by Trustee    24

Section 5.6.

   Remedies Cumulative and Continuing; Delay or Omission Not a Waiver    25

 

i


Section 5.7.

   Direction of Proceedings and Waiver of Defaults by Majority of Securityholders    25

Section 5.8.

   Notice of Defaults    25

Section 5.9.

   Undertaking to Pay Costs    26

ARTICLE VI. CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE

   26

Section 6.1.

   Duties and Responsibilities of Trustee    26

Section 6.2

   Reliance on Documents, Opinions, etc.    27

Section 6.3.

   No Responsibility for Recitals, etc.    28

Section 6.4.

   Trustee, Authenticating Agent, Paying Agents, Transfer Agents or Registrar May Own Debentures    28

Section 6.5.

   Moneys to be Held in Trust    28

Section 6.6.

   Compensation and Expenses of Trustee    28

Section 6.7.

   Officers’ Certificate as Evidence    29

Section 6.8

   Eligibility of Trustee    29

Section 6.9.

   Resignation or Removal of Trustee    30

Section 6.10.

   Acceptance by Successor Trustee    31

Section 6.11.

   Succession by Merger, etc.    31

Section 6.12.

   Authenticating Agents    32

ARTICLE VII. CONCERNING THE SECURITYHOLDERS

   32

Section 7.1.

   Action by Securityholders    32

Section 7.2.

   Proof of Execution by Securityholders    33

Section 7.3.

   Who Are Deemed Absolute Owners    33

Section 7.4.

   Debentures Owned by Company Deemed Not Outstanding    33

Section 7.5.

   Revocation of Consents; Future Holders Bound    34

ARTICLE VIII. SECURITYHOLDERS ’ MEETINGS

   34

Section 8.1.

   Purposes of Meetings    34

Section 8.2.

   Call of Meetings by Trustee    34

Section 8.3.

   Call of Meetings by Company or Securityholders    35

Section 8.4.

   Qualifications for Voting    35

Section 8.5.

   Regulations    35

Section 8.6.

   Voting    35

Section 8.7.

   Quorum; Actions    36

ARTICLE IX. SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

   36

Section 9.1.

   Supplemental Indentures without Consent of Securityholders    36

Section 9.2.

   Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Securityholders    38

Section 9.3.

   Effect of Supplemental Indentures    38

Section 9.4.

   Notation on Debentures    38

Section 9.5.

   Evidence of Compliance of Supplemental Indenture to be Furnished to Trustee    39

ARTICLE X. REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES

   39

Section 10.1.

   Optional Redemption    39

Section 10.2.

   Special Event Redemption    39

Section 10.3.

   Notice of Redemption; Selection of Debentures    39

Section 10.4.

   Payment of Debentures Called for Redemption    40

 

ii


ARTICLE XI. CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, SALE, CONVEYANCE AND LEASE

   40

Section 11.1.

   Company May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms    40

Section 11.2.

   Successor Entity to be Substituted    41

Section 11.3.

   Opinion of Counsel to be Given to Trustee    41

ARTICLE XII. SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE

   41

Section 12.1.

   Discharge of Indenture    41

Section 12.2.

   Deposited Moneys to be Held in Trust by Trustee    42

Section 12.3.

   Paying Agent to Repay Moneys Held    42

Section 12.4.

   Return of Unclaimed Moneys    42

ARTICLE XIII. IMMUNITY OF INCORPORATORS, STOCKHOLDERS, OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

   42

Section 13.1.

   Indenture and Debentures Solely Corporate Obligations    42

ARTICLE XIV. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

   43

Section 14.1.

   Successors    43

Section 14.2.

   Official Acts by Successor Entity    43

Section 14.3.

   Surrender of Company Powers    43

Section 14.4.

   Addresses for Notices, etc.    43

Section 14.5.

   Governing Law    43

Section 14.6.

   Evidence of Compliance with Conditions Precedent    43

Section 14.7.

   Non-Business Days    44

Section 14.8.

   Table of Contents, Headings, etc.    44

Section 14.9.

   Execution in Counterparts    44

Section 14.10.

   Separability    44

Section 14.11.

   Assignment    44

Section 14.12.

   Acknowledgment of Rights    44

ARTICLE XV. SUBORDINATION OF DEBENTURES

   44

Section 15.1.

   Agreement to Subordinate    44

Section 15.2.

   Default on Senior Indebtedness    45

Section 15.3.

   Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy    45

Section 15.4.

   Subrogation    46

Section 15.5.

   Trustee to Effectuate Subordination    47

Section 15.6.

   Notice by the Company    47

Section 15.7.

   Rights of the Trustee; Holders of Senior Indebtedness    47

Section 15.8.

   Subordination May Not Be Impaired    48

Exhibit A         Form of Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debenture

  

 

iii


THIS INDENTURE, dated as of July 31, 2001, between Plains Capital Corporation, a Texas corporation (the “ Company ”), and State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association, a national banking association organized under the laws of the United States of America, as debenture trustee (the “ Trustee ”),

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, for its lawful corporate purposes, the Company has duly authorized the issuance of its Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures due 2031 (the “ Debentures ”) under this Indenture to provide, among other things, for the execution and authentication, delivery and administration thereof, the Company has duly authorized the execution of this Indenture; and

WHEREAS, all acts and things necessary to make this Indenture a valid agreement according to its terms, have been done and performed;

NOW, THEREFORE, This Indenture Witnesseth:

In consideration of the premises, and the purchase of the Debentures by the holders thereof, the Company covenants and agrees with the Trustee for the equal and proportionate benefit of the respective holders from time to time of the Debentures as follows:

ARTICLE I.

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1. Definitions . The terms defined in this Section 1.1 (except as herein otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires) for all purposes of this Indenture and of any indenture supplemental hereto shall have the respective meanings specified in this Section 1.1. All accounting terms used herein and not expressly defined shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and the term “generally accepted accounting principles” means such accounting principles as are generally accepted in the United States at the time of any computation. The words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision.

Additional Interest ” means interest, if any, that shall accrue on any interest on the Debentures the payment of which has not been made on the applicable Interest Payment Date and which shall accrue at the Interest Rate, compounded quarterly (to the extent permitted by law).

Additional Junior Indebtedness ” means, without duplication and other than the Debentures, any indebtedness, liabilities or obligations of the Company, or any Affiliate of the Company, under debt securities (or guarantees in respect of debt securities) initially issued after the date of this Indenture to any trust, or a trustee of a trust, partnership or other entity affiliated with the Company that is, directly or indirectly, a finance subsidiary (as such term is defined in Rule 3a-5 under the Investment Company Act of 1940) or other financing vehicle of the Company or any Affiliate of the Company in connection with the issuance by that entity of preferred securities or other securities that are eligible to qualify for Tier 1 capital treatment (or its then equivalent) for purposes of the capital adequacy guidelines of the Federal Reserve, as then in effect and applicable to the Company (or, if the Company is not a bank holding company, such guidelines applied to the Company as if the Company were subject to such guidelines); provided , however , that the inability of the Company to treat all or any portion of the Additional Junior Indebtedness as Tier 1 capital shall not disqualify it as Additional Junior Indebtedness if such inability results from the Company having cumulative preferred stock, minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries, or any other class of security or interest which the Federal Reserve now or may hereafter accord Tier 1 capital treatment (including the Debentures) in excess of the amount which may qualify for treatment as Tier 1 capital under applicable capital adequacy guidelines.

 

1


Additional Sums ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6.

Affiliate ” has the same meaning as given to that term in Rule 405 of the Securities Act or any successor rule thereunder.

Authenticating Agent ” means any agent or agents of the Trustee which at the time shall be appointed and acting pursuant to Section 6.12.

Bankruptcy Law ” means Title 11, U.S. Code, or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

Board of Directors ” means the board of directors or the executive committee or any other duly authorized designated officers of the Company.

Board Resolution ” means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification and delivered to the Trustee.

Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which banking institutions in New York City or Hartford. Connecticut are permitted or required by any applicable law to close.

Capital Securities ” means undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust which rank pari passu with Common Securities issued by the Trust; provided , however , that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default (as defined in the Declaration), the rights of holders of such Common Securities to payment in respect of distributions and payments upon liquidation, redemption and otherwise are subordinated to the rights of holders of such Capital Securities.

Capital Securities Guarantee ” means the guarantee agreement that the Company enters into with State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association, as guarantee trustee, or other Persons that operates directly or indirectly for the benefit of holders of Capital Securities of the Trust.

Capital Treatment Event ” means the receipt by the Company of an opinion of counsel experienced in such matters that, as a result of the occurrence of any amendment to, or change (including any announced prospective change) in, the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof or therein, or as the result of any official or administrative pronouncement or action or decision interpreting or applying such laws, rules or regulations, which amendment or change is effective or which pronouncement, action or decision is announced on or after the date of issuance of the Debentures, there is more than an insubstantial risk that the Company will not be entitled to treat an amount equal to the aggregate Liquidation Amount of the Debentures as “Tier 1 Capital” (or its then equivalent) for purposes of the capital adequacy guidelines of the Federal Reserve, as then in effect and applicable to the Company (or if the Company is not a bank holding company, such guidelines applied to the Company as if the Company were subject to such guidelines); provided , however , that the inability of the Company to treat all or any portion of the Liquidation Amount of the Debentures as Tier 1 Capital shall not constitute the basis for a Capital Treatment Event if such inability results from the Company having cumulative preferred stock, minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries, or any other class of security or interest which the Federal Reserve or OTS, as applicable, now or may hereafter accord Tier 1 Capital treatment in excess of the amount which may qualify for treatment as Tier 1 Capital under applicable capital adequacy guidelines; provided further , however , that the distribution of Debentures in connection with the dissolution of the Trust shall not in and of itself constitute a Capital Treatment Event unless such dissolution shall have occurred in connection with a Tax Event or an Investment Company Event.

 

2


Certificate ” means a certificate signed by any one of the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer or the principal accounting officer of the Company.

Common Securiti es” means undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust which rank pari passu with Capital Securities issued by the Trust; provided , however , that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default (as defined in the Declaration), the rights of holders of such Common Securities to payment in respect of distributions and payments upon liquidation, redemption and otherwise are subordinated to the rights of holders of such Capital Securities.

Company ” means Plains Capital Corporation, a Texas corporation, and, subject to the provisions of Article XI, shall include its successors and assigns.

Coupon Rate ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8.

Debenture ” or “ Debentures ” has the meaning stated in the first recital of this Indenture.

Debenture Register ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.5.

Declaration ” means the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of the Trust, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

Default ” means any event, act or condition that with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

Defaulted Interest ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8.

Distribution Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8.

Determination Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.10.

Event of Default ” means any event specified in Section 5.1, continued for the period of time, if any, and after the giving of the notice, if any, therein designated.

Extension Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.11.

Federal Reserve ” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and any successor federal agency that is primarily responsible for regulating the activities of bank holding companies.

Indenture ” means this instrument as originally executed or, if amended or supplemented as herein provided, as so amended or supplemented, or both.

Institutional Trustee ” has the meaning set forth in the Declaration.

Interest Payment Date ,” means each October 31, January 31, April 30 and July 31 during the term of this Indenture.

Interest Rate ” means for the period beginning on (and including) the date of original issuance and ending on (but excluding) October 31, 2001 the rate per annum of 7.29% and for each Distribution Period thereafter, the Coupon Rate.

 

3


Investment Company Event ” means the receipt by the Company and the Trust of an opinion of counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that, as a result of the occurrence of a change in law or regulation or written change (including any announced prospective change) in interpretation or application of law or regulation by any legislative body, court, governmental agency or regulatory authority, there is more than an insubstantial risk that the Trust is or will be considered an “investment company” that is required to be registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, which change or prospective change becomes effective or would become effective, as the case may be, on or after the date of the issuance of the Debentures.

Liquidation Amount ” means the stated amount of $ 1,000.00 per Trust Security.

Maturity Date ” means July 31, 2031.

Officers’ Certificate ” means a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board, the Vice Chairman, the President, any Managing Director or any Vice President, and by the Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, the Comptroller, an Assistant Comptroller, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company, and delivered to the Trustee. Each such certificate shall include the statements provided for in Section 14.6 if and to the extent required by the provisions of such Section.

Opinion of Counsel ” means an opinion in writing signed by legal counsel, who may be an employee of or counsel to the Company, or may be other counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee. Each such opinion shall include the statements provided for in Section 14.6 if and to the extent required by the provisions of such Section.

OTS ” means the Office of Thrift Supervision and any successor federal agency that is primarily responsible for regulating the activities of savings and loan holding companies.

The term “ outstanding ,” when used with reference to Debentures, means, subject to the provisions of Section 7.4, as of any particular time, all Debentures authenticated and delivered by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent under this Indenture, except:

(a) Debentures theretofore canceled by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation;

(b) Debentures, or portions thereof, for the payment or redemption of which moneys in the necessary amount shall have been deposited in trust with the Trustee or with any paying agent (other than the Company) or shall have been set aside and segregated in trust by the Company (if the Company shall act as its own paying agent); provided , however , that, if such Debentures, or portions thereof, are to be redeemed prior to maturity thereof, notice of such redemption shall have been given as provided in Section 10.3 or provision satisfactory to the Trustee shall have been made for giving such notice;and

(c) Debentures paid pursuant to Section 2.6 or in lieu of or in substitution for which other Debentures shall have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to the terms of Section 2.6 unless proof satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee is presented that any such Debentures are held by bona fide holders in due course.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

Predecessor Security ” of any particular Debenture means every previous Debenture evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Debenture; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Debenture authenticated and delivered under Section 2.6 in lieu of a lost, destroyed or stolen Debenture shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the lost, destroyed or stolen Debenture.

 

4


Principal Office of the Trustee , ” or other similar term, means the office of the Trustee, at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be principally administered, which at the time of the execution of this Indenture shall be 225 Asylum Street, Goodwin Square. Hartford, Connecticut 06103.

Redemption Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1.

Redemption Price ” means the price set forth in the following table for any Redemption Date that occurs within the twelve-month period beginning in the relevant year indicated below, expressed as the percentage of the principal amount of the Debentures being redeemed:

 

Year Beginning

   Percentage  

July 31, 2006

   107.5 %

July 31, 2007

   106.0 %

July 31, 2008

   104.5 %

July 31, 2009

   103.0 %

July 31, 2010

   101.5 %

July 31, 2011 and after

   100.0 %

plus accrued and unpaid interest on such Debentures to the Redemption Date.

Responsible Officer ” means, with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the Principal Office of the Trustee, including any vice-president, any assistant vice-president, any secretary, any assistant secretary, the treasurer, any assistant treasurer, any trust officer or other officer of the Principal Trust Office of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of that officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time or any successor legislation.

Securityholder ,” “holder of Debentures,” or other similar terms, means any Person in whose name at the time a particular Debenture is registered on the register kept by the Company or the Trustee for that purpose in accordance with the terms hereof.

Senior Indebtedness ” means, with respect to the Company, (i) the principal, premium, if any, and interest in respect of (A) indebtedness of the Company for money borrowed and (B) indebtedness evidenced by securities, debentures, notes, bonds or other similar instruments issued by the Company; (ii) all capital lease obligations of the Company; (iii) all obligations of the Company issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property, all conditional sale obligations of the Company and all obligations of the Company under any title retention agreement; (iv) all obligations of the Company for the reimbursement of any letter of credit, any banker’s acceptance, any security purchase facility, any

 

5


repurchase agreement or similar arrangement, any interest rate swap, any other hedging arrangement, any obligation under options or any similar credit or other transaction; (v) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (iv) above of other Persons for the payment of which the Company is responsible or liable as obligor, guarantor or otherwise; and (vi) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (v) above of other Persons secured by any lien on any property or asset of the Company (whether or not such obligation is assumed by the Company), whether incurred on or prior to the date of this Indenture or thereafter incurred. Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Senior Indebtedness” shall not include (1) any Additional Junior Indebtedness, (2) Debentures issued pursuant to this Indenture and guarantees in respect of such Debentures, (3) trade accounts payable of the Company arising in the ordinary course of business (such trade accounts payable being pari passu in right of payment to the Debentures), or (4) obligations with respect to which (a) in the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding, it is provided that such obligations are pari passu, junior or otherwise not superior in right of payment to the Debentures and (b) the Company, prior to the issuance thereof, has notified (and, if then required under the applicable guidelines of the regulating entity, has received approval from) the Federal Reserve (if the Company is a bank holding company) or the OTS (if the Company is a savings and loan holding company). Senior Indebtedness shall continue to be Senior Indebtedness and be entitled to the subordination provisions irrespective of any amendment, modification or waiver of any term of such Senior Indebtedness.

Special Event ” means any of a Capital Treatment Event, an Investment Company Event or a Tax Event.

Special Redemption Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2.

Special Redemption Price ” means (i) if the Special Redemption Date is before July 31, 2006, an amount in cash equal to 107.5% of the principal amount of the Debentures to be prepaid, plus accrued and unpaid interest on such Debentures to such Special Redemption Date, or (ii) if the Special Redemption Date is on or after July 31, 2006, the price for the Debentures set forth in the table under the definition of “Redemption Price” for such Special Redemption Date, plus accrued and unpaid interest on such Debentures to such Special Redemption Date.

Subsidiary ” means with respect to any Person, (i) any corporation at least a majority of the outstanding voting stock of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person or by one or more of its Subsidiaries, or by such Person and one or more of its Subsidiaries, (ii) any general partnership, joint venture or similar entity, at least a majority of the outstanding partnership or similar interests of which shall at the time be owned by such Person, or by one or more of its Subsidiaries, or by such Person and one or more of its Subsidiaries and (iii) any limited partnership of which such Person or any of its Subsidiaries is a general partner. For the purposes of this definition, “voting stock” means shares, interests, participations or other equivalents in the equity interest (however designated) in such Person having ordinary voting power for the election of a majority of the directors (or the equivalent) of such Person, other than shares, interests, participations or other equivalents having such power only by reason of the occurrence of a contingency.

Tax Event ” means the receipt by the Company and the Trust of an opinion of counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that, as a result of any amendment to or change (including any announced prospective change) in the laws or any regulations thereunder of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein, or as a result of any official administrative pronouncement (including any private letter ruling, technical advice memorandum, field service advice, regulatory procedure, notice or announcement, including any notice or announcement of intent to adopt such procedures or regulations (an “ Administrative Action ”)) or judicial decision interpreting or applying such laws or regulations, regardless of whether such Administrative Action or judicial decision is issued

 

6


to or in connection with a proceeding involving the Company or the Trust and whether or not subject to review or appeal, which amendment, clarification, change. Administrative Action or decision is enacted, promulgated or announced, in each case on or after the date of issuance of the Debentures, there is more than an insubstantial risk that; (i) the Trust is, or will be within 90 days of the date of such opinion, subject to United States federal income tax with respect to income received or accrued on the Debentures; (ii) interest payable by the Company on the Debentures is not, or within 90 days of the date of such opinion, will not be, deductible by the Company, in whole or in part, for United States federal income tax purposes; or (iii) the Trust is, or will be within 90 days of the date of such opinion, subject to more than a de minimis amount of other taxes, duties or other governmental charges.

3-Month LIBOR ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.10.

Telerate Page 3750 ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.10.

Trust ” shall mean PCC Statutory Trust I, a Connecticut statutory trust, or any other similar trust created for the purpose of issuing Capital Securities in connection with the issuance of Debentures under this Indenture, of which the Company is the sponsor.

Trust Securities ” means Common Securities and Capital Securities of the Trust.

Trustee ” means State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association, and, subject to the provisions of Article VI hereof, shall also include its successors and assigns as Trustee hereunder.

ARTICLE II.

DEBENTURES

Section  2.1. Authentication and Dating . Upon the execution and delivery of this Indenture, or from time to time thereafter, Debentures in an aggregate principal amount not in excess of $18,042,000 may be executed and delivered by the Company to the Trustee for authentication, and the Trustee shall thereupon authenticate and make available for delivery said Debentures to or upon the written order of the Company, signed by its Chairman of the Board of Directors, Vice Chairman, the President, one of its Managing Directors or one of its Vice Presidents without any further action by the Company hereunder. In authenticating such Debentures, and accepting the additional responsibilities under this Indenture in relation to such Debentures, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and (subject to Section 6.1) shall be fully protected in relying upon:

(a) a copy of any Board Resolution or Board Resolutions relating thereto and, if applicable, an appropriate record of any action taken pursuant to such resolution, in each case certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company, as the case may be; and

(b) an Opinion of Counsel prepared in accordance with Section 14.6 which shall also state:

(1) that such Debentures, when authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and issued by the Company in each case in the manner and subject to any conditions specified in such Opinion of Counsel, will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Company, subject to or limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, conservatorship, receivership, moratorium and other statutory or decisional laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights or the reorganization of financial institutions (including, without limitation, preference and fraudulent conveyance or transfer laws), heretofore or hereafter enacted or in effect, affecting the rights of creditors generally; and

 

7


(2) that all laws and requirements in respect of the execution and delivery by the Company of the Debentures have been complied with and that authentication and delivery of the Debentures by the Trustee will not violate the terms of this Indenture.

The Trustee shall have the right to decline to authenticate and deliver any Debentures under this Section if the Trustee, being advised in writing by counsel, determines that such action may not lawfully be taken or if a Responsible Officer of the Trustee in good faith shall determine that such action would expose the Trustee to personal liability to existing holders.

The definitive Debentures shall be typed, printed, lithographed or engraved on steel engraved borders or may be produced in any other manner, all as determined by the officers executing such Debentures, as evidenced by their execution of such Debentures.

Section 2.2. Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication . The Trustee’s certificate of authentication on all Debentures shall be in substantially the following form:

This is one of the Debentures referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association, as Trustee

By____________________

Authorized Signer

Section 2.3. Form and Denomination of Debentures . The Debentures shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Debentures shall be in registered, certificated form without coupons and in minimum denominations of $500,000.00 and any multiple of $1,000.00 in excess thereof. Any attempted transfer of the Debentures in a block having an aggregate principal amount of less than $500,000.00 shall be deemed to be voided and of no legal effect whatsoever. Any such purported transferee shall be deemed not to be a holder of such Debentures for any purpose, including, but not limited to the receipt of payments on such Debentures, and such purported transferee shall be deemed to have no interest whatsoever in such Debentures. The Debentures shall be numbered, lettered, or otherwise distinguished in such manner or in accordance with such plans as the officers executing the same may determine with the approval of the Trustee as evidenced by the execution and authentication thereof.

Section 2.4. Execution of Debentures . The Debentures shall be signed in the name and on behalf of the Company by the manual or facsimile signature of its Chairman of the Board of Directors, Vice Chairman, President, one of its Managing Directors or one of its Executive Vice Presidents, Senior Vice Presidents or Vice Presidents. Only such Debentures as shall bear thereon a certificate of authentication substantially in the form herein before recited, executed by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent by the manual signature of an authorized signer, shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose. Such certificate by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent upon any Debenture executed by the Company shall be conclusive evidence that the Debenture so authenticated has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder and that the holder is entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.

In case any officer of the Company who shall have signed any of the Debentures shall cease to be such officer before the Debentures so signed shall have been authenticated and delivered by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent, or disposed of by the Company, such Debentures nevertheless may be authenticated and delivered or disposed of as though the Person who signed such Debentures had not ceased to be such officer of the Company; and any Debenture may be signed on behalf of the Company by such Persons as, at the actual date of the execution of such Debenture, shall be the proper officers of the Company, although at the date of the execution of this Indenture any such person was not such an officer.

 

8


Every Debenture shall be dated the date of its authentication.

Section 2.5. Exchange and Registration of Transfer of Debentures . The Company shall cause to be kept, at the office or agency maintained for the purpose of registration of transfer and for exchange as provided in Section 3.2, a register (the “ Debenture Register ”) for the Debentures issued hereunder in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Company shall provide for the registration and transfer of all Debentures as in this Article II provided. The Debenture Register shall be in written form or in any other form capable of being converted into written form within a reasonable time.

Debentures to be exchanged may be surrendered at the principal corporate trust office of the Trustee or at any office or agency to be maintained by the Company for such purpose as provided in Section 3.2, and the Company shall execute, the Company or the Trustee shall register and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and make available for delivery in exchange therefor the Debenture or Debentures which the Securityholder making the exchange shall be entitled to receive. Upon due presentment for registration of transfer of any Debenture at the principal corporate trust office of the Trustee or at any office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose as provided in Section 3.2, the Company shall execute, the Company or the Trustee shall register and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and make available for delivery in the name of the transferee or transferees a new Debenture for a like aggregate principal amount. Registration or registration of transfer of any Debenture by the Trustee or by any agent of the Company appointed pursuant to Section 3.2, and delivery of such Debenture, shall be deemed to complete the registration or registration of transfer of such Debenture.

All Debentures presented for registration of transfer or for exchange or payment shall (if so required by the Company or the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent) be duly endorsed by, or be accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent duly executed by the holder or his attorney duly authorized in writing.

No service charge shall be made for any exchange or registration of transfer of Debentures, but the Company or the Trustee may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax, fee or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection therewith.

The Company or the Trustee shall not be required to exchange or register a transfer of any Debenture for a period of 15 days next preceding the date of selection of Debentures for redemption.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Debentures may not be transferred except in compliance with the restricted securities legend set forth below, unless otherwise determined by the Company, upon the advice of counsel expert in securities law, in accordance with applicable law:

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAW. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE

 

9


HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A SO LONG AS THIS SECURITY IS ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144A, (D) TO A NON-U.S. PERSON IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 (AS APPLICABLE) OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (A) OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR. FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO. OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INDENTURE, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE COMPANY.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF ALSO AGREES, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE EMPLOYMENT RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”) (EACH A “PLAN”), OR AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” BY REASON OF ANY PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY, AND NO PERSON INVESTING “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY PLAN MAY ACQUIRE OR HOLD THE SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER OR HOLDER IS ELIGIBLE FOR EXEMPTIVE RELIEF AVAILABLE UNDER U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR PROHIBITED TRANSACTION CLASS EXEMPTION 96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1 OR 84-14 OR ANOTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTION OR ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY IS NOT PROHIBITED BY SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE WITH RESPECT TO SUCH PURCHASE OR HOLDING. ANY PURCHASER OR HOLDER OF THE SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED BY ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING THEREOF THAT EITHER (i) IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 3(3) OF ERISA, OR A PLAN TO WHICH SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE IS APPLICABLE, A TRUSTEE OR OTHER PERSON ACTING ON BEHALF OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY USING THE ASSETS OF ANY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN TO FINANCE SUCH PURCHASE, OR (ii) SUCH PURCHASE WILL NOT RESULT IN A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OR ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE FOR WHICH THERE IS NO APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE EXEMPTION.

THIS SECURITY WILL BE ISSUED AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN BLOCKS HAVING AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOT LESS THAN $500,000.00 AND MULTIPLES OF $1,000.00 IN EXCESS THEREOF. ANY ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY IN A BLOCK HAVING AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF LESS THAN $500,000.00 SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE VOID AND OF NO LEGAL EFFECT WHATSOEVER.

 

10


THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY AGREES THAT IT WILL COMPLY WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

Section 2.6. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Debentures . In case any Debenture shall become mutilated or be destroyed, lost or stolen, the Company shall execute, and upon its written request the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, a new Debenture bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding, in exchange and substitution for the mutilated Debenture, or in lieu of and in substitution for the Debenture so destroyed, lost or stolen. In every case the applicant for a substituted Debenture shall furnish to the Company and the Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless, and, in every case of destruction, loss or theft, the applicant shall also furnish to the Company and the Trustee evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of such Debenture and of the ownership thereof.

The Trustee may authenticate any such substituted Debenture and deliver the same upon the written request or authorization of any officer of the Company. Upon the issuance of any substituted Debenture, the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses connected therewith. In case any Debenture which has matured or is about to mature or has been called for redemption in full shall become mutilated or be destroyed, lost or stolen, the Company may, instead of issuing a substitute Debenture, pay or authorize the payment of the same (without surrender thereof except in the case of a mutilated Debenture) if the applicant for such payment shall furnish to the Company and the Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless and, in case of destruction, loss or theft, evidence satisfactory to the Company and to the Trustee of the destruction, loss or theft of such Debenture and of the ownership thereof.

Every substituted Debenture issued pursuant to the provisions of this Section 2.6 by virtue of the fact that any such Debenture is destroyed, lost or stolen shall constitute an additional contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Debenture shall be found at any time, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Debentures duly issued hereunder. All Debentures shall be held and owned upon the express condition that, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the foregoing provisions are exclusive with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Debentures and shall preclude any and all other rights or remedies notwithstanding any law or statute existing or hereafter enacted to the contrary with respect to the replacement or payment of negotiable instruments or other securities without their surrender.

Section 2.7. Temporary Debentures . Pending the preparation of definitive Debentures, the Company may execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery temporary Debentures that are typed, printed or lithographed. Temporary Debentures shall be issuable in any authorized denomination, and substantially in the form of the definitive Debentures in lieu of which they are issued but with such omissions, insertions and variations as may be appropriate for temporary Debentures, all as may be determined by the Company. Every such temporary Debenture shall be executed by the Company and be authenticated by the Trustee upon the same conditions and in substantially the same manner, and with the same effect, as the definitive Debentures. Without unreasonable delay the Company will execute and deliver to the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent definitive Debentures and thereupon any or all temporary Debentures may be surrendered in exchange therefor, at the principal corporate trust office of the Trustee or at any office or agency maintained by the Company for such purpose as provided in Section 3.2, and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and make available for delivery in exchange for such temporary Debentures a like aggregate principal amount of such definitive Debentures. Such exchange shall be made by the Company at its own expense and without any charge therefor except that in case of any such exchange involving a registration

 

11


of transfer the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax, fee or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto. Until so exchanged, the temporary Debentures shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Debentures authenticated and delivered hereunder.

Section 2.8. Payment of Interest and Additional Interest . Interest at the Interest Rate and any Additional Interest on any Debenture that is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date for Debentures shall be paid to the Person in whose name said Debenture (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the regular record date for such interest installment except that interest and any Additional Interest payable on the Maturity Date shall be paid to the Person to whom principal is paid. In the event that any Debenture or portion thereof is called for redemption and the redemption date is subsequent to a regular record date with respect to any Interest Payment Date and prior to such Interest Payment Date, interest on such Debenture will be paid upon presentation and surrender of such Debenture.

Each Debenture shall bear interest for the period beginning on (and including} the date of original issuance and ending on (but excluding) October 31, 2001 at a rate per annum of 7.29%, and shall bear interest for each successive period beginning on (and including) October 31, 2001, and each succeeding Interest Payment Date, and ending on (but excluding) the next succeeding Interest Payment Date (each, a “ Distribution Period ”) at a rate per annum equal to the 3-Month LIBOR, determined as described in Section 2.10, plus 3.58%; provided , however , that prior to July 31, 2011, such annual rate shall not exceed 12.50% (the “ Coupon Rate ”) applied to the principal amount thereof, until the principal thereof becomes due and payable, and on any overdue principal and to the extent that payment of such interest is enforceable under applicable law (without duplication) on any overdue installment of interest at the Interest Rate compounded quarterly. Interest shall be payable (subject to any relevant Extension Period) quarterly in arrears on each Interest Payment Date with the first installment of interest to be paid on October 31, 2001.

Any interest on any Debenture, other than Additional Interest, that is payable, but is not punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date (herein called “ Defaulted Interest ”) shall forthwith cease to be payable to the registered holder on the relevant regular record date by virtue of having been such holder; and such Defaulted Interest shall be paid by the Company to the Persons in whose names such Debentures (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered at the close of business on a special record date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner: the Company shall notify the Trustee in writing at least 25 days prior to the date of the proposed payment of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each such Debenture and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this clause provided. Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a special record date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest which shall not be more than 15 nor less than 10 days prior to the date of the proposed payment and not less than 10 days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of such special record date and, in the name and at the expense of the Company, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the special record date therefor to be mailed, first class postage prepaid, to each Securityholder at its address as it appears in the Debenture Register, not less than 10 days prior to such special record date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the special record date therefor having been mailed as aforesaid, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid to the Persons in whose names such Debentures (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered on such special record date and shall be no longer payable.

 

12


The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest on any Debentures in any other lawful manner after notice given by the Company to the Trustee of the proposed payment method; provided , however , the Trustee in its sole discretion deems such payment method to be practical.

Any interest scheduled to become payable on an Interest Payment Date occurring during an Extension Period shall not be Defaulted Interest and shall be payable on such other date as may be specified in the terms of such Debentures.

The term “regular record date” as used in this Section shall mean the close of business on the 15 th day next preceding the applicable Interest Payment Date.

Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section, each Debenture delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Debenture shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, that were carried by such other Debenture.

Section 2.9. Cancellation of Debentures Paid, etc . All Debentures surrendered for the purpose of payment, redemption, exchange or registration of transfer, shall, if surrendered to the Company or any paying agent, be surrendered to the Trustee and promptly canceled by it, or, if surrendered to the Trustee or any Authenticating Agent, shall be promptly canceled by it, and no Debentures shall be issued in lieu thereof except as expressly permitted by any of the provisions of this Indenture. All Debentures canceled by any Authenticating Agent shall be delivered to the Trustee. The Trustee shall destroy all canceled Debentures unless the Company otherwise directs the Trustee in writing. If the Company shall acquire any of the Debentures, however, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the indebtedness represented by such Debentures unless and until the same are surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation.

Section 2.10. Computation of Interest Rate . The amount of interest payable for any period shall be computed on the basis of actual number of days in the Distribution Period concerned divided by 360. In the event that any date on which interest is payable on the Debentures is not a Business Day, then payment of interest payable on such date shall be made on the next succeeding day which is a Business Day (and without any interest or other payment in respect of any such delay), except that, if such Business Day is in the next succeeding calendar year, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day, in each case with the same force and effect as if made on the date such payment was originally payable. The amount of interest payable for the Distribution Period commencing on October 31, 2001 and each succeeding Distribution Period will be calculated by applying the Interest Rate to the principal amount outstanding at the commencement of the Distribution Period and multiplying each such amount by the actual number of days in the Distribution Period concerned divided by 360. All percentages resulting from any calculations on the Debentures will be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point, with five one-millionths of a percentage point rounded upward (e.g., 9.876545% or .09876545) being rounded to 9.87655% (or .0987655), and all dollar amounts used in or resulting from such calculation will be rounded to the nearest cent (with one-half cent being rounded upward).

(a) “ 3-Month LIBOR ” means the London interbank offered rate for three-month, Eurodollar deposits determined by the Trustee in the following order of priority:

(1) the rate (expressed as a percentage per annum) for Eurodollar deposits having a three-month maturity that appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the particular Determination Date (as defined below). “ Telerate Page 3750 ” means the display designated as “Page 3750” on the Dow Jones Telerate Service or such other page as may replace Page 3750 on that service or such other service or services as may be nominated by the British Bankers’ Association as the information vendor for the purpose of displaying London interbank offered rates for U.S. dollars deposits;

 

13


(2) if such rate does not appear on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the Determination Date, 3-Month LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of the rates (expressed as percentages per annum) for Eurodollar deposits having a three-month maturity that appear on Reuters Monitor Money Rates Page LIBO (“ Reuters Page LIBO ”) as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such Determination Date;

(3) if such rate does not appear on Reuters Page LIBO as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date, the Trustee will request the principal London offices of four leading banks in the London interbank market to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to prime banks in the London interbank market for Eurodollar deposits having a three-month maturity as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such Determination Date. If at least two quotations are provided, 3-Month LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations;

(4) if fewer than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause (3) above, the Trustee will request four major New York City banks to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to leading European banks for loans in Eurodollars as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such Determination Date. If at least two such quotations are provided, 3-Month LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations; and

(5) if fewer than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause (4) above, 3-Month LIBOR will be a 3-Month LIBOR determined with respect to the Distribution Period immediately preceding such current Distribution Period. If the rate for Eurodollar deposits having a three-month maturity that initially appears on telerate Page 3750 or Reuters Page LIBO, as the case may be, as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date is superseded on the Telerate page 3750 or Reuters Page LIBO, as the case may be, by a corrected rate by 12:00 noon (London time) on such Determination Date, then the corrected rate as so substituted on the applicable page will be the applicable 3-Month LIBOR for such Determination Date.

(6) The Coupon Rate for any Distribution Period will at no time be higher than the maximum rate then permitted by New York law as the same may be modified by United States law.

(7) “ Determination Date ” means the date that is two London Banking Days (i.e., a day in which dealings in deposits in U.S. dollars are transacted in the London interbank market) preceding the particular Distribution Period for which a Coupon Rate is being determined.

(b) The Trustee shall notify the Company, the Institutional Trustee and any securities exchange or interdealer quotation system on which the Capital Securities are listed, of the Coupon Rate and the Determination Date for each Distribution Period, in each case as soon as practicable after the determination thereof but in no event later than the seventh (7th) Business Day of the relevant Distribution Period. Failure to notify the Company, the Institutional Trustee or any securities exchange or interdealer quotation system, or any defect in said notice, shall not affect the obligation of the Company to make payment on the Debentures at the applicable Coupon Rate. Any error in the calculation of the Coupon Rate by the Institutional Trustee may be corrected at any time by notice delivered as above provided. Upon the request of a holder of a Debenture, the Trustee shall provide the Coupon Rate then in effect and, if determined, the Coupon Rate for the next Distribution Period.

 

14


(c) Subject to the corrective rights set forth above, all certificates, communications, opinions, determinations, calculations, quotations and decisions given, expressed, made or obtained for the purposes of the provisions relating to the payment and calculation of interest on the Debentures and distributions on the Capital Securities by the Trustee or the Institutional Trustee will (in the absence of willful default, bad faith and manifest error) be final, conclusive and binding on the Trust, the Company and all of the holders of the Debentures and the Capital Securities, and no liability shall (in the absence of willful default, bad faith or manifest error) attach to the Trustee or the Institutional Trustee in connection with the exercise or non-exercise by either of them or their respective powers, duties and discretion.

Section 2.11. Extension of Interest Payment Period . So long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Company shall have the right, from time to time, and without causing an Event of Default, to defer payments of interest on the Debentures by extending the interest payment period on the Debentures at any time and from time to time during the term of the Debentures, for up to 20 consecutive quarterly periods (each such extended interest payment period, an “ Extension Period ”), during which Extension Period no interest (including Additional Interest) shall be due and payable. No Extension Period may end on a date other than an Interest Payment Date. At the end of any such Extension Period the Company shall pay all interest then accrued and unpaid on the Debentures (together with Additional Interest thereon); provided , however , that no Extension Period may extend beyond the Maturity Date; provided further , however , that during any such Extension Period, the Company shall not and shall not permit any Affiliate to (i) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire, or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of the Company’s or such Affiliate’s capital stock (other than payments of dividends or distributions to the Company or payments of dividends from direct or indirect subsidiaries of the Company to their parent corporations, which also shall be direct or indirect subsidiaries of the Company) or make any guarantee payments with respect to the foregoing or (ii) make any payment of principal of or interest or premium, if any, on or repay, repurchase or redeem any debt securities of the Company or any Affiliate that rank pari passu in all respects with or junior in interest to the Debentures (other than, with respect to clauses (i) or (ii) above, (a) repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of shares of capital stock of the Company in connection with any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants, in connection with a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock purchase plan or in connection with the issuance of capital stock of the Company (or securities convertible into or exercisable for such capital stock) as consideration in an acquisition transaction entered into prior to the applicable Extension Period, (b) as a result of any exchange or conversion of any class or series of the Company’s capital stock (or any capital stock of a subsidiary of the Company) for any class or series of the Company’s capital stock or of any class or series of the Company’s indebtedness for any class or series of the Company’s capital stock, (c) the purchase of fractional interests in shares of the Company’s capital stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such capital stock or the security being converted or exchanged, (d) any declaration of a dividend in connection with any stockholder’s rights plan, or the issuance of rights, stock or other property under any stockholder’s rights plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto, (e) any dividend in the form of stock, warrants, options or other rights where the dividend stock or the stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants, options or other rights is the same stock as that on which the dividend is being paid or ranks pari passu with or junior to such stock and any cash payments in lieu of fractional shares issued in connection therewith, or (f) payments under the Capital Securities Guarantee). Prior to the termination of any Extension Period, the Company may further extend such period, provided that such period together with all such previous and further consecutive extensions thereof shall not exceed 20 consecutive quarterly periods, or extend beyond the Maturity Date. Upon the termination of any Extension Period and upon the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, the Company may commence a new Extension Period, subject to the foregoing requirements. No interest or Additional Interest shall be due and payable during an Extension Period, except at the end thereof, but each installment of interest that would otherwise have been due and payable

 

15


during such Extension Period shall bear Additional Interest to the extent permitted by applicable law. The Company must give the Trustee notice of its election to begin or extend such Extension Period at least 5 Business Days prior to the earlier of (i) the date interest on the Debentures would have been payable except for the election to begin such Extension Period or (ii) the date such interest is payable, but in any event not less than 5 Business Days prior to such record date. The Trustee shall give notice of the Company’s election to begin a new Extension Period to the Securityholders.

Section 2.12. CUSIP Numbers . The Company in issuing the Debentures may use ‘CUSIP’ numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Securityholders; provided , however , that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Debentures or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Debentures, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the CUSIP numbers.

ARTICLE III.

PARTICULAR COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

Section 3.1. Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest; Agreed Treatment of the Debentures .

(a) The Company covenants and agrees that it will duly pay or cause to be paid the principal of and premium, if any, and interest and any Additional Interest on the Debentures at the place, at the respective times and in the manner provided in this Indenture and the Debentures. Each installment of interest on the Debentures may be paid (i) by mailing checks for such interest payable to the order of the holder of Debentures entitled thereto as they appear on the registry books of the Company if a request for a wire transfer has not been received by the Company or (ii) by wire transfer to any account with a banking institution located in the United States designated in writing by such Person to the paying agent no later than the related record date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as the holder of this Debenture is the Institutional Trustee, the payment of the principal of and interest on this Debenture will be made in immediately available funds at such place and to such account as may be designated by the Institutional Trustee.

(b) Subject to applicable law, the Company will treat the Debentures as indebtedness, and the amounts payable in respect of the principal amount of such Debentures as interest, for all United States federal income tax purposes. All payments in respect of such Debentures will be made free and clear of United States withholding tax to any beneficial owner thereof that has provided an Internal Revenue Service Form W8 BEN (or any substitute or successor form) establishing its non-United States status for United States federal income tax purposes.

(c) As of the date of this Indenture, the Company has no present intention to exercise its right under Section 2.11 to defer payments of interest on the Debentures by commencing an Extension Period.

(d) As of the date of this Indenture, the Company believes that the likelihood that it would exercise its right under Section 2.11 to defer payments of interest on the Debentures by commencing an Extension Period at any time during which the Debentures are outstanding is remote because of the restrictions that would be imposed on the Company’s ability to declare or pay dividends or distributions on, or to redeem, purchase or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of its outstanding equity and on the Company’s ability to make any payments of principal of or interest on, or repurchase or redeem, any of its debt securities that rank pari passu in all respects with (or junior in interest to) the Debentures.

 

16


Section 3.2. Offices for Notices and Payments, etc . So long as any of the Debentures remain outstanding, the Company will maintain in Hartford, Connecticut, an office or agency where the Debentures may be presented for payment, an office or agency where the Debentures may be presented for registration of transfer and for exchange as in this Indenture provided and an office or agency where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Debentures or of this Indenture may be served. The Company will give to the Trustee written notice of the location of any such office or agency and of any change of location thereof. Until otherwise designated from time to time by the Company in a notice to the Trustee, or specified as contemplated by Section 2.5, such office or agency for all of the above purposes shall be the office or agency of the Trustee. In case the Company shall fail to maintain any such office or agency in Hartford, Connecticut, or shall fail to give such notice of the location or of any change in the location thereof, presentations and demands may be made and notices may be served at the principal corporate trust office of the Trustee.

In addition to any such office or agency, the Company may from time to time designate one or more offices or agencies outside Hartford, Connecticut, where the Debentures may be presented for registration of transfer and for exchange in the manner provided in this Indenture, and the Company may from time to time rescind such designation, as the Company may deem desirable or expedient; provided , however , that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain any such office or agency in Hartford, Connecticut, for the purposes above mentioned. The Company will give to the Trustee prompt written notice of any such designation or rescission thereof.

Section 3.3. Appointments to Fill Vacancies in Trustee’s Office . The Company, whenever necessary to avoid or fill a vacancy in the office of Trustee, will appoint, in the manner provided in Section 6.9, a Trustee, so that there shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder.

Section 3.4. Provision as to Paying Agent .

(a) If the Company shall appoint a paying agent other than the Trustee, it will cause such paying agent to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provision of this Section 3.4,

(1) that it will hold all sums held by it as such agent for the payment of the principal of and premium, if any, or interest, if any, on the Debentures (whether such sums have been paid to it by the Company or by any other obligor on the Debentures) in trust for the benefit of the holders of the Debentures;

(2) that it will give the Trustee prompt written notice of any failure by the Company (or by any other obligor on the Debentures) to make any payment of the principal of and premium, if any, or interest, if any, on the Debentures when the same shall be due and payable; and

(3) that it will, at any time during the continuance of any Event of Default, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held in trust by such paying agent.

(b) If the Company shall act as its own paying agent, it will, on or before each due date of the principal of and premium, if any, or interest, if any, on the Debentures, set aside, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the holders of the Debentures a sum sufficient to pay such principal, premium or interest so becoming due and will notify the Trustee in writing of any failure to take such action and of any failure by the Company (or by any other obligor under the Debentures) to make any payment of the principal of and premium, if any, or interest, if any, on the Debentures when the same shall become due and payable.

 

17


Whenever the Company shall have one or more paying agents for the Debentures, it will, on or prior to each due date of the principal of and premium, if any, or interest, if any, on the Debentures, deposit with a paying agent a sum sufficient to pay the principal, premium or interest so becoming due, such sum to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto and (unless such paying agent is the Trustee) the Company shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of its action or failure to act.

(c) Anything in this Section 3.4 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company may, at any time, for the purpose of obtaining a satisfaction and discharge with respect to the Debentures, or for any other reason, pay, or direct any paying agent to pay to the Trustee all sums held in trust by the Company or any such paying agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the trusts herein contained.

(d) Anything in this Section 3.4 to the contrary notwithstanding, the agreement to hold sums in trust as provided in this Section 3.4 is subject to Sections 12.3 and 12.4.

Section 3.5. Certificate to Trustee . The Company will deliver to the Trustee on or before 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, so long as Debentures are outstanding hereunder, a Certificate stating that in the course of the performance by the signers of their duties as officers of the Company they would normally have knowledge of any default during such fiscal year by the Company in the performance of any covenants contained herein, stating whether or not they have knowledge of any such default and, if so, specifying each such default of which the signers have knowledge and the nature and states thereof.

Section 3.6. Additional Sums . If and for so long as the Trust is the holder of all Debentures and the Trust is required to pay any additional taxes, duties, assessments or other governmental charges as a result of a Tax Event, the Company will pay such additional amounts (“ Additional Sums ”) on the Debentures as shall be required so that the net amounts received and retained by the Trust after paying taxes, duties, assessments or other governmental charges will be equal to the amounts the Trust would have received if no such taxes, duties, assessments or other governmental charges had been imposed. Whenever in this Indenture or the Debentures there is a reference in any context to the payment of principal of or interest on the Debentures, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of payments of the Additional Sums provided for in this paragraph to the extent that, in such context, Additional Sums are, were or would be payable in respect thereof pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph and express mention of the payment of Additional Sums (if applicable) in any provisions hereof shall not be construed as excluding Additional Sums in those provisions hereof where such express mention is not made; provided , however , that the deferral of the payment of interest during an Extension Period pursuant to Section 2.11 shall not defer the payment of any Additional Sums that may be due and payable.

Section 3.7. Compliance with Consolidation Provisions . The Company will not, while any of the Debentures remain outstanding, consolidate with, or merge into, or merge into itself, or sell or convey all or substantially all of its property to any other Person unless the provisions of Article XI hereof are complied with.

Section 3.8. Limitation on Dividends . If Debentures are initially issued to the Trust or a trustee of such trust in connection with the issuance of Trust Securities by the Trust (regardless of whether Debentures continue to be held by such Trust) and (i) there shall have occurred and be continuing any event that would constitute an Event of Default, (ii) the Company shall be in default with respect to its payment of any obligations under the Capital Securities Guarantee, or (iii) the Company shall have given notice of its election to defer payments of interest on the Debentures by extending the interest payment period as provided herein and such period, or any extension thereof, shall be continuing, then the Company shall not, and shall not allow any Affiliate of the Company to, (x) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire, or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of the Company’s capital stock or its Affiliates’ capital stock (other than payments of dividends or

 

18


distributions to the Company or payments of dividends from direct or indirect subsidiaries of the Company to their parent corporations, which also shall be direct or indirect subsidiaries of the Company) or make any guarantee payments with respect to the foregoing or (y) make any payment of principal of or interest or premium, if any, on or repay, repurchase or redeem any debt securities of the Company or any Affiliate that rank pari passu in all respects with or junior in interest to the Debentures (other than, with respect to clauses (x) and (y) above, (1) repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of shares of capital stock of the Company in connection with any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants, in connection with a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock purchase plan or in connection with the issuance of capital stock of the Company (or securities convertible into or exercisable for such capital stock) as consideration in an acquisition transaction entered into prior to the applicable Extension Period, if any, (2) as a result of any exchange or conversion of any class or series of the Company’s capital stock (or any capital stock of a subsidiary of the Company) for any class or series of the Company’s capital stock or of any class or series of the Company’s indebtedness for any class or series of the Company’s capital stock, (3) the purchase of fractional interests in shares of the Company’s capital stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such capital stock or the security being converted or exchanged, (4) any declaration of a dividend in connection with any stockholder’s rights plan, or the issuance of rights, stock or other property under any stockholder’s rights plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto, (5) any dividend in the form of stock, warrants, options or other rights where the dividend stock or the stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants, options or other rights is the same stock as that on which the dividend is being paid or ranks pari passu with or junior to such stock and any cash payments in lieu of fractional shares issued in connection therewith, or (6) payments under the Capital Securities Guarantee).

Section 3.9. Covenants as to the Trust . For so long as the Trust Securities remain outstanding, the Company shall maintain 100% ownership of the Common Securities; provided , however , that any permitted successor of the Company under this Indenture may succeed to the Company’s ownership of such Common Securities. The Company, as owner of the Common Securities, shall, except in connection with a distribution of Debentures to the holders of Trust Securities in liquidation of the Trust the redemption of all of the Trust Securities or certain mergers, consolidations or amalgamations, each as permitted by the Declaration, cause the Trust (a) to remain a statutory trust, (b) to otherwise continue to be classified as a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes and (c) to cause each holder of Trust Securities to be treated as owning an undivided beneficial interest in the Debentures.

Section 3.10. Additional Junior Indebtedness . The Company shall not, and it shall not cause or permit any Affiliate of the Company to incur, issue or be obligated on any Additional Junior Indebtedness, either directly or indirectly, by way of guarantee, suretyship or otherwise, other than: (i) Additional Junior Indebtedness that, by its terms, is expressly stated to be either junior and subordinate or pari passu in all respects to the Debentures, and (ii) Additional Junior Indebtedness of which the Company has notified (and, if then required under the applicable guidelines of the regulating entity, has received approval from) the Federal Reserve, if the Company is a bank holding company, or the OTS, if the Company is a savings and loan holding company.

 

19


ARTICLE IV.

SECURITYHOLDERS’ LISTS AND REPORTS

BY THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE

Section 4.1. Securityholders ’ Lists . The Company covenants and agrees that it will furnish or caused to be furnished to the Trustee:

(a) on each regular record date for the Debentures, a list, in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Securityholders of the Debentures as of such record date; and

(b) at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, within 30 days after the receipt by the Company of any such request, a list of similar form and content as of a date not more than 15 days prior to the time such list is furnished;

except that no such lists need be furnished under this Section 4.1 so long as the Trustee is in possession thereof by reason of its acting as Debenture registrar.

Section 4.2. Preservation and Disclosure of Lists .

(a) The Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably practicable, all information as to the names and addresses of the holders of Debentures (1) contained in the most recent list furnished to it as provided in Section 4.1 or (2) received by it in the capacity of Debentures registrar (if so acting) hereunder. The Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided in Section 4.1 upon receipt of a new list so furnished.

(b) In case three or more holders of Debentures (hereinafter referred to as “applicants”) apply in writing to the Trustee and furnish to the Trustee reasonable proof that each such applicant has owned a Debenture for a period of at least 6 months preceding the date of such application, and such application states that the applicants desire to communicate with other holders of Debentures with respect to their rights under this Indenture or under such Debentures and is accompanied by a copy of the form of proxy or other communication which such applicants propose to transmit, then the Trustee shall within 5 Business Days after the receipt of such application, at its election, either:

(1) afford such applicants access to the information preserved at the time by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of subsection (a) of this Section 4.2, or

(2) inform such applicants as to the approximate number of holders of Debentures whose names and addresses appear in the information preserved at the time by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of subsection (a) of this Section 4.2, and as to the approximate cost of mailing to such Securityholders the form of proxy or other communication, if any, specified in such application.

If the Trustee shall elect not to afford such applicants access to such information, the Trustee shall, upon the written request of such applicants, mail to each Securityholder whose name and address appear in the information preserved at the time by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of subsection (a) of this Section 4.2 a copy of the form of proxy or other communication which is specified in such request with reasonable promptness after a tender to the Trustee of the material to be mailed and of payment, or provision for the payment, of the reasonable expenses of mailing, unless within five days after such tender, the Trustee shall mail to such applicants and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, if permitted or required by applicable law, together with a copy of the material to be mailed, a written statement to the effect that, in the opinion of the Trustee, such mailing would be contrary to the best interests of the holders of all Debentures, as the case may be, or would be in violation of applicable law. Such written statement shall specify the basis of such opinion. If said Commission, as permitted or required by applicable law, after opportunity for a hearing upon the objections specified in the written statement so filed, shall enter an order refusing to sustain any of such objections or if, after the entry of an order sustaining one or more of such objections, said Commission shall find, after notice and opportunity for hearing, that all the objections so sustained have been met and shall enter an order so declaring, the Trustee shall mail copies of such material to all such Securityholders with reasonable promptness after the entry of such order and the renewal of such tender; otherwise the Trustee shall be relieved of any obligation or duty to such applicants respecting their application.

 

20


(c) Each and every holder of Debentures, by receiving and holding the same, agrees with Company and the Trustee that neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any paying agent shall be held accountable by reason of the disclosure of any such information as to the names and addresses of the holders of Debentures in accordance with the provisions of subsection (b) of this Section 4.2, regardless of the source from which such information was derived, and that the Trustee shall not be held accountable by reason of mailing any material pursuant to a request made under said subsection (b).

ARTICLE V.

REMEDIES OF THE TRUSTEE AND SECURITYHOLDERS

UPON AN EVENT OF DEFAULT

Section 5.1. Events of Default . “ Event of Default ,” wherever used herein, means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):

(a) the Company defaults in the payment of any interest upon any Debenture when it becomes due and payable, and fails to cure such default for a period of 30 days; provided , however , that a valid extension of an interest payment period by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Indenture shall not constitute a default in the payment of interest for this purpose; or

(b) the Company defaults in the payment of all or any part of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Debentures as and when the same shall become due and payable either at maturity, upon redemption, by declaration of acceleration or otherwise; or

(c) the Company defaults in the performance of, or breaches, any of its covenants or agreements in this Indenture or in the terms of the Debentures established as contemplated in this Indenture (other than a covenant or agreement a default in whose performance or whose breach is elsewhere in this Section specifically dealt with), and continuance of such default or breach for a period of 60 days after there has been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Debentures, a written notice specifying such default or breach and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” hereunder; or

(d) a court of competent jurisdiction shall enter a decree or order for relief in respect of the Company in an involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator (or similar official) of the Company or for any substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding-up or liquidation of its affairs and such decree or order shall remain unstayed and in effect for a period of 90 consecutive days; or

(e) the Company shall commence a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, shall consent to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, or shall consent to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator (or other similar official) of the Company or of any substantial part of its property, or shall make any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall fail generally to pay its debts as they become due; or

 

21


(f) the Trust shall have voluntarily or involuntarily liquidated, dissolved, wound-up its business or otherwise terminated its existence except in connection with (i) the distribution of the Debentures to holders of such Trust Securities in liquidation of their interests in the Trust, (ii) the redemption of all of the outstanding Trust Securities or (iii) certain mergers, consolidations or amalgamations, each as permitted by the Declaration.

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing with respect to the Debentures, then, and in each and every such case, unless the principal of the Debentures shall have already become due and payable, either the Trustee or the holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures then outstanding hereunder, by notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by Securityholders), may declare the entire principal of the Debentures and the interest accrued thereon, if any, to be due and payable immediately, and upon any such declaration the same shall become immediately due and payable.

The foregoing provisions, however, are subject to the condition that if, at any time after the principal of the Debentures shall have been so declared due and payable, and before any judgment or decree for the payment of the moneys due shall have been obtained or entered as hereinafter provided, the Company shall pay or shall deposit with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay all matured installments of interest upon all the Debentures and the principal of and premium, if any, on the Debentures which shall have become due otherwise than by acceleration (with interest upon such principal and premium, if any, and Additional Interest) and such amount as shall be sufficient to cover reasonable compensation to the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee, their respective agents, attorneys and counsel, and all other amounts due to the Trustee pursuant to Section 6.6, and if any and all Events of Default under this Indenture, other than the non-payment of the principal of or premium, if any, on Debentures which shall have become due by acceleration, shall have been cured, waived or otherwise remedied as provided herein - then and in every such case the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures then outstanding, by written notice to the Company and to the Trustee, may waive all defaults and rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences, but no such waiver or rescission and annulment shall extend to or shall affect any subsequent default or shall impair any right consequent thereon.

In case the Trustee shall have proceeded to enforce any right under this Indenture and such proceedings shall have been discontinued or abandoned because of such rescission or annulment or for any other reason or shall have been determined adversely to the Trustee, then and in every such case the Company, the Trustee and the holders of the Debentures shall be restored respectively to their several positions and rights hereunder, and all rights, remedies and powers of the Company, the Trustee and the holders of the Debentures shall continue as though no such proceeding had been taken.

Section 5.2. Payment of Debentures on Default; Suit Therefor . The Company covenants that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default pursuant to Section 5.1(a) or Section 5.1(b) then, upon demand of the Trustee, the Company will pay to the Trustee, for the benefit of the holders of the Debentures the whole amount that then shall have become due and payable on all Debentures for principal and premium, if any, or interest, or both, as the case may be, with Additional Interest accrued on the Debentures (to the extent that payment of such interest is enforceable under applicable law and, if the Debentures are held by the Trust or a trustee of such Trust, without duplication of any other amounts paid by the Trust or a trustee in respect thereof); and, in addition thereto, such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including a reasonable compensation to the Trustee, its agents, attorneys and counsel, and any other amounts due to the Trustee under Section 6.6. In case the Company shall fail forthwith to pay such amounts upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, shall be entitled and empowered to institute any actions or proceedings at law or in equity for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, and may prosecute any

 

22


such action or proceeding to judgment or final decree, and may enforce any such judgment or final decree against the Company or any other obligor on such Debentures and collect in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Company or any other obligor on such Debentures wherever situated the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable,

In case there shall be pending proceedings for the bankruptcy or for the reorganization of the Company or any other obligor on the Debentures under Bankruptcy Law, or in case a receiver or trustee shall have been appointed for the property of the Company or such other obligor, or in the case of any other similar judicial proceedings relative to the Company or other obligor upon the Debentures, or to the creditors or property of the Company or such other obligor, the Trustee, irrespective of whether the principal of the Debentures shall then be due and payable as therein expressed or by declaration of acceleration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Trustee shall have made any demand pursuant to the provisions of this Section 5.2, shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceedings or otherwise,

 

  (i) to file and prove a claim or claims for the whole amount of principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Debentures and, in case of any judicial proceedings,

 

  (ii) to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for reasonable compensation to the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee, and their respective agents, attorneys and counsel, and for reimbursement of all other amounts due to the Trustee under Section 6.6), and of the Securityholders allowed in such judicial proceedings relative to the Company or any other obligor on the Debentures, or to the creditors or property of the Company or such other obligor, unless prohibited by applicable law and regulations, to vote on behalf of the holders of the Debentures in any election of a trustee or a standby trustee in arrangement, reorganization, liquidation or other bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings or Person performing similar functions in comparable proceedings,

 

  (iii) to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims, and

 

  (iv) to distribute the same after the deduction of its charges and expenses.

Any receiver, assignee or trustee in bankruptcy or reorganization is hereby authorized by each of the Securityholders to make such payments to the Trustee, and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Securityholders, to pay to the Trustee such amounts as shall be sufficient to cover reasonable compensation to the Trustee, each predecessor Trustee and their respective agents, attorneys and counsel, and all other amounts due to the Trustee under Section 6.6.

Nothing herein contained shall be construed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Securityholder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Debentures or the rights of any holder thereof or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Securityholder in any such proceeding.

All rights of action and of asserting claims under this Indenture, or under any of the Debentures, may be enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Debentures, or the production thereof at any trial or other proceeding relative thereto, and any such suit or proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall be for the ratable benefit of the holders of the Debentures.

 

23


In any proceedings brought by the Trustee (and also any proceedings involving the interpretation of any provision of this Indenture to which the Trustee shall be a party), the Trustee shall be held to represent all the holders of the Debentures, and it shall not be necessary to make any holders of the Debentures parties to any such proceedings.

Section 5.3. Application of Moneys Collected by Trustee . Any moneys collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article V shall be applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee for the distribution of such moneys, upon presentation of the several Debentures in respect of which moneys have been collected, and stamping thereon the payment, if only partially paid, and upon surrender thereof if fully paid:

First: To the payment of costs and expenses incurred by, and reasonable fees of, the Trustee, its agents, attorneys and counsel, and of all other amounts due to the Trustee under Section 6.6;

Second: To the payment of all Senior Indebtedness of the Company if and to the extent required by Article XV;

Third: To the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid upon Debentures for principal (and premium, if any), and interest on the Debentures, in respect of which or for the benefit of which money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due on such Debentures for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, respectively; and

Fourth: The balance, if any, to the Company.

Section 5.4. Proceedings by Securityholders . No holder of any Debenture shall have any right to institute any suit, action or proceeding for any remedy hereunder, unless such holder previously shall have given to the Trustee written notice of an Event of Default with respect to the Debentures and unless the holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures then outstanding shall have given the Trustee a written request to institute such action, suit or proceeding and shall have offered to the Trustee such reasonable indemnity as it may require against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred thereby, and the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity shall have failed to institute any such action, suit or proceeding; provided , however , that no holder of Debentures shall have any right to prejudice the rights of any other holder of Debentures, obtain priority or preference over any other such holder or enforce any right under this Indenture except in the manner herein provided and for the equal, ratable and common benefit of all holders of Debentures.

Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Indenture, however, the right of any holder of any Debenture to receive payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest, on such Debenture when due, or to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such holder and by accepting a Debenture hereunder it is expressly understood, intended and covenanted by the taker and holder of every Debenture with every other such taker and holder and the Trustee, that no one or more holders of Debentures shall have any right in any manner whatsoever by virtue or by availing itself of any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of the holders of any other Debentures, or to obtain or seek to obtain priority over or preference to any other such holder, or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal, ratable and common benefit of all holders of Debentures. For the protection and enforcement of the provisions of this Section, each and every Securityholder and the Trustee shall be entitled to such relief as can be given either at law or in equity.

 

24


Section 5.5. Proceedings by Trustee . In case of an Event of Default hereunder the Trustee may in its discretion proceed to protect and enforce the rights vested in it by this Indenture by such appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any of such rights, either by suit in equity or by action at law or by proceeding in bankruptcy or otherwise, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement contained in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted in this Indenture, or to enforce any other legal or equitable right vested in the Trustee by this Indenture or by law.

Section 5.6. Remedies Cumulative and Continuing; Delay or Omission Not a Waiver . Except as otherwise provided in Section 2.6, all powers and remedies given by this Article V to the Trustee or to the Securityholders shall, to the extent permitted by law, be deemed cumulative and not exclusive of any other powers and remedies available to the Trustee or the holders of the Debentures, by judicial proceedings or otherwise, to enforce the performance or observance of the covenants and agreements contained in this Indenture or otherwise established with respect to the Debentures, and no delay or omission of the Trustee or of any holder of any of the Debentures to exercise any right or power accruing upon any Event of Default occurring and continuing as aforesaid shall impair any such right or power, or shall be construed to be a waiver of any such default or an acquiescence therein; and, subject to the provisions of Section 5.4, every power and remedy given by this Article V or by law to the Trustee or to the Securityholders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as shall be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Securityholders.

Section 5.7. Direction of Proceedings and Waiver of Defaults by Majority of Securityholders . The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures affected (voting as one class) at the time outstanding shall have the right to direct the time, method, and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee with respect to such Debentures; provided , however , that (subject to the provisions of Section 6.1) the Trustee shall have the right to decline to follow any such direction if the Trustee shall determine that the action so directed would be unjustly prejudicial to the holders not taking part in such direction or if the Trustee being advised by counsel determines that the action or proceeding so directed may not lawfully be taken or if a Responsible Officer of the Trustee shall determine that the action or proceedings so directed would involve the Trustee in personal liability.

The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures at the time outstanding may on behalf of the holders of all of the Debentures waive (or modify any previously granted waiver of) any past default or Event of Default, and its consequences, except a default (a) in the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any of the Debentures, (b) in respect of covenants or provisions hereof which cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the holder of each Debenture affected, or (c) in respect of the covenants contained in Section 3.9; provided , however , that if the Debentures are held by the Trust or a trustee of such trust, such waiver or modification to such waiver shall not be effective until the holders of a majority in Liquidation Amount of Trust Securities of the Trust shall have consented to such waiver or modification to such waiver, provided , further , that if the consent of the holder of each outstanding Debenture is required, such waiver shall not be effective until each holder of the Trust Securities of the Trust shall have consented to such waiver. Upon any such waiver, the default covered thereby shall be deemed to be cured for all purposes of this Indenture and the Company, the Trustee and the holders of the Debentures shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder, respectively; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon. Whenever any default or Event of Default hereunder shall have been waived as permitted by this Section, said default or Event of Default shall for all purposes of the Debentures and this Indenture be deemed to have been cured and to be not continuing.

Section 5.8. Notice of Defaults . The Trustee shall, within 90 days after the actual knowledge by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee of the occurrence of a default with respect to the Debentures, mail to all Securityholders, as the names and addresses of such holders appear upon the Debenture Register,

 

25


notice of all defaults with respect to the Debentures known to the Trustee, unless such defaults shall have been cured before the giving of such notice (the term “defaults” for the purpose of this Section 5.8 being hereby defined to be the events specified in clauses (a), (b), (c), (d), (e) and (f) of Section 5.1, not including periods of grace, if any, provided for therein); provided , however , that, except in the case of default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any of the Debentures, the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as a Responsible Officer of the Trustee in good faith determines that the withholding of such notice is in the interests of the Securityholders.

Section 5.9. Undertaking to Pay Costs . All parties to this Indenture agree, and each holder of any Debenture by his acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may in its discretion require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant; provided , however , that the provisions of this Section 5.9 shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Trustee, to any suit instituted by any Securityholder, or group of Securityholders, holding in the aggregate more than 10% in principal amount of the Debentures outstanding, or to any suit instituted by any Securityholder for the enforcement of the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Debenture against the Company on or after the same shall have become due and payable.

ARTICLE VI.

CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE

Section 6.1. Duties and Responsibilities of Trustee . With respect to the holders of Debentures issued hereunder, the Trustee, prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default with respect to the Debentures and after the curing or waiving of all Events of Default which may have occurred, with respect to the Debentures, undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied covenants shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee. In case an Event of Default with respect to the Debentures has occurred (which has not been cured or waived), the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent man would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs.

No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(a) prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default with respect to Debentures and after the curing or waiving of all Events of Default which may have occurred

(1) the duties and obligations of the Trustee with respect to Debentures shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture, and the Trustee shall not be liable except for the performance of such duties and obligations with respect to the Debentures as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee, and

(2) in the absence of bad faith on the part of the Trustee, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon any certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; but, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture;

 

26


(b) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer or Officers of the Trustee, unless it shall be proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

(c) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith, in accordance with the direction of the Securityholders pursuant to Section 5.7, relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee, under this Indenture.

None of the provisions contained in this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur personal financial liability in the performance of any of its duties or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if there is ground for believing that the repayment of such funds or liability is not assured to it under the terms of this Indenture or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against such risk is not reasonably assured to it.

Section 6.2. Reliance on Documents, Opinions, etc . Except as otherwise provided in Section 6.1:

(a) the Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, bond, note, debenture or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;

(b) any request, direction, order or demand of the Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed); and any Board Resolution may be evidenced to the Trustee by a copy thereof certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company;

(c) the Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and any advice or Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with such advice or Opinion of Counsel;

(d) the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request, order or direction of any of the Securityholders, pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, unless such Securityholders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities which may be incurred therein or thereby;

(e) the Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted by it in good faith and believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture; nothing contained herein shall, however, relieve the Trustee of the obligation, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default with respect to the Debentures (that has not been cured or waived) to exercise with respect to Debentures such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and to use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent man would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs;

(f) the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, bond, debenture, coupon or other paper or document, unless requested in writing to do so by the holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Debentures affected thereby;

 

27


provided , however , that if the payment within a reasonable time to the Trustee of the costs, expenses or liabilities likely to be incurred by it in the making of such investigation is, in the opinion of the Trustee, not reasonably assured to the Trustee by the security afforded to it by the terms of this Indenture, the Trustee may require reasonable indemnity against such expense or liability as a condition to so proceeding;

(g) the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents (including any Authenticating Agent) or attorneys, and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any such agent or attorney appointed by it with due care; and

(h) with the exceptions of defaults under Sections 5.1(a) or 5.1(b), the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any Default or Event of Default with respect to the Debentures unless a written notice of such Default or Event of Default shall have been given to the Trustee by the Company or any other obligor on the Debentures or by any holder of the Debentures.

Section 6.3. No Responsibility for Recitals, etc . The recitals contained herein and in the Debentures (except in the certificate of authentication of the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent) shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and the Trustee and the Authenticating Agent assume no responsibility for the correctness of the same. The Trustee and the Authenticating Agent make no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Debentures. The Trustee and the Authenticating Agent shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Company of any Debentures or the proceeds of any Debentures authenticated and delivered by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture.

Section 6.4. Trustee, Authenticating Agent, Paying Agents, Transfer Agents or Registrar May Own Debentures . The Trustee or any Authenticating Agent or any paying agent or any transfer agent or any Debenture registrar, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Debentures with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee, Authenticating Agent, paying agent, transfer agent or Debenture registrar.

Section 6.5. Moneys to be Held in Trust . Subject to the provisions of Section 12.4, all moneys received by the Trustee or any paying agent shall, until used or applied as herein provided, be held in trust for the purpose for which they were received, but need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. The Trustee and any paying agent shall be under no liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder except as otherwise agreed in writing with the Company, So long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, all interest allowed on any such moneys shall be paid from time to time upon the written order of the Company, signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President, a Managing Director, a Vice President the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the Company.

Section 6.6. Compensation and Expenses of Trustee . The Company covenants and agrees to pay to the Trustee from time to time, and the Trustee shall be entitled to, such compensation as shall be agreed to in writing between the Company and the Trustee (which shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust), and the Company will pay or reimburse the Trustee upon its request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with any of the provisions of this Indenture (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its counsel and of all Persons not regularly in its employ) except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may arise from its negligence or willful misconduct. The Company also covenants to indemnify each of the Trustee or any predecessor Trustee (and its officers, agents, directors and employees) for, and to hold it harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claim, liability or expense including taxes (other than taxes based on the income of the Trustee)

 

28


incurred without negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Trustee and arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust, including the costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim of liability. The obligations of the Company under this Section 6.6 to compensate and indemnify the Trustee and to pay or reimburse the Trustee for expenses, disbursements and advances shall constitute additional indebtedness hereunder. Such additional indebtedness shall be secured by a lien prior to that of the Debentures upon all property and funds held or collected by the Trustee as such, except funds held in trust for the benefit of the holders of particular Debentures.

Without prejudice to any other rights available to the Trustee under applicable law, when the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services in connection with an Event of Default specified in Section 5.1(d), Section 5.1(e) or Section 5.1(f), the expenses (including the reasonable charges and expenses of its course 1) and the compensation for the services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law.

The provisions of this Section shall survive the resignation or removal of the Trustee and the defeasance or other termination of this Indenture.

Notwithstanding anything in this Indenture or any Debenture to the contrary, the Trustee shall have no obligation whatsoever to advance funds to pay any principal of or interest on or other amounts with respect to the Debentures or otherwise advance funds to or on behalf of the Company.

Section 6.7. Officers’ Certificate as Evidence . Except as otherwise provided in Sections 6.1 and 6.2, whenever in the administration of the provisions of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it necessary or desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking or omitting any action hereunder, such matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Trustee, be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee, and such certificate, in the absence of negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Trustee, shall be full warrant to the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it under the provisions of this Indenture upon the faith thereof.

Section 6.8. Eligibility of Trustee . The Trustee hereunder shall at all times be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or any state or territory thereof or of the District of Columbia or a corporation or other Person authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, having (or whose obligations under this Indenture are guaranteed by an affiliate having) a combined capital and surplus of at least 50 million U.S. dollars ($50,000,000.00) and subject to supervision or examination by federal, state, territorial, or District of Columbia authority. If such corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of the aforesaid supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section 6.8 the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent records of condition so published.

The Company may not, nor may any Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the Company, serve as Trustee.

In case at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.8, the Trustee shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in Section 6.9.

If the Trustee has or shall acquire any “conflicting interest” within the meaning of §310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act, the Trustee shall either eliminate such interest or resign, to the extent and in the manner described by this Indenture.

 

29


Section 6.9. Resignation or Removal of Trustee

(a) The Trustee, or any trustee or trustees hereafter appointed, may at any time resign by giving written notice of such resignation to the Company and by mailing notice thereof, at the Company’s expense, to the holders of the Debentures at their addresses as they shall appear on the Debenture Register. Upon receiving such notice of resignation, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor trustee or trustees by written instrument, in duplicate, executed by order of its Board of Directors, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the resigning Trustee and one copy to the successor Trustee. If no successor Trustee shall have been so appointed and have accepted appointment within 30 days after the mailing of such notice of resignation to the affected Securityholders, the resigning Trustee may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee, or any Securityholder who has been a bona fide holder of a Debenture or Debentures for at least six months may, subject to the provisions of Section 5.9, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any such court for the appointment of a successor Trustee. Such court may thereupon, after such notice, if any, as it may deem proper and prescribe, appoint a successor Trustee.

(b) In case at any time any of the following shall occur —

(1) the Trustee shall fail to comply with the provisions of Section 6.8 after written request therefor by the Company or by any Securityholder who has been a bona fide holder of a Debenture or Debentures for at least 6 months, or

(2) the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.8 and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Company or by any such Securityholder, or

(3) the Trustee shall become incapable of acting, or shall be adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or a receiver of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed, or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation,

then, in any such case, the Company may remove the Trustee and appoint a successor Trustee by written instrument, in duplicate, executed by order of the Board of Directors, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the Trustee so removed and one copy to the successor Trustee, or, subject to the provisions of Section 5.9, any Securityholder who has been a bona fide holder of a Debenture or Debentures for at least 6 months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. Such court may thereupon, after such notice, if any, as it may deem proper and prescribe, remove the Trustee and appoint successor Trustee.

(c) Upon prior written notice to the Company and the Trustee, the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures at the time outstanding may at any time remove the Trustee and nominate a successor Trustee, which shall be deemed appointed as successor Trustee unless within 10 Business Days after such nomination the Company objects thereto, in which case, or in the case of a failure by such holders to nominate a successor Trustee, the Trustee so removed or any Securityholder, upon the terms and conditions and otherwise as in subsection (a) of this Section 6.9 provided, may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for an appointment of a successor.

(d) Any resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to any of the provisions of this Section shall become effective upon acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee as provided in Section 6.10.

 

30


Section 6.10. Acceptance by Successor Trustee . Any successor Trustee appointed as provided in Section 6.9 shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company and to its predecessor Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment hereunder, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective and such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, duties and obligations with respect to the Debentures of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as Trustee herein; but, nevertheless, on the written request of the Company or of the successor Trustee, the Trustee ceasing to act shall, upon payment of any amounts then due it pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.6, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor Trustee all the rights and powers of the Trustee so ceasing to act and shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee thereunder. Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the Company shall execute any and all instruments in writing for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee all such rights and powers. Any Trustee ceasing to act shall, nevertheless, retain a lien upon all property or funds held or collected by such Trustee to secure any amounts then due it pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.6.

If a successor Trustee is appointed, the Company, the retiring Trustee and the successor Trustee shall execute and deliver an indenture supplemental hereto which shall contain such provisions as shall be deemed necessary or desirable to confirm that all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Debentures as to which the predecessor Trustee is not retiring shall continue to be vested in the predecessor Trustee, and shall add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the Trust hereunder by more than one Trustee, it being understood that nothing herein or in such supplemental indenture shall constitute such Trustees co-trustees of the same trust and that each such Trustee shall be Trustee of a trust or trusts hereunder separate and apart from any trust or trusts hereunder administered by any other such Trustee.

No successor Trustee shall accept appointment as provided in this Section unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be eligible under the provisions of Section 6.8.

In no event shall a retiring Trustee be liable for the acts or omissions of any successor Trustee hereunder.

Upon acceptance of appointment by a successor Trustee as provided in this Section 6.10, the Company shall mail notice of the succession of such Trustee hereunder to the holders of Debentures at their addresses as they shall appear on the Debenture Register. If the Company fails to mail such notice within 10 Business Days after the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee, the successor Trustee shall cause such notice to be mailed at the expense of the Company.

Section 6.11. Succession by Merger, etc . Any corporation into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto; provided such corporation shall be otherwise eligible and qualified under this Article,

In case at the time such successor to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture any of the Debentures shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor Trustee, and deliver such Debentures so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Debentures shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Debentures either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor Trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the Debentures or in this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Trustee shall have; provided , however , that the right to adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor Trustee or authenticate Debentures in the name of any predecessor Trustee shall apply only to its successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation.

 

31


Section 6.12. Authenticating Agents . There may be one or more Authenticating Agents appointed by the Trustee upon the request of the Company with power to act on its behalf and subject to its direction in the authentication and delivery of Debentures issued upon exchange or registration of transfer thereof as fully to all intents and purposes as though any such Authenticating Agent had been expressly authorized to authenticate and deliver Debentures; provided , however , that the Trustee shall have no liability to the Company for any acts or omissions of the Authenticating Agent with respect to the authentication and delivery of Debentures. Any such Authenticating Agent shall at all times be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States or of any state or territory thereof or of the District of Columbia authorized under such laws to act as Authenticating Agent, having a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000.00 and being subject to supervision or examination by federal, state, territorial or District of Columbia authority. If such corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually pursuant to law or the requirements of such authority, then for the purposes of this Section 6.12 the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time an Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect herein specified in this Section.

Any corporation into which any Authenticating Agent may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, consolidation or conversion to which any Authenticating Agent shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of any Authenticating Agent, shall be the successor of such Authenticating Agent hereunder, if such successor corporation is otherwise eligible under this Section 6.12 without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the parties hereto or such Authenticating Agent.

Any Authenticating Agent may at any time resign by giving written notice of resignation to the Trustee and to the Company. The Trustee may at any time terminate the agency of any Authenticating Agent with respect to the Debentures by giving written notice of termination to such Authenticating Agent and to the Company. Upon receiving such a notice of resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time any Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible under this Section 6.12, the Trustee may, and upon the request of the Company shall, promptly appoint a successor Authenticating Agent eligible under this Section 6.12, shall give written notice of such appointment to the Company and shall mail notice of such appointment to all holders of Debentures as the names and addresses of such holders appear on the Debenture Register. Any successor Authenticating Agent upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder shall become vested with all rights, powers, duties and responsibilities with respect to the Debentures of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as Authenticating Agent herein.

The Company agrees to pay to any Authenticating Agent from time to time reasonable compensation for its services. Any Authenticating Agent shall have no responsibility or liability for any action taken by it as such in accordance with the directions of the Trustee.

ARTICLE VII.

CONCERNING THE SECURITYHOLDERS

Section 7.1. Action by Securityholders . Whenever in this Indenture it is provided that the holders of a specified percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures may take any action (including the making of any demand or request, the giving of any notice, consent or waiver or the taking

 

32


of any other action) the fact that at the time of taking any such action the holders of such specified percentage have joined therein may be evidenced (a) by any instrument or any number of instruments of similar tenor executed by such Securityholders in person or by agent or proxy appointed in writing, or (b) by the record of such holders of Debentures voting in favor thereof at any meeting of such Securityholders duly called and held in accordance with the provisions of Article VIII, or (c) by a combination of such instrument or instruments and any such record of such a meeting of such Securityholders or (d) by any other method the Trustee deems satisfactory.

If the Company shall solicit from the Securityholders any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action or revocation of the same, the Company may, at its option, as evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate, fix in advance a record date for such Debentures for the determination of Securityholders entitled to give such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action or revocation of the same, but the Company shall have no obligation to do so. If such a record date is fixed, such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action or revocation of the same may be given before or after the record date, but only the Securityholders of record at the close of business on the record date shall be deemed to be Securityholders for the purposes of determining whether Securityholders of the requisite proportion of outstanding Debentures have authorized or agreed or consented to such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action or revocation of the same, and for that purpose the outstanding Debentures shall be computed as of the record date; provided , however , that no such authorization, agreement or consent by such Securityholders on the record date shall be deemed effective unless it shall become effective pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture not later than 6 months after the record date.

Section 7.2. Proof of Execution by Securityholders . Subject to the provisions of Section 6.1, 6.2 and 8.5, proof of the execution of any instrument by a Securityholder or his agent or proxy shall be sufficient if made in accordance with such reasonable rules and regulations as may be prescribed by the Trustee or in such manner as shall be satisfactory to the Trustee. The ownership of Debentures shall be proved by the Debenture Register or by a certificate of the Debenture registrar. The Trustee may require such additional proof of any matter referred to in this Section as it shall deem necessary.

The record of any Securityholders’ meeting shall be proved in the manner provided in Section 8.6.

Section 7.3. Who Are Deemed Absolute Owners . Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer of any Debenture, the Company, the Trustee, any Authenticating Agent, any paying agent, any transfer agent and any Debenture registrar may deem the Person in whose name such Debenture shall be registered upon the Debenture Register to be, and may treat him as, the absolute owner of such Debenture (whether or not such Debenture shall be overdue) for the purpose of receiving payment of or on account of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Debenture and for all other purposes; and neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent nor any paying agent nor any transfer agent nor any Debenture registrar shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. All such payments so made to any holder for the time being or upon his order shall be valid, and, to the extent of the sum or sums so paid, effectual to satisfy and discharge the liability for moneys payable upon any such Debenture.

Section 7.4. Debentures Owned by Company Deemed Not Outstanding . In determining whether the holders of the requisite aggregate principal amount of Debentures have concurred in any direction, consent or waiver under this Indenture, Debentures which are owned by the Company or any other obligor on the Debentures or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company or any other obligor on the Debentures shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding for the purpose of any such determination; provided ,

 

33


however , that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, consent or waiver, only Debentures which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Debentures so owned which have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as outstanding for the purposes of this Section 7.4 if the pledgee shall establish to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right to vote such Debentures and that the pledgee is not the Company or any such other obligor or Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company or any such other obligor. In the case of a dispute as to such right, any decision by the Trustee taken upon the advice of counsel shall be full protection to the Trustee.

Section 7.5. Revocation of Consents; Future Holders Bound . At any time prior to (but not after) the evidencing to the Trustee, as provided in Section 7.1, of the taking of any action by the holders of the percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures specified in this Indenture in connection with such action, any holder (in cases where no record date has been set pursuant to Section 7.1) or any holder as of an applicable record date (in cases where a record date has been set pursuant to Section 7.1) of a Debenture (or any Debenture issued in whole or in part in exchange or substitution therefor) the serial number of which is shown by the evidence to be included in the Debentures the holders of which have consented to such action may, by filing written notice with the Trustee at the Principal Office of the Trustee and upon proof of holding as provided in Section 7.2, revoke such action so far as concerns such Debenture (or so far as concerns the principal amount represented by any exchanged or substituted Debenture). Except as aforesaid any such action taken by the holder of any Debenture shall be conclusive and binding upon such holder and upon all future holders and owners of such Debenture, and of any Debenture issued in exchange or substitution therefor or on registration of transfer thereof, irrespective of whether or not any notation in regard thereto is made upon such Debenture or any Debenture issued in exchange or substitution therefor.

ARTICLE VIII.

SECURITYHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Section 8.1. Purposes of Meetings . A meeting of Securityholders may be called at any time and from time to time pursuant to the provisions of this Article VIII for any of the following purposes:

(a) to give any notice to the Company or to the Trustee, or to give any directions to the Trustee, or to consent to the waiving of any default hereunder and its consequences, or to take any other action authorized to be taken by Securityholders pursuant to any of the provisions of Article V;

(b) to remove the Trustee and nominate a successor trustee pursuant to the provisions of Article VI;

(c) to consent to the execution of an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto pursuant to the provisions of Section 9.2; or

(d) to take any other action authorized to be taken by or on behalf of the holders of any specified aggregate principal amount of such Debentures under any other provision of this Indenture or under applicable law.

Section 8.2. Call of Meetings by Trustee . The Trustee may at any time call a meeting of Securityholders to take any action specified in Section 8.1, to be held at such time and at such place as the Trustee shall determine. Notice of every meeting of the Securityholders, setting forth the time and the place of such meeting and in general terms the action proposed to be taken at such meeting, shall be mailed to holders of Debentures affected at their addresses as they shall appear on the Debentures Register and, if the Company is not a holder of Debentures, to the Company. Such notice shall be mailed not less than 20 nor more than 180 days prior to the date fixed for the meeting.

 

34


Section 8.3. Call of Meetings by Company or Securityholders . In case at any time the Company pursuant to a Board Resolution, or the holders of at least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures, as the case may be, then outstanding, shall have requested the Trustee to call a meeting of Securityholders, by written request setting forth in reasonable detail the action proposed to be taken at the meeting, and the Trustee shall not have mailed the notice of such meeting within 20 days after receipt of such request, then the Company or such Securityholders may determine the time and the place for such meeting and may call such meeting to take any action authorized in Section 8.1, by mailing notice thereof as provided in Section 8.2.

Section 8.4. Qualifications for Voting . To be entitled to vote at any meeting of Securityholders a Person shall (a) be a holder of one or more Debentures with respect to which the meeting is being held or (b) a Person appointed by an instrument in writing as proxy by a holder of one or more such Debentures. The only Persons who shall be entitled to be present or to speak at any meeting of Securityholders shall be the Persons entitled to vote at such meeting and their counsel and any representatives of the Trustee and its counsel and any representatives of the Company and its counsel.

Section 8.5. Regulations . Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture, the Trustee may make such reasonable regulations as it may deem advisable for any meeting of Securityholders, in regard to proof of the holding of Debentures and of the appointment of proxies, and in regard to the appointment and duties of inspectors of votes, the submission and examination of proxies, certificates and other evidence of the right to vote, and such other matters concerning the conduct of the meeting as it shall think fit.

The Trustee shall, by an instrument in writing, appoint a temporary chairman of the meeting, unless the meeting shall have been called by the Company or by Securityholders as provided in Section 8.3, in which case the Company or the Securityholders calling the meeting, as the case may be, shall in like manner appoint a temporary chairman. A permanent chairman and a permanent secretary of the meeting shall be elected by majority vote of the meeting.

Subject to the provisions of Section 7.4, at any meeting each holder of Debentures with respect to which such meeting is being held or proxy therefor shall be entitled to one vote for each $1,000.00 principal amount of Debentures held or represented by him; provided , however , that no vote shall be cast or counted at any meeting in respect of any Debenture challenged as not outstanding and ruled by the chairman of the meeting to be not outstanding. The chairman of the meeting shall have no right to vote other than by virtue of Debentures held by him or instruments in writing as aforesaid duly designating him as the Person to vote on behalf of other Securityholders. Any meeting of Securityholders duly called pursuant to the provisions of Section 8.2 or 8.3 may be adjourned from time to time by a majority of those present, whether or not constituting a quorum, and the meeting may be held as so adjourned without further notice.

Section 8.6. Voting . The vote upon any resolution submitted to any meeting of holders of Debentures with respect to which such meeting is being held shall be by written ballots on which shall be subscribed the signatures of such holders or of their representatives by proxy and the serial number or numbers of the Debentures held or represented by them. The permanent chairman of the meeting shall appoint two inspectors of votes who shall count all votes cast at the meeting for or against any resolution and who shall make and file with the secretary of the meeting their verified written reports in triplicate of all votes cast at the meeting. A record in duplicate of the proceedings of each meeting of Securityholders shall be prepared by the secretary of the meeting and there shall be attached to said record the original reports of the inspectors of votes on any vote by ballot taken thereat and affidavits by one or more

 

35


Persons having knowledge of the facts setting forth a copy of the notice of the meeting and showing that said notice was mailed as provided in Section 8.2. The record shall show the serial numbers of the Debentures voting in favor of or against any resolution. The record shall be signed and verified by the affidavits of the permanent chairman and secretary of the meeting and one of the duplicates shall be delivered to the Company and the other to the Trustee to be preserved by the Trustee, the latter to have attached thereto the ballots voted at the meeting.

Any record so signed and verified shall be conclusive evidence of the matters therein stated.

Section 8.7. Quorum; Actions . The Persons entitled to vote a majority in principal amount of the Debentures then outstanding shall constitute a quorum for a meeting of Securityholders; provided , however , that if any action is to be taken at such meeting with respect to a consent, waiver, request, demand, notice, authorization, direction or other action which may be given by the holders of not less than a specified percentage in principal amount of the Debentures then outstanding, the Persons holding or representing such specified percentage in principal amount of the Debentures then outstanding will constitute a quorum. In the absence of a quorum within 30 minutes of the time appointed for any such meeting, the meeting shall, if convened at the request of Securityholders, be dissolved. In any other case the meeting may be adjourned for a period of not less than 10 days as determined by the permanent chairman of the meeting prior to the adjournment of such meeting. In the absence of a quorum at any such adjourned meeting, such adjourned meeting may be further adjourned for a period of not less than 10 days as determined by the permanent chairman of the meeting prior to the adjournment of such adjourned meeting. Notice of the reconvening of any adjourned meeting shall be given as provided in Section 8.2, except that such notice need be given only once not less than 5 days prior to the date on which the meeting is scheduled to be reconvened. Notice of the reconvening of an adjourned meeting shall state expressly the percentage, as provided above, of the principal amount of the Debentures then outstanding which shall constitute a quorum.

Except as limited by the proviso in the first paragraph of Section 9.2, any resolution presented to a meeting or adjourned meeting duly reconvened at which a quorum is present as aforesaid may be adopted by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Debentures then outstanding; provided , however , that, except as limited by the proviso in the first paragraph of Section 9.2, any resolution with respect to any consent, waiver, request, demand, notice, authorization, direction or other action which this Indenture expressly provides may be given by the holders of not less than a specified percentage in principal amount of the Debentures then outstanding may be adopted at a meeting or an adjourned meeting duly reconvened and at which a quorum is present as aforesaid only by the affirmative vote of the holders of a not less than such specified percentage in principal amount of the Debentures then outstanding.

Any resolution passed or decision taken at any meeting of holders of Debentures duly held in accordance with this Section shall be binding on all the Securityholders, whether or not present or represented at the meeting.

ARTICLE IX.

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

Section 9.1. Supplemental Indentures without Consent of Securityholders . The Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee may from time to time and at any time enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto, without the consent of the Securityholders, for one or more of the following purposes:

 

36


(a) to evidence the succession of another Person to the Company, or successive successions, and the assumption by the successor Person of the covenants, agreements and obligations of the Company, pursuant to Article XI hereof;

(b) to add to the covenants of the Company such further covenants, restrictions or conditions for the protection of the holders of Debentures as the Board of Directors shall consider to be for the protection of the holders of such Debentures, and to make the occurrence, or the occurrence and continuance, of a default in any of such additional covenants, restrictions or conditions a default or an Event of Default permitting the enforcement of all or any of the several remedies provided in this Indenture as herein set forth; provided , however , that in respect of any such additional covenant restriction or condition such supplemental indenture may provide for a particular period of grace after default (which period may be shorter or longer than that allowed in the case of other defaults) or may provide for an immediate enforcement upon such default or may limit the remedies available to the Trustee upon such default;

(c) to cure any ambiguity or to correct or supplement any provision contained herein or in any supplemental indenture which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision contained herein or in any supplemental indenture, or to make such other provisions in regard to matters or questions arising under this Indenture; provided that any such action shall not materially adversely affect the interests of the holders of the Debentures;

(d) to add to, delete from, or revise the terms of Debentures, including, without limitation, any terms relating to the issuance, exchange, registration or transfer of Debentures, including to provide for transfer procedures and restrictions substantially similar to those applicable to the Capital Securities as required by Section 2.5 (for purposes of assuring that no registration of Debentures is required under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended); provided , however , that any such action shall not adversely affect the interests of the holders of the Debentures then outstanding (it being understood, for purposes of this proviso, that transfer restrictions on Debentures substantially similar to those that were applicable to Capital Securities shall not be deemed to materially adversely affect the holders of the Debentures);

(e) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment hereunder by a successor Trustee with respect to the Debentures and to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee;

(f) to make any change (other than as elsewhere provided in this paragraph) that does not adversely affect the rights of any Securityholder in any material respect; or

(g) to provide for the issuance of and establish the form and terms and conditions of the Debentures, to establish the form of any certifications required to be furnished pursuant to the terms of this Indenture or the Debentures, or to add to the rights of the holders of Debentures.

The Trustee is hereby authorized to join with the Company in the execution of any such supplemental indenture, to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations which may be therein contained and to accept the conveyance, transfer and assignment of any property thereunder, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to, but may in its discretion, enter into any such supplemental indenture which affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

Any supplemental indenture authorized by the provisions of this Section 9.1 may be executed by the Company and the Trustee without the consent of the holders of any of the Debentures at the time outstanding, notwithstanding any of the provisions of Section 9.2.

 

37


Section 9.2. Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Securityholders . With the consent (evidenced as provided in Section 7.1) of the holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures at the time outstanding affected by such supplemental indenture (voting as a class), the Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee may from time to time and at any time enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or of any supplemental indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the holders of the Debentures; provided , however , that no such supplemental indenture shall without the consent of the holders of each Debenture then outstanding and affected thereby (i) change the fixed maturity of any Debenture, or reduce the principal amount thereof or any premium thereon, or reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of interest thereon, or reduce any amount payable on redemption thereof or make the principal thereof or any interest or premium thereon payable in any coin or currency other than that provided in the Debentures, or impair or affect the right of any Securityholder to institute suit for payment thereof or impair the right of repayment, if any, at the option of the holder, or (ii) reduce the aforesaid percentage of Debentures the holders of which are required to consent to any such supplemental indenture: provided further , however , that if the Debentures are held by a trust or a trustee of such trust, such supplemental indenture shall not be effective until the holders of a majority in Liquidation Amount of Trust Securities shall have consented to such supplemental indenture; provided further , however , that if the consent of the Securityholder of each outstanding Debenture is required, such supplemental indenture shall not be effective until each holder of the Trust Securities shall have consented to such supplemental indenture.

Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a Board Resolution authorizing the execution of any such supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence of the consent of Securityholders as aforesaid, the Trustee shall join with the Company in the execution of such supplemental indenture unless such supplemental indenture affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such supplemental indenture.

Promptly after the execution by the Company and the Trustee of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of this Section, the Trustee shall transmit by mail, first class postage prepaid, a notice, prepared by the Company, setting forth in general terms the substance of such supplemental indenture, to the Securityholders as their names and addresses appear upon the Debenture Register. Any failure of the Trustee to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such supplemental indenture.

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Securityholders under this Section 9.2 to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall approve the substance thereof.

Section 9.3. Effect of Supplemental Indentures . Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of this Article IX, this Indenture shall be and be deemed to be modified and amended in accordance therewith and the respective rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities under this Indenture of the Trustee, the Company and the holders of Debentures shall thereafter be determined, exercised and enforced hereunder subject in all respects to such modifications and amendments and all the terms and conditions of any such supplemental indenture shall be and be deemed to be part of the terms and conditions of this Indenture for any and all purposes.

Section 9.4. Notation on Debentures . Debentures authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of this Article IX may bear a notation as to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture. If the Company or the Trustee shall so determine, new Debentures so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Board of Directors of the Company, to any modification of this Indenture contained in any such supplemental indenture may be prepared and executed by the Company, authenticated by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent and delivered in exchange for the Debentures then outstanding.

 

38


Section 9.5. Evidence of Compliance of Supplemental Indenture to be Furnished to Trustee . The Trustee, subject to the provisions of Sections 6.1 and 6.2. shall, in addition to the documents required by Section 14.6, receive an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel as conclusive evidence that any supplemental indenture executed pursuant hereto complies with the requirements of this Article IX. The Trustee shall receive an Opinion of Counsel as conclusive evidence that any supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Article IX is authorized or permitted by, and conforms to, the terms of this Article IX and that it is proper for the Trustee under the provisions of this Article IX to join in the execution thereof.

ARTICLE X.

REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES

Section 10.1. Optional Redemption . The Company shall have the right (subject to the receipt by the Company of prior approval (i) if the Company is a bank holding company, from the Federal Reserve, if then required under applicable capital guidelines or policies or (ii) if the Company is a savings and loan holding company, from the OTS if then required under applicable capital guidelines or policies of the OTS), to redeem the Debentures, in whole or in part, but in all cases in a principal amount with integral multiples of $1,000.00, on any July 31, October 31, January 31, or April 30 on or after July 31, 2006 (the “ Redemption Date ”), at the Redemption Price.

Section 10.2. Special Event Redemption . If a Special Event shall occur and be continuing, the Company shall have the right (subject to the receipt by the Company of prior approval (i) if the Company is a bank holding company, from the Federal Reserve if then required under applicable capital guidelines or policies of the Federal Reserve or (ii) if the Company is a savings and loan holding company, from the OTS if then required under applicable capital guidelines or policies of the OTS) to redeem the Debentures in whole, but not in part, at any Interest Payment Date, within 120 days following the occurrence of such Special Event (the “ Special Redemption Date ”) at the Special Redemption Price.

Section 10.3. Notice of Redemption; Selection of Debentures . In case the Company shall desire to exercise the right to redeem all, or, as the case may be, any part of the Debentures, it shall cause to be mailed a notice of such redemption at least 30 and not more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date or the Special Redemption Date to the holders of Debentures so to be redeemed as a whole or in part at their last addresses as the same appear on the Debenture Register. Such mailing shall be by first class mail. The notice if mailed in the manner herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice by mail or any defect in the notice to the holder of any Debenture designated for redemption as a whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Debenture.

Each such notice of redemption shall specify the CUSIP number, if any, of the Debentures to be redeemed, the Redemption Date or the Special Redemption Date, as applicable, the Redemption Price or the Special Redemption Price, as applicable, at which Debentures are to be redeemed, the place or places of payment, that payment will be made upon presentation and surrender of such Debentures, that interest accrued to the date fixed for redemption will be paid as specified in said notice, and that on and after said date interest thereon or on the portions thereof to be redeemed will cease to accrue. If less than all the Debentures are to be redeemed the notice of redemption shall specify the numbers of the Debentures to be redeemed. In case the Debentures are to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed and shall state that on and after the date fixed for redemption, upon surrender of such Debenture, a new Debenture or Debentures in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued.

 

39


Prior to 10:00 a.m. New York City time on the Redemption Date or Special Redemption Date, as applicable, the Company will deposit with the Trustee or with one or more paying agents an amount of money sufficient to redeem on the Redemption Date or the Special Redemption Date, as applicable, all the Debentures so called for redemption at the appropriate Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price, together with accrued interest to the Redemption Date or Special Redemption Date, as applicable.

If all, or less than all, the Debentures are to be redeemed, the Company will give the Trustee notice not less than 45 nor more than 60 days, respectively, prior to the Redemption Date or Special Redemption Date, as applicable, as to the aggregate principal amount of Debentures to be redeemed and the Trustee shall select, in such manner as in its sole discretion it shall deem appropriate and fair, the Debentures or portions thereof (in integral multiples of $1,000.00) to be redeemed.

Section 10.4. Payment of Debentures Called for Redemption . If notice of redemption has been given as provided in Section 10.3, the Debentures or portions of Debentures with respect to which such notice has been given shall become due and payable on the Redemption Date or Special Redemption Date, as applicable, and at the place or places stated in such notice at the applicable Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price, together with interest accrued to the Redemption Date or Special Redemption Date, as applicable, and on and after said date (unless the Company shall default in the payment of such Debentures at the Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price, as applicable, together with interest accrued to said date) interest on the Debentures or portions of Debentures so called for redemption shall cease to accrue. On presentation and surrender of such Debentures at a place of payment specified in said notice, such Debentures or the specified portions thereof shall be paid and redeemed by the Company at the applicable Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price, together with interest accrued thereon to the Redemption Date or Special Redemption Date, as applicable.

Upon presentation of any Debenture redeemed in part only, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery to the holder thereof, at the expense of the Company, a new Debenture or Debentures of authorized denominations, in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the Debenture so presented.

ARTICLE XI.

CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, SALE, CONVEYANCE AND LEASE

Section 11.1. Company May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms . Nothing contained in this Indenture or in the Debentures shall prevent any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other Person (whether or not affiliated with the Company) or successive consolidations or mergers in which the Company or its successor or successors shall be a party or parties, or shall prevent any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of the property of the Company or its successor or successors as an entirety, or substantially as an entirety, to any other Person (whether or not affiliated with the Company, or its successor or successors) authorized to acquire and operate the same; provided , however , that the Company hereby covenants and agrees that, upon any such consolidation, merger (where the Company is not the surviving corporation), sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, the due and punctual payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on all of the Debentures in accordance with their terms, according to their tenor, and the due and punctual performance and observance of all the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be kept or performed by the Company, shall be expressly assumed by supplemental indenture satisfactory in form to the Trustee executed and delivered to the Trustee by the entity formed by such consolidation, or into which the Company shall have been merged, or by the entity which shall have acquired such property.

 

40


Section 11.2. Successor Entity to be Substituted . In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition and upon the assumption by the successor entity, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the due and punctual payment of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on all of the Debentures and the due and punctual performance and observance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed or observed by the Company, such successor entity shall succeed to and be substituted for the Company, with the same effect as if it had been named herein as the Company, and thereupon the predecessor entity shall be relieved of any further liability or obligation hereunder or upon the Debentures. Such successor entity thereupon may cause to be signed, and may issue in its own name, any or all of the Debentures issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent; and, upon the order of such successor entity instead of the Company and subject to all the terms, conditions and limitations in this Indenture prescribed, the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and deliver any Debentures which previously shall have been signed and delivered by the officers of the Company, to the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent for authentication, and any Debentures which such successor entity thereafter shall cause to be signed and delivered to the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent for that purpose. All the Debentures so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Debentures theretofore or thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Debentures had been issued at the date of the execution hereof.

Section 11.3. Opinion of Counsel to be Given to Trustee . The Trustee, subject to the provisions of Sections 6.1 and 6.2, shall receive, in addition to the Opinion of Counsel required by Section 9.5, an Opinion of Counsel as conclusive evidence that any consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, and any assumption, permitted or required by the terms of this Article XI complies with the provisions of this Article XI.

ARTICLE XII.

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE

Section 12.1. Discharge of Indenture . When

 

  (a) the Company shall deliver to the Trustee for cancellation all Debentures theretofore authenticated (other than any Debentures which shall have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which shall have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 2.6) and not theretofore canceled, or

 

  (b)

all the Debentures not theretofore canceled or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation shall have become due and payable, or are by their terms to become due and payable within 1 year or are to be called for redemption within 1 year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption, and the Company shall deposit with the Trustee, in trust, funds, which shall be immediately due and payable, sufficient to pay at maturity or upon redemption all of the Debentures (other than any Debentures which shall have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which shall have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 2.6) not theretofore canceled or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, including principal and premium, if any, and interest due or to become due to such date of maturity or redemption date, as the case may be, but excluding, however, the amount of any moneys for the payment of principal of, and premium, if any, or interest on the Debentures (1) theretofore repaid to the Company in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.4, or (2) paid to any state or to the District of Columbia pursuant to its unclaimed property or similar laws,

 

41


and if in the case of either clause (a) or clause (b) the Company shall also pay or cause to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Company, then this Indenture shall cease to be of further effect except for the provisions of Sections 2.5, 2.6, 2.8, 3.1, 3.2, 3.4, 6.6, 6.8, 6.9 and 12.4 hereof shall survive until such Debentures shall mature and be paid. Thereafter, Sections 6.6 and 12.4 shall survive, and the Trustee, on demand of the Company accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with, and at the cost and expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction of and discharging this Indenture. The Company agrees to reimburse the Trustee for any costs or expenses thereafter reasonably and properly incurred by the Trustee in connection with this Indenture or the Debentures.

Section 12.2. Deposited Moneys to be Held in Trust by Trustee . Subject to the provisions of Section 12.4, all moneys deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 12.1 shall be held in trust in a non-interest bearing account and applied by it to the payment, either directly or through any paying agent (including the Company if acting as its own paying agent), to the holders of the particular Debentures for the payment of which such moneys have been deposited with the Trustee, of all sums due and to become due thereon for principal, and premium, if any, and interest.

Section 12.3. Paving Agent to Repay Moneys Held . Upon the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture all moneys then held by any paying agent of the Debentures (other than the Trustee) shall, upon demand of the Company, be repaid to it or paid to the Trustee, and thereupon such paying agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such moneys.

Section 12.4. Return of Unclaimed Moneys . Any moneys deposited with or paid to the Trustee or any paying agent for payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, or interest on Debentures and not applied but remaining unclaimed by the holders of Debentures for 2 years after the date upon which the principal of, and premium, if any, or interest on such Debentures, as the case may be, shall have become due and payable, shall, subject to applicable escheatment laws, be repaid to the Company by the Trustee or such paying agent on written demand; and the holder of any of the Debentures shall thereafter look only to the Company for any payment which such holder may be entitled to collect, and all liability of the Trustee or such paying agent with respect to such moneys shall thereupon cease.

ARTICLE XIII.

IMMUNITY OF INCORPORATORS, STOCKHOLDERS,

OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

Section 13.1. Indenture and Debentures Solely Corporate Obligations . No recourse for the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest on any Debenture, or for any claim based thereon or otherwise in respect thereof, and no recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of the Company in this Indenture or in any supplemental indenture, or in any such Debenture, or because of the creation of any indebtedness represented thereby, shall be had against any incorporator, stockholder, employee, officer or director, as such, past, present or future, of the Company or of any successor Person of the Company, either directly or through the Company or any successor Person of the Company, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise, it being expressly understood that all such liability is hereby expressly waived and released as a condition of, and as a consideration for, the execution of this Indenture and the issue of the Debentures.

 

42


ARTICLE XIV.

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

Section 14.1. Successors . All the covenants, stipulations, promises and agreements of the Company contained in this Indenture shall bind its successors and assigns whether so expressed or not.

Section 14.2. Official Acts by Successor Entity . Any act or proceeding by any provision of this Indenture authorized or required to be done or performed by any board, committee or officer of the Company shall and may be done and performed with like force and effect by the like board, committee, officer or other authorized Person of any entity that shall at the time be the lawful successor of the Company.

Section 14.3. Surrender of Company Powers . The Company by instrument in writing executed by authority of at least 2/3 (two-thirds) of its Board of Directors and delivered to the Trustee may surrender any of the powers reserved to the Company and thereupon such power so surrendered shall terminate both as to the Company, and as to any permitted successor.

Section 14.4. Addresses for Notices, etc . Any notice, consent, direction, request, authorization, waiver or demand which by any provision of this Indenture is required or permitted to be given, made, furnished or served by the Trustee or by the Securityholders on or to the Company may be given or served in writing by being deposited postage prepaid by registered or certified mail in a post office letter box addressed (until another address is filed by the Company, with the Trustee for the purpose) to the Company, 5010 University, Lubbock, Texas 79413, Attention: Jeff Isom. Any notice, consent, direction, request, authorization, waiver or demand by any Securityholder or the Company to or upon the Trustee shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made, for all purposes, if given or made in writing at the office of the Trustee, addressed to the Trustee, 225 Asylum Street, Goodwin Square, Hartford, Connecticut, 06103 Attention: Vice President, Corporate Trust Department, with a copy to State Street Bank and Trust Company, P.O. Box 778, Boston, Massachusetts 02102-0778, Attention: Paul D. Allen, Corporate Trust Department. Any notice, consent, direction, request, authorization, waiver or demand on or to any Securityholder shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made, for all purposes, if given or made in writing at the address set forth in the Debenture Register.

Section 14.5. Governing Law . This Indenture and each Debenture shall be deemed to be a contract made under the law of the State of New York, and for all purposes shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of said State, without regard to conflict of laws principles thereof.

Section 14.6. Evidence of Compliance with Conditions Precedent . Upon any application or demand by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under any of the provisions of this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that in the opinion of the signers all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with and an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with.

Each certificate or opinion provided for in this Indenture and delivered to the Trustee with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (except certificates delivered pursuant to Section 3.5) shall include (1) a statement that the person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; (2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; (3) a statement that, in the opinion of such person, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and (4) a statement as to whether or not in the opinion of such person, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

 

43


Section 14.7. Non-Business Days . In any case where the date of payment of interest on or principal of the Debentures will be a day that is not a Business Day, the payment of such interest on or principal of the Debentures need not be made on such date but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day, except that, if such Business Day is in the next succeeding calendar year, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day, in each case with the same force and effect as if made on the original date of payment, and no interest shall accrue for the period from and after such date.

Section 14.8. Table of Contents, Headings, etc . The table of contents and the titles and headings of the articles and sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part hereof, and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

Section 14.9. Execution in Counterparts . This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

Section 14.10. Separability . In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Indenture or in the Debentures shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of this Indenture or of such Debentures, but this Indenture and such Debentures shall be construed as if such invalid or illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein or therein.

Section 14.11. Assignment . The Company will have the right at all times to assign any of its rights or obligations under this Indenture to a direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the Company, provided that, in the event of any such assignment, the Company will remain liable for all such obligations. Subject to the foregoing, this Indenture is binding upon and inures to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. This Indenture may not otherwise be assigned by the parties hereto.

Section 14.12. Acknowledgment of Rights . The Company agrees that, with respect to any Debentures held by the Trust or the Institutional Trustee of the Trust, if the Institutional Trustee of the Trust fails to enforce its rights under this Indenture as the holder of Debentures held as the assets of such Trust after the holders of a majority in Liquidation Amount of the Capital Securities of such Trust have so directed such Institutional Trustee, a holder of record of such Capital Securities may, to the fullest extent permitted by law, institute legal proceedings directly against the Company to enforce such Institutional Trustee’s rights under this Indenture without first instituting any legal proceedings against such trustee or any other Person. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and such event is attributable to the failure of the Company to pay interest (or premium, if any) or principal on the Debentures on the date such interest (or premium, if any) or principal is otherwise payable (or in the case of redemption, on the redemption date), the Company agrees that a holder of record of Capital Securities of the Trust may directly institute a proceeding against the Company for enforcement of payment to such holder directly of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on the Debentures having an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate Liquidation Amount of the Capital Securities of such holder on or after the respective due date specified in the Debentures.

ARTICLE XV.

SUBORDINATION OF DEBENTURES

Section 15.1. Agreement to Subordinate . The Company covenants and agrees, and each holder of Debentures by such Securityholder’s acceptance thereof likewise covenants and agrees, that all Debentures shall be issued subject to the provisions of this Article XV; and each holder of a Debenture, whether upon original issue or upon transfer or assignment thereof, accepts and agrees to be bound by such provisions.

 

44


The payment by the Company of the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on all Debentures shall, to the extent and in the manner hereinafter set forth, be subordinated and junior in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness of the Company, whether outstanding at the date of this Indenture or thereafter incurred.

No provision of this Article XV shall prevent the occurrence of any default or Event of Default hereunder.

Section 15.2. Default on Senior Indebtedness . In the event and during the continuation of any default by the Company in the payment of principal, premium, interest or any other payment due on any Senior Indebtedness of the Company following any grace period, or in the event that the maturity of any Senior Indebtedness of the Company has been accelerated because of a default and such acceleration has not been rescinded or canceled, then, in either case, no payment shall be made by the Company with respect to the principal (including redemption) of, or premium, if any, or interest on the Debentures.

In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment shall be received by the Trustee when such payment is prohibited by the preceding paragraph of this Section 15.2, such payment shall, subject to Section 15.7, be held in trust for the benefit of, and shall be paid over or delivered to, the holders of Senior Indebtedness or their respective representatives, or to the trustee or trustees under any indenture pursuant to which any of such Senior Indebtedness may have been issued, as their respective interests may appear, but only to the extent that the holders of the Senior Indebtedness (or their representative or representatives or a trustee) notify the Trustee in writing within 90 days of such payment of the amounts then due and owing on the Senior Indebtedness and only the amounts specified in such notice to the Trustee shall be paid to the holders of Senior Indebtedness.

Section 15.3. Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy . Upon any payment by the Company or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, to creditors upon any dissolution or winding-up or liquidation or reorganization of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary or in bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other proceedings, all amounts due upon all Senior Indebtedness of the Company shall first be paid in full, or payment thereof provided for in money in accordance with its terms, before any payment is made by the Company, on account of the principal (and premium, if any) or interest on the Debentures. Upon any such dissolution or winding-up or liquidation or reorganization, any payment by the Company, or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, which the Securityholders or the Trustee would be entitled to receive from the Company, except for the provisions of this Article XV, shall be paid by the Company, or by any receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, liquidating trustee, agent or other Person making such payment or distribution, or by the Securityholders or by the Trustee under this Indenture if received by them or it, directly to the holders of Senior Indebtedness (pro rata to such holders on the basis of the respective amounts of Senior Indebtedness held by such holders, as calculated by the Company) or their representative or representatives, or to the trustee or trustees under any indenture pursuant to which any instruments evidencing such Senior Indebtedness may have been issued, as their respective interests may appear, to the extent necessary to pay such Senior Indebtedness in full, in money or money’s worth, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to or for the holders of such Senior Indebtedness, before any payment or distribution is made to the Securityholders or to the Trustee.

In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, prohibited by the foregoing, shall be received by the Trustee before all Senior Indebtedness is paid in full, or provision is made for

 

45


such payment in money in accordance with its terms, such payment or distribution shall be held in trust for the benefit of and shall be paid over or delivered to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness or their representative or representatives, or to the trustee or trustees under any indenture pursuant to which any instruments evidencing such Senior Indebtedness may have been issued, as their respective interests may appear, as calculated by the Company, for application to the payment of all Senior Indebtedness, remaining unpaid to the extent necessary to pay such Senior Indebtedness in full in money in accordance with its terms, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to or for the benefit of the holders of such Senior Indebtedness.

For purposes of this Article XV, the words “cash, property or securities” shall not be deemed to include shares of stock of the Company as reorganized or readjusted, or securities of the Company or any other corporation provided for by a plan of reorganization or readjustment, the payment of which is subordinated at least to the extent provided in this Article XV with respect to the Debentures to the payment of all Senior Indebtedness, that may at the time be outstanding, provided that (i) such Senior Indebtedness is assumed by the new corporation, if any, resulting from any such reorganization or readjustment, and (ii) the rights of the holders of such Senior Indebtedness are not, without the consent of such holders, altered by such reorganization or readjustment. The consolidation of the Company with, or the merger of the Company into, another corporation or the liquidation or dissolution of the Company following the conveyance or transfer of its property as an entirety, or substantially as an entirety, to another corporation upon the terms and conditions provided for in Article XI of this Indenture shall not be deemed a dissolution, winding-up, liquidation or reorganization for the purposes of this Section if such other corporation shall, as a part of such consolidation, merger, conveyance or transfer, comply with the conditions stated in Article XI of this Indenture. Nothing in Section 15.2 or in this Section shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 6.6 of this Indenture.

Section 15.4. Subrogation . Subject to the payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness, the Securityholders shall be subrogated to the rights of the holders of such Senior Indebtedness to receive payments or distributions of cash, property or securities of the Company, applicable to such Senior Indebtedness until the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Debentures shall be paid in full. For the purposes of such subrogation, no payments or distributions to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness of any cash, property or securities to which the Securityholders or the Trustee would be entitled except for the provisions of this Article XV, and no payment over pursuant to the provisions of this Article XV to or for the benefit of the holders of such Senior Indebtedness by Securityholders or the Trustee, shall, as between the Company, its creditors other than holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company, and the holders of the Debentures be deemed to be a payment or distribution by the Company to or on account of such Senior Indebtedness. It is understood that the provisions of this Article XV are and are intended solely for the purposes of defining the relative rights of the holders of the Securities, on the one hand, and the holders of such Senior Indebtedness, on the other hand.

Nothing contained in this Article XV or elsewhere in this Indenture or in the Debentures is intended to or shall impair, as between the Company, its creditors other than the holders of Senior Indebtedness, and the holders of the Debentures, the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay to the holders of the Debentures the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Debentures as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with their terms, or is intended to or shall affect the relative rights of the holders of the Debentures and creditors of the Company, other than the holders of Senior Indebtedness, nor shall anything herein or therein prevent the Trustee or the holder of any Debenture from exercising all remedies otherwise permitted by applicable law upon default under this Indenture, subject to the rights, if any, under this Article XV of the holders of such Senior Indebtedness in respect of cash, property or securities of the Company, received upon the exercise of any such remedy.

 

46


Upon any payment or distribution of assets of the Company referred to in this Article XV, the Trustee, subject to the provisions of Article VI of this Indenture, and the Securityholders shall be entitled to conclusively rely upon any order or decree made by any court of competent jurisdiction in which such dissolution, winding-up, liquidation or reorganization proceedings are pending, or a certificate of the receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, liquidation trustee, agent or other Person making such payment or distribution, delivered to the Trustee or to the Securityholders, for the purposes of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such distribution, the holders of Senior Indebtedness and other indebtedness of the Company, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article XV.

Section 15.5. Trustee to Effectuate Subordination . Each Securityholder by such Securityholder’s acceptance thereof authorizes and directs the Trustee on such Securityholder’s behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination provided in this Article XV and appoints the Trustee such Securityholder’s attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes.

Section 15.6. Notice by the Company . The Company shall give prompt written notice to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee at the Principal Office of the Trustee of any fact known to the Company that would prohibit the making of any payment of monies to or by the Trustee in respect of the Debentures pursuant to the provisions of this Article XV. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article XV or any other provision of this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of any facts that would prohibit the making of any payment of monies to or by the Trustee in respect of the Debentures pursuant to the provisions of this Article XV, unless and until a Responsible Officer of the Trustee at the Principal Office of the Trustee shall have received written notice thereof from the Company or a holder or holders of Senior Indebtedness or from any trustee therefor; and before the receipt of any such written notice, the Trustee, subject to the provisions of Article VI of this Indenture, shall be entitled in all respects to assume that no such facts exist; provided , however , that if the Trustee shall not have received the notice provided for in this Section at least 2 Business Days prior to the date upon which by the terms hereof any money may become payable for any purpose (including, without limitation, the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Debenture), then, anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall have full power and authority to receive such money and to apply the same to the purposes for which they were received, and shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary that may be received by it within 2 Business Days prior to such date.

The Trustee, subject to the provisions of Article VI of this Indenture, shall be entitled to conclusively rely on the delivery to it of a written notice by a Person representing himself to be a holder of Senior Indebtedness (or a trustee or representative on behalf of such holder), to establish that such notice has been given by a holder of such Senior Indebtedness or a trustee or representative on behalf of any such holder or holders. In the event that the Trustee determines in good faith that further evidence is required with respect to the right of any Person as a holder of such Senior Indebtedness to participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article XV, the Trustee may request such Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of such Senior Indebtedness held by such Person, the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution and any other facts pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Article XV, and, if such evidence is not furnished, the Trustee may defer any payment to such Person pending judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive such payment.

Section 15.7. Rights of the Trustee; Holders of Senior Indebtedness . The Trustee in its individual capacity shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Article XV in respect of any Senior Indebtedness at any time held by it, to the same extent as any other holder of Senior Indebtedness, and nothing in this Indenture shall deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such holder.

 

47


With respect to the holders of Senior Indebtedness, the Trustee undertakes to perform or to observe only such of its covenants and obligations as are specifically set forth in this Article XV, and no implied covenants or obligations with respect to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee. The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness and, subject to the provisions of Article VI of this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be liable to any holder of such Senior Indebtedness if it shall pay over or deliver to Securityholders, the Company or any other Person money or assets to which any holder of such Senior Indebtedness shall be entitled by virtue of this Article XV or otherwise.

Nothing in this Article XV shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 6.6.

Section 15.8. Subordination May Not Be Impaired . No right of any present or future holder of any Senior Indebtedness to enforce subordination as herein provided shall at any time in any way be prejudiced or impaired by any act or failure to act on the part of the Company, or by any act or failure to act, in good faith, by any such holder, or by any noncompliance by the Company, with the terms, provisions and covenants of this Indenture, regardless of any knowledge thereof that any such holder may have or otherwise be charged with.

Without in any way limiting the generality of the foregoing paragraph, the holders of Senior Indebtedness may, at any time and from time to time, without the consent of or notice to the Trustee or the Securityholders, without incurring responsibility to the Securityholders and without impairing or releasing the subordination provided in this Article XV or the obligations hereunder of the holders of the Debentures to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness, do any one or more of the following: (i) change the manner, place or terms of payment or extend the time of payment of, or renew or alter, such Senior Indebtedness, or otherwise amend or supplement in any manner such Senior Indebtedness or any instrument evidencing the same or any agreement under which such Senior Indebtedness is outstanding; (ii) sell, exchange, release or otherwise deal with any property pledged, mortgaged or otherwise securing such Senior Indebtedness; (iii) release any Person liable in any manner for the collection of such Senior Indebtedness; and (iv) exercise or refrain from exercising any rights against the Company, and any other Person.

signatures appear on the following page

 

48


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the day and year first above written.

 

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION

By   /s/ Alan B. White
  Name: Alan B. White
  Title: CEO
STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY OF CONNECTICUT, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
By   /s/ Paul D. Allen
  Name: Paul D. Allen
  Title: Vice President

 

49


FORM OF JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEBENTURE

[FORM OF FACE OF SECURITY]

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAW. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A SO LONG AS THIS SECURITY IS ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144A, (D) TO A NON-U.S. PERSON IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 (AS APPLICABLE) OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (A) OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INDENTURE, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE COMPANY.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF ALSO AGREES, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE EMPLOYMENT RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”) (EACH A “PLAN”), OR AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” BY REASON OF ANY PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY, AND NO PERSON INVESTING “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY PLAN MAY ACQUIRE OR HOLD THE SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER OR HOLDER IS ELIGIBLE FOR EXEMPTIVE RELIEF AVAILABLE UNDER U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR PROHIBITED TRANSACTION CLASS EXEMPTION 96 23, 95 60, 91 38, 90 1 OR 84 14 OR ANOTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTION OR ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY IS NOT PROHIBITED BY SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE WITH RESPECT TO SUCH PURCHASE OR HOLDING. ANY PURCHASER OR HOLDER OF THE SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED BY ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING THEREOF THAT EITHER (i) IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 3(3) OF ERISA, OR A PLAN TO WHICH SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE IS APPLICABLE, A TRUSTEE OR OTHER PERSON ACTING ON BEHALF OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY USING THE ASSETS OF ANY

 

A-1-1


EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN TO FINANCE SUCH PURCHASE, OR (ii) SUCH PURCHASE WILL NOT RESULT IN A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OR ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE FOR WHICH THERE IS NO APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE EXEMPTION.

THIS SECURITY WILL BE ISSUED AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN BLOCKS HAVING AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOT LESS THAN $500,000.00 AND MULTIPLES OF $1,000.00 IN EXCESS THEREOF. ANY ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY IN A BLOCK HAVING AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF LESS THAN $500,000.00 SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE VOID AND OF NO LEGAL EFFECT WHATSOEVER.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY AGREES THAT IT WILL COMPLY WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATE AND OTHER INFORMATION AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY THE INDENTURE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debenture

of

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION

July 31, 2001

Plains Capital Corporation, a Texas corporation (the “Company” which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received promises to pay to State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association, not in its individual capacity but solely as Institutional Trustee for PCC Statutory Trust I (the “Holder”) or registered assigns, the principal sum of Eighteen Million Forty Two Thousand Dollars ($18,042,000) on July 31, 2031, and to pay interest on said principal sum from July 31, 2001, or from the most recent interest payment date (each such date, an “Interest Payment Date”) to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, quarterly (subject to deferral as set forth herein) in arrears on October 31, January 31, April 30, and July 31 of each year commencing October 31, 2001, at an annual rate equal to 7.29% beginning on (and including) the date of original issuance and ending on (but excluding) October 31, 2001, and at an annual rate for each successive period beginning on (and including) October 31, 2001, and each succeeding Interest Payment Date, and ending on (but excluding) the next succeeding Interest Payment Date (each a “Distribution Period”), equal to 3-Month LIBOR on the Determination Date, determined as described below, plus 3.58%; provided , however , that prior to July 31, 2011, such annual rate shall not exceed 12.50% (the “Coupon Rate”) applied to the principal amount hereof, until the principal hereof is paid or duly provided for or made available for payment, and on any overdue principal and (without duplication) on any overdue installment of interest at the same rate per annum, compounded quarterly, from the dates such amounts are due until they are paid or made available for payment. As used herein, “Determination Date” means the date that is two London Banking Days (i.e., a day in which dealings in deposits in U.S. dollars are transacted in the London interbank market) preceding the commencement of the relevant Distribution Period. The amount of interest payable for any period will be computed on the basis of the actual number of days in the Distribution Period concerned divided by 360. In the event that any date on which interest is payable on this Debenture is not a Business Day, then a payment of the interest payable on such date will be made on the next succeeding day which is a Business Day (and without any interest or other payment in respect of any such delay), except that, if such Business Day is in the next succeeding

 

A-1-2


calendar year, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day, in each case with the same force and effect as if made on the date the payment was originally payable. The interest installment so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date will, as provided in the Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Debenture (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the regular record date for such interest installment, which shall be fifteen days prior to the day on which the relevant Interest Payment Date occurs. Any such interest installment not so punctually paid or duly provided for shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on such regular record date and may be paid to the Person in whose name this Debenture (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on a special record date.

“3-Month LIBOR” as used herein, means the London interbank offered rate for three-month Eurodollar deposits determined by the Trustee in the following order of priority: (i) the rate (expressed as a percentage per annum) for Eurodollar deposits having a three-month maturity that appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the particular Determination Date (“Telerate Page 3750” means the display designated as “Page 3750” on the Dow Jones Telerate Service or such other page as may replace Page 3750 on that service or such other service or services as may be nominated by the British Bankers’ Association as the information vendor for the purpose of displaying London interbank offered rates for U.S. dollars deposits); (ii) if such rate does not appear on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the Determination Date, 3-Month LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of the rates (expressed as percentages per annum) for Eurodollar deposits having a three-month maturity that appear on Reuters Monitor Money Rates Page LIBO (“Reuters Page LIBO”) as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such Determination Date; (iii) if such rate does not appear on Reuters Page LIBO as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date, the Trustee will request the principal London offices of four leading banks in the London interbank market to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to prime banks in the London interbank market for Eurodollar deposits having a three-month maturity as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such Determination Date. If at least two quotations are provided, 3-Month LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations; (iv) if fewer than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause (iii) above, the Trustee will request four major New York City banks to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to leading European banks for loans in Eurodollars as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such Determination Date. If at least two such quotations are provided, 3-Month LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations; and (v) if fewer than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause (iv) above, 3-Month LIBOR will be a 3-Month LIBOR determined with respect to the Distribution Period immediately preceding such current Distribution Period. If the rate for Eurodollar deposits having a three-month maturity that initially appears on Telerate Page 3750 or Reuters Page LIBO, as the case may be, as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date is superseded on the Telerate Page 3750 or Reuters Page LIBO, as the case may be, by a corrected rate by 12:00 noon (London time) on such Determination Date, then the corrected rate as so substituted on the applicable page will be the applicable 3-Month LIBOR for such Determination Date.

The Coupon Rate for any Distribution Period will at no time be higher than the maximum rate then permitted by New York law as the same may be modified by United States law.

All percentages resulting from any calculations on the Debentures will be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point, with five one-millionths of a percentage point rounded upward (e.g., 9.876545% or .09876545) being rounded to 9.87655% (or .0987655), and all dollar amounts used in or resulting from such calculation will be rounded to the nearest cent (with one-half cent being rounded upward).

 

A-1-3


The principal of and interest on this Debenture shall be payable at the office or agency of the Trustee (or other paying agent appointed by the Company) maintained for that purpose in any coin or currency of the United States of America that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts; provided , however , that payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the registered holder at such address as shall appear in the Debenture Register if a request for a wire transfer by such holder has not been received by the Company or by wire transfer to an account appropriately designated by the holder hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as the holder of this Debenture is the Institutional Trustee, the payment of the principal of and interest on this Debenture will be made in immediately available funds at such place and to such account as may be designated by the Trustee.

So long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Company shall have the right, from time to time, and without causing an Event of Default, to defer payments of interest on the Debentures by extending the interest payment period on the Debentures at any time and from time to time during the term of the Debentures, for up to 20 consecutive quarterly periods (each such extended interest payment period, an “Extension Period”), during which Extension Period no interest (including Additional Interest) shall be due and payable. No Extension Period may end on a date other than an Interest Payment Date. At the end of any such Extension Period the Company shall pay all interest then accrued and unpaid on the Debentures (together with Additional Interest thereon); provided , however , that no Extension Period may extend beyond the Maturity Date; provided further , however , that during any such Extension Period, the Company shall not and shall not permit any Affiliate to (i) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire, or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of the Company’s or such Affiliate’s capital stock (other than payments of dividends or distributions to the Company or payments of dividends from direct or indirect subsidiaries of the Company to their parent corporations, which also shall be direct or indirect subsidiaries of the Company) or make any guarantee payments with respect to the foregoing or (ii) make any payment of principal of or interest or premium, if any, on or repay, repurchase or redeem any debt securities of the Company or any Affiliate that rank pari passu in all respects with or junior in interest to the Debentures (other than, with respect to clauses (i) and (ii) above, (a) repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of shares of capital stock of the Company in connection with any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants, in connection with a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock purchase plan or in connection with the issuance of capital stock of the Company (or securities convertible into or exercisable for such capital stock) as consideration in an acquisition transaction entered into prior to the applicable Extension Period, (b) as a result of any exchange or conversion of any class or series of the Company’s capital stock (or any capital stock of a subsidiary of the Company) for any class or series of the Company’s capital stock or of any class or series of the Company’s indebtedness for any class or series of the Company’s capital stock, (c) the purchase of fractional interests in shares of the Company’s capital stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such capita] stock or the security being converted or exchanged, (d) any declaration of a dividend in connection with any stockholder’s rights plan, or the issuance of rights, stock or other property under any stockholder’s rights plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto, (e) any dividend in the form of stock, warrants, options or other rights where the dividend stock or the stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants, options or other rights is the same stock as that on which the dividend is being paid or ranks pari passu with or junior to such stock and any cash payments in lieu of fractional shares issued in connection therewith, or (f) payments under the Capital Securities Guarantee). Prior to the termination of any Extension Period, the Company may further extend such period, provided that such period together with all such previous and further consecutive extensions thereof shall not exceed 20 consecutive quarterly periods, or extend beyond the Maturity Date. Upon the termination of any Extension Period and upon the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, the Company may commence a new Extension Period, subject to the foregoing requirements. No interest or Additional Interest shall be due and payable during an Extension Period, except at the end thereof, but each installment of interest that would otherwise have been due and payable

 

A-1-4


during such Extension Period shall bear Additional Interest. The Company must give the Trustee notice of its election to begin such Extension Period at least 5 Business Days prior to the earlier of (i) the date interest on the Debentures would have been payable except for the election to begin such Extension Period or (ii) the date such interest is payable, but in any event not less than 5 Business Days prior to such record date.

The indebtedness evidenced by this Debenture is, to the extent provided in the Indenture, subordinate and junior in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness, and this Debenture is issued subject to the provisions of the Indenture with respect thereto. Each holder of this Debenture, by accepting the same, (a) agrees to and shall be bound by such provisions, (b) authorizes and directs the Trustee on his or her behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to acknowledge or effectuate the subordination so provided and (c) appoints the Trustee his or her attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes. Each holder hereof, by his or her acceptance hereof, hereby waives all notice of the acceptance of the subordination provisions contained herein and in the Indenture by each holder of Senior Indebtedness, whether now outstanding or hereafter incurred, and waives reliance by each such holder upon said provisions.

This Debenture shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, be valid or become obligatory for any purpose until the certificate of authentication hereon shall have been signed by or on behalf of the Trustee.

Capitalized terms used and not defined in this Debenture shall have the meanings assigned in the Indenture dated as of the date of this Debenture between the Trustee and the Company.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has duly executed this certificate.

 

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Debentures referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut,

National Association, as Trustee

By:    
  Authorized Officer

 

A-1-5

Exhibit 4.5

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION

AND

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

 

 

FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

Dated as of August 7, 2006

 

 

SUPPLEMENTING AND AMENDING

THE

INDENTURE

Dated as of July 31, 2001

 

 


FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE , dated as of August 7, 2006 (this “First Supplemental Indenture”), between PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION , a Texas corporation (the “Company”), and U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (as successor to State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association), a national banking association, as trustee (the “Trustee”).

RECITALS OF THE COMPANY

WHEREAS , the Company and the Trustee have duly authorized, executed and delivered an indenture, dated as of July 31, 2001 (the “Original Indenture”), to govern the terms of and to provide for the authentication and delivery of the Company’s Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures due 2031 (the “Debentures”); and

WHEREAS , Section 9.2 of the Original Indenture provides that the Company and the Trustee may, with the consent of the Securityholders, enter into an indenture supplemental to the Original Indenture to, among other things, modify the rate of interest on the Debentures; and

WHEREAS , the Company and the Trustee desire to amend the Original Indenture as hereinafter provided to modify the rate of interest on the Debentures and to make certain other modifications.

WHEREAS , in order to reflect the amendments contemplated hereby, the Debentures will be amended and restated by the form Debentures attached hereto as Exhibit A.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and of the covenants herein contained and of other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Trustee agree as follows:

Section 1. Defined Terms . All capitalized terms used herein which are defined in the Original Indenture, either directly or by reference therein, shall have the respective meanings assigned them in the Indenture except as otherwise provided herein or unless the context otherwise requires.

Section 2. Interpretation .

(a) In this First Supplemental Indenture, unless a clear contrary intention appears:

(i) the singular number includes the plural number and vice versa;

(ii) reference to any gender includes the other gender;

(iii) the words “herein” “hereof “hereto” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this First Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Section or other subdivision;

(iv) reference to any Person includes such Persons’ successors and assigns but, if applicable, only if such successors and assigns are permitted by this First Supplemental Indenture or the Original Indenture, and reference to a Person in a particular capacity excludes such Person in any other capacity or individually provided that nothing in this clause (iv) is intended to authorize any assignment not otherwise permitted by this First Supplemental Indenture or the Original Indenture;

(v) reference to any agreement, document or instrument means such agreement, document or instrument as amended, supplemented or modified and in effect from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof and, if applicable, the terms hereof, as well as any substitution or replacement therefore and reference to any note includes modifications thereof and any note issued in extension or renewal thereof or in substitution or replacement therefore;


(vi) reference to any Section means such Section of this First Supplemental Indenture; and

(vii) the word “including” (and with correlative meaning “include”) means including without limiting the generality of any description preceding such term.

(b) No provision in this First Supplemental Indenture shall be interpreted or construed against any Person because that Person or its legal representative drafted such provision.

Section 3. Amendment of Section 1.1 .

(a) Section 1.1 of the Original Indenture is hereby amended to include the following defined terms:

Acceleration Event of Default ” means an Event of Default under Section 5.1(a), (d), (e) or (f), whatever the reason for such Acceleration Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body.

(b) Section 1.1 of the Original Indenture is hereby amended to delete the following defined terms in their entirety and restate such defined terms as follows:

Additional Interest ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.11 as amended and supplemented hereby.

Capital Treatment Event ” means the receipt by the Company and the Trust of an opinion of counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that, as a result of the occurrence of any amendment to, or change (including any announced prospective change) in, the laws, rules or regulations of the United States or any political subdivision thereof or therein, or as the result of any official or administrative pronouncement or action or decision interpreting or applying such laws, rules or regulations, which amendment or change is effective or which pronouncement, action or decision is announced on or after August 7, 2006, there is more than an insubstantial risk that the Company will not, within 90 days of the date of such opinion, be entitled to treat an amount equal to the aggregate liquidation amount of the Capital Securities as “Tier 1 Capital” (or its then equivalent) for purposes of the capital adequacy guidelines of the Federal Reserve, as then in effect and applicable to the Company (or if the Company is not a bank holding company or is otherwise not subject to the Federal Reserve’s risk-based capital adequacy guidelines, such guidelines applied to the Company as if the Company were subject to such guidelines); provided , however , that the inability of the Company to treat all or any portion of the liquidation amount of the Capital Securities as Tier 1 Capital shall not constitute the basis for a Capital Treatment Event, if such inability results from the Company having cumulative preferred stock, minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries, or any other class of security or interest which the Federal Reserve or OTS, as applicable, may now or hereafter accord Tier 1 Capital treatment in excess of the amount which may now or hereafter qualify for treatment as Tier 1 Capital under

 

2


applicable capital adequacy guidelines; provided further , however , that the distribution of Debentures in connection with the liquidation of the Trust shall not in and of itself constitute a Capital Treatment Event unless such liquidation shall have occurred in connection with a Tax Event or an Investment Company Event.

Distribution Period ” means (i) with respect to interest paid on the Interest Payment Date in October 2006, the period beginning on (and including) July 31, 2006 and ending on (but excluding) the Interest Payment Date in October 2006, and (ii) thereafter, with respect to interest paid on each successive Interest Payment Date, the period beginning on (and including) the preceding Interest Payment Date and ending on (but excluding) such current Interest Payment Date.

First Supplemental Indenture ” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph hereto.

Indenture ” means the Original Indenture, as supplemented and amended by the First Supplemental Indenture.

Interest Rate ” means (i) for the period beginning on (and including) July 31, 2006 to (and excluding) August 7, 2006 the rate determined under the Original Indenture for such period, (ii) for the period beginning on (and including) August 7, 2006 and ending on (but excluding) the Interest Payment Date in October 2006 the rate per annum of 8.785%, and (iii) for each Distribution Period beginning on or after the Interest Payment Date in October 2006, the Coupon Rate for such Distribution Period. For purposes of clarification, the Interest Rate from the date of original issuance to (but excluding) August 7, 2006 (including the period from (and including) July 31, 2006 and ending on (but excluding) August 7, 2006) shall be as determined under the Original Indenture.

Original Indenture ” has the meaning set forth in the first recital hereto.

Redemption Price ” means 100% of the principal amount of the Debentures being redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest (including any Additional Interest) on such Debentures to the Redemption Date.

Senior Indebtedness ” means, with respect to the Company, (i) the principal, premium, if any, and interest in respect of (A) indebtedness of the Company for all borrowed and purchased money and (B) indebtedness evidenced by securities, debentures, notes, bonds or other similar instruments issued by the Company; (ii) all capital lease obligations of the Company; (iii) all obligations of the Company issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property, all conditional sale obligations of the Company and all obligations of the Company under any title retention agreement; (iv) all obligations of the Company for the reimbursement of any letter of credit, any banker’s acceptance, any security purchase facility, any repurchase agreement or similar arrangement, any interest rate swap, any other hedging arrangement, any obligation under options or any similar credit or other transaction; (v) all obligations of the Company associated with derivative products such as interest and foreign exchange rate contracts, commodity contracts, and similar arrangements; (vi) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (v) above of other Persons for the payment of which the Company is responsible or liable as obligor, guarantor or otherwise including, without limitation, similar obligations arising from off-balance sheet guarantees and direct credit substitutes; and (vii) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (vi) above of other Persons secured by any lien on any property or asset of the Company (whether or not such obligation is assumed by

 

3


the Company), whether incurred on or prior to the date of this Indenture or thereafter incurred. Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Senior Indebtedness” shall not include (1) any Additional Junior Indebtedness, (2) Debentures issued pursuant to this Indenture and guarantees in respect of such Debentures, (3) trade accounts payable of the Company arising in the ordinary course of business (such trade accounts payable being pari passu in right of payment to the Debentures), or (4) obligations with respect to which (a) in the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding, it is provided that such obligations are pari passu, junior or otherwise not superior in right of payment to the Debentures and (b) the Company, prior to the issuance thereof, has notified (and, if then required under the applicable guidelines of the regulating entity, has received approval from) the Federal Reserve (if the Company is a bank holding company) or the OTS (if the Company is a savings and loan holding company). Senior Indebtedness shall continue to be Senior Indebtedness and be entitled to the subordination provisions irrespective of any amendment, modification or waiver of any term of such Senior Indebtedness.

Special Redemption Price ” means (i) if the Special Redemption Date is before July 31, 2011, an amount in cash equal to 107.5% of the principal amount of the Debentures to be prepaid, plus accrued and unpaid interest (including Additional Interest) on such Debentures to such Special Redemption Date, or (ii) if the Special Redemption Date is on or after July 31, 2011, an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Debentures being redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest (including any Additional Interest) on such Debentures to such Special Redemption Date.

Trustee ” means U.S. Bank National Association, and, subject to the provisions of Article VI hereof, shall also include its successors and assigns as Trustee hereunder.

Section 4. Amendment of Section 2.3 of the Indenture . The first two sentences of Section 2.3 of the Original Indenture are deleted in their entirety and the following shall appear in lieu thereof:

Form and Denomination of Debentures .

The Debentures shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto. The Debentures shall be in registered, certificated form without coupons and in minimum denominations of $100,000.00 and any multiple of $1,000.00 in excess thereof. Any attempted transfer of the Debentures in a block having an aggregate principal amount of less than $100,000.00 shall be deemed to be void and of no legal effect whatsoever.

Section 5. Amendment of Section 2.5 of the Indenture . The seventh through tenth paragraphs of Section 2.5 of the Original Indenture are deleted in their entirety and the following shall appear in lieu thereof:

THIS SECURITY IS NOT A SAVINGS ACCOUNT OR DEPOSIT AND IT IS NOT INSURED BY THE UNITED STATES OR ANY AGENCY OR FUND OF THE UNITED STATES, INCLUDING THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION.

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAW. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR

 

4


OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A SO LONG AS THIS SECURITY IS ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144A, (D) TO A NON-U.S. PERSON IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 (AS APPLICABLE) OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (A) (1), (2), (3) or (7) OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR”, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO IT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INDENTURE, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE COMPANY.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF ALSO AGREES, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”) (EACH A “PLAN”), OR AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” BY REASON OF ANY PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY, AND NO PERSON INVESTING “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY PLAN MAY ACQUIRE OR HOLD THE SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER OR HOLDER IS ELIGIBLE FOR EXEMPTIVE RELIEF AVAILABLE UNDER U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR PROHIBITED TRANSACTION CLASS EXEMPTION 96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1 OR 84-14 OR ANOTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTION OR ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY IS NOT PROHIBITED BY SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE WITH RESPECT TO SUCH PURCHASE OR HOLDING. ANY PURCHASER OR HOLDER OF THE SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED BY ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING THEREOF THAT EITHER (i) IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 3(3) OF ERISA, OR A PLAN TO WHICH SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE IS APPLICABLE, A TRUSTEE OR OTHER PERSON ACTING ON BEHALF OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY USING THE ASSETS OF ANY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN TO

 

5


FINANCE SUCH PURCHASE, OR (ii) SUCH PURCHASE WILL NOT RESULT IN A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE FOR WHICH THERE IS NO APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE EXEMPTION.

THIS SECURITY WILL BE ISSUED AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN BLOCKS HAVING AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOT LESS THAN $100,000.00 AND MULTIPLES OF $1,000.00 IN EXCESS THEREOF. ANY ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY IN A BLOCK HAVING AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF LESS THAN $100,000.00 SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE VOID AND OF NO LEGAL EFFECT WHATSOEVER.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY AGREES THAT IT WILL COMPLY WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

Section 6. Amendment of Section 2.8 of the Indenture . The first two paragraphs of Section 2.8 of the Original Indenture are hereby amended and restated in their entirety to read as follows:

Payment of Interest and Additional Interest

Interest at the Interest Rate and any Additional Interest on any Debenture that is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date for Debentures shall be paid to the Person in whose name said Debenture (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the regular record date for such interest installment except that interest and any Additional Interest payable on the Maturity Date shall be paid to the Person to whom principal is paid.

Each Debenture shall bear interest (i) for the period beginning on (and including) July 31, 2006 to (and excluding) August 7, 2006 the rate determined under the Original Indenture for such period, (ii) for the period beginning on (and including) August 7, 2006 and ending on (but excluding) the Interest Payment Date in October 2006 the rate per annum of 8.785%, and (iii) for each Distribution Period beginning on or after the Interest Payment Date in October 2006 at a rate per annum equal to the 3-Month LIBOR, determined as described in Section 2.10, plus 3.30% (the “ Coupon Rate ”) applied to the principal amount thereof, until the principal thereof becomes due and payable, and on any overdue principal and to the extent that payment of such interest is enforceable under applicable law (without duplication) on any overdue installment of interest (including Additional Interest) at the Interest Rate in effect for each applicable period compounded quarterly; provided , however , that prior to the Interest Payment Date in July 2011, the Coupon Rate shall not exceed 12.50%. Interest shall be payable (subject to any relevant Extension Period) quarterly in arrears on each Interest Payment Date, including the Interest Payment Date in October 2006. For purposes of clarification, the Interest Rate from the date of original issuance to (but excluding) August 7, 2006 (including the period from (and including) July 31, 2006 and ending on (but excluding) August 7, 2006) shall be as determined under the Original Indenture.

Section 7. Amendment of Section 2.10 of the Indenture. The introductory paragraph and subsection (a) of Section 2.10 of the Original Indenture are hereby amended and restated to read as follows:

Computation of Interest Rate

 

6


The amount of interest payable for each Distribution Period will be calculated by applying the Interest Rate to the principal amount outstanding at the commencement of the Distribution Period on the basis of the actual number of days in the Distribution Period concerned divided by 360. All percentages resulting from any calculations on the Debentures will be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point, with five one-millionths of a percentage point rounded upward (e.g., 9.876545% (or .09876545) being rounded to 9.87655% (or .0987655), and all dollar amounts used in or resulting from such calculation will be rounded to the nearest cent (with one-half cent being rounded upward)).

(a) “ 3-Month LIBOR ” means the London interbank offered interest rate for three-month, U.S. dollar deposits determined by the Trustee in the following order of priority:

(1) the rate (expressed as a percentage per annum) for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity that appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date (as defined below). “Telerate Page 3750” means the display designated as “Page 3750” on the Moneyline Telerate Service or such other page as may replace Page 3750 on that service or such other service or services as may be nominated by the British Bankers’ Association as the information vendor for the purpose of displaying London interbank offered rates for U.S. dollar deposits;

(2) if such rate cannot be identified on the related Determination Date, the Trustee will request the principal London offices of four leading banks in the London interbank market to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to prime banks in the London interbank market for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity as of 11.00 a.m. (London time) on such Determination Date. If at least two quotations are provided, 3-Month LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations;

(3) if fewer than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause (2) above, the Trustee will request four major New York City banks to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to leading European banks for loans in U.S. dollars as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such Determination Date. If at least two such quotations are provided, 3-Month LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations; and

(4) if fewer than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause (3) above, 3-Month LIBOR will be a 3-Month LIBOR determined with respect to the Distribution Period immediately preceding such current Distribution Period.

If the rate for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity that initially appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date is superseded on the Telerate Page 3750 by a corrected rate by 12:00 noon (London time) on such Determination Date, then the corrected rate as so substituted on the applicable page will be the applicable 3-Month LIBOR for such Determination Date.

The Interest Rate for any Distribution Period will at no time be higher than the maximum rate then permitted by New York law as the same may be modified by United States law.

Determination Date ” means the date that is two London Banking Days (i.e., a business day in which dealings in deposits in U.S. dollars are transacted in the London interbank market) preceding the particular Distribution Period for which a Coupon Rate is being determined.

 

7


Section 8. Amendment of Section 2.11 of the Indenture . Section 2.11 of the Original Indenture is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

Extension of Interest Payment Period

So long as no Acceleration Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Company shall have the right, from time to time, and without causing an Event of Default, to defer payments of interest on the Debentures by extending the interest payment period on the Debentures at any time and from time to time during the term of the Debentures, for up to 20 consecutive quarterly periods (each such extended interest payment period, an “ Extension Period ”), during which Extension Period no interest (including Additional Interest) shall be due and payable (except any Additional Sums that may be due and payable). No Extension Period may end on a date other than an Interest Payment Date. During an Extension Period, interest will continue to accrue on the Debentures, and interest on such accrued interest will accrue at an annual rate equal to the Interest Rate in effect for such Extension Period, compounded quarterly from the date such interest would have been payable were it not for the Extension Period, to the extent permitted by law (such interest referred to herein as “ Additional Interest ”). At the end of any such Extension Period the Company shall pay all interest then accrued and unpaid on the Debentures (together with Additional Interest thereon); provided , however , that no Extension Period may extend beyond the Maturity Date; provided further , however , that during any such Extension Period, the Company shall not and shall not permit any Affiliate to (i) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire, or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of the Company’s or such Affiliate’s capital stock (other than payments of dividends or distributions to the Company or payments of dividends from direct or indirect subsidiaries of the Company to their parent corporations, which also shall be direct or indirect subsidiaries of the Company) or make any guarantee payments with respect to the foregoing or (ii) make any payment of principal of or interest or premium, if any, on or repay, repurchase or redeem any debt securities of the Company or any Affiliate that rank pari passu in all respects with or junior in interest to the Debentures (other than, with respect to clauses (i) or (ii) above, (a) repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of shares of capital stock of the Company in connection with any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants, in connection with a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock purchase plan or in connection with the issuance of capital stock of the Company (or securities convertible into or exercisable for such capital stock) as consideration in an acquisition transaction entered into prior to the applicable Extension Period, (b) as a result of any exchange or conversion of any class or series of the Company’s capital stock (or any capital stock of a subsidiary of the Company) for any class or series of the Company’s capital stock or of any class or series of the Company’s indebtedness for any class or series of the Company’s capital stock, (c) the purchase of fractional interests in shares of the Company’s capital stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such capital stock or the security being converted or exchanged, (d) any declaration of a dividend in connection with any stockholders’ rights plan, or the issuance of rights, stock or other property under any stockholders’ rights plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto, (e) any dividend in the form of stock, warrants, options or other rights where the dividend stock or the stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants,

 

8


options or other rights is the same stock as that on which the dividend is being paid or ranks pari passu with or junior to such stock and any cash payments in lieu of fractional shares issued in connection therewith, (f) payments of principal or interest on debt securities or payments of cash dividends or distributions on any capital stock issued by an Affiliate that is not, in whole or in part, a subsidiary of the Company (or any redemptions, repurchases or liquidation payments on such stock or securities), or (g) payments under the Capital Securities Guarantee). Prior to the termination of any Extension Period, the Company may further extend such period, provided that such period together with all such previous and further consecutive extensions thereof shall not exceed 20 consecutive quarterly periods, or extend beyond the Maturity Date. Upon the termination of any Extension Period and upon the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, the Company may commence a new Extension Period, subject to the foregoing requirements. No interest or Additional Interest shall be due and payable during an Extension Period, except at the end thereof, but each installment of interest that would otherwise have been due and payable during such Extension Period shall bear Additional Interest to the extent permitted by applicable law. The Company must give the Trustee notice of its election to begin or extend an Extension Period by the close of business at least 15 Business Days prior to the Interest Payment Date with respect to which interest on the Debentures would have been payable except for the election to begin or extend such Extension Period. The Trustee shall give notice of the Company’s election to begin a new Extension Period to the Securityholders.

Section 9. Amendment of Section 5.1(a) of the Indenture. Section 5.1 (a) of the Original Indenture is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:

(a) the Company defaults in the payment of any interest upon any Debenture, including any Additional Interest in respect thereof, following the nonpayment of any such interest for twenty or more consecutive Distribution Periods; or

Section 10. Amendment of Section 5.1(f) of the Indenture . The second paragraph of Section 5.1(f) of the Original Indenture is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:

If an Acceleration Event of Default occurs and is continuing with respect to the Debentures, then, and in each and every such case, unless the principal of the Debentures shall have already become due and payable, either the Trustee or the holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures then outstanding hereunder, by notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by Securityholders), may declare the entire principal of the Debentures and the interest accrued thereon, if any, to be due and payable immediately, and upon any such declaration the same shall become immediately due and payable. If an Event of Default under Section 5.1(b) or (c) occurs and is continuing with respect to the Debentures, then, and in each and every such case, unless the principal of the Debentures shall have already become due and payable, either the Trustee or the holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures then outstanding hereunder, by notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by Securityholders), may proceed to remedy the default or breach thereunder by such appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee or such holders shall deem most effectual to remedy the defaulted covenant or enforce the provisions of this Indenture so breached, either by suit in equity or by action at law, for damages or otherwise.

 

9


Section 11. Amendment of Section 5.2 of the Indenture. The first paragraph of Section 5.2 of the Original Indenture is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

Payment of Debentures on Default; Suit Therefor

The Company covenants that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default pursuant to Section 5.1 (a) or (b) then, upon demand of the Trustee, the Company will pay to the Trustee, for the benefit of the holders of the Debentures the whole amount that then shall have become due and payable on all Debentures for principal and premium, if any, or interest, or both, as the case may be, with Additional Interest accrued on the Debentures (to the extent that payment of such interest is enforceable under applicable law and, if the Debentures are held by the Trust or a trustee of such Trust, without duplication of any other amounts paid by the Trust or a trustee in respect thereof); and, in addition thereto, such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including a reasonable compensation to the Trustee, its agents, attorneys and counsel, and any other amounts due to the Trustee under Section 6.6. In case the Company shall fail forthwith to pay such amounts upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, shall be entitled and empowered to institute any actions or proceedings at law or in equity for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, and may prosecute any such action or proceeding to judgment or final decree, and may enforce any such judgment or final decree against the Company or any other obligor on such Debentures and collect in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Company or any other obligor on such Debentures wherever situated the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable.

Section 12. Amendment of Section 10.1 of the Indenture . Section 10.1 of the Original Indenture is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

The Company shall have the right (subject to the receipt by the Company of prior approval (i) if the Company is a bank holding company, from the Federal Reserve, if then required under applicable capital guidelines or policies or (ii) if the Company is a savings and loan holding company, from the OTS if then required under applicable capital guidelines or policies of the OTS), to redeem the Debentures, in whole or in part, but in all cases in a principal amount with integral multiples of $1,000.00, on any Interest Payment Date on or after the Interest Payment Date in July 2011 (the “ Redemption Date ”), at the Redemption Price.

Section 13. Amendment of Section 14.4 of the Indenture. The second sentence of Section 14.4 of the Original Indenture is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

Any notice, consent, direction, request, authorization, waiver or demand by any Securityholder or the Company to or upon the Trustee shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made, for all purposes, if given or made in writing at the office of the Trustee, addressed to the Trustee, 225 Asylum Street, Goodwin Square, Hartford, Connecticut 06103 Attention: Vice President, Corporate Trust Services Division, with a copy to the Trustee, 1 Federal Street - 3rd Floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02110, Attention: Paul D. Allen, Corporate Trust Services Division.

Section 14. Amendment of Exhibit A to the Original Indenture . Exhibit A of the Original Indenture is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as set forth on Exhibit A hereto.

 

10


Section 15. Representations and Warranties . The Company represents and warrants that (a) it has all necessary power and authority to execute and deliver this First Supplemental Indenture and to perform under the Indenture, (b) that it is a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Texas, (c) that, both immediately before and after giving effect to this First Supplemental Indenture, no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (d) that this First Supplemental Indenture is executed and delivered pursuant to Section 9.2 of the Original Indenture, (e) that the Company has no present intention to exercise its right under Section 2.11 of the Indenture to defer payments of interest on the Debentures by commencing an Extension Period; and (f) that each holder of outstanding Debentures has consented hereto.

Section 16. Conditions of Effectiveness . This First Supplemental Indenture shall become effective when, and only when:

(a) the Trustee shall have executed a counterpart of this First Supplemental Indenture and shall have received a counterpart of this First Supplemental Indenture executed by the Company;

(b) the Trustee shall have received an Officers’ Certificate stating that this First Supplemental Indenture complies with Article IX of the Original Indenture; and

(c) the Trustee shall have received an Opinion of Counsel, in form and substance satisfactory to it, to the effect that the execution and delivery of this First Supplemental Indenture is permitted by and is effected in compliance with the Original Indenture.

Section 17. Surrender and Exchange of Debentures . The holder of the Debentures issued under the Original Indenture shall be required to surrender such Debentures to the Trustee for exchange in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.5 of the Indenture. Upon receipt of such Debentures, the Trustee shall surrender such Debentures to the Company for cancellation. Upon the effectiveness of this First Supplemental Indenture, the terms of the Debentures as set forth on Exhibit A hereto shall govern in all respects regardless of whether each Debenture issued under the Original Indenture is surrendered in exchange as required under this Section 17. In the event of a conflict between the terms of the Debentures issued under the Original Indenture and the Debentures issued in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A, the terms of the Debentures in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A shall control.

Section 18. Reference to the Indenture .

(a) Upon the effectiveness of this First Supplemental Indenture, each reference in the Original Indenture to “this Indenture,” “hereunder,” “herein” or words of like import shall mean and be a reference to the Original Indenture, as affected, amended and supplemented hereby.

(b) Upon the effectiveness of this First Supplemental Indenture, all references in each of the Debentures, and in the other documents and instruments executed in connection therewith, to the Indenture, including each term defined by reference to the Indenture, shall mean and be a reference to the Original Indenture or such term, as the case may be, as affected, amended and supplemented hereby.

(c) The Original Indenture, as amended and supplemented by this First Supplemental Indenture, shall remain in full force and effect and is hereby ratified and confirmed.

Section 19. Execution in Counterparts . This First Supplemental Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

11


Section 20. Governing Law; Binding Effect . This First Supplemental Indenture shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York and shall be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

Section 21. The Trustee . The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this First Supplemental Indenture or the due execution thereof by the Company. The recitals of fact contained herein shall be taken as the statements solely of the Company, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for the correctness thereof.

Signatures appear on following page

 

12


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have caused this First Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the day and year first above written.

 

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION,

as Company

By:   /s/ Alan B. White
Name:   Alan B. White
Title   CEO

 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (as successor to State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association), as Trustee
By:   /s/ Paul D. Allen
Name:   Paul D. Allen
Title:   Vice President

 

13


EXHIBIT A

FORM OF FLOATING RATE JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEFERRABLE INTEREST

DEBENTURE

[FORM OF FACE OF SECURITY]

THIS SECURITY IS NOT A SAVINGS ACCOUNT OR DEPOSIT AND IT IS NOT INSURED BY THE UNITED STATES OR ANY AGENCY OR FUND OF THE UNITED STATES, INCLUDING THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION.

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAW. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A SO LONG AS THIS SECURITY IS ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144A, (D) TO A NON-U.S. PERSON IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 (AS APPLICABLE) OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (A) (1), (2), (3) or (7) OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR”, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO IT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INDENTURE, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE COMPANY.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF ALSO AGREES, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”) (EACH A “PLAN”), OR AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” BY REASON OF ANY PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY, AND NO PERSON INVESTING “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY PLAN MAY ACQUIRE OR HOLD THE SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER OR HOLDER IS ELIGIBLE FOR EXEMPTIVE RELIEF AVAILABLE UNDER U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR PROHIBITED TRANSACTION CLASS EXEMPTION 96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1 OR 84-14 OR ANOTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTION OR ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY IS NOT PROHIBITED BY

 

A-1


SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE WITH RESPECT TO SUCH PURCHASE OR HOLDING. ANY PURCHASER OR HOLDER OF THE SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED BY ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING THEREOF THAT EITHER (i) IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 3(3) OF ERISA, OR A PLAN TO WHICH SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE IS APPLICABLE, A TRUSTEE OR OTHER PERSON ACTING ON BEHALF OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY USING THE ASSETS OF ANY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN TO FINANCE SUCH PURCHASE, OR (ii) SUCH PURCHASE WILL NOT RESULT IN A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE FOR WHICH THERE IS NO APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE EXEMPTION.

THIS SECURITY WILL BE ISSUED AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN BLOCKS HAVING AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOT LESS THAN $100,000.00 AND MULTIPLES OF $1,000.00 IN EXCESS THEREOF. ANY ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY IN A BLOCK HAVING AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF LESS THAN $100,000.00 SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE VOID AND OF NO LEGAL EFFECT WHATSOEVER.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY AGREES THAT IT WILL COMPLY WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS

IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY THE INDENTURE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

Amended and Restated

Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debenture

of

Plains Capital Corporation

August 7, 2006

Plains Capital Corporation, a Texas corporation (the “Company” which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received promises to pay to U.S. Bank National Association, as successor in interest to State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association, not in its individual capacity but solely as Institutional Trustee for PCC Statutory Trust I (the “Holder”) or registered assigns, the principal sum of eighteen million forty-two thousand dollars ($18,042,000.00) on July 31, 2031, and to pay interest on said principal sum from August 7, 2006, or from the most recent Interest Payment Date (as defined below) to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, quarterly (subject to deferral as set forth herein) in arrears on January 31, April 30, July 31 and October 31 of each year (each such date, an “Interest Payment Date”), commencing on the Interest Payment Date in October 2006, at an annual rate equal to (i) the rate determined under the Original Indenture for the period beginning on (and including) July 31, 2006 to (and excluding) August 7, 2006 (ii) 8.785% for the period beginning on (and including) August 7, 2006 and ending on (but excluding) the Interest Payment Date in October 2006, and (iii) the rate for each successive Distribution Period (defined below) equal to 3-Month LIBOR, determined as described below, plus 3.30% (the “Coupon Rate”); provided , however , that prior to the Interest Payment Date in July 2011, the Coupon Rate shall not exceed 12.50%, applied to the principal amount hereof, until the principal hereof is paid or

 

A-2


duly provided for or made available for payment, and on any overdue principal and (without duplication and to the extent that payment of such interest is enforceable under applicable law) on any overdue installment of interest (including Additional Interest) at the Interest Rate in effect for each applicable period, compounded quarterly, from the dates such amounts are due until they are paid or made available for payment. A “Distribution Period” is the period beginning on (and including) an Interest Payment Date and ending on (but excluding) the next succeeding Interest Payment Date. The amount of interest payable for any Distribution Period will be calculated by applying the Coupon Rate to the principal amount outstanding at the commencement of the Distribution Period and multiplying each such amount by the actual number of days in the Distribution Period concerned divided by 360. In the event that any date on which interest is payable on this Debenture is not a Business Day, then a payment of the interest payable on such date will be made on the next succeeding day which is a Business Day (and without any interest or other payment in respect of such delay), except that, if such Business Day is in the next succeeding calendar year, such payment will be made on the immediately preceding Business Day, in each case with the same force and effect as if made on the date the payment was originally payable. The interest installment so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date will, as provided in the Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Debenture (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the regular record date for such interest installment, which shall be fifteen Business Days prior to the day on which the relevant Interest Payment Date occurs. Any such interest installment not so punctually paid or duly provided for shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on such regular record date and may be paid to the Person in whose name this Debenture (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on a special record date. For purposes of clarification, the Interest Rate from the date of original issuance to (but excluding) August 7, 2006 (including the period from (and including) July 31, 2006 and ending on (but excluding) August 7, 2006) shall be as determined under the Original Indenture.

“3-Month LIBOR” as used herein, means, with respect to a Distribution Period, the London interbank offered interest rate for three-month U.S. dollar deposits determined by the Trustee in the following order of priority: (i) the rate (expressed as a percentage per annum) for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity that appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date (“Telerate Page 3750” means the display designated as “Page 3750” on the Moneyline Telerate Service or such other page as may replace Page 3750 on that service or such other service or services as may be nominated by the British Bankers’ Association as the information vendor for the purpose of displaying London interbank offered rates for U.S. dollar deposits); (ii) if such rate cannot be identified on the related Determination Date, the Trustee will request the principal London offices of four leading banks in the London interbank market to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to prime banks in the London interbank market for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such Determination Date. If at least two quotations are provided, 3-Month LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations; (iii) if fewer than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause (ii) above, the Trustee will request four major New York City banks to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to leading European banks for loans in U.S. dollars as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such Determination Date. If at least two such quotations are provided, 3-Month LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations; and (iv) if fewer than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause (iii) above, 3-Month LIBOR will be a 3-Month LIBOR determined with respect to the Distribution Period immediately preceding such current Distribution Period. If the rate for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity that initially appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date is superseded on the Telerate Page 3750 by a corrected rate by 12:00 noon (London time) on such Determination Date, then the corrected rate as so substituted on the applicable page will be the applicable 3-Month LIBOR for such Determination Date. As used herein, “Determination Date” means the date that is two London Banking Days (i.e., a business day in which dealings in deposits in U.S. dollars are transacted in the London interbank market) preceding the commencement of the relevant Distribution Period.

 

A-3


The Interest Rate for any Distribution Period will at no time be higher than the maximum rate then permitted by New York law as the same may be modified by United States law.

All percentages resulting from any calculations on the Debentures will be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point, with five one-millionths of a percentage point rounded upward (e.g., 9.876545% (or .09876545) being rounded to 9.87655% (or .0987655), and all dollar amounts used in or resulting from such calculation will be rounded to the nearest cent (with one-half cent being rounded upward)).

The principal of and interest on this Debenture shall be payable at the office or agency of the Trustee (or other paying agent appointed by the Company) maintained for that purpose in any coin or currency of the United States of America that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts; provided , however , that payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the registered holder at such address as shall appear in the Debenture Register if a request for a wire transfer by such holder has not been received by the Company or by wire transfer to an account appropriately designated by the holder hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as the holder of this Debenture is the Institutional Trustee, the payment of the principal of and interest on this Debenture will be made in immediately available funds at such place and to such account as may be designated by the Trustee.

So long as no Acceleration Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Company shall have the right, from time to time, and without causing an Event of Default, to defer payments of interest on the Debentures by extending the interest payment period on the Debentures at any time and from time to time during the term of the Debentures, for up to 20 consecutive quarterly periods (each such extended interest payment period, an “Extension Period”), during which Extension Period no interest (including Additional Interest) shall be due and payable (except any Additional Sums that may be due and payable). No Extension Period may end on a date other than an Interest Payment Date. During an Extension Period, interest will continue to accrue on the Debentures, and interest on such accrued interest will accrue at an annual rate equal to the Interest Rate in effect for such Extension Period, compounded quarterly from the date such interest would have been payable were it not for the Extension Period, to the extent permitted by law (such interest referred to herein as “Additional Interest”). At the end of any such Extension Period the Company shall pay all interest then accrued and unpaid on the Debentures (together with Additional Interest thereon); provided , however , that no Extension Period may extend beyond the Maturity Date; provided further , however , that during any such Extension Period, the Company shall not and shall not permit any Affiliate to engage in any of the activities or transactions described on the reverse side hereof and in the Indenture. Prior to the termination of any Extension Period, the Company may further extend such period, provided that such period together with all such previous and further consecutive extensions thereof shall not exceed 20 consecutive quarterly periods, or extend beyond the Maturity Date. Upon the termination of any Extension Period and upon the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, the Company may commence a new Extension Period, subject to the foregoing requirements. No interest or Additional Interest shall be due and payable during an Extension Period, except at the end thereof, but each installment of interest that would otherwise have been due and payable during such Extension Period shall bear Additional Interest. The Company must give the Trustee notice of its election to begin or extend an Extension Period by the close of business at least 15 Business Days prior to the Interest Payment Date with respect to which interest on the Debentures would have been payable except for the election to begin or extend such Extension Period.

 

A-4


The indebtedness evidenced by this Debenture is, to the extent provided in the Indenture, subordinate and junior in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness, and this Debenture is issued subject to the provisions of the Indenture with respect thereto. Each holder of this Debenture, by accepting the same, (a) agrees to and shall be bound by such provisions, (b) authorizes and directs the Trustee on his or her behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to acknowledge or effectuate the subordination so provided and (c) appoints the Trustee his or her attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes. Each holder hereof, by his or her acceptance hereof, hereby waives all notice of the acceptance of the subordination provisions contained herein and in the Indenture by each holder of Senior Indebtedness, whether now outstanding or hereafter incurred, and waives reliance by each such holder upon said provisions.

This Debenture shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, be valid or become obligatory for any purpose until the certificate of authentication hereon shall have been signed by or on behalf of the Trustee.

The provisions of this Debenture are continued on the reverse side hereof and such provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as though fully set forth at this place.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has duly executed this certificate.

 

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION
By    
  Name:
  Title:

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Debentures referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Trustee

By:    
  Authorized Officer

 

A-5


[FORM OF REVERSE OF DEBENTURE]

This Debenture is one of the floating rate junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures of the Company, all issued or to be issued under and pursuant to the Indenture dated as of July 31, 2001 (the “Original Indenture”), as amended and supplemented by that certain First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of August 7, 2006 (the Original Indenture, as so amended and supplemented, the “Indenture”), duly executed and delivered between the Company and the Trustee, to which Indenture reference is hereby made for a description of the rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities thereunder of the Trustee, the Company and the holders of the Debentures. The Debentures are limited in aggregate principal amount as specified in the Indenture.

Upon the occurrence and continuation of a Special Event prior to the Interest Payment Date in July 2011, the Company shall have the right to redeem the Debentures in whole, but not in part, at any Interest Payment Date, within 120 days following the occurrence of such Special Event, at the Special Redemption Price.

In addition, the Company shall have the right to redeem the Debentures, in whole or in part, but in all cases in a principal amount with integral multiples of $1,000.00, on any Interest Payment Date on or after the Interest Payment Date in July 2011, at the Redemption Price.

Prior to 10:00 a.m. New York City time on the Redemption Date or Special Redemption Date, as applicable, the Company will deposit with the Trustee or with one or more paying agents an amount of money sufficient to redeem on the Redemption Date or the Special Redemption Date, as applicable, all the Debentures so called for redemption at the appropriate Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price.

If all, or less than all, the Debentures are to be redeemed, the Company will give the Trustee notice not less than 45 nor more than 60 days, respectively, prior to the Redemption Date or Special Redemption Date, as applicable, as to the aggregate principal amount of Debentures to be redeemed and the Trustee shall select, in such manner as in its sole discretion it shall deem appropriate and fair, the Debentures or portions thereof (in integral multiples of $1,000.00) to be redeemed.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any redemption of Debentures by the Company shall be subject to the receipt of any and all required regulatory approvals.

In case an Acceleration Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, upon demand of the Trustee, the principal of all of the Debentures shall become due and payable in the manner, with the effect and subject to the conditions provided in the Indenture.

The Indenture contains provisions permitting the Company and the Trustee, with the consent of the holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures at the time outstanding, to execute supplemental indentures for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or of any supplemental indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the holders of the Debentures; provided , however , that no such supplemental indenture shall without the consent of the holders of each Debenture then outstanding and affected thereby (i) change the fixed maturity of any Debenture, or reduce the principal amount thereof or any premium thereon, or reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of interest thereon, or reduce any amount payable on redemption thereof or make the principal thereof or any interest or premium thereon payable in any coin or currency other than that provided in the Debentures, or impair or affect the right of any Securityholder to institute suit for payment thereof or impair the right of repayment, if any, at the option of the holder, or (ii) reduce the aforesaid percentage of Debentures the holders of which are required to consent to any such supplemental indenture.

 

A-6


The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures at the time outstanding on behalf of the holders of all of the Debentures to waive (or modify any previously granted waiver of) any past default or Event of Default, and its consequences, except a default (a) in the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any of the Debentures, (b) in respect of covenants or provisions hereof or of the Indenture which cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the holder of each Debenture affected, or (c) in respect of the covenants contained in Section 3.9 of the Indenture; provided , however , that if the Debentures are held by the Trust or a trustee of such trust, such waiver or modification to such waiver shall not be effective until the holders of a majority in Liquidation Amount of Trust Securities of the Trust shall have consented to such waiver or modification to such waiver, provided , further , that if the consent of the holder of each outstanding Debenture is required, such waiver shall not be effective until each holder of the Trust Securities of the Trust shall have consented to such waiver. Upon any such waiver, the default covered thereby shall be deemed to be cured for all purposes of the Indenture and the Company, the Trustee and the holders of the Debentures shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder, respectively; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon. Whenever any default or Event of Default hereunder shall have been waived as permitted by the Indenture, said default or Event of Default shall for all purposes of the Debentures and the Indenture be deemed to have been cured and to be not continuing.

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Debenture or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and premium, if any, and interest, including Additional Interest, on this Debenture at the time and place and at the rate and in the money herein prescribed.

The Company has agreed that if Debentures are initially issued to the Trust or a trustee of such Trust in connection with the issuance of Trust Securities by the Trust (regardless of whether Debentures continue to be held by such Trust) and (i) there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default, (ii) the Company shall be in default with respect to its payment of any obligations under the Capital Securities Guarantee, or (iii) the Company shall have given notice of its election to defer payments of interest on the Debentures by extending the interest payment period as provided herein and such Extension Period, or any extension thereof, shall be continuing, then the Company shall not, and shall not allow any Affiliate of the Company to, (x) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire, or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of the Company’s capital stock or its Affiliates’ capital stock (other than payments of dividends or distributions to the Company or payments of dividends from direct or indirect subsidiaries of the Company to their parent corporations, which also shall be direct or indirect subsidiaries of the Company) or make any guarantee payments with respect to the foregoing or (y) make any payment of principal of or interest or premium, if any, on or repay, repurchase or redeem any debt securities of the Company or any Affiliate that rank pari passu in all respects with or junior in interest to the Debentures (other than, with respect to clauses (x) and (y) above, (1) repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of shares of capital stock of the Company in connection with any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants, in connection with a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock purchase plan or in connection with the issuance of capital stock of the Company (or securities convertible into or exercisable for such capital stock) as consideration in an acquisition transaction entered into prior to the applicable Extension Period, if any, (2) as a result of any exchange or conversion of any class or series of the Company’s capital stock (or any capital stock of a subsidiary of the Company) for any class or series of the Company’s capital stock or of any class or series of the Company’s indebtedness for any class or series of the Company’s capital stock, (3) the purchase of fractional interests in shares of the Company’s capital stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such capital stock or the security being converted or exchanged, (4) any declaration of a dividend in connection with any stockholders’ rights plan, or the issuance of rights, stock or other

 

A-7


property under any stockholders’ rights plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto, (5) any dividend in the form of stock, warrants, options or other rights where the dividend stock or the stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants, options or other rights is the same stock as that on which the dividend is being paid or ranks pari passu with or junior to such stock and any cash payments in lieu of fractional shares issued in connection therewith, (6) payments of principal or interest on debt securities or payments of cash dividends or distributions on any capital stock issued by an Affiliate that is not, in whole or in part, a subsidiary of the Company (or any redemptions, repurchases or liquidation payments on such stock or securities), or (7) payments under the Capital Securities Guarantee).

The Debentures are issuable only in registered, certificated form without coupons and in minimum denominations of $100,000.00 and any multiple of $1,000.00 in excess thereof. As provided in the Indenture and subject to the transfer restrictions and limitations as may be contained herein and therein from time to time, this Debenture is transferable by the holder hereof on the Debenture Register of the Company. Upon due presentment for registration of transfer of any Debenture at the Principal Office of the Trustee or at any office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose as provided in Section 3.2 of the Indenture, the Company shall execute, the Company or the Trustee shall register and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and make available for delivery in the name of the transferee or transferees a new Debenture for a like aggregate principal amount. All Debentures presented for registration of transfer or for exchange or payment shall (if so required by the Company or the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent) be duly endorsed by, or be accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer in form satisfactory to, the Company and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent duly executed by the holder or his attorney duly authorized in writing. No service charge shall be made for any exchange or registration of transfer of Debentures, but the Company or the Trustee may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax, fee or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection therewith.

Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer of any Debenture, the Company, the Trustee, any Authenticating Agent, any paying agent, any transfer agent and any Debenture registrar may deem the Person in whose name such Debenture shall be registered upon the Debenture Register to be, and may treat him as, the absolute owner of such Debenture (whether or not such Debenture shall be overdue) for the purpose of receiving payment of or on account of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Debenture and for all other purposes; and neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent nor any paying agent nor any transfer agent nor any Debenture registrar shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. All such payments so made to any holder for the time being or upon his order shall be valid, and, to the extent of the sum or sums so paid, effectual to satisfy and discharge the liability for moneys payable upon any such Debenture.

No recourse for the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest on any Debenture, or for any claim based thereon or otherwise in respect thereof, and no recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of the Company in the Indenture or in any supplemental indenture, or in any such Debenture, or because of the creation of any indebtedness represented thereby, shall be had against any incorporator, stockholder, employee, officer or director, as such, past, present or future, of the Company or of any successor Person of the Company, either directly or through the Company or any successor Person of the Company, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise, it being expressly understood that all such liability is hereby expressly waived and released as a condition of, and as a consideration for, the execution of the Indenture and the issue of the Debentures.

Capitalized terms used and not defined in this Debenture shall have the meanings assigned in the Indenture.

 

A-8


THE INDENTURE AND THE DEBENTURES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAW PRINCIPLES THEREOF.

 

A-9

Exhibit 4.6

FLOATING RATE JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEFERRABLE INTEREST DEBENTURE

THIS SECURITY IS NOT A SAVINGS ACCOUNT OR DEPOSIT AND IT IS NOT INSURED BY THE UNITED STATES OR ANY AGENCY OR FUND OF THE UNITED STATES, INCLUDING THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAW NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A SO LONG AS THIS SECURITY IS ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144A, (D) TO A NON-U.S. PERSON IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 (AS APPLICABLE) OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (A) (1), (2), (3) or (7) OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR”, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO IT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INDENTURE, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE COMPANY.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF ALSO AGREES, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”) (EACH A “PLAN”), OR AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” BY REASON OF ANY PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY, AND NO PERSON INVESTING “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY PLAN MAY ACQUIRE OR HOLD THE SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER OR HOLDER IS ELIGIBLE FOR EXEMPTIVE RELIEF AVAILABLE UNDER U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR PROHIBITED TRANSACTION CLASS EXEMPTION 96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1 OR 84-14 OR ANOTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTION OR ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY IS NOT PROHIBITED BY SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE WITH RESPECT TO SUCH PURCHASE OR HOLDING. ANY PURCHASER OR HOLDER OF THE SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED BY ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING THEREOF THAT EITHER (i) IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN WITHIN THE


MEANING OF SECTION 3(3) OF ERISA, OR A PLAN TO WHICH SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE IS APPLICABLE, A TRUSTEE OR OTHER PERSON ACTING ON BEHALF OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY USING THE ASSETS OF ANY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN TO FINANCE SUCH PURCHASE, OR (ii) SUCH PURCHASE WILL NOT RESULT IN A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE FOR WHICH THERE IS NO APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE EXEMPTION.

THIS SECURITY WILL BE ISSUED AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN BLOCKS HAVING AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOT LESS THAN $100,000.00 AND MULTIPLES OF $1,000.00 IN EXCESS THEREOF. ANY ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY IN A BLOCK HAVING AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF LESS THAN $100,000.00 SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE VOID AND OF NO LEGAL EFFECT WHATSOEVER.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY AGREES THAT IT WILL COMPLY WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS

IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY THE INDENTURE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

Amended and Restated

Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debenture

of

Plains Capital Corporation

August 7, 2006

Plains Capital Corporation, a Texas corporation (the “Company” which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received promises to pay to U.S. Bank National Association, as successor in interest to State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association, not in its individual capacity but solely as Institutional Trustee for PCC Statutory Trust I (the “Holder”) or registered assigns, the principal sum of eighteen million forty-two thousand dollars ($18,042,000.00) on July 31, 2031, and to pay interest on said principal sum from August 7, 2006, or from the most recent Interest Payment Date (as defined below) to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, quarterly (subject to deferral as set forth herein) in arrears on January 31, April 30, July 31 and October 31 of each year (each such date, an “Interest Payment Date”), commencing on the Interest Payment Date in October 2006, at an annual rate equal to (i) the rate determined under the Original Indenture for the period beginning on (and including) July 31, 2006 to (and excluding) August 7, 2006 (ii) 8.785% for the period beginning on (and including) August 7, 2006 and ending on (but excluding) the Interest Payment Date in October 2006, and (iii) the rate for each successive Distribution Period (defined below) equal to 3-Month LIBOR, determined as described below, plus 3.30% (the “Coupon Rate”); provided , however , that prior to the Interest Payment Date in July 2011, the Coupon Rate shall not exceed 12.50%, applied to the principal amount hereof, until the principal hereof is paid or duly provided for or made available for payment, and on any overdue principal and (without duplication and to the extent that payment of such interest is enforceable under applicable law) on any overdue installment of interest (including Additional Interest) at the Interest Rate in effect for each applicable period, compounded quarterly, from the dates such amounts are due until they are paid or made available


for payment. A “Distribution Period” is the period beginning on (and including) an Interest Payment Date and ending on (but excluding) the next succeeding Interest Payment Date. The amount of interest payable for any Distribution Period will be calculated by applying the Coupon Rate to the principal amount outstanding at the commencement of the Distribution Period and multiplying each such amount by the actual number of days in the Distribution Period concerned divided by 360. In the event that any date on which interest is payable on this Debenture is not a Business Day, then a payment of the interest payable on such date will be made on the next succeeding day which is a Business Day (and without any interest or other payment in respect of such delay), except that, if such Business Day is in the next succeeding calendar year, such payment will be made on the immediately preceding Business Day, in each case with the same force and effect as if made on the date the payment was originally payable The interest installment so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date will, as provided in the Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Debenture (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the regular record date for such interest installment, which shall be fifteen Business Days prior to the day on which the relevant Interest Payment Date occurs.Any such interest installment not so punctually paid or duly provided for shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on such regular record date and may be paid to the Person in whose name this Debenture (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on a special record date For purposes of clarification, the Interest Rate from the date of original issuance to (but excluding) August 7, 2006 (including the period from (and including) July 31, 2006 and ending on (but excluding) August 7, 2006) shall be as determined under the Original Indenture.

“3-Month LIBOR” as used herein, means, with respect to a Distribution Period, the London interbank offered interest rate for three-month U.S. dollar deposits determined by the Trustee in the following order of priority: (i) the rate (expressed as a percentage per annum) for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity that appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date (“Telerate Page 3750” means the display designated as “Page 3750” on the Moneyline Telerate Service or such other page as may replace Page 3750 on that service or such other service or services as may be nominated by the British Bankers’ Association as the information vendor for the purpose of displaying London interbank offered rates for U.S. dollar deposits); (ii) if such rate cannot be identified on the related Determination Date, the Trustee will request the principal London offices of four leading banks in the London interbank market to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to prime banks in the London interbank market for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such Determination Date. If at least two quotations are provided, 3-Month LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations; (iii) if fewer than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause (ii) above, the Trustee will request four major New York City banks to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to leading European banks for loans in U.S. dollars as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such Determination Date. If at least two such quotations are provided, 3-Month LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations; and (iv) if fewer than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause (iii) above, 3-Month LIBOR will be a 3-Month LIBOR determined with respect to the Distribution Period immediately preceding such current Distribution Period. If the rate for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity that initially appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date is superseded on the Telerate Page 3750 by a corrected rate by 12:00 noon (London time) on such Determination Date, then the corrected rate as so substituted on the applicable page will be the applicable 3-Month LIBOR for such Determination Date. As used herein, “Determination Date” means the date that is two London Banking Days (i.e., a business day in which dealings in deposits in U.S. dollars are transacted in the London interbank market) preceding the commencement of the relevant Distribution Period.

The Interest Rate for any Distribution Period will at no time be higher than the maximum rate then permitted by New York law as the same may be modified by United States law.


All percentages resulting from any calculations on the Debentures will be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point, with five one-millionths of a percentage point rounded upward (e g., 9.876545% (or 09876545) being rounded to 9.87655% (or .0987655), and all dollar amounts used in or resulting from such calculation will be rounded to the nearest cent (with one-half cent being rounded upward)).

The principal of and interest on this Debenture shall be payable at the office or agency of the Trustee (or other paying agent appointed by the Company) maintained for that purpose in any coin or currency of the United States of America that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts; provided , however , that payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the registered holder at such address as shall appear in the Debenture Register if a request for a wire transfer by such holder has not been received by the Company or by wire transfer to an account appropriately designated by the holder hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as the holder of this Debenture is the Institutional Trustee, the payment of the principal of and interest on this Debenture will be made in immediately available funds at such place and to such account as may be designated by the Trustee.

So long as no Acceleration Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Company shall have the right, from time to time, and without causing an Event of Default, to defer payments of interest on the Debentures by extending the interest payment period on the Debentures at any time and from time to time during the term of the Debentures, for up to 20 consecutive quarterly periods (each such extended interest payment period, an “Extension Period”), during which Extension Period no interest (including Additional Interest) shall be due and payable (except any Additional Sums that may be due and payable). No Extension Period may end on a date other than an Interest Payment Date. During an Extension Period, interest will continue to accrue on the Debentures, and interest on such accrued interest will accrue at an annual rate equal to the Interest Rate in effect for such Extension Period, compounded quarterly from the date such interest would have been payable were it not for the Extension Period, to the extent permitted by law (such interest referred to herein as “Additional Interest”). At the end of any such Extension Period the Company shall pay all interest then accrued and unpaid on the Debentures (together with Additional Interest thereon); provided , however , that no Extension Period may extend beyond the Maturity Date; provided further , however , that during any such Extension Period, the Company shall not and shall not permit any Affiliate to engage in any of the activities or transactions described on the reverse side hereof and in the Indenture. Prior to the termination of any Extension Period, the Company may further extend such period, provided that such period together with all such previous and further consecutive extensions thereof shall not exceed 20 consecutive quarterly periods, or extend beyond the Maturity Date. Upon the termination of any Extension Period and upon the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, the Company may commence a new Extension Period, subject to the foregoing requirements. No interest or Additional Interest shall be due and payable during an Extension Period, except at the end thereof, but each installment of interest that would otherwise have been due and payable during such Extension Period shall bear Additional Interest. The Company must give the Trustee notice of its election to begin or extend an Extension Period by the close of business at least 15 Business Days prior to the Interest Payment Date with respect to which interest on the Debentures would have been payable except for the election to begin or extend such Extension Period.

The indebtedness evidenced by this Debenture is, to the extent provided in the Indenture, subordinate and junior in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness, and this Debenture is issued subject to the provisions of the Indenture with respect thereto. Each holder of this Debenture, by accepting the same, (a) agrees to and shall be bound by such provisions, (b) authorizes and directs the Trustee on his or her behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to acknowledge or effectuate the subordination so provided and (c) appoints the Trustee his or her attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes. Each holder hereof, by his or her acceptance hereof, hereby waives all notice of the acceptance of the subordination provisions contained herein and in the Indenture by each holder of Senior Indebtedness, whether now outstanding or hereafter incurred, and waives reliance by each such holder upon said provisions.


This Debenture shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, be valid or become obligatory for any purpose until the certificate of authentication hereon shall have been signed by or on behalf of the Trustee.

The provisions of this Debenture are continued on the reverse side hereof and such provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as though fully set forth at this place.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has duly executed this certificate.

 

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION
By   /s/ Alan B. White
  Name: Alan B. White
  Title: CEO

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Debentures referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Trustee

By:   /s/ Paul D. Allen
  Authorized Officer


REVERSE OF DEBENTURE

This Debenture is one of the floating rate junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures of the Company, all issued or to be issued under and pursuant to the Indenture dated as of July 31, 2001 (the. “Original Indenture”), as amended and supplemented by that certain First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of August 7, 2006 (the Original Indenture, as so amended and supplemented, the “Indenture”), duly executed and delivered between the Company and the Trustee, to which Indenture reference is hereby made for a description of the rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities thereunder of the Trustee, the Company and the holders of the Debentures. The Debentures are limited in aggregate principal amount as specified in the Indenture.

Upon the occurrence and continuation of a Special Event prior to the Interest Payment Date in July 2011, the Company shall have the right to redeem the Debentures in whole, but not in part, at any Interest Payment Date, within 120 days following the occurrence of such Special Event, at the Special Redemption Price.

In addition, the Company shall have the right to redeem the Debentures, in whole or in part, but in all cases in a principal amount with integral multiples of $1,000.00, on any Interest Payment Date on or after the Interest Payment Date in July 2011, at the Redemption Price.

Prior to 10:00 a.m. New York City time on the Redemption Date or Special Redemption Date, as applicable, the Company will deposit with the Trustee or with one or more paying agents an amount of money sufficient to redeem on the Redemption Date or the Special Redemption Date, as applicable, all the Debentures so called for redemption at the appropriate Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price.

If all, or less than all, the Debentures are to be redeemed, the Company will give the Trustee notice not less than 45 nor more than 60 days, respectively, prior to the Redemption Date or Special Redemption Date, as applicable, as to the aggregate principal amount of Debentures to be redeemed and the Trustee shall select, in such manner as in its sole discretion it shall deem appropriate and fair, the Debentures or portions thereof (in integral multiples of $1,000.00) to be redeemed

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any redemption of Debentures by the Company shall be subject to the receipt of any and all required regulatory approvals

In case an Acceleration Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, upon demand of the Trustee, the principal of all of the Debentures shall become due and payable in the manner, with the effect and subject to the conditions provided in the Indenture

The Indenture contains provisions permitting the Company and the Trustee, with the consent of the holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures at the time outstanding, to execute supplemental indentures for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or of any supplemental indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the holders of the Debentures; provided , however , that no such supplemental indenture shall without the consent of the holders of each Debenture then outstanding and affected thereby (i) change the fixed maturity of any Debenture, or reduce the principal amount thereof or any premium thereon, or reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of interest thereon, or reduce any amount payable on redemption thereof or make the principal thereof or any interest or premium thereon payable in any coin or currency other than that provided in the Debentures, or impair or affect the right of any Securityholder to institute suit for payment thereof or impair the right of repayment, if any, at the option of the holder, or (ii) reduce the aforesaid percentage of Debentures the holders of which are required to consent to any such supplemental indenture.

The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures at the time outstanding on behalf of the holders of all of the Debentures to waive (or modify any previously granted waiver of) any past default or Event of Default, and its consequences, except a default (a) in the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any of the Debentures, (b) in respect of covenants or provisions hereof or of the Indenture which cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the holder of each Debenture affected, or (c) in respect of the covenants contained in Section 3.9 of the Indenture; provided , however , that if the Debentures are held by the Trust or a trustee of such trust, such waiver or modification to such waiver shall not be effective until the holders of a majority in Liquidation Amount of Trust Securities of the Trust shall have consented to such waiver or modification to such waiver, provided , further , that if the consent of the holder of each outstanding Debenture is required, such waiver shall not be effective until each holder of the Trust Securities of the Trust shall have consented to such waiver Upon any such waiver, the default covered thereby shall be deemed to be cured for all purposes of the Indenture and the Company, the Trustee and the holders of the Debentures shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder, respectively; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon. Whenever any default or Event of Default hereunder shall have been waived as permitted by the Indenture, said default or Event of Default shall for all purposes of the Debentures and the Indenture be deemed to have been cured and to be not continuing

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Debenture or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and premium, if any, and interest, including Additional Interest, on this Debenture at the time and place and at the rate and in the money herein prescribed

The Company has agreed that if Debentures are initially issued to the Trust or a trustee of such Trust in connection with the issuance of Trust Securities by the Trust (regardless of whether Debentures continue to be held by such Trust) and (i) there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default, (ii) the Company shall be in default with respect to its payment of any obligations under the Capital Securities Guarantee, or (iii) the Company shall have given notice of its election to defer payments of interest on the Debentures by extending the interest payment period as provided herein and such Extension Period, or any extension thereof, shall be continuing, then the Company shall not, and shall not allow any Affiliate of the Company to, (x) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire, or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of the Company’s capital stock or its Affiliates’ capital stock (other than payments of dividends or distributions to the Company or payments of dividends from direct or indirect subsidiaries of the Company to their parent corporations, which


also shall be direct or indirect subsidiaries of the Company) or make any guarantee payments with respect to the foregoing or (y) make any payment of principal of or interest or premium, if any, on or repay, repurchase or redeem any debt securities of the Company or any Affiliate that rank pari passu in all respects with or junior in interest to the Debentures (other than, with respect to clauses (x) and (y) above, (1) repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of shares of capital stock of the Company in connection with any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants, in connection with a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock purchase plan or in connection with the issuance of capital stock of the Company (or securities convertible into or exercisable for such capital stock) as consideration in an acquisition transaction entered into prior to the applicable Extension Period, if any, (2) as a result of any exchange or conversion of any class or series of the Company’s capital stock (or any capital stock of a subsidiary of the Company) for any class or series of the Company’s capital stock or of any class or series of the Company’s indebtedness for any class or series of the Company’s capital stock, (3) the purchase of fractional interests in shares of the Company’s capital stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such capital stock or the security being converted or exchanged, (4) any declaration of a dividend in connection with any stockholders’ rights plan, or the issuance of rights, stock or other property under any stockholders’ rights plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto, (5) any dividend in the form of stock, warrants, options or other rights where the dividend stock or the stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants, options or other rights is the same stock as that on which, the dividend is being paid or ranks pari passu with or junior to such stock and any cash payments in lieu of fractional shares issued in connection therewith, (6) payments of principal or interest on debt securities or payments of cash dividends or distributions on any capital stock issued by an Affiliate that is not, in whole or in part, a subsidiary of the Company (or any redemptions, repurchases or liquidation payments on such stock or securities), or (7) payments under the Capital Securities Guarantee)

The Debentures are issuable only in registered, certificated form without coupons and in minimum denominations of $100,00000 and any multiple of $1,000.00 in excess thereof. As provided in the Indenture and subject to the transfer restrictions and limitations as may be contained herein and therein from time to time, this Debenture is transferable by the holder hereof on the Debenture Register of the Company Upon due presentment for registration of transfer of any Debenture at the Principal Office of the Trustee or at any office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose as provided in Section 3.2 of the Indenture, the Company shall execute, the Company or the Trustee shall register and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and make available for delivery in the name of the transferee or transferees a new Debenture for a like aggregate principal amount All Debentures presented for registration of transfer or for exchange or payment shall (if so required by the Company or the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent) be duly endorsed by, or be accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer in form satisfactory to, the Company and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent duly executed by the holder or his attorney duty authorized in writing No service charge shall be made for any exchange or registration of transfer of Debentures, but the Company or the Trustee may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax, fee or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection therewith

Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer of any Debenture, the Company, the Trustee, any Authenticating Agent, any paying agent, any transfer agent and any Debenture registrar may deem the Person in whose name such Debenture shall be registered upon the Debenture Register to be, and may treat him as, the absolute owner of such Debenture (whether or not such Debenture shall be overdue) for the purpose of receiving payment of or on account of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Debenture and for all other purposes; and neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent nor any paying agent nor any transfer agent nor any Debenture registrar shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. All such payments so made to any holder for the time being or upon his order shall be valid, and, to the extent of the sum or sums so paid, effectual to satisfy and discharge the liability for moneys payable upon any such Debenture

No recourse for the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest on any Debenture, or for any claim based thereon or otherwise in respect thereof, and no recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of the Company in the Indenture or in any supplemental indenture, or in any such Debenture, or because of the creation of any indebtedness represented thereby, shall be had against any incorporator, stockholder, employee, officer or director, as such, past, present or future, of the Company or of any successor Person of the Company, either directly or through the Company or any successor Person of the Company, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise, it being expressly understood that all such liability is hereby expressly waived and released as a condition of, and as a consideration for, the execution of the Indenture and the issue of the Debentures

Capitalized terms used and not defined in this Debenture shall have the meanings assigned in the Indenture

THE INDENTURE AND THE DEBENTURES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAW PRINCIPLES THEREOF

Exhibit 4.7

 

 

 

GUARANTEE AGREEMENT

by and between

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION

and

STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY

OF CONNECTICUT, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

Dated as of July 31, 2001

 

 

 


GUARANTEE AGREEMENT

This GUARANTEE AGREEMENT (the “Guarantee”), dated as of July 31, 2001, is executed and delivered by Plains Capital Corporation, a Texas corporation (the “Guarantor”), and State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association, a national banking association, organized under the laws of the United States of America, as trustee (the “Guarantee Trustee”), for the benefit of the Holders (as defined herein) from time to time of the Capital Securities (as defined herein) of PCC Statutory Trust I, a Connecticut statutory trust (the “Issuer”).

WHEREAS, pursuant to an Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust (the “Declaration”), dated as of the date hereof among State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association, not in its individual capacity but solely as institutional trustee, the administrators of the Issuer named therein, the Guarantor, as sponsor, and the holders from time to time of undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Issuer, the Issuer is issuing on the date hereof those undivided beneficial interests, having an aggregate liquidation amount of $17,500,000, (the “Capital Securities”); and

WHEREAS, as incentive for the Holders to purchase the Capital Securities, the Guarantor desires irrevocably and unconditionally to agree, to the extent set forth in this Guarantee, to pay to the Holders of Capital Securities the Guarantee Payments (as defined herein) and to make certain other payments on the terms and conditions set forth herein;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the purchase by each Holder of the Capital Securities, which purchase the Guarantor hereby agrees shall benefit the Guarantor, the Guarantor executes and delivers this Guarantee for the benefit of the Holders.

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

Section 1.1. Definitions and Interpretation . In this Guarantee, unless the context otherwise requires:

(a) capitalized terms used in this Guarantee but not defined in the preamble above have the respective meanings assigned to them in this Section 1.1;

(b) a term defined anywhere in this Guarantee has the same meaning throughout;

(c) all references to “the Guarantee” or “this Guarantee” are to this Guarantee as modified, supplemented or amended from time to time;

(d) all references in this Guarantee to “Articles” or “Sections” are to Articles or Sections of this Guarantee, unless otherwise specified;

(e) terms defined in the Declaration as at the date of execution of this Guarantee have the same meanings when used in this Guarantee, unless otherwise defined in this Guarantee or unless the context otherwise requires; and

(f) a reference to the singular includes the plural and vice versa.

Affiliate ” has the same meaning as given to that term in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any successor rule thereunder.


Beneficiaries means any Person to whom the Issuer is or hereafter becomes indebted or liable.

Capital Securities ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Guarantee.

Common Securitie s” means the common securities issued by the Issuer to the Guarantor pursuant to the Declaration.

Corporate Trust Office ” means the office of the Guarantee Trustee at which the corporate trust business of the Guarantee Trustee shall, at any particular time, be principally administered, which office at the date of execution of this Guarantee Agreement is located at 225 Asylum Street, Goodwin Square, Hartford, Connecticut 06103.

Covered Person ” means any Holder of Capital Securities.

Debentures ” means the debt securities of the Guarantor designated the Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures due 2031 held by the Institutional Trustee (as defined in the Declaration) of the Issuer.

Declaration Event of Default ” means an “Event of Default” as defined in the Declaration.

Event of Default ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(a).

Guarantee Payments ” means the following payments or distributions, without duplication, with respect to the Capital Securities, to the extent not paid or made by the Issuer: (i) any accrued and unpaid Distributions (as defined in the Declaration) which are required to be paid on such Capital Securities to the extent the Issuer shall have funds available therefor, (ii) the Redemption Price to the extent the Issuer has funds available therefor, with respect to any Capital Securities called for redemption by the Issuer, (iii) the Special Redemption Price to the extent the Issuer has funds available therefor, with respect to Capital Securities redeemed upon the occurrence of a Special Event, and (iv) upon a voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, winding-up or termination of the Issuer (other than in connection with the distribution of Debentures to the Holders of the Capital Securities in exchange therefor as provided in the Declaration), the lesser of (a) the aggregate of the liquidation amount and all accrued and unpaid Distributions on the Capital Securities to the date of payment, to the extent the Issuer shall have funds available therefor, and (b) the amount of assets of the Issuer remaining available for distribution to Holders in liquidation of the Issuer (in either case, the “Liquidation Distribution”).

Guarantee Trustee ” means State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association, until a Successor Guarantee Trustee has been appointed and has accepted such appointment pursuant to the terms of this Guarantee and thereafter means each such Successor Guarantee Trustee.

Guarantor ” means Plains Capital Corporation and each of its successors and assigns.

Holder ” means any holder, as registered on the books and records of the Issuer, of any Capital Securities; provided , however , that, in determining whether the Holders of the requisite percentage of Capital Securities have given any request, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, “Holder” shall not include the Guarantor or any Affiliate of the Guarantor.

Indemnified Person ” means the Guarantee Trustee, any Affiliate of the Guarantee Trustee, or any officers, directors, shareholders, members, partners, employees, representatives, nominees, custodians or agents of the Guarantee Trustee.

 

2


Indenture ” means the Indenture dated as of the date hereof between the Guarantor and State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association, not in its individual capacity but solely as trustee, and any indenture supplemental thereto pursuant to which the Debentures are to be issued to the institutional trustee of the Issuer.

Issuer ” has the meaning set forth in the opening paragraph to this Guarantee.

Liquidation Distribution ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Guarantee Payments” herein.

Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities ” means Holder(s) of outstanding Capital Securities, voting together as a class, but separately from the holders of Common Securities, of more than 50% of the aggregate liquidation amount (including the stated amount that would be paid on redemption, liquidation or otherwise, plus accrued and unpaid Distributions to the date upon which the voting percentages are determined) of all Capital Securities then outstanding.

Obligations ” means any costs, expenses or liabilities (but not including liabilities related to taxes) of the Issuer other than obligations of the Issuer to pay to holders of any Trust Securities the amounts due such holders pursuant to the terms of the Trust Securities.

Officer’s Certificate ” means, with respect to any Person, a certificate signed by one Authorized Officer of such Person. Any Officer’s Certificate delivered with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Guarantee shall include:

(a) a statement that each officer signing the Officer’s Certificate has read the covenant or condition and the definitions relating thereto;

(b) a brief statement of the nature and scope of the examination or investigation undertaken by each officer in rendering the Officer’s Certificate;

(c) a statement that each such officer has made such examination or investigation as, in such officer’s opinion, is necessary to enable such officer to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

(d) a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such officer, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

Person ” means a legal person, including any individual, corporation, estate, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated association, or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof, or any other entity of whatever nature.

Redemption Price ” has the meaning set forth in the Indenture.

Responsible Officer ” means, with respect to the Guarantee Trustee, any officer within the Corporate Trust Office of the Guarantee Trustee including any Vice President, Assistant Vice President, Secretary, Assistant Secretary or any other officer of the Guarantee Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of that officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

Special Event ” has the meaning set forth in the Indenture.

Special Redemption Price ” has the meaning set forth in the Indenture.

 

3


Successor Guarantee Trustee ” means a successor Guarantee Trustee possessing the qualifications to act as Guarantee Trustee under Section 3.1.

Trust Securities ” means the Common Securities and the Capital Securities.

ARTICLE II

POWERS, DUTIES AND RIGHTS OF

GUARANTEE TRUSTEE

Section 2.1. Powers and Duties of the Guarantee Trustee .

(a) This Guarantee shall be held by the Guarantee Trustee for the benefit of the Holders of the Capital Securities, and the Guarantee Trustee shall not transfer this Guarantee to any Person except a Holder of Capital Securities exercising his or her rights pursuant to Section 4.4(b) or to a Successor Guarantee Trustee on acceptance by such Successor Guarantee Trustee of its appointment to act as Successor Guarantee Trustee. The right, title and interest of the Guarantee Trustee shall automatically vest in any Successor Guarantee Trustee, and such vesting and cessation of title shall be effective whether or not conveyancing documents have been executed and delivered pursuant to the appointment of such Successor Guarantee Trustee.

(b) If an Event of Default actually known to a Responsible Officer of the Guarantee Trustee has occurred and is continuing, the Guarantee Trustee shall enforce this Guarantee for the benefit of the Holders of the Capital Securities.

(c) The Guarantee Trustee, before the occurrence of any Event of Default and after curing all Events of Default that may have occurred, shall undertake to perform only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Guarantee, and no implied covenants shall be read into this Guarantee against the Guarantee Trustee. In case an Event of Default has occurred (that has not been cured or waived pursuant to Section 2.4) and is actually known to a Responsible Officer of the Guarantee Trustee, the Guarantee Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Guarantee, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise thereof, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs.

(d) No provision of this Guarantee shall be construed to relieve the Guarantee Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(i) prior to the occurrence of any Event of Default and after the curing or waiving of all such Events of Default that may have occurred:

(A) the duties and obligations of the Guarantee Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Guarantee, and the Guarantee Trustee shall not be liable except for the performance of such duties and obligations as are specifically set forth in this Guarantee, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Guarantee against the Guarantee Trustee; and

(B) in the absence of bad faith on the part of the Guarantee Trustee, the Guarantee Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon any certificates or opinions furnished to the Guarantee Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Guarantee; but in the case of any such certificates or opinions that by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Guarantee Trustee, the Guarantee Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Guarantee;

 

4


(ii) the Guarantee Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer of the Guarantee Trustee, unless it shall be proved that such Responsible Officer of the Guarantee Trustee or the Guarantee Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts upon which such judgment was made;

(iii) the Guarantee Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction of the Holders of not less than a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Guarantee Trustee, or relating to the exercise of any trust or power conferred upon the Guarantee Trustee under this Guarantee; and

(iv) no provision of this Guarantee shall require the Guarantee Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur personal financial liability in the performance of any of its duties or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if the Guarantee Trustee shall have reasonable grounds for believing that the repayment of such funds is not reasonably assured to it under the terms of this Guarantee or security and indemnity, reasonably satisfactory to the Guarantee Trustee, against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

Section 2.2. Certain Rights of Guarantee Trustee .

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.1:

(i) The Guarantee Trustee may conclusively rely, and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting upon, any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or presented by the proper party or parties.

(ii) Any direction or act of the Guarantor contemplated by this Guarantee shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Officer’s Certificate.

(iii) Whenever, in the administration of this Guarantee, the Guarantee Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established before taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Guarantee Trustee (unless other evidence is herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, request and conclusively rely upon an Officer’s Certificate of the Guarantor which, upon receipt of such request, shall be promptly delivered by the Guarantor.

(iv) The Guarantee Trustee shall have no duty to see to any recording, filing or registration of any instrument (or any re-recording, refiling or re-registration thereof).

(v) The Guarantee Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection, and the advice or opinion of such counsel with respect to legal matters shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with such advice or opinion. Such counsel may be counsel to the Guarantor or any of its Affiliates and may include any of its employees. The Guarantee Trustee shall have the right at any time to seek instructions concerning the administration of this Guarantee from any court of competent jurisdiction.

 

5


(vi) The Guarantee Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Guarantee at the request or direction of any Holder, unless such Holder shall have provided to the Guarantee Trustee such security and indemnity, reasonably satisfactory to the Guarantee Trustee, against the costs, expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses and the expenses of the Guarantee Trustee’s agents, nominees or custodians) and liabilities that might be incurred by it in complying with such request or direction, including such reasonable advances as may be requested by the Guarantee Trustee; provided , however , that nothing contained in this Section 2.2(a)(vi) shall relieve the Guarantee Trustee, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, of its obligation to exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Guarantee.

(vii) The Guarantee Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Guarantee Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit.

(viii) The Guarantee Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents, nominees, custodians or attorneys, and the Guarantee Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder.

(ix) Any action taken by the Guarantee Trustee or its agents hereunder shall bind the Holders of the Capital Securities, and the signature of the Guarantee Trustee or its agents alone shall be sufficient and effective to perform any such action. No third party shall be required to inquire as to the authority of the Guarantee Trustee to so act or as to its compliance with any of the terms and provisions of this Guarantee, both of which shall be conclusively evidenced by the Guarantee Trustee’s or its agent’s taking such action.

(x) Whenever in the administration of this Guarantee the Guarantee Trustee shall deem it desirable to receive instructions with respect to enforcing any remedy or right or taking any other action hereunder, the Guarantee Trustee (i) may request instructions from the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities, (ii) may refrain from enforcing such remedy or right or taking such other action until such instructions are received, and (iii) shall be protected in conclusively relying on or acting in accordance with such instructions.

(xi) The Guarantee Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered, or omitted to be taken by it in good faith, without negligence, and reasonably believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Guarantee.

(b) No provision of this Guarantee shall be deemed to impose any duty or obligation on the Guarantee Trustee to perform any act or acts or exercise any right, power, duty or obligation conferred or imposed on it, in any jurisdiction in which it shall be illegal or in which the Guarantee Trustee shall be unqualified or incompetent in accordance with applicable law to perform any such act or acts or to exercise any such right, power, duty or obligation. No permissive power or authority available to the Guarantee Trustee shall be construed to be a duty.

Section 2.3. Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Guarantee . The recitals contained in this Guarantee shall be taken as the statements of the Guarantor, and the Guarantee Trustee does not assume any responsibility for their correctness. The Guarantee Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or sufficiency of this Guarantee.

 

6


Section 2.4. Events of Default; Waiver .

(a) An Event of Default under this Guarantee will occur upon the failure of the Guarantor to perform any of its payment or other obligations hereunder.

(b) The Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities may, voting or consenting as a class, on behalf of the Holders of all of the Capital Securities, waive any past Event of Default and its consequences. Upon such waiver, any such Event of Default shall cease to exist, and shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Guarantee, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

Section 2.5. Events of Default; Notice .

(a) The Guarantee Trustee shall, within 90 days after the occurrence of an Event of Default, transmit by mail, first class postage prepaid, to the Holders of the Capital Securities and the Guarantor, notices of all Events of Default actually known to a Responsible Officer of the Guarantee Trustee, unless such defaults have been cured before the giving of such notice, provided , however , that the Guarantee Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as a Responsible Officer of the Guarantee Trustee in good faith determines that the withholding of such notice is in the best interests of the Holders of the Capital Securities.

(b) The Guarantee Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any Event of Default unless the Guarantee Trustee shall have received written notice from the Guarantor or a Holder of the Capital Securities (except in the case of a payment default), or a Responsible Officer of the Guarantee Trustee charged with the administration of this Guarantee shall have obtained actual knowledge thereof.

ARTICLE III

GUARANTEE TRUSTEE

Section 3.1. Guarantee Trustee; Eligibility .

(a) There shall at all times be a Guarantee Trustee which shall:

(i) not be an Affiliate of the Guarantor, and

(ii) be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or any State or Territory thereof or of the District of Columbia, or Person authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, having a combined capital and surplus of at least 50 million U.S. dollars ($50,000,000), and subject to supervision or examination by Federal, State, Territorial or District of Columbia authority. If such corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of the supervising or examining authority referred to above, then, for the purposes of this Section 3.1(a)(ii), the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published.

(b) If at any time the Guarantee Trustee shall cease to be eligible to so act under Section 3.1 (a), the Guarantee Trustee shall immediately resign in the manner and with the effect set out in Section 3.2(c).

 

7


(c) If the Guarantee Trustee has or shall acquire any “conflicting interest” within the meaning of Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act, the Guarantee Trustee shall either eliminate such interest or resign to the extent and in the manner provided by, and subject to this Guarantee.

Section 3.2. Appointment, Removal and Resignation of Guarantee Trustee .

(a) Subject to Section 3.2(b), the Guarantee Trustee may be appointed or removed without cause at any time by the Guarantor except during an Event of Default.

(b) The Guarantee Trustee shall not be removed in accordance with Section 3.2(a) until a Successor Guarantee Trustee has been appointed and has accepted such appointment by written instrument executed by such Successor Guarantee Trustee and delivered to the Guarantor.

(c) The Guarantee Trustee appointed to office shall hold office until a Successor Guarantee Trustee shall have been appointed or until its removal or resignation. The Guarantee Trustee may resign from office (without need for prior or subsequent accounting) by an instrument in writing executed by the Guarantee Trustee and delivered to the Guarantor, which resignation shall not take effect until a Successor Guarantee Trustee has been appointed and has accepted such appointment by an instrument in writing executed by such Successor Guarantee Trustee and delivered to the Guarantor and the resigning Guarantee Trustee.

(d) If no Successor Guarantee Trustee shall have been appointed and accepted appointment as provided in this Section 3.2 within 60 days after delivery of an instrument of removal or resignation, the Guarantee Trustee resigning or being removed may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for appointment of a Successor Guarantee Trustee. Such court may thereupon, after prescribing such notice, if any, as it may deem proper, appoint a Successor Guarantee Trustee.

(e) No Guarantee Trustee shall be liable for the acts or omissions to act of any Successor Guarantee Trustee.

(f) Upon termination of this Guarantee or removal or resignation of the Guarantee Trustee pursuant to this Section 3.2, the Guarantor shall pay to the Guarantee Trustee all amounts owing to the Guarantee Trustee under Sections 7.2 and 7.3 accrued to the date of such termination, removal or resignation.

ARTICLE IV

GUARANTEE

Section 4.1. Guarantee .

(a) The Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to pay in full to the Holders the Guarantee Payments (without duplication of amounts theretofore paid by the Issuer), as and when due, regardless of any defense (except the defense of payment by the Issuer), right of set-off or counterclaim that the Issuer may have or assert. The Guarantor’s obligation to make a Guarantee Payment may be satisfied by direct payment of the required amounts by the Guarantor to the Holders or by causing the Issuer to pay such amounts to the Holders.

(b) The Guarantor hereby also agrees to assume any and all Obligations of the Issuer and in the event any such Obligation is not so assumed, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees to each Beneficiary the full payment, when and as due, of any and all Obligations to such Beneficiaries. This Agreement is intended to be for the benefit of, and to be enforceable by, all such Beneficiaries, whether or not such Beneficiaries have received notice hereof.

 

8


Section 4.2. Waiver of Notice and Demand . The Guarantor hereby waives notice of acceptance of this Guarantee and of any liability to which it applies or may apply, presentment, demand for payment, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer or any other Person before proceeding against the Guarantor, protest, notice of nonpayment, notice of dishonor, notice of redemption and all other notices and demands.

Section 4.3. Obligations Not Affected . The obligations, covenants, agreements and duties of the Guarantor under this Guarantee shall in no way be affected or impaired by reason of the happening from time to time of any of the following:

(a) the release or waiver, by operation of law or otherwise, of the performance or observance by the Issuer of any express or implied agreement, covenant, term or condition relating to the Capital Securities to be performed or observed by the Issuer;

(b) the extension of time for the payment by the Issuer of all or any portion of the Distributions, Redemption Price, Special Redemption Price, Liquidation Distribution or any other sums payable under the terms of the Capital Securities or the extension of time for the performance of any other obligation under, arising out of or in connection with, the Capital Securities (other than an extension of time for payment of Distributions, Redemption Price, Special Redemption Price, Liquidation Distribution or other sum payable that results from the extension of any interest payment period on the Debentures or any extension of the maturity date of the Debentures permitted by the Indenture);

(c) any failure, omission, delay or lack of diligence on the part of the Holders to enforce, assert or exercise any right, privilege, power or remedy conferred on the Holders pursuant to the terms of the Capital Securities, or any action on the part of the Issuer granting indulgence or extension of any kind;

(d) the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, sale of any collateral, receivership, insolvency, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, reorganization, arrangement, composition or readjustment of debt of, or other similar proceedings affecting, the Issuer or any of the assets of the Issuer;

(e) any invalidity of, or defect or deficiency in, the Capital Securities;

(f) the settlement or compromise of any obligation guaranteed hereby or hereby incurred; or

(g) any other circumstance whatsoever that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor, it being the intent of this Section 4.3 that the obligations of the Guarantor hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional under any and all circumstances.

There shall be no obligation of the Holders to give notice to, or obtain consent of, the Guarantor with respect to the happening of any of the foregoing.

Section 4.4. Rights of Holders .

(a) The Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Guarantee Trustee in respect of this Guarantee or to direct the exercise of any trust or power conferred upon the Guarantee Trustee under this Guarantee; provided , however , that (subject to Section 2.1) the Guarantee Trustee shall have the right to decline to follow any such direction if the Guarantee Trustee

 

9


being advised by counsel determines that the action or proceeding so directed may not lawfully be taken or if the Guarantee Trustee in good faith by its board of directors or trustees, executive committees or a trust committee of directors or trustees and/or Responsible Officers shall determine that the action or proceedings so directed would involve the Guarantee Trustee in personal liability.

(b) Any Holder of Capital Securities may institute a legal proceeding directly against the Guarantor to enforce the Guarantee Trustee’s rights under this Guarantee, without first instituting a legal proceeding against the Issuer, the Guarantee Trustee or any other Person. The Guarantor waives any right or remedy to require that any such action be brought first against the Issuer, the Guarantee Trustee or any other Person before so proceeding directly against the Guarantor.

Section 4.5. Guarantee of Payment . This Guarantee creates a guarantee of payment and not of collection.

Section 4.6. Subrogation . The Guarantor shall be subrogated to all (if any) rights of the Holders of Capital Securities against the Issuer in respect of any amounts paid to such Holders by the Guarantor under this Guarantee; provided , however , that the Guarantor shall not (except to the extent required by mandatory provisions of law) be entitled to enforce or exercise any right that it may acquire by way of subrogation or any indemnity, reimbursement or other agreement, in all cases as a result of payment under this Guarantee, if, after giving effect to any such payment, any amounts are due and unpaid under this Guarantee. If any amount shall be paid to the Guarantor in violation of the preceding sentence, the Guarantor agrees to hold such amount in trust for the Holders and to pay over such amount to the Holders.

Section 4.7. Independent Obligations . The Guarantor acknowledges that its obligations hereunder are independent of the obligations of the Issuer with respect to the Capital Securities and that the Guarantor shall be liable as principal and as debtor hereunder to make Guarantee Payments pursuant to the terms of this Guarantee notwithstanding the occurrence of any event referred to in subsections (a) through (g), inclusive, of Section 4.3 hereof.

Section 4.8. Enforcement by a Beneficiary . A Beneficiary may enforce the obligations of the Guarantor contained in Section 4.l(b) directly against the Guarantor and the Guarantor waives any right or remedy to require that any action be brought against the Issuer or any other person or entity before proceeding against the Guarantor. The Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights (if any) of any Beneficiary against the Issuer in respect of any amounts paid to the Beneficiaries by the Guarantor under this Agreement; provided , however , that the Guarantor shall not (except to the extent required by mandatory provisions of law) be entitled to enforce or exercise any rights that it may acquire by way of subrogation or any indemnity, reimbursement or other agreement, in all cases as a result of payment under this Agreement, if at the time of any such payment, and after giving effect to such payment, any amounts are due and unpaid under this Agreement.

ARTICLE V

LIMITATION OF TRANSACTIONS; SUBORDINATION

Section 5.1. Limitation of Transactions . So long as any Capital Securities remain outstanding, if (a) there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default or a Declaration Event of Default or (b) the Guarantor shall have selected an Extension Period as provided in the Declaration and such period, or any extension thereof, shall be continuing, then the Guarantor shall not and shall not permit any Affiliate to (x) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire, or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of the Guarantor’s or such Affiliate’s capital stock (other than payments of dividends or distributions to the Guarantor or payments of dividends from direct

 

10


or indirect subsidiaries of the Guarantor to their parent corporations, which also shall be direct or indirect subsidiaries of the Guarantor) or make any guarantee payments with respect to the foregoing or (y) make any payment of principal of or interest or premium, if any, on or repay, repurchase or redeem any debt securities of the Guarantor or any Affiliate that rank pari passu in all respects with or junior in interest to the Debentures (other than, with respect to clauses (x) and (y) above, (i) repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of shares of capital stock of the Guarantor in connection with any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants, in connection with a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock purchase plan or in connection with the issuance of capital stock of the Guarantor (or securities convertible into or exercisable for such capital stock) as consideration in an acquisition transaction entered into prior to the occurrence of the Event of Default, Declaration Event of Default or Extension Period, as applicable, (ii) as a result of any exchange or conversion of any class or series of the Guarantor’s capital stock (or any capital stock of a subsidiary of the Guarantor) for any class or series of the Guarantor’s capital stock or of any class or series of the Guarantor’s indebtedness for any class or series of the Guarantor’s capital stock, (iii) the purchase of fractional interests in shares of the Guarantor’s capital stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such capital stock or the security being converted or exchanged, (iv) any declaration of a dividend in connection with any stockholder’s rights plan, or the issuance of rights, stock or other property under any stockholder’s rights plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto, (v) any dividend in the form of stock, warrants, options or other rights where the dividend stock or the stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants, options or other rights is the same stock as that on which the dividend is being paid or ranks pari passu with or junior to such stock and any cash payments in lieu of fractional shares issued in connection therewith, or (vi) payments under this Guarantee).

Section 5.2. Ranking . This Guarantee will constitute an unsecured obligation of the Guarantor and will rank subordinate and junior in right of payment to all present and future Senior Indebtedness (as defined in the Indenture) of the Guarantor. By their acceptance thereof, each Holder of Capital Securities agrees to the foregoing provisions of this Guarantee and the other terms set forth herein.

The right of the Guarantor to participate in any distribution of assets of any of its subsidiaries upon any such subsidiary’s liquidation or reorganization or otherwise is subject to the prior claims of creditors of that subsidiary, except to the extent the Guarantor may itself be recognized as a creditor of that subsidiary. Accordingly, the Guarantor’s obligations under this Guarantee will be effectively subordinated to all existing and future liabilities of the Guarantor’s subsidiaries, and claimants should look only to the assets of the Guarantor for payments thereunder. This Guarantee does not limit the incurrence or issuance of other secured or unsecured debt of the Guarantor, including Senior Indebtedness of the Guarantor, under any indenture that the Guarantor may enter into in the future or otherwise.

ARTICLE VI

TERMINATION

Section 6.1. Termination . This Guarantee shall terminate as to the Capital Securities (i) upon full payment of the Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price of all Capital Securities, (ii) upon the distribution of the Debentures to the Holders of all of the Capital Securities or (iii) upon full payment of the amounts payable in accordance with the Declaration upon dissolution of the Issuer. This Guarantee will continue to be effective or will be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time any Holder of Capital Securities must restore payment of any sums paid under the Capital Securities or under this Guarantee.

 

11


ARTICLE VII

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 7.1. Exculpation .

(a) No Indemnified Person shall be liable, responsible or accountable in damages or otherwise to the Guarantor or any Covered Person for any loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted by such Indemnified Person in good faith in accordance with this Guarantee and in a manner that such Indemnified Person reasonably believed to be within the scope of the authority conferred on such Indemnified Person by this Guarantee or by law, except that an Indemnified Person shall be liable for any such loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of such Indemnified Person’s negligence or willful misconduct with respect to such acts or omissions.

(b) An Indemnified Person shall be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the records of the Issuer or the Guarantor and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Issuer or the Guarantor by any Person as to matters the Indemnified Person reasonably believes are within such other Person’s professional or expert competence and who, if selected by such Indemnified Person, has been selected with reasonable care by such Indemnified Person, including information, opinions, reports or statements as to the value and amount of the assets, liabilities, profits, losses, or any other facts pertinent to the existence and amount of assets from which Distributions to Holders of Capital Securities might properly be paid.

Section 7.2. Indemnification .

(a) The Guarantor agrees to indemnify each Indemnified Person for, and to hold each Indemnified Person harmless against, any and all loss, liability, damage, claim or expense incurred without negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Indemnified Person, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of the trust or trusts hereunder, including the costs and expenses (including reasonable legal fees and expenses) of the Indemnified Person defending itself against, or investigating, any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of the Indemnified Person’s powers or duties hereunder. The obligation to indemnify as set forth in this Section 7.2 shall survive the resignation or removal of the Guarantee Trustee and the termination of this Guarantee.

(b) Promptly after receipt by an Indemnified Person under this Section 7.2 of notice of the commencement of any action, such Indemnified Person will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the Guarantor under this Section 7.2, notify the Guarantor in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure so to notify the Guarantor (i) will not relieve the Guarantor from liability under paragraph (a) above unless and to the extent that the Guarantor did not otherwise learn of such action and such failure results in the forfeiture by the Guarantor of substantial rights and defenses and (ii) will not, in any event, relieve the Guarantor from any obligations to any Indemnified Person other than the indemnification obligation provided in paragraph (a) above. The Guarantor shall be entitled to appoint counsel of the Guarantor’s choice at the Guarantor’s expense to represent the Indemnified Person in any action for which indemnification is sought (in which case the Guarantor shall not thereafter be responsible for the fees and expenses of any separate counsel retained by the Indemnified Person or Persons except as set forth below); provided , however , that such counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person. Notwithstanding the Guarantor’s election to appoint counsel to represent the Guarantor in an action, the Indemnified Person shall have the right to employ separate counsel (including local counsel), and the Guarantor shall bear the reasonable fees, costs and expenses of such separate counsel if (i) the use of counsel chosen by the Guarantor to represent the Indemnified Person would present such counsel with a conflict of interest, (ii) the actual or potential defendants in, or targets of, any such action include both

 

12


the Indemnified Person and the Guarantor and the Indemnified Person shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other Indemnified Person(s) which are different from or additional to those available to the Guarantor, (iii) the Guarantor shall not have employed counsel satisfactory to the Indemnified Person to represent the Indemnified Person within a reasonable time after notice of the institution of such action or (iv) the Guarantor shall authorize the Indemnified Person to employ separate counsel at the expense of the Guarantor. The Guarantor will not, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Persons, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the Indemnified Persons are actual or potential parties to such claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of each Indemnified Person from all liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or proceeding.

Section 7.3. Compensation; Reimbursement of Expenses . The Guarantor agrees:

(a) to pay to the Guarantee Trustee from time to time such compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder as the parties shall agree to from time to time (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust); and

(b) except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to reimburse the Guarantee Trustee upon request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by it in accordance with any provision of this Guarantee (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its agents and counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may be attributable to its negligence or willful misconduct.

The provisions of this Section 7.3 shall survive the resignation or removal of the Guarantee Trustee and the termination of this Guarantee.

ARTICLE VIII

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 8.1. Successors and Assigns . All guarantees and agreements contained in this Guarantee shall bind the successors, assigns, receivers, trustees and representatives of the Guarantor and shall inure to the benefit of the Holders of the Capital Securities then outstanding. Except in connection with any merger or consolidation of the Guarantor with or into another entity or any sale, transfer or lease of the Guarantor’s assets to another entity, in each case, to the extent permitted under the Indenture, the Guarantor may not assign its rights or delegate its obligations under this Guarantee without the prior approval of the Holders of at least a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities.

Section 8.2. Amendments . Except with respect to any changes that do not adversely affect the rights of Holders of the Capital Securities in any material respect (in which case no consent of Holders will be required), this Guarantee may be amended only with the prior approval of the Holders of not less than a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities. The provisions of the Declaration with respect to amendments thereof apply to the giving of such approval.

Section 8.3. Notices . All notices provided for in this Guarantee shall be in writing, duly signed by the party giving such notice, and shall be delivered, telecopied (which telecopy shall be followed by notice delivered or mailed by first class mail) or mailed by first class mail, as follows:

 

13


(a) If given to the Guarantee Trustee, at the Guarantee Trustee’s mailing address set forth below (or such other address as the Guarantee Trustee may give notice of to the Holders of the Capital Securities and the Guarantor):

State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association

225 Asylum Street, Goodwin Square

Hartford, Connecticut 06103

Attention: Corporate Trust Department

Telecopy: (860) 244-1889

With a copy to:

State Street Bank and Trust Company

P.O.Box 778

Boston, Massachusetts 02102-0778

Attention: Paul D. Allen, Corporate Trust Department

Telecopy: (617) 662-1462

(b) If given to the Guarantor, at the Guarantor’s mailing address set forth below (or such other address as the Guarantor may give notice of to the Holders of the Capital Securities and to the Guarantee Trustee):

Plains Capital Corporation

5010 University Avenue

Lubbock, TX 79413

Attention: Jeff Isom

Telecopy: (806) 791-6816

(c) If given to any Holder of the Capital Securities, at the address set forth on the books and records of the Issuer.

All such notices shall be deemed to have been given when received in person, telecopied with receipt confirmed, or mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, except that if a notice or other document is refused delivery or cannot be delivered because of a changed address of which no notice was given, such notice or other document shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date of such refusal or inability to deliver.

Section 8.4. Benefit . This Guarantee is solely for the benefit of the Holders of the Capital Securities and, subject to Section 2.1(a), is not separately transferable from the Capital Securities.

Section 8.5. Governing Law . THIS GUARANTEE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF (OTHER THAN SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW).

Section 8.6. Counterparts . This Guarantee may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

14


Section 8.7. Seperability . In case one or more of the provisions contained in this Guarantee shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of this Guarantee, but this Guarantee shall be construed as if such invalid or illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

Signatures appear on the following page

 

15


THIS GUARANTEE is executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION,

as Guarantor

By:   /s/ Alan B. White
  Name: Alan B. White
  Title: CEO

 

STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY
OF CONNECTICUT, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION, as Guarantee Trustee
By:   /s/ Paul D. Allen
  Name: Paul D. Allen
  Title: Vice President

 

16

Exhibit 4.8

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION

AND

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

 

 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO GUARANTEE AGREEMENT

Dated as of August 7, 2006

 

 

AMENDING

THE

GUARANTEE AGREEMENT

Dated as of July 31, 2001

 

 


FIRST AMENDMENT TO GUARANTEE AGREEMENT , dated as of July 31, 2006 (the “First Amendment”), between PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION , a Texas corporation (the “Guarantor”), and U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (as successor to State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association), a national banking association, as trustee (the “Guarantee Trustee”).

RECITALS OF THE COMPANY

WHEREAS , the Guarantor and the Trustee have duly authorized, executed and delivered a certain Guarantee Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2001 (the “ Original Guarantee”); and

WHEREAS , the Guarantor and the Guarantee Trustee desire to amend the Original Guarantee as set forth herein to reflect, among other things, certain amendments to that certain Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust, dated as of July 31, 2001 (the “Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust”), by and among the Guarantor, the Guarantee Trustee and the other parties thereto and to that certain Indenture, dated as of July 31, 2001, by and among the Guarantor and the Guarantee Trustee (the “Indenture”).

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the agreements and obligations set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, each party hereby amends the Original Guarantee as follows:

Section 1. Definitions . All capitalized terms used herein which are defined in the Original Guarantee, either directly or by reference therein, shall have the respective meanings assigned them in the Indenture except as otherwise provided herein or unless the context otherwise requires.

Section 2. Interpretation . (a) In this First Amendment, unless a clear contrary intention appears:

(i) the singular number includes the plural number and vice versa;

(ii) reference to any gender includes the other gender;

(iii) the words “herein” “hereof “hereto” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this First Amendment as a whole and not to any particular Section or other subdivision;

(iv) reference to any Person includes such Persons’ successors and assigns but, if applicable, only if such successors and assigns are permitted by this First Amendment or the Indenture, and reference to a Person in a particular capacity excludes such Person in any other capacity or individually provided that nothing in this clause (iv) is intended to authorize any assignment not otherwise permitted by this First Amendment or the Indenture;

(v) reference to any agreement, document or instrument means such agreement, document or instrument as amended, supplemented or modified and in effect from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof and, if applicable, the terms hereof, as well as any substitution or replacement therefore and reference to any note includes modifications thereof and any note issued in extension or renewal thereof or in substitution or replacement therefore;

(vi) reference to any Section means such Section of this First Amendment; and


(vii) the word “including” (and with correlative meaning “include”) means including without limiting the generality of any description preceding such term.

(b) No provision in this First Amendment shall be interpreted or construed against any Person because that Person or its legal representative drafted such provision.

Section 3. General Amendment . All references in the Original Guarantee or in this First Amendment to the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust or the Indenture, to the securities and obligations issued thereunder, or to the rights and obligations of the parties thereto, shall, from and after the effective date of this First Amendment, refer to the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust and the Indenture, the securities and obligations issued thereunder, and the rights and obligations of the parties thereto as the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust and the Indenture, the securities and obligations issued thereunder and the rights and obligations of the parties thereto have been amended, revised or supplemented pursuant to any effective amendments to the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust and the Indenture.

Section 4. Conditions of Effectiveness . This First Amendment shall become effective when, and only when:

(a) the Guarantee Trustee shall have executed a counterpart of this First Amendment and shall have received a counterpart of this First Amendment executed by the Guarantor; and

(b) the Guarantee Trustee shall have received all other instruments and documents provided for in the Guarantee Agreement in connection with amendments thereto.

Section 5. Reference to the Guarantee .

(a) Upon the effectiveness of this First Amendment, each reference in the Original Guarantee to “this Guarantee,” “hereunder,” “herein” or words of like import shall mean and be a reference to the Original Guarantee, as amended, revised and supplemented hereby.

(b) The Original Guarantee, as amended, revised and supplemented hereby, shall remain in full force and effect and is hereby ratified and confirmed.

Section 6. Execution in Counterparts. This First Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

Section 7. Governing Law . This First Amendment shall be governed by and construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

Section 8 . The Guarantee Trustee . The Guarantee Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this First Amendment or the due execution thereof by the Guarantor or the holder of the Capital Securities. The recitals of fact contained herein shall be taken as the statements solely of the parties to this First Amendment other than the Guarantee Trustee, and the Guarantee Trustee assumes no responsibility for the correctness thereof.

 

3


Section 9. Consent of Holders of Trust Securities .

(a) By its execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Guarantor, as the sole holder of Common Securities, hereby consents to this First Amendment and the modification to the Original Guarantee effected hereby.

(b) By its execution and delivery of this Agreement, First Tennessee Bank National Association, the sole holder of Capital Securities, hereby consents to this First Amendment and the changes effected to the Original Guarantee hereby.

Signatures appear on the following page

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this First Amendment to be duly executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the day and year first above written.

 

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION, as
Guarantor and as sole holder of the Common
Securities
By:   /s/ Alan B. White
  Name: Alan B. White
  Title: CEO

 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as
Guarantee Trustee
By:   /s/ Paul D. Allen
  Name: Paul D. Allen
  Title: Vice President

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the sole holder of the Capital Securities consents to this First Amendment, as of the day and year first above written

 

FIRST TENNESSEE BANK NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION, as the sole holder of the Capital
Securities
By:   /s/ David S. Work
  Name: David S. Work
  Title: Executive Vice President

 

6

Exhibit 4.9

 

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED DECLARATION

OF TRUST

by and among

U. S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Institutional Trustee,

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION,

as Sponsor,

and

ALAN B. WHITE, GEORGE MCCLESKEY and

JEFF ISOM,

as Administrators,

Dated as of March 26, 2003

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page

ARTICLE I INTERPRETATION AND DEFINITIONS

   1

Section 1.1.

   Definitions    1

ARTICLE II ORGANIZATION

   7

Section 2.1.

   Name    7

Section 2.2.

   Office    7

Section 2.3.

   Purpose    7

Section 2.4.

   Authority    7

Section 2.5.

   Title to Property of the Trust    7

Section 2.6.

   Powers and Duties of the Institutional Trustee and the Administrators    8

Section 2.7.

   Prohibition of Actions by the Trust and the Institutional Trustee    11

Section 2.8.

   Powers and Duties of the Institutional Trustee    12

Section 2.9.

   Certain Duties and Responsibilities of the Institutional Trustee and Administrators    13

Section 2.10.

   Certain Rights of Institutional Trustee    14

Section 2.11.

   Execution of Documents    16

Section 2.12.

   Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities    16

Section 2.13.

   Duration of Trust    16

Section 2.14.

   Mergers    16

ARTICLE III SPONSOR

   18

Section 3.1.

   Sponsor’s Purchase of Common Securities    18

Section 3.2.

   Responsibilities of the Sponsor    18

Section 3.3.

   Expenses    18

Section 3.4.

   Right to Proceed    19

ARTICLE IV INSTITUTIONAL TRUSTEE AND ADMINISTRATORS

   19

Section 4.1.

   Institutional Trustee; Eligibility    19

Section 4.2.

   Administrators    20

Section 4.3.

   Appointment, Removal and Resignation of Institutional Trustee and Administrators    20

Section 4.4.

   Institutional Trustee Vacancies    21

Section 4.5.

   Effect of Vacancies    21

Section 4.6.

   Meetings of the Institutional Trustee and the Administrators    21

Section 4.7.

   Delegation of Power    22

Section 4.8.

   Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business    22

ARTICLE V DISTRIBUTIONS

   22

Section 5.1.

   Distributions    22

ARTICLE VI ISSUANCE OF SECURITIES

   22

Section 6.1.

   General Provisions Regarding Securities    22

Section 6.2.

   Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar    23

Section 6.3.

   Form and Dating    23

Section 6.4.

   Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates    24

Section 6.5.

   Temporary Securities    24

Section 6.6.

   Cancellation    24

 

i


Section 6.7.

   Rights of Holders; Waivers of Past Defaults    24

ARTICLE VII DISSOLUTION AND TERMINATION OF TRUST

   26

Section 7.1.

   Dissolution and Termination of Trust    26

ARTICLE VIII TRANSFER OF INTERESTS

   27

Section 8.1.

   General    27

Section 8.2.

   Transfer Procedures and Restrictions    28

Section 8.3.

   Deemed Security Holders    30

ARTICLE IX LIMITATION OF LIABILITY OF HOLDERS OF SECURITIES, INSTITUTIONAL TRUSTEE OR OTHERS

   30

Section 9.1.

   Liability    30

Section 9.2.

   Exculpation    30

Section 9.3.

   Fiduciary Duty    31

Section 9.4.

   Indemnification    31

Section 9.5.

   Outside Businesses    33

Section 9.6.

   Compensation; Fee    33

ARTICLE X ACCOUNTING

   34

Section 10.1.

   Fiscal Year    34

Section 10.2.

   Certain Accounting Matters    34

Section 10.3.

   Banking    34

Section 10.4.

   Withholding    34

ARTICLE XI AMENDMENTS AND MEETINGS

   35

Section 11.1.

   Amendments    35

Section 11.2.

   Meetings of the Holders of Securities; Action by Written Consent    36

ARTICLE XII REPRESENTATIONS OF INSTITUTIONAL TRUSTEE

   37

Section 12.1.

   Representations and Warranties of Institutional Trustee    37

ARTICLE XIII MISCELLANEOUS

   38

Section 13.1.

   Notices    38

Section 13.2.

   Governing Law    39

Section 13.3.

   Intention of the Parties    39

Section 13.4.

   Headings    39

Section 13.5.

   Successors and Assigns    39

Section 13.6.

   Partial Enforceability    39

Section 13.7.

   Counterparts    39
Annex I    Terms of Securities   
Exhibit A-1    Form of Capital Security Certificate   
Exhibit A-2    Form of Common Security Certificate   
Exhibit B    Specimen of Initial Debenture   
Exhibit C    Placement Agreement   

 

ii


AMENDED AND RESTATED

DECLARATION OF TRUST

OF

PCC STATUTORY TRUST II

March 26, 2003

AMENDED AND RESTATED DECLARATION OF TRUST (“ Declaration ”) dated and effective as of March 26, 2003, by the Institutional Trustee (as defined herein), the Administrators (as defined herein), the Sponsor (as defined herein) and by the holders, from time to time, of undivided beneficial interests in the Trust (as defined herein) to be issued pursuant to this Declaration;

WHEREAS, the Institutional Trustee, the Administrators and the Sponsor established PCC Statutory Trust II (the “ Trust ”), a statutory trust under the Statutory Trust Act (as defined herein) pursuant to a Declaration of Trust dated as of March 5, 2003 (the “ Original Declaration ”), and a Certificate of Trust filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Connecticut on March 5, 2003, for the sole purpose of issuing and selling certain securities representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust and investing the proceeds thereof in certain debentures of the Debenture Issuer (as defined herein);

WHEREAS, as of the date hereof, no interests in the Trust have been issued; and

WHEREAS, the Institutional Trustee, the Administrators and the Sponsor, by this Declaration, amend and restate each and every term and provision of the Original Declaration;

NOW, THEREFORE, it being the intention of the parties hereto to continue the Trust as a statutory trust under the Statutory Trust Act and that this Declaration constitutes the governing instrument of such statutory trust, the Institutional Trustee declares that all assets contributed to the Trust will be held in trust for the benefit of the holders, from time to time, of the securities representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust issued hereunder, subject to the provisions of this Declaration. The parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

INTERPRETATION AND DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1. Definitions .  Unless the context otherwise requires:

(a) Capitalized terms used in this Declaration but not defined in the preamble above have the respective meanings assigned to them in this Section 1.1;

(b) a term defined anywhere in this Declaration has the same meaning throughout;

(c) all references to “the Declaration” or “this Declaration” are to this Declaration as modified, supplemented or amended from time to time;

(d) all references in this Declaration to Articles and Sections and Annexes and Exhibits are to Articles and Sections of and Annexes and Exhibits to this Declaration unless otherwise specified; and

(e) a reference to the singular includes the plural and vice versa.

 

1


Additional Interest ” has the meaning set forth in the Indenture.

Administrative Action ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

Administrators ” means each of Alan B. White, George McCleskey and Jeff Isom, solely in such Person’s capacity as Administrator of the Trust created and continued hereunder and not in such Person’s individual capacity, or such Administrator’s successor in interest in such capacity, or any successor appointed as herein provided.

Affiliate ” has the same meaning as given to that term in Rule 405 of the Securities Act or any successor rule thereunder.

Authorized Officer ” of a Person means any Person that is authorized to bind such Person.

Bankruptcy Event ” means, with respect to any Person:

(a) a court having jurisdiction in the premises shall enter a decree or order for relief in respect of such Person in an involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator (or similar official) of such Person or for any substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding-up or liquidation of its affairs and such decree or order shall remain unstayed and in effect for a period of 90 consecutive days; or

(b) such Person shall commence a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, shall consent to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, or shall consent to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator (or other similar official) of such Person of any substantial part of its property, or shall make any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall fail generally to pay its debts as they become due.

Business Day ” means any day other than Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which banking institutions in New York City or Hartford, Connecticut are permitted or required by any applicable law to close.

Capital Securities ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 1(a) of Annex I.

Capital Security Certificate ” means a definitive Certificate in fully registered form representing a Capital Security substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1.

Capital Treatment Event ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

Certificate ” means any certificate evidencing Securities.

Closing Date ” has the meaning set forth in the Placement Agreement.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, or any successor legislation.

Common Securities ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 1(b) of Annex I.

Common Security Certificate ” means a definitive Certificate in fully registered form representing a Common Security substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2.

 

2


Company Indemnified Person ” means (a) any Administrator; (b) any Affiliate of any Administrator; (c) any officers, directors, shareholders, members, partners, employees, representatives or agents of any Administrator; or (d) any officer, employee or agent of the Trust or its Affiliates.

Corporate Trust Office ” means the office of the Institutional Trustee at which the corporate trust business of the Institutional Trustee shall, at any particular time, be principally administered, which office at the date of execution of this Declaration is located at 225 Asylum Street, Goodwin Square, Hartford, Connecticut 06103.

Coupon Rate ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 2(a) of Annex I.

Covered Person ” means: (a) any Administrator, officer, director, shareholder, partner, member, representative, employee or agent of (i) the Trust or (ii) any of the Trust’s Affiliates; and (b) any Holder of Securities.

Creditor ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3.

Debenture Issuer ” means Plains Capital Corporation, a Texas corporation, in its capacity as issuer of the Debentures under the Indenture.

Debenture Trustee ” means U. S. Bank National Association, as trustee under the Indenture until a successor is appointed thereunder, and thereafter means such successor trustee.

Debentures ” means the Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures due 2033 to be issued by the Debenture Issuer under the Indenture.

Defaulted Interest ” has the meaning set forth in the Indenture.

Determination Date ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

Direct Action ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(d).

Distribution ” means a distribution payable to Holders of Securities in accordance with Section 5.1.

Distribution Payment Date ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 2(b) of Annex I.

Distribution Period ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 2(a) of Annex I.

Distribution Rate ” means, for the period beginning on (and including) the date of original issuance and ending on (but excluding) June 26, 2003, the rate per annum of 4.41063%, and for the period beginning on (and including) June 26, 2003 and thereafter, the Coupon Rate.

Event of Default ” means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such event and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):

(a) the occurrence of an Indenture Event of Default; or

(b) default by the Trust in the payment of any Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price of any Security when it becomes due and payable; or

 

3


(c) default in the performance, or breach, in any material respect, of any covenant or warranty of the Institutional Trustee in this Declaration (other than those specified in clause (a) or (b) above) and continuation of such default or breach for a period of 60 days after there has been given, by registered or certified mail to the Institutional Trustee and to the Sponsor by the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate liquidation amount of the outstanding Capital Securities, a written notice specifying such default or breach and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” hereunder; or

(d) the occurrence of a Bankruptcy Event with respect to the Institutional Trustee if a successor Institutional Trustee has not been appointed within 90 days thereof.

Extension Period ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 2(b) of Annex I.

Federal Reserve ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 3 of Annex I.

Fiduciary Indemnified Person ” shall mean the Institutional Trustee, any Affiliate of the Institutional Trustee and any officers, directors, shareholders, members, partners, employees, representatives, custodians, nominees or agents of the Institutional Trustee.

Fiscal Year ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1.

Guarantee ” means the guarantee agreement to be dated as of the Closing Date, of the Sponsor in respect of the Capital Securities.

Holder ” means a Person in whose name a Certificate representing a Security is registered in the register maintained by the Registrar pursuant to Section 6.2, such Person being a beneficial owner within the meaning of the Statutory Trust Act.

Indemnified Person ” means a Company Indemnified Person or a Fiduciary Indemnified Person.

Indenture ” means the Indenture dated as of the Closing Date, between the Debenture Issuer and the Debenture Trustee, and any indenture supplemental thereto pursuant to which the Debentures are to be issued, as such Indenture and any supplemental indenture may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Indenture Event of Default ” means an “Event of Default” as defined in the Indenture.

Institutional Trustee ” means the Trustee meeting the eligibility requirements set forth in Section 4.1.

Interest ” means any interest due on the Debentures including any Additional Interest and Defaulted Interest.

Investment Company ” means an investment company as defined in the Investment Company Act.

Investment Company Act ” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended from time to time, or any successor legislation.

Investment Company Event ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

Liquidation ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 3 of Annex I.

 

4


Liquidation Distribution ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 3 of Annex I.

Majority in liquidation amount of the Securities ” means Holder(s) of outstanding Securities voting together as a single class or, as the context may require, Holders of outstanding Capital Securities or Holders of outstanding Common Securities voting separately as a class, who are the record owners of more than 50% of the aggregate liquidation amount (including the stated amount that would be paid on redemption, liquidation or otherwise, plus accrued and unpaid Distributions to the date upon which the voting percentages are determined) of all outstanding Securities of the relevant class.

Maturity Date ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

Officers’ Certificates ” means, with respect to any Person, a certificate signed by two Authorized Officers of such Person. Any Officers’ Certificate delivered with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant providing for it in this Declaration shall include:

(a) a statement that each officer signing the Certificate has read the covenant or condition and the definitions relating thereto;

(b) a brief statement of the nature and scope of the examination or investigation undertaken by each officer in rendering the Certificate;

(c) a statement that each such officer has made such examination or investigation as, in such officer’s opinion, is necessary to enable such officer to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

(d) a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such officer, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

OTS ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 3 of Annex I.

Paying Agent ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.2.

Person ” means a legal person, including any individual, corporation, estate, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated association, or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof, or any other entity of whatever nature.

Placement Agreement ” means the Placement Agreement relating to the offering and sale of Capital Securities in the form of Exhibit C.

Property Account ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(c).

Pro Rata ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 8 of Annex I.

Quorum ” means a majority of the Administrators or, if there are only two Administrators, both of them.

Redemption Date ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

Redemption/Distribution Notice ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(e) of Annex I.

Redemption Price ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

Registrar ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2.

 

5


Responsible Officer ” means, with respect to the Institutional Trustee, any officer within the Corporate Trust Office of the Institutional Trustee, including any vice-president, any assistant vice-president, any assistant secretary, the treasurer, any assistant treasurer, any trust officer or other officer of the Corporate Trust Office of the Institutional Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of that officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

Restricted Securities Legend ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.2(b).

Rule 3a-5 ” means Rule 3a-5 under the Investment Company Act.

Rule 3a-7 ” means Rule 3a-7 under the Investment Company Act.

Securities ” means the Common Securities and the Capital Securities.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, or any successor legislation.

Special Event ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

Special Redemption Date ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

Special Redemption Price ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

Sponsor ” means Plains Capital Corporation, a Texas corporation, or any successor entity in a merger, consolidation or amalgamation, in its capacity as sponsor of the Trust.

Statutory Trust Act ” means Chapter 615 of Title 34 of the Connecticut General Statutes, Sections 500, et seq. as may be amended from time to time.

Successor Entity ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.14(b).

Successor Institutional Trustee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(a).

Successor Securities ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.14(b).

Super Majority ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 5(b) of Annex I.

Tax Event ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

10% in liquidation amount of the Securities ” means Holder(s) of outstanding Securities voting together as a single class or, as the context may require, Holders of outstanding Capital Securities or Holders of outstanding Common Securities voting separately as a class, who are the record owners of 10% or more of the aggregate liquidation amount (including the stated amount that would be paid on redemption, liquidation or otherwise, plus accrued and unpaid Distributions to the date upon which the voting percentages are determined) of all outstanding Securities of the relevant class.

3-Month LIBOR ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

Transfer Agent ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2.

 

6


Treasury Regulations ” means the income tax regulations, including temporary and proposed regulations, promulgated under the Code by the United States Treasury, as such regulations may be amended from time to time (including corresponding provisions of succeeding regulations).

Trust Property ” means (a) the Debentures, (b) any cash on deposit in, or owing to, the Property Account and (c) all proceeds and rights in respect of the foregoing and any other property and assets for the time being held or deemed to be held by the Institutional Trustee pursuant to the trusts of this Declaration.

U.S. Person ” means a United States Person as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

ARTICLE II

ORGANIZATION

Section 2.1. Name .  The Trust is named “PCC Statutory Trust II,” as such name may be modified from time to time by the Administrators following written notice to the Holders of the Securities. The Trust’s activities may be conducted under the name of the Trust or any other name deemed advisable by the Administrators.

Section 2.2. Office .  The address of the principal office of the Trust is c/o U. S. Bank National Association, 225 Asylum Street, Goodwin Square, Hartford, Connecticut 06103. On at least 10 Business Days written notice to the Holders of the Securities, the Administrators may designate another principal office, which shall be in a state of the United States or in the District of Columbia.

Section 2.3. Purpose .  The exclusive purposes and functions of the Trust are (a) to issue and sell the Securities representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust, (b) to invest the gross proceeds from such sale to acquire the Debentures, (c) to facilitate direct investment in the assets of the Trust through issuance of the Common Securities and the Capital Securities and (d) except as otherwise limited herein, to engage in only those other activities necessary or incidental thereto. The Trust shall not borrow money, issue debt or reinvest proceeds derived from investments, pledge any of its assets, or otherwise undertake (or permit to be undertaken) any activity that would cause the Trust not to be classified for United States federal income tax purposes as a grantor trust.

Section 2.4. Authority .  Except as specifically provided in this Declaration, the Institutional Trustee shall have exclusive and complete authority to carry out the purposes of the Trust. An action taken by the Institutional Trustee in accordance with its powers shall constitute the act of and serve to bind the Trust. In dealing with the Institutional Trustee acting on behalf of the Trust, no Person shall be required to inquire into the authority of the Institutional Trustee to bind the Trust. Persons dealing with the Trust are entitled to rely conclusively on the power and authority of the Institutional Trustee as set forth in this Declaration. The Administrators shall have only those ministerial duties set forth herein with respect to accomplishing the purposes of the Trust and are not intended to be trustees or fiduciaries with respect to the Trust or the Holders. The Institutional Trustee shall have the right, but shall not be obligated except as provided in Section 2.6, to perform those duties assigned to the Administrators.

Section 2.5. Title to Property of the Trust .  Except as provided in Section 2.8 with respect to the Debentures and the Property Account or as otherwise provided in this Declaration, legal title to all assets of the Trust shall be vested in the Trust. The Holders shall not have legal title to any part of the assets of the Trust, but shall have an undivided beneficial interest in the assets of the Trust.

 

7


Section 2.6. Powers and Duties of the Institutional Trustee and the Administrators .

(a) The Institutional Trustee and the Administrators shall conduct the affairs of the Trust in accordance with the terms of this Declaration. Subject to the limitations set forth in paragraph (b) of this Section, and in accordance with the following provisions (i) and (ii), the Institutional Trustee and the Administrators shall have the authority to enter into all transactions and agreements determined by the Institutional Trustee to be appropriate in exercising the authority, express or implied, otherwise granted to the Institutional Trustee or the Administrators, as the case may be, under this Declaration, and to perform all acts in furtherance thereof, including without limitation, the following:

(i) Each Administrator shall have the power and authority to act on behalf of the Trust with respect to the following matters:

(A) the issuance and sale of the Securities;

(B) to cause the Trust to enter into, and to execute and deliver on behalf of the Trust, such agreements as may be necessary or desirable in connection with the purposes and function of the Trust, including agreements with the Paying Agent;

(C) ensuring compliance with the Securities Act, applicable state securities or blue sky laws;

(D) the sending of notices (other than notices of default), and other information regarding the Securities and the Debentures to the Holders in accordance with this Declaration;

(E) the consent to the appointment of a Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar in accordance with this Declaration, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed;

(F) execution and delivery of the Securities in accordance with this Declaration;

(G) execution and delivery of closing certificates pursuant to the Placement Agreement and the application for a taxpayer identification number;

(H) unless otherwise determined by the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Securities or as otherwise required by the Statutory Trust Act, to execute on behalf of the Trust (either acting alone or together with any or all of the Administrators) any documents that the Administrators have the power to execute pursuant to this Declaration;

(I) the taking of any action incidental to the foregoing as the Institutional Trustee may from time to time determine is necessary or advisable to give effect to the terms of this Declaration for the benefit of the Holders (without consideration of the effect of any such action on any particular Holder);

(J) to establish a record date with respect to all actions to be taken hereunder that require a record date be established, including Distributions, voting rights, redemptions and exchanges, and to issue relevant notices to the Holders of Capital Securities and Holders of Common Securities as to such actions and applicable record dates; and

 

8


(K) to duly prepare and file all applicable tax returns and tax information reports that are required to be filed with respect to the Trust on behalf of the Trust.

(ii) As among the Institutional Trustee and the Administrators, the Institutional Trustee shall have the power, duty and authority to act on behalf of the Trust with respect to the following matters:

(A) the establishment of the Property Account;

(B) the receipt of the Debentures;

(C) the collection of interest, principal and any other payments made in respect of the Debentures in the Property Account;

(D) the distribution through the Paying Agent of amounts owed to the Holders in respect of the Securities;

(E) the exercise of all of the rights, powers and privileges of a holder of the Debentures;

(F) the sending of notices of default and other information regarding the Securities and the Debentures to the Holders in accordance with this Declaration;

(G) the distribution of the Trust Property in accordance with the terms of this Declaration;

(H) to the extent provided in this Declaration, the winding up of the affairs of and liquidation of the Trust and the preparation, execution and filing of the certificate of cancellation with the Secretary of State of the State of Connecticut;

(I) after any Event of Default ( provided that such Event of Default is not by or with respect to the Institutional Trustee) the taking of any action incidental to the foregoing as the Institutional Trustee may from time to time determine is necessary or advisable to give effect to the terms of this Declaration and protect and conserve the Trust Property for the benefit of the Holders (without consideration of the effect of any such action on any particular Holder); and

(J) to take all action that may be necessary for the preservation and the continuation of the Trust’s valid existence, rights, franchises and privileges as a statutory trust under the laws of the State of Connecticut and of each other jurisdiction in which such existence is necessary to protect the limited liability of the Holders of the Capital Securities or to enable the Trust to effect the purposes for which the Trust was created.

(iii) The Institutional Trustee shall have the power and authority to act on behalf of the Trust with respect to any of the duties, liabilities, powers or the authority of the Administrators set forth in Section 2.6(a)(i)(D), (E) and (F) herein but shall not have a duty to do any such act unless specifically requested to do so in writing by the Sponsor, and shall then be fully protected in acting pursuant to such written request; and in the event of a conflict between the action of the Administrators and the action of the Institutional Trustee, the action of the Institutional Trustee shall prevail.

 

9


(b) So long as this Declaration remains in effect, the Trust (or the Institutional Trustee or Administrators acting on behalf of the Trust) shall not undertake any business, activities or transaction except as expressly provided herein or contemplated hereby. In particular, neither the Institutional Trustee nor the Administrators may cause the Trust to (i) acquire any investments or engage in any activities not authorized by this Declaration, (ii) sell, assign, transfer, exchange, mortgage, pledge, set-off or otherwise dispose of any of the Trust Property or interests therein, including to Holders, except as expressly provided herein, (iii) take any action that would reasonably be expected (x) to cause the Trust to fail or cease to qualify as a “grantor trust” for United States federal income tax purposes or (y) to require the trust to register as an Investment Company under the Investment Company Act, (iv) incur any indebtedness for borrowed money or issue any other debt or (v) take or consent to any action that would result in the placement of a lien on any of the Trust Property. The Institutional Trustee shall, at the sole cost and expense of the Trust, defend all claims and demands of all Persons at any time claiming any lien on any of the Trust Property adverse to the interest of the Trust or the Holders in their capacity as Holders.

(c) In connection with the issuance and sale of the Capital Securities, the Sponsor shall have the right and responsibility to assist the Trust with respect to, or effect on behalf of the Trust, the following (and any actions taken by the Sponsor in furtherance of the following prior to the date of this Declaration are hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects):

(i) the taking of any action necessary to obtain an exemption from the Securities Act;

(ii) the determination of the States in which to take appropriate action to qualify or register for sale all or part of the Capital Securities and the determination of any and all such acts, other than actions which must be taken by or on behalf of the Trust, and the advice to the Administrators of actions they must take on behalf of the Trust, and the preparation for execution and filing of any documents to be executed and filed by the Trust or on behalf of the Trust, as the Sponsor deems necessary or advisable in order to comply with the applicable laws of any such States in connection with the sale of the Capital Securities;

(iii) the negotiation of the terms of, and the execution and delivery of, the Placement Agreement providing for the sale of the Capital Securities; and

(iv) the taking of any other actions necessary or desirable to carry out any of the foregoing activities.

(d) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Administrators and the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Common Securities are authorized and directed to conduct the affairs of the Trust and to operate the Trust so that the Trust will not (i) be deemed to be an Investment Company required to be registered under the Investment Company Act, and (ii) fail to be classified as a “grantor trust” for United States federal income tax purposes. The Administrators and the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Common Securities shall not take any action inconsistent with the treatment of the Debentures as indebtedness of the Debenture Issuer for United States federal income tax purposes. In this connection, the Administrators and the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Common Securities are authorized to take any action, not inconsistent with applicable laws, the Certificate of Trust or this Declaration, as amended from time to time, that each of the Administrators and the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Common Securities determines in their discretion to be necessary or desirable for such purposes.

 

10


(e) All expenses incurred by the Administrators or the Institutional Trustee pursuant to this Section 2.6 shall be reimbursed by the Sponsor, and the Institutional Trustee and the Administrators shall have no obligations with respect to such expenses.

(f) The assets of the Trust shall consist of the Trust Property.

(g) Legal title to all Trust Property shall be vested at all times in the Institutional Trustee (in its capacity as such) and shall be held and administered by the Institutional Trustee and the Administrators for the benefit of the Trust in accordance with this Declaration.

(h) If the Institutional Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Declaration and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Institutional Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case the Sponsor, the Institutional Trustee and the Holders shall, subject to any determination in such proceeding, be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder, and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Institutional Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.

Section 2.7. Prohibition of Actions by the Trust and the Institutional Trustee .

(a) The Trust shall not, and the Institutional Trustee shall cause the Trust not to, engage in any activity other than as required or authorized by this Declaration. In particular, the Trust shall not and the Institutional Trustee shall cause the Trust not to:

(i) invest any proceeds received by the Trust from holding the Debentures, but shall distribute all such proceeds to Holders of the Securities pursuant to the terms of this Declaration and of the Securities;

(ii) acquire any assets other than as expressly provided herein;

(iii) possess Trust Property for other than a Trust purpose;

(iv) make any loans or incur any indebtedness other than loans represented by the Debentures;

(v) possess any power or otherwise act in such a way as to vary the Trust assets or the terms of the Securities in any way whatsoever other than as expressly provided herein;

(vi) issue any securities or other evidences of beneficial ownership of, or beneficial interest in, the Trust other than the Securities;

(vii) carry on any “trade or business” as that phrase is used in the Code; or

(viii) other than as provided in this Declaration (including Annex I), (A) direct the time, method and place of exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Debenture Trustee with respect to the Debentures, (B) waive any past default that is waivable under the Indenture, (C) exercise any right to rescind or annul any declaration that the principal of all the Debentures shall be due and payable, or (D) consent to any amendment, modification or termination of the Indenture or the Debentures where such consent shall be required unless the Trust shall have received a written opinion of counsel to the effect that such modification will not cause the Trust to cease to be classified as a “grantor trust” for United States federal income tax purposes.

 

11


Section 2.8. Powers and Duties of the Institutional Trustee .

(a) The legal title to the Debentures shall be owned by and held of record in the name of the Institutional Trustee in trust for the benefit of the Trust and the Holders of the Securities. The right, title and interest of the Institutional Trustee to the Debentures shall vest automatically in each Person who may hereafter be appointed as Institutional Trustee in accordance with Section 4.3. Such vesting and cessation of title shall be effective whether or not conveyancing documents with regard to the Debentures have been executed and delivered.

(b) The Institutional Trustee shall not transfer its right, title and interest in the Debentures to the Administrators.

(c) The Institutional Trustee shall:

(i) establish and maintain a segregated non-interest bearing trust account (the “ Property Account ”) in the name of and under the exclusive control of the Institutional Trustee, and maintained in the Institutional Trustee’s trust department, on behalf of the Holders of the Securities and, upon the receipt of payments of funds made in respect of the Debentures held by the Institutional Trustee, deposit such funds into the Property Account and make payments, or cause the Paying Agent to make payments, to the Holders of the Capital Securities and Holders of the Common Securities from the Property Account in accordance with Section 5.1. Funds in the Property Account shall be held uninvested until disbursed in accordance with this Declaration;

(ii) engage in such ministerial activities as shall be necessary or appropriate to effect the redemption of the Capital Securities and the Common Securities to the extent the Debentures are redeemed or mature; and

(iii) upon written notice of distribution issued by the Administrators in accordance with the terms of the Securities, engage in such ministerial activities as shall be necessary or appropriate to effect the distribution of the Debentures to Holders of Securities upon the occurrence of certain circumstances pursuant to the terms of the Securities.

(d) The Institutional Trustee may bring or defend, pay, collect, compromise, arbitrate, resort to legal action with respect to, or otherwise adjust claims or demands of or against, the Trust which arises out of or in connection with an Event of Default of which a Responsible Officer of the Institutional Trustee has actual knowledge or arises out of the Institutional Trustee’s duties and obligations under this Declaration; provided , however , that if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and such event is attributable to the failure of the Debenture Issuer to pay interest or principal on the Debentures on the date such interest or principal is otherwise payable (or in the case of redemption, on the redemption date), then a Holder of the Capital Securities may directly institute a proceeding for enforcement of payment to such Holder of the principal of or interest on the Debentures having a principal amount equal to the aggregate liquidation amount of the Capital Securities of such Holder (a “ Direct Action ”) on or after the respective due date specified in the Debentures. In connection with such Direct Action, the rights of the Holders of the Common Securities will be subrogated to the rights of such Holder of the Capital Securities to the extent of any payment made by the Debenture Issuer to such Holder of the Capital Securities in such Direct Action; provided , however , that no Holder of the Common Securities may exercise such right of subrogation so long as an Event of Default with respect to the Capital Securities has occurred and is continuing.

 

12


(e) The Institutional Trustee shall continue to serve as a Trustee until either:

(i) the Trust has been completely liquidated and the proceeds of the liquidation distributed to the Holders of the Securities pursuant to the terms of the Securities and this Declaration; or

(ii) a Successor Institutional Trustee has been appointed and has accepted that appointment in accordance with Section 4.3.

(f) The Institutional Trustee shall have the legal power to exercise all of the rights, powers and privileges of a Holder of the Debentures under the Indenture and, if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Institutional Trustee may, for the benefit of Holders of the Securities, enforce its rights as holder of the Debentures subject to the rights of the Holders pursuant to this Declaration (including Annex I) and the terms of the Securities.

The Institutional Trustee must exercise the powers set forth in this Section 2.8 in a manner that is consistent with the purposes and functions of the Trust set out in Section 2.3, and the Institutional Trustee shall not take any action that is inconsistent with the purposes and functions of the Trust set out in Section 2.3.

Section 2.9. Certain Duties and Responsibilities of the Institutional Trustee and Administrators .

(a) The Institutional Trustee, before the occurrence of any Event of Default and after the curing or waiving of all such Events of Default that may have occurred, shall undertake to perform only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Declaration and no implied covenants shall be read into this Declaration against the Institutional Trustee. In case an Event of Default has occurred (that has not been cured or waived pursuant to Section 6.7), the Institutional Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Declaration, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs.

(b) The duties and responsibilities of the Institutional Trustee and the Administrators shall be as provided by this Declaration. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no provision of this Declaration shall require the Institutional Trustee or Administrators to expend or risk their own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of their duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of their rights or powers if it shall have reasonable grounds to believe that repayment of such funds or adequate protection against such risk of liability is not reasonably assured to it. Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Declaration relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Institutional Trustee or Administrators shall be subject to the provisions of this Article. Nothing in this Declaration shall be construed to relieve an Administrator or the Institutional Trustee from liability for its own negligent act, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct. To the extent that, at law or in equity, the Institutional Trustee or an Administrator has duties and liabilities relating to the Trust or to the Holders, the Institutional Trustee or such Administrator shall not be liable to the Trust or to any Holder for the Institutional Trustee’s or such Administrator’s good faith reliance on the provisions of this Declaration. The provisions of this Declaration, to the extent that they restrict the duties and liabilities of the Administrators or the Institutional Trustee otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the Sponsor and the Holders to replace such other duties and liabilities of the Administrators or the Institutional Trustee.

(c) All payments made by the Institutional Trustee or a Paying Agent in respect of the Securities shall be made only from the revenue and proceeds from the Trust Property and only to the extent that there shall be sufficient revenue or proceeds from the Trust Property to enable the Institutional Trustee or a Paying Agent to make payments in accordance with the terms hereof. Each Holder, by its acceptance of a Security, agrees that it will look solely to the revenue and proceeds from the Trust Property to the extent legally

 

13


available for distribution to it as herein provided and that the Institutional Trustee and the Administrators are not personally liable to it for any amount distributable in respect of any Security or for any other liability in respect of any Security. This Section 2.9(c) does not limit the liability of the Institutional Trustee expressly set forth elsewhere in this Declaration.

(d) The Institutional Trustee shall not be liable for its own acts or omissions hereunder except as a result of its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(i) the Institutional Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by an Authorized Officer of the Institutional Trustee, unless it shall be proved that the Institutional Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;

(ii) the Institutional Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction of the Holders of not less than a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities or the Common Securities, as applicable, relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Institutional Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Institutional Trustee under this Declaration;

(iii) the Institutional Trustee’s sole duty with respect to the custody, safekeeping and physical preservation of the Debentures and the Property Account shall be to deal with such property in a similar manner as the Institutional Trustee deals with similar property for its fiduciary accounts generally, subject to the protections and limitations on liability afforded to the Institutional Trustee under this Declaration;

(iv) the Institutional Trustee shall not be liable for any interest on any money received by it except as it may otherwise agree in writing with the Sponsor; and money held by the Institutional Trustee need not be segregated from other funds held by it except in relation to the Property Account maintained by the Institutional Trustee pursuant to Section 2.8(c)(i) and except to the extent otherwise required by law; and

(v) the Institutional Trustee shall not be responsible for monitoring the compliance by the Administrators or the Sponsor with their respective duties under this Declaration, nor shall the Institutional Trustee be liable for any default or misconduct of the Administrators or the Sponsor.

Section 2.10. Certain Rights of Institutional Trustee Subject to the provisions of Section 2.9:

(a) the Institutional Trustee may conclusively rely and shall fully be protected in acting or refraining from acting in good faith upon any resolution, opinion of counsel, certificate, written representation of a Holder or transferee, certificate of auditors or any other certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, appraisal, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or presented by the proper party or parties;

(b) if (i) in performing its duties under this Declaration, the Institutional Trustee is required to decide between alternative courses of action, (ii) in construing any of the provisions of this Declaration, the Institutional Trustee finds the same ambiguous or inconsistent with any other provisions contained herein, or (iii) the Institutional Trustee is unsure of the application of any provision of this Declaration, then, except as to any matter as to which the Holders of Capital Securities are entitled to vote under the terms of

 

14


this Declaration, the Institutional Trustee may deliver a notice to the Sponsor requesting the Sponsor’s written instructions as to the course of action to be taken and the Institutional Trustee shall take such action, or refrain from taking such action, as the Institutional Trustee shall be instructed in writing, in which event the Institutional Trustee shall have no liability except for its own negligence or willful misconduct;

(c) any direction or act of the Sponsor or the Administrators contemplated by this Declaration shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate;

(d) whenever in the administration of this Declaration, the Institutional Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established before undertaking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Institutional Trustee (unless other evidence is herein specifically prescribed) may request and conclusively rely upon an Officers’ Certificate as to factual matters which, upon receipt of such request, shall be promptly delivered by the Sponsor or the Administrators;

(e) the Institutional Trustee shall have no duty to see to any recording, filing or registration of any instrument (including any financing or continuation statement or any filing under tax or securities laws) or any rerecording, refiling or reregistration thereof;

(f) the Institutional Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection (which counsel may be counsel to the Sponsor or any of its Affiliates) and the advice of such counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon and in accordance with such advice; the Institutional Trustee shall have the right at any time to seek instructions concerning the administration of this Declaration from any court of competent jurisdiction;

(g) the Institutional Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Declaration at the request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Declaration, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Institutional Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction; provided , that nothing contained in this Section 2.10(g) shall be taken to relieve the Institutional Trustee, subject to Section 2.9(b), upon the occurrence of an Event of Default (that has not been cured or waived pursuant to Section 6.7), to exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Declaration, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs;

(h) the Institutional Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, bond, debenture, note or other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, unless requested in writing to do so by one or more Holders, but the Institutional Trustee may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit;

(i) the Institutional Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through its agents or attorneys and the Institutional Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of or for the supervision of, any such agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder;

(j) whenever in the administration of this Declaration the Institutional Trustee shall deem it desirable to receive instructions with respect to enforcing any remedy or right or taking any other action hereunder the Institutional Trustee (i) may request instructions from the Holders of the Capital Securities which instructions may only be given by the Holders of the same proportion in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities as would be entitled to direct the Institutional Trustee under the terms of the Capital Securities in respect of such remedy, right or action, (ii) may refrain from enforcing such remedy or right or taking such other action until such instructions are received, and (iii) shall be fully protected in acting in accordance with such instructions;

 

15


(k) except as otherwise expressly provided in this Declaration, the Institutional Trustee shall not be under any obligation to take any action that is discretionary under the provisions of this Declaration;

(l) when the Institutional Trustee incurs expenses or renders services in connection with a Bankruptcy Event, such expenses (including the fees and expenses of its counsel) and the compensation for such services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any bankruptcy law or law relating to creditors rights generally;

(m) the Institutional Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of an Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Institutional Trustee obtains actual knowledge of such event or the Institutional Trustee receives written notice of such event from any Holder, the Sponsor or the Debenture Trustee;

(n) any action taken by the Institutional Trustee or its agents hereunder shall bind the Trust and the Holders of the Securities, and the signature of the Institutional Trustee or its agents alone shall be sufficient and effective to perform any such action and no third party shall be required to inquire as to the authority of the Institutional Trustee to so act or as to its compliance with any of the terms and provisions of this Declaration, both of which shall be conclusively evidenced by the Institutional Trustee’s or its agent’s taking such action; and

(o) no provision of this Declaration shall be deemed to impose any duty or obligation on the Institutional Trustee to perform any act or acts or exercise any right, power, duty or obligation conferred or imposed on it, in any jurisdiction in which it shall be illegal, or in which the Institutional Trustee shall be unqualified or incompetent in accordance with applicable law, to perform any such act or acts, or to exercise any such right, power, duty or obligation. No permissive power or authority available to the Institutional Trustee shall be construed to be a duty.

Section 2.11. Execution of Documents .  Unless otherwise determined in writing by the Institutional Trustee, and except as otherwise required by the Statutory Trust Act, the Institutional Trustee, or any one or more of the Administrators, as the case may be, is authorized to execute on behalf of the Trust any documents that the Institutional Trustee or the Administrators, as the case may be, have the power and authority to execute pursuant to Section 2.6.

Section 2.12. Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities .  The recitals contained in this Declaration and the Securities shall be taken as the statements of the Sponsor, and the Institutional Trustee does not assume any responsibility for their correctness. The Institutional Trustee makes no representations as to the value or condition of the property of the Trust or any part thereof. The Institutional Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Declaration, the Debentures or the Securities.

Section 2.13. Duration of Trust .  The Trust, unless earlier dissolved pursuant to the provisions of Article VII hereof, shall be in existence for 35 years from the Closing Date.

Section 2.14. Mergers .

(a) The Trust may not consolidate, amalgamate, merge with or into, or be replaced by, or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any corporation or other body, except as described in Section 2.14(b) and (c) and except in connection with the liquidation of the Trust and the distribution of the Debentures to Holders of Securities pursuant to Section 7.1(a)(iv) of the Declaration or Section 3 of Annex I.

 

16


(b) The Trust may, with the consent of the Institutional Trustee and without the consent of the Holders of the Capital Securities, consolidate, amalgamate, merge with or into, or be replaced by a trust organized as such under the laws of any state; provided that:

(i) if the Trust is not the surviving entity, such successor entity (the “ Successor Entity ”) either:

(A) expressly assumes all of the obligations of the Trust under the Securities; or

(B) substitutes for the Securities other securities having substantially the same terms as the Securities (the “ Successor Securities ”) so that the Successor Securities rank the same as the Securities rank with respect to Distributions and payments upon Liquidation, redemption and otherwise;

(ii) the Sponsor expressly appoints a trustee of the Successor Entity that possesses substantially the same powers and duties as the Institutional Trustee as the Holder of the Debentures;

(iii) such merger, consolidation, amalgamation or replacement does not adversely affect the rights, preferences and privileges of the Holders of the Securities (including any Successor Securities) in any material respect;

(iv) the Institutional Trustee receives written confirmation from Moody’s Investor Services, Inc. and any other nationally recognized statistical rating organization that rates securities issued by the initial purchaser of the Capital Securities that it will not reduce or withdraw the rating of any such securities because of such merger, conversion, consolidation, amalgamation or replacement;

(v) such Successor Entity has a purpose substantially identical to that of the Trust;

(vi) prior to such merger, consolidation, amalgamation or replacement, the Trust has received an opinion of a nationally recognized independent counsel to the Trust experienced in such matters to the effect that:

(A) such merger, consolidation, amalgamation or replacement does not adversely affect the rights, preferences and privileges of the Holders of the Securities (including any Successor Securities) in any material respect;

(B) following such merger, consolidation, amalgamation or replacement, neither the Trust nor the Successor Entity will be required to register as an Investment Company; and

(C) following such merger, consolidation, amalgamation or replacement, the Trust (or the Successor Entity) will continue to be classified as a “grantor trust” for United States federal income tax purposes;

(vii) the Sponsor guarantees the obligations of such Successor Entity under the Successor Securities at least to the extent provided by the Guarantee;

(viii) the Sponsor owns 100% of the common securities of any Successor Entity; and

 

17


(ix) prior to such merger, consolidation, amalgamation or replacement, the Institutional Trustee shall have received an Officers’ Certificate of the Administrators and an opinion of counsel, each to the effect that all conditions precedent under this Section 2.14(b) to such transaction have been satisfied.

(c) Notwithstanding Section 2.14(b), the Trust shall not, except with the consent of Holders of 100% in aggregate liquidation amount of the Securities, consolidate, amalgamate, merge with or into, or be replaced by any other entity or permit any other entity to consolidate, amalgamate, merge with or into, or replace it if such consolidation, amalgamation, merger or replacement would cause the Trust or Successor Entity to be classified as other than a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes.

ARTICLE III

SPONSOR

Section 3.1. Sponsor’s Purchase of Common Securities .  On the Closing Date, the Sponsor will purchase all of the Common Securities issued by the Trust in an amount at least equal to 3% of the capital of the Trust, at the same time as the Capital Securities are sold.

Section 3.2. Responsibilities of the Sponsor .  In connection with the issue and sale of the Capital Securities, the Sponsor shall have the exclusive right and responsibility to engage in, or direct the Administrators to engage in, the following activities:

(a) to determine the States in which to take appropriate action to qualify or register for sale all or part of the Capital Securities and to do any and all such acts, other than actions which must be taken by the Trust, and advise the Trust of actions it must take, and prepare for execution and filing any documents to be executed and filed by the Trust, as the Sponsor deems necessary or advisable in order to comply with the applicable laws of any such States; and

(b) to negotiate the terms of and/or execute on behalf of the Trust, the Placement Agreement and other related agreements providing for the sale of the Capital Securities.

Section 3.3. Expenses .  In connection with the offering, sale and issuance of the Debentures to the Trust and in connection with the sale of the Securities by the Trust, the Sponsor, in its capacity as Debenture Issuer, shall:

(a) pay all reasonable costs and expenses owing to the Debenture Trustee pursuant to Section 6.6 of the Indenture;

(b) be responsible for and shall pay all debts and obligations (other than with respect to the Securities) and all costs and expenses of the Trust, the offering, sale and issuance of the Securities (including fees to the placement agents in connection therewith), the costs and expenses (including reasonable counsel fees and expenses) of the Institutional Trustee and the Administrators, the costs and expenses relating to the operation of the Trust, including, without limitation, costs and expenses of accountants, attorneys, statistical or bookkeeping services, expenses for printing and engraving and computing or accounting equipment, Paying Agents, Registrars, Transfer Agents, duplicating, travel and telephone and other telecommunications expenses and costs and expenses incurred in connection with the acquisition, financing, and disposition of Trust assets and the enforcement by the Institutional Trustee of the rights of the Holders (for purposes of clarification, this Section 3.3(b) does not contemplate the payment by the Sponsor of acceptance or annual administration fees owing to the Institutional Trustee pursuant to the services to be provided by the Institutional Trustee under this Declaration or the fees and expenses of the Institutional Trustee’s counsel in connection with the closing of the transactions contemplated by this Declaration); and

 

18


(c) pay any and all taxes (other than United States withholding taxes attributable to the Trust or its assets) and all liabilities, costs and expenses with respect to such taxes of the Trust.

The Sponsor’s obligations under this Section 3.3 shall be for the benefit of, and shall be enforceable by, any Person to whom such debts, obligations, costs, expenses and taxes are owed (a “ Creditor ”) whether or not such Creditor has received notice hereof. Any such Creditor may enforce the Sponsor’s obligations under this Section 3.3 directly against the Sponsor and the Sponsor irrevocably waives any right or remedy to require that any such Creditor take any action against the Trust or any other Person before proceeding against the Sponsor. The Sponsor agrees to execute such additional agreements as may be necessary or desirable in order to give full effect to the provisions of this Section 3.3.

Section 3.4. Right to Proceed .  The Sponsor acknowledges the rights of Holders to institute a Direct Action as set forth in Section 2.8(d) hereto.

ARTICLE IV

INSTITUTIONAL TRUSTEE AND ADMINISTRATORS

Section 4.1. Institutional Trustee; Eligibility .

(a) There shall at all times be one Institutional Trustee which shall:

(i) not be an Affiliate of the Sponsor;

(ii) not offer or provide credit or credit enhancement to the Trust; and

(iii) be a banking corporation or trust company organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or the District of Columbia, authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, having a combined capital and surplus of at least 50 million U.S. dollars ($50,000,000.00), and subject to supervision or examination by Federal, state, or District of Columbia authority. If such corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of the supervising or examining authority referred to above, then for the purposes of this Section 4.1(a)(iii), the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published.

(b) If at any time the Institutional Trustee shall cease to be eligible to so act under Section 4.1(a), the Institutional Trustee shall immediately resign in the manner and with the effect set forth in Section 4.3(a).

(c) If the Institutional Trustee has or shall acquire any “conflicting interest” within the meaning of Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, the Institutional Trustee shall either eliminate such interest or resign, to the extent and in the manner provided by, and subject to this Declaration.

(d) The initial Institutional Trustee shall be U. S. Bank National Association.

 

19


Section 4.2. Administrators .  Each Administrator shall be a U.S. Person, 21 years of age or older and authorized to bind the Sponsor. The initial Administrators shall be Alan B. White, George McCleskey and Jeff Isom. There shall at all times be at least one Administrator. Except where a requirement for action by a specific number of Administrators is expressly set forth in this Declaration and except with respect to any action the taking of which is the subject of a meeting of the Administrators, any action required or permitted to be taken by the Administrators may be taken by, and any power of the Administrators may be exercised by, or with the consent of, any one such Administrator.

Section 4.3. Appointment, Removal and Resignation of Institutional Trustee and Administrators .

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Declaration, no resignation or removal of the Institutional Trustee and no appointment of a Successor Institutional Trustee pursuant to this Article shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the Successor Institutional Trustee in accordance with the applicable requirements of this Section 4.3.

Subject to the immediately preceding paragraph, the Institutional Trustee may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Holders of the Securities and by appointing a Successor Institutional Trustee. Upon the resignation of the Institutional Trustee, the Institutional Trustee shall appoint a successor by requesting from at least three Persons meeting the eligibility requirements, its expenses and charges to serve as the successor Institutional Trustee on a form provided by the Administrators, and selecting the Person who agrees to the lowest expense and charges (the “ Successor Institutional Trustee ”). If the instrument of acceptance by the Successor Institutional Trustee required by this Section 4.3 shall not have been delivered to the Institutional Trustee within 60 days after the giving of such notice of resignation or delivery of the instrument of removal, the Institutional Trustee may petition, at the expense of the Trust, any Federal, state or District of Columbia court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a Successor Institutional Trustee. Such court may thereupon, after prescribing such notice, if any, as it may deem proper, appoint a Successor Institutional Trustee. The Institutional Trustee shall have no liability for the selection of such successor pursuant to this Section 4.3.

The Institutional Trustee may be removed by the act of the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities, delivered to the Institutional Trustee (in its individual capacity and on behalf of the Trust) if an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing. If the Institutional Trustee shall be so removed, the Holders of Capital Securities, by act of the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities then outstanding delivered to the Institutional Trustee, shall promptly appoint a Successor Institutional Trustee, and such Successor Institutional Trustee shall comply with the applicable requirements of this Section 4.3. If no Successor Institutional Trustee shall have been so appointed by the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities and accepted appointment in the manner required by this Section 4.3, within 30 days after delivery of an instrument of removal, any Holder who has been a Holder of the Securities for at least 6 months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any Federal, state or District of Columbia court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of the Successor Institutional Trustee. Such court may thereupon, after prescribing such notice, if any, as it may deem proper, appoint a Successor Institutional Trustee.

The Institutional Trustee shall give notice of its resignation and removal and each appointment of a Successor Institutional Trustee to all Holders in the manner provided in Section 13.1(d) and shall give notice to the Sponsor. Each notice shall include the name of the Successor Institutional Trustee and the address of its Corporate Trust Office.

(b) In case of the appointment hereunder of a Successor Institutional Trustee, the retiring Institutional Trustee and the Successor Institutional Trustee shall execute and deliver an amendment hereto wherein the Successor Institutional Trustee shall accept such appointment and which (i) shall contain such provisions as shall be necessary or desirable to transfer and confirm to, and to vest in,

 

20


the Successor Institutional Trustee all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Institutional Trustee with respect to the Securities and the Trust and (ii) shall add to or change any of the provisions of this Declaration as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the Trust by more than one Institutional Trustee, it being understood that nothing herein or in such amendment shall constitute such Institutional Trustees co-trustees and upon the execution and delivery of such amendment the resignation or removal of the retiring Institutional Trustee shall become effective to the extent provided therein and each Successor Institutional Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Institutional Trustee; but, on request of the Trust or any Successor Institutional Trustee such retiring Institutional Trustee shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such Successor Institutional Trustee all Trust Property, all proceeds thereof and money held by such retiring Institutional Trustee hereunder with respect to the Securities and the Trust.

(c) No Institutional Trustee shall be liable for the acts or omissions to act of any Successor Institutional Trustee.

(d) The Holders of the Capital Securities will have no right to vote to appoint, remove or replace the Administrators, which voting rights are vested exclusively in the Holder of the Common Securities.

Section 4.4. Institutional Trustee Vacancies .  If the Institutional Trustee ceases to hold office for any reason a vacancy shall occur. A resolution certifying the existence of such vacancy by the Institutional Trustee shall be conclusive evidence of the existence of such vacancy. The vacancy shall be filled with a trustee appointed in accordance with Section 4.3.

Section 4.5. Effect of Vacancies .  The death, resignation, retirement, removal, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation, incompetence or incapacity to perform the duties of the Institutional Trustee shall not operate to dissolve, terminate or annul the Trust or terminate this Declaration.

Section 4.6. Meetings of the Institutional Trustee and the Administrators .  Meetings of the Administrators shall be held from time to time upon the call of an Administrator. Regular meetings of the Administrators may be held in person in the United States or by telephone, at a place (if applicable) and time fixed by resolution of the Administrators. Notice of any in-person meetings of the Institutional Trustee with the Administrators or meetings of the Administrators shall be hand delivered or otherwise delivered in writing (including by facsimile, with a hard copy by overnight courier) not less than 48 hours before such meeting. Notice of any telephonic meetings of the Institutional Trustee with the Administrators or meetings of the Administrators or any committee thereof shall be hand delivered or otherwise delivered in writing (including by facsimile, with a hard copy by overnight courier) not less than 24 hours before a meeting. Notices shall contain a brief statement of the time, place and anticipated purposes of the meeting. The presence (whether in person or by telephone) of the Institutional Trustee or an Administrator, as the case may be, at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting except where the Institutional Trustee or an Administrator, as the case may be, attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any activity on the grounds that the meeting has not been lawfully called or convened. Unless provided otherwise in this Declaration, any action of the Institutional Trustee or the Administrators, as the case may be, may be taken at a meeting by vote of the Institutional Trustee or a majority vote of the Administrators present (whether in person or by telephone) and eligible to vote with respect to such matter, provided that a Quorum is present, or without a meeting by the unanimous written consent of the Institutional Trustee or the Administrators. Meetings of the Institutional Trustee and the Administrators together shall be held from time to time upon the call of the Institutional Trustee or an Administrator.

 

21


Section 4.7. Delegation of Power .

(a) Any Administrator may, by power of attorney consistent with applicable law, delegate to any other natural person over the age of 21 that is a U.S. Person his or her power for the purpose of executing any documents contemplated in Section 2.6; and

(b) the Administrators shall have power to delegate from time to time to such of their number the doing of such things and the execution of such instruments either in the name of the Trust or the names of the Administrators or otherwise as the Administrators may deem expedient, to the extent such delegation is not prohibited by applicable law or contrary to the provisions of the Trust, as set forth herein.

Section 4.8. Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business .  Any Person into which the Institutional Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any Person resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Institutional Trustee shall be a party, or any Person succeeding to all or substantially all the corporate trust business of the Institutional Trustee shall be the successor of the Institutional Trustee hereunder, provided such Person shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto.

ARTICLE V

DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 5.1. Distributions .  Holders shall receive Distributions in accordance with the applicable terms of the relevant Holder’s Securities. Distributions shall be made on the Capital Securities and the Common Securities in accordance with the preferences set forth in their respective terms. If and to the extent that the Debenture Issuer makes a payment of Interest or any principal on the Debentures held by the Institutional Trustee, the Institutional Trustee shall and is directed, to the extent funds are available for that purpose, to make a distribution (a “ Distribution ”) of such amounts to Holders.

ARTICLE VI

ISSUANCE OF SECURITIES

Section 6.1. General Provisions Regarding Securities .

(a) The Administrators shall, on behalf of the Trust, issue one series of capital securities substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust having such terms as are set forth in Annex I and one series of common securities representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust having such terms as are set forth in Annex I. The Trust shall issue no securities or other interests in the assets of the Trust other than the Capital Securities and the Common Securities. The Capital Securities rank pari passu to, and payment thereon shall be made Pro Rata with, the Common Securities except that, where an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the rights of Holders of the Common Securities to payment in respect of Distributions and payments upon liquidation, redemption and otherwise are subordinated to the rights to payment of the Holders of the Capital Securities as set forth in Annex I.

(b) The Certificates shall be signed on behalf of the Trust by one or more Administrators. Such signature shall be the facsimile or manual signature of any Administrator. In case any Administrator of the Trust who shall have signed any of the Securities shall cease to be such Administrator before the Certificates so signed shall be delivered by the Trust, such Certificates nevertheless may be

 

22


delivered as though the person who signed such Certificates had not ceased to be such Administrator, and any Certificate may be signed on behalf of the Trust by such persons who, at the actual date of execution of such Security, shall be an Administrator of the Trust, although at the date of the execution and delivery of the Declaration any such person was not such an Administrator. A Capital Security shall not be valid until authenticated by the facsimile or manual signature of an Authorized Officer of the Institutional Trustee. Such signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Capital Security has been authenticated under this Declaration. Upon written order of the Trust signed by one Administrator, the Institutional Trustee shall authenticate the Capital Securities for original issue. The Institutional Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent that is a U.S. Person acceptable to the Trust to authenticate the Capital Securities. A Common Security need not be so authenticated.

(c) The consideration received by the Trust for the issuance of the Securities shall constitute a contribution to the capital of the Trust and shall not constitute a loan to the Trust.

(d) Upon issuance of the Securities as provided in this Declaration, the Securities so issued shall be deemed to be validly issued, fully paid and, except as provided in Section 9.1(b) with respect to the Common Securities, non-assessable.

(e) Every Person, by virtue of having become a Holder in accordance with the terms of this Declaration, shall be deemed to have expressly assented and agreed to the terms of, and shall be bound by, this Declaration and the Guarantee.

Section 6.2. Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar .  The Trust shall maintain in Hartford, Connecticut, an office or agency where the Capital Securities may be presented for payment (“ Paying Agent ”), and an office or agency where Securities may be presented for registration of transfer or exchange (the “ Transfer Agent ”). The Trust shall keep or cause to be kept at such office or agency a register for the purpose of registering Securities, transfers and exchanges of Securities, such register to be held by a registrar (the “ Registrar ”). The Administrators may appoint the Paying Agent, the Registrar and the Transfer Agent and may appoint one or more additional Paying Agents or one or more co-Registrars, or one or more co-Transfer Agents in such other locations as it shall determine. The term “ Paying Agent ” includes any additional paying agent, the term “ Registrar ” includes any additional registrar or co-Registrar and the term “ Transfer Agent ” includes any additional transfer agent. The Administrators may change any Paying Agent, Transfer Agent or Registrar at any time without prior notice to any Holder. The Administrators shall notify the Institutional Trustee of the name and address of any Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar not a party to this Declaration. The Administrators hereby initially appoint the Institutional Trustee to act as Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar for the Capital Securities and the Common Securities. The Institutional Trustee or any of its Affiliates in the United States may act as Paying Agent, Transfer Agent or Registrar.

Section 6.3. Form and Dating .  The Capital Securities and the Institutional Trustee’s certificate of authentication thereon shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1, and the Common Securities shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2, each of which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Declaration. Certificates may be typed, printed, lithographed or engraved or may be produced in any other manner as is reasonably acceptable to the Administrators, as conclusively evidenced by their execution thereof. The Securities may have letters, numbers, notations or other marks of identification or designation and such legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule, agreements to which the Trust is subject if any, or usage (provided that any such notation, legend or endorsement is in a form acceptable to the Sponsor). The Trust at the direction of the Sponsor shall furnish any such legend not contained in Exhibit A-1 to the Institutional Trustee in writing. Each Capital Security shall be dated on or before the date of its authentication. The terms and provisions of the Securities set forth in Annex I and the forms of Securities set

 

23


forth in Exhibits A-1 and A-2 are part of the terms of this Declaration and to the extent applicable, the Institutional Trustee, the Administrators and the Sponsor, by their execution and delivery of this Declaration, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. Capital Securities will be issued only in blocks having a stated liquidation amount of not less than $100,000.00 and any multiple of $1,000.00 in excess thereof.

The Capital Securities are being offered and sold by the Trust pursuant to the Placement Agreement in definitive, registered form without coupons and with the Restricted Securities Legend.

Section 6.4. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates .

If:

(a) any mutilated Certificates should be surrendered to the Registrar, or if the Registrar shall receive evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Certificate; and

(b) there shall be delivered to the Registrar, the Administrators and the Institutional Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by them to keep each of them harmless;

then, in the absence of notice that such Certificate shall have been acquired by a protected purchaser, an Administrator on behalf of the Trust shall execute (and in the case of a Capital Security Certificate, the Institutional Trustee shall authenticate) and deliver, in exchange for or in lieu of any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Certificate, a new Certificate of like denomination. In connection with the issuance of any new Certificate under this Section 6.4, the Registrar or the Administrators may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection therewith. Any duplicate Certificate issued pursuant to this Section shall constitute conclusive evidence of an ownership interest in the relevant Securities, as if originally issued, whether or not the lost, stolen or destroyed Certificate shall be found at any time.

Section 6.5. Temporary Securities .  Until definitive Securities are ready for delivery, the Administrators may prepare and, in the case of the Capital Securities, the Institutional Trustee shall authenticate, temporary Securities. Temporary Securities shall be substantially in the form of definitive Securities but may have variations that the Administrators consider appropriate for temporary Securities. Without unreasonable delay, the Administrators shall prepare and, in the case of the Capital Securities, the Institutional Trustee shall authenticate, definitive Securities in exchange for temporary Securities.

Section 6.6. Cancellation .  The Administrators at any time may deliver Securities to the Institutional Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar shall forward to the Institutional Trustee any Securities surrendered to it for registration of transfer, redemption or payment. The Institutional Trustee shall promptly cancel all Securities surrendered for registration of transfer, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall dispose of such canceled Securities as the Administrators direct. The Administrators may not issue new Securities to replace Securities that have been paid or that have been delivered to the Institutional Trustee for cancellation.

Section 6.7. Rights of Holders; Waivers of Past Defaults .

(a) The legal title to the Trust Property is vested exclusively in the Institutional Trustee (in its capacity as such) in accordance with Section 2.5, and the Holders shall not have any right or title therein other than the undivided beneficial interest in the assets of the Trust conferred by their Securities and they shall have no right to call for any partition or division of property, profits or rights of the Trust except as described below. The Securities shall be personal property giving only the rights specifically set forth therein and in this Declaration. The Securities shall have no preemptive or similar rights.

 

24


(b) For so long as any Capital Securities remain outstanding, if upon an Indenture Event of Default, the Debenture Trustee fails or the holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Debentures fail to declare the principal of all of the Debentures to be immediately due and payable, the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities then outstanding shall have the right to make such declaration by a notice in writing to the Institutional Trustee, the Sponsor and the Debenture Trustee.

At any time after a declaration of acceleration with respect to the Debentures has been made and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Debenture Trustee as provided in the Indenture, if the Institutional Trustee, subject to the provisions hereof, fails to annul any such declaration and waive such default, the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities, by written notice to the Institutional Trustee, the Sponsor and the Debenture Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if:

(i) the Debenture Issuer has paid or deposited with the Debenture Trustee a sum sufficient to pay

(A) all overdue installments of interest on all of the Debentures,

(B) any accrued Additional Interest on all of the Debentures,

(C) the principal of (and premium, if any, on) any Debentures that have become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration and interest and Additional Interest thereon at the rate borne by the Debentures, and

(D) all sums paid or advanced by the Debenture Trustee under the Indenture and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Debenture Trustee and the Institutional Trustee, their agents and counsel; and

(ii) all Events of Default with respect to the Debentures, other than the non-payment of the principal of the Debentures that has become due solely by such acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in Section 5.7 of the Indenture.

The Holders of at least a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities may, on behalf of the Holders of all the Capital Securities, waive any past default under the Indenture or any Indenture Event of Default, except a default or Indenture Event of Default in the payment of principal or interest on the Debentures (unless such default or Indenture Event of Default has been cured and a sum sufficient to pay all matured installments of interest and principal due otherwise than by acceleration has been deposited with the Debenture Trustee) or a default under the Indenture or an Indenture Event of Default in respect of a covenant or provision that under the Indenture cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the holder of each outstanding Debenture. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon.

Upon receipt by the Institutional Trustee of written notice declaring such an acceleration, or rescission and annulment thereof, by Holders of any part of the Capital Securities, a record date shall be established for determining Holders of outstanding Capital Securities entitled to join in such notice, which record date shall be at the close of business on the day the Institutional Trustee receives such notice. The Holders on such record date, or their duly designated proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to join in such notice, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided, that unless such declaration of acceleration, or rescission and annulment, as the case may be, shall have become effective by virtue of the requisite percentage having joined in such notice prior to the day that is 90 days after such record date, such notice of declaration of acceleration, or rescission and

 

25


annulment, as the case may be, shall automatically and without further action by any Holder be canceled and of no further effect. Nothing in this paragraph shall prevent a Holder, or a proxy of a Holder, from giving, after expiration of such 90-day period, a new written notice of declaration of acceleration, or rescission and annulment thereof, as the case may be, that is identical to a written notice that has been canceled pursuant to the proviso to the preceding sentence, in which event a new record date shall be established pursuant to the provisions of this Section 6.7.

(c) Except as otherwise provided in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 6.7, the Holders of at least a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities may, on behalf of the Holders of all the Capital Securities, waive any past default or Event of Default and its consequences. Upon such waiver, any such default or Event of Default shall cease to exist, and any default or Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Declaration, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

ARTICLE VII

DISSOLUTION AND TERMINATION OF TRUST

Section 7.1. Dissolution and Termination of Trust .

(a) The Trust shall dissolve on the first to occur of:

(i) unless earlier dissolved, on March 26, 2038, the expiration of the term of the Trust;

(ii) upon a Bankruptcy Event with respect to the Sponsor, the Trust or the Debenture Issuer;

(iii) upon the filing of a certificate of dissolution or its equivalent with respect to the Sponsor (other than in connection with a merger, consolidation or similar transaction not prohibited by the Indenture, this Declaration or the Guarantee, as the case may be) or upon the revocation of the charter of the Sponsor and the expiration of 90 days after the date of revocation without a reinstatement thereof;

(iv) upon the distribution of the Debentures to the Holders of the Securities, upon exercise of the right of the Holder of all of the outstanding Common Securities to dissolve the Trust as provided in Annex I hereto;

(v) upon the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Holder of the Common Securities, the Sponsor, the Trust or the Debenture Issuer;

(vi) when all of the Securities shall have been called for redemption and the amounts necessary for redemption thereof shall have been paid to the Holders in accordance with the terms of the Securities; or

(vii) before the issuance of any Securities, with the consent of the Institutional Trustee and the Sponsor.

 

26


(b) As soon as is practicable after the occurrence of an event referred to in Section 7.1(a), and after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors of the Trust as required by applicable law, including of the Statutory Trust Act, and subject to the terms set forth in Annex I, the Institutional Trustee shall terminate the Trust by filing a certificate of cancellation with the Secretary of State of the State of Connecticut.

(c) The provisions of Section 2.9 and Article IX shall survive the termination of the Trust.

ARTICLE VIII

TRANSFER OF INTERESTS

Section 8.1. General .

(a) Subject to Section 8.1(c), where Capital Securities are presented to the Registrar or a co-registrar with a request to register a transfer or to exchange them for an equal number of Capital Securities represented by different certificates, the Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange if its requirements for such transactions are met. To permit registrations of transfer and exchanges, the Trust shall issue and the Institutional Trustee shall authenticate Capital Securities at the Registrar’s request.

(b) Upon issuance of the Common Securities, the Sponsor shall acquire and retain beneficial and record ownership of the Common Securities and for so long as the Securities remain outstanding, the Sponsor shall maintain 100% ownership of the Common Securities; provided , however , that any permitted successor of the Sponsor, in its capacity as Debenture Issuer, under the Indenture that is a U.S. Person may succeed to the Sponsor’s ownership of the Common Securities.

(c) Capital Securities may only be transferred, in whole or in part, in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Declaration and in the terms of the Securities. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any transfer or purported transfer of any Security not made in accordance with this Declaration shall be null and void and will be deemed to be of no legal effect whatsoever and any such transferee shall be deemed not to be the holder of such Capital Securities for any purpose, including but not limited to the receipt of Distributions on such Capital Securities, and such transferee shall be deemed to have no interest whatsoever in such Capital Securities.

(d) The Registrar shall provide for the registration of Securities and of transfers of Securities, which will be effected without charge but only upon payment (with such indemnity as the Registrar may require) in respect of any tax or other governmental charges that may be imposed in relation to it. Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Securities, the Registrar shall cause one or more new Securities of the same tenor to be issued in the name of the designated transferee or transferees. Every Security surrendered for registration of transfer shall be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by the Holder or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing. Each Security surrendered for registration of transfer shall be canceled by the Institutional Trustee pursuant to Section 6.6. A transferee of a Security shall be entitled to the rights and subject to the obligations of a Holder hereunder upon the receipt by such transferee of a Security. By acceptance of a Security, each transferee shall be deemed to have agreed to be bound by this Declaration.

(e) The Trust shall not be required (i) to issue, register the transfer of, or exchange any Securities during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Securities for redemption and ending at the close of business on the earliest date on which the relevant notice of redemption is deemed to have been given to all Holders of the Securities to be redeemed, or (ii) to register the transfer or exchange of any Security so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Security being redeemed in part.

 

27


Section 8.2. Transfer Procedures and Restrictions .

(a) The Capital Securities shall bear the Restricted Securities Legend, which shall not be removed unless there is delivered to the Trust such satisfactory evidence, which may include an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Trustee, as may be reasonably required by the Trust, that neither the legend nor the restrictions on transfer set forth therein are required to ensure that transfers thereof comply with the provisions of the Securities Act. Upon provision of such satisfactory evidence, the Institutional Trustee, at the written direction of the Trust, shall authenticate and deliver Capital Securities that do not bear the legend.

(b) Except as permitted by Section 8.2(a), each Capital Security shall bear a legend (the “ Restricted Securities Legend ”) in substantially the following form and a Capital Security shall not be transferred except in compliance with such legend, unless otherwise determined by the Sponsor, upon the advice of counsel expert in securities law, in accordance with applicable law:

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAW. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY ONLY (A) TO THE SPONSOR OR THE TRUST, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A SO LONG AS THIS SECURITY IS ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144A, (D) TO A NON-U.S. PERSON IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 (AS APPLICABLE) OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (A) OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THIS CAPITAL SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE SPONSOR’S AND THE TRUST’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE DECLARATION OF TRUST, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE SPONSOR OR THE TRUST. HEDGING TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE CONDUCTED UNLESS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

28


THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF ALSO AGREES, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”) (EACH A “PLAN”), OR AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” BY REASON OF ANY PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY, AND NO PERSON INVESTING “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY PLAN MAY ACQUIRE OR HOLD THE SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER OR HOLDER IS ELIGIBLE FOR EXEMPTIVE RELIEF AVAILABLE UNDER U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR PROHIBITED TRANSACTION CLASS EXEMPTION 96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1 OR 84-14 OR ANOTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTION OR ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY IS NOT PROHIBITED BY SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE WITH RESPECT TO SUCH PURCHASE OR HOLDING. ANY PURCHASER OR HOLDER OF THE SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED BY ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING THEREOF THAT EITHER (i) IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 3(3) OF ERISA, OR A PLAN TO WHICH SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE IS APPLICABLE, A TRUSTEE OR OTHER PERSON ACTING ON BEHALF OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY USING THE ASSETS OF ANY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN TO FINANCE SUCH PURCHASE, OR (ii) SUCH PURCHASE WILL NOT RESULT IN A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE FOR WHICH THERE IS NO APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE EXEMPTION.

THIS SECURITY WILL BE ISSUED AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN BLOCKS HAVING A LIQUIDATION AMOUNT OF NOT LESS THAN $100,000.00 (100 SECURITIES) AND MULTIPLES OF $1,000.00 IN EXCESS THEREOF. ANY ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF SECURITIES IN A BLOCK HAVING A LIQUIDATION AMOUNT OF LESS THAN $100,000.00 SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE VOID AND OF NO LEGAL EFFECT WHATSOEVER.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY AGREES THAT IT WILL COMPLY WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

(c) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Trust shall execute and the Institutional Trustee shall authenticate Capital Securities at the Registrar’s request.

(d) Registrations of transfers or exchanges will be effected without charge, but only upon payment (with such indemnity as the Registrar or the Sponsor may require) in respect of any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation to it.

(e) All Capital Securities issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Declaration shall evidence the same security and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Declaration as the Capital Securities surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

 

29


Section 8.3. Deemed Security Holders .  The Trust, the Administrators, the Institutional Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Transfer Agent or the Registrar may treat the Person in whose name any Certificate shall be registered on the books and records of the Trust as the sole holder of such Certificate and of the Securities represented by such Certificate for purposes of receiving Distributions and for all other purposes whatsoever and, accordingly, shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such Certificate or in the Securities represented by such Certificate on the part of any Person, whether or not the Trust, the Administrators, the Institutional Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Transfer Agent or the Registrar shall have actual or other notice thereof.

ARTICLE IX

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY OF

HOLDERS OF SECURITIES, INSTITUTIONAL TRUSTEE OR OTHERS

Section 9.1. Liability .

(a) Except as expressly set forth in this Declaration, the Guarantee and the terms of the Securities, the Sponsor shall not be:

(i) personally liable for the return of any portion of the capital contributions (or any return thereon) of the Holders of the Securities which shall be made solely from assets of the Trust; or

(ii) required to pay to the Trust or to any Holder of the Securities any deficit upon dissolution of the Trust or otherwise.

(b) The Holder of the Common Securities shall be liable for all of the debts and obligations of the Trust (other than with respect to the Securities) to the extent not satisfied out of the Trust’s assets.

(c) Pursuant to the Statutory Trust Act, the Holders of the Capital Securities shall be entitled to the same limitation of personal liability extended to stockholders of private corporations for profit organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Connecticut.

Section 9.2. Exculpation .

(a) No Indemnified Person shall be liable, responsible or accountable in damages or otherwise to the Trust or any Covered Person for any loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted by such Indemnified Person in good faith on behalf of the Trust and in a manner such Indemnified Person reasonably believed to be within the scope of the authority conferred on such Indemnified Person by this Declaration or by law, except that an Indemnified Person shall be liable for any such loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of such Indemnified Person’s negligence or willful misconduct with respect to such acts or omissions.

(b) An Indemnified Person shall be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the records of the Trust and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Trust by any Person as to matters the Indemnified Person reasonably believes are within such other Person’s professional or expert competence and, if selected by such Indemnified Person, has been selected by such Indemnified Person with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Trust, including information, opinions, reports or statements as to the value and amount of the assets, liabilities, profits, losses, or any other facts pertinent to the existence and amount of assets from which Distributions to Holders of Securities might properly be paid.

 

30


Section 9.3. Fiduciary Duty .

(a) To the extent that, at law or in equity, an Indemnified Person has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to the Trust or to any other Covered Person, an Indemnified Person acting under this Declaration shall not be liable to the Trust or to any other Covered Person for its good faith reliance on the provisions of this Declaration. The provisions of this Declaration, to the extent that they restrict the duties and liabilities of an Indemnified Person otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the parties hereto to replace such other duties and liabilities of the Indemnified Person.

(b) Whenever in this Declaration an Indemnified Person is permitted or required to make a decision:

(i) in its “discretion” or under a grant of similar authority, the Indemnified Person shall be entitled to consider such interests and factors as it desires, including its own interests, and shall have no duty or obligation to give any consideration to any interest of or factors affecting the Trust or any other Person; or

(ii) in its “good faith” or under another express standard, the Indemnified Person shall act under such express standard and shall not be subject to any other or different standard imposed by this Declaration or by applicable law.

Section 9.4. Indemnification .

(a) The Sponsor shall indemnify, to the full extent permitted by law, any Indemnified Person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Trust) arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this Declaration by reason of the fact that he is or was an Indemnified Person against expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Trust, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the Indemnified Person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Trust, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

(b) The Sponsor shall indemnify, to the full extent permitted by law, any Indemnified Person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Trust to procure a judgment in its favor arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this Declaration by reason of the fact that he is or was an Indemnified Person against expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Trust; provided , however , that no such indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such Indemnified Person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Trust unless and only to the extent that the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which such court shall deem proper.

 

31


(c) To the extent that an Indemnified Person shall be successful on the merits or otherwise (including dismissal of an action without prejudice or the settlement of an action without admission of liability) in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 9.4, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified, to the full extent permitted by law, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith.

(d) Any indemnification of an Administrator under paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 9.4 (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Sponsor only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the Indemnified Person is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b). Such determination shall be made (i) by the Administrators by a majority vote of a Quorum consisting of such Administrators who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, (ii) if such a Quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable, if a Quorum of disinterested Administrators so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (iii) by the Common Security Holder of the Trust.

(e) To the fullest extent permitted by law, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by an Indemnified Person in defending a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 9.4 shall be paid by the Sponsor in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Indemnified Person to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the Sponsor as authorized in this Section 9.4. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no advance shall be made by the Sponsor if a determination is reasonably and promptly made (i) by the Administrators by a majority vote of a Quorum of disinterested Administrators, (ii) if such a Quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable, if a quorum of disinterested Administrators so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion or (iii) by the Common Security Holder of the Trust, that, based upon the facts known to the Administrators, counsel or the Common Security Holder at the time such determination is made, such Indemnified Person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such Indemnified Person did not believe to be in the best interests of the Trust, or, with respect to any criminal proceeding, that such Indemnified Person believed or had reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. In no event shall any advance be made in instances where the Administrators, independent legal counsel or the Common Security Holder reasonably determine that such Indemnified Person deliberately breached his duty to the Trust or its Common or Capital Security Holders.

(f) The Institutional Trustee, at the sole cost and expense of the Sponsor, retains the right to representation by counsel of its own choosing in any action, suit or any other proceeding for which it is indemnified under paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 9.4, without affecting its right to indemnification hereunder or waiving any rights afforded to it under this Declaration or applicable law.

(g) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, the other paragraphs of this Section 9.4 shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification and advancement of expenses may be entitled under any agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors of the Sponsor or Capital Security Holders of the Trust or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. All rights to indemnification under this Section 9.4 shall be deemed to be provided by a contract between the Sponsor and each Indemnified Person who serves in such capacity at any time while this Section 9.4 is in effect. Any repeal or modification of this Section 9.4 shall not affect any rights or obligations then existing.

 

32


(h) The Sponsor or the Trust may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any Person who is or was an Indemnified Person against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the Sponsor would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of this Section 9.4.

(i) For purposes of this Section 9.4, references to “the Trust” shall include, in addition to the resulting or surviving entity, any constituent entity (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger, so that any Person who is or was a director, trustee, officer or employee of such constituent entity, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent entity as a director, trustee, officer, employee or agent of another entity, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Section 9.4 with respect to the resulting or surviving entity as he would have with respect to such constituent entity if its separate existence had continued.

(j) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Section 9.4 shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, (i) continue as to a Person who has ceased to be an Indemnified Person and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a Person; and (ii) survive the termination or expiration of this Declaration or the earlier removal or resignation of an Indemnified Person.

Section 9.5. Outside Businesses .  Any Covered Person, the Sponsor and the Institutional Trustee may engage in or possess an interest in other business ventures of any nature or description, independently or with others, similar or dissimilar to the business of the Trust, and the Trust and the Holders of Securities shall have no rights by virtue of this Declaration in and to such independent ventures or the income or profits derived therefrom, and the pursuit of any such venture, even if competitive with the business of the Trust, shall not be deemed wrongful or improper. None of any Covered Person, the Sponsor or the Institutional Trustee shall be obligated to present any particular investment or other opportunity to the Trust even if such opportunity is of a character that, if presented to the Trust, could be taken by the Trust, and any Covered Person, the Sponsor and the Institutional Trustee shall have the right to take for its own account (individually or as a partner or fiduciary) or to recommend to others any such particular investment or other opportunity. Any Covered Person and the Institutional Trustee may engage or be interested in any financial or other transaction with the Sponsor or any Affiliate of the Sponsor, or may act as depositary for, trustee or agent for, or act on any committee or body of holders of, securities or other obligations of the Sponsor or its Affiliates.

Section 9.6. Compensation; Fee The Sponsor agrees:

(a) to pay to the Institutional Trustee from time to time such compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder as the parties shall agree from time to time (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust); and

(b) except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to reimburse the Institutional Trustee upon request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Institutional Trustee in accordance with any provision of this Declaration (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of their respective agents and counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may be attributable to its negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.

The provisions of this Section 9.6 shall survive the dissolution of the Trust and the termination of this Declaration and the removal or resignation of the Institutional Trustee.

No Institutional Trustee may claim any lien or charge on any property of the Trust as a result of any amount due pursuant to this Section 9.6.

 

33


ARTICLE X

ACCOUNTING

Section 10.1. Fiscal Year .  The fiscal year (“ Fiscal Year ”) of the Trust shall be the calendar year, or such other year as is required by the Code.

Section 10.2. Certain Accounting Matters .

(a) At all times during the existence of the Trust, the Administrators shall keep, or cause to be kept at the principal office of the Trust in the United States, as defined for purposes of Treasury Regulations section 301.7701-7, full books of account, records and supporting documents, which shall reflect in reasonable detail each transaction of the Trust. The books of account shall be maintained, at the Sponsor’s expense, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied. The books of account and the records of the Trust shall be examined by and reported upon (either separately or as part of the Sponsor’s regularly prepared consolidated financial report) as of the end of each Fiscal Year of the Trust by a firm of independent certified public accountants selected by the Administrators.

(b) The Administrators shall cause to be duly prepared and delivered to each of the Holders of Securities Form 1099 or such other annual United States federal income tax information statement required by the Code, containing such information with regard to the Securities held by each Holder as is required by the Code and the Treasury Regulations. Notwithstanding any right under the Code to deliver any such statement at a later date, the Administrators shall endeavor to deliver all such statements within 30 days after the end of each Fiscal Year of the Trust.

(c) The Administrators, at the Sponsor’s expense, shall cause to be duly prepared in the United States, as ‘United States’ is defined in Section 7701(a)(9) of the Code, and filed an annual United States federal income tax return on a Form 1041 or such other form required by United States federal income tax law, and any other annual income tax returns required to be filed by the Administrators on behalf of the Trust with any state or local taxing authority.

Section 10.3. Banking .  The Trust shall maintain in the United States, as defined for purposes of Treasury Regulations section 301.7701-7, one or more bank accounts in the name and for the sole benefit of the Trust; provided , however , that all payments of funds in respect of the Debentures held by the Institutional Trustee shall be made directly to the Property Account and no other funds of the Trust shall be deposited in the Property Account. The sole signatories for such accounts (including the Property Account) shall be designated by the Institutional Trustee.

Section 10.4. Withholding .  The Institutional Trustee or any Paying Agent and the Administrators shall comply with all withholding requirements under United States federal, state and local law. The Institutional Trustee or any Paying Agent shall request, and each Holder shall provide to the Institutional Trustee or any Paying Agent, such forms or certificates as are necessary to establish an exemption from withholding with respect to the Holder, and any representations and forms as shall reasonably be requested by the Institutional Trustee or any Paying Agent to assist it in determining the extent of, and in fulfilling, its withholding obligations. The Administrators shall file required forms with applicable jurisdictions and, unless an exemption from withholding is properly established by a Holder, shall remit amounts withheld with respect to the Holder to applicable jurisdictions. To the extent that the Institutional Trustee or any Paying Agent is required to withhold and pay over any amounts to any authority with respect to distributions or allocations to any Holder, the amount withheld shall be deemed to be a Distribution in the amount of the withholding to the Holder. In the event of any claimed overwithholding, Holders shall be limited to an action against the applicable jurisdiction. If the amount required to be withheld was not withheld from actual Distributions made, the Institutional Trustee or any Paying Agent may reduce subsequent Distributions by the amount of such withholding.

 

34


ARTICLE XI

AMENDMENTS AND MEETINGS

Section 11.1. Amendments .

(a) Except as otherwise provided in this Declaration or by any applicable terms of the Securities, this Declaration may only be amended by a written instrument approved and executed by the Institutional Trustee.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article XI, an amendment may be made, and any such purported amendment shall be valid and effective only if:

(i) the Institutional Trustee shall have first received

(A) an Officers’ Certificate from each of the Trust and the Sponsor that such amendment is permitted by, and conforms to, the terms of this Declaration (including the terms of the Securities); and

(B) an opinion of counsel (who may be counsel to the Sponsor or the Trust) that such amendment is permitted by, and conforms to, the terms of this Declaration (including the terms of the Securities); and

(ii) the result of such amendment would not be to

(A) cause the Trust to cease to be classified for purposes of United States federal income taxation as a grantor trust; or

(B) cause the Trust to be deemed to be an Investment Company required to be registered under the Investment Company Act.

(c) Except as provided in Section 11.1(d), (e) or (h), no amendment shall be made, and any such purported amendment shall be void and ineffective, unless the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities shall have consented to such amendment.

(d) In addition to and notwithstanding any other provision in this Declaration, without the consent of each affected Holder, this Declaration may not be amended to (i) change the amount or timing of any Distribution on the Securities or otherwise adversely affect the amount of any Distribution required to be made in respect of the Securities as of a specified date or change any conversion or exchange provisions or (ii) restrict the right of a Holder to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such date.

(e) Sections 9.1(b) and 9.1(c) and this Section 11.1 shall not be amended without the consent of all of the Holders of the Securities.

(f) Article III shall not be amended without the consent of the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Common Securities.

 

35


(g) The rights of the Holders of the Capital Securities under Article IV to appoint and remove the Institutional Trustee shall not be amended without the consent of the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities.

(h) This Declaration may be amended by the Institutional Trustee and the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Common Securities without the consent of the Holders of the Capital Securities to:

(i) cure any ambiguity;

(ii) correct or supplement any provision in this Declaration that may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision of this Declaration;

(iii) add to the covenants, restrictions or obligations of the Sponsor; or

(iv) modify, eliminate or add to any provision of this Declaration to such extent as may be necessary to ensure that the Trust will be classified for United States federal income tax purposes at all times as a grantor trust and will not be required to register as an Investment Company (including without limitation to conform to any change in Rule 3a-5, Rule 3a-7 or any other applicable rule under the Investment Company Act or written change in interpretation or application thereof by any legislative body, court, government agency or regulatory authority) which amendment does not have a material adverse effect on the rights, preferences or privileges of the Holders of Securities;

provided , however , that no such modification, elimination or addition referred to in clauses (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) shall adversely affect in any material respect the powers, preferences or special rights of Holders of Capital Securities.

Section 11.2. Meetings of the Holders of Securities; Action by Written Consent .

(a) Meetings of the Holders of any class of Securities may be called at any time by the Administrators (or as provided in the terms of the Securities) to consider and act on any matter on which Holders of such class of Securities are entitled to act under the terms of this Declaration or the terms of the Securities. The Administrators shall call a meeting of the Holders of such class if directed to do so by the Holders of at least 10% in liquidation amount of such class of Securities. Such direction shall be given by delivering to the Administrators one or more calls in a writing stating that the signing Holders of the Securities wish to call a meeting and indicating the general or specific purpose for which the meeting is to be called. Any Holders of the Securities calling a meeting shall specify in writing the Certificates held by the Holders of the Securities exercising the right to call a meeting and only those Securities represented by such Certificates shall be counted for purposes of determining whether the required percentage set forth in the second sentence of this paragraph has been met.

(b) Except to the extent otherwise provided in the terms of the Securities, the following provisions shall apply to meetings of Holders of the Securities:

(i) notice of any such meeting shall be given to all the Holders of the Securities having a right to vote thereat at least 7 days and not more than 60 days before the date of such meeting. Whenever a vote, consent or approval of the Holders of the Securities is permitted or required under this Declaration, such vote, consent or approval may be given at a meeting of the Holders of the Securities. Any action that may be taken at a meeting of the Holders of the Securities may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing setting forth the action so taken is signed by the Holders of the Securities owning not less than

 

36


the minimum amount of Securities in liquidation amount that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all Holders of the Securities having a right to vote thereon were present and voting. Prompt notice of the taking of action without a meeting shall be given to the Holders of the Securities entitled to vote who have not consented in writing. The Administrators may specify that any written ballot submitted to the Holders of the Securities for the purpose of taking any action without a meeting shall be returned to the Trust within the time specified by the Administrators;

(ii) each Holder of a Security may authorize any Person to act for it by proxy on all matters in which a Holder of Securities is entitled to participate, including waiving notice of any meeting, or voting or participating at a meeting. No proxy shall be valid after the expiration of 11 months from the date thereof unless otherwise provided in the proxy. Every proxy shall be revocable at the pleasure of the Holder of the Securities executing it. Except as otherwise provided herein, all matters relating to the giving, voting or validity of proxies shall be governed by the General Corporation Law of the State of Connecticut relating to proxies, and judicial interpretations thereunder, as if the Trust were a Connecticut corporation and the Holders of the Securities were stockholders of a Connecticut corporation; each meeting of the Holders of the Securities shall be conducted by the Administrators or by such other Person that the Administrators may designate; and

(iii) unless the Statutory Trust Act, this Declaration, or the terms of the Securities otherwise provides, the Administrators, in their sole discretion, shall establish all other provisions relating to meetings of Holders of Securities, including notice of the time, place or purpose of any meeting at which any matter is to be voted on by any Holders of the Securities, waiver of any such notice, action by consent without a meeting, the establishment of a record date, quorum requirements, voting in person or by proxy or any other matter with respect to the exercise of any such right to vote; provided , however , that each meeting shall be conducted in the United States (as that term is defined in Treasury Regulations section 301.7701-7).

ARTICLE XII

REPRESENTATIONS OF INSTITUTIONAL TRUSTEE

Section 12.1. Representations and Warranties of Institutional Trustee .  The initial Institutional Trustee represents and warrants to the Trust and to the Sponsor at the date of this Declaration, and each Successor Institutional Trustee represents and warrants to the Trust and the Sponsor at the time of the Successor Institutional Trustee’s acceptance of its appointment as Institutional Trustee, that:

(a) the Institutional Trustee is a national banking association with trust powers, duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States of America with trust power and authority to execute and deliver, and to carry out and perform its obligations under the terms of, this Declaration;

(b) the execution, delivery and performance by the Institutional Trustee of this Declaration has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Institutional Trustee. This Declaration has been duly executed and delivered by the Institutional Trustee, and it constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Institutional Trustee, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, moratorium, insolvency, and other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and to general principles of equity (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law);

 

37


(c) the execution, delivery and performance of this Declaration by the Institutional Trustee does not conflict with or constitute a breach of the charter or by-laws of the Institutional Trustee; and

(d) no consent, approval or authorization of, or registration with or notice to, any state or federal banking authority is required for the execution, delivery or performance by the Institutional Trustee of this Declaration.

ARTICLE XIII

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 13.1. Notices .  All notices provided for in this Declaration shall be in writing, duly signed by the party giving such notice, and shall be delivered, telecopied (which telecopy shall be followed by notice delivered or mailed by first class mail) or mailed by first class mail, as follows:

(a) if given to the Trust, in care of the Administrators at the Trust’s mailing address set forth below (or such other address as the Trust may give notice of to the Holders of the Securities):

PCC Statutory Trust II

c/o Plains Capital Corporation

5010 University Avenue

Lubbock, Texas 79413

Attention: Jeff Isom

Telecopy: 806-791-6801

(b) if given to the Institutional Trustee, at the Institutional Trustee’s mailing address set forth below (or such other address as the Institutional Trustee may give notice of to the Holders of the Securities):

U. S. Bank National Association

225 Asylum Street, Goodwin Square

Hartford, Connecticut 06103

Attention: Vice President, Corporate Trust Services Division

Telecopy: 860-244-1889

With a copy to:

U. S. Bank National Association

1 Federal Street - 3rd Floor

Boston, Massachusetts 02110

Attention: Paul D. Allen, Corporate Trust Services Division

Telecopy: 617-603-6665

(c) if given to the Holder of the Common Securities, at the mailing address of the Sponsor set forth below (or such other address as the Holder of the Common Securities may give notice of to the Trust):

Plains Capital Corporation

5010 University Avenue

Lubbock, Texas 79413

Attention: Jeff Isom

Telecopy: 806-791-6801

 

38


(d) if given to any other Holder, at the address set forth on the books and records of the Trust.

All such notices shall be deemed to have been given when received in person, telecopied with receipt confirmed, or mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid except that if a notice or other document is refused delivery or cannot be delivered because of a changed address of which no notice was given, such notice or other document shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date of such refusal or inability to deliver.

Section 13.2. Governing Law .  This Declaration and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the law of the State of Connecticut and all rights and remedies shall be governed by such laws without regard to the principles of conflict of laws of the State of Connecticut or any other jurisdiction that would call for the application of the law of any jurisdiction other than the State of Connecticut; provided , however , that there shall not be applicable to the Trust, the Institutional Trustee or this Declaration any provision of the laws (statutory or common) of the State of Connecticut pertaining to trusts that relate to or regulate, in a manner inconsistent with the terms hereof (a) the filing with any court or governmental body or agency of trustee accounts or schedules of trustee fees and charges, (b) affirmative requirements to post bonds for trustees, officers, agents or employees of a trust, (c) the necessity for obtaining court or other governmental approval concerning the acquisition, holding or disposition of real or personal property, (d) fees or other sums payable to trustees, officers, agents or employees of a trust, (e) the allocation of receipts and expenditures to income or principal, or (f) restrictions or limitations on the permissible nature, amount or concentration of trust investments or requirements relating to the titling, storage or other manner of holding or investing trust assets.

Section 13.3. Intention of the Parties .  It is the intention of the parties hereto that the Trust be classified for United States federal income tax purposes as a grantor trust. The provisions of this Declaration shall be interpreted to further this intention of the parties.

Section 13.4. Headings .  Headings contained in this Declaration are inserted for convenience of reference only and do not affect the interpretation of this Declaration or any provision hereof.

Section 13.5. Successors and Assigns .  Whenever in this Declaration any of the parties hereto is named or referred to, the successors and assigns of such party shall be deemed to be included, and all covenants and agreements in this Declaration by the Sponsor and the Institutional Trustee shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns, whether or not so expressed.

Section 13.6. Partial Enforceability .  If any provision of this Declaration, or the application of such provision to any Person or circumstance, shall be held invalid, the remainder of this Declaration, or the application of such provision to persons or circumstances other than those to which it is held invalid, shall not be affected thereby.

Section 13.7. Counterparts .  This Declaration may contain more than one counterpart of the signature page and this Declaration may be executed by the affixing of the signature of each of the Institutional Trustee and Administrators to any of such counterpart signature pages. All of such counterpart signature pages shall be read as though one, and they shall have the same force and effect as though all of the signers had signed a single signature page.

Signatures appear on the following page

 

39


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused these presents to be executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

U. S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Institutional Trustee

By:   /s/ Paul D. Allen
  Name: Paul D. Allen
  Title: Vice President

 

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION, as Sponsor
By:   /s/ Alan B. White
  Name: Alan B. White
  Title: Chairman & CEO

 

PCC STATUTORY TRUST II
By:   /s/ Alan B. White
  Administrator

 

By:   /s/ George McCleskey
  Administrator

 

By:   /s/ Jeff Isom
  Administrator

 

40


ANNEX I

TERMS OF SECURITIES

Pursuant to Section 6.1 of the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust, dated as of March 26, 2003 (as amended from time to time, the “Declaration”), the designation, rights, privileges, restrictions, preferences and other terms and provisions of the Capital Securities and the Common Securities are set out below (each capitalized term used but not defined herein has the meaning set forth in the Declaration):

1. Designation and Number .

(a) 17,500 Floating Rate Capital Securities of PCC Statutory Trust II (the “Trust”), with an aggregate stated liquidation amount with respect to the assets of the Trust of seventeen million five hundred thousand dollars ($17,500,000.00) and a stated liquidation amount with respect to the assets of the Trust of $1,000.00 per Capital Security, are hereby designated for the purposes of identification only as the “ Capital Securities ”. The Capital Security Certificates evidencing the Capital Securities shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 to the Declaration, with such changes and additions thereto or deletions therefrom as may be required by ordinary usage, custom or practice.

(b) 542 Floating Rate Common Securities of the Trust (the “ Common Securities ”) will be evidenced by Common Security Certificates substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2 to the Declaration, with such changes and additions thereto or deletions therefrom as may be required by ordinary usage, custom or practice.

2. Distributions .

(a) Distributions will be payable on each Security for the period beginning on (and including) the date of original issuance and ending on (but excluding) June 26, 2003 at a rate per annum of 4.41063% and shall bear interest for each successive period beginning on (and including) June 26, 2003, and each succeeding Distribution Payment Date, and ending on (but excluding) the next succeeding Distribution Payment Date (each, a “ Distribution Period ”) at a rate per annum equal to the 3-Month LIBOR, determined as described below, plus 3.15% (the “ Coupon Rate ”); provided , however , that prior to March 26, 2008, the Coupon Rate shall not exceed 11.75%, applied to the stated liquidation amount thereof, such rate being the rate of interest payable on the Debentures to be held by the Institutional Trustee. Distributions in arrears will bear interest thereon compounded quarterly at the applicable Distribution Rate (to the extent permitted by law). Distributions, as used herein, include cash distributions and any such compounded distributions unless otherwise noted. A Distribution is payable only to the extent that payments are made in respect of the Debentures held by the Institutional Trustee and to the extent the Institutional Trustee has funds available therefor. In the event that any date on which a Distribution is payable on the Securities is not a Business Day, then payment of the Distribution payable on such date shall be made on the next succeeding day which is a Business Day (and without any interest or other payment in respect of any such delay), except that, if such Business Day is in the next succeeding calendar year, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day, in each case with the same force and effect as if made on the date such payment was originally payable. The amount of the Distribution payable for any Distribution Period will be calculated by applying the Distribution Rate to the stated liquidation amount outstanding at the commencement of the Distribution Period and multiplying each such amount by the actual number of days in the Distribution Period concerned divided by 360. All percentages resulting from any calculations on the Capital Securities will be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point, with five one-millionths of a percentage point rounded upward (e.g., 9.876545% (or .09876545) being rounded to 9.87655% (or .0987655), and all dollar amounts used in or resulting from such calculation will be rounded to the nearest cent (with one-half cent being rounded upward)).

 

I-1


(b) Distributions on the Securities will be cumulative, will accrue from the date of original issuance, and will be payable, subject to extension of distribution payment periods as described herein, quarterly in arrears on March 26, June 26, September 26 and December 26 of each year, commencing on June 26, 2003 (each a “ Distribution Payment Date ”) when, as and if available for payment. The Debenture Issuer has the right under the Indenture to defer payments of interest on the Debentures, so long as no Indenture Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, by extending the interest payment period on the Debentures for up to 20 consecutive quarterly periods (each an “ Extension Period ”) at any time and from time to time, subject to the conditions described below, during which Extension Period no interest shall be due and payable. During any Extension Period, interest will continue to accrue on the Debentures, and interest on such accrued interest will accrue at an annual rate equal to the Distribution Rate in effect for each such Extension Period, compounded quarterly from the date such interest would have been payable were it not for the Extension Period, to the extent permitted by law (such interest referred to herein as “ Additional Interest ”). No Extension Period may end on a date other than a Distribution Payment Date. At the end of any such Extension Period, the Debenture Issuer shall pay all interest then accrued and unpaid on the Debentures (together with Additional Interest thereon); provided , however , that no Extension Period may extend beyond the Maturity Date and provided further , however , that during any such Extension Period, the Debenture Issuer and its Affiliates shall not (i) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire, or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of the Debenture Issuer’s or its Affiliates’ capital stock (other than payments of dividends or distributions to the Debenture Issuer or payments of dividends from direct or indirect subsidiaries of the Debenture Issuer to their parent corporations, which also shall be direct or indirect subsidiaries of the Debenture Issuer) or make any guarantee payments with respect to the foregoing, or (ii) make any payment of principal of or interest or premium, if any, on or repay, repurchase or redeem any debt securities of the Debenture Issuer or any Affiliate that rank pari passu in all respects with or junior in interest to the Debentures (other than, with respect to clauses (i) and (ii) above, (a) repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of shares of capital stock of the Debenture Issuer in connection with any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants, in connection with a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock purchase plan or in connection with the issuance of capital stock of the Debenture Issuer (or securities convertible into or exercisable for such capital stock) as consideration in an acquisition transaction entered into prior to the applicable Extension Period, (b) as a result of any exchange or conversion of any class or series of the Debenture Issuer’s capital stock (or any capital stock of a subsidiary of the Debenture Issuer) for any class or series of the Debenture Issuer’s capital stock or of any class or series of the Debenture Issuer’s indebtedness for any class or series of the Debenture Issuer’s capital stock, (c) the purchase of fractional interests in shares of the Debenture Issuer’s capital stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such capital stock or the security being converted or exchanged, (d) any declaration of a dividend in connection with any stockholders’ rights plan, or the issuance of rights, stock or other property under any stockholders’ rights plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto, (e) any dividend in the form of stock, warrants, options or other rights where the dividend stock or the stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants, options or other rights is the same stock as that on which the dividend is being paid or ranks pari passu with or junior to such stock and any cash payments in lieu of fractional shares issued in connection therewith, (f) payments of principal or interest on debt securities or payments of cash dividends or distributions on any capital stock issued by an Affiliate that is not, in whole or in part, a subsidiary of the Debenture Issuer (or any redemptions, repurchases or liquidation payments on such stock or securities), or (g) payments under the Capital Securities Guarantee). Prior to the termination of any Extension Period, the Debenture Issuer may further extend such period, provided that such period together with all such previous and further consecutive extensions thereof shall not exceed 20 consecutive quarterly periods, or extend

 

I-2


beyond the Maturity Date. Upon the termination of any Extension Period and upon the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, the Debenture Issuer may commence a new Extension Period, subject to the foregoing requirements. No interest or Additional Interest shall be due and payable during an Extension Period, except at the end thereof, but each installment of interest that would otherwise have been due and payable during such Extension Period shall bear Additional Interest. During any Extension Period, Distributions on the Securities shall be deferred for a period equal to the Extension Period. If Distributions are deferred, the Distributions due shall be paid on the date that the related Extension Period terminates to Holders of the Securities as they appear on the books and records of the Trust on the record date immediately preceding such date. Distributions on the Securities must be paid on the dates payable (after giving effect to any Extension Period) to the extent that the Trust has funds available for the payment of such distributions in the Property Account of the Trust. The Trust’s funds available for Distribution to the Holders of the Securities will be limited to payments received from the Debenture Issuer. The payment of Distributions out of moneys held by the Trust is guaranteed by the Guarantor pursuant to the Guarantee.

(c) Distributions on the Securities will be payable to the Holders thereof as they appear on the books and records of the Trust on the relevant record dates. The relevant record dates shall be 15 days before the relevant Distribution Payment Date. Distributions payable on any Securities that are not punctually paid on any Distribution Payment Date, as a result of the Debenture Issuer having failed to make a payment under the Debentures, as the case may be, when due (taking into account any Extension Period), will cease to be payable to the Person in whose name such Securities are registered on the relevant record date, and such defaulted Distribution will instead be payable to the Person in whose name such Securities are registered on the special record date or other specified date determined in accordance with the Indenture. If any date on which Distributions are payable on the Securities is not a Business Day, then payment of the Distribution payable on such date will be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day (and without any interest or other payment in respect of any such delay) except that, if such Business Day is in the next succeeding calendar year, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day, in each case with the same force and effect as if made on such payment date.

(d) In the event that there is any money or other property held by or for the Trust that is not accounted for hereunder, such property shall be distributed Pro Rata (as defined herein) among the Holders of the Securities.

3. Liquidation Distribution Upon Dissolution . In the event of the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, winding-up or termination of the Trust (each a “ Liquidation ”) other than in connection with a redemption of the Debentures, the Holders of the Securities will be entitled to receive out of the assets of the Trust available for distribution to Holders of the Securities, after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors of the Trust (to the extent not satisfied by the Debenture Issuer), distributions equal to the aggregate of the stated liquidation amount of $1,000.00 per Security plus accrued and unpaid Distributions thereon to the date of payment (such amount being the “ Liquidation Distribution ”), unless in connection with such Liquidation, the Debentures in an aggregate stated principal amount equal to the aggregate stated liquidation amount of such Securities, with an interest rate equal to the Distribution Rate of, and bearing accrued and unpaid interest in an amount equal to the accrued and unpaid Distributions on, and having the same record date as, such Securities, after paying or making reasonable provision to pay all claims and obligations of the Trust in accordance with the Statutory Trust Act, shall be distributed on a Pro Rata basis to the Holders of the Securities in exchange for such Securities.

The Sponsor, as the Holder of all of the Common Securities, has the right at any time to dissolve the Trust (including, without limitation, upon the occurrence of a Special Event), subject to the receipt by the Debenture Issuer of prior approval from the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and any successor federal agency that is primarily responsible for regulating the activities

 

I-3


of the Sponsor (the “ Federal Reserve ”), if the Sponsor is a bank holding company, or from the Office of Thrift Supervision and any successor federal agency that is primarily responsible for regulating the activities of Sponsor, (the “ OTS ”) if the Sponsor is a savings and loan holding company, in either case if then required under applicable capital guidelines or policies of the Federal Reserve or OTS, as applicable, and, after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors of the Trust, cause the Debentures to be distributed to the Holders of the Securities on a Pro Rata basis in accordance with the aggregate stated liquidation amount thereof.

If a Liquidation of the Trust occurs as described in clause (i), (ii), (iii) or (v) in Section 7.1(a) of the Declaration, the Trust shall be liquidated by the Institutional Trustee as expeditiously as it determines to be possible by distributing, after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors of the Trust, to the Holders of the Securities, the Debentures on a Pro Rata basis to the extent not satisfied by the Debenture Issuer, unless such distribution is determined by the Institutional Trustee not to be practical, in which event such Holders will be entitled to receive out of the assets of the Trust available for distribution to the Holders, after satisfaction of liabilities of creditors of the Trust to the extent not satisfied by the Debenture Issuer, an amount equal to the Liquidation Distribution. An early Liquidation of the Trust pursuant to clause (iv) of Section 7.1(a) of the Declaration shall occur if the Institutional Trustee determines that such Liquidation is possible by distributing, after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors of the Trust, to the Holders of the Securities on a Pro Rata basis, the Debentures, and such distribution occurs.

If, upon any such Liquidation the Liquidation Distribution can be paid only in part because the Trust has insufficient assets available to pay in full the aggregate Liquidation Distribution, then the amounts payable directly by the Trust on such Capital Securities shall be paid to the Holders of the Trust Securities on a Pro Rata basis, except that if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Capital Securities shall have a preference over the Common Securities with regard to such distributions.

After the date for any distribution of the Debentures upon dissolution of the Trust (i) the Securities of the Trust will be deemed to be no longer outstanding, (ii) upon surrender of a Holder’s Securities certificate, such Holder of the Securities will receive a certificate representing the Debentures to be delivered upon such distribution, (iii) any certificates representing the Securities still outstanding will be deemed to represent undivided beneficial interests in such of the Debentures as have an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate stated liquidation amount with an interest rate identical to the Distribution Rate of, and bearing accrued and unpaid interest equal to accrued and unpaid distributions on, the Securities until such certificates are presented to the Debenture Issuer or its agent for transfer or reissuance (and until such certificates are so surrendered, no payments of interest or principal shall be made to Holders of Securities in respect of any payments due and payable under the Debentures; provided , however that such failure to pay shall not be deemed to be an Event of Default and shall not entitle the Holder to the benefits of the Guarantee), and (iv) all rights of Holders of Securities under the Declaration shall cease, except the right of such Holders to receive Debentures upon surrender of certificates representing such Securities.

4. Redemption and Distribution .

(a) The Debentures will mature on March 26, 2033. The Debentures may be redeemed by the Debenture Issuer, in whole or in part, at any Distribution Payment Date on or after March 26, 2008, at the Redemption Price. In addition, the Debentures may be redeemed by the Debenture Issuer at the Special Redemption Price, in whole but not in part, at any Distribution Payment Date, upon the occurrence and continuation of a Special Event within 120 days following the occurrence of such Special Event at the Special Redemption Price, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice to holders of such Debentures so long as such Special Event is continuing. In each case, the right of the Debenture Issuer to redeem the Debentures is subject to the

 

I-4


Debenture Issuer having received prior approval from the Federal Reserve (if the Debenture Issuer is a bank holding company) or prior approval from the OTS (if the Debenture Issuer is a savings and loan holding company), in each case if then required under applicable capital guidelines or policies of the applicable federal agency.

3-Month LIBOR ” means the London interbank offered interest rate for three-month, U.S. dollar deposits determined by the Debenture Trustee in the following order of priority:

(1) the rate (expressed as a percentage per annum) for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity that appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date (as defined below). “Telerate Page 3750” means the display designated as “Page 3750” on the Dow Jones Telerate Service or such other page as may replace Page 3750 on that service or such other service or services as may be nominated by the British Bankers’ Association as the information vendor for the purpose of displaying London interbank offered rates for U.S. dollar deposits;

(2) if such rate cannot be identified on the related Determination Date, the Debenture Trustee will request the principal London offices of four leading banks in the London interbank market to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to prime banks in the London interbank market for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such Determination Date. If at least two quotations are provided, 3-Month LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations;

(3) if fewer than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause (2) above, the Debenture Trustee will request four major New York City banks to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to leading European banks for loans in U.S. dollars as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such Determination Date. If at least two such quotations are provided, 3-Month LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations; and

(4) if fewer than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause (3) above, 3-Month LIBOR will be a 3-Month LIBOR determined with respect to the Distribution Period immediately preceding such current Distribution Period.

If the rate for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity that initially appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date is superseded on the Telerate Page 3750 by a corrected rate by 12:00 noon (London time) on such Determination Date, then the corrected rate as so substituted on the applicable page will be the applicable 3-Month LIBOR for such Determination Date.

The Coupon Rate for any Distribution Period will at no time be higher than the maximum rate then permitted by New York law as the same may be modified by United States law.

Capital Treatment Event ” means the receipt by the Debenture Issuer and the Trust of an opinion of counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that, as a result of the occurrence of any amendment to, or change (including any announced prospective change) in, the laws, rules or regulations of the United States or any political subdivision thereof or therein, or as the result of any official or administrative pronouncement or action or decision interpreting or applying such laws, rules or regulations, which amendment or change is effective or which pronouncement, action or decision is announced on or after the date of original issuance of the Debentures, there is more than an insubstantial risk that the Sponsor will not, within 90 days of the date of such opinion, be entitled to treat an amount equal to the aggregate liquidation amount of the Capital Securities as “Tier 1 Capital” (or its then equivalent) for purposes of the capital adequacy guidelines of the Federal Reserve, as then in effect and applicable to the Sponsor (or if the Sponsor

 

I-5


is not a bank holding company, such guidelines applied to the Sponsor as if the Sponsor were subject to such guidelines); provided , however , that the inability of the Sponsor to treat all or any portion of the liquidation amount of the Capital Securities as Tier l Capital shall not constitute the basis for a Capital Treatment Event, if such inability results from the Sponsor having cumulative preferred stock, minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries, or any other class of security or interest which the Federal Reserve or OTS, as applicable, may now or hereafter accord Tier 1 Capital treatment in excess of the amount which may now or hereafter qualify for treatment as Tier 1 Capital under applicable capital adequacy guidelines; provided further , however , that the distribution of Debentures in connection with the Liquidation of the Trust shall not in and of itself constitute a Capital Treatment Event unless such Liquidation shall have occurred in connection with a Tax Event or an Investment Company Event.

Determination Date ” means the date that is two London Banking Days (i.e., a business day in which dealings in deposits in U.S. dollars are transacted in the London interbank market) preceding the particular Distribution Period for which a Coupon Rate is being determined.

Investment Company Event ” means the receipt by the Debenture Issuer and the Trust of an opinion of counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that, as a result of the occurrence of a change in law or regulation or written change (including any announced prospective change) in interpretation or application of law or regulation by any legislative body, court, governmental agency or regulatory authority, there is more than an insubstantial risk that the Trust is or, within 90 days of the date of such opinion, will be considered an Investment Company that is required to be registered under the Investment Company Act which change or prospective change becomes effective or would become effective, as the case may be, on or after the date of the issuance of the Debentures.

Maturity Date ” means March 26, 2033.

Redemption Date ” shall mean the date fixed for the redemption of Capital Securities, which shall be any March 26, June 26, September 26 or December 26 commencing March 26, 2008.

Redemption Price ” means 100% of the principal amount of the Debentures being redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid Interest on such Debentures to the Redemption Date.

Special Event ” means a Tax Event, an Investment Company Event or a Capital Treatment Event.

Special Redemption Date ” means a date on which a Special Event redemption occurs, which shall be any March 26, June 26, September 26 or December 26.

Special Redemption Price ” means (i) 107.5% of the principal amount of the Debentures being redeemed on a Special Redemption Date that occurs before March 26, 2008 and (ii) 100% of the principal amount of the Debentures being redeemed on a Special Redemption Date that occurs on March 26, 2008 or after, plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid Interest on such Debentures to the Special Redemption Date.

Tax Event ” means the receipt by the Debenture Issuer and the Trust of an opinion of counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that, as a result of any amendment to or change (including any announced prospective change) in the laws or any regulations thereunder of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein, or as a result of any official administrative pronouncement (including any private letter ruling, technical advice memorandum, field service advice, regulatory procedure, notice or announcement including any notice or announcement of intent to adopt such procedures or regulations) (an “ Administrative Action ”) or judicial decision interpreting or applying such laws or regulations, regardless of whether such Administrative Action or judicial decision is issued to or in connection with a proceeding involving the Debenture Issuer or the Trust

 

I-6


and whether or not subject to review or appeal, which amendment, clarification, change, Administrative Action or decision is enacted, promulgated or announced, in each case on or after the date of original issuance of the Debentures, there is more than an insubstantial risk that: (i) the Trust is, or will be within 90 days of the date of such opinion, subject to United States federal income tax with respect to income received or accrued on the Debentures; (ii) interest payable by the Debenture Issuer on the Debentures is not, or within 90 days of the date of such opinion, will not be, deductible by the Debenture Issuer, in whole or in part, for United States federal income tax purposes; or (iii) the Trust is, or will be within 90 days of the date of such opinion, subject to more than a de minimis amount of other taxes, duties or other governmental charges.

(b) Upon the repayment in full at maturity or redemption in whole or in part of the Debentures (other than following the distribution of the Debentures to the Holders of the Securities), the proceeds from such repayment or payment shall concurrently be applied to redeem Pro Rata at the applicable Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price, as applicable, Securities having an aggregate liquidation amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Debentures so repaid or redeemed; provided , however , that holders of such Securities shall be given not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice of such redemption (other than at the scheduled maturity of the Debentures).

(c) If fewer than all the outstanding Securities are to be so redeemed, the Common Securities and the Capital Securities will be redeemed Pro Rata and the Capital Securities to be redeemed will be redeemed Pro Rata from each Holder of Capital Securities.

(d) The Trust may not redeem fewer than all the outstanding Capital Securities unless all accrued and unpaid Distributions have been paid on all Capital Securities for all quarterly Distribution periods terminating on or before the date of redemption.

(e) Redemption or Distribution Procedures .

(i) Notice of any redemption of, or notice of distribution of the Debentures in exchange for, the Securities (a “ Redemption/Distribution Notice ”) will be given by the Trust by mail to each Holder of Securities to be redeemed or exchanged not fewer than 30 nor more than 60 days before the date fixed for redemption or exchange thereof which, in the case of a redemption, will be the date fixed for redemption of the Debentures. For purposes of the calculation of the date of redemption or exchange and the dates on which notices are given pursuant to this paragraph 4(e)(i), a Redemption/Distribution Notice shall be deemed to be given on the day such notice is first mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to Holders of such Securities. Each Redemption/Distribution Notice shall be addressed to the Holders of such Securities at the address of each such Holder appearing on the books and records of the Trust. No defect in the Redemption/Distribution Notice or in the mailing thereof with respect to any Holder shall affect the validity of the redemption or exchange proceedings with respect to any other Holder.

(ii) If the Securities are to be redeemed and the Trust gives a Redemption/ Distribution Notice, which notice may only be issued if the Debentures are redeemed as set out in this paragraph 4 (which notice will be irrevocable), then, provided that the Institutional Trustee has a sufficient amount of cash in connection with the related redemption or maturity of the Debentures, the Institutional Trustee will pay the relevant Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price, as applicable, to the Holders of such Securities by check mailed to the address of each such Holder appearing on the books and records of the Trust on the Redemption Date. If a Redemption/Distribution Notice shall have been given and funds deposited as required then immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such deposit Distributions will cease to accrue on

 

I-7


the Securities so called for redemption and all rights of Holders of such Securities so called for redemption will cease, except the right of the Holders of such Securities to receive the applicable Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price specified in paragraph 4(a), but without interest on such Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price. If any date fixed for redemption of Securities is not a Business Day, then payment of any such Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price payable on such date will be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day (and without any interest or other payment in respect of any such delay) except that, if such Business Day falls in the next calendar year, such payment will be made on the immediately preceding Business Day, in each case with the same force and effect as if made on such date fixed for redemption. If payment of the Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price in respect of any Securities is improperly withheld or refused and not paid either by the Trust or by the Debenture Issuer as guarantor pursuant to the Guarantee, Distributions on such Securities will continue to accrue at the Distribution Rate from the original Redemption Date to the actual date of payment, in which case the actual payment date will be considered the date fixed for redemption for purposes of calculating the Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price. In the event of any redemption of the Capital Securities issued by the Trust in part, the Trust shall not be required to (i) issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Security during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before any selection for redemption of the Capital Securities and ending at the close of business on the earliest date on which the relevant notice of redemption is deemed to have been given to all Holders of the Capital Securities to be so redeemed or (ii) register the transfer of or exchange any Capital Securities so selected for redemption, in whole or in part, except for the unredeemed portion of any Capital Securities being redeemed in part.

(iii) Redemption/Distribution Notices shall be sent by the Administrators on behalf of the Trust to (A) in respect of the Capital Securities, the Holders thereof and (B) in respect of the Common Securities, the Holder thereof.

(iv) Subject to the foregoing and applicable law (including, without limitation, United States federal securities laws), and provided that the acquiror is not the Holder of the Common Securities or the obligor under the Indenture, the Sponsor or any of its subsidiaries may at any time and from time to time purchase outstanding Capital Securities by tender, in the open market or by private agreement.

5. Voting Rights - Capital Securities .

(a) Except as provided under paragraphs 5(b) and 7 and as otherwise required by law and the Declaration, the Holders of the Capital Securities will have no voting rights. The Administrators are required to call a meeting of the Holders of the Capital Securities if directed to do so by Holders of at least 10% in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities.

(b) Subject to the requirements of obtaining a tax opinion by the Institutional Trustee in certain circumstances set forth in the last sentence of this paragraph, the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities, voting separately as a class, have the right to direct the time, method, and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Institutional Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Institutional Trustee under the Declaration, including the right to direct the Institutional Trustee, as holder of the Debentures, to (i) exercise the remedies available under the Indenture as the holder of the Debentures, (ii) waive any past default that is waivable under the Indenture, (iii) exercise any right to rescind or annul a declaration that the principal of all the Debentures shall be due and payable or (iv) consent on behalf of all the Holders of the Capital Securities to any amendment, modification or termination of the Indenture or the Debentures where such consent shall be required; provided , however , that, where a consent or action under the Indenture would require the consent or

 

I-8


act of the holders of greater than a simple majority in aggregate principal amount of Debentures (a “ Super Majority ”) affected thereby, the Institutional Trustee may only give such consent or take such action at the written direction of the Holders of at least the proportion in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities outstanding which the relevant Super Majority represents of the aggregate principal amount of the Debentures outstanding. If the Institutional Trustee fails to enforce its rights under the Debentures after the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of such Capital Securities have so directed the Institutional Trustee, to the fullest extent permitted by law, a Holder of the Capital Securities may institute a legal proceeding directly against the Debenture Issuer to enforce the Institutional Trustee’s rights under the Debentures without first instituting any legal proceeding against the Institutional Trustee or any other person or entity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and such event is attributable to the failure of the Debenture Issuer to pay interest or principal on the Debentures on the date the interest or principal is payable (or in the case of redemption, the Redemption Date or the Special Redemption Date, as applicable), then a Holder of record of the Capital Securities may directly institute a proceeding for enforcement of payment, on or after the respective due dates specified in the Debentures, to such Holder directly of the principal of or interest on the Debentures having an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate liquidation amount of the Capital Securities of such Holder. The Institutional Trustee shall notify all Holders of the Capital Securities of any default actually known to the Institutional Trustee with respect to the Debentures unless (x) such default has been cured prior to the giving of such notice or (y) the Institutional Trustee determines in good faith that the withholding of such notice is in the interest of the Holders of such Capital Securities, except where the default relates to the payment of principal of or interest on any of the Debentures. Such notice shall state that such Indenture Event of Default also constitutes an Event of Default hereunder. Except with respect to directing the time, method and place of conducting a proceeding for a remedy, the Institutional Trustee shall not take any of the actions described in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) above unless the Institutional Trustee has obtained an opinion of tax counsel to the effect that, as a result of such action, the Trust will not be classified as other than a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes.

In the event the consent of the Institutional Trustee, as the holder of the Debentures, is required under the Indenture with respect to any amendment, modification or termination of the Indenture, the Institutional Trustee shall request the direction of the Holders of the Securities with respect to such amendment, modification or termination and shall vote with respect to such amendment, modification or termination as directed by a Majority in liquidation amount of the Securities voting together as a single class; provided , however , that where a consent under the Indenture would require the consent of a Super-Majority, the Institutional Trustee may only give such consent at the direction of the Holders of at least the proportion in liquidation amount of the Securities outstanding which the relevant Super-Majority represents of the aggregate principal amount of the Debentures outstanding. The Institutional Trustee shall not take any such action in accordance with the directions of the Holders of the Securities unless the Institutional Trustee has obtained an opinion of tax counsel to the effect that, as a result of such action, the Trust will not be classified as other than a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes.

A waiver of an Indenture Event of Default will constitute a waiver of the corresponding Event of Default hereunder. Any required approval or direction of Holders of the Capital Securities may be given at a separate meeting of Holders of the Capital Securities convened for such purpose, at a meeting of all of the Holders of the Securities in the Trust or pursuant to written consent. The Institutional Trustee will cause a notice of any meeting at which Holders of the Capital Securities are entitled to vote, or of any matter upon which action by written consent of such Holders is to be taken, to be mailed to each Holder of record of the Capital Securities. Each such notice will include a statement setting forth the following information (i) the date of such meeting or the date by which such action is to be taken, (ii) a description of any resolution proposed for adoption at such meeting on which such Holders are entitled to vote or of such matter upon which written consent is sought and (iii) instructions for the delivery of proxies or consents. No vote or consent of the Holders of the Capital Securities will be required for the Trust to redeem and cancel Capital Securities or to distribute the Debentures in accordance with the Declaration and the terms of the Securities.

 

I-9


Notwithstanding that Holders of the Capital Securities are entitled to vote or consent under any of the circumstances described above, any of the Capital Securities that are owned by the Sponsor or any Affiliate of the Sponsor shall not entitle the Holder thereof to vote or consent and shall, for purposes of such vote or consent, be treated as if such Capital Securities were not outstanding.

In no event will Holders of the Capital Securities have the right to vote to appoint, remove or replace the Administrators, which voting rights are vested exclusively in the Sponsor as the Holder of all of the Common Securities of the Trust. Under certain circumstances as more fully described in the Declaration, Holders of Capital Securities have the right to vote to appoint, remove or replace the Institutional Trustee.

6. Voting Rights - Common Securities .

(a) Except as provided under paragraphs 6(b), 6(c) and 7 and as otherwise required by law and the Declaration, the Common Securities will have no voting rights.

(b) The Holders of the Common Securities are entitled, in accordance with Article IV of the Declaration, to vote to appoint, remove or replace any Administrators.

(c) Subject to Section 6.7 of the Declaration and only after each Event of Default (if any) with respect to the Capital Securities has been cured, waived, or otherwise eliminated and subject to the requirements of the second to last sentence of this paragraph, the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Common Securities, voting separately as a class, may direct the time, method, and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Institutional Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Institutional Trustee under the Declaration, including (i) directing the time, method, place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Debenture Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Debenture Trustee with respect to the Debentures, (ii) waiving any past default and its consequences that is waivable under the Indenture, or (iii) exercising any right to rescind or annul a declaration that the principal of all the Debentures shall be due and payable; provided , however , that, where a consent or action under the Indenture would require a Super Majority, the Institutional Trustee may only give such consent or take such action at the written direction of the Holders of at least the proportion in liquidation amount of the Common Securities which the relevant Super Majority represents of the aggregate principal amount of the Debentures outstanding. Notwithstanding this paragraph 6(c), the Institutional Trustee shall not revoke any action previously authorized or approved by a vote or consent of the Holders of the Capital Securities. Other than with respect to directing the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Institutional Trustee or the Debenture Trustee as set forth above, the Institutional Trustee shall not take any action described in (i), (ii) or (iii) above, unless the Institutional Trustee has obtained an opinion of tax counsel to the effect that for the purposes of United States federal income tax the Trust will not be classified as other than a grantor trust on account of such action. If the Institutional Trustee fails to enforce its rights under the Declaration to the fullest extent permitted by law, any Holder of the Common Securities may institute a legal proceeding directly against any Person to enforce the Institutional Trustee’s rights under the Declaration, without first instituting a legal proceeding against the Institutional Trustee or any other Person.

Any approval or direction of Holders of the Common Securities may be given at a separate meeting of Holders of the Common Securities convened for such purpose, at a meeting of all of the Holders of the Securities in the Trust or pursuant to written consent. The Administrators will cause a notice of any meeting at which Holders of the Common Securities are entitled to vote, or of any

 

I-10


matter upon which action by written consent of such Holders is to be taken, to be mailed to each Holder of the Common Securities. Each such notice will include a statement setting forth (i) the date of such meeting or the date by which such action is to be taken, (ii) a description of any resolution proposed for adoption at such meeting on which such Holders are entitled to vote or of such matter upon which written consent is sought and (iii) instructions for the delivery of proxies or consents.

No vote or consent of the Holders of the Common Securities will be required for the Trust to redeem and cancel Common Securities or to distribute the Debentures in accordance with the Declaration and the terms of the Securities.

7. Amendments to Declaration and Indenture .

(a) In addition to any requirements under Section 11.1 of the Declaration, if any proposed amendment to the Declaration provides for, or the Institutional Trustee, Sponsor or Administrators otherwise propose to effect, (i) any action that would adversely affect the powers, preferences or special rights of the Securities, whether by way of amendment to the Declaration or otherwise, or (ii) the Liquidation of the Trust, other than as described in Section 7.1 of the Declaration, then the Holders of outstanding Securities, voting together as a single class, will be entitled to vote on such amendment or proposal and such amendment or proposal shall not be effective except with the approval of the Holders of at least a Majority in liquidation amount of the Securities, affected thereby; provided , however , if any amendment or proposal referred to in clause (i) above would adversely affect only the Capital Securities or only the Common Securities, then only the affected class will be entitled to vote on such amendment or proposal and such amendment or proposal shall not be effective except with the approval of a Majority in liquidation amount of such class of Securities.

(b) In the event the consent of the Institutional Trustee as the holder of the Debentures is required under the Indenture with respect to any amendment, modification or termination of the Indenture or the Debentures, the Institutional Trustee shall request the written direction of the Holders of the Securities with respect to such amendment, modification or termination and shall vote with respect to such amendment, modification, or termination as directed by a Majority in liquidation amount of the Securities voting together as a single class; provided , however , that where a consent under the Indenture would require a Super Majority, the Institutional Trustee may only give such consent at the direction of the Holders of at least the proportion in liquidation amount of the Securities which the relevant Super Majority represents of the aggregate principal amount of the Debentures outstanding.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment or modification may be made to the Declaration if such amendment or modification would (i) cause the Trust to be classified for purposes of United States federal income taxation as other than a grantor trust, (ii) reduce or otherwise adversely affect the powers of the Institutional Trustee or (iii) cause the Trust to be deemed an Investment Company which is required to be registered under the Investment Company Act.

(d) Notwithstanding any provision of the Declaration, the right of any Holder of the Capital Securities to receive payment of distributions and other payments upon redemption or otherwise, on or after their respective due dates, or to institute a suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder. For the protection and enforcement of the foregoing provision, each and every Holder of the Capital Securities shall be entitled to such relief as can be given either at law or equity.

8. Pro Rata . A reference in these terms of the Securities to any payment, distribution or treatment as being “ Pro Rata ” shall mean pro rata to each Holder of the Securities according to the aggregate liquidation amount of the Securities held by the relevant Holder in relation to the aggregate liquidation amount of all Securities then outstanding unless, in relation to a payment, an Event of Default

 

I-11


has occurred and is continuing, in which case any funds available to make such payment shall be paid first to each Holder of the Capital Securities Pro Rata according to the aggregate liquidation amount of the Capital Securities held by the relevant Holder relative to the aggregate liquidation amount of all Capital Securities outstanding, and only after satisfaction of all amounts owed to the Holders of the Capital Securities, to each Holder of the Common Securities Pro Rata according to the aggregate liquidation amount of the Common Securities held by the relevant Holder relative to the aggregate liquidation amount of all Common Securities outstanding.

9. Ranking . The Capital Securities rank pari passu with and payment thereon shall be made Pro Rata with the Common Securities except that, where an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the rights of Holders of the Common Securities to receive payment of Distributions and payments upon liquidation, redemption and otherwise are subordinated to the rights of the Holders of the Capital Securities with the result that no payment of any Distribution on, or Redemption Price (or Special Redemption Price) of, any Common Security, and no other payment on account of redemption, liquidation or other acquisition of Common Securities, shall be made unless payment in full in cash of all accumulated and unpaid Distributions on all outstanding Capital Securities for all distribution periods terminating on or prior thereto, or in the case of payment of the Redemption Price (or Special Redemption Price) the full amount of such Redemption Price (or Special Redemption Price) on all outstanding Capital Securities then called for redemption, shall have been made or provided for, and all funds immediately available to the Institutional Trustee shall first be applied to the payment in full in cash of all Distributions on, or the Redemption Price (or Special Redemption Price) of, the Capital Securities then due and payable.

10. Acceptance of Guarantee and Indenture . Each Holder of the Capital Securities and the Common Securities, by the acceptance of such Securities, agrees to the provisions of the Guarantee, including the subordination provisions therein and to the provisions of the Indenture.

11. No Preemptive Rights . The Holders of the Securities shall have no preemptive or similar rights to subscribe for any additional securities.

12. Miscellaneous . These terms constitute a part of the Declaration. The Sponsor will provide a copy of the Declaration, the Guarantee, and the Indenture to a Holder without charge on written request to the Sponsor at its principal place of business.

 

I-12


EXHIBIT A-1

FORM OF CAPITAL SECURITY CERTIFICATE

[FORM OF FACE OF SECURITY]

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAW. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY ONLY (A) TO THE SPONSOR OR THE TRUST, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A SO LONG AS THIS SECURITY IS ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144A, (D) TO A NON-U.S. PERSON IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 (AS APPLICABLE) OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (A) OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THIS CAPITAL SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE SPONSOR’S AND THE TRUST’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE DECLARATION OF TRUST, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE SPONSOR OR THE TRUST. HEDGING TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE CONDUCTED UNLESS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF ALSO AGREES, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”) (EACH A “PLAN”), OR AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” BY REASON OF ANY PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY, AND NO PERSON INVESTING “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY PLAN MAY ACQUIRE OR HOLD THE SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER OR HOLDER IS ELIGIBLE FOR EXEMPTIVE RELIEF AVAILABLE UNDER U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR PROHIBITED TRANSACTION CLASS EXEMPTION 96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1 OR 84-14 OR ANOTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTION OR ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY IS NOT PROHIBITED BY SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE WITH RESPECT TO SUCH PURCHASE OR HOLDING. ANY PURCHASER OR HOLDER OF THE SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED BY ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING THEREOF THAT

 

A-1-1


EITHER (i) IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 3(3) OF ERISA, OR A PLAN TO WHICH SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE IS APPLICABLE, A TRUSTEE OR OTHER PERSON ACTING ON BEHALF OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY USING THE ASSETS OF ANY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN TO FINANCE SUCH PURCHASE, OR (ii) SUCH PURCHASE WILL NOT RESULT IN A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE FOR WHICH THERE IS NO APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE EXEMPTION.

THIS SECURITY WILL BE ISSUED AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN BLOCKS HAVING A LIQUIDATION AMOUNT OF NOT LESS THAN $100,000.00 (100 SECURITIES) AND MULTIPLES OF $1,000.00 IN EXCESS THEREOF. ANY ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF SECURITIES IN A BLOCK HAVING A LIQUIDATION AMOUNT OF LESS THAN $100,000.00 SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE VOID AND OF NO LEGAL EFFECT WHATSOEVER.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY AGREES THAT IT WILL COMPLY WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY THE DECLARATION TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

 

Certificate Number P-1     

17,500 Capital Securities

March 26, 2003

Certificate Evidencing Floating Rate Capital Securities

of

PCC Statutory Trust II

(liquidation amount $1,000.00 per Capital Security)

PCC Statutory Trust II, a statutory trust created under the laws of the State of Connecticut (the “Trust”), hereby certifies that Hare & Co. (the “Holder”), as the nominee of The Bank of New York, indenture trustee under the Indenture dated as of March 26, 2003 among Preferred Term Securities IX, Ltd., Preferred Term Securities IX, Inc. and The Bank of New York, is the registered owner of capital securities of the Trust representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust, (liquidation amount $1,000.00 per capital security) (the “Capital Securities”). Subject to the Declaration (as defined below), the Capital Securities are transferable on the books and records of the Trust in person or by a duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of this Certificate duly endorsed and in proper form for transfer. The Capital Securities represented hereby are issued pursuant to, and the designation, rights, privileges, restrictions, preferences and other terms and provisions of the Capital Securities shall in all respects be subject to, the provisions of the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of the Trust dated as of March 26, 2003, among Alan B. White, George McCleskey and Jeff Isom, as Administrators, U. S. Bank National Association, as Institutional Trustee, Plains Capital Corporation, as Sponsor, and the holders from time to time of undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust, including the designation of the terms of the Capital Securities as set forth in Annex I to such amended and restated declaration as the same may be amended from time to time (the “Declaration”). Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meaning given them in the Declaration. The Holder is entitled to the benefits of the Guarantee to the extent provided therein. The Sponsor will provide a copy of the Declaration, the Guarantee, and the Indenture to the Holder without charge upon written request to the Sponsor at its principal place of business.

 

A-1-2


Upon receipt of this Security, the Holder is bound by the Declaration and is entitled to the benefits thereunder.

By acceptance of this Security, the Holder agrees to treat, for United States federal income tax purposes, the Debentures as indebtedness and the Capital Securities as evidence of beneficial ownership in the Debentures.

This Capital Security is governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Connecticut, without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

Signatures appear on following page

 

A-1-3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Trust has duly executed this certificate.

 

PCC STATUTORY TRUST II
By:    
  Name:
  Title: Administrator

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Capital Securities referred to in the within-mentioned Declaration.

 

U. S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as the Institutional Trustee

By:    
  Authorized Officer

 

A-1-4


[FORM OF REVERSE OF CAPITAL SECURITY]

Distributions payable on each Capital Security will be payable at an annual rate equal to 4.41063% beginning on (and including) the date of original issuance and ending on (but excluding) June 26, 2003 and at an annual rate for each successive period beginning on (and including) June 26, 2003, and each succeeding Distribution Payment Date, and ending on (but excluding) the next succeeding Distribution Payment Date (each a “Distribution Period”), equal to 3-Month LIBOR, determined as described below, plus 3.15% (the “Coupon Rate”); provided , however , that prior to March 26, 2008, the Coupon Rate shall not exceed 11.75%, applied to the stated liquidation amount of $1,000.00 per Capital Security, such rate being the rate of interest payable on the Debentures to be held by the Institutional Trustee. Distributions in arrears will bear interest thereon compounded quarterly at the Distribution Rate (to the extent permitted by applicable law). The term “Distributions” as used herein includes cash distributions and any such compounded distributions unless otherwise noted. A Distribution is payable only to the extent that payments are made in respect of the Debentures held by the Institutional Trustee and to the extent the Institutional Trustee has funds available therefor. As used herein, “Determination Date” means the date that is two London Banking Days (i.e., a business day in which dealings in deposits in U.S. dollars are transacted in the London interbank market) preceding the commencement of the relevant Distribution Period. In the event that any date on which a Distribution is payable on this Capital Security is not a Business Day, then a payment of the Distribution payable on such date will be made on the next succeeding day which is a Business Day (and without any interest or other payment in respect of any such delay), except that, if such Business Day is in the next succeeding calendar year, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day, in each case with the same force and effect as if made on the date the payment was originally payable. The amount of the Distribution payable for any Distribution Period will be calculated by applying the Distribution Rate to the stated liquidation amount outstanding at the commencement of the Distribution Period and multiplying each such amount by the actual number of days in the Distribution Period concerned divided by 360.

“3-Month LIBOR” as used herein, means the London interbank offered interest rate for three-month U.S. dollar deposits determined by the Debenture Trustee in the following order of priority: (i) the rate (expressed as a percentage per annum) for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity that appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date (“Telerate Page 3750” means the display designated as “Page 3750” on the Dow Jones Telerate Service or such other page as may replace Page 3750 on that service or such other service or services as may be nominated by the British Bankers’ Association as the information vendor for the purpose of displaying London interbank offered rates for U.S. dollar deposits); (ii) if such rate cannot be identified on the related Determination Date, the Debenture Trustee will request the principal London offices of four leading banks in the London interbank market to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to prime banks in the London interbank market for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such Determination Date. If at least two quotations are provided, 3-Month LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations; (iii) if fewer than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause (ii) above, the Debenture Trustee will request four major New York City banks to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to leading European banks for loans in U.S. dollars as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such Determination Date. If at least two such quotations are provided, 3-Month LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations; and (iv) if fewer than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause (iii) above, 3-Month LIBOR will be a 3-Month LIBOR determined with respect to the Distribution Period immediately preceding such current Distribution Period. If the rate for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity that initially appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date is superseded on the Telerate Page 3750 by a corrected rate by 12:00 noon (London time) on such Determination Date, then the corrected rate as so substituted on the applicable page will be the applicable 3-Month LIBOR for such Determination Date.

 

A-1-5


The Coupon Rate for any Distribution Period will at no time be higher than the maximum rate then permitted by New York law as the same may be modified by United States law.

All percentages resulting from any calculations on the Capital Securities will be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point, with five one-millionths of a percentage point rounded upward (e.g., 9.876545% (or .09876545) being rounded to 9.87655% (or .0987655), and all dollar amounts used in or resulting from such calculation will be rounded to the nearest cent (with one-half cent being rounded upward)).

Except as otherwise described below, Distributions on the Capital Securities will be cumulative, will accrue from the date of original issuance and will be payable quarterly in arrears on March 26, June 26, September 26 and December 26 of each year, commencing on June 26, 2003. The Debenture Issuer has the right under the Indenture to defer payments of interest on the Debentures, so long as no Indenture Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, by extending the interest payment period on the Debentures for up to 20 consecutive quarterly periods (each an “Extension Period”) at any time and from time to time on the Debentures, subject to the conditions described below, during which Extension Period no interest shall be due and payable. During any Extension Period, interest will continue to accrue on the Debentures, and interest on such accrued interest will accrue at an annual rate equal to the Distribution Rate in effect for each such Extension Period, compounded quarterly from the date such interest would have been payable were it not for the Extension Period, to the extent permitted by law (such interest referred to herein as “Additional Interest”). No Extension Period may end on a date other than a Distribution Payment Date. At the end of any such Extension Period, the Debenture Issuer shall pay all interest then accrued and unpaid on the Debentures (together with Additional Interest thereon); provided , however , that no Extension Period may extend beyond the Maturity Date. Prior to the termination of any Extension Period, the Debenture Issuer may further extend such period, provided that such period together with all such previous and further consecutive extensions thereof shall not exceed 20 consecutive quarterly periods, or extend beyond the Maturity Date. Upon the termination of any Extension Period and upon the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, the Debenture Issuer may commence a new Extension Period, subject to the foregoing requirements. No interest or Additional Interest shall be due and payable during an Extension Period, except at the end thereof, but each installment of interest that would otherwise have been due and payable during such Extension Period shall bear Additional Interest. During any Extension Period, Distributions on the Capital Securities shall be deferred for a period equal to the Extension Period. If Distributions are deferred, the Distributions due shall be paid on the date that the related Extension Period terminates, to Holders of the Securities as they appear on the books and records of the Trust on the record date immediately preceding such date. Distributions on the Securities must be paid on the dates payable (after giving effect to any Extension Period) to the extent that the Trust has funds available for the payment of such distributions in the Property Account of the Trust. The Trust’s funds available for Distribution to the Holders of the Securities will be limited to payments received from the Debenture Issuer. The payment of Distributions out of moneys held by the Trust is guaranteed by the Guarantor pursuant to the Guarantee.

The Capital Securities shall be redeemable as provided in the Declaration.

 

A-1-6


ASSIGNMENT

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned assigns and transfers this Capital Security Certificate to:

 

   

(Insert assignee’s social security or tax identification number)  ____________________________________

 
   
   

(Insert address and zip code of assignee) and irrevocably appoints

 
   

agent to transfer this Capital Security Certificate on the books of the Trust. The agent may substitute another to act for him or her.

Date:                     

Signature:                                 

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Capital Security Certificate)

Signature Guarantee: 1

 

 

1

Signature must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” that is a bank, stockbroker, savings and loan association or credit union meeting the requirements of the Security registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Security registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

A-1-7


EXHIBIT A-2

FORM OF COMMON SECURITY CERTIFICATE

THIS COMMON SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION.

THIS CERTIFICATE IS NOT TRANSFERABLE EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 8.1 OF THE DECLARATION.

 

Certificate Number C-1    542 Common Securities

March 26, 2003

Certificate Evidencing Floating Rate Common Securities

of

PCC Statutory Trust II

PCC Statutory Trust II, a statutory trust created under the laws of the State of Connecticut (the “Trust”), hereby certifies that Plains Capital Corporation (the “Holder”) is the registered owner of common securities of the Trust representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust (the “Common Securities”). The Common Securities represented hereby are issued pursuant to, and the designation, rights, privileges, restrictions, preferences and other terms and provisions of the Common Securities shall in all respects be subject to, the provisions of the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of the Trust dated as of March 26, 2003, among Alan B. White, George McCleskey and Jeff Isom, as Administrators, U. S. Bank National Association, as Institutional Trustee, Plains Capital Corporation, as Sponsor, and the holders from time to time of undivided beneficial interest in the assets of the Trust including the designation of the terms of the Common Securities as set forth in Annex I to such amended and restated declaration, as the same may be amended from time to time (the “Declaration”). Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meaning given them in the Declaration. The Holder is entitled to the benefits of the Guarantee to the extent provided therein. The Sponsor will provide a copy of the Declaration, the Guarantee and the Indenture to the Holder without charge upon written request to the Sponsor at its principal place of business.

As set forth in the Declaration, when an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the rights of Holders of Common Securities to payment in respect of Distributions and payments upon Liquidation, redemption or otherwise are subordinated to the rights of payment of Holders of the Capital Securities.

Upon receipt of this Certificate, the Holder is bound by the Declaration and is entitled to the benefits thereunder.

By acceptance of this Certificate, the Holder agrees to treat, for United States federal income tax purposes, the Debentures as indebtedness and the Common Securities as evidence of undivided beneficial ownership in the Debentures.

This Common Security is governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Connecticut, without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

 

A-2-1


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Trust has duly executed this certificate.

 

PCC STATUTORY TRUST II
By:    
  Name:
  Title: Administrator

 

A-2-2


[FORM OF REVERSE OF COMMON SECURITY]

Distributions payable on each Common Security will be payable at an annual rate equal to 4.41063% beginning on (and including) the date of original issuance and ending on (but excluding) June 26, 2003 and at an annual rate for each successive period beginning on (and including) June 26, 2003, and each succeeding Distribution Payment Date, and ending on (but excluding) the next succeeding Distribution Payment Date (each a “Distribution Period”), equal to 3-Month LIBOR, determined as described below, plus 3.15% (the “Coupon Rate”); provided , however , that prior to March 26, 2008, the Coupon Rate shall not exceed 11.75%, applied to the stated liquidation amount of $1,000.00 per Common Security, such rate being the rate of interest payable on the Debentures to be held by the Institutional Trustee. Distributions in arrears will bear interest thereon compounded quarterly at the Distribution Rate (to the extent permitted by applicable law). The term “Distributions” as used herein includes cash distributions and any such compounded distributions unless otherwise noted. A Distribution is payable only to the extent that payments are made in respect of the Debentures held by the Institutional Trustee and to the extent the Institutional Trustee has funds available therefor. As used herein, “Determination Date” means the date that is two London Banking Days (i.e., a business day in which dealings in deposits in U.S. dollars are transacted in the London interbank market) preceding the commencement of the relevant Distribution Period. In the event that any date on which a Distribution is payable on this Common Security is not a Business Day, then a payment of the Distribution payable on such date will be made on the next succeeding day which is a Business Day (and without any interest or other payment in respect of any such delay), except that, if such Business Day is in the next succeeding calendar year, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day, in each case with the same force and effect as if made on the date the payment was originally payable. The amount of the Distribution payable for any Distribution Period will be calculated by applying the Distribution Rate to the stated liquidation amount outstanding at the commencement of the Distribution Period and multiplying each such amount by the actual number of days in the Distribution Period concerned divided by 360.

“3-Month LIBOR” as used herein, means the London interbank offered interest rate for three-month U.S. dollar deposits determined by the Debenture Trustee in the following order of priority: (i) the rate (expressed as a percentage per annum) for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity that appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date (“Telerate Page 3750” means the display designated as “Page 3750” on the Dow Jones Telerate Service or such other page as may replace Page 3750 on that service or such other service or services as may be nominated by the British Bankers’ Association as the information vendor for the purpose of displaying London interbank offered rates for U.S. dollar deposits); (ii) if such rate cannot be identified on the related Determination Date, the Debenture Trustee will request the principal London offices of four leading banks in the London interbank market to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to prime banks in the London interbank market for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such Determination Date. If at least two quotations are provided, 3-Month LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations; (iii) if fewer than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause (ii) above, the Debenture Trustee will request four major New York City banks to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to leading European banks for loans in U.S. dollars as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such Determination Date. If at least two such quotations are provided, 3-Month LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations; and (iv) if fewer than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause (iii) above, 3-Month LIBOR will be a 3-Month LIBOR determined with respect to the Distribution Period immediately preceding such current Distribution Period. If the rate for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity that initially appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date is superseded on the Telerate Page 3750 by a corrected rate by 12:00 noon (London time) on such Determination Date, then the corrected rate as so substituted on the applicable page will be the applicable 3-Month LIBOR for such Determination Date.

 

A-2-3


The Coupon Rate for any Distribution Period will at no time be higher than the maximum rate then permitted by New York law as the same may be modified by United States law.

All percentages resulting from any calculations on the Common Securities will be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point, with five one-millionths of a percentage point rounded upward (e.g., 9.876545% (or .09876545) being rounded to 9.87655% (or .0987655), and all dollar amounts used in or resulting from such calculation will be rounded to the nearest cent (with one-half cent being rounded upward)).

Except as otherwise described below, Distributions on the Common Securities will be cumulative, will accrue from the date of original issuance and will be payable quarterly in arrears on March 26, June 26, September 26 and December 26 of each year, commencing on June 26, 2003. The Debenture Issuer has the right under the Indenture to defer payments of interest on the Debentures, so long as no Indenture Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, by extending the interest payment period on the Debentures for up to 20 consecutive quarterly periods (each an “Extension Period”) at any time and from time to time on the Debentures, subject to the conditions described below, during which Extension Period no interest shall be due and payable. During any Extension Period, interest will continue to accrue on the Debentures, and interest on such accrued interest will accrue at an annual rate equal to the Distribution Rate in effect for each such Extension Period, compounded quarterly from the date such interest would have been payable were it not for the Extension Period, to the extent permitted by law (such interest referred to herein as “Additional Interest”). No Extension Period may end on a date other than a Distribution Payment Date. At the end of any such Extension Period, the Debenture Issuer shall pay all interest then accrued and unpaid on the Debentures (together with Additional Interest thereon); provided, however, that no Extension Period may extend beyond the Maturity Date. Prior to the termination of any Extension Period, the Debenture Issuer may further extend such period, provided that such period together with all such previous and further consecutive extensions thereof shall not exceed 20 consecutive quarterly periods, or extend beyond the Maturity Date. Upon the termination of any Extension Period and upon the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, the Debenture Issuer may commence a new Extension Period, subject to the foregoing requirements. No interest or Additional Interest shall be due and payable during an Extension Period, except at the end thereof, but each installment of interest that would otherwise have been due and payable during such Extension Period shall bear Additional Interest. During any Extension Period, Distributions on the Common Securities shall be deferred for a period equal to the Extension Period. If Distributions are deferred, the Distributions due shall be paid on the date that the related Extension Period terminates, to Holders of the Securities as they appear on the books and records of the Trust on the record date immediately preceding such date. Distributions on the Securities must be paid on the dates payable (after giving effect to any Extension Period) to the extent that the Trust has funds available for the payment of such distributions in the Property Account of the Trust. The Trust’s funds available for Distribution to the Holders of the Securities will be limited to payments received from the Debenture Issuer.

The Common Securities shall be redeemable as provided in the Declaration.

 

A-2-4


ASSIGNMENT

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned assigns and transfers this Common Security Certificate to:

_______________________________________________________________________________

(Insert assignee’s social security or tax identification number) _____________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

(Insert address and zip code of assignee) and irrevocably appoints

_______________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________  agent to transfer this Common Security Certificate on the books of the Trust. The agent may substitute another to act for him or her.

Date: ______________________________________

Signature: __________________________________

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Common Security Certificate)

Signature: __________________________________

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Common Security Certificate)

Signature Guarantee 2

 

 

2

Signature must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” that is a bank, stockbroker, savings and loan association or credit union, meeting the requirements of the Security registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Security registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

A-2-5


EXHIBIT B

SPECIMEN OF INITIAL DEBENTURE

(See Document No. 16)

 

B-1


EXHIBIT C

PLACEMENT AGREEMENT

(See Document No. 1)

 

C-1

Exhibit 4.10

 

 

 

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION,

as Issuer

INDENTURE

Dated as of March 26, 2003

U. S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Trustee

FLOATING RATE JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEFERRABLE INTEREST DEBENTURES

DUE 2033

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page

ARTICLE I. DEFINITIONS

   1

Section 1.1.

   Definitions    1

ARTICLE II. DEBENTURES

   7

Section 2.1.

   Authentication and Dating    7

Section 2.2.

   Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication    8

Section 2.3.

   Form and Denomination of Debentures    8

Section 2.4.

   Execution of Debentures    8

Section 2.5.

   Exchange and Registration of Transfer of Debentures    8

Section 2.6.

   Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Debentures    10

Section 2.7.

   Temporary Debentures    11

Section 2.8.

   Payment of Interest and Additional Interest    11

Section 2.9.

   Cancellation of Debentures Paid, etc.    13

Section 2.10.

   Computation of Interest    13

Section 2.11.

   Extension of Interest Payment Period    14

Section 2.12.

   CUSIP Numbers    15

ARTICLE III. PARTICULAR COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

   16

Section 3.1.

   Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest; Agreed Treatment of the Debentures    16

Section 3.2.

   Offices for Notices and Payments, etc.    16

Section 3.3.

   Appointments to Fill Vacancies in Trustee’s Office    17

Section 3.4.

   Provision as to Paying Agent    17

Section 3.5.

   Certificate to Trustee    18

Section 3.6.

   Additional Sums    18

Section 3.7.

   Compliance with Consolidation Provisions    18

Section 3.8.

   Limitation on Dividends    18

Section 3.9.

   Covenants as to the Trust    19

Section 3.10.

   Additional Junior Indebtedness    19

ARTICLE IV. SECURITYHOLDERS’ LISTS AND REPORTS BY THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE

   19

Section 4.1.

   Securityholders’ Lists    19

Section 4.2.

   Preservation and Disclosure of Lists    20

ARTICLE V. REMEDIES OF THE TRUSTEE AND SECURITYHOLDERS UPON AN EVENT OF DEFAULT

   21

Section 5.1.

   Events of Default    21

Section 5.2.

   Payment of Debentures on Default; Suit Therefor    22

Section 5.3.

   Application of Moneys Collected by Trustee    23

Section 5.4.

   Proceedings by Securityholders    24

Section 5.5.

   Proceedings by Trustee    24

Section 5.6.

   Remedies Cumulative and Continuing; Delay or Omission Not a Waiver    24

 

i


Section 5.7.

   Direction of Proceedings and Waiver of Defaults by Majority of Securityholders    25

Section 5.8.

   Notice of Defaults    25

Section 5.9.

   Undertaking to Pay Costs    25

ARTICLE VI. CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE

   26

Section 6.1.

   Duties and Responsibilities of Trustee    26

Section 6.2.

   Reliance on Documents, Opinions, etc.    27

Section 6.3.

   No Responsibility for Recitals, etc.    28

Section 6.4.

   Trustee, Authenticating Agent, Paying Agents, Transfer Agents or Registrar May Own Debentures    28

Section 6.5.

   Moneys to be Held in Trust    28

Section 6.6.

   Compensation and Expenses of Trustee    28

Section 6.7.

   Officers’ Certificate as Evidence    29

Section 6.8.

   Eligibility of Trustee    29

Section 6.9.

   Resignation or Removal of Trustee    29

Section 6.10.

   Acceptance by Successor Trustee    30

Section 6.11.

   Succession by Merger, etc.    31

Section 6.12.

   Authenticating Agents    31

ARTICLE VII. CONCERNING THE SECURITYHOLDERS

   32

Section 7.1.

   Action by Securityholders    32

Section 7.2.

   Proof of Execution by Securityholders    33

Section 7.3.

   Who Are Deemed Absolute Owners    33

Section 7.4.

   Debentures Owned by Company Deemed Not Outstanding    33

Section 7.5.

   Revocation of Consents; Future Holders Bound    33

ARTICLE VIII. SECURITYHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

   34

Section 8.1.

   Purposes of Meetings    34

Section 8.2.

   Call of Meetings by Trustee    34

Section 8.3.

   Call of Meetings by Company or Securityholders    34

Section 8.4.

   Qualifications for Voting    35

Section 8.5.

   Regulations    35

Section 8.6.

   Voting    35

Section 8.7.

   Quorum; Actions    35

ARTICLE IX. SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

   36

Section 9.1.

   Supplemental Indentures without Consent of Securityholders    36

Section 9.2.

   Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Securityholders    37

Section 9.3.

   Effect of Supplemental Indentures    38

Section 9.4.

   Notation on Debentures    38

Section 9.5.

   Evidence of Compliance of Supplemental Indenture to be Furnished to Trustee    38

ARTICLE X. REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES

   39

Section 10.1.

   Optional Redemption    39

Section 10.2.

   Special Event Redemption    39

Section 10.3.

   Notice of Redemption; Selection of Debentures    39

Section 10.4.

   Payment of Debentures Called for Redemption    39

 

ii


ARTICLE XI. CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, SALE, CONVEYANCE AND LEASE

   40

Section 11.1.

   Company May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms    40

Section 11.2.

   Successor Entity to be Substituted    40

Section 11.3.

   Opinion of Counsel to be Given to Trustee    41

ARTICLE XII. SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE

   41

Section 12.1.

   Discharge of Indenture    41

Section 12.2.

   Deposited Moneys to be Held in Trust by Trustee    41

Section 12.3.

   Paying Agent to Repay Moneys Held    42

Section 12.4.

   Return of Unclaimed Moneys    42

ARTICLE XIII. IMMUNITY OF INCORPORATORS, STOCKHOLDERS, OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

   42

Section 13.1.

   Indenture and Debentures Solely Corporate Obligations    42

ARTICLE XIV. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

   42

Section 14.1.

   Successors    42

Section 14.2.

   Official Acts by Successor Entity    42

Section 14.3.

   Surrender of Company Powers    42

Section 14.4.

   Addresses for Notices, etc.    42

Section 14.5.

   Governing Law    43

Section 14.6.

   Evidence of Compliance with Conditions Precedent    43

Section 14.7.

   Non-Business Days    43

Section 14.8.

   Table of Contents, Headings, etc.    43

Section 14.9.

   Execution in Counterparts    43

Section 14.10.

   Separability    43

Section 14.11.

   Assignment    44

Section 14.12.

   Acknowledgment of Rights    44

ARTICLE XV. SUBORDINATION OF DEBENTURES

   44

Section 15.1.

   Agreement to Subordinate    44

Section 15.2.

   Default on Senior Indebtedness    44

Section 15.3.

   Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy    45

Section 15.4.

   Subrogation    46

Section 15.5.

   Trustee to Effectuate Subordination    46

Section 15.6.

   Notice by the Company    47

Section 15.7.

   Rights of the Trustee; Holders of Senior Indebtedness    47

Section 15.8.

   Subordination May Not Be Impaired    47

 

Exhibit A

   Form of Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debenture

 

iii


THIS INDENTURE, dated as of March 26, 2003, between Plains Capital Corporation, a Texas corporation (the “ Company ”), and U. S. Bank National Association, a national banking association organized under the laws of the United States of America, as debenture trustee (the “ Trustee ”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, for its lawful corporate purposes, the Company has duly authorized the issuance of its Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures due 2033 (the “ Debentures ”) under this Indenture to provide, among other things, for the execution and authentication, delivery and administration thereof, and the Company has duly authorized the execution of this Indenture; and

WHEREAS, all acts and things necessary to make this Indenture a valid agreement according to its terms, have been done and performed;

NOW, THEREFORE, This Indenture Witnesseth:

In consideration of the premises, and the purchase of the Debentures by the holders thereof, the Company covenants and agrees with the Trustee for the equal and proportionate benefit of the respective holders from time to time of the Debentures as follows:

ARTICLE I.

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1. Definitions .  The terms defined in this Section 1.1 (except as herein otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires) for all purposes of this Indenture and of any indenture supplemental hereto shall have the respective meanings specified in this Section 1.1. All accounting terms used herein and not expressly defined shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and the term “generally accepted accounting principles” means such accounting principles as are generally accepted in the United States at the time of any computation. The words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision.

Additional Interest ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.11.

Additional Junior Indebtedness ” means, without duplication and other than the Debentures, any indebtedness, liabilities or obligations of the Company, or any Subsidiary of the Company, under debt securities (or guarantees in respect of debt securities) initially issued after the date of this Indenture to any trust, or a trustee of a trust, partnership or other entity affiliated with the Company that is, directly or indirectly, a finance subsidiary (as such term is defined in Rule 3a-5 under the Investment Company Act of 1940) or other financing vehicle of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company in connection with the issuance by that entity of preferred securities or other securities that are eligible to qualify for Tier 1 capital treatment (or its then equivalent) for purposes of the capital adequacy guidelines of the Federal Reserve, as then in effect and applicable to the Company (or, if the Company is not a bank holding company, such guidelines applied to the Company as if the Company were subject to such guidelines); provided , however , that the inability of the Company to treat all or any portion of the Additional Junior Indebtedness as Tier 1 capital shall not disqualify it as Additional Junior Indebtedness if such inability results from the Company having cumulative preferred stock, minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries, or any other class of security or interest which the Federal Reserve now or may hereafter accord Tier 1 capital treatment (including the Debentures) in excess of the amount which may qualify for treatment as Tier 1 capital under applicable capital adequacy guidelines.

Additional Sums ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6.

 

1


Affiliate ” has the same meaning as given to that term in Rule 405 of the Securities Act or any successor rule thereunder.

Authenticating Agent ” means any agent or agents of the Trustee which at the time shall be appointed and acting pursuant to Section 6.12.

Bankruptcy Law ” means Title 11, U.S. Code, or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

Board of Directors ” means the board of directors or the executive committee or any other duly authorized designated officers of the Company.

Board Resolution ” means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification and delivered to the Trustee.

Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which banking institutions in New York City or Hartford, Connecticut are permitted or required by any applicable law to close.

Capital Securities ” means undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust which rank pari passu with Common Securities issued by the Trust; provided , however , that upon the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default (as defined in the Declaration), the rights of holders of such Common Securities to payment in respect of distributions and payments upon liquidation, redemption and otherwise are subordinated to the rights of holders of such Capital Securities.

Capital Securities Guarantee ” means the guarantee agreement that the Company enters into with U. S. Bank National Association, as guarantee trustee, or other Persons that operates directly or indirectly for the benefit of holders of Capital Securities of the Trust.

Capital Treatment Event ” means the receipt by the Company and the Trust of an opinion of counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that, as a result of the occurrence of any amendment to, or change (including any announced prospective change) in, the laws, rules or regulations of the United States or any political subdivision thereof or therein, or as the result of any official or administrative pronouncement or action or decision interpreting or applying such laws, rules or regulations, which amendment or change is effective or which pronouncement, action or decision is announced on or after the date of original issuance of the Debentures, there is more than an insubstantial risk that the Company will not, within 90 days of the date of such opinion, be entitled to treat an amount equal to the aggregate liquidation amount of the Capital Securities as “Tier 1 Capital” (or its then equivalent) for purposes of the capital adequacy guidelines of the Federal Reserve, as then in effect and applicable to the Company (or if the Company is not a bank holding company, such guidelines applied to the Company as if the Company were subject to such guidelines); provided , however , that the inability of the Company to treat all or any portion of the liquidation amount of the Capital Securities as Tier l Capital shall not constitute the basis for a Capital Treatment Event, if such inability results from the Company having cumulative preferred stock, minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries, or any other class of security or interest which the Federal Reserve or OTS, as applicable, may now or hereafter accord Tier 1 Capital treatment in excess of the amount which may now or hereafter qualify for treatment as Tier 1 Capital under applicable capital adequacy guidelines; provided further , however , that the distribution of Debentures in connection with the liquidation of the Trust shall not in and of itself constitute a Capital Treatment Event unless such liquidation shall have occurred in connection with a Tax Event or an Investment Company Event.

 

2


Certificate ” means a certificate signed by any one of the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer or the principal accounting officer of the Company.

Common Securities ” means undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust which rank pari passu with Capital Securities issued by the Trust; provided , however , that upon the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default (as defined in the Declaration), the rights of holders of such Common Securities to payment in respect of distributions and payments upon liquidation, redemption and otherwise are subordinated to the rights of holders of such Capital Securities.

Company ” means Plains Capital Corporation, a Texas corporation, and, subject to the provisions of Article XI, shall include its successors and assigns.

Coupon Rate ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8.

Debenture ” or “ Debentures ” has the meaning stated in the first recital of this Indenture.

Debenture Register ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.5.

Declaration ” means the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of the Trust, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

Default ” means any event, act or condition that with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

Defaulted Interest ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8.

Distribution Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8.

Determination Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.10.

Event of Default ” means any event specified in Section 5.1, continued for the period of time, if any, and after the giving of the notice, if any, therein designated.

Extension Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.11.

Federal Reserve ” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and any successor federal agency that is primarily responsible for regulating the activities of bank holding companies.

Indenture ” means this instrument as originally executed or, if amended or supplemented as herein provided, as so amended or supplemented, or both.

Institutional Trustee ” has the meaning set forth in the Declaration.

Interest Payment Date ” means each March 26, June 26, September 26 and December 26 during the term of this Indenture.

Interest Rate ” means for the period beginning on (and including) the date of original issuance and ending on (but excluding) June 26, 2003 the rate per annum of 4.41063% and for each Distribution Period thereafter, the Coupon Rate.

 

3


Investment Company Event ” means the receipt by the Company and the Trust of an opinion of counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that, as a result of the occurrence of a change in law or regulation or written change (including any announced prospective change) in interpretation or application of law or regulation by any legislative body, court, governmental agency or regulatory authority, there is more than an insubstantial risk that the Trust is or, within 90 days of the date of such opinion will be considered an “investment company” that is required to be registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended which change or prospective change becomes effective or would become effective, as the case may be, on or after the date of the issuance of the Debentures.

Liquidation Amount ” means the stated amount of $1,000.00 per Trust Security.

Maturity Date ” means March 26, 2033.

Officers’ Certificate ” means a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the Vice Chairman, the President, any Managing Director or any Vice President, and by the Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, the Comptroller, an Assistant Comptroller, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company, and delivered to the Trustee. Each such certificate shall include the statements provided for in Section 14.6 if and to the extent required by the provisions of such Section.

Opinion of Counsel ” means an opinion in writing signed by legal counsel, who may be an employee of or counsel to the Company, or may be other counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee. Each such opinion shall include the statements provided for in Section 14.6 if and to the extent required by the provisions of such Section.

OTS ” means the Office of Thrift Supervision and any successor federal agency that is primarily responsible for regulating the activities of savings and loan holding companies.

The term “ outstanding ,” when used with reference to Debentures, means, subject to the provisions of Section 7.4, as of any particular time, all Debentures authenticated and delivered by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent under this Indenture, except:

(a) Debentures theretofore canceled by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation;

(b) Debentures, or portions thereof, for the payment or redemption of which moneys in the necessary amount shall have been deposited in trust with the Trustee or with any paying agent (other than the Company) or shall have been set aside and segregated in trust by the Company (if the Company shall act as its own paying agent); provided , however , that, if such Debentures, or portions thereof, are to be redeemed prior to maturity thereof, notice of such redemption shall have been given as provided in Section 10.3 or provision satisfactory to the Trustee shall have been made for giving such notice; and

(c) Debentures paid pursuant to Section 2.6 or in lieu of or in substitution for which other Debentures shall have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to the terms of Section 2.6 unless proof satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee is presented that any such Debentures are held by bona fide holders in due course.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

Predecessor Security ” of any particular Debenture means every previous Debenture evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Debenture; and, for purposes of this definition, any Debenture authenticated and delivered under Section 2.6 in lieu of a lost, destroyed or stolen Debenture shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the lost, destroyed or stolen Debenture.

 

4


Principal Office of the Trustee ,” or other similar term, means the office of the Trustee, at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be principally administered, which at the time of the execution of this Indenture shall be 225 Asylum Street, Goodwin Square, Hartford, Connecticut 06103.

Redemption Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1.

Redemption Price ” means 100% of the principal amount of the Debentures being redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest (including any Additional Interest) on such Debentures to the Redemption Date.

Responsible Officer ” means, with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the Principal Office of the Trustee, including any vice-president, any assistant vice-president, any secretary, any assistant secretary, the treasurer, any assistant treasurer, any trust officer or other officer of the Principal Trust Office of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of that officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time or any successor legislation.

Securityholder ,” “holder of Debentures,” or other similar terms, means any Person in whose name at the time a particular Debenture is registered on the register kept by the Company or the Trustee for that purpose in accordance with the terms hereof.

Senior Indebtedness ” means, with respect to the Company, (i) the principal, premium, if any, and interest in respect of (A) indebtedness of the Company for money borrowed and (B) indebtedness evidenced by securities, debentures, notes, bonds or other similar instruments issued by the Company; (ii) all capital lease obligations of the Company; (iii) all obligations of the Company issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property, all conditional sale obligations of the Company and all obligations of the Company under any title retention agreement; (iv) all obligations of the Company for the reimbursement of any letter of credit, any banker’s acceptance, any security purchase facility, any repurchase agreement or similar arrangement, any interest rate swap, any other hedging arrangement, any obligation under options or any similar credit or other transaction; (v) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (iv) above of other Persons for the payment of which the Company is responsible or liable as obligor, guarantor or otherwise; and (vi) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (v) above of other Persons secured by any lien on any property or asset of the Company (whether or not such obligation is assumed by the Company), whether incurred on or prior to the date of this Indenture or thereafter incurred. Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Senior Indebtedness” shall not include (1) any Additional Junior Indebtedness, (2) Debentures issued pursuant to this Indenture and guarantees in respect of such Debentures, (3) trade accounts payable of the Company arising in the ordinary course of business (such trade accounts payable being pari passu in right of payment to the Debentures), or (4) obligations with respect to which (a) in the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding, it is provided that such obligations are pari passu , junior or otherwise not superior in right of payment to the Debentures and (b) the Company, prior to the issuance thereof, has notified (and, if then required under the applicable guidelines of the regulating entity, has received approval from) the Federal Reserve (if the Company is a bank holding company) or the OTS (if the Company is a savings and loan holding company). Senior Indebtedness shall continue to be Senior Indebtedness and be entitled to the subordination provisions irrespective of any amendment, modification or waiver of any term of such Senior Indebtedness.

 

5


Special Event ” means any of a Capital Treatment Event, an Investment Company Event or a Tax Event.

Special Redemption Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2.

Special Redemption Price ” means (i) 107.5% of the principal amount of the Debentures being redeemed on a Special Redemption Date that occurs before March 26, 2008 and (ii) 100% of the principal amount of the Debentures being redeemed on a Special Redemption Date that occurs on March 26, 2008 or after, plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest (including any Additional Interest) on such Debentures to the Special Redemption Date.

Subsidiary ” means with respect to any Person, (i) any corporation at least a majority of the outstanding voting stock of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person or by one or more of its Subsidiaries, or by such Person and one or more of its Subsidiaries, (ii) any general partnership, joint venture or similar entity, at least a majority of the outstanding partnership or similar interests of which shall at the time be owned by such Person, or by one or more of its Subsidiaries, or by such Person and one or more of its Subsidiaries and (iii) any limited partnership of which such Person or any of its Subsidiaries is a general partner. For the purposes of this definition, “voting stock” means shares, interests, participations or other equivalents in the equity interest (however designated) in such Person having ordinary voting power for the election of a majority of the directors (or the equivalent) of such Person, other than shares, interests, participations or other equivalents having such power only by reason of the occurrence of a contingency.

Tax Event ” means the receipt by the Company and the Trust of an opinion of counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that, as a result of any amendment to or change (including any announced prospective change) in the laws or any regulations thereunder of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein, or as a result of any official administrative pronouncement (including any private letter ruling, technical advice memorandum, field service advice, regulatory procedure, notice or announcement, including any notice or announcement of intent to adopt such procedures or regulations) (an “ Administrative Action ”) or judicial decision interpreting or applying such laws or regulations, regardless of whether such Administrative Action or judicial decision is issued to or in connection with a proceeding involving the Company or the Trust and whether or not subject to review or appeal, which amendment, clarification, change, Administrative Action or decision is enacted, promulgated or announced, in each case on or after the date of original issuance of the Debentures, there is more than an insubstantial risk that: (i) the Trust is, or will be within 90 days of the date of such opinion, subject to United States federal income tax with respect to income received or accrued on the Debentures; (ii) interest payable by the Company on the Debentures is not, or within 90 days of the date of such opinion, will not be, deductible by the Company, in whole or in part, for United States federal income tax purposes; or (iii) the Trust is, or will be within 90 days of the date of such opinion, subject to more than a de minimis amount of other taxes, duties or other governmental charges.

3-Month LIBOR ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.10.

Telerate Page 3750 ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.10.

Trust ” shall mean PCC Statutory Trust II, a Connecticut statutory trust, or any other similar trust created for the purpose of issuing Capital Securities in connection with the issuance of Debentures under this Indenture, of which the Company is the sponsor.

Trust Securities ” means Common Securities and Capital Securities of the Trust.

 

6


Trustee ” means U. S. Bank National Association, and, subject to the provisions of Article VI hereof, shall also include its successors and assigns as Trustee hereunder.

ARTICLE II.

DEBENTURES

Section 2.1. Authentication and Dating .  Upon the execution and delivery of this Indenture, or from time to time thereafter, Debentures in an aggregate principal amount not in excess of $18,042,000.00 may be executed and delivered by the Company to the Trustee for authentication, and the Trustee shall thereupon authenticate and make available for delivery said Debentures to or upon the written order of the Company, signed by its Chairman of the Board of Directors, Chief Executive Officer, Vice Chairman, the President, one of its Managing Directors or one of its Vice Presidents without any further action by the Company hereunder. In authenticating such Debentures, and accepting the additional responsibilities under this Indenture in relation to such Debentures, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and (subject to Section 6.1) shall be fully protected in relying upon:

(a) a copy of any Board Resolution or Board Resolutions relating thereto and, if applicable, an appropriate record of any action taken pursuant to such resolution, in each case certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company, as the case may be; and

(b) an Opinion of Counsel prepared in accordance with Section 14.6 which shall also state:

(1) that such Debentures, when authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and issued by the Company in each case in the manner and subject to any conditions specified in such Opinion of Counsel, will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Company, subject to or limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, conservatorship, receivership, moratorium and other statutory or decisional laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights or the reorganization of financial institutions (including, without limitation, preference and fraudulent conveyance or transfer laws), heretofore or hereafter enacted or in effect, affecting the rights of creditors generally; and

(2) that all laws and requirements in respect of the execution and delivery by the Company of the Debentures have been complied with and that authentication and delivery of the Debentures by the Trustee will not violate the terms of this Indenture.

The Trustee shall have the right to decline to authenticate and deliver any Debentures under this Section if the Trustee, being advised in writing by counsel, determines that such action may not lawfully be taken or if a Responsible Officer of the Trustee in good faith shall determine that such action would expose the Trustee to personal liability to existing holders.

The definitive Debentures shall be typed, printed, lithographed or engraved on steel engraved borders or may be produced in any other manner, all as determined by the officers executing such Debentures, as evidenced by their execution of such Debentures.

 

7


Section 2.2. Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication .  The Trustee’s certificate of authentication on all Debentures shall be in substantially the following form:

This is one of the Debentures referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

U. S. Bank National Association, as Trustee

 

  By    
  Authorized Signer

Section 2.3. Form and Denomination of Debentures .  The Debentures shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto. The Debentures shall be in registered, certificated form without coupons and in minimum denominations of $100,000.00 and any multiple of $1,000.00 in excess thereof. Any attempted transfer of the Debentures in a block having an aggregate principal amount of less than $100,000.00 shall be deemed to be void and of no legal effect whatsoever. Any such purported transferee shall be deemed not to be a holder of such Debentures for any purpose, including, but not limited to the receipt of payments on such Debentures, and such purported transferee shall be deemed to have no interest whatsoever in such Debentures. The Debentures shall be numbered, lettered, or otherwise distinguished in such manner or in accordance with such plans as the officers executing the same may determine with the approval of the Trustee as evidenced by the execution and authentication thereof.

Section 2.4. Execution of Debentures .  The Debentures shall be signed in the name and on behalf of the Company by the manual or facsimile signature of its Chairman of the Board of Directors, Chief Executive Officer, Vice Chairman, President, one of its Managing Directors or one of its Executive Vice Presidents, Senior Vice Presidents or Vice Presidents. Only such Debentures as shall bear thereon a certificate of authentication substantially in the form herein before recited, executed by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent by the manual signature of an authorized signer, shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose. Such certificate by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent upon any Debenture executed by the Company shall be conclusive evidence that the Debenture so authenticated has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder and that the holder is entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.

In case any officer of the Company who shall have signed any of the Debentures shall cease to be such officer before the Debentures so signed shall have been authenticated and delivered by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent, or disposed of by the Company, such Debentures nevertheless may be authenticated and delivered or disposed of as though the Person who signed such Debentures had not ceased to be such officer of the Company; and any Debenture may be signed on behalf of the Company by such Persons as, at the actual date of the execution of such Debenture, shall be the proper officers of the Company, although at the date of the execution of this Indenture any such person was not such an officer.

Every Debenture shall be dated the date of its authentication.

Section 2.5. Exchange and Registration of Transfer of Debentures .  The Company shall cause to be kept, at the office or agency maintained for the purpose of registration of transfer and for exchange as provided in Section 3.2, a register (the “ Debenture Register ”) for the Debentures issued hereunder in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Company shall provide for the registration and transfer of all Debentures as in this Article II provided. The Debenture Register shall be in written form or in any other form capable of being converted into written form within a reasonable time.

Debentures to be exchanged may be surrendered at the Principal Office of the Trustee or at any office or agency to be maintained by the Company for such purpose as provided in Section 3.2, and the Company shall execute, the Company or the Trustee shall register and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and make available for delivery in exchange therefor the

 

8


Debenture or Debentures which the Securityholder making the exchange shall be entitled to receive. Upon due presentment for registration of transfer of any Debenture at the Principal Office of the Trustee or at any office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose as provided in Section 3.2, the Company shall execute, the Company or the Trustee shall register and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and make available for delivery in the name of the transferee or transferees a new Debenture for a like aggregate principal amount. Registration or registration of transfer of any Debenture by the Trustee or by any agent of the Company appointed pursuant to Section 3.2, and delivery of such Debenture, shall be deemed to complete the registration or registration of transfer of such Debenture.

All Debentures presented for registration of transfer or for exchange or payment shall (if so required by the Company or the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent) be duly endorsed by, or be accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent duly executed by the holder or his attorney duly authorized in writing.

No service charge shall be made for any exchange or registration of transfer of Debentures, but the Company or the Trustee may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax, fee or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection therewith.

The Company or the Trustee shall not be required to exchange or register a transfer of any Debenture for a period of 15 days next preceding the date of selection of Debentures for redemption.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Debentures may not be transferred except in compliance with the restricted securities legend set forth below, unless otherwise determined by the Company, upon the advice of counsel expert in securities law, in accordance with applicable law:

THIS SECURITY IS NOT A SAVINGS ACCOUNT OR DEPOSIT AND IT IS NOT INSURED BY THE UNITED STATES OR ANY AGENCY OR FUND OF THE UNITED STATES, INCLUDING THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION.

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAW. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A SO LONG AS THIS SECURITY IS ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144A, (D) TO A NON-U.S. PERSON IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 (AS APPLICABLE) OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (A) OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR

 

9


(F) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO IT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INDENTURE, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE COMPANY.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF ALSO AGREES, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”) (EACH A “PLAN”), OR AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” BY REASON OF ANY PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY, AND NO PERSON INVESTING “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY PLAN MAY ACQUIRE OR HOLD THE SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER OR HOLDER IS ELIGIBLE FOR EXEMPTIVE RELIEF AVAILABLE UNDER U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR PROHIBITED TRANSACTION CLASS EXEMPTION 96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1 OR 84-14 OR ANOTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTION OR ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY IS NOT PROHIBITED BY SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE WITH RESPECT TO SUCH PURCHASE OR HOLDING. ANY PURCHASER OR HOLDER OF THE SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED BY ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING THEREOF THAT EITHER (i) IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 3(3) OF ERISA, OR A PLAN TO WHICH SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE IS APPLICABLE, A TRUSTEE OR OTHER PERSON ACTING ON BEHALF OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY USING THE ASSETS OF ANY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN TO FINANCE SUCH PURCHASE, OR (ii) SUCH PURCHASE WILL NOT RESULT IN A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE FOR WHICH THERE IS NO APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE EXEMPTION.

THIS SECURITY WILL BE ISSUED AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN BLOCKS HAVING AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOT LESS THAN $100,000.00 AND MULTIPLES OF $1,000.00 IN EXCESS THEREOF. ANY ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY IN A BLOCK HAVING AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF LESS THAN $100,000.00 SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE VOID AND OF NO LEGAL EFFECT WHATSOEVER.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY AGREES THAT IT WILL COMPLY WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

Section 2.6. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Debentures .  In case any Debenture shall become mutilated or be destroyed, lost or stolen, the Company shall execute, and upon its written request the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, a new Debenture bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding, in exchange and substitution for the mutilated Debenture, or in lieu of and in substitution for the Debenture so destroyed, lost or stolen. In every case the applicant for a substituted Debenture shall furnish to the Company and the Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless, and, in every case of destruction, loss or theft, the applicant shall also furnish to the Company and the Trustee evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of such Debenture and of the ownership thereof.

 

10


The Trustee may authenticate any such substituted Debenture and deliver the same upon the written request or authorization of any officer of the Company. Upon the issuance of any substituted Debenture, the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses connected therewith. In case any Debenture which has matured or is about to mature or has been called for redemption in full shall become mutilated or be destroyed, lost or stolen, the Company may, instead of issuing a substitute Debenture, pay or authorize the payment of the same (without surrender thereof except in the case of a mutilated Debenture) if the applicant for such payment shall furnish to the Company and the Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless and, in case of destruction, loss or theft, evidence satisfactory to the Company and to the Trustee of the destruction, loss or theft of such Debenture and of the ownership thereof.

Every substituted Debenture issued pursuant to the provisions of this Section 2.6 by virtue of the fact that any such Debenture is destroyed, lost or stolen shall constitute an additional contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Debenture shall be found at any time, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Debentures duly issued hereunder. All Debentures shall be held and owned upon the express condition that, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the foregoing provisions are exclusive with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Debentures and shall preclude any and all other rights or remedies notwithstanding any law or statute existing or hereafter enacted to the contrary with respect to the replacement or payment of negotiable instruments or other securities without their surrender.

Section 2.7. Temporary Debentures .  Pending the preparation of definitive Debentures, the Company may execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery temporary Debentures that are typed, printed or lithographed. Temporary Debentures shall be issuable in any authorized denomination, and substantially in the form of the definitive Debentures in lieu of which they are issued but with such omissions, insertions and variations as may be appropriate for temporary Debentures, all as may be determined by the Company. Every such temporary Debenture shall be executed by the Company and be authenticated by the Trustee upon the same conditions and in substantially the same manner, and with the same effect, as the definitive Debentures. Without unreasonable delay the Company will execute and deliver to the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent definitive Debentures and thereupon any or all temporary Debentures may be surrendered in exchange therefor, at the principal corporate trust office of the Trustee or at any office or agency maintained by the Company for such purpose as provided in Section 3.2, and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and make available for delivery in exchange for such temporary Debentures a like aggregate principal amount of such definitive Debentures. Such exchange shall be made by the Company at its own expense and without any charge therefor except that in case of any such exchange involving a registration of transfer the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax, fee or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto. Until so exchanged, the temporary Debentures shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Debentures authenticated and delivered hereunder.

Section 2.8. Payment of Interest and Additional Interest .  Interest at the Interest Rate and any Additional Interest on any Debenture that is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date for Debentures shall be paid to the Person in whose name said Debenture (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the regular record date for such interest installment except that interest and any Additional Interest payable on the Maturity Date shall be paid to the Person to whom principal is paid.

 

11


Each Debenture shall bear interest for the period beginning on (and including) the date of original issuance and ending on (but excluding) June 26, 2003 at a rate per annum of 4.41063%, and shall bear interest for each successive period beginning on (and including) June 26, 2003, and each succeeding Interest Payment Date, and ending on (but excluding) the next succeeding Interest Payment Date (each, a “ Distribution Period ”) at a rate per annum equal to the 3-Month LIBOR, determined as described in Section 2.10, plus 3.15% (the “ Coupon Rate ”); provided , however , that prior to March 26, 2008, the Coupon Rate shall not exceed 11.75%, applied to the principal amount thereof, until the principal thereof becomes due and payable, and on any overdue principal and to the extent that payment of such interest is enforceable under applicable law (without duplication) on any overdue installment of interest (including Additional Interest) at the Interest Rate in effect for each applicable period compounded quarterly. Interest shall be payable (subject to any relevant Extension Period) quarterly in arrears on each Interest Payment Date with the first installment of interest to be paid on June 26, 2003.

Any interest on any Debenture, including Additional Interest, that is payable, but is not punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date (herein called “ Defaulted Interest ”) shall forthwith cease to be payable to the registered holder on the relevant regular record date by virtue of having been such holder; and such Defaulted Interest shall be paid by the Company to the Persons in whose names such Debentures (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered at the close of business on a special record date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner: the Company shall notify the Trustee in writing at least 25 days prior to the date of the proposed payment of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each such Debenture and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this clause provided. Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a special record date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest which shall not be more than 15 nor less than 10 days prior to the date of the proposed payment and not less than 10 days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of such special record date and, in the name and at the expense of the Company, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the special record date therefor to be mailed, first class postage prepaid, to each Securityholder at its address as it appears in the Debenture Register, not less than 10 days prior to such special record date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the special record date therefor having been mailed as aforesaid, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid to the Persons in whose names such Debentures (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered on such special record date and shall be no longer payable.

The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest on any Debentures in any other lawful manner after notice given by the Company to the Trustee of the proposed payment method; provided , however , the Trustee in its sole discretion deems such payment method to be practical.

Any interest (including Additional Interest) scheduled to become payable on an Interest Payment Date occurring during an Extension Period shall not be Defaulted Interest and shall be payable on such other date as may be specified in the terms of such Debentures.

The term “regular record date” as used in this Section shall mean the close of business on the 15 th calendar day next preceding the applicable Interest Payment Date.

Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section, each Debenture delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Debenture shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, that were carried by such other Debenture.

 

12


Section 2.9. Cancellation of Debentures Paid, etc .  All Debentures surrendered for the purpose of payment, redemption, exchange or registration of transfer, shall, if surrendered to the Company or any paying agent, be surrendered to the Trustee and promptly canceled by it, or, if surrendered to the Trustee or any Authenticating Agent, shall be promptly canceled by it, and no Debentures shall be issued in lieu thereof except as expressly permitted by any of the provisions of this Indenture. All Debentures canceled by any Authenticating Agent shall be delivered to the Trustee. The Trustee shall destroy all canceled Debentures unless the Company otherwise directs the Trustee in writing. If the Company shall acquire any of the Debentures, however, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the indebtedness represented by such Debentures unless and until the same are surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation.

Section 2.10. Computation of Interest .  The amount of interest payable for the Distribution Period commencing on June 26, 2003 and each succeeding Distribution Period will be calculated by applying the Interest Rate to the principal amount outstanding at the commencement of the Distribution Period and multiplying each such amount by the actual number of days in the Distribution Period concerned divided by 360. In the event that any date on which interest is payable on the Debentures is not a Business Day, then payment of interest payable on such date shall be made on the next succeeding day which is a Business Day (and without any interest or other payment in respect of any such delay), except that, if such Business Day is in the next succeeding calendar year, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day, in each case with the same force and effect as if made on the date such payment was originally payable. All percentages resulting from any calculations on the Debentures will be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point, with five one-millionths of a percentage point rounded upward (e.g., 9.876545% (or .09876545) being rounded to 9.87655% (or .0987655), and all dollar amounts used in or resulting from such calculation will be rounded to the nearest cent (with one-half cent being rounded upward)).

(a) “ 3-Month LIBOR ” means the London interbank offered interest rate for three-month, U.S. dollar deposits determined by the Trustee in the following order of priority:

(1) the rate (expressed as a percentage per annum) for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity that appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date (as defined below). “Telerate Page 3750” means the display designated as “Page 3750” on the Dow Jones Telerate Service or such other page as may replace Page 3750 on that service or such other service or services as may be nominated by the British Bankers’ Association as the information vendor for the purpose of displaying London interbank offered rates for U.S. dollar deposits;

(2) if such rate cannot be identified on the related Determination Date, the Trustee will request the principal London offices of four leading banks in the London interbank market to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to prime banks in the London interbank market for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such Determination Date. If at least two quotations are provided, 3-Month LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations;

(3) if fewer than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause (2) above, the Trustee will request four major New York City banks to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to leading European banks for loans in U.S. dollars as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such Determination Date. If at least two such quotations are provided, 3-Month LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations; and

(4) if fewer than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause (3) above, 3-Month LIBOR will be a 3-Month LIBOR determined with respect to the Distribution Period immediately preceding such current Distribution Period.

 

13


If the rate for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity that initially appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date is superseded on the Telerate Page 3750 by a corrected rate by 12:00 noon (London time) on such Determination Date, then the corrected rate as so substituted on the applicable page will be the applicable 3-Month LIBOR for such Determination Date.

(b) The Interest Rate for any Distribution Period will at no time be higher than the maximum rate then permitted by New York law as the same may be modified by United States law.

(c) “ Determination Date ” means the date that is two London Banking Days (i.e., a business day in which dealings in deposits in U.S. dollars are transacted in the London interbank market) preceding the particular Distribution Period for which a Coupon Rate is being determined.

(d) The Trustee shall notify the Company, the Institutional Trustee and any securities exchange or interdealer quotation system on which the Capital Securities are listed, of the Coupon Rate and the Determination Date for each Distribution Period, in each case as soon as practicable after the determination thereof but in no event later than the thirtieth (30th) day of the relevant Distribution Period. Failure to notify the Company, the Institutional Trustee or any securities exchange or interdealer quotation system, or any defect in said notice, shall not affect the obligation of the Company to make payment on the Debentures at the applicable Coupon Rate. Any error in the calculation of the Coupon Rate by the Trustee may be corrected at any time by notice delivered as above provided. Upon the request of a holder of a Debenture, the Trustee shall provide the Coupon Rate then in effect and, if determined, the Coupon Rate for the next Distribution Period.

(e) Subject to the corrective rights set forth above, all certificates, communications, opinions, determinations, calculations, quotations and decisions given, expressed, made or obtained for the purposes of the provisions relating to the payment and calculation of interest on the Debentures and distributions on the Capital Securities by the Trustee or the Institutional Trustee will (in the absence of willful default, bad faith and manifest error) be final, conclusive and binding on the Trust, the Company and all of the holders of the Debentures and the Capital Securities, and no liability shall (in the absence of willful default, bad faith or manifest error) attach to the Trustee or the Institutional Trustee in connection with the exercise or non-exercise by either of them or their respective powers, duties and discretion.

Section 2.11. Extension of Interest Payment Period .  So long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Company shall have the right, from time to time, and without causing an Event of Default, to defer payments of interest on the Debentures by extending the interest payment period on the Debentures at any time and from time to time during the term of the Debentures, for up to 20 consecutive quarterly periods (each such extended interest payment period, an “ Extension Period ”), during which Extension Period no interest (including Additional Interest) shall be due and payable (except any Additional Sums that may be due and payable). No Extension Period may end on a date other than an Interest Payment Date. During an Extension Period, interest will continue to accrue on the Debentures, and interest on such accrued interest will accrue at an annual rate equal to the Interest Rate in effect for such Extension Period, compounded quarterly from the date such interest would have been payable were it not for the Extension Period, to the extent permitted by law (such interest referred to herein as “ Additional Interest ”). At the end of any such Extension Period the Company shall pay all interest then accrued and unpaid on the Debentures (together with Additional Interest thereon); provided , however , that no Extension Period may extend beyond the Maturity Date; provided further , however , that during any such Extension Period, the Company shall not and shall not permit any Affiliate to (i) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire, or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of the Company’s or such Affiliate’s capital stock (other than payments of dividends or distributions to the Company or payments of dividends from direct or

 

14


indirect subsidiaries of the Company to their parent corporations, which also shall be direct or indirect subsidiaries of the Company) or make any guarantee payments with respect to the foregoing or (ii) make any payment of principal of or interest or premium, if any, on or repay, repurchase or redeem any debt securities of the Company or any Affiliate that rank pari passu in all respects with or junior in interest to the Debentures (other than, with respect to clauses (i) or (ii) above, (a) repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of shares of capital stock of the Company in connection with any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants, in connection with a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock purchase plan or in connection with the issuance of capital stock of the Company (or securities convertible into or exercisable for such capital stock) as consideration in an acquisition transaction entered into prior to the applicable Extension Period, (b) as a result of any exchange or conversion of any class or series of the Company’s capital stock (or any capital stock of a subsidiary of the Company) for any class or series of the Company’s capital stock or of any class or series of the Company’s indebtedness for any class or series of the Company’s capital stock, (c) the purchase of fractional interests in shares of the Company’s capital stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such capital stock or the security being converted or exchanged, (d) any declaration of a dividend in connection with any stockholders’ rights plan, or the issuance of rights, stock or other property under any stockholders’ rights plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto, (e) any dividend in the form of stock, warrants, options or other rights where the dividend stock or the stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants, options or other rights is the same stock as that on which the dividend is being paid or ranks pari passu with or junior to such stock and any cash payments in lieu of fractional shares issued in connection therewith, (f) payments of principal or interest on debt securities or payments of cash dividends or distributions on any capital stock issued by an Affiliate that is not, in whole or in part, a subsidiary of the Company (or any redemptions, repurchases or liquidation payments on such stock or securities), or (g) payments under the Capital Securities Guarantee). Prior to the termination of any Extension Period, the Company may further extend such period, provided that such period together with all such previous and further consecutive extensions thereof shall not exceed 20 consecutive quarterly periods, or extend beyond the Maturity Date. Upon the termination of any Extension Period and upon the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, the Company may commence a new Extension Period, subject to the foregoing requirements. No interest or Additional Interest shall be due and payable during an Extension Period, except at the end thereof, but each installment of interest that would otherwise have been due and payable during such Extension Period shall bear Additional Interest to the extent permitted by applicable law. The Company must give the Trustee notice of its election to begin or extend an Extension Period at least 5 Business Days prior to the regular record date (as such term is used in Section 2.8) immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date with respect to which interest on the Debentures would have been payable except for the election to begin or extend such Extension Period. The Trustee shall give notice of the Company’s election to begin a new Extension Period to the Securityholders.

Section 2.12. CUSIP Numbers .  The Company in issuing the Debentures may use “CUSIP” numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Securityholders; provided , however , that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Debentures or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Debentures, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the CUSIP numbers.

 

15


ARTICLE III.

PARTICULAR COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

Section 3.1. Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest; Agreed Treatment of the Debentures .

(a) The Company covenants and agrees that it will duly pay or cause to be paid the principal of and premium, if any, and interest and any Additional Interest and other payments on the Debentures at the place, at the respective times and in the manner provided in this Indenture and the Debentures. Each installment of interest on the Debentures may be paid (i) by mailing checks for such interest payable to the order of the holders of Debentures entitled thereto as they appear on the registry books of the Company if a request for a wire transfer has not been received by the Company or (ii) by wire transfer to any account with a banking institution located in the United States designated in writing by such Person to the paying agent no later than the related record date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as the holder of this Debenture is the Institutional Trustee, the payment of the principal of and interest on this Debenture will be made in immediately available funds at such place and to such account as may be designated by the Institutional Trustee.

(b) Subject to applicable law, the Company will treat the Debentures as indebtedness, and the amounts payable in respect of the principal amount of such Debentures as interest, for all United States federal income tax purposes. All payments in respect of such Debentures will be made free and clear of United States withholding tax to any beneficial owner thereof that has provided an Internal Revenue Service Form W8 BEN (or any substitute or successor form) establishing its non-United States status for United States federal income tax purposes.

(c) As of the date of this Indenture, the Company has no present intention to exercise its right under Section 2.11 to defer payments of interest on the Debentures by commencing an Extension Period.

(d) As of the date of this Indenture, the Company believes that the likelihood that it would exercise its right under Section 2.11 to defer payments of interest on the Debentures by commencing an Extension Period at any time during which the Debentures are outstanding is remote because of the restrictions that would be imposed on the Company’s ability to declare or pay dividends or distributions on, or to redeem, purchase or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of its outstanding equity and on the Company’s ability to make any payments of principal of or interest on, or repurchase or redeem, any of its debt securities that rank pari passu in all respects with (or junior in interest to) the Debentures.

Section 3.2. Offices for Notices and Payments, etc .  So long as any of the Debentures remain outstanding, the Company will maintain in Hartford, Connecticut, an office or agency where the Debentures may be presented for payment, an office or agency where the Debentures may be presented for registration of transfer and for exchange as in this Indenture provided and an office or agency where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Debentures or of this Indenture may be served. The Company will give to the Trustee written notice of the location of any such office or agency and of any change of location thereof. Until otherwise designated from time to time by the Company in a notice to the Trustee, or specified as contemplated by Section 2.5, such office or agency for all of the above purposes shall be the office or agency of the Trustee. In case the Company shall fail to maintain any such office or agency in Hartford, Connecticut, or shall fail to give such notice of the location or of any change in the location thereof, presentations and demands may be made and notices may be served at the Principal Office of the Trustee.

 

16


In addition to any such office or agency, the Company may from time to time designate one or more offices or agencies outside Hartford, Connecticut, where the Debentures may be presented for registration of transfer and for exchange in the manner provided in this Indenture, and the Company may from time to time rescind such designation, as the Company may deem desirable or expedient; provided , however , that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain any such office or agency in Hartford, Connecticut, for the purposes above mentioned. The Company will give to the Trustee prompt written notice of any such designation or rescission thereof.

Section 3.3. Appointments to Fill Vacancies in Trustee’s Office .  The Company, whenever necessary to avoid or fill a vacancy in the office of Trustee, will appoint, in the manner provided in Section 6.9, a Trustee, so that there shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder.

Section 3.4. Provision as to Paying Agent .

(a) If the Company shall appoint a paying agent other than the Trustee, it will cause such paying agent to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provision of this Section 3.4,

(1) that it will hold all sums held by it as such agent for the payment of the principal of and premium, if any, or interest, if any, on the Debentures (whether such sums have been paid to it by the Company or by any other obligor on the Debentures) in trust for the benefit of the holders of the Debentures;

(2) that it will give the Trustee prompt written notice of any failure by the Company (or by any other obligor on the Debentures) to make any payment of the principal of and premium, if any, or interest, if any, on the Debentures when the same shall be due and payable; and

(3) that it will, at any time during the continuance of any Event of Default, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held in trust by such paying agent.

(b) If the Company shall act as its own paying agent, it will, on or before each due date of the principal of and premium, if any, or interest or other payments, if any, on the Debentures, set aside, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the holders of the Debentures a sum sufficient to pay such principal, premium, interest or other payments so becoming due and will notify the Trustee in writing of any failure to take such action and of any failure by the Company (or by any other obligor under the Debentures) to make any payment of the principal of and premium, if any, or interest or other payments, if any, on the Debentures when the same shall become due and payable.

Whenever the Company shall have one or more paying agents for the Debentures, it will, on or prior to each due date of the principal of and premium, if any, or interest, if any, on the Debentures, deposit with a paying agent a sum sufficient to pay the principal, premium, interest or other payments so becoming due, such sum to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto and (unless such paying agent is the Trustee) the Company shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of its action or failure to act.

(c) Anything in this Section 3.4 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company may, at any time, for the purpose of obtaining a satisfaction and discharge with respect to the Debentures, or for any other reason, pay, or direct any paying agent to pay to the Trustee all sums held in trust by the Company or any such paying agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the trusts herein contained.

(d) Anything in this Section 3.4 to the contrary notwithstanding, the agreement to hold sums in trust as provided in this Section 3.4 is subject to Sections 12.3 and 12.4.

 

17


Section 3.5. Certificate to Trustee .  The Company will deliver to the Trustee on or before 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, so long as Debentures are outstanding hereunder, a Certificate stating that in the course of the performance by the signers of their duties as officers of the Company they would normally have knowledge of any default during such fiscal year by the Company in the performance of any covenants contained herein, stating whether or not they have knowledge of any such default and, if so, specifying each such default of which the signers have knowledge and the nature and status thereof.

Section 3.6. Additional Sums .  If and for so long as the Trust is the holder of all Debentures and the Trust is required to pay any additional taxes (including withholding taxes), duties, assessments or other governmental charges as a result of a Tax Event, the Company will pay such additional amounts (“ Additional Sums ”) on the Debentures as shall be required so that the net amounts received and retained by the Trust after paying taxes (including withholding taxes), duties, assessments or other governmental charges will be equal to the amounts the Trust would have received if no such taxes, duties, assessments or other governmental charges had been imposed. Whenever in this Indenture or the Debentures there is a reference in any context to the payment of principal of or interest on the Debentures, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of payments of the Additional Sums provided for in this paragraph to the extent that, in such context, Additional Sums are, were or would be payable in respect thereof pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph and express mention of the payment of Additional Sums (if applicable) in any provisions hereof shall not be construed as excluding Additional Sums in those provisions hereof where such express mention is not made; provided , however , that the deferral of the payment of interest during an Extension Period pursuant to Section 2.11 shall not defer the payment of any Additional Sums that may be due and payable.

Section 3.7. Compliance with Consolidation Provisions .  The Company will not, while any of the Debentures remain outstanding, consolidate with, or merge into, or merge into itself, or sell or convey all or substantially all of its property to any other Person unless the provisions of Article XI hereof are complied with.

Section 3.8. Limitation on Dividends .  If Debentures are initially issued to the Trust or a trustee of such Trust in connection with the issuance of Trust Securities by the Trust (regardless of whether Debentures continue to be held by such Trust) and (i) there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default, (ii) the Company shall be in default with respect to its payment of any obligations under the Capital Securities Guarantee, or (iii) the Company shall have given notice of its election to defer payments of interest on the Debentures by extending the interest payment period as provided herein and such Extension Period, or any extension thereof, shall be continuing, then the Company shall not, and shall not allow any Affiliate of the Company to, (x) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire, or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of the Company’s capital stock or its Affiliates’ capital stock (other than payments of dividends or distributions to the Company or payments of dividends from direct or indirect subsidiaries of the Company to their parent corporations, which also shall be direct or indirect subsidiaries of the Company) or make any guarantee payments with respect to the foregoing or (y) make any payment of principal of or interest or premium, if any, on or repay, repurchase or redeem any debt securities of the Company or any Affiliate that rank pari passu in all respects with or junior in interest to the Debentures (other than, with respect to clauses (x) and (y) above, (1) repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of shares of capital stock of the Company in connection with any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants, in connection with a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock purchase plan or in connection with the issuance of capital stock of the Company (or securities convertible into or exercisable for such capital stock) as consideration in an acquisition transaction entered into prior to the applicable Extension Period, if any, (2) as a result of any exchange or conversion of any class or series of the Company’s capital stock

 

18


(or any capital stock of a subsidiary of the Company) for any class or series of the Company’s capital stock or of any class or series of the Company’s indebtedness for any class or series of the Company’s capital stock, (3) the purchase of fractional interests in shares of the Company’s capital stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such capital stock or the security being converted or exchanged, (4) any declaration of a dividend in connection with any stockholders’ rights plan, or the issuance of rights, stock or other property under any stockholders’ rights plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto, (5) any dividend in the form of stock, warrants, options or other rights where the dividend stock or the stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants, options or other rights is the same stock as that on which the dividend is being paid or ranks pari passu with or junior to such stock and any cash payments in lieu of fractional shares issued in connection therewith, (6) payments of principal or interest on debt securities or payments of cash dividends or distributions on any capital stock issued by an Affiliate that is not, in whole or in part, a subsidiary of the Company (or any redemptions, repurchases or liquidation payments on such stock or securities), or (7) payments under the Capital Securities Guarantee).

Section 3.9. Covenants as to the Trust .  For so long as the Trust Securities remain outstanding, the Company shall maintain 100% ownership of the Common Securities; provided , however , that any permitted successor of the Company under this Indenture may succeed to the Company’s ownership of such Common Securities. The Company, as owner of the Common Securities, shall, except in connection with a distribution of Debentures to the holders of Trust Securities in liquidation of the Trust, the redemption of all of the Trust Securities or certain mergers, consolidations or amalgamations, each as permitted by the Declaration, cause the Trust (a) to remain a statutory trust, (b) to otherwise continue to be classified as a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes, and (c) to cause each holder of Trust Securities to be treated as owning an undivided beneficial interest in the Debentures.

Section 3.10. Additional Junior Indebtedness .  The Company shall not, and it shall not cause or permit any Subsidiary of the Company to, incur, issue or be obligated on any Additional Junior Indebtedness, either directly or indirectly, by way of guarantee, suretyship or otherwise, other than Additional Junior Indebtedness (i) that, by its terms, is expressly stated to be either junior and subordinate or pari passu in all respects to the Debentures, and (ii) of which the Company has notified (and, if then required under the applicable guidelines of the regulating entity, has received approval from) the Federal Reserve, if the Company is a bank holding company, or the OTS, if the Company is a savings and loan holding company.

ARTICLE IV.

SECURITYHOLDERS’ LISTS AND REPORTS

BY THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE

Section 4.1. Securityholders’ Lists .  The Company covenants and agrees that it will furnish or caused to be furnished to the Trustee:

(a) on each regular record date for the Debentures, a list, in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Securityholders of the Debentures as of such record date; and

(b) at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, within 30 days after the receipt by the Company of any such request, a list of similar form and content as of a date not more than 15 days prior to the time such list is furnished;

except that no such lists need be furnished under this Section 4.1 so long as the Trustee is in possession thereof by reason of its acting as Debenture registrar.

 

19


Section 4.2. Preservation and Disclosure of Lists .

(a) The Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably practicable, all information as to the names and addresses of the holders of Debentures (1) contained in the most recent list furnished to it as provided in Section 4.1 or (2) received by it in the capacity of Debentures registrar (if so acting) hereunder. The Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided in Section 4.1 upon receipt of a new list so furnished.

(b) In case three or more holders of Debentures (hereinafter referred to as “applicants”) apply in writing to the Trustee and furnish to the Trustee reasonable proof that each such applicant has owned a Debenture for a period of at least 6 months preceding the date of such application, and such application states that the applicants desire to communicate with other holders of Debentures with respect to their rights under this Indenture or under such Debentures and is accompanied by a copy of the form of proxy or other communication which such applicants propose to transmit, then the Trustee shall within 5 Business Days after the receipt of such application, at its election, either:

(1) afford such applicants access to the information preserved at the time by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of subsection (a) of this Section 4.2, or

(2) inform such applicants as to the approximate number of holders of Debentures whose names and addresses appear in the information preserved at the time by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of subsection (a) of this Section 4.2, and as to the approximate cost of mailing to such Securityholders the form of proxy or other communication, if any, specified in such application.

If the Trustee shall elect not to afford such applicants access to such information, the Trustee shall, upon the written request of such applicants, mail to each Securityholder whose name and address appear in the information preserved at the time by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of subsection (a) of this Section 4.2 a copy of the form of proxy or other communication which is specified in such request with reasonable promptness after a tender to the Trustee of the material to be mailed and of payment, or provision for the payment, of the reasonable expenses of mailing, unless within five days after such tender, the Trustee shall mail to such applicants and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, if permitted or required by applicable law, together with a copy of the material to be mailed, a written statement to the effect that, in the opinion of the Trustee, such mailing would be contrary to the best interests of the holders of all Debentures, as the case may be, or would be in violation of applicable law. Such written statement shall specify the basis of such opinion. If said Commission, as permitted or required by applicable law, after opportunity for a hearing upon the objections specified in the written statement so filed, shall enter an order refusing to sustain any of such objections or if, after the entry of an order sustaining one or more of such objections, said Commission shall find, after notice and opportunity for hearing, that all the objections so sustained have been met and shall enter an order so declaring, the Trustee shall mail copies of such material to all such Securityholders with reasonable promptness after the entry of such order and the renewal of such tender; otherwise the Trustee shall be relieved of any obligation or duty to such applicants respecting their application.

(c) Each and every holder of Debentures, by receiving and holding the same, agrees with Company and the Trustee that neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any paying agent shall be held accountable by reason of the disclosure of any such information as to the names and addresses of the holders of Debentures in accordance with the provisions of subsection (b) of this Section 4.2, regardless of the source from which such information was derived, and that the Trustee shall not be held accountable by reason of mailing any material pursuant to a request made under said subsection (b).

 

20


ARTICLE V.

REMEDIES OF THE TRUSTEE AND SECURITYHOLDERS

UPON AN EVENT OF DEFAULT

Section 5.1. Events of Default.  “Event of Default,” wherever used herein, means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):

(a) the Company defaults in the payment of any interest upon any Debenture when it becomes due and payable, and fails to cure such default for a period of 30 days; provided , however , that a valid extension of an interest payment period by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Indenture shall not constitute a default in the payment of interest for this purpose; or

(b) the Company defaults in the payment of all or any part of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Debentures as and when the same shall become due and payable either at maturity, upon redemption, by declaration of acceleration or otherwise; or

(c) the Company defaults in the performance of, or breaches, any of its covenants or agreements in this Indenture or in the terms of the Debentures established as contemplated in this Indenture (other than a covenant or agreement a default in whose performance or whose breach is elsewhere in this Section specifically dealt with), and continuance of such default or breach for a period of 60 days after there has been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Debentures, a written notice specifying such default or breach and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” hereunder; or

(d) a court of competent jurisdiction shall enter a decree or order for relief in respect of the Company in an involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator (or similar official) of the Company or for any substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding-up or liquidation of its affairs and such decree or order shall remain unstayed and in effect for a period of 90 consecutive days; or

(e) the Company shall commence a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, shall consent to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, or shall consent to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator (or other similar official) of the Company or of any substantial part of its property, or shall make any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall fail generally to pay its debts as they become due; or

(f) the Trust shall have voluntarily or involuntarily liquidated, dissolved, wound-up its business or otherwise terminated its existence except in connection with (i) the distribution of the Debentures to holders of such Trust Securities in liquidation of their interests in the Trust, (ii) the redemption of all of the outstanding Trust Securities or (iii) certain mergers, consolidations or amalgamations, each as permitted by the Declaration.

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing with respect to the Debentures, then, and in each and every such case, unless the principal of the Debentures shall have already become due and payable, either the Trustee or the holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures then outstanding hereunder, by notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by Securityholders), may declare the entire principal of the Debentures and the interest accrued thereon, if any, to be due and payable immediately, and upon any such declaration the same shall become immediately due and payable.

 

21


The foregoing provisions, however, are subject to the condition that if, at any time after the principal of the Debentures shall have been so declared due and payable, and before any judgment or decree for the payment of the moneys due shall have been obtained or entered as hereinafter provided, (i) the Company shall pay or shall deposit with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay all matured installments of interest upon all the Debentures and the principal of and premium, if any, on the Debentures which shall have become due otherwise than by acceleration (with interest upon such principal and premium, if any, and Additional Interest) and such amount as shall be sufficient to cover reasonable compensation to the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee, their respective agents, attorneys and counsel, and all other amounts due to the Trustee pursuant to Section 6.6, if any, and (ii) all Events of Default under this Indenture, other than the non-payment of the principal of or premium, if any, on Debentures which shall have become due by acceleration, shall have been cured, waived or otherwise remedied as provided herein -- then and in every such case the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures then outstanding, by written notice to the Company and to the Trustee, may waive all defaults and rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences, but no such waiver or rescission and annulment shall extend to or shall affect any subsequent default or shall impair any right consequent thereon.

In case the Trustee shall have proceeded to enforce any right under this Indenture and such proceedings shall have been discontinued or abandoned because of such rescission or annulment or for any other reason or shall have been determined adversely to the Trustee, then and in every such case the Company, the Trustee and the holders of the Debentures shall be restored respectively to their several positions and rights hereunder, and all rights, remedies and powers of the Company, the Trustee and the holders of the Debentures shall continue as though no such proceeding had been taken.

Section 5.2. Payment of Debentures on Default; Suit Therefor.  The Company covenants that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default pursuant to Section 5.1(a) or Section 5.1(b) then, upon demand of the Trustee, the Company will pay to the Trustee, for the benefit of the holders of the Debentures the whole amount that then shall have become due and payable on all Debentures for principal and premium, if any, or interest, or both, as the case may be, with Additional Interest accrued on the Debentures (to the extent that payment of such interest is enforceable under applicable law and, if the Debentures are held by the Trust or a trustee of such Trust, without duplication of any other amounts paid by the Trust or a trustee in respect thereof); and, in addition thereto, such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including a reasonable compensation to the Trustee, its agents, attorneys and counsel, and any other amounts due to the Trustee under Section 6.6. In case the Company shall fail forthwith to pay such amounts upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, shall be entitled and empowered to institute any actions or proceedings at law or in equity for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, and may prosecute any such action or proceeding to judgment or final decree, and may enforce any such judgment or final decree against the Company or any other obligor on such Debentures and collect in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Company or any other obligor on such Debentures wherever situated the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable.

In case there shall be pending proceedings for the bankruptcy or for the reorganization of the Company or any other obligor on the Debentures under Bankruptcy Law, or in case a receiver or trustee shall have been appointed for the property of the Company or such other obligor, or in the case of any other similar judicial proceedings relative to the Company or other obligor upon the Debentures, or to the creditors or property of the Company or such other obligor, the Trustee, irrespective of whether the principal of the Debentures shall then be due and payable as therein expressed or by declaration of acceleration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Trustee shall have made any demand pursuant to the provisions of this Section 5.2, shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceedings or otherwise,

 

  (i) to file and prove a claim or claims for the whole amount of principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Debentures,

 

22


  (ii) in case of any judicial proceedings, to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for reasonable compensation to the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee, and their respective agents, attorneys and counsel, and for reimbursement of all other amounts due to the Trustee under Section 6.6), and of the Securityholders allowed in such judicial proceedings relative to the Company or any other obligor on the Debentures, or to the creditors or property of the Company or such other obligor, unless prohibited by applicable law and regulations, to vote on behalf of the holders of the Debentures in any election of a trustee or a standby trustee in arrangement, reorganization, liquidation or other bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings or Person performing similar functions in comparable proceedings,

 

  (iii) to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims, and

 

  (iv) to distribute the same after the deduction of its charges and expenses.

Any receiver, assignee or trustee in bankruptcy or reorganization is hereby authorized by each of the Securityholders to make such payments to the Trustee, and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Securityholders, to pay to the Trustee such amounts as shall be sufficient to cover reasonable compensation to the Trustee, each predecessor Trustee and their respective agents, attorneys and counsel, and all other amounts due to the Trustee under Section 6.6.

Nothing herein contained shall be construed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Securityholder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Debentures or the rights of any holder thereof or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Securityholder in any such proceeding.

All rights of action and of asserting claims under this Indenture, or under any of the Debentures, may be enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Debentures, or the production thereof at any trial or other proceeding relative thereto, and any such suit or proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall be for the ratable benefit of the holders of the Debentures.

In any proceedings brought by the Trustee (and also any proceedings involving the interpretation of any provision of this Indenture to which the Trustee shall be a party), the Trustee shall be held to represent all the holders of the Debentures, and it shall not be necessary to make any holders of the Debentures parties to any such proceedings.

Section 5.3. Application of Moneys Collected by Trustee.  Any moneys collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article V shall be applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee for the distribution of such moneys, upon presentation of the several Debentures in respect of which moneys have been collected, and stamping thereon the payment, if only partially paid, and upon surrender thereof if fully paid:

First: To the payment of costs and expenses incurred by, and reasonable fees of, the Trustee, its agents, attorneys and counsel, and of all other amounts due to the Trustee under Section 6.6;

 

23


Second: To the payment of all Senior Indebtedness of the Company if and to the extent required by Article XV;

Third: To the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid upon Debentures for principal (and premium, if any), and interest on the Debentures, in respect of which or for the benefit of which money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due on such Debentures (including Additional Interest); and

Fourth: The balance, if any, to the Company.

Section 5.4. Proceedings by Securityholders.  No holder of any Debenture shall have any right to institute any suit, action or proceeding for any remedy hereunder, unless such holder previously shall have given to the Trustee written notice of an Event of Default with respect to the Debentures and unless the holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures then outstanding shall have given the Trustee a written request to institute such action, suit or proceeding and shall have offered to the Trustee such reasonable indemnity as it may require against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred thereby, and the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity shall have failed to institute any such action, suit or proceeding.

Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Indenture, however, the right of any holder of any Debenture to receive payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest, on such Debenture when due, or to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such holder and by accepting a Debenture hereunder it is expressly understood, intended and covenanted by the taker and holder of every Debenture with every other such taker and holder and the Trustee, that no one or more holders of Debentures shall have any right in any manner whatsoever by virtue or by availing itself of any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of the holders of any other Debentures, or to obtain or seek to obtain priority over or preference to any other such holder, or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal, ratable and common benefit of all holders of Debentures. For the protection and enforcement of the provisions of this Section, each and every Securityholder and the Trustee shall be entitled to such relief as can be given either at law or in equity.

Section 5.5. Proceedings by Trustee.  In case of an Event of Default hereunder the Trustee may in its discretion proceed to protect and enforce the rights vested in it by this Indenture by such appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any of such rights, either by suit in equity or by action at law or by proceeding in bankruptcy or otherwise, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement contained in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted in this Indenture, or to enforce any other legal or equitable right vested in the Trustee by this Indenture or by law.

Section 5.6. Remedies Cumulative and Continuing; Delay or Omission Not a Waiver.  Except as otherwise provided in Section 2.6, all powers and remedies given by this Article V to the Trustee or to the Securityholders shall, to the extent permitted by law, be deemed cumulative and not exclusive of any other powers and remedies available to the Trustee or the holders of the Debentures, by judicial proceedings or otherwise, to enforce the performance or observance of the covenants and agreements contained in this Indenture or otherwise established with respect to the Debentures, and no delay or omission of the Trustee or of any holder of any of the Debentures to exercise any right, remedy or power accruing upon any Event of Default occurring and continuing as aforesaid shall impair any such right, remedy or power, or shall be construed to be a waiver of any such default or an acquiescence

 

24


therein; and, subject to the provisions of Section 5.4, every power and remedy given by this Article V or by law to the Trustee or to the Securityholders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as shall be deemed expedient, by the Trustee (in accordance with its duties under Section 6.1) or by the Securityholders.

Section 5.7. Direction of Proceedings and Waiver of Defaults by Majority of Securityholders.  The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures affected (voting as one class) at the time outstanding shall have the right to direct the time, method, and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee with respect to such Debentures; provided , however , that (subject to the provisions of Section 6.1) the Trustee shall have the right to decline to follow any such direction if the Trustee shall determine that the action so directed would be unjustly prejudicial to the holders not taking part in such direction or if the Trustee being advised by counsel determines that the action or proceeding so directed may not lawfully be taken or if a Responsible Officer of the Trustee shall determine that the action or proceedings so directed would involve the Trustee in personal liability.

The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures at the time outstanding may on behalf of the holders of all of the Debentures waive (or modify any previously granted waiver of) any past default or Event of Default, and its consequences, except a default (a) in the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any of the Debentures, (b) in respect of covenants or provisions hereof which cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the holder of each Debenture affected, or (c) in respect of the covenants contained in Section 3.9; provided , however , that if the Debentures are held by the Trust or a trustee of such trust, such waiver or modification to such waiver shall not be effective until the holders of a majority in Liquidation Amount of Trust Securities of the Trust shall have consented to such waiver or modification to such waiver, provided , further , that if the consent of the holder of each outstanding Debenture is required, such waiver shall not be effective until each holder of the Trust Securities of the Trust shall have consented to such waiver. Upon any such waiver, the default covered thereby shall be deemed to be cured for all purposes of this Indenture and the Company, the Trustee and the holders of the Debentures shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder, respectively; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon. Whenever any default or Event of Default hereunder shall have been waived as permitted by this Section, said default or Event of Default shall for all purposes of the Debentures and this Indenture be deemed to have been cured and to be not continuing.

Section 5.8. Notice of Defaults.  The Trustee shall, within 90 days after the actual knowledge by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee of the occurrence of a default with respect to the Debentures, mail to all Securityholders, as the names and addresses of such holders appear upon the Debenture Register, notice of all defaults with respect to the Debentures known to the Trustee, unless such defaults shall have been cured before the giving of such notice (the term “defaults” for the purpose of this Section 5.8 being hereby defined to be the events specified in clauses (a), (b), (c), (d), (e) and (f) of Section 5.1, not including periods of grace, if any, provided for therein); provided , however , that, except in the case of default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any of the Debentures, the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as a Responsible Officer of the Trustee in good faith determines that the withholding of such notice is in the interests of the Securityholders.

Section 5.9. Undertaking to Pay Costs.  All parties to this Indenture agree, and each holder of any Debenture by his acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may in its discretion require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs,

 

25


including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant; provided , however , that the provisions of this Section 5.9 shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Trustee, to any suit instituted by any Securityholder, or group of Securityholders, holding in the aggregate more than 10% in principal amount of the Debentures outstanding, or to any suit instituted by any Securityholder for the enforcement of the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Debenture against the Company on or after the same shall have become due and payable.

ARTICLE VI.

CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE

Section 6.1. Duties and Responsibilities of Trustee.  With respect to the holders of Debentures issued hereunder, the Trustee, prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default with respect to the Debentures and after the curing or waiving of all Events of Default which may have occurred, with respect to the Debentures, undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied covenants shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee. In case an Event of Default with respect to the Debentures has occurred (which has not been cured or waived), the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent man would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs.

No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(a) prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default with respect to Debentures and after the curing or waiving of all Events of Default which may have occurred

(1) the duties and obligations of the Trustee with respect to Debentures shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture, and the Trustee shall not be liable except for the performance of such duties and obligations with respect to the Debentures as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee, and

(2) in the absence of bad faith on the part of the Trustee, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon any certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; but, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture;

(b) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer or Officers of the Trustee, unless it shall be proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

(c) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith, in accordance with the direction of the Securityholders pursuant to Section 5.7, relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee, under this Indenture.

None of the provisions contained in this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur personal financial liability in the performance of any of its duties or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if there is ground for believing that the repayment of such funds or liability is not assured to it under the terms of this Indenture or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against such risk is not reasonably assured to it.

 

26


Section 6.2. Reliance on Documents, Opinions, etc.  Except as otherwise provided in Section 6.1:

(a) the Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, bond, note, debenture or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;

(b) any request, direction, order or demand of the Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed); and any Board Resolution may be evidenced to the Trustee by a copy thereof certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company;

(c) the Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and any advice or Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with such advice or Opinion of Counsel;

(d) the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request, order or direction of any of the Securityholders, pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, unless such Securityholders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities which may be incurred therein or thereby;

(e) the Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted by it in good faith and believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture; nothing contained herein shall, however, relieve the Trustee of the obligation, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default with respect to the Debentures (that has not been cured or waived) to exercise with respect to Debentures such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and to use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent man would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs;

(f) the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, bond, debenture, coupon or other paper or document, unless requested in writing to do so by the holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Debentures affected thereby; provided , however , that if the payment within a reasonable time to the Trustee of the costs, expenses or liabilities likely to be incurred by it in the making of such investigation is, in the opinion of the Trustee, not reasonably assured to the Trustee by the security afforded to it by the terms of this Indenture, the Trustee may require reasonable indemnity against such expense or liability as a condition to so proceeding;

(g) the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents (including any Authenticating Agent) or attorneys, and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any such agent or attorney appointed by it with due care; and

(h) with the exceptions of defaults under Sections 5.1(a) or 5.1(b), the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any Default or Event of Default with respect to the Debentures unless a written notice of such Default or Event of Default shall have been given to the Trustee by the Company or any other obligor on the Debentures or by any holder of the Debentures.

 

27


Section 6.3. No Responsibility for Recitals, etc.  The recitals contained herein and in the Debentures (except in the certificate of authentication of the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent) shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and the Trustee and the Authenticating Agent assume no responsibility for the correctness of the same. The Trustee and the Authenticating Agent make no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Debentures. The Trustee and the Authenticating Agent shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Company of any Debentures or the proceeds of any Debentures authenticated and delivered by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture.

Section 6.4. Trustee, Authenticating Agent, Paying Agents, Transfer Agents or Registrar May Own Debentures.  The Trustee or any Authenticating Agent or any paying agent or any transfer agent or any Debenture registrar, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Debentures with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee, Authenticating Agent, paying agent, transfer agent or Debenture registrar.

Section 6.5. Moneys to be Held in Trust.  Subject to the provisions of Section 12.4, all moneys received by the Trustee or any paying agent shall, until used or applied as herein provided, be held in trust for the purpose for which they were received, but need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. The Trustee and any paying agent shall be under no liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder except as otherwise agreed in writing with the Company. So long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, all interest allowed on any such moneys shall be paid from time to time upon the written order of the Company, signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, a Managing Director, a Vice President, the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the Company.

Section 6.6. Compensation and Expenses of Trustee.  The Company covenants and agrees to pay or reimburse the Trustee upon its request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with any of the provisions of this Indenture (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its counsel and of all Persons not regularly in its employ) except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may arise from its negligence or willful misconduct. For purposes of clarification, this Section 6.6 does not contemplate the payment by the Company of acceptance or annual administration fees owing to the Trustee pursuant to the services to be provided by the Trustee under this Indenture or the fees and expenses of the Trustee’s counsel in connection with the closing of the transactions contemplated by this Indenture. The Company also covenants to indemnify each of the Trustee or any predecessor Trustee (and its officers, agents, directors and employees) for, and to hold it harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claim, liability or expense including taxes (other than taxes based on the income of the Trustee) incurred without negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Trustee and arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust, including the costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim of liability. The obligations of the Company under this Section 6.6 to compensate and indemnify the Trustee and to pay or reimburse the Trustee for expenses, disbursements and advances shall constitute additional indebtedness hereunder. Such additional indebtedness shall be secured by a lien prior to that of the Debentures upon all property and funds held or collected by the Trustee as such, except funds held in trust for the benefit of the holders of particular Debentures.

Without prejudice to any other rights available to the Trustee under applicable law, when the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services in connection with an Event of Default specified in Section 5.1(d), Section 5.1(e) or Section 5.1(f), the expenses (including the reasonable charges and expenses of its counsel) and the compensation for the services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law.

 

28


The provisions of this Section shall survive the resignation or removal of the Trustee and the defeasance or other termination of this Indenture.

Notwithstanding anything in this Indenture or any Debenture to the contrary, the Trustee shall have no obligation whatsoever to advance funds to pay any principal of or interest on or other amounts with respect to the Debentures or otherwise advance funds to or on behalf of the Company.

Section 6.7. Officers’ Certificate as Evidence .  Except as otherwise provided in Sections 6.1 and 6.2, whenever in the administration of the provisions of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it necessary or desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking or omitting any action hereunder, such matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Trustee, be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee, and such certificate, in the absence of negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Trustee, shall be full warrant to the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it under the provisions of this Indenture upon the faith thereof.

Section 6.8. Eligibility of Trustee.  The Trustee hereunder shall at all times be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or any state or territory thereof or of the District of Columbia or a corporation or other Person authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, having (or whose obligations under this Indenture are guaranteed by an affiliate having) a combined capital and surplus of at least 50 million U.S. dollars ($50,000,000.00) and subject to supervision or examination by federal, state, territorial, or District of Columbia authority. If such corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of the aforesaid supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section 6.8 the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent records of condition so published.

The Company may not, nor may any Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the Company, serve as Trustee.

In case at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.8, the Trustee shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in Section 6.9.

If the Trustee has or shall acquire any “conflicting interest” within the meaning of §310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, the Trustee shall either eliminate such interest or resign, to the extent and in the manner described by this Indenture.

Section 6.9. Resignation or Removal of Trustee

(a) The Trustee, or any trustee or trustees hereafter appointed, may at any time resign by giving written notice of such resignation to the Company and by mailing notice thereof, at the Company’s expense, to the holders of the Debentures at their addresses as they shall appear on the Debenture Register. Upon receiving such notice of resignation, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor trustee or trustees by written instrument, in duplicate, executed by order of its Board of Directors, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the resigning Trustee and one copy to the successor Trustee. If no successor Trustee shall have been so appointed and have accepted appointment within 30 days after the mailing of such notice of resignation to the affected Securityholders, the resigning Trustee may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee, or any Securityholder who has been a bona fide holder of a Debenture or Debentures for at least six months may, subject to the provisions of Section 5.9, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any such court for the appointment of a successor Trustee. Such court may thereupon, after such notice, if any, as it may deem proper and prescribe, appoint a successor Trustee.

 

29


(b) In case at any time any of the following shall occur —

(1) the Trustee shall fail to comply with the provisions of Section 6.8 after written request therefor by the Company or by any Securityholder who has been a bona fide holder of a Debenture or Debentures for at least 6 months, or

(2) the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.8 and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Company or by any such Securityholder, or

(3) the Trustee shall become incapable of acting, or shall be adjudged as bankrupt or insolvent, or a receiver of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed, or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation,

then, in any such case, the Company may remove the Trustee and appoint a successor Trustee by written instrument, in duplicate, executed by order of the Board of Directors, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the Trustee so removed and one copy to the successor Trustee, or, subject to the provisions of Section 5.9, any Securityholder who has been a bona fide holder of a Debenture or Debentures for at least 6 months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. Such court may thereupon, after such notice, if any, as it may deem proper and prescribe, remove the Trustee and appoint successor Trustee.

(c) Upon prior written notice to the Company and the Trustee, the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures at the time outstanding may at any time remove the Trustee and nominate a successor Trustee, which shall be deemed appointed as successor Trustee unless within 10 Business Days after such nomination the Company objects thereto, in which case, or in the case of a failure by such holders to nominate a successor Trustee, the Trustee so removed or any Securityholder, upon the terms and conditions and otherwise as in subsection (a) of this Section 6.9 provided, may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for an appointment of a successor.

(d) Any resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to any of the provisions of this Section shall become effective upon acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee as provided in Section 6.10.

Section 6.10. Acceptance by Successor Trustee.  Any successor Trustee appointed as provided in Section 6.9 shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company and to its predecessor Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment hereunder, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective and such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, duties and obligations with respect to the Debentures of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as Trustee herein; but, nevertheless, on the written request of the Company or of the successor Trustee, the Trustee ceasing to act shall, upon payment of any amounts then due it pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.6, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor Trustee all the rights and powers of the Trustee so ceasing to act and shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee thereunder. Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the Company shall execute any and all instruments in writing for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee all such rights and powers. Any Trustee ceasing to act shall, nevertheless, retain a lien upon all property or funds held or collected by such Trustee to secure any amounts then due it pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.6.

 

30


If a successor Trustee is appointed, the Company, the retiring Trustee and the successor Trustee shall execute and deliver an indenture supplemental hereto which shall contain such provisions as shall be deemed necessary or desirable to confirm that all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Debentures as to which the predecessor Trustee is not retiring shall continue to be vested in the predecessor Trustee, and shall add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the Trust hereunder by more than one Trustee, it being understood that nothing herein or in such supplemental indenture shall constitute such Trustees co-trustees of the same trust and that each such Trustee shall be Trustee of a trust or trusts hereunder separate and apart from any trust or trusts hereunder administered by any other such Trustee.

No successor Trustee shall accept appointment as provided in this Section unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be eligible under the provisions of Section 6.8.

In no event shall a retiring Trustee be liable for the acts or omissions of any successor Trustee hereunder.

Upon acceptance of appointment by a successor Trustee as provided in this Section 6.10, the Company shall mail notice of the succession of such Trustee hereunder to the holders of Debentures at their addresses as they shall appear on the Debenture Register. If the Company fails to mail such notice within 10 Business Days after the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee, the successor Trustee shall cause such notice to be mailed at the expense of the Company.

Section 6.11. Succession by Merger, etc.  Any corporation into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto; provided such corporation shall be otherwise eligible and qualified under this Article.

In case at the time such successor to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture any of the Debentures shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor Trustee, and deliver such Debentures so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Debentures shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Debentures either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor Trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the Debentures or in this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Trustee shall have; provided , however , that the right to adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor Trustee or authenticate Debentures in the name of any predecessor Trustee shall apply only to its successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation.

Section 6.12. Authenticating Agents.  There may be one or more Authenticating Agents appointed by the Trustee upon the request of the Company with power to act on its behalf and subject to its direction in the authentication and delivery of Debentures issued upon exchange or registration of transfer thereof as fully to all intents and purposes as though any such Authenticating Agent had been expressly authorized to authenticate and deliver Debentures; provided , however , that the Trustee shall have no liability to the Company for any acts or omissions of the Authenticating Agent with respect to the authentication and delivery of Debentures. Any such Authenticating Agent shall at all times be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States or of any state or territory thereof or of the District of Columbia authorized under such laws to act as Authenticating Agent, having a

 

31


combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000.00 and being subject to supervision or examination by federal, state, territorial or District of Columbia authority. If such corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually pursuant to law or the requirements of such authority, then for the purposes of this Section 6.12 the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time an Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect herein specified in this Section.

Any corporation into which any Authenticating Agent may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, consolidation or conversion to which any Authenticating Agent shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of any Authenticating Agent, shall be the successor of such Authenticating Agent hereunder, if such successor corporation is otherwise eligible under this Section 6.12 without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the parties hereto or such Authenticating Agent.

Any Authenticating Agent may at any time resign by giving written notice of resignation to the Trustee and to the Company. The Trustee may at any time terminate the agency of any Authenticating Agent with respect to the Debentures by giving written notice of termination to such Authenticating Agent and to the Company. Upon receiving such a notice of resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time any Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible under this Section 6.12, the Trustee may, and upon the request of the Company shall, promptly appoint a successor Authenticating Agent eligible under this Section 6.12, shall give written notice of such appointment to the Company and shall mail notice of such appointment to all holders of Debentures as the names and addresses of such holders appear on the Debenture Register. Any successor Authenticating Agent upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder shall become vested with all rights, powers, duties and responsibilities with respect to the Debentures of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as Authenticating Agent herein.

The Company agrees to pay to any Authenticating Agent from time to time reasonable compensation for its services. Any Authenticating Agent shall have no responsibility or liability for any action taken by it as such in accordance with the directions of the Trustee.

ARTICLE VII.

CONCERNING THE SECURITYHOLDERS

Section 7.1. Action by Securityholders.  Whenever in this Indenture it is provided that the holders of a specified percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures may take any action (including the making of any demand or request, the giving of any notice, consent or waiver or the taking of any other action) the fact that at the time of taking any such action the holders of such specified percentage have joined therein may be evidenced (a) by any instrument or any number of instruments of similar tenor executed by such Securityholders in person or by agent or proxy appointed in writing, or (b) by the record of such holders of Debentures voting in favor thereof at any meeting of such Securityholders duly called and held in accordance with the provisions of Article VIII, or (c) by a combination of such instrument or instruments and any such record of such a meeting of such Securityholders or (d) by any other method the Trustee deems satisfactory.

If the Company shall solicit from the Securityholders any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action or revocation of the same, the Company may, at its option, as evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate, fix in advance a record date for such Debentures for the determination of Securityholders entitled to give such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action or revocation of the same, but the Company shall have no obligation to do so. If such

 

32


a record date is fixed, such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action or revocation of the same may be given before or after the record date, but only the Securityholders of record at the close of business on the record date shall be deemed to be Securityholders for the purposes of determining whether Securityholders of the requisite proportion of outstanding Debentures have authorized or agreed or consented to such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action or revocation of the same, and for that purpose the outstanding Debentures shall be computed as of the record date; provided , however , that no such authorization, agreement or consent by such Securityholders on the record date shall be deemed effective unless it shall become effective pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture not later than 6 months after the record date.

Section 7.2. Proof of Execution by Securityholders.  Subject to the provisions of Section 6.1, 6.2 and 8.5, proof of the execution of any instrument by a Securityholder or his agent or proxy shall be sufficient if made in accordance with such reasonable rules and regulations as may be prescribed by the Trustee or in such manner as shall be satisfactory to the Trustee. The ownership of Debentures shall be proved by the Debenture Register or by a certificate of the Debenture registrar. The Trustee may require such additional proof of any matter referred to in this Section as it shall deem necessary.

The record of any Securityholders’ meeting shall be proved in the manner provided in Section 8.6.

Section 7.3. Who Are Deemed Absolute Owners.  Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer of any Debenture, the Company, the Trustee, any Authenticating Agent, any paying agent, any transfer agent and any Debenture registrar may deem the Person in whose name such Debenture shall be registered upon the Debenture Register to be, and may treat him as, the absolute owner of such Debenture (whether or not such Debenture shall be overdue) for the purpose of receiving payment of or on account of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Debenture and for all other purposes; and neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent nor any paying agent nor any transfer agent nor any Debenture registrar shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. All such payments so made to any holder for the time being or upon his order shall be valid, and, to the extent of the sum or sums so paid, effectual to satisfy and discharge the liability for moneys payable upon any such Debenture.

Section 7.4. Debentures Owned by Company Deemed Not Outstanding.  In determining whether the holders of the requisite aggregate principal amount of Debentures have concurred in any direction, consent or waiver under this Indenture, Debentures which are owned by the Company or any other obligor on the Debentures or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company or any other obligor on the Debentures shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding for the purpose of any such determination; provided , however , that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, consent or waiver, only Debentures which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Debentures so owned which have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as outstanding for the purposes of this Section 7.4 if the pledgee shall establish to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right to vote such Debentures and that the pledgee is not the Company or any such other obligor or Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company or any such other obligor. In the case of a dispute as to such right, any decision by the Trustee taken upon the advice of counsel shall be full protection to the Trustee.

Section 7.5. Revocation of Consents; Future Holders Bound.  At any time prior to (but not after) the evidencing to the Trustee, as provided in Section 7.1, of the taking of any action by the holders of the percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures specified in this Indenture in connection with such action, any holder (in cases where no record date has been set pursuant

 

33


to Section 7.1) or any holder as of an applicable record date (in cases where a record date has been set pursuant to Section 7.1) of a Debenture (or any Debenture issued in whole or in part in exchange or substitution therefor) the serial number of which is shown by the evidence to be included in the Debentures the holders of which have consented to such action may, by filing written notice with the Trustee at the Principal Office of the Trustee and upon proof of holding as provided in Section 7.2, revoke such action so far as concerns such Debenture (or so far as concerns the principal amount represented by any exchanged or substituted Debenture). Except as aforesaid any such action taken by the holder of any Debenture shall be conclusive and binding upon such holder and upon all future holders and owners of such Debenture, and of any Debenture issued in exchange or substitution therefor or on registration of transfer thereof, irrespective of whether or not any notation in regard thereto is made upon such Debenture or any Debenture issued in exchange or substitution therefor.

ARTICLE VIII.

SECURITYHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Section 8.1. Purposes of Meetings.  A meeting of Securityholders may be called at any time and from time to time pursuant to the provisions of this Article VIII for any of the following purposes:

(a) to give any notice to the Company or to the Trustee, or to give any directions to the Trustee, or to consent to the waiving of any default hereunder and its consequences, or to take any other action authorized to be taken by Securityholders pursuant to any of the provisions of Article V;

(b) to remove the Trustee and nominate a successor trustee pursuant to the provisions of Article VI;

(c) to consent to the execution of an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto pursuant to the provisions of Section 9.2; or

(d) to take any other action authorized to be taken by or on behalf of the holders of any specified aggregate principal amount of such Debentures under any other provision of this Indenture or under applicable law.

Section 8.2. Call of Meetings by Trustee.  The Trustee may at any time call a meeting of Securityholders to take any action specified in Section 8.1, to be held at such time and at such place as the Trustee shall determine. Notice of every meeting of the Securityholders, setting forth the time and the place of such meeting and in general terms the action proposed to be taken at such meeting, shall be mailed to holders of Debentures affected at their addresses as they shall appear on the Debentures Register and, if the Company is not a holder of Debentures, to the Company. Such notice shall be mailed not less than 20 nor more than 180 days prior to the date fixed for the meeting.

Section 8.3. Call of Meetings by Company or Securityholders.  In case at any time the Company pursuant to a Board Resolution, or the holders of at least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures, as the case may be, then outstanding, shall have requested the Trustee to call a meeting of Securityholders, by written request setting forth in reasonable detail the action proposed to be taken at the meeting, and the Trustee shall not have mailed the notice of such meeting within 20 days after receipt of such request, then the Company or such Securityholders may determine the time and the place for such meeting and may call such meeting to take any action authorized in Section 8.1, by mailing notice thereof as provided in Section 8.2.

 

34


Section 8.4. Qualifications for Voting.  To be entitled to vote at any meeting of Securityholders a Person shall (a) be a holder of one or more Debentures with respect to which the meeting is being held or (b) a Person appointed by an instrument in writing as proxy by a holder of one or more such Debentures. The only Persons who shall be entitled to be present or to speak at any meeting of Securityholders shall be the Persons entitled to vote at such meeting and their counsel and any representatives of the Trustee and its counsel and any representatives of the Company and its counsel.

Section 8.5. Regulations.  Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture, the Trustee may make such reasonable regulations as it may deem advisable for any meeting of Securityholders, in regard to proof of the holding of Debentures and of the appointment of proxies, and in regard to the appointment and duties of inspectors of votes, the submission and examination of proxies, certificates and other evidence of the right to vote, and such other matters concerning the conduct of the meeting as it shall think fit.

The Trustee shall, by an instrument in writing, appoint a temporary chairman of the meeting, unless the meeting shall have been called by the Company or by Securityholders as provided in Section 8.3, in which case the Company or the Securityholders calling the meeting, as the case may be, shall in like manner appoint a temporary chairman. A permanent chairman and a permanent secretary of the meeting shall be elected by majority vote of the meeting.

Subject to the provisions of Section 7.4, at any meeting each holder of Debentures with respect to which such meeting is being held or proxy therefor shall be entitled to one vote for each $1,000.00 principal amount of Debentures held or represented by him; provided , however , that no vote shall be cast or counted at any meeting in respect of any Debenture challenged as not outstanding and ruled by the chairman of the meeting to be not outstanding. The chairman of the meeting shall have no right to vote other than by virtue of Debentures held by him or instruments in writing as aforesaid duly designating him as the Person to vote on behalf of other Securityholders. Any meeting of Securityholders duly called pursuant to the provisions of Section 8.2 or 8.3 may be adjourned from time to time by a majority of those present, whether or not constituting a quorum, and the meeting may be held as so adjourned without further notice.

Section 8.6. Voting.  The vote upon any resolution submitted to any meeting of holders of Debentures with respect to which such meeting is being held shall be by written ballots on which shall be subscribed the signatures of such holders or of their representatives by proxy and the serial number or numbers of the Debentures held or represented by them. The permanent chairman of the meeting shall appoint two inspectors of votes who shall count all votes cast at the meeting for or against any resolution and who shall make and file with the secretary of the meeting their verified written reports in triplicate of all votes cast at the meeting. A record in duplicate of the proceedings of each meeting of Securityholders shall be prepared by the secretary of the meeting and there shall be attached to said record the original reports of the inspectors of votes on any vote by ballot taken thereat and affidavits by one or more Persons having knowledge of the facts setting forth a copy of the notice of the meeting and showing that said notice was mailed as provided in Section 8.2. The record shall show the serial numbers of the Debentures voting in favor of or against any resolution. The record shall be signed and verified by the affidavits of the permanent chairman and secretary of the meeting and one of the duplicates shall be delivered to the Company and the other to the Trustee to be preserved by the Trustee, the latter to have attached thereto the ballots voted at the meeting.

Any record so signed and verified shall be conclusive evidence of the matters therein stated.

Section 8.7. Quorum; Actions.  The Persons entitled to vote a majority in principal amount of the Debentures then outstanding shall constitute a quorum for a meeting of Securityholders; provided , however , that if any action is to be taken at such meeting with respect to a consent, waiver, request, demand, notice, authorization, direction or other action which may be given by the holders of not less than a specified percentage in principal amount of the Debentures then outstanding, the Persons holding or representing such specified percentage in principal amount of the Debentures then outstanding will constitute a quorum. In the absence of a quorum

 

35


within 30 minutes of the time appointed for any such meeting, the meeting shall, if convened at the request of Securityholders, be dissolved. In any other case the meeting may be adjourned for a period of not less than 10 days as determined by the permanent chairman of the meeting prior to the adjournment of such meeting. In the absence of a quorum at any such adjourned meeting, such adjourned meeting may be further adjourned for a period of not less than 10 days as determined by the permanent chairman of the meeting prior to the adjournment of such adjourned meeting. Notice of the reconvening of any adjourned meeting shall be given as provided in Section 8.2, except that such notice need be given only once not less than 5 days prior to the date on which the meeting is scheduled to be reconvened. Notice of the reconvening of an adjourned meeting shall state expressly the percentage, as provided above, of the principal amount of the Debentures then outstanding which shall constitute a quorum.

Except as limited by the provisos in the first paragraph of Section 9.2, any resolution presented to a meeting or adjourned meeting duly reconvened at which a quorum is present as aforesaid may be adopted by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Debentures then outstanding; provided , however , that, except as limited by the provisos in the first paragraph of Section 9.2, any resolution with respect to any consent, waiver, request, demand, notice, authorization, direction or other action which this Indenture expressly provides may be given by the holders of not less than a specified percentage in principal amount of the Debentures then outstanding may be adopted at a meeting or an adjourned meeting duly reconvened and at which a quorum is present as aforesaid only by the affirmative vote of the holders of a not less than such specified percentage in principal amount of the Debentures then outstanding.

Any resolution passed or decision taken at any meeting of holders of Debentures duly held in accordance with this Section shall be binding on all the Securityholders, whether or not present or represented at the meeting.

ARTICLE IX.

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

Section 9.1. Supplemental Indentures without Consent of Securityholders.  The Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee may from time to time and at any time enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto, without the consent of the Securityholders, for one or more of the following purposes:

(a) to evidence the succession of another Person to the Company, or successive successions, and the assumption by the successor Person of the covenants, agreements and obligations of the Company, pursuant to Article XI hereof;

(b) to add to the covenants of the Company such further covenants, restrictions or conditions for the protection of the holders of Debentures as the Board of Directors shall consider to be for the protection of the holders of such Debentures, and to make the occurrence, or the occurrence and continuance, of a default in any of such additional covenants, restrictions or conditions a default or an Event of Default permitting the enforcement of all or any of the several remedies provided in this Indenture as herein set forth; provided , however , that in respect of any such additional covenant restriction or condition such supplemental indenture may provide for a particular period of grace after default (which period may be shorter or longer than that allowed in the case of other defaults) or may provide for an immediate enforcement upon such default or may limit the remedies available to the Trustee upon such default;

 

36


(c) to cure any ambiguity or to correct or supplement any provision contained herein or in any supplemental indenture which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision contained herein or in any supplemental indenture, or to make such other provisions in regard to matters or questions arising under this Indenture; provided that any such action shall not materially adversely affect the interests of the holders of the Debentures;

(d) to add to, delete from, or revise the terms of Debentures, including, without limitation, any terms relating to the issuance, exchange, registration or transfer of Debentures, including to provide for transfer procedures and restrictions substantially similar to those applicable to the Capital Securities as required by Section 2.5 (for purposes of assuring that no registration of Debentures is required under the Securities Act); provided , however , that any such action shall not adversely affect the interests of the holders of the Debentures then outstanding (it being understood, for purposes of this proviso, that transfer restrictions on Debentures substantially similar to those that were applicable to Capital Securities shall not be deemed to materially adversely affect the holders of the Debentures);

(e) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment hereunder by a successor Trustee with respect to the Debentures and to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee;

(f) to make any change (other than as elsewhere provided in this paragraph) that does not adversely affect the rights of any Securityholder in any material respect; or

(g) to provide for the issuance of and establish the form and terms and conditions of the Debentures, to establish the form of any certifications required to be furnished pursuant to the terms of this Indenture or the Debentures, or to add to the rights of the holders of Debentures.

The Trustee is hereby authorized to join with the Company in the execution of any such supplemental indenture, to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations which may be therein contained and to accept the conveyance, transfer and assignment of any property thereunder, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to, but may in its discretion, enter into any such supplemental indenture which affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

Any supplemental indenture authorized by the provisions of this Section 9.1 may be executed by the Company and the Trustee without the consent of the holders of any of the Debentures at the time outstanding, notwithstanding any of the provisions of Section 9.2.

Section 9.2. Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Securityholders.  With the consent (evidenced as provided in Section 7.1) of the holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures at the time outstanding affected by such supplemental indenture (voting as a class), the Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee may from time to time and at any time enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or of any supplemental indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the holders of the Debentures; provided , however , that no such supplemental indenture shall without the consent of the holders of each Debenture then outstanding and affected thereby (i) change the fixed maturity of any Debenture, or reduce the principal amount thereof or any premium thereon, or reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of interest thereon, or reduce any amount payable on redemption thereof or make the principal thereof or any interest or premium thereon payable in any coin or currency other than that provided in the Debentures, or impair or affect the right of any Securityholder to institute suit for payment thereof or impair the right of repayment, if any, at the option of the holder, or (ii) reduce the aforesaid percentage of Debentures the holders of which are required to consent to any such supplemental indenture; provided further , however , that if the Debentures are held by a trust or a trustee of such trust, such supplemental indenture shall not be effective until the holders of a majority in Liquidation Amount of Trust Securities shall have consented to such supplemental indenture; provided further , however , that if the consent of the Securityholder of each outstanding Debenture is required, such supplemental indenture shall not be effective until each holder of the Trust Securities shall have consented to such supplemental indenture.

 

37


Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a Board Resolution authorizing the execution of any such supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence of the consent of Securityholders as aforesaid, the Trustee shall join with the Company in the execution of such supplemental indenture unless such supplemental indenture affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such supplemental indenture.

Promptly after the execution by the Company and the Trustee of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of this Section, the Trustee shall transmit by mail, first class postage prepaid, a notice, prepared by the Company, setting forth in general terms the substance of such supplemental indenture, to the Securityholders as their names and addresses appear upon the Debenture Register. Any failure of the Trustee to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such supplemental indenture.

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Securityholders under this Section 9.2 to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall approve the substance thereof.

Section 9.3. Effect of Supplemental Indentures .  Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of this Article IX, this Indenture shall be and be deemed to be modified and amended in accordance therewith and the respective rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities under this Indenture of the Trustee, the Company and the holders of Debentures shall thereafter be determined, exercised and enforced hereunder subject in all respects to such modifications and amendments and all the terms and conditions of any such supplemental indenture shall be and be deemed to be part of the terms and conditions of this Indenture for any and all purposes.

Section 9.4. Notation on Debentures.  Debentures authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of this Article IX may bear a notation as to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture. If the Company or the Trustee shall so determine, new Debentures so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Board of Directors of the Company, to any modification of this Indenture contained in any such supplemental indenture may be prepared and executed by the Company, authenticated by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent and delivered in exchange for the Debentures then outstanding.

Section 9.5. Evidence of Compliance of Supplemental Indenture to be Furnished to Trustee .  The Trustee, subject to the provisions of Sections 6.1 and 6.2, shall, in addition to the documents required by Section 14.6, receive an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel as conclusive evidence that any supplemental indenture executed pursuant hereto complies with the requirements of this Article IX. The Trustee shall receive an Opinion of Counsel as conclusive evidence that any supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Article IX is authorized or permitted by, and conforms to, the terms of this Article IX and that it is proper for the Trustee under the provisions of this Article IX to join in the execution thereof.

 

38


ARTICLE X.

REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES

Section 10.1. Optional Redemption.  The Company shall have the right (subject to the receipt by the Company of prior approval (i) if the Company is a bank holding company, from the Federal Reserve, if then required under applicable capital guidelines or policies of the Federal Reserve or (ii) if the Company is a savings and loan holding company, from the OTS, if then required under applicable capital guidelines or policies of the OTS) to redeem the Debentures, in whole or in part, but in all cases in a principal amount with integral multiples of $1,000.00, on any Interest Payment Date on or after March 26, 2008 (the “ Redemption Date ”), at the Redemption Price.

Section 10.2. Special Event Redemption.  If a Special Event shall occur and be continuing, the Company shall have the right (subject to the receipt by the Company of prior approval (i) if the Company is a bank holding company, from the Federal Reserve, if then required under applicable capital guidelines or policies of the Federal Reserve or (ii) if the Company is a savings and loan holding company, from the OTS, if then required under applicable capital guidelines or policies of the OTS) to redeem the Debentures in whole, but not in part, at any Interest Payment Date, within 120 days following the occurrence of such Special Event (the “ Special Redemption Date ”) at the Special Redemption Price.

Section 10.3. Notice of Redemption; Selection of Debentures.  In case the Company shall desire to exercise the right to redeem all, or, as the case may be, any part of the Debentures, it shall cause to be mailed a notice of such redemption at least 30 and not more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date or the Special Redemption Date to the holders of Debentures so to be redeemed as a whole or in part at their last addresses as the same appear on the Debenture Register. Such mailing shall be by first class mail. The notice if mailed in the manner herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice by mail or any defect in the notice to the holder of any Debenture designated for redemption as a whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Debenture.

Each such notice of redemption shall specify the CUSIP number, if any, of the Debentures to be redeemed, the Redemption Date or the Special Redemption Date, as applicable, the Redemption Price or the Special Redemption Price, as applicable, at which Debentures are to be redeemed, the place or places of payment, that payment will be made upon presentation and surrender of such Debentures, that interest accrued to the date fixed for redemption will be paid as specified in said notice, and that on and after said date interest thereon or on the portions thereof to be redeemed will cease to accrue. If less than all the Debentures are to be redeemed the notice of redemption shall specify the numbers of the Debentures to be redeemed. In case the Debentures are to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed and shall state that on and after the date fixed for redemption, upon surrender of such Debenture, a new Debenture or Debentures in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued.

Prior to 10:00 a.m. New York City time on the Redemption Date or Special Redemption Date, as applicable, the Company will deposit with the Trustee or with one or more paying agents an amount of money sufficient to redeem on the Redemption Date or the Special Redemption Date, as applicable, all the Debentures so called for redemption at the appropriate Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price.

If all, or less than all, the Debentures are to be redeemed, the Company will give the Trustee notice not less than 45 nor more than 60 days, respectively, prior to the Redemption Date or Special Redemption Date, as applicable, as to the aggregate principal amount of Debentures to be redeemed and the Trustee shall select, in such manner as in its sole discretion it shall deem appropriate and fair, the Debentures or portions thereof (in integral multiples of $1,000.00) to be redeemed.

Section 10.4. Payment of Debentures Called for Redemption.  If notice of redemption has been given as provided in Section 10.3, the Debentures or portions of Debentures with respect to which such notice has been given shall become due and payable on the Redemption Date or Special Redemption Date, as applicable, and at the place or places stated in such notice at the applicable Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price and on and after said date (unless the Company shall default in the

 

39


payment of such Debentures at the Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price, as applicable) interest on the Debentures or portions of Debentures so called for redemption shall cease to accrue. On presentation and surrender of such Debentures at a place of payment specified in said notice, such Debentures or the specified portions thereof shall be paid and redeemed by the Company at the applicable Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price.

Upon presentation of any Debenture redeemed in part only, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery to the holder thereof, at the expense of the Company, a new Debenture or Debentures of authorized denominations, in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the Debenture so presented.

ARTICLE XI.

CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, SALE, CONVEYANCE AND LEASE

Section 11.1. Company May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms.  Nothing contained in this Indenture or in the Debentures shall prevent any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other Person (whether or not affiliated with the Company) or successive consolidations or mergers in which the Company or its successor or successors shall be a party or parties, or shall prevent any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of the property or capital stock of the Company or its successor or successors as an entirety, or substantially as an entirety, to any other Person (whether or not affiliated with the Company, or its successor or successors) authorized to acquire and operate the same; provided , however , that the Company hereby covenants and agrees that, upon any such consolidation, merger (where the Company is not the surviving corporation), sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, the due and punctual payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on all of the Debentures in accordance with their terms, according to their tenor, and the due and punctual performance and observance of all the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be kept or performed by the Company, shall be expressly assumed by supplemental indenture satisfactory in form to the Trustee executed and delivered to the Trustee by the entity formed by such consolidation, or into which the Company shall have been merged, or by the entity which shall have acquired such property or capital stock.

Section 11.2. Successor Entity to be Substituted.  In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition and upon the assumption by the successor entity, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the due and punctual payment of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on all of the Debentures and the due and punctual performance and observance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed or observed by the Company, such successor entity shall succeed to and be substituted for the Company, with the same effect as if it had been named herein as the Company, and thereupon the predecessor entity shall be relieved of any further liability or obligation hereunder or upon the Debentures. Such successor entity thereupon may cause to be signed, and may issue in its own name, any or all of the Debentures issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent; and, upon the order of such successor entity instead of the Company and subject to all the terms, conditions and limitations in this Indenture prescribed, the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and deliver any Debentures which previously shall have been signed and delivered by the officers of the Company, to the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent for authentication, and any Debentures which such successor entity thereafter shall cause to be signed and delivered to the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent for that purpose. All the Debentures so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Debentures theretofore or thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Debentures had been issued at the date of the execution hereof.

 

40


Section 11.3. Opinion of Counsel to be Given to Trustee .  The Trustee, subject to the provisions of Sections 6.1 and 6.2, shall receive, in addition to the Opinion of Counsel required by Section 9.5, an Opinion of Counsel as conclusive evidence that any consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, and any assumption, permitted or required by the terms of this Article XI complies with the provisions of this Article XI.

ARTICLE XII.

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE

Section 12.1. Discharge of Indenture When

(a) the Company shall deliver to the Trustee for cancellation all Debentures theretofore authenticated (other than any Debentures which shall have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which shall have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 2.6) and not theretofore canceled, or

(b) all the Debentures not theretofore canceled or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation shall have become due and payable, or are by their terms to become due and payable within 1 year or are to be called for redemption within 1 year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption, and the Company shall deposit with the Trustee, in trust, funds, which shall be immediately due and payable, sufficient to pay at maturity or upon redemption all of the Debentures (other than any Debentures which shall have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which shall have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 2.6) not theretofore canceled or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, including principal and premium, if any, and interest due or to become due to such date of maturity or redemption date, as the case may be, but excluding, however, the amount of any moneys for the payment of principal of, and premium, if any, or interest on the Debentures (1) theretofore repaid to the Company in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.4, or (2) paid to any state or to the District of Columbia pursuant to its unclaimed property or similar laws,

and if in the case of either clause (a) or clause (b) the Company shall also pay or cause to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Company, then this Indenture shall cease to be of further effect except for the provisions of Sections 2.5, 2.6, 2.8, 3.1, 3.2, 3.4, 6.6, 6.8, 6.9 and 12.4 hereof shall survive until such Debentures shall mature and be paid. Thereafter, Sections 6.6 and 12.4 shall survive, and the Trustee, on demand of the Company accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with, and at the cost and expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction of and discharging this Indenture. The Company agrees to reimburse the Trustee for any costs or expenses thereafter reasonably and properly incurred by the Trustee in connection with this Indenture or the Debentures.

Section 12.2. Deposited Moneys to be Held in Trust by Trustee .  Subject to the provisions of Section 12.4, all moneys deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 12.1 shall be held in trust in a non-interest bearing account and applied by it to the payment, either directly or through any paying agent (including the Company if acting as its own paying agent), to the holders of the particular Debentures for the payment of which such moneys have been deposited with the Trustee, of all sums due and to become due thereon for principal, and premium, if any, and interest.

 

41


Section 12.3. Paying Agent to Repay Moneys Held .  Upon the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture all moneys then held by any paying agent of the Debentures (other than the Trustee) shall, upon demand of the Company, be repaid to it or paid to the Trustee, and thereupon such paying agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such moneys.

Section 12.4. Return of Unclaimed Moneys . Any moneys deposited with or paid to the Trustee or any paying agent for payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, or interest on Debentures and not applied but remaining unclaimed by the holders of Debentures for 2 years after the date upon which the principal of, and premium, if any, or interest on such Debentures, as the case may be, shall have become due and payable, shall, subject to applicable escheatment laws, be repaid to the Company by the Trustee or such paying agent on written demand; and the holder of any of the Debentures shall thereafter look only to the Company for any payment which such holder may be entitled to collect, and all liability of the Trustee or such paying agent with respect to such moneys shall thereupon cease.

ARTICLE XIII.

IMMUNITY OF INCORPORATORS, STOCKHOLDERS,

OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

Section 13.1. Indenture and Debentures Solely Corporate Obligations .  No recourse for the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest on any Debenture, or for any claim based thereon or otherwise in respect thereof, and no recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of the Company in this Indenture or in any supplemental indenture, or in any such Debenture, or because of the creation of any indebtedness represented thereby, shall be had against any incorporator, stockholder, employee, officer or director, as such, past, present or future, of the Company or of any successor Person of the Company, either directly or through the Company or any successor Person of the Company, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise, it being expressly understood that all such liability is hereby expressly waived and released as a condition of, and as a consideration for, the execution of this Indenture and the issue of the Debentures.

ARTICLE XIV.

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

Section 14.1. Successors .  All the covenants, stipulations, promises and agreements of the Company in this Indenture shall bind its successors and assigns whether so expressed or not.

Section 14.2. Official Acts by Successor Entity .  Any act or proceeding by any provision of this Indenture authorized or required to be done or performed by any board, committee or officer of the Company shall and may be done and performed with like force and effect by the like board, committee, officer or other authorized Person of any entity that shall at the time be the lawful successor of the Company.

Section 14.3. Surrender of Company Powers .  The Company by instrument in writing executed by authority of at least 2/3 (two-thirds) of its Board of Directors and delivered to the Trustee may surrender any of the powers reserved to the Company and thereupon such power so surrendered shall terminate both as to the Company, and as to any permitted successor.

Section 14.4. Addresses for Notices, etc .  Any notice, consent, direction, request, authorization, waiver or demand which by any provision of this Indenture is required or permitted to be given, made, furnished or served by the Trustee or by the Securityholders on or to the Company may be given or served in writing by being deposited postage prepaid by registered or certified mail in a post office letter box addressed (until another address is filed by the Company, with the Trustee for the purpose) to the Company, 5010 University Avenue, Lubbock, Texas 79413, Attention: Jeff Isom. Any notice, consent, direction, request, authorization, waiver or

 

42


demand by any Securityholder or the Company to or upon the Trustee shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made, for all purposes, if given or made in writing at the office of the Trustee, addressed to the Trustee, 225 Asylum Street, Goodwin Square, Hartford, Connecticut 06103 Attention: Vice President, Corporate Trust Services Division, with a copy to the Trustee, 1 Federal Street – 3rd Floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02110, Attention: Paul D. Allen, Corporate Trust Services Division. Any notice, consent, direction, request, authorization, waiver or demand on or to any Securityholder shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made, for all purposes, if given or made in writing at the address set forth in the Debenture Register.

Section 14.5. Governing Law .  This Indenture and each Debenture shall be deemed to be a contract made under the law of the State of New York, and for all purposes shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of said State, without regard to conflict of laws principles thereof.

Section 14.6. Evidence of Compliance with Conditions Precedent .  Upon any application or demand by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under any of the provisions of this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that in the opinion of the signers all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with and an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with.

Each certificate or opinion provided for in this Indenture and delivered to the Trustee with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include (1) a statement that the person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; (2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; (3) a statement that, in the opinion of such person, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and (4) a statement as to whether or not in the opinion of such person, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

Section 14.7. Non-Business Days .  In any case where the date of payment of interest on or principal of the Debentures will be a day that is not a Business Day, the payment of such interest on or principal of the Debentures need not be made on such date but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day, except that, if such Business Day is in the next succeeding calendar year, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day, in each case with the same force and effect as if made on the original date of payment, and no interest shall accrue for the period from and after such date.

Section 14.8. Table of Contents, Headings, etc .  The table of contents and the titles and headings of the articles and sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part hereof, and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

Section 14.9. Execution in Counterparts .  This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

Section 14.10. Separability .  In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Indenture or in the Debentures shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of this Indenture or of such Debentures, but this Indenture and such Debentures shall be construed as if such invalid or illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein or therein.

 

43


Section 14.11. Assignment .  The Company will have the right at all times to assign any of its rights or obligations under this Indenture to a direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the Company, provided that, in the event of any such assignment, the Company will remain liable for all such obligations. Subject to the foregoing, this Indenture is binding upon and inures to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. This Indenture may not otherwise be assigned by the parties hereto.

Section 14.12. Acknowledgment of Rights .  The Company agrees that, with respect to any Debentures held by the Trust or the Institutional Trustee of the Trust, if the Institutional Trustee of the Trust fails to enforce its rights under this Indenture as the holder of Debentures held as the assets of such Trust after the holders of a majority in Liquidation Amount of the Capital Securities of such Trust have so directed such Institutional Trustee, a holder of record of such Capital Securities may, to the fullest extent permitted by law, institute legal proceedings directly against the Company to enforce such Institutional Trustee’s rights under this Indenture without first instituting any legal proceedings against such trustee or any other Person. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and such event is attributable to the failure of the Company to pay interest (or premium, if any) or principal on the Debentures on the date such interest (or premium, if any) or principal is otherwise payable (or in the case of redemption, on the redemption date), the Company agrees that a holder of record of Capital Securities of the Trust may directly institute a proceeding against the Company for enforcement of payment to such holder directly of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on the Debentures having an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate Liquidation Amount of the Capital Securities of such holder on or after the respective due date specified in the Debentures.

ARTICLE XV.

SUBORDINATION OF DEBENTURES

Section 15.1. Agreement to Subordinate .  The Company covenants and agrees, and each holder of Debentures by such Securityholder’s acceptance thereof likewise covenants and agrees, that all Debentures shall be issued subject to the provisions of this Article XV; and each holder of a Debenture, whether upon original issue or upon transfer or assignment thereof, accepts and agrees to be bound by such provisions.

The payment by the Company of the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on all Debentures shall, to the extent and in the manner hereinafter set forth, be subordinated and junior in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness of the Company, whether outstanding at the date of this Indenture or thereafter incurred; provided , however , that the Debentures shall be pari passu in right of payment to the Company’s Floating Rate Debentures due July 31, 2031 issued pursuant to an Indenture dated as of July 31, 2001 by and between the Company and State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, N.A.

No provision of this Article XV shall prevent the occurrence of any default or Event of Default hereunder.

Section 15.2. Default on Senior Indebtedness .  In the event and during the continuation of any default by the Company in the payment of principal, premium, interest or any other payment due on any Senior Indebtedness of the Company following any grace period, or in the event that the maturity of any Senior Indebtedness of the Company has been accelerated because of a default and such acceleration has not been rescinded or canceled and such Senior Indebtedness has not been paid in full, then, in either case, no payment shall be made by the Company with respect to the principal (including redemption) of, or premium, if any, or interest on the Debentures.

 

44


In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment shall be received by the Trustee when such payment is prohibited by the preceding paragraph of this Section 15.2, such payment shall, subject to Section 15.7, be held in trust for the benefit of, and shall be paid over or delivered to, the holders of Senior Indebtedness or their respective representatives, or to the trustee or trustees under any indenture pursuant to which any of such Senior Indebtedness may have been issued, as their respective interests may appear, but only to the extent that the holders of the Senior Indebtedness (or their representative or representatives or a trustee) notify the Trustee in writing within 90 days of such payment of the amounts then due and owing on the Senior Indebtedness and only the amounts specified in such notice to the Trustee shall be paid to the holders of Senior Indebtedness.

Section 15.3. Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy .  Upon any payment by the Company or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, to creditors upon any dissolution or winding-up or liquidation or reorganization of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary or in bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other proceedings, all amounts due upon all Senior Indebtedness of the Company shall first be paid in full, or payment thereof provided for in money in accordance with its terms, before any payment is made by the Company, on account of the principal (and premium, if any) or interest on the Debentures. Upon any such dissolution or winding-up or liquidation or reorganization, any payment by the Company, or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, to which the Securityholders or the Trustee would be entitled to receive from the Company, except for the provisions of this Article XV, shall be paid by the Company, or by any receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, liquidating trustee, agent or other Person making such payment or distribution, or by the Securityholders or by the Trustee under this Indenture if received by them or it, directly to the holders of Senior Indebtedness ( pro rata to such holders on the basis of the respective amounts of Senior Indebtedness held by such holders, as calculated by the Company) or their representative or representatives, or to the trustee or trustees under any indenture pursuant to which any instruments evidencing such Senior Indebtedness may have been issued, as their respective interests may appear, to the extent necessary to pay such Senior Indebtedness in full, in money or money’s worth, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to or for the holders of such Senior Indebtedness, before any payment or distribution is made to the Securityholders or to the Trustee.

In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, prohibited by the foregoing, shall be received by the Trustee before all Senior Indebtedness is paid in full, or provision is made for such payment in money in accordance with its terms, such payment or distribution shall be held in trust for the benefit of and shall be paid over or delivered to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness or their representative or representatives, or to the trustee or trustees under any indenture pursuant to which any instruments evidencing such Senior Indebtedness may have been issued, as their respective interests may appear, as calculated by the Company, for application to the payment of all Senior Indebtedness, remaining unpaid to the extent necessary to pay such Senior Indebtedness in full in money in accordance with its terms, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to or for the benefit of the holders of such Senior Indebtedness.

For purposes of this Article XV, the words “cash, property or securities” shall not be deemed to include shares of stock of the Company as reorganized or readjusted, or securities of the Company or any other corporation provided for by a plan of reorganization or readjustment, the payment of which is subordinated at least to the extent provided in this Article XV with respect to the Debentures to the payment of all Senior Indebtedness, that may at the time be outstanding, provided that (i) such Senior Indebtedness is assumed by the new corporation, if any, resulting from any such reorganization or readjustment, and (ii) the rights of the holders of such Senior Indebtedness are not, without the consent of such holders, altered by such reorganization or readjustment. The consolidation of the

 

45


Company with, or the merger of the Company into, another corporation or the liquidation or dissolution of the Company following the conveyance or transfer of its property as an entirety, or substantially as an entirety, to another corporation upon the terms and conditions provided for in Article XI of this Indenture shall not be deemed a dissolution, winding-up, liquidation or reorganization for the purposes of this Section if such other corporation shall, as a part of such consolidation, merger, conveyance or transfer, comply with the conditions stated in Article XI of this Indenture. Nothing in Section 15.2 or in this Section shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 6.6 of this Indenture.

Section 15.4. Subrogation .  Subject to the payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness, the Securityholders shall be subrogated to the rights of the holders of such Senior Indebtedness to receive payments or distributions of cash, property or securities of the Company, applicable to such Senior Indebtedness until the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Debentures shall be paid in full. For the purposes of such subrogation, no payments or distributions to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness of any cash, property or securities to which the Securityholders or the Trustee would be entitled except for the provisions of this Article XV, and no payment over pursuant to the provisions of this Article XV to or for the benefit of the holders of such Senior Indebtedness by Securityholders or the Trustee, shall, as between the Company, its creditors other than holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company, and the holders of the Debentures be deemed to be a payment or distribution by the Company to or on account of such Senior Indebtedness. It is understood that the provisions of this Article XV are and are intended solely for the purposes of defining the relative rights of the holders of the Securities, on the one hand, and the holders of such Senior Indebtedness, on the other hand.

Nothing contained in this Article XV or elsewhere in this Indenture or in the Debentures is intended to or shall impair, as between the Company, its creditors other than the holders of Senior Indebtedness, and the holders of the Debentures, the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay to the holders of the Debentures the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Debentures as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with their terms, or is intended to or shall affect the relative rights of the holders of the Debentures and creditors of the Company, other than the holders of Senior Indebtedness, nor shall anything herein or therein prevent the Trustee or the holder of any Debenture from exercising all remedies otherwise permitted by applicable law upon default under this Indenture, subject to the rights, if any, under this Article XV of the holders of such Senior Indebtedness in respect of cash, property or securities of the Company, received upon the exercise of any such remedy.

Upon any payment or distribution of assets of the Company referred to in this Article XV, the Trustee, subject to the provisions of Article VI of this Indenture, and the Securityholders shall be entitled to conclusively rely upon any order or decree made by any court of competent jurisdiction in which such dissolution, winding-up, liquidation or reorganization proceedings are pending, or a certificate of the receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, liquidation trustee, agent or other Person making such payment or distribution, delivered to the Trustee or to the Securityholders, for the purposes of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such distribution, the holders of Senior Indebtedness and other indebtedness of the Company, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article XV.

Section 15.5. Trustee to Effectuate Subordination .  Each Securityholder by such Securityholder’s acceptance thereof authorizes and directs the Trustee on such Securityholder’s behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination provided in this Article XV and appoints the Trustee such Securityholder’s attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes.

 

46


Section 15.6. Notice by the Company .  The Company shall give prompt written notice to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee at the Principal Office of the Trustee of any fact known to the Company that would prohibit the making of any payment of monies to or by the Trustee in respect of the Debentures pursuant to the provisions of this Article XV. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article XV or any other provision of this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of any facts that would prohibit the making of any payment of monies to or by the Trustee in respect of the Debentures pursuant to the provisions of this Article XV, unless and until a Responsible Officer of the Trustee at the Principal Office of the Trustee shall have received written notice thereof from the Company or a holder or holders of Senior Indebtedness or from any trustee therefor; and before the receipt of any such written notice, the Trustee, subject to the provisions of Article VI of this Indenture, shall be entitled in all respects to assume that no such facts exist; provided , however , that if the Trustee shall not have received the notice provided for in this Section at least 2 Business Days prior to the date upon which by the terms hereof any money may become payable for any purpose (including, without limitation, the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Debenture), then, anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall have full power and authority to receive such money and to apply the same to the purposes for which they were received, and shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary that may be received by it within 2 Business Days prior to such date.

The Trustee, subject to the provisions of Article VI of this Indenture, shall be entitled to conclusively rely on the delivery to it of a written notice by a Person representing himself to be a holder of Senior Indebtedness (or a trustee or representative on behalf of such holder), to establish that such notice has been given by a holder of such Senior Indebtedness or a trustee or representative on behalf of any such holder or holders. In the event that the Trustee determines in good faith that further evidence is required with respect to the right of any Person as a holder of such Senior Indebtedness to participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article XV, the Trustee may request such Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of such Senior Indebtedness held by such Person, the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution and any other facts pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Article XV, and, if such evidence is not furnished, the Trustee may defer any payment to such Person pending judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive such payment.

Section 15.7. Rights of the Trustee; Holders of Senior Indebtedness .  The Trustee in its individual capacity shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Article XV in respect of any Senior Indebtedness at any time held by it, to the same extent as any other holder of Senior Indebtedness, and nothing in this Indenture shall deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such holder.

With respect to the holders of Senior Indebtedness, the Trustee undertakes to perform or to observe only such of its covenants and obligations as are specifically set forth in this Article XV, and no implied covenants or obligations with respect to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee. The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness and, subject to the provisions of Article VI of this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be liable to any holder of such Senior Indebtedness if it shall pay over or deliver to Securityholders, the Company or any other Person money or assets to which any holder of such Senior Indebtedness shall be entitled by virtue of this Article XV or otherwise.

Nothing in this Article XV shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 6.6.

Section 15.8. Subordination May Not Be Impaired .  No right of any present or future holder of any Senior Indebtedness to enforce subordination as herein provided shall at any time in any way be prejudiced or impaired by any act or failure to act on the part of the Company, or by any act or failure to act, in good faith, by any such holder, or by any noncompliance by the Company, with the terms, provisions and covenants of this Indenture, regardless of any knowledge thereof that any such holder may have or otherwise be charged with.

 

47


Without in any way limiting the generality of the foregoing paragraph, the holders of Senior Indebtedness may, at any time and from time to time, without the consent of or notice to the Trustee or the Securityholders, without incurring responsibility to the Securityholders and without impairing or releasing the subordination provided in this Article XV or the obligations hereunder of the holders of the Debentures to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness, do any one or more of the following: (i) change the manner, place or terms of payment or extend the time of payment of, or renew or alter, such Senior Indebtedness, or otherwise amend or supplement in any manner such Senior Indebtedness or any instrument evidencing the same or any agreement under which such Senior Indebtedness is outstanding; (ii) sell, exchange, release or otherwise deal with any property pledged, mortgaged or otherwise securing such Senior Indebtedness; (iii) release any Person liable in any manner for the collection of such Senior Indebtedness; and (iv) exercise or refrain from exercising any rights against the Company, and any other Person.

Signatures appear on the following page

 

48


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the day and year first above written.

 

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION
By    /s/ Alan B. White
  Name: Alan B. White
  Title: Chairman & CEO

 

U. S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
By    /s/ Paul D. Allen
  Name: Paul D. Allen
  Title: Vice President

 

49


EXHIBIT A

FORM OF FLOATING RATE JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEFERRABLE INTEREST

DEBENTURE

[FORM OF FACE OF SECURITY]

THIS SECURITY IS NOT A SAVINGS ACCOUNT OR DEPOSIT AND IT IS NOT INSURED BY THE UNITED STATES OR ANY AGENCY OR FUND OF THE UNITED STATES, INCLUDING THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION.

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAW. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A SO LONG AS THIS SECURITY IS ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144A, (D) TO A NON-U.S. PERSON IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 (AS APPLICABLE) OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (A) OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO IT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INDENTURE, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE COMPANY.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF ALSO AGREES, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”) (EACH A “PLAN”), OR AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” BY REASON OF ANY PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY, AND NO PERSON INVESTING “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY PLAN MAY ACQUIRE OR HOLD THE SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER OR HOLDER IS ELIGIBLE FOR EXEMPTIVE RELIEF AVAILABLE UNDER U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR PROHIBITED TRANSACTION CLASS EXEMPTION 96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1 OR 84-14 OR ANOTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTION OR ITS PURCHASE AND

 

A-1-1


HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY IS NOT PROHIBITED BY SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE WITH RESPECT TO SUCH PURCHASE OR HOLDING. ANY PURCHASER OR HOLDER OF THE SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED BY ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING THEREOF THAT EITHER (i) IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 3(3) OF ERISA, OR A PLAN TO WHICH SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE IS APPLICABLE, A TRUSTEE OR OTHER PERSON ACTING ON BEHALF OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY USING THE ASSETS OF ANY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN TO FINANCE SUCH PURCHASE, OR (ii) SUCH PURCHASE WILL NOT RESULT IN A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE FOR WHICH THERE IS NO APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE EXEMPTION.

THIS SECURITY WILL BE ISSUED AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN BLOCKS HAVING AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOT LESS THAN $100,000.00 AND MULTIPLES OF $1,000.00 IN EXCESS THEREOF. ANY ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY IN A BLOCK HAVING AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF LESS THAN $100,000.00 SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE VOID AND OF NO LEGAL EFFECT WHATSOEVER.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY AGREES THAT IT WILL COMPLY WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY THE INDENTURE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debenture

of

Plains Capital Corporation

March 26, 2003

Plains Capital Corporation, a Texas corporation (the “Company” which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received promises to pay to U. S. Bank National Association, not in its individual capacity but solely as Institutional Trustee for PCC Statutory Trust II (the “Holder”) or registered assigns, the principal sum of eighteen million forty-two thousand dollars ($18,042,000.00) on March 26, 2033, and to pay interest on said principal sum from March 26, 2003, or from the most recent interest payment date (each such date, an “Interest Payment Date”) to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, quarterly (subject to deferral as set forth herein) in arrears on March 26, June 26, September 26 and December 26 of each year commencing on June 26, 2003, at an annual rate equal to 4.41063% beginning on (and including) the date of original issuance and ending on (but excluding) June 26, 2003 and at an annual rate for each successive period beginning on (and including) June 26, 2003, and each succeeding Interest Payment Date, and ending on (but excluding) the next succeeding Interest Payment Date (each a “Distribution Period”), equal to 3-Month LIBOR, determined as described below, plus 3.15% (the “Coupon Rate”); provided , however , that prior to March 26, 2008, the Coupon Rate shall not exceed 11.75%, applied to the principal amount hereof, until the principal hereof becomes due and payable, and on any overdue principal and to the extent that payment of such interest is enforceable under applicable law (without duplication) on any overdue installment of interest (including Additional Interest) at the Interest Rate in effect for each applicable period compounded quarterly. The amount of interest payable for any Distribution Period will be calculated

 

A-1-2


by applying the Interest Rate to the principal amount outstanding at the commencement of the Distribution Period and multiplying each such amount by the actual number of days in the Distribution Period concerned divided by 360. In the event that any date on which interest is payable on this Debenture is not a Business Day, then a payment of the interest payable on such date will be made on the next succeeding day which is a Business Day (and without any interest or other payment in respect of any such delay), except that, if such Business Day is in the next succeeding calendar year, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day, in each case with the same force and effect as if made on the date the payment was originally payable. The interest installment so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date will, as provided in the Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Debenture (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the regular record date for such interest installment, which shall be fifteen days prior to the day on which the relevant Interest Payment Date occurs. Any such interest installment not so punctually paid or duly provided for shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on such regular record date and may be paid to the Person in whose name this Debenture (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on a special record date.

“3-Month LIBOR” as used herein, means the London interbank offered interest rate for three-month U.S. dollar deposits determined by the Trustee in the following order of priority: (i) the rate (expressed as a percentage per annum) for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity that appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date (“Telerate Page 3750” means the display designated as “Page 3750” on the Dow Jones Telerate Service or such other page as may replace Page 3750 on that service or such other service or services as may be nominated by the British Bankers’ Association as the information vendor for the purpose of displaying London interbank offered rates for U.S. dollar deposits); (ii) if such rate cannot be identified on the related Determination Date, the Trustee will request the principal London offices of four leading banks in the London interbank market to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to prime banks in the London interbank market for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such Determination Date. If at least two quotations are provided, 3-Month LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations; (iii) if fewer than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause (ii) above, the Trustee will request four major New York City banks to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to leading European banks for loans in U.S. dollars as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such Determination Date. If at least two such quotations are provided, 3-Month LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations; and (iv) if fewer than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause (iii) above, 3-Month LIBOR will be a 3-Month LIBOR determined with respect to the Distribution Period immediately preceding such current Distribution Period. If the rate for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity that initially appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date is superseded on the Telerate Page 3750 by a corrected rate by 12:00 noon (London time) on such Determination Date, then the corrected rate as so substituted on the applicable page will be the applicable 3-Month LIBOR for such Determination Date. As used herein, “Determination Date” means the date that is two London Banking Days (i.e., a business day in which dealings in deposits in U.S. dollars are transacted in the London interbank market) preceding the commencement of the relevant Distribution Period.

The Interest Rate for any Distribution Period will at no time be higher than the maximum rate then permitted by New York law as the same may be modified by United States law.

All percentages resulting from any calculations on the Debentures will be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point, with five one-millionths of a percentage point rounded upward (e.g., 9.876545% (or .09876545) being rounded to 9.87655% (or .0987655), and all dollar amounts used in or resulting from such calculation will be rounded to the nearest cent (with one-half cent being rounded upward)).

 

A-1-3


The principal of and interest on this Debenture shall be payable at the office or agency of the Trustee (or other paying agent appointed by the Company) maintained for that purpose in any coin or currency of the United States of America that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts; provided , however , that payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the registered holder at such address as shall appear in the Debenture Register if a request for a wire transfer by such holder has not been received by the Company or by wire transfer to an account appropriately designated by the holder hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as the holder of this Debenture is the Institutional Trustee, the payment of the principal of and interest on this Debenture will be made in immediately available funds at such place and to such account as may be designated by the Trustee.

So long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Company shall have the right, from time to time, and without causing an Event of Default, to defer payments of interest on the Debentures by extending the interest payment period on the Debentures at any time and from time to time during the term of the Debentures, for up to 20 consecutive quarterly periods (each such extended interest payment period, an “Extension Period”), during which Extension Period no interest (including Additional Interest) shall be due and payable (except any Additional Sums that may be due and payable). No Extension Period may end on a date other than an Interest Payment Date. During an Extension Period, interest will continue to accrue on the Debentures, and interest on such accrued interest will accrue at an annual rate equal to the Interest Rate in effect for such Extension Period, compounded quarterly from the date such interest would have been payable were it not for the Extension Period, to the extent permitted by law (such interest referred to herein as “Additional Interest”). At the end of any such Extension Period the Company shall pay all interest then accrued and unpaid on the Debentures (together with Additional Interest thereon); provided , however , that no Extension Period may extend beyond the Maturity Date; provided further , however , that during any such Extension Period, the Company shall not and shall not permit any Affiliate to engage in any of the activities or transactions described on the reverse side hereof and in the Indenture. Prior to the termination of any Extension Period, the Company may further extend such period, provided that such period together with all such previous and further consecutive extensions thereof shall not exceed 20 consecutive quarterly periods, or extend beyond the Maturity Date. Upon the termination of any Extension Period and upon the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, the Company may commence a new Extension Period, subject to the foregoing requirements. No interest or Additional Interest shall be due and payable during an Extension Period, except at the end thereof, but each installment of interest that would otherwise have been due and payable during such Extension Period shall bear Additional Interest. The Company must give the Trustee notice of its election to begin or extend an Extension Period at least 5 Business Days prior to the regular record date (as such term is used in Section 2.8 of the Indenture) immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date with respect to which interest on the Debentures would have been payable except for the election to begin or extend such Extension Period.

The indebtedness evidenced by this Debenture is, to the extent provided in the Indenture, subordinate and junior in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness, and this Debenture is issued subject to the provisions of the Indenture with respect thereto. Each holder of this Debenture, by accepting the same, (a) agrees to and shall be bound by such provisions, (b) authorizes and directs the Trustee on his or her behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to acknowledge or effectuate the subordination so provided and (c) appoints the Trustee his or her attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes. Each holder hereof, by his or her acceptance hereof, hereby waives all notice of the acceptance of the subordination provisions contained herein and in the Indenture by each holder of Senior Indebtedness, whether now outstanding or hereafter incurred, and waives reliance by each such holder upon said provisions.

 

A-1-4


This Debenture shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, be valid or become obligatory for any purpose until the certificate of authentication hereon shall have been signed by or on behalf of the Trustee.

The provisions of this Debenture are continued on the reverse side hereof and such provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as though fully set forth at this place.

 

A-1-5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has duly executed this certificate.

 

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION
By    
  Name:
  Title:

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Debentures referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

U. S. Bank National Association, as Trustee
By:    
  Authorized Officer

 

A-1-6


[FORM OF REVERSE OF DEBENTURE]

This Debenture is one of the floating rate junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures of the Company, all issued or to be issued under and pursuant to the Indenture dated as of March 26, 2003 (the “Indenture”), duly executed and delivered between the Company and the Trustee, to which Indenture reference is hereby made for a description of the rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities thereunder of the Trustee, the Company and the holders of the Debentures. The Debentures are limited in aggregate principal amount as specified in the Indenture.

Upon the occurrence and continuation of a Special Event prior to March 26, 2008, the Company shall have the right to redeem the Debentures in whole, but not in part, at any Interest Payment Date, within 120 days following the occurrence of such Special Event, at the Special Redemption Price.

In addition, the Company shall have the right to redeem the Debentures, in whole or in part, but in all cases in a principal amount with integral multiples of $1,000.00, on any Interest Payment Date on or after March 26, 2008, at the Redemption Price.

Prior to 10:00 a.m. New York City time on the Redemption Date or Special Redemption Date, as applicable, the Company will deposit with the Trustee or with one or more paying agents an amount of money sufficient to redeem on the Redemption Date or the Special Redemption Date, as applicable, all the Debentures so called for redemption at the appropriate Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price.

If all, or less than all, the Debentures are to be redeemed, the Company will give the Trustee notice not less than 45 nor more than 60 days, respectively, prior to the Redemption Date or Special Redemption Date, as applicable, as to the aggregate principal amount of Debentures to be redeemed and the Trustee shall select, in such manner as in its sole discretion it shall deem appropriate and fair, the Debentures or portions thereof (in integral multiples of $1,000.00) to be redeemed.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any redemption of Debentures by the Company shall be subject to the receipt of any and all required regulatory approvals.

In case an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, upon demand of the Trustee, the principal of all of the Debentures shall become due and payable in the manner, with the effect and subject to the conditions provided in the Indenture.

The Indenture contains provisions permitting the Company and the Trustee, with the consent of the holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures at the time outstanding, to execute supplemental indentures for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or of any supplemental indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the holders of the Debentures; provided , however , that no such supplemental indenture shall without the consent of the holders of each Debenture then outstanding and affected thereby (i) change the fixed maturity of any Debenture, or reduce the principal amount thereof or any premium thereon, or reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of interest thereon, or reduce any amount payable on redemption thereof or make the principal thereof or any interest or premium thereon payable in any coin or currency other than that provided in the Debentures, or impair or affect the right of any Securityholder to institute suit for payment thereof or impair the right of repayment, if any, at the option of the holder, or (ii) reduce the aforesaid percentage of Debentures the holders of which are required to consent to any such supplemental indenture.

 

A-1-7


The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures at the time outstanding on behalf of the holders of all of the Debentures to waive (or modify any previously granted waiver of) any past default or Event of Default, and its consequences, except a default (a) in the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any of the Debentures, (b) in respect of covenants or provisions hereof or of the Indenture which cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the holder of each Debenture affected, or (c) in respect of the covenants contained in Section 3.9 of the Indenture; provided , however , that if the Debentures are held by the Trust or a trustee of such trust, such waiver or modification to such waiver shall not be effective until the holders of a majority in Liquidation Amount of Trust Securities of the Trust shall have consented to such waiver or modification to such waiver, provided , further , that if the consent of the holder of each outstanding Debenture is required, such waiver shall not be effective until each holder of the Trust Securities of the Trust shall have consented to such waiver. Upon any such waiver, the default covered thereby shall be deemed to be cured for all purposes of the Indenture and the Company, the Trustee and the holders of the Debentures shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder, respectively; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon. Whenever any default or Event of Default hereunder shall have been waived as permitted by the Indenture, said default or Event of Default shall for all purposes of the Debentures and the Indenture be deemed to have been cured and to be not continuing.

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Debenture or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and premium, if any, and interest, including Additional Interest, on this Debenture at the time and place and at the rate and in the money herein prescribed.

The Company has agreed that if Debentures are initially issued to the Trust or a trustee of such Trust in connection with the issuance of Trust Securities by the Trust (regardless of whether Debentures continue to be held by such Trust) and (i) there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default, (ii) the Company shall be in default with respect to its payment of any obligations under the Capital Securities Guarantee, or (iii) the Company shall have given notice of its election to defer payments of interest on the Debentures by extending the interest payment period as provided herein and such Extension Period, or any extension thereof, shall be continuing, then the Company shall not, and shall not allow any Affiliate of the Company to, (x) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire, or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of the Company’s capital stock or its Affiliates’ capital stock (other than payments of dividends or distributions to the Company or payments of dividends from direct or indirect subsidiaries of the Company to their parent corporations, which also shall be direct or indirect subsidiaries of the Company) or make any guarantee payments with respect to the foregoing or (y) make any payment of principal of or interest or premium, if any, on or repay, repurchase or redeem any debt securities of the Company or any Affiliate that rank pari passu in all respects with or junior in interest to the Debentures (other than, with respect to clauses (x) and (y) above, (1) repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of shares of capital stock of the Company in connection with any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants, in connection with a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock purchase plan or in connection with the issuance of capital stock of the Company (or securities convertible into or exercisable for such capital stock) as consideration in an acquisition transaction entered into prior to the applicable Extension Period, if any, (2) as a result of any exchange or conversion of any class or series of the Company’s capital stock (or any capital stock of a subsidiary of the Company) for any class or series of the Company’s capital stock or of any class or series of the Company’s indebtedness for any class or series of the Company’s capital stock, (3) the purchase of fractional interests in shares of the Company’s capital stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such capital stock or the security being converted or exchanged, (4) any declaration of a dividend in connection with any stockholders’ rights plan, or the issuance of rights, stock or other property under any stockholders’ rights plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto, (5) any dividend in the form

 

A-1-8


of stock, warrants, options or other rights where the dividend stock or the stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants, options or other rights is the same stock as that on which the dividend is being paid or ranks pari passu with or junior to such stock and any cash payments in lieu of fractional shares issued in connection therewith, (6) payments of principal or interest on debt securities or payments of cash dividends or distributions on any capital stock issued by an Affiliate that is not, in whole or in part, a subsidiary of the Company (or any redemptions, repurchases or liquidation payments on such stock or securities), or (7) payments under the Capital Securities Guarantee).

The Debentures are issuable only in registered, certificated form without coupons and in minimum denominations of $100,000.00 and any multiple of $1,000.00 in excess thereof. As provided in the Indenture and subject to the transfer restrictions and limitations as may be contained herein and therein from time to time, this Debenture is transferable by the holder hereof on the Debenture Register of the Company. Upon due presentment for registration of transfer of any Debenture at the Principal Office of the Trustee or at any office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose as provided in Section 3.2 of the Indenture, the Company shall execute, the Company or the Trustee shall register and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and make available for delivery in the name of the transferee or transferees a new Debenture for a like aggregate principal amount. All Debentures presented for registration of transfer or for exchange or payment shall (if so required by the Company or the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent) be duly endorsed by, or be accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer in form satisfactory to, the Company and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent duly executed by the holder or his attorney duly authorized in writing. No service charge shall be made for any exchange or registration of transfer of Debentures, but the Company or the Trustee may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax, fee or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection therewith.

Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer of any Debenture, the Company, the Trustee, any Authenticating Agent, any paying agent, any transfer agent and any Debenture registrar may deem the Person in whose name such Debenture shall be registered upon the Debenture Register to be, and may treat him as, the absolute owner of such Debenture (whether or not such Debenture shall be overdue) for the purpose of receiving payment of or on account of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Debenture and for all other purposes; and neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent nor any paying agent nor any transfer agent nor any Debenture registrar shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. All such payments so made to any holder for the time being or upon his order shall be valid, and, to the extent of the sum or sums so paid, effectual to satisfy and discharge the liability for moneys payable upon any such Debenture.

No recourse for the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest on any Debenture, or for any claim based thereon or otherwise in respect thereof, and no recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of the Company in the Indenture or in any supplemental indenture, or in any such Debenture, or because of the creation of any indebtedness represented thereby, shall be had against any incorporator, stockholder, employee, officer or director, as such, past, present or future, of the Company or of any successor Person of the Company, either directly or through the Company or any successor Person of the Company, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise, it being expressly understood that all such liability is hereby expressly waived and released as a condition of, and as a consideration for, the execution of the Indenture and the issue of the Debentures.

Capitalized terms used and not defined in this Debenture shall have the meanings assigned in the Indenture dated as of the date of original issuance of this Debenture between the Trustee and the Company.

 

A-1-9


THE INDENTURE AND THE DEBENTURES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAW PRINCIPLES THEREOF.

 

A-1-10

Exhibit 4.11

FLOATING RATE JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEFERRABLE INTEREST DEBENTURE

THIS SECURITY IS NOT A SAVINGS ACCOUNT OR DEPOSIT AND IT IS NOT INSURED BY THE UNITED STATES OR ANY AGENCY OR FUND OF THE UNITED STATES, INCLUDING THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION.

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAW. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A SO LONG AS THIS SECURITY IS ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144A, (D) TO A NON-U.S. PERSON IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 (AS APPLICABLE) OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (A) OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO IT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INDENTURE, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE COMPANY.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF ALSO AGREES, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”) (EACH A “PLAN”), OR AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” BY REASON OF ANY PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY, AND NO PERSON INVESTING “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY PLAN MAY ACQUIRE OR HOLD THE SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER OR HOLDER IS ELIGIBLE FOR EXEMPTIVE RELIEF AVAILABLE UNDER U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR PROHIBITED TRANSACTION CLASS EXEMPTION 96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1 OR 84-14 OR ANOTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTION OR ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY IS NOT PROHIBITED BY SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE WITH RESPECT TO SUCH PURCHASE OR HOLDING. ANY PURCHASER OR HOLDER OF THE SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED BY ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING THEREOF THAT EITHER (i) IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 3(3) OF ERISA, OR A PLAN


TO WHICH SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE IS APPLICABLE, A TRUSTEE OR OTHER PERSON ACTING ON BEHALF OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY USING THE ASSETS OF ANY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN TO FINANCE SUCH PURCHASE, OR (ii) SUCH PURCHASE WILL NOT RESULT IN A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE FOR WHICH THERE IS NO APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE EXEMPTION.

THIS SECURITY WILL BE ISSUED AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN BLOCKS HAVING AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOT LESS THAN $100,000.00 AND MULTIPLES OF $1,000.00 IN EXCESS THEREOF. ANY ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY IN A BLOCK HAVING AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF LESS THAN $100,000.00 SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE VOID AND OF NO LEGAL EFFECT WHATSOEVER.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY AGREES THAT IT WILL COMPLY WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY THE INDENTURE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debenture

of

Plains Capital Corporation

March 26, 2003

Plains Capital Corporation, a Texas corporation (the “Company” which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received promises to pay to U. S. Bank National Association, not in its individual capacity but solely as Institutional Trustee for PCC Statutory Trust II (the “Holder”) or registered assigns, the principal sum of eighteen million forty-two thousand dollars ($18,042,000.00) on March 26, 2033, and to pay interest on said principal sum from March 26, 2003, or from the most recent interest payment date (each such date, an “Interest Payment Date”) to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, quarterly (subject to deferral as set forth herein) in arrears on March 26, June 26, September 26 and December 26 of each year commencing June 26, 2003, at an annual rate equal to 4.41063% beginning on (and including) the date of original issuance and ending on (but excluding) June 26, 2003 and at an annual rate for each successive period beginning on (and including) June 26, 2003, and each succeeding Interest Payment Date, and ending on (but excluding) the next succeeding Interest Payment Date (each a “Distribution Period”), equal to 3-Month LIBOR, determined as described below, plus 3.15% (the “Coupon Rate”); provided , however , that prior to March 26, 2008, the Coupon Rate shall not exceed 11.75%, applied to the principal amount hereof, until the principal hereof becomes due and payable, and on any overdue principal and to the extent that payment of such interest is enforceable under applicable law (without duplication) on any overdue installment of interest (including Additional Interest) at the Interest Rate in effect for each applicable period compounded quarterly. The amount of interest payable for any Distribution Period will be calculated by applying the Interest Rate to the principal amount outstanding at the commencement of the Distribution Period and multiplying each such amount by the actual number of days in the Distribution Period concerned divided by 360. In the event that any date on which interest is payable on this Debenture is not a Business Day, then a payment of the interest payable on such date will be made on the next succeeding day which is a Business Day (and without any interest or other payment in respect of any such delay), except that,

 

2


if such Business Day is in the next succeeding calendar year, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day, in each case with the same force and effect as if made on the date the payment was originally payable. The interest installment so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date will, as provided in the Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Debenture (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the regular record date for such interest installment, which shall be fifteen days prior to the day on which the relevant Interest Payment Date occurs. Any such interest installment not so punctually paid or duly provided for shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on such regular record date and may be paid to the Person in whose name this Debenture (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on a special record date.

“3-Month LIBOR” as used herein, means the London interbank offered interest rate for three-month U.S. dollar deposits determined by the Trustee in the following order of priority: (i) the rate (expressed as a percentage per annum) for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity that appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date (“Telerate Page 3750” means the display designated as “Page 3750” on the Dow Jones Telerate Service or such other page as may replace Page 3750 on that service or such other service or services as may be nominated by the British Bankers’ Association as the information vendor for the purpose of displaying London interbank offered rates for U.S. dollar deposits); (ii) if such rate cannot be identified on the related Determination Date, the Trustee will request the principal London offices of four leading banks in the London interbank market to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to prime banks in the London interbank market for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such Determination Date. If at least two quotations are provided, 3-Month LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations; (iii) if fewer than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause (ii) above, the Trustee will request four major New York City banks to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to leading European banks for loans in U.S. dollars as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such Determination Date. If at least two such quotations are provided, 3-Month LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations; and (iv) if fewer than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause (iii) above, 3-Month LIBOR will be a 3-Month LIBOR determined with respect to the Distribution Period immediately preceding such current Distribution Period. If the rate for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity that initially appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date is superseded on the Telerate Page 3750 by a corrected rate by 12:00 noon (London time) on such Determination Date, then the corrected rate as so substituted on the applicable page will be the applicable 3-Month LIBOR for such Determination Date. As used herein, “Determination Date” means the date that is two London Banking Days (i.e., a business day in which dealings in deposits in U.S. dollars are transacted in the London interbank market) preceding the commencement of the relevant Distribution Period.

The Interest Rate for any Distribution Period will at no time be higher than the maximum rate then permitted by New York law as the same may be modified by United States law.

All percentages resulting from any calculations on the Debentures will be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point, with five one-millionths of a percentage point rounded upward (e.g., 9.876545% (or .09876545) being rounded to 9.87655% (or .0987655), and all dollar amounts used in or resulting from such calculation will be rounded to the nearest cent (with one-half cent being rounded upward)).

The principal of and interest on this Debenture shall be payable at the office or agency of the Trustee (or other paying agent appointed by the Company) maintained for that purpose in any coin or currency of the United States of America that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts; provided , however , that payment of interest may be made by check

 

3


mailed to the registered holder at such address as shall appear in the Debenture Register if a request for a wire transfer by such holder has not been received by the Company or by wire transfer to an account appropriately designated by the holder hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as the holder of this Debenture is the Institutional Trustee, the payment of the principal of and interest on this Debenture will be made in immediately available funds at such place and to such account as may be designated by the Trustee.

So long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Company shall have the right, from time to time, and without causing an Event of Default, to defer payments of interest on the Debentures by extending the interest payment period on the Debentures at any time and from time to time during the term of the Debentures, for up to 20 consecutive quarterly periods (each such extended interest payment period, an “Extension Period”), during which Extension Period no interest (including Additional Interest) shall be due and payable (except any Additional Sums that may be due and payable). No Extension Period may end on a date other than an Interest Payment Date. During an Extension Period, interest will continue to accrue on the Debentures, and interest on such accrued interest will accrue at an annual rate equal to the Interest Rate in effect for such Extension Period, compounded quarterly from the date such interest would have been payable were it not for the Extension Period, to the extent permitted by law (such interest referred to herein as “Additional Interest”). At the end of any such Extension Period the Company shall pay all interest then accrued and unpaid on the Debentures (together with Additional Interest thereon); provided , however , that no Extension Period may extend beyond the Maturity Date; provided further , however , that during any such Extension Period, the Company shall not and shall not permit any Affiliate to engage in any of the activities or transactions described on the reverse side hereof and in the Indenture. Prior to the termination of any Extension Period, the Company may further extend such period, provided that such period together with all such previous and further consecutive extensions thereof shall not exceed 20 consecutive quarterly periods, or extend beyond the Maturity Date. Upon the termination of any Extension Period and upon the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, the Company may commence a new Extension Period, subject to the foregoing requirements. No interest or Additional Interest shall be due and payable during an Extension Period, except at the end thereof, but each installment of interest that would otherwise have been due and payable during such Extension Period shall bear Additional Interest. The Company must give the Trustee notice of its election to begin or extend an Extension Period at least 5 Business Days prior to the regular record date (as such term is used in Section 2.8 of the Indenture) immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date with respect to which interest on the Debentures would have been payable except for the election to begin or extend such Extension Period.

The indebtedness evidenced by this Debenture is, to the extent provided in the Indenture, subordinate and junior in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness, and this Debenture is issued subject to the provisions of the Indenture with respect thereto. Each holder of this Debenture, by accepting the same, (a) agrees to and shall be bound by such provisions, (b) authorizes and directs the Trustee on his or her behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to acknowledge or effectuate the subordination so provided and (c) appoints the Trustee his or her attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes. Each holder hereof, by his or her acceptance hereof, hereby waives all notice of the acceptance of the subordination provisions contained herein and in the Indenture by each holder of Senior Indebtedness, whether now outstanding or hereafter incurred, and waives reliance by each such holder upon said provisions.

This Debenture shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, be valid or become obligatory for any purpose until the certificate of authentication hereon shall have been signed by or on behalf of the Trustee.

 

4


The provisions of this Debenture are continued on the reverse side hereof and such provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as though fully set forth at this place.

Signatures appear on the following page

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has duly executed this certificate.

 

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION
By   /s/ Alan B. White
  Name: Alan B. White
  Title: Chairman & CEO

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Debentures referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

U. S. Bank National Association, as Trustee
By:   /s/ Paul D. Allen
  Authorized Officer

 

6


REVERSE OF DEBENTURE

This Debenture is one of the floating rate junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures of the Company, all issued or to be issued under and pursuant to the Indenture dated as of March 26, 2003 (the “Indenture”), duly executed and delivered between the Company and the Trustee, to which Indenture reference is hereby made for a description of the rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities thereunder of the Trustee, the Company and the holders of the Debentures. The Debentures are limited in aggregate principal amount as specified in the Indenture.

Upon the occurrence and continuation of a Special Event prior to March 26, 2008, the Company shall have the right to redeem the Debentures in whole, but not in part, at any Interest Payment Date, within 120 days following the occurrence of such Special Event, at the Special Redemption Price.

In addition, the Company shall have the right to redeem the Debentures, in whole or in part, but in all cases in a principal amount with integral multiples of $1,000.00, on any Interest Payment Date on or after March 26, 2008, at the Redemption Price.

Prior to 10:00 a.m. New York City time on the Redemption Date or Special Redemption Date, as applicable, the Company will deposit with the Trustee or with one or more paying agents an amount of money sufficient to redeem on the Redemption Date or the Special Redemption Date, as applicable, all the Debentures so called for redemption at the appropriate Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price.

If all, or less than all, the Debentures are to be redeemed, the Company will give the Trustee notice not less than 45 nor more than 60 days, respectively, prior to the Redemption Date or Special Redemption Date, as applicable, as to the aggregate principal amount of Debentures to be redeemed and the Trustee shall select, in such manner as in its sole discretion it shall deem appropriate and fair, the Debentures or portions thereof (in integral multiples of $1,000.00) to be redeemed.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any redemption of Debentures by the Company shall be subject to the receipt of any and all required regulatory approvals.

In case an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, upon demand of the Trustee, the principal of all of the Debentures shall become due and payable in the manner, with the effect and subject to the conditions provided in the Indenture.

The Indenture contains provisions permitting the Company and the Trustee, with the consent of the holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures at the time outstanding, to execute supplemental indentures for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or of any supplemental indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the holders of the Debentures; provided , however , that no such supplemental indenture shall without the consent of the holders of each Debenture then outstanding and affected thereby (i) change the fixed maturity of any Debenture, or reduce the principal amount thereof or any premium thereon, or reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of interest thereon, or reduce any amount payable on redemption thereof or make the principal thereof or any interest or premium thereon payable in any coin or currency other than that provided in the Debentures, or impair or affect the right of any Securityholder to institute suit for payment thereof or impair the right of repayment, if any, at the option of the holder, or (ii) reduce the aforesaid percentage of Debentures the holders of which are required to consent to any such supplemental indenture.

The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures at the time outstanding on behalf of the holders of all of the Debentures to waive (or modify any previously granted waiver of) any past default or Event of Default, and its consequences, except a default (a) in the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any of the Debentures, (b) in respect of covenants or provisions hereof or of the Indenture which cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the holder of each Debenture affected, or (c) in respect of the covenants contained in Section 3.9 of the Indenture; provided , however , that if the Debentures are held by the Trust or a trustee of such trust, such waiver or modification to such waiver shall not be effective until the holders of a majority in Liquidation Amount of Trust Securities of the Trust shall have consented to such waiver or modification to such waiver, provided , further , that if the consent of the holder of each outstanding Debenture is required, such waiver shall not be effective until each holder of the Trust Securities of the Trust shall have consented to such waiver. Upon any such waiver, the default covered thereby shall be deemed to be cured for all purposes of the Indenture and the Company, the Trustee and the holders of the Debentures shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder, respectively; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon. Whenever any default or Event of Default hereunder shall have been waived as permitted by the Indenture, said default or Event of Default shall for all purposes of the Debentures and the Indenture be deemed to have been cured and to be not continuing.

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Debenture or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and premium, if any, and interest, including Additional Interest, on this Debenture at the time and place and at the rate and in the money herein prescribed.

The Company has agreed that if Debentures are initially issued to the Trust or a trustee of such Trust in connection with the issuance of Trust Securities by the Trust (regardless of whether Debentures continue to be held by such Trust) and (i) there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default, (ii) the Company shall be in default with respect to its payment of any obligations under the Capital Securities Guarantee, or (iii) the Company shall have given notice of its election to defer payments of interest on the Debentures by extending the interest payment period as provided herein and such Extension Period, or any extension thereof, shall be continuing, then the Company shall not, and shall not allow any Affiliate of the Company to, (x) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire, or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of the Company’s capital stock or its Affiliates’ capital stock (other than payments of dividends or distributions to the Company or payments of dividends from direct or indirect subsidiaries of the Company to their parent corporations, which also shall be direct or indirect subsidiaries of the Company) or make any guarantee payments with respect to the foregoing or (y) make any payment of principal of

 

7


or interest or premium, if any, on or repay, repurchase or redeem any debt securities of the Company or any Affiliate that rank pari passu in all respects with or junior in interest to the Debentures (other than, with respect to clauses (x) and (y) above, (1) repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of shares of capital stock of the Company in connection with any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants, in connection with a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock purchase plan or in connection with the issuance of capital stock of the Company (or securities convertible into or exercisable for such capital stock) as consideration in an acquisition transaction entered into prior to the applicable Extension Period, if any, (2) as a result of any exchange or conversion of any class or series of the Company’s capital stock (or any capital stock of a subsidiary of the Company) for any class or series of the Company’s capital stock or of any class or series of the Company’s indebtedness for any class or series of the Company’s capital stock, (3) the purchase of fractional interests in shares of the Company’s capital stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such capital stock or the security being converted or exchanged, (4) any declaration of a dividend in connection with any stockholders’ rights plan, or the issuance of rights, stock or other property under any stockholders’ rights plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto, (5) any dividend in the form of stock, warrants, options or other rights where the dividend stock or the stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants, options or other rights is the same stock as that on which the dividend is being paid or ranks pari passu with or junior to such stock and any cash payments in lieu of fractional shares issued in connection therewith, (6) payments of principal or interest on debt securities or payments of cash dividends or distributions on any capital stock issued by an Affiliate that is not, in whole or in part, a subsidiary of the Company (or any redemptions, repurchases or liquidation payments on such stock or securities), or (7) payments under the Capital Securities Guarantee).

The Debentures are issuable only in registered, certificated form without coupons and in minimum denominations of $100,000.00 and any multiple of $1,000.00 in excess thereof. As provided in the Indenture and subject to the transfer restrictions and limitations as may be contained herein and therein from time to time, this Debenture is transferable by the holder hereof on the Debenture Register of the Company. Upon due presentment for registration of transfer of any Debenture at the Principal Office of the Trustee or at any office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose as provided in Section 3.2 of the Indenture, the Company shall execute, the Company or the Trustee shall register and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and make available for delivery in the name of the transferee or transferees a new Debenture for a like aggregate principal amount. All Debentures presented for registration of transfer or for exchange or payment shall (if so required by the Company or the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent) be duly endorsed by, or be accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer in form satisfactory to, the Company and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent duly executed by the holder or his attorney duly authorized in writing. No service charge shall be made for any exchange or registration of transfer of Debentures, but the Company or the Trustee may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax, fee or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection therewith.

Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer of any Debenture, the Company, the Trustee, any Authenticating Agent, any paying agent, any transfer agent and any Debenture registrar may deem the Person in whose name such Debenture shall be registered upon the Debenture Register to be, and may treat him as, the absolute owner of such Debenture (whether or not such Debenture shall be overdue) for the purpose of receiving payment of or on account of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Debenture and for all other purposes; and neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent nor any paying agent nor any transfer agent nor any Debenture registrar shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. All such payments so made to any holder for the time being or upon his order shall be valid, and, to the extent of the sum or sums so paid, effectual to satisfy and discharge the liability for moneys payable upon any such Debenture.

No recourse for the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest on any Debenture, or for any claim based thereon or otherwise in respect thereof, and no recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of the Company in the Indenture or in any supplemental indenture, or in any such Debenture, or because of the creation of any indebtedness represented thereby, shall be had against any incorporator, stockholder, employee, officer or director, as such, past, present or future, of the Company or of any successor Person of the Company, either directly or through the Company or any successor Person of the Company, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise, it being expressly understood that all such liability is hereby expressly waived and released as a condition of, and as a consideration for, the execution of the Indenture and the issue of the Debentures.

Capitalized terms used and not defined in this Debenture shall have the meanings assigned in the Indenture dated as of the date of original issuance of this Debenture between the Trustee and the Company.

THE INDENTURE AND THE DEBENTURES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAW PRINCIPLES THEREOF.

 

8

Exhibit 4.12

 

 

 

GUARANTEE AGREEMENT

by and between

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION

and

U. S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

Dated as of March 26, 2003

 

 

 


GUARANTEE AGREEMENT

This GUARANTEE AGREEMENT (this “Guarantee”), dated as of March 26, 2003, is executed and delivered by Plains Capital Corporation, a Texas corporation (the “Guarantor”), and U. S. Bank National Association, a national banking association, organized under the laws of the United States of America, as trustee (the “Guarantee Trustee”), for the benefit of the Holders (as defined herein) from time to time of the Capital Securities (as defined herein) of PCC Statutory Trust II, a Connecticut statutory trust (the “Issuer”).

WHEREAS, pursuant to an Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust (the “Declaration”), dated as of the date hereof among U. S. Bank National Association, not in its individual capacity but solely as institutional trustee, the administrators of the Issuer named therein, the Guarantor, as sponsor, and the holders from time to time of undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Issuer, the Issuer is issuing on the date hereof those undivided beneficial interests, having an aggregate liquidation amount of $17,500,000.00 (the “Capital Securities”); and

WHEREAS, as incentive for the Holders to purchase the Capital Securities, the Guarantor desires irrevocably and unconditionally to agree, to the extent set forth in this Guarantee, to pay to the Holders of Capital Securities the Guarantee Payments (as defined herein) and to make certain other payments on the terms and conditions set forth herein;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the purchase by each Holder of the Capital Securities, which purchase the Guarantor hereby agrees shall benefit the Guarantor, the Guarantor executes and delivers this Guarantee for the benefit of the Holders.

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

Section 1.1. Definitions and Interpretation .  In this Guarantee, unless the context otherwise requires:

(a) capitalized terms used in this Guarantee but not defined in the preamble above have the respective meanings assigned to them in this Section 1.1;

(b) a term defined anywhere in this Guarantee has the same meaning throughout;

(c) all references to “the Guarantee” or “this Guarantee” are to this Guarantee as modified, supplemented or amended from time to time;

(d) all references in this Guarantee to “Articles” or “Sections” are to Articles or Sections of this Guarantee, unless otherwise specified;

(e) terms defined in the Declaration as at the date of execution of this Guarantee have the same meanings when used in this Guarantee, unless otherwise defined in this Guarantee or unless the context otherwise requires; and

(f) a reference to the singular includes the plural and vice versa.

Affiliate ” has the same meaning as given to that term in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any successor rule thereunder.


Beneficiaries ” means any Person to whom the Issuer is or hereafter becomes indebted or liable.

Capital Securities ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Guarantee.

Common Securities ” means the common securities issued by the Issuer to the Guarantor pursuant to the Declaration.

Corporate Trust Office ” means the office of the Guarantee Trustee at which the corporate trust business of the Guarantee Trustee shall, at any particular time, be principally administered, which office at the date of execution of this Guarantee is located at 225 Asylum Street, Goodwin Square, Hartford, Connecticut 06103.

Covered Person ” means any Holder of Capital Securities.

Debentures ” means the debt securities of the Guarantor designated the Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures due 2033 held by the Institutional Trustee (as defined in the Declaration) of the Issuer.

Declaration Event of Default ” means an “Event of Default” as defined in the Declaration.

Event of Default ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(a).

Guarantee Payments ” means the following payments or distributions, without duplication, with respect to the Capital Securities, to the extent not paid or made by the Issuer: (i) any accrued and unpaid Distributions (as defined in the Declaration) which are required to be paid on such Capital Securities to the extent the Issuer shall have funds available therefor, (ii) the Redemption Price to the extent the Issuer has funds available therefor, with respect to any Capital Securities called for redemption by the Issuer, (iii) the Special Redemption Price to the extent the Issuer has funds available therefor, with respect to Capital Securities redeemed upon the occurrence of a Special Event, and (iv) upon a voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, winding-up or termination of the Issuer (other than in connection with the distribution of Debentures to the Holders of the Capital Securities in exchange therefor as provided in the Declaration), the lesser of (a) the aggregate of the liquidation amount and all accrued and unpaid Distributions on the Capital Securities to the date of payment, to the extent the Issuer shall have funds available therefor, and (b) the amount of assets of the Issuer remaining available for distribution to Holders in liquidation of the Issuer (in either case, the “Liquidation Distribution”).

Guarantee Trustee ” means U. S. Bank National Association, until a Successor Guarantee Trustee has been appointed and has accepted such appointment pursuant to the terms of this Guarantee and thereafter means each such Successor Guarantee Trustee.

Guarantor ” means Plains Capital Corporation and each of its successors and assigns.

Holder ” means any holder, as registered on the books and records of the Issuer, of any Capital Securities; provided , however , that, in determining whether the Holders of the requisite percentage of Capital Securities have given any request, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, “Holder” shall not include the Guarantor or any Affiliate of the Guarantor.

Indemnified Person ” means the Guarantee Trustee, any Affiliate of the Guarantee Trustee, or any officers, directors, shareholders, members, partners, employees, representatives, nominees, custodians or agents of the Guarantee Trustee.

 

2


Indenture ” means the Indenture dated as of the date hereof between the Guarantor and U. S. Bank National Association, not in its individual capacity but solely as trustee, and any indenture supplemental thereto pursuant to which the Debentures are to be issued to the institutional trustee of the Issuer.

Issuer ” has the meaning set forth in the opening paragraph to this Guarantee.

Liquidation Distribution ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Guarantee Payments” herein.

Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities ” means Holder(s) of outstanding Capital Securities, voting together as a class, but separately from the holders of Common Securities, of more than 50% of the aggregate liquidation amount (including the stated amount that would be paid on redemption, liquidation or otherwise, plus accrued and unpaid Distributions to the date upon which the voting percentages are determined) of all Capital Securities then outstanding.

Obligations ” means any costs, expenses or liabilities (but not including liabilities related to taxes) of the Issuer other than obligations of the Issuer to pay to holders of any Trust Securities the amounts due such holders pursuant to the terms of the Trust Securities.

Officer’s Certificate ” means, with respect to any Person, a certificate signed by one Authorized Officer of such Person. Any Officer’s Certificate delivered with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Guarantee shall include:

(a) a statement that the officer signing the Officer’s Certificate has read the covenant or condition and the definitions relating thereto;

(b) a brief statement of the nature and scope of the examination or investigation undertaken by the officer in rendering the Officer’s Certificate;

(c) a statement that the officer has made such examination or investigation as, in such officer’s opinion, is necessary to enable such officer to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

(d) a statement as to whether, in the opinion of the officer, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

Person ” means a legal person, including any individual, corporation, estate, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated association, or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof, or any other entity of whatever nature.

Redemption Price ” has the meaning set forth in the Indenture.

Responsible Officer ” means, with respect to the Guarantee Trustee, any officer within the Corporate Trust Office of the Guarantee Trustee including any Vice President, Assistant Vice President, Secretary, Assistant Secretary or any other officer of the Guarantee Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of that officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

Special Event ” has the meaning set forth in the Indenture.

 

3


Special Redemption Price ” has the meaning set forth in the Indenture.

Successor Guarantee Trustee ” means a successor Guarantee Trustee possessing the qualifications to act as Guarantee Trustee under Section 3.1.

Trust Securities ” means the Common Securities and the Capital Securities.

ARTICLE II

POWERS, DUTIES AND RIGHTS OF

GUARANTEE TRUSTEE

Section 2.1. Powers and Duties of the Guarantee Trustee .

(a) This Guarantee shall be held by the Guarantee Trustee for the benefit of the Holders of the Capital Securities, and the Guarantee Trustee shall not transfer this Guarantee to any Person except a Holder of Capital Securities exercising his or her rights pursuant to Section 4.4(b) or to a Successor Guarantee Trustee on acceptance by such Successor Guarantee Trustee of its appointment to act as Successor Guarantee Trustee. The right, title and interest of the Guarantee Trustee shall automatically vest in any Successor Guarantee Trustee, and such vesting and cessation of title shall be effective whether or not conveyancing documents have been executed and delivered pursuant to the appointment of such Successor Guarantee Trustee.

(b) If an Event of Default actually known to a Responsible Officer of the Guarantee Trustee has occurred and is continuing, the Guarantee Trustee shall enforce this Guarantee for the benefit of the Holders of the Capital Securities.

(c) The Guarantee Trustee, before the occurrence of any Event of Default and after curing all Events of Default that may have occurred, shall undertake to perform only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Guarantee, and no implied covenants shall be read into this Guarantee against the Guarantee Trustee. In case an Event of Default has occurred (that has not been waived pursuant to Section 2.4) and is actually known to a Responsible Officer of the Guarantee Trustee, the Guarantee Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Guarantee, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise thereof, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs.

(d) No provision of this Guarantee shall be construed to relieve the Guarantee Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(i) prior to the occurrence of any Event of Default and after the curing or waiving of all such Events of Default that may have occurred:

(A) the duties and obligations of the Guarantee Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Guarantee, and the Guarantee Trustee shall not be liable except for the performance of such duties and obligations as are specifically set forth in this Guarantee, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Guarantee against the Guarantee Trustee; and

 

4


(B) in the absence of bad faith on the part of the Guarantee Trustee, the Guarantee Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon any certificates or opinions furnished to the Guarantee Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Guarantee; but in the case of any such certificates or opinions that by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Guarantee Trustee, the Guarantee Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Guarantee;

(ii) the Guarantee Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer of the Guarantee Trustee, unless it shall be proved that such Responsible Officer of the Guarantee Trustee or the Guarantee Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts upon which such judgment was made;

(iii) the Guarantee Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the written direction of the Holders of not less than a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Guarantee Trustee, or relating to the exercise of any trust or power conferred upon the Guarantee Trustee under this Guarantee; and

(iv) no provision of this Guarantee shall require the Guarantee Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur personal financial liability in the performance of any of its duties or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if the Guarantee Trustee shall have reasonable grounds for believing that the repayment of such funds is not reasonably assured to it under the terms of this Guarantee or security and indemnity, reasonably satisfactory to the Guarantee Trustee, against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

Section 2.2. Certain Rights of Guarantee Trustee .

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.1:

(i) The Guarantee Trustee may conclusively rely, and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting upon, any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or presented by the proper party or parties.

(ii) Any direction or act of the Guarantor contemplated by this Guarantee shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Officer’s Certificate.

(iii) Whenever, in the administration of this Guarantee, the Guarantee Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established before taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Guarantee Trustee (unless other evidence is herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, request and conclusively rely upon an Officer’s Certificate of the Guarantor which, upon receipt of such request, shall be promptly delivered by the Guarantor.

(iv) The Guarantee Trustee shall have no duty to see to any recording, filing or registration of any instrument (or any re-recording, refiling or re-registration thereof).

(v) The Guarantee Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection, and the advice or opinion of such counsel with respect to legal matters shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with such advice or opinion. Such counsel may be counsel to the Guarantor or any of its Affiliates and may include any of its employees. The Guarantee Trustee shall have the right at any time to seek instructions concerning the administration of this Guarantee from any court of competent jurisdiction.

 

5


(vi) The Guarantee Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Guarantee at the request or direction of any Holder, unless such Holder shall have provided to the Guarantee Trustee such security and indemnity, reasonably satisfactory to the Guarantee Trustee, against the costs, expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses and the expenses of the Guarantee Trustee’s agents, nominees or custodians) and liabilities that might be incurred by it in complying with such request or direction, including such reasonable advances as may be requested by the Guarantee Trustee; provided , however , that nothing contained in this Section 2.2(a)(vi) shall relieve the Guarantee Trustee, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, of its obligation to exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Guarantee.

(vii) The Guarantee Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Guarantee Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit.

(viii) The Guarantee Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents, nominees, custodians or attorneys, and the Guarantee Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder.

(ix) Any action taken by the Guarantee Trustee or its agents hereunder shall bind the Holders of the Capital Securities, and the signature of the Guarantee Trustee or its agents alone shall be sufficient and effective to perform any such action. No third party shall be required to inquire as to the authority of the Guarantee Trustee to so act or as to its compliance with any of the terms and provisions of this Guarantee, both of which shall be conclusively evidenced by the Guarantee Trustee’s or its agent’s taking such action.

(x) Whenever in the administration of this Guarantee the Guarantee Trustee shall deem it desirable to receive instructions with respect to enforcing any remedy or right or taking any other action hereunder, the Guarantee Trustee (i) may request instructions from the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities, (ii) may refrain from enforcing such remedy or right or taking such other action until such instructions are received, and (iii) shall be protected in conclusively relying on or acting in accordance with such instructions.

(xi) The Guarantee Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered, or omitted to be taken by it in good faith, without negligence, and reasonably believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Guarantee.

(b) No provision of this Guarantee shall be deemed to impose any duty or obligation on the Guarantee Trustee to perform any act or acts or exercise any right, power, duty or obligation conferred or imposed on it, in any jurisdiction in which it shall be illegal or in which the Guarantee Trustee shall be unqualified or incompetent in accordance with applicable law to perform any such act or acts or to exercise any such right, power, duty or obligation. No permissive power or authority available to the Guarantee Trustee shall be construed to be a duty.

 

6


Section 2.3. Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Guarantee .  The recitals contained in this Guarantee shall be taken as the statements of the Guarantor, and the Guarantee Trustee does not assume any responsibility for their correctness. The Guarantee Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or sufficiency of this Guarantee.

Section 2.4. Events of Default; Waiver .

(a) An Event of Default under this Guarantee will occur upon the failure of the Guarantor to perform any of its payment or other obligations hereunder.

(b) The Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities may, voting or consenting as a class, on behalf of the Holders of all of the Capital Securities, waive any past Event of Default and its consequences. Upon such waiver, any such Event of Default shall cease to exist, and shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Guarantee, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

Section 2.5. Events of Default; Notice .

(a) The Guarantee Trustee shall, within 90 days after the occurrence of an Event of Default, transmit by mail, first class postage prepaid, to the Holders of the Capital Securities and the Guarantor, notices of all Events of Default actually known to a Responsible Officer of the Guarantee Trustee, unless such defaults have been cured before the giving of such notice, provided , however , that the Guarantee Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as a Responsible Officer of the Guarantee Trustee in good faith determines that the withholding of such notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Capital Securities.

(b) The Guarantee Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any Event of Default unless the Guarantee Trustee shall have received written notice from the Guarantor or a Holder of the Capital Securities (except in the case of a payment default), or a Responsible Officer of the Guarantee Trustee charged with the administration of this Guarantee shall have obtained actual knowledge thereof.

ARTICLE III

GUARANTEE TRUSTEE

Section 3.1. Guarantee Trustee; Eligibility .

(a) There shall at all times be a Guarantee Trustee which shall:

(i) not be an Affiliate of the Guarantor, and

(ii) be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or any State or Territory thereof or of the District of Columbia, or Person authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, having a combined capital and surplus of at least 50 million U.S. dollars ($50,000,000), and subject to supervision or examination by Federal, State, Territorial or District of Columbia authority. If such corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of the supervising or examining authority referred to above, then, for the purposes of this Section 3.1(a)(ii), the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published.

 

7


(b) If at any time the Guarantee Trustee shall cease to be eligible to so act under Section 3.1(a), the Guarantee Trustee shall immediately resign in the manner and with the effect set out in Section 3.2(c).

(c) If the Guarantee Trustee has or shall acquire any “conflicting interest” within the meaning of Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act, the Guarantee Trustee shall either eliminate such interest or resign to the extent and in the manner provided by, and subject to this Guarantee.

Section 3.2. Appointment, Removal and Resignation of Guarantee Trustee .

(a) Subject to Section 3.2(b), the Guarantee Trustee may be appointed or removed without cause at any time by the Guarantor except during an Event of Default.

(b) The Guarantee Trustee shall not be removed in accordance with Section 3.2(a) until a Successor Guarantee Trustee has been appointed and has accepted such appointment by written instrument executed by such Successor Guarantee Trustee and delivered to the Guarantor.

(c) The Guarantee Trustee appointed to office shall hold office until a Successor Guarantee Trustee shall have been appointed or until its removal or resignation. The Guarantee Trustee may resign from office (without need for prior or subsequent accounting) by an instrument in writing executed by the Guarantee Trustee and delivered to the Guarantor, which resignation shall not take effect until a Successor Guarantee Trustee has been appointed and has accepted such appointment by an instrument in writing executed by such Successor Guarantee Trustee and delivered to the Guarantor and the resigning Guarantee Trustee.

(d) If no Successor Guarantee Trustee shall have been appointed and accepted appointment as provided in this Section 3.2 within 60 days after delivery of an instrument of removal or resignation, the Guarantee Trustee resigning or being removed may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for appointment of a Successor Guarantee Trustee. Such court may thereupon, after prescribing such notice, if any, as it may deem proper, appoint a Successor Guarantee Trustee.

(e) No Guarantee Trustee shall be liable for the acts or omissions to act of any Successor Guarantee Trustee.

(f) Upon termination of this Guarantee or removal or resignation of the Guarantee Trustee pursuant to this Section 3.2, the Guarantor shall pay to the Guarantee Trustee all amounts owing to the Guarantee Trustee under Sections 7.2 and 7.3 accrued to the date of such termination, removal or resignation.

 

8


ARTICLE IV

GUARANTEE

Section 4.1. Guarantee .

(a) The Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to pay in full to the Holders the Guarantee Payments (without duplication of amounts theretofore paid by the Issuer), as and when due, regardless of any defense (except the defense of payment by the Issuer), right of set-off or counterclaim that the Issuer may have or assert. The Guarantor’s obligation to make a Guarantee Payment may be satisfied by direct payment of the required amounts by the Guarantor to the Holders or by causing the Issuer to pay such amounts to the Holders.

(b) The Guarantor hereby also agrees to assume any and all Obligations of the Issuer and in the event any such Obligation is not so assumed, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees to each Beneficiary the full payment, when and as due, of any and all Obligations to such Beneficiaries. This Guarantee is intended to be for the benefit of, and to be enforceable by, all such Beneficiaries, whether or not such Beneficiaries have received notice hereof.

Section 4.2. Waiver of Notice and Demand The Guarantor hereby waives notice of acceptance of this Guarantee and of any liability to which it applies or may apply, presentment, demand for payment, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer or any other Person before proceeding against the Guarantor, protest, notice of nonpayment, notice of dishonor, notice of redemption and all other notices and demands.

Section 4.3. Obligations Not Affected .  The obligations, covenants, agreements and duties of the Guarantor under this Guarantee shall in no way be affected or impaired by reason of the happening from time to time of any of the following:

(a) the release or waiver, by operation of law or otherwise, of the performance or observance by the Issuer of any express or implied agreement, covenant, term or condition relating to the Capital Securities to be performed or observed by the Issuer;

(b) the extension of time for the payment by the Issuer of all or any portion of the Distributions, Redemption Price, Special Redemption Price, Liquidation Distribution or any other sums payable under the terms of the Capital Securities or the extension of time for the performance of any other obligation under, arising out of or in connection with, the Capital Securities (other than an extension of time for payment of Distributions, Redemption Price, Special Redemption Price, Liquidation Distribution or other sum payable that results from the extension of any interest payment period on the Debentures or any extension of the maturity date of the Debentures permitted by the Indenture);

(c) any failure, omission, delay or lack of diligence on the part of the Holders to enforce, assert or exercise any right, privilege, power or remedy conferred on the Holders pursuant to the terms of the Capital Securities, or any action on the part of the Issuer granting indulgence or extension of any kind;

(d) the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, sale of any collateral, receivership, insolvency, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, reorganization, arrangement, composition or readjustment of debt of, or other similar proceedings affecting, the Issuer or any of the assets of the Issuer;

 

9


(e) any invalidity of, or defect or deficiency in, the Capital Securities;

(f) the settlement or compromise of any obligation guaranteed hereby or hereby incurred; or

(g) any other circumstance whatsoever that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor, it being the intent of this Section 4.3 that the obligations of the Guarantor hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional under any and all circumstances.

There shall be no obligation of the Holders to give notice to, or obtain consent of, the Guarantor with respect to the happening of any of the foregoing.

Section 4.4. Rights of Holders .

(a) The Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Guarantee Trustee in respect of this Guarantee or to direct the exercise of any trust or power conferred upon the Guarantee Trustee under this Guarantee; provided , however , that (subject to Section 2.1) the Guarantee Trustee shall have the right to decline to follow any such direction if the Guarantee Trustee being advised by counsel determines that the action or proceeding so directed may not lawfully be taken or if the Guarantee Trustee in good faith by its board of directors or trustees, executive committees or a trust committee of directors or trustees and/or Responsible Officers shall determine that the action or proceedings so directed would involve the Guarantee Trustee in personal liability.

(b) Any Holder of Capital Securities may institute a legal proceeding directly against the Guarantor to enforce the Guarantee Trustee’s rights under this Guarantee, without first instituting a legal proceeding against the Issuer, the Guarantee Trustee or any other Person. The Guarantor waives any right or remedy to require that any such action be brought first against the Issuer, the Guarantee Trustee or any other Person before so proceeding directly against the Guarantor.

Section 4.5. Guarantee of Payment .  This Guarantee creates a guarantee of payment and not of collection.

Section 4.6. Subrogation .  The Guarantor shall be subrogated to all (if any) rights of the Holders of Capital Securities against the Issuer in respect of any amounts paid to such Holders by the Guarantor under this Guarantee; provided , however , that the Guarantor shall not (except to the extent required by mandatory provisions of law) be entitled to enforce or exercise any right that it may acquire by way of subrogation or any indemnity, reimbursement or other agreement, in all cases as a result of payment under this Guarantee, if, after giving effect to any such payment, any amounts are due and unpaid under this Guarantee. If any amount shall be paid to the Guarantor in violation of the preceding sentence, the Guarantor agrees to hold such amount in trust for the Holders and to pay over such amount to the Holders.

Section 4.7. Independent Obligations .  The Guarantor acknowledges that its obligations hereunder are independent of the obligations of the Issuer with respect to the Capital Securities and that the Guarantor shall be liable as principal and as debtor hereunder to make Guarantee Payments pursuant to the terms of this Guarantee notwithstanding the occurrence of any event referred to in subsections (a) through (g), inclusive, of Section 4.3 hereof.

Section 4.8. Enforcement by a Beneficiary .  A Beneficiary may enforce the obligations of the Guarantor contained in Section 4.1(b) directly against the Guarantor and the Guarantor waives any right or remedy to require that any action be brought against the Issuer or any other person or entity before proceeding against the Guarantor. The Guarantor shall be subrogated to all

 

10


rights (if any) of any Beneficiary against the Issuer in respect of any amounts paid to the Beneficiaries by the Guarantor under this Guarantee; provided , however , that the Guarantor shall not (except to the extent required by mandatory provisions of law) be entitled to enforce or exercise any rights that it may acquire by way of subrogation or any indemnity, reimbursement or other agreement, in all cases as a result of payment under this Guarantee, if at the time of any such payment, and after giving effect to such payment, any amounts are due and unpaid under this Guarantee.

ARTICLE V

LIMITATION OF TRANSACTIONS; SUBORDINATION

Section 5.1. Limitation of Transactions .  So long as any Capital Securities remain outstanding, if (a) there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default or a Declaration Event of Default or (b) the Guarantor shall have selected an Extension Period as provided in the Declaration and such period, or any extension thereof, shall have commenced and be continuing, then the Guarantor shall not and shall not permit any Affiliate to (x) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire, or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of the Guarantor’s or such Affiliate’s capital stock (other than payments of dividends or distributions to the Guarantor) or make any guarantee payments with respect to the foregoing or (y) make any payment of principal of or interest or premium, if any, on or repay, repurchase or redeem any debt securities of the Guarantor or any Affiliate that rank pari passu in all respects with or junior in interest to the Debentures (other than, with respect to clauses (x) and (y) above, (i) repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of shares of capital stock of the Guarantor in connection with any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants, in connection with a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock purchase plan or in connection with the issuance of capital stock of the Guarantor (or securities convertible into or exercisable for such capital stock) as consideration in an acquisition transaction entered into prior to the occurrence of the Event of Default, Declaration Event of Default or Extension Period, as applicable, (ii) as a result of any exchange or conversion of any class or series of the Guarantor’s capital stock (or any capital stock of a subsidiary of the Guarantor) for any class or series of the Guarantor’s capital stock or of any class or series of the Guarantor’s indebtedness for any class or series of the Guarantor’s capital stock, (iii) the purchase of fractional interests in shares of the Guarantor’s capital stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such capital stock or the security being converted or exchanged, (iv) any declaration of a dividend in connection with any stockholders’ rights plan, or the issuance of rights, stock or other property under any stockholders’ rights plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto, (v) any dividend in the form of stock, warrants, options or other rights where the dividend stock or the stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants, options or other rights is the same stock as that on which the dividend is being paid or ranks pari passu with or junior to such stock and any cash payments in lieu of fractional shares issued in connection therewith, or (vi) payments under this Guarantee).

Section 5.2. Ranking .  This Guarantee will constitute an unsecured obligation of the Guarantor and will rank subordinate and junior in right of payment to all present and future Senior Indebtedness (as defined in the Indenture) of the Guarantor. By their acceptance thereof, each Holder of Capital Securities agrees to the foregoing provisions of this Guarantee and the other terms set forth herein.

The right of the Guarantor to participate in any distribution of assets of any of its subsidiaries upon any such subsidiary’s liquidation or reorganization or otherwise is subject to the prior claims of creditors of that subsidiary, except to the extent the Guarantor may itself be recognized as a creditor of that subsidiary. Accordingly, the Guarantor’s obligations under this Guarantee will be effectively subordinated to all existing and future liabilities of the Guarantor’s subsidiaries, and claimants should look only to the assets of the Guarantor for payments hereunder. This Guarantee does not limit the incurrence or issuance of other secured or unsecured debt of the Guarantor, including Senior Indebtedness of the Guarantor, under any indenture that the Guarantor may enter into in the future or otherwise.

 

11


ARTICLE VI

TERMINATION

Section 6.1. Termination .  This Guarantee shall terminate as to the Capital Securities (i) upon full payment of the Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price of all Capital Securities then outstanding, (ii) upon the distribution of all of the Debentures to the Holders of all of the Capital Securities or (iii) upon full payment of the amounts payable in accordance with the Declaration upon dissolution of the Issuer. This Guarantee will continue to be effective or will be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time any Holder of Capital Securities must restore payment of any sums paid under the Capital Securities or under this Guarantee.

ARTICLE VII

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 7.1. Exculpation .

(a) No Indemnified Person shall be liable, responsible or accountable in damages or otherwise to the Guarantor or any Covered Person for any loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted by such Indemnified Person in good faith in accordance with this Guarantee and in a manner that such Indemnified Person reasonably believed to be within the scope of the authority conferred on such Indemnified Person by this Guarantee or by law, except that an Indemnified Person shall be liable for any such loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of such Indemnified Person’s negligence or willful misconduct with respect to such acts or omissions.

(b) An Indemnified Person shall be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the records of the Issuer or the Guarantor and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Issuer or the Guarantor by any Person as to matters the Indemnified Person reasonably believes are within such other Person’s professional or expert competence and who, if selected by such Indemnified Person, has been selected with reasonable care by such Indemnified Person, including information, opinions, reports or statements as to the value and amount of the assets, liabilities, profits, losses, or any other facts pertinent to the existence and amount of assets from which Distributions to Holders of Capital Securities might properly be paid.

Section 7.2. Indemnification .

(a) The Guarantor agrees to indemnify each Indemnified Person for, and to hold each Indemnified Person harmless against, any and all loss, liability, damage, claim or expense incurred without negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Indemnified Person, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of the trust or trusts hereunder, including, but not limited to, the costs and expenses (including reasonable legal fees and expenses) of the Indemnified Person defending itself against, or investigating, any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of the Indemnified Person’s powers or duties hereunder. The obligation to indemnify as set forth in this Section 7.2 shall survive the resignation or removal of the Guarantee Trustee and the termination of this Guarantee.

 

12


(b) Promptly after receipt by an Indemnified Person under this Section 7.2 of notice of the commencement of any action, such Indemnified Person will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the Guarantor under this Section 7.2, notify the Guarantor in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure so to notify the Guarantor (i) will not relieve the Guarantor from liability under paragraph (a) above unless and to the extent that the Guarantor did not otherwise learn of such action and such failure results in the forfeiture by the Guarantor of substantial rights and defenses and (ii) will not, in any event, relieve the Guarantor from any obligations to any Indemnified Person other than the indemnification obligation provided in paragraph (a) above. The Guarantor shall be entitled to appoint counsel of the Guarantor’s choice at the Guarantor’s expense to represent the Indemnified Person in any action for which indemnification is sought (in which case the Guarantor shall not thereafter be responsible for the fees and expenses of any separate counsel retained by the Indemnified Person or Persons except as set forth below); provided , however , that such counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person. Notwithstanding the Guarantor’s election to appoint counsel to represent the Guarantor in an action, the Indemnified Person shall have the right to employ separate counsel (including local counsel), and the Guarantor shall bear the reasonable fees, costs and expenses of such separate counsel if (i) the use of counsel chosen by the Guarantor to represent the Indemnified Person would present such counsel with a conflict of interest, (ii) the actual or potential defendants in, or targets of, any such action include both the Indemnified Person and the Guarantor and the Indemnified Person shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other Indemnified Person(s) which are different from or additional to those available to the Guarantor, (iii) the Guarantor shall not have employed counsel satisfactory to the Indemnified Person to represent the Indemnified Person within a reasonable time after notice of the institution of such action or (iv) the Guarantor shall authorize the Indemnified Person to employ separate counsel at the expense of the Guarantor. The Guarantor will not, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Persons, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the Indemnified Persons are actual or potential parties to such claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of each Indemnified Person from all liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or proceeding.

Section 7.3. Compensation; Reimbursement of Expenses .  The Guarantor agrees:

(a) to pay to the Guarantee Trustee from time to time such compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder as the parties shall agree to from time to time (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust); and

(b) except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to reimburse the Guarantee Trustee upon request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by it in accordance with any provision of this Guarantee (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its agents and counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may be attributable to its negligence or willful misconduct.

For purposes of clarification, this Section 7.3 does not contemplate the payment by the Guarantor of acceptance or annual administration fees owing to the Guarantee Trustee for services to be provided by the Guarantee Trustee under this Guarantee or the fees and expenses of the Guarantee Trustee’s counsel in connection with the closing of the transactions contemplated by this Guarantee. The provisions of this Section 7.3 shall survive the resignation or removal of the Guarantee Trustee and the termination of this Guarantee.

 

13


ARTICLE VIII

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 8.1. Successors and Assigns .  All guarantees and agreements contained in this Guarantee shall bind the successors, assigns, receivers, trustees and representatives of the Guarantor and shall inure to the benefit of the Holders of the Capital Securities then outstanding. Except in connection with any merger or consolidation of the Guarantor with or into another entity or any sale, transfer or lease of the Guarantor’s assets to another entity, in each case, to the extent permitted under the Indenture, the Guarantor may not assign its rights or delegate its obligations under this Guarantee without the prior approval of the Holders of at least a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities.

Section 8.2. Amendments .  Except with respect to any changes that do not adversely affect the rights of Holders of the Capital Securities in any material respect (in which case no consent of Holders will be required), this Guarantee may be amended only with the prior approval of the Holders of not less than a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities. The provisions of the Declaration with respect to amendments thereof apply to the giving of such approval.

Section 8.3. Notices .  All notices provided for in this Guarantee shall be in writing, duly signed by the party giving such notice, and shall be delivered, telecopied or mailed by first class mail, as follows:

(a) If given to the Guarantee Trustee, at the Guarantee Trustee’s mailing address set forth below (or such other address as the Guarantee Trustee may give notice of to the Holders of the Capital Securities and the Guarantor):

U. S. Bank National Association

225 Asylum Street, Goodwin Square

Hartford, Connecticut 06103

Attention: Corporate Trust Services Division

Telecopy: 860-244-1889

With a copy to:

U. S. Bank National Association

1 Federal Street - 3rd Floor

Boston, Massachusetts 02110

Attention: Paul D. Allen, Corporate Trust Services Division

Telecopy: 617-603-6665

(b) If given to the Guarantor, at the Guarantor’s mailing address set forth below (or such other address as the Guarantor may give notice of to the Holders of the Capital Securities and to the Guarantee Trustee):

Plains Capital Corporation

5010 University Avenue

Lubbock, Texas 79413

Attention: Jeff Isom

Telecopy: 806-791-6801

(c) If given to any Holder of the Capital Securities, at the address set forth on the books and records of the Issuer.

 

14


All such notices shall be deemed to have been given when received in person, telecopied with receipt confirmed, or mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, except that if a notice or other document is refused delivery or cannot be delivered because of a changed address of which no notice was given, such notice or other document shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date of such refusal or inability to deliver.

Section 8.4. Benefit .  This Guarantee is solely for the benefit of the Beneficiaries and, subject to Section 2.1(a), is not separately transferable from the Capital Securities.

Section 8.5. Governing Law .  THIS GUARANTEE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF (OTHER THAN SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW).

Section 8.6. Counterparts .  This Guarantee may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 8.7 Separability .  In case one or more of the provisions contained in this Guarantee shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of this Guarantee, but this Guarantee shall be construed as if such invalid or illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

Signatures appear on the following page

 

15


THIS GUARANTEE is executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION, as Guarantor
By:   /s/ Alan B. White
  Name:   Alan B. White
  Title:   Chairman & CEO
U. S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Guarantee Trustee
By:   /s/ Paul D. Allen
  Name:   Paul D. Allen
  Title:   Vice President

 

16

Exhibit 4.13

 

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED DECLARATION

OF TRUST

by and among

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Institutional Trustee,

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION,

as Sponsor,

and

ALAN B. WHITE, GEORGE MCCLESKEY and

JEFF ISOM,

as Administrators,

Dated as of September 17, 2003

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

            Page

ARTICLE I INTERPRETATION AND DEFINITIONS

   1

Section 1.1.

     Definitions    1

ARTICLE II ORGANIZATION

   7

Section 2.1.

     Name    7

Section 2.2.

     Office    7

Section 2.3.

     Purpose    7

Section 2.4.

     Authority    7

Section 2.5.

     Title to Property of the Trust    7

Section 2.6.

     Powers and Duties of the Institutional Trustee and the Administrators    8

Section 2.7.

     Prohibition of Actions by the Trust and the Institutional Trustee    11

Section 2.8.

     Powers and Duties of the Institutional Trustee    12

Section 2.9.

     Certain Duties and Responsibilities of the Institutional Trustee and Administrators    13

Section 2.10.

     Certain Rights of Institutional Trustee    14

Section 2.11.

     Execution of Documents    16

Section 2.12.

     Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities    16

Section 2.13.

     Duration of Trust    16

Section 2.14.

     Mergers    16

ARTICLE III SPONSOR

   18

Section 3.1.

     Sponsor’s Purchase of Common Securities    18

Section 3.2.

     Responsibilities of the Sponsor    18

Section 3.3.

     Expenses    18

Section 3.4.

     Right to Proceed    19

ARTICLE IV INSTITUTIONAL TRUSTEE AND ADMINISTRATORS

   19

Section 4.1.

     Institutional Trustee; Eligibility    19

Section 4.2.

     Administrators    20

Section 4.3.

     Appointment, Removal and Resignation of Institutional Trustee and Administrators    20

Section 4.4.

     Institutional Trustee Vacancies    21

Section 4.5.

     Effect of Vacancies    21

Section 4.6.

     Meetings of the Institutional Trustee and the Administrators    21

Section 4.7.

     Delegation of Power    22

Section 4.8.

     Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business    22
ARTICLE V DISTRIBUTIONS    22

Section 5.1.

     Distributions    22

ARTICLE VI ISSUANCE OF SECURITIES

   22

Section 6.1.

     General Provisions Regarding Securities    22

Section 6.2.

     Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar    23

Section 6.3.

     Form and Dating    23

Section 6.4.

     Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates    24

Section 6.5.

     Temporary Securities    24

Section 6.6.

     Cancellation    24

Section 6.7.

     Rights of Holders; Waivers of Past Defaults    24

 

i


ARTICLE VII DISSOLUTION AND TERMINATION OF TRUST

   26

Section 7.1.

     Dissolution and Termination of Trust    26
ARTICLE VIII TRANSFER OF INTERESTS    27

Section 8.1.

     General    27

Section 8.2.

     Transfer Procedures and Restrictions    28

Section 8.3.

     Deemed Security Holders    29

ARTICLE IX LIMITATION OF LIABILITY OF HOLDERS OF SECURITIES, INSTITUTIONAL TRUSTEE OR OTHERS

   30

Section 9.1.

     Liability    30

Section 9.2.

     Exculpation    30

Section 9.3.

     Fiduciary Duty    31

Section 9.4.

     Indemnification    31

Section 9.5.

     Outside Businesses    33

Section 9.6.

     Compensation; Fee    33

ARTICLE X ACCOUNTING

   34

Section 10.1.

     Fiscal Year    34

Section 10.2.

     Certain Accounting Matters    34

Section 10.3.

     Banking    34

Section 10.4.

     Withholding    34

ARTICLE XI AMENDMENTS AND MEETINGS

   35

Section 11.1.

     Amendments    35

Section 11.2.

     Meetings of the Holders of Securities; Action by Written Consent    36

ARTICLE XII REPRESENTATIONS OF INSTITUTIONAL TRUSTEE

   37

Section 12.1.

     Representations and Warranties of Institutional Trustee    37

ARTICLE XIII MISCELLANEOUS

   38

Section 13.1.

     Notices    38

Section 13.2.

     Governing Law    39

Section 13.3.

     Intention of the Parties    39

Section 13.4.

     Headings    39

Section 13.5.

     Successors and Assigns    39

Section 13.6.

     Partial Enforceability    39

Section 13.7.

     Counterparts    39

 

Annex I

     Terms of Securities

Exhibit A-1

     Form of Capital Security Certificate

Exhibit A-2

     Form of Common Security Certificate

Exhibit B

     Specimen of Initial Debenture

Exhibit C

     Placement Agreement

 

ii


AMENDED AND RESTATED

DECLARATION OF TRUST

OF

PCC STATUTORY TRUST III

September 17, 2003

AMENDED AND RESTATED DECLARATION OF TRUST (“ Declaration ”) dated and effective as of September 17, 2003, by the Institutional Trustee (as defined herein), the Administrators (as defined herein), the Sponsor (as defined herein) and by the holders, from time to time, of undivided beneficial interests in the Trust (as defined herein) to be issued pursuant to this Declaration;

WHEREAS, the Institutional Trustee, the Administrators and the Sponsor established PCC Statutory Trust III (the “ Trust ”), a statutory trust under the Statutory Trust Act (as defined herein) pursuant to a Declaration of Trust dated as of September 5, 2003 (the “ Original Declaration ”), and a Certificate of Trust filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Connecticut on September 5, 2003, for the sole purpose of issuing and selling certain securities representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust and investing the proceeds thereof in certain debentures of the Debenture Issuer (as defined herein);

WHEREAS, as of the date hereof, no interests in the Trust have been issued; and

WHEREAS, the Institutional Trustee, the Administrators and the Sponsor, by this Declaration, amend and restate each and every term and provision of the Original Declaration;

NOW, THEREFORE, it being the intention of the parties hereto to continue the Trust as a statutory trust under the Statutory Trust Act and that this Declaration constitutes the governing instrument of such statutory trust, the Institutional Trustee declares that all assets contributed to the Trust will be held in trust for the benefit of the holders, from time to time, of the securities representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust issued hereunder, subject to the provisions of this Declaration. The parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

INTERPRETATION AND DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1. Definitions .  Unless the context otherwise requires:

(a) Capitalized terms used in this Declaration but not defined in the preamble above have the respective meanings assigned to them in this Section 1.1;

(b) a term defined anywhere in this Declaration has the same meaning throughout;

(c) all references to “the Declaration” or “this Declaration” are to this Declaration as modified, supplemented or amended from time to time;

(d) all references in this Declaration to Articles and Sections and Annexes and Exhibits are to Articles and Sections of and Annexes and Exhibits to this Declaration unless otherwise specified; and

 

1


(e) a reference to the singular includes the plural and vice versa.

Additional Interest ” has the meaning set forth in the Indenture.

Administrative Action ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

Administrators ” means each of Alan B. White, George McCleskey and Jeff Isom, solely in such Person’s capacity as Administrator of the Trust created and continued hereunder and not in such Person’s individual capacity, or such Administrator’s successor in interest in such capacity, or any successor appointed as herein provided.

Affiliate ” has the same meaning as given to that term in Rule 405 of the Securities Act or any successor rule thereunder.

Authorized Officer ” of a Person means any Person that is authorized to bind such Person.

Bankruptcy Event ” means, with respect to any Person:

(a) a court having jurisdiction in the premises shall enter a decree or order for relief in respect of such Person in an involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator (or similar official) of such Person or for any substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding-up or liquidation of its affairs and such decree or order shall remain unstayed and in effect for a period of 90 consecutive days; or

(b) such Person shall commence a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, shall consent to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, or shall consent to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator (or other similar official) of such Person of any substantial part of its property, or shall make any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall fail generally to pay its debts as they become due.

Business Day ” means any day other than Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which banking institutions in New York City or Hartford, Connecticut are permitted or required by any applicable law or executive order to close.

Capital Securities ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 1(a) of Annex I.

Capital Security Certificate ” means a definitive Certificate in fully registered form representing a Capital Security substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1.

Capital Treatment Event ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

Certificate ” means any certificate evidencing Securities.

Closing Date ” has the meaning set forth in the Placement Agreement.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, or any successor legislation.

Common Securities ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 1(b) of Annex I.

 

2


Common Security Certificate ” means a definitive Certificate in fully registered form representing a Common Security substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2.

Company Indemnified Person ” means (a) any Administrator; (b) any Affiliate of any Administrator; (c) any officers, directors, shareholders, members, partners, employees, representatives or agents of any Administrator; or (d) any officer, employee or agent of the Trust or its Affiliates.

Corporate Trust Office ” means the office of the Institutional Trustee at which the corporate trust business of the Institutional Trustee shall, at any particular time, be principally administered, which office at the date of execution of this Declaration is located at 225 Asylum Street, Goodwin Square, Hartford, Connecticut 06103.

Coupon Rate ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 2(a) of Annex I.

Covered Person ” means: (a) any Administrator, officer, director, shareholder, partner, member, representative, employee or agent of (i) the Trust or (ii) any of the Trust’s Affiliates; and (b) any Holder of Securities.

Creditor ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3.

Debenture Issuer ” means Plains Capital Corporation, a Texas corporation, in its capacity as issuer of the Debentures under the Indenture.

Debenture Trustee ” means U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee under the Indenture until a successor is appointed thereunder, and thereafter means such successor trustee.

Debentures ” means the Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures due 2033 to be issued by the Debenture Issuer under the Indenture.

Defaulted Interest ” has the meaning set forth in the Indenture.

Determination Date ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

Direct Action ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(d).

Distribution ” means a distribution payable to Holders of Securities in accordance with Section 5.1.

Distribution Payment Date ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 2(b) of Annex I.

Distribution Period ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 2(a) of Annex I.

Distribution Rate ” means, for the period beginning on (and including) the date of original issuance and ending on (but excluding) December 17, 2003, the rate per annum of 4.09%, and for the period beginning on (and including) December 17, 2003 and thereafter, the Coupon Rate.

Event of Default ” means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such event and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):

(a) the occurrence of an Indenture Event of Default; or

 

3


(b) default by the Trust in the payment of any Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price of any Security when it becomes due and payable; or

(c) default in the performance, or breach, in any material respect, of any covenant or warranty of the Institutional Trustee in this Declaration (other than those specified in clause (a) or (b) above) and continuation of such default or breach for a period of 60 days after there has been given, by registered or certified mail to the Institutional Trustee and to the Sponsor by the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate liquidation amount of the outstanding Capital Securities, a written notice specifying such default or breach and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” hereunder; or

(d) the occurrence of a Bankruptcy Event with respect to the Institutional Trustee if a successor Institutional Trustee has not been appointed within 90 days thereof.

Extension Period ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 2(b) of Annex I.

Federal Reserve ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 3 of Annex I.

Fiduciary Indemnified Person ” shall mean the Institutional Trustee, any Affiliate of the Institutional Trustee and any officers, directors, shareholders, members, partners, employees, representatives, custodians, nominees or agents of the Institutional Trustee.

Fiscal Year ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1.

Guarantee ” means the guarantee agreement to be dated as of the Closing Date, of the Sponsor in respect of the Capital Securities.

Holder ” means a Person in whose name a Certificate representing a Security is registered in the register maintained by the Registrar pursuant to Section 6.2, such Person being a beneficial owner within the meaning of the Statutory Trust Act.

Indemnified Person ” means a Company Indemnified Person or a Fiduciary Indemnified Person.

Indenture ” means the Indenture dated as of the Closing Date, between the Debenture Issuer and the Debenture Trustee, and any indenture supplemental thereto pursuant to which the Debentures are to be issued, as such Indenture and any supplemental indenture may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Indenture Event of Default ” means an “Event of Default” as defined in the Indenture.

Institutional Trustee ” means the Trustee meeting the eligibility requirements set forth in Section 4.1.

Interest ” means any interest due on the Debentures including any Additional Interest and Defaulted Interest.

Investment Company ” means an investment company as defined in the Investment Company Act.

Investment Company Act ” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended from time to time, or any successor legislation.

Investment Company Event ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

 

4


Liquidation ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 3 of Annex I.

Liquidation Distribution ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 3 of Annex I.

Majority in liquidation amount of the Securities ” means Holder(s) of outstanding Securities voting together as a single class or, as the context may require, Holders of outstanding Capital Securities or Holders of outstanding Common Securities voting separately as a class, who are the record owners of more than 50% of the aggregate liquidation amount (including the stated amount that would be paid on redemption, liquidation or otherwise, plus accrued and unpaid Distributions to the date upon which the voting percentages are determined) of all outstanding Securities of the relevant class.

Maturity Date ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

Officers’ Certificates ” means, with respect to any Person, a certificate signed by two Authorized Officers of such Person. Any Officers’ Certificate delivered with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant providing for it in this Declaration shall include:

(a) a statement that each officer signing the Certificate has read the covenant or condition and the definitions relating thereto;

(b) a brief statement of the nature and scope of the examination or investigation undertaken by each officer in rendering the Certificate;

(c) a statement that each such officer has made such examination or investigation as, in such officer’s opinion, is necessary to enable such officer to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

(d) a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such officer, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

OTS ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 3 of Annex I.

Paying Agent ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.2.

Person ” means a legal person, including any individual, corporation, estate, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated association, or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof, or any other entity of whatever nature.

Placement Agreement ” means the Placement Agreement relating to the offering and sale of Capital Securities in the form of Exhibit C.

Property Account ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(c).

Pro Rata ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 8 of Annex I.

Quorum ” means a majority of the Administrators or, if there are only two Administrators, both of them.

Redemption Date ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

Redemption/Distribution Notice ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(e) of Annex I.

Redemption Price ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

 

5


Registrar ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2.

Responsible Officer ” means, with respect to the Institutional Trustee, any officer within the Corporate Trust Office of the Institutional Trustee, including any vice-president, any assistant vice-president, any assistant secretary, the treasurer, any assistant treasurer, any trust officer or other officer of the Corporate Trust Office of the Institutional Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of that officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

Restricted Securities Legend ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.2(b).

Rule 3a-5 ” means Rule 3a-5 under the Investment Company Act.

Rule 3a-7 ” means Rule 3a-7 under the Investment Company Act.

Securities ” means the Common Securities and the Capital Securities.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, or any successor legislation.

Special Event ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

Special Redemption Date ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

Special Redemption Price ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

Sponsor ” means Plains Capital Corporation, a Texas corporation, or any successor entity in a merger, consolidation or amalgamation, in its capacity as sponsor of the Trust.

Statutory Trust Act ” means Chapter 615 of Title 34 of the Connecticut General Statutes, Sections 500, et seq. as may be amended from time to time.

Successor Entity ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.14(b).

Successor Institutional Trustee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(a).

Successor Securities ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.14(b).

Super Majority ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 5(b) of Annex I.

Tax Event ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

10% in liquidation amount of the Securities ” means Holder(s) of outstanding Securities voting together as a single class or, as the context may require, Holders of outstanding Capital Securities or Holders of outstanding Common Securities voting separately as a class, who are the record owners of 10% or more of the aggregate liquidation amount (including the stated amount that would be paid on redemption, liquidation or otherwise, plus accrued and unpaid Distributions to the date upon which the voting percentages are determined) of all outstanding Securities of the relevant class.

3-Month LIBOR ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

Transfer Agent ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2.

 

6


Treasury Regulations ” means the income tax regulations, including temporary and proposed regulations, promulgated under the Code by the United States Treasury, as such regulations may be amended from time to time (including corresponding provisions of succeeding regulations).

Trust Property ” means (a) the Debentures, (b) any cash on deposit in, or owing to, the Property Account and (c) all proceeds and rights in respect of the foregoing and any other property and assets for the time being held or deemed to be held by the Institutional Trustee pursuant to the trusts of this Declaration.

U.S. Person ” means a United States Person as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

ARTICLE II

ORGANIZATION

Section 2.1. Name .  The Trust is named “PCC Statutory Trust III,” as such name may be modified from time to time by the Administrators following written notice to the Holders of the Securities. The Trust’s activities may be conducted under the name of the Trust or any other name deemed advisable by the Administrators.

Section 2.2. Office .  The address of the principal office of the Trust is c/o U.S. Bank National Association, 225 Asylum Street, Goodwin Square, Hartford, Connecticut 06103. On at least 10 Business Days written notice to the Holders of the Securities, the Administrators may designate another principal office, which shall be in a state of the United States or in the District of Columbia.

Section 2.3. Purpose .  The exclusive purposes and functions of the Trust are (a) to issue and sell the Securities representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust, (b) to invest the gross proceeds from such sale to acquire the Debentures, (c) to facilitate direct investment in the assets of the Trust through issuance of the Common Securities and the Capital Securities and (d) except as otherwise limited herein, to engage in only those other activities necessary or incidental thereto. The Trust shall not borrow money, issue debt or reinvest proceeds derived from investments, pledge any of its assets, or otherwise undertake (or permit to be undertaken) any activity that would cause the Trust not to be classified for United States federal income tax purposes as a grantor trust.

Section 2.4. Authority .  Except as specifically provided in this Declaration, the Institutional Trustee shall have exclusive and complete authority to carry out the purposes of the Trust. An action taken by the Institutional Trustee in accordance with its powers shall constitute the act of and serve to bind the Trust. In dealing with the Institutional Trustee acting on behalf of the Trust, no Person shall be required to inquire into the authority of the Institutional Trustee to bind the Trust. Persons dealing with the Trust are entitled to rely conclusively on the power and authority of the Institutional Trustee as set forth in this Declaration. The Administrators shall have only those ministerial duties set forth herein with respect to accomplishing the purposes of the Trust and are not intended to be trustees or fiduciaries with respect to the Trust or the Holders. The Institutional Trustee shall have the right, but shall not be obligated except as provided in Section 2.6, to perform those duties assigned to the Administrators.

Section 2.5. Title to Property of the Trust .  Except as provided in Section 2.8 with respect to the Debentures and the Property Account or as otherwise provided in this Declaration, legal title to all assets of the Trust shall be vested in the Trust. The Holders shall not have legal title to any part of the assets of the Trust, but shall have an undivided beneficial interest in the assets of the Trust.

 

7


Section 2.6. Powers and Duties of the Institutional Trustee and the Administrators .

(a) The Institutional Trustee and the Administrators shall conduct the affairs of the Trust in accordance with the terms of this Declaration. Subject to the limitations set forth in paragraph (b) of this Section, and in accordance with the following provisions (i) and (ii), the Institutional Trustee and the Administrators shall have the authority to enter into all transactions and agreements determined by the Institutional Trustee to be appropriate in exercising the authority, express or implied, otherwise granted to the Institutional Trustee or the Administrators, as the case may be, under this Declaration, and to perform all acts in furtherance thereof, including without limitation, the following:

(i) Each Administrator shall have the power and authority to act on behalf of the Trust with respect to the following matters:

(A) the issuance and sale of the Securities;

(B) to cause the Trust to enter into, and to execute and deliver on behalf of the Trust, such agreements as may be necessary or desirable in connection with the purposes and function of the Trust, including agreements with the Paying Agent;

(C) ensuring compliance with the Securities Act, applicable state securities or blue sky laws;

(D) the sending of notices (other than notices of default), and other information regarding the Securities and the Debentures to the Holders in accordance with this Declaration;

(E) the consent to the appointment of a Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar in accordance with this Declaration, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed;

(F) execution and delivery of the Securities in accordance with this Declaration;

(G) execution and delivery of closing certificates pursuant to the Placement Agreement and the application for a taxpayer identification number;

(H) unless otherwise determined by the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Securities or as otherwise required by the Statutory Trust Act, to execute on behalf of the Trust (either acting alone or together with any or all of the Administrators) any documents that the Administrators have the power to execute pursuant to this Declaration;

(I) the taking of any action incidental to the foregoing as the Institutional Trustee may from time to time determine is necessary or advisable to give effect to the terms of this Declaration for the benefit of the Holders (without consideration of the effect of any such action on any particular Holder);

(J) to establish a record date with respect to all actions to be taken hereunder that require a record date be established, including Distributions, voting rights, redemptions and exchanges, and to issue relevant notices to the Holders of Capital Securities and Holders of Common Securities as to such actions and applicable record dates; and

 

8


(K) to duly prepare and file all applicable tax returns and tax information reports that are required to be filed with respect to the Trust on behalf of the Trust.

(ii) As among the Institutional Trustee and the Administrators, the Institutional Trustee shall have the power, duty and authority to act on behalf of the Trust with respect to the following matters:

(A) the establishment of the Property Account;

(B) the receipt of the Debentures;

(C) the collection of interest, principal and any other payments made in respect of the Debentures in the Property Account;

(D) the distribution through the Paying Agent of amounts owed to the Holders in respect of the Securities;

(E) the exercise of all of the rights, powers and privileges of a holder of the Debentures;

(F) the sending of notices of default and other information regarding the Securities and the Debentures to the Holders in accordance with this Declaration;

(G) the distribution of the Trust Property in accordance with the terms of this Declaration;

(H) to the extent provided in this Declaration, the winding up of the affairs of and liquidation of the Trust and the preparation, execution and filing of the certificate of cancellation with the Secretary of State of the State of Connecticut;

(I) after any Event of Default ( provided that such Event of Default is not by or with respect to the Institutional Trustee) the taking of any action incidental to the foregoing as the Institutional Trustee may from time to time determine is necessary or advisable to give effect to the terms of this Declaration and protect and conserve the Trust Property for the benefit of the Holders (without consideration of the effect of any such action on any particular Holder); and

(J) to take all action that may be necessary for the preservation and the continuation of the Trust’s valid existence, rights, franchises and privileges as a statutory trust under the laws of the State of Connecticut and of each other jurisdiction in which such existence is necessary to protect the limited liability of the Holders of the Capital Securities or to enable the Trust to effect the purposes for which the Trust was created.

(iii) The Institutional Trustee shall have the power and authority to act on behalf of the Trust with respect to any of the duties, liabilities, powers or the authority of the Administrators set forth in Section 2.6(a)(i)(D), (E) and (F) herein but shall not have a duty to do any such act unless specifically requested to do so in writing by the Sponsor, and shall then be fully protected in acting pursuant to such written request; and in the event of a conflict between the action of the Administrators and the action of the Institutional Trustee, the action of the Institutional Trustee shall prevail.

 

9


(b) So long as this Declaration remains in effect, the Trust (or the Institutional Trustee or Administrators acting on behalf of the Trust) shall not undertake any business, activities or transaction except as expressly provided herein or contemplated hereby. In particular, neither the Institutional Trustee nor the Administrators may cause the Trust to (i) acquire any investments or engage in any activities not authorized by this Declaration, (ii) sell, assign, transfer, exchange, mortgage, pledge, set-off or otherwise dispose of any of the Trust Property or interests therein, including to Holders, except as expressly provided herein, (iii) take any action that would reasonably be expected (x) to cause the Trust to fail or cease to qualify as a “grantor trust” for United States federal income tax purposes or (y) to require the trust to register as an Investment Company under the Investment Company Act, (iv) incur any indebtedness for borrowed money or issue any other debt or (v) take or consent to any action that would result in the placement of a lien on any of the Trust Property. The Institutional Trustee shall, at the sole cost and expense of the Trust, defend all claims and demands of all Persons at any time claiming any lien on any of the Trust Property adverse to the interest of the Trust or the Holders in their capacity as Holders.

(c) In connection with the issuance and sale of the Capital Securities, the Sponsor shall have the right and responsibility to assist the Trust with respect to, or effect on behalf of the Trust, the following (and any actions taken by the Sponsor in furtherance of the following prior to the date of this Declaration are hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects):

(i) the taking of any action necessary to obtain an exemption from the Securities Act;

(ii) the determination of the States in which to take appropriate action to qualify or register for sale all or part of the Capital Securities and the determination of any and all such acts, other than actions which must be taken by or on behalf of the Trust, and the advice to the Administrators of actions they must take on behalf of the Trust, and the preparation for execution and filing of any documents to be executed and filed by the Trust or on behalf of the Trust, as the Sponsor deems necessary or advisable in order to comply with the applicable laws of any such States in connection with the sale of the Capital Securities;

(iii) the negotiation of the terms of, and the execution and delivery of, the Placement Agreement providing for the sale of the Capital Securities; and

(iv) the taking of any other actions necessary or desirable to carry out any of the foregoing activities.

(d) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Administrators and the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Common Securities are authorized and directed to conduct the affairs of the Trust and to operate the Trust so that the Trust will not (i) be deemed to be an Investment Company required to be registered under the Investment Company Act, and (ii) fail to be classified as a “grantor trust” for United States federal income tax purposes. The Administrators and the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Common Securities shall not take any action inconsistent with the treatment of the Debentures as indebtedness of the Debenture Issuer for United States federal income tax purposes. In this connection, the Administrators and the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Common Securities are authorized to take any action, not inconsistent with applicable laws, the Certificate of Trust or this Declaration, as amended from time to time, that each of the Administrators and the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Common Securities determines in their discretion to be necessary or desirable for such purposes.

 

10


(e) All expenses incurred by the Administrators or the Institutional Trustee pursuant to this Section 2.6 shall be reimbursed by the Sponsor, and the Institutional Trustee and the Administrators shall have no obligations with respect to such expenses.

(f) The assets of the Trust shall consist of the Trust Property.

(g) Legal title to all Trust Property shall be vested at all times in the Institutional Trustee (in its capacity as such) and shall be held and administered by the Institutional Trustee and the Administrators for the benefit of the Trust in accordance with this Declaration.

(h) If the Institutional Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Declaration and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Institutional Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case the Sponsor, the Institutional Trustee and the Holders shall, subject to any determination in such proceeding, be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder, and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Institutional Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.

Section 2.7. Prohibition of Actions by the Trust and the Institutional Trustee .

(a) The Trust shall not, and the Institutional Trustee shall cause the Trust not to, engage in any activity other than as required or authorized by this Declaration. In particular, the Trust shall not and the Institutional Trustee shall cause the Trust not to:

(i) invest any proceeds received by the Trust from holding the Debentures, but shall distribute all such proceeds to Holders of the Securities pursuant to the terms of this Declaration and of the Securities;

(ii) acquire any assets other than as expressly provided herein;

(iii) possess Trust Property for other than a Trust purpose;

(iv) make any loans or incur any indebtedness other than loans represented by the Debentures;

(v) possess any power or otherwise act in such a way as to vary the Trust assets or the terms of the Securities in any way whatsoever other than as expressly provided herein;

(vi) issue any securities or other evidences of beneficial ownership of, or beneficial interest in, the Trust other than the Securities;

(vii) carry on any “trade or business” as that phrase is used in the Code; or

(viii) other than as provided in this Declaration (including Annex I), (A) direct the time, method and place of exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Debenture Trustee with respect to the Debentures, (B) waive any past default that is waivable under the Indenture, (C) exercise any right to rescind or annul any declaration that the principal of all the Debentures shall be due and payable, or (D) consent to any amendment, modification or termination of the Indenture or the Debentures where such consent shall be required unless the Trust shall have received a written opinion of counsel to the effect that such modification will not cause the Trust to cease to be classified as a “grantor trust” for United States federal income tax purposes.

 

11


Section 2.8. Powers and Duties of the Institutional Trustee .

(a) The legal title to the Debentures shall be owned by and held of record in the name of the Institutional Trustee in trust for the benefit of the Trust and the Holders of the Securities. The right, title and interest of the Institutional Trustee to the Debentures shall vest automatically in each Person who may hereafter be appointed as Institutional Trustee in accordance with Section 4.3. Such vesting and cessation of title shall be effective whether or not conveyancing documents with regard to the Debentures have been executed and delivered.

(b) The Institutional Trustee shall not transfer its right, title and interest in the Debentures to the Administrators.

(c) The Institutional Trustee shall:

(i) establish and maintain a segregated non-interest bearing trust account (the “ Property Account ”) in the name of and under the exclusive control of the Institutional Trustee, and maintained in the Institutional Trustee’s trust department, on behalf of the Holders of the Securities and, upon the receipt of payments of funds made in respect of the Debentures held by the Institutional Trustee, deposit such funds into the Property Account and make payments, or cause the Paying Agent to make payments, to the Holders of the Capital Securities and Holders of the Common Securities from the Property Account in accordance with Section 5.1. Funds in the Property Account shall be held uninvested until disbursed in accordance with this Declaration;

(ii) engage in such ministerial activities as shall be necessary or appropriate to effect the redemption of the Capital Securities and the Common Securities to the extent the Debentures are redeemed or mature; and

(iii) upon written notice of distribution issued by the Administrators in accordance with the terms of the Securities, engage in such ministerial activities as shall be necessary or appropriate to effect the distribution of the Debentures to Holders of Securities upon the occurrence of certain circumstances pursuant to the terms of the Securities.

(d) The Institutional Trustee may bring or defend, pay, collect, compromise, arbitrate, resort to legal action with respect to, or otherwise adjust claims or demands of or against, the Trust which arises out of or in connection with an Event of Default of which a Responsible Officer of the Institutional Trustee has actual knowledge or arises out of the Institutional Trustee’s duties and obligations under this Declaration; provided , however , that if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and such event is attributable to the failure of the Debenture Issuer to pay interest or principal on the Debentures on the date such interest or principal is otherwise payable (or in the case of redemption, on the redemption date), then a Holder of the Capital Securities may directly institute a proceeding for enforcement of payment to such Holder of the principal of or interest on the Debentures having a principal amount equal to the aggregate liquidation amount of the Capital Securities of such Holder (a “ Direct Action ”) on or after the respective due date specified in the Debentures. In connection with such Direct Action, the rights of the Holders of the Common Securities will be subrogated to the rights of such Holder of the Capital Securities to the extent of any payment made by the Debenture Issuer to such Holder of the Capital Securities in such Direct Action; provided , however , that no Holder of the Common Securities may exercise such right of subrogation so long as an Event of Default with respect to the Capital Securities has occurred and is continuing.

 

12


(e) The Institutional Trustee shall continue to serve as a Trustee until either:

(i) the Trust has been completely liquidated and the proceeds of the liquidation distributed to the Holders of the Securities pursuant to the terms of the Securities and this Declaration; or

(ii) a Successor Institutional Trustee has been appointed and has accepted that appointment in accordance with Section 4.3.

(f) The Institutional Trustee shall have the legal power to exercise all of the rights, powers and privileges of a Holder of the Debentures under the Indenture and, if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Institutional Trustee may, for the benefit of Holders of the Securities, enforce its rights as holder of the Debentures subject to the rights of the Holders pursuant to this Declaration (including Annex I) and the terms of the Securities.

The Institutional Trustee must exercise the powers set forth in this Section 2.8 in a manner that is consistent with the purposes and functions of the Trust set out in Section 2.3, and the Institutional Trustee shall not take any action that is inconsistent with the purposes and functions of the Trust set out in Section 2.3.

Section 2.9. Certain Duties and Responsibilities of the Institutional Trustee and Administrators .

(a) The Institutional Trustee, before the occurrence of any Event of Default and after the curing or waiving of all such Events of Default that may have occurred, shall undertake to perform only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Declaration and no implied covenants shall be read into this Declaration against the Institutional Trustee. In case an Event of Default has occurred (that has not been cured or waived pursuant to Section 6.7), the Institutional Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Declaration, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs.

(b) The duties and responsibilities of the Institutional Trustee and the Administrators shall be as provided by this Declaration. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no provision of this Declaration shall require the Institutional Trustee or Administrators to expend or risk their own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of their duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of their rights or powers if it shall have reasonable grounds to believe that repayment of such funds or adequate protection against such risk of liability is not reasonably assured to it. Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Declaration relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Institutional Trustee or Administrators shall be subject to the provisions of this Article. Nothing in this Declaration shall be construed to relieve an Administrator or the Institutional Trustee from liability for its own negligent act, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct. To the extent that, at law or in equity, the Institutional Trustee or an Administrator has duties and liabilities relating to the Trust or to the Holders, the Institutional Trustee or such Administrator shall not be liable to the Trust or to any Holder for the Institutional Trustee’s or such Administrator’s good faith reliance on the provisions of this Declaration. The provisions of this Declaration, to the extent that they restrict the duties and liabilities of the Administrators or the Institutional Trustee otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the Sponsor and the Holders to replace such other duties and liabilities of the Administrators or the Institutional Trustee.

(c) All payments made by the Institutional Trustee or a Paying Agent in respect of the Securities shall be made only from the revenue and proceeds from the Trust Property and only to the extent that there shall be sufficient revenue or proceeds from the Trust Property to enable the Institutional Trustee or a Paying Agent to make payments in accordance with the terms hereof. Each Holder, by its acceptance of a Security, agrees that it will look solely to the revenue and proceeds from the Trust

 

13


Property to the extent legally available for distribution to it as herein provided and that the Institutional Trustee and the Administrators are not personally liable to it for any amount distributable in respect of any Security or for any other liability in respect of any Security. This Section 2.9(c) does not limit the liability of the Institutional Trustee expressly set forth elsewhere in this Declaration.

(d) The Institutional Trustee shall not be liable for its own acts or omissions hereunder except as a result of its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(i) the Institutional Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by an Authorized Officer of the Institutional Trustee, unless it shall be proved that the Institutional Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;

(ii) the Institutional Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction of the Holders of not less than a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities or the Common Securities, as applicable, relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Institutional Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Institutional Trustee under this Declaration;

(iii) the Institutional Trustee’s sole duty with respect to the custody, safekeeping and physical preservation of the Debentures and the Property Account shall be to deal with such property in a similar manner as the Institutional Trustee deals with similar property for its fiduciary accounts generally, subject to the protections and limitations on liability afforded to the Institutional Trustee under this Declaration;

(iv) the Institutional Trustee shall not be liable for any interest on any money received by it except as it may otherwise agree in writing with the Sponsor; and money held by the Institutional Trustee need not be segregated from other funds held by it except in relation to the Property Account maintained by the Institutional Trustee pursuant to Section 2.8(c)(i) and except to the extent otherwise required by law; and

(v) the Institutional Trustee shall not be responsible for monitoring the compliance by the Administrators or the Sponsor with their respective duties under this Declaration, nor shall the Institutional Trustee be liable for any default or misconduct of the Administrators or the Sponsor.

Section 2.10. Certain Rights of Institutional Trustee Subject to the provisions of Section 2.9:

(a) the Institutional Trustee may conclusively rely and shall fully be protected in acting or refraining from acting in good faith upon any resolution, opinion of counsel, certificate, written representation of a Holder or transferee, certificate of auditors or any other certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, appraisal, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or presented by the proper party or parties;

(b) if (i) in performing its duties under this Declaration, the Institutional Trustee is required to decide between alternative courses of action, (ii) in construing any of the provisions of this Declaration, the Institutional Trustee finds the same ambiguous or inconsistent with any other provisions contained herein, or (iii) the Institutional Trustee is unsure of the application of any provision of this Declaration, then, except as to any matter as to which the Holders of Capital Securities are entitled to vote under the

 

14


terms of this Declaration, the Institutional Trustee may deliver a notice to the Sponsor requesting the Sponsor’s written instructions as to the course of action to be taken and the Institutional Trustee shall take such action, or refrain from taking such action, as the Institutional Trustee shall be instructed in writing, in which event the Institutional Trustee shall have no liability except for its own negligence or willful misconduct;

(c) any direction or act of the Sponsor or the Administrators contemplated by this Declaration shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate;

(d) whenever in the administration of this Declaration, the Institutional Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established before undertaking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Institutional Trustee (unless other evidence is herein specifically prescribed) may request and conclusively rely upon an Officers’ Certificate as to factual matters which, upon receipt of such request, shall be promptly delivered by the Sponsor or the Administrators;

(e) the Institutional Trustee shall have no duty to see to any recording, filing or registration of any instrument (including any financing or continuation statement or any filing under tax or securities laws) or any rerecording, refiling or reregistration thereof;

(f) the Institutional Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection (which counsel may be counsel to the Sponsor or any of its Affiliates) and the advice of such counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon and in accordance with such advice; the Institutional Trustee shall have the right at any time to seek instructions concerning the administration of this Declaration from any court of competent jurisdiction;

(g) the Institutional Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Declaration at the request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Declaration, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Institutional Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction; provided , that nothing contained in this Section 2.10(g) shall be taken to relieve the Institutional Trustee, subject to Section 2.9(b), upon the occurrence of an Event of Default (that has not been cured or waived pursuant to Section 6.7), to exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Declaration, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs;

(h) the Institutional Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, bond, debenture, note or other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, unless requested in writing to do so by one or more Holders, but the Institutional Trustee may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit;

(i) the Institutional Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through its agents or attorneys and the Institutional Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of or for the supervision of, any such agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder;

(j) whenever in the administration of this Declaration the Institutional Trustee shall deem it desirable to receive instructions with respect to enforcing any remedy or right or taking any other action hereunder the Institutional Trustee (i) may request instructions from the Holders of the Capital Securities which instructions may only be given by the Holders of the same proportion in liquidation amount of the Capital

 

15


Securities as would be entitled to direct the Institutional Trustee under the terms of the Capital Securities in respect of such remedy, right or action, (ii) may refrain from enforcing such remedy or right or taking such other action until such instructions are received, and (iii) shall be fully protected in acting in accordance with such instructions;

(k) except as otherwise expressly provided in this Declaration, the Institutional Trustee shall not be under any obligation to take any action that is discretionary under the provisions of this Declaration;

(l) when the Institutional Trustee incurs expenses or renders services in connection with a Bankruptcy Event, such expenses (including the fees and expenses of its counsel) and the compensation for such services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any bankruptcy law or law relating to creditors rights generally;

(m) the Institutional Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of an Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Institutional Trustee obtains actual knowledge of such event or the Institutional Trustee receives written notice of such event from any Holder, the Sponsor or the Debenture Trustee;

(n) any action taken by the Institutional Trustee or its agents hereunder shall bind the Trust and the Holders of the Securities, and the signature of the Institutional Trustee or its agents alone shall be sufficient and effective to perform any such action and no third party shall be required to inquire as to the authority of the Institutional Trustee to so act or as to its compliance with any of the terms and provisions of this Declaration, both of which shall be conclusively evidenced by the Institutional Trustee’s or its agent’s taking such action; and

(o) no provision of this Declaration shall be deemed to impose any duty or obligation on the Institutional Trustee to perform any act or acts or exercise any right, power, duty or obligation conferred or imposed on it, in any jurisdiction in which it shall be illegal, or in which the Institutional Trustee shall be unqualified or incompetent in accordance with applicable law, to perform any such act or acts, or to exercise any such right, power, duty or obligation. No permissive power or authority available to the Institutional Trustee shall be construed to be a duty.

Section 2.11. Execution of Documents .  Unless otherwise determined in writing by the Institutional Trustee, and except as otherwise required by the Statutory Trust Act, the Institutional Trustee, or any one or more of the Administrators, as the case may be, is authorized to execute on behalf of the Trust any documents that the Institutional Trustee or the Administrators, as the case may be, have the power and authority to execute pursuant to Section 2.6.

Section 2.12. Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities .  The recitals contained in this Declaration and the Securities shall be taken as the statements of the Sponsor, and the Institutional Trustee does not assume any responsibility for their correctness. The Institutional Trustee makes no representations as to the value or condition of the property of the Trust or any part thereof. The Institutional Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Declaration, the Debentures or the Securities.

Section 2.13. Duration of Trust .  The Trust, unless earlier dissolved pursuant to the provisions of Article VII hereof, shall be in existence for 35 years from the Closing Date.

Section 2.14. Mergers .

(a) The Trust may not consolidate, amalgamate, merge with or into, or be replaced by, or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any corporation or other

 

16


body, except as described in Section 2.14(b) and (c) and except in connection with the liquidation of the Trust and the distribution of the Debentures to Holders of Securities pursuant to Section 7.1(a)(iv) of the Declaration or Section 3 of Annex I.

(b) The Trust may, with the consent of the Institutional Trustee and without the consent of the Holders of the Capital Securities, consolidate, amalgamate, merge with or into, or be replaced by a trust organized as such under the laws of any state; provided that:

(i) if the Trust is not the surviving entity, such successor entity (the “ Successor Entity ”) either:

(A) expressly assumes all of the obligations of the Trust under the Securities; or

(B) substitutes for the Securities other securities having substantially the same terms as the Securities (the “ Successor Securities ”) so that the Successor Securities rank the same as the Securities rank with respect to Distributions and payments upon Liquidation, redemption and otherwise;

(ii) the Sponsor expressly appoints a trustee of the Successor Entity that possesses substantially the same powers and duties as the Institutional Trustee as the Holder of the Debentures;

(iii) such merger, consolidation, amalgamation or replacement does not adversely affect the rights, preferences and privileges of the Holders of the Securities (including any Successor Securities) in any material respect;

(iv) the Institutional Trustee receives written confirmation from Moody’s Investor Services, Inc. and any other nationally recognized statistical rating organization that rates securities issued by the initial purchaser of the Capital Securities that it will not reduce or withdraw the rating of any such securities because of such merger, conversion, consolidation, amalgamation or replacement;

(v) such Successor Entity has a purpose substantially identical to that of the Trust;

(vi) prior to such merger, consolidation, amalgamation or replacement, the Trust has received an opinion of a nationally recognized independent counsel to the Trust experienced in such matters to the effect that:

(A) such merger, consolidation, amalgamation or replacement does not adversely affect the rights, preferences and privileges of the Holders of the Securities (including any Successor Securities) in any material respect;

(B) following such merger, consolidation, amalgamation or replacement, neither the Trust nor the Successor Entity will be required to register as an Investment Company; and

(C) following such merger, consolidation, amalgamation or replacement, the Trust (or the Successor Entity) will continue to be classified as a “grantor trust” for United States federal income tax purposes;

(vii) the Sponsor guarantees the obligations of such Successor Entity under the Successor Securities at least to the extent provided by the Guarantee;

 

17


(viii) the Sponsor owns 100% of the common securities of any Successor Entity; and

(ix) prior to such merger, consolidation, amalgamation or replacement, the Institutional Trustee shall have received an Officers’ Certificate of the Administrators and an opinion of counsel, each to the effect that all conditions precedent under this Section 2.14(b) to such transaction have been satisfied.

(c) Notwithstanding Section 2.14(b), the Trust shall not, except with the consent of Holders of 100% in aggregate liquidation amount of the Securities, consolidate, amalgamate, merge with or into, or be replaced by any other entity or permit any other entity to consolidate, amalgamate, merge with or into, or replace it if such consolidation, amalgamation, merger or replacement would cause the Trust or Successor Entity to be classified as other than a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes.

ARTICLE III

SPONSOR

Section 3.1. Sponsor’s Purchase of Common Securities .  On the Closing Date, the Sponsor will purchase all of the Common Securities issued by the Trust in an amount at least equal to 3% of the capital of the Trust, at the same time as the Capital Securities are sold.

Section 3.2. Responsibilities of the Sponsor .  In connection with the issue and sale of the Capital Securities, the Sponsor shall have the exclusive right and responsibility to engage in, or direct the Administrators to engage in, the following activities:

(a) to determine the States in which to take appropriate action to qualify or register for sale all or part of the Capital Securities and to do any and all such acts, other than actions which must be taken by the Trust, and advise the Trust of actions it must take, and prepare for execution and filing any documents to be executed and filed by the Trust, as the Sponsor deems necessary or advisable in order to comply with the applicable laws of any such States; and

(b) to negotiate the terms of and/or execute on behalf of the Trust, the Placement Agreement and other related agreements providing for the sale of the Capital Securities.

Section 3.3. Expenses In connection with the offering, sale and issuance of the Debentures to the Trust and in connection with the sale of the Securities by the Trust, the Sponsor, in its capacity as Debenture Issuer, shall:

(a) pay all reasonable costs and expenses owing to the Debenture Trustee pursuant to Section 6.6 of the Indenture;

(b) be responsible for and shall pay all debts and obligations (other than with respect to the Securities) and all costs and expenses of the Trust, the offering, sale and issuance of the Securities (including fees to the placement agents in connection therewith), the costs and expenses (including reasonable counsel fees and expenses) of the Institutional Trustee and the Administrators, the costs and expenses relating to the operation of the Trust, including, without limitation, costs and expenses of accountants, attorneys, statistical or bookkeeping services, expenses for printing and engraving and computing or accounting equipment, Paying Agents, Registrars, Transfer Agents, duplicating, travel and telephone and other telecommunications expenses and costs and expenses incurred in connection with the acquisition, financing, and disposition of Trust assets and the enforcement by the Institutional Trustee of the rights of the Holders (for purposes of clarification, this Section 3.3(b) does not contemplate the

 

18


payment by the Sponsor of acceptance or annual administration fees owing to the Institutional Trustee pursuant to the services to be provided by the Institutional Trustee under this Declaration or the fees and expenses of the Institutional Trustee’s counsel in connection with the closing of the transactions contemplated by this Declaration); and

(c) pay any and all taxes (other than United States withholding taxes attributable to the Trust or its assets) and all liabilities, costs and expenses with respect to such taxes of the Trust.

The Sponsor’s obligations under this Section 3.3 shall be for the benefit of, and shall be enforceable by, any Person to whom such debts, obligations, costs, expenses and taxes are owed (a “ Creditor ”) whether or not such Creditor has received notice hereof. Any such Creditor may enforce the Sponsor’s obligations under this Section 3.3 directly against the Sponsor and the Sponsor irrevocably waives any right or remedy to require that any such Creditor take any action against the Trust or any other Person before proceeding against the Sponsor. The Sponsor agrees to execute such additional agreements as may be necessary or desirable in order to give full effect to the provisions of this Section 3.3.

Section 3.4. Right to Proceed .   The Sponsor acknowledges the rights of Holders to institute a Direct Action as set forth in Section 2.8(d) hereto.

ARTICLE IV

INSTITUTIONAL TRUSTEE AND ADMINISTRATORS

Section 4.1. Institutional Trustee; Eligibility .

(a) There shall at all times be one Institutional Trustee which shall:

(i) not be an Affiliate of the Sponsor;

(ii) not offer or provide credit or credit enhancement to the Trust; and

(iii) be a banking corporation or trust company organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or the District of Columbia, authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, having a combined capital and surplus of at least 50 million U.S. dollars ($50,000,000.00), and subject to supervision or examination by Federal, state, or District of Columbia authority. If such corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of the supervising or examining authority referred to above, then for the purposes of this Section 4.1(a)(iii), the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published.

(b) If at any time the Institutional Trustee shall cease to be eligible to so act under Section 4.1(a), the Institutional Trustee shall immediately resign in the manner and with the effect set forth in Section 4.3(a).

(c) If the Institutional Trustee has or shall acquire any “conflicting interest” within the meaning of Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, the Institutional Trustee shall either eliminate such interest or resign, to the extent and in the manner provided by, and subject to this Declaration.

(d) The initial Institutional Trustee shall be U.S. Bank National Association.

 

19


Section 4.2. Administrators .  Each Administrator shall be a U.S. Person, 21 years of age or older and authorized to bind the Sponsor. The initial Administrators shall be Alan B. White, George McCleskey and Jeff Isom. There shall at all times be at least one Administrator. Except where a requirement for action by a specific number of Administrators is expressly set forth in this Declaration and except with respect to any action the taking of which is the subject of a meeting of the Administrators, any action required or permitted to be taken by the Administrators may be taken by, and any power of the Administrators may be exercised by, or with the consent of, any one such Administrator.

Section 4.3. Appointment, Removal and Resignation of Institutional Trustee and Administrators .

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Declaration, no resignation or removal of the Institutional Trustee and no appointment of a Successor Institutional Trustee pursuant to this Article shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the Successor Institutional Trustee in accordance with the applicable requirements of this Section 4.3.

Subject to the immediately preceding paragraph, the Institutional Trustee may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Holders of the Securities and by appointing a Successor Institutional Trustee. Upon the resignation of the Institutional Trustee, the Institutional Trustee shall appoint a successor by requesting from at least three Persons meeting the eligibility requirements, its expenses and charges to serve as the successor Institutional Trustee on a form provided by the Administrators, and selecting the Person who agrees to the lowest expense and charges (the “ Successor Institutional Trustee ”). If the instrument of acceptance by the Successor Institutional Trustee required by this Section 4.3 shall not have been delivered to the Institutional Trustee within 60 days after the giving of such notice of resignation or delivery of the instrument of removal, the Institutional Trustee may petition, at the expense of the Trust, any Federal, state or District of Columbia court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a Successor Institutional Trustee. Such court may thereupon, after prescribing such notice, if any, as it may deem proper, appoint a Successor Institutional Trustee. The Institutional Trustee shall have no liability for the selection of such successor pursuant to this Section 4.3.

The Institutional Trustee may be removed by the act of the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities, delivered to the Institutional Trustee (in its individual capacity and on behalf of the Trust) if an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing. If the Institutional Trustee shall be so removed, the Holders of Capital Securities, by act of the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities then outstanding delivered to the Institutional Trustee, shall promptly appoint a Successor Institutional Trustee, and such Successor Institutional Trustee shall comply with the applicable requirements of this Section 4.3. If no Successor Institutional Trustee shall have been so appointed by the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities and accepted appointment in the manner required by this Section 4.3, within 30 days after delivery of an instrument of removal, any Holder who has been a Holder of the Securities for at least 6 months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any Federal, state or District of Columbia court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of the Successor Institutional Trustee. Such court may thereupon, after prescribing such notice, if any, as it may deem proper, appoint a Successor Institutional Trustee.

The Institutional Trustee shall give notice of its resignation and removal and each appointment of a Successor Institutional Trustee to all Holders in the manner provided in Section 13.1(d) and shall give notice to the Sponsor. Each notice shall include the name of the Successor Institutional Trustee and the address of its Corporate Trust Office.

(b) In case of the appointment hereunder of a Successor Institutional Trustee, the retiring Institutional Trustee and the Successor Institutional Trustee shall execute and deliver an amendment

 

20


hereto wherein the Successor Institutional Trustee shall accept such appointment and which (i) shall contain such provisions as shall be necessary or desirable to transfer and confirm to, and to vest in, the Successor Institutional Trustee all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Institutional Trustee with respect to the Securities and the Trust and (ii) shall add to or change any of the provisions of this Declaration as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the Trust by more than one Institutional Trustee, it being understood that nothing herein or in such amendment shall constitute such Institutional Trustees co-trustees and upon the execution and delivery of such amendment the resignation or removal of the retiring Institutional Trustee shall become effective to the extent provided therein and each Successor Institutional Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Institutional Trustee; but, on request of the Trust or any Successor Institutional Trustee such retiring Institutional Trustee shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such Successor Institutional Trustee all Trust Property, all proceeds thereof and money held by such retiring Institutional Trustee hereunder with respect to the Securities and the Trust.

(c) No Institutional Trustee shall be liable for the acts or omissions to act of any Successor Institutional Trustee.

(d) The Holders of the Capital Securities will have no right to vote to appoint, remove or replace the Administrators, which voting rights are vested exclusively in the Holder of the Common Securities.

Section 4.4. Institutional Trustee Vacancies .  If the Institutional Trustee ceases to hold office for any reason a vacancy shall occur. A resolution certifying the existence of such vacancy by the Institutional Trustee shall be conclusive evidence of the existence of such vacancy. The vacancy shall be filled with a trustee appointed in accordance with Section 4.3.

Section 4.5. Effect of Vacancies .  The death, resignation, retirement, removal, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation, incompetence or incapacity to perform the duties of the Institutional Trustee shall not operate to dissolve, terminate or annul the Trust or terminate this Declaration.

Section 4.6. Meetings of the Institutional Trustee and the Administrators .  Meetings of the Administrators shall be held from time to time upon the call of an Administrator. Regular meetings of the Administrators may be held in person in the United States or by telephone, at a place (if applicable) and time fixed by resolution of the Administrators. Notice of any in-person meetings of the Institutional Trustee with the Administrators or meetings of the Administrators shall be hand delivered or otherwise delivered in writing (including by facsimile, with a hard copy by overnight courier) not less than 48 hours before such meeting. Notice of any telephonic meetings of the Institutional Trustee with the Administrators or meetings of the Administrators or any committee thereof shall be hand delivered or otherwise delivered in writing (including by facsimile, with a hard copy by overnight courier) not less than 24 hours before a meeting. Notices shall contain a brief statement of the time, place and anticipated purposes of the meeting. The presence (whether in person or by telephone) of the Institutional Trustee or an Administrator, as the case may be, at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting except where the Institutional Trustee or an Administrator, as the case may be, attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any activity on the grounds that the meeting has not been lawfully called or convened. Unless provided otherwise in this Declaration, any action of the Institutional Trustee or the Administrators, as the case may be, may be taken at a meeting by vote of the Institutional Trustee or a majority vote of the Administrators present (whether in person or by telephone) and eligible to vote with respect to such matter, provided that a Quorum is present, or without a meeting by the unanimous written consent of the Institutional Trustee or the Administrators. Meetings of the Institutional Trustee and the Administrators together shall be held from time to time upon the call of the Institutional Trustee or an Administrator.

 

21


Section 4.7. Delegation of Power .

(a) Any Administrator may, by power of attorney consistent with applicable law, delegate to any other natural person over the age of 21 that is a U.S. Person his or her power for the purpose of executing any documents contemplated in Section 2.6; and

(b) the Administrators shall have power to delegate from time to time to such of their number the doing of such things and the execution of such instruments either in the name of the Trust or the names of the Administrators or otherwise as the Administrators may deem expedient, to the extent such delegation is not prohibited by applicable law or contrary to the provisions of the Trust, as set forth herein.

Section 4.8. Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business .  Any Person into which the Institutional Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any Person resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Institutional Trustee shall be a party, or any Person succeeding to all or substantially all the corporate trust business of the Institutional Trustee shall be the successor of the Institutional Trustee hereunder, provided such Person shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto.

ARTICLE V

DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 5.1. Distributions .  Holders shall receive Distributions in accordance with the applicable terms of the relevant Holder’s Securities. Distributions shall be made on the Capital Securities and the Common Securities in accordance with the preferences set forth in their respective terms. If and to the extent that the Debenture Issuer makes a payment of Interest or any principal on the Debentures held by the Institutional Trustee, the Institutional Trustee shall and is directed, to the extent funds are available for that purpose, to make a distribution (a “ Distribution ”) of such amounts to Holders.

ARTICLE VI

ISSUANCE OF SECURITIES

Section 6.1. General Provisions Regarding Securities .

(a) The Administrators shall, on behalf of the Trust, issue one series of capital securities substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust having such terms as are set forth in Annex I and one series of common securities representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust having such terms as are set forth in Annex I. The Trust shall issue no securities or other interests in the assets of the Trust other than the Capital Securities and the Common Securities. The Capital Securities rank pari passu to, and payment thereon shall be made Pro Rata with, the Common Securities except that, where an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the rights of Holders of the Common Securities to payment in respect of Distributions and payments upon liquidation, redemption and otherwise are subordinated to the rights to payment of the Holders of the Capital Securities as set forth in Annex I.

 

22


(b) The Certificates shall be signed on behalf of the Trust by one or more Administrators. Such signature shall be the facsimile or manual signature of any Administrator. In case any Administrator of the Trust who shall have signed any of the Securities shall cease to be such Administrator before the Certificates so signed shall be delivered by the Trust, such Certificates nevertheless may be delivered as though the person who signed such Certificates had not ceased to be such Administrator, and any Certificate may be signed on behalf of the Trust by such persons who, at the actual date of execution of such Security, shall be an Administrator of the Trust, although at the date of the execution and delivery of the Declaration any such person was not such an Administrator. A Capital Security shall not be valid until authenticated by the facsimile or manual signature of an Authorized Officer of the Institutional Trustee. Such signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Capital Security has been authenticated under this Declaration. Upon written order of the Trust signed by one Administrator, the Institutional Trustee shall authenticate the Capital Securities for original issue. The Institutional Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent that is a U.S. Person acceptable to the Trust to authenticate the Capital Securities. A Common Security need not be so authenticated.

(c) The consideration received by the Trust for the issuance of the Securities shall constitute a contribution to the capital of the Trust and shall not constitute a loan to the Trust.

(d) Upon issuance of the Securities as provided in this Declaration, the Securities so issued shall be deemed to be validly issued, fully paid and, except as provided in Section 9.1(b) with respect to the Common Securities, non-assessable.

(e) Every Person, by virtue of having become a Holder in accordance with the terms of this Declaration, shall be deemed to have expressly assented and agreed to the terms of, and shall be bound by, this Declaration and the Guarantee.

Section 6.2. Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar .  The Trust shall maintain in Hartford, Connecticut, an office or agency where the Capital Securities may be presented for payment (“ Paying Agent ”), and an office or agency where Securities may be presented for registration of transfer or exchange (the “ Transfer Agent ”). The Trust shall keep or cause to be kept at such office or agency a register for the purpose of registering Securities, transfers and exchanges of Securities, such register to be held by a registrar (the “ Registrar ”). The Administrators may appoint the Paying Agent, the Registrar and the Transfer Agent and may appoint one or more additional Paying Agents or one or more co-Registrars, or one or more co-Transfer Agents in such other locations as it shall determine. The term “ Paying Agent ” includes any additional paying agent, the term “ Registrar ” includes any additional registrar or co-Registrar and the term “ Transfer Agent ” includes any additional transfer agent. The Administrators may change any Paying Agent, Transfer Agent or Registrar at any time without prior notice to any Holder. The Administrators shall notify the Institutional Trustee of the name and address of any Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar not a party to this Declaration. The Administrators hereby initially appoint the Institutional Trustee to act as Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar for the Capital Securities and the Common Securities. The Institutional Trustee or any of its Affiliates in the United States may act as Paying Agent, Transfer Agent or Registrar.

Section 6.3. Form and Dating .  The Capital Securities and the Institutional Trustee’s certificate of authentication thereon shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1, and the Common Securities shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2, each of which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Declaration. Certificates may be typed, printed, lithographed or engraved or may be produced in any other manner as is reasonably acceptable to the Administrators, as conclusively evidenced by their execution thereof. The Securities may have letters, numbers, notations or other marks of identification or designation and such legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule, agreements to which the Trust is subject if any, or usage (provided that any such notation, legend or

 

23


endorsement is in a form acceptable to the Sponsor). The Trust at the direction of the Sponsor shall furnish any such legend not contained in Exhibit A-1 to the Institutional Trustee in writing. Each Capital Security shall be dated on or before the date of its authentication. The terms and provisions of the Securities set forth in Annex I and the forms of Securities set forth in Exhibits A-1 and A-2 are part of the terms of this Declaration and to the extent applicable, the Institutional Trustee, the Administrators and the Sponsor, by their execution and delivery of this Declaration, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. Capital Securities will be issued only in blocks having a stated liquidation amount of not less than $100,000.00 and any multiple of $1,000.00 in excess thereof.

The Capital Securities are being offered and sold by the Trust pursuant to the Placement Agreement in definitive, registered form without coupons and with the Restricted Securities Legend.

Section 6.4. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates .

If:

(a) any mutilated Certificates should be surrendered to the Registrar, or if the Registrar shall receive evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Certificate; and

(b) there shall be delivered to the Registrar, the Administrators and the Institutional Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by them to keep each of them harmless;

then, in the absence of notice that such Certificate shall have been acquired by a protected purchaser, an Administrator on behalf of the Trust shall execute (and in the case of a Capital Security Certificate, the Institutional Trustee shall authenticate) and deliver, in exchange for or in lieu of any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Certificate, a new Certificate of like denomination. In connection with the issuance of any new Certificate under this Section 6.4, the Registrar or the Administrators may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection therewith. Any duplicate Certificate issued pursuant to this Section shall constitute conclusive evidence of an ownership interest in the relevant Securities, as if originally issued, whether or not the lost, stolen or destroyed Certificate shall be found at any time.

Section 6.5. Temporary Securities .  Until definitive Securities are ready for delivery, the Administrators may prepare and, in the case of the Capital Securities, the Institutional Trustee shall authenticate, temporary Securities. Temporary Securities shall be substantially in the form of definitive Securities but may have variations that the Administrators consider appropriate for temporary Securities. Without unreasonable delay, the Administrators shall prepare and, in the case of the Capital Securities, the Institutional Trustee shall authenticate, definitive Securities in exchange for temporary Securities.

Section 6.6. Cancellation .  The Administrators at any time may deliver Securities to the Institutional Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar shall forward to the Institutional Trustee any Securities surrendered to it for registration of transfer, redemption or payment. The Institutional Trustee shall promptly cancel all Securities surrendered for registration of transfer, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall dispose of such canceled Securities as the Administrators direct. The Administrators may not issue new Securities to replace Securities that have been paid or that have been delivered to the Institutional Trustee for cancellation.

Section 6.7. Rights of Holders; Waivers of Past Defaults .

(a) The legal title to the Trust Property is vested exclusively in the Institutional Trustee (in its capacity as such) in accordance with Section 2.5, and the Holders shall not have any right or title therein other than the undivided beneficial interest in the assets of the Trust conferred by their Securities

 

24


and they shall have no right to call for any partition or division of property, profits or rights of the Trust except as described below. The Securities shall be personal property giving only the rights specifically set forth therein and in this Declaration. The Securities shall have no preemptive or similar rights.

(b) For so long as any Capital Securities remain outstanding, if upon an Indenture Event of Default, the Debenture Trustee fails or the holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Debentures fail to declare the principal of all of the Debentures to be immediately due and payable, the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities then outstanding shall have the right to make such declaration by a notice in writing to the Institutional Trustee, the Sponsor and the Debenture Trustee.

At any time after a declaration of acceleration with respect to the Debentures has been made and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Debenture Trustee as provided in the Indenture, if the Institutional Trustee, subject to the provisions hereof, fails to annul any such declaration and waive such default, the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities, by written notice to the Institutional Trustee, the Sponsor and the Debenture Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if:

(i) the Debenture Issuer has paid or deposited with the Debenture Trustee a sum sufficient to pay

(A) all overdue installments of interest on all of the Debentures,

(B) any accrued Additional Interest on all of the Debentures,

(C) the principal of (and premium, if any, on) any Debentures that have become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration and interest and Additional Interest thereon at the rate borne by the Debentures, and

(D) all sums paid or advanced by the Debenture Trustee under the Indenture and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Debenture Trustee and the Institutional Trustee, their agents and counsel; and

(ii) all Events of Default with respect to the Debentures, other than the non-payment of the principal of the Debentures that has become due solely by such acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in Section 5.7 of the Indenture.

The Holders of at least a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities may, on behalf of the Holders of all the Capital Securities, waive any past default under the Indenture or any Indenture Event of Default, except a default or Indenture Event of Default in the payment of principal or interest on the Debentures (unless such default or Indenture Event of Default has been cured and a sum sufficient to pay all matured installments of interest and principal due otherwise than by acceleration has been deposited with the Debenture Trustee) or a default under the Indenture or an Indenture Event of Default in respect of a covenant or provision that under the Indenture cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the holder of each outstanding Debenture. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon.

Upon receipt by the Institutional Trustee of written notice declaring such an acceleration, or rescission and annulment thereof, by Holders of any part of the Capital Securities, a record date shall be established for determining Holders of outstanding Capital Securities entitled to join in such notice, which record date shall be at the close of business on the day the Institutional Trustee receives such notice. The Holders on such record date, or their duly designated proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to

 

25


join in such notice, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided, that unless such declaration of acceleration, or rescission and annulment, as the case may be, shall have become effective by virtue of the requisite percentage having joined in such notice prior to the day that is 90 days after such record date, such notice of declaration of acceleration, or rescission and annulment, as the case may be, shall automatically and without further action by any Holder be canceled and of no further effect. Nothing in this paragraph shall prevent a Holder, or a proxy of a Holder, from giving, after expiration of such 90-day period, a new written notice of declaration of acceleration, or rescission and annulment thereof, as the case may be, that is identical to a written notice that has been canceled pursuant to the proviso to the preceding sentence, in which event a new record date shall be established pursuant to the provisions of this Section 6.7.

(c) Except as otherwise provided in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 6.7, the Holders of at least a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities may, on behalf of the Holders of all the Capital Securities, waive any past default or Event of Default and its consequences. Upon such waiver, any such default or Event of Default shall cease to exist, and any default or Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Declaration, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

ARTICLE VII

DISSOLUTION AND TERMINATION OF TRUST

Section 7.1. Dissolution and Termination of Trust .

(a) The Trust shall dissolve on the first to occur of:

(i) unless earlier dissolved, on September 17, 2038, the expiration of the term of the Trust;

(ii) upon a Bankruptcy Event with respect to the Sponsor, the Trust or the Debenture Issuer;

(iii) upon the filing of a certificate of dissolution or its equivalent with respect to the Sponsor (other than in connection with a merger, consolidation or similar transaction not prohibited by the Indenture, this Declaration or the Guarantee, as the case may be) or upon the revocation of the charter of the Sponsor and the expiration of 90 days after the date of revocation without a reinstatement thereof;

(iv) upon the distribution of the Debentures to the Holders of the Securities in accordance with Section 3 of Annex I, upon exercise of the right of the Holder of all of the outstanding Common Securities to dissolve the Trust as provided in Annex I hereto;

(v) upon the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Holder of the Common Securities, the Sponsor, the Trust or the Debenture Issuer;

(vi) when all of the Securities shall have been called for redemption and the amounts necessary for redemption thereof shall have been paid to the Holders in accordance with the terms of the Securities; or

(vii) before the issuance of any Securities, with the consent of the Institutional Trustee and the Sponsor.

 

26


(b) As soon as is practicable after the occurrence of an event referred to in Section 7.1(a), and after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors of the Trust as required by applicable law, including of the Statutory Trust Act, and subject to the terms set forth in Annex I, the Institutional Trustee shall terminate the Trust by filing a certificate of cancellation with the Secretary of State of the State of Connecticut.

(c) The provisions of Section 2.9 and Article IX shall survive the termination of the Trust.

ARTICLE VIII

TRANSFER OF INTERESTS

Section 8.1. General .

(a) Subject to Section 8.1(c), where Capital Securities are presented to the Registrar or a co-registrar with a request to register a transfer or to exchange them for an equal number of Capital Securities represented by different certificates, the Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange if its requirements for such transactions are met. To permit registrations of transfer and exchanges, the Trust shall issue and the Institutional Trustee shall authenticate Capital Securities at the Registrar’s request.

(b) Upon issuance of the Common Securities, the Sponsor shall acquire and retain beneficial and record ownership of the Common Securities and for so long as the Securities remain outstanding, the Sponsor shall maintain 100% ownership of the Common Securities; provided , however , that any permitted successor of the Sponsor, in its capacity as Debenture Issuer, under the Indenture that is a U.S. Person may succeed to the Sponsor’s ownership of the Common Securities.

(c) Capital Securities may only be transferred, in whole or in part, in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Declaration and in the terms of the Securities. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any transfer or purported transfer of any Security not made in accordance with this Declaration shall be null and void and will be deemed to be of no legal effect whatsoever and any such transferee shall be deemed not to be the holder of such Capital Securities for any purpose, including but not limited to the receipt of Distributions on such Capital Securities, and such transferee shall be deemed to have no interest whatsoever in such Capital Securities.

(d) The Registrar shall provide for the registration of Securities and of transfers of Securities, which will be effected without charge but only upon payment (with such indemnity as the Registrar may require) in respect of any tax or other governmental charges that may be imposed in relation to it. Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Securities, the Registrar shall cause one or more new Securities of the same tenor to be issued in the name of the designated transferee or transferees. Every Security surrendered for registration of transfer shall be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by the Holder or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing. Each Security surrendered for registration of transfer shall be canceled by the Institutional Trustee pursuant to Section 6.6. A transferee of a Security shall be entitled to the rights and subject to the obligations of a Holder hereunder upon the receipt by such transferee of a Security. By acceptance of a Security, each transferee shall be deemed to have agreed to be bound by this Declaration.

(e) The Trust shall not be required (i) to issue, register the transfer of, or exchange any Securities during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Securities for redemption and ending at the close of business on the earliest date on which the relevant notice of redemption is deemed to have been given to all Holders of the Securities to be redeemed, or (ii) to register the transfer or exchange of any Security so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Security being redeemed in part.

 

27


Section 8.2. Transfer Procedures and Restrictions .

(a) The Capital Securities shall bear the Restricted Securities Legend, which shall not be removed unless there is delivered to the Trust such satisfactory evidence, which may include an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Trustee, as may be reasonably required by the Trust, that neither the legend nor the restrictions on transfer set forth therein are required to ensure that transfers thereof comply with the provisions of the Securities Act. Upon provision of such satisfactory evidence, the Institutional Trustee, at the written direction of the Trust, shall authenticate and deliver Capital Securities that do not bear the legend.

(b) Except as permitted by Section 8.2(a), each Capital Security shall bear a legend (the “ Restricted Securities Legend ”) in substantially the following form and a Capital Security shall not be transferred except in compliance with such legend, unless otherwise determined by the Sponsor, upon the advice of counsel expert in securities law, in accordance with applicable law:

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAW. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY ONLY (A) TO THE SPONSOR OR THE TRUST, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A SO LONG AS THIS SECURITY IS ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144A, (D) TO A NON-U.S. PERSON IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 (AS APPLICABLE) OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (A) OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THIS CAPITAL SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE SPONSOR’S AND THE TRUST’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE DECLARATION OF TRUST, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE SPONSOR OR THE TRUST. HEDGING TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE CONDUCTED UNLESS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

28


THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF ALSO AGREES, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”) (EACH A “PLAN”), OR AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” BY REASON OF ANY PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY, AND NO PERSON INVESTING “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY PLAN MAY ACQUIRE OR HOLD THE SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER OR HOLDER IS ELIGIBLE FOR EXEMPTIVE RELIEF AVAILABLE UNDER U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR PROHIBITED TRANSACTION CLASS EXEMPTION 96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1 OR 84-14 OR ANOTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTION OR ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY IS NOT PROHIBITED BY SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE WITH RESPECT TO SUCH PURCHASE OR HOLDING. ANY PURCHASER OR HOLDER OF THE SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED BY ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING THEREOF THAT EITHER (i) IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 3(3) OF ERISA, OR A PLAN TO WHICH SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE IS APPLICABLE, A TRUSTEE OR OTHER PERSON ACTING ON BEHALF OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY USING THE ASSETS OF ANY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN TO FINANCE SUCH PURCHASE, OR (ii) SUCH PURCHASE WILL NOT RESULT IN A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE FOR WHICH THERE IS NO APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE EXEMPTION.

THIS SECURITY WILL BE ISSUED AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN BLOCKS HAVING A LIQUIDATION AMOUNT OF NOT LESS THAN $100,000.00 (100 SECURITIES) AND MULTIPLES OF $1,000.00 IN EXCESS THEREOF. ANY ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF SECURITIES IN A BLOCK HAVING A LIQUIDATION AMOUNT OF LESS THAN $100,000.00 SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE VOID AND OF NO LEGAL EFFECT WHATSOEVER.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY AGREES THAT IT WILL COMPLY WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

(c) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Trust shall execute and the Institutional Trustee shall authenticate Capital Securities at the Registrar’s request.

(d) Registrations of transfers or exchanges will be effected without charge, but only upon payment (with such indemnity as the Registrar or the Sponsor may require) in respect of any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation to it.

(e) All Capital Securities issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Declaration shall evidence the same security and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Declaration as the Capital Securities surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

Section 8.3. Deemed Security Holders .  The Trust, the Administrators, the Institutional Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Transfer Agent or the Registrar may treat the Person in whose name any Certificate

 

29


shall be registered on the books and records of the Trust as the sole holder of such Certificate and of the Securities represented by such Certificate for purposes of receiving Distributions and for all other purposes whatsoever and, accordingly, shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such Certificate or in the Securities represented by such Certificate on the part of any Person, whether or not the Trust, the Administrators, the Institutional Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Transfer Agent or the Registrar shall have actual or other notice thereof.

ARTICLE IX

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY OF

HOLDERS OF SECURITIES, INSTITUTIONAL TRUSTEE OR OTHERS

Section 9.1. Liability .

(a) Except as expressly set forth in this Declaration, the Guarantee and the terms of the Securities, the Sponsor shall not be:

(i) personally liable for the return of any portion of the capital contributions (or any return thereon) of the Holders of the Securities which shall be made solely from assets of the Trust; or

(ii) required to pay to the Trust or to any Holder of the Securities any deficit upon dissolution of the Trust or otherwise.

(b) The Holder of the Common Securities shall be liable for all of the debts and obligations of the Trust (other than with respect to the Securities) to the extent not satisfied out of the Trust’s assets.

(c) Pursuant to the Statutory Trust Act, the Holders of the Capital Securities shall be entitled to the same limitation of personal liability extended to stockholders of private corporations for profit organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Connecticut.

Section 9.2. Exculpation .

(a) No Indemnified Person shall be liable, responsible or accountable in damages or otherwise to the Trust or any Covered Person for any loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted by such Indemnified Person in good faith on behalf of the Trust and in a manner such Indemnified Person reasonably believed to be within the scope of the authority conferred on such Indemnified Person by this Declaration or by law, except that an Indemnified Person shall be liable for any such loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of such Indemnified Person’s negligence or willful misconduct with respect to such acts or omissions.

(b) An Indemnified Person shall be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the records of the Trust and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Trust by any Person as to matters the Indemnified Person reasonably believes are within such other Person’s professional or expert competence and, if selected by such Indemnified Person, has been selected by such Indemnified Person with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Trust, including information, opinions, reports or statements as to the value and amount of the assets, liabilities, profits, losses, or any other facts pertinent to the existence and amount of assets from which Distributions to Holders of Securities might properly be paid.

 

30


Section 9.3. Fiduciary Duty .

(a) To the extent that, at law or in equity, an Indemnified Person has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to the Trust or to any other Covered Person, an Indemnified Person acting under this Declaration shall not be liable to the Trust or to any other Covered Person for its good faith reliance on the provisions of this Declaration. The provisions of this Declaration, to the extent that they restrict the duties and liabilities of an Indemnified Person otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the parties hereto to replace such other duties and liabilities of the Indemnified Person.

(b) Whenever in this Declaration an Indemnified Person is permitted or required to make a decision:

(i) in its “discretion” or under a grant of similar authority, the Indemnified Person shall be entitled to consider such interests and factors as it desires, including its own interests, and shall have no duty or obligation to give any consideration to any interest of or factors affecting the Trust or any other Person; or

(ii) in its “good faith” or under another express standard, the Indemnified Person shall act under such express standard and shall not be subject to any other or different standard imposed by this Declaration or by applicable law.

Section 9.4. Indemnification .

(a) The Sponsor shall indemnify, to the full extent permitted by law, any Indemnified Person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Trust) arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this Declaration by reason of the fact that he is or was an Indemnified Person against expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Trust, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the Indemnified Person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Trust, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

(b) The Sponsor shall indemnify, to the full extent permitted by law, any Indemnified Person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Trust to procure a judgment in its favor arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this Declaration by reason of the fact that he is or was an Indemnified Person against expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Trust; provided , however , that no such indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such Indemnified Person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Trust unless and only to the extent that the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which such court shall deem proper.

 

31


(c) To the extent that an Indemnified Person shall be successful on the merits or otherwise (including dismissal of an action without prejudice or the settlement of an action without admission of liability) in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 9.4, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified, to the full extent permitted by law, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith.

(d) Any indemnification of an Administrator under paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 9.4 (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Sponsor only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the Indemnified Person is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b). Such determination shall be made (i) by the Administrators by a majority vote of a Quorum consisting of such Administrators who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, (ii) if such a Quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable, if a Quorum of disinterested Administrators so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (iii) by the Common Security Holder of the Trust.

(e) To the fullest extent permitted by law, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by an Indemnified Person in defending a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 9.4 shall be paid by the Sponsor in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Indemnified Person to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the Sponsor as authorized in this Section 9.4. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no advance shall be made by the Sponsor if a determination is reasonably and promptly made (i) by the Administrators by a majority vote of a Quorum of disinterested Administrators, (ii) if such a Quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable, if a quorum of disinterested Administrators so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion or (iii) by the Common Security Holder of the Trust, that, based upon the facts known to the Administrators, counsel or the Common Security Holder at the time such determination is made, such Indemnified Person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such Indemnified Person did not believe to be in the best interests of the Trust, or, with respect to any criminal proceeding, that such Indemnified Person believed or had reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. In no event shall any advance be made in instances where the Administrators, independent legal counsel or the Common Security Holder reasonably determine that such Indemnified Person deliberately breached his duty to the Trust or its Common or Capital Security Holders.

(f) The Institutional Trustee, at the sole cost and expense of the Sponsor, retains the right to representation by counsel of its own choosing in any action, suit or any other proceeding for which it is indemnified under paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 9.4, without affecting its right to indemnification hereunder or waiving any rights afforded to it under this Declaration or applicable law.

(g) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, the other paragraphs of this Section 9.4 shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification and advancement of expenses may be entitled under any agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors of the Sponsor or Capital Security Holders of the Trust or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. All rights to indemnification under this Section 9.4 shall be deemed to be provided by a contract between the Sponsor and each Indemnified Person who serves in such capacity at any time while this Section 9.4 is in effect. Any repeal or modification of this Section 9.4 shall not affect any rights or obligations then existing.

 

32


(h) The Sponsor or the Trust may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any Person who is or was an Indemnified Person against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the Sponsor would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of this Section 9.4.

(i) For purposes of this Section 9.4, references to “the Trust” shall include, in addition to the resulting or surviving entity, any constituent entity (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger, so that any Person who is or was a director, trustee, officer or employee of such constituent entity, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent entity as a director, trustee, officer, employee or agent of another entity, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Section 9.4 with respect to the resulting or surviving entity as he would have with respect to such constituent entity if its separate existence had continued.

(j) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Section 9.4 shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, (i) continue as to a Person who has ceased to be an Indemnified Person and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a Person; and (ii) survive the termination or expiration of this Declaration or the earlier removal or resignation of an Indemnified Person.

Section 9.5. Outside Businesses .  Any Covered Person, the Sponsor and the Institutional Trustee may engage in or possess an interest in other business ventures of any nature or description, independently or with others, similar or dissimilar to the business of the Trust, and the Trust and the Holders of Securities shall have no rights by virtue of this Declaration in and to such independent ventures or the income or profits derived therefrom, and the pursuit of any such venture, even if competitive with the business of the Trust, shall not be deemed wrongful or improper. None of any Covered Person, the Sponsor or the Institutional Trustee shall be obligated to present any particular investment or other opportunity to the Trust even if such opportunity is of a character that, if presented to the Trust, could be taken by the Trust, and any Covered Person, the Sponsor and the Institutional Trustee shall have the right to take for its own account (individually or as a partner or fiduciary) or to recommend to others any such particular investment or other opportunity. Any Covered Person and the Institutional Trustee may engage or be interested in any financial or other transaction with the Sponsor or any Affiliate of the Sponsor, or may act as depositary for, trustee or agent for, or act on any committee or body of holders of, securities or other obligations of the Sponsor or its Affiliates.

Section 9.6. Compensation; Fee .  The Sponsor agrees:

(a) to pay to the Institutional Trustee from time to time such compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder as the parties shall agree from time to time (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust); and

(b) except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to reimburse the Institutional Trustee upon request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Institutional Trustee in accordance with any provision of this Declaration (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of their respective agents and counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may be attributable to its negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.

The provisions of this Section 9.6 shall survive the dissolution of the Trust and the termination of this Declaration and the removal or resignation of the Institutional Trustee.

No Institutional Trustee may claim any lien or charge on any property of the Trust as a result of any amount due pursuant to this Section 9.6.

 

33


ARTICLE X

ACCOUNTING

Section 10.1. Fiscal Year .  The fiscal year (“ Fiscal Year ”) of the Trust shall be the calendar year, or such other year as is required by the Code.

Section 10.2. Certain Accounting Matters .

(a) At all times during the existence of the Trust, the Administrators shall keep, or cause to be kept at the principal office of the Trust in the United States, as defined for purposes of Treasury Regulations section 301.7701-7, full books of account, records and supporting documents, which shall reflect in reasonable detail each transaction of the Trust. The books of account shall be maintained, at the Sponsor’s expense, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied. The books of account and the records of the Trust shall be examined by and reported upon (either separately or as part of the Sponsor’s regularly prepared consolidated financial report) as of the end of each Fiscal Year of the Trust by a firm of independent certified public accountants selected by the Administrators.

(b) The Administrators shall cause to be duly prepared and delivered to each of the Holders of Securities Form 1099 or such other annual United States federal income tax information statement required by the Code, containing such information with regard to the Securities held by each Holder as is required by the Code and the Treasury Regulations. Notwithstanding any right under the Code to deliver any such statement at a later date, the Administrators shall endeavor to deliver all such statements within 30 days after the end of each Fiscal Year of the Trust.

(c) The Administrators, at the Sponsor’s expense, shall cause to be duly prepared in the United States, as ‘United States’ is defined in Section 7701(a)(9) of the Code, and filed an annual United States federal income tax return on a Form 1041 or such other form required by United States federal income tax law, and any other annual income tax returns required to be filed by the Administrators on behalf of the Trust with any state or local taxing authority.

Section 10.3. Banking .  The Trust shall maintain in the United States, as defined for purposes of Treasury Regulations section 301.7701-7, one or more bank accounts in the name and for the sole benefit of the Trust; provided , however , that all payments of funds in respect of the Debentures held by the Institutional Trustee shall be made directly to the Property Account and no other funds of the Trust shall be deposited in the Property Account. The sole signatories for such accounts (including the Property Account) shall be designated by the Institutional Trustee.

Section 10.4. Withholding .  The Institutional Trustee or any Paying Agent and the Administrators shall comply with all withholding requirements under United States federal, state and local law. The Institutional Trustee or any Paying Agent shall request, and each Holder shall provide to the Institutional Trustee or any Paying Agent, such forms or certificates as are necessary to establish an exemption from withholding with respect to the Holder, and any representations and forms as shall reasonably be requested by the Institutional Trustee or any Paying Agent to assist it in determining the extent of, and in fulfilling, its withholding obligations. The Administrators shall file required forms with applicable jurisdictions and, unless an exemption from withholding is properly established by a Holder, shall remit amounts withheld with respect to the Holder to applicable jurisdictions. To the extent that the Institutional Trustee or any Paying Agent is required to withhold and pay over any amounts to any authority with respect to distributions or allocations to any Holder, the amount withheld shall be deemed to be a Distribution in the amount of the withholding to the Holder. In the event of any claimed overwithholding, Holders shall be limited to an action against the applicable jurisdiction. If the amount required to be withheld was not withheld from actual Distributions made, the Institutional Trustee or any Paying Agent may reduce subsequent Distributions by the amount of such withholding.

 

34


ARTICLE XI

AMENDMENTS AND MEETINGS

Section 11.1. Amendments .

(a) Except as otherwise provided in this Declaration or by any applicable terms of the Securities, this Declaration may only be amended by a written instrument approved and executed by the Institutional Trustee.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article XI, an amendment may be made, and any such purported amendment shall be valid and effective only if:

(i) the Institutional Trustee shall have first received

(A) an Officers’ Certificate from each of the Trust and the Sponsor that such amendment is permitted by, and conforms to, the terms of this Declaration (including the terms of the Securities); and

(B) an opinion of counsel (who may be counsel to the Sponsor or the Trust) that such amendment is permitted by, and conforms to, the terms of this Declaration (including the terms of the Securities); and

(ii) the result of such amendment would not be to

(A) cause the Trust to cease to be classified for purposes of United States federal income taxation as a grantor trust; or

(B) cause the Trust to be deemed to be an Investment Company required to be registered under the Investment Company Act.

(c) Except as provided in Section 11.1(d), (e) or (h), no amendment shall be made, and any such purported amendment shall be void and ineffective, unless the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities shall have consented to such amendment.

(d) In addition to and notwithstanding any other provision in this Declaration, without the consent of each affected Holder, this Declaration may not be amended to (i) change the amount or timing of any Distribution on the Securities or otherwise adversely affect the amount of any Distribution required to be made in respect of the Securities as of a specified date or change any conversion or exchange provisions or (ii) restrict the right of a Holder to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such date.

(e) Sections 9.1(b) and 9.1(c) and this Section 11.1 shall not be amended without the consent of all of the Holders of the Securities.

(f) Article III shall not be amended without the consent of the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Common Securities.

 

35


(g) The rights of the Holders of the Capital Securities under Article IV to appoint and remove the Institutional Trustee shall not be amended without the consent of the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities.

(h) This Declaration may be amended by the Institutional Trustee and the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Common Securities without the consent of the Holders of the Capital Securities to:

(i) cure any ambiguity;

(ii) correct or supplement any provision in this Declaration that may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision of this Declaration;

(iii) add to the covenants, restrictions or obligations of the Sponsor; or

(iv) modify, eliminate or add to any provision of this Declaration to such extent as may be necessary to ensure that the Trust will be classified for United States federal income tax purposes at all times as a grantor trust and will not be required to register as an Investment Company (including without limitation to conform to any change in Rule 3a-5, Rule 3a-7 or any other applicable rule under the Investment Company Act or written change in interpretation or application thereof by any legislative body, court, government agency or regulatory authority) which amendment does not have a material adverse effect on the rights, preferences or privileges of the Holders of Securities;

provided , however , that no such modification, elimination or addition referred to in clauses (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) shall adversely affect in any material respect the powers, preferences or special rights of Holders of Capital Securities.

Section 11.2. Meetings of the Holders of Securities; Action by Written Consent .

(a) Meetings of the Holders of any class of Securities may be called at any time by the Administrators (or as provided in the terms of the Securities) to consider and act on any matter on which Holders of such class of Securities are entitled to act under the terms of this Declaration or the terms of the Securities. The Administrators shall call a meeting of the Holders of such class if directed to do so by the Holders of at least 10% in liquidation amount of such class of Securities. Such direction shall be given by delivering to the Administrators one or more calls in a writing stating that the signing Holders of the Securities wish to call a meeting and indicating the general or specific purpose for which the meeting is to be called. Any Holders of the Securities calling a meeting shall specify in writing the Certificates held by the Holders of the Securities exercising the right to call a meeting and only those Securities represented by such Certificates shall be counted for purposes of determining whether the required percentage set forth in the second sentence of this paragraph has been met.

(b) Except to the extent otherwise provided in the terms of the Securities, the following provisions shall apply to meetings of Holders of the Securities:

(i) notice of any such meeting shall be given to all the Holders of the Securities having a right to vote thereat at least 7 days and not more than 60 days before the date of such meeting. Whenever a vote, consent or approval of the Holders of the Securities is permitted or required under this Declaration, such vote, consent or approval may be given at a meeting of the Holders of the Securities. Any action that may be taken at a meeting of the Holders of the Securities may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing setting forth the action so taken is signed by the Holders of the Securities owning not less than the minimum amount of Securities

 

36


in liquidation amount that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all Holders of the Securities having a right to vote thereon were present and voting. Prompt notice of the taking of action without a meeting shall be given to the Holders of the Securities entitled to vote who have not consented in writing. The Administrators may specify that any written ballot submitted to the Holders of the Securities for the purpose of taking any action without a meeting shall be returned to the Trust within the time specified by the Administrators;

(ii) each Holder of a Security may authorize any Person to act for it by proxy on all matters in which a Holder of Securities is entitled to participate, including waiving notice of any meeting, or voting or participating at a meeting. No proxy shall be valid after the expiration of 11 months from the date thereof unless otherwise provided in the proxy. Every proxy shall be revocable at the pleasure of the Holder of the Securities executing it. Except as otherwise provided herein, all matters relating to the giving, voting or validity of proxies shall be governed by the General Corporation Law of the State of Connecticut relating to proxies, and judicial interpretations thereunder, as if the Trust were a Connecticut corporation and the Holders of the Securities were stockholders of a Connecticut corporation; each meeting of the Holders of the Securities shall be conducted by the Administrators or by such other Person that the Administrators may designate; and

(iii) unless the Statutory Trust Act, this Declaration, or the terms of the Securities otherwise provides, the Administrators, in their sole discretion, shall establish all other provisions relating to meetings of Holders of Securities, including notice of the time, place or purpose of any meeting at which any matter is to be voted on by any Holders of the Securities, waiver of any such notice, action by consent without a meeting, the establishment of a record date, quorum requirements, voting in person or by proxy or any other matter with respect to the exercise of any such right to vote; provided , however , that each meeting shall be conducted in the United States (as that term is defined in Treasury Regulations section 301.7701-7).

ARTICLE XII

REPRESENTATIONS OF INSTITUTIONAL TRUSTEE

Section 12.1. Representations and Warranties of Institutional Trustee .  The initial Institutional Trustee represents and warrants to the Trust and to the Sponsor at the date of this Declaration, and each Successor Institutional Trustee represents and warrants to the Trust and the Sponsor at the time of the Successor Institutional Trustee’s acceptance of its appointment as Institutional Trustee, that:

(a) the Institutional Trustee is a national banking association with trust powers, duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States of America with trust power and authority to execute and deliver, and to carry out and perform its obligations under the terms of, this Declaration;

(b) the execution, delivery and performance by the Institutional Trustee of this Declaration has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Institutional Trustee. This Declaration has been duly executed and delivered by the Institutional Trustee, and it constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Institutional Trustee, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, moratorium, insolvency, and other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and to general principles of equity (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law);

 

37


(c) the execution, delivery and performance of this Declaration by the Institutional Trustee does not conflict with or constitute a breach of the charter or by-laws of the Institutional Trustee; and

(d) no consent, approval or authorization of, or registration with or notice to, any state or federal banking authority is required for the execution, delivery or performance by the Institutional Trustee of this Declaration.

ARTICLE XIII

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 13.1. Notices .  All notices provided for in this Declaration shall be in writing, duly signed by the party giving such notice, and shall be delivered, telecopied (which telecopy shall be followed by notice delivered or mailed by first class mail) or mailed by first class mail, as follows:

(a) if given to the Trust, in care of the Administrators at the Trust’s mailing address set forth below (or such other address as the Trust may give notice of to the Holders of the Securities):

PCC Statutory Trust III

c/o Plains Capital Corporation

2911 Turtle Creek Boulevard

Dallas, Texas 75219-6252

Attention: Scott Luedke

Telecopy: 214-252-4095

(b) if given to the Institutional Trustee, at the Institutional Trustee’s mailing address set forth below (or such other address as the Institutional Trustee may give notice of to the Holders of the Securities):

U.S. Bank National Association

225 Asylum Street, Goodwin Square

Hartford, Connecticut 06103

Attention: Vice President, Corporate Trust Services Division

Telecopy: 860-241-6889

With a copy to:

U.S. Bank National Association

1 Federal Street - 3rd Floor

Boston, Massachusetts 02110

Attention: Paul D. Allen, Corporate Trust Services Division

Telecopy: 617-603-6665

(c) if given to the Holder of the Common Securities, at the mailing address of the Sponsor set forth below (or such other address as the Holder of the Common Securities may give notice of to the Trust):

Plains Capital Corporation

2911 Turtle Creek Boulevard

Dallas, Texas 75219-6252

Attention: Scott Luedke

Telecopy: 214-252-4095

 

38


(d) if given to any other Holder, at the address set forth on the books and records of the Trust.

All such notices shall be deemed to have been given when received in person, telecopied with receipt confirmed, or mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid except that if a notice or other document is refused delivery or cannot be delivered because of a changed address of which no notice was given, such notice or other document shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date of such refusal or inability to deliver.

Section 13.2. Governing Law .  This Declaration and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the law of the State of Connecticut and all rights and remedies shall be governed by such laws without regard to the principles of conflict of laws of the State of Connecticut or any other jurisdiction that would call for the application of the law of any jurisdiction other than the State of Connecticut; provided , however , that there shall not be applicable to the Trust, the Institutional Trustee or this Declaration any provision of the laws (statutory or common) of the State of Connecticut pertaining to trusts that relate to or regulate, in a manner inconsistent with the terms hereof (a) the filing with any court or governmental body or agency of trustee accounts or schedules of trustee fees and charges, (b) affirmative requirements to post bonds for trustees, officers, agents or employees of a trust, (c) the necessity for obtaining court or other governmental approval concerning the acquisition, holding or disposition of real or personal property, (d) fees or other sums payable to trustees, officers, agents or employees of a trust, (e) the allocation of receipts and expenditures to income or principal, or (f) restrictions or limitations on the permissible nature, amount or concentration of trust investments or requirements relating to the titling, storage or other manner of holding or investing trust assets.

Section 13.3. Intention of the Parties .  It is the intention of the parties hereto that the Trust be classified for United States federal income tax purposes as a grantor trust. The provisions of this Declaration shall be interpreted to further this intention of the parties.

Section 13.4. Headings .  Headings contained in this Declaration are inserted for convenience of reference only and do not affect the interpretation of this Declaration or any provision hereof.

Section 13.5. Successors and Assigns .  Whenever in this Declaration any of the parties hereto is named or referred to, the successors and assigns of such party shall be deemed to be included, and all covenants and agreements in this Declaration by the Sponsor and the Institutional Trustee shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns, whether or not so expressed.

Section 13.6. Partial Enforceability .  If any provision of this Declaration, or the application of such provision to any Person or circumstance, shall be held invalid, the remainder of this Declaration, or the application of such provision to persons or circumstances other than those to which it is held invalid, shall not be affected thereby.

Section 13.7. Counterparts .  This Declaration may contain more than one counterpart of the signature page and this Declaration may be executed by the affixing of the signature of each of the Institutional Trustee and Administrators to any of such counterpart signature pages. All of such counterpart signature pages shall be read as though one, and they shall have the same force and effect as though all of the signers had signed a single signature page.

Signatures appear on the following page

 

39


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused these presents to be executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Institutional Trustee
By:  

/s/    Paul D. Allen

Name:   Paul D. Allen
Title:   Vice President
PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION, as Sponsor
By:  

/s/    Alan B. White

Name:   Alan B. White
Title:   Chairman & CEO
PCC STATUTORY TRUST III
By:  

/s/    Alan B. White

  Administrator
By:  

/s/    George McCleskey

  Administrator
By:  

/s/    Jeff Isom

  Administrator

 

40


ANNEX I

TERMS OF SECURITIES

Pursuant to Section 6.1 of the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust, dated as of September 17, 2003 (as amended from time to time, the “Declaration”), the designation, rights, privileges, restrictions, preferences and other terms and provisions of the Capital Securities and the Common Securities are set out below (each capitalized term used but not defined herein has the meaning set forth in the Declaration):

1. Designation and Number .

(a) 15,000 Floating Rate Capital Securities of PCC Statutory Trust III (the “Trust”), with an aggregate stated liquidation amount with respect to the assets of the Trust of fifteen million dollars ($15,000,000.00) and a stated liquidation amount with respect to the assets of the Trust of $1,000.00 per Capital Security, are hereby designated for the purposes of identification only as the “ Capital Securities ”. The Capital Security Certificates evidencing the Capital Securities shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 to the Declaration, with such changes and additions thereto or deletions therefrom as may be required by ordinary usage, custom or practice.

(b) 464 Floating Rate Common Securities of the Trust (the “ Common Securities ”) will be evidenced by Common Security Certificates substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2 to the Declaration, with such changes and additions thereto or deletions therefrom as may be required by ordinary usage, custom or practice.

2. Distributions .

(a) Distributions will be payable on each Security for the period beginning on (and including) the date of original issuance and ending on (but excluding) December 17, 2003 at a rate per annum of 4.09% and shall bear interest for each successive period beginning on (and including) December 17, 2003, and each succeeding Distribution Payment Date, and ending on (but excluding) the next succeeding Distribution Payment Date (each, a “ Distribution Period ”) at a rate per annum equal to the 3-Month LIBOR, determined as described below, plus 2.95% (the “ Coupon Rate ”), applied to the stated liquidation amount thereof, such rate being the rate of interest payable on the Debentures to be held by the Institutional Trustee. Distributions in arrears will bear interest thereon compounded quarterly at the applicable Distribution Rate (to the extent permitted by law). Distributions, as used herein, include cash distributions and any such compounded distributions unless otherwise noted. A Distribution is payable only to the extent that payments are made in respect of the Debentures held by the Institutional Trustee and to the extent the Institutional Trustee has funds available therefor. The amount of the Distribution payable for any Distribution Period will be calculated by applying the Distribution Rate to the stated liquidation amount outstanding at the commencement of the Distribution Period and multiplying each such amount by the actual number of days in the Distribution Period concerned divided by 360. All percentages resulting from any calculations on the Capital Securities will be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point, with five one-millionths of a percentage point rounded upward (e.g., 9.876545% (or .09876545) being rounded to 9.87655% (or .0987655), and all dollar amounts used in or resulting from such calculation will be rounded to the nearest cent (with one-half cent being rounded upward)).

(b) Distributions on the Securities will be cumulative, will accrue from the date of original issuance, and will be payable, subject to extension of distribution payment periods as described herein, quarterly in arrears on March 17, June 17, September 17 and December 17 of each year, or if such day is not a Business Day, then the next succeeding Business Day, commencing on December 17, 2003

 

I-1


(each a “ Distribution Payment Date ”) when, as and if available for payment. The Debenture Issuer has the right under the Indenture to defer payments of interest on the Debentures, so long as no Indenture Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, by extending the interest payment period on the Debentures for up to 20 consecutive quarterly periods (each an “ Extension Period ”) at any time and from time to time, subject to the conditions described below, during which Extension Period no interest shall be due and payable. During any Extension Period, interest will continue to accrue on the Debentures, and interest on such accrued interest will accrue at an annual rate equal to the Distribution Rate in effect for each such Extension Period, compounded quarterly from the date such interest would have been payable were it not for the Extension Period, to the extent permitted by law (such interest referred to herein as “ Additional Interest ”). No Extension Period may end on a date other than a Distribution Payment Date. At the end of any such Extension Period, the Debenture Issuer shall pay all interest then accrued and unpaid on the Debentures (together with Additional Interest thereon); provided , however , that no Extension Period may extend beyond the Maturity Date and provided further , however , that during any such Extension Period, the Debenture Issuer and its Affiliates shall not (i) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire, or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of the Debenture Issuer’s or its Affiliates’ capital stock (other than payments of dividends or distributions to the Debenture Issuer or payments of dividends from direct or indirect subsidiaries of the Debenture Issuer to their parent corporations, which also shall be direct or indirect subsidiaries of the Debenture Issuer) or make any guarantee payments with respect to the foregoing, or (ii) make any payment of principal of or interest or premium, if any, on or repay, repurchase or redeem any debt securities of the Debenture Issuer or any Affiliate that rank pari passu in all respects with or junior in interest to the Debentures (other than, with respect to clauses (i) and (ii) above, (a) repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of shares of capital stock of the Debenture Issuer in connection with any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants, in connection with a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock purchase plan or in connection with the issuance of capital stock of the Debenture Issuer (or securities convertible into or exercisable for such capital stock) as consideration in an acquisition transaction entered into prior to the applicable Extension Period, (b) as a result of any exchange or conversion of any class or series of the Debenture Issuer’s capital stock (or any capital stock of a subsidiary of the Debenture Issuer) for any class or series of the Debenture Issuer’s capital stock or of any class or series of the Debenture Issuer’s indebtedness for any class or series of the Debenture Issuer’s capital stock, (c) the purchase of fractional interests in shares of the Debenture Issuer’s capital stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such capital stock or the security being converted or exchanged, (d) any declaration of a dividend in connection with any stockholders’ rights plan, or the issuance of rights, stock or other property under any stockholders’ rights plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto, (e) any dividend in the form of stock, warrants, options or other rights where the dividend stock or the stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants, options or other rights is the same stock as that on which the dividend is being paid or ranks pari passu with or junior to such stock and any cash payments in lieu of fractional shares issued in connection therewith, (f) payments of principal or interest on debt securities or payments of cash dividends or distributions on any capital stock issued by an Affiliate that is not, in whole or in part, a subsidiary of the Debenture Issuer (or any redemptions, repurchase or depreciation payments on such stock or securities), or (g) payments under the Capital Securities Guarantee). Prior to the termination of any Extension Period, the Debenture Issuer may further extend such period, provided that such period together with all such previous and further consecutive extensions thereof shall not exceed 20 consecutive quarterly periods, or extend beyond the Maturity Date. Upon the termination of any Extension Period and upon the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, the Debenture Issuer may commence a new Extension Period, subject to the foregoing requirements. No interest or Additional Interest shall be due and payable during an Extension Period, except at the end thereof, but each installment of interest that would otherwise have been due and payable during such Extension Period shall bear Additional Interest. During any Extension Period, Distributions on the Securities shall be deferred for a period equal to the Extension Period. If Distributions are deferred, the Distributions due

 

I-2


shall be paid on the date that the related Extension Period terminates to Holders of the Securities as they appear on the books and records of the Trust on the record date immediately preceding such date. Distributions on the Securities must be paid on the dates payable (after giving effect to any Extension Period) to the extent that the Trust has funds available for the payment of such distributions in the Property Account of the Trust. The Trust’s funds available for Distribution to the Holders of the Securities will be limited to payments received from the Debenture Issuer. The payment of Distributions out of moneys held by the Trust is guaranteed by the Guarantor pursuant to the Guarantee.

(c) Distributions on the Securities will be payable to the Holders thereof as they appear on the books and records of the Trust on the relevant record dates. The relevant record dates shall be 15 days before the relevant Distribution Payment Date. Distributions payable on any Securities that are not punctually paid on any Distribution Payment Date, as a result of the Debenture Issuer having failed to make a payment under the Debentures, as the case may be, when due (taking into account any Extension Period), will cease to be payable to the Person in whose name such Securities are registered on the relevant record date, and such defaulted Distribution will instead be payable to the Person in whose name such Securities are registered on the special record date or other specified date determined in accordance with the Indenture. If any date on which Distributions are payable on the Securities is not a Business Day, then payment of the Distribution payable on such date will be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day (and without any interest or other payment in respect of any such delay) except that, if such Business Day is in the next succeeding calendar year, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day, in each case with the same force and effect as if made on such payment date.

(d) In the event that there is any money or other property held by or for the Trust that is not accounted for hereunder, such property shall be distributed Pro Rata (as defined herein) among the Holders of the Securities.

3. Liquidation Distribution Upon Dissolution . In the event of the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, winding-up or termination of the Trust (each a “ Liquidation ”) other than in connection with a redemption of the Debentures, the Holders of the Securities will be entitled to receive out of the assets of the Trust available for distribution to Holders of the Securities, after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors of the Trust (to the extent not satisfied by the Debenture Issuer), distributions equal to the aggregate of the stated liquidation amount of $1,000.00 per Security plus accrued and unpaid Distributions thereon to the date of payment (such amount being the “ Liquidation Distribution ”), unless in connection with such Liquidation, the Debentures in an aggregate stated principal amount equal to the aggregate stated liquidation amount of such Securities, with an interest rate equal to the Distribution Rate of, and bearing accrued and unpaid interest in an amount equal to the accrued and unpaid Distributions on, and having the same record date as, such Securities, after paying or making reasonable provision to pay all claims and obligations of the Trust in accordance with the Statutory Trust Act, shall be distributed on a Pro Rata basis to the Holders of the Securities in exchange for such Securities.

The Sponsor, as the Holder of all of the Common Securities, has the right at any time to dissolve the Trust (including, without limitation, upon the occurrence of a Special Event), subject to the receipt by the Debenture Issuer of prior approval from the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or its designated district bank, as applicable, and any successor federal agency that is primarily responsible for regulating the activities of the Sponsor (the “ Federal Reserve ”), if the Sponsor is a bank holding company, or from the Office of Thrift Supervision and any successor federal agency that is primarily responsible for regulating the activities of Sponsor, (the “ OTS ”) if the Sponsor is a savings and loan holding company, in either case if then required under applicable capital guidelines or policies of the Federal Reserve or OTS, as applicable, and, after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors of the Trust, cause the Debentures to be distributed to the Holders of the Securities on a Pro Rata basis in accordance with the aggregate stated liquidation amount thereof.

 

I-3


If a Liquidation of the Trust occurs as described in clause (i), (ii), (iii) or (v) in Section 7.1(a) of the Declaration, the Trust shall be liquidated by the Institutional Trustee as expeditiously as it determines to be possible by distributing, after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors of the Trust, to the Holders of the Securities, the Debentures on a Pro Rata basis to the extent not satisfied by the Debenture Issuer, unless such distribution is determined by the Institutional Trustee not to be practical, in which event such Holders will be entitled to receive out of the assets of the Trust available for distribution to the Holders, after satisfaction of liabilities of creditors of the Trust to the extent not satisfied by the Debenture Issuer, an amount equal to the Liquidation Distribution. An early Liquidation of the Trust pursuant to clause (iv) of Section 7.1(a) of the Declaration shall occur if the Institutional Trustee determines that such Liquidation is possible by distributing, after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors of the Trust, to the Holders of the Securities on a Pro Rata basis, the Debentures, and such distribution occurs.

If, upon any such Liquidation the Liquidation Distribution can be paid only in part because the Trust has insufficient assets available to pay in full the aggregate Liquidation Distribution, then the amounts payable directly by the Trust on such Capital Securities shall be paid to the Holders of the Trust Securities on a Pro Rata basis, except that if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Capital Securities shall have a preference over the Common Securities with regard to such distributions.

After the date for any distribution of the Debentures upon dissolution of the Trust (i) the Securities of the Trust will be deemed to be no longer outstanding, (ii) upon surrender of a Holder’s Securities certificate, such Holder of the Securities will receive a certificate representing the Debentures to be delivered upon such distribution, (iii) any certificates representing the Securities still outstanding will be deemed to represent undivided beneficial interests in such of the Debentures as have an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate stated liquidation amount with an interest rate identical to the Distribution Rate of, and bearing accrued and unpaid interest equal to accrued and unpaid distributions on, the Securities until such certificates are presented to the Debenture Issuer or its agent for transfer or reissuance (and until such certificates are so surrendered, no payments of interest or principal shall be made to Holders of Securities in respect of any payments due and payable under the Debentures; provided , however that such failure to pay shall not be deemed to be an Event of Default and shall not entitle the Holder to the benefits of the Guarantee), and (iv) all rights of Holders of Securities under the Declaration shall cease, except the right of such Holders to receive Debentures upon surrender of certificates representing such Securities.

4. Redemption and Distribution .

(a) The Debentures will mature on September 17, 2033. The Debentures may be redeemed by the Debenture Issuer, in whole or in part, at any Distribution Payment Date on or after September 17, 2008, at the Redemption Price. In addition, the Debentures may be redeemed by the Debenture Issuer at the Special Redemption Price, in whole but not in part, at any Distribution Payment Date, upon the occurrence and continuation of a Special Event within 120 days following the occurrence of such Special Event at the Special Redemption Price, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice to holders of such Debentures so long as such Special Event is continuing. In each case, the right of the Debenture Issuer to redeem the Debentures is subject to the Debenture Issuer having received prior approval from the Federal Reserve (if the Debenture Issuer is a bank holding company) or prior approval from the OTS (if the Debenture Issuer is a savings and loan holding company), in each case if then required under applicable capital guidelines or policies of the applicable federal agency.

3-Month LIBOR ” means the London interbank offered interest rate for three-month, U.S. dollar deposits determined by the Debenture Trustee in the following order of priority:

(1) the rate (expressed as a percentage per annum) for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity that appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date (as defined below). “Telerate Page 3750” means the display designated as “Page 3750” on the Dow Jones Telerate Service or such other page as may replace Page 3750 on that service or such other service or services as may be nominated by the British Bankers’ Association as the information vendor for the purpose of displaying London interbank offered rates for U.S. dollar deposits;

 

I-4


(2) if such rate cannot be identified on the related Determination Date, the Debenture Trustee will request the principal London offices of four leading banks in the London interbank market to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to prime banks in the London interbank market for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such Determination Date. If at least two quotations are provided, 3-Month LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations;

(3) if fewer than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause (2) above, the Debenture Trustee will request four major New York City banks to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to leading European banks for loans in U.S. dollars as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such Determination Date. If at least two such quotations are provided, 3-Month LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations; and

(4) if fewer than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause (3) above, 3-Month LIBOR will be a 3-Month LIBOR determined with respect to the Distribution Period immediately preceding such current Distribution Period.

If the rate for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity that initially appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date is superseded on the Telerate Page 3750 by a corrected rate by 12:00 noon (London time) on such Determination Date, then the corrected rate as so substituted on the applicable page will be the applicable 3-Month LIBOR for such Determination Date.

The Distribution Rate for any Distribution Period will at no time be higher than the maximum rate then permitted by New York law as the same may be modified by United States law.

Capital Treatment Event ” means the receipt by the Debenture Issuer and the Trust of an opinion of counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that, as a result of the occurrence of any amendment to, or change (including any announced prospective change) in, the laws, rules or regulations of the United States or any political subdivision thereof or therein, or as the result of any official or administrative pronouncement or action or decision interpreting or applying such laws, rules or regulations, which amendment or change is effective or which pronouncement, action or decision is announced on or after the date of original issuance of the Debentures, there is more than an insubstantial risk that the Sponsor will not, within 90 days of the date of such opinion, be entitled to treat an amount equal to the aggregate liquidation amount of the Capital Securities as “Tier 1 Capital” (or its then equivalent) for purposes of the capital adequacy guidelines of the Federal Reserve, as then in effect and applicable to the Sponsor (or if the Sponsor is not a bank holding company, such guidelines applied to the Sponsor as if the Sponsor were subject to such guidelines); provided , however , that the inability of the Sponsor to treat all or any portion of the liquidation amount of the Capital Securities as Tier l Capital shall not constitute the basis for a Capital Treatment Event, if such inability results from the Sponsor having cumulative preferred stock, minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries, or any other class of security or interest which the Federal Reserve or OTS, as applicable, may now or hereafter accord Tier 1 Capital treatment in excess of the amount which may now or hereafter qualify for treatment as Tier 1 Capital under applicable capital adequacy guidelines; provided further , however , that the distribution of

 

I-5


Debentures in connection with the Liquidation of the Trust shall not in and of itself constitute a Capital Treatment Event unless such Liquidation shall have occurred in connection with a Tax Event or an Investment Company Event.

Determination Date ” means the date that is two London Banking Days (i.e., a business day in which dealings in deposits in U.S. dollars are transacted in the London interbank market) preceding the particular Distribution Period for which a Coupon Rate is being determined.

Investment Company Event ” means the receipt by the Debenture Issuer and the Trust of an opinion of counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that, as a result of the occurrence of a change in law or regulation or written change (including any announced prospective change) in interpretation or application of law or regulation by any legislative body, court, governmental agency or regulatory authority, there is more than an insubstantial risk that the Trust is or, within 90 days of the date of such opinion, will be considered an Investment Company that is required to be registered under the Investment Company Act which change or prospective change becomes effective or would become effective, as the case may be, on or after the date of the issuance of the Debentures.

Maturity Date ” means September 17, 2033.

Redemption Date ” shall mean the date fixed for the redemption of Capital Securities, which shall be any March 17, June 17, September 17 or December 17 commencing September 17, 2008.

Redemption Price ” means 100% of the principal amount of the Debentures being redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid Interest on such Debentures to the Redemption Date.

Special Event ” means a Tax Event, an Investment Company Event or a Capital Treatment Event.

Special Redemption Date ” means a date on which a Special Event redemption occurs, which shall be any March 17, June 17, September 17 or December 17.

Special Redemption Price ” means the price set forth in the following table for any Special Redemption Date that occurs on the date indicated below (or if such day is not a Business Day, then the next succeeding Business Day), expressed as the percentage of the principal amount of the Debentures being redeemed:

 

Special Redemption Date

   Special
Redemption
Price
 

December 17, 2003

   104.625 %

March 17, 2004

   104.300 %

June 17, 2004

   104.000 %

September 17, 2004

   103.650 %

December 17, 2004

   103.350 %

March 17, 2005

   103.000 %

June 17, 2005

   102.700 %

September 17, 2005

   102.350 %

December 17, 2005

   102.050 %

March 17, 2006

   101.700 %

June 17, 2006

   101.400 %

September 17, 2006

   101.050 %

December 17, 2006

   100.750 %

March 17, 2007

   100.450 %

June 17, 2007

   100.200 %

September 17, 2007 and thereafter

   100.000 %

 

I-6


plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid Interest on such Debentures to the Special Redemption Date.

Tax Event ” means the receipt by the Debenture Issuer and the Trust of an opinion of counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that, as a result of any amendment to or change (including any announced prospective change) in the laws or any regulations thereunder of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein, or as a result of any official administrative pronouncement (including any private letter ruling, technical advice memorandum, field service advice, regulatory procedure, notice or announcement including any notice or announcement of intent to adopt such procedures or regulations) (an “ Administrative Action ”) or judicial decision interpreting or applying such laws or regulations, regardless of whether such Administrative Action or judicial decision is issued to or in connection with a proceeding involving the Debenture Issuer or the Trust and whether or not subject to review or appeal, which amendment, clarification, change, Administrative Action or decision is enacted, promulgated or announced, in each case on or after the date of original issuance of the Debentures, there is more than an insubstantial risk that: (i) the Trust is, or will be within 90 days of the date of such opinion, subject to United States federal income tax with respect to income received or accrued on the Debentures; (ii) interest payable by the Debenture Issuer on the Debentures is not, or within 90 days of the date of such opinion, will not be, deductible by the Debenture Issuer, in whole or in part, for United States federal income tax purposes; or (iii) the Trust is, or will be within 90 days of the date of such opinion, subject to more than a de minimis amount of other taxes, duties or other governmental charges.

(b) Upon the repayment in full at maturity or redemption in whole or in part of the Debentures (other than following the distribution of the Debentures to the Holders of the Securities), the proceeds from such repayment or payment shall concurrently be applied to redeem Pro Rata at the applicable Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price, as applicable, Securities having an aggregate liquidation amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Debentures so repaid or redeemed; provided , however , that holders of such Securities shall be given not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice of such redemption (other than at the scheduled maturity of the Debentures).

(c) If fewer than all the outstanding Securities are to be so redeemed, the Common Securities and the Capital Securities will be redeemed Pro Rata and the Capital Securities to be redeemed will be redeemed Pro Rata from each Holder of Capital Securities.

 

I-7


(d) The Trust may not redeem fewer than all the outstanding Capital Securities unless all accrued and unpaid Distributions have been paid on all Capital Securities for all quarterly Distribution periods terminating on or before the date of redemption.

(e) Redemption or Distribution Procedures .

(i) Notice of any redemption of, or notice of distribution of the Debentures in exchange for, the Securities (a “ Redemption/Distribution Notice ”) will be given by the Trust by mail to each Holder of Securities to be redeemed or exchanged not fewer than 30 nor more than 60 days before the date fixed for redemption or exchange thereof which, in the case of a redemption, will be the date fixed for redemption of the Debentures. For purposes of the calculation of the date of redemption or exchange and the dates on which notices are given pursuant to this paragraph 4(e)(i), a Redemption/Distribution Notice shall be deemed to be given on the day such notice is first mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to Holders of such Securities. Each Redemption/Distribution Notice shall be addressed to the Holders of such Securities at the address of each such Holder appearing on the books and records of the Trust. No defect in the Redemption/Distribution Notice or in the mailing thereof with respect to any Holder shall affect the validity of the redemption or exchange proceedings with respect to any other Holder.

(ii) If the Securities are to be redeemed and the Trust gives a Redemption/ Distribution Notice, which notice may only be issued if the Debentures are redeemed as set out in this paragraph 4 (which notice will be irrevocable), then, provided that the Institutional Trustee has a sufficient amount of cash in connection with the related redemption or maturity of the Debentures, the Institutional Trustee will pay the relevant Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price, as applicable, to the Holders of such Securities by check mailed to the address of each such Holder appearing on the books and records of the Trust on the Redemption Date. If a Redemption/Distribution Notice shall have been given and funds deposited as required then immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such deposit Distributions will cease to accrue on the Securities so called for redemption and all rights of Holders of such Securities so called for redemption will cease, except the right of the Holders of such Securities to receive the applicable Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price specified in paragraph 4(a), but without interest on such Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price. If payment of the Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price in respect of any Securities is improperly withheld or refused and not paid either by the Trust or by the Debenture Issuer as guarantor pursuant to the Guarantee, Distributions on such Securities will continue to accrue at the Distribution Rate from the original Redemption Date to the actual date of payment, in which case the actual payment date will be considered the date fixed for redemption for purposes of calculating the Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price. In the event of any redemption of the Capital Securities issued by the Trust in part, the Trust shall not be required to (i) issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Security during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before any selection for redemption of the Capital Securities and ending at the close of business on the earliest date on which the relevant notice of redemption is deemed to have been given to all Holders of the Capital Securities to be so redeemed or (ii) register the transfer of or exchange any Capital Securities so selected for redemption, in whole or in part, except for the unredeemed portion of any Capital Securities being redeemed in part.

(iii) Redemption/Distribution Notices shall be sent by the Administrators on behalf of the Trust to (A) in respect of the Capital Securities, the Holders thereof and (B) in respect of the Common Securities, the Holder thereof.

 

I-8


(iv) Subject to the foregoing and applicable law (including, without limitation, United States federal securities laws), and provided that the acquiror is not the Holder of the Common Securities or the obligor under the Indenture, the Sponsor or any of its subsidiaries may at any time and from time to time purchase outstanding Capital Securities by tender, in the open market or by private agreement.

5. Voting Rights - Capital Securities .

(a) Except as provided under paragraphs 5(b) and 7 and as otherwise required by law and the Declaration, the Holders of the Capital Securities will have no voting rights. The Administrators are required to call a meeting of the Holders of the Capital Securities if directed to do so by Holders of at least 10% in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities.

(b) Subject to the requirements of obtaining a tax opinion by the Institutional Trustee in certain circumstances set forth in the last sentence of this paragraph, the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities, voting separately as a class, have the right to direct the time, method, and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Institutional Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Institutional Trustee under the Declaration, including the right to direct the Institutional Trustee, as holder of the Debentures, to (i) exercise the remedies available under the Indenture as the holder of the Debentures, (ii) waive any past default that is waivable under the Indenture, (iii) exercise any right to rescind or annul a declaration that the principal of all the Debentures shall be due and payable or (iv) consent on behalf of all the Holders of the Capital Securities to any amendment, modification or termination of the Indenture or the Debentures where such consent shall be required; provided , however , that, where a consent or action under the Indenture would require the consent or act of the holders of greater than a simple majority in aggregate principal amount of Debentures (a “ Super Majority ”) affected thereby, the Institutional Trustee may only give such consent or take such action at the written direction of the Holders of at least the proportion in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities outstanding which the relevant Super Majority represents of the aggregate principal amount of the Debentures outstanding. If the Institutional Trustee fails to enforce its rights under the Debentures after the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of such Capital Securities have so directed the Institutional Trustee, to the fullest extent permitted by law, a Holder of the Capital Securities may institute a legal proceeding directly against the Debenture Issuer to enforce the Institutional Trustee’s rights under the Debentures without first instituting any legal proceeding against the Institutional Trustee or any other person or entity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and such event is attributable to the failure of the Debenture Issuer to pay interest or principal on the Debentures on the date the interest or principal is payable (or in the case of redemption, the Redemption Date or the Special Redemption Date, as applicable), then a Holder of record of the Capital Securities may directly institute a proceeding for enforcement of payment, on or after the respective due dates specified in the Debentures, to such Holder directly of the principal of or interest on the Debentures having an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate liquidation amount of the Capital Securities of such Holder. The Institutional Trustee shall notify all Holders of the Capital Securities of any default actually known to the Institutional Trustee with respect to the Debentures unless (x) such default has been cured prior to the giving of such notice or (y) the Institutional Trustee determines in good faith that the withholding of such notice is in the interest of the Holders of such Capital Securities, except where the default relates to the payment of principal of or interest on any of the Debentures. Such notice shall state that such Indenture Event of Default also constitutes an Event of Default hereunder. Except with respect to directing the time, method and place of conducting a proceeding for a remedy, the Institutional Trustee shall not take any of the actions described in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) above unless the Institutional Trustee has obtained an opinion of tax counsel to the effect that, as a result of such action, the Trust will not be classified as other than a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes.

 

I-9


In the event the consent of the Institutional Trustee, as the holder of the Debentures, is required under the Indenture with respect to any amendment, modification or termination of the Indenture, the Institutional Trustee shall request the direction of the Holders of the Securities with respect to such amendment, modification or termination and shall vote with respect to such amendment, modification or termination as directed by a Majority in liquidation amount of the Securities voting together as a single class; provided , however , that where a consent under the Indenture would require the consent of a Super-Majority, the Institutional Trustee may only give such consent at the direction of the Holders of at least the proportion in liquidation amount of the Securities outstanding which the relevant Super-Majority represents of the aggregate principal amount of the Debentures outstanding. The Institutional Trustee shall not take any such action in accordance with the directions of the Holders of the Securities unless the Institutional Trustee has obtained an opinion of tax counsel to the effect that, as a result of such action, the Trust will not be classified as other than a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes.

A waiver of an Indenture Event of Default will constitute a waiver of the corresponding Event of Default hereunder. Any required approval or direction of Holders of the Capital Securities may be given at a separate meeting of Holders of the Capital Securities convened for such purpose, at a meeting of all of the Holders of the Securities in the Trust or pursuant to written consent. The Institutional Trustee will cause a notice of any meeting at which Holders of the Capital Securities are entitled to vote, or of any matter upon which action by written consent of such Holders is to be taken, to be mailed to each Holder of record of the Capital Securities. Each such notice will include a statement setting forth the following information (i) the date of such meeting or the date by which such action is to be taken, (ii) a description of any resolution proposed for adoption at such meeting on which such Holders are entitled to vote or of such matter upon which written consent is sought and (iii) instructions for the delivery of proxies or consents. No vote or consent of the Holders of the Capital Securities will be required for the Trust to redeem and cancel Capital Securities or to distribute the Debentures in accordance with the Declaration and the terms of the Securities.

Notwithstanding that Holders of the Capital Securities are entitled to vote or consent under any of the circumstances described above, any of the Capital Securities that are owned by the Sponsor or any Affiliate of the Sponsor shall not entitle the Holder thereof to vote or consent and shall, for purposes of such vote or consent, be treated as if such Capital Securities were not outstanding.

In no event will Holders of the Capital Securities have the right to vote to appoint, remove or replace the Administrators, which voting rights are vested exclusively in the Sponsor as the Holder of all of the Common Securities of the Trust. Under certain circumstances as more fully described in the Declaration, Holders of Capital Securities have the right to vote to appoint, remove or replace the Institutional Trustee.

6. Voting Rights - Common Securities .

(a) Except as provided under paragraphs 6(b), 6(c) and 7 and as otherwise required by law and the Declaration, the Common Securities will have no voting rights.

(b) The Holders of the Common Securities are entitled, in accordance with Article IV of the Declaration, to vote to appoint, remove or replace any Administrators.

(c) Subject to Section 6.7 of the Declaration and only after each Event of Default (if any) with respect to the Capital Securities has been cured, waived, or otherwise eliminated and subject to the requirements of the second to last sentence of this paragraph, the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Common Securities, voting separately as a class, may direct the time,

 

I-10


method, and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Institutional Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Institutional Trustee under the Declaration, including (i) directing the time, method, place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Debenture Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Debenture Trustee with respect to the Debentures, (ii) waiving any past default and its consequences that is waivable under the Indenture, or (iii) exercising any right to rescind or annul a declaration that the principal of all the Debentures shall be due and payable; provided , however , that, where a consent or action under the Indenture would require a Super Majority, the Institutional Trustee may only give such consent or take such action at the written direction of the Holders of at least the proportion in liquidation amount of the Common Securities which the relevant Super Majority represents of the aggregate principal amount of the Debentures outstanding. Notwithstanding this paragraph 6(c), the Institutional Trustee shall not revoke any action previously authorized or approved by a vote or consent of the Holders of the Capital Securities. Other than with respect to directing the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Institutional Trustee or the Debenture Trustee as set forth above, the Institutional Trustee shall not take any action described in (i), (ii) or (iii) above, unless the Institutional Trustee has obtained an opinion of tax counsel to the effect that for the purposes of United States federal income tax the Trust will not be classified as other than a grantor trust on account of such action. If the Institutional Trustee fails to enforce its rights under the Declaration to the fullest extent permitted by law, any Holder of the Common Securities may institute a legal proceeding directly against any Person to enforce the Institutional Trustee’s rights under the Declaration, without first instituting a legal proceeding against the Institutional Trustee or any other Person.

Any approval or direction of Holders of the Common Securities may be given at a separate meeting of Holders of the Common Securities convened for such purpose, at a meeting of all of the Holders of the Securities in the Trust or pursuant to written consent. The Administrators will cause a notice of any meeting at which Holders of the Common Securities are entitled to vote, or of any matter upon which action by written consent of such Holders is to be taken, to be mailed to each Holder of the Common Securities. Each such notice will include a statement setting forth (i) the date of such meeting or the date by which such action is to be taken, (ii) a description of any resolution proposed for adoption at such meeting on which such Holders are entitled to vote or of such matter upon which written consent is sought and (iii) instructions for the delivery of proxies or consents.

No vote or consent of the Holders of the Common Securities will be required for the Trust to redeem and cancel Common Securities or to distribute the Debentures in accordance with the Declaration and the terms of the Securities.

7. Amendments to Declaration and Indenture .

(a) In addition to any requirements under Section 11.1 of the Declaration, if any proposed amendment to the Declaration provides for, or the Institutional Trustee, Sponsor or Administrators otherwise propose to effect, (i) any action that would adversely affect the powers, preferences or special rights of the Securities, whether by way of amendment to the Declaration or otherwise, or (ii) the Liquidation of the Trust, other than as described in Section 7.1 of the Declaration, then the Holders of outstanding Securities, voting together as a single class, will be entitled to vote on such amendment or proposal and such amendment or proposal shall not be effective except with the approval of the Holders of at least a Majority in liquidation amount of the Securities, affected thereby; provided , however , if any amendment or proposal referred to in clause (i) above would adversely affect only the Capital Securities or only the Common Securities, then only the affected class will be entitled to vote on such amendment or proposal and such amendment or proposal shall not be effective except with the approval of a Majority in liquidation amount of such class of Securities.

(b) In the event the consent of the Institutional Trustee as the holder of the Debentures is required under the Indenture with respect to any amendment, modification or termination of

 

I-11


the Indenture or the Debentures, the Institutional Trustee shall request the written direction of the Holders of the Securities with respect to such amendment, modification or termination and shall vote with respect to such amendment, modification, or termination as directed by a Majority in liquidation amount of the Securities voting together as a single class; provided , however , that where a consent under the Indenture would require a Super Majority, the Institutional Trustee may only give such consent at the direction of the Holders of at least the proportion in liquidation amount of the Securities which the relevant Super Majority represents of the aggregate principal amount of the Debentures outstanding.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment or modification may be made to the Declaration if such amendment or modification would (i) cause the Trust to be classified for purposes of United States federal income taxation as other than a grantor trust, (ii) reduce or otherwise adversely affect the powers of the Institutional Trustee or (iii) cause the Trust to be deemed an Investment Company which is required to be registered under the Investment Company Act.

(d) Notwithstanding any provision of the Declaration, the right of any Holder of the Capital Securities to receive payment of distributions and other payments upon redemption or otherwise, on or after their respective due dates, or to institute a suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder. For the protection and enforcement of the foregoing provision, each and every Holder of the Capital Securities shall be entitled to such relief as can be given either at law or equity.

8. Pro Rata . A reference in these terms of the Securities to any payment, distribution or treatment as being “ Pro Rata ” shall mean pro rata to each Holder of the Securities according to the aggregate liquidation amount of the Securities held by the relevant Holder in relation to the aggregate liquidation amount of all Securities then outstanding unless, in relation to a payment, an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, in which case any funds available to make such payment shall be paid first to each Holder of the Capital Securities Pro Rata according to the aggregate liquidation amount of the Capital Securities held by the relevant Holder relative to the aggregate liquidation amount of all Capital Securities outstanding, and only after satisfaction of all amounts owed to the Holders of the Capital Securities, to each Holder of the Common Securities Pro Rata according to the aggregate liquidation amount of the Common Securities held by the relevant Holder relative to the aggregate liquidation amount of all Common Securities outstanding.

9. Ranking . The Capital Securities rank pari passu with and payment thereon shall be made Pro Rata with the Common Securities except that, where an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the rights of Holders of the Common Securities to receive payment of Distributions and payments upon liquidation, redemption and otherwise are subordinated to the rights of the Holders of the Capital Securities with the result that no payment of any Distribution on, or Redemption Price (or Special Redemption Price) of, any Common Security, and no other payment on account of redemption, liquidation or other acquisition of Common Securities, shall be made unless payment in full in cash of all accumulated and unpaid Distributions on all outstanding Capital Securities for all distribution periods terminating on or prior thereto, or in the case of payment of the Redemption Price (or Special Redemption Price) the full amount of such Redemption Price (or Special Redemption Price) on all outstanding Capital Securities then called for redemption, shall have been made or provided for, and all funds immediately available to the Institutional Trustee shall first be applied to the payment in full in cash of all Distributions on, or the Redemption Price (or Special Redemption Price) of, the Capital Securities then due and payable.

10. Acceptance of Guarantee and Indenture . Each Holder of the Capital Securities and the Common Securities, by the acceptance of such Securities, agrees to the provisions of the Guarantee, including the subordination provisions therein and to the provisions of the Indenture.

 

I-12


11. No Preemptive Rights . The Holders of the Securities shall have no preemptive or similar rights to subscribe for any additional securities.

12. Miscellaneous . These terms constitute a part of the Declaration. The Sponsor will provide a copy of the Declaration, the Guarantee, and the Indenture to a Holder without charge on written request to the Sponsor at its principal place of business.

 

I-13


EXHIBIT A-1

FORM OF CAPITAL SECURITY CERTIFICATE

[FORM OF FACE OF SECURITY]

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAW. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY ONLY (A) TO THE SPONSOR OR THE TRUST, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A SO LONG AS THIS SECURITY IS ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144A, (D) TO A NON-U.S. PERSON IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 (AS APPLICABLE) OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (A) OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THIS CAPITAL SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE SPONSOR’S AND THE TRUST’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE DECLARATION OF TRUST, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE SPONSOR OR THE TRUST. HEDGING TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE CONDUCTED UNLESS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF ALSO AGREES, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”) (EACH A “PLAN”), OR AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” BY REASON OF ANY PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY, AND NO PERSON INVESTING “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY PLAN MAY ACQUIRE OR HOLD THE SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER OR HOLDER IS ELIGIBLE FOR EXEMPTIVE RELIEF AVAILABLE UNDER U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR PROHIBITED TRANSACTION CLASS EXEMPTION 96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1 OR 84-14 OR ANOTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTION OR ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY IS NOT PROHIBITED BY SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE WITH RESPECT TO SUCH PURCHASE OR HOLDING. ANY PURCHASER OR HOLDER OF THE SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED BY ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING THEREOF THAT EITHER (i) IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN WITHIN THE

 

A-1-1


MEANING OF SECTION 3(3) OF ERISA, OR A PLAN TO WHICH SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE IS APPLICABLE, A TRUSTEE OR OTHER PERSON ACTING ON BEHALF OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY USING THE ASSETS OF ANY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN TO FINANCE SUCH PURCHASE, OR (ii) SUCH PURCHASE WILL NOT RESULT IN A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE FOR WHICH THERE IS NO APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE EXEMPTION.

THIS SECURITY WILL BE ISSUED AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN BLOCKS HAVING A LIQUIDATION AMOUNT OF NOT LESS THAN $100,000.00 (100 SECURITIES) AND MULTIPLES OF $1,000.00 IN EXCESS THEREOF. ANY ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF SECURITIES IN A BLOCK HAVING A LIQUIDATION AMOUNT OF LESS THAN $100,000.00 SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE VOID AND OF NO LEGAL EFFECT WHATSOEVER.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY AGREES THAT IT WILL COMPLY WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY THE DECLARATION TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

 

Certificate Number P-1   

15,000 Capital Securities

September 17, 2003

Certificate Evidencing Floating Rate Capital Securities

of

PCC Statutory Trust III

(liquidation amount $1,000.00 per Capital Security)

PCC Statutory Trust III, a statutory trust created under the laws of the State of Connecticut (the “Trust”), hereby certifies that Hare & Co. (the “Holder”), as the nominee of The Bank of New York, indenture trustee under the Indenture dated as of September 17, 2003 among Preferred Term Securities XI, Ltd., Preferred Term Securities XI, Inc. and The Bank of New York, is the registered owner of capital securities of the Trust representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust, (liquidation amount $1,000.00 per capital security) (the “Capital Securities”). Subject to the Declaration (as defined below), the Capital Securities are transferable on the books and records of the Trust in person or by a duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of this Certificate duly endorsed and in proper form for transfer. The Capital Securities represented hereby are issued pursuant to, and the designation, rights, privileges, restrictions, preferences and other terms and provisions of the Capital Securities shall in all respects be subject to, the provisions of the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of the Trust dated as of September 17, 2003, among Alan B. White, George McCleskey and Jeff Isom, as Administrators, U.S. Bank National Association, as Institutional Trustee, Plains Capital Corporation, as Sponsor, and the holders from time to time of undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust, including the designation of the terms of the Capital Securities as set forth in Annex I to such amended and restated declaration as the same may be amended from time to time (the “Declaration”). Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meaning given them in the Declaration. The Holder is entitled to the benefits of the Guarantee to the extent provided therein. The Sponsor will provide a copy of the Declaration, the Guarantee, and the Indenture to the Holder without charge upon written request to the Sponsor at its principal place of business.

 

A-1-2


Upon receipt of this Security, the Holder is bound by the Declaration and is entitled to the benefits thereunder.

By acceptance of this Security, the Holder agrees to treat, for United States federal income tax purposes, the Debentures as indebtedness and the Capital Securities as evidence of beneficial ownership in the Debentures.

This Capital Security is governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Connecticut, without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

Signatures appear on following page

 

A-1-3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Trust has duly executed this certificate.

 

PCC STATUTORY TRUST III
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:   Administrator

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Capital Securities referred to in the within-mentioned Declaration.

 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as the Institutional Trustee
By:  

 

  Authorized Officer

 

A-1-4


[FORM OF REVERSE OF CAPITAL SECURITY]

Distributions payable on each Capital Security will be payable at an annual rate equal to 4.09% beginning on (and including) the date of original issuance and ending on (but excluding) December 17, 2003 and at an annual rate for each successive period beginning on (and including) December 17, 2003, and each succeeding Distribution Payment Date, and ending on (but excluding) the next succeeding Distribution Payment Date (each a “Distribution Period”), equal to 3-Month LIBOR, determined as described below, plus 2.95% (the “Coupon Rate”), applied to the stated liquidation amount of $1,000.00 per Capital Security, such rate being the rate of interest payable on the Debentures to be held by the Institutional Trustee. Distributions in arrears will bear interest thereon compounded quarterly at the Distribution Rate (to the extent permitted by applicable law). The term “Distributions” as used herein includes cash distributions and any such compounded distributions unless otherwise noted. A Distribution is payable only to the extent that payments are made in respect of the Debentures held by the Institutional Trustee and to the extent the Institutional Trustee has funds available therefor. As used herein, “Determination Date” means the date that is two London Banking Days (i.e., a business day in which dealings in deposits in U.S. dollars are transacted in the London interbank market) preceding the commencement of the relevant Distribution Period. The amount of the Distribution payable for any Distribution Period will be calculated by applying the Distribution Rate to the stated liquidation amount outstanding at the commencement of the Distribution Period and multiplying each such amount by the actual number of days in the Distribution Period concerned divided by 360.

“3-Month LIBOR” as used herein, means the London interbank offered interest rate for three-month U.S. dollar deposits determined by the Debenture Trustee in the following order of priority: (i) the rate (expressed as a percentage per annum) for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity that appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date (“Telerate Page 3750” means the display designated as “Page 3750” on the Dow Jones Telerate Service or such other page as may replace Page 3750 on that service or such other service or services as may be nominated by the British Bankers’ Association as the information vendor for the purpose of displaying London interbank offered rates for U.S. dollar deposits); (ii) if such rate cannot be identified on the related Determination Date, the Debenture Trustee will request the principal London offices of four leading banks in the London interbank market to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to prime banks in the London interbank market for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such Determination Date. If at least two quotations are provided, 3-Month LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations; (iii) if fewer than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause (ii) above, the Debenture Trustee will request four major New York City banks to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to leading European banks for loans in U.S. dollars as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such Determination Date. If at least two such quotations are provided, 3-Month LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations; and (iv) if fewer than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause (iii) above, 3-Month LIBOR will be a 3-Month LIBOR determined with respect to the Distribution Period immediately preceding such current Distribution Period. If the rate for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity that initially appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date is superseded on the Telerate Page 3750 by a corrected rate by 12:00 noon (London time) on such Determination Date, then the corrected rate as so substituted on the applicable page will be the applicable 3-Month LIBOR for such Determination Date.

The Distribution Rate for any Distribution Period will at no time be higher than the maximum rate then permitted by New York law as the same may be modified by United States law.

All percentages resulting from any calculations on the Capital Securities will be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point, with five one-millionths of a percentage point rounded upward (e.g., 9.876545% (or .09876545) being rounded to 9.87655% (or .0987655), and all dollar amounts used in or resulting from such calculation will be rounded to the nearest cent (with one-half cent being rounded upward)).

 

A-1-5


Except as otherwise described below, Distributions on the Capital Securities will be cumulative, will accrue from the date of original issuance and will be payable quarterly in arrears on March 17, June 17, September 17 and December 17 of each year (or if such day is not a Business Day, then the next succeeding Business Day), commencing on December 17, 2003. The Debenture Issuer has the right under the Indenture to defer payments of interest on the Debentures, so long as no Indenture Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, by extending the interest payment period on the Debentures for up to 20 consecutive quarterly periods (each an “Extension Period”) at any time and from time to time on the Debentures, subject to the conditions described below, during which Extension Period no interest shall be due and payable. During any Extension Period, interest will continue to accrue on the Debentures, and interest on such accrued interest will accrue at an annual rate equal to the Distribution Rate in effect for each such Extension Period, compounded quarterly from the date such interest would have been payable were it not for the Extension Period, to the extent permitted by law (such interest referred to herein as “Additional Interest”). No Extension Period may end on a date other than a Distribution Payment Date. At the end of any such Extension Period, the Debenture Issuer shall pay all interest then accrued and unpaid on the Debentures (together with Additional Interest thereon); provided , however , that no Extension Period may extend beyond the Maturity Date. Prior to the termination of any Extension Period, the Debenture Issuer may further extend such period, provided that such period together with all such previous and further consecutive extensions thereof shall not exceed 20 consecutive quarterly periods, or extend beyond the Maturity Date. Upon the termination of any Extension Period and upon the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, the Debenture Issuer may commence a new Extension Period, subject to the foregoing requirements. No interest or Additional Interest shall be due and payable during an Extension Period, except at the end thereof, but each installment of interest that would otherwise have been due and payable during such Extension Period shall bear Additional Interest. During any Extension Period, Distributions on the Capital Securities shall be deferred for a period equal to the Extension Period. If Distributions are deferred, the Distributions due shall be paid on the date that the related Extension Period terminates, to Holders of the Securities as they appear on the books and records of the Trust on the record date immediately preceding such date. Distributions on the Securities must be paid on the dates payable (after giving effect to any Extension Period) to the extent that the Trust has funds available for the payment of such distributions in the Property Account of the Trust. The Trust’s funds available for Distribution to the Holders of the Securities will be limited to payments received from the Debenture Issuer. The payment of Distributions out of moneys held by the Trust is guaranteed by the Guarantor pursuant to the Guarantee.

The Capital Securities shall be redeemable as provided in the Declaration.

 

A-1-6


ASSIGNMENT

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned assigns and transfers this Capital Security Certificate to:

 

                                                                                                                                                       

 

(Insert assignee’s social security or tax identification number)                                                  

 

                                                                                                                                                       

 

                                                                                                                                                       

 

 

(Insert address and zip code of assignee) and irrevocably appoints

 

                                                                                                                                                       

 

 

agent to transfer this Capital Security Certificate on the books of the Trust. The agent may substitute another to act for him or her.

Date:                     

Signature:                                              

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Capital Security Certificate)

Signature Guarantee: 1

 

 

1

Signature must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” that is a bank, stockbroker, savings and loan association or credit union meeting the requirements of the Security registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Security registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

A-1-7


EXHIBIT A-2

FORM OF COMMON SECURITY CERTIFICATE

THIS COMMON SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION.

THIS CERTIFICATE IS NOT TRANSFERABLE EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 8.1 OF THE DECLARATION.

 

Certificate Number C-1   464 Common Securities

September 17, 2003

Certificate Evidencing Floating Rate Common Securities

of

PCC Statutory Trust III

PCC Statutory Trust III, a statutory trust created under the laws of the State of Connecticut (the “Trust”), hereby certifies that Plains Capital Corporation (the “Holder”) is the registered owner of common securities of the Trust representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust (the “Common Securities”). The Common Securities represented hereby are issued pursuant to, and the designation, rights, privileges, restrictions, preferences and other terms and provisions of the Common Securities shall in all respects be subject to, the provisions of the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of the Trust dated as of September 17, 2003, among Alan B. White, George McCleskey and Jeff Isom, as Administrators, U.S. Bank National Association, as Institutional Trustee, Plains Capital Corporation, as Sponsor, and the holders from time to time of undivided beneficial interest in the assets of the Trust including the designation of the terms of the Common Securities as set forth in Annex I to such amended and restated declaration, as the same may be amended from time to time (the “Declaration”). Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meaning given them in the Declaration. The Holder is entitled to the benefits of the Guarantee to the extent provided therein. The Sponsor will provide a copy of the Declaration, the Guarantee and the Indenture to the Holder without charge upon written request to the Sponsor at its principal place of business.

As set forth in the Declaration, when an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the rights of Holders of Common Securities to payment in respect of Distributions and payments upon Liquidation, redemption or otherwise are subordinated to the rights of payment of Holders of the Capital Securities.

Upon receipt of this Certificate, the Holder is bound by the Declaration and is entitled to the benefits thereunder.

By acceptance of this Certificate, the Holder agrees to treat, for United States federal income tax purposes, the Debentures as indebtedness and the Common Securities as evidence of undivided beneficial ownership in the Debentures.

This Common Security is governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Connecticut, without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

 

A-2-1


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Trust has duly executed this certificate.

 

PCC STATUTORY TRUST III
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:   Administrator

 

A-2-2


[FORM OF REVERSE OF COMMON SECURITY]

Distributions payable on each Common Security will be payable at an annual rate equal to 4.09% beginning on (and including) the date of original issuance and ending on (but excluding) December 17, 2003 and at an annual rate for each successive period beginning on (and including) December 17, 2003, and each succeeding Distribution Payment Date, and ending on (but excluding) the next succeeding Distribution Payment Date (each a “Distribution Period”), equal to 3-Month LIBOR, determined as described below, plus 2.95% (the “Coupon Rate”), applied to the stated liquidation amount of $1,000.00 per Common Security, such rate being the rate of interest payable on the Debentures to be held by the Institutional Trustee. Distributions in arrears will bear interest thereon compounded quarterly at the Distribution Rate (to the extent permitted by applicable law). The term “Distributions” as used herein includes cash distributions and any such compounded distributions unless otherwise noted. A Distribution is payable only to the extent that payments are made in respect of the Debentures held by the Institutional Trustee and to the extent the Institutional Trustee has funds available therefor. As used herein, “Determination Date” means the date that is two London Banking Days (i.e., a business day in which dealings in deposits in U.S. dollars are transacted in the London interbank market) preceding the commencement of the relevant Distribution Period. The amount of the Distribution payable for any Distribution Period will be calculated by applying the Distribution Rate to the stated liquidation amount outstanding at the commencement of the Distribution Period and multiplying each such amount by the actual number of days in the Distribution Period concerned divided by 360.

“3-Month LIBOR” as used herein, means the London interbank offered interest rate for three-month U.S. dollar deposits determined by the Debenture Trustee in the following order of priority: (i) the rate (expressed as a percentage per annum) for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity that appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date (“Telerate Page 3750” means the display designated as “Page 3750” on the Dow Jones Telerate Service or such other page as may replace Page 3750 on that service or such other service or services as may be nominated by the British Bankers’ Association as the information vendor for the purpose of displaying London interbank offered rates for U.S. dollar deposits); (ii) if such rate cannot be identified on the related Determination Date, the Debenture Trustee will request the principal London offices of four leading banks in the London interbank market to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to prime banks in the London interbank market for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such Determination Date. If at least two quotations are provided, 3-Month LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations; (iii) if fewer than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause (ii) above, the Debenture Trustee will request four major New York City banks to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to leading European banks for loans in U.S. dollars as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such Determination Date. If at least two such quotations are provided, 3-Month LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations; and (iv) if fewer than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause (iii) above, 3-Month LIBOR will be a 3-Month LIBOR determined with respect to the Distribution Period immediately preceding such current Distribution Period. If the rate for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity that initially appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date is superseded on the Telerate Page 3750 by a corrected rate by 12:00 noon (London time) on such Determination Date, then the corrected rate as so substituted on the applicable page will be the applicable 3-Month LIBOR for such Determination Date.

The Distribution Rate for any Distribution Period will at no time be higher than the maximum rate then permitted by New York law as the same may be modified by United States law.

All percentages resulting from any calculations on the Common Securities will be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point, with five one-millionths of a percentage point rounded upward (e.g., 9.876545% (or .09876545) being rounded to 9.87655% (or .0987655), and all dollar amounts used in or resulting from such calculation will be rounded to the nearest cent (with one-half cent being rounded upward)).

 

A-2-3


Except as otherwise described below, Distributions on the Common Securities will be cumulative, will accrue from the date of original issuance and will be payable quarterly in arrears on March 17, June 17, September 17 and December 17 of each year (or if such day is not a Business Day, then the next succeeding Business Day), commencing on December 17, 2003. The Debenture Issuer has the right under the Indenture to defer payments of interest on the Debentures, so long as no Indenture Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, by extending the interest payment period on the Debentures for up to 20 consecutive quarterly periods (each an “Extension Period”) at any time and from time to time on the Debentures, subject to the conditions described below, during which Extension Period no interest shall be due and payable. During any Extension Period, interest will continue to accrue on the Debentures, and interest on such accrued interest will accrue at an annual rate equal to the Distribution Rate in effect for each such Extension Period, compounded quarterly from the date such interest would have been payable were it not for the Extension Period, to the extent permitted by law (such interest referred to herein as “Additional Interest”). No Extension Period may end on a date other than a Distribution Payment Date. At the end of any such Extension Period, the Debenture Issuer shall pay all interest then accrued and unpaid on the Debentures (together with Additional Interest thereon); provided , however , that no Extension Period may extend beyond the Maturity Date. Prior to the termination of any Extension Period, the Debenture Issuer may further extend such period, provided that such period together with all such previous and further consecutive extensions thereof shall not exceed 20 consecutive quarterly periods, or extend beyond the Maturity Date. Upon the termination of any Extension Period and upon the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, the Debenture Issuer may commence a new Extension Period, subject to the foregoing requirements. No interest or Additional Interest shall be due and payable during an Extension Period, except at the end thereof, but each installment of interest that would otherwise have been due and payable during such Extension Period shall bear Additional Interest. During any Extension Period, Distributions on the Common Securities shall be deferred for a period equal to the Extension Period. If Distributions are deferred, the Distributions due shall be paid on the date that the related Extension Period terminates, to Holders of the Securities as they appear on the books and records of the Trust on the record date immediately preceding such date. Distributions on the Securities must be paid on the dates payable (after giving effect to any Extension Period) to the extent that the Trust has funds available for the payment of such distributions in the Property Account of the Trust. The Trust’s funds available for Distribution to the Holders of the Securities will be limited to payments received from the Debenture Issuer.

The Common Securities shall be redeemable as provided in the Declaration.

 

A-2-4


ASSIGNMENT

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned assigns and transfers this Common Security Certificate to:

 

                                                                                                                                                       

 

(Insert assignee’s social security or tax identification number)                                                  

 

                                                                                                                                                       

 

                                                                                                                                                       

 

(Insert address and zip code of assignee) and irrevocably appoints

 

                                                                                                                                                       

 

 

 

                                                                                                                                             agent

to transfer this Common Security Certificate on the books of the Trust. The agent may substitute another to act for him or her.

 

Date:                     

 

Signature:                                                  

 

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Common Security Certificate)

 

Signature:

 

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Common Security Certificate)

Signature Guarantee 2

 

 

2

Signature must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” that is a bank, stockbroker, savings and loan association or credit union, meeting the requirements of the Security registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Security registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

A-2-5


EXHIBIT B

SPECIMEN OF INITIAL DEBENTURE

(See Document No. 16)

 

B-1


EXHIBIT C

PLACEMENT AGREEMENT

(See Document No. 1)

 

C-1

Exhibit 4.14

 

 

 

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION,

as Issuer

INDENTURE

Dated as of September 17, 2003

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Trustee

FLOATING RATE JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEFERRABLE INTEREST DEBENTURES

DUE 2033

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page
ARTICLE I. DEFINITIONS    1

Section 1.1.

   Definitions    1
ARTICLE II. DEBENTURES    7

Section 2.1.

   Authentication and Dating    7

Section 2.2.

   Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication    8

Section 2.3.

   Form and Denomination of Debentures    8

Section 2.4.

   Execution of Debentures    9

Section 2.5.

   Exchange and Registration of Transfer of Debentures    9

Section 2.6.

   Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Debentures    11

Section 2.7.

   Temporary Debentures    12

Section 2.8.

   Payment of Interest and Additional Interest    12

Section 2.9.

   Cancellation of Debentures Paid, etc.    13

Section 2.10.

   Computation of Interest    13

Section 2.11.

   Extension of Interest Payment Period    15

Section 2.12.

   CUSIP Numbers    16
ARTICLE III. PARTICULAR COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY    16

Section 3.1.

   Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest; Agreed Treatment of the Debentures    16

Section 3.2.

   Offices for Notices and Payments, etc.    17

Section 3.3.

   Appointments to Fill Vacancies in Trustee’s Office    17

Section 3.4.

   Provision as to Paying Agent    17

Section 3.5.

   Certificate to Trustee    18

Section 3.6.

   Additional Sums    18

Section 3.7.

   Compliance with Consolidation Provisions    19

Section 3.8.

   Limitation on Dividends    19

Section 3.9.

   Covenants as to the Trust    19

Section 3.10.

   Additional Junior Indebtedness    20
ARTICLE IV. SECURITYHOLDERS’ LISTS AND REPORTS BY THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE    20

Section 4.1.

   Securityholders’ Lists    20

Section 4.2.

   Preservation and Disclosure of Lists    20
ARTICLE V. REMEDIES OF THE TRUSTEE AND SECURITYHOLDERS UPON AN EVENT OF DEFAULT    21

Section 5.1.

   Events of Default    21

Section 5.2.

   Payment of Debentures on Default; Suit Therefor    23

Section 5.3.

   Application of Moneys Collected by Trustee    24

Section 5.4.

   Proceedings by Securityholders    24

Section 5.5.

   Proceedings by Trustee    25

Section 5.6.

   Remedies Cumulative and Continuing; Delay or Omission Not a Waiver    25

 

i


Section 5.7.

   Direction of Proceedings and Waiver of Defaults by Majority of Securityholders    25

Section 5.8.

   Notice of Defaults    26

Section 5.9.

   Undertaking to Pay Costs    26
ARTICLE VI. CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE    26

Section 6.1.

   Duties and Responsibilities of Trustee    26

Section 6.2.

   Reliance on Documents, Opinions, etc.    27

Section 6.3.

   No Responsibility for Recitals, etc.    28

Section 6.4.

   Trustee, Authenticating Agent, Paying Agents, Transfer Agents or Registrar May Own Debentures    28

Section 6.5.

   Moneys to be Held in Trust    28

Section 6.6.

   Compensation and Expenses of Trustee    29

Section 6.7.

   Officers’ Certificate as Evidence    29

Section 6.8.

   Eligibility of Trustee    29

Section 6.9.

   Resignation or Removal of Trustee    30

Section 6.10.

   Acceptance by Successor Trustee    31

Section 6.11.

   Succession by Merger, etc.    32

Section 6.12.

   Authenticating Agents    32
ARTICLE VII. CONCERNING THE SECURITYHOLDERS    33

Section 7.1.

   Action by Securityholders    33

Section 7.2.

   Proof of Execution by Securityholders    33

Section 7.3.

   Who Are Deemed Absolute Owners    33

Section 7.4.

   Debentures Owned by Company Deemed Not Outstanding    34

Section 7.5.

   Revocation of Consents; Future Holders Bound    34
ARTICLE VIII. SECURITYHOLDERS’ MEETINGS    34

Section 8.1.

   Purposes of Meetings    34

Section 8.2.

   Call of Meetings by Trustee    35

Section 8.3.

   Call of Meetings by Company or Securityholders    35

Section 8.4.

   Qualifications for Voting    35

Section 8.5.

   Regulations    35

Section 8.6.

   Voting    36

Section 8.7.

   Quorum; Actions    36
ARTICLE IX. SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES    37

Section 9.1.

   Supplemental Indentures without Consent of Securityholders    37

Section 9.2.

   Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Securityholders    38

Section 9.3.

   Effect of Supplemental Indentures    39

Section 9.4.

   Notation on Debentures    39

Section 9.5.

   Evidence of Compliance of Supplemental Indenture to be Furnished to Trustee    39
ARTICLE X. REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES    39

Section 10.1.

   Optional Redemption    39

Section 10.2.

   Special Event Redemption    39

Section 10.3.

   Notice of Redemption; Selection of Debentures    39

Section 10.4.

   Payment of Debentures Called for Redemption    40

 

ii


ARTICLE XI. CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, SALE, CONVEYANCE AND LEASE    40

Section 11.1.

   Company May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms    40

Section 11.2.

   Successor Entity to be Substituted    41

Section 11.3.

   Opinion of Counsel to be Given to Trustee    41
ARTICLE XII. SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE    41

Section 12.1.

   Discharge of Indenture    41

Section 12.2.

   Deposited Moneys to be Held in Trust by Trustee    42

Section 12.3.

   Paying Agent to Repay Moneys Held    42

Section 12.4.

   Return of Unclaimed Moneys    42
ARTICLE XIII. IMMUNITY OF INCORPORATORS, STOCKHOLDERS, OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS    42

Section 13.1.

   Indenture and Debentures Solely Corporate Obligations    42
ARTICLE XIV. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS    43

Section 14.1.

   Successors    43

Section 14.2.

   Official Acts by Successor Entity    43

Section 14.3.

   Surrender of Company Powers    43

Section 14.4.

   Addresses for Notices, etc.    43

Section 14.5.

   Governing Law    43

Section 14.6.

   Evidence of Compliance with Conditions Precedent    43

Section 14.7.

   Table of Contents, Headings, etc.    44

Section 14.8.

   Execution in Counterparts    44

Section 14.9.

   Separability    44

Section 14.10.

   Assignment    44

Section 14.11.

   Acknowledgment of Rights    44
ARTICLE XV. SUBORDINATION OF DEBENTURES    44

Section 15.1.

   Agreement to Subordinate    44

Section 15.2.

   Default on Senior Indebtedness    45

Section 15.3.

   Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy    45

Section 15.4.

   Subrogation    46

Section 15.5.

   Trustee to Effectuate Subordination    47

Section 15.6.

   Notice by the Company    47

Section 15.7.

   Rights of the Trustee; Holders of Senior Indebtedness    48

Section 15.8.

   Subordination May Not Be Impaired    48
Exhibit A        Form of Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debenture   

 

iii


THIS INDENTURE, dated as of September 17, 2003, between Plains Capital Corporation, a Texas corporation (the “ Company ”), and U.S. Bank National Association, a national banking association organized under the laws of the United States of America, as debenture trustee (the “ Trustee ”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, for its lawful corporate purposes, the Company has duly authorized the issuance of its Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures due 2033 (the “ Debentures ”) under this Indenture to provide, among other things, for the execution and authentication, delivery and administration thereof, and the Company has duly authorized the execution of this Indenture; and

WHEREAS, all acts and things necessary to make this Indenture a valid agreement according to its terms, have been done and performed;

NOW, THEREFORE, This Indenture Witnesseth:

In consideration of the premises, and the purchase of the Debentures by the holders thereof, the Company covenants and agrees with the Trustee for the equal and proportionate benefit of the respective holders from time to time of the Debentures as follows:

ARTICLE I.

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1. Definitions The terms defined in this Section 1.1 (except as herein otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires) for all purposes of this Indenture and of any indenture supplemental hereto shall have the respective meanings specified in this Section 1.1. All accounting terms used herein and not expressly defined shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and the term “generally accepted accounting principles” means such accounting principles as are generally accepted in the United States at the time of any computation. The words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision.

Additional Interest ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.11.

Additional Junior Indebtedness ” means, without duplication and other than the Debentures, any indebtedness, liabilities or obligations of the Company, or any Subsidiary of the Company, under debt securities (or guarantees in respect of debt securities) initially issued after the date of this Indenture to any trust, or a trustee of a trust, partnership or other entity affiliated with the Company that is, directly or indirectly, a finance subsidiary (as such term is defined in Rule 3a-5 under the Investment Company Act of 1940) or other financing vehicle of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company in connection with the issuance by that entity of preferred securities or other securities that are eligible to qualify for Tier 1 capital treatment (or its then equivalent) for purposes of the capital adequacy guidelines of the Federal Reserve, as then in effect and applicable to the Company (or, if the Company is not a bank holding company, such guidelines applied to the Company as if the Company were subject to such guidelines); provided , however , that the inability of the Company to treat all or any portion of the Additional Junior Indebtedness as Tier 1 capital shall not disqualify it as Additional Junior Indebtedness if such inability results from the Company having cumulative preferred stock, minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries, or any other class of security or interest which the Federal Reserve now or may hereafter accord Tier 1 capital treatment (including the Debentures) in excess of the amount which may qualify for treatment as Tier 1 capital under applicable capital adequacy guidelines.

Additional Sums ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6.

 

1


Affiliate ” has the same meaning as given to that term in Rule 405 of the Securities Act or any successor rule thereunder.

Authenticating Agent ” means any agent or agents of the Trustee which at the time shall be appointed and acting pursuant to Section 6.12.

Bankruptcy Law ” means Title 11, U.S. Code, or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

Board of Directors ” means the board of directors or the executive committee or any other duly authorized designated officers of the Company.

Board Resolution ” means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification and delivered to the Trustee.

Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which banking institutions in New York City or Hartford, Connecticut are permitted or required by any applicable law or executive order to close.

Capital Securities ” means undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust which rank pari passu with Common Securities issued by the Trust; provided , however , that upon the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default (as defined in the Declaration), the rights of holders of such Common Securities to payment in respect of distributions and payments upon liquidation, redemption and otherwise are subordinated to the rights of holders of such Capital Securities.

Capital Securities Guarantee ” means the guarantee agreement that the Company enters into with U.S. Bank National Association, as guarantee trustee, or other Persons that operates directly or indirectly for the benefit of holders of Capital Securities of the Trust.

Capital Treatment Event ” means the receipt by the Company and the Trust of an opinion of counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that, as a result of the occurrence of any amendment to, or change (including any announced prospective change) in, the laws, rules or regulations of the United States or any political subdivision thereof or therein, or as the result of any official or administrative pronouncement or action or decision interpreting or applying such laws, rules or regulations, which amendment or change is effective or which pronouncement, action or decision is announced on or after the date of original issuance of the Debentures, there is more than an insubstantial risk that the Company will not, within 90 days of the date of such opinion, be entitled to treat an amount equal to the aggregate liquidation amount of the Capital Securities as “Tier 1 Capital” (or its then equivalent) for purposes of the capital adequacy guidelines of the Federal Reserve, as then in effect and applicable to the Company (or if the Company is not a bank holding company, such guidelines applied to the Company as if the Company were subject to such guidelines); provided , however , that the inability of the Company to treat all or any portion of the liquidation amount of the Capital Securities as Tier l Capital shall not constitute the basis for a Capital Treatment Event, if such inability results from the Company having cumulative preferred stock, minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries, or any other class of security or interest which the Federal Reserve or OTS, as applicable, may now or hereafter accord Tier 1 Capital treatment in excess of the amount which may now or hereafter qualify for treatment as Tier 1 Capital under applicable capital adequacy guidelines; provided further , however , that the distribution of Debentures in connection with the liquidation of the Trust shall not in and of itself constitute a Capital Treatment Event unless such liquidation shall have occurred in connection with a Tax Event or an Investment Company Event.

 

2


Certificate ” means a certificate signed by any one of the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer or the principal accounting officer of the Company.

Common Securities ” means undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust which rank pari passu with Capital Securities issued by the Trust; provided , however , that upon the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default (as defined in the Declaration), the rights of holders of such Common Securities to payment in respect of distributions and payments upon liquidation, redemption and otherwise are subordinated to the rights of holders of such Capital Securities.

Company ” means Plains Capital Corporation, a Texas corporation, and, subject to the provisions of Article XI, shall include its successors and assigns.

Coupon Rate ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8.

Debenture ” or “ Debentures ” has the meaning stated in the first recital of this Indenture.

Debenture Register ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.5.

Declaration ” means the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of the Trust, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

Default ” means any event, act or condition that with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

Defaulted Interest ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8.

Distribution Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8.

Determination Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.10.

Event of Default ” means any event specified in Section 5.1, continued for the period of time, if any, and after the giving of the notice, if any, therein designated.

Extension Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.11.

Federal Reserve ” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or its designated district bank, as applicable, and any successor federal agency that is primarily responsible for regulating the activities of bank holding companies.

Indenture ” means this instrument as originally executed or, if amended or supplemented as herein provided, as so amended or supplemented, or both.

Institutional Trustee ” has the meaning set forth in the Declaration.

Interest Payment Date ” means March 17, June 17, September 17 and December 17 of each year during the term of this Indenture, or if such day is not a Business Day, then the next succeeding Business Day, commencing with December 17, 2003.

Interest Rate ” means for the period beginning on (and including) the date of original issuance and ending on (but excluding) December 17, 2003 the rate per annum of 4.09% and for each Distribution Period thereafter, the Coupon Rate.

 

3


Investment Company Event ” means the receipt by the Company and the Trust of an opinion of counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that, as a result of the occurrence of a change in law or regulation or written change (including any announced prospective change) in interpretation or application of law or regulation by any legislative body, court, governmental agency or regulatory authority, there is more than an insubstantial risk that the Trust is or, within 90 days of the date of such opinion will be considered an “investment company” that is required to be registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended which change or prospective change becomes effective or would become effective, as the case may be, on or after the date of the issuance of the Debentures.

Liquidation Amount ” means the stated amount of $1,000.00 per Trust Security.

Maturity Date ” means September 17, 2033.

Officers’ Certificate ” means a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the Vice Chairman, the President, any Managing Director or any Vice President, and by the Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, the Comptroller, an Assistant Comptroller, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company, and delivered to the Trustee. Each such certificate shall include the statements provided for in Section 14.6 if and to the extent required by the provisions of such Section.

Opinion of Counsel ” means an opinion in writing signed by legal counsel, who may be an employee of or counsel to the Company, or may be other counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee. Each such opinion shall include the statements provided for in Section 14.6 if and to the extent required by the provisions of such Section.

OTS ” means the Office of Thrift Supervision and any successor federal agency that is primarily responsible for regulating the activities of savings and loan holding companies.

The term “ outstanding ,” when used with reference to Debentures, means, subject to the provisions of Section 7.4, as of any particular time, all Debentures authenticated and delivered by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent under this Indenture, except:

(a) Debentures theretofore canceled by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation;

(b) Debentures, or portions thereof, for the payment or redemption of which moneys in the necessary amount shall have been deposited in trust with the Trustee or with any paying agent (other than the Company) or shall have been set aside and segregated in trust by the Company (if the Company shall act as its own paying agent); provided , however , that, if such Debentures, or portions thereof, are to be redeemed prior to maturity thereof, notice of such redemption shall have been given as provided in Section 10.3 or provision satisfactory to the Trustee shall have been made for giving such notice; and

(c) Debentures paid pursuant to Section 2.6 or in lieu of or in substitution for which other Debentures shall have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to the terms of Section 2.6 unless proof satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee is presented that any such Debentures are held by bona fide holders in due course.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

Predecessor Security ” of any particular Debenture means every previous Debenture evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Debenture; and, for purposes of this definition, any Debenture authenticated and delivered under Section 2.6 in lieu of a lost, destroyed or stolen Debenture shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the lost, destroyed or stolen Debenture.

 

4


Principal Office of the Trustee ,” or other similar term, means the office of the Trustee, at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be principally administered, which at the time of the execution of this Indenture shall be 225 Asylum Street, Goodwin Square, Hartford, Connecticut 06103.

Redemption Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1.

Redemption Price ” means 100% of the principal amount of the Debentures being redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest (including any Additional Interest) on such Debentures to the Redemption Date.

Responsible Officer ” means, with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the Principal Office of the Trustee, including any vice-president, any assistant vice-president, any secretary, any assistant secretary, the treasurer, any assistant treasurer, any trust officer or other officer of the Principal Trust Office of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of that officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time or any successor legislation.

Securityholder ,” “holder of Debentures,” or other similar terms, means any Person in whose name at the time a particular Debenture is registered on the register kept by the Company or the Trustee for that purpose in accordance with the terms hereof.

Senior Indebtedness ” means, with respect to the Company, (i) the principal, premium, if any, and interest in respect of (A) indebtedness of the Company for money borrowed and (B) indebtedness evidenced by securities, debentures, notes, bonds or other similar instruments issued by the Company; (ii) all capital lease obligations of the Company; (iii) all obligations of the Company issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property, all conditional sale obligations of the Company and all obligations of the Company under any title retention agreement; (iv) all obligations of the Company for the reimbursement of any letter of credit, any banker’s acceptance, any security purchase facility, any repurchase agreement or similar arrangement, any interest rate swap, any other hedging arrangement, any obligation under options or any similar credit or other transaction; (v) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (iv) above of other Persons for the payment of which the Company is responsible or liable as obligor, guarantor or otherwise; and (vi) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (v) above of other Persons secured by any lien on any property or asset of the Company (whether or not such obligation is assumed by the Company), whether incurred on or prior to the date of this Indenture or thereafter incurred. Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Senior Indebtedness” shall not include (1) any Additional Junior Indebtedness, (2) Debentures issued pursuant to this Indenture and guarantees in respect of such Debentures, (3) trade accounts payable of the Company arising in the ordinary course of business (such trade accounts payable being pari passu in right of payment to the Debentures), or (4) obligations with respect to which (a) in the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding, it is provided that such obligations are pari passu , junior or otherwise not superior in right of payment to the Debentures and (b) the Company, prior to the issuance thereof, has notified (and, if then required under the applicable guidelines of the regulating entity, has received approval from) the Federal Reserve (if the Company is a bank holding company) or the OTS (if the Company is a savings and loan holding company). Senior Indebtedness shall continue to be Senior Indebtedness and be entitled to the subordination provisions irrespective of any amendment, modification or waiver of any term of such Senior Indebtedness.

 

5


Special Event ” means any of a Capital Treatment Event, an Investment Company Event or a Tax Event.

Special Redemption Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2.

Special Redemption Price ” means the price set forth in the following table for any Special Redemption Date that occurs on the date indicated below (or if such day is not a Business Day, then the next succeeding Business Day), expressed as the percentage of the principal amount of the Debentures being redeemed:

 

Special Redemption Date

   Special
Redemption
Price
 
December 17, 2003    104.625 %
March 17, 2004    104.300 %
June 17, 2004    104.000 %
September 17, 2004    103.650 %
December 17, 2004    103.350 %
March 17, 2005    103.000 %
June 17, 2005    102.700 %
September 17, 2005    102.350 %
December 17, 2005    102.050 %
March 17, 2006    101.700 %
June 17, 2006    101.400 %
September 17, 2006    101.050 %
December 17, 2006    100.750 %
March 17, 2007    100.450 %
June 17, 2007    100.200 %
September 17, 2007 and thereafter    100.000 %

plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest (including any Additional Interest) on such Debentures to the Special Redemption Date.

 

6


Subsidiary ” means with respect to any Person, (i) any corporation at least a majority of the outstanding voting stock of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person or by one or more of its Subsidiaries, or by such Person and one or more of its Subsidiaries, (ii) any general partnership, joint venture or similar entity, at least a majority of the outstanding partnership or similar interests of which shall at the time be owned by such Person, or by one or more of its Subsidiaries, or by such Person and one or more of its Subsidiaries and (iii) any limited partnership of which such Person or any of its Subsidiaries is a general partner. For the purposes of this definition, “voting stock” means shares, interests, participations or other equivalents in the equity interest (however designated) in such Person having ordinary voting power for the election of a majority of the directors (or the equivalent) of such Person, other than shares, interests, participations or other equivalents having such power only by reason of the occurrence of a contingency.

Tax Event ” means the receipt by the Company and the Trust of an opinion of counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that, as a result of any amendment to or change (including any announced prospective change) in the laws or any regulations thereunder of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein, or as a result of any official administrative pronouncement (including any private letter ruling, technical advice memorandum, field service advice, regulatory procedure, notice or announcement, including any notice or announcement of intent to adopt such procedures or regulations) (an “ Administrative Action ”) or judicial decision interpreting or applying such laws or regulations, regardless of whether such Administrative Action or judicial decision is issued to or in connection with a proceeding involving the Company or the Trust and whether or not subject to review or appeal, which amendment, clarification, change, Administrative Action or decision is enacted, promulgated or announced, in each case on or after the date of original issuance of the Debentures, there is more than an insubstantial risk that: (i) the Trust is, or will be within 90 days of the date of such opinion, subject to United States federal income tax with respect to income received or accrued on the Debentures; (ii) interest payable by the Company on the Debentures is not, or within 90 days of the date of such opinion, will not be, deductible by the Company, in whole or in part, for United States federal income tax purposes; or (iii) the Trust is, or will be within 90 days of the date of such opinion, subject to more than a de minimis amount of other taxes, duties or other governmental charges.

3-Month LIBOR ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.10.

Telerate Page 3750 ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.10.

Trust ” shall mean PCC Statutory Trust III, a Connecticut statutory trust, or any other similar trust created for the purpose of issuing Capital Securities in connection with the issuance of Debentures under this Indenture, of which the Company is the sponsor.

Trust Securities ” means Common Securities and Capital Securities of the Trust.

Trustee ” means U.S. Bank National Association, and, subject to the provisions of Article VI hereof, shall also include its successors and assigns as Trustee hereunder.

ARTICLE II.

DEBENTURES

Section 2.1. Authentication and Dating .  Upon the execution and delivery of this Indenture, or from time to time thereafter, Debentures in an aggregate principal amount not in excess of $15,464,000.00 may be executed and delivered by the Company to the Trustee for authentication, and the Trustee shall thereupon authenticate and make available for delivery said Debentures to or upon the written order of the Company, signed by its Chairman of the Board of Directors, Chief Executive Officer, Vice Chairman, the President, one of its Managing Directors or one of its Vice Presidents without any

 

7


further action by the Company hereunder. In authenticating such Debentures, and accepting the additional responsibilities under this Indenture in relation to such Debentures, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and (subject to Section 6.1) shall be fully protected in relying upon:

(a) a copy of any Board Resolution or Board Resolutions relating thereto and, if applicable, an appropriate record of any action taken pursuant to such resolution, in each case certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company, as the case may be; and

(b) an Opinion of Counsel prepared in accordance with Section 14.6 which shall also state:

(1) that such Debentures, when authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and issued by the Company in each case in the manner and subject to any conditions specified in such Opinion of Counsel, will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Company, subject to or limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, conservatorship, receivership, moratorium and other statutory or decisional laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights or the reorganization of financial institutions (including, without limitation, preference and fraudulent conveyance or transfer laws), heretofore or hereafter enacted or in effect, affecting the rights of creditors generally; and

(2) that all laws and requirements in respect of the execution and delivery by the Company of the Debentures have been complied with and that authentication and delivery of the Debentures by the Trustee will not violate the terms of this Indenture.

The Trustee shall have the right to decline to authenticate and deliver any Debentures under this Section if the Trustee, being advised in writing by counsel, determines that such action may not lawfully be taken or if a Responsible Officer of the Trustee in good faith shall determine that such action would expose the Trustee to personal liability to existing holders.

The definitive Debentures shall be typed, printed, lithographed or engraved on steel engraved borders or may be produced in any other manner, all as determined by the officers executing such Debentures, as evidenced by their execution of such Debentures.

Section 2.2. Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication .  The Trustee’s certificate of authentication on all Debentures shall be in substantially the following form:

This is one of the Debentures referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee

 

By

 

 

  
  Authorized Signer   

Section 2.3. Form and Denomination of Debentures .  The Debentures shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto. The Debentures shall be in registered, certificated form without coupons and in minimum denominations of $100,000.00 and any multiple of $1,000.00 in excess thereof. Any attempted transfer of the Debentures in a block having an aggregate principal amount of less than $100,000.00 shall be deemed to be void and of no legal effect whatsoever. Any such purported transferee shall be deemed not to be a holder of such Debentures for any purpose, including, but not limited to the receipt of payments on such Debentures, and such purported transferee shall be deemed to have no interest whatsoever in such Debentures. The Debentures shall be numbered, lettered, or otherwise distinguished in such manner or in accordance with such plans as the officers executing the same may determine with the approval of the Trustee as evidenced by the execution and authentication thereof.

 

8


Section 2.4. Execution of Debentures .  The Debentures shall be signed in the name and on behalf of the Company by the manual or facsimile signature of its Chairman of the Board of Directors, Chief Executive Officer, Vice Chairman, President, one of its Managing Directors or one of its Executive Vice Presidents, Senior Vice Presidents or Vice Presidents. Only such Debentures as shall bear thereon a certificate of authentication substantially in the form herein before recited, executed by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent by the manual signature of an authorized signer, shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose. Such certificate by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent upon any Debenture executed by the Company shall be conclusive evidence that the Debenture so authenticated has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder and that the holder is entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.

In case any officer of the Company who shall have signed any of the Debentures shall cease to be such officer before the Debentures so signed shall have been authenticated and delivered by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent, or disposed of by the Company, such Debentures nevertheless may be authenticated and delivered or disposed of as though the Person who signed such Debentures had not ceased to be such officer of the Company; and any Debenture may be signed on behalf of the Company by such Persons as, at the actual date of the execution of such Debenture, shall be the proper officers of the Company, although at the date of the execution of this Indenture any such person was not such an officer.

Every Debenture shall be dated the date of its authentication.

Section 2.5. Exchange and Registration of Transfer of Debentures .  The Company shall cause to be kept, at the office or agency maintained for the purpose of registration of transfer and for exchange as provided in Section 3.2, a register (the “ Debenture Register ”) for the Debentures issued hereunder in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Company shall provide for the registration and transfer of all Debentures as in this Article II provided. The Debenture Register shall be in written form or in any other form capable of being converted into written form within a reasonable time.

Debentures to be exchanged may be surrendered at the Principal Office of the Trustee or at any office or agency to be maintained by the Company for such purpose as provided in Section 3.2, and the Company shall execute, the Company or the Trustee shall register and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and make available for delivery in exchange therefor the Debenture or Debentures which the Securityholder making the exchange shall be entitled to receive. Upon due presentment for registration of transfer of any Debenture at the Principal Office of the Trustee or at any office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose as provided in Section 3.2, the Company shall execute, the Company or the Trustee shall register and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and make available for delivery in the name of the transferee or transferees a new Debenture for a like aggregate principal amount. Registration or registration of transfer of any Debenture by the Trustee or by any agent of the Company appointed pursuant to Section 3.2, and delivery of such Debenture, shall be deemed to complete the registration or registration of transfer of such Debenture.

All Debentures presented for registration of transfer or for exchange or payment shall (if so required by the Company or the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent) be duly endorsed by, or be accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent duly executed by the holder or his attorney duly authorized in writing.

 

9


No service charge shall be made for any exchange or registration of transfer of Debentures, but the Company or the Trustee may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax, fee or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection therewith.

The Company or the Trustee shall not be required to exchange or register a transfer of any Debenture for a period of 15 days next preceding the date of selection of Debentures for redemption.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Debentures may not be transferred except in compliance with the restricted securities legend set forth below, unless otherwise determined by the Company, upon the advice of counsel expert in securities law, in accordance with applicable law:

THIS SECURITY IS NOT A SAVINGS ACCOUNT OR DEPOSIT AND IT IS NOT INSURED BY THE UNITED STATES OR ANY AGENCY OR FUND OF THE UNITED STATES, INCLUDING THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION.

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAW. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A SO LONG AS THIS SECURITY IS ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144A, (D) TO A NON-U.S. PERSON IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 (AS APPLICABLE) OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (A) OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO IT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INDENTURE, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE COMPANY.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF ALSO AGREES, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”) (EACH A “PLAN”), OR AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” BY REASON OF ANY PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY, AND NO PERSON INVESTING “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY PLAN MAY ACQUIRE OR HOLD THE SECURITIES OR ANY

 

10


INTEREST THEREIN, UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER OR HOLDER IS ELIGIBLE FOR EXEMPTIVE RELIEF AVAILABLE UNDER U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR PROHIBITED TRANSACTION CLASS EXEMPTION 96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1 OR 84-14 OR ANOTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTION OR ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY IS NOT PROHIBITED BY SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE WITH RESPECT TO SUCH PURCHASE OR HOLDING. ANY PURCHASER OR HOLDER OF THE SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED BY ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING THEREOF THAT EITHER (i) IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 3(3) OF ERISA, OR A PLAN TO WHICH SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE IS APPLICABLE, A TRUSTEE OR OTHER PERSON ACTING ON BEHALF OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY USING THE ASSETS OF ANY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN TO FINANCE SUCH PURCHASE, OR (ii) SUCH PURCHASE WILL NOT RESULT IN A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE FOR WHICH THERE IS NO APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE EXEMPTION.

THIS SECURITY WILL BE ISSUED AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN BLOCKS HAVING AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOT LESS THAN $100,000.00 AND MULTIPLES OF $1,000.00 IN EXCESS THEREOF. ANY ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY IN A BLOCK HAVING AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF LESS THAN $100,000.00 SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE VOID AND OF NO LEGAL EFFECT WHATSOEVER.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY AGREES THAT IT WILL COMPLY WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

Section 2.6. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Debentures .  In case any Debenture shall become mutilated or be destroyed, lost or stolen, the Company shall execute, and upon its written request the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, a new Debenture bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding, in exchange and substitution for the mutilated Debenture, or in lieu of and in substitution for the Debenture so destroyed, lost or stolen. In every case the applicant for a substituted Debenture shall furnish to the Company and the Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless, and, in every case of destruction, loss or theft, the applicant shall also furnish to the Company and the Trustee evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of such Debenture and of the ownership thereof.

The Trustee may authenticate any such substituted Debenture and deliver the same upon the written request or authorization of any officer of the Company. Upon the issuance of any substituted Debenture, the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses connected therewith. In case any Debenture which has matured or is about to mature or has been called for redemption in full shall become mutilated or be destroyed, lost or stolen, the Company may, instead of issuing a substitute Debenture, pay or authorize the payment of the same (without surrender thereof except in the case of a mutilated Debenture) if the applicant for such payment shall furnish to the Company and the Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless and, in case of destruction, loss or theft, evidence satisfactory to the Company and to the Trustee of the destruction, loss or theft of such Debenture and of the ownership thereof.

Every substituted Debenture issued pursuant to the provisions of this Section 2.6 by virtue of the fact that any such Debenture is destroyed, lost or stolen shall constitute an additional contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Debenture shall be found at any time, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all

 

11


other Debentures duly issued hereunder. All Debentures shall be held and owned upon the express condition that, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the foregoing provisions are exclusive with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Debentures and shall preclude any and all other rights or remedies notwithstanding any law or statute existing or hereafter enacted to the contrary with respect to the replacement or payment of negotiable instruments or other securities without their surrender.

Section 2.7. Temporary Debentures .  Pending the preparation of definitive Debentures, the Company may execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery temporary Debentures that are typed, printed or lithographed. Temporary Debentures shall be issuable in any authorized denomination, and substantially in the form of the definitive Debentures in lieu of which they are issued but with such omissions, insertions and variations as may be appropriate for temporary Debentures, all as may be determined by the Company. Every such temporary Debenture shall be executed by the Company and be authenticated by the Trustee upon the same conditions and in substantially the same manner, and with the same effect, as the definitive Debentures. Without unreasonable delay the Company will execute and deliver to the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent definitive Debentures and thereupon any or all temporary Debentures may be surrendered in exchange therefor, at the principal corporate trust office of the Trustee or at any office or agency maintained by the Company for such purpose as provided in Section 3.2, and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and make available for delivery in exchange for such temporary Debentures a like aggregate principal amount of such definitive Debentures. Such exchange shall be made by the Company at its own expense and without any charge therefor except that in case of any such exchange involving a registration of transfer the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax, fee or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto. Until so exchanged, the temporary Debentures shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Debentures authenticated and delivered hereunder.

Section 2.8. Payment of Interest and Additional Interest .  Interest at the Interest Rate and any Additional Interest on any Debenture that is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date for Debentures shall be paid to the Person in whose name said Debenture (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the regular record date for such interest installment except that interest and any Additional Interest payable on the Maturity Date shall be paid to the Person to whom principal is paid.

Each Debenture shall bear interest for the period beginning on (and including) the date of original issuance and ending on (but excluding) December 17, 2003 at a rate per annum of 4.09%, and shall bear interest for each successive period beginning on (and including) December 17, 2003, and each succeeding Interest Payment Date, and ending on (but excluding) the next succeeding Interest Payment Date (each, a “ Distribution Period ”) at a rate per annum equal to the 3-Month LIBOR, determined as described in Section 2.10, plus 2.95% (the “ Coupon Rate ”), applied to the principal amount thereof, until the principal thereof becomes due and payable, and on any overdue principal and to the extent that payment of such interest is enforceable under applicable law (without duplication) on any overdue installment of interest (including Additional Interest) at the Interest Rate in effect for each applicable period compounded quarterly. Interest shall be payable (subject to any relevant Extension Period) quarterly in arrears on each Interest Payment Date with the first installment of interest to be paid on December 17, 2003.

Any interest on any Debenture, including Additional Interest, that is payable, but is not punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date (herein called “ Defaulted Interest ”) shall forthwith cease to be payable to the registered holder on the relevant regular record date by virtue of having been such holder; and such Defaulted Interest shall be paid by the Company to the Persons in whose names such Debentures (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered at the close of

 

12


business on a special record date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner: the Company shall notify the Trustee in writing at least 25 days prior to the date of the proposed payment of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each such Debenture and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this clause provided. Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a special record date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest which shall not be more than 15 nor less than 10 days prior to the date of the proposed payment and not less than 10 days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of such special record date and, in the name and at the expense of the Company, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the special record date therefor to be mailed, first class postage prepaid, to each Securityholder at its address as it appears in the Debenture Register, not less than 10 days prior to such special record date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the special record date therefor having been mailed as aforesaid, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid to the Persons in whose names such Debentures (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered on such special record date and shall be no longer payable.

The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest on any Debentures in any other lawful manner after notice given by the Company to the Trustee of the proposed payment method; provided , however , the Trustee in its sole discretion deems such payment method to be practical.

Any interest (including Additional Interest) scheduled to become payable on an Interest Payment Date occurring during an Extension Period shall not be Defaulted Interest and shall be payable on such other date as may be specified in the terms of such Debentures.

The term “regular record date” as used in this Section shall mean the close of business on the 15 th calendar day next preceding the applicable Interest Payment Date.

Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section, each Debenture delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Debenture shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, that were carried by such other Debenture.

Section 2.9. Cancellation of Debentures Paid, etc .  All Debentures surrendered for the purpose of payment, redemption, exchange or registration of transfer, shall, if surrendered to the Company or any paying agent, be surrendered to the Trustee and promptly canceled by it, or, if surrendered to the Trustee or any Authenticating Agent, shall be promptly canceled by it, and no Debentures shall be issued in lieu thereof except as expressly permitted by any of the provisions of this Indenture. All Debentures canceled by any Authenticating Agent shall be delivered to the Trustee. The Trustee shall destroy all canceled Debentures unless the Company otherwise directs the Trustee in writing. If the Company shall acquire any of the Debentures, however, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the indebtedness represented by such Debentures unless and until the same are surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation.

Section 2.10. Computation of Interest .  The amount of interest payable for each Distribution Period will be calculated by applying the Interest Rate to the principal amount outstanding at the commencement of the Distribution Period and multiplying each such amount by the actual number of days in the Distribution Period concerned divided by 360. All percentages resulting from any calculations on the Debentures will be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point, with five one-millionths of a percentage point rounded upward (e.g., 9.876545% (or .09876545) being rounded to 9.87655% (or .0987655), and all dollar amounts used in or resulting from such calculation will be rounded to the nearest cent (with one-half cent being rounded upward)).

 

13


(a) “ 3-Month LIBOR ” means the London interbank offered interest rate for three-month, U.S. dollar deposits determined by the Trustee in the following order of priority:

(1) the rate (expressed as a percentage per annum) for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity that appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date (as defined below). “Telerate Page 3750” means the display designated as “Page 3750” on the Dow Jones Telerate Service or such other page as may replace Page 3750 on that service or such other service or services as may be nominated by the British Bankers’ Association as the information vendor for the purpose of displaying London interbank offered rates for U.S. dollar deposits;

(2) if such rate cannot be identified on the related Determination Date, the Trustee will request the principal London offices of four leading banks in the London interbank market to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to prime banks in the London interbank market for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such Determination Date. If at least two quotations are provided, 3-Month LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations;

(3) if fewer than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause (2) above, the Trustee will request four major New York City banks to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to leading European banks for loans in U.S. dollars as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such Determination Date. If at least two such quotations are provided, 3-Month LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations; and

(4) if fewer than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause (3) above, 3-Month LIBOR will be a 3-Month LIBOR determined with respect to the Distribution Period immediately preceding such current Distribution Period.

If the rate for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity that initially appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date is superseded on the Telerate Page 3750 by a corrected rate by 12:00 noon (London time) on such Determination Date, then the corrected rate as so substituted on the applicable page will be the applicable 3-Month LIBOR for such Determination Date.

(b) The Interest Rate for any Distribution Period will at no time be higher than the maximum rate then permitted by New York law as the same may be modified by United States law.

(c) “ Determination Date ” means the date that is two London Banking Days (i.e., a business day in which dealings in deposits in U.S. dollars are transacted in the London interbank market) preceding the particular Distribution Period for which a Coupon Rate is being determined.

(d) The Trustee shall notify the Company, the Institutional Trustee and any securities exchange or interdealer quotation system on which the Capital Securities are listed, of the Coupon Rate and the Determination Date for each Distribution Period, in each case as soon as practicable after the determination thereof but in no event later than the thirtieth (30th) day of the relevant Distribution Period. Failure to notify the Company, the Institutional Trustee or any securities exchange or interdealer quotation system, or any defect in said notice, shall not affect the obligation of the Company to make payment on the Debentures at the applicable Coupon Rate. Any error in the calculation of the Coupon Rate by the Trustee may be corrected at any time by notice delivered as above provided. Upon the request of a holder of a Debenture, the Trustee shall provide the Coupon Rate then in effect and, if determined, the Coupon Rate for the next Distribution Period.

 

14


(e) Subject to the corrective rights set forth above, all certificates, communications, opinions, determinations, calculations, quotations and decisions given, expressed, made or obtained for the purposes of the provisions relating to the payment and calculation of interest on the Debentures and distributions on the Capital Securities by the Trustee or the Institutional Trustee will (in the absence of willful default, bad faith and manifest error) be final, conclusive and binding on the Trust, the Company and all of the holders of the Debentures and the Capital Securities, and no liability shall (in the absence of willful default, bad faith or manifest error) attach to the Trustee or the Institutional Trustee in connection with the exercise or non-exercise by either of them or their respective powers, duties and discretion.

Section 2.11. Extension of Interest Payment Period .  So long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Company shall have the right, from time to time, and without causing an Event of Default, to defer payments of interest on the Debentures by extending the interest payment period on the Debentures at any time and from time to time during the term of the Debentures, for up to 20 consecutive quarterly periods (each such extended interest payment period, an “ Extension Period ”), during which Extension Period no interest (including Additional Interest) shall be due and payable (except any Additional Sums that may be due and payable). No Extension Period may end on a date other than an Interest Payment Date. During an Extension Period, interest will continue to accrue on the Debentures, and interest on such accrued interest will accrue at an annual rate equal to the Interest Rate in effect for such Extension Period, compounded quarterly from the date such interest would have been payable were it not for the Extension Period, to the extent permitted by law (such interest referred to herein as “ Additional Interest ”). At the end of any such Extension Period the Company shall pay all interest then accrued and unpaid on the Debentures (together with Additional Interest thereon); provided , however , that no Extension Period may extend beyond the Maturity Date; provided further , however , that during any such Extension Period, the Company shall not and shall not permit any Affiliate to (i) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire, or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of the Company’s or such Affiliate’s capital stock (other than payments of dividends or distributions to the Company or payments of dividends from direct or indirect subsidiaries of the Company to their parent corporations, which also shall be direct or indirect subsidiaries of the Company) or make any guarantee payments with respect to the foregoing or (ii) make any payment of principal of or interest or premium, if any, on or repay, repurchase or redeem any debt securities of the Company or any Affiliate that rank pari passu in all respects with or junior in interest to the Debentures (other than, with respect to clauses (i) or (ii) above, (a) repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of shares of capital stock of the Company in connection with any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants, in connection with a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock purchase plan or in connection with the issuance of capital stock of the Company (or securities convertible into or exercisable for such capital stock) as consideration in an acquisition transaction entered into prior to the applicable Extension Period, (b) as a result of any exchange or conversion of any class or series of the Company’s capital stock (or any capital stock of a subsidiary of the Company) for any class or series of the Company’s capital stock or of any class or series of the Company’s indebtedness for any class or series of the Company’s capital stock, (c) the purchase of fractional interests in shares of the Company’s capital stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such capital stock or the security being converted or exchanged, (d) any declaration of a dividend in connection with any stockholders’ rights plan, or the issuance of rights, stock or other property under any stockholders’ rights plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto, (e) any dividend in the form of stock, warrants, options or other rights where the dividend stock or the stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants, options or other rights is the same stock as that on which the dividend is being paid or ranks pari passu with or junior to such stock and any cash payments in lieu of fractional shares issued in connection therewith, (f) payments of principal or interest on debt

 

15


securities or payments of cash dividends or distributions on any capital stock issued by an Affiliate that is not, in whole or in part, a subsidiary of the Company (or any redemptions, repurchases or liquidation payments on such stock or securities), or (g) payments under the Capital Securities Guarantee). Prior to the termination of any Extension Period, the Company may further extend such period, provided that such period together with all such previous and further consecutive extensions thereof shall not exceed 20 consecutive quarterly periods, or extend beyond the Maturity Date. Upon the termination of any Extension Period and upon the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, the Company may commence a new Extension Period, subject to the foregoing requirements. No interest or Additional Interest shall be due and payable during an Extension Period, except at the end thereof, but each installment of interest that would otherwise have been due and payable during such Extension Period shall bear Additional Interest to the extent permitted by applicable law. The Company must give the Trustee notice of its election to begin or extend an Extension Period at least 5 Business Days prior to the regular record date (as such term is used in Section 2.8) immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date with respect to which interest on the Debentures would have been payable except for the election to begin or extend such Extension Period. The Trustee shall give notice of the Company’s election to begin a new Extension Period to the Securityholders.

Section 2.12. CUSIP Numbers .  The Company in issuing the Debentures may use “CUSIP” numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Securityholders; provided , however , that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Debentures or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Debentures, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the CUSIP numbers.

ARTICLE III.

PARTICULAR COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

Section 3.1. Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest; Agreed Treatment of the Debentures .

(a) The Company covenants and agrees that it will duly pay or cause to be paid the principal of and premium, if any, and interest and any Additional Interest and other payments on the Debentures at the place, at the respective times and in the manner provided in this Indenture and the Debentures. Each installment of interest on the Debentures may be paid (i) by mailing checks for such interest payable to the order of the holders of Debentures entitled thereto as they appear on the registry books of the Company if a request for a wire transfer has not been received by the Company or (ii) by wire transfer to any account with a banking institution located in the United States designated in writing by such Person to the paying agent no later than the related record date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as the holder of this Debenture is the Institutional Trustee, the payment of the principal of and interest on this Debenture will be made in immediately available funds at such place and to such account as may be designated by the Institutional Trustee.

(b) Subject to applicable law, the Company will treat the Debentures as indebtedness, and the amounts payable in respect of the principal amount of such Debentures as interest, for all United States federal income tax purposes. All payments in respect of such Debentures will be made free and clear of United States withholding tax to any beneficial owner thereof that has provided an Internal Revenue Service Form W8 BEN (or any substitute or successor form) establishing its non-United States status for United States federal income tax purposes.

 

16


(c) As of the date of this Indenture, the Company has no present intention to exercise its right under Section 2.11 to defer payments of interest on the Debentures by commencing an Extension Period.

(d) As of the date of this Indenture, the Company believes that the likelihood that it would exercise its right under Section 2.11 to defer payments of interest on the Debentures by commencing an Extension Period at any time during which the Debentures are outstanding is remote because of the restrictions that would be imposed on the Company’s ability to declare or pay dividends or distributions on, or to redeem, purchase or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of its outstanding equity and on the Company’s ability to make any payments of principal of or interest on, or repurchase or redeem, any of its debt securities that rank pari passu in all respects with (or junior in interest to) the Debentures.

Section 3.2. Offices for Notices and Payments, etc .  So long as any of the Debentures remain outstanding, the Company will maintain in Hartford, Connecticut, an office or agency where the Debentures may be presented for payment, an office or agency where the Debentures may be presented for registration of transfer and for exchange as in this Indenture provided and an office or agency where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Debentures or of this Indenture may be served. The Company will give to the Trustee written notice of the location of any such office or agency and of any change of location thereof. Until otherwise designated from time to time by the Company in a notice to the Trustee, or specified as contemplated by Section 2.5, such office or agency for all of the above purposes shall be the office or agency of the Trustee. In case the Company shall fail to maintain any such office or agency in Hartford, Connecticut, or shall fail to give such notice of the location or of any change in the location thereof, presentations and demands may be made and notices may be served at the Principal Office of the Trustee.

In addition to any such office or agency, the Company may from time to time designate one or more offices or agencies outside Hartford, Connecticut, where the Debentures may be presented for registration of transfer and for exchange in the manner provided in this Indenture, and the Company may from time to time rescind such designation, as the Company may deem desirable or expedient; provided , however , that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain any such office or agency in Hartford, Connecticut, for the purposes above mentioned. The Company will give to the Trustee prompt written notice of any such designation or rescission thereof.

Section 3.3. Appointments to Fill Vacancies in Trustee’s Office .  The Company, whenever necessary to avoid or fill a vacancy in the office of Trustee, will appoint, in the manner provided in Section 6.9, a Trustee, so that there shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder.

Section 3.4. Provision as to Paying Agent .

(a) If the Company shall appoint a paying agent other than the Trustee, it will cause such paying agent to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provision of this Section 3.4,

(1) that it will hold all sums held by it as such agent for the payment of the principal of and premium, if any, or interest, if any, on the Debentures (whether such sums have been paid to it by the Company or by any other obligor on the Debentures) in trust for the benefit of the holders of the Debentures;

(2) that it will give the Trustee prompt written notice of any failure by the Company (or by any other obligor on the Debentures) to make any payment of the principal of and premium, if any, or interest, if any, on the Debentures when the same shall be due and payable; and

 

17


(3) that it will, at any time during the continuance of any Event of Default, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held in trust by such paying agent.

(b) If the Company shall act as its own paying agent, it will, on or before each due date of the principal of and premium, if any, or interest or other payments, if any, on the Debentures, set aside, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the holders of the Debentures a sum sufficient to pay such principal, premium, interest or other payments so becoming due and will notify the Trustee in writing of any failure to take such action and of any failure by the Company (or by any other obligor under the Debentures) to make any payment of the principal of and premium, if any, or interest or other payments, if any, on the Debentures when the same shall become due and payable.

Whenever the Company shall have one or more paying agents for the Debentures, it will, on or prior to each due date of the principal of and premium, if any, or interest, if any, on the Debentures, deposit with a paying agent a sum sufficient to pay the principal, premium, interest or other payments so becoming due, such sum to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto and (unless such paying agent is the Trustee) the Company shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of its action or failure to act.

(c) Anything in this Section 3.4 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company may, at any time, for the purpose of obtaining a satisfaction and discharge with respect to the Debentures, or for any other reason, pay, or direct any paying agent to pay to the Trustee all sums held in trust by the Company or any such paying agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the trusts herein contained.

(d) Anything in this Section 3.4 to the contrary notwithstanding, the agreement to hold sums in trust as provided in this Section 3.4 is subject to Sections 12.3 and 12.4.

Section 3.5. Certificate to Trustee .  The Company will deliver to the Trustee on or before 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, so long as Debentures are outstanding hereunder, a Certificate stating that in the course of the performance by the signers of their duties as officers of the Company they would normally have knowledge of any default during such fiscal year by the Company in the performance of any covenants contained herein, stating whether or not they have knowledge of any such default and, if so, specifying each such default of which the signers have knowledge and the nature and status thereof.

Section 3.6. Additional Sums .  If and for so long as the Trust is the holder of all Debentures and the Trust is required to pay any additional taxes (including withholding taxes), duties, assessments or other governmental charges as a result of a Tax Event, the Company will pay such additional amounts (“ Additional Sums ”) on the Debentures as shall be required so that the net amounts received and retained by the Trust after paying taxes (including withholding taxes), duties, assessments or other governmental charges will be equal to the amounts the Trust would have received if no such taxes, duties, assessments or other governmental charges had been imposed. Whenever in this Indenture or the Debentures there is a reference in any context to the payment of principal of or interest on the Debentures, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of payments of the Additional Sums provided for in this paragraph to the extent that, in such context, Additional Sums are, were or would be payable in respect thereof pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph and express mention of the payment of Additional Sums (if applicable) in any provisions hereof shall not be construed as excluding Additional Sums in those provisions hereof where such express mention is not made; provided , however , that the deferral of the payment of interest during an Extension Period pursuant to Section 2.11 shall not defer the payment of any Additional Sums that may be due and payable.

 

18


Section 3.7. Compliance with Consolidation Provisions .  The Company will not, while any of the Debentures remain outstanding, consolidate with, or merge into, or merge into itself, or sell or convey all or substantially all of its property to any other Person unless the provisions of Article XI hereof are complied with.

Section 3.8. Limitation on Dividends .  If Debentures are initially issued to the Trust or a trustee of such Trust in connection with the issuance of Trust Securities by the Trust (regardless of whether Debentures continue to be held by such Trust) and (i) there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default, (ii) the Company shall be in default with respect to its payment of any obligations under the Capital Securities Guarantee, or (iii) the Company shall have given notice of its election to defer payments of interest on the Debentures by extending the interest payment period as provided herein and such Extension Period, or any extension thereof, shall be continuing, then the Company shall not, and shall not allow any Affiliate of the Company to, (x) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire, or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of the Company’s capital stock or its Affiliates’ capital stock (other than payments of dividends or distributions to the Company or payments of dividends from direct or indirect subsidiaries of the Company to their parent corporations, which also shall be direct or indirect subsidiaries of the Company) or make any guarantee payments with respect to the foregoing or (y) make any payment of principal of or interest or premium, if any, on or repay, repurchase or redeem any debt securities of the Company or any Affiliate that rank pari passu in all respects with or junior in interest to the Debentures (other than, with respect to clauses (x) and (y) above, (1) repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of shares of capital stock of the Company in connection with any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants, in connection with a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock purchase plan or in connection with the issuance of capital stock of the Company (or securities convertible into or exercisable for such capital stock) as consideration in an acquisition transaction entered into prior to the applicable Extension Period, if any, (2) as a result of any exchange or conversion of any class or series of the Company’s capital stock (or any capital stock of a subsidiary of the Company) for any class or series of the Company’s capital stock or of any class or series of the Company’s indebtedness for any class or series of the Company’s capital stock, (3) the purchase of fractional interests in shares of the Company’s capital stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such capital stock or the security being converted or exchanged, (4) any declaration of a dividend in connection with any stockholders’ rights plan, or the issuance of rights, stock or other property under any stockholders’ rights plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto, (5) any dividend in the form of stock, warrants, options or other rights where the dividend stock or the stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants, options or other rights is the same stock as that on which the dividend is being paid or ranks pari passu with or junior to such stock and any cash payments in lieu of fractional shares issued in connection therewith, (6) payments of principal or interest on debt securities or payments of cash dividends or distributions on any capital stock issued by an Affiliate that is not, in whole or in part, a subsidiary of the Company (or any redemptions, repurchases or liquidation payments on such stock or securities), or (7) payments under the Capital Securities Guarantee).

Section 3.9. Covenants as to the Trust .  For so long as the Trust Securities remain outstanding, the Company shall maintain 100% ownership of the Common Securities; provided , however , that any permitted successor of the Company under this Indenture may succeed to the Company’s ownership of such Common Securities. The Company, as owner of the Common Securities, shall, except in connection with a distribution of Debentures to the holders of Trust Securities in liquidation of the Trust, the redemption of all of the Trust Securities or certain mergers, consolidations or amalgamations, each as permitted by the Declaration, cause the Trust (a) to remain a statutory trust, (b) to otherwise continue to be classified as a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes, and (c) to cause each holder of Trust Securities to be treated as owning an undivided beneficial interest in the Debentures.

 

19


Section 3.10. Additional Junior Indebtedness .  The Company shall not, and it shall not cause or permit any Subsidiary of the Company to, incur, issue or be obligated on any Additional Junior Indebtedness, either directly or indirectly, by way of guarantee, suretyship or otherwise, other than Additional Junior Indebtedness (i) that, by its terms, is expressly stated to be either junior and subordinate or pari passu in all respects to the Debentures, and (ii) of which the Company has notified (and, if then required under the applicable guidelines of the regulating entity, has received approval from) the Federal Reserve, if the Company is a bank holding company, or the OTS, if the Company is a savings and loan holding company.

ARTICLE IV.

SECURITYHOLDERS’ LISTS AND REPORTS

BY THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE

Section 4.1. Securityholders’ Lists .  The Company covenants and agrees that it will furnish or caused to be furnished to the Trustee:

(a) on each regular record date for the Debentures, a list, in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Securityholders of the Debentures as of such record date; and

(b) at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, within 30 days after the receipt by the Company of any such request, a list of similar form and content as of a date not more than 15 days prior to the time such list is furnished;

except that no such lists need be furnished under this Section 4.1 so long as the Trustee is in possession thereof by reason of its acting as Debenture registrar.

Section 4.2. Preservation and Disclosure of Lists .

(a) The Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably practicable, all information as to the names and addresses of the holders of Debentures (1) contained in the most recent list furnished to it as provided in Section 4.1 or (2) received by it in the capacity of Debentures registrar (if so acting) hereunder. The Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided in Section 4.1 upon receipt of a new list so furnished.

(b) In case three or more holders of Debentures (hereinafter referred to as “applicants”) apply in writing to the Trustee and furnish to the Trustee reasonable proof that each such applicant has owned a Debenture for a period of at least 6 months preceding the date of such application, and such application states that the applicants desire to communicate with other holders of Debentures with respect to their rights under this Indenture or under such Debentures and is accompanied by a copy of the form of proxy or other communication which such applicants propose to transmit, then the Trustee shall within 5 Business Days after the receipt of such application, at its election, either:

(1) afford such applicants access to the information preserved at the time by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of subsection (a) of this Section 4.2, or

(2) inform such applicants as to the approximate number of holders of Debentures whose names and addresses appear in the information preserved at the time by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of subsection (a) of this Section 4.2, and as to the approximate cost of mailing to such Securityholders the form of proxy or other communication, if any, specified in such application.

 

20


If the Trustee shall elect not to afford such applicants access to such information, the Trustee shall, upon the written request of such applicants, mail to each Securityholder whose name and address appear in the information preserved at the time by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of subsection (a) of this Section 4.2 a copy of the form of proxy or other communication which is specified in such request with reasonable promptness after a tender to the Trustee of the material to be mailed and of payment, or provision for the payment, of the reasonable expenses of mailing, unless within five days after such tender, the Trustee shall mail to such applicants and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, if permitted or required by applicable law, together with a copy of the material to be mailed, a written statement to the effect that, in the opinion of the Trustee, such mailing would be contrary to the best interests of the holders of all Debentures, as the case may be, or would be in violation of applicable law. Such written statement shall specify the basis of such opinion. If said Commission, as permitted or required by applicable law, after opportunity for a hearing upon the objections specified in the written statement so filed, shall enter an order refusing to sustain any of such objections or if, after the entry of an order sustaining one or more of such objections, said Commission shall find, after notice and opportunity for hearing, that all the objections so sustained have been met and shall enter an order so declaring, the Trustee shall mail copies of such material to all such Securityholders with reasonable promptness after the entry of such order and the renewal of such tender; otherwise the Trustee shall be relieved of any obligation or duty to such applicants respecting their application.

(c) Each and every holder of Debentures, by receiving and holding the same, agrees with Company and the Trustee that neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any paying agent shall be held accountable by reason of the disclosure of any such information as to the names and addresses of the holders of Debentures in accordance with the provisions of subsection (b) of this Section 4.2, regardless of the source from which such information was derived, and that the Trustee shall not be held accountable by reason of mailing any material pursuant to a request made under said subsection (b).

ARTICLE V.

REMEDIES OF THE TRUSTEE AND SECURITYHOLDERS

UPON AN EVENT OF DEFAULT

Section 5.1. Events of Default . “Event of Default,” wherever used herein, means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):

(a) the Company defaults in the payment of any interest upon any Debenture when it becomes due and payable, and fails to cure such default for a period of 30 days; provided , however , that a valid extension of an interest payment period by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Indenture shall not constitute a default in the payment of interest for this purpose; or

(b) the Company defaults in the payment of all or any part of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Debentures as and when the same shall become due and payable either at maturity, upon redemption, by declaration of acceleration or otherwise; or

(c) the Company defaults in the performance of, or breaches, any of its covenants or agreements in this Indenture or in the terms of the Debentures established as contemplated in this Indenture (other than a covenant or agreement a default in whose performance or whose breach is elsewhere in this Section specifically dealt with), and continuance of such default or breach for a period of 60 days after there has been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Debentures, a written notice specifying such default or breach and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” hereunder; or

 

21


(d) a court of competent jurisdiction shall enter a decree or order for relief in respect of the Company in an involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator (or similar official) of the Company or for any substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding-up or liquidation of its affairs and such decree or order shall remain unstayed and in effect for a period of 90 consecutive days; or

(e) the Company shall commence a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, shall consent to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, or shall consent to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator (or other similar official) of the Company or of any substantial part of its property, or shall make any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall fail generally to pay its debts as they become due; or

(f) the Trust shall have voluntarily or involuntarily liquidated, dissolved, wound-up its business or otherwise terminated its existence except in connection with (i) the distribution of the Debentures to holders of such Trust Securities in liquidation of their interests in the Trust, (ii) the redemption of all of the outstanding Trust Securities or (iii) certain mergers, consolidations or amalgamations, each as permitted by the Declaration.

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing with respect to the Debentures, then, and in each and every such case, unless the principal of the Debentures shall have already become due and payable, either the Trustee or the holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures then outstanding hereunder, by notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by Securityholders), may declare the entire principal of the Debentures and the interest accrued thereon, if any, to be due and payable immediately, and upon any such declaration the same shall become immediately due and payable.

The foregoing provisions, however, are subject to the condition that if, at any time after the principal of the Debentures shall have been so declared due and payable, and before any judgment or decree for the payment of the moneys due shall have been obtained or entered as hereinafter provided, (i) the Company shall pay or shall deposit with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay all matured installments of interest upon all the Debentures and the principal of and premium, if any, on the Debentures which shall have become due otherwise than by acceleration (with interest upon such principal and premium, if any, and Additional Interest) and such amount as shall be sufficient to cover reasonable compensation to the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee, their respective agents, attorneys and counsel, and all other amounts due to the Trustee pursuant to Section 6.6, if any, and (ii) all Events of Default under this Indenture, other than the non-payment of the principal of or premium, if any, on Debentures which shall have become due by acceleration, shall have been cured, waived or otherwise remedied as provided herein — then and in every such case the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures then outstanding, by written notice to the Company and to the Trustee, may waive all defaults and rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences, but no such waiver or rescission and annulment shall extend to or shall affect any subsequent default or shall impair any right consequent thereon.

In case the Trustee shall have proceeded to enforce any right under this Indenture and such proceedings shall have been discontinued or abandoned because of such rescission or annulment or for any other reason or shall have been determined adversely to the Trustee, then and in every such case the Company, the Trustee and the holders of the Debentures shall be restored respectively to their several positions and rights hereunder, and all rights, remedies and powers of the Company, the Trustee and the holders of the Debentures shall continue as though no such proceeding had been taken.

 

22


Section 5.2. Payment of Debentures on Default; Suit Therefor .  The Company covenants that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default pursuant to Section 5.1(a) or Section 5.1(b) then, upon demand of the Trustee, the Company will pay to the Trustee, for the benefit of the holders of the Debentures the whole amount that then shall have become due and payable on all Debentures for principal and premium, if any, or interest, or both, as the case may be, with Additional Interest accrued on the Debentures (to the extent that payment of such interest is enforceable under applicable law and, if the Debentures are held by the Trust or a trustee of such Trust, without duplication of any other amounts paid by the Trust or a trustee in respect thereof); and, in addition thereto, such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including a reasonable compensation to the Trustee, its agents, attorneys and counsel, and any other amounts due to the Trustee under Section 6.6. In case the Company shall fail forthwith to pay such amounts upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, shall be entitled and empowered to institute any actions or proceedings at law or in equity for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, and may prosecute any such action or proceeding to judgment or final decree, and may enforce any such judgment or final decree against the Company or any other obligor on such Debentures and collect in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Company or any other obligor on such Debentures wherever situated the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable.

In case there shall be pending proceedings for the bankruptcy or for the reorganization of the Company or any other obligor on the Debentures under Bankruptcy Law, or in case a receiver or trustee shall have been appointed for the property of the Company or such other obligor, or in the case of any other similar judicial proceedings relative to the Company or other obligor upon the Debentures, or to the creditors or property of the Company or such other obligor, the Trustee, irrespective of whether the principal of the Debentures shall then be due and payable as therein expressed or by declaration of acceleration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Trustee shall have made any demand pursuant to the provisions of this Section 5.2, shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceedings or otherwise,

 

  (i) to file and prove a claim or claims for the whole amount of principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Debentures,

 

  (ii) in case of any judicial proceedings, to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for reasonable compensation to the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee, and their respective agents, attorneys and counsel, and for reimbursement of all other amounts due to the Trustee under Section 6.6), and of the Securityholders allowed in such judicial proceedings relative to the Company or any other obligor on the Debentures, or to the creditors or property of the Company or such other obligor, unless prohibited by applicable law and regulations, to vote on behalf of the holders of the Debentures in any election of a trustee or a standby trustee in arrangement, reorganization, liquidation or other bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings or Person performing similar functions in comparable proceedings,

 

  (iii) to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims, and

 

  (iv) to distribute the same after the deduction of its charges and expenses.

Any receiver, assignee or trustee in bankruptcy or reorganization is hereby authorized by each of the Securityholders to make such payments to the Trustee, and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Securityholders, to pay to the Trustee such amounts as shall be sufficient to cover reasonable compensation to the Trustee, each predecessor Trustee and their respective agents, attorneys and counsel, and all other amounts due to the Trustee under Section 6.6.

 

23


Nothing herein contained shall be construed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Securityholder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Debentures or the rights of any holder thereof or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Securityholder in any such proceeding.

All rights of action and of asserting claims under this Indenture, or under any of the Debentures, may be enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Debentures, or the production thereof at any trial or other proceeding relative thereto, and any such suit or proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall be for the ratable benefit of the holders of the Debentures.

In any proceedings brought by the Trustee (and also any proceedings involving the interpretation of any provision of this Indenture to which the Trustee shall be a party), the Trustee shall be held to represent all the holders of the Debentures, and it shall not be necessary to make any holders of the Debentures parties to any such proceedings.

Section 5.3. Application of Moneys Collected by Trustee .  Any moneys collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article V shall be applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee for the distribution of such moneys, upon presentation of the several Debentures in respect of which moneys have been collected, and stamping thereon the payment, if only partially paid, and upon surrender thereof if fully paid:

First: To the payment of costs and expenses incurred by, and reasonable fees of, the Trustee, its agents, attorneys and counsel, and of all other amounts due to the Trustee under Section 6.6;

Second: To the payment of all Senior Indebtedness of the Company if and to the extent required by Article XV;

Third: To the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid upon Debentures for principal (and premium, if any), and interest on the Debentures, in respect of which or for the benefit of which money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due on such Debentures (including Additional Interest); and

Fourth: The balance, if any, to the Company.

Section 5.4. Proceedings by Securityholders .  No holder of any Debenture shall have any right to institute any suit, action or proceeding for any remedy hereunder, unless such holder previously shall have given to the Trustee written notice of an Event of Default with respect to the Debentures and unless the holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures then outstanding shall have given the Trustee a written request to institute such action, suit or proceeding and shall have offered to the Trustee such reasonable indemnity as it may require against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred thereby, and the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity shall have failed to institute any such action, suit or proceeding.

Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Indenture, however, the right of any holder of any Debenture to receive payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest, on such Debenture when due, or to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such holder and by accepting a Debenture hereunder it is expressly understood, intended and covenanted by the taker and holder of every Debenture with every other such taker and holder and the

 

24


Trustee, that no one or more holders of Debentures shall have any right in any manner whatsoever by virtue or by availing itself of any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of the holders of any other Debentures, or to obtain or seek to obtain priority over or preference to any other such holder, or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal, ratable and common benefit of all holders of Debentures. For the protection and enforcement of the provisions of this Section, each and every Securityholder and the Trustee shall be entitled to such relief as can be given either at law or in equity.

Section 5.5. Proceedings by Trustee .  In case of an Event of Default hereunder the Trustee may in its discretion proceed to protect and enforce the rights vested in it by this Indenture by such appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any of such rights, either by suit in equity or by action at law or by proceeding in bankruptcy or otherwise, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement contained in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted in this Indenture, or to enforce any other legal or equitable right vested in the Trustee by this Indenture or by law.

Section 5.6. Remedies Cumulative and Continuing; Delay or Omission Not a Waiver .  Except as otherwise provided in Section 2.6, all powers and remedies given by this Article V to the Trustee or to the Securityholders shall, to the extent permitted by law, be deemed cumulative and not exclusive of any other powers and remedies available to the Trustee or the holders of the Debentures, by judicial proceedings or otherwise, to enforce the performance or observance of the covenants and agreements contained in this Indenture or otherwise established with respect to the Debentures, and no delay or omission of the Trustee or of any holder of any of the Debentures to exercise any right, remedy or power accruing upon any Event of Default occurring and continuing as aforesaid shall impair any such right, remedy or power, or shall be construed to be a waiver of any such default or an acquiescence therein; and, subject to the provisions of Section 5.4, every power and remedy given by this Article V or by law to the Trustee or to the Securityholders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as shall be deemed expedient, by the Trustee (in accordance with its duties under Section 6.1) or by the Securityholders.

Section 5.7. Direction of Proceedings and Waiver of Defaults by Majority of Securityholders .  The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures affected (voting as one class) at the time outstanding shall have the right to direct the time, method, and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee with respect to such Debentures; provided , however , that (subject to the provisions of Section 6.1) the Trustee shall have the right to decline to follow any such direction if the Trustee shall determine that the action so directed would be unjustly prejudicial to the holders not taking part in such direction or if the Trustee being advised by counsel determines that the action or proceeding so directed may not lawfully be taken or if a Responsible Officer of the Trustee shall determine that the action or proceedings so directed would involve the Trustee in personal liability.

The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures at the time outstanding may on behalf of the holders of all of the Debentures waive (or modify any previously granted waiver of) any past default or Event of Default, and its consequences, except a default (a) in the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any of the Debentures, (b) in respect of covenants or provisions hereof which cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the holder of each Debenture affected, or (c) in respect of the covenants contained in Section 3.9; provided , however , that if the Debentures are held by the Trust or a trustee of such trust, such waiver or modification to such waiver shall not be effective until the holders of a majority in Liquidation Amount of Trust Securities of the Trust shall have consented to such waiver or modification to such waiver, provided , further , that if the consent of the holder of each outstanding Debenture is required, such waiver shall not be effective until each holder of the Trust

 

25


Securities of the Trust shall have consented to such waiver. Upon any such waiver, the default covered thereby shall be deemed to be cured for all purposes of this Indenture and the Company, the Trustee and the holders of the Debentures shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder, respectively; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon. Whenever any default or Event of Default hereunder shall have been waived as permitted by this Section, said default or Event of Default shall for all purposes of the Debentures and this Indenture be deemed to have been cured and to be not continuing.

Section 5.8. Notice of Defaults .  The Trustee shall, within 90 days after the actual knowledge by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee of the occurrence of a default with respect to the Debentures, mail to all Securityholders, as the names and addresses of such holders appear upon the Debenture Register, notice of all defaults with respect to the Debentures known to the Trustee, unless such defaults shall have been cured before the giving of such notice (the term “defaults” for the purpose of this Section 5.8 being hereby defined to be the events specified in clauses (a), (b), (c), (d), (e) and (f) of Section 5.1, not including periods of grace, if any, provided for therein); provided , however , that, except in the case of default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any of the Debentures, the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as a Responsible Officer of the Trustee in good faith determines that the withholding of such notice is in the interests of the Securityholders.

Section 5.9. Undertaking to Pay Costs .  All parties to this Indenture agree, and each holder of any Debenture by his acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may in its discretion require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant; provided , however , that the provisions of this Section 5.9 shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Trustee, to any suit instituted by any Securityholder, or group of Securityholders, holding in the aggregate more than 10% in principal amount of the Debentures outstanding, or to any suit instituted by any Securityholder for the enforcement of the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Debenture against the Company on or after the same shall have become due and payable.

ARTICLE VI.

CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE

Section 6.1. Duties and Responsibilities of Trustee .  With respect to the holders of Debentures issued hereunder, the Trustee, prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default with respect to the Debentures and after the curing or waiving of all Events of Default which may have occurred, with respect to the Debentures, undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied covenants shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee. In case an Event of Default with respect to the Debentures has occurred (which has not been cured or waived), the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent man would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs.

No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(a) prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default with respect to Debentures and after the curing or waiving of all Events of Default which may have occurred

 

26


(1) the duties and obligations of the Trustee with respect to Debentures shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture, and the Trustee shall not be liable except for the performance of such duties and obligations with respect to the Debentures as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee, and

(2) in the absence of bad faith on the part of the Trustee, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon any certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; but, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture;

(b) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer or Officers of the Trustee, unless it shall be proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

(c) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith, in accordance with the direction of the Securityholders pursuant to Section 5.7, relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee, under this Indenture.

None of the provisions contained in this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur personal financial liability in the performance of any of its duties or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if there is ground for believing that the repayment of such funds or liability is not assured to it under the terms of this Indenture or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against such risk is not reasonably assured to it.

Section 6.2. Reliance on Documents, Opinions, etc .  Except as otherwise provided in Section 6.1:

(a) the Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, bond, note, debenture or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;

(b) any request, direction, order or demand of the Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed); and any Board Resolution may be evidenced to the Trustee by a copy thereof certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company;

(c) the Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and any advice or Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with such advice or Opinion of Counsel;

(d) the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request, order or direction of any of the Securityholders, pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, unless such Securityholders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities which may be incurred therein or thereby;

 

27


(e) the Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted by it in good faith and believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture; nothing contained herein shall, however, relieve the Trustee of the obligation, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default with respect to the Debentures (that has not been cured or waived) to exercise with respect to Debentures such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and to use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent man would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs;

(f) the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, bond, debenture, coupon or other paper or document, unless requested in writing to do so by the holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Debentures affected thereby; provided , however , that if the payment within a reasonable time to the Trustee of the costs, expenses or liabilities likely to be incurred by it in the making of such investigation is, in the opinion of the Trustee, not reasonably assured to the Trustee by the security afforded to it by the terms of this Indenture, the Trustee may require reasonable indemnity against such expense or liability as a condition to so proceeding;

(g) the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents (including any Authenticating Agent) or attorneys, and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any such agent or attorney appointed by it with due care; and

(h) with the exceptions of defaults under Sections 5.1(a) or 5.1(b), the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any Default or Event of Default with respect to the Debentures unless a written notice of such Default or Event of Default shall have been given to the Trustee by the Company or any other obligor on the Debentures or by any holder of the Debentures.

Section 6.3. No Responsibility for Recitals, etc .  The recitals contained herein and in the Debentures (except in the certificate of authentication of the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent) shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and the Trustee and the Authenticating Agent assume no responsibility for the correctness of the same. The Trustee and the Authenticating Agent make no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Debentures. The Trustee and the Authenticating Agent shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Company of any Debentures or the proceeds of any Debentures authenticated and delivered by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture.

Section 6.4. Trustee, Authenticating Agent, Paying Agents, Transfer Agents or Registrar May Own Debentures .  The Trustee or any Authenticating Agent or any paying agent or any transfer agent or any Debenture registrar, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Debentures with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee, Authenticating Agent, paying agent, transfer agent or Debenture registrar.

Section 6.5. Moneys to be Held in Trust .  Subject to the provisions of Section 12.4, all moneys received by the Trustee or any paying agent shall, until used or applied as herein provided, be held in trust for the purpose for which they were received, but need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. The Trustee and any paying agent shall be under no liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder except as otherwise agreed in writing with the Company. So long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, all interest allowed on any such moneys shall be paid from time to time upon the written order of the Company, signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, a Managing Director, a Vice President, the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the Company.

 

28


Section 6.6. Compensation and Expenses of Trustee .  The Company covenants and agrees to pay or reimburse the Trustee upon its request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with any of the provisions of this Indenture (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its counsel and of all Persons not regularly in its employ) except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may arise from its negligence or willful misconduct. For purposes of clarification, this Section 6.6 does not contemplate the payment by the Company of acceptance or annual administration fees owing to the Trustee pursuant to the services to be provided by the Trustee under this Indenture or the fees and expenses of the Trustee’s counsel in connection with the closing of the transactions contemplated by this Indenture. The Company also covenants to indemnify each of the Trustee or any predecessor Trustee (and its officers, agents, directors and employees) for, and to hold it harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claim, liability or expense including taxes (other than taxes based on the income of the Trustee) incurred without negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Trustee and arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust, including the costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim of liability. The obligations of the Company under this Section 6.6 to compensate and indemnify the Trustee and to pay or reimburse the Trustee for expenses, disbursements and advances shall constitute additional indebtedness hereunder. Such additional indebtedness shall be secured by a lien prior to that of the Debentures upon all property and funds held or collected by the Trustee as such, except funds held in trust for the benefit of the holders of particular Debentures.

Without prejudice to any other rights available to the Trustee under applicable law, when the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services in connection with an Event of Default specified in Section 5.1(d), Section 5.1(e) or Section 5.1(f), the expenses (including the reasonable charges and expenses of its counsel) and the compensation for the services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law.

The provisions of this Section shall survive the resignation or removal of the Trustee and the defeasance or other termination of this Indenture.

Notwithstanding anything in this Indenture or any Debenture to the contrary, the Trustee shall have no obligation whatsoever to advance funds to pay any principal of or interest on or other amounts with respect to the Debentures or otherwise advance funds to or on behalf of the Company.

Section 6.7. Officers’ Certificate as Evidence .  Except as otherwise provided in Sections 6.1 and 6.2, whenever in the administration of the provisions of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it necessary or desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking or omitting any action hereunder, such matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Trustee, be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee, and such certificate, in the absence of negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Trustee, shall be full warrant to the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it under the provisions of this Indenture upon the faith thereof.

Section 6.8. Eligibility of Trustee .  The Trustee hereunder shall at all times be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or any state or territory thereof or of the District of Columbia or a corporation or other Person authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, having (or whose obligations under this Indenture are guaranteed by an affiliate having) a combined capital and surplus of at least 50 million U.S. dollars ($50,000,000.00) and subject to supervision or examination by federal, state, territorial, or District of Columbia authority. If such corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of the aforesaid supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section 6.8 the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent records of condition so published.

 

29


The Company may not, nor may any Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the Company, serve as Trustee.

In case at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.8, the Trustee shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in Section 6.9.

If the Trustee has or shall acquire any “conflicting interest” within the meaning of §310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, the Trustee shall either eliminate such interest or resign, to the extent and in the manner described by this Indenture.

Section 6.9. Resignation or Removal of Trustee

(a) The Trustee, or any trustee or trustees hereafter appointed, may at any time resign by giving written notice of such resignation to the Company and by mailing notice thereof, at the Company’s expense, to the holders of the Debentures at their addresses as they shall appear on the Debenture Register. Upon receiving such notice of resignation, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor trustee or trustees by written instrument, in duplicate, executed by order of its Board of Directors, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the resigning Trustee and one copy to the successor Trustee. If no successor Trustee shall have been so appointed and have accepted appointment within 30 days after the mailing of such notice of resignation to the affected Securityholders, the resigning Trustee may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee, or any Securityholder who has been a bona fide holder of a Debenture or Debentures for at least six months may, subject to the provisions of Section 5.9, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any such court for the appointment of a successor Trustee. Such court may thereupon, after such notice, if any, as it may deem proper and prescribe, appoint a successor Trustee.

(b) In case at any time any of the following shall occur —

(1) the Trustee shall fail to comply with the provisions of Section 6.8 after written request therefor by the Company or by any Securityholder who has been a bona fide holder of a Debenture or Debentures for at least 6 months, or

(2) the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.8 and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Company or by any such Securityholder, or

(3) the Trustee shall become incapable of acting, or shall be adjudged as bankrupt or insolvent, or a receiver of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed, or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation,

then, in any such case, the Company may remove the Trustee and appoint a successor Trustee by written instrument, in duplicate, executed by order of the Board of Directors, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the Trustee so removed and one copy to the successor Trustee, or, subject to the provisions of Section 5.9, any Securityholder who has been a bona fide holder of a Debenture or Debentures for at least 6 months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. Such court may thereupon, after such notice, if any, as it may deem proper and prescribe, remove the Trustee and appoint successor Trustee.

 

30


(c) Upon prior written notice to the Company and the Trustee, the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures at the time outstanding may at any time remove the Trustee and nominate a successor Trustee, which shall be deemed appointed as successor Trustee unless within 10 Business Days after such nomination the Company objects thereto, in which case, or in the case of a failure by such holders to nominate a successor Trustee, the Trustee so removed or any Securityholder, upon the terms and conditions and otherwise as in subsection (a) of this Section 6.9 provided, may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for an appointment of a successor.

(d) Any resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to any of the provisions of this Section shall become effective upon acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee as provided in Section 6.10.

Section 6.10. Acceptance by Successor Trustee .  Any successor Trustee appointed as provided in Section 6.9 shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company and to its predecessor Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment hereunder, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective and such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, duties and obligations with respect to the Debentures of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as Trustee herein; but, nevertheless, on the written request of the Company or of the successor Trustee, the Trustee ceasing to act shall, upon payment of any amounts then due it pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.6, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor Trustee all the rights and powers of the Trustee so ceasing to act and shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee thereunder. Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the Company shall execute any and all instruments in writing for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee all such rights and powers. Any Trustee ceasing to act shall, nevertheless, retain a lien upon all property or funds held or collected by such Trustee to secure any amounts then due it pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.6.

If a successor Trustee is appointed, the Company, the retiring Trustee and the successor Trustee shall execute and deliver an indenture supplemental hereto which shall contain such provisions as shall be deemed necessary or desirable to confirm that all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Debentures as to which the predecessor Trustee is not retiring shall continue to be vested in the predecessor Trustee, and shall add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the Trust hereunder by more than one Trustee, it being understood that nothing herein or in such supplemental indenture shall constitute such Trustees co-trustees of the same trust and that each such Trustee shall be Trustee of a trust or trusts hereunder separate and apart from any trust or trusts hereunder administered by any other such Trustee.

No successor Trustee shall accept appointment as provided in this Section unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be eligible under the provisions of Section 6.8.

In no event shall a retiring Trustee be liable for the acts or omissions of any successor Trustee hereunder.

Upon acceptance of appointment by a successor Trustee as provided in this Section 6.10, the Company shall mail notice of the succession of such Trustee hereunder to the holders of Debentures at their addresses as they shall appear on the Debenture Register. If the Company fails to mail such notice within 10 Business Days after the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee, the successor Trustee shall cause such notice to be mailed at the expense of the Company.

 

31


Section 6.11. Succession by Merger, etc .  Any corporation into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto; provided such corporation shall be otherwise eligible and qualified under this Article.

In case at the time such successor to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture any of the Debentures shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor Trustee, and deliver such Debentures so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Debentures shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Debentures either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor Trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the Debentures or in this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Trustee shall have; provided , however , that the right to adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor Trustee or authenticate Debentures in the name of any predecessor Trustee shall apply only to its successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation.

Section 6.12. Authenticating Agents .  There may be one or more Authenticating Agents appointed by the Trustee upon the request of the Company with power to act on its behalf and subject to its direction in the authentication and delivery of Debentures issued upon exchange or registration of transfer thereof as fully to all intents and purposes as though any such Authenticating Agent had been expressly authorized to authenticate and deliver Debentures; provided , however , that the Trustee shall have no liability to the Company for any acts or omissions of the Authenticating Agent with respect to the authentication and delivery of Debentures. Any such Authenticating Agent shall at all times be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States or of any state or territory thereof or of the District of Columbia authorized under such laws to act as Authenticating Agent, having a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000.00 and being subject to supervision or examination by federal, state, territorial or District of Columbia authority. If such corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually pursuant to law or the requirements of such authority, then for the purposes of this Section 6.12 the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time an Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect herein specified in this Section.

Any corporation into which any Authenticating Agent may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, consolidation or conversion to which any Authenticating Agent shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of any Authenticating Agent, shall be the successor of such Authenticating Agent hereunder, if such successor corporation is otherwise eligible under this Section 6.12 without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the parties hereto or such Authenticating Agent.

Any Authenticating Agent may at any time resign by giving written notice of resignation to the Trustee and to the Company. The Trustee may at any time terminate the agency of any Authenticating Agent with respect to the Debentures by giving written notice of termination to such Authenticating Agent and to the Company. Upon receiving such a notice of resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time any Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible under this Section 6.12, the Trustee may, and upon the request of the Company shall, promptly appoint a successor Authenticating Agent eligible under this Section 6.12, shall give written notice of such appointment to the Company and shall mail notice of such appointment to all holders of Debentures as the names and addresses of such holders

 

32


appear on the Debenture Register. Any successor Authenticating Agent upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder shall become vested with all rights, powers, duties and responsibilities with respect to the Debentures of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as Authenticating Agent herein.

The Company agrees to pay to any Authenticating Agent from time to time reasonable compensation for its services. Any Authenticating Agent shall have no responsibility or liability for any action taken by it as such in accordance with the directions of the Trustee.

ARTICLE VII.

CONCERNING THE SECURITYHOLDERS

Section 7.1. Action by Securityholders .  Whenever in this Indenture it is provided that the holders of a specified percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures may take any action (including the making of any demand or request, the giving of any notice, consent or waiver or the taking of any other action) the fact that at the time of taking any such action the holders of such specified percentage have joined therein may be evidenced (a) by any instrument or any number of instruments of similar tenor executed by such Securityholders in person or by agent or proxy appointed in writing, or (b) by the record of such holders of Debentures voting in favor thereof at any meeting of such Securityholders duly called and held in accordance with the provisions of Article VIII, or (c) by a combination of such instrument or instruments and any such record of such a meeting of such Securityholders or (d) by any other method the Trustee deems satisfactory.

If the Company shall solicit from the Securityholders any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action or revocation of the same, the Company may, at its option, as evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate, fix in advance a record date for such Debentures for the determination of Securityholders entitled to give such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action or revocation of the same, but the Company shall have no obligation to do so. If such a record date is fixed, such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action or revocation of the same may be given before or after the record date, but only the Securityholders of record at the close of business on the record date shall be deemed to be Securityholders for the purposes of determining whether Securityholders of the requisite proportion of outstanding Debentures have authorized or agreed or consented to such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action or revocation of the same, and for that purpose the outstanding Debentures shall be computed as of the record date; provided , however , that no such authorization, agreement or consent by such Securityholders on the record date shall be deemed effective unless it shall become effective pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture not later than 6 months after the record date.

Section 7.2. Proof of Execution by Securityholders .  Subject to the provisions of Section 6.1, 6.2 and 8.5, proof of the execution of any instrument by a Securityholder or his agent or proxy shall be sufficient if made in accordance with such reasonable rules and regulations as may be prescribed by the Trustee or in such manner as shall be satisfactory to the Trustee. The ownership of Debentures shall be proved by the Debenture Register or by a certificate of the Debenture registrar. The Trustee may require such additional proof of any matter referred to in this Section as it shall deem necessary.

The record of any Securityholders’ meeting shall be proved in the manner provided in Section 8.6.

Section 7.3. Who Are Deemed Absolute Owners .  Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer of any Debenture, the Company, the Trustee, any Authenticating Agent, any paying agent, any transfer agent and any Debenture registrar may deem the Person in whose name such Debenture shall be

 

33


registered upon the Debenture Register to be, and may treat him as, the absolute owner of such Debenture (whether or not such Debenture shall be overdue) for the purpose of receiving payment of or on account of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Debenture and for all other purposes; and neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent nor any paying agent nor any transfer agent nor any Debenture registrar shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. All such payments so made to any holder for the time being or upon his order shall be valid, and, to the extent of the sum or sums so paid, effectual to satisfy and discharge the liability for moneys payable upon any such Debenture.

Section 7.4. Debentures Owned by Company Deemed Not Outstanding .  In determining whether the holders of the requisite aggregate principal amount of Debentures have concurred in any direction, consent or waiver under this Indenture, Debentures which are owned by the Company or any other obligor on the Debentures or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company or any other obligor on the Debentures shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding for the purpose of any such determination; provided , however , that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, consent or waiver, only Debentures which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Debentures so owned which have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as outstanding for the purposes of this Section 7.4 if the pledgee shall establish to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right to vote such Debentures and that the pledgee is not the Company or any such other obligor or Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company or any such other obligor. In the case of a dispute as to such right, any decision by the Trustee taken upon the advice of counsel shall be full protection to the Trustee.

Section 7.5. Revocation of Consents; Future Holders Bound .  At any time prior to (but not after) the evidencing to the Trustee, as provided in Section 7.1, of the taking of any action by the holders of the percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures specified in this Indenture in connection with such action, any holder (in cases where no record date has been set pursuant to Section 7.1) or any holder as of an applicable record date (in cases where a record date has been set pursuant to Section 7.1) of a Debenture (or any Debenture issued in whole or in part in exchange or substitution therefor) the serial number of which is shown by the evidence to be included in the Debentures the holders of which have consented to such action may, by filing written notice with the Trustee at the Principal Office of the Trustee and upon proof of holding as provided in Section 7.2, revoke such action so far as concerns such Debenture (or so far as concerns the principal amount represented by any exchanged or substituted Debenture). Except as aforesaid any such action taken by the holder of any Debenture shall be conclusive and binding upon such holder and upon all future holders and owners of such Debenture, and of any Debenture issued in exchange or substitution therefor or on registration of transfer thereof, irrespective of whether or not any notation in regard thereto is made upon such Debenture or any Debenture issued in exchange or substitution therefor.

ARTICLE VIII.

SECURITYHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Section 8.1. Purposes of Meetings .  A meeting of Securityholders may be called at any time and from time to time pursuant to the provisions of this Article VIII for any of the following purposes:

(a) to give any notice to the Company or to the Trustee, or to give any directions to the Trustee, or to consent to the waiving of any default hereunder and its consequences, or to take any other action authorized to be taken by Securityholders pursuant to any of the provisions of Article V;

(b) to remove the Trustee and nominate a successor trustee pursuant to the provisions of Article VI;

 

34


(c) to consent to the execution of an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto pursuant to the provisions of Section 9.2; or

(d) to take any other action authorized to be taken by or on behalf of the holders of any specified aggregate principal amount of such Debentures under any other provision of this Indenture or under applicable law.

Section 8.2. Call of Meetings by Trustee .  The Trustee may at any time call a meeting of Securityholders to take any action specified in Section 8.1, to be held at such time and at such place as the Trustee shall determine. Notice of every meeting of the Securityholders, setting forth the time and the place of such meeting and in general terms the action proposed to be taken at such meeting, shall be mailed to holders of Debentures affected at their addresses as they shall appear on the Debentures Register and, if the Company is not a holder of Debentures, to the Company. Such notice shall be mailed not less than 20 nor more than 180 days prior to the date fixed for the meeting.

Section 8.3. Call of Meetings by Company or Securityholders .  In case at any time the Company pursuant to a Board Resolution, or the holders of at least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures, as the case may be, then outstanding, shall have requested the Trustee to call a meeting of Securityholders, by written request setting forth in reasonable detail the action proposed to be taken at the meeting, and the Trustee shall not have mailed the notice of such meeting within 20 days after receipt of such request, then the Company or such Securityholders may determine the time and the place for such meeting and may call such meeting to take any action authorized in Section 8.1, by mailing notice thereof as provided in Section 8.2.

Section 8.4. Qualifications for Voting .  To be entitled to vote at any meeting of Securityholders a Person shall (a) be a holder of one or more Debentures with respect to which the meeting is being held or (b) a Person appointed by an instrument in writing as proxy by a holder of one or more such Debentures. The only Persons who shall be entitled to be present or to speak at any meeting of Securityholders shall be the Persons entitled to vote at such meeting and their counsel and any representatives of the Trustee and its counsel and any representatives of the Company and its counsel.

Section 8.5. Regulations .  Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture, the Trustee may make such reasonable regulations as it may deem advisable for any meeting of Securityholders, in regard to proof of the holding of Debentures and of the appointment of proxies, and in regard to the appointment and duties of inspectors of votes, the submission and examination of proxies, certificates and other evidence of the right to vote, and such other matters concerning the conduct of the meeting as it shall think fit.

The Trustee shall, by an instrument in writing, appoint a temporary chairman of the meeting, unless the meeting shall have been called by the Company or by Securityholders as provided in Section 8.3, in which case the Company or the Securityholders calling the meeting, as the case may be, shall in like manner appoint a temporary chairman. A permanent chairman and a permanent secretary of the meeting shall be elected by majority vote of the meeting.

Subject to the provisions of Section 7.4, at any meeting each holder of Debentures with respect to which such meeting is being held or proxy therefor shall be entitled to one vote for each $1,000.00 principal amount of Debentures held or represented by him; provided , however , that no vote shall be cast or counted at any meeting in respect of any Debenture challenged as not outstanding and ruled by the chairman of the meeting to be not outstanding. The chairman of the meeting shall have no right to vote other than by virtue of Debentures held by him or instruments in writing as aforesaid duly designating him as the Person to vote on behalf of other Securityholders. Any meeting of Securityholders duly called pursuant to the provisions of Section 8.2 or 8.3 may be adjourned from time to time by a majority of those present, whether or not constituting a quorum, and the meeting may be held as so adjourned without further notice.

 

35


Section 8.6. Voting .  The vote upon any resolution submitted to any meeting of holders of Debentures with respect to which such meeting is being held shall be by written ballots on which shall be subscribed the signatures of such holders or of their representatives by proxy and the serial number or numbers of the Debentures held or represented by them. The permanent chairman of the meeting shall appoint two inspectors of votes who shall count all votes cast at the meeting for or against any resolution and who shall make and file with the secretary of the meeting their verified written reports in triplicate of all votes cast at the meeting. A record in duplicate of the proceedings of each meeting of Securityholders shall be prepared by the secretary of the meeting and there shall be attached to said record the original reports of the inspectors of votes on any vote by ballot taken thereat and affidavits by one or more Persons having knowledge of the facts setting forth a copy of the notice of the meeting and showing that said notice was mailed as provided in Section 8.2. The record shall show the serial numbers of the Debentures voting in favor of or against any resolution. The record shall be signed and verified by the affidavits of the permanent chairman and secretary of the meeting and one of the duplicates shall be delivered to the Company and the other to the Trustee to be preserved by the Trustee, the latter to have attached thereto the ballots voted at the meeting.

Any record so signed and verified shall be conclusive evidence of the matters therein stated.

Section 8.7. Quorum; Actions .  The Persons entitled to vote a majority in principal amount of the Debentures then outstanding shall constitute a quorum for a meeting of Securityholders; provided , however , that if any action is to be taken at such meeting with respect to a consent, waiver, request, demand, notice, authorization, direction or other action which may be given by the holders of not less than a specified percentage in principal amount of the Debentures then outstanding, the Persons holding or representing such specified percentage in principal amount of the Debentures then outstanding will constitute a quorum. In the absence of a quorum within 30 minutes of the time appointed for any such meeting, the meeting shall, if convened at the request of Securityholders, be dissolved. In any other case the meeting may be adjourned for a period of not less than 10 days as determined by the permanent chairman of the meeting prior to the adjournment of such meeting. In the absence of a quorum at any such adjourned meeting, such adjourned meeting may be further adjourned for a period of not less than 10 days as determined by the permanent chairman of the meeting prior to the adjournment of such adjourned meeting. Notice of the reconvening of any adjourned meeting shall be given as provided in Section 8.2, except that such notice need be given only once not less than 5 days prior to the date on which the meeting is scheduled to be reconvened. Notice of the reconvening of an adjourned meeting shall state expressly the percentage, as provided above, of the principal amount of the Debentures then outstanding which shall constitute a quorum.

Except as limited by the provisos in the first paragraph of Section 9.2, any resolution presented to a meeting or adjourned meeting duly reconvened at which a quorum is present as aforesaid may be adopted by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Debentures then outstanding; provided , however , that, except as limited by the provisos in the first paragraph of Section 9.2, any resolution with respect to any consent, waiver, request, demand, notice, authorization, direction or other action which this Indenture expressly provides may be given by the holders of not less than a specified percentage in principal amount of the Debentures then outstanding may be adopted at a meeting or an adjourned meeting duly reconvened and at which a quorum is present as aforesaid only by the affirmative vote of the holders of a not less than such specified percentage in principal amount of the Debentures then outstanding.

 

36


Any resolution passed or decision taken at any meeting of holders of Debentures duly held in accordance with this Section shall be binding on all the Securityholders, whether or not present or represented at the meeting.

ARTICLE IX.

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

Section 9.1. Supplemental Indentures without Consent of Securityholders .  The Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee may from time to time and at any time enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto, without the consent of the Securityholders, for one or more of the following purposes:

(a) to evidence the succession of another Person to the Company, or successive successions, and the assumption by the successor Person of the covenants, agreements and obligations of the Company, pursuant to Article XI hereof;

(b) to add to the covenants of the Company such further covenants, restrictions or conditions for the protection of the holders of Debentures as the Board of Directors shall consider to be for the protection of the holders of such Debentures, and to make the occurrence, or the occurrence and continuance, of a default in any of such additional covenants, restrictions or conditions a default or an Event of Default permitting the enforcement of all or any of the several remedies provided in this Indenture as herein set forth; provided , however , that in respect of any such additional covenant restriction or condition such supplemental indenture may provide for a particular period of grace after default (which period may be shorter or longer than that allowed in the case of other defaults) or may provide for an immediate enforcement upon such default or may limit the remedies available to the Trustee upon such default;

(c) to cure any ambiguity or to correct or supplement any provision contained herein or in any supplemental indenture which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision contained herein or in any supplemental indenture, or to make such other provisions in regard to matters or questions arising under this Indenture; provided that any such action shall not materially adversely affect the interests of the holders of the Debentures;

(d) to add to, delete from, or revise the terms of Debentures, including, without limitation, any terms relating to the issuance, exchange, registration or transfer of Debentures, including to provide for transfer procedures and restrictions substantially similar to those applicable to the Capital Securities as required by Section 2.5 (for purposes of assuring that no registration of Debentures is required under the Securities Act); provided , however , that any such action shall not adversely affect the interests of the holders of the Debentures then outstanding (it being understood, for purposes of this proviso, that transfer restrictions on Debentures substantially similar to those that were applicable to Capital Securities shall not be deemed to materially adversely affect the holders of the Debentures);

(e) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment hereunder by a successor Trustee with respect to the Debentures and to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee;

(f) to make any change (other than as elsewhere provided in this paragraph) that does not adversely affect the rights of any Securityholder in any material respect; or

 

37


(g) to provide for the issuance of and establish the form and terms and conditions of the Debentures, to establish the form of any certifications required to be furnished pursuant to the terms of this Indenture or the Debentures, or to add to the rights of the holders of Debentures.

The Trustee is hereby authorized to join with the Company in the execution of any such supplemental indenture, to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations which may be therein contained and to accept the conveyance, transfer and assignment of any property thereunder, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to, but may in its discretion, enter into any such supplemental indenture which affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

Any supplemental indenture authorized by the provisions of this Section 9.1 may be executed by the Company and the Trustee without the consent of the holders of any of the Debentures at the time outstanding, notwithstanding any of the provisions of Section 9.2.

Section 9.2. Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Securityholders .  With the consent (evidenced as provided in Section 7.1) of the holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures at the time outstanding affected by such supplemental indenture (voting as a class), the Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee may from time to time and at any time enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or of any supplemental indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the holders of the Debentures; provided , however , that no such supplemental indenture shall without the consent of the holders of each Debenture then outstanding and affected thereby (i) change the fixed maturity of any Debenture, or reduce the principal amount thereof or any premium thereon, or reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of interest thereon, or reduce any amount payable on redemption thereof or make the principal thereof or any interest or premium thereon payable in any coin or currency other than that provided in the Debentures, or impair or affect the right of any Securityholder to institute suit for payment thereof or impair the right of repayment, if any, at the option of the holder, or (ii) reduce the aforesaid percentage of Debentures the holders of which are required to consent to any such supplemental indenture; provided further , however , that if the Debentures are held by a trust or a trustee of such trust, such supplemental indenture shall not be effective until the holders of a majority in Liquidation Amount of Trust Securities shall have consented to such supplemental indenture; provided further , however , that if the consent of the Securityholder of each outstanding Debenture is required, such supplemental indenture shall not be effective until each holder of the Trust Securities shall have consented to such supplemental indenture.

Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a Board Resolution authorizing the execution of any such supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence of the consent of Securityholders as aforesaid, the Trustee shall join with the Company in the execution of such supplemental indenture unless such supplemental indenture affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such supplemental indenture.

Promptly after the execution by the Company and the Trustee of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of this Section, the Trustee shall transmit by mail, first class postage prepaid, a notice, prepared by the Company, setting forth in general terms the substance of such supplemental indenture, to the Securityholders as their names and addresses appear upon the Debenture Register. Any failure of the Trustee to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such supplemental indenture.

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Securityholders under this Section 9.2 to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall approve the substance thereof.

 

38


Section 9.3. Effect of Supplemental Indentures .  Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of this Article IX, this Indenture shall be and be deemed to be modified and amended in accordance therewith and the respective rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities under this Indenture of the Trustee, the Company and the holders of Debentures shall thereafter be determined, exercised and enforced hereunder subject in all respects to such modifications and amendments and all the terms and conditions of any such supplemental indenture shall be and be deemed to be part of the terms and conditions of this Indenture for any and all purposes.

Section 9.4. Notation on Debentures .  Debentures authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of this Article IX may bear a notation as to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture. If the Company or the Trustee shall so determine, new Debentures so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Board of Directors of the Company, to any modification of this Indenture contained in any such supplemental indenture may be prepared and executed by the Company, authenticated by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent and delivered in exchange for the Debentures then outstanding.

Section 9.5. Evidence of Compliance of Supplemental Indenture to be Furnished to Trustee .  The Trustee, subject to the provisions of Sections 6.1 and 6.2, shall, in addition to the documents required by Section 14.6, receive an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel as conclusive evidence that any supplemental indenture executed pursuant hereto complies with the requirements of this Article IX. The Trustee shall receive an Opinion of Counsel as conclusive evidence that any supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Article IX is authorized or permitted by, and conforms to, the terms of this Article IX and that it is proper for the Trustee under the provisions of this Article IX to join in the execution thereof.

ARTICLE X.

REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES

Section 10.1. Optional Redemption .  The Company shall have the right (subject to the receipt by the Company of prior approval (i) if the Company is a bank holding company, from the Federal Reserve, if then required under applicable capital guidelines or policies of the Federal Reserve or (ii) if the Company is a savings and loan holding company, from the OTS, if then required under applicable capital guidelines or policies of the OTS) to redeem the Debentures, in whole or in part, but in all cases in a principal amount with integral multiples of $1,000.00, on any Interest Payment Date on or after September 17, 2008 (the “ Redemption Date ”), at the Redemption Price.

Section 10.2. Special Event Redemption .  If a Special Event shall occur and be continuing, the Company shall have the right (subject to the receipt by the Company of prior approval (i) if the Company is a bank holding company, from the Federal Reserve, if then required under applicable capital guidelines or policies of the Federal Reserve or (ii) if the Company is a savings and loan holding company, from the OTS, if then required under applicable capital guidelines or policies of the OTS) to redeem the Debentures in whole, but not in part, at any Interest Payment Date, within 120 days following the occurrence of such Special Event (the “ Special Redemption Date ”) at the Special Redemption Price.

Section 10.3. Notice of Redemption; Selection of Debentures .  In case the Company shall desire to exercise the right to redeem all, or, as the case may be, any part of the Debentures, it shall cause to be mailed a notice of such redemption at least 30 and not more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date or the Special Redemption Date to the holders of Debentures so to be redeemed as a whole or in part at their last addresses as the same appear on the Debenture Register. Such mailing shall be by first class mail. The notice if mailed in the manner herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice by mail or any defect in the notice to the holder of any Debenture designated for redemption as a whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Debenture.

 

39


Each such notice of redemption shall specify the CUSIP number, if any, of the Debentures to be redeemed, the Redemption Date or the Special Redemption Date, as applicable, the Redemption Price or the Special Redemption Price, as applicable, at which Debentures are to be redeemed, the place or places of payment, that payment will be made upon presentation and surrender of such Debentures, that interest accrued to the date fixed for redemption will be paid as specified in said notice, and that on and after said date interest thereon or on the portions thereof to be redeemed will cease to accrue. If less than all the Debentures are to be redeemed the notice of redemption shall specify the numbers of the Debentures to be redeemed. In case the Debentures are to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed and shall state that on and after the date fixed for redemption, upon surrender of such Debenture, a new Debenture or Debentures in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued.

Prior to 10:00 a.m. New York City time on the Redemption Date or Special Redemption Date, as applicable, the Company will deposit with the Trustee or with one or more paying agents an amount of money sufficient to redeem on the Redemption Date or the Special Redemption Date, as applicable, all the Debentures so called for redemption at the appropriate Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price.

If all, or less than all, the Debentures are to be redeemed, the Company will give the Trustee notice not less than 45 nor more than 60 days, respectively, prior to the Redemption Date or Special Redemption Date, as applicable, as to the aggregate principal amount of Debentures to be redeemed and the Trustee shall select, in such manner as in its sole discretion it shall deem appropriate and fair, the Debentures or portions thereof (in integral multiples of $1,000.00) to be redeemed.

Section 10.4. Payment of Debentures Called for Redemption .  If notice of redemption has been given as provided in Section 10.3, the Debentures or portions of Debentures with respect to which such notice has been given shall become due and payable on the Redemption Date or Special Redemption Date, as applicable, and at the place or places stated in such notice at the applicable Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price and on and after said date (unless the Company shall default in the payment of such Debentures at the Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price, as applicable) interest on the Debentures or portions of Debentures so called for redemption shall cease to accrue. On presentation and surrender of such Debentures at a place of payment specified in said notice, such Debentures or the specified portions thereof shall be paid and redeemed by the Company at the applicable Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price.

Upon presentation of any Debenture redeemed in part only, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery to the holder thereof, at the expense of the Company, a new Debenture or Debentures of authorized denominations, in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the Debenture so presented.

ARTICLE XI.

CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, SALE, CONVEYANCE AND LEASE

Section 11.1. Company May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms .  Nothing contained in this Indenture or in the Debentures shall prevent any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other Person (whether or not affiliated with the Company) or successive consolidations or mergers in which the Company or its successor or successors shall be a party or parties, or shall prevent any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of the property or capital stock of the Company or its successor or successors as an entirety, or substantially as an entirety, to any other Person (whether or not affiliated

 

40


with the Company, or its successor or successors) authorized to acquire and operate the same; provided , however , that the Company hereby covenants and agrees that, upon any such consolidation, merger (where the Company is not the surviving corporation), sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, the due and punctual payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on all of the Debentures in accordance with their terms, according to their tenor, and the due and punctual performance and observance of all the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be kept or performed by the Company, shall be expressly assumed by supplemental indenture satisfactory in form to the Trustee executed and delivered to the Trustee by the entity formed by such consolidation, or into which the Company shall have been merged, or by the entity which shall have acquired such property or capital stock.

Section 11.2. Successor Entity to be Substituted .  In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition and upon the assumption by the successor entity, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the due and punctual payment of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on all of the Debentures and the due and punctual performance and observance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed or observed by the Company, such successor entity shall succeed to and be substituted for the Company, with the same effect as if it had been named herein as the Company, and thereupon the predecessor entity shall be relieved of any further liability or obligation hereunder or upon the Debentures. Such successor entity thereupon may cause to be signed, and may issue in its own name, any or all of the Debentures issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent; and, upon the order of such successor entity instead of the Company and subject to all the terms, conditions and limitations in this Indenture prescribed, the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and deliver any Debentures which previously shall have been signed and delivered by the officers of the Company, to the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent for authentication, and any Debentures which such successor entity thereafter shall cause to be signed and delivered to the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent for that purpose. All the Debentures so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Debentures theretofore or thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Debentures had been issued at the date of the execution hereof.

Section 11.3. Opinion of Counsel to be Given to Trustee .  The Trustee, subject to the provisions of Sections 6.1 and 6.2, shall receive, in addition to the Opinion of Counsel required by Section 9.5, an Opinion of Counsel as conclusive evidence that any consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, and any assumption, permitted or required by the terms of this Article XI complies with the provisions of this Article XI.

ARTICLE XII.

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE

Section 12.1. Discharge of Indenture .  When

 

  (a) the Company shall deliver to the Trustee for cancellation all Debentures theretofore authenticated (other than any Debentures which shall have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which shall have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 2.6) and not theretofore canceled, or

 

  (b)

all the Debentures not theretofore canceled or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation shall have become due and payable, or are by their terms to become due and payable within 1 year or are to be called for redemption within 1 year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption, and the Company shall deposit with the Trustee, in trust, funds, which shall be immediately due and payable, sufficient to pay at maturity or upon redemption all of the Debentures (other than any

 

41


Debentures which shall have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which shall have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 2.6) not theretofore canceled or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, including principal and premium, if any, and interest due or to become due to such date of maturity or redemption date, as the case may be, but excluding, however, the amount of any moneys for the payment of principal of, and premium, if any, or interest on the Debentures (1) theretofore repaid to the Company in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.4, or (2) paid to any state or to the District of Columbia pursuant to its unclaimed property or similar laws,

and if in the case of either clause (a) or clause (b) the Company shall also pay or cause to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Company, then this Indenture shall cease to be of further effect except for the provisions of Sections 2.5, 2.6, 2.8, 3.1, 3.2, 3.4, 6.6, 6.8, 6.9 and 12.4 hereof shall survive until such Debentures shall mature and be paid. Thereafter, Sections 6.6 and 12.4 shall survive, and the Trustee, on demand of the Company accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with, and at the cost and expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction of and discharging this Indenture. The Company agrees to reimburse the Trustee for any costs or expenses thereafter reasonably and properly incurred by the Trustee in connection with this Indenture or the Debentures.

Section 12.2. Deposited Moneys to be Held in Trust by Trustee .  Subject to the provisions of Section 12.4, all moneys deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 12.1 shall be held in trust in a non-interest bearing account and applied by it to the payment, either directly or through any paying agent (including the Company if acting as its own paying agent), to the holders of the particular Debentures for the payment of which such moneys have been deposited with the Trustee, of all sums due and to become due thereon for principal, and premium, if any, and interest.

Section 12.3. Paying Agent to Repay Moneys Held .  Upon the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture all moneys then held by any paying agent of the Debentures (other than the Trustee) shall, upon demand of the Company, be repaid to it or paid to the Trustee, and thereupon such paying agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such moneys.

Section 12.4. Return of Unclaimed Moneys .  Any moneys deposited with or paid to the Trustee or any paying agent for payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, or interest on Debentures and not applied but remaining unclaimed by the holders of Debentures for 2 years after the date upon which the principal of, and premium, if any, or interest on such Debentures, as the case may be, shall have become due and payable, shall, subject to applicable escheatment laws, be repaid to the Company by the Trustee or such paying agent on written demand; and the holder of any of the Debentures shall thereafter look only to the Company for any payment which such holder may be entitled to collect, and all liability of the Trustee or such paying agent with respect to such moneys shall thereupon cease.

ARTICLE XIII.

IMMUNITY OF INCORPORATORS, STOCKHOLDERS,

OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

Section 13.1. Indenture and Debentures Solely Corporate Obligations .  No recourse for the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest on any Debenture, or for any claim based thereon or otherwise in respect thereof, and no recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of the Company in this Indenture or in any supplemental indenture, or in any such Debenture, or because of the creation of any indebtedness represented thereby, shall be had against any incorporator, stockholder, employee, officer or director, as such, past, present or future, of the Company or of any successor Person of the

 

42


Company, either directly or through the Company or any successor Person of the Company, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise, it being expressly understood that all such liability is hereby expressly waived and released as a condition of, and as a consideration for, the execution of this Indenture and the issue of the Debentures.

ARTICLE XIV.

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

Section 14.1. Successors .  All the covenants, stipulations, promises and agreements of the Company in this Indenture shall bind its successors and assigns whether so expressed or not.

Section 14.2. Official Acts by Successor Entity .  Any act or proceeding by any provision of this Indenture authorized or required to be done or performed by any board, committee or officer of the Company shall and may be done and performed with like force and effect by the like board, committee, officer or other authorized Person of any entity that shall at the time be the lawful successor of the Company.

Section 14.3. Surrender of Company Powers .  The Company by instrument in writing executed by authority of at least 2/3 (two-thirds) of its Board of Directors and delivered to the Trustee may surrender any of the powers reserved to the Company and thereupon such power so surrendered shall terminate both as to the Company, and as to any permitted successor.

Section 14.4. Addresses for Notices, etc .  Any notice, consent, direction, request, authorization, waiver or demand which by any provision of this Indenture is required or permitted to be given, made, furnished or served by the Trustee or by the Securityholders on or to the Company may be given or served in writing by being deposited postage prepaid by registered or certified mail in a post office letter box addressed (until another address is filed by the Company, with the Trustee for the purpose) to the Company, 2911 Turtle Creek, Dallas, Texas 75219-6252, Attention: Scott Luedke. Any notice, consent, direction, request, authorization, waiver or demand by any Securityholder or the Company to or upon the Trustee shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made, for all purposes, if given or made in writing at the office of the Trustee, addressed to the Trustee, 225 Asylum Street, Goodwin Square, Hartford, Connecticut 06103 Attention: Vice President, Corporate Trust Services Division, with a copy to the Trustee, 1 Federal Street — 3rd Floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02110, Attention: Paul D. Allen, Corporate Trust Services Division. Any notice, consent, direction, request, authorization, waiver or demand on or to any Securityholder shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made, for all purposes, if given or made in writing at the address set forth in the Debenture Register.

Section 14.5. Governing Law .  This Indenture and each Debenture shall be deemed to be a contract made under the law of the State of New York, and for all purposes shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of said State, without regard to conflict of laws principles thereof.

Section 14.6. Evidence of Compliance with Conditions Precedent .  Upon any application or demand by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under any of the provisions of this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that in the opinion of the signers all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with and an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with.

Each certificate or opinion provided for in this Indenture and delivered to the Trustee with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include (1) a statement that the person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; (2) a brief

 

43


statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; (3) a statement that, in the opinion of such person, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and (4) a statement as to whether or not in the opinion of such person, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

Section 14.7. Table of Contents, Headings, etc .  The table of contents and the titles and headings of the articles and sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part hereof, and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

Section 14.8. Execution in Counterparts .  This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

Section 14.9. Separability .  In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Indenture or in the Debentures shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of this Indenture or of such Debentures, but this Indenture and such Debentures shall be construed as if such invalid or illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein or therein.

Section 14.10. Assignment .  The Company will have the right at all times to assign any of its rights or obligations under this Indenture to a direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the Company, provided that, in the event of any such assignment, the Company will remain liable for all such obligations. Subject to the foregoing, this Indenture is binding upon and inures to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. This Indenture may not otherwise be assigned by the parties hereto.

Section 14.11. Acknowledgment of Rights .  The Company agrees that, with respect to any Debentures held by the Trust or the Institutional Trustee of the Trust, if the Institutional Trustee of the Trust fails to enforce its rights under this Indenture as the holder of Debentures held as the assets of such Trust after the holders of a majority in Liquidation Amount of the Capital Securities of such Trust have so directed such Institutional Trustee, a holder of record of such Capital Securities may, to the fullest extent permitted by law, institute legal proceedings directly against the Company to enforce such Institutional Trustee’s rights under this Indenture without first instituting any legal proceedings against such trustee or any other Person. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and such event is attributable to the failure of the Company to pay interest (or premium, if any) or principal on the Debentures on the date such interest (or premium, if any) or principal is otherwise payable (or in the case of redemption, on the redemption date), the Company agrees that a holder of record of Capital Securities of the Trust may directly institute a proceeding against the Company for enforcement of payment to such holder directly of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on the Debentures having an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate Liquidation Amount of the Capital Securities of such holder on or after the respective due date specified in the Debentures.

ARTICLE XV.

SUBORDINATION OF DEBENTURES

Section 15.1. Agreement to Subordinate .  The Company covenants and agrees, and each holder of Debentures by such Securityholder’s acceptance thereof likewise covenants and agrees, that all Debentures shall be issued subject to the provisions of this Article XV; and each holder of a Debenture, whether upon original issue or upon transfer or assignment thereof, accepts and agrees to be bound by such provisions.

 

44


The payment by the Company of the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on all Debentures shall, to the extent and in the manner hereinafter set forth, be subordinated and junior in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness of the Company, whether outstanding at the date of this Indenture or thereafter incurred; provided , however , that the Debentures shall rank pari passu in right of payment with: (1) the Floating Junior Subordinated Debentures due March 31, 2031 issued pursuant to an indenture dated March 31, 2001 by and between the Company and State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut N.A. (n/k/a U.S. Bank National Association); and (2) the Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures due March 26, 2033 issued pursuant to an Indenture dated as of March 26, 2003 by and between Company and U.S. Bank National Association.

No provision of this Article XV shall prevent the occurrence of any default or Event of Default hereunder.

Section 15.2. Default on Senior Indebtedness .  In the event and during the continuation of any default by the Company in the payment of principal, premium, interest or any other payment due on any Senior Indebtedness of the Company following any grace period, or in the event that the maturity of any Senior Indebtedness of the Company has been accelerated because of a default and such acceleration has not been rescinded or canceled and such Senior Indebtedness has not been paid in full, then, in either case, no payment shall be made by the Company with respect to the principal (including redemption) of, or premium, if any, or interest on the Debentures.

In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment shall be received by the Trustee when such payment is prohibited by the preceding paragraph of this Section 15.2, such payment shall, subject to Section 15.7, be held in trust for the benefit of, and shall be paid over or delivered to, the holders of Senior Indebtedness or their respective representatives, or to the trustee or trustees under any indenture pursuant to which any of such Senior Indebtedness may have been issued, as their respective interests may appear, but only to the extent that the holders of the Senior Indebtedness (or their representative or representatives or a trustee) notify the Trustee in writing within 90 days of such payment of the amounts then due and owing on the Senior Indebtedness and only the amounts specified in such notice to the Trustee shall be paid to the holders of Senior Indebtedness.

Section 15.3. Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy .  Upon any payment by the Company or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, to creditors upon any dissolution or winding-up or liquidation or reorganization of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary or in bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other proceedings, all amounts due upon all Senior Indebtedness of the Company shall first be paid in full, or payment thereof provided for in money in accordance with its terms, before any payment is made by the Company, on account of the principal (and premium, if any) or interest on the Debentures. Upon any such dissolution or winding-up or liquidation or reorganization, any payment by the Company, or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, to which the Securityholders or the Trustee would be entitled to receive from the Company, except for the provisions of this Article XV, shall be paid by the Company, or by any receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, liquidating trustee, agent or other Person making such payment or distribution, or by the Securityholders or by the Trustee under this Indenture if received by them or it, directly to the holders of Senior Indebtedness ( pro rata to such holders on the basis of the respective amounts of Senior Indebtedness held by such holders, as calculated by the Company) or their representative or representatives, or to the trustee or trustees under any indenture pursuant to which any instruments evidencing such Senior Indebtedness may have been issued, as their respective interests may appear, to the extent necessary to pay such Senior Indebtedness in full, in

 

45


money or money’s worth, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to or for the holders of such Senior Indebtedness, before any payment or distribution is made to the Securityholders or to the Trustee.

In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, prohibited by the foregoing, shall be received by the Trustee before all Senior Indebtedness is paid in full, or provision is made for such payment in money in accordance with its terms, such payment or distribution shall be held in trust for the benefit of and shall be paid over or delivered to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness or their representative or representatives, or to the trustee or trustees under any indenture pursuant to which any instruments evidencing such Senior Indebtedness may have been issued, as their respective interests may appear, as calculated by the Company, for application to the payment of all Senior Indebtedness, remaining unpaid to the extent necessary to pay such Senior Indebtedness in full in money in accordance with its terms, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to or for the benefit of the holders of such Senior Indebtedness.

For purposes of this Article XV, the words “cash, property or securities” shall not be deemed to include shares of stock of the Company as reorganized or readjusted, or securities of the Company or any other corporation provided for by a plan of reorganization or readjustment, the payment of which is subordinated at least to the extent provided in this Article XV with respect to the Debentures to the payment of all Senior Indebtedness, that may at the time be outstanding, provided that (i) such Senior Indebtedness is assumed by the new corporation, if any, resulting from any such reorganization or readjustment, and (ii) the rights of the holders of such Senior Indebtedness are not, without the consent of such holders, altered by such reorganization or readjustment. The consolidation of the Company with, or the merger of the Company into, another corporation or the liquidation or dissolution of the Company following the conveyance or transfer of its property as an entirety, or substantially as an entirety, to another corporation upon the terms and conditions provided for in Article XI of this Indenture shall not be deemed a dissolution, winding-up, liquidation or reorganization for the purposes of this Section if such other corporation shall, as a part of such consolidation, merger, conveyance or transfer, comply with the conditions stated in Article XI of this Indenture. Nothing in Section 15.2 or in this Section shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 6.6 of this Indenture.

Section 15.4. Subrogation .  Subject to the payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness, the Securityholders shall be subrogated to the rights of the holders of such Senior Indebtedness to receive payments or distributions of cash, property or securities of the Company, applicable to such Senior Indebtedness until the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Debentures shall be paid in full. For the purposes of such subrogation, no payments or distributions to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness of any cash, property or securities to which the Securityholders or the Trustee would be entitled except for the provisions of this Article XV, and no payment over pursuant to the provisions of this Article XV to or for the benefit of the holders of such Senior Indebtedness by Securityholders or the Trustee, shall, as between the Company, its creditors other than holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company, and the holders of the Debentures be deemed to be a payment or distribution by the Company to or on account of such Senior Indebtedness. It is understood that the provisions of this Article XV are and are intended solely for the purposes of defining the relative rights of the holders of the Securities, on the one hand, and the holders of such Senior Indebtedness, on the other hand.

Nothing contained in this Article XV or elsewhere in this Indenture or in the Debentures is intended to or shall impair, as between the Company, its creditors other than the holders of Senior Indebtedness, and the holders of the Debentures, the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay to the holders of the Debentures the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Debentures as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with their terms, or

 

46


is intended to or shall affect the relative rights of the holders of the Debentures and creditors of the Company, other than the holders of Senior Indebtedness, nor shall anything herein or therein prevent the Trustee or the holder of any Debenture from exercising all remedies otherwise permitted by applicable law upon default under this Indenture, subject to the rights, if any, under this Article XV of the holders of such Senior Indebtedness in respect of cash, property or securities of the Company, received upon the exercise of any such remedy.

Upon any payment or distribution of assets of the Company referred to in this Article XV, the Trustee, subject to the provisions of Article VI of this Indenture, and the Securityholders shall be entitled to conclusively rely upon any order or decree made by any court of competent jurisdiction in which such dissolution, winding-up, liquidation or reorganization proceedings are pending, or a certificate of the receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, liquidation trustee, agent or other Person making such payment or distribution, delivered to the Trustee or to the Securityholders, for the purposes of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such distribution, the holders of Senior Indebtedness and other indebtedness of the Company, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article XV.

Section 15.5. Trustee to Effectuate Subordination .  Each Securityholder by such Securityholder’s acceptance thereof authorizes and directs the Trustee on such Securityholder’s behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination provided in this Article XV and appoints the Trustee such Securityholder’s attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes.

Section 15.6. Notice by the Company .  The Company shall give prompt written notice to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee at the Principal Office of the Trustee of any fact known to the Company that would prohibit the making of any payment of monies to or by the Trustee in respect of the Debentures pursuant to the provisions of this Article XV. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article XV or any other provision of this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of any facts that would prohibit the making of any payment of monies to or by the Trustee in respect of the Debentures pursuant to the provisions of this Article XV, unless and until a Responsible Officer of the Trustee at the Principal Office of the Trustee shall have received written notice thereof from the Company or a holder or holders of Senior Indebtedness or from any trustee therefor; and before the receipt of any such written notice, the Trustee, subject to the provisions of Article VI of this Indenture, shall be entitled in all respects to assume that no such facts exist; provided , however , that if the Trustee shall not have received the notice provided for in this Section at least 2 Business Days prior to the date upon which by the terms hereof any money may become payable for any purpose (including, without limitation, the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Debenture), then, anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall have full power and authority to receive such money and to apply the same to the purposes for which they were received, and shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary that may be received by it within 2 Business Days prior to such date.

The Trustee, subject to the provisions of Article VI of this Indenture, shall be entitled to conclusively rely on the delivery to it of a written notice by a Person representing himself to be a holder of Senior Indebtedness (or a trustee or representative on behalf of such holder), to establish that such notice has been given by a holder of such Senior Indebtedness or a trustee or representative on behalf of any such holder or holders. In the event that the Trustee determines in good faith that further evidence is required with respect to the right of any Person as a holder of such Senior Indebtedness to participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article XV, the Trustee may request such Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of such Senior Indebtedness held by such Person, the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution and any other facts pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Article XV, and, if such evidence is not furnished, the Trustee may defer any payment to such Person pending judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive such payment.

 

47


Section 15.7. Rights of the Trustee; Holders of Senior Indebtedness .  The Trustee in its individual capacity shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Article XV in respect of any Senior Indebtedness at any time held by it, to the same extent as any other holder of Senior Indebtedness, and nothing in this Indenture shall deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such holder.

With respect to the holders of Senior Indebtedness, the Trustee undertakes to perform or to observe only such of its covenants and obligations as are specifically set forth in this Article XV, and no implied covenants or obligations with respect to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee. The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness and, subject to the provisions of Article VI of this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be liable to any holder of such Senior Indebtedness if it shall pay over or deliver to Securityholders, the Company or any other Person money or assets to which any holder of such Senior Indebtedness shall be entitled by virtue of this Article XV or otherwise.

Nothing in this Article XV shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 6.6.

Section 15.8. Subordination May Not Be Impaired .  No right of any present or future holder of any Senior Indebtedness to enforce subordination as herein provided shall at any time in any way be prejudiced or impaired by any act or failure to act on the part of the Company, or by any act or failure to act, in good faith, by any such holder, or by any noncompliance by the Company, with the terms, provisions and covenants of this Indenture, regardless of any knowledge thereof that any such holder may have or otherwise be charged with.

Without in any way limiting the generality of the foregoing paragraph, the holders of Senior Indebtedness may, at any time and from time to time, without the consent of or notice to the Trustee or the Securityholders, without incurring responsibility to the Securityholders and without impairing or releasing the subordination provided in this Article XV or the obligations hereunder of the holders of the Debentures to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness, do any one or more of the following: (i) change the manner, place or terms of payment or extend the time of payment of, or renew or alter, such Senior Indebtedness, or otherwise amend or supplement in any manner such Senior Indebtedness or any instrument evidencing the same or any agreement under which such Senior Indebtedness is outstanding; (ii) sell, exchange, release or otherwise deal with any property pledged, mortgaged or otherwise securing such Senior Indebtedness; (iii) release any Person liable in any manner for the collection of such Senior Indebtedness; and (iv) exercise or refrain from exercising any rights against the Company, and any other Person.

Signatures appear on the following page

 

48


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the day and year first above written.

 

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION
By  

/s/    Alan B. White

Name:   Alan B. White
Title:   Chairman & CEO
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
By  

/s/    Paul D. Allen

Name:   Paul D. Allen
Title:   Vice President

 

49


EXHIBIT A

FORM OF FLOATING RATE JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEFERRABLE INTEREST DEBENTURE

[FORM OF FACE OF SECURITY]

THIS SECURITY IS NOT A SAVINGS ACCOUNT OR DEPOSIT AND IT IS NOT INSURED BY THE UNITED STATES OR ANY AGENCY OR FUND OF THE UNITED STATES, INCLUDING THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION.

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAW. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A SO LONG AS THIS SECURITY IS ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144A, (D) TO A NON-U.S. PERSON IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 (AS APPLICABLE) OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (A) OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO IT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INDENTURE, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE COMPANY.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF ALSO AGREES, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”) (EACH A “PLAN”), OR AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” BY REASON OF ANY PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY, AND NO PERSON INVESTING “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY PLAN MAY ACQUIRE OR HOLD THE SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER OR HOLDER IS ELIGIBLE FOR EXEMPTIVE RELIEF AVAILABLE UNDER U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR PROHIBITED TRANSACTION CLASS EXEMPTION 96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1 OR 84-14 OR ANOTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTION OR ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY IS NOT PROHIBITED BY

 

A-1-1


SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE WITH RESPECT TO SUCH PURCHASE OR HOLDING. ANY PURCHASER OR HOLDER OF THE SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED BY ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING THEREOF THAT EITHER (i) IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 3(3) OF ERISA, OR A PLAN TO WHICH SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE IS APPLICABLE, A TRUSTEE OR OTHER PERSON ACTING ON BEHALF OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY USING THE ASSETS OF ANY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN TO FINANCE SUCH PURCHASE, OR (ii) SUCH PURCHASE WILL NOT RESULT IN A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE FOR WHICH THERE IS NO APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE EXEMPTION.

THIS SECURITY WILL BE ISSUED AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN BLOCKS HAVING AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOT LESS THAN $100,000.00 AND MULTIPLES OF $1,000.00 IN EXCESS THEREOF. ANY ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY IN A BLOCK HAVING AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF LESS THAN $100,000.00 SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE VOID AND OF NO LEGAL EFFECT WHATSOEVER.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY AGREES THAT IT WILL COMPLY WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY THE INDENTURE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debenture

of

Plains Capital Corporation

September 17, 2003

Plains Capital Corporation, a Texas corporation (the “Company” which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received promises to pay to U.S. Bank National Association, not in its individual capacity but solely as Institutional Trustee for PCC Statutory Trust III (the “Holder”) or registered assigns, the principal sum of fifteen million four hundred sixty-four thousand dollars ($15,464,000.00) on September 17, 2033, and to pay interest on said principal sum from September 17, 2003, or from the most recent interest payment date (each such date, an “Interest Payment Date”) to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, quarterly (subject to deferral as set forth herein) in arrears on March 17, June 17, September 17 and December 17 of each year (or if such day is not a Business Day, then the next succeeding Business Day) commencing on December 17, 2003, at an annual rate equal to 4.09% beginning on (and including) the date of original issuance and ending on (but excluding) December 17, 2003 and at an annual rate for each successive period beginning on (and including) December 17, 2003, and each succeeding Interest Payment Date, and ending on (but excluding) the next succeeding Interest Payment Date (each a “Distribution Period”), equal to 3-Month LIBOR, determined as described below, plus 2.95% (the “Coupon Rate”), applied to the principal amount thereof, until the principal thereof becomes due and payable, and on any overdue principal and to the extent that payment of such interest is enforceable under applicable law (without duplication) on any overdue installment of interest (including Additional Interest) at the Interest Rate in effect for each applicable period compounded quarterly. The amount of interest payable for any Distribution Period will

 

A-1-2


be calculated by applying the Interest Rate to the principal amount outstanding at the commencement of the Distribution Period and multiplying each such amount by the actual number of days in the Distribution Period concerned divided by 360. In the event that any date on which interest is payable on this Debenture is not a Business Day, then a payment of the interest payable on such date will be made on the next succeeding day which is a Business Day (and without any interest or other payment in respect of any such delay), except that, if such Business Day is in the next succeeding calendar year, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day, in each case with the same force and effect as if made on the date the payment was originally payable. The interest installment so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date will, as provided in the Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Debenture (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the regular record date for such interest installment, which shall be fifteen days prior to the day on which the relevant Interest Payment Date occurs. Any such interest installment not so punctually paid or duly provided for shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on such regular record date and may be paid to the Person in whose name this Debenture (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on a special record date.

“3-Month LIBOR” as used herein, means the London interbank offered interest rate for three-month U.S. dollar deposits determined by the Trustee in the following order of priority: (i) the rate (expressed as a percentage per annum) for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity that appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date (“Telerate Page 3750” means the display designated as “Page 3750” on the Dow Jones Telerate Service or such other page as may replace Page 3750 on that service or such other service or services as may be nominated by the British Bankers’ Association as the information vendor for the purpose of displaying London interbank offered rates for U.S. dollar deposits); (ii) if such rate cannot be identified on the related Determination Date, the Trustee will request the principal London offices of four leading banks in the London interbank market to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to prime banks in the London interbank market for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such Determination Date. If at least two quotations are provided, 3-Month LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations; (iii) if fewer than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause (ii) above, the Trustee will request four major New York City banks to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to leading European banks for loans in U.S. dollars as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such Determination Date. If at least two such quotations are provided, 3-Month LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations; and (iv) if fewer than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause (iii) above, 3-Month LIBOR will be a 3-Month LIBOR determined with respect to the Distribution Period immediately preceding such current Distribution Period. If the rate for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity that initially appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date is superseded on the Telerate Page 3750 by a corrected rate by 12:00 noon (London time) on such Determination Date, then the corrected rate as so substituted on the applicable page will be the applicable 3-Month LIBOR for such Determination Date. As used herein, “Determination Date” means the date that is two London Banking Days (i.e., a business day in which dealings in deposits in U.S. dollars are transacted in the London interbank market) preceding the commencement of the relevant Distribution Period.

The Interest Rate for any Distribution Period will at no time be higher than the maximum rate then permitted by New York law as the same may be modified by United States law.

All percentages resulting from any calculations on the Debentures will be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point, with five one-millionths of a percentage point rounded upward (e.g., 9.876545% (or .09876545) being rounded to 9.87655% (or .0987655), and all dollar amounts used in or resulting from such calculation will be rounded to the nearest cent (with one-half cent being rounded upward)).

 

A-1-3


The principal of and interest on this Debenture shall be payable at the office or agency of the Trustee (or other paying agent appointed by the Company) maintained for that purpose in any coin or currency of the United States of America that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts; provided , however , that payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the registered holder at such address as shall appear in the Debenture Register if a request for a wire transfer by such holder has not been received by the Company or by wire transfer to an account appropriately designated by the holder hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as the holder of this Debenture is the Institutional Trustee, the payment of the principal of and interest on this Debenture will be made in immediately available funds at such place and to such account as may be designated by the Trustee.

So long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Company shall have the right, from time to time, and without causing an Event of Default, to defer payments of interest on the Debentures by extending the interest payment period on the Debentures at any time and from time to time during the term of the Debentures, for up to 20 consecutive quarterly periods (each such extended interest payment period, an “Extension Period”), during which Extension Period no interest (including Additional Interest) shall be due and payable (except any Additional Sums that may be due and payable). No Extension Period may end on a date other than an Interest Payment Date. During an Extension Period, interest will continue to accrue on the Debentures, and interest on such accrued interest will accrue at an annual rate equal to the Interest Rate in effect for such Extension Period, compounded quarterly from the date such interest would have been payable were it not for the Extension Period, to the extent permitted by law (such interest referred to herein as “Additional Interest”). At the end of any such Extension Period the Company shall pay all interest then accrued and unpaid on the Debentures (together with Additional Interest thereon); provided , however , that no Extension Period may extend beyond the Maturity Date; provided further , however , that during any such Extension Period, the Company shall not and shall not permit any Affiliate to engage in any of the activities or transactions described on the reverse side hereof and in the Indenture. Prior to the termination of any Extension Period, the Company may further extend such period, provided that such period together with all such previous and further consecutive extensions thereof shall not exceed 20 consecutive quarterly periods, or extend beyond the Maturity Date. Upon the termination of any Extension Period and upon the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, the Company may commence a new Extension Period, subject to the foregoing requirements. No interest or Additional Interest shall be due and payable during an Extension Period, except at the end thereof, but each installment of interest that would otherwise have been due and payable during such Extension Period shall bear Additional Interest. The Company must give the Trustee notice of its election to begin or extend an Extension Period at least 5 Business Days prior to the regular record date (as such term is used in Section 2.8 of the Indenture) immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date with respect to which interest on the Debentures would have been payable except for the election to begin or extend such Extension Period.

The indebtedness evidenced by this Debenture is, to the extent provided in the Indenture, subordinate and junior in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness, and this Debenture is issued subject to the provisions of the Indenture with respect thereto. Each holder of this Debenture, by accepting the same, (a) agrees to and shall be bound by such provisions, (b) authorizes and directs the Trustee on his or her behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to acknowledge or effectuate the subordination so provided and (c) appoints the Trustee his or her attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes. Each holder hereof, by his or her acceptance hereof, hereby waives all notice of the acceptance of the subordination provisions contained herein and in the Indenture by each holder of Senior Indebtedness, whether now outstanding or hereafter incurred, and waives reliance by each such holder upon said provisions.

 

A-1-4


This Debenture shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, be valid or become obligatory for any purpose until the certificate of authentication hereon shall have been signed by or on behalf of the Trustee.

The provisions of this Debenture are continued on the reverse side hereof and such provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as though fully set forth at this place.

 

A-1-5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has duly executed this certificate.

 

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION
By  

 

Name:  
Title:  

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Debentures referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee
By:  

 

  Authorized Officer

 

A-1-6


[FORM OF REVERSE OF DEBENTURE]

This Debenture is one of the floating rate junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures of the Company, all issued or to be issued under and pursuant to the Indenture dated as of September 17, 2003 (the “Indenture”), duly executed and delivered between the Company and the Trustee, to which Indenture reference is hereby made for a description of the rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities thereunder of the Trustee, the Company and the holders of the Debentures. The Debentures are limited in aggregate principal amount as specified in the Indenture.

Upon the occurrence and continuation of a Special Event prior to September 17, 2008, the Company shall have the right to redeem the Debentures in whole, but not in part, at any Interest Payment Date, within 120 days following the occurrence of such Special Event, at the Special Redemption Price.

In addition, the Company shall have the right to redeem the Debentures, in whole or in part, but in all cases in a principal amount with integral multiples of $1,000.00, on any Interest Payment Date on or after September 17, 2008, at the Redemption Price.

Prior to 10:00 a.m. New York City time on the Redemption Date or Special Redemption Date, as applicable, the Company will deposit with the Trustee or with one or more paying agents an amount of money sufficient to redeem on the Redemption Date or the Special Redemption Date, as applicable, all the Debentures so called for redemption at the appropriate Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price.

If all, or less than all, the Debentures are to be redeemed, the Company will give the Trustee notice not less than 45 nor more than 60 days, respectively, prior to the Redemption Date or Special Redemption Date, as applicable, as to the aggregate principal amount of Debentures to be redeemed and the Trustee shall select, in such manner as in its sole discretion it shall deem appropriate and fair, the Debentures or portions thereof (in integral multiples of $1,000.00) to be redeemed.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any redemption of Debentures by the Company shall be subject to the receipt of any and all required regulatory approvals.

In case an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, upon demand of the Trustee, the principal of all of the Debentures shall become due and payable in the manner, with the effect and subject to the conditions provided in the Indenture.

The Indenture contains provisions permitting the Company and the Trustee, with the consent of the holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures at the time outstanding, to execute supplemental indentures for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or of any supplemental indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the holders of the Debentures; provided , however , that no such supplemental indenture shall without the consent of the holders of each Debenture then outstanding and affected thereby (i) change the fixed maturity of any Debenture, or reduce the principal amount thereof or any premium thereon, or reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of interest thereon, or reduce any amount payable on redemption thereof or make the principal thereof or any interest or premium thereon payable in any coin or currency other than that provided in the Debentures, or impair or affect the right of any Securityholder to institute suit for payment thereof or impair the right of repayment, if any, at the option of the holder, or (ii) reduce the aforesaid percentage of Debentures the holders of which are required to consent to any such supplemental indenture.

 

A-1-7


The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures at the time outstanding on behalf of the holders of all of the Debentures to waive (or modify any previously granted waiver of) any past default or Event of Default, and its consequences, except a default (a) in the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any of the Debentures, (b) in respect of covenants or provisions hereof or of the Indenture which cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the holder of each Debenture affected, or (c) in respect of the covenants contained in Section 3.9 of the Indenture; provided , however , that if the Debentures are held by the Trust or a trustee of such trust, such waiver or modification to such waiver shall not be effective until the holders of a majority in Liquidation Amount of Trust Securities of the Trust shall have consented to such waiver or modification to such waiver, provided , further , that if the consent of the holder of each outstanding Debenture is required, such waiver shall not be effective until each holder of the Trust Securities of the Trust shall have consented to such waiver. Upon any such waiver, the default covered thereby shall be deemed to be cured for all purposes of the Indenture and the Company, the Trustee and the holders of the Debentures shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder, respectively; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon. Whenever any default or Event of Default hereunder shall have been waived as permitted by the Indenture, said default or Event of Default shall for all purposes of the Debentures and the Indenture be deemed to have been cured and to be not continuing.

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Debenture or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and premium, if any, and interest, including Additional Interest, on this Debenture at the time and place and at the rate and in the money herein prescribed.

The Company has agreed that if Debentures are initially issued to the Trust or a trustee of such Trust in connection with the issuance of Trust Securities by the Trust (regardless of whether Debentures continue to be held by such Trust) and (i) there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default, (ii) the Company shall be in default with respect to its payment of any obligations under the Capital Securities Guarantee, or (iii) the Company shall have given notice of its election to defer payments of interest on the Debentures by extending the interest payment period as provided herein and such Extension Period, or any extension thereof, shall be continuing, then the Company shall not, and shall not allow any Affiliate of the Company to, (x) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire, or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of the Company’s capital stock or its Affiliates’ capital stock (other than payments of dividends or distributions to the Company or payments of dividends from direct or indirect subsidiaries of the Company to their parent corporations, which also shall be direct or indirect subsidiaries of the Company) or make any guarantee payments with respect to the foregoing or (y) make any payment of principal of or interest or premium, if any, on or repay, repurchase or redeem any debt securities of the Company or any Affiliate that rank pari passu in all respects with or junior in interest to the Debentures (other than, with respect to clauses (x) and (y) above, (1) repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of shares of capital stock of the Company in connection with any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants, in connection with a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock purchase plan or in connection with the issuance of capital stock of the Company (or securities convertible into or exercisable for such capital stock) as consideration in an acquisition transaction entered into prior to the applicable Extension Period, if any, (2) as a result of any exchange or conversion of any class or series of the Company’s capital stock (or any capital stock of a subsidiary of the Company) for any class or series of the Company’s capital stock or of any class or series of the Company’s indebtedness for any class or series of the Company’s capital stock, (3) the purchase of fractional interests in shares of the Company’s capital stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such capital stock or the security being converted or exchanged, (4) any declaration of a dividend in connection with any stockholders’ rights plan, or the issuance of rights, stock or other property under any stockholders’ rights plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto, (5) any dividend in the form of stock, warrants, options or other rights where the dividend stock or the

 

A-1-8


stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants, options or other rights is the same stock as that on which the dividend is being paid or ranks pari passu with or junior to such stock and any cash payments in lieu of fractional shares issued in connection therewith, (6) payments of principal or interest on debt securities or payments of cash dividends or distributions on any capital stock issued by an Affiliate that is not, in whole or in part, a subsidiary of the Company (or any redemptions, repurchases or liquidation payments on such stock or securities), or (7) payments under the Capital Securities Guarantee).

The Debentures are issuable only in registered, certificated form without coupons and in minimum denominations of $100,000.00 and any multiple of $1,000.00 in excess thereof. As provided in the Indenture and subject to the transfer restrictions and limitations as may be contained herein and therein from time to time, this Debenture is transferable by the holder hereof on the Debenture Register of the Company. Upon due presentment for registration of transfer of any Debenture at the Principal Office of the Trustee or at any office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose as provided in Section 3.2 of the Indenture, the Company shall execute, the Company or the Trustee shall register and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and make available for delivery in the name of the transferee or transferees a new Debenture for a like aggregate principal amount. All Debentures presented for registration of transfer or for exchange or payment shall (if so required by the Company or the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent) be duly endorsed by, or be accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer in form satisfactory to, the Company and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent duly executed by the holder or his attorney duly authorized in writing. No service charge shall be made for any exchange or registration of transfer of Debentures, but the Company or the Trustee may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax, fee or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection therewith.

Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer of any Debenture, the Company, the Trustee, any Authenticating Agent, any paying agent, any transfer agent and any Debenture registrar may deem the Person in whose name such Debenture shall be registered upon the Debenture Register to be, and may treat him as, the absolute owner of such Debenture (whether or not such Debenture shall be overdue) for the purpose of receiving payment of or on account of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Debenture and for all other purposes; and neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent nor any paying agent nor any transfer agent nor any Debenture registrar shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. All such payments so made to any holder for the time being or upon his order shall be valid, and, to the extent of the sum or sums so paid, effectual to satisfy and discharge the liability for moneys payable upon any such Debenture.

No recourse for the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest on any Debenture, or for any claim based thereon or otherwise in respect thereof, and no recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of the Company in the Indenture or in any supplemental indenture, or in any such Debenture, or because of the creation of any indebtedness represented thereby, shall be had against any incorporator, stockholder, employee, officer or director, as such, past, present or future, of the Company or of any successor Person of the Company, either directly or through the Company or any successor Person of the Company, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise, it being expressly understood that all such liability is hereby expressly waived and released as a condition of, and as a consideration for, the execution of the Indenture and the issue of the Debentures.

Capitalized terms used and not defined in this Debenture shall have the meanings assigned in the Indenture dated as of the date of original issuance of this Debenture between the Trustee and the Company.

 

A-1-9


THE INDENTURE AND THE DEBENTURES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAW PRINCIPLES THEREOF.

 

A-1-10

Exhibit 4.15

FLOATING RATE JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEFERRABLE INTEREST DEBENTURE

THIS SECURITY IS NOT A SAVINGS ACCOUNT OR DEPOSIT AND IT IS NOT INSURED BY THE UNITED STATES OR ANY AGENCY OR FUND OF THE UNITED STATES, INCLUDING THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION.

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAW. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A SO LONG AS THIS SECURITY IS ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144A, (D) TO A NON-U.S. PERSON IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 (AS APPLICABLE) OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (A) OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO IT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INDENTURE, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE COMPANY.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF ALSO AGREES, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”) (EACH A “PLAN”), OR AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” BY REASON OF ANY PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY, AND NO PERSON INVESTING “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY PLAN MAY ACQUIRE OR HOLD THE SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER OR HOLDER IS ELIGIBLE FOR EXEMPTIVE RELIEF AVAILABLE UNDER U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR PROHIBITED TRANSACTION CLASS EXEMPTION 96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1 OR 84-14 OR ANOTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTION OR ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY IS NOT PROHIBITED BY SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE WITH RESPECT TO SUCH PURCHASE OR HOLDING. ANY PURCHASER OR HOLDER OF THE SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED BY ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING THEREOF THAT EITHER (i) IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 3(3) OF ERISA, OR A PLAN TO WHICH SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE


IS APPLICABLE, A TRUSTEE OR OTHER PERSON ACTING ON BEHALF OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY USING THE ASSETS OF ANY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN TO FINANCE SUCH PURCHASE, OR (ii) SUCH PURCHASE WILL NOT RESULT IN A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE FOR WHICH THERE IS NO APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE EXEMPTION.

THIS SECURITY WILL BE ISSUED AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN BLOCKS HAVING AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOT LESS THAN $100,000.00 AND MULTIPLES OF $1,000.00 IN EXCESS THEREOF. ANY ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY IN A BLOCK HAVING AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF LESS THAN $100,000.00 SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE VOID AND OF NO LEGAL EFFECT WHATSOEVER.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY AGREES THAT IT WILL COMPLY WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY THE INDENTURE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debenture

of

Plains Capital Corporation

September 17, 2003

Plains Capital Corporation, a Texas corporation (the “Company” which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received promises to pay to U.S. Bank National Association, not in its individual capacity but solely as Institutional Trustee for PCC Statutory Trust III (the “Holder”) or registered assigns, the principal sum of fifteen million four hundred sixty-four thousand dollars ($15,464,000.00) on September 17, 2033, and to pay interest on said principal sum from September 17, 2003, or from the most recent interest payment date (each such date, an “Interest Payment Date”) to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, quarterly (subject to deferral as set forth herein) in arrears on March 17, June 17, September 17 and December 17 of each year (or if such day is not a Business Day, then the next succeeding Business Day) commencing December 17, 2003, at an annual rate equal to 4.09% beginning on (and including) the date of original issuance and ending on (but excluding) December 17, 2003 and at an annual rate for each successive period beginning on (and including) December 17, 2003, and each succeeding Interest Payment Date, and ending on (but excluding) the next succeeding Interest Payment Date (each a “Distribution Period”), equal to 3-Month LIBOR, determined as described below, plus 2.95% (the “Coupon Rate”), applied to the principal amount thereof, until the principal thereof becomes due and payable, and on any overdue principal and to the extent that payment of such interest is enforceable under applicable law (without duplication) on any overdue installment of interest (including Additional Interest) at the Interest Rate in effect for each applicable period compounded quarterly. The amount of interest payable for any Distribution Period will be calculated by applying the Interest Rate to the principal amount outstanding at the commencement of the Distribution Period and multiplying each such amount by the actual number of days in the Distribution Period concerned divided by 360. In the event that any date on which interest is payable on this Debenture is not a Business Day, then a payment of the interest payable on such date will be made on the next succeeding day which is a Business Day (and without any interest or other payment in respect of

 

2


any such delay), except that, if such Business Day is in the next succeeding calendar year, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day, in each case with the same force and effect as if made on the date the payment was originally payable. The interest installment so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date will, as provided in the Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Debenture (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the regular record date for such interest installment, which shall be fifteen days prior to the day on which the relevant Interest Payment Date occurs. Any such interest installment not so punctually paid or duly provided for shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on such regular record date and may be paid to the Person in whose name this Debenture (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on a special record date.

“3-Month LIBOR” as used herein, means the London interbank offered interest rate for three-month U.S. dollar deposits determined by the Trustee in the following order of priority: (i) the rate (expressed as a percentage per annum) for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity that appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date (“Telerate Page 3750” means the display designated as “Page 3750” on the Dow Jones Telerate Service or such other page as may replace Page 3750 on that service or such other service or services as may be nominated by the British Bankers’ Association as the information vendor for the purpose of displaying London interbank offered rates for U.S. dollar deposits); (ii) if such rate cannot be identified on the related Determination Date, the Trustee will request the principal London offices of four leading banks in the London interbank market to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to prime banks in the London interbank market for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such Determination Date. If at least two quotations are provided, 3-Month LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations; (iii) if fewer than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause (ii) above, the Trustee will request four major New York City banks to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to leading European banks for loans in U.S. dollars as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such Determination Date. If at least two such quotations are provided, 3-Month LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations; and (iv) if fewer than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause (iii) above, 3-Month LIBOR will be a 3-Month LIBOR determined with respect to the Distribution Period immediately preceding such current Distribution Period. If the rate for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity that initially appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date is superseded on the Telerate Page 3750 by a corrected rate by 12:00 noon (London time) on such Determination Date, then the corrected rate as so substituted on the applicable page will be the applicable 3-Month LIBOR for such Determination Date. As used herein, “Determination Date” means the date that is two London Banking Days (i.e., a business day in which dealings in deposits in U.S. dollars are transacted in the London interbank market) preceding the commencement of the relevant Distribution Period.

The Interest Rate for any Distribution Period will at no time be higher than the maximum rate then permitted by New York law as the same may be modified by United States law.

All percentages resulting from any calculations on the Debentures will be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point, with five one-millionths of a percentage point rounded upward (e.g., 9.876545% (or .09876545) being rounded to 9.87655% (or .0987655), and all dollar amounts used in or resulting from such calculation will be rounded to the nearest cent (with one-half cent being rounded upward)).

The principal of and interest on this Debenture shall be payable at the office or agency of the Trustee (or other paying agent appointed by the Company) maintained for that purpose in any coin or currency of the United States of America that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public

 

3


and private debts; provided , however , that payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the registered holder at such address as shall appear in the Debenture Register if a request for a wire transfer by such holder has not been received by the Company or by wire transfer to an account appropriately designated by the holder hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as the holder of this Debenture is the Institutional Trustee, the payment of the principal of and interest on this Debenture will be made in immediately available funds at such place and to such account as may be designated by the Trustee.

So long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Company shall have the right, from time to time, and without causing an Event of Default, to defer payments of interest on the Debentures by extending the interest payment period on the Debentures at any time and from time to time during the term of the Debentures, for up to 20 consecutive quarterly periods (each such extended interest payment period, an “Extension Period”), during which Extension Period no interest (including Additional Interest) shall be due and payable (except any Additional Sums that may be due and payable). No Extension Period may end on a date other than an Interest Payment Date. During an Extension Period, interest will continue to accrue on the Debentures, and interest on such accrued interest will accrue at an annual rate equal to the Interest Rate in effect for such Extension Period, compounded quarterly from the date such interest would have been payable were it not for the Extension Period, to the extent permitted by law (such interest referred to herein as “Additional Interest”). At the end of any such Extension Period the Company shall pay all interest then accrued and unpaid on the Debentures (together with Additional Interest thereon); provided , however , that no Extension Period may extend beyond the Maturity Date; provided further , however , that during any such Extension Period, the Company shall not and shall not permit any Affiliate to engage in any of the activities or transactions described on the reverse side hereof and in the Indenture. Prior to the termination of any Extension Period, the Company may further extend such period, provided that such period together with all such previous and further consecutive extensions thereof shall not exceed 20 consecutive quarterly periods, or extend beyond the Maturity Date. Upon the termination of any Extension Period and upon the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, the Company may commence a new Extension Period, subject to the foregoing requirements. No interest or Additional Interest shall be due and payable during an Extension Period, except at the end thereof, but each installment of interest that would otherwise have been due and payable during such Extension Period shall bear Additional Interest. The Company must give the Trustee notice of its election to begin or extend an Extension Period at least 5 Business Days prior to the regular record date (as such term is used in Section 2.8 of the Indenture) immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date with respect to which interest on the Debentures would have been payable except for the election to begin or extend such Extension Period.

The indebtedness evidenced by this Debenture is, to the extent provided in the Indenture, subordinate and junior in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness, and this Debenture is issued subject to the provisions of the Indenture with respect thereto. Each holder of this Debenture, by accepting the same, (a) agrees to and shall be bound by such provisions, (b) authorizes and directs the Trustee on his or her behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to acknowledge or effectuate the subordination so provided and (c) appoints the Trustee his or her attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes. Each holder hereof, by his or her acceptance hereof, hereby waives all notice of the acceptance of the subordination provisions contained herein and in the Indenture by each holder of Senior Indebtedness, whether now outstanding or hereafter incurred, and waives reliance by each such holder upon said provisions.

This Debenture shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, be valid or become obligatory for any purpose until the certificate of authentication hereon shall have been signed by or on behalf of the Trustee.

 

4


The provisions of this Debenture are continued on the reverse side hereof and such provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as though fully set forth at this place.

Signatures appear on the following page

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has duly executed this certificate.

 

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION
By  

/s/    Alan B. White

Name:   Alan B. White
Title:   Chairman & CEO

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Debentures referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee
By:  

/s/    Paul D. Allen

  Authorized Officer

 

6


REVERSE OF DEBENTURE

This Debenture is one of the floating rate junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures of the Company, all issued or to be issued under and pursuant to the Indenture dated as of September 17, 2003 (the “Indenture”), duly executed and delivered between the Company and the Trustee, to which Indenture reference is hereby made for a description of the rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities thereunder of the Trustee, the Company and the holders of the Debentures. The Debentures are limited in aggregate principal amount as specified in the Indenture.

Upon the occurrence and continuation of a Special Event prior to September 17, 2008, the Company shall have the right to redeem the Debentures in whole, but not in part, at any Interest Payment Date, within 120 days following the occurrence of such Special Event, at the Special Redemption Price.

In addition, the Company shall have the right to redeem the Debentures, in whole or in part, but in all cases in a principal amount with integral multiples of $1,000.00, on any Interest Payment Date on or after September 17, 2008, at the Redemption Price.

Prior to 10:00 a.m. New York City time on the Redemption Date or Special Redemption Date, as applicable, the Company will deposit with the Trustee or with one or more paying agents an amount of money sufficient to redeem on the Redemption Date or the Special Redemption Date, as applicable, all the Debentures so called for redemption at the appropriate Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price.

If all, or less than all, the Debentures are to be redeemed, the Company will give the Trustee notice not less than 45 nor more than 60 days, respectively, prior to the Redemption Date or Special Redemption Date, as applicable, as to the aggregate principal amount of Debentures to be redeemed and the Trustee shall select, in such manner as in its sole discretion it shall deem appropriate and fair, the Debentures or portions thereof (in integral multiples of $1,000.00) to be redeemed.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any redemption of Debentures by the Company shall be subject to the receipt of any and all required regulatory approvals.

In case an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, upon demand of the Trustee, the principal of all of the Debentures shall become due and payable in the manner, with the effect and subject to the conditions provided in the Indenture.

The Indenture contains provisions permitting the Company and the Trustee, with the consent of the holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures at the time outstanding, to execute supplemental indentures for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or of any supplemental indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the holders of the Debentures; provided , however , that no such supplemental indenture shall without the consent of the holders of each Debenture then outstanding and affected thereby (i) change the fixed maturity of any Debenture, or reduce the principal amount thereof or any premium thereon, or reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of interest thereon, or reduce any amount payable on redemption thereof or make the principal thereof or any interest or premium thereon payable in any coin or currency other than that provided in the Debentures, or impair or affect the right of any Securityholder to institute suit for payment thereof or impair the right of repayment, if any, at the option of the holder, or (ii) reduce the aforesaid percentage of Debentures the holders of which are required to consent to any such supplemental indenture.

The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures at the time outstanding on behalf of the holders of all of the Debentures to waive (or modify any previously granted waiver of) any past default or Event of Default, and its consequences, except a default (a) in the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any of the Debentures, (b) in respect of covenants or provisions hereof or of the Indenture which cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the holder of each Debenture affected, or (c) in respect of the covenants contained in Section 3.9 of the Indenture; provided , however , that if the Debentures are held by the Trust or a trustee of such trust, such waiver or modification to such waiver shall not be effective until the holders of a majority in Liquidation Amount of Trust Securities of the Trust shall have consented to such waiver or modification to such waiver, provided , further , that if the consent of the holder of each outstanding Debenture is required, such waiver shall not be effective until each holder of the Trust Securities of the Trust shall have consented to such waiver. Upon any such waiver, the default covered thereby shall be deemed to be cured for all purposes of the Indenture and the Company, the Trustee and the holders of the Debentures shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder, respectively; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon. Whenever any default or Event of Default hereunder shall have been waived as permitted by the Indenture, said default or Event of Default shall for all purposes of the Debentures and the Indenture be deemed to have been cured and to be not continuing.

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Debenture or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and premium, if any, and interest, including Additional Interest, on this Debenture at the time and place and at the rate and in the money herein prescribed.

The Company has agreed that if Debentures are initially issued to the Trust or a trustee of such Trust in connection with the issuance of Trust Securities by the Trust (regardless of whether Debentures continue to be held by such Trust) and (i) there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default, (ii) the Company shall be in default with respect to its payment of any obligations under the Capital Securities Guarantee, or (iii) the Company shall have given notice of its election to defer payments of interest on the Debentures by extending the interest payment period as provided herein and such Extension Period, or any extension thereof, shall be continuing, then the Company shall not, and shall not allow any Affiliate of the Company to, (x) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire, or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of the Company’s capital stock or its Affiliates’ capital stock (other than payments of dividends or distributions to the Company or payments of dividends from direct or indirect subsidiaries of the Company to their parent corporations, which also shall be direct or indirect subsidiaries of the Company) or make any guarantee payments with respect to the foregoing or (y) make any

 

7


payment of principal of or interest or premium, if any, on or repay, repurchase or redeem any debt securities of the Company or any Affiliate that rank pari passu in all respects with or junior in interest to the Debentures (other than, with respect to clauses (x) and (y) above, (1) repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of shares of capital stock of the Company in connection with any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants, in connection with a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock purchase plan or in connection with the issuance of capital stock of the Company (or securities convertible into or exercisable for such capital stock) as consideration in an acquisition transaction entered into prior to the applicable Extension Period, if any, (2) as a result of any exchange or conversion of any class or series of the Company’s capital stock (or any capital stock of a subsidiary of the Company) for any class or series of the Company’s capital stock or of any class or series of the Company’s indebtedness for any class or series of the Company’s capital stock, (3) the purchase of fractional interests in shares of the Company’s capital stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such capital stock or the security being converted or exchanged, (4) any declaration of a dividend in connection with any stockholders’ rights plan, or the issuance of rights, stock or other property under any stockholders’ rights plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto, (5) any dividend in the form of stock, warrants, options or other rights where the dividend stock or the stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants, options or other rights is the same stock as that on which the dividend is being paid or ranks pari passu with or junior to such stock and any cash payments in lieu of fractional shares issued in connection therewith, (6) payments of principal or interest on debt securities or payments of cash dividends or distributions on any capital stock issued by an Affiliate that is not, in whole or in part, a subsidiary of the Company (or any redemptions, repurchases or liquidation payments on such stock or securities, or (7) payments under the Capital Securities Guarantee).

The Debentures are issuable only in registered, certificated form without coupons and in minimum denominations of $100,000.00 and any multiple of $1,000.00 in excess thereof. As provided in the Indenture and subject to the transfer restrictions and limitations as may be contained herein and therein from time to time, this Debenture is transferable by the holder hereof on the Debenture Register of the Company. Upon due presentment for registration of transfer of any Debenture at the Principal Office of the Trustee or at any office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose as provided in Section 3.2 of the Indenture, the Company shall execute, the Company or the Trustee shall register and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and make available for delivery in the name of the transferee or transferees a new Debenture for a like aggregate principal amount. All Debentures presented for registration of transfer or for exchange or payment shall (if so required by the Company or the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent) be duly endorsed by, or be accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer in form satisfactory to, the Company and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent duly executed by the holder or his attorney duly authorized in writing. No service charge shall be made for any exchange or registration of transfer of Debentures, but the Company or the Trustee may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax, fee or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection therewith.

Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer of any Debenture, the Company, the Trustee, any Authenticating Agent, any paying agent, any transfer agent and any Debenture registrar may deem the Person in whose name such Debenture shall be registered upon the Debenture Register to be, and may treat him as, the absolute owner of such Debenture (whether or not such Debenture shall be overdue) for the purpose of receiving payment of or on account of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Debenture and for all other purposes; and neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent nor any paying agent nor any transfer agent nor any Debenture registrar shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. All such payments so made to any holder for the time being or upon his order shall be valid, and, to the extent of the sum or sums so paid, effectual to satisfy and discharge the liability for moneys payable upon any such Debenture.

No recourse for the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest on any Debenture, or for any claim based thereon or otherwise in respect thereof, and no recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of the Company in the Indenture or in any supplemental indenture, or in any such Debenture, or because of the creation of any indebtedness represented thereby, shall be had against any incorporator, stockholder, employee, officer or director, as such, past, present or future, of the Company or of any successor Person of the Company, either directly or through the Company or any successor Person of the Company, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise, it being expressly understood that all such liability is hereby expressly waived and released as a condition of, and as a consideration for, the execution of the Indenture and the issue of the Debentures.

Capitalized terms used and not defined in this Debenture shall have the meanings assigned in the Indenture dated as of the date of original issuance of this Debenture between the Trustee and the Company.

THE INDENTURE AND THE DEBENTURES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAW PRINCIPLES THEREOF.

 

8

Exhibit 4.16

 

 

 

GUARANTEE AGREEMENT

by and between

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION

and

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

Dated as of September 17, 2003

 

 

 


GUARANTEE AGREEMENT

This GUARANTEE AGREEMENT (this “Guarantee”), dated as of September 17, 2003, is executed and delivered by Plains Capital Corporation, a Texas corporation (the “Guarantor”), and U.S. Bank National Association, a national banking association, organized under the laws of the United States of America, as trustee (the “Guarantee Trustee”), for the benefit of the Holders (as defined herein) from time to time of the Capital Securities (as defined herein) of PCC Statutory Trust III, a Connecticut statutory trust (the “Issuer”).

WHEREAS, pursuant to an Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust (the “Declaration”), dated as of the date hereof among U.S. Bank National Association, not in its individual capacity but solely as institutional trustee, the administrators of the Issuer named therein, the Guarantor, as sponsor, and the holders from time to time of undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Issuer, the Issuer is issuing on the date hereof those undivided beneficial interests, having an aggregate liquidation amount of $15,000,000.00 (the “Capital Securities”); and

WHEREAS, as incentive for the Holders to purchase the Capital Securities, the Guarantor desires irrevocably and unconditionally to agree, to the extent set forth in this Guarantee, to pay to the Holders of Capital Securities the Guarantee Payments (as defined herein) and to make certain other payments on the terms and conditions set forth herein;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the purchase by each Holder of the Capital Securities, which purchase the Guarantor hereby agrees shall benefit the Guarantor, the Guarantor executes and delivers this Guarantee for the benefit of the Holders.

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

Section 1.1. Definitions and Interpretation .  In this Guarantee, unless the context otherwise requires:

(a) capitalized terms used in this Guarantee but not defined in the preamble above have the respective meanings assigned to them in this Section 1.1;

(b) a term defined anywhere in this Guarantee has the same meaning throughout;

(c) all references to “the Guarantee” or “this Guarantee” are to this Guarantee as modified, supplemented or amended from time to time;

(d) all references in this Guarantee to “Articles” or “Sections” are to Articles or Sections of this Guarantee, unless otherwise specified;

(e) terms defined in the Declaration as at the date of execution of this Guarantee have the same meanings when used in this Guarantee, unless otherwise defined in this Guarantee or unless the context otherwise requires; and

(f) a reference to the singular includes the plural and vice versa.

Affiliate ” has the same meaning as given to that term in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any successor rule thereunder.


Beneficiaries ” means any Person to whom the Issuer is or hereafter becomes indebted or liable.

Capital Securities ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Guarantee.

Common Securities ” means the common securities issued by the Issuer to the Guarantor pursuant to the Declaration.

Corporate Trust Office ” means the office of the Guarantee Trustee at which the corporate trust business of the Guarantee Trustee shall, at any particular time, be principally administered, which office at the date of execution of this Guarantee is located at 225 Asylum Street, Goodwin Square, Hartford, Connecticut 06103.

Covered Person ” means any Holder of Capital Securities.

Debentures ” means the debt securities of the Guarantor designated the Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures due 2033 held by the Institutional Trustee (as defined in the Declaration) of the Issuer.

Declaration Event of Default ” means an “Event of Default” as defined in the Declaration.

Event of Default ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(a).

Guarantee Payments ” means the following payments or distributions, without duplication, with respect to the Capital Securities, to the extent not paid or made by the Issuer: (i) any accrued and unpaid Distributions (as defined in the Declaration) which are required to be paid on such Capital Securities to the extent the Issuer shall have funds available therefor, (ii) the Redemption Price to the extent the Issuer has funds available therefor, with respect to any Capital Securities called for redemption by the Issuer, (iii) the Special Redemption Price to the extent the Issuer has funds available therefor, with respect to Capital Securities redeemed upon the occurrence of a Special Event, and (iv) upon a voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, winding-up or termination of the Issuer (other than in connection with the distribution of Debentures to the Holders of the Capital Securities in exchange therefor as provided in the Declaration), the lesser of (a) the aggregate of the liquidation amount and all accrued and unpaid Distributions on the Capital Securities to the date of payment, to the extent the Issuer shall have funds available therefor, and (b) the amount of assets of the Issuer remaining available for distribution to Holders in liquidation of the Issuer (in either case, the “Liquidation Distribution”).

Guarantee Trustee ” means U.S. Bank National Association, until a Successor Guarantee Trustee has been appointed and has accepted such appointment pursuant to the terms of this Guarantee and thereafter means each such Successor Guarantee Trustee.

Guarantor ” means Plains Capital Corporation and each of its successors and assigns.

Holder ” means any holder, as registered on the books and records of the Issuer, of any Capital Securities; provided , however , that, in determining whether the Holders of the requisite percentage of Capital Securities have given any request, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, “Holder” shall not include the Guarantor or any Affiliate of the Guarantor.

Indemnified Person ” means the Guarantee Trustee, any Affiliate of the Guarantee Trustee, or any officers, directors, shareholders, members, partners, employees, representatives, nominees, custodians or agents of the Guarantee Trustee.

 

2


Indenture ” means the Indenture dated as of the date hereof between the Guarantor and U.S. Bank National Association, not in its individual capacity but solely as trustee, and any indenture supplemental thereto pursuant to which the Debentures are to be issued to the institutional trustee of the Issuer.

Issuer ” has the meaning set forth in the opening paragraph to this Guarantee.

Liquidation Distribution ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Guarantee Payments” herein.

Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities ” means Holder(s) of outstanding Capital Securities, voting together as a class, but separately from the holders of Common Securities, of more than 50% of the aggregate liquidation amount (including the stated amount that would be paid on redemption, liquidation or otherwise, plus accrued and unpaid Distributions to the date upon which the voting percentages are determined) of all Capital Securities then outstanding.

Obligations ” means any costs, expenses or liabilities (but not including liabilities related to taxes) of the Issuer other than obligations of the Issuer to pay to holders of any Trust Securities the amounts due such holders pursuant to the terms of the Trust Securities.

Officer’s Certificate ” means, with respect to any Person, a certificate signed by one Authorized Officer of such Person. Any Officer’s Certificate delivered with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Guarantee shall include:

(a) a statement that the officer signing the Officer’s Certificate has read the covenant or condition and the definitions relating thereto;

(b) a brief statement of the nature and scope of the examination or investigation undertaken by the officer in rendering the Officer’s Certificate;

(c) a statement that the officer has made such examination or investigation as, in such officer’s opinion, is necessary to enable such officer to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

(d) a statement as to whether, in the opinion of the officer, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

Person ” means a legal person, including any individual, corporation, estate, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated association, or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof, or any other entity of whatever nature.

Redemption Price ” has the meaning set forth in the Indenture.

Responsible Officer ” means, with respect to the Guarantee Trustee, any officer within the Corporate Trust Office of the Guarantee Trustee including any Vice President, Assistant Vice President, Secretary, Assistant Secretary or any other officer of the Guarantee Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of that officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

Special Event ” has the meaning set forth in the Indenture.

 

3


Special Redemption Price ” has the meaning set forth in the Indenture.

Successor Guarantee Trustee ” means a successor Guarantee Trustee possessing the qualifications to act as Guarantee Trustee under Section 3.1.

Trust Securities ” means the Common Securities and the Capital Securities.

ARTICLE II

POWERS, DUTIES AND RIGHTS OF

GUARANTEE TRUSTEE

Section 2.1. Powers and Duties of the Guarantee Trustee .

(a) This Guarantee shall be held by the Guarantee Trustee for the benefit of the Holders of the Capital Securities, and the Guarantee Trustee shall not transfer this Guarantee to any Person except a Holder of Capital Securities exercising his or her rights pursuant to Section 4.4(b) or to a Successor Guarantee Trustee on acceptance by such Successor Guarantee Trustee of its appointment to act as Successor Guarantee Trustee. The right, title and interest of the Guarantee Trustee shall automatically vest in any Successor Guarantee Trustee, and such vesting and cessation of title shall be effective whether or not conveyancing documents have been executed and delivered pursuant to the appointment of such Successor Guarantee Trustee.

(b) If an Event of Default actually known to a Responsible Officer of the Guarantee Trustee has occurred and is continuing, the Guarantee Trustee shall enforce this Guarantee for the benefit of the Holders of the Capital Securities.

(c) The Guarantee Trustee, before the occurrence of any Event of Default and after curing all Events of Default that may have occurred, shall undertake to perform only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Guarantee, and no implied covenants shall be read into this Guarantee against the Guarantee Trustee. In case an Event of Default has occurred (that has not been waived pursuant to Section 2.4) and is actually known to a Responsible Officer of the Guarantee Trustee, the Guarantee Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Guarantee, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise thereof, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs.

(d) No provision of this Guarantee shall be construed to relieve the Guarantee Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(i) prior to the occurrence of any Event of Default and after the curing or waiving of all such Events of Default that may have occurred:

(A) the duties and obligations of the Guarantee Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Guarantee, and the Guarantee Trustee shall not be liable except for the performance of such duties and obligations as are specifically set forth in this Guarantee, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Guarantee against the Guarantee Trustee; and

(B) in the absence of bad faith on the part of the Guarantee Trustee, the Guarantee Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon any certificates or opinions furnished

 

4


to the Guarantee Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Guarantee; but in the case of any such certificates or opinions that by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Guarantee Trustee, the Guarantee Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Guarantee;

(ii) the Guarantee Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer of the Guarantee Trustee, unless it shall be proved that such Responsible Officer of the Guarantee Trustee or the Guarantee Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts upon which such judgment was made;

(iii) the Guarantee Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the written direction of the Holders of not less than a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Guarantee Trustee, or relating to the exercise of any trust or power conferred upon the Guarantee Trustee under this Guarantee; and

(iv) no provision of this Guarantee shall require the Guarantee Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur personal financial liability in the performance of any of its duties or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if the Guarantee Trustee shall have reasonable grounds for believing that the repayment of such funds is not reasonably assured to it under the terms of this Guarantee or security and indemnity, reasonably satisfactory to the Guarantee Trustee, against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

Section 2.2. Certain Rights of Guarantee Trustee .

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.1:

(i) The Guarantee Trustee may conclusively rely, and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting upon, any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or presented by the proper party or parties.

(ii) Any direction or act of the Guarantor contemplated by this Guarantee shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Officer’s Certificate.

(iii) Whenever, in the administration of this Guarantee, the Guarantee Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established before taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Guarantee Trustee (unless other evidence is herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, request and conclusively rely upon an Officer’s Certificate of the Guarantor which, upon receipt of such request, shall be promptly delivered by the Guarantor.

(iv) The Guarantee Trustee shall have no duty to see to any recording, filing or registration of any instrument (or any re-recording, refiling or re-registration thereof).

(v) The Guarantee Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection, and the advice or opinion of such counsel with respect to legal matters shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and

 

5


in accordance with such advice or opinion. Such counsel may be counsel to the Guarantor or any of its Affiliates and may include any of its employees. The Guarantee Trustee shall have the right at any time to seek instructions concerning the administration of this Guarantee from any court of competent jurisdiction.

(vi) The Guarantee Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Guarantee at the request or direction of any Holder, unless such Holder shall have provided to the Guarantee Trustee such security and indemnity, reasonably satisfactory to the Guarantee Trustee, against the costs, expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses and the expenses of the Guarantee Trustee’s agents, nominees or custodians) and liabilities that might be incurred by it in complying with such request or direction, including such reasonable advances as may be requested by the Guarantee Trustee; provided , however , that nothing contained in this Section 2.2(a)(vi) shall relieve the Guarantee Trustee, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, of its obligation to exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Guarantee.

(vii) The Guarantee Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Guarantee Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit.

(viii) The Guarantee Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents, nominees, custodians or attorneys, and the Guarantee Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder.

(ix) Any action taken by the Guarantee Trustee or its agents hereunder shall bind the Holders of the Capital Securities, and the signature of the Guarantee Trustee or its agents alone shall be sufficient and effective to perform any such action. No third party shall be required to inquire as to the authority of the Guarantee Trustee to so act or as to its compliance with any of the terms and provisions of this Guarantee, both of which shall be conclusively evidenced by the Guarantee Trustee’s or its agent’s taking such action.

(x) Whenever in the administration of this Guarantee the Guarantee Trustee shall deem it desirable to receive instructions with respect to enforcing any remedy or right or taking any other action hereunder, the Guarantee Trustee (i) may request instructions from the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities, (ii) may refrain from enforcing such remedy or right or taking such other action until such instructions are received, and (iii) shall be protected in conclusively relying on or acting in accordance with such instructions.

(xi) The Guarantee Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered, or omitted to be taken by it in good faith, without negligence, and reasonably believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Guarantee.

(b) No provision of this Guarantee shall be deemed to impose any duty or obligation on the Guarantee Trustee to perform any act or acts or exercise any right, power, duty or obligation conferred or imposed on it, in any jurisdiction in which it shall be illegal or in which the Guarantee Trustee shall be unqualified or incompetent in accordance with applicable law to perform any such act or acts or to exercise any such right, power, duty or obligation. No permissive power or authority available to the Guarantee Trustee shall be construed to be a duty.

 

6


Section 2.3. Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Guarantee .  The recitals contained in this Guarantee shall be taken as the statements of the Guarantor, and the Guarantee Trustee does not assume any responsibility for their correctness. The Guarantee Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or sufficiency of this Guarantee.

Section 2.4. Events of Default; Waiver .

(a) An Event of Default under this Guarantee will occur upon the failure of the Guarantor to perform any of its payment or other obligations hereunder.

(b) The Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities may, voting or consenting as a class, on behalf of the Holders of all of the Capital Securities, waive any past Event of Default and its consequences. Upon such waiver, any such Event of Default shall cease to exist, and shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Guarantee, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

Section 2.5. Events of Default; Notice .

(a) The Guarantee Trustee shall, within 90 days after the occurrence of an Event of Default, transmit by mail, first class postage prepaid, to the Holders of the Capital Securities and the Guarantor, notices of all Events of Default actually known to a Responsible Officer of the Guarantee Trustee, unless such defaults have been cured before the giving of such notice, provided , however , that the Guarantee Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as a Responsible Officer of the Guarantee Trustee in good faith determines that the withholding of such notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Capital Securities.

(b) The Guarantee Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any Event of Default unless the Guarantee Trustee shall have received written notice from the Guarantor or a Holder of the Capital Securities (except in the case of a payment default), or a Responsible Officer of the Guarantee Trustee charged with the administration of this Guarantee shall have obtained actual knowledge thereof.

ARTICLE III

GUARANTEE TRUSTEE

Section 3.1. Guarantee Trustee; Eligibility .

(a) There shall at all times be a Guarantee Trustee which shall:

(i) not be an Affiliate of the Guarantor, and

(ii) be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or any State or Territory thereof or of the District of Columbia, or Person authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, having a combined capital and surplus of at least 50 million U.S. dollars ($50,000,000), and subject to supervision or examination by Federal, State, Territorial or District of Columbia authority. If such corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of the supervising or examining authority referred to above, then, for the purposes of this Section 3.1(a)(ii), the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published.

 

7


(b) If at any time the Guarantee Trustee shall cease to be eligible to so act under Section 3.1(a), the Guarantee Trustee shall immediately resign in the manner and with the effect set out in Section 3.2(c).

(c) If the Guarantee Trustee has or shall acquire any “conflicting interest” within the meaning of Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act, the Guarantee Trustee shall either eliminate such interest or resign to the extent and in the manner provided by, and subject to this Guarantee.

Section 3.2. Appointment, Removal and Resignation of Guarantee Trustee .

(a) Subject to Section 3.2(b), the Guarantee Trustee may be appointed or removed without cause at any time by the Guarantor except during an Event of Default.

(b) The Guarantee Trustee shall not be removed in accordance with Section 3.2(a) until a Successor Guarantee Trustee has been appointed and has accepted such appointment by written instrument executed by such Successor Guarantee Trustee and delivered to the Guarantor.

(c) The Guarantee Trustee appointed to office shall hold office until a Successor Guarantee Trustee shall have been appointed or until its removal or resignation. The Guarantee Trustee may resign from office (without need for prior or subsequent accounting) by an instrument in writing executed by the Guarantee Trustee and delivered to the Guarantor, which resignation shall not take effect until a Successor Guarantee Trustee has been appointed and has accepted such appointment by an instrument in writing executed by such Successor Guarantee Trustee and delivered to the Guarantor and the resigning Guarantee Trustee.

(d) If no Successor Guarantee Trustee shall have been appointed and accepted appointment as provided in this Section 3.2 within 60 days after delivery of an instrument of removal or resignation, the Guarantee Trustee resigning or being removed may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for appointment of a Successor Guarantee Trustee. Such court may thereupon, after prescribing such notice, if any, as it may deem proper, appoint a Successor Guarantee Trustee.

(e) No Guarantee Trustee shall be liable for the acts or omissions to act of any Successor Guarantee Trustee.

(f) Upon termination of this Guarantee or removal or resignation of the Guarantee Trustee pursuant to this Section 3.2, the Guarantor shall pay to the Guarantee Trustee all amounts owing to the Guarantee Trustee under Sections 7.2 and 7.3 accrued to the date of such termination, removal or resignation.

 

8


ARTICLE IV

GUARANTEE

Section 4.1. Guarantee .

(a) The Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to pay in full to the Holders the Guarantee Payments (without duplication of amounts theretofore paid by the Issuer), as and when due, regardless of any defense (except the defense of payment by the Issuer), right of set-off or counterclaim that the Issuer may have or assert. The Guarantor’s obligation to make a Guarantee Payment may be satisfied by direct payment of the required amounts by the Guarantor to the Holders or by causing the Issuer to pay such amounts to the Holders.

(b) The Guarantor hereby also agrees to assume any and all Obligations of the Issuer and in the event any such Obligation is not so assumed, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees to each Beneficiary the full payment, when and as due, of any and all Obligations to such Beneficiaries. This Guarantee is intended to be for the benefit of, and to be enforceable by, all such Beneficiaries, whether or not such Beneficiaries have received notice hereof.

Section 4.2. Waiver of Notice and Demand .  The Guarantor hereby waives notice of acceptance of this Guarantee and of any liability to which it applies or may apply, presentment, demand for payment, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer or any other Person before proceeding against the Guarantor, protest, notice of nonpayment, notice of dishonor, notice of redemption and all other notices and demands.

Section 4.3. Obligations Not Affected .  The obligations, covenants, agreements and duties of the Guarantor under this Guarantee shall in no way be affected or impaired by reason of the happening from time to time of any of the following:

(a) the release or waiver, by operation of law or otherwise, of the performance or observance by the Issuer of any express or implied agreement, covenant, term or condition relating to the Capital Securities to be performed or observed by the Issuer;

(b) the extension of time for the payment by the Issuer of all or any portion of the Distributions, Redemption Price, Special Redemption Price, Liquidation Distribution or any other sums payable under the terms of the Capital Securities or the extension of time for the performance of any other obligation under, arising out of or in connection with, the Capital Securities (other than an extension of time for payment of Distributions, Redemption Price, Special Redemption Price, Liquidation Distribution or other sum payable that results from the extension of any interest payment period on the Debentures or any extension of the maturity date of the Debentures permitted by the Indenture);

(c) any failure, omission, delay or lack of diligence on the part of the Holders to enforce, assert or exercise any right, privilege, power or remedy conferred on the Holders pursuant to the terms of the Capital Securities, or any action on the part of the Issuer granting indulgence or extension of any kind;

(d) the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, sale of any collateral, receivership, insolvency, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, reorganization, arrangement, composition or readjustment of debt of, or other similar proceedings affecting, the Issuer or any of the assets of the Issuer;

 

9


(e) any invalidity of, or defect or deficiency in, the Capital Securities;

(f) the settlement or compromise of any obligation guaranteed hereby or hereby incurred; or

(g) any other circumstance whatsoever that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor, it being the intent of this Section 4.3 that the obligations of the Guarantor hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional under any and all circumstances.

There shall be no obligation of the Holders to give notice to, or obtain consent of, the Guarantor with respect to the happening of any of the foregoing.

Section 4.4. Rights of Holders .

(a) The Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Guarantee Trustee in respect of this Guarantee or to direct the exercise of any trust or power conferred upon the Guarantee Trustee under this Guarantee; provided , however , that (subject to Section 2.1) the Guarantee Trustee shall have the right to decline to follow any such direction if the Guarantee Trustee being advised by counsel determines that the action or proceeding so directed may not lawfully be taken or if the Guarantee Trustee in good faith by its board of directors or trustees, executive committees or a trust committee of directors or trustees and/or Responsible Officers shall determine that the action or proceedings so directed would involve the Guarantee Trustee in personal liability.

(b) Any Holder of Capital Securities may institute a legal proceeding directly against the Guarantor to enforce the Guarantee Trustee’s rights under this Guarantee, without first instituting a legal proceeding against the Issuer, the Guarantee Trustee or any other Person. The Guarantor waives any right or remedy to require that any such action be brought first against the Issuer, the Guarantee Trustee or any other Person before so proceeding directly against the Guarantor.

Section 4.5. Guarantee of Payment .  This Guarantee creates a guarantee of payment and not of collection.

Section 4.6. Subrogation .  The Guarantor shall be subrogated to all (if any) rights of the Holders of Capital Securities against the Issuer in respect of any amounts paid to such Holders by the Guarantor under this Guarantee; provided , however , that the Guarantor shall not (except to the extent required by mandatory provisions of law) be entitled to enforce or exercise any right that it may acquire by way of subrogation or any indemnity, reimbursement or other agreement, in all cases as a result of payment under this Guarantee, if, after giving effect to any such payment, any amounts are due and unpaid under this Guarantee. If any amount shall be paid to the Guarantor in violation of the preceding sentence, the Guarantor agrees to hold such amount in trust for the Holders and to pay over such amount to the Holders.

Section 4.7. Independent Obligations .  The Guarantor acknowledges that its obligations hereunder are independent of the obligations of the Issuer with respect to the Capital Securities and that the Guarantor shall be liable as principal and as debtor hereunder to make Guarantee Payments pursuant to the terms of this Guarantee notwithstanding the occurrence of any event referred to in subsections (a) through (g), inclusive, of Section 4.3 hereof.

Section 4.8. Enforcement by a Beneficiary .  A Beneficiary may enforce the obligations of the Guarantor contained in Section 4.1(b) directly against the Guarantor and the Guarantor waives any right or remedy to require that any action be brought against the Issuer or any other person or entity before proceeding against the Guarantor. The Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights (if any) of any

 

10


Beneficiary against the Issuer in respect of any amounts paid to the Beneficiaries by the Guarantor under this Guarantee; provided , however , that the Guarantor shall not (except to the extent required by mandatory provisions of law) be entitled to enforce or exercise any rights that it may acquire by way of subrogation or any indemnity, reimbursement or other agreement, in all cases as a result of payment under this Guarantee, if at the time of any such payment, and after giving effect to such payment, any amounts are due and unpaid under this Guarantee.

ARTICLE V

LIMITATION OF TRANSACTIONS; SUBORDINATION

Section 5.1. Limitation of Transactions .  So long as any Capital Securities remain outstanding, if (a) there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default or a Declaration Event of Default or (b) the Guarantor shall have selected an Extension Period as provided in the Declaration and such period, or any extension thereof, shall have commenced and be continuing, then the Guarantor shall not and shall not permit any Affiliate to (x) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire, or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of the Guarantor’s or such Affiliate’s capital stock (other than payments of dividends or distributions to the Guarantor or payments of dividends from direct or indirect subsidiaries of the Guarantor to their parent corporations, which also shall be direct or indirect subsidiaries of the Guarantor) or make any guarantee payments with respect to the foregoing or (y) make any payment of principal of or interest or premium, if any, on or repay, repurchase or redeem any debt securities of the Guarantor or any Affiliate that rank pari passu in all respects with or junior in interest to the Debentures (other than, with respect to clauses (x) and (y) above, (i) repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of shares of capital stock of the Guarantor in connection with any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants, in connection with a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock purchase plan or in connection with the issuance of capital stock of the Guarantor (or securities convertible into or exercisable for such capital stock) as consideration in an acquisition transaction entered into prior to the occurrence of the Event of Default, Declaration Event of Default or Extension Period, as applicable, (ii) as a result of any exchange or conversion of any class or series of the Guarantor’s capital stock (or any capital stock of a subsidiary of the Guarantor) for any class or series of the Guarantor’s capital stock or of any class or series of the Guarantor’s indebtedness for any class or series of the Guarantor’s capital stock, (iii) the purchase of fractional interests in shares of the Guarantor’s capital stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such capital stock or the security being converted or exchanged, (iv) any declaration of a dividend in connection with any stockholders’ rights plan, or the issuance of rights, stock or other property under any stockholders’ rights plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto, (v) any dividend in the form of stock, warrants, options or other rights where the dividend stock or the stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants, options or other rights is the same stock as that on which the dividend is being paid or ranks pari passu with or junior to such stock and any cash payments in lieu of fractional shares issued in connection therewith, (vi) payments of principal or interest on debt securities or payments of cash dividends or distributions on any capital stock issued by an Affiliate that is not, in whole or in part, a subsidiary of the Guarantor (or any redemptions, repurchases or liquidation payments on such stock or securities), or (vii) payments under this Guarantee).

Section 5.2. Ranking .  This Guarantee will constitute an unsecured obligation of the Guarantor and will rank subordinate and junior in right of payment to all present and future Senior Indebtedness (as defined in the Indenture) of the Guarantor. By their acceptance thereof, each Holder of Capital Securities agrees to the foregoing provisions of this Guarantee and the other terms set forth herein.

 

11


The right of the Guarantor to participate in any distribution of assets of any of its subsidiaries upon any such subsidiary’s liquidation or reorganization or otherwise is subject to the prior claims of creditors of that subsidiary, except to the extent the Guarantor may itself be recognized as a creditor of that subsidiary. Accordingly, the Guarantor’s obligations under this Guarantee will be effectively subordinated to all existing and future liabilities of the Guarantor’s subsidiaries, and claimants should look only to the assets of the Guarantor for payments hereunder. This Guarantee does not limit the incurrence or issuance of other secured or unsecured debt of the Guarantor, including Senior Indebtedness of the Guarantor, under any indenture that the Guarantor may enter into in the future or otherwise.

ARTICLE VI

TERMINATION

Section 6.1. Termination .  This Guarantee shall terminate as to the Capital Securities (i) upon full payment of the Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price of all Capital Securities then outstanding, (ii) upon the distribution of all of the Debentures to the Holders of all of the Capital Securities or (iii) upon full payment of the amounts payable in accordance with the Declaration upon dissolution of the Issuer. This Guarantee will continue to be effective or will be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time any Holder of Capital Securities must restore payment of any sums paid under the Capital Securities or under this Guarantee.

ARTICLE VII

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 7.1. Exculpation .

(a) No Indemnified Person shall be liable, responsible or accountable in damages or otherwise to the Guarantor or any Covered Person for any loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted by such Indemnified Person in good faith in accordance with this Guarantee and in a manner that such Indemnified Person reasonably believed to be within the scope of the authority conferred on such Indemnified Person by this Guarantee or by law, except that an Indemnified Person shall be liable for any such loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of such Indemnified Person’s negligence or willful misconduct with respect to such acts or omissions.

(b) An Indemnified Person shall be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the records of the Issuer or the Guarantor and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Issuer or the Guarantor by any Person as to matters the Indemnified Person reasonably believes are within such other Person’s professional or expert competence and who, if selected by such Indemnified Person, has been selected with reasonable care by such Indemnified Person, including information, opinions, reports or statements as to the value and amount of the assets, liabilities, profits, losses, or any other facts pertinent to the existence and amount of assets from which Distributions to Holders of Capital Securities might properly be paid.

Section 7.2. Indemnification .

(a) The Guarantor agrees to indemnify each Indemnified Person for, and to hold each Indemnified Person harmless against, any and all loss, liability, damage, claim or expense incurred without negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Indemnified Person, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of the trust or trusts hereunder, including, but not limited to, the costs and expenses (including reasonable legal fees and expenses) of the Indemnified

 

12


Person defending itself against, or investigating, any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of the Indemnified Person’s powers or duties hereunder. The obligation to indemnify as set forth in this Section 7.2 shall survive the resignation or removal of the Guarantee Trustee and the termination of this Guarantee.

(b) Promptly after receipt by an Indemnified Person under this Section 7.2 of notice of the commencement of any action, such Indemnified Person will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the Guarantor under this Section 7.2, notify the Guarantor in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure so to notify the Guarantor (i) will not relieve the Guarantor from liability under paragraph (a) above unless and to the extent that the Guarantor did not otherwise learn of such action and such failure results in the forfeiture by the Guarantor of substantial rights and defenses and (ii) will not, in any event, relieve the Guarantor from any obligations to any Indemnified Person other than the indemnification obligation provided in paragraph (a) above. The Guarantor shall be entitled to appoint counsel of the Guarantor’s choice at the Guarantor’s expense to represent the Indemnified Person in any action for which indemnification is sought (in which case the Guarantor shall not thereafter be responsible for the fees and expenses of any separate counsel retained by the Indemnified Person or Persons except as set forth below); provided , however , that such counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person. Notwithstanding the Guarantor’s election to appoint counsel to represent the Guarantor in an action, the Indemnified Person shall have the right to employ separate counsel (including local counsel), and the Guarantor shall bear the reasonable fees, costs and expenses of such separate counsel if (i) the use of counsel chosen by the Guarantor to represent the Indemnified Person would present such counsel with a conflict of interest, (ii) the actual or potential defendants in, or targets of, any such action include both the Indemnified Person and the Guarantor and the Indemnified Person shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other Indemnified Person(s) which are different from or additional to those available to the Guarantor, (iii) the Guarantor shall not have employed counsel satisfactory to the Indemnified Person to represent the Indemnified Person within a reasonable time after notice of the institution of such action or (iv) the Guarantor shall authorize the Indemnified Person to employ separate counsel at the expense of the Guarantor. The Guarantor will not, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Persons, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the Indemnified Persons are actual or potential parties to such claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of each Indemnified Person from all liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or proceeding.

Section 7.3. Compensation; Reimbursement of Expenses .  The Guarantor agrees:

(a) to pay to the Guarantee Trustee from time to time such compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder as the parties shall agree to from time to time (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust); and

(b) except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to reimburse the Guarantee Trustee upon request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by it in accordance with any provision of this Guarantee (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its agents and counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may be attributable to its negligence or willful misconduct.

For purposes of clarification, this Section 7.3 does not contemplate the payment by the Guarantor of acceptance or annual administration fees owing to the Guarantee Trustee for services to be provided by the Guarantee Trustee under this Guarantee or the fees and expenses of the Guarantee Trustee’s counsel in connection with the closing of the transactions contemplated by this Guarantee. The provisions of this Section 7.3 shall survive the resignation or removal of the Guarantee Trustee and the termination of this Guarantee.

 

13


ARTICLE VIII

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 8.1. Successors and Assigns .  All guarantees and agreements contained in this Guarantee shall bind the successors, assigns, receivers, trustees and representatives of the Guarantor and shall inure to the benefit of the Holders of the Capital Securities then outstanding. Except in connection with any merger or consolidation of the Guarantor with or into another entity or any sale, transfer or lease of the Guarantor’s assets to another entity, in each case, to the extent permitted under the Indenture, the Guarantor may not assign its rights or delegate its obligations under this Guarantee without the prior approval of the Holders of at least a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities.

Section 8.2. Amendments .  Except with respect to any changes that do not adversely affect the rights of Holders of the Capital Securities in any material respect (in which case no consent of Holders will be required), this Guarantee may be amended only with the prior approval of the Holders of not less than a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities. The provisions of the Declaration with respect to amendments thereof apply to the giving of such approval.

Section 8.3. Notices .  All notices provided for in this Guarantee shall be in writing, duly signed by the party giving such notice, and shall be delivered, telecopied or mailed by first class mail, as follows:

(a) If given to the Guarantee Trustee, at the Guarantee Trustee’s mailing address set forth below (or such other address as the Guarantee Trustee may give notice of to the Holders of the Capital Securities and the Guarantor):

U.S. Bank National Association

225 Asylum Street, Goodwin Square

Hartford, Connecticut 06103

Attention: Corporate Trust Services Division

Telecopy: 860-241-6889

With a copy to:

U.S. Bank National Association

1 Federal Street - 3rd Floor

Boston, Massachusetts 02110

Attention: Paul D. Allen, Corporate Trust Services Division

Telecopy: 617-603-6665

(b) If given to the Guarantor, at the Guarantor’s mailing address set forth below (or such other address as the Guarantor may give notice of to the Holders of the Capital Securities and to the Guarantee Trustee):

Plains Capital Corporation

2911 Turtle Creek Boulevard

Dallas, Texas 75219-6252

Attention: Scott Luedke

Telecopy: 214-252-4095

 

14


(c) If given to any Holder of the Capital Securities, at the address set forth on the books and records of the Issuer.

All such notices shall be deemed to have been given when received in person, telecopied with receipt confirmed, or mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, except that if a notice or other document is refused delivery or cannot be delivered because of a changed address of which no notice was given, such notice or other document shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date of such refusal or inability to deliver.

Section 8.4. Benefit .  This Guarantee is solely for the benefit of the Beneficiaries and, subject to Section 2.1(a), is not separately transferable from the Capital Securities.

Section 8.5. Governing Law .  THIS GUARANTEE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF (OTHER THAN SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW).

Section 8.6. Counterparts .  This Guarantee may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 8.7 Separability .  In case one or more of the provisions contained in this Guarantee shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of this Guarantee, but this Guarantee shall be construed as if such invalid or illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

Signatures appear on the following page

 

15


THIS GUARANTEE is executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION, as Guarantor
By:  

/s/    Alan B. White

Name:   Alan B. White
Title:   Chairman & CEO
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Guarantee Trustee
By:  

/s/    Paul D. Allen

Name:   Paul D. Allen
Title:   Vice President

 

16

Exhibit 4.17

 

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED TRUST AGREEMENT

among

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION,

as Depositor

WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.,

as Property Trustee

WELLS FARGO DELAWARE TRUST COMPANY,

as Delaware Trustee

and

THE ADMINISTRATIVE TRUSTEES NAMED HEREIN

as Administrative Trustees

 

 

Dated as of February 22, 2008

PCC STATUTORY TRUST IV

 

 

 

 

 

      ARTA- TRUPs


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page
ARTICLE I
ARTICLE I. Defined Terms    1

SECTION 1.1.

   Definitions    1
ARTICLE II. The Trust    11

SECTION 2.1.

   Name    11

SECTION 2.2.

   Office of the Delaware Trustee; Principal Place of Business    11

SECTION 2.3.

   Initial Contribution of Trust Property; Fees, Costs and Expenses    11

SECTION 2.4.

   Purposes of Trust    11

SECTION 2.5.

   Authorization to Enter into Certain Transactions    12

SECTION 2.6.

   Assets of Trust    14

SECTION 2.7.

   Title to Trust Property    15
ARTICLE III. Payment Account; Paying Agents    15

SECTION 3.1.

   Payment Account    15

SECTION 3.2.

   Appointment of Paying Agents    15
ARTICLE IV. Distributions; Redemption    16

SECTION 4.1.

   Distributions    16

SECTION 4.2.

   Redemption    18

SECTION 4.3.

   Subordination of Common Securities    20

SECTION 4.4.

   Payment Procedures    21

SECTION 4.5.

   Withholding Tax    21

SECTION 4.6.

   Tax Returns and Other Reports    22

SECTION 4.7.

   Payment of Taxes, Duties, Etc. of the Trust    22

SECTION 4.8.

   Payments under Indenture or Pursuant to Direct Actions    22

SECTION 4.9.

   Exchanges    23

SECTION 4.10.

   Calculation Agent    23

SECTION 4.11.

   Certain Accounting Matters    24
ARTICLE V. Securities    25

SECTION 5.1.

   Initial Ownership    25

SECTION 5.2.

   Authorized Trust Securities    25

SECTION 5.3.

   Issuance of the Common Securities; Subscription and Purchase of Notes    25

SECTION 5.4.

   The Securities Certificates    25

SECTION 5.5.

   Rights of Holders    26

SECTION 5.6.

   Book-Entry Preferred Securities    27

SECTION 5.7.

   Registration of Transfer and Exchange of Preferred Securities Certificates    28

SECTION 5.8.

   Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Securities Certificates    30

SECTION 5.9.

   Persons Deemed Holders    31

SECTION 5.10.

   Cancellation    31

SECTION 5.11.

   Ownership of Common Securities by Depositor    31

SECTION 5.12.

   Restricted Legends    32

SECTION 5.13.

   Form of Certificate of Authentication    35

 

   i    ARTA- TRUPs


ARTICLE VI. Meetings; Voting; Acts of Holders    35

SECTION 6.1.

   Notice of Meetings    35

SECTION 6.2.

   Meetings of Holders of the Preferred Securities    35

SECTION 6.3.

   Voting Rights    36

SECTION 6.4.

   Proxies, Etc    36

SECTION 6.5.

   Holder Action by Written Consent    36

SECTION 6.6.

   Record Date for Voting and Other Purposes    36

SECTION 6.7.

   Acts of Holders    37

SECTION 6.8.

   Inspection of Records    38

SECTION 6.9.

   Limitations on Voting Rights    38

SECTION 6.10.

   Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission of Annulment; Waivers of Past Defaults    39
ARTICLE VII. Representations and Warranties    41

SECTION 7.1.

   Representations and Warranties of the Property Trustee and the Delaware Trustee    41

SECTION 7.2.

   Representations and Warranties of Depositor    42
ARTICLE VIII. The Trustees    43

SECTION 8.1.

   Number of Trustees    43

SECTION 8.2.

   Property Trustee Required    43

SECTION 8.3.

   Delaware Trustee Required    44

SECTION 8.4.

   Appointment of Administrative Trustees    44

SECTION 8.5.

   Duties and Responsibilities of the Trustees    44

SECTION 8.6.

   Notices of Defaults and Extensions    46

SECTION 8.7.

   Certain Rights of Property Trustee    47

SECTION 8.8.

   Delegation of Power    49

SECTION 8.9.

   May Hold Securities    49

SECTION 8.10.

   Compensation; Reimbursement; Indemnity    49

SECTION 8.11.

   Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor    50

SECTION 8.12.

   Acceptance of Appointment by Successor    51

SECTION 8.13.

   Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business    52

SECTION 8.14.

   Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities    52

SECTION 8.15.

   Property Trustee May File Proofs of Claim    52

SECTION 8.16.

   Reports to and from the Property Trustee    53

SECTION 8.17.

   Meetings of the Trustees and the Administrative Trustees    54
ARTICLE IX. Termination, Liquidation and Merger    54

SECTION 9.1.

   Dissolution Upon Expiration Date    54

SECTION 9.2.

   Early Termination    55

SECTION 9.3.

   Termination    55

SECTION 9.4.

   Liquidation    55

SECTION 9.5.

   Mergers, Consolidations, Amalgamations or Replacements of Trust    57
ARTICLE X. Information to Purchaser    58

SECTION 10.1.

   Depositor Obligations to Purchaser    58

SECTION 10.2.

   Property Trustee’s Obligations to Purchaser    58
ARTICLE XI. Miscellaneous Provisions    59

SECTION 11.1.

   Limitation of Rights of Holders    59

SECTION 11.2.

   Agreed Tax Treatment of Trust and Trust Securities    59

SECTION 11.3.

   Amendment    59

SECTION 11.4.

   Separability    61

 

   ii    ARTA- TRUPs


SECTION 11.5.

   Governing Law    61

SECTION 11.6.

   Consent to Jurisdiction; Service of Process    61

SECTION 11.7.

   Successors    62

SECTION 11.8.

   Headings    62

SECTION 11.9.

   Reports, Notices and Demands    62

SECTION 11.10.

   Agreement Not to Petition    63

SECTION 11.11.

   Counterparts    63

 

Exhibit A    Certificate of Trust of PCC Statutory Trust IV
Exhibit B    Form of Common Securities Certificate
Exhibit C    Form of Preferred Securities Certificate
Exhibit D    Junior Subordinated Indenture
Exhibit E    Form of Transferee Certificate to be Executed by Transferees other than QIBs
Exhibit F    Form of Transferor Certificate to be Executed by QIB/QPs
Exhibit G    Form of Officers’ Certificate
Exhibit H    Officers’ Certificate pursuant to Section 8.16(a)
Schedule A    Calculation of LIBOR

 

   iii    ARTA- TRUPs


AMENDED AND RESTATED TRUST AGREEMENT, dated as of February 22, 2008, among (i) Plains Capital Corporation, a Texas corporation (including any successors or permitted assigns, the “Depositor”), (ii) Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., a national banking association, as property trustee (in such capacity, the “Property Trustee”), (iii) Wells Fargo Delaware Trust Company, a Delaware banking corporation, as Delaware trustee (in such capacity, the “Delaware Trustee”), (iv) Alan B. White, an individual, Jeff Isom, an individual, and DeWayne Pierce, an individual, each of whose address is c/o Plains Capital Corporation, 2911 Turtle Creek Blvd. Ste. 700, Dallas, Texas 75219, as administrative trustees (in such capacities, each an “Administrative Trustee” and, collectively, the “Administrative Trustees” and, together with the Property Trustee and the Delaware Trustee, the “Trustees”) and (v) the several Holders, as hereinafter defined.

W ITNESSETH

WHEREAS, the Depositor, the Property Trustee and the Delaware Trustee have heretofore created a Delaware statutory trust pursuant to the Delaware Statutory Trust Act by entering into a Trust Agreement, dated as of February 14, 2008 (the “Original Trust Agreement”), and by executing and filing with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware the Certificate of Trust, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit A ; and

WHEREAS, the Depositor and the Trustees desire to amend and restate the Original Trust Agreement in its entirety as set forth herein to provide for, among other things, (i) the issuance of the Common Securities by the Trust to the Depositor, (ii) the issuance and sale of the Preferred Securities by the Trust pursuant to the Purchase Agreement and (iii) the acquisition by the Trust from the Depositor of all of the right, title and interest in and to the Notes;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the agreements and obligations set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, each party, for the benefit of the other parties and for the benefit of the Holders, hereby amends and restates the Original Trust Agreement in its entirety and agrees as follows:

ARTICLE I.

D EFINED T ERMS

SECTION 1.1. Definitions.

For all purposes of this Trust Agreement, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

(a) the terms defined in this Article I have the meanings assigned to them in this Article I;

(b) the words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”;

 

      ARTA- TRUPs


(c) all accounting terms used but not defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles;

(d) unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to an “Article”, a “Section”, a “Schedule” or an “Exhibit” refers to an Article, a Section, a Schedule or an Exhibit, as the case may be, of or to this Trust Agreement;

(e) the words “hereby”, “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Trust Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision;

(f) a reference to the singular includes the plural and vice versa; and

(g) the masculine, feminine or neuter genders used herein shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter genders.

“Act” has the meaning specified in Section 6.7 .

“Additional Interest” has the meaning specified in Section 1.1 of the Indenture.

“Additional Interest Amount” means, with respect to Trust Securities of a given Liquidation Amount and/or a given period, the amount of Additional Interest paid by the Depositor on a Like Amount of Notes for such period.

“Additional Taxes” has the meaning specified in Section 1.1 of the Indenture.

“Additional Tax Sums” has the meaning specified in Section 10.5 of the Indenture.

“Administrative Trustee” means each of the Persons identified as an “Administrative Trustee” in the preamble to this Trust Agreement, solely in each such Person’s capacity as Administrative Trustee of the Trust and not in such Person’s individual capacity, or any successor Administrative Trustee appointed as herein provided.

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

“Applicable Depositary Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or transaction involving a Book-Entry Preferred Security, the rules and procedures of the Depositary for such Book-Entry Preferred Security, in each case to the extent applicable to such transaction and as in effect from time to time.

 

   2    ARTA- TRUPs


“Bankruptcy Event” means, with respect to any Person:

(a) the entry of a decree or order by a court having jurisdiction in the premises (i) judging such Person a bankrupt or insolvent, (ii) approving as properly filed a petition seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjudication or composition of or in respect of such Person under any applicable Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law, (iii) appointing a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of such Person or of any substantial part of its property or (iv) ordering the winding up or liquidation of its affairs, and the continuance of any such decree or order unstayed and in effect for a period of sixty (60) consecutive days; or

(b) the institution by such Person of proceedings to be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or the consent by it to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it, or the filing by it of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under any applicable Bankruptcy Law, or the consent by it to the filing of any such petition or to the appointment of a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or similar official of such Person or of any substantial part of its property, or the making by it of an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the admission by it in writing of its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due and its willingness to be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or the taking of corporate action by such Person in furtherance of any such action.

“Bankruptcy Laws” means all Federal and state bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and other similar laws, including the United States Bankruptcy Code.

“Book-Entry Preferred Security” means a Preferred Security, the ownership and transfers of which shall be made through book entries by a Depositary.

“Business Day” means a day other than (a) a Saturday or Sunday, (b) a day on which banking institutions in the City of New York are authorized or required by law or executive order to remain closed or (c) a day on which the Corporate Trust Office is closed for business.

“Calculation Agent” has the meaning specified in Section 4.10 of this Agreement.

“Capital Disqualification Event” has the meaning specified in Section 1.1 of the Indenture.

“Closing Date” has the meaning specified in the Purchase Agreement.

“Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

“Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to time constituted, created under the Exchange Act or, if at any time after the execution of this Trust Agreement such Commission is not existing and performing the duties assigned to it, then the body performing such duties at such time.

 

   3    ARTA- TRUPs


“Common Securities Certificate” means a certificate evidencing ownership of Common Securities, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit B .

“Common Security” means a common security of the Trust, denominated as such and representing an undivided beneficial interest in the assets of the Trust, having a Liquidation Amount of $1,000 and having the terms provided therefor in this Trust Agreement.

“Corporate Trust Office” means the principal office of the Property Trustee at which any particular time its corporate trust business shall be administered, which office at the date of this Trust Agreement is located at 919 N. Market Street, Suite 1600, Wilmington, DE 19801, Attention: Corporate Trust Department.

“Definitive Preferred Securities Certificates” means Preferred Securities issued in certificated, fully registered form that are not Global Preferred Securities.

“Delaware Statutory Trust Act” means Chapter 38 of Title 12 of the Delaware Code, 12 Del. Code § 3801 et seq., or any successor statute thereto, in each case as amended from time to time.

“Delaware Trustee” means the Person identified as the “Delaware Trustee” in the preamble to this Trust Agreement, solely in its capacity as Delaware Trustee of the Trust and not in its individual capacity, or its successor in interest in such capacity, or any successor Delaware Trustee appointed as herein provided.

“Depositary” means an organization registered as a clearing agency under the Exchange Act that is designated as Depositary by the Depositor or any successor thereto. DTC will be the initial Depositary.

“Depositary Participant” means a broker, dealer, bank, other financial institution or other Person for whom from time to time the Depositary effects book-entry transfers and pledges of securities deposited with the Depositary.

“Depositor” has the meaning specified in the preamble to this Trust Agreement and any successors and permitted assigns.

“Depositor Affiliate” has the meaning specified in Section 4.9 .

“Distribution Date” has the meaning specified in Section 4.1(a)(i) .

“Distributions” means amounts payable in respect of the Trust Securities as provided in Section 4.1 .

“DTC” means The Depository Trust Company or any successor thereto.

“Early Termination Event” has the meaning specified in Section 9.2 .

“EDGAR” has the meaning specified in Section 4.11(c) .

 

   4    ARTA- TRUPs


“Equity Interests” means any of (a) the partnership interests (general or limited) in a partnership, (b) the membership interests in a limited liability company or (c) the shares or stock interests (both common stock and preferred stock) in a corporation.

“Event of Default” means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such event and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):

(a) the occurrence of a Note Event of Default; or

(b) default by the Trust in the payment of any Distribution when it becomes due and payable, and continuation of such default for a period of thirty (30) days; or

(c) default by the Trust in the payment of any Redemption Price of any Trust Security when it becomes due and payable; or

(d) default in the performance, or breach, in any material respect of any covenant or warranty of the Trustees in this Trust Agreement (other than those specified in clause (b) or (c) above) and continuation of such default or breach for a period of thirty (30) days after there has been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Trustees and to the Depositor by the Holders of at least twenty five percent (25%) in aggregate Liquidation Amount of the Outstanding Preferred Securities a written notice specifying such default or breach and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” hereunder; or

(e) the occurrence of a Bankruptcy Event with respect to the Property Trustee if a successor Property Trustee has not been appointed within ninety (90) days thereof.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and any successor statute thereto, in each case as amended from time to time.

“Expiration Date” has the meaning specified in Section 9.1 .

“Extension Period” has the meaning specified in S ection 4.1(a)(ii) .

“Federal Reserve” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the staff thereof, or a Federal Reserve Bank, acting through delegated authority, in each case under the rules, regulations and policies of the Federal Reserve System, or if at any time after the execution of this Trust Agreement any such entity is not existing and performing the duties now assigned to it, any successor body performing similar duties or functions.

“Fiscal Year” shall be the fiscal year of the Trust, which shall be the calendar year, or such other period as is required by the Code.

“Global Preferred Security” means a Preferred Securities Certificate evidencing ownership of Book-Entry Preferred Securities.

 

   5    ARTA- TRUPs


“Guarantee Agreement” means the Guarantee Agreement executed and delivered by the Depositor and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as guarantee trustee, contemporaneously with the execution and delivery of this Trust Agreement for the benefit of the holders of the Preferred Securities, as amended from time to time.

“Holder” means a Person in whose name a Trust Security or Trust Securities are registered in the Securities Register; any such Person shall be a beneficial owner within the meaning of the Delaware Statutory Trust Act.

“Indemnified Person” has the meaning specified in Section 8.10(c) .

“Indenture” means the Junior Subordinated Indenture executed and delivered by the Depositor and the Note Trustee contemporaneously with the execution and delivery of this Trust Agreement, for the benefit of the holders of the Notes, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit D , as amended or supplemented from time to time.

“Indenture Redemption Price” has the meaning specified in Section 4.2(c) .

“Interest Payment Date” has the meaning specified in Section 1.1 of the Indenture.

“Investment Company Act” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, or any successor statute thereto, in each case as amended from time to time.

“Investment Company Event” has the meaning specified in Section 1.1 of the Indenture.

“LIBOR” has the meaning specified in Schedule A .

“LIBOR Business Day” has the meaning specified in Schedule A .

“LIBOR Determination Date” has the meaning specified in Schedule A .

“Lien” means any lien, pledge, charge, encumbrance, mortgage, deed of trust, adverse ownership interest, hypothecation, assignment, security interest or preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever.

“Like Amount” means (a) with respect to a redemption of any Trust Securities, Trust Securities having a Liquidation Amount equal to the principal amount of Notes to be contemporaneously redeemed or paid at maturity in accordance with the Indenture, the proceeds of which will be used to pay the Redemption Price of such Trust Securities, (b) with respect to a distribution of Notes to Holders of Trust Securities in connection with a dissolution of the Trust, Notes having a principal amount equal to the Liquidation Amount of the Trust Securities of the Holder to whom such Notes are distributed and (c) with respect to any distribution of Additional Interest Amounts to Holders of Trust Securities, Notes having a principal amount equal to the Liquidation Amount of the Trust Securities in respect of which such distribution is made.

“Liquidation Amount” means the stated amount of $1,000 per Trust Security.

 

   6    ARTA- TRUPs


“Liquidation Date” means the date on which assets are to be distributed to Holders in accordance with Section 9.4(a) hereunder following dissolution of the Trust.

“Liquidation Distribution” has the meaning specified in Section 9.4(d) .

“Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities” means Preferred Securities representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate Liquidation Amount of all (or a specified group of) then Outstanding Preferred Securities.

“Note Event of Default” means any “Event of Default” specified in Section 5.1 of the Indenture.

“Note Redemption Date” means, with respect to any Notes to be redeemed under the Indenture, the date fixed for redemption of such Notes under the Indenture.

“Note Trustee” means the Person identified as the “Trustee” in the Indenture, solely in its capacity as Trustee pursuant to the Indenture and not in its individual capacity, or its successor in interest in such capacity, or any successor Trustee appointed as provided in the Indenture.

“Notes” means the Depositor’s Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Notes issued pursuant to the Indenture.

“Office of Thrift Supervision” means the Office of Thrift Supervision, as from time to time constituted or, if at any time after the execution of this Trust Agreement such Office is not existing and performing the duties now assigned to it, then the body performing such duties at such time.

“Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by the Chief Executive Officer, the President or an Executive Vice President, and by the Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the Depositor, and delivered to the Trustees. Any Officers’ Certificate delivered with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Trust Agreement (other than the certificate provided pursuant to Section 8.16(a)) shall include:

(a) a statement by each officer signing the Officers’ Certificate that such officer has read the covenant or condition and the definitions relating thereto;

(b) a brief statement of the nature and scope of the examination or investigation undertaken by such officer in rendering the Officers’ Certificate;

(c) a statement that such officer has made such examination or investigation as, in such officer’s opinion, is necessary to enable such officer to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

(d) a statement as to whether, in the opinion of such officer, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

“Operative Documents” means the Purchase Agreement, the Indenture, the Trust Agreement, the Guarantee Agreement, the Notes and the Trust Securities.

 

   7    ARTA- TRUPs


“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion of counsel, who may be counsel for, or an employee of, the Depositor or any Affiliate of the Depositor.

“Original Issue Date” means the date of original issuance of the Trust Securities.

“Original Trust Agreement” has the meaning specified in the recitals to this Trust Agreement.

“Outstanding”, when used with respect to any Trust Securities, means, as of the date of determination, all Trust Securities theretofore executed and delivered under this Trust Agreement, except:

(a) Trust Securities theretofore canceled by the Property Trustee or delivered to the Property Trustee for cancellation;

(b) Trust Securities for which payment or redemption money in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with the Property Trustee or any Paying Agent in trust for the Holders of such Trust Securities; provided, that if such Trust Securities are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to this Trust Agreement; and

(c) Trust Securities that have been paid or in exchange for or in lieu of which other Trust Securities have been executed and delivered pursuant to the provisions of this Trust Agreement, unless proof satisfactory to the Property Trustee is presented that any such Trust Securities are held by Holders in whose hands such Trust Securities are valid, legal and binding obligations of the Trust;

provided, that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite Liquidation Amount of the Outstanding Preferred Securities have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, Preferred Securities owned by the Depositor, any Trustee or any Affiliate of the Depositor or of any Trustee shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding, except that (i) in determining whether any Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Preferred Securities that such Trustee knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded and (ii) the foregoing shall not apply at any time when all of the Outstanding Preferred Securities are owned by the Depositor, one or more of the Trustees and/or any such Affiliate. Preferred Securities so owned that have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Administrative Trustees the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such Preferred Securities and that the pledgee is not the Depositor, any Trustee or any Affiliate of the Depositor or of any Trustee.

“Owner” means each Person who is the beneficial owner of Book-Entry Preferred Securities as reflected in the records of the Depositary or, if a Depositary Participant is not the beneficial owner, then the beneficial owner as reflected in the records of the Depositary Participant.

“Paying Agent” means any Person authorized by the Administrative Trustees to pay Distributions or other amounts in respect of any Trust Securities on behalf of the Trust.

 

   8    ARTA- TRUPs


“Payment Account” means a segregated non-interest-bearing corporate trust account maintained by the Property Trustee for the benefit of the Holders in which all amounts paid in respect of the Notes will be held and from which the Property Trustee, through the Paying Agent, shall make payments to the Holders in accordance with Sections 3.1 , 4.1 and 4.2 .

“Person” means a legal person, including any individual, corporation, estate, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, company, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated association or government, or any agency or political subdivision thereof, or any other entity of whatever nature.

“Preferred Security” means a preferred security of the Trust, denominated as such and representing an undivided beneficial interest in the assets of the Trust, having a Liquidation Amount of $1,000 and having the terms provided therefor in this Trust Agreement.

“Preferred Securities Certificate” means a certificate evidencing ownership of Preferred Securities, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit C .

“Property Trustee” means the Person identified as the “Property Trustee” in the preamble to this Trust Agreement, solely in its capacity as Property Trustee of the Trust and not in its individual capacity, or its successor in interest in such capacity, or any successor Property Trustee appointed as herein provided.

“Purchase Agreement” means the Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 22, 2008, executed and delivered by the Trust, the Depositor and the Purchaser.

“Purchaser” means WFC Holdings Corporation, as purchaser of the Preferred Securities pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, whose address is: WFC Holdings Corporation, *MAC A0112-114, 550 California Street, 14 th Floor, San Francisco, California 94104 (*mail access code is necessary only for U.S. Mail; not for FedEx or other private delivery services), or any other address previously furnished by the Purchaser.

“Quorum” means a majority of the Administrative Trustees or, if there are only two Administrative Trustees, both of them.

“QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

“QIB/QP” means a QIB that is also a Qualified Purchaser.

“Qualified Purchaser” means a “qualified purchaser” as defined in Section (2)(a)(51) of the Investment Company Act.

“Redemption Date” means, with respect to any Trust Security to be redeemed, the date fixed for such redemption by or pursuant to this Trust Agreement; provided, that each Note Redemption Date and the stated maturity (or any date of principal repayment upon early maturity) of the Notes shall be a Redemption Date for a Like Amount of Trust Securities.

 

   9    ARTA- TRUPs


“Redemption Price” means, with respect to any Trust Security, the Liquidation Amount of such Trust Security, plus accumulated and unpaid Distributions to the Redemption Date, plus the related amount of the premium, if any, paid by the Depositor upon the concurrent redemption or payment at maturity of a Like Amount of Notes.

“Reference Banks” has the meaning specified in Schedule A .

“Responsible Officer” means, with respect to the Property Trustee, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Assistant Vice President, the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, any Trust Officer or Assistant Trust Officer or any other officer in the Corporate Trust Office of the Property Trustee with direct responsibility for the administration of this Trust Agreement and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer of the Property Trustee to whom such matter is referred because of that officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, and any successor statute thereto, in each case as amended from time to time.

“Securities Certificate” means any one of the Common Securities Certificates or the Preferred Securities Certificates.

“Securities Register” and “Securities Registrar” have the respective meanings specified in Section 5.7 .

“Special Event Redemption Price” has the meaning specified in Section 11.2 of the Indenture.

“Successor Securities” has the meaning specified in Section 9.5(a) .

“Tax Event” has the meaning specified in Section 1.1 of the Indenture.

“Trust” means the Delaware statutory trust known as “PCC Statutory Trust IV,” which was created on February 14, 2008, under the Delaware Statutory Trust Act pursuant to the Original Trust Agreement and the filing of the Certificate of Trust, and continued pursuant to this Trust Agreement.

“Trust Agreement” means this Amended and Restated Trust Agreement, including all Schedules and Exhibits (other than Exhibit D ), as the same may be modified, amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof.

“Trustees” means the Administrative Trustees, the Property Trustee and the Delaware Trustee, each as defined in this Article I .

“Trust Property” means (a) the Notes, (b) any cash on deposit in, or owing to, the Payment Account and (c) all proceeds and rights in respect of the foregoing and any other property and assets for the time being held or deemed to be held by the Property Trustee pursuant to the trusts of this Trust Agreement.

 

   10    ARTA- TRUPs


“Trust Security” means any one of the Common Securities or the Preferred Securities.

ARTICLE II.

T HE T RUST

SECTION 2.1. Name.

The trust continued hereby shall be known as “PCC Statutory Trust IV,” as such name may be modified from time to time by the Administrative Trustees following written notice to the Holders of Trust Securities and the other Trustees, in which name the Trustees may conduct the business of the Trust, make and execute contracts and other instruments on behalf of the Trust and sue and be sued.

SECTION 2.2. Office of the Delaware Trustee; Principal Place of Business.

The address of the Delaware Trustee in the State of Delaware is Wells Fargo Delaware Trust Company, 919 N. Market Street, Suite 1600, Wilmington, DE 19801, Attention: Corporate Trust Department, or such other address in the State of Delaware as the Delaware Trustee may designate by written notice to the Holders, the Depositor, the Property Trustee and the Administrative Trustees. The principal executive office of the Trust is c/o Plains Capital Corporation, 2911 Turtle Creek Blvd. Ste. 700, Dallas, Texas 75219, Attention: Chief Financial Officer, as such address may be changed from time to time by the Administrative Trustees following written notice to the Holders and the other Trustees.

SECTION 2.3. Initial Contribution of Trust Property; Fees, Costs and Expenses.

The Property Trustee acknowledges receipt from the Depositor in connection with the Original Trust Agreement of the sum of ten dollars ($10), which constituted the initial Trust Property. The Depositor shall pay all fees, costs and expenses of the Trust (except with respect to the Trust Securities) as they arise or shall, upon request of any Trustee, promptly reimburse such Trustee for any such fees, costs and expenses paid by such Trustee. The Depositor shall make no claim upon the Trust Property for the payment of such fees, costs or expenses.

SECTION 2.4. Purposes of Trust.

(a) The exclusive purposes and functions of the Trust are to (i) issue and sell Trust Securities and use the proceeds from such sale to acquire the Notes and (ii) engage in only those activities necessary or incidental thereto. The Delaware Trustee, the Property Trustee and the Administrative Trustees are trustees of the Trust, and have all the rights, powers and duties to the extent set forth herein. The Trustees hereby acknowledge that they are trustees of the Trust.

(b) So long as this Trust Agreement remains in effect, the Trust (or the Trustees acting on behalf of the Trust) shall not undertake any business, activities or transaction except as expressly provided herein or contemplated hereby. In particular, the Trust (or the Trustees acting on behalf of the Trust) shall not (i) acquire any investments or engage in any activities not authorized by this Trust Agreement, (ii) sell, assign, transfer, exchange, mortgage, pledge, set-off or otherwise dispose of any of the Trust Property or interests therein, including to Holders,

 

   11    ARTA- TRUPs


except as expressly provided herein, (iii) incur any indebtedness for borrowed money or issue any other debt, (iv) take or consent to any action that would result in the placement of a Lien on any of the Trust Property, (v) take or consent to any action that would reasonably be expected to cause (or, in the case of the Property Trustee, to the actual knowledge of a Responsible Officer would cause) the Trust to become taxable as a corporation or classified as other than a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes, (vi) take or consent to any action that would cause (or, in the case of the Property Trustee, to the actual knowledge of a Responsible Officer would cause) the Notes to be treated as other than indebtedness of the Depositor for United States federal income tax purposes or (vii) take or consent to any action that would cause (or, in the case of the Property Trustee, to the actual knowledge of a Responsible Officer would cause) the Trust to be deemed to be an “investment company” required to be registered under the Investment Company Act.

SECTION 2.5. Authorization to Enter into Certain Transactions.

(a) The Trustees shall conduct the affairs of the Trust in accordance with and subject to the terms of this Trust Agreement. In accordance with the following provisions (i) and (ii), the Trustees shall have the authority to enter into all transactions and agreements determined by the Trustees to be appropriate in exercising the authority, express or implied, otherwise granted to the Trustees, under this Trust Agreement, and to perform all acts in furtherance thereof, including the following:

(i) As among the Trustees, each Administrative Trustee shall severally have the power and authority to act on behalf of the Trust with respect to the following matters:

(A) the issuance and sale of the Trust Securities;

(B) to cause the Trust to enter into, and to execute, deliver and perform on behalf of the Trust, such agreements, documents, instruments, certificates and other writings as may be necessary or desirable in connection with the purposes and function of the Trust, including, without limitation, a common securities subscription agreement and a junior subordinated note subscription agreement and to cause the Trust to perform under the Purchase Agreement;

(C) assisting in the sale of the Preferred Securities in one or more transactions exempt from registration under the Securities Act, and in compliance with applicable state securities or blue sky laws;

(D) assisting in the sending of notices (other than notices of default) and other information regarding the Trust Securities and the Notes to the Holders in accordance with this Trust Agreement;

(E) the appointment of a successor Paying Agent and Calculation Agent in accordance with this Trust Agreement;

(F) execution of the Trust Securities on behalf of the Trust in accordance with this Trust Agreement;

 

   12    ARTA- TRUPs


(G) execution and delivery of closing certificates, if any, pursuant to the Purchase Agreement and the application for a taxpayer identification number for the Trust;

(H) preparation and filing of all applicable tax returns and tax information reports that are required to be filed on behalf of the Trust;

(I) establishing a record date with respect to all actions to be taken hereunder that require a record date to be established, except as provided in Section 6.10(a) ;

(J) unless otherwise required by the Delaware Statutory Trust Act, to execute on behalf of the Trust (either acting alone or together with the other Administrative Trustees) any documents and other writings that such Administrative Trustee has the power to execute pursuant to this Trust Agreement;

(K) to the extent provided in this Trust Agreement, the winding up of the affairs of and liquidation of the Trust and the preparation, execution and filing of the certificate of cancellation of the Trust with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware; and

(L) the taking of any action incidental to the foregoing as such Administrative Trustee may from time to time determine is necessary or advisable to give effect to the terms of this Trust Agreement.

(ii) As among the Trustees, the Property Trustee shall have the power and authority to act on behalf of the Trust with respect to the following matters:

(A) the receipt and holding of legal title of the Notes;

(B) the establishment of the Payment Account;

(C) the receipt of interest, principal and any other payments made in respect of the Notes and the holding of such amounts in the Payment Account;

(D) the distribution through the Paying Agent of amounts distributable to the Holders in respect of the Trust Securities;

(E) the exercise of all of the rights, powers and privileges of a holder of the Notes in accordance with the terms of this Trust Agreement;

(F) the sending of notices of default and other information regarding the Trust Securities and the Notes to the Holders in accordance with this Trust Agreement;

(G) the distribution of the Trust Property in accordance with the terms of this Trust Agreement;

 

   13    ARTA- TRUPs


(H) the authentication of the Preferred Securities as provided in this Trust Agreement; and

(I) the taking of any action incidental to the foregoing as the Property Trustee may from time to time determine is necessary or advisable to give effect to the terms of this Trust Agreement and protect and conserve the Trust Property for the benefit of the Holders (without consideration of the effect of any such action on any particular Holder).

(b) In connection with the issue and sale of the Preferred Securities, the Depositor shall have the right and responsibility to assist the Trust with respect to, or effect on behalf of the Trust, the following (and any actions taken by the Depositor in furtherance of the following prior to the date of this Trust Agreement are hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects):

(i) the negotiation of the terms of, and the execution and delivery of, the Purchase Agreement providing for the sale of the Preferred Securities in one or more transactions exempt from registration under the Securities Act, and in compliance with applicable state securities or blue sky laws; and

(ii) the taking of any other actions necessary or desirable to carry out any of the foregoing activities.

(c) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Administrative Trustees are authorized and directed to conduct the affairs of the Trust and to operate the Trust so that the Trust will not be taxable as a corporation or classified as other than a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes, so that the Notes will be treated as indebtedness of the Depositor for United States federal income tax purposes and so that the Trust will not be deemed to be an “investment company” required to be registered under the Investment Company Act. In connection therewith, each Administrative Trustee is authorized to take any action, not inconsistent with applicable law, the Certificate of Trust or this Trust Agreement, that such Administrative Trustee determines in his or her discretion to be necessary or desirable for such purposes, as long as such action does not adversely affect in any material respect the interests of the Holders of the Outstanding Preferred Securities. In no event shall the Administrative Trustees be liable to the Trust or the Holders for any failure to comply with this Section 2.5 to the extent that such failure results solely from a change in law or regulation or in the interpretation thereof.

(d) Any action taken by a Trustee in accordance with his, her or its powers shall constitute the act of and serve to bind the Trust. In dealing with any Trustee acting on behalf of the Trust, no Person shall be required to inquire into the authority of such Trustee to bind the Trust. Persons dealing with the Trust are entitled to rely conclusively on the power and authority of any Trustee as set forth in this Trust Agreement.

SECTION 2.6. Assets of Trust.

The assets of the Trust shall consist of the Trust Property.

 

   14    ARTA- TRUPs


SECTION 2.7. Title to Trust Property.

(a) Legal title to all Trust Property shall be vested at all times in the Property Trustee and shall be held and administered by the Property Trustee in trust for the benefit of the Trust and the Holders in accordance with this Trust Agreement.

(b) The Holders shall not have any right or title to the Trust Property other than the undivided beneficial interest in the assets of the Trust conferred by their Trust Securities and they shall have no right to call for any partition or division of property, profits or rights of the Trust except as described below. The Trust Securities shall be personal property giving only the rights specifically set forth therein and in this Trust Agreement.

ARTICLE III.

P AYMENT A CCOUNT ; P AYING A GENTS

SECTION 3.1. Payment Account.

(a) On or prior to the Closing Date, the Property Trustee shall establish the Payment Account. The Property Trustee and the Paying Agent shall have exclusive control and sole right of withdrawal with respect to the Payment Account for the purpose of making deposits in and withdrawals from the Payment Account in accordance with this Trust Agreement. All monies and other property deposited or held from time to time in the Payment Account shall be held by the Property Trustee in the Payment Account for the exclusive benefit of the Holders and for Distribution as herein provided.

(b) The Property Trustee shall deposit in the Payment Account, promptly upon receipt, all payments of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, and any other payments with respect to, the Notes. Amounts held in the Payment Account shall not be invested by the Property Trustee pending distribution thereof.

SECTION 3.2. Appointment of Paying Agents.

The Property Trustee is hereby appointed as the initial Paying Agent and the Property Trustee hereby accepts such appointment. The Paying Agent shall make Distributions to Holders from the Payment Account and shall report the amounts of such Distributions to the Property Trustee and the Administrative Trustees. Any Paying Agent shall have the revocable power to withdraw funds from the Payment Account solely for the purpose of making the Distributions referred to above. The Administrative Trustees may revoke such power and remove the Paying Agent in their sole discretion. Any Person acting as Paying Agent shall be permitted to resign as Paying Agent upon thirty (30) days’ written notice to the Administrative Trustees and the Property Trustee. If the Property Trustee shall no longer be the Paying Agent or a successor Paying Agent shall resign or its authority to act be revoked, the Administrative Trustees shall appoint a successor (which shall be a bank or trust company) to act as Paying Agent. Such successor Paying Agent appointed by the Administrative Trustees shall execute and deliver to the Trustees an instrument in which such successor Paying Agent shall agree with the Trustees that as Paying Agent, such successor Paying Agent will hold all sums, if any, held by it for payment to the Holders in trust for the benefit of the Holders entitled thereto until such sums

 

   15    ARTA- TRUPs


shall be paid to such Holders. The Paying Agent shall return all unclaimed funds to the Property Trustee and upon removal of a Paying Agent such Paying Agent shall also return all funds in its possession to the Property Trustee. The provisions of Article VIII shall apply to the Property Trustee also in its role as Paying Agent, for so long as the Property Trustee shall act as Paying Agent and, to the extent applicable, to any other Paying Agent appointed hereunder. Any reference in this Trust Agreement to the Paying Agent shall include any co-paying agent unless the context requires otherwise.

ARTICLE IV.

D ISTRIBUTIONS ; R EDEMPTION

SECTION 4.1. Distributions.

(a) The Trust Securities represent undivided beneficial interests in the Trust Property, and Distributions (including any Additional Interest Amounts) will be made on the Trust Securities at the rate and on the dates that payments of interest (including any Additional Interest) are made on the Notes. Accordingly:

(i) Distributions on the Trust Securities shall be cumulative, and shall accumulate whether or not there are funds of the Trust available for the payment of Distributions. Distributions shall accumulate from February 22, 2008, and, except as provided in clause (ii) below, shall be payable quarterly in arrears on March 15th, June 15th, September 15th and December 15th of each year, commencing on March 15, 2008. If any date on which a Distribution is otherwise payable on the Trust Securities is not a Business Day, then the payment of such Distribution shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day (and no interest shall accrue in respect of the amounts whose payment is so delayed for the period from and after each such date until the next succeeding Business Day), except that, if such Business Day falls in the next succeeding calendar year, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day, in each case, with the same force and effect as if made on such date (each date on which Distributions are payable in accordance with this Section 4.1(a)(i) , a “Distribution Date”);

(ii) in the event (and to the extent) that the Depositor exercises its right under the Indenture to defer the payment of interest on the Notes, Distributions on the Trust Securities shall be deferred. Under the Indenture, so long as no Note Event of Default pursuant to paragraphs (c) , (e) , (f) , (g)  or (h)  of Section 5.1 of the Indenture has occurred and is continuing, the Depositor shall have the right, at any time and from time to time during the term of the Notes, to defer the payment of interest on the Notes for a period of up to twenty (20) consecutive quarterly interest payment periods (each such extended interest payment period, an “Extension Period”), during which Extension Period no interest on the Notes shall be due and payable (except any Additional Tax Sums that may be due and payable). No interest on the Notes shall be due and payable during an Extension Period, except at the end thereof, each installment of interest that would otherwise have been due and payable during such Extension Period shall bear Additional Interest (to the extent payment of such interest would be legally enforceable) at a variable

 

   16    ARTA- TRUPs


rate per annum, reset quarterly, equal to LIBOR plus 3.50%, compounded quarterly, from the dates on which amounts would have otherwise been due and payable until paid or until funds for the payment thereof have been made available for payment. If Distributions are deferred, the deferred Distributions (including Additional Interest Amounts) shall be paid on the date that the related Extension Period terminates, to Holders of the Trust Securities as they appear on the books and records of the Trust on the record date immediately preceding such termination date.

(iii) Distributions shall accumulate in respect of the Trust Securities at a variable rate per annum, reset quarterly, equal to LIBOR plus 3.50% of the Liquidation Amount of the Trust Securities, such rate being the rate of interest payable on the Notes. LIBOR shall be determined by the Calculation Agent in accordance with Schedule A . The amount of Distributions payable for any Distribution period shall be computed and paid on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed in the relevant Distribution period; and

(iv) Distributions on the Trust Securities shall be made by the Paying Agent from the Payment Account and shall be payable on each Distribution Date only to the extent that the Trust has funds then on hand and available in the Payment Account for the payment of such Distributions.

(b) Distributions on the Trust Securities with respect to a Distribution Date shall be payable to the Holders thereof as they appear on the Securities Register for the Trust Securities at the close of business on the relevant record date, which shall be at the close of business on the fifteenth day (whether or not a Business Day) preceding the relevant Distribution Date. Distributions payable on any Trust Securities that are not punctually paid on any Distribution Date as a result of the Depositor having failed to make an interest payment under the Notes will cease to be payable to the Person in whose name such Trust Securities are registered on the relevant record date, and such defaulted Distributions and any Additional Interest Amounts will instead be payable to the Person in whose name such Trust Securities are registered on the special record date, or other specified date for determining Holders entitled to such defaulted Distribution and Additional Interest Amount, established in the same manner, and on the same date, as such is established with respect to the Notes under the Indenture.

(c) As a condition to the payment of any principal of or interest on the Trust Securities without the imposition of withholding tax, the Administrative Trustees shall require the previous delivery of properly completed and signed applicable U.S. federal income tax certifications (generally, an Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 (or applicable successor form) in the case of person that is a “U.S. person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code or an Internal Revenue Service Form W-8 (or applicable successor form) in the case of a person that is not a “U.S. person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) and any other certification acceptable to it to enable the Paying Agent to determine its duties and liabilities with respect to any taxes or other charges that it may be required to pay, deduct or withhold in respect of such Trust Securities.

 

   17    ARTA- TRUPs


SECTION 4.2. Redemption.

(a) On each Note Redemption Date and on the stated maturity (or any date of principal repayment upon early maturity) of the Notes and on each other date on (or in respect of) which any principal on the Notes is repaid, the Trust will be required to redeem a Like Amount of Trust Securities at the Redemption Price.

(b) Notice of redemption shall be given by the Property Trustee by first-class mail, postage prepaid, mailed not less than thirty (30) nor more than sixty (60) days prior to the Redemption Date to each Holder of Trust Securities to be redeemed, at such Holder’s address appearing in the Securities Register. All notices of redemption shall state:

(i) the Redemption Date;

(ii) the Redemption Price or, if the Redemption Price cannot be calculated prior to the time the notice is required to be sent, the estimate of the Redemption Price provided pursuant to the Indenture, as calculated by the Depositor, together with a statement that it is an estimate and that the actual Redemption Price will be calculated by the Calculation Agent on the fifth Business Day prior to the Redemption Date (and if an estimate is provided, a further notice shall be sent of the actual Redemption Price on the date that such Redemption Price is calculated);

(iii) if less than all the Outstanding Trust Securities are to be redeemed, the identification (and, in the case of partial redemption, the respective Liquidation Amounts) and Liquidation Amounts of the particular Trust Securities to be redeemed;

(iv) that on the Redemption Date, the Redemption Price will become due and payable upon each such Trust Security, or portion thereof, to be redeemed and that Distributions thereon will cease to accumulate on such Trust Security or such portion, as the case may be, on and after said date, except as provided in Section 4.2(d) ;

(v) the place or places where the Trust Securities are to be surrendered for the payment of the Redemption Price; and

(vi) such other provisions as the Property Trustee deems relevant.

(c) The Trust Securities (or portion thereof) redeemed on each Redemption Date shall be redeemed at the Redemption Price with the proceeds from the contemporaneous redemption or payment at maturity of Notes. Redemptions of the Trust Securities (or portion thereof) shall be made and the Redemption Price shall be payable on each Redemption Date only to the extent that the Trust has funds then on hand and available in the Payment Account for the payment of such Redemption Price. Under the Indenture, the Notes may be redeemed by the Depositor on any Interest Payment Date, at the Depositor’s option, on or after March 15, 2013, in whole or in part, from time to time at a redemption price equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the principal amount thereof, together, in the case of any such redemption, with accrued interest, including any Additional Interest, to but excluding the date fixed for redemption (the “Indenture Redemption Price”); provided, that the Depositor shall have received the prior approval of the Federal Reserve if then required. The Notes may also be redeemed by the Depositor, at its

 

   18    ARTA- TRUPs


option, at any time, in whole but not in part, upon the occurrence of a Capital Disqualification Event, an Investment Company Event or a Tax Event at the Special Event Redemption Price (as set forth in the Indenture); provided, that the Depositor shall have received the prior approval of the Federal Reserve if then required.

(d) If the Property Trustee gives a notice of redemption in respect of any Preferred Securities, then by 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on the Redemption Date, the Depositor shall deposit sufficient funds with the Property Trustee to pay the Redemption Price. If such deposit has been made by such time, then by 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the Redemption Date, the Property Trustee will, with respect to Book-Entry Preferred Securities, irrevocably deposit with the Depositary for such Book-Entry Preferred Securities, to the extent available therefor, funds sufficient to pay the applicable Redemption Price and will give such Depositary irrevocable instructions and authority to pay the Redemption Price to the Holders of the Preferred Securities. With respect to Preferred Securities that are not Book-Entry Preferred Securities, the Property Trustee will irrevocably deposit with the Paying Agent, to the extent available therefor, funds sufficient to pay the applicable Redemption Price and will give the Paying Agent irrevocable instructions and authority to pay the Redemption Price to the Holders of the Preferred Securities upon surrender of their Preferred Securities Certificates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Distributions payable on or prior to the Redemption Date for any Trust Securities (or portion thereof) called for redemption shall be payable to the Holders of such Trust Securities as they appear on the Securities Register on the relevant record dates for the related Distribution Dates. If notice of redemption shall have been given and funds deposited as required, then upon the date of such deposit, all rights of Holders holding Trust Securities (or portion thereof) so called for redemption will cease, except the right of such Holders to receive the Redemption Price and any Distribution payable in respect of the Trust Securities on or prior to the Redemption Date, but without interest, and, in the case of a partial redemption, the right of such Holders to receive a new Trust Security or Securities of authorized denominations, in aggregate Liquidation Amount equal to the unredeemed portion of such Trust Security or Securities, and such Securities (or portion thereof) called for redemption will cease to be Outstanding. In the event that any date on which any Redemption Price is payable is not a Business Day, then payment of the Redemption Price payable on such date will be made on the next succeeding Business Day (and no interest shall accrue in respect of the amounts whose payment is so delayed for the period from and after each such date until the next succeeding Business Day), except that, if such Business Day falls in the next succeeding calendar year, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day, in each case, with the same force and effect as if made on such date. In the event that payment of the Redemption Price in respect of any Trust Securities (or portion thereof) called for redemption is improperly withheld or refused and not paid either by the Trust or by the Depositor pursuant to the Guarantee Agreement, Distributions on such Trust Securities (or portion thereof) will continue to accumulate, as set forth in Section 4.1 , from the Redemption Date originally established by the Trust for such Trust Securities (or portion thereof) to the date such Redemption Price is actually paid, in which case the actual payment date will be the date fixed for redemption for purposes of calculating the Redemption Price.

(e) Subject to Section 4.3 (a), if less than all the Outstanding Trust Securities are to be redeemed on a Redemption Date, then the aggregate Liquidation Amount of Trust Securities to be redeemed shall be allocated pro rata to the Common Securities and the Preferred Securities

 

   19    ARTA- TRUPs


based upon the relative aggregate Liquidation Amounts of the Common Securities and the Preferred Securities. The Preferred Securities to be redeemed shall be selected on a pro rata basis based upon their respective Liquidation Amounts not more than sixty (60) days prior to the Redemption Date by the Property Trustee from the Outstanding Preferred Securities not previously called for redemption; provided, however, that with respect to Holders that would be required to hold less than one hundred (100) but more than zero (0) Trust Securities as a result of such redemption, the Trust shall redeem Trust Securities of each such Holder so that after such redemption such Holder shall hold either one hundred (100) Trust Securities or such Holder no longer holds any Trust Securities, and shall use such method (including, without limitation, by lot) as the Trust shall deem fair and appropriate; and provided, further, that so long as the Preferred Securities are Book-Entry Preferred Securities, such selection shall be made in accordance with the Applicable Depositary Procedures for the Preferred Securities by such Depositary. The Property Trustee shall promptly notify the Securities Registrar in writing of the Preferred Securities (or portion thereof) selected for redemption and, in the case of any Preferred Securities selected for partial redemption, the Liquidation Amount thereof to be redeemed. For all purposes of this Trust Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires, all provisions relating to the redemption of Preferred Securities shall relate, in the case of any Preferred Securities redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the aggregate Liquidation Amount of Preferred Securities that has been or is to be redeemed.

(f) The Trust in issuing the Trust Securities may use “CUSIP” numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Property Trustee shall indicate the “CUSIP” numbers of the Trust Securities in notices of redemption and related materials as a convenience to Holders; provided, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Trust Securities or as contained in any notice of redemption and related materials.

SECTION 4.3. Subordination of Common Securities.

(a) Payment of Distributions (including any Additional Interest Amounts) on, the Redemption Price of and the Liquidation Distribution in respect of, the Trust Securities, as applicable, shall be made, pro rata among the Common Securities and the Preferred Securities based on the Liquidation Amount of the respective Trust Securities; provided, that if on any Distribution Date, Redemption Date or Liquidation Date an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, no payment of any Distribution (including any Additional Interest Amounts) on, Redemption Price of or Liquidation Distribution in respect of, any Common Security, and no other payment on account of the redemption, liquidation or other acquisition of Common Securities, shall be made unless payment in full in cash of all accumulated and unpaid Distributions (including any Additional Interest Amounts) on all Outstanding Preferred Securities for all Distribution periods terminating on or prior thereto, or in the case of payment of the Redemption Price the full amount of such Redemption Price on all Outstanding Preferred Securities then called for redemption, or in the case of payment of the Liquidation Distribution the full amount of such Liquidation Distribution on all Outstanding Preferred Securities, shall have been made or provided for, and all funds immediately available to the Property Trustee shall first be applied to the payment in full in cash of all Distributions (including any Additional Interest Amounts) on, or the Redemption Price of or the Liquidation Distribution in respect of, the Preferred Securities then due and payable.

 

   20    ARTA- TRUPs


(b) In the case of the occurrence of any Event of Default, the Holders of the Common Securities shall have no right to act with respect to any such Event of Default under this Trust Agreement until all such Events of Default with respect to the Preferred Securities have been cured, waived or otherwise eliminated. Until all such Events of Default under this Trust Agreement with respect to the Preferred Securities have been so cured, waived or otherwise eliminated, the Property Trustee shall act solely on behalf of the Holders of the Preferred Securities and not on behalf of the Holders of the Common Securities, and only the Holders of all the Preferred Securities will have the right to direct the Property Trustee to act on their behalf.

SECTION 4.4. Payment Procedures.

Payments of Distributions (including any Additional Interest Amounts), the Redemption Price, Liquidation Amount or any other amounts in respect of the Preferred Securities shall be made by wire transfer at such place and to such account at a banking institution in the United States as may be designated in writing at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the date for payment by the Person entitled thereto unless proper written transfer instructions have not been received by the relevant record date, in which case such payments shall be made by check mailed to the address of such Person as such address shall appear in the Securities Register. If any Preferred Securities are held by a Depositary, such Distributions thereon shall be made to the Depositary in immediately available funds. Payments in respect of the Common Securities shall be made in such manner as shall be mutually agreed between the Property Trustee and the Holder of all the Common Securities.

SECTION 4.5. Withholding Tax.

The Trust and the Administrative Trustees shall comply with all withholding and backup withholding tax requirements under United States federal, state and local law. The Administrative Trustees on behalf of the Trust shall request, and the Holders shall provide to the Trust, such forms or certificates as are necessary to establish an exemption from withholding and backup withholding tax with respect to each Holder and any representations and forms as shall reasonably be requested by the Administrative Trustees on behalf of the Trust to assist it in determining the extent of, and in fulfilling, its withholding and backup withholding tax obligations, including without limitation, the forms specified in Section 4.1(c). The Administrative Trustees shall file required forms with applicable jurisdictions and, unless an exemption from withholding and backup withholding tax is properly established by a Holder, shall remit amounts withheld with respect to the Holder to applicable jurisdictions. To the extent that the Trust is required to withhold and pay over any amounts to any jurisdiction with respect to Distributions or allocations to any Holder, the amount withheld shall be deemed to be a Distribution in the amount of the withholding to the Holder. In the event of any claimed overwithholding, Holders shall be limited to an action against the applicable jurisdiction. If the amount required to be withheld was not withheld from actual Distributions made, the Administrative Trustees on behalf of the Trust may reduce subsequent Distributions by the amount of such required withholding.

 

   21    ARTA- TRUPs


SECTION 4.6. Tax Returns and Other Reports.

(a) The Administrative Trustees shall prepare (or cause to be prepared) at the principal office of the Trust in the United States, as defined for purposes of Treasury regulations section 301.7701-7, at the Depositor’s expense, and file, all United States federal, state and local tax and information returns and reports required to be filed by or in respect of the Trust. The Administrative Trustees shall prepare at the principal office of the Trust in the United States, as defined for purposes of Treasury regulations section 301.7701-7, and furnish (or cause to be prepared and furnished), by January 31 in each taxable year of the Trust to each Holder all Internal Revenue Service forms and returns required to be provided by the Trust. The Administrative Trustees shall provide the Depositor and the Property Trustee with a copy of all such returns and reports promptly after such filing or furnishing.

(b) So long as the Property Trustee is the holder of the Notes, the Administrative Trustees shall furnish to the Property Trustee (i) the Depositor’s reports on Federal Reserve form FR Y-9C, FR Y-9LP and FR Y-6 promptly following their filing with the Federal Reserve, or (ii) if the Depositor is no longer required to file the reports set forth in (i) above, such other similar reports as the Depositor may be required to file at such time with the Depositor’s primary federal banking regulator promptly following their filing with such banking regulator.

SECTION 4.7. Payment of Taxes, Duties, Etc. of the Trust.

Upon receipt under the Notes of Additional Tax Sums and upon the written direction of the Administrative Trustees, the Property Trustee shall promptly pay, solely out of monies on deposit pursuant to this Trust Agreement, any Additional Taxes imposed on the Trust by the United States or any other taxing authority.

SECTION 4.8. Payments under Indenture or Pursuant to Direct Actions.

Any amount payable hereunder to any Holder of Preferred Securities shall be reduced by the amount of any corresponding payment such Holder (or any Owner with respect thereto) has directly received pursuant to Section 5.8 of the Indenture or Section 6.10(b) of this Trust Agreement.

 

   22    ARTA- TRUPs


SECTION 4.9. Exchanges.

(a) If at any time the Depositor or any of its Affiliates (in either case, a “Depositor Affiliate”) is the Owner or Holder of any Preferred Securities, such Depositor Affiliate shall have the right to deliver to the Property Trustee all or such portion of its Preferred Securities as it elects and, subject to compliance with Sections 2.2 and 3.5 of the Indenture, receive, in exchange therefor, a Like Amount of Notes. Such election (i) shall be exercisable effective on any Distribution Date by such Depositor Affiliate delivering to the Property Trustee a written notice of such election specifying the Liquidation Amount of Preferred Securities with respect to which such election is being made and the Distribution Date on which such exchange shall occur, which Distribution Date shall be not less than ten (10) Business Days after the date of receipt by the Property Trustee of such election notice and (ii) shall be conditioned upon such Depositor Affiliate having delivered or caused to be delivered to the Property Trustee or its designee the Preferred Securities that are the subject of such election by 10:00 A.M. New York time, on the Distribution Date on which such exchange is to occur. After the exchange, such Preferred Securities will be canceled and will no longer be deemed to be Outstanding and all rights of the Depositor Affiliate with respect to such Preferred Securities will cease.

(b) In the case of an exchange described in Section 4.9(a) , the Property Trustee on behalf of the Trust will, on the date of such exchange, exchange Notes having a principal amount equal to a proportional amount of the aggregate Liquidation Amount of the Outstanding Common Securities, based on the ratio of the aggregate Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities exchanged pursuant to Section 4.9(a) divided by the aggregate Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities Outstanding immediately prior to such exchange, for such proportional amount of Common Securities held by the Depositor (which contemporaneously shall be canceled and no longer be deemed to be Outstanding); provided, that the Depositor delivers or causes to be delivered to the Property Trustee or its designee the required amount of Common Securities to be exchanged by 10:00 A.M. New York time, on the Distribution Date on which such exchange is to occur.

SECTION 4.10. Calculation Agent.

(a) The Property Trustee shall initially, and, subject to the immediately following sentence, for so long as it holds any of the Notes, be the Calculation Agent for purposes of determining LIBOR for each Distribution Date. The Calculation Agent may be removed by the Administrative Trustees at any time. If the Calculation Agent is unable or unwilling to act as such or is removed by the Administrative Trustees, the Administrative Trustees will promptly appoint as a replacement Calculation Agent the London office of a leading bank which is engaged in transactions in three-month U.S. dollar deposits in Europe and which does not control or is not controlled by or under common control with the Administrative Trustees or their Affiliates. The Calculation Agent may not resign its duties without a successor having been duly appointed.

(b) The Calculation Agent shall be required to agree that, as soon as possible after 11:00 a.m. (London time) on each LIBOR Determination Date, but in no event later than 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the Business Day immediately following each LIBOR Determination Date, the Calculation Agent will calculate the interest rate and dollar amount of each interest

 

   23    ARTA- TRUPs


payment (rounded to the nearest cent, with half a cent being rounded upwards) for the related Distribution Date, and will communicate such rate and amount to the Depositor, the Administrative Trustees, the Note Trustee, each Paying Agent and the Depositary. The Calculation Agent will also specify to the Administrative Trustees the quotations upon which the foregoing rates and amounts are based and, in any event, the Calculation Agent shall notify the Administrative Trustees before 5:00 p.m. (London time) on each LIBOR Determination Date that either: (i) it has determined or is in the process of determining the foregoing rates and amounts or (ii) it has not determined and is not in the process of determining the foregoing rates and amounts, together with its reasons therefor. The Calculation Agent’s determination of the foregoing rates and amounts for any Distribution Date will (in the absence of manifest error) be final and binding upon all parties. For the sole purpose of calculating the interest rate for the Trust Securities, “Business Day” shall be defined as any day on which dealings in deposits in Dollars are transacted in the London interbank market.

SECTION 4.11. Certain Accounting Matters.

(a) At all times during the existence of the Trust, the Administrative Trustees shall keep, or cause to be kept at the principal office of the Trust in the United States, as defined for purposes of Treasury Regulations section 301.7701-7, full books of account, records and supporting documents, which shall reflect in reasonable detail each transaction of the Trust. The books of account shall be maintained on the accrual method of accounting, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied.

(b) The Administrative Trustees shall either (i) if the Depositor is then subject to such reporting requirements, except as provided in Section 4.11(c) , cause each Form 10-K and Form 10-Q prepared by the Depositor and filed with the Commission in accordance with the Exchange Act to be delivered to each Holder, with a copy to the Property Trustee, within thirty (30) days after the filing thereof or (ii) cause to be prepared at the principal office of the Trust in the United States, as defined for purposes of Treasury Regulations section 301.7701-7, and delivered to each of the Holders, with a copy to the Property Trustee, within ninety (90) days after the end of each Fiscal Year, annual financial statements of the Trust, including a balance sheet of the Trust as of the end of such Fiscal Year, and the related statements of income or loss.

(c) If the Depositor files its annual and quarterly information with the Commission in electronic form pursuant to Regulation S-T of the Commission using the Commission’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval ( “EDGAR” ) system, the Administrative Trustees shall notify the Property Trustee in the manner prescribed herein of each such annual and quarterly filing. The Property Trustee is hereby authorized and directed to access the EDGAR system for purposes of retrieving the financial information so filed and to provide a copy thereof to each Holder, the Purchaser and any Owner of the Preferred Securities reasonably identified to the Property Trustee (which identification may be made either by such Owner or by the Purchaser). The Property Trustee shall have no duty to search for or obtain any electronic or other filings that the Depositor makes with the Commission, regardless of whether such filings are periodic, supplemental or otherwise. Delivery of reports, information and documents to the Property Trustee pursuant to this Section 4.11(c) shall be solely for purposes of compliance with this Section 4.11 and, if applicable, with Section 314(a) of the Trust Indenture Act. The Property Trustee’s receipt of such reports, information and documents shall not constitute notice to it of

 

   24    ARTA- TRUPs


the content thereof or any matter determinable from the content thereof, including the Depositor’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder, as to which the Property Trustee is entitled to rely upon Officers’ Certificates.

(d) The Trust shall maintain one or more bank accounts in the United States, as defined for purposes of Treasury Regulations section 301.7701-7, in the name and for the sole benefit of the Trust; provided , however , that all payments of funds in respect of the Notes held by the Property Trustee shall be made directly to the Payment Account and no other funds of the Trust shall be deposited in the Payment Account. The sole signatories for such accounts (including the Payment Account) shall be designated by the Property Trustee.

ARTICLE V.

S ECURITIES

SECTION 5.1. Initial Ownership.

Upon the creation of the Trust and the contribution by the Depositor referred to in Section 2.3 and until the issuance of the Trust Securities, and at any time during which no Trust Securities are Outstanding, the Depositor shall be the sole beneficial owner of the Trust.

SECTION 5.2. Authorized Trust Securities.

The Trust shall be authorized to issue one series of Preferred Securities having an aggregate Liquidation Amount of $15,000,000 and one series of Common Securities having an aggregate Liquidation Amount of $464,000.

SECTION 5.3. Issuance of the Common Securities; Subscription and Purchase of Notes.

On the Closing Date, an Administrative Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, shall execute and deliver to the Depositor Common Securities Certificates, registered in the name of the Depositor, evidencing an aggregate of 464 Common Securities having an aggregate Liquidation Amount of $464,000, against receipt by the Trust of the aggregate purchase price of such Common Securities of $464,000. Contemporaneously therewith and with the sale by the Trust to the Holders of an aggregate of 15,000 Preferred Securities having an aggregate Liquidation Amount of $15,000,000, an Administrative Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, shall subscribe for and purchase from the Depositor Notes, to be registered in the name of the Property Trustee on behalf of the Trust and having an aggregate principal amount equal to $15,464,000, and, in satisfaction of the purchase price for such Notes, the Property Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, shall deliver to the Depositor the sum of $15,464,000 (being the aggregate amount paid by the Holders for the Preferred Securities and the amount paid by the Depositor for the Common Securities).

SECTION 5.4. The Securities Certificates.

(a) The Preferred Securities Certificates shall be issued in minimum denominations of $100,000 Liquidation Amount and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, and the

 

   25    ARTA- TRUPs


Common Securities Certificates shall be issued in minimum denominations of $10,000 Liquidation Amount and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Securities Certificates shall be executed on behalf of the Trust by manual or facsimile signature of at least one Administrative Trustee. Securities Certificates bearing the signatures of individuals who were, at the time when such signatures shall have been affixed, authorized to sign such Securities Certificates on behalf of the Trust shall be validly issued and entitled to the benefits of this Trust Agreement, notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them shall have ceased to be so authorized prior to the delivery of such Securities Certificates or did not have such authority at the date of delivery of such Securities Certificates.

(b) On the Closing Date, upon the written order of an authorized officer of the Depositor, the Administrative Trustees shall cause Securities Certificates to be executed on behalf of the Trust and delivered, without further corporate action by the Depositor, in authorized denominations.

(c) The Preferred Securities issued on the Closing Date to QIB/QPs shall be issued as directed by the Purchaser on or prior to the Closing Date, either (i) in the form of one or more Global Preferred Securities or (ii) in the form of one or more Definitive Preferred Securities Certificates. Global Preferred Securities shall be, except as provided in Section 5.6 , Book-Entry Preferred Securities registered in the name of the Depositary, or its nominee and deposited with the Depositary or the Property Trustee as custodian for the Depositary for credit by the Depositary to the respective accounts of the Depositary Participants thereof (or such other accounts as they may direct). The Preferred Securities issued to a Person other than a QIB/QP shall be issued in the form of Definitive Preferred Securities Certificates.

(d) A Preferred Security shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of an authorized signatory of the Property Trustee. Such signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Preferred Security has been authenticated under this Trust Agreement. Upon written order of the Trust signed by one Administrative Trustee, the Property Trustee shall authenticate and deliver one or more Preferred Security Certificates evidencing the Preferred Securities for original issue. The Property Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent that is a U.S. Person acceptable to the Trust to authenticate the Preferred Securities. A Common Security need not be so authenticated and shall be valid upon execution by one or more Administrative Trustees. The form of this certificate of authentication can be found in Section 5.13 .

(e) Upon issuance of the Trust Securities as provided in this Trust Agreement, the Trust Securities so issued shall be deemed to be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and each Holder thereof shall be entitled to the benefits provided by this Trust Agreement.

SECTION 5.5. Rights of Holders.

The Trust Securities shall have no, and the issuance of the Trust Securities is not subject to, preemptive or similar rights and when issued and delivered to Holders against payment of the purchase price therefor will be fully paid and non-assessable by the Trust. Except as provided in Section 5.11(b) , the Holders of the Trust Securities, in their capacities as such, shall be entitled to the same limitation of personal liability extended to stockholders of private corporations for profit organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

   26    ARTA- TRUPs


SECTION 5.6. Book-Entry Preferred Securities.

(a) A Global Preferred Security may be exchanged, in whole or in part, for Definitive Preferred Securities Certificates registered in the names of the Owners only if such exchange complies with Section 5.7 and (i) the Depositary advises the Administrative Trustees and the Property Trustee in writing that the Depositary is no longer willing or able properly to discharge its responsibilities with respect to the Global Preferred Security, and no qualified successor is appointed by the Administrative Trustees within ninety (90) days of receipt of such notice, (ii) the Depositary ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and the Administrative Trustees fail to appoint a qualified successor within ninety (90) days of obtaining knowledge of such event, (iii) the Administrative Trustees at their option advise the Property Trustee in writing that the Trust elects to terminate the book-entry system through the Depositary or (iv) a Note Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. Upon the occurrence of any event specified in clause (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) above, the Administrative Trustees shall notify the Depositary and instruct the Depositary to notify all Owners of Book-Entry Preferred Securities, the Delaware Trustee and the Property Trustee of the occurrence of such event and of the availability of the Definitive Preferred Securities Certificates to Owners of the Preferred Securities requesting the same. Upon the issuance of Definitive Preferred Securities Certificates, the Trustees shall recognize the Holders of the Definitive Preferred Securities Certificates as Holders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Owner of a beneficial interest in a Global Preferred Security wishes at any time to transfer an interest in such Global Preferred Security to a Person other than a QIB/QP, such transfer shall be effected, subject to the Applicable Depositary Procedures, in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.6 and Section 5.7 , and the transferee shall receive a Definitive Preferred Securities Certificate in connection with such transfer. A holder of a Definitive Preferred Securities Certificate that is a QIB/QP may, upon request, and in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.6 and Section 5.7 , exchange such Definitive Preferred Securities Certificate for a beneficial interest in a Global Preferred Security.

(b) If any Global Preferred Security is to be exchanged for Definitive Preferred Securities Certificates or canceled in part, or if any Definitive Preferred Securities Certificate is to be exchanged in whole or in part for any Global Preferred Security, then either (i) such Global Preferred Security shall be so surrendered for exchange or cancellation as provided in this Article V or (ii) the aggregate Liquidation Amount represented by such Global Preferred Security shall be reduced, subject to Section 5.4 , or increased by an amount equal to the Liquidation Amount represented by that portion of the Global Preferred Security to be so exchanged or canceled, or equal to the Liquidation Amount represented by such Definitive Preferred Securities Certificates to be so exchanged for any Global Preferred Security, as the case may be, by means of an appropriate adjustment made on the records of the Securities Registrar, whereupon the Property Trustee, in accordance with the Applicable Depositary Procedures, shall instruct the Depositary or its authorized representative to make a corresponding adjustment to its records. Upon any such surrender to the Administrative Trustees or the Securities Registrar of any Global Preferred Security or Securities by the Depositary, accompanied by registration instructions, the Administrative Trustees, or any one of them, shall execute the Definitive Preferred Securities Certificates in accordance with the instructions of the Depositary, and the Property Trustee, upon receipt thereof, shall authenticate and deliver such Definitive Preferred Securities Certificates. None of the Securities Registrar or the Trustees shall be liable for any delay in delivery of such instructions and may conclusively rely on, and shall be fully protected in relying on, such instructions.

 

   27    ARTA- TRUPs


(c) Every Securities Certificate executed and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for or in lieu of, a Global Preferred Security or any portion thereof shall be executed and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Preferred Security, unless such Securities Certificate is registered in the name of a Person other than the Depositary for such Global Preferred Security or a nominee thereof.

(d) The Depositary or its nominee, as registered owner of a Global Preferred Security, shall be the Holder of such Global Preferred Security for all purposes under this Trust Agreement and the Global Preferred Security, and Owners with respect to a Global Preferred Security shall hold such interests pursuant to the Applicable Depositary Procedures. The Securities Registrar and the Trustees shall be entitled to deal with the Depositary for all purposes of this Trust Agreement relating to the Global Preferred Securities (including the payment of the Liquidation Amount of and Distributions on the Book-Entry Preferred Securities represented thereby and the giving of instructions or directions by Owners of Book-Entry Preferred Securities represented thereby and the giving of notices) as the sole Holder of the Book-Entry Preferred Securities represented thereby and shall have no obligations to the Owners thereof. None of the Trustees nor the Securities Registrar shall have any liability in respect of any transfers effected by the Depositary.

(e) The rights of the Owners of the Book-Entry Preferred Securities shall be exercised only through the Depositary and shall be limited to those established by law, the Applicable Depositary Procedures and agreements between such Owners and the Depositary and/or the Depositary Participants; provided, that, solely for the purpose of determining whether the Holders of the requisite amount of Preferred Securities have voted on any matter provided for in this Trust Agreement, to the extent that Preferred Securities are represented by a Global Preferred Security, the Trustees may conclusively rely on, and shall be fully protected in relying on, any written instrument (including a proxy) delivered to the Property Trustee by the Depositary setting forth the Owners’ votes or assigning the right to vote on any matter to any other Persons either in whole or in part. To the extent that Preferred Securities are represented by a Global Preferred Security, the Depositary will make book-entry transfers among the Depositary Participants and receive and transmit payments on the Preferred Securities that are represented by a Global Preferred Security to such Depositary Participants, and none of the Depositor or the Trustees shall have any responsibility or obligation with respect thereto.

(f) To the extent that a notice or other communication to the Holders is required under this Trust Agreement, for so long as Preferred Securities are represented by a Global Preferred Security, the Trustees shall give all such notices and communications to the Depositary, and shall have no obligations to the Owners.

SECTION 5.7. Registration of Transfer and Exchange of Preferred Securities Certificates.

(a) The Property Trustee shall keep or cause to be kept, at the Corporate Trust Office, a register or registers (the “Securities Register”) in which the registrar and transfer agent with

 

   28    ARTA- TRUPs


respect to the Trust Securities (the “Securities Registrar”), subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, shall provide for the registration of Preferred Securities Certificates and Common Securities Certificates and registration of transfers and exchanges of Preferred Securities Certificates as herein provided. The Property Trustee shall at all times also be the Securities Registrar. The provisions of Article VIII shall apply to the Property Trustee in its role as Securities Registrar.

(b) Subject to Section 5.7(d) , upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Preferred Securities Certificate at the office or agency maintained pursuant to Section 5.7(f) , the Administrative Trustees or any one of them shall execute by manual or facsimile signature and deliver to the Property Trustee, and upon receipt thereof the Property Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Preferred Securities Certificates in authorized denominations of a like aggregate Liquidation Amount as may be required by this Trust Agreement dated the date of execution by such Administrative Trustee or Trustees. At the option of a Holder, Preferred Securities Certificates may be exchanged for other Preferred Securities Certificates in authorized denominations and of a like aggregate Liquidation Amount upon surrender of the Preferred Securities Certificate to be exchanged at the office or agency maintained pursuant to Section 5.7(f) . Whenever any Preferred Securities Certificates are so surrendered for exchange, the Administrative Trustees or any one of them shall execute by manual or facsimile signature and deliver to the Property Trustee, and upon receipt thereof the Property Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the Preferred Securities Certificates that the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive.

(c) The Securities Registrar shall not be required, (i) to issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Preferred Security during a period beginning at the opening of business fifteen (15) days before the day of selection for redemption of such Preferred Securities pursuant to Article IV and ending at the close of business on the day of mailing of the notice of redemption or (ii) to register the transfer of or exchange any Preferred Security so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except, in the case of any such Preferred Security to be redeemed in part, any portion thereof not to be redeemed.

(d) Every Preferred Securities Certificate presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Securities Registrar duly executed by the Holder or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing and (i) if such Preferred Securities Certificate is being transferred otherwise than to a QIB/QP, accompanied by a certificate of the transferee substantially in the form set forth as Exhibit E hereto or (ii) if such Preferred Securities Certificate is being transferred to a QIB/QP, accompanied by a certificate of the transferor substantially in the form set forth as Exhibit F hereto.

(e) No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of Preferred Securities Certificates, but the Property Trustee on behalf of the Trust may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any transfer or exchange of Preferred Securities Certificates.

(f) The Administrative Trustees shall designate an office or offices or agency or agencies where Preferred Securities Certificates may be surrendered for registration of transfer or

 

   29    ARTA- TRUPs


exchange, and initially designate the Corporate Trust Office as its office and agency for such purposes. The Administrative Trustees shall give prompt written notice to the Depositor, the Property Trustee and to the Holders of any change in the location of any such office or agency.

(g) With respect to Preferred Securities issued to QIB/QPs in the form of one or more Definitive Preferred Securities Certificates as provided in Section 5.4(c), and any subsequent transfers thereof, the Depositor and the Trust shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to make such Preferred Securities eligible for clearance and settlement as Book-Entry Preferred Securities through the facilities of the Depositary and listed for trading through the PORTAL Market, and will execute, deliver and comply with all representations made to, and agreements with, the Depositary and the PORTAL Market in connection therewith.

(h) Neither the Property Trustee nor the Securities Registrar shall be responsible for ascertaining whether any transfer hereunder complies with the registration provisions of or any exemptions from the Securities Act, applicable state securities laws or the applicable laws of any other jurisdiction, ERISA, the Code or the Investment Company Act; provided , that if a Preferred Securities Certificate is specifically required by the express terms of this Section 5.7 to be delivered to the Property Trustee or the Securities Registrar by a Holder or transferee of a Preferred Security, the Property Trustee and the Securities Registrar shall be under a duty to receive and examine the same to determine whether or not the Preferred Securities Certificate substantially conforms on its face to the requirements of this Trust Agreement and shall promptly notify the party delivering the same if such certificate does not comply with such terms.

SECTION 5.8. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Securities Certificates.

(a) If any mutilated Securities Certificate shall be surrendered to the Securities Registrar together with such security or indemnity as may be required by the Securities Registrar and the Administrative Trustees to save each of them harmless, the Administrative Trustees, or any one of them, on behalf of the Trust, shall execute and make available for delivery and, with respect to Preferred Securities, the Property Trustee shall authenticate, in exchange therefor a new Securities Certificate of like class, tenor and denomination.

(b) If the Securities Registrar shall receive evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Securities Certificate and there shall be delivered to the Securities Registrar and the Administrative Trustees such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless, then in the absence of notice that such Securities Certificate shall have been acquired by a protected purchaser, the Administrative Trustees, or any one of them, on behalf of the Trust, shall execute and make available for delivery, and, with respect to Preferred Securities, the Property Trustee shall authenticate, in exchange for or in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Securities Certificate, a new Securities Certificate of like class, tenor and denomination.

(c) In connection with the issuance of any new Securities Certificate under this Section 5.8 , the Administrative Trustees or the Securities Registrar may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection therewith.

 

   30    ARTA- TRUPs


(d) Any duplicate Securities Certificate issued pursuant to this Section 5.8 shall constitute conclusive evidence of an undivided beneficial interest in the assets of the Trust corresponding to that evidenced by the mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed Securities Certificate, as if originally issued, whether or not the lost, stolen or destroyed Securities Certificate shall be found at any time.

(e) If any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities Certificate has become or is about to become due and payable, the Depositor in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Trust Security, pay such Trust Security.

(f) The provisions of this Section 5.8 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities Certificates.

SECTION 5.9. Persons Deemed Holders.

The Trustees and the Securities Registrar shall each treat the Person in whose name any Securities Certificate shall be registered in the Securities Register as the owner of the Trust Securities evidenced by such Securities Certificate for the purpose of receiving Distributions and for all other purposes whatsoever, and none of the Trustees and the Securities Registrar shall be bound by any notice to the contrary.

SECTION 5.10. Cancellation.

All Preferred Securities Certificates surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange or for payment shall, if surrendered to any Person other than the Property Trustee, be delivered to the Property Trustee, and any such Preferred Securities Certificates and Preferred Securities Certificates surrendered directly to the Property Trustee for any such purpose shall be promptly canceled by it. The Administrative Trustees may at any time deliver to the Property Trustee for cancellation any Preferred Securities Certificates previously delivered hereunder that the Administrative Trustees may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and all Preferred Securities Certificates so delivered shall be promptly canceled by the Property Trustee. No Preferred Securities Certificates shall be executed and delivered in lieu of or in exchange for any Preferred Securities Certificates canceled as provided in this Section 5.10 , except as expressly permitted by this Trust Agreement. All canceled Preferred Securities Certificates shall be disposed of by the Property Trustee in accordance with its customary practices, and the Property Trustee shall deliver to the Administrative Trustee a certificate of such disposition.

SECTION 5.11. Ownership of Common Securities by Depositor.

(a) On the Closing Date, the Depositor shall acquire, and thereafter shall retain, beneficial and record ownership of the Common Securities. Neither the Depositor nor any successor Holder of the Common Securities may transfer less than all the Common Securities, and the Depositor or any such successor Holder may transfer the Common Securities only (i) in connection with a consolidation or merger of the Depositor into another Person, or any conveyance, transfer or lease by the Depositor of its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person (in which event such Common Securities will be transferred to such surviving entity, transferee or lessee, as the case may be), pursuant to Section 8.1 of the

 

   31    ARTA- TRUPs


Indenture or (ii) to the Depositor or an Affiliate of the Depositor, in each such case in compliance with applicable law (including the Securities Act, and applicable state securities and blue sky laws). To the fullest extent permitted by law, any attempted transfer of the Common Securities other than as set forth in the immediately preceding sentence shall be void. The Administrative Trustees shall cause each Common Securities Certificate issued to the Depositor to contain a legend stating substantially “THIS CERTIFICATE IS NOT TRANSFERABLE EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAW AND SECTION 5.11 OF THE TRUST AGREEMENT.”

(b) Any Holder of the Common Securities shall be liable for the debts and obligations of the Trust in the manner and to the extent set forth herein with respect to the Depositor and agrees that it shall be subject to all liabilities to which the Depositor may be subject and, prior to becoming such a Holder, shall deliver to the Administrative Trustees an instrument of assumption satisfactory to such Trustees.

SECTION 5.12. Restricted Legends .

(a) Each Preferred Security Certificate shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

“[IF THIS IS A GLOBAL SECURITY INSERT: THIS PREFERRED SECURITY IS A GLOBAL SECURITY WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE TRUST AGREEMENT HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (“DTC”) OR A NOMINEE OF DTC. THIS PREFERRED SECURITY IS EXCHANGEABLE FOR PREFERRED SECURITIES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN DTC OR ITS NOMINEE ONLY IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE TRUST AGREEMENT, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS PREFERRED SECURITY (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS PREFERRED SECURITY AS A WHOLE BY DTC TO A NOMINEE OF DTC OR BY A NOMINEE OF DTC TO DTC OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF DTC) MAY BE REGISTERED EXCEPT IN LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES.

UNLESS THIS PREFERRED SECURITY IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC TO PCC STATUTORY TRUST IV OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY PREFERRED SECURITY ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT HEREON IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.]

THE PREFERRED SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE WERE ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION

 

   32    ARTA- TRUPs


UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND SUCH PREFERRED SECURITIES AND ANY INTEREST THEREIN, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF ANY PREFERRED SECURITIES IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER OF THE PREFERRED SECURITIES MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

THE HOLDER OF THE PREFERRED SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE TRUST AND THE DEPOSITOR THAT (A) SUCH PREFERRED SECURITIES MAY BE OFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY (I) TO THE TRUST OR (II) TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED PURCHASER” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 2(a)(51) OF THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940, AS AMENDED) THAT IS ALSO (X) A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, OR (Y) AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (a) (1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR,” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (a) (1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION AND, IN THE CASE OF (II)(Y), SUBJECT TO THE RIGHT OF THE TRUST AND THE DEPOSITOR TO REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ADDRESSING COMPLIANCE WITH THE U.S. SECURITIES LAWS, AND OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF ANY PREFERRED SECURITIES FROM IT OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS REFERRED TO IN (A) ABOVE.

THE PREFERRED SECURITIES WILL BE ISSUED AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN BLOCKS HAVING AN AGGREGATE LIQUIDATION AMOUNT OF NOT LESS THAN $100,000. TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF PREFERRED SECURITIES, OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, IN A BLOCK HAVING AN AGGREGATE LIQUIDATION AMOUNT OF LESS THAN $100,000 AND MULTIPLES OF $1,000 IN EXCESS THEREOF SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE VOID AND OF NO LEGAL EFFECT WHATSOEVER. TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED NOT TO BE THE HOLDER OF SUCH PREFERRED SECURITIES FOR ANY PURPOSE, INCLUDING, BUT NOT

 

   33    ARTA- TRUPs


LIMITED TO, THE RECEIPT OF LIQUIDATION AMOUNT OF OR DISTRIBUTIONS ON SUCH PREFERRED SECURITIES, OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, AND SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE NO INTEREST WHATSOEVER IN SUCH PREFERRED SECURITIES.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF OR THEREOF ALSO AGREES, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”) (EACH A “PLAN”), OR AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” BY REASON OF ANY PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY, AND NO PERSON INVESTING “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY PLAN MAY ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS PREFERRED SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER OR HOLDER IS ELIGIBLE FOR THE EXEMPTIVE RELIEF AVAILABLE UNDER SECTION 408(b)(17) OF ERISA, U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR PROHIBITED TRANSACTION CLASS EXEMPTION 96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1 OR 84-14 OR ANOTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTION OR ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY, OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, ARE NOT PROHIBITED BY SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE WITH RESPECT TO SUCH PURCHASE AND HOLDING. ANY PURCHASER OR HOLDER OF THE PREFERRED SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED BY ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING THEREOF THAT EITHER (i) IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR OTHER PLAN TO WHICH TITLE I OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE IS APPLICABLE, A TRUSTEE OR OTHER PERSON ACTING ON BEHALF OF ANY SUCH EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY USING THE “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY SUCH EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN TO FINANCE SUCH PURCHASE, OR (ii) SUCH PURCHASE OR HOLDING WILL NOT RESULT IN A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE FOR WHICH FULL EXEMPTIVE RELIEF IS NOT AVAILABLE UNDER AN APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE EXEMPTION.

THIS OBLIGATION IS NOT A DEPOSIT AND IS NOT INSURED BY THE UNITED STATES OR ANY AGENCY OR FUND OF THE UNITED STATES, INCLUDING THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION.”

 

   34    ARTA- TRUPs


(b) The above legend shall not be removed from any of the Preferred Securities Certificates unless there is delivered to the Property Trustee and the Depositor satisfactory evidence, which may include an Opinion of Counsel, as may be reasonably required to ensure that any future transfers thereof may be made without restriction under or violation of the provisions of the Securities Act and other applicable law. Upon provision of such satisfactory evidence, one or more of the Administrative Trustees on behalf of the Trust shall execute and deliver to the Property Trustee, and the Property Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, at the written direction of the Administrative Trustees and the Depositor, Preferred Securities Certificates that do not bear the legend.

SECTION 5.13. Form of Certificate of Authentication.

The Property Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be in substantially the following form:

This represents Preferred Securities referred to in the within-mentioned Trust Agreement.

 

Dated:     WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A., not in its individual capacity, but solely as Property Trustee
    By:  

 

    Name:  
    Title:  

ARTICLE VI.

M EETINGS ; V OTING ; A CTS OF H OLDERS

SECTION 6.1. Notice of Meetings.

Notice of all meetings of the Holders of the Preferred Securities, stating the time, place and purpose of the meeting, shall be given by the Property Trustee pursuant to Section 11.9 to each Holder of Preferred Securities, at such Holder’s registered address, at least fifteen (15) days and not more than ninety (90) days before the meeting. At any such meeting, any business properly before the meeting may be so considered whether or not stated in the notice of the meeting. Any adjourned meeting may be held as adjourned without further notice.

SECTION 6.2. Meetings of Holders of the Preferred Securities.

(a) No annual meeting of Holders is required to be held. The Property Trustee, however, shall call a meeting of the Holders of the Preferred Securities to vote on any matter upon the written request of the Holders of at least twenty five percent (25%) in aggregate Liquidation Amount of the Outstanding Preferred Securities and the Administrative Trustees or the Property Trustee may, at any time in their discretion, call a meeting of the Holders of the Preferred Securities to vote on any matters as to which such Holders are entitled to vote.

 

   35    ARTA- TRUPs


(b) The Holders of at least a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities, present in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of the Holders of the Preferred Securities.

(c) If a quorum is present at a meeting, an affirmative vote by the Holders present, in person or by proxy, holding Preferred Securities representing at least a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities held by the Holders present, either in person or by proxy, at such meeting shall constitute the action of the Holders of the Preferred Securities, unless this Trust Agreement requires a lesser or greater number of affirmative votes.

SECTION 6.3. Voting Rights.

Holders shall be entitled to one vote for each $10,000 of Liquidation Amount represented by their Outstanding Trust Securities in respect of any matter as to which such Holders are entitled to vote.

SECTION 6.4. Proxies, Etc.

At any meeting of Holders, any Holder entitled to vote thereat may vote by proxy, provided, that no proxy shall be voted at any meeting unless it shall have been placed on file with the Administrative Trustees, or with such other officer or agent of the Trust as the Administrative Trustees may direct, for verification prior to the time at which such vote shall be taken. Pursuant to a resolution of the Property Trustee, proxies may be solicited in the name of the Property Trustee or one or more officers of the Property Trustee. Only Holders of record shall be entitled to vote. When Trust Securities are held jointly by several Persons, any one of them may vote at any meeting in person or by proxy in respect of such Trust Securities, but if more than one of them shall be present at such meeting in person or by proxy, and such joint owners or their proxies so present disagree as to any vote to be cast, such vote shall not be received in respect of such Trust Securities. A proxy purporting to be executed by or on behalf of a Holder shall be deemed valid unless challenged at or prior to its exercise, and the burden of proving invalidity shall rest on the challenger. No proxy shall be valid more than three years after its date of execution.

SECTION 6.5. Holder Action by Written Consent.

Any action that may be taken by Holders at a meeting may be taken without a meeting and without prior notice if Holders holding at least a Majority in Liquidation Amount of all Preferred Securities entitled to vote in respect of such action (or such lesser or greater proportion thereof as shall be required by any other provision of this Trust Agreement) shall consent to the action in writing; provided, that notice of such action is promptly provided to the Holders of Preferred Securities that did not consent to such action. Any action that may be taken by the Holders of all the Common Securities may be taken without a meeting and without prior notice if such Holders shall consent to the action in writing.

SECTION 6.6. Record Date for Voting and Other Purposes.

Except as provided in Section 6.10(a) , for the purposes of determining the Holders who are entitled to notice of and to vote at any meeting or to act by written consent, or to participate

 

   36    ARTA- TRUPs


in any distribution on the Trust Securities in respect of which a record date is not otherwise provided for in this Trust Agreement, or for the purpose of any other action, the Administrative Trustees may from time to time fix a date, not more than ninety (90) days prior to the date of any meeting of Holders or the payment of a Distribution or other action, as the case may be, as a record date for the determination of the identity of the Holders of record for such purposes.

SECTION 6.7. Acts of Holders.

(a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided or permitted by this Trust Agreement to be given, made or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent thereof duly appointed in writing; and, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to an Administrative Trustee. Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the “Act” of the Holders signing such instrument or instruments. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Trust Agreement and conclusive in favor of the Trustees, if made in the manner provided in this Section 6.7 .

(b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by a certificate of a notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof. Where such execution is by a signer acting in a capacity other than such signer’s individual capacity, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of such signer’s authority. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner that any Trustee receiving the same deems sufficient.

(c) The ownership of Trust Securities shall be proved by the Securities Register.

(d) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act of the Holder of any Trust Security shall bind every future Holder of the same Trust Security and the Holder of every Trust Security issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of anything done, omitted or suffered to be done by the Trustees, the Administrative Trustees or the Trust in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Trust Security.

(e) Without limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled hereunder to take any action hereunder with regard to any particular Trust Security may do so with regard to all or any part of the Liquidation Amount of such Trust Security or by one or more duly appointed agents each of which may do so pursuant to such appointment with regard to all or any part of such Liquidation Amount.

(f) If any dispute shall arise among the Holders or the Trustees with respect to the authenticity, validity or binding nature of any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act of such Holder or Trustee under this Article VI , then the determination of such matter by the Property Trustee shall be conclusive with respect to such matter.

 

   37    ARTA- TRUPs


SECTION 6.8. Inspection of Records.

Upon reasonable written notice to the Administrative Trustees and the Property Trustee, the records of the Trust shall be open to inspection by any Holder during normal business hours for any purpose reasonably related to such Holder’s interest as a Holder.

SECTION 6.9. Limitations on Voting Rights.

(a) Except as expressly provided in this Trust Agreement and in the Indenture and as otherwise required by law, no Holder of Preferred Securities shall have any right to vote or in any manner otherwise control the administration, operation and management of the Trust or the obligations of the parties hereto, nor shall anything herein set forth, or contained in the terms of the Securities Certificates, be construed so as to constitute the Holders from time to time as partners or members of an association.

(b) So long as any Notes are held by the Property Trustee on behalf of the Trust, the Property Trustee shall not (i) direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Note Trustee, or exercise any trust or power conferred on the Property Trustee with respect to the Notes, (ii) waive any past default that may be waived under Section 5.13 of the Indenture, (iii) exercise any right to rescind or annul a declaration that the principal of all the Notes shall be due and payable or (iv) consent to any amendment, modification or termination of the Indenture or the Notes, where such consent shall be required, without, in each case, obtaining the prior approval of the Holders of at least a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities; provided, that where a consent under the Indenture would require the consent of each holder of Notes (or each Holder of Preferred Securities) affected thereby, no such consent shall be given by the Property Trustee without the prior written consent of each Holder of Preferred Securities. The Property Trustee shall not revoke any action previously authorized or approved by a vote of the Holders of the Preferred Securities, except by a subsequent vote of the Holders of the Preferred Securities. In addition to obtaining the foregoing approvals of the Holders of the Preferred Securities, prior to taking any of the foregoing actions, the Property Trustee shall, at the expense of the Depositor, obtain an Opinion of Counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that such action shall not cause the Trust to be taxable as a corporation or classified as other than a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes.

(c) If any proposed amendment to this Trust Agreement provides for, or the Trustees otherwise propose to effect, (i) any action that would adversely affect in any material respect the powers, preferences or special rights of the Preferred Securities, whether by way of amendment to this Trust Agreement or otherwise or (ii) the dissolution, winding-up or termination of the Trust, other than pursuant to the terms of this Trust Agreement, then the Holders of Outstanding Preferred Securities as a class will be entitled to vote on such amendment or proposal and such amendment or proposal shall not be effective except with the approval of the Holders of at least a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities. Notwithstanding any other provision

 

   38    ARTA- TRUPs


of this Trust Agreement, no amendment to this Trust Agreement may be made if, as a result of such amendment, it would cause the Trust to be taxable as a corporation or classified as other than a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes.

SECTION 6.10. Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission of Annulment; Waivers of Past Defaults.

(a) For so long as any Preferred Securities remain Outstanding, if, upon a Note Event of Default pursuant to paragraphs (c) , (e) , (f) , (g)  or (h)  of Section 5.1 of the Indenture, the Note Trustee fails or the holders of not less than twenty five percent (25%) in principal amount of the outstanding Notes fail to declare the principal of all of the Notes to be immediately due and payable, the Holders of at least twenty-five percent (25%) in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities then Outstanding shall have the right to make such declaration by a notice in writing to the Property Trustee, the Depositor and the Note Trustee. At any time after a declaration of acceleration with respect to the Notes has been made and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Note Trustee as provided in the Indenture, the Holders of at least a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities, by written notice to the Property Trustee, the Depositor and the Note Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if:

(i) the Depositor has paid or deposited with the Note Trustee a sum sufficient to pay:

(A) all overdue installments of interest on all of the Notes;

(B) any accrued Additional Interest on all of the Notes;

(C) the principal of and premium, if any, on any Notes that have become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration and interest and Additional Interest thereon at the rate borne by the Notes; and

(D) all sums paid or advanced by the Note Trustee under the Indenture and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Note Trustee, the Property Trustee and their agents and counsel; and

(ii) all Note Events of Default, other than the non-payment of the principal of the Notes that has become due solely by such acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in Section 5.13 of the Indenture.

Upon receipt by the Property Trustee of written notice requesting such an acceleration, or rescission and annulment thereof, by Holders of any part of the Preferred Securities, a record date shall be established for determining Holders of Outstanding Preferred Securities entitled to join in such notice, which record date shall be at the close of business on the day the Property Trustee receives such notice. The Holders on such record date, or their duly designated proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to join in such notice, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided, that, unless such declaration of acceleration, or rescission and annulment, as the case may be, shall have become effective by virtue of the requisite percentage having joined in such notice prior to the day that is ninety (90) days after

 

   39    ARTA- TRUPs


such record date, such notice of declaration of acceleration, or rescission and annulment, as the case may be, shall automatically and without further action by any Holder be canceled and of no further effect. Nothing in this paragraph shall prevent a Holder, or a proxy of a Holder, from giving, after expiration of such ninety (90)-day period, a new written notice of declaration of acceleration, or rescission and annulment thereof, as the case may be, that is identical to a written notice that has been canceled pursuant to the proviso to the preceding sentence, in which event a new record date shall be established pursuant to the provisions of this Section 6.10(a) .

(b) For so long as any Preferred Securities remain Outstanding, to the fullest extent permitted by law and subject to the terms of this Trust Agreement and the Indenture, upon a Note Event of Default specified in paragraph (a), (b) or (c) of Section 5.1 of the Indenture, any Holder of Preferred Securities shall have the right to institute a proceeding directly against the Depositor, pursuant to Section 5.8 of the Indenture, for enforcement of payment to such Holder of any amounts payable in respect of Notes having an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities of such Holder. Except as set forth in Section 6.10(a) and this Section 6.10(b) , the Holders of Preferred Securities shall have no right to exercise directly any right or remedy available to the holders of, or in respect of, the Notes.

(c) Notwithstanding paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 6.10 , the Holders of at least a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities may, on behalf of the Holders of all the Preferred Securities, waive any Note Event of Default, except any Note Event of Default arising from the failure to pay any principal of or premium, if any, or interest on (including any Additional Interest) the Notes (unless such Note Event of Default has been cured and a sum sufficient to pay all matured installments of interest and all principal and premium, if any, on all Notes due otherwise than by acceleration has been deposited with the Note Trustee) or a Note Event of Default in respect of a covenant or provision that under the Indenture cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the holder of each outstanding Note. Upon any such waiver, such Note Event of Default shall cease to exist and any Note Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of the Indenture; but no such waiver shall affect any subsequent Note Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

(d) Notwithstanding paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 6.10 and subject to paragraph (c), the Holders of at least a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities may, on behalf of the Holders of all the Preferred Securities, waive any Event of Default and its consequences. Upon such waiver, any such Event of Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Trust Agreement, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

(e) The Holders of a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Property Trustee in respect of this Trust Agreement or the Notes or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Property Trustee under this Trust Agreement; provided, that, subject to Sections 8.5 and 8.7 , the Property Trustee shall have the right to decline to follow any such direction if the Property Trustee being advised by counsel determines that the action so directed may not lawfully be taken, or if the Property Trustee in good faith shall, by an officer or

 

   40    ARTA- TRUPs


officers of the Property Trustee, determine that the proceedings so directed would be illegal or involve it in personal liability or be unduly prejudicial to the rights of Holders not party to such direction, and provided, further, that nothing in this Trust Agreement shall impair the right of the Property Trustee to take any action deemed proper by the Property Trustee and which is not inconsistent with such direction.

ARTICLE VII.

R EPRESENTATIONS A ND W ARRANTIES

SECTION 7.1. Representations and Warranties of the Property Trustee and the Delaware Trustee.

The Property Trustee and the Delaware Trustee, each severally on behalf of and as to itself, hereby represents and warrants for the benefit of the Depositor and the Holders that:

(a) the Property Trustee is a national banking association with trust powers, duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States of America;

(b) the Property Trustee has full power, authority and legal right to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Trust Agreement and has taken all necessary action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance by it of this Trust Agreement;

(c) the Delaware Trustee is a Delaware banking corporation, duly organized with trust powers, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and with its principal place of business in the State of Delaware;

(d) the Delaware Trustee has full corporate power, authority and legal right to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Trust Agreement and has taken all necessary action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance by it of this Trust Agreement;

(e) this Trust Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Property Trustee and the Delaware Trustee and constitutes the legal, valid and binding agreement of each of the Property Trustee and the Delaware Trustee enforceable against each of them in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and to general principles of equity and the discretion of the court (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law);

(f) the execution, delivery and performance of this Trust Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other action on the part of the Property Trustee and the Delaware Trustee and do not require any approval of stockholders of the Property Trustee and the Delaware Trustee and such execution, delivery and performance will not (i) violate the charter or By-laws of the Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee, (ii) violate any provision of, or constitute, with or without notice or lapse of time, a default under, or result in the imposition of any lien on any properties included in the Trust Property pursuant to the provisions of any indenture, mortgage, credit agreement, license or other agreement or instrument to which the

 

   41    ARTA- TRUPs


Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee is a party or by which either is bound, or (iii) violate any applicable law, governmental rule or regulation of the United States or the State of Delaware, as the case may be, governing the banking and trust powers of the Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee or any order, judgment or decree applicable to the Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee;

(g) neither the authorization, execution or delivery by the Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee of this Trust Agreement nor the consummation of any of the transactions by the Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee contemplated herein requires the consent or approval of, the giving of notice to, the registration with or the taking of any other action with respect to any governmental authority or agency under any existing law of the United States or the State of Delaware governing the banking and trust powers of the Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee, as the case may be; and

(h) to the best of each of the Property Trustee’s and the Delaware Trustee’s knowledge, there are no proceedings pending or threatened against or affecting the Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee in any court or before any governmental authority, agency or arbitration board or tribunal that, individually or in the aggregate, would materially and adversely affect the Trust or would question the right, power and authority of the Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee, as the case may be, to enter into or perform its obligations as one of the Trustees under this Trust Agreement.

SECTION 7.2. Representations and Warranties of Depositor.

The Depositor hereby represents and warrants for the benefit of the Holders that:

(a) the Depositor is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its state of incorporation;

(b) the Depositor has full corporate power, authority and legal right to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Trust Agreement and has taken all necessary action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance by it of this Trust Agreement;

(c) this Trust Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Depositor and constitutes the legal, valid and binding agreement of the Depositor enforceable against the Depositor in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and to general principles of equity;

(d) the Securities Certificates issued at the Closing Date on behalf of the Trust have been duly authorized and will have been duly and validly executed, issued and delivered by the applicable Trustees pursuant to the terms and provisions of, and in accordance with the requirements of, this Trust Agreement and the Holders will be, as of such date, entitled to the benefits of this Trust Agreement;

(e) the execution, delivery and performance of this Trust Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other action on the part of the Depositor and do not require any approval of stockholders of the Depositor and such execution, delivery and performance will not (i) violate the articles or certificate of incorporation or by-laws (or other

 

   42    ARTA- TRUPs


organizational documents) of the Depositor or (ii) violate any applicable law, governmental rule or regulation governing the Depositor or any material portion of its property or any order, judgment or decree applicable to the Depositor or any material portion of its property;

(f) neither the authorization, execution or delivery by the Depositor of this Trust Agreement nor the consummation of any of the transactions by the Depositor contemplated herein requires the consent or approval of, the giving of notice to, the registration with or the taking of any other action with respect to any governmental authority or agency under any existing law governing the Depositor or any material portion of its property; and

(g) there are no proceedings pending or, to the best of the Depositor’s knowledge, threatened against or affecting the Depositor or any material portion of its property in any court or before any governmental authority, agency or arbitration board or tribunal that, individually or in the aggregate, would materially and adversely affect the Trust or would question the right, power and authority of the Depositor, as the case may be, to enter into or perform its obligations under this Trust Agreement.

ARTICLE VIII.

T HE T RUSTEES

SECTION 8.1. Number of Trustees.

The number of Trustees shall be five (5), provided, that the Property Trustee and the Delaware Trustee may be the same Person, in which case the number of Trustees shall be four (4). The number of Trustees may be increased or decreased by Act of the Holder of the Common Securities subject to Sections 8.2 , 8.3 , and 8.4 . The death, resignation, retirement, removal, bankruptcy, incompetence or incapacity to perform the duties of a Trustee shall not operate to annul, dissolve or terminate the Trust.

SECTION 8.2. Property Trustee Required.

There shall at all times be a Property Trustee hereunder with respect to the Trust Securities. The Property Trustee shall be a corporation or national banking association organized and doing business under the laws of the United States or of any state thereof, authorized to exercise corporate trust powers, having (or having a parent that has) a combined capital and surplus of at least fifty million dollars ($50,000,000), subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authority and having an office within the United States. If any such Person publishes reports of condition at least annually pursuant to law or to the requirements of its supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section 8.2 , the combined capital and surplus of such Person shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time the Property Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 8.2 , it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this Article VIII .

 

   43    ARTA- TRUPs


SECTION 8.3. Delaware Trustee Required.

(a) If required by the Delaware Statutory Trust Act, there shall at all times be a Delaware Trustee with respect to the Trust Securities. The Delaware Trustee shall either be (i) a natural person who is at least 21 years of age and a resident of the State of Delaware or (ii) a legal entity that has its principal place of business in the State of Delaware, otherwise meets the requirements of applicable Delaware law and shall act through one or more persons authorized to bind such entity. If at any time the Delaware Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 8.3 , it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this Article VIII . The Delaware Trustee shall have the same rights, privileges and immunities as the Property Trustee.

(b) The Delaware Trustee shall not be entitled to exercise any powers, nor shall the Delaware Trustee have any of the duties and responsibilities, of the Property Trustee or the Administrative Trustees set forth herein. The Delaware Trustee shall be one of the trustees of the Trust for the sole and limited purpose of fulfilling the requirements of Section 3807 of the Delaware Statutory Trust Act and for taking such actions as are required to be taken by a Delaware trustee under the Delaware Statutory Trust Act. The duties (including fiduciary duties), liabilities and obligations of the Delaware Trustee shall be limited to (a) accepting legal process served on the Trust in the State of Delaware and (b) the execution of any certificates required to be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware that the Delaware Trustee is required to execute under Section 3811 of the Delaware Statutory Trust Act and there shall be no other duties (including fiduciary duties) or obligations, express or implied, at law or in equity, of the Delaware Trustee.

SECTION 8.4. Appointment of Administrative Trustees.

(a) There shall at all times be one or more Administrative Trustees hereunder with respect to the Trust Securities. Each Administrative Trustee shall be either a natural person who is at least 21 years of age or a legal entity that shall act through one or more persons authorized to bind that entity. Each of the individuals identified as an “Administrative Trustee” in the preamble of this Trust Agreement hereby accepts his or her appointment as such.

(b) Except where a requirement for action by a specific number of Administrative Trustees is expressly set forth in this Trust Agreement, any act required or permitted to be taken by, and any power of the Administrative Trustees may be exercised by, or with the consent of, any one such Administrative Trustee. Whenever a vacancy in the number of Administrative Trustees shall occur, until such vacancy is filled by the appointment of an Administrative Trustee in accordance with Section 8.11 , the Administrative Trustees in office, regardless of their number (and notwithstanding any other provision of this Trust Agreement), shall have all the powers granted to the Administrative Trustees and shall discharge all the duties imposed upon the Administrative Trustees by this Trust Agreement.

SECTION 8.5. Duties and Responsibilities of the Trustees.

(a) The rights, immunities, duties and responsibilities of the Trustees shall be as provided by this Trust Agreement and there shall be no other duties (including fiduciary duties)

 

   44    ARTA- TRUPs


or obligations, express or implied, at law or in equity, of the Trustees; provided, however, that if an Event of Default known to the Property Trustee has occurred and is continuing, the Property Trustee shall, prior to the receipt of directions, if any, from the Holders of at least a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities, exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Trust Agreement, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no provision of this Trust Agreement shall require any of the Trustees to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its or their rights or powers, if it or they shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it. Whether or not herein expressly so provided, every provision of this Trust Agreement relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustees shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 8.5 . To the extent that, at law or in equity, a Trustee has duties (including fiduciary duties) to the Trust or to the Holders, such Trustee’s duties may be restricted or eliminated by the provisions in this Trust Agreement, except that this Trust Agreement may not eliminate the implied contractual covenant of good faith and fair dealing. A Trustee shall not be liable to the Trust or a Holder or another Person that is party to or is otherwise bound by this Trust Agreement for such Trustee’s good faith reliance on the provisions of this Trust Agreement. The provisions of this Trust Agreement, to the extent that they limit or eliminate the duties and liabilities of the Trustees otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the Depositor and the Holders to replace such other duties and liabilities of the Trustees, except that no provision of this Trust Agreement may limit or eliminate liability for any act or omission that constitutes a bad faith violation of the implied contractual covenant of good faith and fair dealing.

(b) All payments made by the Property Trustee or a Paying Agent in respect of the Trust Securities shall be made only from the revenue and proceeds from the Trust Property and only to the extent that there shall be sufficient revenue or proceeds from the Trust Property to enable the Property Trustee or a Paying Agent to make payments in accordance with the terms hereof. Each Holder, by its acceptance of a Trust Security, agrees that it will look solely to the revenue and proceeds from the Trust Property to the extent legally available for distribution to it as herein provided and that the Trustees are not personally liable to it for any amount distributable in respect of any Trust Security or for any other liability in respect of any Trust Security. This Section 8.5(b) does not limit the liability of the Trustees expressly set forth elsewhere in this Trust Agreement.

(c) No provisions of this Trust Agreement shall be construed to relieve the Property Trustee from liability with respect to matters that are within the authority of the Property Trustee under this Trust Agreement for its own negligent action, negligent failure to act or willful misconduct, except that:

(i) the Property Trustee shall not be liable for any error or judgment made in good faith by an authorized officer of the Property Trustee, unless it shall be proved that the Property Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;

 

   45    ARTA- TRUPs


(ii) the Property Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction of the Holders of at least a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Property Trustee hereunder or under the Indenture, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Property Trustee under this Trust Agreement;

(iii) the Property Trustee’s sole duty with respect to the custody, safe keeping and physical preservation of the Notes and the Payment Account shall be to deal with such Trust Property in a similar manner as the Property Trustee deals with similar property for its own account, subject to the protections and limitations on liability afforded to the Property Trustee under this Trust Agreement;

(iv) the Property Trustee shall not be liable for any interest on any money received by it; and money held by the Property Trustee need not be segregated from other funds held by it except in relation to the Payment Account maintained by the Property Trustee pursuant to Section 3.1 and except to the extent otherwise required by law; and

(v) the Property Trustee shall not be responsible for monitoring the compliance by the Administrative Trustees or the Depositor with their respective duties under this Trust Agreement, nor shall the Property Trustee be liable for the default or misconduct of any other Trustee or the Depositor.

SECTION 8.6. Notices of Defaults and Extensions.

(a) Within ninety (90) days after the occurrence of a default actually known to the Property Trustee, the Property Trustee shall transmit notice of such default to the Holders, the Administrative Trustees and the Depositor, unless such default shall have been cured or waived; provided, that, except in the case of a default in the payment of the principal of or any premium or interest (including any Additional Interest) on any Trust Security, the Property Trustee shall be fully protected in withholding such notice if and so long as the Property Trustee in good faith determines that the withholding of such notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Trust Securities. For the purpose of this Section 8.6 , the term “default” means any event that is, or after notice or lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default.

(b) Within three (3) Business Days after the receipt of written notice of the Depositor’s exercise of its right to defer the payment of interest on the Notes pursuant to the Indenture, the Property Trustee shall transmit, in the manner and to the extent provided in Section 11.9 , notice of such exercise to the Holders and the Administrative Trustees, unless such exercise shall have been revoked.

(c) The Property Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any default or Event of Default unless the Property Trustee shall have received written notice thereof from the Depositor, any Administrative Trustee or any Holder or unless a Responsible Officer of the Property Trustee shall have obtained actual knowledge of such default or Event of Default.

(d) The Property Trustee shall notify all Holders of the Preferred Securities of any notice of default received with respect to the Notes.

 

   46    ARTA- TRUPs


SECTION 8.7. Certain Rights of Property Trustee.

Subject to the provisions of Section 8.5 :

(a) the Property Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting in good faith and in accordance with the terms hereof upon any resolution, Opinion of Counsel, Officer’s Certificate, written representation of a Holder or transferee, certificate of auditors or any other resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, appraisal, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;

(b) if (i) in performing its duties under this Trust Agreement the Property Trustee is required to decide between alternative courses of action, (ii) in construing any of the provisions of this Trust Agreement the Property Trustee finds a provision ambiguous or inconsistent with any other provisions contained herein or (iii) the Property Trustee is unsure of the application of any provision of this Trust Agreement, then, except as to any matter as to which the Holders of the Preferred Securities are entitled to vote under the terms of this Trust Agreement, the Property Trustee shall deliver a notice to the Depositor requesting the Depositor’s written instruction as to the course of action to be taken and the Property Trustee shall take such action, or refrain from taking such action, as the Property Trustee shall be instructed in writing to take, or to refrain from taking, by the Depositor; provided, that if the Property Trustee does not receive such instructions of the Depositor within ten (10) Business Days after it has delivered such notice or such reasonably shorter period of time set forth in such notice, the Property Trustee may, but shall be under no duty to, take such action, or refrain from taking such action, as the Property Trustee shall deem advisable and in the best interests of the Holders, in which event the Property Trustee shall have no liability except for its own negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct;

(c) any direction or act of the Depositor contemplated by this Trust Agreement shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate unless otherwise expressly provided herein;

(d) any direction or act of an Administrative Trustee contemplated by this Trust Agreement shall be sufficiently evidenced by a certificate executed by such Administrative Trustee and setting forth such direction or act;

(e) the Property Trustee shall have no duty to see to any recording, filing or registration of any instrument (including any financing or continuation statement or any filing under tax or securities laws) or any re-recording, re-filing or re-registration thereof;

(f) the Property Trustee may consult with counsel (which counsel may be counsel to the Property Trustee, the Depositor or any of its Affiliates, and may include any of its employees) and the advice of such counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon and in accordance with such advice; the Property Trustee shall have the right at any time to seek instructions concerning the administration of this Trust Agreement from any court of competent jurisdiction;

 

   47    ARTA- TRUPs


(g) the Property Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Trust Agreement at the request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Trust Agreement, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Property Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction, including reasonable advances as may be requested by the Property Trustee;

(h) the Property Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, approval, bond, debenture, note or other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, unless requested in writing to do so by one or more Holders, but the Property Trustee may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Property Trustee shall determine to make such inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Depositor, personally or by agent or attorney;

(i) the Property Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through its agents, attorneys, custodians or nominees and the Property Trustee shall not be responsible for any negligence or misconduct on the part of any such agent, attorney, custodian or nominee appointed with due care by it hereunder;

(j) whenever in the administration of this Trust Agreement the Property Trustee shall deem it desirable to receive instructions with respect to enforcing any remedy or right hereunder, the Property Trustee (i) may request instructions from the Holders (which instructions may only be given by the Holders of the same proportion in Liquidation Amount of the Trust Securities as would be entitled to direct the Property Trustee under this Trust Agreement in respect of such remedy, right or action), (ii) may refrain from enforcing such remedy or right or taking such other action until such instructions are received and (iii) shall be protected in acting in accordance with such instructions;

(k) except as otherwise expressly provided by this Trust Agreement, the Property Trustee shall not be under any obligation to take any action that is discretionary under the provisions of this Trust Agreement;

(l) without prejudice to any other rights available to the Property Trustee under applicable law, when the Property Trustee incurs expenses or renders services in connection with a Bankruptcy Event, such expenses (including legal fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) and the compensation for such services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law or law relating to creditors rights generally; and

(m) whenever in the administration of this Trust Agreement the Property Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Property Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, request and rely on an Officers’ Certificate which, upon receipt of such request, shall be promptly delivered by the Depositor.

 

   48    ARTA- TRUPs


No provision of this Trust Agreement shall be deemed to impose any duty or obligation on any Trustee to perform any act or acts or exercise any right, power, duty or obligation conferred or imposed on it, in any jurisdiction in which it shall be illegal, or in which such Person shall be unqualified or incompetent in accordance with applicable law, to perform any such act or acts, or to exercise any such right, power, duty or obligation.

SECTION 8.8. Delegation of Power.

Any Trustee may, by power of attorney or otherwise delegate to any other Person its, his or her power for the purpose of executing any documents contemplated in Section 2.5 . The Trustees shall have power to delegate from time to time to such of their number or to the Depositor the doing of such things and the execution of such instruments either in the name of the Trust or the names of the Trustees or otherwise as the Trustees may deem expedient, to the extent such delegation is not prohibited by applicable law or contrary to the provisions of this Trust Agreement.

SECTION 8.9. May Hold Securities.

Any Trustee or any other agent of any Trustee or the Trust, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Trust Securities and except as provided in the definition of the term “Outstanding” in Article I , may otherwise deal with the Trust with the same rights it would have if it were not a Trustee or such other agent.

SECTION 8.10. Compensation; Reimbursement; Indemnity.

The Depositor agrees:

(a) to pay to the Trustees from time to time such reasonable compensation for all services rendered by them hereunder as may be agreed by the Depositor and the Trustees from time to time (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust);

(b) to reimburse the Trustees upon request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustees in accordance with any provision of this Trust Agreement (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of their agents and counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may be attributable to their gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct; and

(c) to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to indemnify and hold harmless (i) each Trustee (including in its individual capacity), (ii) any Affiliate of any Trustee, (iii) any officer, director, shareholder, employee, representative or agent of any Trustee or any Affiliate of any Trustee and (iv) any employee or agent of the Trust (referred to herein as an “Indemnified Person”) from and against any loss, damage, liability, tax (other than income, franchise or other taxes imposed on amounts paid pursuant to Section 8.10(a) or (b)  hereof), penalty, expense or claim of any kind or nature whatsoever incurred without negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on its part, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of the Trust hereunder, including the advancement of funds to cover the reasonable costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder.

 

   49    ARTA- TRUPs


The Trust shall have no payment, reimbursement or indemnity obligations to the Trustees under this Section 8.10 . The provisions of this Section 8.10 shall survive the termination of this Trust Agreement and the earlier removal or resignation of any Trustee.

No Trustee may claim any Lien on any Trust Property whether before or after termination of the Trust as a result of any amount due pursuant to this Section 8.10 .

To the fullest extent permitted by law, in no event shall the Property Trustee and the Delaware Trustee be liable for any indirect, special, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever, including, but not limited to, lost profits, even if the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

In no event shall the Property Trustee and the Delaware Trustee be liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder because of circumstances beyond its control, including, but not limited to, acts of God, flood, war (whether declared or undeclared), terrorism, fire, riot, embargo, government action, including any laws, ordinances, regulations, governmental action or the like which delay, restrict or prohibit the providing of the services contemplated by this Trust Agreement.

SECTION 8.11. Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor.

(a) No resignation or removal of any Trustee and no appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to this Article VIII shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 8.12 .

(b) A Trustee may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Depositor and, in the case of the Property Trustee and the Delaware Trustee, to the Holders.

(c) Unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee, or both of them, may be removed (with or without cause) at any time by Act of the Holder of Common Securities. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee, or both of them, may be removed (with or without cause) at such time by Act of the Holders of at least a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities, delivered to the removed Trustee (in its individual capacity and on behalf of the Trust). An Administrative Trustee may be removed (with or without cause) only by Act of the Holder of the Common Securities at any time.

(d) If any Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting as Trustee, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of any Trustee for any reason, at a time when no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Holder of the Common Securities, by Act of the Holder of the Common Securities, shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee or Trustees, and such successor Trustee and the retiring Trustee shall comply with the applicable requirements of Section 8.12 . If the Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of continuing to act as the Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee, as the case may be, at a time when an Event of Default shall have occurred and be

 

   50    ARTA- TRUPs


continuing, the Holders of the Preferred Securities, by Act of the Holders of a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities, shall promptly appoint a successor Property Trustee or Delaware Trustee, as applicable, and such successor Property Trustee or Delaware Trustee and the retiring Property Trustee or Delaware Trustee shall comply with the applicable requirements of Section 8.12 . If an Administrative Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting as Administrative Trustee, at a time when an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Holder of the Common Securities by Act of the Holder of Common Securities shall promptly appoint a successor Administrative Trustee and such successor Administrative Trustee and the retiring Administrative Trustee shall comply with the applicable requirements of Section 8.12 . If no successor Trustee shall have been so appointed by the Holder of the Common Securities or Holders of the Preferred Securities, as the case may be, and accepted appointment in the manner required by Section 8.12 within thirty (30) days after the giving of a notice of resignation by a Trustee, the removal of a Trustee, or a Trustee becoming incapable of acting as such Trustee, any Holder who has been a Holder of Preferred Securities for at least six (6) months (or, if the Preferred Securities have been Outstanding for less than six (6) months, the entire period of such lesser time) may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, and any resigning Trustee may, in each case, at the expense of the Depositor, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

(e) The Depositor shall give notice of each resignation and each removal of the Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee and each appointment of a successor Property Trustee or Delaware Trustee to all Holders in the manner provided in Section 11.9 . Each notice shall include the name of the successor Property Trustee or Delaware Trustee and the address of its Corporate Trust Office if it is the Property Trustee.

(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of this Trust Agreement, in the event any Administrative Trustee or a Delaware Trustee who is a natural person dies or becomes, in the opinion of the Holder of Common Securities, incompetent or incapacitated, the vacancy created by such death, incompetence or incapacity may be filled by (i) the unanimous act of the remaining Administrative Trustees if there are at least two of them or (ii) otherwise by the Holder of the Common Securities (with the successor in each case being a Person who satisfies the eligibility requirement for Administrative Trustees or Delaware Trustee, as the case may be, set forth in Sections 8.3 and 8.4 ).

(g) Upon the appointment of a successor Delaware Trustee, such successor Delaware Trustee shall file a Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate of Trust in accordance with Section 3810 of the Delaware Statutory Trust Act.

SECTION 8.12. Acceptance of Appointment by Successor.

(a) In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee, each successor Trustee shall execute and deliver to the Depositor and to the retiring Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective and each such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee; but, on request of the Trust or any successor Trustee such retiring Trustee shall, upon

 

   51    ARTA- TRUPs


payment of its charges, duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all Trust Property, all proceeds thereof and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder with respect to the Trust Securities and the Trust.

(b) Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the Trust (or the retiring Trustee if requested by the Depositor) shall execute any and all instruments for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee all such rights, powers, duties and trusts referred to in the preceding paragraph.

(c) No successor Trustee shall accept its appointment unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be qualified and eligible under this Article VIII .

SECTION 8.13. Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business.

Any Person into which the Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any Person resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which such Trustee shall be a party, or any Person succeeding to all or substantially all the corporate trust business of such Trustee, shall be the successor of such Trustee hereunder, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto, provided, that such Person shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article VIII .

SECTION 8.14. Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities.

The recitals contained herein and in the Securities Certificates shall be taken as the statements of the Trust and the Depositor, and the Trustees do not assume any responsibility for their correctness. The Trustees make no representations as to the title to, or value or condition of, the property of the Trust or any part thereof, nor as to the validity or sufficiency of this Trust Agreement, the Notes or the Trust Securities. The Trustees shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Depositor of the proceeds of the Notes. It is expressly understood and agreed by the parties hereto that insofar as any document, agreement or certificate is executed on behalf of the Trust by any Trustee (a) such document, agreement or certificate is executed and delivered by such Trustee, not in its individual capacity but solely as Trustee under this Trust Agreement in the exercise of the powers and authority conferred and vested in it, (b) each of the representations, warranties, covenants, undertakings and agreements made on the part of the Trust is made and intended not as a representation, warranty, covenant, undertaking or agreement by any Trustee in its individual capacity but is made and intended for the purpose of binding only the Trust and (c) under no circumstances shall any Trustee in its individual capacity be personally liable for the payment of any indebtedness or expenses of the Trust or be liable for the breach or failure of any obligation, representation, warranty or covenant made or undertaken by the Trust under this Trust Agreement or any other document, agreement or certificate.

SECTION 8.15. Property Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

(a) In case of any Bankruptcy Event (or event that with the passage of time would become a Bankruptcy Event) relative to the Trust or any other obligor upon the Trust Securities or the property of the Trust or of such other obligor or their creditors, the Property Trustee (irrespective of whether any Distributions on the Trust Securities shall then be due and payable

 

   52    ARTA- TRUPs


and irrespective of whether the Property Trustee shall have made any demand on the Trust for the payment of any past due Distributions) shall be entitled and empowered, to the fullest extent permitted by law, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

(i) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of any Distributions owing and unpaid in respect of the Trust Securities and to file such other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Property Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Property Trustee, its agents and counsel) and of the Holders allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

(ii) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Property Trustee and, in the event the Property Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Property Trustee first any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Property Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Property Trustee.

(b) Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Property Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or compensation affecting the Trust Securities or the rights of any Holder thereof or to authorize the Property Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

SECTION 8.16. Reports to the Property Trustee.

(a) The Depositor and the Administrative Trustees shall deliver to the Property Trustee, not later than one hundred and twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Depositor ending after the date hereof, an Officers’ Certificate (substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit H ) covering the preceding fiscal year, stating whether or not to the knowledge of the signers thereof the Depositor, the Administrative Trustees or the Trust are in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Trust Agreement (without regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice provided hereunder) and, if the Depositor, the Administrative Trustees or the Trust shall be in default, specifying all such defaults and the nature and status thereof of which they have knowledge.

(b) The Depositor shall furnish to (i) the Property Trustee, (ii) the Purchaser, (iii) any Owner of the Preferred Securities reasonably identified to the Depositor and the Trust (which identification may be made either by such Owner or by the Purchaser) and (iv) any designee of (i), (ii) or (iii) above, a duly completed and executed certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit G , which certificate shall be so furnished by the Depositor not later than forty five (45) days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Depositor and not later than ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Depositor.

 

   53    ARTA- TRUPs


(c) The Property Trustee shall receive all reports, certificates and information, which it is entitled to obtain under each of the Operative Documents, and deliver to the Purchaser or its designee as identified in writing to the Property Trustee, copies of all such reports, certificates or information promptly upon receipt thereof.

SECTION 8.17. Meetings of the Trustees and the Administrative Trustees.

Meetings of the Trustees or the Administrative Trustees shall be held from time to time upon the call of any Trustee or Administrative Trustee, as applicable. Regular meetings of the Trustees and the Administrative Trustees, respectively, may be in person in the United States or by telephone, at a place (if applicable) and time fixed by resolution of the Trustees or the Administrative Trustees, as applicable. Notice of any in-person meetings of the Trustees or the Administrative Trustees shall be hand delivered or otherwise delivered in writing (including by facsimile, with a hard copy by overnight courier) not less than 48 hours before such meeting. Notice of any telephonic meetings of the Trustees or the Administrative Trustees or any committee thereof shall be hand delivered or otherwise delivered in writing (including by facsimile, with a hard copy by overnight courier) not less than 24 hours before a meeting. Notices shall contain a brief statement of the time, place and anticipated purposes of the meeting. The presence (whether in person or by telephone) of a Trustee or an Administrative Trustee, as the case may be, at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of such notice of such meeting except where a Trustee or an Administrative Trustee, as the case may be, attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any activity on the ground that the meeting has not been lawfully called or convened. Unless provided otherwise in this Trust Agreement, any action of the Trustees or the Administrative Trustees, as the case may be, may be taken at a meeting by vote of a majority of the Trustees or the Administrative Trustees present (whether in person or by telephone) and eligible to vote with respect to such matter; provided , that, in the case of the Administrative Trustees, a Quorum is present, or without a meeting by the unanimous written consent of the Trustees or the Administrative Trustees, as the case may be. Meetings of the Trustees and the Administrative Trustees together shall be held from time to time upon the call of any Trustee or Administrative Trustee.

ARTICLE IX.

T ERMINATION , L IQUIDATION AND M ERGER

SECTION 9.1. Dissolution Upon Expiration Date.

Unless earlier dissolved, the Trust shall automatically dissolve on March 15, 2043 (the “Expiration Date”), and the Trust Property shall be liquidated in accordance with Section 9.4 .

 

   54    ARTA- TRUPs


SECTION 9.2. Early Termination.

The first to occur of any of the following events is an “Early Termination Event”, upon the occurrence of which the Trust shall be dissolved:

(a) the occurrence of a Bankruptcy Event in respect of, or the dissolution or liquidation of, the Depositor, in its capacity as the Holder of the Common Securities, unless the Depositor shall have transferred the Common Securities as provided by Section 5.11 , in which case this provision shall refer instead to any such successor Holder of the Common Securities;

(b) the Administrative Trustees at any time elect, at the written direction of the Holder of the Common Securities, to dissolve the Trust and, after satisfaction of any liabilities of the Trust as required by applicable law, to instruct the Property Trustee in writing to distribute the Notes to Holders in exchange for the Preferred Securities (which direction is optional and wholly within the discretion of the Holder of the Common Securities), provided, that the Holder of the Common Securities shall have received the prior approval of the Federal Reserve if then required;

(c) the redemption of all of the Preferred Securities in connection with the payment at maturity or redemption of all the Notes; and

(d) the entry of an order for dissolution of the Trust by a court of competent jurisdiction.

SECTION 9.3. Termination.

(a) The respective obligations and responsibilities of the Trustees and the Trust shall terminate upon the latest to occur of the following: (a) the distribution by the Property Trustee to Holders of all amounts required to be distributed hereunder upon the liquidation of the Trust pursuant to Section 9.4 , or upon the redemption of all of the Trust Securities pursuant to Section 4.2 ; (b) the satisfaction of any expenses owed by the Trust; and (c) the discharge of all administrative duties of the Administrative Trustees, including the performance of any tax reporting obligations with respect to the Trust or the Holders.

(b) As soon as practicable thereafter, and after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors of the Trust as required by applicable law, including section 3808 of the Delaware Statutory Trust Act, the Delaware Trustee, when notified in writing of the completion of the winding up of the Trust by the Administrative Trustees in accordance with the Delaware Statutory Trust Act, shall terminate the Trust by filing, at the expense of the Depositor, a certificate of cancellation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

SECTION 9.4. Liquidation.

(a) If an Early Termination Event specified in Section 9.2(a) , (b)  or (d)  occurs or upon the Expiration Date, the Trust shall be liquidated by the Administrative Trustees as expeditiously as the Administrative Trustees shall determine to be possible by instructing the Property Trustee to distribute, after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors of the Trust as provided by applicable law, to each Holder a Like Amount of Notes, subject to Section 9.4(d) . Notice of liquidation shall be given by an Administrative Trustee not less than thirty (30) nor more than sixty (60) days prior to the Liquidation Date to each Holder of Trust Securities at such Holder’s address appearing in the Securities Register. All such notices of liquidation shall:

(i) state the Liquidation Date;

 

   55    ARTA- TRUPs


(ii) state that from and after the Liquidation Date, the Trust Securities will no longer be deemed to be Outstanding and (subject to Section 9.4(d)) any Securities Certificates not surrendered for exchange will be deemed to represent a Like Amount of Notes; and

(iii) provide such information with respect to the mechanics by which Holders may exchange Securities Certificates for Notes, or if Section 9.4(d) applies, receive a Liquidation Distribution, as the Property Trustee shall deem appropriate.

(b) Except where Section 9.2(c) or 9.4(d) applies, in order to effect the liquidation of the Trust and distribution of the Notes to Holders, an Administrative Trustee, either itself acting as exchange agent or through the appointment of a separate exchange agent, shall establish a record date for such distribution (which shall not be more than forty-five (45) days prior to the Liquidation Date nor prior to the date on which notice of such liquidation is given to the Holders) and establish such procedures as it shall deem appropriate to effect the distribution of Notes in exchange for the Outstanding Securities Certificates.

(c) Except where Section 9.2(c) or 9.4(d) applies, after the Liquidation Date, (i) the Trust Securities will no longer be deemed to be Outstanding, (ii) certificates representing a Like Amount of Notes will be issued to Holders of Securities Certificates, upon surrender of such Certificates to the exchange agent for exchange, (iii) the Depositor shall use its best efforts to have the Notes listed on the New York Stock Exchange or on such other exchange, interdealer quotation system or self-regulatory organization on which the Preferred Securities are then listed, if any, (iv) Securities Certificates not so surrendered for exchange will be deemed to represent a Like Amount of Notes bearing accrued and unpaid interest in an amount equal to the accumulated and unpaid Distributions on such Securities Certificates until such certificates are so surrendered (and until such certificates are so surrendered, no payments of interest or principal will be made to Holders of Securities Certificates with respect to such Notes) and (v) all rights of Holders holding Trust Securities will cease, except the right of such Holders to receive Notes upon surrender of Securities Certificates.

(d) Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section 9.4 , if distribution of the Notes in the manner provided herein is determined by an Administrative Trustee not to be permitted or practical, the Trust Property shall be liquidated, and the Trust shall be wound up by such Administrative Trustee in such manner as such Administrative Trustee determines. In such event, Holders will be entitled to receive out of the assets of the Trust available for distribution to Holders, after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors of the Trust as provided by applicable law, an amount equal to the Liquidation Amount per Trust Security plus accumulated and unpaid Distributions thereon to the date of payment (such amount being the “Liquidation Distribution”). If, upon any such winding up the Liquidation Distribution can be paid only in part because the Trust has insufficient assets available to pay in full the aggregate Liquidation Distribution, then, subject to the next succeeding sentence, the amounts payable by the Trust on the Trust Securities shall be paid on a pro rata basis (based upon Liquidation Amounts). The Holder of the Common Securities will be entitled to receive Liquidation Distributions upon any such winding up pro rata (based upon Liquidation Amounts) with Holders of all Trust Securities, except that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Preferred Securities shall have a priority over the Common Securities as provided in Section 4.3 .

 

   56    ARTA- TRUPs


SECTION 9.5. Mergers, Consolidations, Amalgamations or Replacements of Trust.

The Trust may not merge with or into, consolidate, amalgamate, or be replaced by, or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to, any Person except pursuant to this Article IX . At the request of the Holders of the Common Securities, without the consent of the Holders of the Preferred Securities, the Trust may merge with or into, consolidate, amalgamate, or be replaced by or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to a trust organized as such under the laws of any State; provided, that:

(a) such successor entity either (i) expressly assumes all of the obligations of the Trust under this Trust Agreement with respect to the Preferred Securities or (ii) substitutes for the Preferred Securities other securities having substantially the same terms as the Preferred Securities (such other Securities, the “Successor Securities”) so long as the Successor Securities have the same priority as the Preferred Securities with respect to distributions and payments upon liquidation, redemption and otherwise;

(b) a trustee of such successor entity possessing substantially the same powers and duties as the Property Trustee is appointed to hold the Notes;

(c) if the Preferred Securities or the Notes are rated, such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease does not cause the Preferred Securities or the Notes (including any Successor Securities) to be downgraded by any nationally recognized statistical rating organization that then assigns a rating to the Preferred Securities or the Notes;

(d) the Preferred Securities are listed, or any Successor Securities will be listed upon notice of issuance, on any national securities exchange or interdealer quotation system on which the Preferred Securities are then listed, if any;

(e) such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease does not adversely affect the rights, preferences and privileges of the Holders of the Preferred Securities (including any Successor Securities) in any material respect;

(f) such successor entity has a purpose substantially identical to that of the Trust;

(g) prior to such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease, the Depositor has received an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that (i) such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease does not adversely affect the rights, preferences and privileges of the Holders of the Preferred Securities (including any Successor Securities) in any material respect; (ii) following such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease, neither the Trust nor such successor entity will be required to register as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act and (iii) following such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease, the Trust (or the successor entity) will continue to be classified as a grantor trust for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

   57    ARTA- TRUPs


(h) the Depositor guarantees the obligations of the successor entity under the Successor Securities to the same extent provided by the Indenture, the Guarantee, the Notes and this Trust Agreement;

(i) the Depositor or its permitted transferee owns all of the common securities of such successor entity and guarantees the obligations of such successor entity under the Successor Securities at least to the extent provided by the Guarantee Agreement; and

(j) prior to such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease, the Property Trustee shall have received an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each to the effect that conditions precedent of this Section 9.5 to such transaction have been met.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trust shall not, except with the consent of Holders of all of the Preferred Securities, consolidate, amalgamate, merge with or into, or be replaced by or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any other Person or permit any other entity to consolidate, amalgamate, merge with or into, or replace, the Trust if such consolidation, amalgamation, merger, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease would cause the Trust or the successor entity to be taxable as a corporation or classified as other than a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes or cause the Notes to be treated as other than indebtedness of the Depositor for United States federal income tax purposes.

ARTICLE X.

I NFORMATION TO P URCHASER

SECTION 10.1. Depositor Obligations to Purchaser.

Notwithstanding any other provision herein, the Depositor shall furnish to (a) the Purchaser, (b) any Owner of the Preferred Securities reasonably identified to the Depositor or the Trust (which identification may be made either by such Owner or by the Purchaser) and (c) any designee of (a) or (b) above, copies of all correspondence, notices, forms, filings, reports and other documents required to be provided by the Depositor, whether acting through an Administrative Trustee or otherwise, to the Property Trustee under this Trust Agreement.

SECTION 10.2. Property Trustee’s Obligations to Purchaser.

Notwithstanding any other provision herein, the Property Trustee shall furnish to the Purchaser, or its designee, as identified in writing to the Property Trustee, copies of all (i) correspondence, notices, forms, filings, reports and other documents received by the Property Trustee from the Depositor, whether acting through an Administrative Trustee or otherwise, under this Trust Agreement, and (ii) all correspondence, notices, forms, filings, reports and other documents required to be provided to the Depositor or a Holder by the Property Trustee under this Trust Agreement.

 

   58    ARTA- TRUPs


ARTICLE XI.

M ISCELLANEOUS P ROVISIONS

SECTION 11.1. Limitation of Rights of Holders.

Except as set forth in Section 9.2 , the death, bankruptcy, termination, dissolution or incapacity of any Person having an interest, beneficial or otherwise, in Trust Securities shall not operate to terminate this Trust Agreement, nor annul, dissolve or terminate the Trust nor entitle the legal representatives or heirs of such Person or any Holder for such Person, to claim an accounting, take any action or bring any proceeding in any court for a partition or winding up of the arrangements contemplated hereby, nor otherwise affect the rights, obligations and liabilities of the parties hereto or any of them.

SECTION 11.2. Agreed Tax Treatment of Trust and Trust Securities.

The parties hereto and, by its acceptance or acquisition of a Trust Security or a beneficial interest therein, the Holder of, and any Person that acquires a beneficial interest in, such Trust Security intend and agree to treat the Trust as a grantor trust for United States federal, state and local tax purposes, and to treat the Trust Securities (including all payments and proceeds with respect to such Trust Securities) as undivided beneficial ownership interests in the Trust Property (and payments and proceeds therefrom, respectively) for United States federal, state and local tax purposes and to treat the Notes as indebtedness of the Depositor for United States federal, state and local tax purposes unless otherwise required by law. The provisions of this Trust Agreement shall be interpreted to further this intention and agreement of the parties.

SECTION 11.3. Amendment.

(a) This Trust Agreement may be amended from time to time by the Property Trustee, the Administrative Trustees and the Holder of all the Common Securities, without the consent of any Holder of the Preferred Securities, (i) to cure any ambiguity, correct or supplement any provision herein that may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision herein, or to make or amend any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Trust Agreement, which shall not be inconsistent with the other provisions of this Trust Agreement, (ii) to modify, eliminate or add to any provisions of this Trust Agreement to such extent as shall be necessary to ensure that the Trust will neither be taxable as a corporation nor be classified as other than a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes at all times that any Trust Securities are Outstanding or to ensure that the Notes are treated as indebtedness of the Depositor for United States federal income tax purposes, or to ensure that the Trust will not be required to register as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act or (iii) to add to the covenants, restrictions or obligations of the Depositor; provided, that in the case of clauses (i), (ii) or (iii), such action shall not adversely affect in any material respect the interests of any Holder.

(b) Except as provided in Section 11.3(c) , any provision of this Trust Agreement may be amended by the Property Trustee, the Administrative Trustees and the Holder of all of the Common Securities and with (i) the consent of Holders of at least a Majority in Liquidation

 

   59    ARTA- TRUPs


Amount of the Preferred Securities and (ii) receipt by the Trustees of an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such amendment or the exercise of any power granted to the Trustees in accordance with such amendment will not cause the Trust to be taxable as a corporation or classified as other than a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes or affect the treatment of the Notes as indebtedness of the Depositor for United States federal income tax purposes or affect the Trust’s exemption from status (or from any requirement to register) as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act.

(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Trust Agreement, without the consent of each Holder, this Trust Agreement may not be amended to (i) change the accrual rate, amount, currency or timing of any Distribution on or the redemption price of the Trust Securities or otherwise adversely affect the amount of any Distribution or other payment required to be made in respect of the Trust Securities as of a specified date, (ii) restrict or impair the right of a Holder to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such date, (iii) reduce the percentage of aggregate Liquidation Amount of Outstanding Preferred Securities, the consent of whose Holders is required for any such amendment, or the consent of whose Holders is required for any waiver of compliance with any provision of this Trust Agreement or of defaults hereunder and their consequences provided for in this Trust Agreement; (iv) impair or adversely affect the rights and interests of the Holders in the Trust Property, or permit the creation of any Lien on any portion of the Trust Property; or (v) modify the definition of “Outstanding,” this Section 11.3(c) , Sections 4.1 , 4.2 , 4.3 , 6.10 (e) or Article IX .

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Trust Agreement, no Trustee shall enter into or consent to any amendment to this Trust Agreement that would cause the Trust to be taxable as a corporation or to be classified as other than a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes or that would cause the Notes to fail or cease to be treated as indebtedness of the Depositor for United States federal income tax purposes or that would cause the Trust to fail or cease to qualify for the exemption from status (or from any requirement to register) as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act.

(e) If any amendment to this Trust Agreement is made, the Administrative Trustees or the Property Trustee shall promptly provide to the Depositor and the Note Trustee a copy of such amendment.

(f) No Trustee shall be required to enter into any amendment to this Trust Agreement that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Trust Agreement. The Trustees shall be entitled to receive an Opinion of Counsel and an Officers’ Certificate stating that any amendment to this Trust Agreement is in compliance with this Trust Agreement and all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such action have been met.

(g) No amendment or modification to this Trust Agreement that adversely affects in any material respect the rights, duties, liabilities, indemnities or immunities of the Delaware Trustee hereunder shall be permitted without the prior written consent of the Delaware Trustee.

 

   60    ARTA- TRUPs


SECTION 11.4. Separability.

If any provision in this Trust Agreement or in the Securities Certificates shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, and there shall be deemed substituted for the provision at issue a valid, legal and enforceable provision as similar as possible to the provision at issue.

SECTION 11.5. Governing Law.

THIS TRUST AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF EACH OF THE HOLDERS, THE TRUST, THE DEPOSITOR AND THE TRUSTEES WITH RESPECT TO THIS TRUST AGREEMENT AND THE TRUST SECURITIES SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICTS OF LAWS PROVISIONS; PROVIDED, HOWEVER , THAT THERE SHALL NOT BE APPLICABLE TO THE PARTIES HEREUNDER OR THIS AGREEMENT ANY PROVISION OF THE LAWS (COMMON OR STATUTORY) OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE PERTAINING TO TRUSTS THAT RELATE TO OR REGULATE, IN A MANNER INCONSISTENT WITH THE TERMS HEREOF, (A) THE FILING WITH ANY COURT OR GOVERNMENTAL BODY OR AGENCY OF TRUSTEE ACCOUNTS OR SCHEDULES OF TRUSTEE FEES AND CHARGES, (B) AFFIRMATIVE REQUIREMENTS TO POST BONDS FOR TRUSTEES, OFFICERS, AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES OF A TRUST, (C) THE NECESSITY FOR OBTAINING COURT OR OTHER GOVERNMENTAL APPROVAL CONCERNING THE ACQUISITION, HOLDING OR DISPOSITION OF REAL OR PERSONAL PROPERTY, (D) FEES OR OTHER SUMS PAYABLE TO TRUSTEES, OFFICERS, AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES OF A TRUST, (E) THE ALLOCATION OF RECEIPTS AND EXPENDITURES TO INCOME OR PRINCIPAL, (F) RESTRICTIONS OR LIMITATIONS ON THE PERMISSIBLE NATURE, AMOUNT OR CONCENTRATION OF TRUST INVESTMENTS OR REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO THE TITLING, STORAGE OR OTHER MANNER OF HOLDING OR INVESTING TRUST ASSETS OR (G) THE ESTABLISHMENT OF FIDUCIARY OR OTHER STANDARDS OF RESPONSIBILITY OR LIMITATIONS ON THE ACTS OR POWERS OF TRUSTEES THAT ARE INCONSISTENT WITH THE LIMITATIONS OR AUTHORITIES AND POWERS OF THE TRUSTEE HEREUNDER AS SET FORTH OR REFERENCED IN THIS AGREEMENT. SECTION 3540 OF TITLE 12 OF THE DELAWARE CODE SHALL NOT APPLY TO THE TRUST.

SECTION 11.6. Consent to Jurisdiction; Service of Process.

Each party hereto (a) irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of any federal or state court sitting in Wilmington, Delaware in respect of any action or proceeding arising out o for related to in any manner whatsoever this Agreement, (b) expressly submits and consents in advance to such jurisdiction in any action or suit commenced in any such court, and hereby waives any objection such party may have based upon lack of personal jurisdiction, improper venue or forum non conveniens, (c) hereby waives personal service of the summons, complaint and other process issued in any such action or suit and agrees that service of such summons, complaint and other process may be made by registered or certified mail addressed to it at its

 

   61    ARTA- TRUPs


notice address as provided in Section 11.9 and that service so made shall be deemed completed upon the earlier of such party’s actual receipt thereof or three (3) days after deposit in the United States mails, proper postage prepaid.

SECTION 11.7. Successors.

This Trust Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of any successor to the Depositor, the Trust and any Trustee, including any successor by operation of law. Except in connection with a transaction involving the Depositor that is permitted under Article VIII of the Indenture and pursuant to which the assignee agrees in writing to perform the Depositor’s obligations hereunder, the Depositor shall not assign its obligations hereunder.

SECTION 11.8. Headings.

The Article and Section headings are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction of this Trust Agreement.

SECTION 11.9. Reports, Notices and Demands.

(a) Any report, notice, demand or other communication that by any provision of this Trust Agreement is required or permitted to be given or served to or upon any Holder or the Depositor may be given or served in writing delivered in person, or by reputable, overnight courier, by telecopy or by deposit thereof, first-class postage prepaid, in the United States mail, addressed, (a) in the case of a Holder of Preferred Securities, to such Holder as such Holder’s name and address may appear on the Securities Register; and (b) in the case of the Holder of all the Common Securities or the Depositor, to Plains Capital Corporation, 2911 Turtle Creek Blvd. Ste. 700, Dallas, Texas 75219, Attention: Chief Financial Officer, or to such other address as may be specified in a written notice by the Holder of all the Common Securities or the Depositor, as the case may be, to the Property Trustee. Such report, notice, demand or other communication to or upon a Holder or the Depositor shall be deemed to have been given when received in person, within one (1) Business Day following delivery by overnight courier, when telecopied with receipt confirmed, or within three (3) Business Days following delivery by mail, except that if a notice or other document is refused delivery or cannot be delivered because of a changed address of which no notice was given, such notice or other document shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date of such refusal or inability to deliver.

(b) Any notice, demand or other communication that by any provision of this Trust Agreement is required or permitted to be given or served to or upon the Property Trustee, the Delaware Trustee, the Administrative Trustees or the Trust shall be given in writing by deposit thereof, first-class postage prepaid, in the U.S. mail, personal delivery or facsimile transmission, addressed to such Person as follows: (a) with respect to the Property Trustee, to Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., 919 N. Market Street, Suite 1600, Wilmington, Delaware, 19801, Attention: Corporate Trust Department, facsimile no. (302) 575-2006; (b) with respect to the Delaware Trustee, to Wells Fargo Delaware Trust Company, 919 N. Market Street, Suite 1600, Wilmington, Delaware 19801, Attention: Corporate Trust Department, facsimile no. (302) 575-2006; (c) with respect to the Administrative Trustees, to them at the address above for notices to the Depositor, marked “Attention: Administrative Trustees of PCC Statutory Trust IV,” and (d)

 

   62    ARTA- TRUPs


with respect to the Trust, to its principal executive office specified in Section 2.2 , with a copy to the Property Trustee. Such notice, demand or other communication to or upon the Trust, the Property Trustee or the Administrative Trustees shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made only upon actual receipt of the writing by the Trust, the Property Trustee or the Administrative Trustees.

SECTION 11.10. Agreement Not to Petition.

Each of the Trustees and the Depositor agree for the benefit of the Holders that, until at least one year and one day after the Trust has been terminated in accordance with Article IX , they shall not file, or join in the filing of, a petition against the Trust under any Bankruptcy Law or otherwise join in the commencement of any proceeding against the Trust under any Bankruptcy Law. If the Depositor takes action in violation of this Section 11.10 , the Property Trustee agrees, for the benefit of Holders, that at the expense of the Depositor, it shall file an answer with the applicable bankruptcy court or otherwise properly contest the filing of such petition by the Depositor against the Trust or the commencement of such action and raise the defense that the Depositor has agreed in writing not to take such action and should be estopped and precluded therefrom and such other defenses, if any, as counsel for the Property Trustee or the Trust may assert.

SECTION 11.11. Counterparts.

This Trust Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Trust Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

[Page Left Intentionally Blank]

 

   63    ARTA- TRUPs


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Trust Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

     

Plains Capital Corporation,

as Depositor

      By:  

/s/    Alan B. White

      Name:   Alan B. White
      Title:   CEO
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as Property Trustee     Wells Fargo Delaware Trust Company, as Delaware Trustee
By:  

 

    By:  

 

Name:       Name:  
Title:       Title:  

/s/    Alan B. White

   

/s/    Jeff Isom

Administrative Trustee     Administrative Trustee
Alan B. White     Jeff Isom

/s/    DeWayne Pierce

     
Administrative Trustee      
DeWayne Pierce      

 

      ARTA- TRUPs


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Trust Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

     

Plains Capital Corporation,

as Depositor

      By:  

 

      Name:  
      Title:  
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as Property Trustee     Wells Fargo Delaware Trust Company, as Delaware Trustee
By:  

/s/    Amy L. Martin

    By:  

/s/    Amy L. Martin

Name:   Amy L. Martin     Name:   Amy L. Martin
Title:   Vice President     Title:   Vice President

 

   

 

Administrative Trustee     Administrative Trustee
Alan B. White     Jeff Isom

 

     
Administrative Trustee      
DeWayne Pierce      

 

      ARTA- TRUPs


Exhibit A

CERTIFICATE OF TRUST

OF

PCC STATUTORY TRUST IV

This Certificate of Trust of PCC Statutory Trust IV (the “Trust”) is being duly executed and filed on behalf of the Trust by the undersigned, as trustees, to form a statutory trust under the Delaware Statutory Trust Act (12 Del . C. §3801 et seq .) (the “Act”).

1. Name . The name of the statutory trust formed by this Certificate of Trust is: PCC Statutory Trust IV.

2. Delaware Trustee . The name and business address of the trustee of the Trust with its principal place of business in the State of Delaware are Wells Fargo Delaware Trust Company, 919 N. Market Street, Suite 1600, Wilmington, Delaware, 19801, Attention: Corporate Trust Department.

3. Effective Date . This Certificate of Trust shall be effective upon its filing with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have duly executed this Certificate of Trust in accordance with Section 3811(a)(1) of the Act.

 

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., not in its individual capacity, but solely as Property Trustee
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
Wells Fargo Delaware Trust Company, not in its individual capacity, but solely as Delaware Trustee
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

   A-1    ARTA- TRUPs


Exhibit B

[FORM OF COMMON SECURITIES CERTIFICATE]

THIS COMMON SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION. THIS CERTIFICATE IS NOT TRANSFERABLE EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAW AND SECTION 5.11 OF THE TRUST AGREEMENT.

 

Certificate Number C-

                        Common Securities

Certificate Evidencing Common Securities

of

PCC Statutory Trust IV

Floating Rate Common Securities

(liquidation amount $1,000 per Common Security)

PCC Statutory Trust IV, a statutory trust created under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Trust”), hereby certifies that                                          (the “Holder”) is the registered owner of                      common securities of the Trust representing undivided common beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust and designated the PCC Statutory Trust IV Floating Rate Common Securities (liquidation amount $1,000 per Common Security) (the “Common Securities”). Except in accordance with Section 5.11 of the Trust Agreement (as defined below), the Common Securities are not transferable and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any attempted transfer hereof other than in accordance therewith shall be void. The designations, rights, privileges, restrictions, preferences and other terms and provisions of the Common Securities are set forth in, and this certificate and the Common Securities represented hereby are issued and shall in all respects be subject to the terms and provisions of, the Amended and Restated Trust Agreement of the Trust, dated as of February 22, 2008, as the same may be amended from time to time (the “Trust Agreement”), among Plains Capital Corporation, as Depositor, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as Property Trustee, Wells Fargo Delaware Trust Company, as Delaware Trustee, the Administrative Trustees named therein and the Holders, from time to time, of Trust Securities. The Trust will furnish a copy of the Trust Agreement to the Holder without charge upon written request to the Trust at its principal place of business or registered office.

Upon receipt of this certificate, the Holder is bound by the Trust Agreement and is entitled to the benefits thereunder.

 

   B-1    ARTA- TRUPs


This Common Securities Certificate shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

Terms used but not defined herein have the meanings set forth in the Trust Agreement.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

   B-2    ARTA- TRUPs


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , one of the Administrative Trustees of the Trust has executed on behalf of the Trust this certificate this       day of                      .

 

PCC STATUTORY TRUST IV
By:  

 

Name:  
  Administrative Trustee

 

   B-3    ARTA- TRUPs


Exhibit C

[FORM OF PREFERRED SECURITIES CERTIFICATE]

“[ IF THIS SECURITY IS A GLOBAL SECURITY INSERT : THIS PREFERRED SECURITY IS A GLOBAL SECURITY WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE TRUST AGREEMENT HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (“DTC”) OR A NOMINEE OF DTC. THIS PREFERRED SECURITY IS EXCHANGEABLE FOR PREFERRED SECURITIES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN DTC OR ITS NOMINEE ONLY IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE TRUST AGREEMENT, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS PREFERRED SECURITY (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS PREFERRED SECURITY AS A WHOLE BY DTC TO A NOMINEE OF DTC OR BY A NOMINEE OF DTC TO DTC OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF DTC) MAY BE REGISTERED EXCEPT IN LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES.

UNLESS THIS PREFERRED SECURITY IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC TO PCC STATUTORY TRUST IV OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY PREFERRED SECURITY ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT HEREON IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.]

THE PREFERRED SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE WERE ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND SUCH PREFERRED SECURITIES AND ANY INTEREST THEREIN MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF ANY PREFERRED SECURITIES IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER OF THE PREFERRED SECURITIES MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

THE HOLDER OF THE PREFERRED SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE TRUST AND THE DEPOSITOR THAT (A) SUCH PREFERRED SECURITIES MAY BE OFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY (I) TO THE TRUST OR (II) TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED PURCHASER” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 2(a)(51) OF THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940, AS AMENDED) THAT IS ALSO (X) A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, OR (Y) AN

 

   C-1    ARTA- TRUPs


INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (a) (1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR,” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (a) (1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION AND, IN THE CASE OF (II)(Y), SUBJECT TO THE RIGHT OF THE TRUST AND THE DEPOSITOR TO REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ADDRESSING COMPLIANCE WITH THE U.S. SECURITIES LAWS, AND OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF ANY PREFERRED SECURITIES FROM IT OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS REFERRED TO IN (A) ABOVE.

THE PREFERRED SECURITIES WILL BE ISSUED AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN BLOCKS HAVING AN AGGREGATE LIQUIDATION AMOUNT OF NOT LESS THAN $100,000. TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF PREFERRED SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN IN A BLOCK HAVING AN AGGREGATE LIQUIDATION AMOUNT OF LESS THAN $100,000 AND MULTIPLES OF $1,000 IN EXCESS THEREOF SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE VOID AND OF NO LEGAL EFFECT WHATSOEVER. TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED NOT TO BE THE HOLDER OF SUCH PREFERRED SECURITIES FOR ANY PURPOSE, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE RECEIPT OF LIQUIDATION AMOUNT OF OR DISTRIBUTIONS ON SUCH PREFERRED SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, AND SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE NO INTEREST WHATSOEVER IN SUCH PREFERRED SECURITIES.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF OR THEREOF ALSO AGREES, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”) (EACH A “PLAN”), OR AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” BY REASON OF ANY PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY, AND NO PERSON INVESTING “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY PLAN MAY ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS PREFERRED SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER OR HOLDER IS ELIGIBLE FOR THE EXEMPTIVE RELIEF AVAILABLE UNDER SECTION 408(b)(17) OF ERISA, U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR PROHIBITED TRANSACTION CLASS EXEMPTION 96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1 OR 84-14 OR ANOTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTION OR ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY, OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, ARE NOT PROHIBITED BY SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE WITH RESPECT TO SUCH PURCHASE AND HOLDING. ANY PURCHASER OR HOLDER OF THE PREFERRED SECURITIES OR

 

   C-2    ARTA- TRUPs


ANY INTEREST THEREIN WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED BY ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING THEREOF THAT EITHER (i) IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR OTHER PLAN TO WHICH TITLE I OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE IS APPLICABLE, A TRUSTEE OR OTHER PERSON ACTING ON BEHALF OF ANY SUCH EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY USING THE “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY SUCH EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN TO FINANCE SUCH PURCHASE, OR (ii) SUCH PURCHASE OR HOLDING WILL NOT RESULT IN A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE FOR WHICH FULL EXEMPTIVE RELIEF IS NOT AVAILABLE UNDER AN APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE EXEMPTION.

THIS OBLIGATION IS NOT A DEPOSIT AND IS NOT INSURED BY THE UNITED STATES OR ANY AGENCY OR FUND OF THE UNITED STATES, INCLUDING THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION.

 

   C-3    ARTA- TRUPs


Certificate Number P-             Preferred Securities
   $          Aggregate Liquidation Amount

CUSIP NO.

[                          ]

Certificate Evidencing Preferred Securities

of

PCC Statutory Trust IV

Floating Rate Preferred Securities

(liquidation amount $1,000 per Preferred Security)

PCC Statutory Trust IV, a statutory trust created under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Trust”), hereby certifies that                                          (the “Holder”) is the registered owner of          Preferred Securities [if the Preferred Security is a Global Security, then insert—, or such other number of Preferred Securities represented hereby as may be set forth in the records of the Securities Registrar hereinafter referred to in accordance with the Trust Agreement (as defined below),] of the Trust representing an undivided preferred beneficial interest in the assets of the Trust and designated the PCC Statutory Trust IV Floating Rate Preferred Securities (liquidation amount $1,000 per Preferred Security) (the “Preferred Securities”). The Preferred Securities are transferable on the books and records of the Trust, in person or by a duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of this certificate duly endorsed and in proper form for transfer as provided in Section 5.7 of the Trust Agreement (as defined below). The designations, rights, privileges, restrictions, preferences and other terms and provisions of the Preferred Securities are set forth in, and this certificate and the Preferred Securities represented hereby are issued and shall in all respects be subject to the terms and provisions of, the Amended and Restated Trust Agreement of the Trust, dated as of February 22, 2008, as the same may be amended from time to time (the “Trust Agreement”), among Plains Capital Corporation, a Texas corporation, as Depositor, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as Property Trustee, Wells Fargo Delaware Trust Company, as Delaware Trustee, the Administrative Trustees named therein and the Holders, from time to time, of Trust Securities. The Holder is entitled to the benefits of the Guarantee Agreement entered into by Plains Capital Corporation and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as Guarantee Trustee, dated as of February 22, 2008, as the same may be amended from time to time (the “Guarantee Agreement”), to the extent provided therein. The Trust will furnish a copy of each of the Trust Agreement and the Guarantee Agreement to the Holder without charge upon written request to the Property Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office.

Upon receipt of this certificate, the Holder is bound by the Trust Agreement and is entitled to the benefits thereunder.

 

   C-4    ARTA- TRUPs


This Preferred Securities Certificate shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

All capitalized terms used but not defined in this Preferred Securities Certificate are used with the meanings specified in the Trust Agreement, including the Schedules and Exhibits thereto.

 

   C-5    ARTA- TRUPs


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , one of the Administrative Trustees of the Trust has executed on behalf of the Trust this Preferred Securities Certificate this      day of              ,          .

 

PCC Statutory Trust IV
By:  

 

Name:  
  Administrative Trustee

This represents Preferred Securities referred to in the within-mentioned Trust Agreement.

Dated:

 

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., not in its individual capacity, but solely as Property Trustee
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

   C-6    ARTA- TRUPs


[FORM OF REVERSE OF SECURITY]

The Trust promises to pay Distributions from February 22, 2008, or from the most recent Distribution Date to which Distributions have been paid or duly provided for, quarterly (subject to deferral as set forth herein) in arrears on March 15 th , June 15 th , September 15 th and December 15 th of each year, commencing on March 15, 2008, at a variable rate per annum, reset quarterly, equal to LIBOR plus 3.50% of the Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities represented by this Preferred Securities Certificate, together with any Additional Interest Amounts, in respect of such period.

Distributions on the Trust Securities shall be made by the Paying Agent from the Payment Account and shall be payable on each Distribution Date only to the extent that the Trust has funds then on hand and available in the Payment Account for the payment of such Distributions.

In the event (and to the extent) that the Depositor exercises its right under the Indenture to defer the payment of interest on the Notes, Distributions on the Preferred Securities shall be deferred.

Under the Indenture, so long as no Note Event of Default pursuant to paragraphs (c) , (e) , (f) , (g)  or (h)  of Section 5.1 of the Indenture has occurred and is continuing, the Depositor shall have the right, at any time and from time to time during the term of the Notes, to defer the payment of interest on the Notes for a period of up to twenty (20) consecutive quarterly interest payment periods (each such extended interest payment period, an “Extension Period”), during which Extension Period no interest shall be due and payable (except any Additional Tax Sums that may be due and payable). No interest on the Notes shall be due and payable during an Extension Period, except at the end thereof, but each installment of interest that would otherwise have been due and payable during such Extension Period shall bear Additional Interest (to the extent payment of such interest would be legally enforceable) at a variable rate per annum, reset quarterly, equal to LIBOR plus 3.50%, compounded quarterly, from the dates on which amounts would have otherwise been due and payable until paid or until funds for the payment thereof have been made available for payment. If Distributions are deferred, the deferred Distributions (including Additional Interest Amounts) shall be paid on the date that the related Extension Period terminates to Holders (as defined in the Trust Agreement) of the Trust Securities as they appear on the books and records of the Trust on the record date immediately preceding such termination date.

Distributions on the Securities must be paid on the dates payable (after giving effect to any Extension Period) to the extent that the Trust has funds available for the payment of such Distributions in the Payment Account of the Trust. The Trust’s funds available for Distribution to the Holders of the Preferred Securities will be limited to payments received from the Depositor. The payment of Distributions out of moneys held by the Trust is guaranteed by the Depositor pursuant to the Guarantee Agreement.

During any such Extension Period, the Depositor shall not (i) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of the Depositor’s Equity Interests, (ii) vote in favor of or permit or otherwise

 

   C-7    ARTA- TRUPs


allow any of its Subsidiaries (as defined in the Indenture) (other than a Subsidiary that is a depository institution, or a Subsidiary thereof) to declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire or make a liquidation payment with respect to or otherwise retire, any of such Subsidiary’s Equity Interests entitling the holders thereof to a stated rate of return other than dividends or distributions on Equity Interests issued by any Subsidiary solely payable to the Depositor or any Subsidiary thereof (for the avoidance of doubt, whether such Equity Interests are perpetual or otherwise), or (iii) make any payment of principal of or any interest or premium on or repay, repurchase or redeem any debt securities of the Depositor that rank pari passu in all respects with or junior in interest to the Notes (other than (a) repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of Equity Interests of the Depositor in connection with (1) any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of any one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants, (2) a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock purchase or similar plan with respect to any Equity Interests or (3) the issuance of Equity Interests of the Depositor (or securities convertible into or exercisable for such Equity Interests) as consideration in an acquisition transaction entered into prior to the applicable Extension Period, (b) as a result of an exchange or conversion of any class or series of the Depositor’s Equity Interests (or any Equity Interests of a Subsidiary of the Depositor) for any class or series of the Depositor’s Equity Interests or of any class or series of the Depositor’s indebtedness for any class or series of the Depositor’s Equity Interests, (c) the purchase of fractional interests in Equity Interests of the Depositor pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such Equity Interests or the security being converted or exchanged, (d) any declaration of a dividend in connection with any Rights Plan (as defined in the Indenture), the issuance of rights, Equity Interests or other property under any Rights Plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto, (e) any dividend in the form of Equity Interests, warrants, options or other rights where the dividend Equity Interests or the Equity Interests issuable upon exercise of such warrants, options or other rights are the same Equity Interests as those on which the dividend is being paid or rank pari passu with or junior to such Equity Interests) or (f) payments under the Guarantee Agreement.

On each Note Redemption Date, on the stated maturity (or any date of principal repayment upon early maturity) of the Notes and on each other date on (or in respect of) which any principal on the Notes is repaid, the Trust will be required to redeem a Like Amount of Trust Securities at the Redemption Price. Under the Indenture, the Notes may be redeemed by the Depositor on any Interest Payment Date, at the Depositor’s option, on or after March 15, 2013 in whole or in part from time to time at a redemption price equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the principal amount thereof or the redeemed portion thereof, as applicable, together, in the case of any such redemption, with accrued interest, including any Additional Interest, to but excluding the date fixed for redemption; provided, that the Depositor shall have received the prior approval of the Federal Reserve if then required. The Notes may also be redeemed by the Depositor, at its option, at any time, in whole but not in part, upon the occurrence of a Capital Disqualification Event, an Investment Company Event or a Tax Event at the Special Event Redemption Price; provided, that the Depositor shall have received the prior approval of the Federal Reserve if then required.

The Trust Securities redeemed on each Redemption Date shall be redeemed at the Redemption Price with the proceeds from the contemporaneous redemption or payment at maturity of Notes. Redemptions of the Trust Securities (or portion thereof) shall be made and the

 

   C-8    ARTA- TRUPs


Redemption Price shall be payable on each Redemption Date only to the extent that the Trust has funds then on hand and available in the Payment Account for the payment of such Redemption Price.

Payments of Distributions (including any Additional Interest Amounts), the Redemption Price, Liquidation Amount or any other amounts in respect of the Preferred Securities shall be made by wire transfer at such place and to such account at a banking institution in the United States as may be designated in writing at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the date for payment by the Person entitled thereto unless proper written transfer instructions have not been received by the relevant record date, in which case such payments shall be made by check mailed to the address of such Person as such address shall appear in the Security Register. If any Preferred Securities are held by a Depositary, such Distributions shall be made to the Depositary in immediately available funds.

The indebtedness evidenced by the Notes is, to the extent provided in the Indenture, subordinate and junior in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Debt (as defined in the Indenture), and this Security is issued subject to the provisions of the Indenture with respect thereto.

 

   C-9    ARTA- TRUPs


ASSIGNMENT

F OR V ALUE R ECEIVED , the undersigned assigns and transfers this Preferred Securities Certificate to:

(Insert assignee’s social security or tax identification number)

 

 

(Insert address and zip code of assignee)

and irrevocably appoints

 

agent to transfer this Preferred Securities Certificate on the books of the Trust. The agent may substitute another to act for him or her.

 

Date:  

 

   
Signature:  

 

 

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Preferred Securities Certificate)

The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to S.E.C. Rule 17Ad-15.

 

   C-10    ARTA- TRUPs


Exhibit D

Junior Subordinated Indenture

 

   D-1    ARTA- TRUPs


See Tab 4


Exhibit E

FORM OF TRANSFEREE CERTIFICATE

TO BE EXECUTED BY TRANSFEREES OTHER THAN QIBS

             , [    ]

Plains Capital Corporation

PCC Statutory Trust IV

2911 Turtle Creek Blvd. Ste. 700

Dallas, Texas 75219

 

  Re: Purchase of $1,000 stated liquidation amount of Floating Rate Preferred Securities (the “Preferred Securities”) of PCC Statutory Trust IV

Ladies and Gentlemen:

In connection with our purchase of the Preferred Securities we confirm that:

1. We understand that the Floating Rate Preferred Securities (the “Preferred Securities”) of PCC Statutory Trust IV (the “Trust”) (including the guarantee (the “Guarantee”) of Plains Capital Corporation (the “Company”) executed in connection therewith) and the Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Notes due 2038 of the Company (the “Subordinated Notes”) (the Preferred Securities, the Guarantee and the Subordinated Notes together being referred to herein as the “Offered Securities”), have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and may not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree on our own behalf and on behalf of any investor account for which we are purchasing the Offered Securities that, if we decide to offer, sell or otherwise transfer any such Offered Securities, (i) such offer, sale or transfer will be made only (a) to the Trust or (b) to a person we reasonably believe is a “qualified purchaser” (as defined in Section 2(a)(51) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended) that is also (i) a “qualified institutional buyer” (a “QIB”) (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act) in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, or (ii) an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of subparagraph (a) (1), (2), (3) or (7) of Rule 501 under the Securities Act that is acquiring Offered Securities for its own account, or for the account of such an “accredited investor,” for investment purposes and not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution thereof in violation of the Securities Act, in each case in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States or any other applicable jurisdiction and, in the case of (b)(ii), subject to the right of the Trust and the depositor to require an opinion of counsel and other information satisfactory to each of them. If any resale or other transfer of the Offered Securities is proposed to be made pursuant to clause (b)(ii) above, the transferor shall deliver a letter from the transferee substantially in the form of this letter to the Property Trustee as Transfer Agent, which shall provide as applicable, among other things, that the transferee is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of subparagraph (a) (1), (2), (3) or (7) of Rule 501 under the Securities Act that is acquiring such Securities for investment purposes and not for distribution in violation of the Securities Act. We acknowledge on our behalf and on behalf of any investor account for which we are purchasing Securities that the Trust and the Company reserve the right prior to any offer, sale or other transfer pursuant to clause (b)(ii) to require the delivery of any opinion of counsel, certifications and/or other information satisfactory to the Trust and the Company. We understand that the certificates for any Offered Security that we receive will bear a legend substantially to the effect of the foregoing.

 

   E-1    ARTA- TRUPs


2. We are an “accredited investor” within the meaning of subparagraph (a) (1), (2), (3) or (7) of Rule 501 under the Securities Act purchasing for our own account or for the account of such an “accredited investor,” and we are acquiring the Offered Securities for investment purposes and not with view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act, and we have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Offered Securities, and we and any account for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risks of our or its investment.

3. We are acquiring the Offered Securities purchased by us for our own account (or for one or more accounts as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion and have authority to make, and do make, the statements contained in this letter) and not with a view to any distribution of the Offered Securities, subject, nevertheless, to the understanding that the disposition of our property will at all times be and remain within our control.

4. In the event that we purchase any Preferred Securities or any Subordinated Notes, we will acquire such Preferred Securities having an aggregate stated liquidation amount of not less than $100,000 or such Subordinated Notes having an aggregate principal amount not less than $100,000, for our own account and for each separate account for which we are acting.

5. We acknowledge that either (A) we are not and are not acting as a fiduciary of or on behalf of an employee benefit, individual retirement account or other plan or arrangement subject to Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) (each a “Plan”), or an entity whose underlying assets include “plan assets” by reason of any Plan’s investment in the entity, and are not purchasing the Offered Securities on behalf of or with “plan assets” by reason of any Plan’s investment in the entity; (B) we are eligible for the exemptive relief available under Section 408(b)(17) of ERISA, one or more of the following prohibited transaction class exemptions (“PTCEs”) issued by the U.S. Department of Labor: PTCE 96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1 or 84-14 or another applicable exemption; or (C) our purchase and holding of this security, or any interest therein, is not prohibited by Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code with respect to such purchase or holding.

6. We acknowledge that the Trust and the Company and others will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing acknowledgments, representations, warranties and agreements and agree that if any of the acknowledgments, representations, warranties and agreements deemed to have been made by our purchase of the Offered Securities are no longer accurate, we shall promptly notify the Company. If we are acquiring any Offered Securities as a fiduciary or agent for one or more investor accounts, we represent that we have sole discretion with respect to each such investor account and that we have full power to make the foregoing acknowledgments, representations and agreement on behalf of each such investor account.

(Name of Purchaser)

 

   E-2    ARTA- TRUPs


By:  

 

Date:  

 

Upon transfer, the Offered Securities would be registered in the name of the new beneficial owner as follows.

 

Name:  

 

Address:  

 

Taxpayer  

 

ID Number:  

 

   E-3    ARTA- TRUPs


EXHIBIT F

FORM OF TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE

TO BE EXECUTED FOR QIB/QPs

             , [        ]

Plains Capital Corporation

PCC Statutory Trust IV

2911 Turtle Creek Blvd. Ste. 700

Dallas, Texas 75219

 

  Re: Purchase of $1,000 stated liquidation amount of Floating Rate Preferred Securities (the “Preferred Securities”) of PCC Statutory Trust IV

Reference is hereby made to the Amended and Restated Trust Agreement of PCC Statutory Trust IV, dated as of February 22, 2008 (the “Trust Agreement”), among Alan B. White, Jeff Isom and DeWayne Pierce, as Administrative Trustees, Wells Fargo Delaware Trust Company, as Delaware Trustee, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as Property Trustee, Plains Capital Corporation, as Depositor, and the holders from time to time of undivided beneficial interests in the assets of PCC Statutory Trust IV. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Trust Agreement.

This letter relates to $          aggregate liquidation amount of Preferred Securities which are held in the name of                      (the “Transferor”).

In accordance with Article V of the Trust Agreement, the Transferor hereby certifies that such Preferred Securities are being transferred in accordance with (i) the transfer restrictions set forth in the Preferred Securities and (ii) Rule 144A under the Securities Act (“Rule 144A”), to a transferee that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the Preferred Securities for its own account or an account with respect to which the transferee exercises sole investment discretion and the transferee and any such account is a “qualified purchaser,” as defined in Section 2(a)(51) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and is also a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A, in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and in accordance with applicable securities laws of any state of the United States or any other jurisdiction.

You are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

 

(Name of Transferor)
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
 

Date:                     

 

   F-1    ARTA- TRUPs


Exhibit G

Form of Officers’ Certificate

The undersigned, the [Chief Financial Officer] [Treasurer] [Assistant Treasurer] hereby certifies, pursuant to Section 8.16(b) of the Amended and Restated Trust Agreement, dated as of February 22, 2008 (the “Trust Agreement”), among Plains Capital Corporation (the “Company”), the Trustees named therein and the Holders, that, as of              , 20      , the Company had the following ratios and balances:

[BANK][THRIFT] HOLDING COMPANY

As of [Quarterly Financial Dates]

 

Tier 1 Risk Weighted Assets

                  %

Ratio of Double Leverage

                  %

Non-Performing Assets to Loans and OREO

                  %

Tangible Common Equity as a Percentage of Tangible Assets

                  %

Ratio of Reserves to Non-Performing Loans

                  %

Ratio of Net Charge-Offs to Loans

                  %

Return on Average Assets (annualized)

                  %

Net Interest Margin (annualized)

                  %

Efficiency Ratio

                  %

Ratio of Loans to Assets

                  %

Ratio of Loans to Deposits

                  %

Double Leverage (exclude trust preferred as equity)

                  %

Total Assets

   $               

Year to Date Income

   $               

Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Trust Agreement.

[ FOR FISCAL YEAR END : Attached hereto are the audited consolidated financial statements (including the balance sheet, income statement and statement of cash flows, and notes thereto, together with the report of the independent accountants thereon) of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries for the three years ended              , 20      .]

[ FOR FISCAL QUARTER END : Attached hereto are the unaudited consolidated and consolidating financial statements (including the balance sheet and income statement) of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries for the fiscal quarter and [six/nine] month period ended              , 20      .]

The financial statements fairly present in all material respects, in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), the financial position of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries, and the results of operations and changes in financial condition as of the date, and for the [      quarter interim] [annual] period ended              , 20      , and such financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period involved (except as otherwise noted therein).

 

   G-1    ARTA- TRUPs


Exhibit G

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Financial Officer’s Certificate as of this      day of          , 20     

 

 

Name:
Title:

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION

2911 Turtle Creek Blvd. Ste. 700

Dallas, Texas 75219

214-252-4100

 

   G-2    ARTA- TRUPs


Exhibit H

FORM OF

OFFICERS’ CERTIFICATE

UNDER

SECTION 8.16(a)

Pursuant to Section 8.16(a) of the Amended and Restated Trust Agreement, dated as of February 22, 2008 (as modified, supplemented or amended from time to time, the “Trust Agreement”) of PCC Statutory Trust IV, a Delaware statutory trust (the “Trust”), each of the undersigned hereby certifies that, to the knowledge of the undersigned, none of the Depositor, the Administrative Trustees and the Trust are in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of the Trust Agreement (without regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice provided under the Trust Agreement) for the fiscal period ending on              , 20      [, except as follows: specify each such default and the nature and status thereof] .

Capitalized terms used herein, and not otherwise defined herein, have the respective meanings assigned thereto in the Trust Agreement.

[signatures appear on the next page]

 

   H-1    ARTA- TRUPs


Exhibit H

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Officers’ Certificate as of              , 20      .

 

 

Name:  
Title:   [Must be the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or an Executive Vice President] of Plains Capital Corporation

 

Name:  
Title:   [Must be the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, or an Assistant Treasurer] of Plains Capital Corporation

 

Administrative Trustee of PCC Statutory Trust IV
Name:  

 

Administrative Trustee of PCC Statutory Trust IV
Name:  

 

Administrative Trustee of PCC Statutory Trust IV
Name:  

 

   H-2    ARTA- TRUPs


Schedule A

With respect to the Trust Securities, the London interbank offered rate (“LIBOR”) shall be determined by the Calculation Agent in accordance with the following provisions (in each case rounded to the nearest .000001%):

(1) On the second LIBOR Business Day (as defined below) prior to a Distribution Date (except, with respect to the first distribution payment period, on February 20, 2008) (each such day, a “LIBOR Determination Date”), LIBOR for any given security shall, for the following distribution period, equal the rate, as obtained by the Calculation Agent from Bloomberg Financial Markets Commodities News, for three-month U.S. Dollar deposits in Europe, which appears on Dow Jones Telerate Page 3750 (as defined in the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. 1991 Interest Rate and Currency Exchange Definitions), or such other page as may replace such Page 3750, as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such LIBOR Determination Date.

(2) If, on any LIBOR Determination Date, such rate does not appear on Dow Jones Telerate Page 3750 or such other page as may replace such Page 3750, the Calculation Agent shall determine the arithmetic mean of the offered quotations of the Reference Banks (as defined below) to leading banks in the London interbank market for three-month U.S. Dollar deposits in Europe in an amount determined by the Calculation Agent by reference to requests for quotations as of approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the LIBOR Determination Date made by the Calculation Agent to the Reference Banks. If, on any LIBOR Determination Date, at least two of the Reference Banks provide such quotations, LIBOR shall equal such arithmetic mean of such quotations. If, on any LIBOR Determination Date, only one or none of the Reference Banks provide such quotations, LIBOR shall be deemed to be the arithmetic mean of the offered quotations that leading banks in the City of New York selected by the Calculation Agent are quoting on the relevant LIBOR Determination Date for three-month U.S. Dollar deposits in Europe in an amount determined by the Calculation Agent by reference to the principal London offices of leading banks in the London interbank market; provided, that if the Calculation Agent is required but is unable to determine a rate in accordance with at least one of the procedures provided above, LIBOR shall be LIBOR as determined on the previous LIBOR Determination Date.

(3) As used herein: “Reference Banks” means four major banks in the London interbank market selected by the Calculation Agent; and “LIBOR Business Day” means a day on which commercial banks are open for business (including dealings in foreign exchange and foreign currency deposits) in London.

 

   Schedule A-1    ARTA- TRUPs

Exhibit 4.18

 

 

 

JUNIOR SUBORDINATED INDENTURE

between

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION

and

WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.,

as Trustee

 

 

Dated as of February 22, 2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

      Ind- TRUPs


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page
ARTICLE I
Definitions and Other Provisions of General Application

SECTION 1.1.

   Definitions    1

SECTION 1.2.

   Compliance Certificate and Opinions    11

SECTION 1.3.

   Forms of Documents Delivered to Trustee    11

SECTION 1.4.

   Acts of Holders    12

SECTION 1.5.

   Notices, Etc    14

SECTION 1.6.

   Notice to Holders; Waiver    15

SECTION 1.7.

   Effect of Headings and Table of Contents    15

SECTION 1.8.

   Successors and Assigns    15

SECTION 1.9.

   Separability Clause    15

SECTION 1.10.

   Benefits of Indenture    15

SECTION 1.11.

   Governing Law    16

SECTION 1.12.

   Submission to Jurisdiction    16

SECTION 1.13.

   Non-Business Days    16

SECTION 1.14.

   Counterparts    16
ARTICLE II
Security Forms

SECTION 2.1.

   Form of Security    17

SECTION 2.2.

   Restricted Legend    17

SECTION 2.3.

   Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication    17

SECTION 2.4.

   Temporary Securities    17

SECTION 2.5.

   Definitive Securities    18
ARTICLE III
The Securities

SECTION 3.1.

   Payment of Principal and Interest    18

SECTION 3.2.

   Denominations    20

SECTION 3.3.

   Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating    20

SECTION 3.4.

   Global Securities    21

SECTION 3.5.

   Registration, Transfer and Exchange Generally    23

SECTION 3.6.

   Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities    24

SECTION 3.7.

   Persons Deemed Owners    25

SECTION 3.8.

   Cancellation    25

SECTION 3.9.

   Deferrals of Interest Payment Dates    25

SECTION 3.10.

   Right of Set-Off    26

SECTION 3.11.

   Agreed Tax Treatment    26

SECTION 3.12.

   CUSIP Numbers    27

 

   -i-    Ind- TRUPs


ARTICLE IV
Satisfaction and Discharge

SECTION 4.1.

   Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture    27

SECTION 4.2.

   Application of Trust Money    28
ARTICLE V
Remedies

SECTION 5.1.

   Events of Default    28

SECTION 5.2.

   Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment    30

SECTION 5.3.

   Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee    31

SECTION 5.4.

   Trustee May File Proofs of Claim    31

SECTION 5.5.

   Trustee May Enforce Claim Without Possession of Securities    32

SECTION 5.6.

   Application of Money Collected    32

SECTION 5.7.

   Limitation on Suits    32

SECTION 5.8.

   Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal, Premium and Interest; Direct Action by Holders of Preferred Securities    33

SECTION 5.9.

   Restoration of Rights and Remedies    33

SECTION 5.10.

   Rights and Remedies Cumulative    34

SECTION 5.11.

   Delay or Omission Not Waiver    34

SECTION 5.12.

   Control by Holders    34

SECTION 5.13.

   Waiver of Past Defaults    34

SECTION 5.14.

   Undertaking for Costs    35

SECTION 5.15.

   Waiver of Usury, Stay or Extension Laws    35
ARTICLE VI
The Trustee

SECTION 6.1.

   Corporate Trustee Required    36

SECTION 6.2.

   Certain Duties and Responsibilities    36

SECTION 6.3.

   Notice of Defaults    37

SECTION 6.4.

   Certain Rights of Trustee    38

SECTION 6.5.

   May Hold Securities    40

SECTION 6.6.

   Compensation; Reimbursement; Indemnity    40

SECTION 6.7.

   Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor    41

SECTION 6.8.

   Acceptance of Appointment by Successor    42

SECTION 6.9.

   Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business    42

SECTION 6.10.

   Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities    42

SECTION 6.11.

   Appointment of Authenticating Agent    43
ARTICLE VII
Holders’ Lists and Reports by Trustee and Company

SECTION 7.1.

   Company to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Holders    44

SECTION 7.2.

   Preservation of Information, Communications to Holders    44

SECTION 7.3.

   Reports by Company and Trustee    45

 

   -ii-    Ind- TRUPs


ARTICLE VIII
Consolidation, Merger, Conveyance, Transfer or Lease

SECTION 8.1.

   Company May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms    46

SECTION 8.2.

   Successor Company Substituted    47
ARTICLE IX
Supplemental Indentures

SECTION 9.1.

   Supplemental Indentures without Consent of Holders    47

SECTION 9.2.

   Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders    48

SECTION 9.3.

   Execution of Supplemental Indentures    49

SECTION 9.4.

   Effect of Supplemental Indentures    49

SECTION 9.5.

   Reference in Securities to Supplemental Indentures    49
ARTICLE X
Covenants and Representations

SECTION 10.1.

   Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest    49

SECTION 10.2.

   Money for Security Payments to be Held in Trust    50

SECTION 10.3.

   Statement as to Compliance    51

SECTION 10.4.

   Calculation Agent    51

SECTION 10.5.

   Additional Tax Sums    52

SECTION 10.6.

   Additional Covenants    52

SECTION 10.7.

   Waiver of Covenants    53

SECTION 10.8.

   Treatment of Securities    54
ARTICLE XI
Redemption of Securities

SECTION 11.1.

   Optional Redemption    54

SECTION 11.2.

   Special Event Redemption    54

SECTION 11.3.

   Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee    55

SECTION 11.4.

   Selection of Securities to be Redeemed    55

SECTION 11.5.

   Notice of Redemption    55

SECTION 11.6.

   Deposit of Redemption Price    56

SECTION 11.7.

   Payment of Securities Called for Redemption    56
ARTICLE XII
Subordination of Securities

SECTION 12.1.

   Securities Subordinate to Senior Debt    57

SECTION 12.2.

   No Payment When Senior Debt in Default; Payment Over of Proceeds Upon Dissolution, Etc    57

 

   -iii-    Ind- TRUPs


SECTION 12.3.

   Payment Permitted If No Default    59

SECTION 12.4.

   Subrogation to Rights of Holders of Senior Debt    59

SECTION 12.5.

   Provisions Solely to Define Relative Rights    59

SECTION 12.6.

   Trustee to Effectuate Subordination    60

SECTION 12.7.

   No Waiver of Subordination Provisions    60

SECTION 12.8.

   Notice to Trustee    60

SECTION 12.9.

   Reliance on Judicial Order or Certificate of Liquidating Agent    61

SECTION 12.10.

   Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Debt    61

SECTION 12.11.

   Rights of Trustee as Holder of Senior Debt; Preservation of Trustee’s Rights    61

SECTION 12.12.

   Article Applicable to Paying Agents    62
ARTICLE XIII
Holders’ Meetings

SECTION 13.1.

   Purposes of Meetings    62

SECTION 13.2.

   Call of Meetings by Trustee    62

SECTION 13.3.

   Call of Meetings by Company or Holders    63

SECTION 13.4.

   Qualifications for Voting    63

SECTION 13.5.

   Regulations    63

SECTION 13.6.

   Voting    64

SECTION 13.7.

   Quorum; Actions    64
ARTICLE XIV
Immunity of Incorporators, Stockholders, Officers and Directors

SECTION 14.1.

   Indenture and Securities Solely Corporate Obligations    65

 

SCHEDULES

Schedule A

   Determination of LIBOR

Exhibit A

   Form of Junior Subordinated Note

Exhibit B

   Form of Officers’ Certificate

Exhibit C

   Form of Officers’ Certificate pursuant to Section 10.3

 

   -iv-    Ind- TRUPs


J UNIOR S UBORDINATED I NDENTURE , dated as of February 22, 2008, between P LAINS C APITAL C ORPORATION , a Texas corporation (the “ Company ”), and W ELLS F ARGO B ANK , N.A., a national banking association, as Trustee (in such capacity, the “ Trustee ”).

R ECITALS OF THE C OMPANY

W HEREAS , the Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for the issuance of its unsecured junior subordinated deferrable interest notes (the “ Securities ”) to evidence loans made to the Company of the proceeds from the issuance by PCC Statutory Trust IV, a Delaware statutory trust (the “ Trust ”), of undivided preferred beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust (the “ Preferred Securities ”) and undivided common beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust (the “ Common Securities ” and, collectively with the Preferred Securities, the “ Trust Securities ”), and to provide the terms and conditions upon which the Securities are to be authenticated, issued and delivered; and

W HEREAS , all things necessary to make this Indenture a valid agreement of the Company, in accordance with its terms, have been done.

Now, therefore, this Indenture Witnesseth:

For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Securities by the Holders thereof, it is mutually covenanted and agreed, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders of the Securities, as follows:

ARTICLE I

D EFINITIONS AND O THER P ROVISIONS OF G ENERAL A PPLICATION

SECTION 1.1. Definitions.

For all purposes of this Indenture, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

(a) the terms defined in this Article I have the meanings assigned to them in this Article I ;

(b) the words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”;

(c) all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with GAAP;

(d) unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to an “Article,” “Schedule,” “Exhibit” or “Section” refers to an Article, Schedule, Exhibit or Section, as the case may be, of this Indenture;

 

   1    Ind- TRUPs


(e) the words “hereby”, “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision;

(f) a reference to the singular includes the plural and vice versa; and

(g) the masculine, feminine or neuter genders used herein shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter genders.

Act ” when used with respect to any Holder, has the meaning specified in Section 1.4 .

Additional Interest ” means the interest, if any, that shall accrue on any amounts payable on the Securities, the payment of which has not been made on the applicable Interest Payment Date and which shall accrue at the rate per annum, compounded quarterly, specified or determined as specified in such Security.

Additional Tax Sums ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.5 .

Additional Taxes ” means taxes, duties or other governmental charges imposed on the Trust as a result of a Tax Event (which, for the sake of clarity, does not include amounts required to be deducted or withheld by the Trust from payments made by the Trust to or for the benefit of the Holder of, or any Person that acquires a beneficial interest in, the Securities).

Administrative Trustee ” means, with respect to the Trust, a Person identified as an “Administrative Trustee” in the Trust Agreement, solely in its capacity as Administrative Trustee of the Trust under the Trust Agreement and not in its individual capacity, or its successor in interest in such capacity, or any successor Administrative Trustee appointed as therein provided.

Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control,” when used with respect to any specified Person, means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

Applicable Depositary Procedures ” means, with respect to any transfer or transaction involving a Global Security or beneficial interest therein, the rules and procedures of the Depositary for such Security, in each case to the extent applicable to such transaction and as in effect from time to time.

Authenticating Agent ” means any Person authorized by the Trustee pursuant to Section 6.11 to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate the Securities.

Board of Directors ” means the board of directors of the Company or any duly authorized committee of that board.

 

   2    Ind- TRUPs


Board Resolution ” means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification.

Business Day ” means any day other than (i) a Saturday or Sunday, (ii) a day on which banking institutions in the City of New York are authorized or required by law or executive order to remain closed or (iii) a day on which the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee is closed for business.

Calculation Agent ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.4 .

Capital Disqualification Event ” means the receipt by the Company of an Opinion of Counsel experienced in such matters that, as a result of an amendment to or a change in law, rule or regulation (including any announced prospective change) or a change in interpretation or application of law, rule or regulation by any legislative body, court, governmental agency or regulatory authority, there is more than an insubstantial risk that within ninety (90) days of the date of such opinion, the aggregate liquidation amount of the Preferred Securities will not be eligible to be treated by the Company as “Tier 1 Capital” (or the then equivalent) for purposes of the capital adequacy guidelines of the Federal Reserve or other “appropriate Federal banking agency” as such term is defined in 12 U.S.C. 1813(q), which amendment, change or prospective change becomes effective or would become effective, as the case may be, on or after the date of issuance of the Securities; provided, however, that the inability of the Company to treat all or any portion of the liquidation amount of the Preferred Securities as Tier 1 Capital shall not constitute the basis for a Capital Disqualification Event if such inability results from the Company having such Preferred Securities outstanding in an amount that for any reason is in excess of the amount which may now or hereafter qualify for treatment as Tier 1 Capital under applicable capital adequacy guidelines. By way of example, the inability of the Company to treat all or any portion of the liquidation amount of the Preferred Securities as Tier 1 Capital as a result of the Final Rule on Risk-Based Capital Standards: Trust Preferred Securities and the Definition of Capital, adopted on March 1, 2005, by the Federal Reserve, shall not constitute the basis for a Capital Disqualification Event.

Commission ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.3(a) .

Common Securities ” has the meaning specified in the first recital of this Indenture.

Company ” means the Person named as the “ Company ” in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor Person shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “ Company ” shall mean such successor Person.

Company Request ” and “ Company Order ” mean, respectively, the written request or order signed in the name of the Company by its Chairman of the Board of Directors, its Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors, its Chief Executive Officer, its President or a Vice President, and by its Chief Financial Officer, its Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, its Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, and delivered to the Trustee.

 

   3    Ind- TRUPs


Corporate Trust Office ” means the principal office of the Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be administered, which office at the date of this Indenture is located at 919 N. Market Street, Suite 1600, Wilmington, Delaware, 19801, Attention: Corporate Trust Department, or such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Company, or the principal corporate trust office of any successor trustee.

Debt ” means, with respect to any Person, whether recourse is to all or a portion of the assets of such Person, whether currently existing or hereafter incurred and whether or not contingent and without duplication, (i) every obligation of such Person for money borrowed; (ii) every obligation of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, including obligations incurred in connection with the acquisition of property, assets or businesses; (iii) every reimbursement obligation of such Person with respect to letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or similar facilities issued for the account of such Person; (iv) every obligation of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services (but excluding trade accounts payable or other accrued liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business); (v) every capital lease obligation of such Person; (vi) all indebtedness of such Person, whether incurred on or prior to the date of this Indenture or thereafter incurred, for claims in respect of derivative products, including interest rate, foreign exchange rate and commodity forward contracts, options and swaps and similar arrangements; (vii) every obligation of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (vi) of another Person and all dividends of another Person the payment of which, in either case, such Person has guaranteed or is responsible or liable for, directly or indirectly, as obligor or otherwise; and (viii) any renewals, extensions, refundings, amendments or modifications of any obligation of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (vii).

Defaulted Interest ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.1 .

Delaware Trustee ” means, with respect to the Trust, the Person identified as the “Delaware Trustee” in the Trust Agreement, solely in its capacity as Delaware Trustee of the Trust under the Trust Agreement and not in its individual capacity, or its successor in interest in such capacity, or any successor Delaware Trustee appointed as therein provided.

Depositary ” means an organization registered as a clearing agency under the Exchange Act that is designated as Depositary by the Company or any successor thereto. DTC will be the initial Depositary.

Depositary Participant ” means a broker, dealer, bank, other financial institution or other Person for whom from time to time a Depositary effects book-entry transfers and pledges of securities deposited with the Depositary.

Distributions ” means amounts payable in respect of the Trust Securities as provided in the Trust Agreement and referred to therein as “Distributions.”

Dollar ” or “$” means the currency of the United States of America that, as at the time of payment, is legal tender for the payment of public and private debts.

 

   4    Ind- TRUPs


DTC ” means The Depository Trust Company, a New York corporation.

EDGAR ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.3(d) .

Equity Interests ” means any of (a) the partnership interests (general or limited) in a partnership, (b) the membership interests in a limited liability company or (c) the shares or stock interests (both common stock and preferred stock) in a corporation.

Event of Default ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.1 .

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or any statute successor thereto, in each case as amended from time to time.

Expiration Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 1.4 .

Extension Period ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.9 .

Federal Reserve ” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the staff thereof, or a Federal Reserve Bank, acting through delegated authority, in each case under the rules, regulations and policies of the Federal Reserve System, or if at any time after the execution of this Indenture any such entity is not existing and performing the duties now assigned to it , any successor body performing similar duties or functions.

GAAP ” means United States generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied, from time to time in effect.

Global Security ” means a Security that evidences all or part of the Securities, the ownership and transfers of which shall be made through book entries by a Depositary.

Government Obligation ” means (a) any security that is (i) a direct obligation of the United States of America of which the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged or (ii) an obligation of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America or the payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, which, in either case of clause (i) or (ii), is not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and (b) any depositary receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act) as custodian with respect to any Government Obligation that is specified in clause (a) above and held by such bank for the account of the holder of such depositary receipt, or with respect to any specific payment of principal of or interest on any Government Obligation that is so specified and held, provided, that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depositary receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Obligation or the specific payment of principal or interest evidenced by such depositary receipt.

Guarantee Agreement ” means the Guarantee Agreement executed by the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as Guarantee Trustee, contemporaneously with the execution and delivery of this Indenture, for the benefit of the holders of the Preferred Securities, as modified, amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

   5    Ind- TRUPs


Holder ” means a Person in whose name a Security is registered in the Securities Register.

Indenture ” means this instrument as originally executed or as it may from time to time be amended or supplemented by one or more amendments or indentures supplemental hereto entered into pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof.

Interest Payment Date ” means March 15 th , June 15 th , September 15 th and December 15 th of each year, commencing on March 15, 2008, during the term of this Indenture.

Investment Company Act ” means the Investment Company Act of 1940 or any successor statute thereto, in each case as amended from time to time.

Investment Company Event ” means the receipt by the Company of an Opinion of Counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that, as a result of the occurrence of a change in law or regulation (including any announced prospective change) or a written change in interpretation or application of law or regulation by any legislative body, court, governmental agency or regulatory authority, there is more than an insubstantial risk that the Trust is or, within ninety (90) days of the date of such opinion will be, considered an “investment company” that is required to be registered under the Investment Company Act, which change or prospective change becomes effective or would become effective, as the case may be, on or after the date of the issuance of the Securities.

LIBOR ” has the meaning specified in Schedule A .

LIBOR Business Day ” has the meaning specified in Schedule A .

LIBOR Determination Date ” has the meaning specified in Schedule A .

Liquidation Amount ” has the meaning specified in the Trust Agreement.

Maturity ,” when used with respect to any Security, means the date on which the principal of such Security or any installment of principal becomes due and payable as therein or herein provided, whether at the Stated Maturity or by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise.

Major Bank Subsidiary ,” means any subsidiary of the Company that is a “major bank subsidiary” as such term is used in the Adopting Release accompanying the Final Rule on Risk-Based Capital Standards: Trust Preferred Securities and the Definition of Capital, adopted on March 1, 2005, by the Federal Reserve, and as such term may subsequently be defined or interpreted in any rule, regulation, written interpretation or other public issuance of the Federal Reserve. For purposes of this definition, any “depository institution” subsidiary of the Company within the meaning of Section 3(c) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act that would be considered a Major Bank Subsidiary except for the fact that such subsidiary is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 3(a) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, shall be deemed to be a Major Bank Subsidiary.

Notice of Default ” means a written notice of the kind specified in Section 5.1(d) .

 

   6    Ind- TRUPs


Officers’ Certificate ” means a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board, a Vice Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, President or a Vice President, and by the Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, of the Company and delivered to the Trustee.

Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion of counsel, who may be counsel for or an employee of the Company or any Affiliate of the Company.

Optional Redemption Price ” has the meaning specified in Section 11.1 .

Original Issue Date ” means the date of original issuance of each Security.

Outstanding ” means, when used in reference to any Securities, as of the date of determination, all Securities theretofore authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, except:

(i) Securities theretofore canceled by the Trustee or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation;

(ii) Securities for whose payment or redemption money in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent (other than the Company) in trust or set aside and segregated in trust by the Company (if the Company shall act as its own Paying Agent) for the Holders of such Securities; provided, that, if such Securities are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to this Indenture or provision therefor satisfactory to the Trustee has been made; and

(iii) Securities that have been paid, or in substitution for or in lieu of which other Securities have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, unless proof satisfactory to the Trustee is presented that any such Securities are held by Holders in whose hands such Securities are valid, binding and legal obligations of the Company;

provided, that, in determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Securities have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, Securities owned by the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or any Affiliate of the Company or such other obligor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Securities that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded. Securities so owned that have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such Securities and that the pledgee is not the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or any Affiliate of the Company or such other obligor. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Securities initially issued to the Trust that are owned by the Trust shall be deemed to be Outstanding notwithstanding the ownership by the Company or an Affiliate of any beneficial interest in the Trust.

 

   7    Ind- TRUPs


Paying Agent ” means the Trustee or any Person authorized by the Company to pay the principal of or any premium or interest on, or other amounts in respect of, any Securities on behalf of the Company.

Person ” means a legal person, including any individual, corporation, company, estate, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated association, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof, or any other entity of whatever nature.

Place of Payment ” means, with respect to the Securities, the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

Predecessor Security ” of any particular Security means every previous Security evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Security. For the purposes of this definition, any security authenticated and delivered under Section 3.6 in lieu of a mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security.

Preferred Securities ” has the meaning specified in the first recital of this Indenture.

Proceeding ” has the meaning specified in Section 12.2(b) .

Property Trustee ” means the Person identified as the “Property Trustee” in the Trust Agreement, solely in its capacity as Property Trustee of the Trust under the Trust Agreement and not in its individual capacity, or its successor in interest in such capacity, or any successor Property Trustee appointed as therein provided.

Purchase Agreement ” means the Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 22, 2008, executed and delivered by the Trust, the Company and the Purchaser.

Purchaser ” means WFC Holdings Corporation, as purchaser of the Preferred Securities pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.

Redemption Date ” means, when used with respect to any Security to be redeemed, the date fixed for such redemption by or pursuant to this Indenture.

Redemption Price ” means, when used with respect to any Security to be redeemed, in whole or in part, the Special Event Redemption Price or the Optional Redemption Price, as applicable, at which such Security or portion thereof is to be redeemed as fixed by or pursuant to this Indenture.

Reference Banks ” has the meaning specified in Schedule A .

Regular Record Date ” for the interest payable on any Interest Payment Date with respect to the Securities means the date that is fifteen (15) days preceding such Interest Payment Date (whether or not a Business Day).

 

   8    Ind- TRUPs


Responsible Officer ” means, with respect to the Trustee, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Assistant Vice President, the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, any Trust Officer or Assistant Trust Officer, or any other officer in the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee with direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of that officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

Rights Plan ” means a plan of the Company providing for the issuance by the Company to all holders of its Equity Interests of rights entitling the holders thereof to subscribe for or purchase Equity Interests of the Company which rights (i) are deemed to be transferred with such Equity Interests and (ii) are also issued in respect of future issuances of such Equity Interests, in each case until the occurrence of a specified event or events.

Securities ” or “ Security ” means any debt securities or debt security, as the case may be, authenticated and delivered under this Indenture.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933 or any successor statute thereto, in each case as amended from time to time.

Securities Register ” and “ Securities Registrar ” have the respective meanings specified in Section 3.5(a) .

Senior Debt ” means the principal of and any premium and interest on (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Company, whether or not such claim for post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding) all Debt of the Company, whether incurred on or prior to the date of this Indenture or thereafter incurred, unless it is provided in the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding that such obligations are not superior in right of payment to the Securities; provided, however, that if the Company is subject to the regulation and supervision of an “appropriate Federal banking agency” within the meaning of 12 U.S.C. 1813(q), the Company shall have received the approval of such appropriate Federal banking agency prior to issuing any such obligation if not otherwise generally approved; provided further, that Senior Debt shall not include any other debt securities, and guarantees in respect of such debt securities, issued to any trust other than the Trust (or a trustee of such trust), partnership or other entity affiliated with the Company that is a financing vehicle of the Company (a “financing entity”), in connection with the issuance by such financing entity of equity securities or other securities that are treated as equity capital for regulatory capital purposes guaranteed by the Company pursuant to an instrument that ranks pari passu with or junior in right of payment to the Securities, including, without limitation, the debt securities of the Company issued under the Indenture dated as of July 31, 2001, between the Company and State Street and Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association, as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture dated as of August 7, 2006 between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, the debt securities of the Company issued under the Indenture dated as of March 26, 2003 between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee and the debt securities of the Company issued under the Indenture dated as of September 17, 2003 between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee.

 

   9    Ind- TRUPs


Special Event ” means the occurrence of a Capital Disqualification Event, an Investment Company Event or a Tax Event.

Special Event Redemption Price ” has the meaning specified in Section 11.2 .

Special Record Date ” for the payment of any Defaulted Interest means a date fixed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 3.1 .

Stated Maturity ” means March 15, 2038.

Subsidiary ” means a Person more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting stock or other voting interests of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company or by one or more other Subsidiaries, or by the Company and one or more other Subsidiaries. For purposes of this definition, “voting stock” means stock that ordinarily has voting power for the election of directors, whether at all times or only so long as no senior class of stock has such voting power by reason of any contingency.

Tax Event ” means the receipt by the Company of an Opinion of Counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that, as a result of (a) any amendment to or change (including any announced prospective change) in the laws or any regulations thereunder of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein or (b) any judicial decision or any official administrative pronouncement (including any private letter ruling, technical advice memorandum or field service advice) or regulatory procedure, including any notice or announcement of intent to adopt any such pronouncement or procedure (an “Administrative Action”), regardless of whether such judicial decision or Administrative Action is issued to or in connection with a proceeding involving the Company or the Trust and whether or not subject to review or appeal, which amendment, change, judicial decision or Administrative Action is enacted, promulgated or announced, in each case, on or after the date of issuance of the Securities, there is more than an insubstantial risk that (i) the Trust is, or will be within ninety (90) days of the date of such opinion, subject to United States federal income tax with respect to income received or accrued on the Securities, (ii) interest payable by the Company on the Securities is not, or within ninety (90) days of the date of such opinion, will not be, deductible by the Company, in whole or in part, for United States federal income tax purposes, or (iii) the Trust is, or will be within ninety (90) days of the date of such opinion, subject to more than a de minimis amount of other taxes, duties or other governmental charges.

Trust ” has the meaning specified in the first recital of this Indenture.

Trust Agreement ” means the Amended and Restated Trust Agreement executed and delivered by the Company, the Property Trustee, the Delaware Trustee and the Administrative Trustees named therein, contemporaneously with the execution and delivery of this Indenture, for the benefit of the holders of the Trust Securities, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

Trustee ” means the Person named as the “ Trustee ” in the first paragraph of this Indenture, solely in its capacity as such and not in its individual capacity, until a successor Trustee shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and, thereafter, “ Trustee ” shall mean or include each Person who is then a Trustee hereunder.

 

   10    Ind- TRUPs


Trust Indenture Act ” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended and as in effect on the date as of this Indenture.

Trust Securities ” has the meaning specified in the first recital of this Indenture.

SECTION 1.2. Compliance Certificate and Opinions.

(a) Upon any application or request by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under any provision of this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that all conditions precedent (including covenants compliance with which constitutes a condition precedent), if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with and an Opinion of Counsel stating that in the opinion of such counsel all such conditions precedent (including covenants compliance with which constitutes a condition precedent), if any, have been complied with, except that, in the case of any such application or request as to which the furnishing of such documents is specifically required by any provision of this Indenture relating to such particular application or request, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished.

(b) Every certificate or opinion delivered to the Trustee with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than the certificate provided pursuant to Section 10.3 ) shall include:

(i) a statement by each individual signing such certificate or opinion that such individual has read such covenant or condition and the definitions herein relating thereto;

(ii) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions of such individual contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(iii) a statement that, in the opinion of such individual, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

(iv) a statement as to whether, in the opinion of such individual, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

SECTION 1.3. Forms of Documents Delivered to Trustee.

(a) In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify or give an opinion with respect to some matters and one or more other such Persons as to other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents.

 

   11    Ind- TRUPs


(b) Any certificate or opinion of an officer of the Company may be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon an Opinion of Counsel, or certificate or representations by counsel, unless such officer knows, or after reasonable inquiry should know, that the Opinion of Counsel, or certificate or representations with respect to matters upon which his or her certificate or opinion is based are erroneous. Any such Opinion of Counsel, or certificate or representation may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an officer or officers of the Company stating that the information with respect to such factual matters is in the possession of the Company, unless such counsel knows, or after reasonable inquiry should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to such matters are erroneous.

(c) Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one instrument.

(d) Whenever, subsequent to the receipt by the Trustee of any Board Resolution, Officers’ Certificate, Opinion of Counsel or other document or instrument, a clerical, typographical or other inadvertent or unintentional error or omission shall be discovered therein, a new document or instrument may be substituted therefor in corrected form with the same force and effect as if originally received in the corrected form and, irrespective of the date or dates of the actual execution and/or delivery thereof, such substitute document or instrument shall be deemed to have been executed and/or delivered as of the date or dates required with respect to the document or instrument for which it is substituted. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any Securities issued under the authority of such defective document or instrument shall nevertheless be the valid obligations of the Company entitled to the benefits of this Indenture equally and ratably with all other Outstanding Securities.

SECTION 1.4. Acts of Holders.

(a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced (i) by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent thereof duly appointed in writing, or (ii) by the record of such Holders voting in favor thereof at any meeting of such Holders duly called and held in accordance with the provisions of Article XIII or of such holders of Preferred Securities duly called and held in accordance with the provisions of the Trust Agreement, or (iii) by a combination of such instrument or instruments and any such record of such a meeting of such Holders or holders of Preferred Securities, as the case may be, or (iv) by any other method the Trustee deems satisfactory. Except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments, record of such meeting or combination thereof (including any appointment of an agent) is or are delivered to the Trustee, and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Company. Such instrument or instruments, record of such meeting or combination thereof (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the “ Act ” of the Holders signing such instrument or instruments or recording such meeting. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent or the record of any such meeting shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Company, if made in the manner provided in this Section 1.4 .

 

   12    Ind- TRUPs


(b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by the certificate of any notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him or her the execution thereof. Where such execution is by a Person acting in other than his or her individual capacity, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of his or her authority. The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner that the Trustee deems sufficient and in accordance with such reasonable rules as the Trustee may determine.

(c) The ownership of Securities shall be proved by the Securities Register.

(d) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action by the Holder of any Security shall bind every future Holder of the same Security and the Holder of every Security issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of anything done or suffered to be done by the Trustee or the Company in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Security.

(e) Without limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled to take any action hereunder with regard to any particular Security may do so with regard to all or any part of the principal amount of such Security or by one or more duly appointed agents each of which may do so pursuant to such appointment with regard to all or any part of such principal amount.

(f) Except as set forth in paragraph (g) of this Section 1.4 , the Company may set any day as a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders of Outstanding Securities entitled to give, make or take any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided or permitted by this Indenture to be given, made or taken by Holders of Securities. If any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Holders of Outstanding Securities on such record date, and no other Holders, shall be entitled to take the relevant action, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided, that no such action shall be effective hereunder unless taken on or prior to the applicable Expiration Date (as defined below) by Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Securities on such record date. Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to prevent the Company from setting a new record date for any action for which a record date has previously been set pursuant to this paragraph (whereupon the record date previously set shall automatically and with no action by any Person be canceled and of no effect). Promptly after any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Company, at its own expense, shall cause notice of such record date, the proposed action by Holders and the applicable Expiration Date to be given to the Trustee in writing and to each Holder of Securities in the manner set forth in Section 1.6 .

(g) The Trustee may set any day as a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders of Outstanding Securities entitled to join in the giving or making of (i) any Notice of Default, (ii) any declaration of acceleration or rescission or annulment thereof referred to in Section 5.2 , (iii) any request to institute proceedings referred to in Section 5.7(b) or (iv) any

 

   13    Ind- TRUPs


direction referred to in Section 5.12 . If any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Holders of Outstanding Securities on such record date, and no other Holders, shall be entitled to join in such notice, declaration, request or direction, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided, that no such action shall be effective hereunder unless taken on or prior to the applicable Expiration Date by Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Securities on such record date. Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to prevent the Trustee from setting a new record date for any action for which a record date has previously been set pursuant to this paragraph (whereupon the record date previously set shall automatically and with no action by any Person be canceled and of no effect). Promptly after any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Trustee, at the Company’s expense, shall cause notice of such record date, the proposed action by Holders and the applicable Expiration Date to be given to the Company in writing and to each Holder of Securities in the manner set forth in Section 1.6 .

(h) With respect to any record date set pursuant to paragraph (f) or (g) of this Section 1.4 , the party hereto that sets such record date may designate any day as the “ Expiration Date ” and from time to time may change the Expiration Date to any earlier or later day; provided, that no such change shall be effective unless notice of the proposed new Expiration Date is given to the other party hereto in writing, and to each Holder of Securities in the manner set forth in Section 1.6 , on or prior to the existing Expiration Date. If an Expiration Date is not designated with respect to any record date set pursuant to this Section 1.4 , the party hereto that set such record date shall be deemed to have initially designated the ninetieth (90 th ) day after such record date as the Expiration Date with respect thereto, subject to its right to change the Expiration Date as provided in this paragraph. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Expiration Date shall be later than the one hundred and eightieth (180 th ) day after the applicable record date.

SECTION 1.5. Notices, Etc.

Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver, Act of Holders, or other document provided or permitted by this Indenture to be made upon, given or furnished to, or filed with:

(a) the Trustee by any Holder, any holder of Preferred Securities or the Company shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if made, given, furnished or filed in writing to or with and received by the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office,

(b) the Company by the Trustee, any Holder or any holder of Preferred Securities shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if in writing and mailed, first-class, postage prepaid, to the Company addressed to it at 2911 Turtle Creek Blvd. Ste. 700, Dallas, Texas 75219, Attn: Chief Financial Officer, or at any other address previously furnished in writing to the Trustee by the Company, or

(c) the Purchaser by the Trustee, the Company, any Holder or any holder or beneficial owner of the Preferred Securities, shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if in writing and mailed, first-class, postage prepaid, to the Purchaser at: WFC Holdings Corporation, *MAC A0112-144, 550 California Street, 14 th Floor, San Francisco, California 94104 (*Mail Access Code is necessary only for U.S. Mail; not for FedEx or other private delivery services), or any other address previously furnished by the Purchaser.

 

   14    Ind- TRUPs


SECTION 1.6. Notice to Holders; Waiver.

Where this Indenture provides for notice to Holders of any event, such notice shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first class, postage prepaid, to each Holder affected by such event to the address of such Holder as it appears in the Securities Register, not later than the latest date, and not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed for the giving of such notice. If, by reason of the suspension of or irregularities in regular mail service or for any other reason, it shall be impossible or impracticable to mail notice of any event to Holders when said notice is required to be given pursuant to any provision of this Indenture, then any manner of giving such notice as shall be satisfactory to the Trustee shall be deemed to be a sufficient giving of such notice. In any case where notice to Holders is given by mail, neither the failure to mail such notice, nor any defect in any notice so mailed, to any particular Holder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Holders. Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver required by or permitted under this Indenture shall be in the English language, except that any published notice may be in an official language of the country of publication. Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed with the Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver.

SECTION 1.7. Effect of Headings and Table of Contents.

The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction of this Indenture.

SECTION 1.8. Successors and Assigns.

This Indenture shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of any successor to the Company and the Trustee, including any successor by operation of law. Except in connection with a transaction involving the Company that is permitted under Article VIII and pursuant to which the assignee agrees in writing to perform the Company’s obligations hereunder, the Company shall not assign its obligations hereunder.

SECTION 1.9. Separability Clause.

If any provision in this Indenture or in the Securities shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, and there shall be deemed substituted for the provision at issue a valid, legal and enforceable provision as similar as possible to the provision at issue.

SECTION 1.10. Benefits of Indenture.

Nothing in this Indenture or in the Securities, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and their successors and assigns, the holders of Senior Debt, the Holders of the Securities and, to the extent expressly provided in Sections 5.2 , 5.8 , 5.9 , 5.11 , 5.13 , 9.2 and 10.7 , the holders of Preferred Securities, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture.

 

   15    Ind- TRUPs


SECTION 1.11. Governing Law.

This Indenture and the rights and obligations of each of the Holders, the Company and the Trustee shall be construed and enforced in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York without reference to its conflict of laws provisions (other than Section 5-1401 of the General Obligations Law).

SECTION 1.12. Submission to Jurisdiction.

ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING BY OR AGAINST ANY PARTY HERETO OR WITH RESPECT TO OR ARISING OUT OF THIS INDENTURE MAY BE BROUGHT IN OR REMOVED TO THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, IN AND FOR THE COUNTY OF NEW YORK, OR OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK (IN EACH CASE SITTING IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN). BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS INDENTURE, EACH PARTY ACCEPTS, FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY, THE JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID COURTS (AND COURTS OF APPEALS THEREFROM) FOR LEGAL PROCEEDINGS ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS INDENTURE.

SECTION 1.13. Non-Business Days.

If any Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date or Stated Maturity of any Security shall not be a Business Day, then (notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or the Securities) payment of interest, premium, or principal or other amounts in respect of such Security shall not be made on such date, but shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day (and no interest shall accrue in respect of the amounts whose payment is so delayed for the period from and after such Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date or Stated Maturity, as the case may be, until such next succeeding Business Day) except that, if such Business Day falls in the next succeeding calendar year, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day, in each case with the same force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date or Redemption Date or at the Stated Maturity.

SECTION 1.14. Counterparts.

This instrument may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Indenture by facsimile transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

 

   16    Ind- TRUPs


ARTICLE II

S ECURITY F ORMS

SECTION 2.1. Form of Security.

Any Security issued hereunder shall be in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A .

SECTION 2.2. Restricted Legend.

(a) Any Security issued hereunder shall bear a legend in substantially the form contained in Exhibit A attached hereto.

(b) Such legend shall not be removed from any Security unless there is delivered to the Company satisfactory evidence, which may include an Opinion of Counsel, as may be reasonably required to ensure that any future transfers thereof may be made without restriction under or violation of the provisions of the Securities Act and other applicable law. Upon provision of such satisfactory evidence, the Company shall execute and deliver to the Trustee, and the Trustee shall deliver, upon receipt of a Company Order, a Security that does not bear the legend.

SECTION 2.3. Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication.

The Trustee’s certificates of authentication shall be in substantially the form contained in Exhibit A attached hereto.

SECTION 2.4. Temporary Securities.

(a) Pending the preparation of definitive Securities, the Company may execute, and upon Company Order the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, temporary Securities that are printed, lithographed, typewritten, mimeographed or otherwise produced, in any denomination, substantially of the tenor of the definitive Securities in lieu of which they are issued and with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as the officers executing such Securities may determine, as evidenced by their execution of such Securities.

(b) If temporary Securities are issued, the Company will cause definitive Securities to be prepared without unreasonable delay. After the preparation of definitive Securities, the temporary Securities shall be exchangeable for definitive Securities upon surrender of the temporary Securities at the office or agency of the Company designated for that purpose without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Securities, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor one or more definitive Securities of any authorized denominations having the same Original Issue Date and Stated Maturity and having the same terms as such temporary Securities. Until so exchanged, the temporary Securities shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Securities.

 

   17    Ind- TRUPs


SECTION 2.5. Definitive Securities.

The Securities issued on the Original Issue Date shall be in definitive form. The definitive Securities shall be printed, lithographed or engraved, or produced by any combination of these methods, if required by any securities exchange on which the Securities may be listed, on a steel engraved border or steel engraved borders or may be produced in any other manner permitted by the rules of any securities exchange on which the Securities may be listed, all as determined by the officers executing such Securities, as evidenced by their execution of such Securities.

ARTICLE III

T HE S ECURITIES

SECTION 3.1. Payment of Principal and Interest.

(a) The unpaid principal amount of the Securities shall bear interest at a variable rate per annum, reset quarterly, equal to LIBOR plus 3.50% until paid or duly provided for, such interest to accrue from the Original Issue Date or from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, and any overdue principal, premium or Additional Tax Sums and any overdue installment of interest shall bear Additional Interest (to the extent payment of such interest would be legally enforceable) at a variable rate per annum, reset quarterly, equal to LIBOR plus 3.50% compounded quarterly, from the dates such amounts are due until they are paid or funds for the payment thereof are made available for payment.

(b) Interest and Additional Interest on any Security that is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name that Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest, except that interest and any Additional Interest payable on the Stated Maturity (or any date of principal repayment upon early maturity) of the principal of a Security or on a Redemption Date shall be paid to the Person to whom principal is paid. The initial payment of interest on any Security that is issued between a Regular Record Date and the related Interest Payment Date shall be payable as provided in such Security.

(c) Any interest on any Security that is due and payable, but is not timely paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date for Securities (herein called “ Defaulted Interest”) shall forthwith cease to be payable to the registered Holder on the relevant Regular Record Date by virtue of having been such Holder, and such Defaulted Interest may be paid by the Company, at its election in each case, as provided in paragraph (i) or (ii) below:

(i) The Company may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names the Securities (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered at the close of business on a special record date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest (a “ Special Record Date”), which shall be fixed in the following manner. At least thirty (30) days prior to the date of the proposed payment, the Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Security and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the

 

   18    Ind- TRUPs


Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest. Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be not more than fifteen (15) days and not less than ten (10) days prior to the date of the proposed payment and not less than ten (10) days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of such Special Record Date and, in the name and at the expense of the Company, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor to be mailed, first class, postage prepaid, to each Holder of a Security at the address of such Holder as it appears in the Securities Register not less than ten (10) days prior to such Special Record Date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor having been so mailed, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid to the Persons in whose names the Securities (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered on such Special Record Date; or

(ii) The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Securities may be listed, traded or quoted and, upon such notice as may be required by such exchange or automated quotation system (or by the Trustee if the Securities are not listed), if, after notice given by the Company to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this clause, such payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.

(d) Payments of interest on the Securities shall include interest accrued to but excluding the respective Interest Payment Dates. The amount of interest payable for any interest period shall be computed and paid on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed in the relevant interest period.

(e) Payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Securities shall be made in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest due at the Maturity of such Securities shall be made at the Place of Payment upon surrender of such Securities to the Paying Agent and payments of interest shall be made, subject to such surrender where applicable, by wire transfer at such place and to such account at a banking institution in the United States as may be designated in writing to the Paying Agent at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the date for payment by the Person entitled thereto unless proper written transfer instructions have not been received by the relevant record date, in which case such payments shall be made by check mailed to the address of such Person as such address shall appear in the Security Register. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as the holder of the Securities is the Property Trustee, the payment of the principal of (and premium if any) and interest (including any overdue installment of interest and Additional Tax Sums, if any) on the Securities will be made at such place and to such account as may be designated by the Property Trustee.

 

   19    Ind- TRUPs


(f) Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 3.1 , each Security delivered under this Indenture upon transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Security shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, that were carried by such other Security.

SECTION 3.2. Denominations.

The Securities shall be in registered form without coupons and shall be issuable in minimum denominations of $100,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

SECTION 3.3. Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating.

(a) At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Company may deliver Securities in an aggregate principal amount (including all then Outstanding Securities) not in excess of $15,464,000 executed by the Company to the Trustee for authentication, together with a Company Order for the authentication and delivery of such Securities, and the Trustee in accordance with the Company Order shall authenticate and deliver such Securities. In authenticating such Securities, and accepting the additional responsibilities under this Indenture in relation to such Securities, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and shall be fully protected in relying upon:

(i) a copy of any Board Resolution relating thereto; and

(ii) an Opinion of Counsel stating that (1) such Securities, when authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and issued by the Company in the manner and subject to any conditions specified in such Opinion of Counsel, will constitute and the Indenture constitutes, valid and legally binding obligations of the Company, each enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles; (2) the Securities have been duly authorized and executed by the Company and have been delivered to the Trustee for authentication in accordance with this Indenture; and (3) the Securities are not required to be registered under the Securities Act.

(b) The Securities shall be executed on behalf of the Company by its Chairman of the Board, its Chief Executive Officer or one of its Vice Presidents. The signature of any of these officers on the Securities may be manual or facsimile. Securities bearing the manual or facsimile signatures of individuals who were at any time the proper officers of the Company shall bind the Company, notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such offices prior to the authentication and delivery of such Securities or did not hold such offices at the date of such Securities.

(c) No Security shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose, unless there appears on such Security a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein executed by the Trustee by the manual signature of one of its authorized officers, and such certificate upon any Security shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Security has been duly authenticated and delivered

 

   20    Ind- TRUPs


hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Security shall have been authenticated and delivered hereunder but never issued and sold by the Company, and the Company shall deliver such Security to the Trustee for cancellation as provided in Section 3.8 , for all purposes of this Indenture such Security shall be deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered hereunder and shall never be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.

(d) Each Security shall be dated the date of its authentication.

SECTION 3.4. Global Securities.

(a) Upon the election of the Holder after the Original Issue Date, which election need not be in writing, the Securities owned by such Holder shall be issued in the form of one or more Global Securities registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee. Each Global Security issued under this Indenture shall be registered in the name of the Depositary designated by the Company for such Global Security or a nominee thereof and delivered to such Depositary or a nominee thereof or custodian therefor, and each such Global Security shall constitute a single Security for all purposes of this Indenture.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, no Global Security may be exchanged in whole or in part for registered Securities, and no transfer of a Global Security in whole or in part may be registered, in the name of any Person other than the Depositary for such Global Security or a nominee thereof unless (i) such Depositary advises the Trustee and the Company in writing that such Depositary is no longer willing or able to properly discharge its responsibilities as Depositary with respect to such Global Security, and no qualified successor is appointed by the Company within ninety (90) days of receipt by the Company of such notice, (ii) such Depositary ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and no successor is appointed by the Company within ninety (90) days after obtaining knowledge of such event, (iii) the Company executes and delivers to the Trustee a Company Order stating that the Company elects to terminate the book-entry system through the Depositary or (iv) an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing. Upon the occurrence of any event specified in clause (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) above, the Trustee shall notify the Depositary and instruct the Depositary to notify all owners of beneficial interests in such Global Security of the occurrence of such event and of the availability of Securities to such owners of beneficial interests requesting the same. The Trustee may conclusively rely, and be protected in relying, upon written identification of the owners of the beneficial interests furnished by the Depositary and shall not be liable for any delay resulting from a delay by the Depositary. Upon the issuance of such Securities and the registration in the Securities Register of such Securities in the names of the Holders of the beneficial interests therein, the Trustees shall recognize such holders of beneficial interests as Holders.

(c) If any Global Security is to be exchanged for other Securities or canceled in part, or if another Security is to be exchanged in whole or in part for a beneficial interest in any Global Security, then either (i) such Global Security shall be so surrendered for exchange or cancellation as provided in this Article III or (ii) the principal amount thereof shall be reduced or increased by an amount equal to the portion thereof to be so exchanged or canceled, or equal to the principal amount of such other Security to be so exchanged for a beneficial interest therein, as the case may be, by means of an appropriate adjustment made on the records of the Securities

 

   21    Ind- TRUPs


Registrar, whereupon the Trustee, in accordance with the Applicable Depositary Procedures, shall instruct the Depositary or its authorized representative to make a corresponding adjustment to its records. Upon any such surrender or adjustment of a Global Security by the Depositary, accompanied by registration instructions, the Company shall execute and, upon receipt of a Company Order, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver any Securities issuable in exchange for such Global Security (or any portion thereof) in accordance with the instructions of the Depositary. The Trustee shall not be liable for any delay in delivery of such instructions and may conclusively rely on, and shall be fully protected in relying on, such instructions.

(d) Every Security authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for or in lieu of, a Global Security or any portion thereof shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Security, unless such Security is registered in the name of a Person other than the Depositary for such Global Security or a nominee thereof.

(e) Securities distributed to holders of Book-Entry Preferred Securities (as defined in the Trust Agreement) upon the dissolution of the Trust shall be distributed in the form of one or more Global Securities registered in the name of a Depositary or its nominee, and deposited with the Securities Registrar, as custodian for such Depositary, or with such Depositary, for credit by the Depositary to the respective accounts of the beneficial owners of the Securities represented thereby (or such other accounts as they may direct). Securities distributed to holders of Preferred Securities other than Book-Entry Preferred Securities upon the dissolution of the Trust shall not be issued in the form of a Global Security or any other form intended to facilitate book-entry trading in beneficial interests in such Securities.

(f) The Depositary or its nominee, as the registered owner of a Global Security, shall be the Holder of such Global Security for all purposes under this Indenture and the Securities, and owners of beneficial interests in a Global Security shall hold such interests pursuant to the Applicable Depositary Procedures. Accordingly, any such owner’s beneficial interest in a Global Security shall be shown only on, and the transfer of such interest shall be effected only through, records maintained by the Depositary or its nominee or its Depositary Participants. The Securities Registrar and the Trustee shall be entitled to deal with the Depositary for all purposes of this Indenture relating to a Global Security (including the payment of principal and interest thereon and the giving of instructions or directions by owners of beneficial interests therein and the giving of notices) as the sole Holder of the Security and shall have no obligations to the owners of beneficial interests therein. Neither the Trustee nor the Securities Registrar shall have any liability in respect of any transfers effected by the Depositary.

(g) The rights of owners of beneficial interests in a Global Security shall be exercised only through the Depositary and shall be limited to those established by law and agreements between such owners and the Depositary and/or its Depositary Participants.

(h) No holder of any beneficial interest in any Global Security held on its behalf by a Depositary shall have any rights under this Indenture with respect to such Global Security, and such Depositary may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the owner of such Global Security for all purposes whatsoever. None of the Company, the Trustee nor any agent of the Company or the Trustee will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial

 

   22    Ind- TRUPs


ownership interests of a Global Security or maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by a Depositary or impair, as between a Depositary and such holders of beneficial interests, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of the Depositary (or its nominee) as Holder of any Security.

SECTION 3.5. Registration, Transfer and Exchange Generally.

(a) The Trustee shall cause to be kept at the Corporate Trust Office a register (the “ Securities Register ”) in which the registrar and transfer agent with respect to the Securities (the “ Securities Registrar ”), subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, shall provide for the registration of Securities and of transfers and exchanges of Securities. The Trustee shall at all times also be the Securities Registrar. The provisions of Article VI shall apply to the Trustee in its role as Securities Registrar.

(b) Subject to compliance with Section 2.2(b), upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Security at the offices or agencies of the Company designated for that purpose the Company shall execute, and the Trustee, upon receipt of a Company Order, shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Securities of any authorized denominations of like tenor and aggregate principal amount.

(c) At the option of the Holder, Securities may be exchanged for other Securities of any authorized denominations, of like tenor and aggregate principal amount, upon surrender of the Securities to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Securities are so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute, and, upon receipt of a Company Order, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the Securities that the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive.

(d) All Securities issued upon any transfer or exchange of Securities shall be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Securities surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.

(e) Every Security presented or surrendered for transfer or exchange shall (if so required by the Company or the Trustee) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Securities Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing.

(f) No service charge shall be made to a Holder for any transfer or exchange of Securities, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any transfer or exchange of Securities.

(g) Neither the Company nor the Trustee shall be required pursuant to the provisions of this Section 3.5 (i) to issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Security during a period beginning at the opening of business fifteen (15) days before the day of selection for redemption

 

   23    Ind- TRUPs


of Securities pursuant to Article XI and ending at the close of business on the day of mailing of the notice of redemption or (ii) to register the transfer of or exchange any Security so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except, in the case of any such Security to be redeemed in part, any portion thereof not to be redeemed.

(h) The Company shall designate an office or offices or agency or agencies where Securities may be surrendered for registration or transfer or exchange. The Company initially designates the Corporate Trust Office as its office and agency for such purposes. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee and to the Holders of any change in the location of any such office or agency.

(i) Neither the Trustee nor the Securities Registrar shall be responsible for ascertaining whether any transfer hereunder complies with the registration provisions of or any exemptions from the Securities Act, applicable state securities laws or the applicable laws of any other jurisdiction, ERISA, the Code or the Investment Company Act; provided , that if a certificate is specifically required by the express terms of this Section 3.5 to be delivered to the Trustee or the Securities Registrar by a Holder or transferee of a Security, the Trustee and the Securities Registrar shall be under a duty to receive and examine the same to determine whether or not the certificate substantially conforms on its face to the requirements of this Indenture and shall promptly notify the party delivering the same if such certificate does not comply with such terms.

SECTION 3.6. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities.

(a) If any mutilated Security is surrendered to the Trustee together with such security or indemnity as may be required by the Company or the Trustee to save each of them harmless, the Company shall execute and, upon receipt of a Company Order, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a new Security of like tenor and aggregate principal amount and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.

(b) If there shall be delivered to the Company and to the Trustee (i) evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Security and (ii) such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Company or the Trustee that such Security has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Company shall execute and upon receipt of a Company Order the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Security, a new Security of like tenor and aggregate principal amount as such destroyed, lost or stolen Security, and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.

(c) If any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security has become or is about to become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Security, pay such Security.

(d) Upon the issuance of any new Security under this Section 3.6 , the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee) connected therewith.

 

   24    Ind- TRUPs


(e) Every new Security issued pursuant to this Section 3.6 in lieu of any mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Securities duly issued hereunder.

(f) The provisions of this Section 3.6 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities.

SECTION 3.7. Persons Deemed Owners.

The Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee shall treat the Person in whose name any Security is registered as the owner of such Security for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and any interest on such Security and for all other purposes whatsoever, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any agent of the Company or the Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

SECTION 3.8. Cancellation.

All Securities surrendered for payment, redemption, transfer or exchange shall, if surrendered to any Person other than the Trustee, be delivered to the Trustee, and any such Securities and Securities surrendered directly to the Trustee for any such purpose shall be promptly canceled by it. The Company may at any time deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Securities previously authenticated and delivered hereunder that the Company may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and all Securities so delivered shall be promptly canceled by the Trustee. No Securities shall be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any Securities canceled as provided in this Section 3.8 , except as expressly permitted by this Indenture. All canceled Securities shall be retained or disposed of by the Trustee in accordance with its customary practices.

SECTION 3.9. Deferrals of Interest Payment Dates.

(a) So long as no Event of Default pursuant to Sections 5.1(c) , (e) , (f) , (g)  or (h)  has occurred and is continuing, the Company shall have the right, at any time and from time to time during the term of the Securities, to defer the payment of interest on the Securities for a period of up to twenty (20) consecutive quarterly interest payment periods (each such period, an “ Extension Period ”), during which Extension Period(s), the Company shall have the right to make no payments or partial payments of interest on any Interest Payment Date (except any Additional Tax Sums that otherwise may be due and payable). No Extension Period shall end on a date other than an Interest Payment Date and no Extension Period shall extend beyond the Stated Maturity of the principal of the Securities. No interest shall be due and payable during an Extension Period, except at the end thereof, but each installment of interest that would otherwise have been due and payable during such Extension Period shall bear Additional Interest (to the extent payment of such interest would be legally enforceable) at a variable rate per annum, reset quarterly, equal to LIBOR plus 3.50%, compounded quarterly, from the dates on which amounts would have otherwise been due and payable until paid or until funds for the payment thereof

 

   25    Ind- TRUPs


have been made available for payment. At the end of any such Extension Period, the Company shall pay all interest then accrued and unpaid on the Securities together with such Additional Interest. Prior to the termination of any such Extension Period, the Company may extend such Extension Period and further defer the payment of interest; provided, that (i) all such previous and further extensions comprising such Extension Period do not exceed twenty (20) quarterly interest payment periods, (ii) no Extension Period shall end on a date other than an Interest Payment Date and (iii) no Extension Period shall extend beyond the Stated Maturity of the principal of the Securities. Upon the termination of any such Extension Period and upon the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest and any Additional Interest then due on any Interest Payment Date, the Company may elect to begin a new Extension Period; provided, that (i) such Extension Period does not exceed twenty (20) quarterly interest payment periods, (ii) no Extension Period shall end on a date other than an Interest Payment Date, (iii) no Extension Period shall extend beyond the Stated Maturity of the principal of the Securities and (iv) no Event of Default pursuant to Sections 5.1(c) , (e) , (f) , (g)  or (h)  has occurred and is continuing. The Company shall give (i) the Holders of the Securities, (ii) the Trustee, (iii) the Property Trustee and (iv) any beneficial owner of the Preferred Securities reasonably identified to the Company (which identification may be made either by such beneficial owner or by the Purchaser) written notice of its election to begin any such Extension Period no later than the close of business on the fifteenth (15th) Business Day prior to the next succeeding Interest Payment Date on which interest on the Securities would be payable but for such deferral.

(b) In connection with any such Extension Period, the Company shall be subject to the restrictions set forth in   Section 10.6(a) .

SECTION 3.10. Right of Set-Off.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Company shall have the right to set off any payment it is otherwise required to make in respect of any Security to the extent the Company has theretofore made, or is concurrently on the date of such payment making, a payment under the Guarantee Agreement relating to such Security or to a holder of Preferred Securities pursuant to an action undertaken under Section 5.8 of this Indenture.

SECTION 3.11. Agreed Tax Treatment.

Each Security issued hereunder shall provide that the Company and, by its acceptance or acquisition of a Security or a beneficial interest therein, the Holder of, and any Person that acquires a direct or indirect beneficial interest in, such Security, intend and agree to treat such Security as indebtedness of the Company for United States Federal, state and local tax purposes and to treat the Preferred Securities (including but not limited to all payments and proceeds with respect to the Preferred Securities) as an undivided beneficial ownership interest in the Trust (and payments and proceeds therefrom, respectively) for United States Federal, state and local tax purposes unless otherwise required by law. The provisions of this Indenture shall be interpreted to further this intention and agreement of the parties.

 

   26    Ind- TRUPs


SECTION 3.12. CUSIP Numbers.

The Company in issuing the Securities may use “CUSIP” numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP” numbers in notices of redemption and other similar or related materials as a convenience to Holders; provided, that any such notice or other materials may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Securities or as contained in any notice of redemption or other materials and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Securities, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers.

ARTICLE IV

S ATISFACTION AND D ISCHARGE

SECTION 4.1. Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture.

This Indenture shall, upon Company Request, cease to be of further effect (except as to any surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of Securities herein expressly provided for and as otherwise provided in this Section 4.1 ) and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, when

(a) either

(i) all Securities theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than (A) Securities that have been mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen and that have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 3.6 and (B) Securities for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from such trust as provided in Section 10.2 ) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

(ii) all such Securities not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation

 

  (A) have become due and payable, or

 

  (B) will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year of the date of deposit, or

 

  (C) are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company,

and the Company, in the case of subclause (ii)(A), (B) or (C) above, has deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust for such purpose (x) an amount in the currency or currencies in which the Securities are payable, (y) Government Obligations which through the scheduled payment of principal and interest in respect thereof in accordance with their terms will provide, not later than the due date of any payment, money in an amount or (z) a combination thereof, in each case sufficient, in the

 

   27    Ind- TRUPs


opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on such Securities not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal and any premium and interest (including any Additional Interest) to the date of such deposit (in the case of Securities that have become due and payable) or to the Stated Maturity (or any date of principal repayment upon early maturity) or Redemption Date, as the case may be;

(b) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Company; and

(c) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with.

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the obligations of the Company to the Trustee under Section 6.6 , the obligations of the Company to any Authenticating Agent under Section 6.11 and, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (a)(ii) of this Section 4.1, the obligations of the Trustee under Section 4.2 and Section 10.2(e) shall survive such satisfaction and discharge.

SECTION 4.2. Application of Trust Money.

Subject to the provisions of Section 10.2(e) , all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 4.1 shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of the Securities and this Indenture, to the payment in accordance with Section 3.1 , either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal and any premium and interest (including any Additional Interest) for the payment of which such money or obligations have been deposited with or received by the Trustee. Moneys held by the Trustee under this Section 4.2 shall not be subject to the claims of holders of Senior Debt under Article XII .

ARTICLE V

R EMEDIES

SECTION 5.1. Events of Default.

Event of Default ” means, wherever used herein with respect to the Securities, any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):

(a) default in the payment of any interest upon any Security, including any Additional Interest in respect thereof, when it becomes due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of thirty (30) days (subject to the deferral of any due date in the case of an Extension Period); or

 

   28    Ind- TRUPs


(b) default in the payment of the principal of or any premium on any Security at its Maturity; or

(c) default in the payment of any interest upon any Security, including any Additional Interest in respect thereof, following the nonpayment of any such interest for twenty (20) or more consecutive quarterly interest payment periods; or

(d) default in the performance, or breach, of any covenant or warranty of the Company in this Indenture and continuance of such default or breach for a period of thirty (30) days after there has been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least twenty five percent (25%) in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities a written notice specifying such default or breach and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” hereunder; or

(e) the entry by a court having jurisdiction in the premises of a decree or order adjudging the Company a bankrupt or insolvent, or approving as properly filed a petition seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of or in respect of the Company under any applicable Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law, or appointing a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or of any substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of its affairs, and the continuance of any such decree or order for relief or any such other decree or order unstayed and in effect for a period of sixty (60) consecutive days; or

(f) the institution by the Company of proceedings to be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or the consent by the Company to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it, or the filing by the Company of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under any applicable Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law, or the consent by it to the filing of such petition or to the appointment of or taking possession by a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or of any substantial part of its property, or the making by it of an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the admission by it in writing of its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due and its willingness to be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or the taking of corporate action by the Company in furtherance of any such action; or

(g) either (1) a court or administrative or governmental agency or body shall enter a decree or order for the appointment of a receiver of a Major Bank Subsidiary or all or substantially all of its property in any liquidation, insolvency or similar proceeding, or (2) a Major Bank Subsidiary shall consent to the appointment of a receiver for it or all or substantially all of its property in any liquidation, insolvency or similar proceeding; or

(h) the Trust shall have voluntarily or involuntarily liquidated, dissolved, wound-up its business or otherwise terminated its existence, except in connection with (1) the distribution of the Securities to holders of the Preferred Securities in liquidation of their interests in the Trust, (2) the redemption of all of the outstanding Preferred Securities or (3) certain mergers, consolidations or amalgamations, each as and to the extent permitted by the Trust Agreement.

 

   29    Ind- TRUPs


SECTION 5.2. Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment.

(a) If an Event of Default pursuant to Sections 5.1(c) , (e) , (f) , (g)  or (h)  occurs and is continuing, then and in every such case the Trustee or the Holders of not less than twenty five percent (25%) in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities may declare the principal amount of all the Securities to be due and payable immediately, by a notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by Holders), provided, that if, upon an Event of Default pursuant to Sections 5.1(c) , (e) , (f) , (g)  or (h) , the Trustee or the Holders of not less than twenty five percent (25%) in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities fail to declare the principal of all the Outstanding Securities to be immediately due and payable, the holders of at least twenty five percent (25%) in aggregate Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities then outstanding shall have the right to make such declaration by a notice in writing to the Property Trustee, the Company and the Trustee; and upon any such declaration the principal amount of and the accrued interest (including any Additional Interest) on all the Securities shall become immediately due and payable.

(b) At any time after such a declaration of acceleration with respect to the Securities has been made and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Trustee as hereinafter provided in this Article V , the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities, by written notice to the Trustee, or the holders of a majority in aggregate Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities, by written notice to the Property Trustee, the Company and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if:

(i) the Company has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay:

 

  (A) all overdue installments of interest on all Securities,

 

  (B) any accrued Additional Interest on all Securities,

 

  (C) the principal of and any premium on any Securities that have become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration and interest (including any Additional Interest) thereon at the rate borne by the Securities, and

 

  (D) all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee hereunder and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, the Property Trustee and their agents and counsel; and

(ii) all Events of Default with respect to the Securities, other than the non-payment of the principal of Securities that has become due solely by such acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in Section 5.13 ;

 

   30    Ind- TRUPs


provided, that if the Holders of such Securities fail to annul such declaration and waive such default, the holders of not less than a majority in aggregate Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities then outstanding shall also have the right to rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences by written notice to the Property Trustee, the Company and the Trustee, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in paragraph (b) of this Section 5.2 . No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon.

SECTION 5.3. Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee.

(a) The Company covenants that if:

(i) default is made in the payment of any installment of interest (including any Additional Interest) on any Security when such interest becomes due and payable and such default continues for a period of thirty (30) days, or

(ii) default is made in the payment of the principal of and any premium on any Security at the Maturity thereof,

the Company will, upon demand of the Trustee, pay to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Holders of such Securities, the whole amount then due and payable on such Securities for principal and any premium and interest (including any Additional Interest) and, in addition thereto, all amounts owing the Trustee under Section 6.6.

(b) If the Company fails to pay such amounts forthwith upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, may institute a judicial proceeding for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, and may prosecute such proceeding to judgment or final decree, and may enforce the same against the Company or any other obligor upon such Securities and collect the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities, wherever situated.

(c) If an Event of Default with respect to the Securities occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may in its discretion proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the Holders of Securities by such appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any such rights, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy.

SECTION 5.4. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

In case of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or similar judicial proceeding relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Securities), its property or its creditors, the Trustee shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise, to take any and all actions authorized hereunder in order to have claims of the Holders and the Trustee allowed in any such proceeding. In particular, the Trustee shall be authorized to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same; and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such

 

   31    Ind- TRUPs


judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to first pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts owing the Trustee, any predecessor Trustee and other Persons under Section 6.6 .

SECTION 5.5. Trustee May Enforce Claim Without Possession of Securities.

All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or the Securities may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Securities or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, subject to Article XII and after provision for the payment of all the amounts owing the Trustee, any predecessor Trustee and other Persons under Section 6.6 , be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Securities in respect of which such judgment has been recovered.

SECTION 5.6. Application of Money Collected.

Any money or property collected or to be applied by the Trustee with respect to the Securities pursuant to this Article V shall be applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such money or property on account of principal or any premium or interest (including any Additional Interest), upon presentation of the Securities and the notation thereon of the payment if only partially paid and upon surrender thereof if fully paid:

FIRST: To the payment of all amounts due the Trustee, any predecessor Trustee and other Persons under Section 6.6 ;

SECOND: To the payment of all Senior Debt of the Company if and to the extent required by Article XII .

THIRD: Subject to Article XII , to the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid upon the Securities for principal and any premium and interest (including any Additional Interest) in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Securities for principal and any premium and interest (including any Additional Interest), respectively; and

FOURTH: The balance, if any, to the Person or Persons entitled thereto.

SECTION 5.7. Limitation on Suits.

Subject to Section 5.8 , no Holder of any Securities shall have any right to institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to this Indenture or for the appointment of a custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator (or other similar official) or for any other remedy hereunder, unless:

(a) such Holder has previously given written notice to the Trustee of a continuing Event of Default with respect to the Securities;

 

   32    Ind- TRUPs


(b) the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities shall have made written request to the Trustee to institute proceedings in respect of such Event of Default in its own name as Trustee hereunder;

(c) such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred in compliance with such request;

(d) the Trustee after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity has failed to institute any such proceeding for sixty (60) days; and

(e) no direction inconsistent with such written request has been given to the Trustee during such sixty (60)-day period by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities;

it being understood and intended that no one or more of such Holders shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue of, or by availing itself of, any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other Holders of Securities, or to obtain or to seek to obtain priority or preference over any other of such Holders or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal and ratable benefit of all such Holders.

SECTION 5.8. Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal, Premium and Interest; Direct Action by Holders of Preferred Securities.

Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the Holder of any Security shall have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive payment of the principal of and any premium on such Security at its Maturity and payment of interest (including any Additional Interest) on such Security when due and payable and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment, and such right shall not be impaired without the consent of such Holder. Any registered holder of the Preferred Securities shall have the right, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default described in Section 5.1(a) , Section 5.1(b) or Section 5.1(c) , to institute a suit directly against the Company for enforcement of payment to such holder of principal of and any premium and interest (including any Additional Interest) on the Securities having a principal amount equal to the aggregate Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities held by such holder.

SECTION 5.9. Restoration of Rights and Remedies.

If the Trustee, any Holder or any holder of Preferred Securities has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee, such Holder or such holder of Preferred Securities, then and in every such case the Company, the Trustee, such Holders and such holder of Preferred Securities shall, subject to any determination in such proceeding, be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder, and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee, such Holder and such holder of Preferred Securities shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.

 

   33    Ind- TRUPs


SECTION 5.10. Rights and Remedies Cumulative.

Except as otherwise provided in Section 3.6(f) , no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

SECTION 5.11. Delay or Omission Not Waiver.

No delay or omission of the Trustee, any Holder of any Securities or any holder of any Preferred Security to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article V or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders and the right and remedy given to the holders of Preferred Securities by Section 5.8 may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee, the Holders or the holders of Preferred Securities, as the case may be.

SECTION 5.12. Control by Holders.

The Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities (or, as the case may be, the holders of a majority in aggregate Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities) shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee; provided, that:

(a) such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with this Indenture,

(b) the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction, and

(c) subject to the provisions of Section 6.2 , the Trustee shall have the right to decline to follow such direction if a Responsible Officer or Officers of the Trustee shall, in good faith, reasonably determine that the proceeding so directed would be unjustly prejudicial to the Holders not joining in any such direction or would involve the Trustee in personal liability.

SECTION 5.13. Waiver of Past Defaults.

(a) The Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities and the holders of not less than a majority in aggregate Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities may waive any past Event of Default hereunder and its consequences except an Event of Default:

(i) in the payment of the principal of or any premium or interest (including any Additional Interest) on any Security (unless such Event of Default has been cured and the Company has paid to or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay all installments of interest (including any Additional Interest) due and past due and all principal of and any premium on all Securities due otherwise than by acceleration), or

 

   34    Ind- TRUPs


(ii) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof that under Article IX cannot be modified or amended without the consent of each Holder of any Outstanding Security.

(b) Any such waiver shall be deemed to be on behalf of the Holders of all the Securities or, in the case of a waiver by holders of Preferred Securities issued by such Trust, by all holders of Preferred Securities.

(c) Upon any such waiver, such Event of Default shall cease to exist and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

SECTION 5.14. Undertaking for Costs.

All parties to this Indenture agree, and each Holder of any Security by his or her acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may in its discretion require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant; but the provisions of this Section 5.14 shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Trustee, to any suit instituted by any Holder, or group of Holders, holding in the aggregate more than ten percent (10%) in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities, or to any suit instituted by any Holder for the enforcement of the payment of the principal of or any premium on the Security after the Stated Maturity or any interest (including any Additional Interest) on any Security after it is due and payable.

SECTION 5.15. Waiver of Usury, Stay or Extension Laws.

The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any usury, stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

 

   35    Ind- TRUPs


ARTICLE VI

T HE T RUSTEE

SECTION 6.1. Corporate Trustee Required.

There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder with respect to the Securities. The Trustee shall be a corporation or a national banking association organized and doing business under the laws of the United States or of any state thereof, authorized to exercise corporate trust powers, having a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000, subject to supervision or examination by Federal or state authority and having an office within the United States. If such entity publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of such supervising or examining authority, then, for the purposes of this Section 6.1 , the combined capital and surplus of such entity shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.1 , it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this Article VI .

SECTION 6.2. Certain Duties and Responsibilities.

(a) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

(i) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

(ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; provided, that in the case of any such certificates or opinions that by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they substantially conform on their face to the requirements of this Indenture.

(b) If an Event of Default known to the Trustee has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall, prior to the receipt of directions, if any, from the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities (or, if applicable, from the holders of a majority in aggregate Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities), exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it. Whether or not therein expressly so

 

   36    Ind- TRUPs


provided, every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 6.2 . To the extent that, at law or in equity, the Trustee has duties and liabilities relating to the Holders, the Trustee shall not be liable to any Holder or any holder of the Preferred Securities for the Trustee’s good faith reliance on the provisions of this Indenture. The provisions of this Indenture, to the extent that they restrict the duties and liabilities of the Trustee otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the Company, the Holders and the holders of the Preferred Securities, to replace such other duties and liabilities of the Trustee.

(d) No provisions of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability with respect to matters that are within the authority of the Trustee under this Indenture for its own negligent action, negligent failure to act or willful misconduct, except that:

(i) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error or judgment made in good faith by an authorized officer of the Trustee, unless it shall be proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;

(ii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities (or, if applicable, from the holders of a majority in aggregate Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities), relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee under this Indenture; and

(iii) the Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder and money held by the Trustee in trust hereunder need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

(e) Notwithstanding Section 1.10 , the Trustee shall not, and shall not be deemed to, owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of any of the Trust Securities issued by the Trust and shall not be liable to any such holder (other than for the willful misconduct or negligence of the Trustee) if the Trustee in good faith (i) pays over or distributes to a registered Holder of the Securities or to the Company or to any other Person, cash, property or securities to which such holders of such Trust Securities shall be entitled or (ii) takes any action or omits to take any action at the request of the Holder of such Securities. Nothing in this paragraph shall affect the obligation of any other such Person to hold such payment for the benefit of, and to pay such amount over to, such holders of Preferred Securities or Common Securities or their representatives.

SECTION 6.3. Notice of Defaults.

Within ninety (90) days after the occurrence of any default actually known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall give the Holders notice of such default unless such default shall have been cured or waived; provided, that except in the case of a default in the payment of the principal of or any premium or interest on any Securities, the Trustee shall be fully protected in withholding the notice if and so long as the board of directors, the executive committee or a trust committee of directors and/or Responsible Officers of the Trustee in good faith determines that withholding

 

   37    Ind- TRUPs


the notice is in the interest of Holders; and provided, further, that in the case of any default of the character specified in Section 5.1(d) , no such notice to Holders shall be given until at least thirty (30) days after the occurrence thereof. For the purpose of this Section 6.3 , the term “default” means any event which is, or after notice or lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default.

SECTION 6.4. Certain Rights of Trustee.

Subject to the provisions of Section 6.2 :

(a) the Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting in good faith and in accordance with the terms hereof upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;

(b) if (i) in performing its duties under this Indenture the Trustee is required to decide between alternative courses of action, (ii) in construing any of the provisions of this Indenture the Trustee finds ambiguous or inconsistent with any other provisions contained herein or (iii) the Trustee is unsure of the application of any provision of this Indenture, then, except as to any matter as to which the Holders are entitled to decide under the terms of this Indenture, the Trustee shall deliver a notice to the Company requesting the Company’s written instruction as to the course of action to be taken and the Trustee shall take such action, or refrain from taking such action, as the Trustee shall be instructed in writing to take, or to refrain from taking, by the Company; provided, that if the Trustee does not receive such instructions from the Company within ten (10) Business Days after it has delivered such notice or such reasonably shorter period of time set forth in such notice the Trustee may, but shall be under no duty to, take such action, or refrain from taking such action, as the Trustee shall deem advisable and in the best interests of the Holders, in which event the Trustee shall have no liability except for its own negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct;

(c) any request or direction of the Company shall be sufficiently evidenced by a Company Request or Company Order and any resolution of the Board of Directors may be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution;

(d) the Trustee may consult with counsel (which counsel may be counsel to the Trustee, the Company or any of its Affiliates, and may include any of its employees) and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon;

(e) the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders or any holder of Preferred Securities pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders (or such holders of Preferred Securities) shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction, including reasonable advances as may be requested by the Trustee;

 

   38    Ind- TRUPs


(f) the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, indenture, note or other paper or document, but the Trustee in its discretion may make such inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney;

(g) the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents, attorneys, custodians or nominees and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any such agent, attorney, custodian or nominee appointed with due care by it hereunder;

(h) whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable to receive instructions with respect to enforcing any remedy or right or taking any other action with respect to enforcing any remedy or right hereunder, the Trustees (i) may request instructions from the Holders (which instructions may only be given by the Holders of the same aggregate principal amount of Outstanding Securities as would be entitled to direct the Trustee under this Indenture in respect of such remedy, right or action), (ii) may refrain from enforcing such remedy or right or taking such action until such instructions are received and (iii) shall be protected in acting in accordance with such instructions;

(i) except as otherwise expressly provided by this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be under any obligation to take any action that is discretionary under the provisions of this Indenture;

(j) without prejudice to any other rights available to the Trustee under applicable law, when the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services in connection with any bankruptcy, insolvency or other proceeding referred to in clauses (e) or (f) of the definition of Event of Default, such expenses (including legal fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) and the compensation for such services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any bankruptcy laws or law relating to creditors rights generally;

(k) whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, conclusively rely upon an Officers’ Certificate addressing such matter, which, upon receipt of such request, shall be promptly delivered by the Company;

(l) the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any default or Event of Default unless either (i) a Responsible Officer of the Trustee shall have actual knowledge or (ii) the Trustee shall have received written notice thereof from the Company or a Holder; and

(m) in the event that the Trustee is also acting as Paying Agent, Authenticating Agent or Securities Registrar hereunder, the rights and protections afforded to the Trustee pursuant to this Article VI shall also be afforded such Paying Agent, Authenticating Agent, or Securities Registrar.

 

   39    Ind- TRUPs


SECTION 6.5. May Hold Securities.

The Trustee, any Authenticating Agent, any Paying Agent, any Securities Registrar or any other agent of the Company, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Securities and may otherwise deal with the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee, Authenticating Agent, Paying Agent, Securities Registrar or such other agent.

SECTION 6.6. Compensation; Reimbursement; Indemnity.

(a) The Company agrees

(i) to pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder in such amounts as the Company and the Trustee shall agree from time to time (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust);

(ii) to reimburse the Trustee upon its request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with any provision of this Indenture (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its agents and counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may be attributable to its negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct; and

(iii) to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to indemnify the Trustee (including in its individual capacity) and its Affiliates, and their officers, directors, shareholders, agents, representatives and employees for, and to hold them harmless against, any loss, damage, liability, tax (other than income, franchise or other taxes imposed on amounts paid pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) hereof), penalty, expense or claim of any kind or nature whatsoever incurred without negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on its part arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust or the performance of the Trustee’s duties hereunder, including the advancement of funds to cover the costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder.

(b) To secure the Company’s payment obligations in this Section 6.6 , the Company hereby grants and pledges to the Trustee and the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Securities on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, other than money or property held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Securities. Such lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or the resignation or removal of the Trustee.

(c) The obligations of the Company under this Section 6.6 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture and the earlier resignation or removal of the Trustee.

 

   40    Ind- TRUPs


(d) In no event shall the Trustee be liable for any indirect, special, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever, including, but not limited to, lost profits, even if the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

(e) In no event shall the Trustee be liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder because of circumstances beyond its control, including, but not limited to, acts of God, flood, war (whether declared or undeclared), terrorism, fire, riot, embargo, government action, including any laws, ordinances, regulations, governmental action or the like which delay, restrict or prohibit the providing of the services contemplated by this Indenture.

SECTION 6.7. Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor.

(a) No resignation or removal of the Trustee and no appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to this Article VI shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee under Section 6.8 .

(b) The Trustee may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Company.

(c) Unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Trustee may be removed at any time by the Company by a Board Resolution. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Trustee may be removed by Act of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities, delivered to the Trustee and to the Company.

(d) If the Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of Trustee for any reason, at a time when no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Company, by a Board Resolution, shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee, and such successor Trustee and the retiring Trustee shall comply with the applicable requirements of Section 6.8 . If the Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of Trustee for any reason, at a time when an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Holders, by Act of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities, shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee, and such successor Trustee and the retiring Trustee shall comply with the applicable requirements of Section 6.8 . If no successor Trustee shall have been so appointed by the Company or the Holders and accepted appointment within sixty (60) days after the giving of a notice of resignation by the Trustee or the removal of the Trustee in the manner required by Section 6.8 , any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security for at least six months may, on behalf of such Holder and all others similarly situated, and any resigning Trustee may, at the expense of the Company, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

(e) The Company shall give notice to all Holders in the manner provided in Section 1.6 of each resignation and each removal of the Trustee and each appointment of a successor Trustee. Each notice shall include the name of the successor Trustee and the address of its Corporate Trust Office.

 

   41    Ind- TRUPs


SECTION 6.8. Acceptance of Appointment by Successor.

(a) In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee, each successor Trustee so appointed shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company and to the retiring Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective and such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee; but, on the request of the Company or the successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee shall, upon payment of its charges, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor Trustee all the rights, powers and trusts of the retiring Trustee and shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder.

(b) Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the Company shall execute any and all instruments for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee all rights, powers and trusts referred to in paragraph (a) of this Section 6.8 .

(c) No successor Trustee shall accept its appointment unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be qualified and eligible under this Article VI .

SECTION 6.9. Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business.

Any Person into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any Person resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any Person succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto, provided, that such Person shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article VI . In case any Securities shall have been authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee then in office, any successor by merger, conversion or consolidation or as otherwise provided above in this Section 6.9 to such authenticating Trustee may adopt such authentication and deliver the Securities so authenticated, and in case any Securities shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Securities either in the name of any predecessor Trustee or in the name of such successor Trustee, and in all cases the certificate of authentication shall have the full force which it is provided anywhere in the Securities or in this Indenture that the certificate of the Trustee shall have.

SECTION 6.10. Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities.

The recitals contained herein and in the Securities, except the Trustee’s certificates of authentication, shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and neither the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent assumes any responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Securities. Neither the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent shall be accountable for the use or application by the Company of the Securities or the proceeds thereof.

 

   42    Ind- TRUPs


SECTION 6.11. Appointment of Authenticating Agent.

(a) The Trustee may appoint an Authenticating Agent or Agents with respect to the Securities, which shall be authorized to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Securities issued upon original issue and upon exchange, registration of transfer or partial redemption thereof or pursuant to Section 3.6 , and Securities so authenticated shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture and shall be valid and obligatory for all purposes as if authenticated by the Trustee hereunder. Wherever reference is made in this Indenture to the authentication and delivery of Securities by the Trustee or the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, such reference shall be deemed to include authentication and delivery on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent. Each Authenticating Agent shall be acceptable to the Company and shall at all times be an entity organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America, or of any State or Territory thereof or the District of Columbia, authorized under such laws to act as Authenticating Agent, having a combined capital and surplus of not less than $50,000,000 and subject to supervision or examination by Federal or state authority. If such Authenticating Agent publishes reports of condition at least annually pursuant to law or to the requirements of said supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section 6.11 the combined capital and surplus of such Authenticating Agent shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time an Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.11 , such Authenticating Agent shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in this Section 6.11 .

(b) Any Person into which an Authenticating Agent may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any Person resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which such Authenticating Agent shall be a party, or any Person succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of an Authenticating Agent shall be the successor Authenticating Agent hereunder, provided such Person shall be otherwise eligible under this Section 6.11 , without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent.

(c) An Authenticating Agent may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Trustee and to the Company. The Trustee may at any time terminate the agency of an Authenticating Agent by giving written notice thereof to such Authenticating Agent and to the Company. Upon receiving such a notice of resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time such Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.11 , the Trustee may appoint a successor Authenticating Agent eligible under the provisions of this Section 6.11 , which shall be acceptable to the Company, and shall give notice of such appointment to all Holders. Any successor Authenticating Agent upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder shall become vested with all the rights, powers and duties of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as an Authenticating Agent.

 

   43    Ind- TRUPs


(d) The Company agrees to pay to each Authenticating Agent from time to time reasonable compensation for its services under this Section 6.11 in such amounts as the Company and the Authenticating Agent shall agree from time to time.

(e) If an appointment of an Authenticating Agent is made pursuant to this Section 6.11 , the Securities may have endorsed thereon, in addition to the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, an alternative certificate of authentication in the following form:

This represents Securities referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

Dated:

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A., not in its individual capacity, but solely as Trustee
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

ARTICLE VII

H OLDERS ’ L ISTS AND R EPORTS BY T RUSTEE AND C OMPANY

SECTION 7.1. Company to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Holders.

The Company will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee:

(a) semi-annually, on or before June 30 and December 31 of each year, a list, in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Holders as of a date not more than fifteen (15) days prior to the delivery thereof, and

(b) at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Company of any such request, a list of similar form and content as of a date not more than fifteen (15) days prior to the time such list is furnished, in each case to the extent such information is in the possession or control of the Company and has not otherwise been received by the Trustee in its capacity as Securities Registrar.

SECTION 7.2. Preservation of Information, Communications to Holders.

(a) The Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably practicable, the names and addresses of Holders contained in the most recent list furnished to the Trustee as provided in Section 7.1 and the names and addresses of Holders received by the Trustee in its capacity as Securities Registrar. The Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided in Section 7.1 upon receipt of a new list so furnished.

 

   44    Ind- TRUPs


(b) The rights of Holders to communicate with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or under the Securities, and the corresponding rights and privileges of the Trustee, shall be as provided in the Trust Indenture Act.

(c) Every Holder of Securities, by receiving and holding the same, agrees with the Company and the Trustee that neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any agent of either of them shall be held accountable by reason of the disclosure of information as to the names and addresses of the Holders made pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act.

SECTION 7.3. Reports by Company and Trustee.

(a) The Company shall furnish to the Holders and to prospective purchasers of Securities each Report on Form 10-K and Form 10-Q, if any, prepared by the Company and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) in accordance with the Exchange Act within 10 Business Days after the filing thereof, or, if the Company is not then subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or exempt from reporting pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b) thereunder, the Company shall furnish to the Holders and to prospective purchasers of Securities, upon their request, the information required to be furnished pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. The Company shall also furnish to the Trustee and, so long as the Property Trustee holds any of the Securities, the Company shall furnish to the Property Trustee, (i) reports on Federal Reserve form FR Y-9C, FR Y-9LP and FR Y-6 promptly following their filing with the Federal Reserve, or (ii) if at such time the Company is no longer required to file the reports set forth in (i) above, such other similar reports as the Company may be required to file at such time with the Company’s primary federal banking regulator promptly following their filing with such banking regulator. The delivery requirement set forth in the preceding sentence may be satisfied by compliance with Section 7.3(b) hereof.

(b) The Company shall furnish to (i) the Holders of Securities, (ii) the Purchaser, (iii) any beneficial owner of the Securities reasonably identified to the Company (which identification may be made either by such beneficial owner or by the Purchaser), (iv) the Trustee and (v) any designee of (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) above, a duly completed and executed certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B , which certificate shall be so furnished by the Company not later than forty five (45) days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Company and not later than ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company.

(c) The Trustee shall receive all reports, certificates and information, which it is entitled to receive under each of the Operative Documents (as defined in the Trust Agreement), and deliver to (i) the Holders of Securities, (ii) the Purchaser, (iii) any beneficial owner of the Securities or the Preferred Securities reasonably identified to the Trustee (which identification may be made either by such beneficial owner or by the Purchaser) and (iv) any designee of (i), (ii) or (iii) above, as identified in writing to the Trustee, copies of all such reports, certificates or information promptly upon receipt thereof.

(d) If the Company files its annual and quarterly information with the Commission in electronic form pursuant to Regulation S-T of the Commission using the Commission’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval (“ EDGAR ”) system, the Company shall notify

 

   45    Ind- TRUPs


the Trustee in the manner prescribed herein of each such annual and quarterly filing. The Trustee is hereby authorized and directed to access the EDGAR system for purposes of retrieving the financial information so filed and to provide a copy thereof to each Person identified in Section 7.3(c) . The Trustee shall have no duty to search for or obtain any electronic or other filings that the Company makes with the Commission, regardless of whether such filings are periodic, supplemental or otherwise. Delivery of reports, information and documents to the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.3(d) shall be solely for purposes of compliance with Section 7.3(a) and, if applicable, with Section 314(a) of the Trust Indenture Act and shall not relieve the Company of the requirement to deliver the certificate referred to in Section 7.3(b) . The Trustee’s receipt of such reports, information and documents shall not constitute notice to it of the content thereof or any matter determinable from the content thereof, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder, as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely upon Officers’ Certificates.

ARTICLE VIII

C ONSOLIDATION , M ERGER , C ONVEYANCE , T RANSFER OR L EASE

SECTION 8.1. Company May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms.

The Company shall not consolidate with or merge into any other Person or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person, and no Person shall consolidate with or merge into the Company or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to the Company, unless:

(a) if the Company shall consolidate with or merge into another Person or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person, the entity formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or the Person that acquires by conveyance or transfer, or that leases, the properties and assets of the Company substantially as an entirety shall be an entity organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America or any State or Territory thereof or the District of Columbia and shall expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, the due and punctual payment of the principal of and any premium and interest (including any Additional Interest) on all the Securities and the performance of every covenant of this Indenture on the part of the Company to be performed or observed;

(b) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Event of Default, and no event that, after notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default, shall have happened and be continuing; and

(c) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer or lease and, if a supplemental indenture is required in connection with such transaction, any such supplemental indenture comply with this Article VIII and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with; and the Trustee may rely upon such Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel as conclusive evidence that such transaction complies with this Section 8.1 .

 

   46    Ind- TRUPs


SECTION 8.2. Successor Company Substituted.

(a) Upon any consolidation or merger by the Company with or into any other Person, or any conveyance, transfer or lease by the Company of its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person in accordance with Section 8.1 and the execution and delivery to the Trustee of the supplemental indenture described in Section 8.1(a) , the successor entity formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or to which such conveyance, transfer or lease is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company herein; and in the event of any such conveyance or transfer, following the execution and delivery of such supplemental indenture, the Company shall be discharged from all obligations and covenants under the Indenture and the Securities.

(b) Such successor Person of the Company may cause to be executed, and may issue either in its own name or in the name of the Company, any or all of the Securities issuable hereunder that theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee; and, upon the order of such successor Person instead of the Company and subject to all the terms, conditions and limitations in this Indenture prescribed, the Trustee shall authenticate and shall deliver any Securities that previously shall have been signed and delivered by the officers of the Company to the Trustee for authentication, and any Securities that such successor Person thereafter shall cause to be executed and delivered to the Trustee on its behalf. All the Securities so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Securities theretofore or thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

(c) In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance or lease, such changes in phraseology and form may be made in the Securities thereafter to be issued as may be appropriate to reflect such occurrence.

ARTICLE IX

S UPPLEMENTAL I NDENTURES

SECTION 9.1. Supplemental Indentures without Consent of Holders.

Without the consent of any Holders, the Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee, at any time and from time to time, may enter into one or more indentures supplemental hereto, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, for any of the following purposes:

(a) to evidence the succession of another Person to the Company, and the assumption by any such successor of the covenants of the Company herein and in the Securities; or

(b) to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision herein that may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision herein, or to make or amend any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Indenture, which shall not be inconsistent with the other provisions of this Indenture, provided, that such action pursuant to this clause (b) shall not adversely affect in any material respect the interests of any Holders or the holders of the Preferred Securities; or

 

   47    Ind- TRUPs


(c) to add to the covenants, restrictions or obligations of the Company or to add to the Events of Default, provided, that such action pursuant to this clause (c) shall not adversely affect in any material respect the interests of any Holders or the holders of the Preferred Securities; or

(d) to modify, eliminate or add to any provisions of the Indenture or the Securities to such extent as shall be necessary to ensure that the Securities are treated as indebtedness of the Company for United States Federal income tax purposes, provided, that such action pursuant to this clause (d) shall not adversely affect in any material respect the interests of any Holders or the holders of the Preferred Securities.

SECTION 9.2. Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders.

(a) With the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities, by Act of said Holders delivered to the Company and the Trustee, the Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee may enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of Securities under this Indenture; provided, that no such supplemental indenture shall, without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security,

(i) change the Stated Maturity of the principal or any premium of any Security or change the date of payment of any installment of interest (including any Additional Interest) on any Security, or reduce the principal amount thereof or the rate of interest thereon or any premium payable upon the redemption thereof or change the place of payment where, or the coin or currency in which, any Security or interest thereon is payable, or restrict or impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such date, or

(ii) reduce the percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities, the consent of whose Holders is required for any such supplemental indenture, or the consent of whose Holders is required for any waiver of compliance with any provision of this Indenture or of defaults hereunder and their consequences provided for in this Indenture, or

(iii) modify any of the provisions of this Section 9.2 , Section 5.13 or Section 10.7 , except to increase any percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities, the consent of whose Holders is required for any reason, or to provide that certain other provisions of this Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the Holder of each Security;

provided, further, that, so long as any Preferred Securities remain outstanding, no amendment under this Section 9.2 shall be effective until the holders of a majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities shall have consented to such amendment; provided, further, that if the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security is required for any amendment under this Indenture, such amendment shall not be effective until the holder of each outstanding Preferred Security shall have consented to such amendment.

 

   48    Ind- TRUPs


(b) It shall not be necessary for any Act of Holders under this Section 9.2 to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such Act shall approve the substance thereof.

SECTION 9.3. Execution of Supplemental Indentures.

In executing or accepting the additional trusts created by any supplemental indenture permitted by this Article IX or the modifications thereby of the trusts created by this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and shall be fully protected in conclusively relying upon, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture, and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such action have been complied with. The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such supplemental indenture that affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties, indemnities or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. Copies of the final form of each supplemental indenture shall be delivered by the Trustee at the expense of the Company to each Holder, and, if the Trustee is the Property Trustee, to each holder of Preferred Securities, promptly after the execution thereof.

SECTION 9.4. Effect of Supplemental Indentures.

Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture under this Article IX , this Indenture shall be modified in accordance therewith, and such supplemental indenture shall form a part of this Indenture for all purposes; and every Holder of Securities theretofore or thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder shall be bound thereby.

SECTION 9.5. Reference in Securities to Supplemental Indentures.

Securities authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to this Article IX may, and shall if required by the Company, bear a notation in form approved by the Company as to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture. If the Company shall so determine, new Securities so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Company, to any such supplemental indenture may be prepared and executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in exchange for Outstanding Securities.

ARTICLE X

C OVENANTS AND R EPRESENTATIONS

SECTION 10.1. Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest.

(a) The Company covenants and agrees for the benefit of the Holders of the Securities that it will duly and punctually pay the principal of and any premium and interest (including any Additional Interest) on the Securities in accordance with the terms of the Securities and this Indenture.

 

   49    Ind- TRUPs


(b) As of the date of this Indenture, the Company represents that it has no intention to exercise its right under Section 3.9 to defer payments of interest on the Securities by commencing an Extension Period.

(c) As of the date of this Indenture, the Company represents that the likelihood that it would exercise its right under Section 3.9 to defer payments of interest on the Securities by commencing an Extension Period at any time during which the Securities are outstanding is remote, because of the restrictions that would be imposed by Section 10.6 .

SECTION 10.2. Money for Security Payments to be Held in Trust.

(a) If the Company shall at any time act as its own Paying Agent with respect to the Securities, it will, on or before each due date of the principal of and any premium or interest (including any Additional Interest) on the Securities, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto a sum sufficient to pay the principal and any premium or interest (including Additional Interest) so becoming due until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided, and will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of its failure so to act.

(b) Whenever the Company shall have one or more Paying Agents, it will, prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on each due date of the principal of or any premium or interest (including any Additional Interest) on any Securities, deposit with a Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay such amount, such sum to be held as provided in the Trust Indenture Act and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Company will promptly notify the Trustee of its failure so to act.

(c) The Company will cause each Paying Agent for the Securities other than the Trustee to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such Paying Agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section 10.2 , that such Paying Agent will (i) comply with the provisions of this Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act applicable to it as a Paying Agent and (ii) during the continuance of any default by the Company (or any other obligor upon the Securities) in the making of any payment in respect of the Securities, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums held in trust by such Paying Agent for payment in respect of the Securities.

(d) The Company may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, pay, or by Company Order direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums held in trust by the Company or such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the same terms as those upon which such sums were held by the Company or such Paying Agent; and, upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the Trustee, such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such money.

(e) Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company in trust for the payment of the principal of and any premium or interest (including any Additional Interest) on any Security and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal and any premium or interest has become due and payable shall (unless otherwise required by

 

   50    Ind- TRUPs


mandatory provision of applicable escheat or abandoned or unclaimed property law) be paid on Company Request to the Company, or (if then held by the Company) shall (unless otherwise required by mandatory provision of applicable escheat or abandoned or unclaimed property law) be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Security shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in a newspaper published in the English language, customarily published on each Business Day and of general circulation in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than thirty (30) days from the date of such publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company.

SECTION 10.3. Statement as to Compliance.

The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company ending after the date hereof, an Officers’ Certificate (substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C ) covering the preceding fiscal year, stating whether or not to the knowledge of the signers thereof the Company is in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (without regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice provided hereunder), and if the Company shall be in default, specifying all such defaults and the nature and status thereof of which they may have knowledge.

SECTION 10.4. Calculation Agent.

(a) The Company hereby agrees that for so long as any of the Securities remain Outstanding, there will at all times be a calculation agent appointed to calculate LIBOR in respect of each Interest Payment Date in accordance with the terms of Schedule A hereto (the “ Calculation Agent”) . The Company has initially appointed the Property Trustee as Calculation Agent for purposes of determining LIBOR for each Interest Payment Date. The Calculation Agent may be removed by the Company at any time. Except as described in the immediately preceding sentence, so long as the Property Trustee holds any of the Securities, the Calculation Agent shall be the Property Trustee. If the Calculation Agent is unable or unwilling to act as such or is removed by the Company, the Company will promptly appoint as a replacement Calculation Agent the London office of a leading bank which is engaged in transactions in U.S. Dollar deposits in Europe in the international market for U.S. Dollar deposits in Europe and which does not control or is not controlled by or under common control with the Company or its Affiliates. The Calculation Agent may not resign its duties without a successor having been duly appointed.

(b) The Calculation Agent shall be required to agree that, as soon as possible after 11:00 a.m. (London time) on each LIBOR Determination Date, but in no event later than 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the Business Day immediately following such LIBOR Determination Date, the Calculation Agent will calculate the interest rate and dollar amount (rounded to the nearest cent, with half a cent being rounded upwards) for the related Interest Payment Date, and

 

   51    Ind- TRUPs


will communicate such rate and amount to the Company, the Trustee, each Paying Agent and the Depositary. The Calculation Agent will also specify to the Company the quotations upon which the foregoing rates and amounts are based and, in any event, the Calculation Agent shall notify the Company before 5:00 p.m. (London time) on each LIBOR Determination Date that either: (i) it has determined or is in the process of determining the foregoing rates and amounts or (ii) it has not determined and is not in the process of determining the foregoing rates and amounts, together with its reasons therefor. The Calculation Agent’s determination of the foregoing rates and amounts for any Interest Payment Date will (in the absence of manifest error) be final and binding upon all parties. For the sole purpose of calculating the interest rate for the Securities, “Business Day” shall be defined as any day on which dealings in deposits in Dollars are transacted in the London interbank market.

SECTION 10.5. Additional Tax Sums.

If (a) the Trust is the Holder of all of the Outstanding Securities and (b) a Tax Event described in clause (i) or (iii) in the definition of Tax Event in Section 1.1 hereof has occurred and is continuing, the Company shall pay to the Trust (and its permitted successors or assigns under the related Trust Agreement) for so long as the Trust (or its permitted successor or assignee) is the registered holder of the Outstanding Securities, such amounts as may be necessary in order that the amount of Distributions (including any Additional Interest Amount (as defined in the Trust Agreement)) then due and payable by the Trust on the Preferred Securities and Common Securities that at any time remain outstanding in accordance with the terms thereof shall not be reduced as a result of any Additional Taxes arising from such Tax Event (additional such amounts payable by the Company to the Trust, the “ Additional Tax Sums”) . Whenever in this Indenture or the Securities there is a reference in any context to the payment of principal of or interest on the Securities, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payments of the Additional Tax Sums provided for in this Section 10.5 to the extent that, in such context, Additional Tax Sums are, were or would be payable in respect thereof pursuant to the provisions of this Section 10.5 and express mention of the payment of Additional Tax Sums (if applicable) in any provisions hereof shall not be construed as excluding Additional Tax Sums in those provisions hereof where such express mention is not made; provided, that the deferral of the payment of interest pursuant to Section 3.9 on the Securities shall not defer the payment of any Additional Tax Sums that may be due and payable.

SECTION 10.6. Additional Covenants.

(a) The Company covenants and agrees with each Holder of Securities that if an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or the Company shall have given notice of its election to begin an Extension Period with respect to the Securities and shall not have rescinded such notice, or such Extension Period, or any extension thereof, shall be continuing, it shall not (i) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of the Company’s Equity Interests, (ii) vote in favor of or permit or otherwise allow any of its Subsidiaries (other than a Subsidiary that is a depository institution, or a Subsidiary thereof) to declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire or make a liquidation payment with respect to or otherwise retire, any of such Subsidiary’s Equity Interests entitling the holders thereof to a stated rate of return, other than dividends or distributions on Equity Interests issued by any Subsidiary solely

 

   52    Ind- TRUPs


payable to the Company or any Subsidiary thereof (for the avoidance of doubt, whether such Equity Interests are perpetual or otherwise), or (iii) make any payment of principal of or any interest or premium on or repay, repurchase or redeem any debt securities of the Company that rank pari passu in all respects with or junior in interest to the Securities (other than (A) repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of Equity Interests of the Company in connection with any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of any one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants, in connection with a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock purchase or similar plan with respect to any Equity Interests or in connection with the issuance of Equity Interests of the Company (or securities convertible into or exercisable for such Equity Interests) as consideration in an acquisition transaction entered into prior to the applicable Event of Default or Extension Period, (B) as a result of an exchange or conversion of any class or series of the Company’s Equity Interests (or any Equity Interests of a Subsidiary of the Company) for any class or series of the Company’s Equity Interests or of any class or series of the Company’s indebtedness for any class or series of the Company’s Equity Interests, (C) the purchase of fractional interests in Equity Interests of the Company pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such Equity Interests or the security being converted or exchanged, (D) any declaration of a dividend in connection with any Rights Plan, the issuance of rights, Equity Interests or other property under any Rights Plan or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto, or (E) any dividend in the form of Equity Interests, warrants, options or other rights where the dividend Equity Interests or the Equity Interests issuable upon exercise of such warrants, options or other rights are the same Equity Interests as those on which the dividend is being paid or rank pari passu with or junior to such Equity Interests).

(b) The Company also covenants with each Holder of Securities (i) to hold, directly or indirectly, one hundred percent (100%) of the Common Securities of the Trust, provided, that any permitted successor of the Company hereunder may succeed to the Company’s ownership of such Common Securities, (ii) as holder of such Common Securities, not to voluntarily dissolve, wind-up or liquidate the Trust other than (A) in connection with a distribution of the Securities to the holders of the Preferred Securities in liquidation of the Trust or (B) in connection with certain mergers, consolidations or amalgamations permitted by the Trust Agreement and (iii) to use its reasonable commercial efforts, consistent with the terms and provisions of the Trust Agreement, to cause the Trust to continue to be taxable as a grantor trust and not as a corporation for United States Federal income tax purposes.

SECTION 10.7. Waiver of Covenants.

The Company may omit in any particular instance to comply with any covenant or condition contained in Section 10.6 if, before or after the time for such compliance, the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities shall, by Act of such Holders, and at least a majority of the aggregate Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities then outstanding, by consent of such holders, either waive such compliance in such instance or generally waive compliance with such covenant or condition, but no such waiver shall extend to or affect such covenant or condition except to the extent so expressly waived, and, until such waiver shall become effective, the obligations of the Company in respect of any such covenant or condition shall remain in full force and effect.

 

   53    Ind- TRUPs


SECTION 10.8. Treatment of Securities.

The Company will treat the Securities as indebtedness, and the amounts (other than payments of principal) payable in respect of the principal amount of such Securities (including any Additional Interest) as interest, for all U.S. federal income tax purposes unless otherwise required by law. All payments in respect of the Securities will be made free and clear of U.S. withholding tax to any beneficial owner thereof that has provided an Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 or W-8BEN (or any substitute or successor form) establishing its U.S. or non-U.S. status for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

ARTICLE XI

R EDEMPTION OF S ECURITIES

SECTION 11.1. Optional Redemption.

The Company may, at its option, on any Interest Payment Date, on or after March 15, 2013, redeem the Securities in whole at any time or in part from time to time, at a Redemption Price equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the principal amount thereof (or of the redeemed portion thereof, as applicable), together, in the case of any such redemption, with accrued interest, including any Additional Interest, to but excluding the date fixed for redemption; provided, that the Company shall have received the prior approval of the Federal Reserve with respect to such redemption if then required (the “Optional Redemption Price”).

SECTION 11.2. Special Event Redemption.

Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of a Special Event, the Company may, at its option, redeem the Securities, in whole but not in part, at a redemption price equal to one hundred three and one half percent (103.5%) of the principal amount thereof, if the redemption occurs prior to March 15, 2009, and thereafter at a redemption price equal to the percentage of the principal amount of the Securities that is specified below, together, in the case of any such redemption, with accrued interest, including any Additional Interest, to but excluding the date fixed for redemption (the “Special Event Redemption Price”):

 

Special Event Redemption During

the 12-Month Period Beginning March 15,

   Percentage of Principal Amount  

2009

   102.80 %

2010

   102.10 %

2011

   101.40 %

2012

   100.70 %

2013 and thereafter

   100.00 %

; provided, that the Company shall have received the prior approval of the Federal Reserve with respect to such redemption if then required.

 

   54    Ind- TRUPs


SECTION 11.3. Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee.

The election of the Company to redeem any Securities, in whole or in part, shall be evidenced by or pursuant to a Board Resolution. In case of any redemption at the election of the Company, the Company shall, not less than thirty (30) days and not more than sixty (60) days prior to the Redemption Date (unless a shorter notice shall be satisfactory to the Trustee), notify the Trustee and the Property Trustee under the Trust Agreement in writing of such date and of the principal amount of the Securities to be redeemed and provide the additional information required to be included in the notice or notices contemplated by Section 11.5 . In the case of any redemption of Securities, in whole or in part, (a) prior to the expiration of any restriction on such redemption provided in this Indenture or the Securities or (b) pursuant to an election of the Company which is subject to a condition specified in this Indenture or the Securities, the Company shall furnish the Trustee with an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel evidencing compliance with such restriction or condition.

SECTION 11.4. Selection of Securities to be Redeemed.

(a) If less than all the Securities are to be redeemed, the particular Securities to be redeemed shall be selected and redeemed on a pro rata basis not more than sixty (60) days prior to the Redemption Date by the Trustee from the Outstanding Securities not previously called for redemption, provided, that the unredeemed portion of the principal amount of any Security shall be in an authorized denomination (which shall not be less than the minimum authorized denomination) for such Security.

(b) The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the Securities selected for redemption and, in the case of any Securities selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. For all purposes of this Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires, all provisions relating to the redemption of Securities shall relate, in the case of any Security redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the principal amount of such Security that has been or is to be redeemed.

(c) The provisions of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 11.4 shall not apply with respect to any redemption affecting only a single Security, whether such Security is to be redeemed in whole or in part. In the case of any such redemption in part, the unredeemed portion of the principal amount of the Security shall be in an authorized denomination (which shall not be less than the minimum authorized denomination) for such Security.

SECTION 11.5. Notice of Redemption.

(a) Notice of redemption shall be given in the manner provided in Section 1.6 not later than the thirtieth (30th) day, and not earlier than the sixtieth (60th) day, prior to the Redemption Date to each Holder of Securities to be redeemed, in whole or in part (unless a shorter notice shall be satisfactory to the Property Trustee under the related Trust Agreement).

(b) With respect to Securities to be redeemed, in whole or in part, each notice of redemption shall state:

(i) the Redemption Date;

 

   55    Ind- TRUPs


(ii) the Redemption Price or, if the Redemption Price cannot be calculated prior to the time the notice is required to be sent, the estimate of the Redemption Price, as calculated by the Company, together with a statement that it is an estimate and that the actual Redemption Price will be calculated on the fifth Business Day prior to the Redemption Date (and if an estimate is provided, a further notice shall be sent of the actual Redemption Price on the date that such Redemption Price is calculated);

(iii) if less than all Outstanding Securities are to be redeemed, the identification (and, in the case of partial redemption, the respective principal amounts) of the particular Securities to be redeemed;

(iv) that on the Redemption Date, the Redemption Price will become due and payable upon each such Security or portion thereof, and that any interest (including any Additional Interest) on such Security or such portion, as the case may be, shall cease to accrue on and after said date; and

(v) the place or places where such Securities are to be surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price.

(c) Notice of redemption of Securities to be redeemed, in whole or in part, at the election of the Company shall be given by the Company or, at the Company’s request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company and shall be irrevocable. The notice if mailed in the manner provided above shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In any case, a failure to give such notice by mail or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Security designated for redemption as a whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Security.

SECTION 11.6. Deposit of Redemption Price.

Prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the Redemption Date specified in the notice of redemption given as provided in Section 11.5 , the Company will deposit with the Trustee or with one or more Paying Agents (or if the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent, the Company will segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 10.2 ) an amount of money sufficient to pay on the Redemption Date the Redemption Price of, and any accrued interest (including any Additional Interest) on, all the Securities (or portions thereof) that are to be redeemed on that date.

SECTION 11.7. Payment of Securities Called for Redemption.

(a) If any notice of redemption has been given as provided in Section 11.5 , the Securities or portion of Securities with respect to which such notice has been given shall become due and payable on the date and at the place or places stated in such notice at the applicable Redemption Price, together with accrued interest (including any Additional Interest) to the Redemption Date. On presentation and surrender of such Securities at a Place of Payment specified in such notice, the Securities or the specified portions thereof shall be paid and redeemed by the Company at the applicable Redemption Price, together with accrued interest (including any Additional Interest) to the Redemption Date.

 

   56    Ind- TRUPs


(b) Upon presentation of any Security redeemed in part only, the Company shall execute and upon receipt thereof the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder thereof, at the expense of the Company, a new Security or Securities, of authorized denominations, in aggregate principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the Security so presented and having the same Original Issue Date, Stated Maturity and terms.

(c) If any Security called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for redemption, the principal of and any premium on such Security shall, until paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at the rate prescribed therefor in the Security.

ARTICLE XII

S UBORDINATION OF S ECURITIES

SECTION 12.1. Securities Subordinate to Senior Debt.

The Company covenants and agrees, and each Holder of a Security, by its acceptance thereof, likewise covenants and agrees, that, to the extent and in the manner hereinafter set forth in this Article XII , the payment of the principal of and any premium and interest (including any Additional Interest) on each and all of the Securities are hereby expressly made subordinate and subject in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Debt.

SECTION 12.2. No Payment When Senior Debt in Default; Payment Over of Proceeds Upon Dissolution, Etc.

(a) In the event and during the continuation of any default by the Company in the payment of any principal of or any premium or interest on any Senior Debt (following any grace period, if applicable) when the same becomes due and payable, whether at maturity or at a date fixed for prepayment or by declaration of acceleration or otherwise, then, upon written notice of such default to the Company by the holders of such Senior Debt or any trustee therefor, unless and until such default shall have been cured or waived or shall have ceased to exist, no direct or indirect payment (in cash, property, securities, by set-off or otherwise) shall be made or agreed to be made on account of the principal of or any premium or interest (including any Additional Interest) on any of the Securities, or in respect of any redemption, repayment, retirement, purchase or other acquisition of any of the Securities.

(b) In the event of a bankruptcy, insolvency or other proceeding described in clause (e) or (f) of the definition of Event of Default (each such event, if any, herein sometimes referred to as a “ Proceeding ”), all Senior Debt (including any interest thereon accruing after the commencement of any such proceedings) shall first be paid in full before any payment or distribution, whether in cash, securities or other property, shall be made to any Holder of any of the Securities on account thereof. Any payment or distribution, whether in cash, securities or other property (other than securities of the Company or any other entity provided for by a plan of reorganization or readjustment the payment of which is subordinate, at least to the extent provided in these subordination provisions with respect to the indebtedness evidenced by the Securities, to the payment of all Senior Debt at the time outstanding and to any securities issued in respect thereof under any such plan of reorganization or readjustment), which would otherwise

 

   57    Ind- TRUPs


(but for these subordination provisions) be payable or deliverable in respect of the Securities shall be paid or delivered directly to the holders of Senior Debt in accordance with the priorities then existing among such holders until all Senior Debt (including any interest thereon accruing after the commencement of any Proceeding) shall have been paid in full.

(c) In the event of any Proceeding, after payment in full of all sums owing with respect to Senior Debt, the Holders of the Securities, together with the holders of any obligations of the Company ranking on a parity with the Securities, shall be entitled to be paid from the remaining assets of the Company the amounts at the time due and owing on account of unpaid principal of and premium, if any, and interest (including any Additional Interest) on the Securities and such other obligations before any payment or other distribution, whether in cash, property or otherwise, shall be made on account of any Equity Interests or any obligations of the Company ranking junior to the Securities and such other obligations. If, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment or distribution of any character or any security, whether in cash, securities or other property (other than securities of the Company or any other entity provided for by a plan of reorganization or readjustment the payment of which is subordinate, at least to the extent provided in these subordination provisions with respect to the indebtedness evidenced by the Securities, to the payment of all Senior Debt at the time outstanding and to any securities issued in respect thereof under any such plan of reorganization or readjustment) shall be received by the Trustee or any Holder in contravention of any of the terms hereof and before all Senior Debt shall have been paid in full, such payment or distribution or security shall be received in trust for the benefit of, and shall be paid over or delivered and transferred to, the holders of the Senior Debt at the time outstanding in accordance with the priorities then existing among such holders for application to the payment of all Senior Debt remaining unpaid, to the extent necessary to pay all such Senior Debt (including any interest thereon accruing after the commencement of any Proceeding) in full. In the event of the failure of the Trustee or any Holder to endorse or assign any such payment, distribution or security, each holder of Senior Debt is hereby irrevocably authorized to endorse or assign the same.

(d) The Trustee and the Holders, at the expense of the Company, shall take such reasonable action (including the delivery of this Indenture to an agent for any holders of Senior Debt or consent to the filing of a financing statement with respect hereto) as may, in the opinion of counsel designated by the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Senior Debt at the time outstanding, be necessary or appropriate to assure the effectiveness of the subordination effected by these provisions.

(e) The provisions of this Section 12.2 shall not impair any rights, interests, remedies or powers of any secured creditor of the Company in respect of any security interest the creation of which is not prohibited by the provisions of this Indenture.

(f) The securing of any obligations of the Company, otherwise ranking on a parity with the Securities or ranking junior to the Securities, shall not be deemed to prevent such obligations from constituting, respectively, obligations ranking on a parity with the Securities or ranking junior to the Securities.

 

   58    Ind- TRUPs


SECTION 12.3. Payment Permitted If No Default.

Nothing contained in this Article XII or elsewhere in this Indenture or in any of the Securities shall prevent (a) the Company, at any time, except during the pendency of the conditions described in paragraph (a) of Section 12.2 or of any Proceeding referred to in Section 12.2 , from making payments at any time of principal of and any premium or interest (including any Additional Interest) on the Securities or (b) the application by the Trustee of any moneys deposited with it hereunder to the payment of or on account of the principal of and any premium or interest (including any Additional Interest) on the Securities or the retention of such payment by the Holders, if, at the time of such application by the Trustee, it did not have knowledge (in accordance with Section 12.8 ) that such payment would have been prohibited by the provisions of this Article XII , except as provided in Section 12.8 .

SECTION 12.4. Subrogation to Rights of Holders of Senior Debt.

Subject to the payment in full of all amounts due or to become due on all Senior Debt, or the provision for such payment in cash or cash equivalents or otherwise in a manner satisfactory to the holders of Senior Debt, the Holders of the Securities shall be subrogated to the extent of the payments or distributions made to the holders of such Senior Debt pursuant to the provisions of this Article XII (equally and ratably with the holders of all indebtedness of the Company that by its express terms is subordinated to Senior Debt of the Company to substantially the same extent as the Securities are subordinated to the Senior Debt and is entitled to like rights of subrogation by reason of any payments or distributions made to holders of such Senior Debt) to the rights of the holders of such Senior Debt to receive payments and distributions of cash, property and securities applicable to the Senior Debt until the principal of and any premium and interest (including any Additional Interest) on the Securities shall be paid in full. For purposes of such subrogation, no payments or distributions to the holders of the Senior Debt of any cash, property or securities to which the Holders of the Securities or the Trustee would be entitled except for the provisions of this Article XII , and no payments made pursuant to the provisions of this Article XII to the holders of Senior Debt by Holders of the Securities or the Trustee, shall, as among the Company, its creditors other than holders of Senior Debt, and the Holders of the Securities, be deemed to be a payment or distribution by the Company to or on account of the Senior Debt.

SECTION 12.5. Provisions Solely to Define Relative Rights.

The provisions of this Article XII are and are intended solely for the purpose of defining the relative rights of the Holders of the Securities on the one hand and the holders of Senior Debt on the other hand. Nothing contained in this Article XII or elsewhere in this Indenture or in the Securities is intended to or shall (a) impair, as between the Company and the Holders of the Securities, the obligations of the Company, which are absolute and unconditional, to pay to the Holders of the Securities the principal of and any premium and interest (including any Additional Interest) on the Securities as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with their terms, (b) affect the relative rights against the Company of the Holders of the Securities and creditors of the Company other than their rights in relation to the holders of Senior Debt or (c) prevent the Trustee or the Holder of any Security (or to the extent expressly provided herein, the holder of any Preferred Security) from exercising all remedies otherwise permitted by

 

   59    Ind- TRUPs


applicable law upon default under this Indenture, including filing and voting claims in any Proceeding, subject to the rights, if any, under this Article XII of the holders of Senior Debt to receive cash, property and securities otherwise payable or deliverable to the Trustee or such Holder.

SECTION 12.6. Trustee to Effectuate Subordination.

Each Holder of a Security by his, her or its acceptance thereof authorizes and directs the Trustee on his, her or its behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to acknowledge or effectuate the subordination provided in this Article XII and appoints the Trustee his, her or its attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes.

SECTION 12.7. No Waiver of Subordination Provisions.

(a) No right of any present or future holder of any Senior Debt to enforce subordination as herein provided shall at any time in any way be prejudiced or impaired by any act or failure to act on the part of the Company or by any act or failure to act, in good faith, by any such holder, or by any noncompliance by the Company with the terms, provisions and covenants of this Indenture, regardless of any knowledge thereof that any such holder may have or be otherwise charged with.

(b) Without in any way limiting the generality of paragraph (a) of this Section 12.7 , the holders of Senior Debt may, at any time and from to time, without the consent of or notice to the Trustee or the Holders of the Securities, without incurring responsibility to such Holders of the Securities and without impairing or releasing the subordination provided in this Article XII or the obligations hereunder of such Holders of the Securities to the holders of Senior Debt, do any one or more of the following: (i) change the manner, place or terms of payment or extend the time of payment of, or renew or alter, Senior Debt, or otherwise amend or supplement in any manner Senior Debt or any instrument evidencing the same or any agreement under which Senior Debt is outstanding, (ii) sell, exchange, release or otherwise deal with any property pledged, mortgaged or otherwise securing Senior Debt, (iii) release any Person liable in any manner for the payment of Senior Debt and (iv) exercise or refrain from exercising any rights against the Company and any other Person.

SECTION 12.8. Notice to Trustee.

(a) The Company shall give prompt written notice to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee of any fact known to the Company that would prohibit the making of any payment to or by the Trustee in respect of the Securities. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article XII or any other provision of this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of any facts that would prohibit the making of any payment to or by the Trustee in respect of the Securities, unless and until a Responsible Officer of the Trustee shall have received written notice thereof from the Company or a holder of Senior Debt or from any trustee, agent or representative therefor; provided, that if the Trustee shall not have received the notice provided for in this Section 12.8 at least two Business Days prior to the date upon which by the terms hereof any monies may become payable for any purpose (including, the payment of the principal of and any premium on or interest (including any Additional Interest) on any Security),

 

   60    Ind- TRUPs


then, anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall have full power and authority to receive such monies and to apply the same to the purpose for which they were received and shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary that may be received by it within two Business Days prior to such date.

(b) The Trustee shall be entitled to rely on the delivery to it of a written notice by a Person representing himself or herself to be a holder of Senior Debt (or a trustee, agent, representative or attorney-in-fact therefor) to establish that such notice has been given by a holder of Senior Debt (or a trustee, agent, representative or attorney-in-fact therefor). In the event that the Trustee determines in good faith that further evidence is required with respect to the right of any Person as a holder of Senior Debt to participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article XII , the Trustee may request such Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of Senior Debt held by such Person, the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution and any other facts pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Article XII , and if such evidence is not furnished, the Trustee may defer any payment to such Person pending judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive such payment.

SECTION 12.9. Reliance on Judicial Order or Certificate of Liquidating Agent.

Upon any payment or distribution of assets of the Company referred to in this Article XII , the Trustee and the Holders of the Securities shall be entitled to conclusively rely upon any order or decree entered by any court of competent jurisdiction in which such Proceeding is pending, or a certificate of the trustee in bankruptcy, receiver, liquidating trustee, custodian, assignee for the benefit of creditors, agent or other Person making such payment or distribution, delivered to the Trustee or to the Holders of Securities, for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such payment or distribution, the holders of the Senior Debt and other indebtedness of the Company, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article XII .

SECTION 12.10. Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Debt.

The Trustee, in its capacity as trustee under this Indenture, shall not owe or be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior Debt and shall not be liable to any such holders if it shall in good faith mistakenly pay over or distribute to Holders of Securities or to the Company or to any other Person cash, property or securities to which any holders of Senior Debt shall be entitled by virtue of this Article XII or otherwise.

SECTION 12.11. Rights of Trustee as Holder of Senior Debt; Preservation of Trustee’s Rights.

The Trustee in its individual capacity shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Article XII with respect to any Senior Debt that may at any time be held by it, to the same extent as any other holder of Senior Debt, and nothing in this Indenture shall deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such holder. With respect to the holders of Senior Debt of the Company, the Trustee undertakes to perform only such of its obligations as are specifically set forth in this Article XII, and no implied covenants or obligations with respect to the holders of such Senior Debt shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee. Nothing in this Article XII shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 6.6 .

 

   61    Ind- TRUPs


SECTION 12.12. Article Applicable to Paying Agents.

If at any time any Paying Agent other than the Trustee shall have been appointed by the Company and be then acting hereunder, the term “ Trustee ” as used in this Article XII shall in such case (unless the context otherwise requires) be construed as extending to and including such Paying Agent within its meaning as fully for all intents and purposes as if such Paying Agent were named in this Article XII in addition to or in place of the Trustee; provided , that Sections 12.8 and 12.11 shall not apply to the Company or any Affiliate of the Company if the Company or such Affiliate acts as Paying Agent.

ARTICLE XIII

H OLDERS ’ M EETINGS

SECTION 13.1. Purposes of Meetings .

A meeting of Holders may be called at any time and from time to time pursuant to the provisions of this Article XIII for any of the following purposes:

(a) to give any notice to the Company or to the Trustee, or to give any written directions to the Trustee, or to consent to the waiving of any default hereunder and its consequences, or to take any other action authorized to be taken by the Holders pursuant to Section 1.4 ;

(b) to remove the Trustee and nominate a successor trustee pursuant to the provisions of Article VI;

(c) to consent to the execution of an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto pursuant to the provisions of Section 9.2 ; or

(d) to take any other action authorized to be taken by or on behalf of the holders of any specified aggregate principal amount of such Securities under any other provision of this Indenture or under applicable law.

SECTION 13.2. Call of Meetings by Trustee.

The Trustee may at any time call a meeting of Holders to take any action specified in Section 13.1, to be held at such time and at such place in New York, New York, or Wilmington, Delaware as the Trustee shall determine. Notice of every meeting of the Holders, setting forth the time and the place of such meeting and in general terms the action proposed to be taken at such meeting, shall be mailed to holders of the Securities affected at their addresses as they shall appear on the Securities Register. Such notice shall be mailed not less than 20 nor more than 180 days prior to the date fixed for the meeting.

 

   62    Ind- TRUPs


SECTION 13.3. Call of Meetings by Company or Holders.

In case at any time the Company pursuant to a Board Resolution, or the holders of at least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities, as the case may be, then outstanding, shall have requested the Trustee to call a meeting of Holders, by written request setting forth in reasonable detail the action proposed to be taken at the meeting, and the Trustee shall not have mailed the notice of such meeting within 20 days after receipt of such request, then the Company or such Holders may determine the time and the place in New York, New York for such meeting and may call such meeting to take any action authorized in Section 13.1 , by mailing notice thereof as provided in Section 13.2 .

SECTION 13.4. Qualifications for Voting.

To be entitled to vote at any meeting of Holders, a Person shall be (a) a holder of one or more Securities or (b) an agent thereof duly appointed in writing. The only Persons who shall be entitled to be present or to speak at any meeting of Holders shall be the Persons entitled to vote at such meeting and their counsel and any representatives of the Trustee and its counsel and any representatives of the Company and its counsel.

SECTION 13.5. Regulations.

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture, the Trustee may make such reasonable regulations as it may deem advisable for any meeting of Holders, in regard to proof of the holding of Securities and of the appointment of proxies, and in regard to the appointment and duties of inspectors of votes, the submission and examination of proxies, certificates and other evidence of the right to vote, and such other matters concerning the conduct of the meeting as it shall deem appropriate.

The Trustee shall, by an instrument in writing, appoint a temporary chairman of the meeting, unless the meeting shall have been called by the Company or by Holders as provided in Section 13.3 , in which case the Company or the Holders calling the meeting, as the case may be, shall in like manner appoint a temporary chairman. A permanent chairman and a permanent secretary of the meeting shall be elected by majority vote at the meeting.

At any meeting each holder of Securities with respect to which such meeting is being held or an agent thereof duly appointed in writing shall be entitled to one vote for each $1,000 principal amount of Securities held or represented by such Holder; provided , however , that no vote shall be cast or counted at any meeting in respect of any Security challenged as not Outstanding and ruled by the chairman of the meeting to be not Outstanding. The chairman of the meeting shall have no right to vote other than by virtue of Securities held by such chairman or instruments in writing as aforesaid duly designating such chairman as the Person to vote on behalf of other Holders. Any meeting of Holders duly called pursuant to the provisions of Section 13.2 or 13.3 may be adjourned from time to time by a majority of those present, whether or not constituting a quorum, and the meeting may be held as so adjourned without further notice.

 

   63    Ind- TRUPs


SECTION 13.6. Voting.

The vote upon any resolution submitted to any meeting of Holders with respect to which such meeting is being held shall be by written ballots on which shall be subscribed the signatures of such holders or of the agents thereof duly appointed in writing and the serial number or numbers of the Securities held or represented by them. The permanent chairman of the meeting shall appoint two inspectors of votes who shall count all votes cast at the meeting for or against any resolution and who shall make and file with the secretary of the meeting their verified written reports in triplicate of all votes cast at the meeting. A record in duplicate of the proceedings of each meeting of Holders shall be prepared by the secretary of the meeting and there shall be attached to said record the original reports of the inspectors of votes on any vote by ballot taken thereat and affidavits by one or more Persons having knowledge of the facts setting forth a copy of the notice of the meeting and showing that said notice was mailed as provided in Section 13.2 . The record shall show the serial numbers of the Securities voting in favor of or against any resolution. The record shall be signed and verified by the affidavits of the permanent chairman and secretary of the meeting and one of the duplicates shall be delivered to the Company and the other to the Trustee to be preserved by the Trustee, the latter to have attached thereto the ballots voted at the meeting.

Any record so signed and verified shall be conclusive evidence of the matters therein stated.

SECTION 13.7. Quorum; Actions.

The Persons entitled to vote a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities then outstanding shall constitute a quorum for a meeting of Holders; provided , however , that if any action is to be taken at such meeting with respect to a consent, waiver, request, demand, notice, authorization, direction or other action which may be given by the holders of not less than a specified percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Securities then outstanding, the Persons holding or representing such specified percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Securities then outstanding will constitute a quorum. In the absence of a quorum within 30 minutes of the time appointed for any such meeting, the meeting shall, if convened at the request of Holders, be dissolved. In any other case, the meeting may be adjourned for a period of not less than 10 days as determined by the permanent chairman of the meeting prior to the adjournment of such meeting. In the absence of a quorum at any such adjourned meeting, such adjourned meeting may be further adjourned for a period of not less than 10 days as determined by the permanent chairman of the meeting prior to the adjournment of such adjourned meeting. Notice of the reconvening of any adjourned meeting shall be given as provided in Section 13.2 , except that such notice need be given only once not less than five days prior to the date on which the meeting is scheduled to be reconvened. Notice of the reconvening of an adjourned meeting shall state expressly the percentage, as provided above, of the aggregate principal amount of the Securities then outstanding which shall constitute a quorum.

Except as limited by the proviso in the first paragraph of Section 9.2 , any resolution presented to a meeting or adjourned meeting duly reconvened at which a quorum is present as aforesaid may be adopted by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in aggregate

 

   64    Ind- TRUPs


principal amount of the Securities then outstanding; provided , however , that, except as limited by the proviso in the first paragraph of Section 9.2 , any resolution with respect to any consent, waiver, request, demand, notice, authorization, direction or other action that this Indenture expressly provides may be given by the holders of not less than a specified percentage in outstanding principal amount of the Securities may be adopted at a meeting or an adjourned meeting duly reconvened and at which a quorum is present as aforesaid only by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than such specified percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Securities then outstanding.

Any resolution passed or decision taken at any meeting of Holders duly held in accordance with this Section shall be binding on all the Holders, whether or not present or represented at the meeting.

ARTICLE XIV

I MMUNITY OF I NCORPORATORS , S TOCKHOLDERS ,

O FFICERS AND D IRECTORS

SECTION 14.1. Indenture and Securities Solely Corporate Obligations.

No recourse for the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest on any Security, or for any claim based thereon or otherwise in respect thereof, and no recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of the Company in this Indenture or in any supplemental indenture, or in any such Security, or because of the creation of any indebtedness represented thereby, shall be had against any incorporator, stockholder, officer, director, employee or agent, as such, past, present or future, of the Company or of any predecessor or successor corporation of the Company, either directly or through the Company or any successor corporation of the Company, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise; it being expressly understood that all such liability is hereby expressly waived and released as a condition of, and as a consideration for, the execution of this Indenture and the issue of the Securities.

* * * *

[Remainder of Page Left Intentionally Blank]

 

   65    Ind- TRUPs


I N WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION
By:  

/s/    Alan B. White

  Alan B. White
  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.,
    not in its individual capacity, but solely as Trustee
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

      Ind- TRUPs


I N WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION
By:  

 

  Alan B. White
  Chairman & Chief Executive Officer

WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.,

not in its individual capacity, but solely as Trustee

By:  

/s/    Amy L. Martin

Name:   Amy L. Martin
Title:   Vice President

 

      Ind- TRUPs


Schedule A

DETERMINATION OF LIBOR

With respect to the Securities, the London interbank offered rate (“ LIBOR ”) shall be determined by the Calculation Agent in accordance with the following provisions (in each case rounded to the nearest .000001%):

(1) On the second LIBOR Business Day (as defined below) prior to an Interest Payment Date (except, with respect to the first interest payment period, on February 20, 2008) (each such day, a “ LIBOR Determination Date ”), LIBOR for any given security shall, for the following interest payment period, equal the rate, as obtained by the Calculation Agent from Bloomberg Financial Markets Commodities News, for three-month U.S. Dollar deposits in Europe, which appears on Dow Jones Telerate Page 3750 (as defined in the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. 1991 Interest Rate and Currency Exchange Definitions), or such other page as may replace such Page 3750, as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such LIBOR Determination Date.

(2) If, on any LIBOR Determination Date, such rate does not appear on Dow Jones Telerate Page 3750 or such other page as may replace such Page 3750, the Calculation Agent shall determine the arithmetic mean of the offered quotations of the Reference Banks (as defined below) to leading banks in the London interbank market for three-month U.S. Dollar deposits in Europe in an amount determined by the Calculation Agent by reference to requests for quotations as of approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the LIBOR Determination Date made by the Calculation Agent to the Reference Banks. If, on any LIBOR Determination Date, at least two of the Reference Banks provide such quotations, LIBOR shall equal such arithmetic mean of such quotations. If, on any LIBOR Determination Date, only one or none of the Reference Banks provide such quotations, LIBOR shall be deemed to be the arithmetic mean of the offered quotations that leading banks in the City of New York selected by the Calculation Agent are quoting on the relevant LIBOR Determination Date for three-month U.S. Dollar deposits in Europe in an amount determined by the Calculation Agent by reference to the principal London offices of leading banks in the London interbank market; provided that, if the Calculation Agent is required but is unable to determine a rate in accordance with at least one of the procedures provided above, LIBOR shall be LIBOR as determined on the previous LIBOR Determination Date.

(3) As used herein: “ Reference Banks ” means four major banks in the London interbank market selected by the Calculation Agent; and “ LIBOR Business Day” means a day on which commercial banks are open for business (including dealings in foreign exchange and foreign currency deposits) in London.

 

   Schedule A-1    Ind- TRUPs


Exhibit A

[FORM OF JUNIOR SUBORDINATED NOTE DUE 2038]

“[ IF THIS SECURITY IS A GLOBAL SECURITY INSERT : THIS SECURITY IS A GLOBAL SECURITY WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (“DTC”) OR A NOMINEE OF DTC. THIS SECURITY IS EXCHANGEABLE FOR SECURITIES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN DTC OR ITS NOMINEE ONLY IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY AS A WHOLE BY DTC TO A NOMINEE OF DTC OR BY A NOMINEE OF DTC TO DTC OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF DTC) MAY BE REGISTERED EXCEPT IN LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES.

UNLESS THIS SECURITY IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY SECURITY ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT HEREON IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.]

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE WERE ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND SUCH SECURITIES, AND ANY INTEREST THEREIN, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF ANY SECURITIES IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER OF THE SECURITIES MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

THE HOLDER OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT (A) SUCH SECURITIES MAY BE OFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY (I) TO THE COMPANY OR (II) TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED PURCHASER” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 2(a)(51) OF THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940, AS AMENDED) THAT IS ALSO (X) A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A OR (Y) AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (a) (1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR,” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (a) (1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF RULE 501

 

      Ind- TRUPs


Exhibit A

UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION AND, IN THE CASE OF (II)(Y), SUBJECT TO THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY TO REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ADDRESSING COMPLIANCE WITH THE U.S. SECURITIES LAWS, AND OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO IT AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF ANY SECURITIES FROM IT OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS REFERRED TO IN (A) ABOVE.

THE SECURITIES WILL BE ISSUED AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN BLOCKS HAVING AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOT LESS THAN $100,000. TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF SECURITIES, OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, IN A BLOCK HAVING AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF LESS THAN $100,000 AND MULTIPLES OF $1,000 IN EXCESS THEREOF SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE VOID AND OF NO LEGAL EFFECT WHATSOEVER. TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED NOT TO BE THE HOLDER OF SUCH SECURITIES FOR ANY PURPOSE, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE RECEIPT OF PRINCIPAL OF OR INTEREST ON SUCH SECURITIES, OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, AND SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE NO INTEREST WHATSOEVER IN SUCH SECURITIES.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF OR THEREOF ALSO AGREES, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ ERISA ”), OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “ CODE ”) (EACH A “ PLAN ”), OR AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” BY REASON OF ANY PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY, AND NO PERSON INVESTING “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY PLAN MAY ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER OR HOLDER IS ELIGIBLE FOR THE EXEMPTIVE RELIEF AVAILABLE UNDER SECTION 408(b)(17) OF ERISA, U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR PROHIBITED TRANSACTION CLASS EXEMPTION 96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1 OR 84-14 OR ANOTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTION OR ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY, OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, ARE NOT PROHIBITED BY SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE WITH RESPECT TO SUCH PURCHASE AND HOLDING. ANY PURCHASER OR HOLDER OF THE SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED BY ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING THEREOF THAT EITHER (i) IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR OTHER PLAN TO WHICH TITLE I OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE IS APPLICABLE, A TRUSTEE OR OTHER PERSON ACTING ON BEHALF OF ANY SUCH EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY USING THE “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY SUCH EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN TO FINANCE SUCH

 

      Ind- TRUPs


Exhibit A

PURCHASE, OR (ii) SUCH PURCHASE OR HOLDING WILL NOT RESULT IN A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE FOR WHICH FULL EXEMPTIVE RELIEF IS NOT AVAILABLE UNDER AN APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE EXEMPTION.

THIS OBLIGATION IS NOT A DEPOSIT AND IS NOT INSURED BY THE UNITED STATES OR ANY AGENCY OR FUND OF THE UNITED STATES, INCLUDING THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION.

 

      Ind- TRUPs


Exhibit A

Plains Capital Corporation

Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Note due 2038

 

No.                         $         

Plains Capital Corporation, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of Texas (hereinafter called the “ Company ,” which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received, hereby promises to pay to                      (the “Holder”), or registered assigns, the principal sum of $          DOLLARS [ if the Security is a Global Security, then insert— or such other principal amount represented hereby as may be set forth in the records of the Securities Registrar hereinafter referred to in accordance with the Indenture] on March 15, 2038. The Company further promises to pay interest on said principal sum from February 22, 2008, or from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, quarterly (subject to deferral as set forth herein) in arrears on March 15th, June 15th, September 15th and December 15th of each year, commencing on March 15, 2008, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (and no interest shall accrue in respect of the amounts whose payment is so delayed for the period from and after such Interest Payment Date until such next succeeding Business Day), except that, if such Business Day falls in the next succeeding calendar year, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day, in each case, with the same force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date, at a variable rate per annum, reset quarterly, equal to LIBOR plus 3.50%, together with Additional Tax Sums, if any, as provided in Section 10.5 of the Indenture, until the principal hereof is paid or duly provided for or made available for payment; provided, that any overdue principal, premium, if any, or Additional Tax Sums and any overdue installment of interest shall bear Additional Interest (to the extent that the payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable) at a variable rate per annum, reset quarterly, equal to LIBOR plus 3.50%, compounded quarterly, from the dates such amounts are due until they are paid or made available for payment, and such interest shall be payable on demand.

The amount of interest payable for any interest period shall be computed and paid on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed in the relevant interest period. The interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall, as provided in the Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest installment. Any such interest not so punctually paid or duly provided for shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on such Regular Record Date and may either be paid to the Person in whose name this Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest to be fixed by the Trustee, notice whereof shall be given to Holders of Securities not less than ten (10) days prior to such Special Record Date, or be paid at any time in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Securities may be listed, traded or quoted and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange or automated quotation system, all as more fully provided in the Indenture.

 

      Ind- TRUPs


Exhibit A

So long as no Event of Default pursuant to Sections 5.1(c) , (e) , (f) , (g)  or (h)  of the Indenture has occurred and is continuing, the Company shall have the right, at any time and from time to time during the term of this Security, to defer the payment of interest on this Security for a period of up to twenty (20) consecutive quarterly interest payment periods (each such period, an “ Extension Period”), during which Extension Period(s), no interest shall be due and payable (except any Additional Tax Sums that may be due and payable). No Extension Period shall end on a date other than an Interest Payment Date, and no Extension Period shall extend beyond the Stated Maturity of the principal of this Security. No interest shall be due and payable during an Extension Period (except any Additional Tax Sums that may be due and payable), except at the end thereof, but each installment of interest that would otherwise have been due and payable during such Extension Period shall bear Additional Interest (to the extent payment of such interest would be legally enforceable) at a variable rate per annum, reset quarterly, equal to LIBOR plus 3.50%, compounded quarterly, from the dates on which amounts would have otherwise been due and payable until paid or made available for payment. At the end of any such Extension Period, the Company shall pay all interest then accrued and unpaid on this Security, together with such Additional Interest. Prior to the termination of any such Extension Period, the Company may further defer the payment of interest; provided, that (i) all such previous and further extensions comprising such Extension Period do not exceed twenty (20) quarterly interest payment periods, (ii) no Extension Period shall end on a date other than an Interest Payment Date and (iii) no Extension Period shall extend beyond the Stated Maturity of the principal of this Security. Upon the termination of any such Extension Period and upon the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest and any Additional Interest then due on any Interest Payment Date, the Company may elect to begin a new Extension Period; provided, that (i) such Extension Period does not exceed twenty (20) quarterly interest payment periods, (ii) no Extension Period shall end on a date other than an Interest Payment Date, (iii) no Extension Period shall extend beyond the Stated Maturity of the principal of this Security and (iv) no Event of Default pursuant to Sections 5.1(c) , (e) , (f) , (g)  or (h)  has occurred and is continuing. The Company shall give (i) the Holder of this Security, (ii) the Trustee, (iii) the Property Trustee and (iv) any beneficial owner of the Preferred Securities reasonably identified to the Company (which identification may be made either by such beneficial owner or by the Purchaser) written notice of its election to begin any such Extension Period no later than the close of business on the fifteenth (15 th ) Business Day prior to the next succeeding Interest Payment Date on which interest on this Security would be payable but for such deferral.

During any such Extension Period, the Company shall not (i) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of the Company’s Equity Interests, (ii) vote in favor of or permit or otherwise allow any of its Subsidiaries (other than a Subsidiary that is a depository institution, or a Subsidiary thereof) to declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire or make a liquidation payment with respect to or otherwise retire, any of such Subsidiary’s Equity Interests entitling the holders thereof to a stated rate of return, other than dividends or distributions on Equity Interests issued by any Subsidiary solely payable to the Company or any Subsidiary thereof (for the avoidance of doubt, whether such Equity Interests are perpetual or otherwise), or (iii) make any payment of principal of or any interest or premium on or repay, repurchase or redeem any debt securities of the Company that rank pari passu in all respects with or junior in interest to this Security (other than (a) repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of Equity Interests of the Company in connection with (1) any employment

 

      Ind- TRUPs


Exhibit A

contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of any one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants, (2) a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock purchase or similar plan with respect to any Equity Interests or (3) the issuance of Equity Interests of the Company (or securities convertible into or exercisable for such Equity Interests) as consideration in an acquisition transaction entered into prior to the applicable Extension Period, (b) as a result of an exchange or conversion of any class or series of the Company’s Equity Interests (or any Equity Interests of a Subsidiary of the Company) for any class or series of the Company’s Equity Interests or of any class or series of the Company’s indebtedness for any class or series of the Company’s Equity Interests, (c) the purchase of fractional interests in Equity Interests of the Company pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such Equity Interests or the security being converted or exchanged, (d) any declaration of a dividend in connection with any Rights Plan, the issuance of rights, Equity Interests or other property under any Rights Plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto, (e) any dividend in the form of Equity Interests, warrants, options or other rights where the dividend Equity Interests or the Equity Interests issuable upon exercise of such warrants, options or other rights are the same Equity Interests as those on which the dividend is being paid or rank pari passu with or junior to such Equity Interests) or (f) payments under the Guarantee Agreement.

Payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on this Security shall be made in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest due at the Maturity of this Security shall be made at the Place of Payment upon surrender of such Securities to the Paying Agent, and payments of interest shall be made, subject to such surrender where applicable, by wire transfer at such place and to such account at a banking institution in the United States as may be designated in writing to the Paying Agent at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the date for payment by the Person entitled thereto unless proper written wire transfer instructions have not been received by the relevant record date, in which case such payments shall be made by check mailed to the address of such Person as such address shall appear in the Security Register. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as the Holder of this Security is the Property Trustee, the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest (including any overdue installment of interest and Additional Tax Sums, if any) on this Security will be made at such place and to such account as may be designated by the Property Trustee.

The indebtedness evidenced by this Security is, to the extent provided in the Indenture, subordinate and junior in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Debt, and this Security is issued subject to the provisions of the Indenture with respect thereto. Each Holder of this Security, by accepting the same, (a) agrees to and shall be bound by such provisions, (b) authorizes and directs the Trustee on his or her behalf to take such actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination so provided and (c) appoints the Trustee his or her attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes. Each Holder hereof, by his or her acceptance hereof, waives all notice of the acceptance of the subordination provisions contained herein and in the Indenture by each holder of Senior Debt, whether now outstanding or hereafter incurred, and waives reliance by each such holder upon said provisions.

 

      Ind- TRUPs


Exhibit A

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee by manual signature of one of its authorized signatories, this Security shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

 

      Ind- TRUPs


Exhibit A

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has duly executed this certificate this      day of              , 2008.

 

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

This represents Securities referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

Dated:

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A., not in its individual capacity but solely as Trustee
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

      Ind- TRUPs


Exhibit A

[FORM OF REVERSE OF SECURITY]

This Security is one of a duly authorized issue of securities of the Company (the “ Securities ”) issued under the Junior Subordinated Indenture, dated as of February 22, 2008 (the “ Indenture ”), between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as Trustee (in such capacity, the “ Trustee ,” which term includes any successor trustee under the Indenture), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the Company, the Trustee, the holders of Senior Debt and the Holders of the Securities, and of the terms upon which the Securities are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered.

All terms used in this Security that are defined in the Indenture or in the Amended and Restated Trust Agreement, dated as of February 22, 2008 (as modified, amended or supplemented from time to time, the “ Trust Agreement”), relating to PCC Statutory Trust IV (the “ Trust ”), among the Company, as Depositor, the trustees named therein and the holders from time to time of the Trust Securities issued pursuant thereto, shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture or the Trust Agreement, as the case may be.

The Company may, on any Interest Payment Date, at its option, upon not less than thirty (30) days’ nor more than sixty (60) days’ written notice to the Holders of the Securities (unless a shorter notice period shall be satisfactory to the Trustee) on or after March 15, 2013 and subject to the terms and conditions of Article XI of the Indenture, redeem this Security in whole at any time or in part from time to time at a Redemption Price equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the principal amount hereof, together, in the case of any such redemption, with accrued interest, including any Additional Interest, to but excluding the date fixed for redemption; provided, that the Company shall have received the prior approval of the Federal Reserve if then required.

In addition, upon the occurrence and during the continuation of a Special Event, the Company may, at its option, upon not less than thirty (30) days’ nor more than sixty (60) days’ written notice to the Holders of the Securities (unless a shorter notice period shall be satisfactory to the Trustee), redeem this Security, in whole but not in part, subject to the terms and conditions of Article XI of the Indenture at the Special Event Redemption Price; provided, that the Company shall have received the prior approval of the Federal Reserve if then required.

In the event of redemption of this Security in part only, a new Security or Securities for the unredeemed portion hereof will be issued in the name of the Holder hereof upon the cancellation hereof. If less than all the Securities are to be redeemed, the particular Securities to be redeemed shall be selected not more than sixty (60) days prior to the Redemption Date by the Trustee from the Outstanding Securities not previously called for redemption, by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate and which may provide for the selection for redemption of a portion of the principal amount of any Security.

The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the Company and the Trustee at any time to enter into a supplemental indenture or indentures for the purpose of modifying in any manner the rights and obligations of the Company and of the Holders of the Securities, with the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting Holders of specified

 

      Ind- TRUPs


Exhibit A

percentages in principal amount of the Securities, on behalf of the Holders of all Securities, to waive compliance by the Company with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Security shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Security and of any Security issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange herefor or in lieu hereof, whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Security.

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Security or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and any premium and interest, including any Additional Interest, on this Security at the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the transfer of this Security is registrable in the Securities Register, upon surrender of this Security for registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Securities Registrar and duly executed by, the Holder hereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Securities, of like tenor, of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount, will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees.

The Securities are issuable only in registered form without coupons in minimum denominations of $100,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, Securities are exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount of Securities and of like tenor of a different authorized denomination, as requested by the Holder surrendering the same.

No service charge shall be made for any such registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

The Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Security is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Security be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

The Company and, by its acceptance of this Security or a beneficial interest herein, the Holder of, and any Person that acquires a beneficial interest in, this Security agree that, for United States federal, state and local tax purposes, it is intended that this Security constitute indebtedness.

This Security shall be construed and enforced in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York, without reference to its conflict of laws provisions (other than Section 5-1401 of the General Obligations Law).

 

      Ind- TRUPs


Exhibit B

Form of Officers’ Certificate

The undersigned, the [Chief Financial Officer] [Treasurer] [Assistant Treasurer] hereby certifies, pursuant to Section 7.3(b) of the Junior Subordinated Indenture, dated as of February 22, 2008, between Plains Capital Corporation (the “Company”) and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee, that, as of              , 20      , the Company had the following ratios and balances:

[BANK] [THRIFT] HOLDING COMPANY

As of [Quarterly Financial Dates]

 

Tier 1 Risk Weighted Assets

                  %

Ratio of Double Leverage

                  %

Non-Performing Assets to Loans and OREO

                  %

Tangible Common Equity as a Percentage of Tangible Assets

                  %

Ratio of Reserves to Non-Performing Loans

                  %

Ratio of Net Charge-Offs to Loans

                  %

Return on Average Assets (annualized)

                  %

Net Interest Margin (annualized)

                  %

Efficiency Ratio

                  %

Ratio of Loans to Assets

                  %

Ratio of Loans to Deposits

                  %

Double Leverage (exclude trust preferred as equity)

                  %

Total Assets

   $               

Year to Date Income

   $               

[ FOR FISCAL YEAR END : Attached hereto are the audited consolidated financial statements (including the balance sheet, income statement and statement of cash flows, and notes thereto, together with the report of the independent accountants thereon) of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries for the three years ended              , 20      .]

[ FOR FISCAL QUARTER END : Attached hereto are the unaudited consolidated and consolidating financial statements (including the balance sheet and income statement) of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries for the fiscal quarter and [six/nine] month period ended              , 20      .]

The financial statements fairly present in all material respects, in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), the financial position of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries, and the results of operations and changes in financial condition as of the date, and for the [          quarter interim] [annual] period ended              , 20      , and such financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period involved (except as otherwise noted therein).

 

      Ind- TRUPs


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Financial Officer’s Certificate as of this      day of              , 20     

 

 

Name:
Title:

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION

2911 Turtle Creek Blvd. Ste. 700

Dallas, Texas 75219

(214) 252-4100


Exhibit C

FORM OF

OFFICERS’ CERTIFICATE

UNDER

SECTION 10.3

Pursuant to Section 10.3 of the Junior Subordinated Indenture, dated as of February 22, 2008 (as amended or supplemented from time to time, the “Indenture”), between Plains Capital Corporation, as issuer (the “Company”), and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee, each of the undersigned hereby certifies that, to the knowledge of the undersigned, the Company is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions or conditions contained in the Indenture (without regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice provided under the Indenture), for the fiscal year ending on              , 20      [, except as follows: specify each such default and the nature and status thereof].

Capitalized terms used herein, and not otherwise defined herein, have the respective meanings assigned thereto in the Indenture.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Officers’ Certificate as of              , 20      .

 

 

Name:  
Title:  

[Must be the Chairman of the Board,

a Vice Chairman of the Board,

the Chief Executive Officer,

the President, or a Vice President] of

Plains Capital Corporation

 

Name:  
Title:  

[Must be the Chief Financial Officer,

the Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer,

the Secretary or an Assistant

Secretary] of Plains Capital Corporation

 

      Ind- TRUPs

Exhibit 4.19

JUNIOR SUBORDINATED NOTE DUE 2038

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE WERE ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND SUCH SECURITIES, AND ANY INTEREST THEREIN, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF ANY SECURITIES IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER OF THE SECURITIES MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

THE HOLDER OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT (A) SUCH SECURITIES MAY BE OFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY (I) TO THE COMPANY OR (II) TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED PURCHASER” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 2(a)(51) OF THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940, AS AMENDED) THAT IS ALSO (X) A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A OR (Y) AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (a) (1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR,” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (a) (1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION AND, IN THE CASE OF (II)(Y), SUBJECT TO THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY TO REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ADDRESSING COMPLIANCE WITH THE U.S. SECURITIES LAWS, AND OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO IT AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF ANY SECURITIES FROM IT OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS REFERRED TO IN (A) ABOVE.

THE SECURITIES WILL BE ISSUED AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN BLOCKS HAVING AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOT LESS THAN $100,000. TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF SECURITIES, OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, IN A BLOCK HAVING AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF LESS THAN $100,000 AND MULTIPLES OF $1,000 IN EXCESS THEREOF SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE VOID AND OF NO LEGAL EFFECT WHATSOEVER. TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED NOT TO BE THE HOLDER OF SUCH SECURITIES FOR ANY PURPOSE, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE RECEIPT OF PRINCIPAL OF OR INTEREST ON SUCH SECURITIES, OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, AND SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE NO INTEREST WHATSOEVER IN SUCH SECURITIES.


THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF OR THEREOF ALSO AGREES, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ ERISA ”), OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”) (EACH A “PLAN”), OR AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” BY REASON OF ANY PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY, AND NO PERSON INVESTING “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY PLAN MAY ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER OR HOLDER IS ELIGIBLE FOR THE EXEMPTIVE RELIEF AVAILABLE UNDER SECTION 408(b)(17) OF ERISA, U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR PROHIBITED TRANSACTION CLASS EXEMPTION 96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1 OR 84-14 OR ANOTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTION OR ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY, OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, ARE NOT PROHIBITED BY SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE WITH RESPECT TO SUCH PURCHASE AND HOLDING. ANY PURCHASER OR HOLDER OF THE SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED BY ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING THEREOF THAT EITHER (i) IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR OTHER PLAN TO WHICH TITLE I OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE IS APPLICABLE, A TRUSTEE OR OTHER PERSON ACTING ON BEHALF OF ANY SUCH EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY USING THE “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY SUCH EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN TO FINANCE SUCH PURCHASE, OR (ii) SUCH PURCHASE OR HOLDING WILL NOT RESULT IN A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE FOR WHICH FULL EXEMPTIVE RELIEF IS NOT AVAILABLE UNDER AN APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE EXEMPTION.

THIS OBLIGATION IS NOT A DEPOSIT AND IS NOT INSURED BY THE UNITED STATES OR ANY AGENCY OR FUND OF THE UNITED STATES, INCLUDING THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION.


Plains Capital Corporation

Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Note due 2038

 

No. 1   $15,464,000

Plains Capital Corporation, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of Texas (hereinafter called the “Company,” which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received, hereby promises to pay to Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., not in its individual capacity, but solely as Property Trustee of PCC Statutory Trust IV (the “Holder”), or registered assigns, the principal sum of FIFTEEN MILLION FOUR HUNDRED SIXTY FOUR THOUSAND DOLLARS ($15,464,000) on March 15, 2038. The Company further promises to pay interest on said principal sum from February 22, 2008, or from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, quarterly (subject to deferral as set forth herein) in arrears on March 15th, June 15th, September 15th and December 15th of each year, commencing on March 15, 2008, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (and no interest shall accrue in respect of the amounts whose payment is so delayed for the period from and after such Interest Payment Date until such next succeeding Business Day), except that, if such Business Day falls in the next succeeding calendar year, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day, in each case, with the same force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date, at a variable rate per annum, reset quarterly, equal to LIBOR plus 3.50%, together with Additional Tax Sums, if any, as provided in Section 10.5 of the Indenture, until the principal hereof is paid or duly provided for or made available for payment; provided, that any overdue principal, premium, if any, or Additional Tax Sums and any overdue installment of interest shall bear Additional Interest (to the extent that the payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable) at a variable rate per annum, reset quarterly, equal to LIBOR plus 3.50%, compounded quarterly, from the dates such amounts are due until they are paid or made available for payment, and such interest shall be payable on demand.

The amount of interest payable for any interest period shall be computed and paid on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed in the relevant interest period. The interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall, as provided in the Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest installment. Any such interest not so punctually paid or duly provided for shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on such Regular Record Date and may either be paid to the Person in whose name this Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest to be fixed by the Trustee, notice whereof shall be given to Holders of Securities not less than ten (10) days prior to such Special Record Date, or be paid at any time in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Securities may be listed, traded or quoted and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange or automated quotation system, all as more fully provided in the Indenture.


So long as no Event of Default pursuant to Sections 5.1(c) , (e) , (f) , (g)  or (h)  of the Indenture has occurred and is continuing, the Company shall have the right, at any time and from time to time during the term of this Security, to defer the payment of interest on this Security for a period of up to twenty (20) consecutive quarterly interest payment periods (each such period, an “Extension Period”), during which Extension Period(s), no interest shall be due and payable (except any Additional Tax Sums that may be due and payable). No Extension Period shall end on a date other than an Interest Payment Date, and no Extension Period shall extend beyond the Stated Maturity of the principal of this Security. No interest shall be due and payable during an Extension Period (except any Additional Tax Sums that may be due and payable), except at the end thereof, but each installment of interest that would otherwise have been due and payable during such Extension Period shall bear Additional Interest (to the extent payment of such interest would be legally enforceable) at a variable rate per annum, reset quarterly, equal to LIBOR plus 3.50%, compounded quarterly, from the dates on which amounts would have otherwise been due and payable until paid or made available for payment. At the end of any such Extension Period, the Company shall pay all interest then accrued and unpaid on this Security, together with such Additional Interest. Prior to the termination of any such Extension Period, the Company may further defer the payment of interest; provided, that (i) all such previous and further extensions comprising such Extension Period do not exceed twenty (20) quarterly interest payment periods, (ii) no Extension Period shall end on a date other than an Interest Payment Date and (iii) no Extension Period shall extend beyond the Stated Maturity of the principal of this Security. Upon the termination of any such Extension Period and upon the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest and any Additional Interest then due on any Interest Payment Date, the Company may elect to begin a new Extension Period; provided, that (i) such Extension Period does not exceed twenty (20) quarterly interest payment periods, (ii) no Extension Period shall end on a date other than an Interest Payment Date, (iii) no Extension Period shall extend beyond the Stated Maturity of the principal of this Security and (iv) no Event of Default pursuant to Sections 5.1(c), (e) , (f) , (g)  or (h)  has occurred and is continuing. The Company shall give (i) the Holder of this Security, (ii) the Trustee, (iii) the Property Trustee and (iv) any beneficial owner of the Preferred Securities reasonably identified to the Company (which identification may be made either by such beneficial owner or by the Purchaser) written notice of its election to begin any such Extension Period no later than the close of business on the fifteenth (15 th ) Business Day prior to the next succeeding Interest Payment Date on which interest on this Security would be payable but for such deferral.

During any such Extension Period, the Company shall not (i) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of the Company’s Equity Interests, (ii) vote in favor of or permit or otherwise allow any of its Subsidiaries (other than a Subsidiary that is a depository institution, or a Subsidiary thereof) to declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire or make a liquidation payment with respect to or otherwise retire, any of such Subsidiary’s Equity Interests entitling the holders thereof to a stated rate of return, other than dividends or distributions on Equity Interests issued by any Subsidiary solely payable to the Company or any Subsidiary thereof (for the avoidance of doubt, whether such Equity Interests are perpetual or otherwise), or (iii) make any payment of principal of or any interest or premium on or repay, repurchase or redeem any debt securities of the Company that rank pari passu in all respects with or junior in interest to this Security (other than (a) repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of Equity Interests of the Company in connection with (1) any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of any one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants, (2) a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock


purchase or similar plan with respect to any Equity Interests or (3) the issuance of Equity Interests of the Company (or securities convertible into or exercisable for such Equity Interests) as consideration in an acquisition transaction entered into prior to the applicable Extension Period, (b) as a result of an exchange or conversion of any class or series of the Company’s Equity Interests (or any Equity Interests of a Subsidiary of the Company) for any class or series of the Company’s Equity Interests or of any class or series of the Company’s indebtedness for any class or series of the Company’s Equity Interests, (c) the purchase of fractional interests in Equity Interests of the Company pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such Equity Interests or the security being converted or exchanged, (d) any declaration of a dividend in connection with any Rights Plan, the issuance of rights, Equity Interests or other property under any Rights Plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto, (e) any dividend in the form of Equity Interests, warrants, options or other rights where the dividend Equity Interests or the Equity Interests issuable upon exercise of such warrants, options or other rights are the same Equity Interests as those on which the dividend is being paid or rank pari passu with or junior to such Equity Interests) or (f) payments under the Guarantee Agreement.

Payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on this Security shall be made in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest due at the Maturity of this Security shall be made at the Place of Payment upon surrender of such Securities to the Paying Agent, and payments of interest shall be made, subject to such surrender where applicable, by wire transfer at such place and to such account at a banking institution in the United States as may be designated in writing to the Paying Agent at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the date for payment by the Person entitled thereto unless proper written wire transfer instructions have not been received by the relevant record date, in which case such payments shall be made by check mailed to the address of such Person as such address shall appear in the Security Register. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as the Holder of this Security is the Property Trustee, the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest (including any overdue installment of interest and Additional Tax Sums, if any) on this Security will be made at such place and to such account as may be designated by the Property Trustee.

The indebtedness evidenced by this Security is, to the extent provided in the Indenture, subordinate and junior in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Debt, and this Security is issued subject to the provisions of the Indenture with respect thereto. Each Holder of this Security, by accepting the same, (a) agrees to and shall be bound by such provisions, (b) authorizes and directs the Trustee on his or her behalf to take such actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination so provided and (c) appoints the Trustee his or her attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes. Each Holder hereof, by his or her acceptance hereof, waives all notice of the acceptance of the subordination provisions contained herein and in the Indenture by each holder of Senior Debt, whether now outstanding or hereafter incurred, and waives reliance by each such holder upon said provisions.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee by manual signature of one of its authorized signatories, this Security shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the Company has duly executed this certificate this 22 nd day of February, 2008.

 

P LAINS C APITAL C ORPORATION
By:  

/s/    Alan B. White

  Alan B. White
  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

This represents Securities referred to in the within mentioned Indenture.

Dated: February 22, 2008

 

W ELLS F ARGO B ANK , N.A.,
not in its individual capacity, but solely as Trustee
By:  

/s/    Amy L. Martin

Name:   Amy L. Martin
Title:   Vice President


REVERSE OF SECURITY

This Security is one of a duly authorized issue of securities of the Company (the “Securities”) issued under the Junior Subordinated Indenture, dated as of February 22, 2008 (the “Indenture” ) , between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as Trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee,” which term includes any successor trustee under the Indenture), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the Company, the Trustee, the holders of Senior Debt and the Holders of the Securities, and of the terms upon which the Securities are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered.

All terms used in this Security that are defined in the Indenture or in the Amended and Restated Trust Agreement, dated as of February 22, 2008 (as modified, amended or supplemented from time to time, the “Trust Agreement”), relating to PCC Statutory Trust IV (the “Trust” ) , among the Company, as Depositor, the trustees named therein and the holders from time to time of the Trust Securities issued pursuant thereto, shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture or the Trust Agreement, as the case may be.

The Company may, on any Interest Payment Date, at its option, upon not less than thirty (30) days’ nor more than sixty (60) days’ written notice to the Holders of the Securities (unless a shorter notice period shall be satisfactory to the Trustee) on or after March 15, 2013 and subject to the terms and conditions of Article XI of the Indenture, redeem this Security in whole at any time or in part from time to time at a Redemption Price equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the principal amount hereof, together, in the case of any such redemption, with accrued interest, including any Additional Interest, to but excluding the date fixed for redemption; provided, that the Company shall have received the prior approval of the Federal Reserve if then required.

In addition, upon the occurrence and during the continuation of a Special Event, the Company may, at its option, upon not less than thirty (30) days’ nor more than sixty (60) days’ written notice to the Holders of the Securities (unless a shorter notice period shall be satisfactory to the Trustee), redeem this Security, in whole but not in part, subject to the terms and conditions of Article XI of the Indenture at the Special Event Redemption Price; provided, that the Company shall have received the prior approval of the Federal Reserve if then required.

In the event of redemption of this Security in part only, a new Security or Securities for the unredeemed portion hereof will be issued in the name of the Holder hereof upon the cancellation hereof. If less than all the Securities are to be redeemed, the particular Securities to be redeemed shall be selected not more than sixty (60) days prior to the Redemption Date by the Trustee from the Outstanding Securities not previously called for redemption, by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate and which may provide for the selection for redemption of a portion of the principal amount of any Security.

The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the Company and the Trustee at any time to enter into a supplemental indenture or indentures for the purpose of modifying in any manner the rights and obligations of the Company and of the Holders of the Securities, with the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting Holders of specified


percentages in principal amount of the Securities, on behalf of the Holders of all Securities, to waive compliance by the Company with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Security shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Security and of any Security issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange herefor or in lieu hereof, whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Security.

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Security or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and any premium and interest, including any Additional Interest, on this Security at the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the transfer of this Security is registrable in the Securities Register, upon surrender of this Security for registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Securities Registrar and duly executed by, the Holder hereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Securities, of like tenor, of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount, will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees.

The Securities are issuable only in registered form without coupons in minimum denominations of $100,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, Securities are exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount of Securities and of like tenor of a different authorized denomination, as requested by the Holder surrendering the same.

No service charge shall be made for any such registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

The Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Security is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Security be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

The Company and, by its acceptance of this Security or a beneficial interest herein, the Holder of, and any Person that acquires a beneficial interest in, this Security agree that, for United States federal, state and local tax purposes, it is intended that this Security constitute indebtedness.

This Security shall be construed and enforced in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York, without reference to its conflict of laws provisions (other than Section 5-1401 of the General Obligations Law).

Exhibit 4.20

 

 

GUARANTEE AGREEMENT

between

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION,

As Guarantor,

and

WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.,

As Guarantee Trustee

Dated as of February 22, 2008

PCC STATUTORY TRUST IV

 

 

Guar- TRUPs


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I   INTERPRETATION AND DEFINITIONS    2
SECTION 1.1   Interpretation    2
SECTION 1.2   Definitions    2
ARTICLE II   REPORTS    6
SECTION 2.1   List of Holders    6
SECTION 2.2   Periodic Reports to the Guarantee Trustee    6
SECTION 2.3   Event of Default; Waiver    6
SECTION 2.4   Event of Default; Notice    7
ARTICLE III   POWERS, DUTIES AND RIGHTS OF THE GUARANTEE TRUSTEE    7
SECTION 3.1   Powers and Duties of the Guarantee Trustee    7
SECTION 3.2   Certain Rights of the Guarantee Trustee    8
SECTION 3.3   Compensation    10
SECTION 3.4   Indemnity    10
SECTION 3.5   Securities    11
ARTICLE IV   GUARANTEE TRUSTEE    11
SECTION 4.1   Guarantee Trustee; Eligibility    11
SECTION 4.2   Appointment, Removal and Resignation of the Guarantee Trustee    12
ARTICLE V   GUARANTEE    12
SECTION 5.1   Guarantee    12
SECTION 5.2   Waiver of Notice and Demand    13
SECTION 5.3   Obligations Not Affected    13
SECTION 5.4   Rights of Holders    14
SECTION 5.5   Guarantee of Payment    14
SECTION 5.6   Subrogation    14
SECTION 5.7   Independent Obligations    15
SECTION 5.8   Enforcement    15
ARTICLE VI   COVENANTS AND SUBORDINATION    15
SECTION 6.1   Dividends, Distributions and Payments    15
SECTION 6.2   Subordination    16
SECTION 6.3   Pari Passu Guarantees    16
ARTICLE VII   TERMINATION    17
SECTION 7.1   Termination    17
ARTICLE VIII   MISCELLANEOUS    17
SECTION 8.1   Successors and Assigns    17
SECTION 8.2   Amendments    17

 

i    Guar- TRUPs


SECTION 8.3   Notices    18
SECTION 8.4   Benefit    19
SECTION 8.5   Governing Law    19
SECTION 8.6   Submission to Jurisdiction    19
SECTION 8.7   Counterparts; Facsimile    19

 

ii    Guar- TRUPs


G UARANTEE A GREEMENT , dated as of February 22, 2008, executed and delivered by P LAINS C APITAL C ORPORATION , a Texas corporation (the “Guarantor”) having its principal office at 2911 Turtle Creek Blvd. Ste. 700, Dallas, Texas 75219, and W ELLS F ARGO B ANK , N.A., a national banking association, as trustee (in such capacity, the “Guarantee Trustee”), for the benefit of the Holders (as defined herein) from time to time of the Preferred Securities (as defined herein) of PCC Statutory Trust IV, a Delaware statutory trust (the “Issuer”) .

W I T N E S S E T H :

W HEREAS , pursuant to an Amended and Restated Trust Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (the “Trust Agreement”), among the Guarantor, as Depositor, the Property Trustee, the Delaware Trustee and the Administrative Trustees named therein and the holders from time to time of the Preferred Securities (as hereinafter defined), the Issuer is issuing $15,000,000 aggregate Liquidation Amount (as defined in the Trust Agreement) of its Floating Rate Preferred Securities (Liquidation Amount $1,000 per preferred security) (the “Preferred Securities”) representing preferred undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Issuer and having the terms set forth in the Trust Agreement;

W HEREAS , the Preferred Securities will be issued by the Issuer and the proceeds thereof, together with the proceeds from the issuance of the Issuer’s Common Securities (as defined below), will be used to purchase the Notes (as defined in the Trust Agreement) of the Guarantor; and

W HEREAS , as incentive for the Holders to purchase Preferred Securities the Guarantor desires irrevocably and unconditionally to agree, to the extent set forth herein, to pay to the Holders of the Preferred Securities the Guarantee Payments (as defined herein) and to make certain other payments on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

   Guar- TRUPs


N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of the purchase by each Holder of Preferred Securities, which purchase the Guarantor hereby agrees shall benefit the Guarantor, the Guarantor executes and delivers this Guarantee Agreement to provide as follows for the benefit of the Holders from time to time of the Preferred Securities:

ARTICLE I

I NTERPRETATION AND D EFINITIONS

SECTION 1.1 Interpretation .

In this Guarantee Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires:

(a) capitalized terms used in this Guarantee Agreement but not defined in the preamble hereto have the respective meanings assigned to them in Section 1.2 ;

(b) the words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”;

(c) all references to “the Guarantee Agreement” or “this Guarantee Agreement” are to this Guarantee Agreement as modified, supplemented or amended from time to time;

(d) all references in this Guarantee Agreement to Articles and Sections are to Articles and Sections of this Guarantee Agreement unless otherwise specified;

(e) the words “hereby”, “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Guarantee Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision;

(f) a reference to the singular includes the plural and vice versa; and

(g) the masculine, feminine or neuter genders used herein shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter genders.

SECTION 1.2 Definitions.

As used in this Guarantee Agreement, the terms set forth below shall, unless the context otherwise requires, have the following meanings:

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person; provided, that the Issuer shall not be deemed to be an Affiliate of the Guarantor. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

“Beneficiaries” means any Person to whom the Issuer is or hereafter becomes indebted or liable.

 

2    Guar- TRUPs


“Board of Directors” means either the board of directors of the Guarantor or any duly authorized committee of that board.

“Common Securities” means the securities representing common undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Issuer.

“Debt” means with respect to any Person, whether recourse is to all or a portion of the assets of such Person, whether currently existing or hereafter incurred, and whether or not contingent and without duplication, (i) every obligation of such Person for money borrowed; (ii) every obligation of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, including obligations incurred in connection with the acquisition of property, assets or businesses; (iii) every reimbursement obligation of such Person with respect to letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or similar facilities issued for the account of such Person; (iv) every obligation of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services (but excluding trade accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of business); (v) every capital lease obligation of such Person; (vi) all indebtedness of such Person, whether incurred on or prior to the date of this Guarantee Agreement or thereafter incurred, for claims in respect of derivative products, including interest rate, foreign exchange rate and commodity forward contracts, options, swaps and similar arrangements; (vii) every obligation of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (vi) of another Person and all dividends of another Person the payment of which, in either case, such Person has guaranteed or is responsible or liable for, directly or indirectly, as obligor or otherwise; and (viii) any renewals, extensions, refundings, amendments or modifications of any obligation of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (vii).

“Event of Default” means a default by the Guarantor on any of its payment or other obligations under this Guarantee Agreement; provided, that except with respect to a default in payment of any Guarantee Payments, the Guarantor shall have received notice of default from the Guarantee Trustee and shall not have cured such default within thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice.

“Guarantee Payments” means the following payments or distributions, without duplication, with respect to the Preferred Securities, to the extent not paid or made by or on behalf of the Issuer: (i) any accumulated and unpaid Distributions (as defined in the Trust Agreement) required to be paid on the Preferred Securities, to the extent the Issuer shall have funds on hand available therefor at such time, (ii) the Redemption Price (as defined in the Trust Agreement) with respect to any Preferred Securities to the extent the Issuer shall have funds on hand available therefor at such time, and (iii) upon a voluntary or involuntary termination, winding up or liquidation of the Issuer, unless Notes are distributed to the Holders, the lesser of (a) the aggregate of the Liquidation Amount of $1,000 per Preferred Security plus accumulated and unpaid Distributions on the Preferred Securities to the date of payment, to the extent that

 

3    Guar- TRUPs


the Issuer shall have funds available therefor at such time and (b) the amount of assets of the Issuer remaining available for distribution to Holders in liquidation of the Issuer after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors of the Issuer in accordance with applicable law (in either case, the “Liquidation Distribution”) .

“Guarantee Trustee” means Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. in its capacity as trustee hereunder, until a Successor Guarantee Trustee, as defined below, has been appointed and has accepted such appointment pursuant to the terms of this Guarantee Agreement, and thereafter means each such Successor Guarantee Trustee.

“Holder” means any holder, as registered on the books and records of the Issuer, of any Preferred Securities; provided, that, in determining whether the holders of the requisite percentage of Preferred Securities have given any request, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, “Holder” shall not include the Guarantor, the Guarantee Trustee or any Affiliate of the Guarantor or the Guarantee Trustee.

“Indenture” means the Junior Subordinated Indenture, dated as of the date hereof, as supplemented and amended, between the Guarantor and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee.

“List of Holders” has the meaning specified in Section 2.1 .

“Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities” means a vote by the Holder(s), voting separately as a class, of more than fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate Liquidation Amount of all then outstanding Preferred Securities issued by the Issuer.

“Obligations” means any costs, expenses or liabilities (but not including liabilities related to taxes) of the Issuer, other than obligations of the Issuer to pay to holders of any Trust Securities the amounts due such holders pursuant to the terms of the Trust Securities.

“Officers’ Certificate” means, with respect to any Person, a certificate signed by the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, President or a Vice President of such Person, and by the Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of such Person, and delivered to the Guarantee Trustee. Any Officers’ Certificate delivered with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Guarantee Agreement (other than the certificate provided pursuant to Section 2.4) shall include:

(a) a statement that each officer signing the Officers’ Certificate has read the covenant or condition and the definitions relating thereto;

(b) a brief statement of the nature and scope of the examination or investigation undertaken by each officer in rendering the Officers’ Certificate;

 

4    Guar- TRUPs


(c) a statement that each officer has made such examination or investigation as, in such officer’s opinion, is necessary to enable such officer to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

(d) a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each officer, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

“Person” means a legal person, including any individual, corporation, estate, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated association, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity of whatever nature.

“Responsible Officer” means, with respect to the Guarantee Trustee, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Assistant Vice President, the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, any Financial Services Officer or Assistant Financial Services Officer or any other officer in the Corporate Trust Office of the Guarantee Trustee with direct responsibility for the administration of this Guarantee Agreement and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of that officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

“Senior Debt” means the principal of and any premium and interest on (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Guarantor whether or not such claim for post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding) all Debt of the Guarantor, whether incurred on or prior to the date of the Indenture or thereafter incurred, unless it is provided in the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding, that such obligations are not superior in right of payment to the Preferred Securities; provided, however, that if the Guarantor is subject to the regulation and supervision of an “appropriate Federal banking agency” within the meaning of 12 U.S.C. 1813(q), the Guarantor shall have received the approval of such appropriate Federal banking agency prior to issuing any such pari passu or junior obligation if not otherwise generally approved; provided further, that Senior Debt shall not include any other debt securities, and guarantees in respect of such debt securities, issued to any trust other than the Issuer (or a trustee of such trust), partnership or other entity affiliated with the Guarantor that is a financing vehicle of the Guarantor (a “financing entity”), in connection with the issuance by such financing entity of equity securities or other securities that are treated as equity capital for regulatory capital purposes guaranteed by the Guarantor pursuant to an instrument that ranks pari passu with or junior in right of payment to this Guarantee Agreement, including, without limitation, debt securities issued to PCC Statutory Trust I, PCC Statutory Trust II and PCC Statutory Trust III.

 

5    Guar- TRUPs


“Successor Guarantee Trustee” means a successor Guarantee Trustee possessing the qualifications to act as Guarantee Trustee under Section 4.1.

“Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended and as in effect on the date of this Guarantee Agreement.

Capitalized or otherwise defined terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Trust Agreement as in effect on the date hereof.

ARTICLE II

R EPORTS

SECTION 2.1 List of Holders.

The Guarantor shall furnish or cause to be furnished to the Guarantee Trustee at such times as the Guarantee Trustee may request in writing, within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Guarantor of any such request, a list, in such form as the Guarantee Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Holders (the “List of Holders”) as of a date not more than fifteen (15) days prior to the time such list is furnished, in each case to the extent such information is in the possession or control of the Guarantor and is not identical to a previously supplied list of Holders or has not otherwise been received by the Guarantee Trustee in its capacity as such. The Guarantee Trustee may destroy any List of Holders previously given to it on receipt of a new List of Holders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Guarantee Trustee has such information in its capacity as Securities Registrar, then the Company shall have no obligation to deliver such information pursuant to this Section 2.1 .

SECTION 2.2 Periodic Reports to the Guarantee Trustee.

The Guarantor shall deliver to the Guarantee Trustee, within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Guarantor ending after the date of this Guarantee Agreement, an Officers’ Certificate covering the preceding fiscal year, stating whether or not to the knowledge of the signers thereof the Guarantor is in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms or provisions or any of the conditions of this Guarantee Agreement (without regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice provided hereunder) and, if the Guarantor shall be in default thereof, specifying all such defaults and the nature and status thereof of which they have knowledge.

SECTION 2.3 Event of Default; Waiver.

The Holders of a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities may, on behalf of the Holders, waive any past Event of Default and its consequences. Upon such waiver, any such Event of Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Guarantee Agreement, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent therefrom.

 

6    Guar- TRUPs


SECTION 2.4 Event of Default; Notice.

(a) The Guarantee Trustee shall, within ninety (90) days after the occurrence of a default, transmit to the Holders notices of all defaults actually known to the Guarantee Trustee, unless such defaults have been cured or waived before the giving of such notice, provided, that, except in the case of a default in the payment of a Guarantee Payment, the Guarantee Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as the Board of Directors, the executive committee or a trust committee of directors and/or Responsible Officers of the Guarantee Trustee in good faith determine that the withholding of such notice is in the interests of the Holders. For the purpose of this Section 2.4 , the term “default” means any event that is, or after notice or lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default.

(b) The Guarantee Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any default or Event of Default unless the Guarantee Trustee shall have received written notice, or a Responsible Officer charged with the administration of this Guarantee Agreement shall have received written notice, of such default or Event of Default from the Guarantor or a Holder.

ARTICLE III

P OWERS , D UTIES A ND R IGHTS O F T HE G UARANTEE T RUSTEE

SECTION 3.1 Powers and Duties of the Guarantee Trustee.

(a) This Guarantee Agreement shall be held by the Guarantee Trustee for the benefit of the Holders, and the Guarantee Trustee shall not transfer this Guarantee Agreement to any Person except a Holder exercising its rights pursuant to Section 5.4(d) or to a Successor Guarantee Trustee upon acceptance by such Successor Guarantee Trustee of its appointment to act as Successor Guarantee Trustee. The right, title and interest of the Guarantee Trustee shall automatically vest in any Successor Guarantee Trustee, upon acceptance by such Successor Guarantee Trustee of its appointment hereunder, and such vesting and cessation of title shall be effective whether or not conveyancing documents have been executed and delivered pursuant to the appointment of such Successor Guarantee Trustee.

(b) The rights, immunities, duties and responsibilities of the Guarantee Trustee shall be as provided by this Guarantee Agreement and there shall be no other duties or obligations, express or implied, of the Guarantee Trustee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no provisions of this Guarantee Agreement shall require the Guarantee Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the

 

7    Guar- TRUPs


exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it. Whether or not herein expressly so provided, every provision of this Guarantee Agreement relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Guarantee Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 3.1 . To the extent that, at law or in equity, the Guarantee Trustee has duties and liabilities relating to the Guarantor or the Holders, the Guarantee Trustee shall not be liable to any Holder for the Guarantee Trustee’s good faith reliance on the provisions of this Guarantee Agreement. The provisions of this Guarantee Agreement, to the extent that they restrict the duties and liabilities of the Guarantee Trustee otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the Guarantor and the Holders to replace such other duties and liabilities of the Guarantee Trustee.

(c) No provision of this Guarantee Agreement shall be construed to relieve the Guarantee Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, negligent failure to act or own willful misconduct, except that:

(i) the Guarantee Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer of the Guarantee Trustee, unless it shall be proved that the Guarantee Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts upon which such judgment was made; and

(ii) the Guarantee Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction of the Holders of not less than a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Guarantee Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Guarantee Trustee under this Guarantee Agreement.

SECTION 3.2 Certain Rights of the Guarantee Trustee.

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 3.1 :

(i) the Guarantee Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting in good faith and in accordance with the terms hereof upon any written resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or presented by the proper party or parties;

(ii) any direction or act of the Guarantor contemplated by this Guarantee Agreement shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate unless otherwise prescribed herein;

 

8    Guar- TRUPs


(iii) the Guarantee Trustee may consult with counsel, and the written advice of such counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon and in accordance with such advice. Such counsel may be counsel to the Guarantee Trustee, the Guarantor or any of its Affiliates and may be one of its employees. The Guarantee Trustee shall have the right at any time to seek instructions concerning the administration of this Guarantee Agreement from any court of competent jurisdiction;

(iv) the Guarantee Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Guarantee Agreement at the request or direction of any Holder, unless such Holder shall have provided to the Guarantee Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) and liabilities that might be incurred by it in complying with such request or direction, including such reasonable advances as may be requested by the Guarantee Trustee; provided, that, nothing contained in this Section  3.2(a)(iv) shall be taken to relieve the Guarantee Trustee, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, of its obligation to exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Guarantee Agreement;

(v) the Guarantee Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Guarantee Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may reasonably see fit, and if the Guarantee Trustee shall determine to make such reasonable inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Guarantor, personally or by agent or attorney;

(vi) the Guarantee Trustee may perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through its agents, attorneys, custodians or nominees;

(vii) whenever in the administration of this Guarantee Agreement the Guarantee Trustee shall deem it desirable to receive instructions with respect to enforcing any remedy or right hereunder, the Guarantee Trustee (A) may request written instructions from the Holders of a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities, (B) may refrain from enforcing such remedy or right or taking such other action until such instructions are received and (C) shall be protected in acting in accordance with such instructions;

 

9    Guar- TRUPs


(viii) except as otherwise expressly provided by this Guarantee Agreement, the Guarantee Trustee shall not be under any obligation to take any action that is discretionary under the provisions of this Guarantee Agreement;

(ix) whenever, in the administration of this Guarantee Agreement, the Guarantee Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established before taking, suffering or omitting to take any action hereunder, the Guarantee Trustee (unless other evidence is herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, request and rely upon an Officers’ Certificate which, upon receipt of such request from the Guarantee Trustee, shall be promptly delivered by the Guarantor; and

(x) the Guarantee Trustee shall have no duty to see to any recording, filing or registration of any instrument or other writing (or any rerecording, refiling or reregistration thereof).

(b) No provision of this Guarantee Agreement shall be deemed to impose any duty or obligation on the Guarantee Trustee to perform any act or acts or exercise any right, power, duty or obligation conferred or imposed on it in any jurisdiction in which it shall be illegal, or in which the Guarantee Trustee shall be unqualified or incompetent in accordance with applicable law, to perform any such act or acts or to exercise any such right, power, duty or obligation. No permissive power or authority available to the Guarantee Trustee shall be construed to be a duty to act in accordance with such power and authority.

SECTION 3.3 Compensation.

The Guarantor agrees to pay to the Guarantee Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder (which compensation shall not be limited by any provisions of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust) and to reimburse the Guarantee Trustee upon request for all reasonable and documented expenses, disbursements and advances (including the reasonable fees and expenses of its attorneys and agents) incurred or made by the Guarantee Trustee in accordance with any provisions of this Guarantee Agreement.

SECTION 3.4 Indemnity.

The Guarantor agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Guarantee Trustee (including in its individual capacity) and any of its Affiliates and any of their officers, directors, shareholders, employees, representatives or agents from and against any loss, damage, liability, tax (other than income, franchise or other taxes imposed on amounts paid pursuant to Section 3.3 ), penalty, expense or claim of any kind or nature whatsoever incurred without negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on its part, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this Guarantee Agreement, including the costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim or liability in

 

10    Guar- TRUPs


connection with the exercise or performance of any of its rights, powers or duties hereunder. The Guarantee Trustee will not claim or exact any lien or charge on any Guarantee Payments as a result of any amount due to it under this Guarantee Agreement. This indemnity shall survive the termination of this Guarantee Agreement or the resignation or removal of the Guarantee Trustee.

In no event shall the Guarantee Trustee be liable for any indirect, special, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever, including, but not limited to, lost profits, even if the Guarantee Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

In no event shall the Guarantee Trustee be liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder because of circumstances beyond its control, including, but not limited to, acts of God, flood, war (declared or undeclared), terrorism, fire, riot, embargo or government action, including any laws, ordinances, regulations, governmental action or the like which delay, restrict or prohibit the providing of the services contemplated by this Guarantee Agreement.

SECTION 3.5 Securities.

The Guarantee Trustee or any other agent of the Guarantee Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Common Securities or Preferred Securities.

ARTICLE IV

G UARANTEE T RUSTEE

SECTION 4.1 Guarantee Trustee; Eligibility.

(a) There shall at all times be a Guarantee Trustee which shall:

(i) not be an Affiliate of the Guarantor; and

(ii) be a corporation or national banking association organized and doing business under the laws of the United States or of any State thereof, authorized to exercise corporate trust powers, having a combined capital and surplus of at least fifty million dollars ($50,000,000), subject to supervision or examination by Federal or State authority and having an office within the United States. If such entity publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of such supervising or examining authority, then, for the purposes of this Section 4.1 , the combined capital and surplus of such entity shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published.

 

11    Guar- TRUPs


(b) If at any time the Guarantee Trustee shall cease to be eligible to so act under Section 4.1(a) , the Guarantee Trustee shall immediately resign in the manner and with the effect set out in Section 4.2(c) .

(c) If the Guarantee Trustee has or shall acquire any “conflicting interest” within the meaning of Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act, the Guarantee Trustee shall either eliminate such interest or resign in the manner and with the effect set out in Section 4.2(c) .

SECTION 4.2 Appointment, Removal and Resignation of the Guarantee Trustee.

(a) Subject to Section 4.2(b) , the Guarantee Trustee may be appointed or removed without cause at any time by the Guarantor, except during an Event of Default.

(b) The Guarantee Trustee shall not be removed until a Successor Guarantee Trustee has been appointed and has accepted such appointment by written instrument executed by such Successor Guarantee Trustee and delivered to the Guarantor.

(c) The Guarantee Trustee appointed hereunder shall hold office until a Successor Guarantee Trustee shall have been appointed or until its removal or resignation. The Guarantee Trustee may resign from office by an instrument in writing executed by the Guarantee Trustee and delivered to the Guarantor, which resignation shall not take effect until a Successor Guarantee Trustee has been appointed and has accepted such appointment by instrument in writing executed by such Successor Guarantee Trustee and delivered to the Guarantor and the resigning Guarantee Trustee.

(d) If no Successor Guarantee Trustee shall have been appointed and accepted appointment as provided in this Section 4.2 within thirty (30) days after delivery to the Guarantor of an instrument of resignation or the delivery to the Guarantee Trustee of a notice of removal, the resigning or removed Guarantee Trustee may petition, at the expense of the Guarantor, any court of competent jurisdiction for appointment of a Successor Guarantee Trustee. Such court may thereupon, after prescribing such notice, if any, as it may deem proper, appoint a Successor Guarantee Trustee.

ARTICLE V

G UARANTEE

SECTION 5.1 Guarantee.

(a) The Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to pay in full to the Holders the Guarantee Payments (without duplication of amounts theretofore paid by or on behalf of the Issuer), as and when due, regardless of any

 

12    Guar- TRUPs


defense (except for the defense of payment by the Issuer), right of set-off or counterclaim which the Issuer may have or assert. The Guarantor’s obligation to make a Guarantee Payment may be satisfied by direct payment of the required amounts by the Guarantor to the Holders or by causing the Issuer to pay such amounts to the Holders. The Guarantor shall give prompt written notice to the Guarantee Trustee in the event it makes any direct payment to the Holders hereunder.

(b) The Guarantor hereby also agrees to assume any and all Obligations of the Issuer, and, in the event any such Obligation is not so assumed, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees to each Beneficiary the full payment, when and as due, of any and all Obligations to such Beneficiaries. This Guarantee is intended to be for the Beneficiaries who have received notice hereof.

SECTION 5.2 Waiver of Notice and Demand.

The Guarantor hereby waives notice of acceptance of the Guarantee Agreement and of any liability to which it applies or may apply, presentment, demand for payment, any right to require a proceeding first against the Guarantee Trustee, Issuer or any other Person before proceeding against the Guarantor, protest, notice of nonpayment, notice of dishonor, notice of redemption and all other notices and demands.

SECTION 5.3 Obligations Not Affected.

The obligations, covenants, agreements and duties of the Guarantor under this Guarantee Agreement shall in no way be affected or impaired by reason of the happening from time to time of any of the following:

(a) the release or waiver, by operation of law or otherwise, of the performance or observance by the Issuer of any express or implied agreement, covenant, term or condition relating to the Preferred Securities to be performed or observed by the Issuer;

(b) the extension of time for the payment by the Issuer of all or any portion of the Distributions (other than an extension of time for payment of Distributions that results from the extension of any interest payment period on the Notes as provided in the Indenture), Redemption Price, Liquidation Distribution or any other sums payable under the terms of the Preferred Securities or the extension of time for the performance of any other obligation under, arising out of, or in connection with, the Preferred Securities;

(c) any failure, omission, delay or lack of diligence on the part of the Holders to enforce, assert or exercise any right, privilege, power or remedy conferred on the Holders pursuant to the terms of the Preferred Securities, or any action on the part of the Issuer granting indulgence or extension of any kind;

 

13    Guar- TRUPs


(d) the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, sale of any collateral, receivership, insolvency, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, reorganization, arrangement, composition or readjustment of debt of, or other similar proceedings affecting, the Issuer or any of the assets of the Issuer;

(e) any invalidity of, or defect or deficiency in, the Preferred Securities;

(f) the settlement or compromise of any obligation guaranteed hereby or hereby incurred; or

(g) any other circumstance whatsoever that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor, it being the intent of this Section 5.3 that the obligations of the Guarantor hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional under any and all circumstances.

There shall be no obligation of the Holders to give notice to, or obtain the consent of, the Guarantor with respect to the happening of any of the foregoing.

SECTION 5.4 Rights of Holders.

The Guarantor expressly acknowledges that: (a) this Guarantee Agreement will be deposited with the Guarantee Trustee to be held for the benefit of the Holders; (b) the Guarantee Trustee has the right to enforce this Guarantee Agreement on behalf of the Holders; (c) the Holders of a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Guarantee Trustee in respect of this Guarantee Agreement or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Guarantee Trustee under this Guarantee Agreement; and (d) any Holder may institute a legal proceeding directly against the Guarantor to enforce its rights under this Guarantee Agreement, without first instituting a legal proceeding against the Guarantee Trustee, the Issuer or any other Person.

SECTION 5.5 Guarantee of Payment.

This Guarantee Agreement creates a guarantee of payment and not of collection.

SECTION 5.6 Subrogation.

The Guarantor shall be subrogated to all (if any) rights of the Holders against the Issuer in respect of any amounts paid to the Holders by the Guarantor under this Guarantee Agreement and shall have the right to waive payment by the Issuer pursuant to Section 5.1 ; provided, that, the Guarantor shall not (except to the extent required by mandatory provisions of law) be entitled to enforce or exercise any rights it may acquire by way of subrogation or any indemnity, reimbursement or other agreement, in all cases as a result of payment under this Guarantee Agreement, if, at the time of any such payment, any amounts are due and unpaid under this Guarantee Agreement. If any amount shall be paid to the Guarantor in violation of the preceding sentence, the Guarantor agrees to hold such amount in trust for the Holders and to pay over such amount to the Holders.

 

14    Guar- TRUPs


SECTION 5.7 Independent Obligations.

The Guarantor acknowledges that its obligations hereunder are independent of the obligations of the Issuer with respect to the Preferred Securities and that the Guarantor shall be liable as principal and as debtor hereunder to make Guarantee Payments pursuant to the terms of this Guarantee Agreement notwithstanding the occurrence of any event referred to in subsections (a) through (g), inclusive, of Section 5.3 .

SECTION 5.8 Enforcement.

A Beneficiary may enforce the Obligations of the Guarantor contained in Section 5.1(b) directly against the Guarantor, and the Guarantor waives any right or remedy to require that any action be brought against the Issuer or any other person or entity before proceeding against the Guarantor.

ARTICLE VI

C OVENANTS AND S UBORDINATION

SECTION 6.1 Dividends, Distributions and Payments.

So long as any Preferred Securities remain outstanding, if there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default or the Guarantor shall have entered into an Extension Period as provided for in the Indenture and such period, or any extension thereof, shall have commenced and be continuing, then the Guarantor may not (a) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of the Guarantor’s Equity Interests (as defined in the Indenture), (b) vote in favor of or permit or otherwise allow any of its Subsidiaries (as defined in the Indenture) to declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire or make a liquidation payment with respect to or otherwise retire, any of such Subsidiary’s Equity Interests entitling the holders thereof to a stated rate of return other than dividends or distributions on Equity Interests payable to the Guarantor or any Subsidiary thereof (for the avoidance of doubt, whether such Equity Interests are perpetual or otherwise), or (c) make any payment of principal of or any interest or premium on or repay, repurchase or redeem any debt securities of the Guarantor that rank pari passu in all respects with or junior in interest to the junior subordinated notes issued by the Guarantor pursuant to the Indenture (other than (i) repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of Equity Interests of the Guarantor in connection with (1) any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of any one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants, (2) a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock purchase or similar plan with respect to any Equity Interests or (3) the issuance of Equity Interests of the Guarantor (or securities convertible into or exercisable for such Equity Interests) as consideration in an acquisition transaction entered into prior to the occurrence of such Event of Default or the applicable Extension

 

15    Guar- TRUPs


Period, (ii) as a result of an exchange or conversion of any class or series of the Guarantor’s Equity Interests (or any Equity Interests of a Subsidiary of the Guarantor) for any class or series of the Guarantor’s Equity Interests or any class of series of the Guarantor’s indebtedness for any class or series of the Guarantor’s Equity Interests, (iii) the purchase of fractional interests in Equity Interests of the Guarantor pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such Equity Interests or the security being converted or exchanged, (iv) any declaration of a dividend in connection with any rights plan, the issuance of rights, Equity Interests or other property under any rights plan or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto, or (v) any dividend in the form of Equity Interests, warrants, options or other rights where the dividend Equity Interests or the Equity Interests issuable upon exercise of such warrants, options or other rights are the same Equity Interests as those on which the dividend is being paid or rank pari passu with or junior to such Equity Interests).

SECTION 6.2 Subordination.

The obligations of the Guarantor under this Guarantee Agreement will constitute unsecured obligations of the Guarantor and will rank subordinate and junior in right of payment to all Senior Debt of the Guarantor.

SECTION 6.3 Pari Passu Guarantees.

(a) The obligations of the Guarantor under this Guarantee Agreement shall rank pari passu with the obligations of the Guarantor under any similar guarantee agreements issued by the Guarantor with respect to preferred securities (if any) similar to the Preferred Securities, issued by trusts other than the Issuer established or to be established by the Guarantor (if any), in each case similar to the Issuer, including, without limitation, the guarantee agreements issued by the Guarantor with respect to the preferred securities issued by PCC Statutory Trust I, PCC Statutory Trust II and PCC Statutory Trust III.

(b) The right of the Guarantor to participate in any distribution of assets of any of its subsidiaries upon any such subsidiary’s liquidation or reorganization or otherwise is subject to the prior claims of creditors of that subsidiary, except to the extent the Guarantor may itself be recognized as a creditor of that subsidiary. Accordingly, the Guarantor’s obligations under this Guarantee Agreement will be effectively subordinated to all existing and future liabilities of the Guarantor’s subsidiaries, and claimants should look only to the assets of the Guarantor for payments hereunder. This Guarantee Agreement does not limit the incurrence or issuance of other secured or unsecured debt of the Guarantor, including Senior Debt of the Guarantor, under any indenture or agreement that the Guarantor may enter into in the future or otherwise.

 

16    Guar- TRUPs


ARTICLE VII

T ERMINATION

SECTION 7.1 Termination.

This Guarantee Agreement shall terminate and be of no further force and effect upon (a) full payment of the Redemption Price of all Preferred Securities, (b) the distribution of Notes to the Holders in exchange for all of the Preferred Securities or (c) full payment of the amounts payable in accordance with the Trust Agreement upon liquidation of the Issuer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Guarantee Agreement will continue to be effective or will be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time any Holder must restore payment of any sums paid with respect to Preferred Securities or this Guarantee Agreement. The obligations of the Guarantor under Sections 3.3 and 3.4 shall survive any such termination or the resignation and removal of the Guarantee Trustee.

ARTICLE VIII

M ISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 8.1 Successors and Assigns.

All guarantees and agreements contained in this Guarantee Agreement shall bind the successors, assigns, receivers, trustees and representatives of the Guarantor and shall inure to the benefit of the Holders of the Preferred Securities then outstanding. Except in connection with a consolidation, merger or sale involving the Guarantor that is permitted under Article VIII of the Indenture and pursuant to which the successor or assignee agrees in writing to perform the Guarantor’s obligations hereunder, the Guarantor shall not assign its rights or delegate its obligations hereunder without the prior approval of the Holders of a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities.

SECTION 8.2 Amendments.

Except with respect to any changes that do not adversely affect the rights of the Holders in any material respect (in which case no consent of the Holders will be required), this Guarantee Agreement may only be amended with the prior approval of the Guarantor, the Guarantee Trustee and the Holders of not less than a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities. The provisions of Article VI of the Trust Agreement concerning meetings or consents of the Holders shall apply to the giving of such approval.

 

17    Guar- TRUPs


SECTION 8.3 Notices.

Any notice, request or other communication required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing, duly signed by the party giving such notice, and delivered, telecopied or mailed by first class mail as follows:

(a) if given to the Guarantor, to the address or facsimile number set forth below or such other address, facsimile number or to the attention of such other Person as the Guarantor may give by notice to the Guarantee Trustee and the Holders:

Plains Capital Corporation

2911 Turtle Creek Blvd. Ste. 700

Dallas, Texas 75219

Facsimile No.: 214-252-4091

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

(b) if given to the Issuer, at the Issuer’s address or facsimile number set forth below or such other address, facsimile number or to the attention of such other Person as the Issuer may give by notice to the Guarantee Trustee and the Holders:

PCC Statutory Trust IV

c/o Plains Capital Corporation

2911 Turtle Creek Blvd. Ste. 700

Dallas, Texas 75219

Facsimile No.: 214-252-4091

Attention: Administrative Trustee

(c) if given to the Guarantee Trustee, at the address or facsimile number set forth below or such other address, facsimile number or to the attention of such other Person as the Guarantee Trustee may give by notice to the Guarantor and the Holders:

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

919 N. Market Street

Suite 1600

Wilmington, Delaware 19801

Facsimile No.: (302) 575-2006

Attention: Corporate Trust Department

(d) if given to any Holder, at the address set forth on the books and records of the Issuer.

All notices hereunder shall be deemed to have been given when received in person, telecopied with receipt confirmed, or mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, except that if a notice or other document is refused delivery or cannot be delivered because of a changed address of which no notice was given, such notice or other document shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date of such refusal or inability to deliver.

 

18    Guar- TRUPs


SECTION 8.4 Benefit.

This Guarantee Agreement is solely for the benefit of the Holders and is not separately transferable from the Preferred Securities.

SECTION 8.5 Governing Law.

This Guarantee Agreement and the rights and obligations of each party hereto, shall be construed and enforced in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York without reference to its conflict of laws provisions (other than Section 5-1401 of the General Obligations Law).

SECTION 8.6 Submission to Jurisdiction.

ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING BY OR AGAINST ANY PARTY HERETO OR WITH RESPECT TO OR ARISING OUT OF THIS GUARANTEE AGREEMENT MAY BE BROUGHT IN OR REMOVED TO THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, IN AND FOR THE COUNTY OF NEW YORK, OR OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK (IN EACH CASE SITTING IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN). BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS GUARANTEE AGREEMENT, EACH PARTY ACCEPTS, FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY, THE JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID COURTS (AND COURTS OF APPEALS THEREFROM) FOR LEGAL PROCEEDINGS ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS GUARANTEE AGREEMENT.

SECTION 8.7 Counterparts; Facsimile.

This Guarantee Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Guarantee Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

[Remainder of Page Left Intentionally Blank]

 

19    Guar- TRUPs


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the undersigned have executed this Guarantee Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION
By:  

/s/    Alan B. White

  Alan B. White
  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.,

    not in its individual capacity, but solely as

    Guarantee Trustee

By:  

 

Name:  
Title  

 

   Guar- TRUPs


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the undersigned have executed this Guarantee Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION
By:  

 

  Alan B. White
  Chairman & Chief Executive Officer
WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.,

    not in its individual capacity, but solely as

    Guarantee Trustee

By:  

/s/    Amy L. Martin

Name:   Amy L. Martin
Title:   Vice President

 

   Guar- TRUPs

Exhibit 10.1

 

 

 

AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

Dated as of November 7, 2008

among

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION,

PLAINSCAPITAL BANK,

FIRST SOUTHWEST HOLDINGS, INC.

and

HILL A. FEINBERG

as Stockholders’ Representative

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page

ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS

   2

Section 1.1

  

Definitions

   2

Section 1.2

  

Terms Defined Elsewhere in this Agreement

   10

ARTICLE 2 THE MERGER

   13

Section 2.1

  

The Merger

   13

Section 2.2

  

Closing

   13

Section 2.3

  

Effective Time

   14

Section 2.4

  

Effects of the Merger

   14

Section 2.5

  

Organizational Documents of the Surviving LLC

   14

Section 2.6

  

Directors and Officers of the Surviving LLC

   14

Section 2.7

  

Effects on Capital Stock and Additional Share Consideration

   15

Section 2.8

  

Earnout

   17

Section 2.9

  

Exchange of Shares and Certificates

   19

Section 2.10

  

Certain Tax Matters

   21

ARTICLE 3 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

   22

Section 3.1

  

Subsidiaries; Due Organization; Etc.

   22

Section 3.2

  

Authority

   23

Section 3.3

  

Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws; Records

   23

Section 3.4

  

Capitalization

   24

Section 3.5

  

Financial Statements; Financial Controls

   25

Section 3.6

  

Absence of Changes

   25

Section 3.7

  

Title to Assets

   26

Section 3.8

  

Bank Accounts; Receivables

   26

Section 3.9

  

Tangible Assets; Leaseholds

   27

Section 3.10

  

Proprietary Assets

   28

Section 3.11

  

Contracts

   31

Section 3.12

  

Liabilities

   34

Section 3.13

  

Compliance with Laws; Governmental Authorizations

   34

Section 3.14

  

Certain Business Practices

   35

Section 3.15

  

Tax Matters

   35

Section 3.16

  

Employee and Labor Matters; Benefits Plans

   38

 

i


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

          Page

Section 3.17

  

Environmental Matters

   43

Section 3.18

  

Insurance

   44

Section 3.19

  

Related Party Transactions

   44

Section 3.20

  

Legal Proceedings; Orders

   45

Section 3.21

  

Non-Contravention; Approvals; Consents

   45

Section 3.22

  

Customers

   47

Section 3.23

  

Company Projections

   47

Section 3.24

  

Company Action

   47

Section 3.25

  

Anti-Takeover Law

   48

Section 3.26

  

Full Disclosure

   48

Section 3.27

  

Brokers

   48

Section 3.28

  

Reorganization

   48

Section 3.29

  

Broker-Dealer and Investment Advisory Matters

   48

Section 3.30

  

ARS

   49

Section 3.31

  

Permissible Activities and Assets

   49

ARTICLE 4 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PARENT

   49

Section 4.1

  

Subsidiaries; Due Organization

   49

Section 4.2

  

Authority

   50

Section 4.3

  

Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws; Records

   51

Section 4.4

  

Capitalization

   51

Section 4.5

  

Financial Statements; Financial Controls

   52

Section 4.6

  

Absence of Changes

   53

Section 4.7

  

Title to Assets

   53

Section 4.8

  

Contracts

   54

Section 4.9

  

Liabilities

   55

Section 4.10

  

Compliance with Laws; Governmental Authorizations

   55

Section 4.11

  

Certain Business Practices

   56

Section 4.12

  

Tax Matters

   56

Section 4.13

  

Employee and Labor Matters; Benefits Plans

   59

Section 4.14

  

Insurance

   63

Section 4.15

  

Legal Proceedings; Orders

   63

 

ii


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

          Page

Section 4.16

  

Non-Contravention; Approvals; Consents

   64

Section 4.17

  

Anti-Takeover Law

   65

Section 4.18

  

Full Disclosure

   65

Section 4.19

  

Brokers

   65

Section 4.20

  

Reports

   65

ARTICLE 5 COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS

   66

Section 5.1

  

Access and Investigation

   66

Section 5.2

  

Conduct of Business

   67

Section 5.3

  

Proxy Statement; Company Stockholders Meeting; Board Recommendation

   71

Section 5.4

  

Confidentiality

   72

Section 5.5

  

Public Announcements

   72

Section 5.6

  

Notices of Certain Events

   72

Section 5.7

  

Directors’ and Officers’ Insurance; Claims Made Policies

   73

Section 5.8

  

Notice of Changes; Disclosure Schedule Updates

   73

Section 5.9

  

No Solicitation; Competing Offers

   74

Section 5.10

  

Reservation of Parent Shares

   75

Section 5.11

  

Directors and Managers of Parent and Surviving LLC After Closing

   75

Section 5.12

  

Company Stockholder Representation Letters

   75

Section 5.13

  

Appropriate Action; Required Approvals; HSR

   76

Section 5.14

  

Commercially Reasonable Efforts

   78

Section 5.15

  

Employee Benefits

   78

Section 5.16

  

Section 280G

   79

Section 5.17

  

Distribution of Partnership Shares

   80

Section 5.18

  

Immediate Notice of Certain Governmental Matters

   80

Section 5.19

  

Right of First Offer

   80

Section 5.20

  

Formation of Merger Sub

   81

Section 5.21

  

SEC Reporting Obligations

   81

Section 5.22

  

FINRA Settlement Finalized and Related Offer to Repurchase ARS Completed

   82

 

iii


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

          Page

ARTICLE 6 MUTUAL CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO PARTIES’ OBLIGATIONS

   82

Section 6.1

  

Company Stockholders Approval

   82

Section 6.2

  

No Order or Injunction

   82

Section 6.3

  

HSR Act

   82

Section 6.4

  

Governmental Body Proceedings

   82

Section 6.5

  

Ineligible Assets Purchase and Sale

   83

ARTICLE 7 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS OF PARENT AND MERGER SUB

   83

Section 7.1

  

Representations and Warranties

   83

Section 7.2

  

Agreements and Covenants

   83

Section 7.3

  

Company Material Adverse Effect

   83

Section 7.4

  

Consents and Regulatory Approvals

   83

Section 7.5

  

Litigation

   84

Section 7.6

  

Agreements and Documents

   84

Section 7.7

  

Appraisal Shares

   85

Section 7.8

  

FINRA Settlement Finalized and Related Offer to Repurchase ARS Completed

   85

Section 7.9

  

Compliance with SEC Order

   85

Section 7.10

  

Lock-Up Agreements

   86

Section 7.11

  

Distribution of Partnership Shares

   86

Section 7.12

  

Company Stockholder Representation Letters

   86

Section 7.13

  

ARS Portfolio Classification and Valuation

   86

ARTICLE 8 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS OF THE COMPANY

   86

Section 8.1

  

Representations and Warranties

   86

Section 8.2

  

Agreements and Covenants

   87

Section 8.3

  

Parent Material Adverse Effect

   87

Section 8.4

  

Consents and Regulatory Approvals

   87

Section 8.5

  

Agreements and Documents

   87

ARTICLE 9 TERMINATION; LIABILITIES CONSEQUENT THEREON

   87

Section 9.1

  

Termination Events

   87

Section 9.2

  

Termination Procedures

   90

Section 9.3

  

Effect of Termination

   90

 

iv


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

          Page

ARTICLE 10 STOCKHOLDERS’ REPRESENTATIVE

   91

Section 10.1

  

Authorization of the Stockholders’ Representative

   91

Section 10.2

  

Compensation; Exculpation; Indemnity

   92

Section 10.3

  

Removal and Replacement of Stockholders’ Representative; Successor Stockholders’ Representative

   92

Section 10.4

  

Reliance; Limitation as to Parent and the Target Companies

   93

ARTICLE 11 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

   93

Section 11.1

  

Non-Survival of Representations and Warranties

   93

Section 11.2

  

Fees and Expenses

   93

Section 11.3

  

Attorneys’ Fees

   93

Section 11.4

  

Remedies Cumulative; Specific Performance

   94

Section 11.5

  

Waiver

   94

Section 11.6

  

Waiver of Jury Trial

   94

Section 11.7

  

Amendments

   95

Section 11.8

  

Notices

   95

Section 11.9

  

Successors and Assigns

   95

Section 11.10

  

Further Assurances

   96

Section 11.11

  

Severability

   96

Section 11.12

  

Governing Law

   96

Section 11.13

  

Jurisdiction; Venue; and Arbitration

   96

Section 11.14

  

Non-Recourse

   98

Section 11.15

  

Time of the Essence

   98

Section 11.16

  

Headings

   98

Section 11.17

  

Counterparts and Exchanges by Fax or Email Transmission

   98

Section 11.18

  

Parties in Interest

   98

Section 11.19

  

Entire Agreement

   98

Section 11.20

  

Construction

   99

Section 11.21

  

Incorporation by Exhibits and Schedules

   99

 

v


LIST OF EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit A

  

Certain Class Action Litigation Matters

Exhibit B

  

Earnout Calculation Table

Exhibit C

  

FIRPTA Certificate

Exhibit D

  

Certificate of Formation

Exhibit E

  

Limited Liability Company Agreement

 

vi


AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

This AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of November 7, 2008, is among Plains Capital Corporation, a Texas corporation (“ Parent ”), PlainsCapital Bank, a Texas banking association (the “ Bank ”), that will form, and assign its rights and obligations hereunder to, FSWH Acquisition LLC, a Delaware limited liability company that will be a wholly-owned direct Subsidiary (as defined below) of Bank (“ Merger Sub ”), First Southwest Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Hill A. Feinberg, as Stockholders’ Representative.

RECITALS

A. Parent, Bank and the Company intend to effect a merger of the Company with and into Merger Sub (the “ Merger ”) in accordance with this Agreement, the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (the “ DLLCA ”) and the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “ DGCL ”). Upon consummation of the Merger, the Company will merge into Merger Sub and will cease to exist and Merger Sub, as the surviving entity, will continue as a wholly-owned direct Subsidiary of Bank.

B. This Agreement has been approved by the respective boards of directors of Parent, Bank and the Company and prior to Closing will be adopted and approved by Bank, as the sole member of Merger Sub.

C. Concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, PlainsCapital Equity, LLC, a Texas limited liability company (“ PCEquity ”), and the Company have executed that certain Stock Purchase Agreement (the “ Stock Purchase Agreement ”), dated as of the date hereof.

D. Concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, as a condition and inducement to Parent’s willingness to enter into this Agreement, each of (i) First Southwest Partners, Ltd., a Texas limited partnership (the “ Partnership ”), (ii) Hill A. Feinberg, John Massey, Mike Marz, Paul Bass and the Company (in its capacity as a limited partner of the Partnership) (collectively, the “ Limited Partners ”), (iii) First Southwest Management, Inc., a Texas corporation (the “ General Partner ”), and (iv) Mike Bartolotta and Boyd London (together with the Partnership, the Limited Partners and the General Partner, the “ Lock-Up Stockholders ”) are entering into lock-up agreements (the “ Lock-Up Agreements ”).

E. It is intended that the Merger shall qualify as a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”).

AGREEMENT

In consideration of the mutual covenants, representations, warranties and agreements contained in this Agreement, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties agree as follows:


ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 Definitions . As used herein the following terms not otherwise defined have the following respective meanings:

Acquisition Proposal ” means any agreement, offer or proposal (other than this Agreement, the Merger, the Stock Purchase Agreement and any other offer or proposal made by Parent) (but including any proposal from or to the Company Stockholders) relating to or involving: (a) any direct or indirect acquisition or purchase (in any single transaction or series of related transactions) from any Target Company or any acquisition by any Person or “group” (as defined in the Exchange Act and the rules promulgated thereunder) of Persons (in any single transaction or series of related transactions) of securities representing more than 15% of the outstanding securities of any class of voting securities of any Target Company; (b) any tender offer or exchange offer, recapitalization, share exchange, reorganization or similar transaction that, if consummated, would result in any Person or “group” (as defined in the Exchange Act and the rules promulgated thereunder) of Persons beneficially owning securities representing more than 15% of the outstanding securities of any class of voting securities of any Target Company; (c) the issuance by any Target Company of securities representing more than 15% of the outstanding securities of any class of voting securities of such Target Company (in any single transaction or series of related transactions); (d) any merger, consolidation, share exchange, business combination, direct or indirect sale, mortgage, pledge, lease, exchange, transfer, license, acquisition or disposition (in any single transaction or series of related transactions) of any business or businesses or of assets or rights that constitute or account for 15% or more of the consolidated net revenues, net income or assets of any Target Company; or (e) any liquidation or dissolution of any Target Company.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person, directly or indirectly, controlling, controlled by or under common control with such first Person. For purposes of this definition and this Agreement, the term “control” (and correlative terms) means the power, whether by contract, equity ownership or otherwise to direct the policies or management of a Person.

Antitrust Laws ” means the HSR Act, the Sherman Act, the Clayton Act, the Federal Trade Commission Act, and any other federal, state or foreign statutes, rules, regulations, orders or decrees that are designed to prohibit, restrict or regulate actions having the purpose or effect of monopolization, lessening of competition or restraint of trade.

ARS ” means the portfolio of auction rate securities held by FSC or any of its Affiliates issued through the Federal Family Education Loan Program together with the Repurchased FINRA Settlement ARS.

ARS Loss Share Equivalent ” means that number, rounded up to the nearest whole number, of Escrowed Earnout Shares equal to the quotient of: (i) the amount of ARS Losses for which Parent has not been reimbursed from the Excess Dividend Amount pursuant to Section 2.8(d) divided by (ii) $34.00.

 

2


ARS Losses ” means any and all damages, losses, claims, obligations, expenses, demands, assessments, penalties, liabilities, costs, judgments, and disbursements (including disbursements, expenses and reasonable fees of attorneys, accountants and other professional advisors and of expert witnesses, costs of investigation and preparation, and costs of settlement) of any kind whatsoever, whether fixed or contingent, suffered or incurred by the Target Companies in connection with the marketing or sale of auction rate securities (including (A) the difference between (i) the amount of interest collected on any Liquidity Loans and (ii) the amount of interest that would have been charged on such Liquidity Loans at the Base Rate of interest in effect on the respective dates FSC or its Affiliate enters into such Liquidity Loans and (B) any “make whole” payments made by FSC or its Affiliates to such customers or former customers (including customers that sold auction rate securities below par between February 28, 2008 and the date of the FINRA Settlement).

Base Rate ” means for any Business Day a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the higher of (a) the Federal Funds Rate plus 1/2 of 1% and (b) the rate of interest in effect for such Business Day as publicly announced from time to time by the Bank as its “prime rate.” The “prime rate” is a rate set by the Bank based upon various factors including the Bank’s costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above, or below such announced rate. Any change in such rate announced by the Bank shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change.

Business Day ” means a day other than Saturday, Sunday or any day on which banks located in Dallas, Texas are authorized or obligated to close.

CFTC ” means the Commodities and Futures Trading Commission.

Clayton Act ” means the Clayton Antitrust Act of 1914, as amended.

COBRA ” means the health insurance and health benefit continuation provisions of the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, 29 U.S.C. §§1161, et seq., and any similar, applicable state laws.

Commitment ” means (a) any outstanding, authorized or contemplated (as evidenced by minutes of a Person’s governing body) options, warrants, convertible securities, exchangeable securities, subscription rights, conversion rights, exchange rights, or other similar rights or Contracts that could require a Person to sell or otherwise issue any of its Equity Interests, to repurchase or redeem any of its Equity Interests or to sell any Equity Interests it owns in another Person; (b) any other outstanding or authorized securities convertible into, exchangeable or exercisable for, or representing the right to subscribe for or otherwise acquire any Equity Interest of a Person or owned by a Person; (c) statutory pre-emptive rights or pre-emptive rights granted under a Person’s organizational and governing documents; and (d) any outstanding, authorized or contemplated (as evidenced by minutes of a Person’s governing body) stock appreciation rights, phantom stock, profit participation, or other similar rights with respect to a Person.

 

3


Company Contract ” means any Contract, including any amendment or supplement thereto: (a) to which any Target Company is a party, (b) by which any Target Company or any of its assets is or may become bound or under which such Target Company has, or may become subject to, any obligation or (c) under which any Target Company has or may acquire any right or interest.

Company Employee ” means any current or former employee, consultant, independent contractor or director of any Target Company.

Company Employee Plan ” means any plan, whether written or oral, sponsored, established, maintained or contributed to or required to be contributed to currently, or at any time within the six (6) year period preceding the Closing Date, by any of the Target Companies for the benefit of any current or former employee or director, or any beneficiary thereof, of the Target Companies, or for which any of the Target Companies has any liability, contingent or otherwise, including: any “employee benefit plan” as defined by Section 3(3) of ERISA, any specified fringe benefit plan as defined in Section 6039D of the Code, and any other bonus, incentive compensation, deferred compensation, profit sharing, stock option, stock appreciation right, stock bonus, stock purchase, employee stock ownership, savings, severance, supplemental unemployment, layoff, salary continuation, retirement, pension, health, life insurance, dental, disability, accident, group insurance, vacation, holiday, sick leave, fringe benefit or welfare plan, and any other employee compensation or benefit plan, agreement, policy, practice, commitment, contract, or understanding (whether qualified or nonqualified, written or unwritten), and any trust, escrow or other agreement related thereto.

Company Material Adverse Effect ” means any result, occurrence, fact, change, event or effect (whether or not constituting a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant set forth in this Agreement) that, individually or in the aggregate with any such other results, occurrences, facts, changes, events or effects, is or would reasonably be expected to be materially adverse to the Company’s (i) business, (ii) operations, (iii) assets, (iv) liabilities, (v) financial condition, or (vi) results of operations (including EBITDA or cash flow), in each case, of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole; provided , that none of the following shall be deemed, singly or in the aggregate, to constitute a Company Material Adverse Effect: any result, occurrence, fact, change, event or effect resulting from (a) any factors generally affecting the economy or the financial or securities markets other than any such factors that have had an adverse and disproportionate effect on the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, as compared to comparable participants in the industries in which the Company and its Subsidiaries conduct their businesses; (b) any outbreak or escalation of hostilities or declared or undeclared acts of war or terrorism; (c) changes in Law or GAAP; (d) the announcement of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby; (e) any losses to the Company arising from the sale of the City of Lewisville bonds; (f) legal expenses arising from the class action litigation listed on Exhibit A hereto; or (g) expenses related to the Company’s sale process, including expenses related to the Merger, provided that the expenses contemplated by this subsection (g) do not exceed $2,750,000 in the aggregate.

Company Stock Option Plan ” means the First Southwest Holdings, Inc. 2000 Incentive and Nonstatutory Stock Option Plan, as restated effective October 1, 2002.

Company Stockholder ” means any holder of record of shares of Company Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time.

 

4


Consent ” means any approval, consent, ratification, permission, waiver or authorization (including any Governmental Authorization).

Contemplated Transactions ” means the transactions and other matters contemplated by the Agreement and the Related Agreements.

Contract ” means any written, oral or other agreement, arrangement, contract, subcontract, lease, understanding, instrument, note, warranty, license, sublicense, insurance policy, benefit plan or legally binding commitment or undertaking of any nature, whether express or implied.

Encumbrance ” means any lien, pledge, hypothecation, charge, mortgage, security interest, encumbrance, claim, infringement, interference, option, right of first refusal, preemptive right, community property interest or restriction of any nature affecting property, real or personal, tangible or intangible, including any restriction on the voting of any security, any restriction on the transfer of any security or other asset, any restriction on the receipt of any income derived from any asset, any restriction on the use of any asset, any restriction on the possession, exercise or transfer of any other attribute of ownership of any asset, any lease in the nature thereof and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statute of any jurisdiction).

Entity ” means any corporation (including any non profit corporation), general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, joint venture, estate, trust, company (including any limited liability company or joint stock company), firm or other enterprise, association, organization or entity.

Environmental Law ” means any federal, state, local or foreign Law relating to pollution or protection of human health or the environment (including ambient air, surface water, ground water, land surface or subsurface strata), including any Law relating to emissions, discharges, releases or threatened releases of hazardous materials.

Equity Interest ” means (a) with respect to a corporation, any and all shares of capital stock and any Commitments with respect thereto; (b) with respect to a partnership, limited liability company, trust, or similar Person, any and all units, interests or other partnership/limited liability company interests, and any Commitments with respect thereto; and (c) any other direct or indirect equity ownership or participation in a Person.

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

Excess Dividend Amount ” means the dividends actually distributed to Company Stockholders pursuant to Section 2.8(d) between the Closing Date and the Earnout Distribution Date less the total dividends (representing those dividends deposited with the Escrow Agent pursuant to Section 2.8(d) as well as those dividends actually distributed to Company Stockholders pursuant to Section 2.8(d)) paid on those Escrowed Earnout Shares that are released on the Earnout Distribution Date; provided , that such number shall not be a negative number.

 

5


Excess Dividend Share Equivalent ” means that number, rounded up to the nearest whole number, of Escrowed Earnout Shares equal to the quotient of: (i) the Excess Dividend Amount for which Parent has not been reimbursed pursuant to Section 2.8(d) divided by (ii) $34.00.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Federal Funds Rate ” means, for any Business Day, the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve arranged by Federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such Business Day.

Federal Trade Commission Act ” means the Federal Trade Commission Act of 1914, as amended.

FERC ” means the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission.

FINRA ” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.

FINRA Settlement ” means any settlement pursuant to a Letter of Acceptance Waiver and Consent between FINRA and FSC, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Parent, that resolves comprehensively FINRA’s auction rate securities investigation of FSC, whether or not such settlement incorporates the terms of the FINRA Settlement Term Sheet dated September 15, 2008.

FSA ” means the Financial Services Authority.

FSC ” means First Southwest Company, a Delaware corporation.

GAAP ” means United States generally accepted accounting principles which are consistent with the principles promulgated or adopted by the Financial Accounting Standards Board and its predecessors, in effect for the applicable fiscal year.

GNU General Public License ” means any version of the General Public License found at www.gnu.org .

Good Operating Practices ” means the practices, methods, and acts generally engaged in or approved by a significant portion of the industry in which Parent or the Company, as applicable, operate in the United States for similarly situated businesses in the United States during a particular time period, or any of such practices, methods, and acts, which, in the exercise of reasonable judgment in light of the facts known or that reasonably should be known at the time a decision is made, would reasonably be expected to accomplish the desired result in a manner consistent with Law, regulation, reliability, safety, environmental protection, economy and expedition, and taking into consideration the requirements of the Material Contracts and the other contracts and agreements affecting the operation of the Company. Good Operating Practices are not intended to be limited to the optimum practices, methods or acts, to the exclusion of all others, but rather to include a spectrum of possible practices, methods, or acts generally acceptable in the region where the Company operates during the relevant period in light of the circumstances.

 

6


Governmental Authorization ” means any: (a) approval, permit, license, certificate, franchise, permission, clearance, registration, qualification or other authorization issued, granted, given or otherwise made available by or under the authority of any Governmental Body or pursuant to any Law; or (b) right under any Contract with any Governmental Body.

Governmental Body ” means (a) any sovereign, federal, state or local government; (b) any governmental, regulatory or administrative agency, commission, body or other authority exercising or entitled to exercise any administrative, executive, judicial, legislative, police, regulatory, or custodial authority or power with respect to Taxes; and (c) any court or governmental tribunal.

HSR Act ” means the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended.

IRS ” means the Internal Revenue Service.

Knowledge ” means, (i) with respect to any Person that is not an individual and subject to the following two sentences, the actual knowledge of such Person’s directors and executive officers and all other officers having responsibility relating to the applicable matter and (ii) in the case of an individual, actual knowledge. “Knowledge” with respect to the Company means the actual knowledge of Hill Feinberg, Allen Custard, Michael Marz, David Brayshaw, Jack Adams, John Muschalek and David Commons. “Knowledge” with respect to Parent means the actual knowledge of Alan White, De Pierce, Jerry Schaffner and Jeff Isom.

Laws ” means any federal, state, municipal, local, foreign, international, multinational or local law, statute, constitution, principle of common law, code, edict, decree, ordinance, rule, regulation, resolution, Order, ruling or requirement issued, enacted, adopted, promulgated, implemented or otherwise put into effect by or under the authority of any Governmental Body.

Legal Proceeding ” means any action, charge, suit, litigation, arbitration, proceeding (including any civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or appellate proceeding), hearing, inquiry, audit, examination or investigation commenced, brought, conducted or heard by or before, or otherwise involving, any court or other Governmental Body or any arbitrator or arbitration panel.

Liquidity Loan ” means any loan made to provide liquidity to customers or former customers of FSC or its Affiliates or Subsidiaries pursuant to any FINRA Settlement.

Materials of Environmental Concern ” include chemicals, pollutants, contaminants, wastes, toxic substances, petroleum and petroleum products and any other substance that is regulated by any Environmental Law.

Municipal Derivative Litigation Liabilities ” means any and all damages, losses, claims, obligations, demands, assessments, penalties, liabilities, costs of settlement, judgments, and disbursements (but specifically excluding all fees and expenses of attorneys, accountants and

 

7


other professional advisors) suffered or incurred by the Target Companies in connection with any class action litigation or other Legal Proceeding related to the bidding practices of providers and brokers who sold municipal derivatives to issuers of municipal bonds, including all such proceedings existing on the date hereof and any such proceeding commenced after the date hereof; provided , that Municipal Derivative Litigation Liabilities shall in no event exceed $3,000,000.

Municipal Derivative Litigation Liabilities Share Equivalent ” means that number, rounded up to the nearest whole number, of Escrowed Earnout Shares equal to the quotient of: (i) the amount of Municipal Derivative Litigation Liabilities for which Parent has not been reimbursed from the Excess Dividend Amount pursuant to Section 2.8(d) divided by (ii) $34.00.

Order ” means any order, determination, decision, injunction, judgment, decree, ruling, writ, assessment or arbitration award of a Governmental Body.

Parent Contract ” means any Contract, including any amendment or supplement thereto: (a) to which any Parent Company is a party, (b) by which any Parent Company or any of such Parent Company’s assets is or may become bound or under which such Parent Company has, or may become subject to, any obligation or (c) under which any Parent Company has or may acquire any right or interest.

Parent Employee ” means any current or former employee, consultant, independent contractor or director of the Parent Companies.

Parent Employee Plan ” means any plan, whether written or oral, sponsored, established, maintained or contributed to or required to be contributed to currently, or at any time within the six (6) year period preceding the Closing Date, by any of the Parent Companies for the benefit of any current or former employee or director, or any beneficiary thereof, of the Parent Companies, or for which any of the Parent Companies has any liability, contingent or otherwise, including: any “employee benefit plan” as defined by Section 3(3) of ERISA, any specified fringe benefit plan as defined in Section 6039D of the Code, and any other bonus, incentive compensation, deferred compensation, profit sharing, stock option, stock appreciation right, stock bonus, stock purchase, employee stock ownership, savings, severance, supplemental unemployment, layoff, salary continuation, retirement, pension, health, life insurance, dental, disability, accident, group insurance, vacation, holiday, sick leave, fringe benefit or welfare plan, and any other employee compensation or benefit plan, agreement, policy, practice, commitment, contract, or understanding (whether qualified or nonqualified, written or unwritten), and any trust, escrow or other agreement related thereto.

Parent Material Adverse Effect means any result, occurrence, fact, change, event or effect (whether or not constituting a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant set forth in this Agreement) that, individually or in the aggregate with any such other results, occurrences, facts, changes, events or effects, is or would reasonably be expected to be materially adverse to Parent’s (i) business, (ii) operations, (iii) assets, (iv) liabilities, (v) financial condition, or (vi) results of operations (including EBITDA or cash flow), in each case, of Parent and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole; provided , that none of the following shall be deemed, singly or in the aggregate, to constitute a Parent Material Adverse Effect: any result, occurrence, fact,

 

8


change, event or effect resulting from (a) any factors generally affecting the economy or the financial or security markets other than any such factors that have had an adverse and disproportionate effect on Parent and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, as compared to comparable participants in the industries in which Parent and its Subsidiaries conduct their business; (b) any outbreak or escalation of hostilities or declared or undeclared acts of war or terrorism; (c) changes in Law or GAAP; or (d) the announcement of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

PCBs ” means polychlorinated biphenyls.

Permit ” means all licenses, franchises, permits, Orders, approvals and authorizations necessary for the business of any Person.

Person ” means any individual, Entity or Governmental Body.

Pro Rata Percentage ” means with respect to each Company Stockholder who has not properly exercised appraisal rights pursuant to Section 262, that percentage determined by dividing (i) the number of shares of Company Common Stock held by such Company Stockholder on the Closing Date by (ii) the total number of shares of Company Common Stock held by all such Company Stockholders on the Closing Date.

Proprietary Asset ” means any: (a) patent, patent application, trademark (whether registered or unregistered), trademark application, trade name, fictitious business name, domain name, service mark (whether registered or unregistered), service mark application, copyright (whether registered or unregistered), copyright application, maskwork, maskwork registration or application, trade secret, know-how, customer list, system, computer software, invention, design, blueprint, engineering drawing, proprietary product, technology, proprietary right or other intellectual property right or intangible asset; or (b) the goodwill associated with any of the foregoing or the right to sue for past, present or future infringement or misappropriation of any of the foregoing.

Related Agreements ” means the Stock Purchase Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Lock-Up Agreements and the Employment Agreements.

Representatives ” means officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys, accountants, lenders, investors, advisors and representatives.

Repurchased FINRA Settlement ARS ” means the auction rate securities repurchased pursuant to an offer by FSC or any of its Affiliates as required by the FINRA Settlement.

SBA ” means the Small Business Administration.

Schedules ” means the Company Disclosure Schedules and Parent Disclosure Schedules, each dated and delivered as of the date of the Agreement.

SEC ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

9


Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

SFAS 157 ” means Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157, as amended, restated, superseded or supplemented after the date hereof.

Sherman Act ” means the Sherman Antitrust Act of 1890, as amended.

Stockholders’ Representative ” means Hill A. Feinberg or his successor as duly appointed in accordance with Section 10.3 .

Subsidiary ” means any Entity of which (a) another Person, directly or indirectly, has the power to direct the management or policies of such Entity; or (b) another Person, directly or indirectly, owns beneficially or of record (i) a majority of the outstanding voting securities or other interests of such Entity or (ii) an amount of voting securities or other interests in such Entity that enables such Person to appoint a majority of the board of directors or managers or comparable supervisory body of such Entity.

TARP Funding ” means the sale of non-voting senior preferred stock and associated warrants (or other debt or equity securities) to the U.S. Department of Treasury pursuant to its Capital Purchase Program adopted pursuant to the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008.

Tax ” means any tax (including any income tax, franchise tax, capital gains tax, gross receipts tax, value added tax, surtax, excise tax, ad valorem tax, transfer tax, stamp tax, sales tax, use tax, property tax, business tax, withholding tax, payroll tax or any other tax) (including any fine, penalty, interest or addition thereto, whether disputed or not), imposed, assessed or collected by or under the authority of any Governmental Body.

Tax Return ” means any return (including any information return), report, statement, declaration, estimate, schedule, notice, notification, form, election, certificate or other document or information filed with or submitted to, or required to be filed with or submitted to, any Governmental Body in connection with the determination, assessment, collection or payment of any Tax or in connection with the administration, implementation or enforcement of or compliance with any Law relating to any Tax, including any attachment thereto, and including any amendment thereof.

Treasury Regulations ” means the Federal tax regulations, providing the official interpretation of the Internal Revenue Code by the United States Department of Treasury.

Section 1.2 Terms Defined Elsewhere in this Agreement . For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have meanings set forth in the Sections indicated:

 

Term

  

Section

280G Stockholder Approval

   Section 5.16

Aggregate ARS Face Value

   Section 2.8(b)

Aggregate ARS Market Value

   Section 2.8(b)

 

10


Term

  

Section

Agreement

   PREAMBLE

Appraisal Shares

   Section 2.7(g)

Assumptions

   Section 3.23

Bank

   PREAMBLE

Cancelled Escrowed Earnout Shares

   Section 2.8(b)

Certificate of Merger

   Section 2.3

Change of Control

   Section 5.19(a)

Claimant

   Section 11.13(c)(ii)

Closing

   Section 2.2

Closing Date

   Section 2.2

Code

   RECITALS

Company

   PREAMBLE

Company Board Recommendation

   Section 3.24(a)

Company Certificates

   Section 2.7(d)

Company Common Stock

   Section 2.7(b)

Company Constituent Documents

   Section 3.3

Company Cure Period

   Section 9.1(f)(ii)

Company Disclosure Schedule Update

   Section 5.8(b)

Company Common Stock

   Section 2.7(b)

Company Financial Statements

   Section 3.5(a)(i)

Company Financial Projections

   Section 3.23

Company Interim Balance Sheet

   Section 3.5(a)(ii)

Company Option

   Section 2.7(f)

Company Options

   Section 2.7(f)

Company Purchase Commitments

   Section 3.22

Company Real Property Leases

   Section 3.9(c)

Company Registered Proprietary Asset

   Section 3.10(a)(ii)

Company Returns

   Section 3.15(a)

Company Sale

   Section 5.19(a)

Company Software Products

   Section 3.10(a)(i)

Company Stockholder Representation Letters

   Section 5.12

Company Stockholders Approval

   Section 3.24(b)

Company Stockholders Meeting

   Section 3.24(a)

Confidentiality Agreement

   Section 5.4

Continuing Employees

   Section 5.15(a)

Converted Option

   Section 2.7(f)

Converted Option Shares

   Section 2.7(f)

Demand

   Section 11.13(c)(ii)

DGCL

   RECITALS

DLLCA

   RECITALS

Disputes

   Section 11.13(c)

Distribution Percentage of Escrowed Earnout Shares

   Section 2.8(b)

DOJ

   Section 5.18

Duff & Phelps Opinion

   Section 7.6(f)

 

11


Term

  

Section

Earnout Calculation Date

   Section 2.8(b)

Earnout Calculation Table

   Section 2.8(b)

Earnout Distribution Date

   Section 2.8(b)

Earnout Options

   Section 2.7(f)

Effective Time

   Section 2.3

Employment Agreements

   Section 7.6(h)

Escrow Agent

   Section 2.8(a)

Escrow Agreement

   Section 2.8(a)

Escrowed Earnout Shares

   Section 2.7(c)

Exchange Agent

   Section 2.9(a)

Exchange Fund

   Section 2.9(a)

Exchange Ratio

   Section 2.7(c)

Federal Reserve

   Section 3.21(c)

General Partner

   RECITALS

Limited Partners

   RECITALS

Lock-Up Agreements

   RECITALS

Lock-Up Stockholders

   RECITALS

Material Contract

   Section 3.11(a)

Merger

   RECITALS

Merger Sub

   PREAMBLE

Negotiation Period

   Section 5.19(b)

Offer Exercise Notice

   Section 5.19(b)

Offer Period

   Section 5.19(b)

Open Period

   Section 5.19(c)

Parent

   PREAMBLE

Parent Benefit Plans

   Section 5.15(a)

Parent Bylaws

   Section 4.3

Parent Charter

   Section 4.3

Parent Common Stock

   Section 2.7(a)

Parent Company

   Section 4.1(a)

Parent Constituent Documents

   Section 4.3

Parent Cure Period

   Section 9.1(g)(ii)

Parent Disclosure Schedule Update

   Section 5.8(c)

Parent Financial Advisor

   Section 4.19

Parent Financial Statements

   Section 4.5(a)

Parent Interim Balance Sheet

   Section 4.5(a)(ii)

Parent Options

   Section 4.4(a)

Parent Material Contract

   Section 4.8(a)

Parent Qualified Plan

   Section 4.13(f)

Parent Reports

   Section 4.20(a)

Parent Returns

   Section 4.12(a)

Partnership

   RECITALS

PCEquity

   RECITALS

Permissible Activities

   Section 3.31

Permissible Assets

   Section 3.31

Pre-Closing Period

   Section 5.1

 

12


Term

  

Section

Proxy Statement

   Section 5.3(a)

Qualified Plan

   Section 3.16(j)

Registration Rights Agreement

   Section 7.6(c)

Registration Statement

   Section 5.21

Regulatory Approvals

   Section 3.21(c)

Related Party

   Section 3.19(f)

Required Approvals

   Section 5.13(a)

Respondent

   Section 11.13(c)(ii)

Restraint

   Section 6.2

Sale Notice

   Section 5.19(b)

SEC Order

   0

Section 262

   Section 2.7(c)

Section 280G Payments

   Section 5.16

SRO

   Section 3.21(c)

Stock Purchase Agreement

   RECITALS

Surrender Date

   Section 2.9(b)

Surviving LLC

   Section 2.1

Target Companies

   Section 3.1(a)

Target Company

   Section 3.1(a)

Termination Date

   Section 9.1(b)

Termination Fee

   Section 9.3(b)

Termination Expenses

   Section 9.3(b)

Third Party Proprietary Asset

   Section 3.10(d)

Transaction Shares

   Section 2.7(c)

ARTICLE 2

THE MERGER

Section 2.1 The Merger . At the Effective Time, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, and in accordance with Section 18-209 of the DLLCA and Section 257 of the DGCL, the Company shall be merged with and into Merger Sub, at which time the separate corporate existence of the Company shall cease and Merger Sub shall continue as the surviving Entity in the Merger and shall be a wholly-owned, direct Subsidiary of the Bank (the “ Surviving LLC ”). From and after the Effective Time, the Surviving LLC shall succeed to and assume all of the property, rights, privileges, powers and franchises of the Company and Merger Sub in accordance with this Agreement, the DLLCA and the DGCL.

Section 2.2 Closing. The closing of the Merger (the “ Closing ”) shall take place at 10:01 a.m., Dallas, Texas time, on a date to be specified by the parties, which shall be no later than the later of: (i) December 31, 2008 and (ii) the third Business Day after satisfaction or waiver of all of the conditions set forth in ARTICLE 6 , ARTICLE 7 and ARTICLE 8 (other than delivery of items to be delivered at the Closing and other than those conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied at the Closing, it being understood that the occurrence of the Closing shall remain subject to the delivery of such items and the satisfaction or waiver of such conditions at the Closing) at the offices of Haynes and Boone, L.L.P., 2323 Victory Avenue, Suite 700, Dallas, Texas 75219, unless another time, date or place is agreed to in writing by the parties hereto (the date on which the Closing occurs is referred to herein as the “ Closing Date ”).

 

13


Section 2.3 Effective Time . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, as soon as practicable on the Closing Date, the parties shall cause the Merger to be consummated by filing a certificate of merger in such form as required by, and executed in accordance with, the relevant provisions of the DLLCA and the DGCL (the “ Certificate of Merger ”) with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and shall make all other filings or recordings required under the DLLCA and the DGCL. The Merger shall become effective at such time as the Certificate of Merger is duly filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware or, if Parent and the Company shall otherwise agree, at such subsequent date or time as Parent and the Company shall specify in the Certificate of Merger, which date shall be consistent with the requirements of the DLLCA and the DGCL (the time at which the Merger becomes effective is referred to herein as the “ Effective Time ”). For all purposes, all of the document deliveries and other actions to occur at the Closing will be conclusively presumed to have occurred at the same time, immediately before the Effective Time, unless expressly provided otherwise.

Section 2.4 Effects of the Merger . At the Effective Time, the Merger shall have the effects set forth in this Agreement and in the applicable provisions of the DLLCA and the DGCL. At the Effective Time all of the Company’s and Merger Sub’s property, rights, privileges, powers and franchises will vest in the Surviving LLC, and all debts, liabilities and duties of the Company and Merger Sub will become the Surviving LLC’s debt, liabilities and duties. Parent and its Subsidiaries hereby disclaim any intention to subject themselves to any ongoing liabilities or obligations under any Contract to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party, except as may occur by operation of law as a result of the Merger.

Section 2.5 Organizational Documents of the Surviving LLC . The certificate of formation of Merger Sub, as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall be the certificate of formation of the Surviving LLC, except that the name of the Surviving LLC shall be “First Southwest Holdings LLC,” and, as so amended, such certificate of formation shall be the certificate of formation of the Surviving LLC until further amended in accordance with applicable Laws and as provided in such certificate of formation. The limited liability company agreement of Merger Sub, as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall be the limited liability company agreement of the Surviving LLC, except that the name of the Surviving LLC shall be “First Southwest Holdings LLC,” and, as so amended, such limited liability company agreement shall be the limited liability company agreement of the Surviving LLC until further amended in accordance with applicable Laws and as provided in such limited liability company agreement and the certificate of formation of the Surviving LLC.

Section 2.6 Directors and Officers of the Surviving LLC . The board of directors of the Company shall, from and after the Effective Time, become the initial board of managers of the Surviving LLC until their successors shall have been duly elected, appointed or qualified or until their earlier death, resignation or removal in accordance with the certificate of formation and limited liability company agreement of the Surviving LLC and applicable Laws; provided , that Alan White will be elected to the board of managers and the executive committee of the board of managers of the Surviving LLC immediately following the Effective Time; provided, further , De Pierce and Jerry Schaffner will also be elected to the board of managers of the

 

14


Surviving LLC immediately following the Effective Time. The officers of the Company shall, from and after the Effective Time, become the initial officers of the Surviving LLC until their successors shall have been duly elected, appointed or qualified or until their earlier death, resignation or removal in accordance with the certificate of formation and the limited liability company agreement of the Surviving LLC.

Section 2.7 Effects on Capital Stock and Additional Share Consideration . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, at the Effective Time, by virtue of the Merger and without any action on the part of Parent, Merger Sub, the Bank, the Company or the holder of any of the following securities:

(a) Each share of common stock, par value $10.00 per share, of Parent (the “ Parent Common Stock ”) issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall remain issued and outstanding and shall not be affected by the Merger.

(b) All shares of common stock, par value $.005 per share, of the Company (the “ Company Common Stock ”) issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time that are owned directly by the Company shall be cancelled and shall cease to exist and no stock of Parent or other consideration shall be delivered in exchange therefor.

(c) Other than the shares cancelled pursuant to Section 2.7(b) , any shares owned by Company Stockholders properly exercising appraisal rights pursuant to Section 262 of the DGCL (“ Section 262 ”) (which shares shall have the rights as provided in Section 2.7(g) ), and subject to Section 2.7(e) , each share of Company Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be converted into and represent the right to receive 0.94198695 (the “ Exchange Ratio ”) shares of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Parent Common Stock (the aggregate of such shares referred to as the “ Transaction Shares ”); provided , that 25% of the Transaction Shares shall be designated as the “ Escrowed Earnout Shares ,” and the right to receive the Escrowed Earnout Shares from Parent shall be contingent upon the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.8 hereof. Parent shall deposit the Escrowed Earnout Shares with the Escrow Agent, which may be released to the Company Stockholders or cancelled in accordance with Section 2.8 . Schedule 2.7(c) of the Company Disclosure Schedule sets forth, as of the date hereof, the allocation of Transaction Shares (including the Escrowed Earnout Shares) among all of the Company Stockholders. Schedule 2.7(c) of the Company Disclosure Schedule may be revised, if necessary, at least 48 hours prior to the Effective Time pursuant to Section 5.8 .

(d) Each share of Company Common Stock converted pursuant to this ARTICLE 2 shall no longer be outstanding and shall automatically be cancelled and shall cease to exist as of the Effective Time, and the certificates previously representing such shares of Company Common Stock (the “ Company Certificates ”) shall thereafter represent solely the right to receive the Transaction Shares and any cash paid pursuant to Section 2.7(e) or Section 2.9(c) , subject to the conditions set forth in this ARTICLE 2 .

(e) No fraction of a share of Parent Common Stock will be issued by virtue of the Merger, and each holder of shares of Company Common Stock who would otherwise be entitled to a fraction of a share of Parent Common Stock (after aggregating all fractional shares of Parent Common Stock which such holder would otherwise receive) shall, upon compliance with Section 2.9 hereof, receive from Parent, in lieu of such fractional share, an amount in cash without interest thereon equal to the product of (i) such fraction multiplied by (ii) $34.00.

 

15


(f) Upon and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, at the Effective Time, each option to purchase Company Common Stock outstanding as of the date hereof (vested and unvested) (each, a “ Company Option ” and, collectively, the “ Company Options ”) granted under the Company Stock Option Plan and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be converted into an option (each, a “ Converted Option ”) to acquire a number of shares of Parent Common Stock (“ Converted Option Shares ”) equal to the product obtained by multiplying (x) the aggregate number of shares of Company Common Stock that would have been issuable upon the exercise of such Company Option for cash immediately prior to the Effective Time by (y) the Exchange Ratio, rounded down to the nearest whole share; provided , that Converted Options representing 25% of the Converted Option Shares (rounded down to the nearest whole share) shall be designated as “ Earnout Options .” Except as set forth herein, each Converted Option shall be on the same terms and conditions (including vesting conditions) as the applicable Company Option it replaces; provided , further , that, the right to receive the Converted Option Shares underlying the Earnout Options from the Parent shall be contingent upon the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.8 hereof in accordance with Section 2.8 hereof. The per share exercise price of each Converted Option rounded up to the nearest whole cent shall be the same as the per share exercise price of the related Company Option divided by the Exchange Ratio. Prior to the Effective Time, Parent and the Company, as applicable, shall take all actions reasonably necessary to effectuate the provisions of this Section 2.7(f) , including all corporate actions of Parent necessary to reserve for issuance a sufficient number of shares of Parent Common Stock for delivery upon exercise of Converted Options. Schedule 2.7(f) of the Company Disclosure Schedule sets forth the allocation of Converted Options among all holders of Company Options as of the date of this Agreement. Schedule 2.7(f) of the Company Disclosure Schedule may be revised, if necessary, at least 48 hours prior to the Effective Time pursuant to Section 5.8 .

(g) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the shares of Company Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time that are held by any Company Stockholder that is entitled to demand and properly demands appraisal of shares of Company Common Stock pursuant to, and complies in all respects with, the provisions of Section 262 (the “ Appraisal Shares ”) shall not be converted into the right to receive the Transaction Shares as provided in (but subject to) this ARTICLE 2 , but, instead, such Company Stockholder shall be entitled to such rights (but only such rights) as are granted by Section 262. At the Effective Time, all Appraisal Shares shall no longer be outstanding and automatically shall be cancelled and shall cease to exist, and, except as otherwise provided by applicable Laws, each holder of Appraisal Shares shall cease to have any rights with respect to the Appraisal Shares, other than such rights as are granted by Section 262. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any such Company Stockholder shall fail to validly perfect or shall otherwise waive, withdraw or lose the right to appraisal under Section 262 or if a court of competent jurisdiction shall determine that such Company Stockholder is not entitled to the relief provided by Section 262, then the rights of such Company Stockholder under Section 262 shall cease, and such Appraisal Shares shall be deemed to have been converted at the Effective Time into, and shall have become, the right to receive the Transaction Shares as provided in (but subject to) this

 

16


ARTICLE 2 (including any cash paid pursuant to Section 2.7(e) or Section 2.9(c) ). The Company shall give prompt notice to Parent of any written demands for appraisal of any shares of Company Common Stock, and Parent shall have the opportunity to reasonably participate in all negotiations and proceedings with respect to such demands. The Company shall not, without the prior written Consent of Parent, make any payment with respect to, or settle or offer to settle, any such demands, or agree to do any of the foregoing.

(h) At the Effective Time, each limited liability company membership interest of Merger Sub that is issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time will, by virtue of the Merger and without further action on the part of the sole member of Merger Sub, be converted into and become an equivalent limited liability company membership interest of the Surviving LLC (and the membership interest of the Surviving LLC into which the Merger Sub’s membership interest is so converted shall be the only membership interest of the Surviving LLC that is issued and outstanding immediately after the Effective Time). The certificate and books and records of the Merger Sub evidencing ownership of membership interests of Merger Sub will evidence ownership of such membership interests of the Surviving LLC.

Section 2.8 Earnout .

(a) On the Closing Date, Parent shall deposit all of the Escrowed Earnout Shares with U.S. Bank, N.A. or another escrow agent mutually agreed to by Parent and the Company (the “ Escrow Agent ”), to be held in an escrow account for the purpose of distributing such shares to the Company Stockholders upon the valuation of the ARS, as described in this Section 2.8 . The Escrowed Earnout Shares shall be issued in the name of the Escrow Agent for the benefit of the Company Stockholders in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Section 2.8 and an agreement to be entered into at the Closing between Parent, the Company, the Stockholders’ Representative and the Escrow Agent, in customary form and substance as reasonably agreed to by Parent and the Company (the “ Escrow Agreement ”). The Escrow Agreement shall provide that the Escrow Agent shall execute consents in lieu of a stockholders’ meeting with respect to, or vote, the Escrowed Earnout Shares on all matters in the same proportion as the other Transaction Shares not held by the Escrow Agent are so voted or for which consents in lieu of a stockholders’ meeting are so executed.

(b) Subject to Section 2.8 hereof, upon the last day of the forty-ninth (49th) month following the Closing Date (the “ Earnout Distribution Date ”), each Company Stockholder (other than Company Stockholders who properly exercised appraisal rights pursuant to Section 262 in connection with the Merger, which such Company Stockholders shall have the rights as provided in Section 2.7(g) ) shall receive from Parent that number of shares of Parent Common Stock equal to the difference between: (i) the product of multiplying (x) the Escrowed Earnout Shares by (y) such holder’s Pro Rata Percentage by (z) the applicable “ Distribution Percentage of Escrowed Earnout Shares ” set forth in the far right column of the table set forth in Exhibit B attached hereto (the “ Earnout Calculation Table ”) less (ii) the product of multiplying (y) the ARS Loss Share Equivalent by (z) such holder’s Pro Rata Percentage less (iii) the product of multiplying (y) the Municipal Derivative Litigation Liabilities Share Equivalent by (z) such holder’s Pro Rata Percentage less (iv) the product of multiplying (y) the Excess Dividend Share Equivalent by (z) such holder’s Pro Rata Percentage. The applicable Distribution Percentage of Escrowed Earnout Shares shall be the percentage that the Aggregate ARS Market Value (as

 

17


defined below), represents of the Aggregate ARS Face Value (as defined below). For purposes of this Agreement, “ Aggregate ARS Market Value ” shall mean the aggregate value (following deduction of reasonable expenses associated with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the following (A) and (B)) of the ARS as follows: (A) if the ARS are sold prior to the last day of the forty-eighth (48th) month immediately following the Closing Date (the “ Earnout Calculation Date ”) in toto , the aggregate actual sales price of the ARS, net of any commissions related to such sale, or (B) if the ARS remain outstanding on the Earnout Calculation Date, the aggregate value of the ARS when marked-to-market in accordance with GAAP as of the Earnout Calculation Date utilizing the same valuation standards and principles used in the Duff & Phelps Opinion. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Aggregate ARS Face Value ” shall mean the sum of: (i) $236,000,000 and (ii) the face amount of the Repurchased FINRA Settlement ARS. Any Escrowed Earnout Shares that are not distributed on the Earnout Distribution Date pursuant to this Section 2.8 shall no longer be outstanding and shall be cancelled (“ Cancelled Escrowed Earnout Shares ”). Any dividends declared with respect to such Cancelled Escrowed Earnout Shares, including any interest earned thereon, shall be repaid by the Escrow Agent to Parent on the Earnout Distribution Date as the Excess Dividend Amount as provided in this Section 2.8(b) and Section 2.8(d) .

(c) All Converted Option Shares underlying Earnout Options that are exercised prior to the Earnout Distribution Date shall be deposited with the Escrow Agent and deemed to be, for all purposes thereafter, Escrowed Earnout Shares and subject to Section 2.7 and Section 2.8 hereof. Any holder of Earnout Options that exercises such option after the Earnout Calculation Date shall receive that number of Converted Option Shares underlying such Earnout Options multiplied by the applicable Distribution Percentage of Escrowed Earnout Shares used in determining the number of Escrowed Earnout Shares issued or to be issued on the Earnout Distribution Date. All remaining Converted Option Shares underlying such exercised Earnout Option but not distributed in accordance with this Section 2.8(c) , if any, shall no longer be outstanding and shall be cancelled.

(d) The Company Stockholders shall be treated during the term of the Escrow Agreement as the owner of the Escrowed Earnout Shares for Tax purposes. The Company Stockholders shall be responsible for any Taxes related to the Escrowed Earnout Shares and the income and earnings thereon. Subject to Section 2.8(b) , during the period beginning on the day immediately after the Closing Date and ending on the Earnout Distribution Date, each Company Stockholder shall, as record holder of the Escrowed Earnout Shares, have the right to vote such shares and the right to receive forty percent (40%) of any dividends distributed thereon. The remaining sixty percent (60%) of any dividends paid with respect to the Escrowed Earnout Shares shall be deposited with the Escrow Agent and distributed to Company Stockholders in their Pro Rata Percentage on the Earnout Distribution Date in accordance with Section 2.8(b) hereof less (i) any Excess Dividend Amount less (ii) any ARS Losses less (iii) any Municipal Derivatives Litigation Liabilities. On the Earnout Distribution Date, any cash balance not distributed to Company Stockholders pursuant to this Section 2.8(d) , including any interest earned on the dividends, shall be paid by the Escrow Agent to Parent to reimburse Parent for any Excess Dividend Amount, ARS Losses, or Municipal Derivatives Litigation Liabilities.

 

18


(e) In the event the outstanding shares of Parent Common Stock shall be subdivided or reclassified into a greater number of shares of Parent Common Stock or in the event that outstanding shares of Parent Common Stock shall be combined or reclassified into a smaller number of shares of Parent Common Stock, the Escrowed Earnout Shares distributable pursuant to Section 2.8(b) shall be equitably and proportionately increased or reduced, respectively.

Section 2.9 Exchange of Shares and Certificates.

(a) Not less than five (5) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, Parent shall engage an institution reasonably satisfactory to the Company to act as exchange agent in connection with the Merger (the “ Exchange Agent ”). At such times which shall be sufficient to comply with the procedures set forth in Section 2.9(b) , Parent shall deposit with the Exchange Agent, in trust for the benefit of the Company Stockholders, certificates representing the Transaction Shares issuable pursuant to Section 2.7(c) , less the Escrowed Earnout Shares which shall be deposited with the Escrow Agent pursuant to Section 2.8 . In addition, Parent shall make available by depositing with the Exchange Agent, as necessary from time to time after the Effective Time, cash in an amount sufficient to make the payments in lieu of fractional shares of Parent Common Stock pursuant to Section 2.7(e) and any dividends or distributions to which Company Stockholders may be entitled pursuant to Section 2.9(c) . All cash and certificates representing shares of Parent Common Stock deposited with the Exchange Agent shall hereinafter be referred to as the “ Exchange Fund .”

(b) From and after the Effective Time, each registered holder of Company Certificates, in order to receive the Transaction Shares deliverable in respect of such shares of Company Common Stock, shall surrender each Company Certificate to the Exchange Agent along with (i) a properly completed letter of transmittal (the form of such letter of transmittal to be provided by Parent to the Company for delivery to each Company Stockholder no later than five (5) Business Days prior to Closing (it being understood that such letter of transmittal shall provide that such holder shall acknowledge that it is receiving restricted securities under the federal securities laws and will contain other customary investment representations)) and (ii) other appropriate materials and instructions for use in effecting the surrender of Company Certificates in exchange for the Transaction Shares that such holder has a right to receive pursuant to Section 2.7(c) , cash in an amount sufficient to make the payments in lieu of fractional shares pursuant to Section 2.7(e) and any dividends or other distributions to which such holder may be entitled pursuant to Section 2.9(c) . Upon surrender of Company Certificates for cancellation to the Exchange Agent, together with such properly completed letter of transmittal and such other documents as may reasonably be required by the Exchange Agent (the “ Surrender Date ”), such holder of Company Certificates shall receive in exchange therefor, as soon as reasonably practicable after the Surrender Date, (i) certificates representing the Transaction Shares into which its shares of Company Common Stock shall be converted or exchanged at the Effective Time, less the Escrowed Earnout Shares, (ii) payment of cash in lieu of fractional shares which such holder is entitled to receive pursuant to Section 2.7(e) , and (iii) any dividends or distributions payable pursuant to Section 2.9(c) , and the Company Certificates so surrendered shall forthwith be marked cancelled. Until so surrendered, outstanding Company Certificates will be deemed, from and after the Effective Time, to evidence only the right to receive the applicable number of shares of Parent Common Stock issuable pursuant to Section 2.7(c) (and any amounts to be paid pursuant to Section 2.7(e) or Section 2.9(c) ) or, in the case of holders of Appraisal Shares, the right to receive the applicable payments set forth in Section 2.7(g) . No interest shall be paid or shall accrue on any amount payable pursuant to this ARTICLE 2 .

 

19


(c) No dividends or other distributions declared or made after the date of this Agreement with respect to Parent Common Stock with a record date after the Effective Time will be paid to the holders of any unsurrendered Company Certificates with respect to the shares of Parent Common Stock to be issued upon surrender thereof until the registered holders of such Company Certificates shall surrender such Company Certificates. Subject to applicable Law, following surrender of any such Company Certificates with a properly completed letter of transmittal, Parent shall promptly deliver, or cause to be promptly delivered, to the registered holder thereof, without interest, the certificates representing shares of Parent Common Stock issued in exchange therefor (not including the Escrowed Earnout Shares), cash in lieu of fractional shares of Parent Common Stock which such holder is entitled to receive pursuant to Section 2.7(e) and the amount of any such dividends or other distributions with a record date after the Effective Time theretofore paid with respect to such shares of Parent Common Stock.

(d) All shares of Parent Common Stock issued upon the surrender for exchange of Company Certificates in accordance with the terms of this ARTICLE 2 and any cash paid pursuant to Section 2.7(c) or Section 2.9(c) shall be deemed to have been issued (or paid) in full satisfaction of all rights pertaining to the shares of Company Common Stock previously represented by such Company Certificates. As of the Effective Time, the stock transfer books of the Company shall be closed and there shall be no further registration of transfers on the stock transfer books of the Surviving LLC of the shares of Company Common Stock which were outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time. If, after the Effective Time, Company Certificates are presented to the Surviving LLC or the Exchange Agent for any reason, they shall be cancelled and exchanged as provided in this ARTICLE 2 .

(e) Any portion of the Exchange Fund which remains undistributed to the holders of Company Certificates one (1) year after the Effective Time shall be delivered to Parent, upon demand, and any holders of Company Certificates who have not theretofore complied with this ARTICLE 2 shall thereafter look only to Parent for delivery of their claim for Transaction Shares pursuant to Section 2.7(c) , any cash in lieu of fractional shares of Parent Common Stock pursuant to Section 2.7(e) and any dividends or distributions pursuant to Section 2.9(c) .

(f) None of Parent, Merger Sub, the Bank, the Company or the Exchange Agent or any of their respective directors, officers, employees and agents shall be liable to any Person in respect of any portion of the Exchange Fund (or dividends or distributions with respect thereto) delivered to a Governmental Body pursuant to any applicable abandoned property, escheat or similar Law. If any Company Certificate shall not have been surrendered prior to seven (7) years after the Effective Time, or immediately prior to such earlier date on which any portion of the Exchange Fund or any dividends or distributions with respect to Parent Common Stock issuable in respect of such Company Certificate would otherwise escheat to or become the property of any Governmental Body, any such shares, cash, dividends or distributions in respect of such Company Certificate shall, to the extent permitted by applicable Laws, become the property of the Surviving LLC, free and clear of all claims or interests of any Person previously entitled thereto.

 

20


(g) The Exchange Agent shall invest any cash included in the Exchange Fund as directed by Parent from time to time; provided , that no such investment or loss thereon shall affect the amounts payable to Company Stockholders after the Effective Time pursuant to this ARTICLE 2 . Any interest and other income resulting from such investment shall become a part of the Exchange Fund, and any amounts in excess of the amounts payable pursuant to this ARTICLE 2 shall promptly be paid to Parent.

(h) Parent and the Exchange Agent shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from any consideration payable pursuant to this Agreement to any holder of Company Common Stock such amounts as Parent or the Exchange Agent may be required to deduct and withhold with respect to the making of such payment under the Code or any other provision of federal, state, local or foreign Tax Law. To the extent that amounts are so withheld by Parent or the Exchange Agent, such withheld amounts shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to such holder. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Parent and the Exchange Agent shall have the right to require any holder of Company Common Stock to pay to Parent or the Exchange Agent, as the case may be, an amount of cash equal to the withholding Tax (including withholding Tax under Section 1445(a) of the Code) imposed with respect to the Company Common Stock acquired from such holder prior to, and as a condition to, the transfer to such holder of any consideration payable pursuant to this Agreement.

(i) In the event any Company Certificates shall have been lost, stolen or destroyed, the Exchange Agent shall issue in exchange for such lost, stolen or destroyed Company Certificates, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the holder thereof, such Transaction Shares as may be required pursuant to Section 2.7(c) , cash for fractional shares pursuant to Section 2.7(e) and any dividends or distributions payable pursuant to Section 2.9(c) ; provided , that Parent may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed Company Certificates to deliver either (i) an agreement of indemnification in a form satisfactory to Parent and the Exchange Agent or (ii) if Parent Common Stock is listed on a “national securities exchange” registered with the SEC under Section 6 of the Exchange Act, a bond in such sum as the transfer agent may direct, as indemnity against any claim that may be made against Parent or the Exchange Agent in respect of the Company Certificates alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

Section 2.10 Certain Tax Matters. For federal income tax purposes, the Merger is intended to constitute a reorganization within the meaning of Section 368 of the Code. The parties to this Agreement hereby adopt this Agreement as a “plan of reorganization” within the meaning of Sections 1.368-2(g) and 1.368-3(a) of the United States Treasury Regulations with respect to the Merger. Neither Parent nor the Company has taken or shall take any action, or has failed to take or shall fail to take any action, either before or after the Closing, which would reasonably be expected to cause the Merger to fail to qualify as a reorganization. Except as required by applicable Laws, each party hereto shall report the Merger for federal income tax purposes consistent with such intended tax treatment, and, as of the date hereof, the parties believe that such reporting shall be consistent with such intended tax treatment. The parties intend for Merger Sub to be treated as an Entity disregarded from Bank, its sole owner, within the meaning of U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 301.7701-3(b)(ii). Accordingly, none of the parties to this Agreement shall make an election under U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 301.7701 3(c) or take any actions (or cause another Person to take any actions) that could reasonably be expected to result in Merger Sub not being treated for federal income tax purposes as an entity disregarded from Bank, its sole owner, prior to the Effective Time.

 

21


ARTICLE 3

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

The Company represents and warrants to and for the benefit of Parent and Bank as set forth in this ARTICLE 3 , except as otherwise set forth in the Company Disclosure Schedules attached hereto:

Section 3.1 Subsidiaries; Due Organization; Etc.

(a) The Company has no Subsidiaries except for the Entities identified on Schedule 3.1(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedules. The Company and the Entities identified on Schedule 3.1(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedules are sometimes referred to herein collectively as the “ Target Companies ” and individually as a “ Target Company .” All of the outstanding Equity Interests of each of the Company’s Subsidiaries (i) that is a corporation have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable and (ii) that is not a corporation have (A) been duly created pursuant to the Laws of the jurisdiction of such Subsidiary, (B) have been issued and paid for in accordance with the organizational documents governing such Subsidiary, and (C) except as expressly contemplated by the organizational documents governing such Subsidiary, are fully paid and non-assessable and require no further capital contribution, loans, or credit support. All such Equity Interests of the Company’s Subsidiaries are free of preemptive rights, with no personal liability attaching to the ownership thereof, and are owned beneficially and of record by the Target Companies, free and clear of any Encumbrances. The Target Companies do not own any Equity Interest in any Entity other than the Entities identified on Schedule 3.1(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedules. None of the Target Companies has agreed to make, or is otherwise obligated to make, or is bound by any Contract under which it may be obligated to make, any future investment in, or capital contribution to, any other Entity. None of the Target Companies has, at any time, been a general partner of, or has otherwise been liable for, any debts or other obligations of any other Entity.

(b) Each Target Company has been duly organized, and is validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, as the case may be (with Schedule 3.1(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedules setting forth the type of Entity and the respective jurisdictions thereof). Each Target Company has all necessary Entity power and authority and all necessary Governmental Authorization: (i) to conduct its business in the manner in which its business is currently being conducted; (ii) to own and use its assets in the manner in which its assets are currently owned and used; and (iii) to perform its obligations under all Company Contracts.

(c) None of the Target Companies is required to be qualified, authorized, registered or licensed to do business as a foreign corporation or other Entity in any jurisdiction other than the jurisdictions identified on Schedule 3.1(c) of the Company Disclosure Schedules, except where failure to so qualify would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect. Each Target Company is in good standing as a foreign corporation in each of the jurisdictions identified on Schedule 3.1(c) of the Company Disclosure Schedules.

 

22


(d) None of the Target Companies has conducted any business under or otherwise used, for any purpose or in any jurisdiction, any fictitious name, assumed name, trade name or other name, other than the name “First Southwest Holdings, Inc.” and the names set forth on Schedule 3.1(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedules.

(e) Schedule 3.1(e) of the Company Disclosure Schedules accurately sets forth: (i) the names of the members of each Target Company’s board of directors or similar governing body, (ii) the names of the members of each committee of each Target Company’s board of directors or similar governing body and (iii) the names and titles of each Target Company’s executive officers.

Section 3.2 Authority . The Company has all requisite corporate power, authority and legal capacity to execute and deliver this Agreement and each Related Agreement to which it is a party, to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder and upon receipt of all Regulatory Approvals to consummate the Contemplated Transactions, including the Merger (other than the Company Stockholders Approval). The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and each Related Agreement to which the Company is a party, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, have been duly authorized and approved by all required action on the part of the Company (other than the Company Stockholders Approval). This Agreement has been, and each Related Agreement to which the Company is a party will be at or prior to the Closing, duly and validly executed and delivered by the Company and (assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the other parties hereto and thereto), this Agreement constitutes, and each such Related Agreement when so executed and delivered will constitute, legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their respective terms, subject only to the effect, if any, of (i) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or other similar Laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and (ii) rules of Law governing specific performance, injunctive relief and other equitable remedies.

Section 3.3 Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws; Records. The Company has delivered to Parent accurate and complete copies of: (a) all certificates of incorporation, bylaws, and other charter and organizational documents (including all amendments thereto) of each Target Company, (b) all stock records and registers of each Target Company, and (c) all minutes and other records of the meetings and other proceedings (including any actions taken by written Consent or otherwise without a meeting) of the stockholders (or similar security holders) of each Target Company, the board of directors or similar governing body of each Target Company and all committees thereof from September 30, 2005 to the date hereof (the items described in (a), (b) and (c) above, collectively, the “ Company Constituent Documents ”). There have been no formal meetings or other proceedings of the stockholders (or similar security holders) of any Target Company, the board of directors or similar governing body of any Target Company or any committee thereof that are not fully reflected in the Company Constituent Documents. There has not been any material violation of the Company Constituent Documents, and none of the Target Companies has taken any action that is inconsistent in any material respect with their respective Company Constituent Documents. The books of account, stock records, minute books and other records of each Target Company are accurate, up-to-date and complete in all material respects, and have been maintained in accordance with applicable Laws and Good Operating Practices.

 

23


Section 3.4 Capitalization.

(a) The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of:

(i) 4,000,000 shares of Company Common Stock, of which 2,399,068 shares have been issued and are outstanding as of the date of this Agreement; and

(ii) 105,720 shares of Company Common Stock reserved for issuance pursuant to Company Options.

(b) All of the outstanding shares of Company Common Stock have been duly authorized and validly issued, and are fully paid and non-assessable. Except for Company Options granted pursuant to the Company Stock Option Plan, (i) there are no Commitments outstanding with respect to any Equity Interest of the Company; (ii) none of the outstanding shares of Company Common Stock is subject to any right of first refusal or similar right in favor of the Company or any other Person; and (iii) there is no stockholders agreement, voting trust or any other Contract relating to the voting or registration of, or restricting any Person from purchasing, selling, pledging or otherwise disposing of (or granting any option or similar right with respect to), any shares of Company Common Stock. The Company is not obligated to redeem or otherwise acquire any of its outstanding Equity Interests.

(c) The Company has reserved 325,000 shares of Company Common Stock for issuance under the Company Stock Option Plan. Schedule 3.4(c) of the Company Disclosure Schedules accurately sets forth, with respect to each Company Option: (i) the name of the holder of such Company Option; (ii) the total number of shares of Company Common Stock that are subject to such Company Option and the number of shares of Company Common Stock with respect to which such Company Option is immediately exercisable; (iii) the date on which such Company Option was granted and the term of such Company Option; (iv) the vesting schedule for such Company Option; (v) the exercise price per share of Company Common Stock purchasable under such Company Option; and (vi) whether such Company Option has been designated an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422 of the Code. The Company has delivered to Parent accurate and complete copies of all stock option plans pursuant to which any of the Target Companies has ever granted stock options, and the forms of all stock option agreements evidencing such options. The Company Stock Option Plan is binding upon and enforceable by the Company against all holders of Company Options.

(d) There are no Commitments outstanding with respect to any Equity Interest of the Company’s Subsidiaries.

(e) All outstanding shares of capital stock, options, warrants and other securities of the Target Companies have been issued and granted in compliance with (i) all applicable securities and other applicable Laws and (ii) all requirements set forth in applicable Contracts.

(f) None of the Target Companies has repurchased, redeemed or otherwise reacquired any Equity Interests of any Target Company since January 1, 2003. All Equity Interests so reacquired by the Company or any other Target Company were reacquired in compliance with (i) all applicable Laws and (ii) all requirements set forth in applicable Contracts.

 

24


Section 3.5 Financial Statements; Financial Controls.

(a) The Company has delivered to Parent the following financial statements and any notes thereto (collectively, the “ Company Financial Statements ”):

(i) the audited consolidated balance sheets of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of September 30, 2007, 2006, and 2005, and the related audited consolidated statements of income, statements of stockholders’ equity and statements of cash flows of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries for the years then ended, together with the notes thereto and the unqualified reports and opinions of Deloitte & Touche, LLP, relating thereto; and

(ii) the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of September 30, 2008 (the “ Company Interim Balance Sheet ”), and the related unaudited consolidated statement of income, statements of stockholders’ equity and statement of cash flows of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries for the twelve (12) months then ended.

(b) The Company Financial Statements are accurate and complete in all material respects and present fairly the financial position, assets, liabilities, results of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the respective dates thereof and for the periods covered thereby and specified therein. The Company Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods covered thereby and specified therein (except that the financial statements referred to in Section 3.5(a)(ii) do not contain footnotes and are subject to normal and recurring year-end audit adjustments, which will not, individually or in the aggregate, be material).

(c) Schedule 3.5(c) of the Company Disclosure Schedules lists, and the Company has delivered to Parent, accurate and complete copies of all documentation creating or governing, any securitization transaction or “off-balance sheet arrangement” (as defined in Item 303(c) of Regulation S-K) effected or maintained in effect by any Target Company.

(d) The books of account and financial records of the Target Companies are true and correct and have been prepared and are maintained in accordance with sound accounting practice.

Section 3.6 Absence of Changes . Except for actions taken by the Company with the express prior written Consent of Parent pursuant to Section 5.2 , since the date of the Company Interim Balance Sheet:

(a) There has not been any Company Material Adverse Effect, and no event has occurred or circumstance has arisen that, in combination with any other events or circumstances, would reasonably be expected to have or result in a Company Material Adverse Effect;

(b) There has not been any material loss, damage or destruction to, or any material interruption in the use of, any of the material assets of any of the Target Companies (whether or not covered by insurance);

 

25


(c) None of the Target Companies has made any capital expenditure which, when added to all other capital expenditures made on behalf of the Target Companies since the date of the Company Interim Balance Sheet, exceeds $100,000 in the aggregate and was made outside the ordinary course of business or inconsistent with past practice;

(d) None of the Target Companies has written off as uncollectible, or established any extraordinary reserve with respect to, any account receivable or other indebtedness outside the ordinary course of business, consistent with past practices;

(e) None of the Target Companies has entered into any material transaction or taken any other material action outside the ordinary course of business or inconsistent with past practices;

(f) None of the Target Companies has taken any action of the type referred to in Section 5.2(a) or Section  5.2(b); and

(g) None of the Target Companies has agreed or committed to take any of the actions referred to in clauses “(c)” through “(f)” of this sentence.

Section 3.7 Title to Assets.

(a) The Target Companies own, and have good and valid title to, all material assets purported to be owned by it, including: (i) all assets reflected on the Company Interim Balance Sheet; (ii) all assets referred to in Schedules 3.1 , 3.9 and 3.10 of the Company Disclosure Schedules and all of each Target Company’s rights under the Material Contracts; and (iii) all other assets reflected in each Company’s books and records as being owned by the Target Companies. All of such assets are owned by the applicable Target Company free and clear of any Encumbrances, except for (A) any Encumbrance for current Taxes not yet due and payable; (B) minor Encumbrances that have arisen in the ordinary course of business and that do not (individually or in the aggregate) materially detract from the value of the assets subject thereto or materially impair the operations of any Target Company and (C) Encumbrances described on Schedule 3.7(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedules.

(b) Schedule 3.7(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedules identifies all material assets (including real estate facilities) of the Target Companies that are being leased or licensed to or by each Target Company (including all oral leases, if any, and other agreements under which real property is leased by the Target Companies and is used or held for use in the operation of each Target Company’s business). The Target Companies have a valid and enforceable leasehold interest in or a valid and enforceable right to use, as applicable, all of the assets set forth on Schedule 3.7(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedules. All such leases and licenses are valid and enforceable against the parties thereto.

Section 3.8 Bank Accounts; Receivables.

(a) Schedule 3.8(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedules provides accurate information with respect to each account maintained by or for the benefit of the Target Companies at any bank or other financial institution including the name of the bank or financial institution, the account number and the balance as of the date hereof.

 

26


(b) All accounts receivable of the Target Companies (including those accounts receivable reflected on the Company Interim Balance Sheet or arising since the date thereof) have arisen out of bona fide business transactions in the ordinary course of business. Unless paid prior to the Closing Date, such accounts receivable are or will be as of the Closing Date current and collectible net of the respective reserves shown in the Company Interim Balance Sheet or on the accounting records of the Target Companies as of the Closing Date (which reserves are adequate and calculated consistent with past practice). Subject to such reserves, each of the accounts receivable either have been or will be collected in full in accordance with past practice or the terms of such accounts receivable, without any set-off, within ninety (90) days after the day on which it first becomes due and payable. There is no contest, claim, or right of set-off, other than returns in the ordinary course of business, under any Contract with any obligor of an account receivable relating to the amount or validity of such account receivable. Schedule 3.8(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedules contains a complete and accurate list of all accounts receivable as of the date of the Company Interim Balance Sheet, which list sets forth the aging of such accounts receivable.

(c) Schedule 3.8(c) of the Company Disclosure Schedules contains an accurate and complete list as of the date of this Agreement of all loans and advances made by any of the Target Companies to any employee, director, consultant or independent contractor, other than routine travel advances made to employees in the ordinary course of business.

Section 3.9 Tangible Assets; Leaseholds.

(a) All material items of equipment and other tangible assets owned by or leased to the Target Companies are suitable for the uses to which they are being put, are in good condition and repair (ordinary wear and tear excepted) and are suitable for the conduct of the Target Companies’ business in the manner in which such business is currently being conducted.

(b) The Target Companies do not own, and, to the Knowledge of the Company, have never owned, any real property or any interest in real property.

(c) Schedule 3.9(c) of the Company Disclosure Schedules contains a complete and accurate list of all Contracts governing real estate leased or subleased to any Target Company (the “ Company Real Property Leases ”). The Company has delivered to Parent true, correct and complete copies of all such Company Real Property Leases. All of such Company Real Property Leases are in full force and effect and there is no breach or default by any Target Company or, to the Knowledge of the Company, by any other third party thereunder, and, to the Knowledge of the Company, no event has occurred (including the failure to obtain any Consent) which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute a breach or default by a Target Company or permit termination, modification or acceleration thereunder or impair any right of the Target Companies to exercise and obtain the benefit of any options contained in such Company Real Property Leases. The Target Companies currently enjoy peaceful and undisturbed possession of all such leased real property. No Target Company has been notified in writing of any condemnation, expropriation or other proceeding in eminent domain, pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened, affecting any parcel of the leased real property or any portion thereof or interest therein. To the Company’s Knowledge, no party to any Company Real Property Lease has repudiated any provision of such Company Real Property Leases. No

 

27


security deposit applied to a breach or default of any Company Real Property Lease has yet to be restored in its full amount. Other than a Target Company, no party to any Company Real Property Lease is an Affiliate of, or otherwise has any economic interest in, the Target Companies. No Target Company has subleased, licensed or otherwise granted any Person the right to use or occupy any leased real property or any portion thereof. No Target Company has collaterally assigned or granted any other security interest in any Company Real Property Lease or any interest therein.

Section 3.10 Proprietary Assets.

(a) Schedule 3.10(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedules sets forth a complete and correct list of the following:

(i) all software licensed (as licensor), sold, made available (as part of a service bureau, time-sharing, application service provider or similar arrangement or otherwise) or otherwise distributed by any of the Target Companies (the “ Company Software Products ”), listed by product line and the most recently released version level;

(ii) (A) each patent, patent application, trademark registration or application, service mark registration or application, domain name, and copyright registration or application which any of the Target Companies owns or is exclusively licensed (each, a “ Company Registered Proprietary Asset ”), (B) the jurisdiction in which such Company Registered Proprietary Asset has been registered or filed and the applicable registration or serial number, (C) each filing, payment, and action that must be made or taken on or before the date that is one hundred twenty (120) days after the Closing in order to maintain each Company Registered Proprietary Asset in full force and effect, and (D) any other Person that has an ownership interest in such Company Registered Proprietary Asset and the nature of such ownership interest;

(iii) all material unregistered trademarks and service marks owned or used by any of the Target Companies;

(iv) all Contracts by which any of the Target Companies is a licensor of a Proprietary Asset;

(v) all Contracts by which any of the Target Companies is a licensee of a Proprietary Asset;

(vi) all settlement agreements, standstill agreements, covenants not to sue and consent agreements relating to Proprietary Assets entered into by any of the Target Companies;

(vii) all standalone indemnification agreements entered into by any of the Target Companies with respect to Proprietary Assets; and

(viii) all source code agreements, including source code escrow agreements, entered into by any of the Target Companies pursuant to which the source code for any of the Company Software Products has been or may be deposited with, or potentially released to, a third party.

 

28


(b) With respect to each Company Registered Proprietary Asset:

(i) all documents and instruments necessary to establish, secure and perfect the rights of the Target Companies in such Company Registered Proprietary Asset have been validly executed, delivered and filed in a timely manner with the appropriate Governmental Body; and

(ii) each Company Registered Proprietary Asset is and at all times has been in compliance with all Laws, and all filings, payments and other actions required to be made or taken to maintain each such Company Registered Proprietary Asset in full force and effect have been made by the applicable deadline.

(c) The Target Companies own, free and clear of all Encumbrances, or are licensed or otherwise possess legally enforceable rights to use all Proprietary Assets that are used in or necessary to the conduct of the business of the Target Companies.

(d) None of the Target Companies (i) has received a claim or been sued in any suit, action or proceeding which involves a claim of unauthorized use, infringement, misappropriation or other violation of any Proprietary Asset owned by a third party (the “ Third Party Proprietary Asset ”), (ii) has received a demand or offer to license any patent or (iii) has brought any action, suit or proceeding for infringement of a Proprietary Asset or breach of any Contract involving a Proprietary Asset against any third party.

(e) The operation of the businesses of the Target Companies, and the use, marketing, licensing, lease, sale or export of the products and services of the Target Companies, has not, does not, and will not infringe, misappropriate, constitute an unauthorized use or otherwise violate any Third Party Proprietary Asset.

(f) To the Knowledge of the Company, there is no and has been no unauthorized use, disclosure, infringement, misappropriation or other violation of any Proprietary Asset of any of the Target Companies, or any Third Party Proprietary Asset to the extent licensed by or through any of the Target Companies, by any third party, including any employee or former employee of any of the Target Companies. None of the Target Companies has entered into any Contract to indemnify any other Person against any charge of infringement of any Proprietary Asset, other than indemnification provisions contained in Contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business.

(g) None of the Target Companies has licensed any Proprietary Asset to any Person on an exclusive basis, nor have any of the Target Companies entered into any Contract materially limiting its ability to exploit fully any Proprietary Asset owned by any of the Target Companies.

(h) The Target Companies are not, nor will any of them be as a result of the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, in breach of any license, sublicense or other Contract relating to the Proprietary Assets owned by any of the Target Companies or Third Party Proprietary Assets.

 

29


(i) No non-public Proprietary Asset owned by any of the Target Companies has been authorized to be disclosed or actually disclosed by any of the Target Companies to any employee or any other Person other than pursuant to a non-disclosure agreement or other confidentiality obligation that protects the proprietary interests of the Target Companies in and to such Proprietary Asset. The Target Companies have entered into the written confidentiality and proprietary rights agreements with past and present employees acknowledging such Target Company’s ownership of all Proprietary Assets created or developed by such employees within the scope of their employment as set forth on Schedule 3.10(i) of the Company Disclosure Schedules. The Target Companies have taken reasonable security measures to protect the confidentiality of confidential information owned by the Target Companies. The Target Companies have also taken reasonable security measures to protect the confidentiality of, and have not disclosed or authorized the disclosure of, any confidential information that is not owned by the Target Companies, except for instances in which the failure to take such security measures, or the disclosure of or authorization to disclose such information, did not breach any obligation owed by the Target Companies to a third party with respect to such information.

(j) No employee or independent contractor of any of the Target Companies is: (i) bound by or otherwise subject to any Contract restricting him or her from performing his or her duties for such Target Company or (ii) to the Knowledge of the Company, in breach of any Contract with any former employer or other Person concerning Proprietary Assets or confidentiality as a result of his or her employment or activities with such Target Company.

(k) All Proprietary Assets owned by any of the Target Companies are valid and enforceable. The Target Companies have not engaged in any misuse or inequitable conduct that would prevent the Target Companies from enforcing their patents, copyrights or trademarks. No claim by any third party contesting the ownership of any Proprietary Asset owned by any of the Target Companies, or the validity or enforceability of any Proprietary Asset owned by any of the Target Companies, is currently outstanding or, to the Knowledge of the Company, is threatened.

(l) The sale, licensing or distribution of the Company Software Products is not governed, in whole or in part, by the terms of the GNU General Public License or any other license requiring any of the Target Companies to disclose source code covered by such license, distribute such software without charge, or permit third parties to distribute such software. To the Knowledge of the Company, there are no viruses, worms, or Trojan horses in any of the Company Software Products.

(m) The Company Software Products were: (i) developed by employees of the Target Companies working within the scope of their employment (or who have otherwise assigned their rights to the Company), (ii) developed by officers, directors, agents, consultants, contractors, subcontractors or others who have executed written agreements containing assignment provisions in favor of the Target Companies as assignee that have conveyed to the Target Companies ownership of all of such Person’s Proprietary Assets in the Company Software Products (other than rights, such as moral rights, that cannot be assigned as a matter of law) or (iii) acquired in connection with acquisitions made by the Target Companies. All Company Software Product customizations that are material to the business of any of the Target Companies and developed by any of the Target Companies for its customers are owned by such Target Company or licensed back to such Target Company by the customer.

 

30


(n) No employee, officer, director, or stockholder of any of the Target Companies has any claim, right (whether or not currently exercisable) or interest to or in any Proprietary Asset owned or used by any of the Target Companies.

(o) The Target Companies have not disclosed any material portion of the source code for any of the Company Software Products to any third party and, to the Knowledge of the Company, no third party has asserted any right to access any source code for any of the Company Software Products, including pursuant to any release provision of any source code escrow provisions or agreements. The execution of this Agreement or the consummation of the Merger and the Contemplated Transactions would not reasonably be expected to result in the release or disclosure of any source code for any of the Company Software Products.

(p) The Target Companies have collected, used, imported, exported and protected all personally identifiable information relating to individuals or customers in accordance with all applicable Law and their own privacy policies.

Section 3.11 Contracts.

(a) Schedule 3.11(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedules identifies each “ Material Contract ” of the Target Companies, with each Contract (including any policies or programs which might support a claim of a contractual right) of the nature described below being deemed to constitute a “ Material Contract ” of the Target Companies:

(i) each Company Contract (A) relating to the employment of, or the performance of services by, any employee, consultant or independent contractor providing annual compensation in excess of $100,000, (B) pursuant to which any of the Target Companies is or may become obligated to make any severance, termination or similar payment to any current or former employee or director or (C) pursuant to which any of the Target Companies is or may become obligated to make any bonus or similar payment (whether in the form of cash, stock, or other securities but excluding payments constituting base salary) in excess of $25,000 to any current or former employee or director;

(ii) each Company Contract relating to the acquisition, transfer, use, development, sharing or license of any technology or any Proprietary Asset, other than any Contract pursuant to which any such Proprietary Assets are licensed to the Target Companies under any third party “shrink-wrap,” “click through” or other “off-the-shelf” software license generally available to the public and having a value of less than $15,000;

(iii) any Company Contract relating to the acquisition, sale, spinoff or outsourcing of any business unit or material operation or product line;

(iv) each Company Contract that provides for indemnification of any officer, director, employee, or agent;

 

31


(v) each Company Contract imposing any restriction on the right or ability of any Target Company (A) to compete with, or solicit any customer of, any other Person, (B) to acquire any product or other asset or any services from any other Person, (C) to solicit, hire or retain any Person as an employee, consultant or independent contractor, (D) to develop, sell, supply, distribute, offer, support or service any product or any technology or other asset to or for any other Person, or (E) to perform services for any other Person;

(vi) each Company Contract creating or involving any agency relationship (including sales representative arrangements), distribution arrangement or franchise relationship;

(vii) each Company Contract (other than Contracts evidencing Company Options) (A) relating to the acquisition, issuance, voting, registration, sale or transfer of any Equity Interests of the Target Companies, (B) providing any Person with any preemptive right, right of participation, right of maintenance or similar right with respect to any Equity Interests of the Target Companies, or (C) providing any of the Target Companies with any right of first refusal with respect to, or right to repurchase or redeem, any Equity Interests of the Target Companies;

(viii) each Company Contract relating to the creation of any Encumbrance with respect to any asset of the Target Companies;

(ix) each Company Contract involving or incorporating any guaranty, pledge, warranty, performance or completion bond, indemnity or similar arrangement;

(x) each Company Contract relating to any currency hedging;

(xi) each Company Contract creating or relating to any partnership or joint venture or any sharing of revenues, profits, losses, costs or liabilities;

(xii) each Company Contract relating to the purchase or sale of any product or other asset by or to, or the performance of any services by or for, any Related Party;

(xiii) each Company Real Property Lease;

(xiv) each Company Contract (A) imposing any confidentiality obligation on any of the Target Companies or on any other Person (other than routine nondisclosure agreements entered into by a Target Company in the ordinary course of business), (B) containing “standstill” or similar provisions, or (C) providing any right of first negotiation, right of first refusal or similar right to any Person;

(xv) each Company Contract with a Governmental Body (other than routine permits and licenses and financing and advisory agreements with municipalities, states, counties, schools, districts, special districts, agencies, political subdivisions, and other governmental entities, in each case in the ordinary course of business);

(xvi) each Company Contract that provides for aggregate payments over the course of the Contract of more than $100,000 and that has a term of more than ninety (90) days and that may not be terminated by a Target Company (without penalty) within ninety (90) days after the delivery of a termination notice by such Target Company;

 

32


(xvii) any other Company Contract that was entered into outside the ordinary course of business or was inconsistent with the Target Company’s past practices and involving consideration in excess of $25,000;

(xviii) any other Company Contract that contemplates or involves (A) the payment or delivery of cash or other consideration in an amount or having a value in excess of $50,000 in the aggregate or (B) the purchase or sale of any product, or performance of services by or to any Target Company having a value in excess of $50,000 in the aggregate, in each case outside the ordinary course of business of such Target Company or inconsistent with past practice;

(xix) any Company Contract under which the Merger or any of the Contemplated Transactions would give rise to or expand any rights in favor of, or any obligations on the part of, any Target Company or any other Person;

(xx) any Company Contract that would reasonably be expected to have or result in a material effect on (A) the business, condition, capitalization, assets, Proprietary Assets, liabilities, results of operations or financial performance of any of the Target Companies or (B) the ability of the Company to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement or to consummate any of the Contemplated Transactions; and

(xxi) any other Company Contract, if a breach of such Contract or the termination of such Contract would reasonably be expected to have or result in a Company Material Adverse Effect.

(b) The Company has delivered or made available electronically to Parent accurate and complete copies of all written Material Contracts. Schedule 3.11(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedules provides an accurate description of the terms of each Material Contract that is not in written form. Each Material Contract identified (or required to be identified) on Schedule 3.11(a) and Schedule 3.11(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedules is valid and in full force and effect, and is enforceable by the applicable Target Company against the other parties thereto, in accordance with its terms, subject to (i) Laws of general application relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and (ii) rules of Law governing specific performance, injunctive relief and other equitable remedies.

(c) (i) each of the Material Contracts and the performance thereunder by the applicable Target Company, is, and has been during the terms thereof, in material compliance with all applicable Laws;

(ii) none of the Target Companies has violated or breached, or committed any default under, any Material Contract in any material respect, and, to the Knowledge of the Company, no other Person has violated or breached, or committed any default under, any Material Contract in any material respect;

 

33


(iii) to the Knowledge of the Company, no event has occurred, and no circumstance or condition exists, that (with or without notice or lapse of time) would reasonably be expected to (A) result in a violation or breach by the applicable Target Company of any of the provisions of any Material Contract in any material respect, (B) give any Person the right to declare a default or exercise any remedy under any Material Contract, (C) give any Person the right to receive or require a rebate, chargeback, penalty or change in delivery schedule under any Material Contract, (D) give any Person the right to accelerate the maturity or performance of any Material Contract, or (E) give any Person the right to cancel, terminate or modify any Material Contract;

(iv) none of the Target Companies has received any written notice or, to the Knowledge of the Company, other communication regarding any actual or alleged violation or breach of, or default under, any Material Contract in any material respect; and

(v) none of the Target Companies has waived any of its material rights under any Material Contract.

Section 3.12 Liabilities. None of the Target Companies have any accrued, contingent or other liabilities of any nature, either matured or unmatured (whether or not required to be reflected in financial statements in accordance with GAAP, and whether due or to become due), except for:

(a) liabilities quantified on the face of the Company Interim Balance Sheet;

(b) liabilities that have been incurred by the Target Companies since September 30, 2008 in the ordinary course of business and consistent with the Target Companies’ past practices;

(c) liabilities that, individually or in the aggregate, are not material; and

(d) the liabilities identified on Schedule 3.12 of the Company Disclosure Schedules.

Section 3.13 Compliance with Laws; Governmental Authorizations.

(a) Each Target Company is, and has at all times since its inception been, in compliance, in all material respects, with all applicable Laws. None of the Target Companies has received any written notice or, to the Knowledge of the Company, any other communication from any Governmental Body or any other Person regarding any actual or possible material violation of, or material failure to comply with, any Law.

(b) Schedule 3.13(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedules identifies each material Governmental Authorization held by any Target Company, and the Company has delivered to Parent accurate and complete copies of all Governmental Authorizations identified on Schedule 3.13(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedules. The Governmental Authorizations identified on Schedule 3.13(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedules are valid and in full force and effect, and collectively constitute all material Governmental Authorizations necessary to enable the Target Companies to conduct their respective businesses in the manner in which such businesses are currently being conducted. Each Target Company is, and has at all times been, in material compliance with the terms and requirements of the respective Governmental Authorizations identified on Schedule 3.13(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedules. None of

 

34


the Target Companies has received any written notice or, or to the Knowledge of the Company, any other communication from any Governmental Body regarding (i) any actual or possible material violation of or material failure to comply with any term or requirement of any Governmental Authorization or (ii) any actual or possible revocation, withdrawal, suspension, cancellation, termination or material modification of any Governmental Authorization. No Governmental Body has at any time challenged in writing the right of any of the Target Companies to design, manufacture, license, offer or sell any of its products or services.

(c) Each Target Company is, and has at all times been, in compliance in all material respects with all Laws relating to the export, re-export, import and transfer of products, commodities, services and technology from the jurisdiction of one Governmental Body to another.

(d) The Target Companies have timely filed all reports, registrations, statements and certifications, together with any amendments required to be made with respect thereto, required to be filed with (i) FINRA, (ii) the SEC, (iii) the CFTC, (iv) the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, (v) any state consumer finance or mortgage banking regulatory authority or other agency, (vi) any foreign regulatory authority, and (vii) any SRO and with each other applicable Governmental Body, and all other material reports and statements required to be filed, including any report or statement required to be filed pursuant to applicable Laws, and have paid all fees and assessments due and payable in connection therewith.

Section 3.14 Certain Business Practices. None of the Target Companies, and, to the Knowledge of the Company, no director, officer, agent or employee of any of the Target Companies, has: (i) used any funds for unlawful contributions, gifts, entertainment or other unlawful expenses relating to political activity or (ii) made any unlawful payment to foreign or domestic government officials or employees or to foreign or domestic political parties or campaigns or violated any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

Section 3.15 Tax Matters.

(a) Each of the Tax Returns required to be filed by or on behalf of the respective Target Companies with any Governmental Body with respect to any taxable period ending on or before the Closing Date (the “ Company Returns ”):

(i) has been or will be filed on or before the applicable due date (including any extensions of such due date);

(ii) was, or will be when filed, complete and accurate and prepared in all material respects in compliance with all applicable Laws. All Tax amounts due on or before the Closing Date have been or will be paid on or before the Closing Date (whether or not shown on an Company Return); and

(iii) Each of the Target Companies (A) has timely withheld proper and accurate amounts from its employees, independent contractors, customers, stockholders and other Persons from whom it is or was required to withhold Taxes in compliance with all applicable Laws and (B) has timely paid all amounts so withheld to the appropriate Governmental Bodies.

 

35


(b) The Company has delivered to Parent accurate and complete copies of (i) all Company Returns for taxable periods ending after September 30, 2000, (ii) all audit reports, letter rulings, technical advice memoranda and similar documents issued by a Governmental Body relating to the federal, state, local or foreign Taxes due from or with respect to the Target Companies for taxable periods ending after September 30, 2000, and (iii) any closing letters or agreements entered into by Target Companies with any Governmental Bodies with respect to Taxes due from or with respect to the Target Companies for taxable periods ending after September 30, 2000.

(c) The Company Financial Statements fully accrue all actual and contingent liabilities for Taxes with respect to all periods through the dates thereof in accordance with GAAP. Each Target Company will establish, in the ordinary course of business and consistent with its past practices, reserves adequate for the payment of all unpaid Taxes for the period from September 30, 2008 through the Closing Date, and the Company will disclose the dollar amount of such reserves to Parent on or prior to the Closing Date. For the period from September 30, 2008 through the Closing Date, none of the Target Companies has incurred or will incur any liability arising from extraordinary gains or losses (as that term is used in GAAP) outside the ordinary course of business or inconsistent with past practice.

(d) (i) no Company Return has ever been examined or audited by any Governmental Body and (ii) no extension or waiver of the limitation period applicable to any of the Company Returns has been granted by any Target Company or any other Person, and no such extension or waiver has been requested from or by any Target Company.

(e) No claim or Legal Proceeding is pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, has been threatened against or with respect to any Target Company in respect of any Tax, nor has any of the Target Companies received from any Governmental Body in any jurisdiction (including jurisdictions where the Target Companies have not filed Tax Returns) any (i) notice indicating an intent to open an audit or other review, (ii) request for information related to Tax matters, or (iii) notice of deficiency or proposed adjustment for any amount of Tax proposed, asserted or assessed by any taxing authority or other Governmental Body against any Target Company. There are no unsatisfied liabilities for Taxes (including liabilities for interest, additions to tax and penalties thereon and related expenses) with respect to any notice of deficiency or similar document received by any Target Company with respect to any Tax (other than liabilities for Taxes asserted under any such notice of deficiency or similar document which are being contested in good faith by the Target Companies and with respect to which adequate reserves for payment have been established on the Company Interim Balance Sheet). There are no Encumbrances for Taxes upon any of the assets of any of the Target Companies except Encumbrances for current Taxes not yet due and payable. None of the Target Companies has been a United States real property holding corporation within the meaning of Section 897(c)(2) of the Code during the applicable period specified in Section 897(c)(1)(A)(ii) of the Code. None of the Target Companies has made any distribution of stock of any controlled corporation, as that term is defined in Section 355(a)(1) of the Code or had its stock distributed by another Person, in a transaction that was purported or intended to be governed in whole or in part by Sections 355 and 361 of the Code. The Target Companies (i) have been members of the same affiliated group within the meaning of Section 1504 of the Code and (ii) have filed or been included in such group’s combined, consolidated and unitary income Tax Returns. Except with respect to such affiliated group, none of the Target Companies has any liability for the Taxes of any Person under Section 1.1502-6 of the Treasury Regulations under the Code (or any similar Law) as a transferee or successor, by Contract or otherwise.

 

36


(f) None of the Target Companies will be required to include any item of income in, or exclude any item of deduction from, taxable income for any taxable period (or portion thereof) ending after the Closing Date as a result of any (i) change in method of accounting for a taxable period ending on or prior to the Closing Date, (ii) “closing agreement” as described in Section 7121 of the Code (or any corresponding or similar Law) executed on or prior to the Closing Date, (iii) intercompany transaction or excess loss account described in the Treasury Regulations under Section 1502 of the Code (or any corresponding or similar Law), (iv) installment sale or open transaction disposition made on or prior to the Closing Date, or (v) prepaid amount received on or prior to the Closing Date.

(g) Each of the Target Companies has disclosed in its Company Returns any Tax reporting position taken in any Company Return which could result in the imposition of penalties under Section 6662 of the Code or any comparable Law.

(h) None of the Target Companies has consummated or participated in, or is currently participating in, any transaction that was or is a “reportable transaction” as defined in Sections 6662, 6011, 6012 or 6111 of the Code or the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

(i) Schedule 3.15(i) of the Company Disclosure Schedules identifies the amount of any excess loss account or deferred gains or losses of any Target Company arising out of any intercompany transaction.

(j) The Company has provided Parent with accurate and complete copies of all documentation relating to any Tax holidays or incentives relating or available to any Target Company. Neither the Merger nor any of the Contemplated Transactions will have an adverse effect on the availability of any such Tax holiday or incentive.

(k) None of the Target Companies is involved in or subject to any joint venture, partnership or other Contract which is treated as a partnership for federal, state, local or foreign income Tax purposes.

(l) Schedule 3.15(l) of the Company Disclosure Schedules accurately describes all material elections with respect to Taxes affecting any of the Target Companies.

(m) There is no agreement, plan, arrangement or other Contract covering any employee of any Target Company that, considered individually or considered collectively with any other such Contracts, will, or would reasonably be expected to, give rise directly or indirectly to the payment of any amount that would not be deductible pursuant to Section 162 of the Code if the Target Company were a “publicly held corporation” subject to Section 162(m) of the Code that received TARP Funding.

 

37


(n) The Company is not, and has never been, a party to or bound by any Tax indemnity agreement, Tax sharing agreement, Tax allocation agreement or similar Contract other than with respect to Subsidiaries of Company.

(o) The Company has not (i) acquired assets from another corporation in a transaction in which the Company’s Tax basis for the acquired assets was determined, in whole or in part, by reference to the Tax basis of the acquired assets (or any other property) in the hands of the transferor or (ii) acquired the stock of any corporation that is a qualified subchapter S subsidiary.

Section 3.16 Employee and Labor Matters; Benefits Plans.

(a) Schedule 3.16(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedules sets forth, with respect to each employee of each Target Company (including any such employee who is on a leave of absence) as of the date of this Agreement:

(i) the name of such employee, the Target Company by which such employee is employed and the date as of which such employee was originally hired by such Target Company;

(ii) such employee’s title;

(iii) the aggregate dollar amount of the compensation (including wages, salary, commissions, director’s fees, fringe benefits, bonuses, profit-sharing payments, distributions or withdrawals by employees who are also Company stockholders, and other payments or benefits of any type) received by or payable to such employee with respect to services performed during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2008;

(iv) such employee’s annualized compensation as of the date of this Agreement;

(v) whether such employee has any written Contract pertaining to any terms or conditions of employment; and

(vi) any Governmental Authorization that is held by such employee and that is necessary for the operation of the business of any Target Company.

(b) Schedule 3.16(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedules accurately identifies as of the date of this Agreement each former employee of any Target Company who is receiving or is scheduled to receive (or whose spouse or other dependent is receiving or is scheduled to receive) any benefits (whether from any Target Company or otherwise) relating to such former employee’s employment with any Target Company and Schedule 3.16(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedules accurately describes such benefits.

(c) The employment of each Target Company’s employees is terminable by the applicable Target Company at will, without payment of severance or other termination benefits. The Target Companies do not have any accrued but unpaid compensation obligations (including severance obligations), other than obligations for the current pay period that accrue in the Target Companies’ ordinary course of business. The Company has delivered to Parent accurate and complete copies of all employee manuals and handbooks, disclosure materials and policy statements.

 

38


(d) To the Knowledge of the Company as of the date of this Agreement: (i) no employee of any Target Company intends to terminate his employment with the Company prior to the Closing Date or as a result of the Merger and (ii) no employee of any Target Company is a party to or is bound by any confidentiality agreement, noncompetition agreement or other Contract (with any Person) that would reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect on: (A) the performance by such employee of any of his duties or responsibilities as an employee of such Target Company or (B) the business or operations of any Target Company.

(e) Schedule 3.16(e) of the Company Disclosure Schedules accurately sets forth, with respect to each independent contractor of any Target Company as of the date of this Agreement:

(i) the name of such independent contractor and the date as of which such independent contractor was originally hired by the applicable Target Company;

(ii) a description of such independent contractor’s duties and responsibilities;

(iii) the aggregate dollar amount of the compensation (including all payments or benefits of any type) received by such independent contractor from the applicable Target Company with respect to services performed during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2008;

(iv) the terms of compensation of such independent contractor;

(v) whether such independent contractor has any written Contract pertaining to any terms or conditions of employment; and

(vi) any Governmental Authorization that is held by such independent contractor and that is necessary for the operation of the business of any Target Company.

(f) No independent contractors of any Target Company have provided services to any Target Company for a period of six (6) consecutive months or longer. None of the Target Companies has ever had any temporary or leased employees. To the Knowledge of the Company, no independent contractor of any Target Company is eligible to participate in any Company Employee Plan.

(g) None of the Target Companies is a party to or bound by, any employment agreement (other than any such agreement relating to at-will employment) or any union contract, collective bargaining agreement or similar Contract.

(h) To the Knowledge of the Company, none of the Target Companies is, and none of the Target Companies has ever been, engaged in any unfair labor practice under the National Labor Relations Act or any unlawful discrimination under any applicable Law relating to employment. To the Knowledge of the Company, there has never been any slowdown, work stoppage, labor dispute or union organizing activity, or any similar activity or dispute, affecting

 

39


any Target Company or any of their employees. There is not now pending, and to the Knowledge of the Company, no Person has threatened to commence, any such slowdown, work stoppage, labor dispute or union organizing activity or any similar activity or dispute. To the Knowledge of the Company, no event has occurred, and no condition or circumstance exists, that might directly or indirectly give rise to or provide a basis for the commencement of any such slowdown, work stoppage, labor dispute or union organizing activity or any similar activity or dispute. There are no actions, suits, charges, claims, labor disputes or grievances pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened relating to any labor, safety or discrimination matters involving any Company Employee, including charges of unfair labor practices or discrimination complaints. Schedule 3.16(h) of the Company Disclosure Schedules sets forth a complete and accurate list of all unfair labor practice charges and employment discrimination charges filed with any Governmental Body, including the United States Department of Labor or any comparable state agencies administering wage-hour laws, during the preceding five (5) years and the disposition thereof.

(i) Schedule 3.16(i) of the Company Disclosure Schedules contains a true and complete list of all Company Employee Plans. None of the Target Companies intends or has agreed or committed to (i) establish or enter into any new Company Employee Plan; (ii) modify any Company Employee Plan (except to conform any such Company Employee Plan to the requirements of any applicable Laws, in each case as previously disclosed to Parent in writing); or (iii) terminate any Company Employee Plan.

(j) The Company has delivered to Parent accurate and complete copies of: (i) all documents setting forth the terms of each Company Employee Plan, including all amendments thereto and all related trust documents; (ii) the three (3) most recent annual reports (Form Series 5500 and all schedules and financial statements attached thereto), if any, required under ERISA, the Code or any other applicable Law in connection with each Company Employee Plan; (iii) for each Company Employee Plan that is subject to the minimum funding standards of Section 302 of ERISA, the most recent annual and periodic accounting of Company Employee Plan assets; (iv) the most recent summary plan description together with the summaries of material modifications thereto, if any, required under ERISA with respect to each Company Employee Plan and all summaries and descriptions furnished to participants and beneficiaries within two (2) years preceding the date hereof regarding Company Employee Plans for which a summary plan description is not required; (v) all material written Contracts relating to each Company Employee Plan, including administrative service agreements and group insurance contracts; (vi) all written materials provided to any Company Employee within two (2) years preceding the date hereof relating to any Company Employee Plan and any proposed Company Employee Plan, in each case, relating to any amendments, terminations, establishments, increases or decreases in benefits, acceleration of payments or vesting schedules or other events that would result in any liability to any of the Target Companies; (vii) all written correspondence to or from any Governmental Body within two (2) years preceding the date hereof relating to any Company Employee Plan, or any current or ongoing investigation, audit, or litigation with respect to any Company Employee Plan; (viii) all COBRA forms and related notices; (ix) all insurance policies in the possession of any of the Target Companies pertaining to fiduciary liability insurance covering the fiduciaries for each Company Employee Plan; (x) all discrimination tests required under the Code for each Company Employee Plan intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code (each a “ Qualified Plan ”) for the three (3) most recent plan years; and (xi) the most recent IRS determination or opinion letter issued with respect to each Qualified Plan.

 

40


(k) Each Qualified Plan has either received a favorable determination letter from the IRS as to its qualified status or may rely upon an opinion letter for a prototype plan and, to the Knowledge of the Company, as of the date hereof no event has occurred or circumstance exists that would reasonably be expected to give rise to disqualification of any such Company Employee Plan or loss of tax-exempt status of its related trust.

(l) Each Target Company has performed in all material respects all obligations required to be performed by it under each Company Employee Plan. The Company has no Knowledge of any default or violation in any material respect by any other party to the terms of any Company Employee Plan. Each Company Employee Plan (and each related trust, insurance contract or fund) and its administration complies in form and operation in all material respects with the applicable requirements of all applicable Laws, including ERISA and the Code.

(m) Each Target Company has timely made all contributions and other payments required by and due under the terms of each Company Employee Plan, other than contributions or payments which are not yet required to be made, in which case they have been properly reserved for on the Company Financial Statements.

(n) There are no other corporations or trades or businesses (whether or not incorporated) which, either currently or within the six (6) year period immediately preceding the Closing Date, would have been treated as a “single employer” with the Target Companies within the meaning of Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code.

(o) No securities, real property or other property of the Target Companies are included in the assets of any Company Employee Plan.

(p) None of the Target Companies has engaged and, to the Knowledge of the Company, no other party has engaged in any transaction prohibited by Section 406 of ERISA or “prohibited transaction” under Section 4975(c) of the Code with respect to any Company Employee Plan, except for any transactions which are exempt under a statutory or administrative exemption, which would reasonably be expected to result in a material penalty under ERISA or the Code to a Target Company or a fiduciary with respect to a Company Employee Plan.

(q) No Target Company has incurred or has engaged in or knowingly permitted to occur any transaction that would reasonably be expected to result in a Target Company’s incurrence of liability for any material penalty or tax that as of the date hereof has not been paid in full with respect to any Company Employee Plan under Section 502(i) of ERISA, under Sections 4975 through 4980 of the Code or under any other applicable Law.

(r) Other than routine claims for benefits, there are no claims or Legal Proceedings pending, or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened, against any Company Employee Plan, the assets of any Company Employee Plan, or, to the Knowledge of the Company, any fiduciary related to the breach of fiduciary duties with respect to any Company Employee Plan. There are no audits, inquiries or Legal Proceedings pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened by the IRS, the United States Department of Labor, or any other Governmental Body with respect to any Company Employee Plan.

 

41


(s) Each Company Employee Plan (other than any Company Employee Plan to be terminated prior to the Closing in accordance with this Agreement) can be amended, terminated or otherwise discontinued after the Closing in accordance with its terms, without liability to any Parent Company or any Target Company (other than ordinary administration expenses and any obligations arising from prior operation of such plan), subject to applicable Laws.

(t) No Target Company has during the six (6) years immediately preceding the Closing Date maintained, established, sponsored, participated in, or contributed to, or currently has any liability (contingent or otherwise) with respect to any: (i) Company Employee Plan that is an employee benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) subject to Section 412 of the Code or Title IV of ERISA; (ii) “multiemployer plan” within the meaning of Section (3)(37) of ERISA; (iii) Company Employee Plan that is an employee benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) in which stock of any of the Target Companies is or was held as a plan asset; (iv) “multiple employer welfare arrangement” within the meaning of Section 3(40) of ERISA; or (v) “voluntary employee benefit association” within the meaning of Section 501(c)(9) of the Code.

(u) To the Knowledge of the Company, no event has occurred or circumstance exists that could result in a material increase in premiums of any Company Employee Plan that is insured, or a material increase in benefit costs of any Company Employee Plan that is self-funded.

(v) Except as expressly required or provided by this Agreement, neither the execution or delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation of any of the Contemplated Transactions, including the Merger, will (either alone or upon the occurrence of any additional or subsequent events) constitute an event under any Company Employee Plan, trust or loan that will or may result (either alone or in connection with any other circumstance or event) in any payment (whether of severance pay or otherwise), acceleration of any right, obligation or benefit, forgiveness of indebtedness, vesting, distribution, increase in benefits or obligation to fund benefits with respect to any Company Employee. No amount that could be received (whether in cash or property or the vesting of property) as a result of the consummation of any of the Contemplated Transactions, including the Merger, by any employee, officer, director or independent contractor of a Target Company who is a “disqualified individual” (as such term is defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.280G-1) under any employment, severance or termination agreement, other compensation arrangement or Company Employee Plan currently in effect would be characterized as an “excess parachute payment” (as such term is defined in Section 280G(b)(1) of the Code).

(w) Each Company Employee Plan that is a “nonqualified deferred compensation plan” (as defined in Section 409A(d)(1) of the Code) has been operated since January 1, 2005 in good faith compliance with Section 409A of the Code and IRS Notice 2005-1, and no nonqualified deferred compensation plan that is grandfathered pursuant to Section 409A of the Code has been “materially modified” (within the meaning of the applicable guidance issued pursuant to Section 409A of the Code) at any time after October 3, 2004.

 

42


(x) No Company Employee Plan provides (except at no cost to the Target Companies), or reflects or represents any liability of any Target Company to provide, retiree life insurance, retiree health benefits or other retiree employee welfare benefits to any Person for any reason, except as may be required by COBRA or other applicable Laws. Other than commitments made that involve no future costs to any of the Target Companies, no Target Company has ever represented, promised or contracted (whether in oral or written form) to any Company Employee (either individually or to Company Employees as a group) or any other Person that any such Company Employee or other Person would be provided with retiree life insurance, retiree health benefits or other retiree employee welfare benefits, except to the extent required by COBRA or other applicable Laws.

(y) To the Knowledge of the Company, except as would not have or reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect, no Target Company: (i) has violated or otherwise failed to comply in any material respect with any Law respecting employment, employment practices, terms and conditions of employment or wages and hours, including the health care continuation requirements of COBRA, the requirements of the Family Medical Leave Act, the requirements of the Health Insurance Portability & Accountability Act, the requirements of the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act and the provisions of any similar Law; (ii) has materially failed to withhold or report any amounts required by applicable Laws or by Contract to be withheld or reported with respect to wages, salaries and other payments to Company Employees; (iii) is liable for any arrears of wages or any Taxes or any penalty for failure to comply with the Laws applicable to any of the foregoing; and (iv) is liable for any material payment to any trust or other fund governed by or maintained by or on behalf of any Governmental Body with respect to unemployment compensation benefits, social security or other benefits or obligations for Company Employees (other than routine payments to be made in the normal course of business and consistent with past practice). There are no pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened or reasonably anticipated claims or Legal Proceedings against any Target Company under any workers’ compensation policy or long-term disability policy.

(z) Except as has not had or would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect, to the Knowledge of the Company, no event has occurred, and no circumstance or condition exists, that has resulted in, or that would reasonably be expected to result in, any claim for indemnification or reimbursement by any Company Employee (other than a claim for reimbursement to the Target Companies, in the ordinary course of business, of travel expenses, accrued vacation or other out-of-pocket expenses of a routine nature incurred by a Company Employee in the course of performing such individual’s duties for any Target Company) pursuant to (i) the terms of any Target Company’s certificate of incorporation, bylaws or other charter documents; (ii) any indemnification agreement or other Contract between any Target Company and any such Company Employee; or (iii) any applicable Law.

Section 3.17 Environmental Matters . Each Target Company possesses all material Permits and other Governmental Authorizations required under applicable Environmental Laws, and is in material compliance with the terms and conditions thereof. None of the Target Companies has received any written notice or, to the Knowledge of the Company, other communication, whether from a Governmental Body or any other Person that alleges that any of the Target Companies is not in material compliance with any Environmental Law. To the

 

43


Knowledge of the Company, (a) all property that is leased to, controlled by or used by any Target Company, and all surface water, groundwater and soil associated with such property, is free of any material environmental contamination of any nature, (b) none of the real property leased to, controlled by or used by any Target Company contains any leaking underground storage tanks, friable asbestos, equipment using PCBs, underground injection wells, and (c) none of the property leased to, controlled by or used by any Target Company contains any leaking septic tanks in which process wastewater or any Materials of Environmental Concern have been disposed of. To the Knowledge of the Company, no Target Company has ever sent or transported, or arranged to send or transport, any Materials of Environmental Concern to a site that, pursuant to any applicable Environmental Law, (i) has been placed on the “National Priorities List” of hazardous waste sites or any similar state list or (ii) is subject to “removal” or “remedial” action as detailed in any applicable Environmental Law or to make payment for the cost of cleaning up any site.

Section 3.18 Insurance . Each Target Company has insurance policies in full force and effect which are in such scope and amounts, with such deductibles and against such risks and losses, as are reasonable for the business, assets and properties of the Target Companies. Schedule 3.18 of the Company Disclosure Schedules identifies each insurance policy maintained by, at the expense of or for the benefit of any Target Company and identifies any outstanding material claims (including any workers’ compensation claims) made with respect to any Target Company thereunder, and the Company has delivered or made available electronically to Parent accurate and complete copies of the insurance policies identified on Schedule 3.18 of the Company Disclosure Schedules. Each of the insurance policies identified on Schedule 3.18 of the Company Disclosure Schedules is in full force and effect. None of the Target Companies has received any written notice or, to the Knowledge of the Company, other communication regarding any actual or possible (a) cancellation or invalidation of any insurance policy identified or required to be identified on Schedule 3.18 of the Company Disclosure Schedules; (b) refusal of any coverage or rejection of any claim under any insurance policy identified or required to be identified on Schedule 3.18 of the Company Disclosure Schedules; or (c) material adjustment in the amount of the premiums payable with respect to any insurance policy identified or required to be identified on Schedule 3.18 of the Company Disclosure Schedules.

Section 3.19 Related Party Transactions .

(a) No Related Party has, and no Related Party has had, since September 30, 2006, any direct or indirect interest in any material asset used in or otherwise relating to the business of any Target Company;

(b) No Related Party is, or has been, since September 30, 2006, indebted to any Target Company;

(c) No Related Party has entered into, or has had, since September 30, 2006, any direct or indirect financial interest in, any Material Contract, transaction or business dealing involving any Target Company;

(d) To the Knowledge of the Company, no Related Party is competing, or has at any time, since September 30, 2006, competed, directly or indirectly, with any Target Company; and

 

44


(e) No Related Party has any claim or right against any Target Company (other than rights under Company Options and rights to receive compensation for services performed as an employee of a Target Company).

(f) For purposes of this Section 3.19 , each of the following shall be deemed to be a “ Related Party ”: (i) each individual who is, or who has at any time, since September 30, 2006, been an officer or director of any Target Company; (ii) each member of the immediate family of each of the individuals referred to in clause “(i)” above; and (iii) any trust or other Entity (other than a Target Company) in which any one of the individuals referred to in clauses “(i)” and “(ii)” above holds (or in which more than one of such individuals collectively hold), beneficially or otherwise, a material voting, proprietary, equity or other financial interest.

Section 3.20 Legal Proceedings; Orders .

(a) There is no pending Legal Proceeding, and to the Knowledge of the Company, no Person has threatened to commence any Legal Proceeding: (i) that involves any Target Company or any of the assets owned, used or controlled by the Target Companies or any Person (including any current or former stockholder, director, or officer of any Target Company) whose liability any Target Company has or may have retained or assumed, either contractually or by operation of law or (ii) that challenges, or that would reasonably be expected to have the effect of preventing, delaying or making illegal the Merger or any of the Contemplated Transactions or any of the Related Agreements. To the Knowledge of the Company, no event has occurred, and no claim, dispute or other condition or circumstance exists, that will, or that would reasonably be expected to, give rise to or serve as a basis for the commencement of any such Legal Proceeding.

(b) No claim, dispute or Legal Proceeding disclosed on Schedule 3.20(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedules would, if determined adversely to the Target Company party thereto, reasonably be expected to have or result in a Company Material Adverse Effect.

(c) There is no Order to which any Target Company, or any of the assets owned or used by the Target Company, is subject. To the Knowledge of the Company, no officer or other employee of the Target Companies is subject to any Order that prohibits such officer or other employee from engaging in or continuing any conduct, activity or practice relating to the Target Company’s business.

Section 3.21 Non-Contravention; Approvals; Consents .

(a) Neither (i) the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement or any of the Related Agreements, nor (ii) the consummation of the Merger or any of the Contemplated Transactions, will directly or indirectly (with or without notice or lapse of time):

(i) Contravene, conflict with or result in a violation of (i) any of the provisions of the Company Constituent Documents of the Target Companies or (ii) any resolution adopted by the Target Companies’ stockholders (or holders of similar interests) or boards of directors (or similar governing body) or any committee thereof;

 

45


(ii) Contravene, conflict with or result in a violation of, or give any Governmental Body or other Person the right to challenge the Merger or any of the Contemplated Transactions, or to exercise any remedy or obtain any relief under, any Law or any Order to which the Target Companies, or any of the assets owned, used or controlled by the Target Companies, is subject;

(iii) Contravene, conflict with or result in a violation of any of the terms or requirements of, or give any Governmental Body the right to revoke, withdraw, suspend, cancel, terminate or modify, any material Governmental Authorization that is held by any Target Company or that otherwise relates to any Target Company’s business or to any of the assets owned, used or controlled by any Target Company;

(iv) Contravene, conflict with or result in a violation or breach of, or result in a default under, any provision of any Company Contract that is or would constitute a Material Contract, or give any Person the right to (i) declare a default or exercise any remedy under any such Company Contract, (ii) a rebate, chargeback, penalty, or change in delivery schedule under any Material Contract, (iii) accelerate the maturity or performance of any obligation under any Material Contract, or (iv) cancel, terminate or modify any material term of any Material Contract, except for any such rights listed in (i), (ii) (iii) or (iv) which, if exercised, would not reasonably be expected to have or result in a Company Material Adverse Effect; or

(v) Result in the imposition or creation of any Encumbrance upon or with respect to any material asset owned or used by any Target Company (except for minor Encumbrances that will not, in any case or in the aggregate, materially detract from the value of the assets subject thereto or materially impair the operations of any Target Company).

(b) Subject to Section 3.21(c) , none of the Target Companies is or will be required to make any filing with or give any notice to, or to obtain any Consent from, any Person in connection with (i) the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement by the Company or any of the Contemplated Transactions or (ii) the consummation by the Company of the Merger or any of the Contemplated Transactions.

(c) Except for (i) filings of applications and notices with, and receipt of Consents, exemptions or non-objections from, the SEC, the New York Stock Exchange, foreign and state securities authorities, FINRA, the CFTC, FERC, applicable securities, commodities and futures exchanges, the FSA and other industry self-regulatory organizations (“ SRO ”); (ii) the filing of any other required applications, filings or notices with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “ Federal Reserve ”), any Governmental Body and approval of or non-objection to such applications, filings and notices (taken together with the items listed in clause (i), the “ Regulatory Approvals ”); (iii) the filing of the Certificate of Merger with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware; (iv) any notices to or filings with the SBA; (v) any notices or filings under the HSR Act; (vi) such filings and Consents as are required to be made or obtained under the securities or “Blue Sky” laws of various states in connection with the issuance of the shares of Parent Common Stock pursuant to this Agreement; and (vii) the Consent of any investment advisory clients of the Target Companies to the assignment or deemed assignment of investment advisory contracts as a result of the Contemplated Transactions, including the Merger, no Consents or filings or registrations with any Governmental Body are necessary in connection with the execution and delivery by the Company of this Agreement or the consummation by the Company of the Merger and the Contemplated Transactions, other than as set forth on Schedule 3.21(c) of the Company Disclosure Schedules.

 

46


Section 3.22 Customers . Schedule 3.22 of the Company Disclosure Schedules identifies each Person (including any insurance payor) that has committed (whether oral or written and whether pursuant to an agreement or purchase order or otherwise) to purchase existing products or services or products or services being developed by a Target Company, which such commitment involves in excess of $100,000, and sets forth for each such Person the quantities or amounts of such products or services that such Person has committed to purchase (the “ Company Purchase Commitments ”) and whether such commitment is oral or written. The Company has provided to Parent true and complete copies of all documents evidencing such Company Purchase Commitments. All such Company Purchase Commitments are in full force and effect, have not been withdrawn, amended, modified or terminated and are enforceable by the Company and, upon consummation of the Merger, will be enforceable by Parent, against the other party to such Company Purchase Commitments. No fact, condition or circumstance exists that would give any party the right to withdraw, amend, modify or terminate any Company Purchase Commitment, and no Person has given any written notice to any Target Company that any Person intends to withdraw, amend, modify or terminate any Company Purchase Commitment.

Section 3.23 Company Projections . The Company has previously delivered to Parent in writing: (i) a revised budget of the Company for the fiscal year ending September 30, 2009 and (ii) the most recent financial projections of the Company for the three months ending December 31, 2008 and for the years ending December 31, 2009, December 31, 2010, December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2012 ((i) and (ii) collectively, the “ Company Financial Projections ”), and all assumptions used by the Company’s management or any other Person in preparing such Company Financial Projections (the “ Assumptions ”). The Assumptions and the Company Financial Projections are reasonable and have been prepared in good faith.

Section 3.24 Company Action .

(a) The board of directors of the Company (at a meeting duly called and held in accordance with the Company Constituent Documents) has unanimously adopted resolutions (i) approving and declaring advisable the Merger, this Agreement and the Contemplated Transactions; (ii) declaring that it is in the best interests of the stockholders of the Company that the Company enter into this Agreement and consummate the Merger upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement; (iii) directed that this Agreement be submitted for a vote at a meeting of the stockholders of the Company (the “ Company Stockholders Meeting ”) to adopt this Agreement; and (iv) recommending to the stockholders of the Company that they adopt this Agreement (the “ Company Board Recommendation ”). Each director and executive officer of the Company who as of the date of this Agreement is entitled to vote any shares of Company Common Stock has represented to the Company his or her intention as of the date of this Agreement to vote such shares in favor of, or, if applicable, Consent in writing to, the approval and adoption of this Agreement and the Merger.

 

47


(b) The affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of all issued and outstanding shares of Company Common Stock on the record date of the Company Stockholders Meeting is the only vote of the holders of any class or series of capital stock of the Company necessary to adopt this Agreement and effect the Merger under applicable Law and the Company’s certificate of incorporation, as amended (the “ Company Stockholders Approval ”).

Section 3.25 Anti-Takeover Law . The Company and its board of directors have taken all action necessary or required to render inapplicable to the Merger, this Agreement or any Related Agreement and the Contemplated Transactions (i) any state, federal or foreign takeover Law that may purport to be applicable to the Merger and the Contemplated Transactions, (ii) any takeover provision in the Company Constituent Documents, and (iii) any takeover provision in any Contract to which the Company is a party or by which it or its properties may be bound.

Section 3.26 Full Disclosure . This Agreement (including the Schedules) does not, and none of the certificates referred to in ARTICLE 7 or the other Contracts delivered to Parent in connection with the Merger or the Contemplated Transactions, will, (i) contain any representation, warranty or information that is false or misleading with respect to any material fact or (ii) omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the representations, warranties and information contained herein and therein, in the light of the circumstances under which such representations, warranties and information were or will be made or provided, not false or misleading.

Section 3.27 Brokers . Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company is obligated for the payment of any fees or expenses of any investment banker, broker, advisor or similar party in connection with the origin, negotiation or execution of this Agreement or in connection with the Merger, and none of Parent, Bank nor Merger Sub will incur or succeed to any liability, either directly or indirectly, to any such investment banker, broker, advisor or similar party as a result of this Agreement or the Merger.

Section 3.28 Reorganization . As of the date of this Agreement, the Company has no reason to believe that the Merger will not qualify as a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code.

Section 3.29 Broker-Dealer and Investment Advisory Matters . (a) Each of the Target Companies and each of their respective officers and employees who are required to be registered, licensed or qualified as (i) a broker-dealer, investment adviser, futures commission merchant or (ii) a registered principal, registered representative, investment adviser representative, insurance agent or salesperson with the SEC or any securities or insurance commission or other Governmental Body are duly registered as such and such registrations are in full force and effect, or are in the process of being registered as such within the time periods required by applicable Law, except in each case for any failures to be so registered, licensed or qualified that would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Company Material Adverse Effect. Each of the Target Companies and each of their respective officers and employees are in compliance with all applicable Laws requiring any such registration, licensing or qualification, and are not subject to any liability or disability by reason of failure to be so registered, licensed or qualified, except as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Company Material Adverse Effect.

 

48


(b) Each of the Target Companies, and, to the Knowledge of the Company, their respective solicitors, third party administrators, managers, brokers and distributors, have marketed, sold and issued investment products and securities in compliance with all applicable Laws governing sales processes and practices, except in each case as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Company Material Adverse Effect.

(c) Each of the Company’s broker-dealer Subsidiaries is, and at all times since January 1, 2005 has been, in compliance with Rule 15c-3(1) and Rule 15c-3(3) of the Exchange Act and in substantial compliance with the other provisions of Rule 15c-3 of the Exchange Act.

Section 3.30 ARS .

(a) The Company has good and valid title to the ARS, free and clear of all Encumbrances.

(b) All of the ARS to be acquired by the Parent pursuant to the ARS Purchase Agreement are auction rate bonds issued by and payable from trusts that are fully collateralized by student loans originated under the Federal Family Education Loan Program and that carry a guarantee by the U.S. Department of Education of not less than 97% of the principal amount of such auction rate bonds

Section 3.31 Permissible Activities and Assets . Except for First Southwest Capital Investments, Inc., each of the Target Companies engages only in activities that are permissible for a Texas state banking association and member of the Federal Reserve System to conduct directly or through an operating Subsidiary (the “ Permissible Activities ”). From the date hereof through the Closing Date, none of the Target Companies have any plans or intent to commence any lines of business, transactions or operations, except for Permissible Activities. Except for First Southwest Capital Investments, Inc., each of the Target Companies only owns assets that are permissible for a Texas state banking association and member of the Federal Reserve System to own directly or through an operating Subsidiary (the “ Permissible Assets ”). From the date hereof through the Closing Date, none of the Target Companies have any plans or intent to acquire by any means any assets other than Permissible Assets.

ARTICLE 4

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PARENT

Parent represents and warrants to and for the benefit of the Company as set forth in this ARTICLE 4 , except as otherwise set forth in the Parent Disclosure Schedules attached hereto:

Section 4.1 Subsidiaries; Due Organization .

(a) Parent has no Subsidiaries except for the Entities identified on Schedule 4.1(a) of the Parent Disclosure Schedules. The Parent and the Bank are sometimes referred to herein collectively as the “ Parent Companies ” and individually as a “ Parent Company. ” None of the Parent Companies has agreed to make, or is otherwise obligated to make, or is bound by any

 

49


Contract under which it may be obligated to make, any future investment in, or capital contribution to, any other Entity. None of the Parent Companies has, at any time, been a general partner of, or has otherwise been liable for any debts or other obligations of, any other Entity.

(b) Each Parent Company has been duly organized, and is validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, as the case may be (with Schedule 4.1(a) of the Parent Disclosure Schedules setting forth the type of Entity and the respective jurisdictions thereof). Each Parent Company has all necessary Entity power and authority and all necessary Governmental Authorization: (i) to conduct its business in the manner in which its business is currently being conducted; (ii) to own and use its assets in the manner in which its assets are currently owned and used; and (iii) to perform its obligations under all Parent Contracts.

(c) None of the Parent Companies is required to be qualified, authorized, registered or licensed to do business as a foreign corporation or other Entity in any jurisdiction other than the jurisdictions identified on Schedule 4.1(c) of the Parent Disclosure Schedules, except where failure to so qualify would not reasonably be expected to have a Parent Material Adverse Effect. Parent is in good standing as a foreign corporation in each of the jurisdictions identified on Schedule 4.1(c) of the Parent Disclosure Schedules.

(d) None of the Parent Companies has conducted any business under or otherwise used, for any purpose or in any jurisdiction, any fictitious name, assumed name, trade name or other name, other than the name “PlainsCapital Corporation” and the names set forth on Schedule 4.1(d) of the Parent Disclosure Schedules.

(e) Schedule 4.1(e) of the Parent Disclosure Schedules accurately sets forth: (i) the names of the members of each Parent Company’s board of directors or similar governing body, (ii) the names of the members of each committee of each Parent Company’s board of directors or similar governing body, and (iii) the names and titles of each Parent Company’s executive officers.

Section 4.2 Authority. Parent has all requisite corporate power, authority and legal capacity to execute and deliver this Agreement and each Related Agreement to which it is a party, to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder and upon receipt of all Regulatory Approvals to consummate the Contemplated Transactions, including the Merger. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and each Related Agreement to which Parent is a party, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, have been duly authorized and approved by all required action on the part of Parent. This Agreement has been, and each Related Agreement to which Parent is a party will be at or prior to the Closing, duly and validly executed and delivered by Parent and (assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the other parties hereto and thereto), this Agreement constitutes, and each such Related Agreement when so executed and delivered will constitute, legal, valid and binding obligations of Parent, enforceable against Parent in accordance with their respective terms, subject only to the effect, if any, of (i) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or other similar Laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and (ii) rules of Law governing specific performance, injunctive relief and other equitable remedies.

 

50


Section 4.3 Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws; Records . Parent has delivered to the Company accurate and complete copies of: (a) its Articles of Incorporation, as currently in effect (the “ Parent Charter ”), its Bylaws, as currently in effect (the “ Parent Bylaws ”); (b) all stock records and registers of Parent as of September 30, 2008; and (c) all minutes and other records of the meetings and other proceedings (including any actions taken by written consent or otherwise without a meeting) of the stockholders, the board of directors and all committees of the board of directors of Parent from December 31, 2005 through the date hereof (the items described in (a), (b) and (c) above, collectively, the “ Parent Constituent Documents ”). There have been no formal meetings or other proceedings of the stockholders, the board of directors or any committee of the board of directors of Parent that are not fully reflected in the Parent Constituent Documents. There has not been any material violation of the Parent Constituent Documents, and Parent has not taken any action that is inconsistent in any material respect with the Parent Constituent Documents. The books of account, stock records, minute books and other records of Parent are accurate, up-to-date and complete in all material respects, and have been maintained in accordance with applicable Laws and Good Operating Practices.

Section 4.4 Capitalization .

(a) The authorized Parent capital stock consists of:

(i) 50,000,000 shares of Parent Common Stock, of which 8,824,764 shares have been issued and 8,702,459 are outstanding as of the date of this Agreement;

(ii) 201,394 shares of Parent Common Stock reserved for issuance pursuant to outstanding options to purchase Parent Common Stock (each, a “ Parent Option ” and, collectively, the “ Parent Options ”); and

(iii) 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $1.00 per share.

(b) All of the outstanding shares of Parent capital stock have been duly authorized and validly issued, and are fully paid and non-assessable. Except for Parent Options, (i) there are no Commitments outstanding with respect to any Equity Interest of Parent; (ii) none of the outstanding shares of Parent capital Stock is subject to any right of first refusal or similar right in favor of Parent or any other Person; and (iii) there is no stockholders agreement, voting trust or any other Contract relating to the voting or registration of, or restricting any Person from purchasing, selling, pledging or otherwise disposing of (or granting any option or similar right with respect to), any shares of Parent capital stock. Parent is not obligated to redeem or otherwise acquire any of its outstanding Equity Interests.

(c) Schedule 4.4(c) of the Parent Disclosure Schedules accurately sets forth (i) the total number of shares of Parent Common Stock that are subject to all Parent Options and the number of shares of Parent Common Stock with respect to which such Parent Option is immediately exercisable, (ii) the vesting schedule for such Parent Option, (iii) the weighted exercise price per share of Parent Common Stock purchasable under such Parent Option, and (iv) whether such Parent Option has been designated an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422 of the Code. Parent has delivered to the Company accurate and complete copies of all current stock option plans pursuant to which any of the Parent Companies has ever granted stock options, and the forms of all stock option agreements evidencing such options.

 

51


(d) There are no Commitments outstanding with respect to any Equity Interest of the Parent Companies.

(e) All outstanding shares of capital stock, options, warrants and other securities of the Parent Companies have been issued and granted in compliance with (i) all applicable securities and other applicable Laws and (ii) all requirements set forth in applicable Contracts.

Section 4.5 Financial Statements; Financial Controls .

(a) Parent has delivered to the Company the following financial statements and any notes thereto (collectively, the “ Parent Financial Statements ”):

(i) the audited consolidated balance sheets of Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2007, 2006, and 2005, and the related audited consolidated statements of income, statements of stockholders’ equity and statements of cash flows of Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries for the years then ended, together with the notes thereto and the unqualified reports and opinions of Ernst & Young, LLP, relating thereto; and

(ii) the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of June 30, 2008 (the “ Parent Interim Balance Sheet ”), and the related unaudited consolidated statement of income, statements of stockholders’ equity and statement of cash flows of Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries for the six (6) months then ended.

(b) The Parent Financial Statements are accurate and complete in all material respects and present fairly the financial position, assets, liabilities, results of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of Parent and its Subsidiaries as of the respective dates thereof and for the periods covered thereby and specified therein. The Parent Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods covered thereby and specified therein (except that the financial statements referred to in Section 4.5(a)(ii) do not contain footnotes and are subject to normal and recurring year-end audit adjustments, which will not, individually or in the aggregate, be material).

(c) Schedule 4.5(c) of the Parent Disclosure Schedules lists, and Parent has delivered to the Company, accurate and complete copies of all documentation creating or governing, any securitization transaction or “off-balance sheet arrangement” (as defined in Item 303(c) of Regulation S-K) effected or maintained in effect by Parent.

(d) The books of account and financial records of Parent are true and correct and have been prepared and are maintained in accordance with sound accounting practices.

 

52


Section 4.6 Absence of Changes . Except for actions taken by Parent with the express prior written consent of the Company pursuant to Section 5.2 , since the date of the Parent Interim Balance Sheet:

(a) There has not been any Parent Material Adverse Effect, and no event has occurred or circumstance has arisen that, in combination with any other events or circumstances, would reasonably be expected to have or result in a Parent Material Adverse Effect;

(b) There has not been any material loss, damage or destruction to, or any material interruption in the use of, any of the material assets of any of the Parent Companies (whether or not covered by insurance);

(c) None of the Parent Companies has made any capital expenditure which, when added to all other capital expenditures made on behalf of Parent since the date of the Parent Interim Balance Sheet, exceeds $1,000,000 in the aggregate outside the ordinary course of business, consistent with past practices;

(d) None of the Parent Companies has written off as uncollectible, or established any extraordinary reserve with respect to, any material account receivable or other indebtedness outside the ordinary course of business, consistent with past practices;

(e) None of the Parent Companies has entered into any material transaction or taken any other material action outside the ordinary course of business or inconsistent with past practices;

(f) None of the Parent Companies has taken any action of the type referred to in Section 5.2(c) ; and

(g) None of the Parent Companies has agreed or committed to take any of the actions referred to in clauses “(c)” through “(f)” of this sentence.

Section 4.7 Title to Assets .

(a) The Parent Companies own, and have good and valid title to, all assets purported to be owned by it, including all assets reflected on the Parent Interim Balance Sheet and all other assets reflected in each Parent Company’s books and records as being owned by such Parent Company.

(b) Schedule 4.7(b) of the Parent Disclosure Schedules identifies all material assets (including real estate facilities) of the Parent Companies that are being leased or licensed to or by each Parent Company (including all oral leases, if any, and other agreements under which real property is leased by the Parent Companies and is used or held for use in the operation of the business). The Parent Companies have a valid and enforceable leasehold interest in or a valid and enforceable right to use, as applicable, all of the assets set forth on Schedule 4.7(b) of the Parent Disclosure Schedules. All such leases and licenses are valid and enforceable against the parties thereto.

 

53


Section 4.8 Contracts .

(a) Schedule 4.8(a) of the Parent Disclosure Schedules identifies each “ Parent Material Contract ” of the Parent Companies, with each Contract (including any policies or programs which might support a claim of a contractual right) of the nature described below being deemed to constitute a “ Parent Material Contract ” of the Parent Companies:

(i) any Parent Contract that provides for indemnification of any officer, director, employee, or agent;

(ii) each Parent Contract (other than Contracts evidencing Parent Options) (A) relating to the acquisition, issuance, voting, registration, sale or transfer of any securities, (B) providing any Person with any preemptive right, right of participation, right of maintenance or similar right with respect to any securities, or (C) providing any of the Parent Companies with any right of first refusal with respect to, or right to repurchase or redeem, any securities;

(iii) any other Parent Contract that was entered into outside the ordinary course of business or was inconsistent with the Parent Company’s past practices and involving consideration in excess of $100,000;

(iv) any Parent Contract that would reasonably be expected to have or result in a material effect on (A) the business, condition, capitalization, assets, liabilities, results of operations or financial performance of any of the Parent Companies or (B) the ability of Parent to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement or to consummate the Merger or any of the Contemplated Transactions; and

(v) any other Parent Contract, if a breach of such Contract or the termination of such Contract would reasonably be expected to have or result in a Parent Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Parent has delivered or made available electronically to the Company accurate and complete copies of all written Parent Material Contracts. Schedule 4.8(b) of the Parent Disclosure Schedules provides an accurate description of the terms of each Parent Material Contract that is not in written form. Each Parent Material Contract identified (or required to be identified) on Schedule 4.8(a) and Schedule 4.8(b) of the Parent Disclosure Schedules is valid and in full force and effect, and is enforceable by the applicable Parent Company against the other parties thereto, in accordance with its terms, subject to (i) Laws of general application relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and (ii) rules of Law governing specific performance, injunctive relief and other equitable remedies.

(c)(i) each of the Parent Material Contracts and the performance thereunder by the applicable Parent Company, is, and has been during the terms thereof, in material compliance with all applicable Laws;

(ii) none of the Parent Companies has violated or breached, or committed any default under, any Parent Material Contract in any material respect, and, to the Knowledge of Parent, no other Person has violated or breached, or committed any default under, any Parent Material Contract in any material respect;

 

54


(iii) to the Knowledge of Parent, no event has occurred, and no circumstance or condition exists, that (with or without notice or lapse of time) would reasonably be expected to (A) result in a violation or breach by the applicable Parent Company of any of the provisions of any Parent Material Contract in any material respect, (B) give any Person the right to declare a default or exercise any remedy under any Parent Material Contract, (C) give any Person the right to receive or require a rebate, chargeback, penalty or change in delivery schedule under any Parent Material Contract, (D) give any Person the right to accelerate the maturity or performance of any Parent Material Contract, or (E) give any Person the right to cancel, terminate or modify any Parent Material Contract;

(iv) none of the Parent Companies has received any written notice or, to the Knowledge of Parent, other communication regarding any actual or alleged violation or breach of, or default under, any Parent Material Contract in any material respect; and

(v) none of the Parent Companies has waived any of its material rights under any Parent Material Contract.

Section 4.9 Liabilities . None of the Parent Companies have any accrued, contingent or other liabilities of any nature, either matured or unmatured (whether or not required to be reflected in financial statements in accordance with GAAP, and whether due or to become due), except for:

(a) liabilities quantified on the face of the Parent Interim Balance Sheet;

(b) liabilities that have been incurred by Parent since September 30, 2008 in the ordinary course of business and consistent with Parent’s past practices; and

(c) liabilities that, individually or in the aggregate, would not be material.

Section 4.10 Compliance with Laws; Governmental Authorizations .

(a) Each Parent Company is, and has at all times since its inception been, in compliance, in all material respects, with all applicable Laws. None of the Parent Companies has received any written notice or, to the Knowledge of Parent, other communication from any Governmental Body or any other Person regarding any actual or possible material violation of, or material failure to comply with, any Law.

(b) The Parent Companies hold all material Governmental Authorizations necessary to enable the Parent Companies to conduct their respective businesses in the manner in which such businesses are currently being conducted. Each Parent Company is, and has at all times been, in material compliance with the terms and requirements of such Governmental Authorizations. None of the Parent Companies has received any written notice or, to the Knowledge of Parent, other communication from any Governmental Body regarding (i) any actual or possible material violation of or material failure to comply with any term or requirement of any Governmental Authorization or (ii) any actual or possible revocation, withdrawal, suspension, cancellation, termination or material modification of any Governmental Authorization. No Governmental Body has at any time challenged in writing the right of any of the Parent Companies to design, manufacture, license, offer or sell any of its products or services.

 

55


(c) The Parent Companies have timely filed all reports, registrations, statements and certifications, together with any amendments required to be made with respect thereto, required to be filed with (i) FINRA, (ii) the SEC, (iii) the CFTC, (iv) the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, (v) any state consumer finance or mortgage banking regulatory authority or other agency, (vi) any foreign regulatory authority, and (vii) any SRO and with each other applicable Governmental Body, and all other reports and statements required to be filed, including any report or statement required to be filed pursuant to applicable Laws, and have paid all fees and assessments due and payable in connection therewith.

Section 4.11 Certain Business Practices . None of the Parent Companies, and, to the Knowledge of Parent, no director, officer, agent or employee of any of the Parent Companies, has: (i) used any funds for unlawful contributions, gifts, entertainment or other unlawful expenses relating to political activity or (ii) made any unlawful payment to foreign or domestic government officials or employees or to foreign or domestic political parties or campaigns or violated any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

Section 4.12 Tax Matters .

(a) Each of the Tax Returns required to be filed by or on behalf of the respective Parent Companies with any Governmental Body with respect to any taxable period ending on or before the Closing Date (the “ Parent Returns ”):

(i) has been or will be filed on or before the applicable due date (including any extensions of such due date);

(ii) was, or will be when filed, complete and accurate and prepared in all material respects in compliance with all applicable Laws. All Tax amounts due on or before the Closing Date have been or will be paid on or before the Closing Date (whether or not shown on a Parent Return); and

(iii) Each of the Parent Companies (A) has timely withheld proper and accurate amounts from its employees, independent contractors, customers, stockholders and other Persons from whom it is or was required to withhold Taxes in compliance with all applicable Laws and (B) has timely paid all amounts so withheld to the appropriate Governmental Bodies.

(b) Parent has delivered to the Company accurate and complete copies of (i) all Parent Returns for taxable periods ending after December 31, 2000, (ii) all audit reports, letter rulings, technical advice memoranda and similar documents issued by a Governmental Body relating to the federal, state, local or foreign Taxes due from or with respect to the Parent Companies for taxable periods ending after December 31, 2000, and (iii) any closing letters or agreements entered into by the Parent Companies with any Governmental Bodies with respect to Taxes due from or with respect to the Parent Companies for taxable periods ending after December 31, 2000.

 

56


(c) The Parent Financial Statements fully accrue all actual and contingent liabilities for Taxes with respect to all periods through the dates thereof in accordance with GAAP. Each Parent Company will establish, in the ordinary course of business and consistent with its past practices, reserves adequate for the payment of all unpaid Taxes for the period from June 30, 2008 through the Closing Date, and Parent will disclose the dollar amount of such reserves to the Company on or prior to the Closing Date. For the period from June 30, 2008 through the Closing Date, none of the Parent Companies has incurred or will incur any liability arising from extraordinary gains or losses (as that term is used in GAAP) outside the ordinary course of business or inconsistent with past practice.

(d) No (i) Parent Return has ever been examined or audited by a Governmental Body and (ii) extension or waiver of the limitation period applicable to any of the Parent Returns has been granted by any Parent Company or any other Person, and no such extension or waiver has been requested from or by any Parent Company.

(e) No claim or Legal Proceeding is pending or, to the Knowledge of Parent, has been threatened against or with respect to any Parent Company in respect of any Tax, nor has any of the Parent Companies received from any Governmental Body in any jurisdiction (including jurisdictions where the Parent Companies have not filed Tax Returns) any (i) notice indicating an intent to open an audit or other review, (ii) request for information related to Tax matters, or (iii) notice of deficiency or proposed adjustment for any amount of Tax proposed, asserted or assessed by any taxing authority or other Governmental Body against any Parent Company. There are no unsatisfied liabilities for Taxes (including liabilities for interest, additions to tax and penalties thereon and related expenses) with respect to any notice of deficiency or similar document received by any Parent Company with respect to any Tax (other than liabilities for Taxes asserted under any such notice of deficiency or similar document which are being contested in good faith by the Parent Companies and with respect to which adequate reserves for payment have been established on the Parent Interim Balance Sheet). There are no Encumbrances for Taxes upon any of the assets of any of the Parent Companies except Encumbrances for current Taxes not yet due and payable. None of the Parent Companies has been a United States real property holding corporation within the meaning of Section 897(c)(2) of the Code during the applicable period specified in Section 897(c)(1)(A)(ii) of the Code. None of the Parent Companies has made any distribution of stock of any controlled corporation, as that term is defined in Section 355(a)(1) of the Code or had its stock distributed by another Person, in a transaction that was purported or intended to be governed in whole or in part by Sections 355 and 361 of the Code. The Parent Companies (i) have been members of the same affiliated group within the meaning of Section 1504 of the Code and (ii) have filed or been included in such group’s combined, consolidated and unitary income Tax Returns. Except with respect to such affiliated group, none of the Parent Companies has any liability for the Taxes of any Person under Section 1.1502-6 of the Treasury Regulations under the Code (or any similar Law) as a transferee or successor, by Contract or otherwise.

(f) None of the Parent Companies will be required to include any item of income in, or exclude any item of deduction from, taxable income for any taxable period (or portion thereof) ending after the Closing Date as a result of any (i) change in method of accounting for a taxable period ending on or prior to the Closing Date, (ii) “closing agreement” as described in Section 7121 of the Code (or any corresponding or similar Law) executed on or prior to the

 

57


Closing Date, (iii) intercompany transaction or excess loss account described in the Treasury Regulations under Section 1502 of the Code (or any corresponding or similar Law), (iv) installment sale or open transaction disposition made on or prior to the Closing Date, or (v) prepaid amount received on or prior to the Closing Date.

(g) Each of the Parent Companies has disclosed in its Parent Returns any Tax reporting position taken in any Parent Return which could result in the imposition of penalties under Section 6662 of the Code or any comparable Law.

(h) None of the Parent Companies has consummated or participated in, or is currently participating in, any transaction that was or is a “reportable transaction” as defined in Sections 6662, 6011, 6012 or 6111 of the Code or the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

(i) Schedule 4.12(i) of the Parent Disclosure Schedules identifies the amount of any excess loss account or deferred gains or losses of any Parent Company arising out of any intercompany transaction.

(j) Parent has provided the Company with accurate and complete copies of all documentation relating to any Tax holidays or incentives relating or available to any Parent Company. Neither the Merger nor any of the Contemplated Transactions will have an adverse effect on the availability of any such Tax holiday or incentive.

(k) None of the Parent Companies is involved in or subject to any joint venture, partnership or other Contract which is treated as a partnership for federal, state, local or foreign income Tax purposes.

(l) Schedule 4.12(l) of the Parent Disclosure Schedules accurately describes all material elections with respect to Taxes affecting any of the Parent Companies.

(m) There is no agreement, plan, arrangement or other Contract covering any employee of any Parent Company that, considered individually or considered collectively with any other such Contracts, will, or would reasonably be expected to, give rise directly or indirectly to the payment of any amount that would not be deductible pursuant to Section 162 of the Code if the Parent Company were a “publicly held corporation” subject to Section 162(m) of the Code that received TARP Funding.

(n) Parent is not, and has never been, a party to or bound by any Tax indemnity agreement, Tax sharing agreement, Tax allocation agreement or similar Contract.

(o) Parent has not (i) acquired assets from another corporation in a transaction in which Parent’s Tax basis for the acquired assets was determined, in whole or in part, by reference to the Tax basis of the acquired assets (or any other property) in the hands of the transferor or (ii) acquired the stock of any corporation that is a qualified subchapter S subsidiary.

 

58


Section 4.13 Employee and Labor Matters; Benefits Plans .

(a) Schedule 4.13(a) of the Parent Disclosure Schedules accurately identifies as of the date of this Agreement each former employee of any Parent Company who is receiving or is scheduled to receive (or whose spouse or other dependent is receiving or is scheduled to receive) any benefits (whether from any Parent Company or otherwise) relating to such former employee’s employment with any Parent Company and Schedule 4.13(a) of the Parent Disclosure Schedules accurately describes such benefits.

(b) The employment of each Parent Company’s employees is terminable by the applicable Parent Company at will, without payment of severance or other termination benefits. The Parent Companies do not have any accrued but unpaid compensation obligations (including severance obligations) other than obligations for the current pay period that accrue in the Parent Companies’ ordinary course of business. Parent has delivered to the Company accurate and complete copies of all employee manuals and handbooks, disclosure materials, policy statements.

(c) No independent contractors of any Parent Company have provided services to any Parent Company for a period of six (6) consecutive months or longer. None of the Parent Companies has ever had any temporary or leased employees. To the Knowledge of Parent, no independent contractor of any Parent Company is eligible to participate in any Parent Employee Plan.

(d) To the Knowledge of Parent, none of the Parent Companies is and none of the Parent Companies has ever been engaged, in any unfair labor practice under the National Labor Relations Act or any unlawful discrimination under any applicable Law relating to employment. To the Knowledge of Parent, there has never been any slowdown, work stoppage, labor dispute or union organizing activity, or any similar activity or dispute, affecting any Parent Company or any of their employees. There is not now pending, and to the Knowledge of Parent, no Person has threatened to commence, any such slowdown, work stoppage, labor dispute or union organizing activity or any similar activity or dispute. To the Knowledge of Parent, no event has occurred, and no condition or circumstance exists, that might directly or indirectly give rise to or provide a basis for the commencement of any such slowdown, work stoppage, labor dispute or union organizing activity or any similar activity or dispute. There are no actions, suits, charges, claims, labor disputes or grievances pending or, to the Knowledge of Parent, threatened relating to any labor, safety or discrimination matters involving any Parent Employee, including charges of unfair labor practices or discrimination complaints. Schedule 4.13(d) of the Parent Disclosure Schedules sets forth a complete and accurate list of all unfair labor practice charges and employment discrimination charges filed with any Governmental Body, including the United States Department of Labor or any comparable state agencies administering wage-hour laws, during the preceding five (5) years and the disposition thereof.

(e) Schedule 4.13(e) of the Parent Disclosure Schedules contains a true and complete list of all Parent Employee Plans. None of the Parent Companies intends or has agreed or committed to (i) establish or enter into any new Parent Employee Plan, (ii) modify any Parent Employee Plan (except to conform any such Parent Employee Plan to the requirements of any applicable Laws, in each case as previously disclosed to the Company in writing), or (iii) terminate any Parent Employee Plan.

(f) Parent has delivered to the Company accurate and complete copies of: (i) all documents setting forth the terms of each Parent Employee Plan, including all amendments thereto and all related trust documents; (ii) the three (3) most recent annual reports (Form Series

 

59


5500 and all schedules and financial statements attached thereto), if any, required under ERISA, the Code or any other applicable Law in connection with each Parent Employee Plan; (iii) for each Parent Employee Plan that is subject to the minimum funding standards of Section 302 of ERISA, the most recent annual and periodic accounting of Parent Employee Plan assets; (iv) the most recent summary plan description together with the summaries of material modifications thereto, if any, required under ERISA with respect to each Parent Employee Plan and all summaries and descriptions furnished to participants and beneficiaries within two (2) years preceding the date hereof regarding Parent Employee Plans for which a summary plan description is not required; (v) all material written Contracts relating to each Parent Employee Plan, including administrative service agreements and group insurance contracts; (vi) all written materials provided to any Parent Employee within two (2) years preceding the date hereof relating to any Parent Employee Plan and any proposed Parent Employee Plan, in each case, relating to any amendments, terminations, establishments, increases or decreases in benefits, acceleration of payments or vesting schedules or other events that would result in any liability to any of the Parent Companies; (vii) all written correspondence to or from any Governmental Body within two (2) years preceding the date hereof relating to any Parent Employee Plan, or any current or ongoing investigation, audit, or litigation with respect to any Parent Employee Plan; (viii) all COBRA forms and related notices; (ix) all insurance policies in the possession of any of the Parent Companies pertaining to fiduciary liability insurance covering the fiduciaries for each Parent Employee Plan; (x) all discrimination tests required under the Code for each Parent Employee Plan intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code (each a “ Parent Qualified Plan ”) for the three (3) most recent plan years; and (xi) the most recent IRS determination or opinion letter issued with respect to each Parent Qualified Plan.

(g) Each Parent Qualified Plan has either received a favorable determination letter from the IRS as to its qualified status or may rely upon an opinion letter for a prototype plan and, to the Knowledge of Parent, as of the date hereof no event has occurred or circumstance exists that would reasonably be expected to give rise to disqualification of any such Parent Employee Plan or loss of tax-exempt status of its related trust.

(h) Each Parent Company has performed in all material respects all obligations required to be performed by it under each Parent Employee Plan. Parent has no Knowledge of any default or violation in any material respect by any other party to, the terms of any Parent Employee Plan. Each Parent Employee Plan (and each related trust, insurance contract or fund) and its administration complies in form and operation in all material respects with the applicable requirements of all applicable Laws, including ERISA and the Code.

(i) Each Parent Company has timely made all contributions and other payments required by and due under the terms of each Parent Employee Plan, other than contributions or payments which are not yet required to be made, in which case they have been properly reserved for on the Parent Financial Statements.

(j) There are no other corporations or trades or businesses (whether or not incorporated) which, either currently or within the six (6) year period immediately preceding the Closing Date, would have been treated as a “single employer” with the Parent Companies within the meaning of Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code.

 

60


(k) No securities, real property or other property of the Parent Companies are included in the assets of any Parent Employee Plan.

(l) None of the Parent Companies and, to the Knowledge of Parent, no other party has engaged in any transaction prohibited by Section 406 of ERISA or “prohibited transaction” under Section 4975(c) of the Code with respect to any Parent Employee Plan, except for any transactions which are exempt under a statutory or administrative exemption, which would reasonably be expected to result in a material penalty under ERISA or the Code to a Parent Company or a fiduciary with respect to a Parent Employee Plan.

(m) No Parent Company has incurred or has engaged in or knowingly permitted to occur any transaction that would reasonably be expected to result in a Parent Company’s incurrence of liability for any material penalty or tax that as of the date hereof has not been paid in full with respect to any Parent Employee Plan under Section 502(i) of ERISA, under Sections 4975 through 4980 of the Code or under any other applicable Law.

(n) Other than routine claims for benefits, there are no claims or Legal Proceedings pending, or, to the Knowledge of the Parent, threatened against any Parent Employee Plan, the assets of any Parent Employee Plan, or, to the Knowledge of Parent, any fiduciary related to the breach of fiduciary duties with respect to any Parent Employee Plan. There are no audits, inquiries or Legal Proceedings pending or, to the Knowledge of the Parent, threatened by the IRS, the United States Department of Labor, or any other Governmental Body with respect to any Parent Employee Plan.

(o) Each Parent Employee Plan (other than any Parent Employee Plan to be terminated prior to the Closing in accordance with this Agreement) can be amended, terminated or otherwise discontinued after the Closing in accordance with its terms, without liability to any Parent Company or any Target Company (other than ordinary administration expenses and any obligations arising from prior operation of such plan), subject to applicable Laws.

(p) No Parent Company has during the six (6) years immediately preceding the Closing Date maintained, established, sponsored, participated in, or contributed to, or currently has any liability (contingent or otherwise) with respect to any: (i) Parent Employee Plan that is an employee benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) subject to Section 412 of the Code or Title IV of ERISA; (ii) “multiemployer plan” within the meaning of Section (3)(37) of ERISA; (iii) Parent Employee Plan that is an employee benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) in which stock of any of the Parent Companies is or was held as a plan asset; (iv) “multiple employer welfare arrangement” within the meaning of Section 3(40) of ERISA; or (v) “voluntary employee benefit association” within the meaning of Section 501(c)(9) of the Code.

(q) To the Knowledge of the Parent, no event has occurred or circumstance exists that could result in a material increase in premiums of any Parent Employee Plan that is insured, or a material increase in benefit costs of any Parent Employee Plan that is self-funded.

 

61


(r) Except as expressly required or provided by this Agreement, neither the execution or delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation of any of the Contemplated Transactions, including the Merger, will (either alone or upon the occurrence of any additional or subsequent events) constitute an event under any Parent Employee Plan, trust or loan that will or may result (either alone or in connection with any other circumstance or event) in any payment (whether of severance pay or otherwise), acceleration of any right, obligation or benefit, forgiveness of indebtedness, vesting, distribution, increase in benefits or obligation to fund benefits with respect to any Parent Employee. No amount that could be received (whether in cash or property or the vesting of property) as a result of the consummation of any of the Contemplated Transactions, including the Merger, by any employee, officer, director or independent contractor of a Parent Company who is a “disqualified individual” (as such term is defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.280G-1) under any employment, severance or termination agreement, other compensation arrangement or Parent Employee Plan currently in effect would be characterized as an “excess parachute payment” (as such term is defined in Section 280G(b)(1) of the Code).

(s) Each Parent Employee Plan that is a “nonqualified deferred compensation plan” (as defined in Section 409A(d)(1) of the Code) has been operated since January 1, 2005 in good faith compliance with Section 409A of the Code and IRS Notice 2005-1, and no nonqualified deferred compensation plan that is grandfathered pursuant to Section 409A of the Code has been “materially modified” (within the meaning of the applicable guidance issued pursuant to Section 409A of the Code) at any time after October 3, 2004.

(t) No Parent Employee Plan provides (except at no cost to the Parent Companies), or reflects or represents any liability of any Parent Company to provide, retiree life insurance, retiree health benefits or other retiree employee welfare benefits to any Person for any reason, except as may be required by COBRA or other applicable Laws. Other than commitments made that involve no future costs to any of the Parent Companies, no Parent Company has ever represented, promised or contracted (whether in oral or written form) to any Parent Employee (either individually or to Parent Employees as a group) or any other Person that any such Parent Employee or other Person would be provided with retiree life insurance, retiree health benefits or other retiree employee welfare benefits, except to the extent required by COBRA or other applicable Laws.

(u) To the Knowledge of Parent, except as would not have or reasonably be expected to have a Parent Material Adverse Effect, no Parent Company: (i) has violated or otherwise failed to comply in any material respect with any Law respecting employment, employment practices, terms and conditions of employment or wages and hours, including the health care continuation requirements of COBRA, the requirements of the Family Medical Leave Act, the requirements of the Health Insurance Portability & Accountability Act, the requirements of the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act and the provisions of any similar Law; (ii) has materially failed to withhold or report any amounts required by applicable Laws or by Contract to be withheld or reported with respect to wages, salaries and other payments to Parent Employees; (iii) is liable for any arrears of wages or any Taxes or any penalty for failure to comply with the Laws applicable to any of the foregoing; and (iv) is liable for any material payment to any trust or other fund governed by or maintained by or on behalf of any Governmental Body with respect to unemployment compensation benefits, social security or other benefits or obligations for Parent Employees (other than routine payments to be made in the normal course of business and consistent with past practice). There are no pending or, to the Knowledge of Parent, threatened or reasonably anticipated claims or Legal Proceedings against any Parent Company under any workers’ compensation policy or long-term disability policy.

 

62


(v) Except as has not had or would not reasonably be expected to have a Parent Material Adverse Effect, to the Knowledge of Parent, no event has occurred, and no circumstance or condition exists, that has resulted in, or that would reasonably be expected to result in, any claim for indemnification or reimbursement by any Parent Employee (other than a claim for reimbursement to the Parent Companies, in the ordinary course of business, of travel expenses, accrued vacation or other out-of-pocket expenses of a routine nature incurred by a Parent Employee in the course of performing such individual’s duties for any Parent Company) pursuant to (i) the terms of any Parent Company’s certificate of incorporation, bylaws or other charter documents; (ii) any indemnification agreement or other Contract between any Parent Company and any such Parent Employee; or (iii) any applicable Law.

Section 4.14 Insurance. Each Parent Company has insurance policies in full force and effect which are in such scope and amounts, with such deductibles and against such risks and losses, as are reasonable for the business, assets and properties of the Parent Companies. Schedule 4.14 of the Parent Disclosure Schedules identifies each insurance policy maintained by, at the expense of or for the benefit of any Parent Company and identifies any outstanding material claims (including any workers’ compensation claims) made with respect to any Parent Company thereunder, and Parent has delivered or made electronically available to the Company accurate and complete copies of the insurance policies identified on Schedule 4.14 of the Parent Disclosure Schedules. Each of the insurance policies identified on Schedule 4.14 of the Parent Disclosure Schedules is in full force and effect. None of the Parent Companies has received any written notice or, to the Knowledge of Parent, other communication regarding any actual or possible (a) cancellation or invalidation of any insurance policy identified or required to be identified on Schedule 4.14 of the Parent Disclosure Schedules; (b) refusal of any coverage or rejection of any claim under any insurance policy identified on Schedule 4.14 of the Parent Disclosure Schedules; or (c) material adjustment in the amount of the premiums payable with respect to any insurance policy identified or required to be identified on Schedule 4.14 of the Parent Disclosure Schedules.

Section 4.15 Legal Proceedings; Orders.

(a) There is no pending Legal Proceeding, and to the Knowledge of Parent, no Person has threatened to commence any Legal Proceeding: (i) that involves any Parent Company or any of the assets owned, used or controlled by the Parent Companies or any Person (including any current or former stockholder, director, or officer of any Parent Company) whose liability any Parent Company has or may have retained or assumed, either contractually or by operation of law or (ii) that challenges, or that would reasonably be expected to have the effect of preventing, delaying, making illegal or otherwise interfering with, the Merger or any of the Contemplated Transactions or any of the Related Agreements. To the Knowledge of the Parent Companies, no event has occurred, and no claim, dispute or other condition or circumstance exists, that will, or that would reasonably be expected to, give rise to or serve as a basis for the commencement of any such Legal Proceeding.

 

63


(b) No claim, dispute or Legal Proceeding disclosed on Schedule 4.15(a) of the Parent Disclosure Schedules would, if determined adversely to the Parent Company party thereto, reasonably be expected to have or result in a Parent Material Adverse Effect.

(c) There is no Order to which any Parent Company, or any of the assets owned or used by the Parent Company, is subject. To the Knowledge of Parent, no officer or other employee of the Parent Companies is subject to any Order that prohibits such officer or other employee from engaging in or continuing any conduct, activity or practice relating to the Parent Company’s business.

Section 4.16 Non-Contravention; Approvals; Consents.

(a) Neither (i) the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement or any of the Related Agreements, nor (ii) the consummation of the Merger or any of the Contemplated Transactions, will directly or indirectly (with or without notice or lapse of time):

(i) Contravene, conflict with or result in a violation of (i) any of the provisions of the Parent Constituent Documents of the Parent Companies or (ii) any resolution adopted by the Parent Companies’ stockholders (or holders of similar interests) or boards of directors (or similar governing body) or any committee thereof;

(ii) Contravene, conflict with or result in a violation of, or give any Governmental Body or other Person the right to challenge the Merger or any of the Contemplated Transactions, or to exercise any remedy or obtain any relief under, any Law or any Order to which the Parent Companies, or any of the assets owned, used or controlled by the Parent Companies, is subject;

(iii) Contravene, conflict with or result in a material violation of any of the terms or requirements of, or give any Governmental Body the right to revoke, withdraw, suspend, cancel, terminate or modify, any Governmental Authorization that is held by any Parent Company or that otherwise relates to any Parent Company’s business or to any of the assets owned, used or controlled by any Parent Company;

(iv) Contravene, conflict with or result in a violation or breach of, or result in a default under, any provision of any Parent Contract that is or would constitute a Parent Material Contract, or give any Person the right to (i) declare a default or exercise any remedy under any such Parent Contract, (ii) a rebate, chargeback, penalty, or change in delivery schedule under any Parent Material Contract, (iii) accelerate the maturity or performance of any obligation under any Parent Material Contract, or (iv) cancel, terminate or modify any material term of any Parent Material Contract, except for any such rights listed in (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) which, if exercised, would not reasonably be expected to have or result in a Parent Material Adverse Effect; or

(v) Result in the imposition or creation of any Encumbrance upon or with respect to any material asset owned or used by any Parent Company (except for minor Encumbrances that will not, in any case or in the aggregate, materially detract from the value of the assets subject thereto or materially impair the operations of any Parent Company).

 

64


(b) Subject to Section 4.16(c) , none of the Parent Companies is or will be required to make any filing with or give any notice to, or to obtain any Consent from, any Person in connection with (i) the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement by Parent or any of the other Contemplated Transactions, including the Merger or (ii) the consummation by Parent of the Merger or any of the Contemplated Transactions.

(c) Except for (i) the Regulatory Approvals, (ii) the filing of the Certificate of Merger with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, (iii) any notices to or filings with the SBA, (iv) any notices or filings under the HSR Act, and (v) such filings and Consents as are required to be made or obtained under the securities or “Blue Sky” laws of various states in connection with the issuance of the shares of Parent Common Stock pursuant to this Agreement, no Consents or filings or registrations with any Governmental Body are necessary in connection with the execution and delivery by Parent of this Agreement or the consummation by Parent of the Merger and the Contemplated Transactions other than as set forth on Schedule 4.16(c) of the Parent Disclosure Schedules.

Section 4.17 Anti-Takeover Law . Parent and its Board of Directors have taken all action necessary or required to render inapplicable to the Merger, this Agreement or any Related Agreement and the Contemplated Transactions (i) any state, federal or foreign takeover Law that may purport to be applicable to the Merger and the Contemplated Transactions, (ii) any takeover provision in Parent Constituent Documents, and (iii) any takeover provision in any Contract to which Parent is a party or by which it or its properties may be bound.

Section 4.18 Full Disclosure . This Agreement (including the Schedules) does not, and none of the certificates referred to in ARTICLE 8 or the other Contracts delivered to the Company in connection with the Contemplated Transactions, including the Merger, will, (i) contain any representation, warranty or information that is false or misleading with respect to any material fact or (ii) omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the representations, warranties and information contained herein and therein, in the light of the circumstances under which such representations, warranties and information were or will be made or provided, not false or misleading.

Section 4.19 Brokers . Except for fees payable to Stephens, Inc. (the “ Parent Financial Advisor ”) as set forth in the engagement letter between Parent and the Parent Financial Advisor, dated June 23, 2008, neither Parent nor any Subsidiary or Affiliate of Parent is obligated for the payment of any fees or expenses of any investment banker, broker, advisor or similar party in connection with the origin, negotiation or execution of this Agreement or in connection with the Merger, and the Company will not incur or succeed to any liability, either directly or indirectly, to any such investment banker, broker, advisor or similar party as a result of this Agreement or the Merger.

Section 4.20 Reports .

(a) Since December 31, 2005, the Parent Companies have filed all reports, registrations and statements, together with any required amendments thereof, that it was required to file, if any, with the Governmental Body (including the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve and any applicable state securities or banking authorities). All such reports and

 

65


statements filed with any such regulatory body or authority are collectively referred to herein as the “ Parent Reports .” As of their respective dates, the Parent Reports complied in all material respects with all the rules and regulations promulgated by the applicable Governmental Bodies and were true and accurate in all material respects. Copies of all of the Parent Reports have been made available to the Company by Parent.

(b) The Bank has received at least a “satisfactory” rating in its last Community Reinvestment Act examination.

ARTICLE 5

COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS

Section 5.1 Access and Investigation. During the period from the date of this Agreement through the Effective Time (the “ Pre-Closing Period ”), the Company shall, and shall cause the Representatives of each Target Company during regular business hours and upon reasonable advance notice to:

(a) Provide Parent and Parent’s Representatives with reasonable access to the Representatives, personnel and assets of the Target Companies and to all existing books, records, Tax Returns, work papers, Company Contracts, and other documents and information relating to the Target Companies; and

(b) Provide Parent and Parent’s Representatives with copies of such existing books, records, Tax Returns, work papers and other documents and information relating to the Target Companies, and with such additional financial, operating and other data and information regarding the Target Companies, as Parent may reasonably request.

(c) Without limiting the generality of the previous subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 5.1 :

(i) within seventeen (17) Business Days after the end of October 31, 2008 and each subsequent calendar month ending during the Pre-Closing Period, the Company shall deliver to Parent:

(1) a consolidated balance sheet of the Company as of the last day of such calendar month;

(2) a statement of income for such calendar month and for the period from September 30, 2008 through the end of such calendar month;

(3) a certificate executed by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer confirming that such financial statements fairly present in all material respects the financial position of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and the results of operations and cash flows of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries for the periods covered thereby, and have been prepared from and in a manner consistent with and that accurately reflect the books and records of the Company throughout the periods covered and on a basis consistent with the basis on which the Company Financial Statements were prepared; and

 

66


(ii) during the Pre-Closing Period, the Company shall, and shall cause the Representatives of each of the Target Companies to, permit Parent and Parent’s Representatives to meet with the controller and other officers of the Target Companies responsible for the Target Companies’ financial statements, the internal controls of the Target Companies and the disclosure controls and procedures of the Target Companies to discuss such matters as Parent may deem necessary or appropriate for Parent to satisfy its obligations under applicable Laws.

(d) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section 5.1 to the contrary, Parent and Parent’s Representatives shall perform the activities referred to in this ARTICLE 5 in such a manner intended not to interfere unreasonably with the operation of the businesses of the Target Companies.

(e) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section  5.1 to the contrary, the Target Companies shall not be obligated to provide access or information if the Company determines, in its reasonable judgment, that doing so would: (i) violate applicable Law or (ii) after consultation with Akin, Gump, Strauss, Hauer & Feld LLP invalidate the protection of any legal privilege.

Section 5.2 Conduct of Business. Except (i) as specifically permitted or required by any other provision of this Agreement or as required by applicable Law, the Stock Purchase Agreement or the FINRA Settlement, (ii) in the case of the Company, with the consent in advance in writing by Parent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, or (iii) in the case of Parent, with the consent of the Company, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, at all times during the Pre-Closing Period:

(a) The Company shall (and shall cause each other Target Company to):

(i) ensure that each Target Company conducts its business and operations (A) in the ordinary course and in accordance with Good Operating Practices and (B) in compliance with all applicable Laws and the requirements of all Material Contracts;

(ii) use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that each Target Company preserves intact its current business organization, keeps available the services of its current officers and employees and maintains its relations and goodwill with its customers, landlords, creditors, licensors, licensees, employees and other Persons having material business relationships with the respective Target Company;

(iii) use commercially reasonable efforts to keep in full force all insurance policies referred to in Section 3.18 and, if any such insurance policy is scheduled to expire during the Pre-Closing Period, the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such insurance policy to be renewed or replaced (on terms and with coverage substantially equivalent to the terms and coverage of the expiring insurance policy) on or prior to the date of expiration of such insurance policy;

(iv) cause to be provided all notices and support required by any Company Contract relating to any Proprietary Asset in order to ensure that no condition under such Company Contract occurs that could result in, or could increase the likelihood of, any transfer or disclosure by any Target Company of any Proprietary Asset of a Target Company; and

 

67


(v) promptly notify Parent of (A) any written notice or, to the Knowledge of the Company, other communication from any Person alleging that the Consent of such Person is or may be required in connection with any of the Contemplated Transactions, including the Merger and (B) any material Legal Proceeding commenced, or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened against, relating to or involving or otherwise affecting any of the Target Companies.

(b) The Company shall not (and shall cause each other Target Company not to):

(i) amend or permit the adoption of any amendment to the Company Constituent Documents, or effect, become a party to or authorize any Acquisition Proposal, reclassification of shares, stock split, reverse stock split or similar transaction;

(ii) sell, issue, grant or authorize the sale, issuance or grant of (A) any capital stock or other security except for capital stock issued in exchange for, and in accordance with the terms of, currently outstanding options or other outstanding convertible securities, (B) any option or right to acquire any capital stock or other security, or (C) any instrument convertible into or exchangeable for any capital stock or other security;

(iii) declare, accrue, set aside or pay any dividend or make any other distribution in respect of any shares of capital stock or repurchase, redeem or otherwise reacquire any shares of capital stock or other securities;

(iv) to the extent not permitted or required herein, amend or waive any of its rights under, or accelerate the vesting under, any provision of any of the Company’s stock option plans, any provision of any Contract evidencing any outstanding stock option, or otherwise modify any of the terms of any outstanding option, warrant or other security or any related Contract, except to the extent necessary to conform to any applicable Law;

(v) recognize any labor union or enter into any collective bargaining agreement;

(vi) propose or adopt a plan of complete or partial liquidation or dissolution or resolutions providing for or authorizing such a liquidation or a dissolution of any Target Company;

(vii) form any Subsidiary or acquire any Equity Interest in any other Entity;

(viii) make any capital expenditure outside the ordinary course of business; provided , that the maximum amount of all capital expenditures made on behalf of the Target Companies during the Pre-Closing Period shall not exceed $50,000 per month;

(ix) except in the ordinary course of business and consistent with Good Operating Practice, enter into or become bound by, or permit any of the assets owned or used by it to become bound by, any Material Contract, or amend or terminate, or waive or exercise any material right or remedy under, any Material Contract;

 

68


(x) acquire, lease or license any right or other asset from any other Person or sell or otherwise dispose of, or lease or license, any right or other asset to any other Person (except in each case for assets acquired, leased, licensed or disposed of by a Target Company in the ordinary course of business and not having a value, or not requiring payments to be made or received, in excess of $50,000 individually, or $200,000 in the aggregate and provided that such assets acquired, leased or licensed are Permissible Assets), or waive or relinquish any material right related thereto;

(xi) except for margin securities accounts, lend money to any Person (except that the Company may make routine travel advances and reimburse business expenses to employees in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices not in excess of $100,000 in the aggregate), or incur or guarantee any indebtedness for borrowed money;

(xii) establish, adopt or amend any employee benefit plan, pay any bonus or make any profit-sharing or similar payment to, or increase the amount of the wages, salary, commissions, fringe benefits or other compensation or remuneration payable to, any of its directors, officers or employees, except to the extent necessary to conform to any applicable Law;

(xiii) hire any new employee having an annual salary in excess of $100,000 or promote any employee except in order to fill a position vacated after the date of this Agreement;

(xiv) make any change in any of the accounting principles or practices used by it except as required by GAAP;

(xv) except in the ordinary course of business and consistent with Good Operating Practice, change in any material respect any of its service policies, risk management policies, personnel policies or other business policies;

(xvi) make or change any material Tax election, amend any Tax Returns, change any Tax accounting method, settle or compromise any material Tax liability, or consent to the extension or waiver of the limitations period applicable to a material Tax claim or assessment;

(xvii) commence or settle any material Legal Proceeding;

(xviii) amend or terminate, allow to lapse (including any failure to sever upon the end of a term) or waive or exercise any material right or remedy under, any Material Contract;

(xix) enter into any material transaction or take any other material action outside the ordinary course of business or inconsistent with Good Operating Practices;

 

69


(xx) commence, establish or engage in any activity or business line that would not constitute a Permissible Activity;

(xxi) take or omit to take any action that could, or is or reasonably likely to, (A) result in any of its representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement or any certificate delivered in connection with the Closing being or becoming untrue in any material respect at any time at or prior to the Effective Time, (B) result in any of the conditions to the consummation of the Merger set forth in ARTICLE 6 and ARTICLE 7 and hereof not being satisfied, or (C) breach any provisions of this Agreement;

(xxii) take any action, or fail to take any action, which action or failure to act would reasonably be expected to prevent the Merger from qualifying as a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code; or

(xxiii) authorize, agree, commit or enter into any Contract to take any of the actions described in clauses “(i)” through “(xxi)” of this Section 5.2(b) .

(c) Parent shall not:

(i) other than in connection with a TARP Funding, propose to adopt any amendments to or amend the Parent Charter or the Parent Bylaws or elect, become a party to or authorize any reclassification of shares, stock split, reverse stock split or similar transaction;

(ii) propose or adopt a plan of complete or partial liquidation or dissolution or resolutions providing for or authorizing such a liquidation or a dissolution;

(iii) make or change any material Tax election, amend any Tax Returns, change any Tax accounting method, settle or compromise any material Tax liability, or consent to the extension or waiver of the limitations period applicable to a material Tax claim or assessment;

(iv) take or omit to take any action that could, or is or reasonably likely to, (A) result in any of its representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement or any certificate delivered in connection with the Closing being or becoming untrue in any material respect at any time at or prior to the Effective Time, (B) result in any of the conditions to the consummation of the Merger set forth in ARTICLE 6 and ARTICLE 8 hereof not being satisfied, or (C) breach any provisions of this Agreement;

(v) take any action, or fail to take any action, which action or failure to act would reasonably be expected to prevent the Merger from qualifying as a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code; or

(vi) authorize, agree, commit or enter into any Contract to take any of the actions described in clauses “(i)” through “(v)” of this Section 5.2(c) .

 

70


Section 5.3 Proxy Statement; Company Stockholders Meeting; Board Recommendation.

(a) The Company shall as promptly as practicable, but in any event on or before the twenty-fifth (25 th ) day immediately following the date hereof, prepare and mail to its stockholders at its own expense a notice of meeting, combined private placement memorandum/proxy statement and form of proxy in accordance with applicable Law, including all applicable provisions of the DGCL and Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act (the “ Proxy Statement ”). The Company shall provide Parent with the opportunity to review and comment on the Proxy Statement and shall not mail the Proxy Statement without Parent’s prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed). The Proxy Statement shall include the Company Board Recommendation, except to the extent the Company’s Board of Directors shall have withheld, withdrawn, amended or modified the Company Board Recommendation as permitted by Section 5.3(d) . Parent shall provide the Company with all information relating to Parent which is required to be disclosed in the Proxy Statement pursuant to this Agreement and applicable Law.

(b) The Company shall ensure that the Proxy Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto (other than any information provided by Parent and Merger Sub) shall, at the date of mailing to stockholders and at the time of the Company Stockholders Meeting, not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. Each of the Company and Parent agrees that if such party shall become aware prior to the time of the Company Stockholders Meeting of any information furnished by such party that would cause any of the statements in the Proxy Statement to be false or misleading with respect to any material fact, or to omit any material fact necessary to make the statements therein not false or misleading, to, as promptly as practicable, inform the other party thereof and to take the necessary steps to correct the Proxy Statement.

(c) The Company shall call and hold the Company Stockholders Meeting as promptly as reasonably practicable, but in any event within 20 calendar days after the Proxy Statement is first sent or mailed to its stockholders, for the purpose of obtaining the Company Stockholders Approval. In connection with the Company Stockholders Meeting, the Company shall (i) subject to applicable Laws, take all steps reasonably necessary or desirable (including postponing or adjourning the Company Stockholders Meeting to obtain a quorum in accordance with the terms of this Section 5.3(c) ) to obtain the Company Stockholders Approval and (ii) otherwise comply with all Laws applicable to the Company Stockholders Meeting.

(d) The Company’s board of directors shall recommend that the Company’s stockholders approve the Merger and vote in favor of the adoption of this Agreement and neither the board of directors of the Company nor any committee thereof shall withhold, withdraw, amend or modify, or propose or resolve to withhold, withdraw, amend or modify in a manner adverse to Parent, the Company Board Recommendation; provided , that nothing contained in this Agreement shall prohibit the Company’s board of directors from failing to make or from withdrawing or modifying its recommendation to the Company Stockholders hereunder if the board of directors of the Company, after consultation with its independent legal counsel, Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld, LLP, determines in good faith that such action is legally required for such board of directors to comply with its fiduciary duties to its stockholders under applicable Law.

 

71


Section 5.4 Confidentiality. All nonpublic information provided to, or obtained by, the parties in connection with the Contemplated Transactions, including the Merger, hereby shall be subject to the Confidentiality and Non-Disclosure Agreement dated June 26, 2008 among Parent and the Company (the “ Confidentiality Agreement ”), the terms of which shall continue in force until Closing; provided , that Parent, Bank, Merger Sub and the Company may disclose such information as may be necessary in connection with (i) seeking necessary Consents as contemplated hereby, and (ii) making such disclosures as required under applicable Law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, none of Parent, Parent’s Affiliates nor any Target Company shall be required to disclose any information if such disclosure would contravene any applicable Law. No information provided to or obtained by the Company, Parent, Bank or Merger Sub prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement or pursuant to this Section 5.4 shall limit or otherwise affect the remedies available hereunder to the Company, Parent, Bank or Merger Sub, or the representations or warranties of, or the conditions to the obligations of, the parties hereto. The parties further agree not to disclose (except to such party’s Representatives) the existence of the letter of intent dated June 20, 2008, among Parent and the Company, or any of the terms and conditions contained therein, without the prior written consent of the other parties, except as required by Law.

Section 5.5 Public Announcements. From the date of this Agreement until the Closing or termination of this Agreement, the parties shall cooperate in good faith to jointly prepare all press releases and public announcements pertaining to this Agreement and the Contemplated Transactions, including the Merger, and no party shall issue or otherwise make any public announcement or communication pertaining to this Agreement or the Contemplated Transactions, including the Merger, without the prior consent of Parent (in the case of the Company) or the Company (in the case of Parent), except as required by any Laws or by the rules and regulations of, or pursuant to any agreement of, a stock exchange. Each party will not unreasonably withhold approval from the others with respect to any press release or public announcement. If any party determines that it is required by any Laws or by the rules and regulations of, or pursuant to any agreement with, a stock exchange, to make this Agreement and the terms of the Contemplated Transactions, including the Merger, public or otherwise issue a press release or make public disclosure with respect thereto, it shall, to the extent permitted by Law, at a reasonable time before making any public disclosure, consult with the other party regarding such disclosure and give the other party reasonable time to comment on such release or announcement in advance of such issuance. This provision will not apply to communications by any party to its counsel, accountants and other professional advisors.

Section 5.6 Notices of Certain Events. During the Pre-Closing Period, each of the Company and Parent, as the case may be, will notify the other parties in writing promptly after learning of (i) any notice or other communication from any Person alleging that the Consent of such Person is or may be required in connection with the Merger, (ii) any notice or other communication from any Governmental Body in connection with the Merger; (iii) any material Legal Proceeding threatened or commenced affecting the Company or Parent, the assets or liabilities or employees of the Company or Parent, or the consummation of the Contemplated Transactions, including the Merger; and (iv) any change, occurrence or event that, individually

 

72


or in the aggregate, would have or reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect or a Parent Material Adverse Effect, or that is reasonably likely to cause any of the conditions to closing set forth in ARTICLE 6 , ARTICLE 7 or ARTICLE 8 not to be satisfied. Each of the Company and Parent shall give prompt notice to the other parties of any representation or warranty made by it contained in this Agreement becoming untrue or inaccurate in any material respect, or any failure by it to comply with or satisfy in any material respect any covenant, condition or agreement to be complied with or satisfied by it under this Agreement. No notice pursuant to this Section 5.6 will affect any representations or warranties, covenants, obligations, agreements or conditions set forth herein or otherwise affect any available remedies.

Section 5.7 Directors’ and Officers’ Insurance; Claims Made Policies.

(a) From and after the Closing Date and until the six (6) year anniversary of the Closing Date, Parent shall maintain in effect directors’ and officers’ liability insurance (or, at Parent’s option, a “tail” insurance policy) covering those Persons covered by the directors’ and officers’ liability insurance maintained by the Company as of the date hereof for any actions taken by them or omissions by them on or before the Closing Date with the same directors’ and officers’ liability insurance coverage as may be provided from time to time by Parent to its then existing directors and officers; provided , that in no event will Parent be required to expend in the aggregate amounts in any year in excess of 110% of the amount of the last annual premium for such insurance to cover its then existing directors and officers (in which event, Parent shall purchase the greatest coverage available for such amount).

(b) From and after the Closing Date and until the six (6) year anniversary of the Closing Date, Parent shall cause the Surviving LLC to maintain in effect the claims made liability insurance policies set forth on Schedule 5.7 of the Company Disclosure Schedules (or, at the Surviving LLC’s option, a “tail” insurance policy) covering those Persons covered by such claims made liability insurance policies maintained by the Company as of the date hereof for any actions taken by them or omissions by them on or before the Closing Date with the same coverage maintained by the Company as of the date hereof.

Section 5.8 Notice of Changes; Disclosure Schedule Updates.

(a) The Company, on the one hand, and Parent, on the other hand, will give prompt notice to the other upon becoming aware of (i) the discovery or occurrence, or failure to occur, of any event or circumstance which causes, or would reasonably be likely to cause, any representation or warranty of such party contained in any Transaction Document to be untrue or inaccurate, or (ii) any failure on its part to comply with or satisfy any covenant, condition or agreement to be complied with or satisfied by it under any Transaction Document on or prior to the Closing Date, where, in the case of (i) and (ii), such discovery, occurrence or failure would, with respect to the Company, permit the Company to terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.1(g) (disregarding the cure periods therein) or, with respect to Parent, permit Parent to terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.1(f) (disregarding the cure periods therein). No notice pursuant to this Section 5.8(a) will affect any representations or warranties, covenants, agreements, obligations or conditions set forth herein or limit or otherwise affect any available remedies.

 

73


(b) If any event, condition, fact or circumstance that is required to be disclosed pursuant to Section 5.8(a) requires any change in the Company Disclosure Schedules, or if any such event, condition, fact or circumstance would require such a change assuming the Company Disclosure Schedules were dated as of the date of the occurrence, existence or discovery of such event, condition, fact or circumstance, then the Company shall promptly deliver to Parent an update to the applicable Schedule of the Company Disclosure Schedules (a “ Company Disclosure Schedule Update ”) specifying such change. No Company Disclosure Schedule Update shall be deemed to supplement or amend the Company Disclosure Schedules for the purpose of: (i) determining the accuracy of any of the representations and warranties made by the Company in this Agreement or in any certificate or other Related Agreement or (ii) determining whether any condition set forth in ARTICLE 7 has been satisfied.

(c) If any event, condition, fact or circumstance that is required to be disclosed pursuant to Section 5.8(a) requires any change in the Parent Disclosure Schedules, or if any such event, condition, fact or circumstance would require such a change assuming the Parent Disclosure Schedules were dated as of the date of the occurrence, existence or discovery of such event, condition, fact or circumstance, then Parent shall promptly deliver to the Company an update to the applicable Schedule of the Parent Disclosure Schedules (a “ Parent Disclosure Schedule Update ”) specifying such change. No Parent Disclosure Schedule Update shall be deemed to supplement or amend the Parent Disclosure Schedules for the purpose of: (i) determining the accuracy of any of the representations and warranties made by the Parent in this Agreement or in any certificate or other Related Agreement or (ii) determining whether any condition set forth in ARTICLE 8 has been satisfied.

Section 5.9 No Solicitation; Competing Offers.

(a) Generally . The Company will not, and will cause its Subsidiaries not to, and will cause its Representatives not to, directly or indirectly: (i) solicit, initiate, or take any action to facilitate or encourage (including by furnishing information) the submission of any Acquisition Proposal or a potential Acquisition Proposal; (ii) enter into or participate in any communications or negotiations regarding, or deliver or make available to any Person any non-public information or grant access to its properties, books and records or personnel in response to, or in connection with, any inquiry, expression of interest, proposal or offer that constitutes, or would reasonably be expected to lead to, an Acquisition Proposal; (iii) at any time prior to obtaining the Company Stockholders Approval, withdraw, modify or amend the Company Board Recommendation in any manner adverse to Parent except as provided in Section 5.3(d) ; (iv) approve, endorse or recommend any Acquisition Proposal; or (v) enter into any agreement in principle, arrangement, understanding or Contract relating to an Acquisition Proposal. The Company, its Subsidiaries and their respective Representatives will immediately cease any and all existing activities, discussions and negotiations with any Persons conducted prior to or on the date of this Agreement with respect to any Acquisition Proposal. The Company shall notify Parent promptly upon receipt of (i) any Acquisition Proposal or indication or inquiry by any Person that could reasonably lead to a Acquisition Proposal or (ii) any request for non-public information relating to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries other than requests for information in the ordinary course of business and unrelated to an Acquisition Proposal. The Company shall provide Parent promptly with the identity of such Person and a copy of such Acquisition Proposal, indication or request (or, where no such copy is available, a description of the material terms of such

 

74


Acquisition Proposal, indication or request). The Company shall keep Parent reasonably informed on a current basis of the status of any such Acquisition Proposal, indication or request, and any related discussions or negotiations with the Company or its Representatives. The Company shall promptly, and in any event within two (2) Business Days of the date of this Agreement, request that each Person who has executed a confidentiality agreement with the Company in connection with that Person’s consideration of a Acquisition Proposal return or destroy all non-public information furnished to that Person by or on behalf of the Company or its Subsidiaries.

(b) Stockholder Disclosures . Nothing contained in this Agreement shall prohibit the Company from making any disclosure to the stockholders of the Company if the Company’s board of directors has concluded in its good faith judgment (after receipt of advice from its outside legal counsel) that such disclosure is required in order to comply with its fiduciary obligations to the Company’s stockholders under Delaware Law or to comply with applicable securities Laws.

Section 5.10 Reservation of Parent Shares. At least forty-eight (48) hours prior to the Closing, Parent shall reserve a sufficient number of shares of Parent Common Stock, based on a good faith estimate of Parent’s board of directors after a review of Schedules 2.7(c) and (f)  of the Company Disclosure Schedules, to be available for issuance upon exercise of all of the Converted Options.

Section 5.11 Directors and Managers of Parent and Surviving LLC After Closing. Parent shall take all necessary action so that, as of the Effective Time: (a) the number of directors that shall constitute the full board of directors of Parent is increased by three (3) from the number of directors serving on the Board of Directors of Parent immediately prior to the Effective Time; (b) Hill A. Feinberg, David Medanich and Michael Bartolotta shall each be elected or appointed to serve as a member of the Board of Directors of Parent in accordance with the Parent Charter and the Parent Bylaws for three (3) consecutive one-year terms; (c) Hill A. Feinberg shall be elected or appointed to serve as a member of the Executive Committee of the Board of Managers of the Surviving LLC in accordance with the certificate of formation and limited liability company agreement of the Surviving LLC; (d) Alan B. White, De Pierce and Jerry Schaffner shall each be elected or appointed to serve as a member of the Board of Managers of the Surviving LLC in accordance with the certificate of formation and limited liability company agreement of the Surviving LLC; and (e) Alan B. White shall be elected or appointed to serve as a member of the Executive Committee of the Board of Managers of the Surviving LLC in accordance with the certificate of formation and limited liability company agreement of the Surviving LLC.

Section 5.12 Company Stockholder Representation Letters. The Company shall obtain from each Company Stockholder as soon as practicable after the date hereof an investor representations letter in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Parent (collectively, the “ Company Stockholder Representation Letters ”).

 

75


Section 5.13 Appropriate Action; Required Approvals; HSR.

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, each party hereto shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all actions, and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or advisable under this Agreement and applicable Laws and to consummate the Merger and the Contemplated Transactions as soon as practicable after the date hereof, including (i) preparing and filing as promptly as practicable all documentation to effect all necessary actions, notices, petitions, filings, and other documents and to obtain as promptly as practicable all necessary Consents, Regulatory Approvals, Governmental Authorizations, and all other waivers, licenses, Orders, registrations, Permits, rulings, and clearances necessary or advisable to be obtained from any third party, any Governmental Body and/or self-regulatory body (including without limitation FINRA) in order to consummate the Contemplated Transactions, including the Merger (collectively the “ Required Approvals ”), and (ii) taking all reasonable steps as may be necessary to obtain all such Required Approvals. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, each of Parent and the Company agrees, to the extent not already accomplished, (i) to, as promptly as practicable after the date of this Agreement, prepare and file the notification required of it under the HSR Act in connection with the Merger, (ii) to promptly and in good faith respond to all information requested of it by the Federal Trade Commission and Department of Justice in connection with such notification and otherwise cooperate in good faith with each other and such Governmental Bodies, (iii) to make, as promptly as practicable, all necessary filings with all other Governmental Bodies and/or self-regulatory bodies (including without limitation FINRA) relating to the Merger and the Contemplated Transactions, and, to supply as promptly as practicable any additional information or documentation that may be requested pursuant to such Laws or by such Governmental Bodies or any other applicable regulatory Law and the receipt of Required Approvals under such other Laws or from such Governmental Bodies as soon as practicable, and (iv) not to extend any waiting period under any applicable regulatory Law, except with the prior written consent of the other parties hereto (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). The Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries, to promptly furnish or make available to the Parent all information concerning the Company and its Subsidiaries, including, but not limited to, financial statements, required for inclusion in any application or statement to be made by the Parent to, or filed by the Parent with, any Governmental Body in connection with the Contemplated Transactions, or in connection with any unrelated transactions during the pendency of this Agreement. The Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, cooperate with the Parent in the filing of any applications or other documents reasonably necessary to consummate the Contemplated Transactions. The information provided by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to the Parent in any filings made in connection with obtaining the Required Approvals shall be true and correct in all material respects.

(b) Each of the Company, the Bank and Parent shall, in connection with the efforts referenced in Section 5.13(a) to obtain all Required Approvals, use its commercially reasonable efforts to: (i) consult and cooperate with each other in all respects in connection with any filing or submission and in connection with any investigation or other inquiry, including any proceeding initiated by a private party, (ii) subject to applicable Law, permit the other party to review in advance any proposed written communication between it and any Governmental Body (including without limitation FINRA and the SEC), (iii) promptly inform each other of (and, at the other party’s reasonable request, supply to such other party) any communication (or other

 

76


correspondence or memoranda) received by such party from, or given by such party to any Governmental Body and of any material communication received or given in connection with any proceeding by a private party, in each case regarding any of the Contemplated Transactions, including the Merger, and (iv) consult with each other in advance to the extent practicable of any meeting or conference with any Governmental Body or, in connection with any proceeding by a private party, with any other Person, and to the extent permitted by such applicable Governmental Body or other Person, give the other party the opportunity to attend and participate in such meetings and conferences.

(c) Each of Parent, Bank and the Company shall use its reasonable efforts to resolve such objections, if any, as may be asserted by any Governmental Body with respect to the Contemplated Transactions, including the Merger, under the Antitrust Laws. Each of Parent and the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to take such action as may be required to cause the expiration or termination of the waiting or notice periods under the HSR Act or other Antitrust Laws with respect to such transactions as promptly as possible after the execution of this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, Parent and the Company shall take any and all of the following actions to the extent necessary to obtain the approval of any Governmental Body with jurisdiction over the enforcement of any applicable Laws regarding the Contemplated Transactions, including the Merger: (i) entering into negotiations; (ii) providing information required by Law; and (iii) substantially complying with any “second request” for information pursuant to the Antitrust Laws.

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, Parent shall not have any obligation under this Agreement or otherwise: (i) to dispose of or transfer or cause any of its Subsidiaries to dispose of or transfer any assets, or to commit itself or any of its Subsidiaries to dispose of or transfer any assets or agree to any restriction with respect to any assets or operations; (ii) to discontinue or cause any of its Subsidiaries to discontinue offering any product or service, or to commit itself or any of its Subsidiaries to discontinue offering any product or service; (iii) to license or otherwise make available, or cause any of its Subsidiaries to license or otherwise make available, to any Person, any technology, software or other Proprietary Asset, or to commit itself or any of its Subsidiaries to license or otherwise make available to any Person any technology, software or other Proprietary Asset; (iv) to hold separate or cause any of its Subsidiaries to hold separate any assets or operations (either before or after the Closing Date), or to commit itself or any of its Subsidiaries to hold separate any assets or operations; (v) to make or cause any of its Subsidiaries to make any commitment (to any Governmental Body or otherwise) regarding its future operations or the future operations of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries; or (vi) to contest any Legal Proceeding relating to the Merger if Parent determines in good faith that contesting such Legal Proceeding is not advisable. In furtherance of the foregoing, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, no Regulatory Approval shall contain any conditions, restrictions or requirements that the Board of Directors of Parent reasonably determines in good faith would, individually or in the aggregate, materially reduce the benefits of the Merger to Parent.

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall not have any obligation under this Agreement or otherwise: (i) to dispose of or transfer or cause any of its Subsidiaries to dispose of or transfer any assets, or to commit to cause any of the Target Companies to dispose of or transfer any assets or agree to any restriction with

 

77


respect to any assets or operations, (ii) to discontinue or cause any of its Subsidiaries to discontinue offering any product or service, or to commit to cause any of the Target Companies to discontinue offering any product or service, (iii) to license or otherwise make available, or cause any of its Subsidiaries to license or otherwise make available, to any Person, any technology, software or other Proprietary Asset, or to commit to cause any of the Target Companies to license or otherwise make available to any Person any technology, software or other Proprietary Asset, (iv) to hold separate or cause any of its Subsidiaries to hold separate any assets or operations (either before or after the Closing Date), or to commit to cause any of the Target Companies to hold separate any assets or operations, (v) to make or cause any of its Subsidiaries to make any commitment (to any Governmental Body or otherwise) regarding its future operations or the future operations of any of the Target Companies, or (vi) to contest any Legal Proceeding relating to the Merger if the Company determines in good faith that contesting such Legal Proceeding is not advisable.

Section 5.14 Commercially Reasonable Efforts. Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 5.13(d) and Section 5.13(e) , each of the parties hereto agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts, and to cooperate with each other party hereto, to take, or cause to be taken, all actions, and to do, or cause to be done, all things reasonably necessary, appropriate or desirable to consummate and make effective, in the most expeditious manner practicable, the Merger and the Contemplated Transactions, including (i) taking all reasonable actions necessary to satisfy the conditions set forth in ARTICLE 6 , ARTICLE 7 and ARTICLE 8 and (ii) executing and delivering such other instruments and doing and performing such other acts and things as may be necessary or reasonably desirable to effect completely the consummation of the Merger and the Contemplated Transactions; provided , such efforts shall not require the performing party to expend any funds or assume liabilities other than expenditures and liabilities that are customary or reasonable in nature and amount in the context of the Contemplated Transactions.

Section 5.15 Employee Benefits.

(a) Parent shall (or shall cause the Surviving LLC, or a Subsidiary of Parent or the Surviving LLC to) either (i) continue the Company Employee Plans after the Effective Time, (ii) permit all employees of the Target Companies who continue employment with Parent, the Surviving LLC or any Subsidiary of Parent or the Surviving LLC after the Effective Time, (“ Continuing Employees ”), and, as applicable, their eligible dependents, to participate in the employee benefit plans, programs or policies (including without limitation, any plan intended to qualify within the meaning of Section 401(a) of the Code and any vacation, sick pay, personal time off plans or programs) of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries (collectively, the “ Parent Benefit Plans ”) on terms no less favorable than those provided to similarly situated employees of Parent, or (iii) a combination of clauses (i) and (ii). Nothing in this Section 5.15 or elsewhere in this Agreement shall limit the right of Parent or the Surviving LLC to amend or terminate any Company Employee Plan or Parent Benefit Plan at any time.

(b) To the extent Parent continues (or causes the Surviving LLC to continue) one or more Company Employee Plans, participation in such plans by Continuing Employees and, as applicable, their eligible dependents shall continue uninterrupted at the Effective Time on the same terms and conditions in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time. To the extent Parent permits Continuing Employees and, as applicable, their eligible dependents to participate

 

78


in the Parent Benefit Plans, credit for service accrued by Continuing Employees for employment with the Target Companies prior to the Effective Time shall be recognized for purposes of eligibility, computation of waiting periods, and vesting (except with respect to the accrual of any benefits under any plan, program, or arrangement of Parent or its Subsidiaries or subsidy under any retiree medical plan, or to the extent necessary to prevent duplication of benefits) and for any other benefits to which Parent typically applies such service time for employees transferred to Parent in similar situations; and Parent shall recognize (or cause to be recognized) the dollar amount of all expenses incurred by Continuing Employees and their respective eligible dependents during the applicable plan year in which the Closing occurs for purposes of satisfying the deductible and co-payment or out-of-pocket limitations for such plan year under the relevant Parent Benefit Plans.

(c) No representative of the Target Companies shall make any written communication to the Continuing Employees regarding any compensation or benefits to be provided after the Effective Time without the advance written approval of Parent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 5.15 , the parties expressly acknowledge and agree that: (i) this Agreement is not intended to create a contract between Parent, the Surviving LLC, the Target Companies or any Subsidiary, on the one hand, and any employee of the Surviving LLC, the Target Companies, or any of their Subsidiaries, on the other hand, and no employee of the Surviving LLC, the Target Companies, or any of their Subsidiaries may rely on this Agreement as the basis for any breach of contract claim against Parent, the Surviving LLC, the Target Companies, or any of their Subsidiaries; (ii) nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed or construed to require Parent, the Surviving LLC, the Target Companies, or any of their Subsidiaries to continue to employ any particular employee of the Surviving LLC, the Target Companies, or any of their Subsidiaries for any period after the Effective Time; (iii) nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed or construed to limit Parent’s, the Surviving LLC’s or their Subsidiaries’ right to terminate the employment of any Continuing Employee during any period after the Effective Time; and (iv) nothing in this Agreement shall modify or amend any Company Employee Plan or other agreement, plan, program, or document unless this Agreement explicitly states that the provision “amends” such Company Employee Plan or other agreement, plan, program, or document.

Section 5.16 Section 280G. In the event that any payments and/or benefits to any employee or independent contractor or former employee or independent contractor of any Target Company would, separately or in the aggregate, constitute “parachute payments” pursuant to Section 280G of the Code (“ Section 280G Payments ”) (which determination shall have been or shall be made by the Company and shall have been or shall be subject to reasonable review and approval by Parent), then to the extent approval has not already been obtained, the Company shall promptly submit to the Company’s stockholders for approval (in a manner reasonably satisfactory to Parent), by such number of the Company stockholders as is required by the terms of Section 280G(b)(5)(B) of the Code, such that such payments and benefits shall not be deemed to be Section 280G Payments. In such event, prior to the Effective Time, the Company shall deliver to Parent, evidence satisfactory to Parent that a vote of the Company stockholders was solicited in conformance with Section 280G and the regulations promulgated thereunder and whether the requisite approval was obtained with respect to any payments and/or benefits that were subject to the vote of the Company’s stockholders (the “ 280G Stockholder Approval ”).

 

79


Section 5.17 Distribution of Partnership Shares . Prior to the Closing Date, the Partnership shall distribute 100% of the shares of Company Common Stock held by the Partnership to the Limited Partners and the General Partner in accordance with the provisions of the Partnership’s partnership agreement and with each such partner’s partnership interest in the Partnership on the date of such distribution.

Section 5.18 Immediate Notice of Certain Governmental Matters . During the Pre-Closing Period, the Company shall provide immediate written notice to Parent if any of the Company, its Affiliates, or any current or former employee of the Company or, to the Knowledge of the Company, any of its Affiliates receives (i) a “target letter” from the United States Department of Justice (the “ DOJ ”), (ii) a Wells Notice from the SEC, (iii) a subpoena from a Governmental Body to testify before a grand jury in connection with such Governmental Body’s investigation into the bidding practices of financial institutions with respect to guaranteed investment contracts and other municipal derivatives, or (iv) written notice of inquiry, investigation or commencement of any other Legal Proceeding from any Governmental Body regarding the marketing and sale of auction rate securities (other than from FINRA directly related to the FINRA Settlement).

Section 5.19 Right of First Offer .

(a) For a period of two (2) years from the Closing Date, in the event Parent determines (including by receipt of an unsolicited offer) to dispose solely of the properties and business of the Target Companies, substantially as an entirety in one or more transactions resulting in the transfer of ownership of substantially all of the properties and business of the Target Companies to one or more Persons who are not Affiliates of Parent (any such transaction, a “ Company Sale ”), Parent must comply with the requirements of this Section 5.19 ; provided , that if such sale transaction would result in a Change of Control of Parent, Parent shall not be required to comply with the provisions of this Section 5.19 . For the purposes of this Section 5.19 , a “ Change of Control ” shall mean (i) any consolidation or merger of the Parent with or into one or more other corporations or other business organizations, (ii) the sale, lease, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Parent, or (iii) any other form of corporate reorganization in which outstanding shares of the Parent are exchanged for or converted into cash, securities of another Entity, or other property, unless , in each case, the Parent’s stockholders of record immediately prior to such event shall (by virtue of the securities issued as a part of such event) hold greater than 50% of the voting power of the surviving or acquiring Person immediately following such event.

(b) If Parent determines to effect a Company Sale that is not a Change of Control, it must give prompt written notice (the “ Sale Notice ”) to the Stockholders’ Representative (i) stating that Parent intends to effect such a Company Sale and (ii) in the event Parent has received an offer with respect to any Company Sale, including the relevant terms of such Company Sale with reasonably specificity. The Company Stockholders who have not properly exercised appraisal rights pursuant to Section 262 shall have forty-five (45) days from the date of mailing of a Sale Notice (the “ Offer Period ”) to offer to purchase the properties and business of the

 

80


Target Companies, which such offer will be made by the Stockholders’ Representative on behalf of such Company Stockholders by giving written notice (the “ Offer Exercise Notice ”) to Parent, which shall specify a price and general terms governing the contemplated acquisition of the Target Companies. Thereafter, Parent and the Stockholders’ Representative, on behalf of such Company Stockholders, shall have thirty (30) days from the date of the Offer Exercise Notice (the “ Negotiation Period ”) in which to negotiate definitive terms and agreements for the acquisition of the Target Companies. Unless extended by mutual agreement, the rights of such Company Stockholders to negotiate pursuant to this Section 5.19 shall expire at the end of the Negotiation Period.

(c) In the event that the Stockholders’ Representative does not send the Offer Exercise Notice during the Offer Exercise Period, or Parent and the Company Stockholders fail to reach an agreement during the Negotiation Period, then Parent shall have one hundred eighty (180) days following the Offer Period or the Negotiation Period, as the case may be (the “ Open Period ”), to dispose of the properties and business of the Target Companies or enter into an agreement providing for the closing of a Company Sale; provided , that in the event an Offer Exercise Notice was provided to Parent, such Company Sale shall be at a price equal to at least 90% of the price offered to the Company Stockholders pursuant to this Section 5.19 and upon such other terms generally no more favorable to the purchasers in such Company Sale than specified in the Offer Exercise Notice. In the event Parent has not disposed of the properties and business of the Target Companies or entered into a qualifying agreement to sell such properties and assets within the Open Period, then Parent shall not thereafter sell the properties or business of the Target Companies without Parent first making a new determination to undertake a Company Sale and providing the Stockholders’ Representative the Sale Notice in accordance with Section 5.19(b) above.

(d) Each Company Stockholder may assign its rights under this Section 5.19 (i) to any of its Affiliates or (ii) if such Company Stockholder is an individual, (A) to members of such specified Company Stockholder’s immediate family (as defined in Instruction (1)(b)(ii) of Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act) or (B) to a trust or other similar entity of which such Company Stockholder and/or Company Stockholder’s immediate family are the beneficiaries, in each case without the consent of any of the other parties hereto.

Section 5.20 Formation of Merger Sub. Prior to the Closing Date, the Bank shall (i) cause Merger Sub to be duly organized as a wholly-owned direct Subsidiary of the Bank pursuant to the Certificate of Formation and the Limited Liability Company Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit D and Exhibit E , respectively, and (ii) assign all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to Merger Sub. In addition, prior to the Closing Date, the Bank shall cause the Board of Managers and the sole member of Merger Sub to approve the Merger and the consummation of the transactions described in this Agreement and shall cause the Contemplated Transactions to be authorized and approved by all necessary action on the part of Merger Sub.

Section 5.21 SEC Reporting Obligations. In the event Parent becomes subject to the registration requirements under Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act, Parent will timely file an Exchange Act registration statement (the “ Registration Statement ”).

 

81


Section 5.22 FINRA Settlement Finalized and Related Offer to Repurchase ARS Completed. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause FSC to, as soon as reasonably possible and in any event prior to the Closing Date: (i) enter into a FINRA Settlement with FINRA that resolves the auction rate securities investigation by FINRA of FSC pursuant to the submission (which FINRA shall have formally accepted in writing) of a Letter of Acceptance Waiver and Consent with terms that are reasonably satisfactory to Parent and (ii) fulfill in full its obligation to offer to repurchase at par from its customers and former customers “Eligible ARS” (as such term is defined in the Settlement Term Sheet dated September 15, 2008 between FSC and FINRA) and any other auction rate securities that FSC or its Affiliates are required to offer to repurchase pursuant to the FINRA Settlement.

ARTICLE 6

MUTUAL CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO PARTIES’ OBLIGATIONS

The respective obligations of each party under this Agreement shall be subject to the fulfillment at or prior to the Closing of the following conditions, any or all of which may be waived by mutual agreement of Parent and the Company, in whole or in part, to the extent permitted by applicable Law:

Section 6.1 Company Stockholders Approval. The Company Stockholders Approval shall have been obtained.

Section 6.2 No Order or Injunction. No Governmental Body shall have enacted, issued, promulgated, enforced or entered any statute, rule, regulation, executive order, decree, judgment, injunction, arbitration award, finding or other Order (whether temporary, preliminary or permanent), in any case that is in effect and prevents or prohibits consummation of the Merger (a “ Restraint ”).

Section 6.3 HSR Act. Any applicable waiting periods, together with any extensions thereof, under the HSR Act or any other Antitrust Laws shall have expired or early termination shall have been granted.

Section 6.4 Governmental Body Proceedings.

(a) No Governmental Body shall have instituted (or if instituted, shall not have withdrawn) any Legal Proceeding wherein an unfavorable Order would reasonably be likely to (i) prevent or restrain the consummation of the Contemplated Transactions, including the Merger, or (ii) cause any of the Contemplated Transactions, including the Merger, to be rescinded following consummation thereof.

(b) Neither Parent nor the Company shall have received any written communication from any Governmental Body in which such Governmental Body indicates the possibility of commencing any Legal Proceeding or taking any other action: (a) challenging or seeking to restrain or prohibit the consummation of the Merger or any of the Contemplated Transactions; (b) relating to the Merger and seeking to obtain from Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, or the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, any damages or other relief that may be material to Parent; (c) seeking to prohibit or limit in any material respect Parent’s ability to vote, receive dividends with respect to or otherwise exercise ownership rights with respect to the stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; or (d) which would materially and adversely affect the right of Parent or the Company or any Subsidiary of Parent to own the assets or operate the business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

82


Section 6.5 Ineligible Assets Purchase and Sale. PCEquity and the Company shall have consummated the transactions contemplated by the Stock Purchase Agreement.

ARTICLE 7

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS OF PARENT AND MERGER SUB

The obligations of Parent and Merger Sub to effect the Merger and otherwise consummate the Contemplated Transactions are subject to the satisfaction, at or prior to the Closing, of the following conditions, any or all of which may be waived by Parent, in whole or in part, to the extent permitted by applicable Law:

Section 7.1 Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties of the Company set forth in this Agreement and in each of the other Contracts delivered to Parent in connection with the Merger and the Contemplated Transactions shall have been accurate in all material respects as of the date of this Agreement (without giving effect to any materiality qualifications or similar qualifications contained or incorporated directly or indirectly in such representations and warranties), and shall be accurate in all material respects as of the Closing Date as if made on the Closing Date (without giving effect to any Company Disclosure Schedule Update, and without giving effect to any materiality qualifications or similar qualifications contained or incorporated directly or indirectly in such representations and warranties).

Section 7.2 Agreements and Covenants. The Company shall have performed or complied in all material respects with all agreements and covenants required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by it on or prior to the Closing Date.

Section 7.3 Company Material Adverse Effect. Since the date of this Agreement, there shall not have occurred any Company Material Adverse Effect, and no event shall have occurred or circumstance shall exist that, in combination with any other events or circumstances, would reasonably be expected to have or result in a Company Material Adverse Effect.

Section 7.4 Consents and Regulatory Approvals.

(a) All notices and Consents set forth on Schedule 3.21(b) and Schedule 3.21(c) of the Company Disclosure Schedule shall have been made or obtained by the Company.

(b) All Regulatory Approvals required to have been obtained by the Company shall have been obtained by the Company and shall remain in full force and effect, and no such Regulatory Approval shall contain any conditions, restrictions or requirements that the Board of Directors of Parent reasonably determines in good faith would, individually or in the aggregate, materially reduce the benefits of the Merger to such a degree that Parent would not have entered into the Agreement had such conditions, restrictions or requirements been known at the date of the Agreement.

 

83


(c) The Bank shall have received approval from the Texas Department of Banking and any other Governmental Body to permit consummation of the Contemplated Transactions (including, but not limited to, establishing the Merger Sub as an operating Subsidiary of the Bank and acquiring and owning the Company and all Subsidiaries of the Company (except for First Southwest Capital Investments, Inc.)), which approval shall not, in the reasonable opinion of the Parent or the Bank, contain any unreasonable conditions or restrictions that materially affect the economics of the Contemplated Transactions.

Section 7.5 Litigation.

(a) There shall not be any overtly threatened or pending Legal Proceeding which, in the reasonable judgment of Parent, would be reasonably likely to have an outcome that would have a Company Material Adverse Effect or a Parent Material Adverse Effect: (a) challenging or seeking to restrain or prohibit the consummation of the Merger or any of the Contemplated Transactions; (b) relating to the Merger and seeking to obtain from Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, or any of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, any damages or other relief that may be material to Parent; (c) seeking to prohibit or limit in any material respect Parent’s ability to vote, receive dividends with respect to or otherwise exercise ownership rights with respect to the stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; or (d) which would have a material adverse effect on the right of Parent or any Subsidiary of Parent to own the assets or operate the business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; and

(b) None of the Company, its Affiliates, or, to the Knowledge of the Company, any current or former employee of the Company or any of its Affiliates shall have received (i) a “target letter” from the DOJ, (ii) a Wells Notice from the SEC, (iii) a subpoena from a Governmental Body to testify before a grand jury in connection with such Governmental Body’s investigation into the bidding practices of financial institutions with respect to guaranteed investment contracts and other municipal derivatives, or (iv) written notice of inquiry, investigation or commencement (or overtly threatened commencement) of any other Legal Proceeding from any Governmental Body concerning the marketing and sale of auction rate securities (other than from FINRA directly related to the FINRA Settlement).

Section 7.6 Agreements and Documents. The following documents and agreements shall have been delivered (and executed, if applicable) by each of the parties to, or issuers of, such documents or agreements, other than Parent:

(a) A certificate signed on behalf of the Company by the chief executive officer or the chief financial officer of the Company to the effect that Section 7.1 , Section 7.2 and Section 7.3 have been satisfied;

(b) The Certificate of Merger, executed by the Company;

(c) A registration rights agreement, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Parent (the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”), duly executed by each of the Company Stockholders;

 

84


(d) A statement signed on behalf of the Company by the chief executive officer or the chief financial officer of the Company, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C that the Company is not a “United States Real Property Holding Corporation” as defined in Section 897 of the Code;

(e) An opinion of the Parent Financial Advisor addressed to the Board of Directors of Parent as of the date hereof, to the effect that the Merger is fair from a financial point of view to the shareholders of Parent;

(f) An opinion of Duff & Phelps, LLC, in form and substance satisfactory to Parent and its auditors, Ernst & Young, LLP, dated as of a date within two (2) days of the Closing Date (the “ Duff & Phelps Opinion ”), that the lower end of the range of the aggregate estimated “fair value” (within the meaning of SFAS 157) of the ARS portfolio is at least 87% of its Aggregate ARS Face Value;

(g) Evidence of FINRA approval of the change of control of broker-dealer Subsidiaries of the Company;

(h) Employment agreements, in a form reasonably acceptable to Parent, executed by each Person designated by the Parent (with the consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) (collectively, the “Employment Agreements” );

(i) Audited consolidated balance sheets of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of September 30, 2008, and the related audited consolidated statements of income, statements of stockholders’ equity and statements of cash flows of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries for the fiscal year ending on September 30, 2008, together with the notes thereto and the unqualified reports and opinions of Deloitte & Touche, LLP, relating thereto; and

(j) Any other document, certificate or instrument reasonably requested by Parent.

Section 7.7 Appraisal Shares. Holders of no more than 3% of the issued and outstanding shares of Company Common Stock shall have demanded and validly perfected appraisal of shares in accordance with the DGCL.

Section 7.8 FINRA Settlement Finalized and Related Offer to Repurchase ARS Completed. The Company shall have: (i) entered into a FINRA Settlement with FINRA that resolves the auction rate securities investigation by FINRA of FSC pursuant to the submission (which FINRA shall have formally accepted in writing) of a Letter of Acceptance Waiver and Consent with terms that are reasonably satisfactory to Parent and (ii) fulfilled in full its obligation to offer to repurchase at par from its customers and former customers “Eligible ARS” (as such term is defined in the Settlement Term Sheet dated September 15, 2008 between FSC and FINRA) and any other auction rate securities that FSC or its Affiliates are required to offer to repurchase pursuant to the FINRA Settlement.

Section 7.9 Compliance with SEC Order . The Company shall have caused FSC to fully comply with and take all actions required by that certain Order Instituting Administrative and Cease-and-Desist Proceedings, Making Findings, and Imposing Remedial Sanctions and a Cease-and-Desist Order Pursuant to Section 8A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 15(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 entered against FSC on May 27, 2008 (the “SEC

 

85


Order ”), including making the required written certification to the SEC that FSC has implemented procedures that are reasonably designed to prevent and detect failures by it to conduct the auction process in accordance with the auction procedures disclosed in its disclosure documents and any supplemental disclosures and that FSC is in compliance with Section IV.D of the SEC Order.

Section 7.10 Lock-Up Agreements. The Lock-Up Agreements shall be in full force and effect, and none of the Lock-Up Stockholders shall have breached any of the terms and provisions contained therein.

Section 7.11 Distribution of Partnership Shares. The Partnership shall have distributed 100% of the shares of Company Common Stock held by the Partnership to the Limited Partners and the General Partner in accordance with Section 5.17 .

Section 7.12 Company Stockholder Representation Letters and Tax Forms. The Company shall have delivered to Parent all of the Company Stockholder Representation Letters, and the Parent shall have determined that less than 35 of the Company Stockholders are not “accredited investors” as such term is defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act. The Company shall have delivered to Parent a properly completed IRS Form W-9, W-8BEN, W-8IMY or such other appropriate IRS Form W-8, as the case may be, for each Company Stockholder.

Section 7.13 ARS Portfolio Classification and Valuation . Parent shall have received assurance to its reasonable satisfaction that, upon transfer following the Merger of the ARS portfolio currently held by FSC as well as the Repurchased FINRA Settlement ARS to Bank or its Affiliates, such ARS would be properly classified as securities “held to maturity.” As of Closing, FSC shall have recorded on its financial books and records an aggregate value of the ARS portfolio equal to the lesser of: (i) 90% of its Aggregate ARS Face Value or (ii) the lower end of the range of the aggregate estimated “fair value” of the ARS portfolio in the Duff & Phelps Opinion.

ARTICLE 8

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS OF THE COMPANY

The obligations of the Company to effect the Merger and otherwise consummate the Contemplated Transactions are subject to the satisfaction, at or prior to the Closing, of the following conditions, any or all of which may be waived by the Company, in whole or in part, to the extent permitted by applicable Law:

Section 8.1 Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties of Parent set forth in this Agreement and in each of the other Contracts delivered to the Company in connection with the Contemplated Transactions shall have been accurate in all material respects as of the date of this Agreement (without giving effect to any materiality qualifications or similar qualifications contained or incorporated directly or indirectly in such representations and warranties), and shall be accurate in all material respects as of the Closing Date as if made on the Closing Date (without giving effect to any materiality qualifications or similar qualifications contained or incorporated directly or indirectly in such representations and warranties).

 

86


Section 8.2 Agreements and Covenants. Parent shall have performed or complied in all material respects with all agreements and covenants required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by it on or prior to the Closing Date.

Section 8.3 Parent Material Adverse Effect. Since the date of this Agreement, there shall not have occurred any Parent Material Adverse Effect, and no event shall have occurred or circumstance shall exist that, in combination with any other events or circumstances, would reasonably be expected to have or result in a Parent Material Adverse Effect.

Section 8.4 Consents and Regulatory Approvals.

(a) All notices and Consents set forth on Schedule 4.16(b) and Schedule 4.16(c) of the Parent Disclosure Schedule shall have been made or obtained by Parent.

(b) All Regulatory Approvals required to have been obtained by the Parent shall have been obtained by Parent and shall remain in full force and effect.

Section 8.5 Agreements and Documents. The following documents and agreements shall have been delivered (and executed, if applicable) by each of the parties to such documents or agreements, other than the Company, the Company Stockholders or any officers or employees of the Company:

(a) A certificate signed on behalf of Parent by the chief executive officer or the chief financial officer of the Company to the effect that Section 8.1 , Section 8.2 , and Section 8.3 have been satisfied;

(b) A counterpart to the Registration Rights Agreement, duly executed by Parent;

(c) A counterpart to each of the Employment Agreements, duly executed by Parent; and

(d) Any other document, certificate or instrument reasonably requested by the Company.

ARTICLE 9

TERMINATION; LIABILITIES CONSEQUENT THEREON

Section 9.1 Termination Events. This Agreement may be terminated, and the Merger and the other Contemplated Transactions may be abandoned, at any time prior to the Closing, by action taken or authorized by the board of directors of the terminating party or parties, whether before or after the Company Stockholders Approval has been obtained:

(a) By the mutual written consent of Parent and the Company.

(b) By either Parent or the Company if the Merger shall not have been consummated on or prior to March 31, 2009 (the “ Termination Date ”); provided , that no party may terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 9.1(b) if such failure of the Merger to occur by the Termination Date is due to such party’s breach or violation of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement herein; provided , further , that if on the Termination Date any of the conditions set forth in Section 6.1 , Section 6.3 , Section 6.5 or Section 7.13 shall not have been satisfied or waived, then Parent may extend the Termination Date by up to ninety (90) days.

 

87


(c) By either Parent or the Company if any Governmental Body shall have issued a Restraint and such Restraint shall have become final and nonappealable; provided , that the party seeking to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 9.1(c) shall have satisfied its obligations under and Section 5.13 in all material respects.

(d) By either Parent or the Company if the Company Stockholders Approval shall not have been obtained upon a vote taken thereon at the Company Stockholders Meeting or at any adjournment or postponement thereof; provided , that the right to terminate this Agreement under this Section 9.1(d) shall not be available to the Company where the failure to obtain the Company Stockholders Approval is caused by any action or failure to act of the Company that constitutes a breach of Section 5.3 of this Agreement.

(e) By Parent if (at any time prior to obtaining the Company Stockholders Approval) (i) the board of directors of the Company or any committee thereof shall for any reason have withheld, withdrawn, amended or modified in a manner adverse to Parent the Company Board Recommendation; (ii) the board of directors of the Company or any committee thereof shall have approved or publicly recommended any Acquisition Proposal (provided that any “stop-look-and-listen” communication by the Company board of directors to the stockholders of the Company limited to the matters specified in Rule 14d-9(f) of the Exchange Act, or any similar communication to the stockholders of Company in connection with the commencement of a tender offer or exchange offer limited to the “stop-look-and-listen” matters specified in Rule 14d-9(f), shall not be deemed to constitute an approval or recommendation of an Acquisition Proposal); (iii) the Company shall have entered into any letter of intent with respect to or any Contract for any Acquisition Proposal; (iv) a tender or exchange offer relating to securities of the Company shall have been commenced by a Person unaffiliated with Parent; (v) the Company shall have materially breached any of the provisions of Section 5.3 ; or (vi) the Company shall have materially breached any of the provisions of Section 5.9 .

(f) By Parent, if:

(i) any representation or warranty of the Company contained in this Agreement shall be materially inaccurate or shall have been breached in any material respect as of the date of this Agreement, or shall have become materially inaccurate or shall be breached in any material respect as of a date subsequent to the date of this Agreement (as if made on such subsequent date), it being understood that (A) for purposes of determining the accuracy of such representations and warranties as of the date of this Agreement or as of any subsequent date, all materiality qualifications and similar qualifications contained or incorporated directly or indirectly in such representations and warranties shall be disregarded, (B) for purposes of determining the accuracy of such representations and warranties as of the date of this Agreement, any Company Disclosure Schedule Update shall be disregarded, and (C) for purposes of determining the accuracy of such representations and warranties as of any subsequent date, any Company Disclosure Schedule Update shall be disregarded, or

 

88


(ii) any of the Company’s covenants or obligations contained in this Agreement shall have been breached in any material respect;

provided , that if an inaccuracy in or breach of any representation or warranty of the Company as of a date subsequent to the date of this Agreement or a breach of a covenant or obligation by the Company is curable by the Company through the use of commercially reasonable efforts during the 30-day period after Parent notifies the Company in writing of the existence of such inaccuracy or breach describing in reasonable detail the provision of this Agreement alleged to be inaccurate or breached and the facts constituting such alleged inaccuracy or breach (the “ Company Cure Period ”), then Parent may not terminate this Agreement under this Section 9.1(f) as a result of such inaccuracy or breach prior to the expiration of the Company Cure Period if the Company continuously exercises commercially reasonably efforts to cure such inaccuracy or breach during the Company Cure Period; provided , further , that, if the Company cures such inaccuracy or breach prior to the expiration of the Company Cure Period, then Parent may not terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 9.1(f) .

(g) By the Company, if:

(i) any representation or warranty of Parent contained in this Agreement shall be materially inaccurate or shall have been breached in any material respect as of the date of this Agreement, or shall have become materially inaccurate or shall be breached in any material respect as of a date subsequent to the date of this Agreement (as if made on such subsequent date), it being understood that, (A) for purposes of determining the accuracy of such representations and warranties as of the date of this Agreement or as of any subsequent date, all materiality qualifications and similar qualifications contained or incorporated directly or indirectly in such representations and warranties shall be disregarded, (B) for purposes of determining the accuracy of such representations and warranties as of the date of this Agreement, any Parent Disclosure Schedule Update shall be disregarded, and (C) for purposes of determining the accuracy of such representations and warranties as of any subsequent date, any Parent Disclosure Schedule Update shall be disregarded, or

(ii) any of Parent’s covenants or obligations contained in this Agreement shall have been breached in any material respect;

provided , that if an inaccuracy in or breach of any representation or warranty of Parent as of a date subsequent to the date of this Agreement or a breach of a covenant or obligation by Parent is curable by Parent through the use of commercially reasonable efforts during the 30-day period after the Company notifies Parent in writing of the existence of such inaccuracy or breach describing in reasonable detail the provision of this Agreement alleged to be inaccurate or breached and the facts constituting such alleged inaccuracy or breach (the “ Parent Cure Period ”), then the Company may not terminate this Agreement under this Section 9.1(g) as a result of such inaccuracy or breach prior to the expiration of the Parent Cure Period if Parent continuously exercises commercially reasonably efforts to cure such inaccuracy or breach during the Parent Cure Period; provided , further , that, if Parent cures such inaccuracy or breach prior to the expiration of the Parent Cure Period, then the Company may not terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 9.1(g) .

 

89


(h) By Parent, if (i) there shall have occurred any Company Material Adverse Effect, or (ii) any event shall have occurred or circumstance shall exist that, in combination with any other events or circumstances, would reasonably be expected to have or result in a Company Material Adverse Effect.

(i) By Parent, if the Company delivers notice to Parent in accordance with Section 5.18 .

Section 9.2 Termination Procedures. If a party wishes to terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.1 , then such party shall deliver to the other parties a written notice stating that such party is terminating this Agreement and setting forth a description of the basis on which such party is terminating this Agreement.

Section 9.3 Effect of Termination.

(a) Limitation on Liability . In the event of termination of this Agreement by either the Company or Parent as provided in Section 9.1 , this Agreement shall forthwith become void and there shall be no liability or obligation on the part of Parent or the Company or their respective Subsidiaries, officers, directors or stockholders, except (i) with respect to Section 5.4 (Confidentiality), this Section 9.3 (Effects of Termination) and ARTICLE 11 (Miscellaneous Provisions) and (ii) with respect to any liabilities or damages incurred or suffered by a party as a result of the willful and material breach by the other party of any of its representations, warranties, covenants or other agreements set forth in this Agreement.

(b) Company Termination Fee . The Company shall pay to Parent a termination fee of $2,000,000 (the “ Termination Fee ”) plus the reasonable out of pocket expenses incurred by or on behalf of Parent in connection with the evaluation, negotiation, financing and implementation of the Merger (the “ Termination Expenses ”) if (A) this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 9.1(d) or Section 9.1(e) and at any time after the date hereof and prior to the Company Stockholders Approval any Acquisition Proposal shall have been made known to the Company or publicly disclosed, and (B) within 18 months after any such termination, the Company or any of its Affiliates consummates, or becomes a party to any definitive agreement with respect to, any Acquisition Proposal (which need not be the same Acquisition Proposal that was made or publicly disclosed prior to the Company Stockholders Approval). Any fee due under this Section 9.3(b) shall be paid to Parent by wire transfer of same-day funds within one Business Day following the entry into a definitive agreement with respect to an Acquisition Proposal or, in the absence thereof, the consummation of the Acquisition Proposal, as applicable.

(c) The parties acknowledge that the agreements contained in this Section 9.3 are an integral part of the Contemplated Transactions, including the Merger, and that, without these agreements, the parties would not enter into this Agreement. Payment of the Termination Fee and Termination Expenses described in Section 9.3 shall not be in lieu of damages incurred in the event of a breach of this Agreement described in clause (ii) of Section 9.3(a) but is otherwise the sole and exclusive remedy of the parties in connection with any termination of this Agreement on the bases specified in Section 9.3(b) .

 

90


(d) The Company shall pay all expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, that are actually incurred by Parent in connection with its enforcement of the rights provided in this Section 9.3 .

ARTICLE 10

STOCKHOLDERS’ REPRESENTATIVE

Because the Company’s Board of Directors has approved of this Agreement and the Merger and the Company Stockholder Approval must be obtained on or prior to the Closing, each Company Stockholder on the date hereof will be deemed to have agreed that:

Section 10.1 Authorization of the Stockholders’ Representative.

(a) Hill A. Feinberg (and each successor appointed in accordance with Section 10.3) hereby is appointed, authorized, and empowered to act, on behalf of each Company Stockholder, in connection with, and to facilitate the consummation of, the Contemplated Transactions and in connection with the activities to be performed on the Company Stockholders’ behalf under this Agreement, for the purposes and with the powers and authority set forth in this ARTICLE 10 , which will include the power and authority:

(i) to execute and deliver such amendments, waivers and consents in connection with this Agreement and the Contemplated Transactions as the Stockholders’ Representative, in its reasonable discretion, may deem necessary or desirable to give effect to the intentions of this Agreement;

(ii) as the Stockholders’ Representative, to enforce and protect the Company Stockholders’ rights and interests and to enforce and protect the Company Stockholders’ rights and interests arising out of or under or in any manner relating to this Agreement; and

(iii) to make, execute, acknowledge and deliver all such other Contracts, guarantees, orders, receipts, endorsements, notices, requests, instructions, certificates, stock powers, letters and other writings, and, in general, to do any and all things and to take any and all action that the Stockholders’ Representative, in its reasonable discretion, may consider necessary or proper or convenient in connection with or to carry out the activities described in Section 10.1(a)(i) and Section 10.1(a)(ii) and the Contemplated Transactions.

(b) The grant of authority provided for in this Section 10.1: (i)  is coupled with an interest and is being granted, in part, as an inducement to the Target Companies and Parent to enter into this Agreement and to the Company Stockholders to vote in favor of the Merger, and will be irrevocable and survive the death, incompetency, bankruptcy or liquidation of any Company Stockholder and will be binding on any successor thereto; (ii) subject to Section 10.3 , may be exercised by the Stockholders’ Representative acting by signing as Stockholders’ Representative of any Company Stockholder; and (iii) will survive any distribution of the Escrowed Earnout Shares.

 

91


Section 10.2 Compensation; Exculpation; Indemnity .

(a) The Stockholders’ Representative will not be entitled to any fee, commission or other compensation for the performance of its service hereunder, but will be entitled to the payment of all of his out-of-pocket expenses incurred as Stockholders’ Representative.

(b) In dealing with this Agreement and any instruments, agreements or documents relating thereto, and in exercising or failing to exercise all or any of the powers conferred upon the Stockholders’ Representative hereunder or thereunder, (i) the Stockholders’ Representative will not assume any, and will incur no, liability whatsoever to any Company Stockholder because of any error in judgment or other act or omission performed or omitted hereunder or in connection with this Agreement, unless such omission involves gross negligence or willful misconduct, and (ii) the Stockholders’ Representative will be entitled to rely on the advice of counsel, public accountants or other independent experts experienced in the matter at issue, and any error in judgment or other act or omission of the Stockholders’ Representative pursuant to such advice will not subject the Stockholders’ Representative to liability to any Target Company, Parent, or any other Person.

Section 10.3 Removal and Replacement of Stockholders’ Representative; Successor Stockholders’ Representative .

(c) If the Stockholders’ Representative or his heir or personal representative, as the case may be, advises the Company Stockholders that the Stockholders’ Representative is unavailable to perform its duties hereunder, within three (3) Business Days of notice of such advice, a Stockholders’ Representative, who must be a Company Stockholder, will be appointed by the Company Stockholders who held, as of immediately prior to the Closing, a majority of the voting power with respect to the Company Common Stock.

(d) Any Stockholders’ Representative may be removed at any time by a written notice, delivered by the Company Stockholders who held, as of immediately prior to the Closing, a majority of the voting power with respect to the Company Common Stock, to the Stockholders’ Representative, the other Company Stockholders and Parent. No Stockholders’ Representative may be removed until the Company Stockholders who held, as of immediately prior to the Closing, a majority of the voting power with respect to the Company Common Stock have replaced such Stockholders’ Representative by written notice delivered to the Company Stockholders and Parent.

(e) If any successor Stockholders’ Representative is appointed under Section 10.3(a) or 10.3(b) , such appointment will be effective upon delivery of written notice thereof, executed by the Company Stockholders who held, as of immediately prior to the Closing, a majority of the voting power with respect to the Company Common Stock, to each of the Stockholders’ Representative, the other Company Stockholders and Parent. Any successor Stockholders’ Representative will have all of the authority and responsibilities conferred upon or delegated to a Stockholders’ Representative pursuant to ARTICLE 10 .

 

92


Section 10.4 Reliance; Limitation as to Parent and the Target Companies .

(f) Parent and the Target Companies may conclusively and absolutely rely, without inquiry, and until the receipt of written notice of a change of the Stockholders’ Representative under Section 10.3 , may continue to rely, without inquiry, upon the action of the Stockholders’ Representative as the action of each Company Stockholder in all matters referred to in this ARTICLE 10 ; provided, that if Parent is given written notice of the appointment of a successor Stockholders’ Representative under Section 10.3 , Parent, the Target Companies, and the Company Stockholders will be obligated to recognize, and will only be able to so rely upon the action of, such successor Stockholders’ Representative as the Stockholders’ Representative for all purposes under this Agreement.

(g) Except as set forth in this Section 10.4 , this ARTICLE 10 creates no binding obligations between Parent or the Target Companies, on the one hand, and the Company Stockholders, on the other hand.

ARTICLE 11

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

Section 11.1 Non-Survival of Representations and Warranties. None of the representations and warranties in this Agreement or in any instrument delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall survive the Effective Time. This Section 11.1 shall not limit any covenant or agreement of the parties that by its terms contemplates performance after the Effective Time.

Section 11.2 Fees and Expenses. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, each party to this Agreement shall bear and pay all fees, costs and expenses (including legal fees, accounting fees and investment banking fees) that have been incurred or that are incurred by or on behalf of such party in connection with the Contemplated Transactions, including the Merger; provided , that all filing fees in connection with the filing by the parties of the pre-merger notification and report forms relating to the Merger under the HSR Act shall be paid 21% by the Company and 79% by the Parent. If for any reason the Contemplated Transactions, including the Merger, are not consummated, neither party will have any claim against the other with respect to such expenses.

Section 11.3 Attorneys’ Fees. If any Legal Proceeding relating to this Agreement or the enforcement of any provision of this Agreement is brought against any party hereto, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and disbursements (in addition to any other relief to which the prevailing party may be entitled). For purposes of this Agreement, any party bringing an action against another party shall be deemed to be the prevailing party only if such party is awarded an amount in excess of the maximum amount offered by the opposing party after the filing of the complaint in such action, and the defending party shall be deemed to be the prevailing party only such party obtains a defense verdict or has entered against such party an award less than the maximum amount offered by such party at any time after the filing of the complaint in such action.

 

93


Section 11.4 Remedies Cumulative; Specific Performance. The rights and remedies of the parties hereto shall be cumulative (and not alternative) and except as expressly provided herein, nothing herein will be considered an election of remedies. Each party hereto acknowledges and agrees that the other parties would be damaged irreparably if any provision of this Agreement is not performed in accordance with its specific terms or is otherwise breached. The parties to this Agreement agree that, in the event of any breach or threatened breach by any party to this Agreement of any covenant, obligation or other provision set forth in this Agreement for the benefit of any other party to this Agreement, such other party shall be entitled (in addition to any other remedy that may be available to it at law or in equity) to (a) a decree or Order of specific performance or mandamus to enforce the observance and performance of such covenant, obligation or other provision and (b) an injunction restraining such breach or threatened breach in any action instituted in a court having jurisdiction over the parties and the matter, subject to Section 11.12 and Section 11.13 .

Section 11.5 Waiver. No failure on the part of any Person to exercise any power, right, privilege or remedy under this Agreement or to insist upon strict compliance with any provision of this Agreement, and no delay on the part of any Person in exercising any power, right, privilege or remedy under this Agreement, shall operate as a waiver of such power, right, privilege or remedy and no single or partial exercise of any such power, right, privilege or remedy shall preclude any other or further exercise thereof or of any other power, right, privilege or remedy. No Person shall be deemed to have waived any claim arising out of this Agreement, or any power, right, privilege or remedy under this Agreement, unless the waiver of such claim, power, right, privilege or remedy is expressly set forth in a written instrument duly executed and delivered on behalf of such Person, and any such waiver shall not be applicable or have any effect except in the specific instance in which it is given.

Section 11.6 Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH PARTY HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY CONTROVERSY THAT MAY ARISE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES, AND THEREFORE IT HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY RELATED AGREEMENT OR THE MERGER OR THE CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTIONS. THE WAIVER WILL APPLY TO ANY AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY RELATED AGREEMENT. THE SCOPE OF THE WAIVER IS INTENDED TO BE ALL ENCOMPASSING OF ANY AND ALL ACTIONS THAT MAY BE FILED IN ANY COURT AND THAT RELATE TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THE MERGER AND THE CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTIONS, INCLUDING CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW AND STATUTORY CLAIMS. EACH PARTY CERTIFIES AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT (1) NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE EITHER OF SUCH WAIVERS, (2) IT UNDERSTANDS AND HAS CONSIDERED THE IMPLICATIONS OF SUCH WAIVERS, (3) IT MAKES SUCH WAIVERS VOLUNTARILY, AND (4) IT HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 11.6 . IN THE EVENT ANY ACTION IS BROUGHT BY A PARTY WITH RESPECT TO ANY DISPUTE

 

94


BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY RELATED AGREEMENTS OR TO ANY DEALINGS AMONG THE PARTIES RELATING TO THE CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTIONS, THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO TRIAL BY A COURT.

Section 11.7 Amendments. This Agreement and the Exhibits and Schedules hereto may not be amended, modified, altered or supplemented other than by means of a written instrument duly executed and delivered on behalf of all of the parties hereto.

Section 11.8 Notices. All notices and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given (i) when delivered personally by hand (with written confirmation of receipt), (ii) when sent by facsimile (with written confirmation of transmission), or (iii) one (1) Business Day following the day sent by overnight courier (with written confirmation of receipt), in each case at the following addresses and facsimile numbers (or to such other address or facsimile number as a party may have specified by notice given to the other party pursuant to this provision):

If to the Company, to:

First Southwest Holdings, Inc.

325 North St. Paul Street, Suite 800

Dallas, TX 75201

Attention: Hill A. Feinberg

With a copy to:

Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld, LLP

1700 Pacific Avenue, Suite 4100

Dallas, TX 75201

Attention: J. Kenneth Menges, Jr., P.C.

If to Parent, Merger Sub or after the Closing, to the Surviving Company, to:

Plains Capital Corporation

2911 Turtle Creek Blvd., Suite 700

Dallas, TX 75219

Attention: Alan B. White

With a copy to:

Haynes and Boone, LLP

2323 Victory Avenue, Suite 700

Dallas, TX 75219

Attention: Greg R. Samuel

Section 11.9 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their successors and assigns (if any). No party may assign this Agreement or any rights, interests or obligations hereunder (in whole or in part, by operation

 

95


of law or otherwise) to any Person without the prior written consent of the other party, and any attempt to make such assignment without such consent shall be null and void ab initio ; provided , that the Bank may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to the Merger Sub as contemplated in Section 5.20 hereof without obtaining the prior written consent of any party hereto.

Section 11.10 Further Assurances. Each party hereto shall execute and cause to be delivered to each other party hereto such instruments and other documents, and shall take such other actions, as such other party may reasonably request (prior to, at or after the Closing) for the purpose of carrying out or evidencing any of the Contemplated Transactions, including the Merger.

Section 11.11 Severability. Any term or provision of this Agreement that is invalid or unenforceable in any situation in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remaining terms and provisions hereof or the validity or enforceability of the offending term or provision in any other situation or in any other jurisdiction. If the final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction declares that any term or provision hereof is invalid or unenforceable, the parties hereto agree that the court making such determination shall have the power to limit the term or provision, to delete specific words or phrases, or to replace any invalid or unenforceable term or provision with a term or provision that is valid and enforceable and that comes closest to expressing the intention of the invalid or unenforceable term or provision, and this Agreement shall be enforceable as so modified. In the event such court does not exercise the power granted to it in the prior sentence, the parties hereto agree to replace such invalid or unenforceable term or provision with a valid and enforceable term or provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the economic, business and other purposes of such invalid or unenforceable term.

Section 11.12 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas applicable to Contracts made and performed in such state (regardless of the laws that might be applicable under principles of conflicts of law).

Section 11.13 Jurisdiction; Venue; and Arbitration.

(a) The parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submit, for themselves and their property, to the exclusive jurisdiction of any federal or state court located within the State of Texas over any dispute arising out of or relating to the Merger, this Agreement or any of the Contemplated Transactions and each party hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of such dispute or any suit, action proceeding related thereto may be heard and determined in such courts. The parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, any objection which they may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such dispute brought in such court or any defense of inconvenient forum for the maintenance of such dispute and waives any bond, surety or other security that might be required of any other party with respect thereto. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a judgment in any such dispute may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by Law.

 

96


(b) Each of the parties hereto hereby consents to process being served by any party to this Agreement in any suit, action or proceeding by delivery of a copy thereof in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.8 .

(c) All disputes arising under this Agreement (“ Disputes ”), will be resolved as follows: first, the Company (in the event the Dispute arises prior to the Closing) or Stockholders’ Representative (in the event the Dispute arises following the Closing) and senior management of Parent may meet to attempt to resolve such disagreements. If the Dispute is not so resolved by agreement of the parties, any party may at any time make a written demand for binding arbitration of the Dispute in accordance with this Section 11.13(c) ; provided that the foregoing shall not preclude equitable or other judicial relief to enforce the provisions hereof or to preserve the status quo pending resolution of Disputes; and provided further that resolution of Disputes with respect to claims by third Persons will be deferred until any judicial proceedings with respect thereto are concluded. The Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association in effect on the date hereof, and except as the applicable rules are modified by this Agreement, will apply. As a minimum set of rules in the arbitration the parties agree as follows:

(i) The arbitration will be held before a panel of three arbitrators consisting of one arbitrator selected by Parent, the other selected by Stockholders’ Representative, and the third then selected by those two arbitrators.

(ii) The party initiating arbitration (the “ Claimant ”) will give to the other party (the “ Respondent ”) notice of its intention to arbitrate (the “ Demand ”). The Demand will contain a statement setting forth in reasonable detail the nature of the Claimant’s claim, the names and addresses of all other parties, the amount involved, if any, and the remedy sought.

(iii) The arbitrators will deliver their decision in writing within thirty (30) days after the termination of the arbitration hearings.

(iv) Parent on the one hand and the Company Stockholders on the other, will equally bear the costs and fees of the arbitration. The parties agree that a court reporter will record the arbitration proceedings and that the reporter’s record will be the agreed to transcript of the proceedings. Parent on the one hand and the Company Stockholders on the other will share the expenses of this reporter equally.

(v) The arbitrators will specify the basis for their decision, the basis for the damages award and a breakdown of the damages awarded, and the basis of any other remedy. The arbitrators’ decision will be considered as a final and binding resolution of the disagreement, will not be subject to appeal and may be entered as an Order in any court of competent jurisdiction in the United States; provided that this Agreement confers no power or authority upon the arbitrators to render any decision that is based on clearly erroneously findings of fact, that manifestly disregards the Law, or exceeds of the powers of the arbitrator, and no such decision will be eligible for confirmation. Each party hereto agrees to submit to the jurisdiction of any such court for purposes of the enforcement of any such Order. The provisions of this Agreement will be binding on the arbitrators.

 

97


(vi) Any arbitration proceeding will be conducted on a confidential basis.

(vii) The arbitrators’ discretion to fashion remedies hereunder will be no broader than the legal and equitable remedies available to a court, unless the parties expressly state elsewhere in this Agreement that parties will be subject to broader or narrower legal and equitable remedies than would be available under the Law governing this Agreement.

Section 11.14 Non-Recourse. No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner, stockholder, Affiliate, agent, attorney or representative of Parent shall have any liability for any obligations or liabilities of Parent under this Agreement or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, Merger or any of the Contemplated Transactions except to the extent (i) such limitation from liability is not permitted by the DGCL as the same exists or may be amended or (ii) such liability is the result of fraud, bad faith or willful misconduct on the part of any such party.

Section 11.15 Time of the Essence. Time is of the essence in the performance of this Agreement.

Section 11.16 Headings. The underlined headings contained in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, shall not be deemed to be a part of this Agreement and shall not be referred to in connection with the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.

Section 11.17 Counterparts and Exchanges by Fax or Email Transmission. This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one agreement. The exchange of a fully executed Agreement (in counterparts or otherwise) by fax or email (in .pdf or .tif format) transmission shall be sufficient to bind the parties to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. No party to this Agreement, any Related Agreement, or other document to be delivered in connection with the Contemplated Transactions, including the Merger, will raise the use of a fax or email to deliver a signature or the fact that any signature or agreement or instrument was transmitted or communicated through the use of a fax or email as a defense to the formation or enforceability of a contract, and each such party forever waives any such defense.

Section 11.18 Parties in Interest. Except with respect to Section 5.7 and Section 5.20 , none of the provisions of this Agreement is intended to provide any rights, benefits or remedies to any Person other than the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns (if any).

Section 11.19 Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the Related Agreements, together with the Exhibits and Schedules hereto and thereto and the certificates, documents, instruments and writing that are delivered hereto and thereto, set forth the entire understanding of the parties hereto relating to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings among or between any of the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and thereof.

 

98


Section 11.20 Construction.

(a) For purposes of this Agreement, whenever the context requires: the singular number shall include the plural, and vice versa; the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter genders; the feminine gender shall include the masculine and neuter genders; and the neuter gender shall include the masculine and feminine genders.

(b) The parties hereto agree that any rule of construction to the effect that ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall not be applied in the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.

(c) As used in this Agreement and the Exhibits and Schedules hereto (including the Company Disclosure Schedules and the Parent Disclosure Schedules), the words “include” and “including,” and variations thereof, shall not be deemed to be terms of limitation, but rather shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.”

(d) Except as otherwise indicated, (i) all references in this Agreement to “Sections,” “Exhibits,” and “Schedules” are intended to refer to Sections of this Agreement, Exhibits, and Schedules to this Agreement and (ii) all references in this Agreement to currency (unless otherwise expressly indicated) are intended to refer to U.S. dollars.

(e) Any reference to any federal, state, local or foreign Law will be deemed also to refer to Law as amended and all rules regulations promulgated thereunder, unless the context requires otherwise.

(f) The words “this Agreement,” “herein,” “hereof,” “hereby,” “hereunder,” and words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular subdivisions unless expressly so limited.

Section 11.21 Incorporation by Exhibits and Schedules. The Exhibits and Schedules identified in this Agreement are incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

99


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as an instrument under seal as of the date and year first above written.

 

FIRST SOUTHWEST HOLDINGS, INC.
By:   /s/ Hill A. Feinberg
Name:   Hill A. Feinberg
Title:   Chairman & CEO
PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Alan B. White
Name:   Alan B. White
Title:   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
PLAINSCAPITAL BANK
By:   /s/ Alan B. White
Name:   Alan B. White
Title:   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

HILL A. FEINBERG,

as Stockholders’ Representative

/s/ Hill A. Feinberg
Hill A. Feinberg


Exhibit A

Certain Class Action Litigation Matters

 

1. Fairfax County, Virginia, et al. v. Wachovia Bank, N.A., et al.
2. Hinds County, Mississippi, et al. v. Wachovia Bank, N.A., et al.
3. The City of Oakland, California v. AIG Financial Products, Corp., et al.
4. Central Bucks School District v. Wachovia Bank N.A., et al.
5. Mayor and City Counsel of Baltimore, et al. v. Wachovia Bank N.A., et al.
6. County of Alameda California, et al. v. AIG Financial Products Corp., et al.
7. Washington County, Tennessee, et al. v. Bank of America, N.A., et al.
8. City of Fresno, California, et al. v. AIG Financial Products Corp., et al.
9. City of Los Angeles, California, et al. v. Bank of America, N.A., et al.
10. City of Stockton, California v. Bank of America, N.A., et al.
11. County of San Diego v. Bank of America, N.A., et al.
12. County of Contra Costa v. Bank of America, N.A., et al.
13. County of San Mateo v. Bank of America, N.A., et al.
14. Fairfax County, Virginia, N.A et al. v. Bank of America, N.A., et al. (Consolidated Class Action Complaint filed pursuant to MDL Order No. 1950)
15. Any other class action or substantially similar litigation filed prior to Closing which is related to the bidding practices of providers and brokers who sold municipal derivatives to issuers of municipal bonds.


Exhibit B

Earnout Calculation Table

Aggregate Sales Price/Value as % of Face Value

 

Less than

   & Greater than or Equal to   Distribution % of Escrowed Earnout Shares
   90%   100%

90%

   89%   90%

89%

   88%   80%

88%

   87%   70%

87%

   86%   60%

86%

   85%   50%

85%

   84%   40%

84%

   83%   30%

83%

   82%   20%

82%

   81%   10%

81%

   80%   5%

80%

     0%


Exhibit C

FIRPTA Certificate

Corporation’s Statement of Status

Name of Corporation: First Southwest Holdings, Inc.

Applicable Period: January __, 2004 through January __, 2009

Date of Disposition: January __, 2009

First Southwest Holdings, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”) has made the following determination:

The Corporation is not and has not been a United States real property holding corporation (as defined in section 897(c)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code), during the Applicable Period.

I verify under penalties of perjury that the foregoing statement is correct to my knowledge and belief, and I further declare that I have authority to sign this statement on behalf of the Corporation.

 

Signature:        
Name:        
Title:        
Date:        


Exhibit D

Certificate of Formation

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

FSWH ACQUISITION LLC

This Certificate of Formation of FSWH ACQUISITION LLC (the “ LLC ”) is being duly executed and filed by Scott Luedke as an authorized person to form a limited liability company under the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del.C. §18-101, et seq.).

FIRST. The name of the limited liability company formed hereby is:

FSWH Acquisition LLC

SECOND. The address of the registered office of the LLC in the State of Delaware is:

The Corporation Trust Company

1209 Orange Street

Wilmington, Delaware 19801

THIRD. The name and address of the registered agent for service of process on the LLC in the State of Delaware are:

CT Corporation System

Corporation Trust Company

1209 Orange Street

Wilmington, Delaware 19801

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Formation as of the              day of                  , 2008.

 

   

Scott Luedke,

Authorized Person


Exhibit E

Limited Liability Company Agreement

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

FSWH ACQUISITION LLC

(A Delaware Limited Liability Company)

THE MEMBERSHIP INTEREST REFERENCED HEREIN HAS BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. WITHOUT REGISTRATION, THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED AT ANY TIME WHATSOEVER, EXCEPT ON DELIVERY TO THE COMPANY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE BOARD OF MANAGERS OF THE COMPANY THAT REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED FOR THE TRANSFER, OR THE SUBMISSION TO THE BOARD OF MANAGERS OF THE COMPANY OF OTHER EVIDENCE SATISFACTORY TO THE BOARD OF MANAGERS TO THE EFFECT THAT ANY TRANSFER WILL NOT BE IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR ANY RULE OR REGULATIONS PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.


LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

FSWH ACQUISITION LLC

(A Delaware Limited Liability Company)

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page

ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS

   1

1.1.

  

Definitions

   1

1.2.

  

Other Definitional Provisions

   2

ARTICLE 2 FORMATION

   2

2.1.

  

Name and Formation

   2

2.2.

  

Principal Place of Business

   2

2.3.

  

Registered Office and Agent

   2

2.4.

  

Duration

   2

2.5.

  

Purposes and Powers

   2

2.6.

  

Foreign Qualification

   2

ARTICLE 3 RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF THE BOARD OF MANAGERS

   3

3.1.

  

Management

   3

3.2.

  

Number and Qualifications

   3

3.3.

  

Election

   3

3.4.

  

Vacancy

   3

3.5.

  

Removal

   3

3.6.

  

Place of Meetings

   3

3.7.

  

Annual Meetings

   3

3.8.

  

Regular Meetings

   3

3.9.

  

Special Meetings

   3

3.10.

  

Quorum

   3

3.11.

  

Attendance and Waiver of Notice

   4

3.12.

  

Compensation

   4

3.13.

  

Officers

   4

3.14.

  

Committees

   4

 

i


3.15.

  

Indemnification

   4

3.16.

  

Actions Without a Meeting and Telephone Meetings

   4

ARTICLE 4 RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF THE MEMBER

   5

4.1.

  

Place of Meetings

   5

4.2.

  

Annual and Special Meetings

   5

4.3.

  

Actions Without a Meeting

   5

4.4.

  

Number

   5

ARTICLE 5 CAPITALIZATION

   5

5.1.

  

Capital Contributions

   5

5.2.

  

Withdrawal or Reduction of Capital Contributions

   5

5.3.

  

Liability of the Member

   6

ARTICLE 6 DISTRIBUTIONS

   6

6.1.

  

Distributions

   6

6.2.

  

Limitation Upon Distribution

   6

ARTICLE 7 BOOKS AND ACCOUNTS

   6

7.1.

  

Records and Reports

   6

7.2.

  

Returns and Other Elections

   6

ARTICLE 8 DISSOLUTION AND TERMINATION

   6

8.1.

  

Dissolution

   6

8.2.

  

Distribution of Assets Upon Dissolution

   7

8.3.

  

Certificate of Cancellation

   7

ARTICLE 9 TRANSFERS OF MEMBERSHIP INTEREST

   7

ARTICLE 10 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

   7

10.1.

  

Notices

   7

10.2.

  

Application of Delaware Law

   8

10.3.

  

Headings and Sections

   8

10.4.

  

Amendments

   8

10.5.

  

Number and Gender

   8

10.6.

  

Binding Effect

   8

10.7.

  

Counterparts

   8

Attachment: Exhibit A

  

 

ii


LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

FSWH ACQUISITION LLC

(A Delaware Limited Liability Company)

THIS LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT, dated the              day of              , 2008, is hereby duly adopted as the Limited Liability Company Agreement of FSWH Acquisition LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, by the Board of Managers, and is hereby ratified, confirmed and approved as such by the sole Member.

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

1.1. Definitions . The following terms used in this Agreement shall have the following meanings (unless otherwise expressly provided herein):

Act ” means the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Agreement ” means this Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company as originally adopted and as amended from time to time.

Board of Managers ” the group of Persons designed as Managers.

Business Day ” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday, or other day that is a nationally recognized holiday.

Capital Contribution ” means any contribution to the capital of the Company in cash or property by the Member whenever made.

Certificate ” means the Certificate of Formation of the Company.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Company ” means FSWH Acquisition LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Fiscal Year ” means the Company’s fiscal year, which shall be the calendar year.

Majority ” means, with respect to any referenced group of Managers, a combination of any of such Managers constituting more than fifty percent (50%) of the number of Managers of such referenced group who are then elected and qualified.

Manager ” means each Person designated as a Manager on Exhibit A , or any other Person or Persons that succeed such Person or Persons in that capacity or are elected to act as additional Managers of the Company as provided herein.


Member ” means PlainsCapital Bank, a Texas banking association.

Membership Interest ” means the entire equity interest of the Member in the Company and all rights and liabilities associated therewith including, without limitation, rights to distributions (liquidating or otherwise) and allocations.

Person ” means a natural person or any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, limited partnership, joint venture, trust, estate, governmental entity, or other entity.

1.2. Other Definitional Provisions . All terms used in this Agreement that are not defined in this Article 1 have the meanings contained elsewhere in this Agreement.

ARTICLE 2

FORMATION

2.1. Name and Formation . The name of the Company is “FSWH Acquisition LLC.” All business of the Company must be conducted in that name or in one or more other names that comply with applicable law and that are selected by the Member from time to time. The Company was formed as a limited liability company upon the issuance of the Certificate of Formation to the Company from the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, pursuant to the Act.

2.2. Principal Place of Business . The principal office and place of business of the Company are set forth on Exhibit A . The Company may locate its place of business and principal office at any other place or places as the Board of Managers may from time to time deem necessary or advisable.

2.3. Registered Office and Agent . The registered office and registered agent of the Company shall be the registered office and registered agent named in the Certificate and set forth on Exhibit A . The Company may change the registered office and registered agent as the Board of Managers may from time to time deem necessary or advisable.

2.4. Duration . The period of duration of the Company is perpetual from the date its Certificate was filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware, unless the Company is earlier dissolved in accordance with either the provisions of this Agreement or the Act.

2.5. Purposes and Powers . The purpose for which the Company is organized is to transact any or all lawful business for which limited liability companies may be organized under the Act. The Company shall have any and all powers that are necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes and business of the Company, to the extent the same may be legally exercised by limited liability companies under the Act. The Company shall carry out the foregoing activities pursuant to the arrangements set forth in the Certificate of the Company and this Agreement.

2.6. Foreign Qualification . The Board of Managers shall cause the Company to comply, to the extent legally possible, with all requirements necessary to qualify the Company as a foreign limited liability company in each jurisdiction in which the Company conducts business. To the extent required by law or as the Board of Managers determines is otherwise advisable, the Board of Managers shall execute, acknowledge, swear to, and deliver all certificates and other instruments conforming with this Agreement that are necessary or appropriate to qualify, continue, and terminate the Company as a foreign limited liability company in all jurisdictions in which the Company conducts business.

 

2


ARTICLE 3

RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF THE BOARD OF MANAGERS

3.1. Management . The powers of the Company shall be exercised by or under the authority of, and the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed under, its designated Board of Managers. In addition to the powers and authorities expressly conferred by this Agreement upon the Board of Managers, the Board of Managers may exercise all such powers of the Company and do all such lawful acts and things as are not directed or required to be exercised or done by the Member by the Act or this Agreement, including, but not limited to, contracting for or incurring debts, liabilities, and other obligations on behalf of the Company.

3.2. Number and Qualifications . The number of Managers on the Board of Managers shall be at least one (1), and not more than five (5), or as may be determined by the Member from time to time, but no decrease in the number of Managers shall have the effect of shortening the term of any incumbent Manager. Managers need not be residents of the State of Delaware. The Managers in their discretion may elect a chairman of the Board of Managers who shall preside at meetings of the Board of Managers.

3.3. Election . At the first annual meeting of the Member and at each annual meeting thereafter, the Member shall elect one or more Managers to hold office until the next succeeding annual meeting. Unless removed in accordance with this Agreement, each Manager shall hold office for the term for which such Person is elected and until such Person’s successor shall be elected and qualified.

3.4. Vacancy . Any vacancy occurring for any reason in the number of Managers shall be filled by the Member. A Manager elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected for the unexpired term of the predecessor in office.

3.5. Removal . At a meeting called expressly for such purpose, all or any lesser number of Managers may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Member.

3.6. Place of Meetings . All meetings of the Board of Managers may be held either within or without the State of Delaware.

3.7. Annual Meetings . The annual meeting of the Board of Managers shall be held, without further notice, immediately following the annual meeting of the Member, and at the same place, or at such other time and place as shall be fixed with the consent in writing of all the Managers.

3.8. Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Managers may be held without notice at such time and place either within or without the State of Delaware as shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Managers.

3.9. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Managers may be called by any Manager on three (3) Business Days’ notice to each Manager, either personally or by mail, telephone, or facsimile.

3.10. Quorum . At all meetings of the Board of Managers, the presence of a Majority of the Managers shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business unless a greater number is required by law. At a meeting at which a quorum is present, the act of a Majority shall be the act of the Board of Managers, except as otherwise provided by law or this Agreement. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Managers, the Managers present at the meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

 

3


3.11. Attendance and Waiver of Notice . Attendance of a Manager at any meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where a Manager attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the Board of Managers need be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.

3.12. Compensation . Managers, as such, shall not receive any stated salary for their services, but shall receive such compensation for their services as may be from time to time agreed upon by the Member. In addition, a fixed sum and expenses of attendance, if any, may be allowed for attendance at each regular or special meeting of the Board of Managers, provided that nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to preclude any Manager from serving the Company in any other capacity and receiving compensation for such service.

3.13. Officers . The Board of Managers may, from time to time, designate one or more Persons to be officers of the Company. No officer need be a Member or a Manager. Any officers so designated shall have such authority and perform such duties as the Board of Managers may, from time to time, delegate to them. The Board of Managers may assign titles to particular officers, including, without limitation, president, vice president, secretary, assistant secretary, treasurer, and assistant treasurer. Each officer shall hold office until such Person’s successor shall be duly designated and shall qualify or until such Person’s death or until such Person shall resign or shall have been removed in the manner hereinafter provided. Any number of offices may be held by the same Person. The salaries or other compensation, if any, of the officers and agents of the Company shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Managers. Any officer may be removed as such, either with or without cause, by the Board of Managers whenever in the Board of Managers’ judgment the best interests of the Company will be served thereby. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company (other than Manager) may be filled by the Board of Managers.

3.14. Committees . The Board of Managers may, by approval of a Majority, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the Managers. Any committee, to the extent allowed by law and provided in the resolution establishing such committee, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Managers in the management of the business and affairs of the Company. Each committee shall keep regular minutes and report to all the Managers when required.

3.15. Indemnification . The Managers and officers shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company, but only to the extent that the Company’s assets are sufficient therefor, from and against all claims, liabilities, and expenses arising out of any management of Company affairs, but excluding those caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Manager or officer, as the case may be, subject to all limitations and requirements imposed by the Act. The Company may advance expenses to the Managers or officers to defend any claim for which the Managers or officers shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company. These indemnification rights are in addition to any rights that the Managers or officers may have against third parties. THE FOREGOING INDEMNIFICATION SPECIFICALLY INCLUDES THOSE CLAIMS THAT ARISE OUT OF THE INDEMNIFIED PARTY’S SOLE, JOINT, OR CONTRIBUTORY NEGLIGENCE, BUT SPECIFICALLY EXCLUDES THOSE CLAIMS THAT ARISE OUT OF THE INDEMNIFIED PARTY’S WILLFUL MISCONDUCT, FRAUD, OR GROSS NEGLIGENCE. THE INDEMNIFIED PARTY WOULD NOT HAVE ENTERED THIS AGREEMENT IF NOT FOR THIS INDEMNIFICATION.

3.16. Actions Without a Meeting and Telephone Meetings . Notwithstanding any provision contained in this Article 3 , all actions of the Board of Managers provided for herein may be taken by written consent without a meeting, or any meeting thereof may be held by means of a conference

 

4


telephone. Any such action that may be taken by the Board of Managers without a meeting shall be effective only if the written consent or consents are in writing, set forth the action so taken, and are signed by the number of Managers constituting not less than the minimum amount of Managers that would be necessary to take such action at a meeting at which the Managers entitled to vote on the action were present and voted.

ARTICLE 4

RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF THE MEMBER

4.1. Place of Meetings . All meetings of the Member shall be held at the principal office of the Company or at such other place within or without the State of Delaware as may be determined by the Member and set forth in the respective notice or waivers of notice of such meeting.

4.2. Annual and Special Meetings . The annual and special meetings of the Member for the election of Managers and the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting shall be held at such time and date as shall be designated by the Member from time to time.

4.3. Actions Without a Meeting . Notwithstanding any provision contained in this Article 4 , all actions of the Member provided for herein may be taken by written consent without a meeting. Any such action that may be taken by the Member without a meeting shall be effective only if the consent is in writing, sets forth the action so taken, and is signed by the Member.

4.4. Number . There shall be only one (1) Member of the Company, that being PlainsCapital Bank, a Texas banking association, its successor or assignee.

ARTICLE 5

CAPITALIZATION

5.1. Capital Contributions .

(a) The Member has contributed cash or property to the Company in the amount set forth as the Capital Contribution of such Member on the books and records of the Company. Such cash or property shall be the Capital Contribution of the Member and, in connection with such contribution, the Member shall receive its Membership Interest.

(b) If at any time the Member determines that the Company has insufficient funds to carry out the purposes of the Company, the Member may make additional Capital Contributions.

(c) The Member shall not be paid interest on any Capital Contribution.

5.2. Withdrawal or Reduction of Capital Contributions .

(a) The Member shall not receive out of the Company’s property any part of its Capital Contribution until all liabilities of the Company have been paid or there remains property of the Company sufficient to pay such liabilities.

(b) Except as may be otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, the Member shall have the right to withdraw all or any part of its Capital Contribution.

 

5


5.3. Liability of the Member . The Member shall not be liable for the debts, liabilities, or obligations of the Company beyond its Capital Contributions. The Member shall not be required to contribute to the capital of, or to loan any funds to, the Company.

ARTICLE 6

DISTRIBUTIONS

6.1. Distributions . Subject to Section 6.2 , the Company shall make all distributions at such times as determined by the Member.

6.2. Limitation Upon Distribution . No distribution shall be declared and paid unless, if after the distribution is made, the value of assets of the Company would exceed the liabilities of the Company, except liabilities to the Member on account of its Capital Contributions.

ARTICLE 7

BOOKS AND ACCOUNTS

7.1. Records and Reports . At the expense of the Company, the Board of Managers shall maintain records and accounts of all operations and expenditures of the Company.

7.2. Returns and Other Elections . The Board of Managers shall cause the preparation and timely filing of all tax returns required to be filed by the Company pursuant to the Code and all other tax returns deemed necessary and required in each jurisdiction in which the Company does business. Copies of such returns, or pertinent information therefrom, shall be furnished to the Member as soon as practicable after the end of each Fiscal Year. All elections permitted to be made by the Company under federal or state laws shall be made by the Board of Managers with the consent of the Member.

ARTICLE 8

DISSOLUTION AND TERMINATION

8.1. Dissolution .

(a) The Company shall be dissolved upon the first of the following to occur:

(i) Upon the election to dissolve the Company by the Member;

(ii) Upon the death, retirement, resignation, expulsion, bankruptcy, legal incapacity, or dissolution of the Member, or the occurrence of any other event that terminates the continued membership of the Member; or

(iii) The entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under the Act.

(b) Upon dissolution of the Company, the business and affairs of the Company shall terminate, and the assets of the Company shall be liquidated under this Article 8 .

 

6


(c) Dissolution of the Company shall be effective as of the day on which the event occurs giving rise to the dissolution, but the Company shall not terminate until there has been a winding up of the Company’s business and affairs, and the assets of the Company have been distributed as provided in Section 8.2 .

(d) Upon dissolution of the Company, the Board of Managers may cause any part or all of the assets of the Company to be sold in such manner as the Board of Managers shall determine in an effort to obtain the best prices for such assets; provided, however, the Board of Managers may distribute assets of the Company in kind to the Member to the extent practicable.

8.2. Distribution of Assets Upon Dissolution . In settling accounts after dissolution, the assets of the Company shall be paid in the following order:

(a) First, to creditors, in the order of priority as provided by applicable law, except those to the Member on account of its Capital Contributions; and

(b) Second, any remainder shall be distributed to the Member.

8.3. Certificate of Cancellation . When all liabilities and obligations of the Company have been paid or discharged, or adequate provision has been made therefor, and all of the remaining property and assets of the Company have been distributed to the Member according to its respective rights and interests, the Certificate of Cancellation shall be executed on behalf of the Company by a Manager or the Member and shall be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, and the Board of Managers and the Member shall execute, acknowledge, and file any and all other instruments necessary or appropriate to reflect the dissolution and termination of the Company.

ARTICLE 9

TRANSFERS OF MEMBERSHIP INTERESTS

The Member may sell, assign, or otherwise transfer all or any portion of its Membership Interest at any time to any Person as long as such transfer would not result in a violation of applicable law, including U.S. federal or state securities law.

ARTICLE 10

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

10.1. Notices .

(a) Any notice, notification, demand, or request provided or permitted to be given under this Agreement must be in writing and shall have been deemed to have been properly given, unless explicitly stated otherwise, if sent by (i) FedEx or other comparable overnight courier, (ii) registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or (iii) facsimile transmission during normal business hours to the place of business of the recipient.

(b) For purposes of all notices, the addresses and facsimile numbers of the Managers and the Member are set forth on Exhibit A .

 

7


(c) All notices, notifications, demands, or requests so given shall be deemed given and received (i) if sent via FedEx or other comparable overnight courier, the next Business Day after being deposited with such carrier; (ii) if mailed, five (5) Business Days after being deposited in the mail; (iii) if sent via facsimile transmission, the next Business Day after being so transmitted.

10.2. Application of Delaware Law . This Agreement and the application or interpretation hereof, shall be governed exclusively by the laws of the State of Delaware, and specifically the Act.

10.3. Headings and Sections . The headings in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and are in no way intended to describe, interpret, define, or limit the scope, extent, or intent of this Agreement or any provision hereof. Unless the context requires otherwise, all references in this Agreement to Sections or Articles shall be deemed to mean and refer to Sections or Articles of this Agreement.

10.4. Amendments .

(a) This Agreement may be amended, supplemented, or restated only upon the written consent of the Member.

(b) Upon obtaining the approval of any amendment to the Certificate, the Board of Managers shall cause a Certificate of Amendment in accordance with the Act to be prepared, and such Certificate of Amendment shall be executed by at least one (1) Manager and shall be filed in accordance with the Act.

10.5. Number and Gender . Where the context so indicates, the masculine shall include the feminine, the neuter shall include the masculine and feminine, and the singular shall include the plural.

10.6. Binding Effect . Except as herein otherwise provided to the contrary, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Member, its distributees, heirs, legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns.

10.7. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and shall be binding upon the Member and Managers who executed the same, but all of such counterparts shall constitute the same Agreement.

Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank.

Signature Pages To Follow.

 

8


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, being the initial Manager on the Board of Managers, has caused this Agreement to be duly adopted by the Company effective as of the                      day of              , 2008.

 

   
ALAN B. WHITE


The undersigned, being the sole Member, does hereby ratify, confirm, and approve the adoption of this Agreement as the limited liability company agreement of the Company, and does hereby assume and agree to be bound by and to perform all of the terms and provisions set forth in this Agreement to be effective as of the                      day of              , 2008.

 

PLAINSCAPITAL BANK,

a Texas banking association

By:        
  Name:    
  Title:    


LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

FSWH ACQUISITION LLC

(A Delaware Limited Liability Company)

EXHIBIT A

 

1.

  

Name of Company:

  

FSWH Acquisition LLC

2.

  

Address of Company:

  

2911 Turtle Creek Blvd.

Suite 700

Dallas, Texas 75219

3.

  

Telephone Number of Company:

  

(214) 252-4100

4.

  

Facsimile Number of Company:

  

(214) 252-4147

5.

  

Registered Agent and

Registered Office:

  

The Corporation Trust Company

1209 Orange Street

Wilmington, Delaware 19801


6.

  

Manager:

  
  

a.      Name of Manager:

  

Alan B. White

  

         Address:

  

2911 Turtle Creek Blvd.

Suite 700

Dallas, Texas 75219

  

         Telephone Number:

  

(214) 252-4100

  

         Facsimile Number:

  

(214) 252-4147


7.

  

Name of Member:

  

PlainsCapital Bank

  

Address:

  

2911 Turtle Creek Blvd.

Suite 700

Dallas, Texas 75219

  

Telephone Number:

  

(214) 252-4100

  

Facsimile Number:

  

(214) 252-4147

  

Date Became Member:

  

_________________, 2008

Exhibit 10.2

FIRST AMENDMENT TO

AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

This First Amendment to Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “ Amendment ”), made and entered into as of December 8, 2008, amends that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among Plains Capital Corporation, a Texas corporation, PlainsCapital Bank, a Texas banking association (the “ Bank ”), First Southwest Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Hill A. Feinberg, as Stockholders’ Representative, dated as of November 7, 2008 (the “ Merger Agreement ”). Any terms used but not defined where first used shall have the meanings set forth in the Merger Agreement.

RECITALS

A. The parties hereto have entered into the Merger Agreement governing the merger of the Company with and into FSWH Acquisition LLC, a Delaware limited liability company that will be formed as a wholly-owned direct subsidiary of the Bank (“ Merger Sub ”).

B. The parties hereto desire to amend the Merger Agreement to, among other things, (1) delete the requirement in subsection (ii) of Sections 5.22 and 7.8 of the Merger Agreement, pursuant to which the Company is required to fulfill in full its obligation to offer to repurchase at par from its customers and former customers the “Eligible ARS” and any other auction rate securities that FSC or its Affiliates are required to offer to repurchase pursuant to the FINRA Settlement, as such requirement is more specifically set forth in Sections 5.22 and 7.8 of the Merger Agreement, (2) make certain other clarifying changes as such changes relate to the repurchase of such “Eligible ARS,” and (3) clarify the Parent’s obligations under Section 5.7 as it relates to the continuation of certain insurance.

AGREEMENT

In consideration of the mutual covenants, representations, warranties and agreements contained in this Amendment and the Merger Agreement, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. In Section 1.1 of the Merger Agreement, the definition of “Repurchased FINRA Settlement ARS” is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

““ Repurchased FINRA Settlement ARS ” means the auction rate securities to be repurchased pursuant to an offer by FSC or any of its Affiliates as required by the FINRA Settlement.”

2. The following definition is hereby added to Section 1.1 of the Merger Agreement in alphabetical order:

““ Closing ARS Valuation ” means, with respect to the ARS portfolio owned by FSC and its Affiliates as of the Closing Date and the Repurchased FINRA Settlement ARS, the lesser of: (i) 90% of the face value of such ARS or (ii) the lower end of the range of the aggregate estimated “fair value” of the ARS portfolio in the Duff & Phelps Opinion.”


3. Section 3.30 of the Merger Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“Section 3.30 ARS .

 

  (a) The Company has good and valid title to the ARS, except for any portion of the Repurchased FINRA Settlement ARS that is not repurchased pursuant to the FINRA Settlement prior to Closing, free and clear of all Encumbrances.

 

  (b) All of the ARS are auction rate bonds issued by and payable from trusts that are fully collateralized by student loans originated under the Federal Family Education Loan Program and that carry a guarantee by the U.S. Department of Education of not less than 97% of the principal amount of such auction rate bonds.”

4. The following Section 3.32 is hereby added to the Merger Agreement:

“Section 3.32 Repurchased FINRA Settlement ARS . The Repurchased FINRA Settlement ARS includes no more than $41.6 million of auction rate securities held by FSC’s customers or former customers.”

5. Section 5.3(a) of the Merger Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“(a) The Company shall as promptly as practicable prepare and mail to its stockholders at its own expense a notice of meeting, combined private placement memorandum/proxy statement and form of proxy in accordance with applicable Law, including all applicable provisions of the DGCL and Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act (the “ Proxy Statement ”). The Company shall provide Parent with the opportunity to review and comment on the Proxy Statement and shall not mail the Proxy Statement without Parent’s prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed). The Proxy Statement shall include the Company Board Recommendation, except to the extent the Company’s Board of Directors shall have withheld, withdrawn, amended or modified the Company Board Recommendation as permitted by Section 5.3(d). Parent shall provide the Company with all information relating to Parent which is required to be disclosed in the Proxy Statement pursuant to this Agreement and applicable Law.”

 

2


6. Section 5.3(c) of the Merger Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“(c) The Company shall call and hold the Company Stockholders Meeting as promptly as reasonably practicable, but in any event within 20 calendar days after the Proxy Statement is first sent or mailed to its stockholders and no later than December 29, 2008, for the purpose of obtaining the Company Stockholders Approval. In connection with the Company Stockholders Meeting, the Company shall (i) subject to applicable Laws, take all steps reasonably necessary or desirable (including postponing or adjourning the Company Stockholders Meeting to obtain a quorum in accordance with the terms of this Section 5.3(c) ) to obtain the Company Stockholders Approval and (ii) otherwise comply with all Laws applicable to the Company Stockholders Meeting.”

7. Section 5.7 of the Merger Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“Section 5.7 Directors and Officers’ Insurance; Claims Made Policies .

 

  (a) From and after the Closing Date and until the six (6) year anniversary of the Closing Date, Parent shall maintain in effect directors’ and officers’ liability insurance with the insurance provider of the Parent’s choice (or, at Parent’s option, a “tail” insurance policy) covering those Persons covered by the directors’ and officers’ liability insurance maintained by the Company as of the date hereof for any actions taken by them or omissions by them on or before the Closing Date with the same directors’ and officers’ liability insurance coverage as may be provided from time to time by Parent to its then existing directors and officers; provided , that in no event will Parent be required to expend in the aggregate amounts in any year in excess of 110% of the amount of the last annual premium for such insurance to cover its then existing directors and officers (in which event, Parent shall purchase the greatest coverage available for such amount).

 

  (b) From and after the Closing Date and until the six (6) year anniversary of the Closing Date, Parent shall cause the Surviving LLC to maintain in effect claims made liability insurance policies set forth on Schedule 5.7 of the Company Disclosure Schedules with the insurance provider of the Surviving LLC’s choice (or, at the Surviving LLC’s option, a “tail” insurance policy) covering those Persons covered by such claims made liability insurance policies maintained by the Company as of the date hereof for any actions taken by them or omissions by them on or before the Closing Date with the same coverage maintained by the Company as of the date hereof; provided , that in no event will Surviving LLC be required to expend in the aggregate amounts in any year in excess of 110% of the amount of the last annual premium for such claims made liability insurance policies (in which event, Parent shall purchase the greatest coverage available for such amount).”

 

3


7. Section 5.22 of the Merger Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“Section 5.22 FINRA Settlement Finalized . The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause FSC to, as soon as reasonably possible and in any event prior to the Closing Date, enter into a FINRA Settlement with FINRA that resolves the auction rate securities investigation by FINRA of FSC pursuant to the submission (which FINRA shall have formally accepted in writing) of a Letter of Acceptance Waiver and Consent with terms that are reasonably satisfactory to Parent.”

8. Section 7.8 of the Merger Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“Section 7.8 FINRA Settlement Finalized . The Company shall have entered into a FINRA Settlement with FINRA that resolves the auction rate securities investigation by FINRA of FSC pursuant to the submission (which FINRA shall have formally accepted in writing) of a Letter of Acceptance Waiver and Consent with terms that are reasonably satisfactory to Parent.”

9. Section 7.13 of the Merger Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“Section 7.13 ARS Portfolio Classification and Valuation . Parent shall have received assurance to its reasonable satisfaction that, upon transfer following the Merger of the ARS portfolio currently held by FSC and its Affiliates as well as the Repurchased FINRA Settlement ARS to Bank or its Affiliates, such ARS would be properly classified as securities “held to maturity.” As of Closing, FSC and any Affiliate that owns ARS shall have recorded on its financial books and records: (i) an aggregate value of the ARS portfolio held by FSC or such Affiliate as of the Closing Date equal to the Closing ARS Valuation and (ii) a loss equal to the difference between the face value of the Repurchased FINRA Settlement ARS and the Closing ARS Valuation.”

10. Except as modified by this Amendment, the Merger Agreement shall remain unmodified and is confirmed as being in full force and effect.

11. This Amendment may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original by the parties executing such counterpart, but all of which shall be considered one and the same instrument.

12. This Amendment shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas, regardless of the laws that might otherwise govern under applicable principles of conflicts of laws.

13. This Amendment shall bind and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Amendment has been duly executed by each of the parties hereto as of the date first written above.

 

FIRST SOUTHWEST HOLDINGS, INC.
By:   /s/ Hill A. Feinberg
  Hill A. Feinberg
  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Alan B. White
  Alan B. White
  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
PLAINSCAPITAL BANK
By:   /s/ Alan B. White
  Alan B. White
  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

HILL A. FEINBERG ,

as Stockholders ’ Representative

/s/ Hill A. Feinberg
Hill A. Feinberg

Signature Page to

First Amendment to Agreement and Plan of Merger

Exhibit 10.3

SECOND AMENDMENT TO

AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

This Second Amendment to Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “ Amendment ”), made and entered into as of December 29, 2008, amends that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among Plains Capital Corporation, a Texas corporation (“ Parent ”), PlainsCapital Bank, a Texas banking association (the “ Bank ”), First Southwest Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Hill A. Feinberg, as Stockholders’ Representative, dated as of November 7, 2008, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Agreement and Plan of Merger (collectively, the “ Merger Agreement ”). Any terms used but not defined where first used shall have the meanings set forth in the Merger Agreement.

RECITALS

A. The parties hereto have entered into the Merger Agreement governing the merger of the Company with and into FSWH Acquisition LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and a wholly-owned direct subsidiary of the Bank (“ Merger Sub ”).

B. The parties hereto desire to amend the Merger Agreement to, among other things: (i) amend the definition of “ Aggregate ARS Face Value ” found in Section 2.8(b) of the Merger Agreement because FSC and its Affiliates tendered a portion of the ARS for purchase and no longer own $236 million of ARS; (ii) amend Section 2.8(d) of the Merger Agreement so that the Stockholders’ Representative may be reimbursed for his reasonable and necessary expenses in such capacity out of the Escrowed Dividends otherwise payable to the Company Stockholders on the Earnout Distribution Date; (iii) amend Section 4.2 of the Merger Agreement to add the Merger Sub to the representation regarding authority; (iv) amend Section 5.11 of the Merger Agreement, pursuant to which Parent is currently required to increase the size of its Board of Directors by three (3) members and appoint or elect Hill A. Feinberg, David Medanich, and Michael Bartolotta to the Parent’s Board of Directors; (v) amend Section 5.20 of the Merger Agreement to reflect that the Merger Sub has been formed; (vi) amend Section 7.6(c) of the Merger Agreement to reflect that the Registration Rights Agreement will be signed by the Stockholders’ Representative on behalf of the Company Stockholders; and (vii) join the Merger Sub as a party to the Merger Agreement.

AGREEMENT

In consideration of the mutual covenants, representations, warranties and agreements contained in this Amendment and the Merger Agreement, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Section 2.8(b) of the Merger Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“(b) Subject to Section 2.8 hereof, upon the last day of the forty-ninth (49th) month following the Closing Date (the “Earnout Distribution Date” ), each Company Stockholder (other than Company Stockholders who properly exercised appraisal rights


pursuant to Section 262 in connection with the Merger, which such Company Stockholders shall have the rights as provided in Section 2.7(g) ) shall receive from Parent that number of shares of Parent Common Stock equal to the difference between: (i) the product of multiplying (x) the Escrowed Earnout Shares by (y) such holder’s Pro Rata Percentage by (z) the applicable “ Distribution Percentage of Escrowed Earnout Shares ” set forth in the far right column of the table set forth in Exhibit B attached hereto (the “ Earnout Calculation Table ”) less (ii) the product of multiplying (y) the ARS Loss Share Equivalent by (z) such holder’s Pro Rata Percentage less (iii) the product of multiplying (y) the Municipal Derivative Litigation Liabilities Share Equivalent by (z) such holder’s Pro Rata Percentage less (iv) the product of multiplying (y) the Excess Dividend Share Equivalent by (z) such holder’s Pro Rata Percentage. The applicable Distribution Percentage of Escrowed Earnout Shares shall be the percentage that the Aggregate ARS Market Value (as defined below), represents of the Aggregate ARS Face Value (as defined below). For purposes of this Agreement, “ Aggregate ARS Market Value ” shall mean the aggregate value (following deduction of reasonable expenses associated with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the following (A) and (B)) of the ARS as follows: (A) if all or a portion of the ARS are sold prior to the last day of the forty-eighth (48th) month immediately following the Closing Date (the “ Earnout Calculation Date ”), the sum of: (i) the aggregate actual sales price of any ARS sold between the date of signing this Agreement and the Earnout Calculation Date, net of any commissions related to such sale, and (ii) the aggregate value of the ARS not so sold when marked-to-market in accordance with GAAP as of the Earnout Calculation Date utilizing the same valuation standards and principles used in the Duff & Phelps Opinion, or (B) if none of the ARS are sold between the date of signing this Agreement and the Earnout Calculation Date, the aggregate value of the ARS when marked-to-market in accordance with GAAP as of the Earnout Calculation Date utilizing the same valuation standards and principles used in the Duff & Phelps Opinion. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Aggregate ARS Face Value ” shall mean the sum of: (i) the face amount of the ARS owned by FSC and its Affiliates as of Closing and (ii) the face amount of the Repurchased FINRA Settlement ARS. Any Escrowed Earnout Shares that are not distributed on the Earnout Distribution Date pursuant to this Section 2.8 shall no longer be outstanding and shall be cancelled (“ Cancelled Escrowed Earnout Shares ”). Any dividends declared with respect to such Cancelled Escrowed Earnout Shares, including any interest earned thereon, shall be repaid by the Escrow Agent to Parent on the Earnout Distribution Date as the Excess Dividend Amount as provided in this Section 2.8(b) and Section 2.8(d) .”

2. Section 2.8(d) of the Merger Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“(d) The Company Stockholders shall be treated during the term of the Escrow Agreement as the owner of the Escrowed Earnout Shares for Tax purposes. The Company Stockholders shall be responsible for any Taxes related to the Escrowed Earnout Shares and the income and earnings thereon. Subject to Section 2.8(b) , during the period beginning on the day immediately after the Closing Date and ending on the Earnout Distribution Date, each Company Stockholder shall, as record holder of the Escrowed Earnout Shares, have the right to vote such shares and the right to receive forty

 

2


percent (40%) of any dividends distributed thereon. The remaining sixty percent (60%) of any dividends paid with respect to the Escrowed Earnout Shares shall be deposited with the Escrow Agent and distributed to Company Stockholders in their Pro Rata Percentage on the Earnout Distribution Date in accordance with Section 2.8(b) hereof less (i) any Excess Dividend Amount less (ii) any ARS Losses less (iii) any Municipal Derivatives Litigation Liabilities less (iv) any amount distributed to the Stockholders’ Representative as reimbursement for reasonable expenses incurred by the Stockholders’ Representative in connection with the performance of his duties as such under this Agreement. On the Earnout Distribution Date, any cash balance not distributed to Company Stockholders pursuant to this Section 2.8(d) , including any interest earned on the dividends, shall be paid by the Escrow Agent to Parent to reimburse Parent for any Excess Dividend Amount, ARS Losses, or Municipal Derivatives Litigation Liabilities.”

3. Section 4.2 of the Merger Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“Section 4.2 Authority . Both Parent and Merger Sub have all requisite corporate power, authority and legal capacity to execute and deliver this Agreement and each Related Agreement to which it is a party, to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder and upon receipt of all Regulatory Approvals to consummate the Contemplated Transactions, including the Merger. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and each Related Agreement to which Parent or Merger Sub is a party, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, have been duly authorized and approved by all required action on the part of Parent and Merger Sub, as applicable. This Agreement has been, and each Related Agreement to which Parent or Merger Sub is a party will be at or prior to the Closing, duly and validly executed and delivered by Parent or Merger Sub and (assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the other parties hereto and thereto), this Agreement constitutes, and each such Related Agreement when so executed and delivered will constitute, legal, valid and binding obligations of Parent and Merger Sub, enforceable against Parent and Merger Sub in accordance with their respective terms, subject only to the effect, if any, of (i) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or other similar Laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and (ii) rules of Law governing specific performance, injunctive relief and other equitable remedies

4. Section 5.11 of the Merger Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“Section 5.11 Directors and Managers of Parent and Surviving LLC After Closing . Parent shall take all necessary action so that, as of the Effective Time: (a) the number of directors that shall constitute the full board of directors of Parent is increased by two (2) from the number of directors serving on the Board of Directors of Parent immediately prior to the Effective Time; (b) Hill A. Feinberg and Michael Bartolotta shall each be elected or appointed to serve as a member of the Board of Directors of Parent in accordance with the Parent Charter and the Parent Bylaws for three (3) consecutive one-year terms; (c) David Medanich shall be elected or appointed to serve as an advisory member of the Board of Directors of Parent in accordance with the Parent Charter and the

 

3


Parent Bylaws until the next annual meeting of the shareholders of the Parent; (d) Hill A. Feinberg shall be elected or appointed to serve as a member of the Executive Committee of the Board of Managers of the Surviving LLC in accordance with the certificate of formation and limited liability company agreement of the Surviving LLC; (e) Alan B. White, De Pierce and Jerry Schaffner shall each be elected or appointed to serve as a member of the Board of Managers of the Surviving LLC in accordance with the certificate of formation and limited liability company agreement of the Surviving LLC; and (f) Alan B. White shall be elected or appointed to serve as a member of the Executive Committee of the Board of Managers of the Surviving LLC in accordance with the certificate of formation and limited liability company agreement of the Surviving LLC. Parent shall take all necessary action so that, as of the next annual meeting of the shareholders of the Parent: (a) the number of directors that shall constitute the full board of directors of Parent is increased by one (1) from the number of directors serving on the Board of Directors of Parent immediately following the Effective Time and (b) David Medanich shall be elected or appointed to serve as a member of the Board of Directors of Parent in accordance with the Parent Charter and the Parent Bylaws for three (3) consecutive one-year terms.”

5. Section 5.20 of the Merger Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“Section 5.20 Formation of Merger Sub . The Bank has caused Merger Sub to be duly organized as a wholly-owned direct Subsidiary of the Bank pursuant to the Certificate of Formation and the Limited Liability Company Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit D and Exhibit E , and has caused Merger Sub a party to become a party to the Agreement and assume all of the Bank’s rights and obligations under the Agreement. In addition, prior to the Closing Date, the Bank shall cause the Board of Managers and the sole member of Merger Sub to approve the Merger and the consummation of the transactions described in this Agreement and shall cause the Contemplated Transactions to be authorized and approved by all necessary action on the part of Merger Sub.”

6. Section 7.6(c) of the Merger Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“(c) A registration rights agreement, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Parent (the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”), duly executed by the Stockholders’ Representative on behalf of each of the Company Stockholders;”

7. Merger Sub hereby agrees that upon execution of this Amendment it shall become a party to the Merger Agreement and shall assume and be fully bound by, and subject to, all of the rights and obligations, but not the representations and warranties, except as otherwise provided in this paragraph, of the Bank under the Merger Agreement and shall be deemed to be a party to the Merger Agreement for all purposes thereof. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Merger Sub shall be deemed a Parent Company for purposes of Sections 4.1(b) and 4.6 of the Merger Agreement.

 

4


8. Except as modified by this Amendment, the Merger Agreement shall remain unmodified and is confirmed as being in full force and effect.

9. This Amendment may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original by the parties executing such counterpart, but all of which shall be considered one and the same instrument.

10. This Amendment shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas, regardless of the laws that might otherwise govern under applicable principles of conflicts of laws.

11. This Amendment shall bind and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Amendment has been duly executed by each of the parties hereto as of the date first written above.

 

FIRST SOUTHWEST HOLDINGS, INC.
By:   /s/ Hill A. Feinberg
  Hill A. Feinberg
  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Alan B. White
  Alan B. White
  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
PLAINSCAPITAL BANK
By:   /s/ Alan B. White
  Alan B. White
  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
FSWH ACQUISITION LLC
By:   /s/ Alan B. White
  Alan B. White
  Manager

Signature Page to

Second Amendment to Agreement and Plan of Merger


HILL A. FEINBERG ,

as Stockholders’ Representative

/s/ Hill A. Feinberg
Hill A. Feinberg

Signature Page to

Second Amendment to Agreement and Plan of Merger

Exhibit 10.4

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This amended and restated Employment Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is dated as of January 1, 2009 and is entered into by and between Alan White (“ Executive ”) and PLAINSCAPITAL CORPORATION, a Texas corporation (“ PlainsCapital ”), on behalf of itself and all of its subsidiaries (collectively “ Employer ”). As an inducement to continuing to render services and superior performance to Employer, Executive and Employer agree as follows:

 

1. Employment . Upon the terms and subject to the conditions contained in this Agreement, Executive agrees to provide full-time services for Employer during the term of this Agreement. Executive agrees to devote his best efforts to the business of Employer, and shall perform his duties in a diligent, trustworthy and business-like manner, all for the purpose of advancing the business of Employer; provided that nothing herein shall prevent Executive from devoting such time to his personal investments or serving on the board of directors or trustees of any business corporation or charitable organization, or engaging in other charitable or community activities, so long as such service and activities do not materially interfere with the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder or otherwise conflict with Sections 13 through 15 hereof.

 

2. Duties . The duties of Executive shall be those duties which can reasonably be expected to be performed by a person with the title of Chief Executive Officer (“ CEO ”) of a major financial organization. Executive shall report directly to the board of directors of PlainsCapital (the “ Board ”).

 

3. Salary and Benefits .

 

  (a) Base Salary . Employer shall, during the term of this Agreement, pay Executive an annual base salary of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00). Such salary shall be paid in semi-monthly installments less applicable withholding and salary deductions. Base salary shall be reviewed and adjusted at least annually, but may not be reduced, except as otherwise provided by Section 17 hereof.

 

  (b) Bonus . Executive shall be eligible to receive an annual bonus for each year ending during the term of this Agreement as shall be determined by the Board. Executive’s bonus shall be paid on or before March 15 of the year following the year for which the bonus is payable”); provided , however , subject to Section 17 below, that annual bonus for any given year shall not be less than the average annual bonus paid to Executive, by Employer or its predecessor entity, in respect of the three (3) calendar years immediately preceding the year of such bonus. Executive’s bonus shall be paid on or before March 15 of the year following the year for which the bonus is payable.

 

  (c)

Restricted Stock Grant . As soon as administratively possible following the date of this Agreement, Executive shall receive a grant of fifty thousand (50,000) shares of restricted common stock of PlainsCapital (the “ Restricted Stock ”). The Restricted Stock shall be subject to the terms and conditions of a restricted stock

 

Employment Agreement

  Page 1 of 16 Pages


 

award agreement between Executive and PlainsCapital, which shall include, without limitation, the following terms: (i) vesting of the Restricted Stock equally over seven (7) years, beginning on the first anniversary of the date of grant (subject to early termination or forfeiture in accordance with the terms of the award agreement); (ii) immediate vesting of all unvested shares of Restricted Stock upon the occurrence of a “change in control” or an “initial public listing” (each as defined in the applicable award agreement); and (iii) in the event Executive violates any of the provisions of Section 13, 14, or 15 below, (x) immediate forfeiture of any unvested shares of Restricted Stock; (y) immediate forfeiture of any shares of Restricted Stock that vested within the 180-day period preceding such event that are still held by Executive; and (z) immediate payment by Executive to PlainsCapital of any gain that Executive realized on the sale of any vested shares of Restricted Stock that were sold by Executive within the 180-day period preceding or the one year period following the date of such violation. Executive agrees to execute any documents requested by PlainsCapital in connection with the grant of the Restricted Stock pursuant to this Section 3(c) .

 

  (d) Reimbursement of Expenses . Employer shall reimburse Executive for all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Executive in the course of his duties, in accordance with normal policies. Executive shall be required to submit to Employer appropriate documentation supporting such out-of-pocket expenses as a prerequisite to reimbursement in accordance with normal policies.

 

  (e) Executive Benefits . Executive shall be entitled to participate in the employee benefit programs generally available to employees of Employer and to all normal perquisites provided to senior executive officers of Employer.

 

  (f) Supplemental Pension Benefits . During the term of this Agreement, Executive shall continue participation in Employer’s Supplemental Executive Pension Plan, as amended (the “ SEPP ”), and Employer shall not amend the SEPP in a manner adverse to Executive without Executive’s prior written consent.

 

  (g) BOLI Agreement . During the term of this Agreement, Employer shall continue to maintain, honor its commitments under, and pay insurance premiums on, its bank owned life insurance (“ BOLI ”) policy with respect to Executive pursuant to the terms of the existing BOLI agreement with respect to Executive.

 

  (h) Country Club Membership . During the term of this Agreement and except as otherwise provided by Section 17 hereof, Employer shall continue to provide Executive with the country club membership benefits provided to Executive as of the date hereof. Additionally, following Executive’s Termination of Employment with Employer for any reason, Executive shall be entitled to purchase the country club membership currently owned by Employer for Executive’s benefit for an amount equal to the fair market value of such membership interest as of the effective date of such Termination of Employment, as determined by Employer and Executive in good faith.

 

Employment Agreement

  Page 2 of 16 Pages


  (i) Automobile Allowance . Subject to the provisions of Section 17 below, Employer shall provide Executive with an automobile allowance of Three Thousand Dollars ($3,000.00) per month to cover the monthly costs associated with the leasing or purchasing of an automobile (including, without limitation, gas, insurance, registration, repairs and maintenance expenses).

 

  (j) Use of Employer’s Aircraft . During the term of this Agreement and except as otherwise provided by Section 17 hereof, Employer shall continue to make its corporate aircraft available to Executive for his use, under terms and conditions consistent with Employer’s past practices.

 

  (k) Benefits Not in Lieu of Compensation . No benefit or perquisite provided to Executive shall be deemed to be in lieu of base salary or other compensation.

 

4.

Term of Agreement . This Agreement shall become effective and binding immediately upon its execution and shall remain in effect until December 31, 2011 or until later termination if this Agreement is renewed under this Section 4 . On January 1, 2012, this Agreement shall be automatically renewed for an additional three year term unless either Employer or Executive provides written notice of election not to renew at least 180 days before such January 1 st renewal date. If this Agreement is so renewed thereafter, on each successive third anniversary of the renewal date, this Agreement shall be automatically renewed for an additional three year term unless either Employer or Executive provides written notice of election not to renew at least 180 days before such applicable renewal date. It is the intent of the parties hereto that certain provisions of this Agreement, such as Sections 5(a)(ii), 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15 and 16 , by their terms shall survive and remain effective after the termination of this Agreement.

 

5. General Termination Provisions . Except as otherwise provided by Section 17 , if Executive has a Termination of Employment during the term of this Agreement, other than under the provisions of Section 6 , then upon such Termination of Employment, and conditioned upon Executive’s execution of a release, in a form provided by Employer, within the forty-five (45) days following such Termination of Employment, Employer will be liable to Executive for all payments (if any) as described in Section 5 , as follows:

 

  (a) Termination by Employer . Employer may terminate Executive’s employment and this Agreement under this Section 5 only upon the occurrence of one or more of the following events and under the conditions described below.

 

  (i) Termination For Cause . Employer may discharge Executive for Cause, and, upon such Termination of Employment, this Agreement shall terminate immediately and Executive shall be entitled to receive:

 

  (A) Executive’s base salary through the effective date of such Termination of Employment at the annual rate in effect at the time Notice of Termination is given, payable within ten (10) business days after the effective date of such Termination of Employment;

 

Employment Agreement

  Page 3 of 16 Pages


  (B) any annual bonus earned as defined in the Bonus Plan but unpaid as of the effective date of such Termination of Employment for any previously completed fiscal year, payable within ten (10) business days after the effective date of such Termination of Employment;

 

  (C) all earned and unpaid and/or vested, nonforfeitable amounts owing or accrued at the effective date of such Termination of Employment under any compensation and benefit plans, programs, and arrangements of Employer and its affiliates in which Executive theretofore participated, payable in accordance with the terms and conditions of the plans, programs, and arrangements (and agreements and documents thereunder) pursuant to which such compensation and benefits were granted or accrued; and

 

  (D) reimbursement for any unreimbursed business expenses properly incurred by Executive in accordance with Employer policy prior to the effective date of such Termination of Employment (collectively, (A) through (D) above shall be the “ Accrued Amounts ”).

 

  (ii) Termination Without Cause or Upon Termination After Non-Renewal . If Employer shall discharge Executive without Cause (other than pursuant to a Change in Control as described in Section 6 ) or if Employer shall give Executive notice of its intention to not renew this Agreement pursuant to Section 4 and within ninety (90) days after termination of this Agreement terminate Executive without Cause, then upon such Termination of Employment, this Agreement shall terminate immediately, if it has not already terminated, and conditioned upon Executive’s execution of a release in a form provided by Employer within forty-five (45) days following such Termination of Employment, and Executive shall be entitled to receive:

 

  (A) the Accrued Amounts; and

 

  (B)

a cash amount equal to three (3) times the sum of (i) the annual base salary rate of Executive immediately prior to the effective date of such Termination of Employment, and (ii) the average bonus paid to Executive in respect of the three calendar years immediately preceding the year of Termination of Employment, payable in thirty-six (36) equal monthly installments (without interest) beginning on the first day of the month following the effective date of such Termination of Employment. In addition,

 

Employment Agreement

  Page 4 of 16 Pages


 

Executive shall be entitled to the benefits provided hereafter in Section 6(iii), (iv) and (vi) . Each payment made in accordance with this Section 5(a)(ii )(B) shall be treated as a separate payment for purposes of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), to the extent Section 409A of the Code applies to such payments.

 

  (iii) Termination Because of Death or Disability . In the event of Executive’s death or disability (within the meaning of Employer’s disability policy that is in effect at the time of disability), upon such Termination of Employment, this Agreement shall terminate immediately and Executive (or his estate) shall be entitled to receive the Accrued Amounts plus the benefits provided hereafter in Section 6(iii) .

 

  (b) Termination by Executive . Executive may voluntarily terminate this Agreement at any time following its execution. If Executive shall voluntarily terminate his employment for other than Good Reason, this Agreement shall terminate immediately and Executive shall be entitled to receive the Accrued Amounts. If Executive shall terminate his employment for Good Reason (other than pursuant to a Change in Control as described in Section 6 ) then upon such Termination of Employment, this Agreement shall terminate immediately and Executive shall be entitled to receive the same amounts and benefits as if he had been discharged without Cause by Employer pursuant to Section 5(a)(ii) .

 

6. Termination Upon Change in Control . Upon (a) the discharge of Executive by Employer without Cause within the twenty-four (24) months immediately following, or the six (6) months immediately preceding, a Change in Control; or (b) Executive’s voluntary Termination of Employment for Good Reason within the twenty-four (24) months immediately following, or the six (6) months immediately preceding, a Change in Control; or (c) Executive’s voluntary Termination of Employment for any reason other than Good Reason within the six (6) months immediately following a Change in Control, then upon such Termination of Employment, this Agreement shall terminate immediately, and conditioned upon Executive’s execution of a release (in a form provided by Employer) within forty-five (45) days following such Termination of Employment, Executive shall be entitled to receive (except as otherwise provided by Section 17 hereof):

 

  (i) the Accrued Amounts;

 

  (ii)

a cash lump sum amount equal to three (3) times the sum of Executive’s (A) annual rate of salary in effect immediately prior to the effective date of such Termination of Employment or, if higher, the annual rate in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control and (B) annual bonus paid or payable with respect to the calendar year prior to the calendar year in which the effective date of such Termination of Employment occurs or, if higher, the average annual bonus paid or payable to Executive for the

 

Employment Agreement

  Page 5 of 16 Pages


 

three (3) calendar years preceding the calendar year in which the effective date of such Termination of Employment occurs (such higher bonus amount, the “ Annual Bonus Amount ”), payable within ten (10) business days after the effective date of such Termination of Employment (or, if later, the effective date of the Change in Control);

 

  (iii) a cash lump sum amount equal to (A) Executive’s Annual Bonus Amount, multiplied by (B) a fraction, the numerator of which shall equal the number of days Executive was employed by Employer during the year in which the effective date of such Termination of Employment occurs, and the denominator of which shall equal 365, payable within ten (10) business days after the effective date of such Termination of Employment;

 

  (iv) for the period beginning on the effective date of such Termination of Employment and ending on the earlier of (A) the second anniversary of such date or (B) the first day of Executive’s eligibility to participate in comparable Welfare Plans maintained by a subsequent employer, Employer shall pay for and provide Executive and Executive’s dependents with the same Welfare Plan coverage to which Executive would have been entitled had Executive remained continuously employed by Employer during such period. In the event that Executive is ineligible under the terms of Employer’s Welfare Plans to continue to be so covered, Employer shall provide Executive with substantially equivalent coverage through other sources or will provide Executive with a lump sum payment within ten (10) business days after the effective date of such Termination of Employment in such amount that, after all income and employment taxes on that amount, shall be equal to the cost to Executive of obtaining such Welfare Plan benefit coverage. To the extent any such benefits are otherwise taxable to Executive, such benefits shall for purposes of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, (the “ Code ”) and the regulations and other guidance issued thereunder (“ Section 409A ”) be provided as separate monthly in-kind payments of those benefits, and to the extent those benefits are subject to and not otherwise excepted from Section 409A, the provision of in-kind benefits during one calendar year shall not affect the in-kind benefits to be provided in any other calendar year;

 

  (v) continuation of the average auto allowance received by Executive during the twelve (12) month period preceding the effective date of such Termination of Employment until the earlier of two (2) years following the effective date of such Termination of Employment of Executive or until Executive receives an auto allowance from another employer. Each payment of the auto allowance under this Section 6(v) , for purposes of Section 409A, shall be provided as a separate monthly in-kind payment, and the provision of the auto allowance during one calendar year shall not affect the payment of the auto-allowance to be provided in any other calendar year;

 

Employment Agreement

  Page 6 of 16 Pages


  (vi) full vesting of all outstanding stock options then held by Executive, with payment equal to the then difference between the option price and the current fair market value of the stock as of the effective date of such Termination of Employment in lieu of the right to exercise such options; and

 

  (vii) the Gross-Up Payment described in Schedule A hereto, in the event that Executive receives any payments from Employer (including pursuant to any stock option or equity awards) or its affiliates that are subject to tax under Section 4999 of the Code.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any amounts payable to Executive pursuant to this Section 6 shall be reduced by any amounts previously received by Executive pursuant to Section 5 above. To the extent Executive is receiving payments pursuant to Section 5 above at the time of a Change in Control, no additional amounts shall be payable under Section 5 above, and any payment to Executive pursuant to this Section 6 shall be treated as a permissible acceleration of all remaining payments under Section 5 in accordance with Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(j).

 

7. Definitions .

 

  (a) Termination For Cause . Cause ” for termination shall mean that, prior to any termination pursuant to Section 5(a)(i) hereof, Executive shall have committed or caused:

 

  (i) an intentional act of fraud, embezzlement or theft in connection with his duties or in the course of his employment with Employer;

 

  (ii) intentional wrongful damage to property of Employer;

 

  (iii) intentional wrongful disclosure of trade secrets or confidential information of Employer;

 

  (iv) intentional violation of any law, rule or regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses) or final Cease and Desist Order;

 

  (v) intentional breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit; or

 

  (vi) intentional action or inaction which causes material economic harm to Employer;

 

Employment Agreement

  Page 7 of 16 Pages


provided, however, that none of the actions described in clauses (i) through (vi) above shall constitute grounds for a “Cause” termination unless any such act or actions shall have been determined by the Board to have been materially harmful to Employer. For the purposes of this Agreement, no act or failure to act on the part of Executive shall be deemed “intentional” unless done or omitted to be done by Executive not in good faith and without reasonable belief that his action or omission was in the best interest of Employer.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall not be deemed to have been terminated for “Cause” hereunder unless and until there shall have been delivered to Executive a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than three-quarters (3/4) of the Directors then in office at a meeting of the Directors called and held for such purpose (after reasonable notice to Executive and an opportunity for Executive, together with his counsel, to be heard before the Directors), finding that in the good faith opinion of the Directors, Executive had committed an act set forth above in this Section 7(a) and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.

 

  (b) Change in Control . A “ Change in Control ” means and shall be deemed to have occurred for purposes of this Agreement if and when any of the following occur:

 

  (i) PlainsCapital is merged or consolidated or reorganized into or with another corporation or other legal person and as a result of such merger, consolidation or reorganization less than fifty-one percent (51%) of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding securities of such corporation or person immediately after such transaction are held in the aggregate by the holders of voting securities of Employer immediately prior to such transaction;

 

  (ii) PlainsCapital sells all or substantially all of its assets to any other corporation or other legal person, with the exception that it will not be deemed to be a Change in Control if PlainsCapital sells assets to an entity that, immediately prior to such sale, held fifty-one percent (51%) of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities in common with PlainsCapital;

 

  (iii) During any period of two (2) consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of any such period constitute the Directors of PlainsCapital cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof unless the election or the nomination for election by PlainsCapital’s shareholders, of each Director of PlainsCapital first elected during such period was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the Directors of PlainsCapital then still in office who were Directors of PlainsCapital at the beginning of any such period; or

 

  (iv) any “person” or “group” (as defined in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the voting stock of PlainsCapital (or any entity which controls PlainsCapital), including by way of merger, consolidation, tender or exchange offer or otherwise.

 

Employment Agreement

  Page 8 of 16 Pages


Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, none of the events described in this Section 7(b) shall constitute a “Change in Control” unless such event constitutes a “change in control event” under Section 409A.

 

  (c) Good Reason . “Good Reason” shall mean:

 

  (i) Without his express written consent, the assignment to Executive of any duties materially inconsistent with his positions, duties, responsibilities and status with Employer as of the beginning of the current term or a significant material diminishment in his titles or offices as in effect at the beginning of the current term, or any removal of Executive from or any failures to re-elect Executive to any of such positions, except in connection with the termination of his employment for Cause or as a result of his disability (within the meaning of Employer’s disability policy in effect at the time of the disability) or death, or termination by Executive other than for Good Reason;

 

  (ii) A significant and material adverse diminishment in the nature or scope of the authorities, powers, functions or duties attached to the position with which Executive had immediately prior to the Change in Control or a reduction in Executive’s aggregate base salary, bonus and benefits from Employer without the prior written consent of Executive;

 

  (iii) Employer shall relocate its principal executive offices or require Executive to have as his principal location of work any location which is in excess of fifty (50) miles from the location thereof immediately prior to a Change in Control; or

 

  (iv) Any substantial and material breach of this Agreement by Employer.

With respect to any purported action (or failure to act) of Employer, Executive shall only have Good Reason to terminate his employment if he has provided to Employer a written notice describing what Executive believes is Good Reason within ninety (90) days of such purported action (or failure to act) of Employer and Employer has failed to cure such circumstance within thirty (30) days of receipt of said notice from Executive.

 

  (d) Welfare Plans . Welfare Plans ” shall mean Employer’s medical, dental, group life and long term disability plans.

 

  (e)

Notice of Termination . Notice of Termination ” shall mean a notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and

 

Employment Agreement

  Page 9 of 16 Pages


 

the termination date, and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for Termination of Employment under the provision so indicated. Any purported Termination of Employment by Employer or by Executive (other than due to Executive’s death) shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination to the other party hereto in accordance with Section 12 hereof.

 

  (f) Termination of Employment . “Termination of Employment” shall mean a “separation from service” as such term is defined in the regulations issued under Section 409A.

 

8. Governing Law . This Agreement is made and entered into in the State of Texas, and the laws of Texas shall govern its validity and interpretation in the performance by the parties of their respective duties and obligations.

 

9. Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties concerning the employment of Executive, supersedes all prior understandings and agreements between Executive and Employer regarding the subject matter herein, and there are no representations, warranties or commitments other than those in writing executed by all of the parties. This is an integrated agreement. This Agreement may not be altered, modified, or amended except by written instrument signed by the parties hereto. The failure of a party to insist upon strict adherence to any term of this Agreement on any occasion shall not be considered a waiver of such party’s rights or deprive such party of the right thereafter to insist upon strict adherence to that term or any other term of this Agreement.

 

10. Arbitration .

 

  (a) Executive and Employer acknowledge and agree that any claim or controversy arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the breach of this Agreement or any other dispute arising out of or relating to the employment of Executive by Employer, shall be settled by final and binding arbitration in the City of Dallas, Texas, in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association in effect on the date the claim or controversy arises.

 

  (b)

All claims or controversies subject to arbitration shall be submitted to arbitration within six (6) months from the date the written notice of a request for arbitration is effective. All claims or controversies shall be resolved by a panel of three (3) arbitrators who are licensed to practice law in the State of Texas and who are experienced in the arbitration of labor and employment disputes. These arbitrators shall be selected in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association in effect at the time the claim or controversy arises. Either party may request that the arbitration proceeding be stenographically recorded by a Certified Shorthand Reporter. The arbitrators shall issue a written decision with respect to all claims or controversies within thirty (30) days from the date the claims or controversies are submitted to

 

Employment Agreement

  Page 10 of 16 Pages


 

arbitration. The parties shall be entitled to be represented by legal counsel at any arbitration proceeding. Executive and Employer acknowledge and agree that each party will bear fifty percent (50%) of the cost of the arbitration proceeding. The parties shall be responsible for paying their own attorneys’ fees, if any.

 

  (c) Employer and Executive acknowledge and agree that the arbitration provisions in Sections 10(a) and 10(b) may be specifically enforced by either party and submission to arbitration proceedings compelled by any court of competent jurisdiction. Employer and Executive further acknowledge and agree that the decision of the arbitrators may be specifically enforced by either party in any court of competent jurisdiction.

 

  (d) Notwithstanding the arbitration provisions set forth above, Executive and Employer acknowledge and agree that nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to require the arbitration of any claim or controversy arising under the NON-DISCLOSURE, THE NON-INTERFERENCE, AND THE NON-COMPETITION provisions set forth at Sections 13 through 15 of this Agreement. These provisions shall be enforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction and shall not be subject to ARBITRATION pursuant to Sections 10(a)-(c) . Executive and Employer further acknowledge and agree that nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to require arbitration of any claim for workers’ compensation benefits (although any claims arising under Tex. Labor Code § 450.001 shall be subject to arbitration) or unemployment compensation.

 

11. Assistance in Litigation . Executive shall make himself available, upon the request of Employer, to testify or otherwise assist in litigation, arbitration or other disputes involving Employer, or any of its directors, officers, employees, subsidiaries or parent corporations, during the term of this Agreement and at any time following the termination of this Agreement. In the event that Executive is requested to make himself available pursuant to this Section 11 following his Termination of Employment with Employer, Employer shall pay Executive for his time spent on such matters at a per diem rate equal to 1/365 of his annual rate of base salary immediately prior to his Termination of Employment. Additionally, Employer will reimburse Executive for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including travel costs, lodging and meals) incurred in connection with Executive’s assistance provided hereunder.

 

12. Notice . Any notice or communication required or permitted to be given to the parties shall be delivered personally or sent by United States registered or certified mail, postage prepaid and return receipt requested, and addressed or delivered as follows, or to such other address as the party addressed may have substituted by notice pursuant to this Section. Any notice given pursuant to this Section 12 will be effective immediately upon delivery if delivered in person or three (3) days after mailing deposited in the United States addressed as set forth below:

 

  (a) If to Employer:

PlainsCapital Corporation

2911 Turtle Creek Blvd., Suite 700

Dallas, TX 75219

Attention: General Counsel

 

Employment Agreement

  Page 11 of 16 Pages


  (b) If to Executive:

Alan White

PlainsCapital Corporation

2911 Turtle Creek Blvd., Suite 700

Dallas, TX 75219

 

13. Non-Disclosure of Confidential Information . Employer agrees to provide Executive access to Employer’s Confidential Information, which information will be necessary to Executive’s performance of the duties and responsibilities contemplated herein. Executive acknowledges that such Confidential Information is a valuable asset of the Employer and must be protected. Executive agrees that during the term of this Agreement and thereafter, Executive will not disclose any Confidential Information or data concerning the business, such as, its plans, strategies, financial information or customers of Employer that will be disclosed to Executive or acquired by Executive in confidence at any time during the period of his employment.

 

  i. Upon termination, Executive will not remove physically, electronically or in any other way any Confidential Information from premises owned, used or leased by the Employer. Upon any termination of Executive’s employment, all Confidential Information (including all copies) will be turned over immediately to Executive’s supervisor or other designee at the Employer, and Executive shall retain no copies, summaries or notes thereof.

 

  ii. Executive agrees that, during the course of Executive’s employment with the Employer and after Executive ceases to be employed by Employer for any reason, Executive will not, directly or indirectly, for Executive’s own or another’s benefit, use, make known or divulge any Employer Confidential Information.

 

14. Non-Interference . Executive covenants and agrees that, for a period of thirty-six (36) months subsequent to the termination of this Agreement, whether such termination occurs at the insistence of Employer or Executive, Executive shall not recruit, hire or attempt to recruit or hire other employees, directly or by assisting other employees of Employer, nor shall Executive contact or communicate with any other employees of Employer for the purpose of inducing other employees to terminate their employment with Employer. For purposes of this covenant, “other employees” shall refer to employees who are still actively employed by or doing business with Employer at the time of the attempted recruiting or hiring.

 

Employment Agreement

  Page 12 of 16 Pages


15. Non-Competition . Ancillary to his promise to protect the Confidential Information of Employer, Executive agrees that during the Term of this Agreement, and for a period of three (3) years following his Termination of Employment and the termination of this Agreement, Executive shall not engage or invest in, own, manage, operate, finance, control, participate in the ownership, management, operation, financing or control of, be employed by, associated with or in any manner connected with, lend Executive’s name or any similar name to, lend Executive’s credit to or render services or advice to any business that provides services of investment banking, consumer banking, commercial banking, financial advisory services, mortgage banking, residential mortgage brokerage, commercial mortgage brokerage, equipment leasing, personal property leasing, personal insurance, commercial insurance, title insurance or other financial services of any type whatsoever anywhere within the state of Texas; provided, however, Executive may purchase or otherwise acquire up to (but not more than) one percent (1%) of any class of securities of any enterprise (but without participating in the activities of such enterprise) if such securities are listed on any national or regional securities exchange or have been registered under Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Executive further acknowledges that:

 

  (a) The services to be performed by Executive under this Agreement are of a special, unique, unusual, extraordinary and intellectual character;

 

  (b) Employer’s business is statewide in scope and its products and services are marketed throughout the state of Texas;

 

  (c) Employer competes with other businesses that are or could be located in any part of the state of Texas; and

 

  (d) The provisions of this Section 15 are reasonable and necessary to protect Employer’s business.

 

16. Injunctive Relief and Additional Remedy . Executive acknowledges that the injury suffered by Employer as a result of a breach of Sections 13, 14 or 15 of this Agreement would be irreparable and that an award of money damages to Employer for such a breach would be an inadequate remedy. Consequently, Employer shall have the right, in addition to any other rights it may have, to obtain relief to restrain any breach or threatened breach or otherwise to specifically enforce Sections 13, 14 and 15 of this Agreement, and Employer will not be obligated to post bond or other security in seeking such relief. Without limiting Employer’s rights under this Section 16 or any other remedies of Employer, if Executive breaches the provisions of Section 13, 14 or 15 , Employer shall have the right to cease making payments otherwise due to Executive under this Agreement.

 

Employment Agreement

  Page 13 of 16 Pages


17. Waiver Relating to Modification Upon Participation in the TARP . If at any time during the term of this Agreement, the United States Department of Treasury owns any debt or equity securities of PlainsCapital in connection with its participation in the United States Department of the Treasury’s TARP Capital Purchase Program, Employer may modify Executive’s compensation or benefits, including without limitation, the compensation and benefits described in Sections 3, 5, and 6 , to the extent such modifications are required to comply with the regulations issued by the Department of Treasury as published in the Federal Register on October 20, 2008, and Executive waives any claims he may have against the United States or Employer relating to or arising out of any such modifications. Executive agrees and understands that this Section 17 may require modification of the compensation, bonus, incentive and other benefit plans, arrangements, policies and agreements (including so called “golden parachute” agreements) that he has with Employer as they relate to the period the United States Department of Treasury holds any equity or debt securities of PlainsCapital acquired through the TARP Capital Purchase Program. The waiver described in this Section 17 includes all claims Executive may have under the laws of the United States or any state related to the requirements imposed by the aforementioned regulation, including without limitation a claim for any compensation or other payments Executive would receive, any challenge to the process by which the regulation was adopted and any tort or constitutional claim about the effect of these regulations on Executive’s employment relationship. The parties agree that any modifications made to Executive’s compensation and benefits pursuant to this Section 17 shall be of no further force or effect as of the date such modifications are no longer required for purposes of complying with the aforementioned regulations, and that Executive’s compensation and benefits shall be returned to the level of compensation and benefits as in effect immediately prior to the effective date of such modifications.

 

18. Binding Agreement and Successors . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Executive’s and Employer’s respective personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, assigns, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees. If Executive should die while any amounts would still be payable to him hereunder if he had continued to live, all such amounts, unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to his devisee, legatee or other designee, or, if there be no such designee, to his estate. In the event of a Change in Control, Employer shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of Employer, by agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Executive, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that Employer would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place.

 

19. No Mitigation of Amounts Payable Hereunder . Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment provided for in this Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise, nor shall the amount of any payment provided for in this Agreement be reduced by any compensation earned by Executive as the result of employment (not in violation of Section 15 of this Agreement) by another employer after the date of termination or otherwise.

 

Employment Agreement

  Page 14 of 16 Pages


20. Captions . The captions of this Agreement are inserted for convenience and are not part of the Agreement.

 

21. Severability . In case of any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any other respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement. This Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been a part of the Agreement and there shall be deemed substituted therefor such other provision as will most nearly accomplish the intent of the parties to the extent permitted by the applicable law.

 

22. Amendment . Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement may not be amended or modified at any time except by a written instrument approved by the Board, and executed by Employer and Executive. Any attempted amendment or modification without such approval and execution shall be null and void ab initio and of no effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 22 , the Board may change or modify this Agreement without Executive’s consent or signature if the Board determines, in its sole discretion, that such change or modification is necessary for purposes of compliance with or exemption from the requirements of Section 409A.

 

23. No Waiver . No waiver by either party at any time of any breach by the other party of, or compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by the other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at any time.

 

24. Survival of Provisions . The covenants and agreements of the parties set forth in Sections 8 through 19 are of a continuing nature and shall survive the expiration, termination or cancellation of this Agreement, regardless of the reason therefor.

 

25. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original.

 

26. Section 409A . In the event that it is reasonably determined by Employer or Executive that, as a result of Section 409A, any of the payments that Executive is entitled to under the terms of this Agreement or any nonqualified deferred compensation plan (as defined under Section 409A) may not be made at the time contemplated by the terms hereof or thereof, as the case may be, without causing Executive to be subject to an income tax penalty and interest, Employer will make such payment (with interest thereon) on the first day that would not result in Executive incurring any tax liability under Section 409A. In addition, other provisions of this Agreement or any other plan notwithstanding, Employer shall have no right to accelerate any such payment or to make any such payment as the result of an event if such payment would, as a result, be subject to the tax imposed by Section 409A.

 

Employment Agreement

  Page 15 of 16 Pages


Executive:  

/s/    Alan White

  Alan White
Date:   December 17, 2008
PLAINSCAPITAL CORPORATION
By:  

/s/    Michael Seger, M.D.

  Michael Seger, M.D.
Its:   Chairman, Executive Compensation Committee
Date:   December 17, 2008

 

Employment Agreement

  Page 16 of 16 Pages


SCHEDULE A

Certain Supplemental Payments by Employer

Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Amended and Restated Employment Agreement (the “ Agreement ”), of which this Schedule A is a part.

1. If it shall be determined that any amount, right or benefit paid, distributed or treated as paid or distributed by Employer or any of its affiliates to or for Executive’s benefit (other than any amounts payable pursuant to this Schedule A) (a “ Payment ”) would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, or any interest or penalties are incurred by Executive with respect to such excise tax (such excise tax, together with any such interest and penalties, collectively, the “ Excise Tax ”), then Executive shall be entitled to receive an additional payment (a “ Gross-Up Payment ”) in an amount equal to the amount necessary such that after payment by Executive of all federal, state and local taxes (including any interest or penalties imposed with respect to such taxes), including, without limitation, any income taxes (and any interest and penalties imposed with respect thereto) and Excise Tax imposed upon the Gross-Up Payment, Executive retains an amount of the Gross-Up Payment equal to the Excise Tax imposed upon the Payments.

2. All determinations required to be made under this Schedule A, including whether and when a Gross-Up Payment is required, the amount of such Gross-Up Payment and the assumptions to be utilized in arriving at such determination, shall be made by an independent public accounting firm (the “ Accounting Firm ”). The Accounting Firm shall provide detailed supporting calculations to both Employer and Executive within fifteen (15) business days of the receipt of notice from Executive or Employer that there has been a Payment, or such earlier time as is requested by Employer. All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be paid by Employer. Any Gross-Up Payment, as determined pursuant to this Schedule A, shall be paid by Employer to Executive (or to the Internal Revenue Service or other applicable taxing authority on Executive’s behalf) within five (5) days of the receipt of the Accounting Firm’s determination. All determinations made by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon Employer and Executive; provided that following any payment of a Gross-Up Payment to Executive (or to the Internal Revenue Service or other applicable taxing authority on Executive’s behalf), Employer may require Executive to sue for a refund of all or any portion of the Excise Taxes paid on Executive’s behalf, in which event the provisions of paragraph (3) below shall apply. As a result of uncertainty regarding the application of Section 4999 of the Code hereunder, it is possible that the Internal Revenue Service may assert that Excise Taxes are due that were not included in the Accounting Firm’s calculation of the Gross-Up Payments (an “ Underpayment ”). In the event that Employer exhausts its remedies pursuant to this Schedule A and Executive thereafter is required to make a payment of any Excise Tax, the Accounting Firm shall determine the amount of the Underpayment that has occurred and any additional Gross-Up Payments that are due as a result thereof shall be promptly paid by Employer to Executive (or to the Internal Revenue Service or other applicable taxing authority on Executive’s behalf).

 

Employment Agreement

  Page 1


3. Executive shall notify Employer in writing of any claim by the Internal Revenue Service that, if successful, would require the payment by Employer of the Gross-Up Payment. Such notification shall be given as soon as practicable but no later than ten (10) business days after Executive receives written notification of such claim and shall apprise Employer of the nature of such claim and the date on which such claim is requested to be paid. Executive shall not pay such claim prior to the expiration of the thirty (30) days period following the date on which it gives such notice to Employer (or such shorter period ending on the date that any payment of taxes with respect to such claim is due). If Employer notifies Executive in writing prior to the expiration of such period that it desires to contest such claim, Executive shall: (i) give Employer all information reasonably requested by Employer relating to such claim; (ii) take such action in connection with contesting such claim as Employer shall reasonably request in writing from time to time, including, without limitation, accepting legal representation with respect to such claim by an attorney reasonably selected by Employer and ceasing all efforts to contest such claim; (iii) cooperate with Employer in good faith in order to effectively contest such claim; and (iv) permit Employer to participate in any proceeding relating to such claim; provided , however , that Employer shall bear and pay directly all reasonable costs and expenses (including additional interest and penalties) incurred in connection with such contest and shall indemnify and hold Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, from any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest and penalties with respect thereto) imposed as a result of such representation and payment of costs and expense. Without limiting the foregoing provisions of this Schedule A, Employer shall control all proceedings taken in connection with such contest and, at its sole option, may pursue or forego any and all administrative appeals, proceedings, hearings and conferences with the taxing authority in respect of such claim and may, at its sole option, either direct Executive to pay the tax claimed and sue for a refund or contest the claim in any permissible manner, and Executive agrees to prosecute such contest to a determination before any administrative tribunal, in a court of initial jurisdiction and in one or more appellate courts, as Employer shall determine and direct; provided , however , that if Employer directs Executive to pay such claim and sue for a refund, Employer shall, to the extent permitted by law, advance the amount of such payment to Executive, on an interest-free basis, and shall indemnify and hold Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, from any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest or penalties with respect thereto) imposed with respect to such advance or with respect to any imputed income with respect to such advance; and further provided that any extension of the statute of limitations relating to payment of taxes for Executive’s taxable year with respect to which such contested amount is claimed to be due is limited solely to such contested amount. Furthermore, Employer’s control of the contest shall be limited to issues with respect to which a Gross-Up Payment would be payable hereunder and Executive shall be entitled to settle or contest, as the case may be, any other issue raised by the Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authority.

4. If, after Executive’s receipt of an amount advanced by Employer pursuant to this Schedule A, Executive becomes entitled to receive any refund with respect to such claim, Executive shall promptly pay to Employer the amount of such refund (together with any interest paid or credited thereon after taxes applicable thereto). If, after Executive’s receipt of an amount advanced by Employer pursuant to this Schedule A, a determination is made that Executive shall not be entitled to any refund with respect to such claim and Employer does not notify Executive in writing of its intent to contest such denial of refund prior to the expiration of thirty (30) days

 

Employment Agreement

  Page 2


after Employer’s receipt of notice of such determination, then such advance shall be forgiven and shall not be required to be repaid and the amount of such advance shall offset, to the extent thereof, the amount of Gross-Up Payment required to be paid.

5. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in no event shall any payment be made pursuant to this Schedule A after the end of Executive’s taxable year next following Executive’s taxable year in which the Executive remits any related taxes to the IRS.

 

Employment Agreement

  Page 3

Exhibit 10.5

FIRST AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”) is made and entered into as of March 2, 2009, by and between PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION, a Texas corporation (the “ Company ”), on behalf of itself and all of its subsidiaries (collectively “ Employer ”) and ALAN WHITE (“ Executive ”) for purposes of amending that certain Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated as of January 1, 2009, by and between the Company and Executive (the “ Agreement ”). Terms used in this Amendment with initial capital letters that are not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement.

WHEREAS, effective December 31, 2008, the Company became subject to the requirement to register its securities pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “ Exchange Act ”); and

WHEREAS, the parties desire to amend the Agreement to comply with the provisions of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), and the regulations and other guidance issued thereunder (“ Section 409A ”) that apply to Executive now that Employer is subject to the Exchange Act; and

WHEREAS, the parties desire to further amend the Agreement in order to ensure compliance with the interim final rules issued by the Department of Treasury on October 20, 2008 and January 16, 2009, which provide further guidance on the executive compensation provisions applicable to participants in the Troubled Asset Relief Program Capital Purchase Program;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises, conditions and covenants contained herein and in the Agreement, and other good and valuable consideration, the adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1. Section 2 of the Agreement is amended by adding the following new sentence to the end of said Section:

Executive has received and is familiar with Employer’s ethics and insider trading policies and procedures, and understands and agrees his duties include compliance with such policies and procedures, as amended from time to time.

2. Section 3(b) of the Agreement is amended by deleting said Section in its entirety and substituting in lieu thereof the following:

Bonus . Subject to Section 17 below, Executive shall be eligible to receive an annual bonus for each year ending during the term of this Agreement as shall be determined by the Board of Directors of Employer (the “ Board ”). Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence and subject to Section 17 below, the annual bonus for any given year shall not be less than the average annual bonus paid to Executive, by Employer or its predecessor entity, in respect of the three (3) calendar years immediately preceding the year of such bonus (the “ Guaranteed Bonus ”). The Guaranteed Bonus shall not be considered to be a bonus or incentive compensation arrangement for purposes of Section 111(b) of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (“ EESA ”). Any portion of the bonus provided in this Section 3(b) permitted by Section 17 that exceeds the Guaranteed Bonus shall be the “ Incentive Bonus .” The Incentive Bonus shall not be based upon performance criteria that would encourage Executive to take any unnecessary and excessive risks that threaten the value of Employer, and Employer expressly discourages Executive from taking such risks. Notwithstanding the foregoing, during any period that Employer is subject to Section 111(b)


of EESA: (1) in the event Employer (or the Compensation Committee of the Company) determines, in its sole discretion, that Executive has taken any unnecessary and excessive risks, Employer may reduce all or any portion of the Incentive Bonus to which Executive has obtained a legally binding right pursuant to this Section 3(b) ; and (2) in the event Employer (or the Compensation Committee of the Company) determines, in its sole discretion, that Executive has been paid or has obtained a legally binding right to an Incentive Bonus pursuant to this Section 3(b) that is based on materially inaccurate financial statements and any other materially inaccurate performance metric criteria, Executive must pay Employer an amount equal to such Incentive Bonus immediately after Executive receives notice of such misstatement (or forfeit receipt of such Incentive Bonus if the Incentive Bonus has not been paid). Any bonus payable under this Section 3(b) shall be paid on or before March 15 of the year following the year for which the bonus is payable.

3. Section 3(e) of the Agreement is amended by inserting in the first sentence the words “Subject to the provisions of Section 17 below,” immediately before the words “Executive shall be entitled to”.

4. Section 3(f) of the Agreement is amended by inserting in the first sentence the words “and except as otherwise provided by Section 17 below,” immediately after the words “During the term of this Agreement”.

5. Section 3(g) of the Agreement is amended by inserting in the first sentence the words “and except as otherwise provided by Section 17 below,” immediately after the words “During the term of this Agreement”.

6. Section 6(vi) of the Agreement is amended by inserting the words “the option to receive a cash” immediately before the words “payment equal to the then difference”.

7. Section 17 of the Agreement is amended by deleting said Section in its entirety and substituting in lieu thereof the following:

Waiver Relating to Modification Upon Participation in the TARP . If at any time during the term of this Agreement, the United States Department of Treasury owns any debt or equity securities of the Company in connection with the Company’s participation in the United States Department of the Treasury’s TARP Capital Purchase Program, Employer may modify Executive’s compensation or benefits, including without limitation, the compensation and benefits described in Sections 3, 5, and 6 , to the extent such modifications are required to comply with the regulations issued by the Department of Treasury in connection with the Treasury’s TARP Capital Purchase Program, and Executive waives any claims he may have against the United States or Employer relating to or arising out of any such modifications. Executive agrees and understands that this Section 17 may require modification of the compensation, bonus, incentive and other benefit plans, arrangements, policies and agreements (including so called “golden parachute” agreements) that he has with Employer as they relate to the period the United States Department of Treasury holds any equity or debt securities of the Company acquired through the TARP Capital Purchase Program (the “ TARP Period ”). The waiver described in this Section 17 includes all claims Executive may have under the laws of the United States or any state related to the requirements imposed by the aforementioned regulation, including without limitation a claim for any compensation or other payments Executive would receive, any challenge to the process by which the regulation was adopted and any tort or constitutional claim about the effect of these regulations on Executive’s employment relationship. The parties agree that any modifications made to Executive’s compensation and benefits pursuant to this Section 17 shall be of no further force or effect with respect to compensation and benefits earned after the date such

 

2


modifications are no longer required for purposes of complying with the aforementioned regulations, and that Executive’s compensation and benefits shall be returned to the level of compensation and benefits as in effect immediately prior to the effective date of such modifications; provided that, Executive shall not be entitled to receive any compensation and benefits that, but for the modifications required by this Section 17 , would have been paid during the TARP Period.

8. Section 22 of the Agreement is amended by deleting said Section in its entirety and substituting in lieu thereof the following:

Amendment . Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement may not be amended or modified at any time except by a written instrument approved by the Board, and executed by Employer and Executive. Any attempted amendment or modification without such approval and execution shall be null and void ab initio and of no effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 22 , the Board may change or modify this Agreement without Executive’s consent or signature if the Board determines, in its sole discretion, that such change or modification is required (a) for purposes of compliance with or exemption from the requirements of Section 409A, or (b) for purposes of compliance with EESA.

9. The following new Section 27 is added to the Agreement:

27. Six Month Delay . To the extent (i) any payments to which Executive becomes entitled under this Agreement, or any agreement or plan referenced herein, in connection with Executive’s Termination of Employment with Employer constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A; (ii) Executive is deemed at the time of his Termination of Employment to be a “specified employee” under Section 409A; and (iii) at the time of Executive’s Termination of Employment, Employer is publicly traded (as defined in Section 409A), then such payments (other than any payments permitted by Section 409A to be paid within six (6) months of Executive’s Termination of Employment) shall not be made until the earlier of (x) the first day of the seventh month following Executive’s Termination of Employment or (y) the date of Executive’s death following such Termination of Employment. During any period that payment or payments to Executive are deferred pursuant to the foregoing, Executive shall be entitled to interest on the deferred payment or payments at a per annum rate equal to Federal-Funds rate as published in The Wall Street Journal on the date of Executive’s Termination of Employment with Employer. Upon the expiration of the applicable deferral period, any payments which would have otherwise been made during that period (whether in a single sum or in installments) in the absence of this Section 27 (together with accrued interest thereon) shall be paid to Executive or Executive’s beneficiary in one lump sum.

10. All instances of the defined term “PlainsCapital” in the Agreement shall be replaced with the term “the Company”.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

3


ALAN WHITE
Executive:  

/s/    Alan B. White

Date: March 27, 2009

 

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION
By:  

/s/    Michael A. Seger

Its:   Chairman, PCC Compensation Committee
Date: March 27, 2009

 

4

Exhibit 10.6

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Employment Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is dated as of December 18, 2008 and is entered into by and among Hill A. Feinberg (“ Executive ”), FIRST SOUTHWEST HOLDINGS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, on behalf of itself and all of its subsidiaries (collectively, “ Employer ”) and PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION, a Texas corporation (“ Plains Capital ”). As an inducement to continuing to render services and superior performance to Employer, Executive, Employer and Plains Capital agree as follows:

 

1. Employment . Upon the terms and subject to the conditions contained in this Agreement, Executive agrees to provide full-time services for Employer during the term of this Agreement. Executive agrees to devote his best efforts to the business of Employer, and shall perform his duties in a diligent, trustworthy and business-like manner, all for the purpose of advancing the business of Employer; provided that nothing herein shall prevent Executive from devoting such time to his personal investments or serving on the board of directors or trustees of any business corporation or charitable organization, or engaging in other charitable or community activities, so long as such service and activities do not materially interfere with the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder or otherwise conflict with Sections 13 through 15 hereof.

 

2. Duties . The duties of Executive shall be those duties which can reasonably be expected to be performed by a person with the title of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of a major financial organization. Executive shall report directly to the Plains Capital Chairman and Chief Executive Officer (the “ Plains Capital CEO ”). Executive’s duties may, from time to time, be changed or modified at the discretion of the Plains Capital CEO so long as they remain consistent with those duties which can reasonably be expected to be performed by a person with the title of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of a major financial organization. In furtherance of the performance of such duties, the parties hereto agree that Executive will be based in the Dallas, Texas metropolitan area.

 

3. Salary and Benefits .

 

  (a) Base Salary . Employer shall, during the term of this Agreement, pay Executive an annual base salary of $240,000. Such salary shall be paid in semi-monthly installments less applicable withholding and salary deductions. Base salary shall be reviewed and adjusted at least annually, but may not be reduced, except as otherwise provided by Section 17 below.

 

  (b) Bonus . Beginning with year 2009, Executive shall be eligible to receive an annual bonus for each year ending during the term of this Agreement as shall be determined by the Board of Directors of Employer (the “ Board ”); provided , however , subject to Section 17 below, that annual bonus for any given year shall not be less than the average annual bonus paid to Executive, by Employer or its predecessor entity, in respect of the three (3) calendar years immediately preceding the year of such bonus Executive’s bonus shall be paid on or before March 15 of the year following the year for which the bonus is payable.

 

Employment Agreement

 


  (c) Restricted Stock Grant . As soon as administratively possible following the date of this Agreement, Executive shall receive a grant of twelve thousand (12,000) shares of restricted common stock of Plains Capital (the “ Restricted Stock ”). The Restricted Stock shall be subject to the terms and conditions of a restricted stock award agreement between Executive and Plains Capital, which shall include, without limitation, the following terms: (i) vesting of the Restricted Stock equally over seven (7) years, beginning on the first anniversary of the date of grant (subject to early termination or forfeiture in accordance with the terms of the award agreement); (ii) immediate vesting of all unvested shares of Restricted Stock upon the occurrence of a “change in control” or an “initial public listing” (each as defined in the applicable award agreement); and (iii) in the event Executive violates any of the provisions of Section 13, 14, or 15 below, (x) immediate forfeiture of any unvested shares of Restricted Stock; (y) immediate forfeiture of any shares of Restricted Stock that vested within the 180-day period preceding such event that are still held by Executive; and (z) immediate payment by Executive to Plains Capital of any gain that Executive realized on the sale of any vested shares of Restricted Stock that were sold by Executive within the 180-day period preceding or the one year period following the date of such violation. Executive agrees to execute any documents requested by Plains Capital in connection with the grant of the Restricted Stock pursuant to this Section 3(c) .

 

  (d) Reimbursement of Expenses .

Employer shall reimburse Executive for all out-of –pocket expenses incurred by Executive in the course of his duties, in accordance with normal policies. Executive shall be required to submit to Employer appropriate documentation supporting such out-of-pocket expenses as a prerequisite to reimbursement in accordance with normal policies.

 

  (e) Executive Benefits . Executive shall be entitled to participate in the employee benefit programs generally available to employees of Employer or Plains Capital and to all normal perquisites provided to similarly situated employees of Employer or Plains Capital.

 

  (f) Club Membership . During the term of this Agreement and except as otherwise provided by Section 17 below, Employer shall either provide Executive with reasonable access to a CEO-approved club for business use or Employer shall reimburse Executive for the reasonable dues and expenses associated with a CEO-approved club, provided Executive submits appropriate documentation supporting such dues and expenses to Employer in accordance with Employer’s normal policies.

 

  (g) Benefits Not in Lieu of Compensation . No benefit or perquisite provided to Executive shall be deemed to be in lieu of base salary or other compensation.

 

Employment Agreement

  Page 2


4. Term of Agreement . This Agreement shall become binding immediately upon its execution but shall not become effective until the date of closing of the merger between a wholly-owned subsidiary of Plains Capital and Employer, so long as that closing occurs on or before March 31, 2009 (the date of closing referred to hereinafter as the “ Effective Date ”), and shall remain in effect until the second anniversary of the Effective Date or until later termination if this Agreement is renewed under this Section 4 . If the closing does not occur by March 31, 2009, this Agreement shall be null and void. If this Agreement does become effective, on the second anniversary of the Effective Date, this Agreement shall be automatically renewed for an additional one year term unless either Employer or Executive provides written notice of election not to renew at least 90 days before such annual renewal date. If this Agreement is so renewed, thereafter, on each successive annual anniversary of the renewal date, this Agreement shall be automatically renewed for an additional one year term unless either Employer or Executive provides written notice of election not to renew at least 90 days before such applicable renewal date. It is the intent of the parties hereto that certain provisions of this Agreement, such as Sections 5(a)(ii), 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15 and 16 , by their terms shall survive and remain effective after the termination of this Agreement.

 

5. General Termination Provisions . Except as otherwise provided by Section 17 hereof, if Executive has a Termination of Employment during the term of this Agreement, other than under the provisions of Section 6 , then upon such Termination of Employment and conditioned upon Executive’s execution of a release in a form provided by Employer within forty-five (45) days following such Termination of Employment, Employer will be liable to Executive for all payments (if any) as described in Section 5 , as follows:

 

  (a) Termination by Employer . Employer may terminate Executive’s employment and this Agreement under this Section 5 only upon the occurrence of one or more of the following events and under the conditions described below.

 

  (i) Termination For Cause . Employer may discharge Executive for Cause, and, upon such Termination of Employment, this Agreement shall terminate immediately and Executive shall be entitled to receive:

 

  (A) Executive’s base salary through the effective date of such Termination of Employment at the annual rate in effect at the time Notice of Termination is given, payable within ten (10) business days after the effective date of such Termination of Employment;

 

  (B) any annual bonus fully earned as defined in the Bonus Plan but unpaid as of the effective date of such Termination of Employment for any previously completed fiscal year, payable within ten (10) business days after the effective date of such Termination of Employment;

 

  (C)

all earned and unpaid and/or vested, nonforfeitable amounts owing or accrued at the effective date of such Termination of Employment under any compensation and benefit plans, programs,

 

Employment Agreement

  Page 3


 

and arrangements of Employer and its affiliates in which Executive theretofore participated, payable in accordance with the terms and conditions of the plans, programs, and arrangements (and agreements and documents thereunder) pursuant to which such compensation and benefits were granted or accrued; and

 

  (D) reimbursement for any unreimbursed business expenses properly incurred by Executive in accordance with Employer policy prior to the effective date of such Termination of Employment (collectively, (A) through (D) above shall be the “ Accrued Amounts ”).

 

  (ii) Termination Without Cause or Upon Termination after Non-Renewal . If Employer shall discharge Executive without Cause (other than pursuant to a Change in Control as described in Section 6 ) or if Employer shall give Executive notice of its intention to not renew this Agreement pursuant to Section 4 and within ninety (90) days after termination of this Agreement terminate Executive without Cause, then upon such Termination of Employment, this Agreement shall terminate immediately, if it has not already terminated, and conditioned upon Executive’s execution of a release in a form provided by Employer within forty-five (45) days following such Termination of Employment, Executive shall be entitled to receive:

 

  (A) the Accrued Amounts; and

 

  (B) a cash amount equal to one (1) times the sum of (i) the annual base salary rate of Executive immediately prior to the effective date of such Termination of Employment, and (ii) the average annual bonus paid to Executive in respect of the three (3) calendar years immediately preceding the year of Termination of Employment, payable in a lump sum payment within sixty (60) days of the effective date of such Termination of Employment.

 

  (iii) Termination Because of Death or Disability . In the event of Executive’s death or disability (within the meaning of Employer’s disability policy that is in effect at the time of disability), upon such Termination of Employment, this Agreement shall terminate immediately and Executive (or his estate) shall be entitled to receive the Accrued Amounts.

 

  (b) Termination by Executive . Executive may voluntarily terminate this Agreement at any time following its execution. If Executive shall voluntarily terminate his employment for any reason, this Agreement shall terminate immediately and Executive shall be entitled to receive the Accrued Amounts.

 

Employment Agreement

  Page 4


6. Termination Upon Change in Control .

 

  (a) Upon (x) the discharge of Executive by Employer without Cause within the twenty-four (24) months immediately following, or the six (6) months immediately preceding, a Change in Control; or (y) Executive’s Termination of Employment for Good Reason within the twenty-four (24) months immediately following, or the six (6) months immediately preceding, a Change in Control; then upon such Termination of Employment, this Agreement shall terminate immediately, and conditioned upon Executive’s execution of a release in a form provided by Employer within forty-five (45) days following such Termination of Employment, Executive shall be entitled to receive:

 

  (i) the Accrued Amounts;

 

  (ii) a cash lump sum amount equal to three (3) times the sum of Executive’s (A) annual rate of salary in effect immediately prior to the effective date of such Termination of Employment or, if higher, the annual rate in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control and (B) annual bonus paid or payable with respect to the calendar year prior to the calendar year in which the effective date of such Termination of Employment occurs or, if higher, the average annual bonus paid or payable to Executive for the three (3) calendar years preceding the calendar year in which the effective date of such Termination of Employment occurs (such higher bonus amount, the “ Annual Bonus Amount ”), payable within sixty (60) business days after the effective date of such Termination of Employment (or, if later, the effective date of the Change in Control);

 

  (iii) to the extent permitted by applicable law, inclusion in Employer’s Welfare Plans as if Executive were still employed by Employer until the earlier of two (2) years following the date of Termination of Employment of Executive, or until Executive obtains eligibility under comparable employee plans from another employer which, to the extent such benefits are otherwise taxable to Executive, such benefits shall for purposes of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), and the regulations and other guidance issued thereunder (“ Section 409A ”) be provided as separate monthly in-kind payments of those benefits, and to the extent those benefits are subject to and not otherwise excepted from Section 409A, the provision of the in-kind benefits during one calendar year shall not affect the in-kind benefits to be provided in any other calendar year; and

 

  (iv) continuation of the average auto allowance received by Executive during the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding the effective date of the Termination of Employment until the earlier of two (2) years following the termination of Executive, or until Executive receives an auto allowance from another employer. Each payment of the auto allowance under this Section 6(a)(iv) , for purposes of Section 409A, shall be provided as a separate monthly in-kind payment, and the provision of the auto allowance during one calendar year shall not affect the payment of the auto-allowance to be provided in any other calendar year; and

 

Employment Agreement

  Page 5


  (v) full vesting of all outstanding stock options then held by Executive, with payment equal to the then difference between the option price and the current fair market value of the stock as of the effective date of such Termination of Employment in lieu of the right to exercise such options.

 

  (b) Anything in this Section 6 to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event it shall be determined that any payment or distribution made, or benefit provided, by Employer to or for the benefit of Executive under Section 6(a) (whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable or provided pursuant to the terms hereof or otherwise) would constitute a “parachute payment” as defined in Section 280G of the Code, then the benefits payable pursuant to Section 6(a) shall be reduced so that the aggregate present value of all payments in the nature of compensation to (or for the benefit of) Executive which are contingent on a change of control (as defined in Section 280G(b)(2)(A) of the Code) is One Dollar ($1.00) less than the amount which Executive could receive without being considered to have received any parachute payment (the amount of this reduction in the benefits payable is referred to herein as the “ Excess Amount ”). The determination of the amount of any reduction required by this Section 6(b) shall be made by an independent accounting firm selected by Employer, and such determination shall be conclusive and binding on the parties hereto.

 

  (c) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 6(b) , if it is established, pursuant to a final determination of a court or an Internal Revenue Service proceeding which has been finally and conclusively resolved, that an Excess Amount was received by Executive from Employer, then such Excess Amount shall be deemed for all purposes to be a loan to Executive made on the date Executive received the Excess Amount and Executive shall repay the Excess Amount to Employer on demand (but no less than ten (10) days after written demand is received by Executive) together with interest on the Excess Amount at the “applicable Federal rate” (as defined in Section 1274(d) of the Code) from the date of Executive’s receipt of such Excess Amount until the date of such repayment.

 

  (d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any amounts payable to Executive pursuant to Section 6(a) shall be reduced by any amounts previously received by Executive pursuant to Section 5 above.

 

7. Definitions .

 

  (a) Termination For Cause . Cause ” for termination shall mean that, prior to any termination pursuant to Section 5(a)(i) hereof, Executive shall have committed or caused:

 

  (i) an intentional act of fraud, embezzlement or theft in connection with his duties or in the course of his employment with Employer;

 

Employment Agreement

  Page 6


  (ii) intentional wrongful damage to property of Employer;

 

  (iii) intentional wrongful disclosure of trade secrets or confidential information of Employer;

 

  (iv) intentional violation of any law, rule or regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses) or final Cease and Desist Order;

 

  (v) intentional breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit; or

 

  (vi) intentional action or inaction which causes material economic harm to Employer;

provided, however, that none of the actions described in clauses (i) through (vi) above shall constitute grounds for a “Cause” termination unless any such act or actions shall have been determined by the Board to have been materially harmful to Employer. For the purposes of this Agreement, no act or failure to act on the part of Executive shall be deemed “intentional” unless done or omitted to be done by Executive not in good faith and without reasonable belief that his action or omission was in the best interest of Employer.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall not be deemed to have been terminated for “Cause” hereunder unless and until there shall have been delivered to Executive a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than three-quarters (3/4) of the Directors then in office at a meeting of the Directors called and held for such purpose (after reasonable notice to Executive and an opportunity for Executive, together with his counsel, to be heard before the Directors), finding that in the good faith opinion of the Directors, Executive had committed an act set forth above in this Section 7(a) and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.

 

  (b) Change in Control . A “ Change in Control ” means and shall be deemed to have occurred for purposes of this Agreement if and when any of the following occur:

 

  (i) Plains Capital is merged or consolidated or reorganized into or with another corporation or other legal person and as a result of such merger, consolidation or reorganization less than fifty-one percent (51%) of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding securities of such corporation or person immediately after such transaction are held in the aggregate by the holders of voting securities of Employer immediately prior to such transaction;

 

  (ii) Plains Capital sells all or substantially all of its assets to any other corporation or other legal person, with the exception that it will not be deemed to be a Change in Control if Plains Capital sells assets to an entity that, immediately prior to such sale, held fifty-one percent (51%) of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities in common with Plains Capital;

 

Employment Agreement

  Page 7


  (iii) During any period of two (2) consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of any such period constitute the Directors of Plains Capital cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof unless the election or the nomination for election by Plains Capital’s shareholders, of each Director of Plains Capital first elected during such period was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the Directors of Plains Capital then still in office who were Directors of Plains Capital at the beginning of any such period; or

 

  (iv) any “person” or “group” (as defined in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the voting stock of Plains Capital (or any entity which controls Plains Capital), including by way of merger, consolidation, tender or exchange offer or otherwise.

 

  (c) Good Reason . Good Reason ” shall mean:

 

  (i) Without his express written consent, the assignment to Executive of any duties materially inconsistent with his positions, duties, responsibilities and status with Employer as of the beginning of the current term or a significant material diminishment in his titles or offices as in effect at the beginning of the current term, or any removal of Executive from or any failures to re-elect Executive to any of such positions, except in connection with the termination of his employment for Cause or as a result of his disability (within the meaning of Employer’s disability policy in effect at the time of the disability) or death, or termination by Executive other than for Good Reason;

 

  (ii) A significant and material adverse diminishment in the nature or scope of the authorities, powers, functions or duties attached to the position with which Executive had immediately prior to the Change in Control or a reduction in Executive’s aggregate base salary and bonus payable pursuant to Section 3 without the prior written consent of Executive;

 

  (iii) Employer shall relocate its principal executive offices or require Executive to have as his principal location of work any location which is in excess of fifty (50) miles from the location thereof immediately prior to a Change in Control; or

 

  (iv) Any substantial and material breach of this Agreement by Employer.

With respect to any purported action (or failure to act) of Employer, Executive shall only have Good Reason to terminate his employment if he has provided to Employer a written notice describing what Executive believes is Good Reason within ninety (90) days of such purported action (or failure to act) of Employer and Employer has failed to cure such circumstance within thirty (30) days of receipt of said notice from Executive.

 

Employment Agreement

  Page 8


  (d) Welfare Plans . Welfare Plans ” shall mean Employer’s medical, dental, group life and long term disability plans.

 

  (e) Notice of Termination . Notice of Termination ” shall mean a notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and the termination date, and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for Termination of Employment under the provision so indicated. Any purported Termination of Employment by Employer or by Executive (other than due to Executive’s death) shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination to the other party hereto in accordance with Section 12 hereof.

 

  (f) Termination of Employment . “Termination of Employment” shall mean a “separation from service” as such term is defined in the regulations issued under Section 409A of the Code.

 

8. Governing Law . This Agreement is made and entered into in the State of Texas, and the laws of Texas shall govern its validity and interpretation in the performance by the parties of their respective duties and obligations.

 

9. Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties concerning the employment of Executive, and there are no representations, warranties or commitments other than those in writing executed by all of the parties. This is an integrated agreement. This Agreement may not be altered, modified, or amended except by written instrument signed by the parties hereto. The failure of a party to insist upon strict adherence to any term of this Agreement on any occasion shall not be considered a waiver of such party’s rights or deprive such party of the right thereafter to insist upon strict adherence to that term or any other term of this Agreement.

 

10. Arbitration .

 

  (a) Executive and Employer acknowledge and agree that any claim or controversy arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the breach of this Agreement or any other dispute arising out of or relating to the employment of Executive by Employer, shall be settled by final and binding arbitration in the City of Dallas, Texas, in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association in effect on the date the claim or controversy arises.

 

  (b)

All claims or controversies subject to arbitration shall be submitted to arbitration within six (6) months from the date the written notice of a request for arbitration is effective. All claims or controversies shall be resolved by a panel of three (3) arbitrators who are licensed to practice law in the State of Texas and who are experienced in the arbitration of labor and employment disputes. These arbitrators shall be selected in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association in effect at the time the claim or

 

Employment Agreement

  Page 9


 

controversy arises. Either party may request that the arbitration proceeding be stenographically recorded by a Certified Shorthand Reporter. The arbitrators shall issue a written decision with respect to all claims or controversies within thirty (30) days from the date the claims or controversies are submitted to arbitration. The parties shall be entitled to be represented by legal counsel at any arbitration proceeding. Executive and Employer acknowledge and agree that each party will bear fifty percent (50%) of the cost of the arbitration proceeding. The parties shall be responsible for paying their own attorneys’ fees, if any.

 

  (c) Employer and Executive acknowledge and agree that the arbitration provisions in Sections 10(a) and 10(b) may be specifically enforced by either party and submission to arbitration proceedings compelled by any court of competent jurisdiction. Employer and Executive further acknowledge and agree that the decision of the arbitrators may be specifically enforced by either party in any court of competent jurisdiction.

 

  (d) Notwithstanding the arbitration provisions set forth above, Executive and Employer acknowledge and agree that nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to require the arbitration of any claim or controversy arising under the NON-DISCLOSURE, THE NON-INTERFERENCE, AND THE NON-COMPETITION provisions set forth at Sections 13 through 15 of this Agreement. These provisions shall be enforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction and shall not be subject to ARBITRATION pursuant to Sections 10(a)-(c) . Executive and Employer further acknowledge and agree that nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to require arbitration of any claim for workers’ compensation benefits (although any claims arising under Tex. Labor Code § 450.001 shall be subject to arbitration) or unemployment compensation.

 

11. Assistance in Litigation. Executive shall make himself available, upon the request of Employer, to testify or otherwise assist in litigation, arbitration or other disputes involving Employer, or any of its directors, officers, employees, subsidiaries or parent corporations, during the term of this Agreement and at any time following the termination of this Agreement. In the event that Executive is requested to make himself available pursuant to this Section 11 following his Termination of Employment with Employer, Employer shall pay Executive for his time spent on such matters at a per diem rate equal to 1/365 of his total cash compensation for the calendar year immediately prior to his Termination of Employment. Additionally, Employer will reimburse Executive for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including travel costs, lodging and meals) incurred in connection with Executive’s assistance provided hereunder.

 

12. Notice . Any notice or communication required or permitted to be given to the parties shall be delivered personally or sent by United States registered or certified mail, postage prepaid and return receipt requested, and addressed or delivered as follows, or to such other address as the party addressed may have substituted by notice pursuant to this Section. Any notice given pursuant to this Section 12 will be effective immediately upon delivery if delivered in person or three (3) days after mailing deposited in the United States addressed as set forth below:

 

  (a) If to Employer:

First Southwest Holdings, LLC

325 N. St. Paul St., Suite 800

Dallas, Texas 75201

Attn: General Counsel

 

Employment Agreement

  Page 10


  (b) If to Executive:

Hill A. Feinberg

3131 Maple Avenue, Apartment 14E

Dallas, Texas 75201-1329

 

  (c) If to Plains Capital:

Plains Capital Corporation

2911 Turtle Creek Blvd., Suite 700

Dallas, TX 75219

Attention: General Counsel

 

13. Non-Disclosure of Confidential Information . Employer agrees to provide Executive access to Employer’s Confidential Information (defined below), which information will be necessary to Executive’s performance of the duties and responsibilities contemplated herein. Executive acknowledges that such Confidential Information is a valuable asset of the Employer and must be protected. Executive agrees that during the term of this Agreement and thereafter, Executive will not disclose any Confidential Information or data concerning the business, such as its plans, strategies, financial information or customers and customer information of Employer that will be disclosed to Executive or acquired by Executive in confidence at any time during the period of his employment (collectively, the “ Confidential Information ”). Confidential Information shall not include any solely personal calendar information or solely personal contacts information or data not related to the business of Employer stored on personal computing and communication devices.

 

  (a) Upon termination, Executive will not remove physically, electronically or in any other way any Confidential Information from premises owned, used or leased by the Employer. Upon any termination of Executive’s employment, all Confidential Information (including all copies) will be turned over immediately to Executive’s supervisor or other designee at the Employer, and Executive shall retain no copies, summaries or notes thereof.

 

  (b) Executive agrees that, during the course of Executive’s employment with the Employer and after Executive ceases to be employed by Employer for any reason, Executive will not, directly or indirectly, for Executive’s own or another’s benefit, use, make known or divulge any Employer Confidential Information.

 

14.

Non-Interference . Executive covenants and agrees that, for a period of twelve (12) months subsequent to the termination of this Agreement, whether such termination occurs

 

Employment Agreement

  Page 11


 

at the insistence of Employer or Executive, Executive shall not recruit, hire or attempt to recruit or hire other employees, directly or by assisting other employees of Employer, nor shall Executive contact or communicate with any other employees of Employer for the purpose of inducing other employees to terminate their employment with Employer. For purposes of this covenant, “other employees” shall refer to employees who are still actively employed by or doing business with Employer at the time of the attempted recruiting or hiring.

 

15. Non-Competition . Ancillary to his promise to protect the Confidential Information of Employer, Executive agrees that during the Term of this Agreement, and for a period of one (1) year following his Termination of Employment and the termination of this Agreement, Executive shall not engage or invest in, own, manage, operate, finance, control, participate in the ownership, management, operation, financing or control of, be employed by, associated with or in any manner connected with, lend Executive’s name or any similar name to, lend Executive’s credit to or render services or advice to any business that provides services of investment banking, consumer banking, commercial banking, financial advisory services, mortgage banking, residential mortgage brokerage, commercial mortgage brokerage, equipment leasing, personal property leasing, personal insurance, commercial insurance, title insurance or other financial services of any type whatsoever anywhere within the state of Texas; provided, however, Executive may purchase or otherwise acquire up to (but not more than) one percent (1%) of any class of securities of any enterprise (but without participating in the activities of such enterprise) if such securities are listed on any national or regional securities exchange or have been registered under Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Executive further acknowledges that:

 

  (a) The services to be performed by Executive under this Agreement are of a special, unique, unusual, extraordinary and intellectual character;

 

  (b) Employer’s business is statewide in scope and its products and services are marketed throughout the state of Texas;

 

  (c) Employer competes with other businesses that are or could be located in any part of the state of Texas; and

 

  (d) The provisions of this Section 15 are reasonable and necessary to protect Employer’s business.

 

16.

Injunctive Relief and Additional Remedy . Executive acknowledges that the injury suffered by Employer as a result of a breach of Sections 13, 14 or 15 of this Agreement would be irreparable and that an award of money damages to Employer for such a breach would be an inadequate remedy. Consequently, Employer shall have the right, in addition to any other rights it may have, to obtain relief to restrain any breach or threatened breach or otherwise to specifically enforce Sections 13, 14 and 15 of this Agreement, and Employer will not be obligated to post bond or other security in seeking such relief. Without limiting Employer’s rights under this Section 16 or any other

 

Employment Agreement

  Page 12


 

remedies of Employer, if Executive breaches the provisions of Section 13, 14 or 15 , Employer shall have the right to cease making payments otherwise due to Executive under this Agreement.

 

17. Waiver Relating to Modification Upon Participation in the TARP . If at any time during the term of this Agreement, the United States Department of Treasury owns any debt or equity securities of Plains Capital in connection with Plains Capital’s participation in the United States Department of the Treasury’s TARP Capital Purchase Program, Employer may modify Executive’s compensation or benefits, including without limitation, the compensation and benefits described in Sections 3, 5, and 6 , to the extent such modifications are required to comply with the regulations issued by the Department of Treasury as published in the Federal Register on October 20, 2008, and Executive waives any claims he may have against the United States, Plains Capital or Employer relating to or arising out of any such modifications. Executive agrees and understands that this Section 17 may require modification of the compensation, bonus, incentive and other benefit plans, arrangements, policies and agreements (including so called “golden parachute” agreements) that he has with Employer as they relate to the period the United States Department of Treasury holds any equity or debt securities of Plains Capital acquired through the TARP Capital Purchase Program. The waiver described in this Section 17 includes all claims Executive may have under the laws of the United States or any state related to the requirements imposed by the aforementioned regulations, including without limitation a claim for any compensation or other payments Executive would receive, any challenge to the process by which the regulation was adopted and any tort or constitutional claim about the effect of these regulations on Executive’s employment relationship. The parties agree that any modifications made to Executive’s compensation and benefits pursuant to this Section 17 shall be of no further force or effect as of the date such modifications are no longer required for purposes of complying with the aforementioned regulation, and that Executive’s compensation and benefits shall be returned to the level of compensation and benefits as in effect immediately prior to the effective date of such modifications.

 

18. Binding Agreement and Successors . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Executive’s and Employer’s respective personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, assigns, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees. If Executive should die while any amounts would still be payable to him hereunder if he had continued to live, all such amounts, unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to his devisee, legatee or other designee, or, if there be no such designee, to his estate. In the event of a Change in Control, Employer shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of Employer, by agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Executive, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that Employer would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place.

 

Employment Agreement

  Page 13


19. No Mitigation of Amounts Payable Hereunder . Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment provided for in this Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise, nor shall the amount of any payment provided for in this Agreement be reduced by any compensation earned by Executive as the result of employment (not in violation of Section 15 of this Agreement) by another employer after the date of termination or otherwise.

 

20. Captions . The captions of this Agreement are inserted for convenience and are not part of the Agreement.

 

21. Severability . In case of any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any other respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement. This Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been a part of the Agreement and there shall be deemed substituted therefor such other provision as will most nearly accomplish the intent of the parties to the extent permitted by the applicable law.

 

22. Amendment . Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement may not be amended or modified at any time except by a written instrument approved by the Board, and executed by Employer and Executive. Any attempted amendment or modification without such approval and execution shall be null and void ab initio and of no effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 22 , the Board may change or modify this Agreement without Executive’s consent or signature if the Board determines, in its sole discretion, that such change or modification is necessary for purposes of compliance with or exemption from the requirements of Section 409A.

 

23. No Waiver . No waiver by either party at any time of any breach by the other party of, or compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by the other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at any time.

 

24. Survival of Provisions . The covenants and agreements of the parties set forth in Sections 8 through 19 are of a continuing nature and shall survive the expiration, termination or cancellation of this Agreement, regardless of the reason therefor.

 

25. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original.

 

26. Plains Capital’s Agreement and Obligation . The parties hereto understand and agree that Plains Capital is executing this Agreement solely for the purpose of evidencing its agreement and obligation to issue the restricted stock to Executive pursuant to Section 3(c) above and shall have no further responsibilities or obligations under or pursuant to this Agreement.

 

27.

Section 409A . In the event that it is reasonably determined by Employer or Executive that, as a result of Section 409A, any of the payments that Executive is entitled to under the terms of this Agreement or any nonqualified deferred compensation plan (as defined under Section 409A) may not be made at the time contemplated by the terms hereof or thereof, as the case may be, without causing Executive to be subject to an income tax

 

Employment Agreement

  Page 14


 

penalty and interest, Employer will make such payment (with interest thereon) on the first day that would not result in Executive incurring any tax liability under Section 409A. In addition, other provisions of this Agreement or any other plan notwithstanding, Employer shall have no right to accelerate any such payment or to make any such payment as the result of an event if such payment would, as a result, be subject to the tax imposed by Section 409A.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

Employment Agreement

  Page 15


Executive:  

/s/    Hill A. Feinberg

  Hill A. Feinberg
Date:  

12/18/08

FIRST SOUTHWEST HOLDINGS, LLC
By:  

/s/    Alan White

  Alan White
  Managing Director
Date:  

12/18/08

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION
By:  

/s/    Alan White

  Alan White
  Chief Executive Officer
Date:  

12/18/08

Signature Page to Employment Agreement

Exhibit 10.7

FIRST AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”) is made and entered into as of March 2, 2009, by and among FIRST SOUTHWEST HOLDINGS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, on behalf of itself and all of its subsidiaries (collectively, “ Employer ”), PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION, a Texas corporation (the “ Company ”), and HILL A. FEINBERG (“ Executive ”) for purposes of amending that certain Employment Agreement dated as of December 18, 2008, by and among Employer, the Company, and Executive (the “ Agreement ”). Terms used in this Amendment with initial capital letters that are not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement.

WHEREAS, effective December 31, 2008, the Company became subject to the requirement to register its securities pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “ Exchange Act ”); and

WHEREAS, the parties desire to amend the Agreement to comply with the provisions of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), and the regulations and other guidance issued thereunder (“ Section 409A ”) that apply to Executive now that Employer is subject to the Exchange Act; and

WHEREAS, the parties desire to further amend the Agreement in order to ensure compliance with the interim final rules issued by the Department of Treasury on October 20, 2008 and January 16, 2009, which provide further guidance on the executive compensation provisions applicable to participants in the Troubled Asset Relief Program Capital Purchase Program;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises, conditions and covenants contained herein and in the Agreement, and other good and valuable consideration, the adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1. Section 2 of the Agreement is amended by adding the following new sentence to the end of said Section:

Executive has received and is familiar with Employer’s ethics and insider trading policies and procedures, and understands and agrees his duties include compliance with such policies and procedures, as amended from time to time.

2. Section 3(b) of the Agreement is amended by deleting said Section in its entirety and substituting in lieu thereof the following:

Bonus . Subject to Section 17 below and beginning with year 2009, Executive shall be eligible to receive an annual bonus for each year ending during the term of this Agreement as shall be determined by the Board of Directors of Employer (the “ Board ”). Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence and subject to Section 17 below, the annual bonus for any given year shall not be less than the average annual bonus paid to Executive, by Employer or its predecessor entity, in respect of the three (3) calendar years immediately preceding the year of such bonus (the “ Guaranteed Bonus ”). The Guaranteed Bonus shall not be considered to be a bonus or incentive compensation arrangement for purposes of Section 111(b) of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (“ EESA ”). Any portion of the bonus provided in this Section 3(b) permitted by Section 17 that exceeds the Guaranteed Bonus shall be the “ Incentive Bonus .” The Incentive Bonus shall not be based upon performance criteria that would encourage Executive to take any unnecessary and excessive risks that threaten the value of the Company, and the Company expressly discourages Executive from taking such risks. Notwithstanding the foregoing, during any period that


Employer is subject to Section 111(b) of EESA: (1) in the event Employer (or the Compensation Committee of the Company) determines, in its sole discretion, that Executive has taken any unnecessary and excessive risks, Employer may reduce all or any portion of the Incentive Bonus to which Executive has obtained a legally binding right pursuant to this Section 3(b) ; and (2) in the event Employer (or the Compensation Committee of the Company) determines, in its sole discretion, that Executive has been paid or has obtained a legally binding right to an Incentive Bonus pursuant to this Section 3(b) that is based on materially inaccurate financial statements and any other materially inaccurate performance metric criteria, Executive must pay Employer an amount equal to such Incentive Bonus immediately after Executive receives notice of such misstatement (or forfeit receipt of such Incentive Bonus if the Incentive Bonus has not been paid). Any bonus payable under this Section 3(b) shall be paid on or before March 15 of the year following the year for which the bonus is payable.

3. Section 3(e) of the Agreement is amended by inserting in the first sentence the words “Subject to the provisions of Section 17 below,” immediately before the words “Executive shall be entitled to”.

4. Section 6(a) of the Agreement is amended by inserting the words “(except as otherwise provided by Section 17 hereof)” immediately following the end of the first paragraph of said Section.

5. Section 6(a)(v) of the Agreement is amended by inserting the words “the option to receive a cash” immediately before the words “payment equal to the then difference”.

6. Section 17 of the Agreement is amended by deleting said Section in its entirety and substituting in lieu thereof the following:

Waiver Relating to Modification Upon Participation in the TARP . If at any time during the term of this Agreement, the United States Department of Treasury owns any debt or equity securities of the Company in connection with the Company’s participation in the United States Department of the Treasury’s TARP Capital Purchase Program, Employer or the Company may modify Executive’s compensation or benefits, including without limitation, the compensation and benefits described in Sections 3, 5, and 6 , to the extent such modifications are required to comply with the regulations issued by the Department of Treasury in connection with the Treasury’s TARP Capital Purchase Program, and Executive waives any claims he may have against the United States, the Company, or Employer relating to or arising out of any such modifications. Executive agrees and understands that this Section 17 may require modification of the compensation, bonus, incentive and other benefit plans, arrangements, policies and agreements (including so called “golden parachute” agreements) that he has with Employer as they relate to the period the United States Department of Treasury holds any equity or debt securities of the Company acquired through the TARP Capital Purchase Program (the “ TARP Period ”). The waiver described in this Section 17 includes all claims Executive may have under the laws of the United States or any state related to the requirements imposed by the aforementioned regulation, including without limitation a claim for any compensation or other payments Executive would receive, any challenge to the process by which the regulation was adopted and any tort or constitutional claim about the effect of these regulations on Executive’s employment relationship. The parties agree that any modifications made to Executive’s compensation and benefits pursuant to this Section 17 shall be of no further force or effect with respect to compensation and benefits earned after the date such modifications are no longer required for purposes of complying with the aforementioned regulations, and that Executive’s compensation and benefits shall be returned to the level of compensation and benefits as in effect immediately prior to the effective date of such modifications; provided that, Executive shall not be entitled to receive any compensation and benefits that, but for the modifications required by this Section 17 , would have been paid during the TARP Period. Executive understands and

 

2


agrees that the modifications described in this Section 17 may include, without limitation, Employer or the Company prohibiting Executive from exercising any nonstatutory stock options granted to Executive, including, without limitation that certain nonstatutory stock option granted to Executive on October 31, 2001.

7. Section 22 of the Agreement is amended by deleting said Section in its entirety and substituting in lieu thereof the following:

Amendment . Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement may not be amended or modified at any time except by a written instrument approved by the Board, and executed by Employer and Executive. Any attempted amendment or modification without such approval and execution shall be null and void ab initio and of no effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 22 , the Board may change or modify this Agreement without Executive’s consent or signature if the Board determines, in its sole discretion, that such change or modification is required (a) for purposes of compliance with or exemption from the requirements of Section 409A, or (b) for purposes of compliance with EESA.

8. Section 26 of the Agreement is amended by deleting said Section in its entirety and substituting in lieu thereof the following:

Plains Capital’s Agreement and Obligation . The parties hereto understand and agree that the Company is executing this Agreement to evidence its agreement and obligation to issue the restricted stock to Executive pursuant to Section 3(c) above and to ensure that this Agreement complies with the requirements imposed on the Company as a result of its participation in the United States Department of the Treasury’s TARP Capital Purchase Program. Other than as set forth in this Section 26 , the Company shall have no further responsibilities or obligations under or pursuant to this Agreement.

9. The following new Section 28 is added to the Agreement:

28. Six Month Delay . To the extent (i) any payments to which Executive becomes entitled under this Agreement, or any agreement or plan referenced herein, in connection with Executive’s Termination of Employment with Employer constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A; (ii) Executive is deemed at the time of his Termination of Employment to be a “specified employee” under Section 409A; and (iii) at the time of Executive’s Termination of Employment, Employer is publicly traded (as defined in Section 409A), then such payments (other than any payments permitted by Section 409A to be paid within six (6) months of Executive’s Termination of Employment) shall not be made until the earlier of (x) the first day of the seventh month following Executive’s Termination of Employment or (y) the date of Executive’s death following such Termination of Employment. During any period that payment or payments to Executive are deferred pursuant to the foregoing, Executive shall be entitled to interest on the deferred payment or payments at a per annum rate equal to Federal-Funds rate as published in The Wall Street Journal on the date of Executive’s Termination of Employment with Employer. Upon the expiration of the applicable deferral period, any payments which would have otherwise been made during that period (whether in a single sum or in installments) in the absence of this Section 28 (together with accrued interest thereon) shall be paid to Executive or Executive’s beneficiary in one lump sum.

10. All instances of the defined term “Plains Capital” in the Agreement shall be replaced with the term “the Company”.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

3


HILL A. FEINBERG
Executive:  

/s/    Hill A. Feinberg

Date: March 4, 2009

 

FIRST SOUTHWEST HOLDINGS, LLC
By:  

/s/    Hill A. Feinberg

Its:   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Date: March 2, 2009

 

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION
By:  

/s/    Alan B. White

Its:   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Date: March 2, 2009

 

4

Exhibit 10.8

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Employment Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is dated as of January 1, 2009 and is entered into by and between Jerry L. Schaffner (“ Executive ”) and PLAINSCAPITAL CORPORATION, a Texas corporation (“ PlainsCapital ”), on behalf of itself and all of its subsidiaries (collectively “ Employer ”). As an inducement to continuing to render services and superior performance to Employer, Executive and Employer agree as follows:

 

1. Employment . Upon the terms and subject to the conditions contained in this Agreement, Executive agrees to provide full-time services for Employer during the term of this Agreement. Executive agrees to devote his best efforts to the business of Employer, and shall perform his duties in a diligent, trustworthy and business-like manner, all for the purpose of advancing the business of Employer; provided that nothing herein shall prevent Executive from devoting such time to his personal investments or serving on the board of directors or trustees of any business corporation or charitable organization, or engaging in other charitable or community activities, so long as such service and activities do not materially interfere with the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder or otherwise conflict with Sections 13 through 15 hereof.

 

2. Duties . The duties of Executive shall be those duties which can reasonably be expected to be performed by a person with the title of President, PlainsCapital Bank reporting directly to the Chief Executive Officer of PlainsCapital (“ CEO ”) of a major financial organization. Executive’s duties may, from time to time, be changed or modified at the discretion of the CEO so long as they remain consistent with those duties which can reasonably be expected to be performed by a person with the title of President, PlainsCapital Bank of a major financial organization.

 

3. Salary and Benefits .

 

  (a) Base Salary . Employer shall, during the term of this Agreement, pay Executive an annual base salary of Four Hundred Twenty Thousand Dollars ($420,000.00). Such salary shall be paid in semi-monthly installments less applicable withholding and salary deductions. Base salary shall be reviewed and adjusted at least annually, but may not be reduced, except as otherwise provided by Section 17 hereof.

 

  (b) Bonus . Executive shall be eligible to receive an annual bonus for each year ending during the term of this Agreement as shall be determined by the Board; provided , however , subject to Section 17 below, that annual bonus for any given year shall not be less than the average annual bonus paid to Executive, by Employer or its predecessor entity, in respect of the three (3) calendar years immediately preceding the year of such bonus. Executive’s bonus shall be paid on or before March 15 of the year following the year for which the bonus is payable.

 

  (c)

Restricted Stock Grant . As soon as administratively possible following the date of this Agreement, Executive shall receive a grant of fifteen thousand (15,000) shares of restricted common stock of PlainsCapital (the “ Restricted Stock ”). The Restricted Stock shall be subject to the terms and conditions of a restricted stock

 

Employment Agreement

   Page 1 of 16 Pages


 

award agreement between Executive and PlainsCapital, which shall include, without limitation, the following terms: (i) vesting of the Restricted Stock equally over seven (7) years, beginning on the first anniversary of the date of grant (subject to early termination or forfeiture in accordance with the terms of the award agreement); (ii) immediate vesting of all unvested shares of Restricted Stock upon the occurrence of a “change in control” or an “initial public listing” (each as defined in the applicable award agreement); and (iii) in the event Executive violates any of the provisions of Section 13, 14, or 15 below, (x) immediate forfeiture of any unvested shares of Restricted Stock; (y) immediate forfeiture of any shares of Restricted Stock that vested within the 180-day period preceding such event that are still held by Executive; and (z) immediate payment by Executive to PlainsCapital of any gain that Executive realized on the sale of any vested shares of Restricted Stock that were sold by Executive within the 180-day period preceding or the one year period following the date of such violation. Executive agrees to execute any documents requested by PlainsCapital in connection with the grant of the Restricted Stock pursuant to this Section 3(c) .

 

  (d) Reimbursement of Expenses . Employer shall reimburse Executive for all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Executive in the course of his duties, in accordance with normal policies. Executive shall be required to submit to Employer appropriate documentation supporting such out-of-pocket expenses as a prerequisite to reimbursement in accordance with normal policies.

 

  (e) Executive Benefits . Executive shall be entitled to participate in the employee benefit programs generally available to employees of Employer and to all normal perquisites provided to senior executive officers of Employer.

 

  (f) Supplemental Pension Benefits . During the term of this Agreement, Executive shall continue participation in Employer’s Supplemental Executive Pension Plan, as amended (the “ SEPP ”), and Employer shall not amend the SEPP in a manner adverse to Executive without Executive’s prior written consent.

 

  (g) BOLI Agreement . During the term of this Agreement, Employer shall continue to maintain, honor its commitments under, and pay insurance premiums on, its bank owned life insurance (“ BOLI ”) policy with respect to Executive pursuant to the terms of the existing BOLI agreement with respect to Executive.

 

  (h) Country Club Membership . During the term of this Agreement and except as otherwise provided by Section 17 hereof, Employer shall continue to provide Executive with the country club membership benefits provided to Executive as of the date hereof. Additionally, following Executive’s Termination of Employment with Employer for any reason, Executive shall be entitled to purchase the country club membership currently owned by Employer for Executive’s benefit for an amount equal to the fair market value of such membership interest as of the effective date of such Termination of Employment, as determined by Employer and Executive in good faith.

 

Employment Agreement

   Page 2 of 16 Pages


  (i) Automobile Allowance . Subject to the provisions of Section 17 below, Employer shall provide Executive with an automobile allowance of Two Thousand Dollars ($2,000.00) per month to cover the monthly costs associated with the leasing or purchasing of an automobile (including, without limitation, gas, insurance, registration, repairs and maintenance expenses).

 

  (j) Use of Employer’s Aircraft . During the term of this Agreement and except as otherwise provided by Section 17 hereof, Employer shall continue to make its corporate aircraft available to Executive for his use, under terms and conditions consistent with Employer’s past practices.

 

  (k) Benefits Not in Lieu of Compensation . No benefit or perquisite provided to Executive shall be deemed to be in lieu of base salary or other compensation.

 

4.

Term of Agreement . This Agreement shall become effective and binding immediately upon its execution and shall remain in effect until December 31, 2011 or until later termination if this Agreement is renewed under this Section 4 . On January 1, 2012, this Agreement shall be automatically renewed for an additional three year term unless either Employer or Executive provides written notice of election not to renew at least 180 days before such January 1 st renewal date. If this Agreement is so renewed thereafter, on each successive third anniversary of the renewal date, this Agreement shall be automatically renewed for an additional three year term unless either Employer or Executive provides written notice of election not to renew at least 180 days before such applicable renewal date. It is the intent of the parties hereto that certain provisions of this Agreement, such as Sections 5(a)(ii), 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15 and 16 , by their terms shall survive and remain effective after the termination of this Agreement.

 

5. General Termination Provisions . Except as otherwise provided by Section 17 , if Executive has a Termination of Employment during the term of this Agreement, other than under the provisions of Section 6 , then upon such Termination of Employment, and conditioned upon Executive’s execution of a release, in a form provided by Employer, within the forty-five (45) days following such Termination of Employment, Employer will be liable to Executive for all payments (if any) as described in Section 5 , as follows:

 

  (a) Termination by Employer . Employer may terminate Executive’s employment and this Agreement under this Section 5 only upon the occurrence of one or more of the following events and under the conditions described below.

 

  (i) Termination For Cause . Employer may discharge Executive for Cause, and, upon such Termination of Employment, this Agreement shall terminate immediately and Executive shall be entitled to receive:

 

  (A) Executive’s base salary through the effective date of such Termination of Employment at the annual rate in effect at the time Notice of Termination is given, payable within ten (10) business days after the effective date of such Termination of Employment;

 

Employment Agreement

   Page 3 of 16 Pages


  (B) any annual bonus earned as defined in the Bonus Plan but unpaid as of the effective date of such Termination of Employment for any previously completed fiscal year, payable within ten (10) business days after the effective date of such Termination of Employment;

 

  (C) all earned and unpaid and/or vested, nonforfeitable amounts owing or accrued at the effective date of such Termination of Employment under any compensation and benefit plans, programs, and arrangements of Employer and its affiliates in which Executive theretofore participated, payable in accordance with the terms and conditions of the plans, programs, and arrangements (and agreements and documents thereunder) pursuant to which such compensation and benefits were granted or accrued; and

 

  (D) reimbursement for any unreimbursed business expenses properly incurred by Executive in accordance with Employer policy prior to the effective date of such Termination of Employment (collectively, (A) through (D) above shall be the “ Accrued Amounts ”).

 

  (ii) Termination Without Cause or Upon Termination after Non-Renewal . If Employer shall discharge Executive without Cause (other than pursuant to a Change in Control as described in Section 6 ) or if Employer shall give Executive notice of its intention to not renew this Agreement pursuant to Section 4 and within ninety (90) days after termination of this Agreement terminate Executive without Cause, then upon such Termination of Employment, this Agreement shall terminate immediately, if it has not already terminated, and conditioned upon Executive’s execution of a release in a form provided by Employer within forty-five (45) days following such Termination of Employment, and Executive shall be entitled to receive:

 

  (A) the Accrued Amounts; and

 

  (B)

a cash amount equal to three (3) times the sum of (i) the annual base salary rate of Executive immediately prior to the effective date of such Termination of Employment, and (ii) the average bonus paid to Executive in respect of the three calendar years immediately preceding the year of Termination of Employment, payable in thirty-six (36) equal monthly installments (without interest) beginning on the first day of the month following the effective date of such Termination of Employment. In addition,

 

Employment Agreement

   Page 4 of 16 Pages


 

Executive shall be entitled to the benefits provided hereafter in Section 6(iii), (iv) and (vi) . Each payment made in accordance with this Section 5(a)(ii )(B) shall be treated as a separate payment for purposes of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), to the extent Section 409A of the Code applies to such payments.

 

  (iii) Termination Because of Death or Disability . In the event of Executive’s death or disability (within the meaning of Employer’s disability policy that is in effect at the time of disability), upon such Termination of Employment, this Agreement shall terminate immediately and Executive (or his estate) shall be entitled to receive the Accrued Amounts plus the benefits provided hereafter in Section 6(iii) .

 

  (b) Termination by Executive . Executive may voluntarily terminate this Agreement at any time following its execution. If Executive shall voluntarily terminate his employment for other than Good Reason, this Agreement shall terminate immediately and Executive shall be entitled to receive the Accrued Amounts. If Executive shall terminate his employment for Good Reason (other than pursuant to a Change in Control as described in Section 6 ) then upon such Termination of Employment, this Agreement shall terminate immediately and Executive shall be entitled to receive the same amounts and benefits as if he had been discharged without Cause by Employer pursuant to Section 5(a)(ii) .

 

6. Termination Upon Change in Control . Upon (a) the discharge of Executive by Employer without Cause within the twenty-four (24) months immediately following, or the six (6) months immediately preceding, a Change in Control; or (b) Executive’s voluntary Termination of Employment for Good Reason within the twenty-four (24) months immediately following, or the six (6) months immediately preceding, a Change in Control; or (c) Executive’s voluntary Termination of Employment for any reason other than Good Reason within the six (6) months immediately following a Change in Control, then upon such Termination of Employment, this Agreement shall terminate immediately, and conditioned upon Executive’s execution of a release (in a form provided by Employer) within forty-five (45) days following such Termination of Employment, Executive shall be entitled to receive (except as otherwise provided by Section 17 hereof):

 

  (i) the Accrued Amounts;

 

  (ii)

a cash lump sum amount equal to three (3) times the sum of Executive’s (A) annual rate of salary in effect immediately prior to the effective date of such Termination of Employment or, if higher, the annual rate in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control and (B) annual bonus paid or payable with respect to the calendar year prior to the calendar year in which the effective date of such Termination of Employment occurs or, if higher, the average annual bonus paid or payable to Executive for the

 

Employment Agreement

   Page 5 of 16 Pages


 

three (3) calendar years preceding the calendar year in which the effective date of such Termination of Employment occurs (such higher bonus amount, the “ Annual Bonus Amount ”), payable within ten (10) business days after the effective date of such Termination of Employment (or, if later, the effective date of the Change in Control);

 

  (iii) a cash lump sum amount equal to (A) Executive’s Annual Bonus Amount, multiplied by (B) a fraction, the numerator of which shall equal the number of days Executive was employed by Employer during the year in which the effective date of such Termination of Employment occurs, and the denominator of which shall equal 365, payable within ten (10) business days after the effective date of such Termination of Employment;

 

  (iv) for the period beginning on the effective date of such Termination of Employment and ending on the earlier of (A) the second anniversary of such date or (B) the first day of Executive’s eligibility to participate in comparable Welfare Plans maintained by a subsequent employer, Employer shall pay for and provide Executive and Executive’s dependents with the same Welfare Plan coverage to which Executive would have been entitled had Executive remained continuously employed by Employer during such period. In the event that Executive is ineligible under the terms of Employer’s Welfare Plans to continue to be so covered, Employer shall provide Executive with substantially equivalent coverage through other sources or will provide Executive with a lump sum payment within ten (10) business days after the effective date of such Termination of Employment in such amount that, after all income and employment taxes on that amount, shall be equal to the cost to Executive of obtaining such Welfare Plan benefit coverage. To the extent any such benefits are otherwise taxable to Executive, such benefits shall for purposes of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, (the “ Code ”) and the regulations and other guidance issued thereunder (“ Section 409A ”) be provided as separate monthly in-kind payments of those benefits, and to the extent those benefits are subject to and not otherwise excepted from Section 409A, the provision of in-kind benefits during one calendar year shall not affect the in-kind benefits to be provided in any other calendar year;

 

  (v) continuation of the average auto allowance received by Executive during the twelve (12) month period preceding the effective date of such Termination of Employment until the earlier of two (2) years following the effective date of such Termination of Employment of Executive or until Executive receives an auto allowance from another employer. Each payment of the auto allowance under this Section 6(v) , for purposes of Section 409A, shall be provided as a separate monthly in-kind payment, and the provision of the auto allowance during one calendar year shall not affect the payment of the auto-allowance to be provided in any other calendar year;

 

Employment Agreement

   Page 6 of 16 Pages


  (vi) full vesting of all outstanding stock options then held by Executive, with payment equal to the then difference between the option price and the current fair market value of the stock as of the effective date of such Termination of Employment in lieu of the right to exercise such options; and

 

  (vii) the Gross-Up Payment described in Schedule A hereto, in the event that Executive receives any payments from Employer (including pursuant to any stock option or equity awards) or its affiliates that are subject to tax under Section 4999 of the Code.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any amounts payable to Executive pursuant to this Section 6 shall be reduced by any amounts previously received by Executive pursuant to Section 5 above. To the extent Executive is receiving payments pursuant to Section 5 above at the time of a Change in Control, no additional amounts shall be payable under Section 5 above, and any payment to Executive pursuant to this Section 6 shall be treated as a permissible acceleration of all remaining payments under Section 5 in accordance with Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(j).

 

7. Definitions .

 

  (a) Termination For Cause . Cause ” for termination shall mean that, prior to any termination pursuant to Section 5(a)(i) hereof, Executive shall have committed or caused:

 

  (i) an intentional act of fraud, embezzlement or theft in connection with his duties or in the course of his employment with Employer;

 

  (ii) intentional wrongful damage to property of Employer;

 

  (iii) intentional wrongful disclosure of trade secrets or confidential information of Employer;

 

  (iv) intentional violation of any law, rule or regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses) or final Cease and Desist Order;

 

  (v) intentional breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit; or

 

  (vi) intentional action or inaction which causes material economic harm to Employer;

provided, however, that none of the actions described in clauses (i) through (vi) above shall constitute grounds for a “Cause” termination unless any such act or

 

Employment Agreement

   Page 7 of 16 Pages


actions shall have been determined by the Board to have been materially harmful to Employer. For the purposes of this Agreement, no act or failure to act on the part of Executive shall be deemed “intentional” unless done or omitted to be done by Executive not in good faith and without reasonable belief that his action or omission was in the best interest of Employer.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall not be deemed to have been terminated for “Cause” hereunder unless and until there shall have been delivered to Executive a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than three-quarters (3/4) of the Directors then in office at a meeting of the Directors called and held for such purpose (after reasonable notice to Executive and an opportunity for Executive, together with his counsel, to be heard before the Directors), finding that in the good faith opinion of the Directors, Executive had committed an act set forth above in this Section 7(a) and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.

 

  (b) Change in Control . A “ Change in Control ” means and shall be deemed to have occurred for purposes of this Agreement if and when any of the following occur:

 

  (i) PlainsCapital is merged or consolidated or reorganized into or with another corporation or other legal person and as a result of such merger, consolidation or reorganization less than fifty-one percent (51%) of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding securities of such corporation or person immediately after such transaction are held in the aggregate by the holders of voting securities of Employer immediately prior to such transaction;

 

  (ii) PlainsCapital sells all or substantially all of its assets to any other corporation or other legal person, with the exception that it will not be deemed to be a Change in Control if PlainsCapital sells assets to an entity that, immediately prior to such sale, held fifty-one percent (51%) of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities in common with PlainsCapital;

 

  (iii) During any period of two (2) consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of any such period constitute the Directors of PlainsCapital cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof unless the election or the nomination for election by PlainsCapital’s shareholders, of each Director of PlainsCapital first elected during such period was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the Directors of PlainsCapital then still in office who were Directors of PlainsCapital at the beginning of any such period; or

 

  (iv) any “person” or “group” (as defined in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the voting stock of PlainsCapital (or any entity which controls PlainsCapital), including by way of merger, consolidation, tender or exchange offer or otherwise.

 

Employment Agreement

   Page 8 of 16 Pages


Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, none of the events described in this Section 7(b) shall constitute a “Change in Control” unless such event constitutes a “change in control event” under Section 409A.

 

  (c) Good Reason . “Good Reason” shall mean:

 

  (i) Without his express written consent, the assignment to Executive of any duties materially inconsistent with his positions, duties, responsibilities and status with Employer as of the beginning of the current term or a significant material diminishment in his titles or offices as in effect at the beginning of the current term, or any removal of Executive from or any failures to re-elect Executive to any of such positions, except in connection with the termination of his employment for Cause or as a result of his disability (within the meaning of Employer’s disability policy in effect at the time of the disability) or death, or termination by Executive other than for Good Reason;

 

  (ii) A significant and material adverse diminishment in the nature or scope of the authorities, powers, functions or duties attached to the position with which Executive had immediately prior to the Change in Control or a reduction in Executive’s aggregate base salary, bonus and benefits payable pursuant to Section 3 without the prior written consent of Executive;

 

  (iii) Employer shall relocate its principal executive offices or require Executive to have as his principal location of work any location which is in excess of fifty (50) miles from the location thereof immediately prior to a Change in Control; or

 

  (iv) Any substantial and material breach of this Agreement by Employer.

With respect to any purported action (or failure to act) of Employer, Executive shall only have Good Reason to terminate his employment if he has provided to Employer a written notice describing what Executive believes is Good Reason within ninety (90) days of such purported action (or failure to act) of Employer and Employer has failed to cure such circumstance within thirty (30) days of receipt of said notice from Executive.

 

  (d) Welfare Plans . Welfare Plans ” shall mean Employer’s medical, dental, group life and long term disability plans.

 

Employment Agreement

   Page 9 of 16 Pages


  (e) Notice of Termination . Notice of Termination ” shall mean a notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and the termination date, and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for Termination of Employment under the provision so indicated. Any purported Termination of Employment by Employer or by Executive (other than due to Executive’s death) shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination to the other party hereto in accordance with Section 12 hereof.

 

  (f) Termination of Employment . “Termination of Employment” shall mean a “separation from service” as such term is defined in the regulations issued under Section 409A.

 

8. Governing Law . This Agreement is made and entered into in the State of Texas, and the laws of Texas shall govern its validity and interpretation in the performance by the parties of their respective duties and obligations.

 

9. Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties concerning the employment of Executive, supersedes all prior understandings and agreements between Executive and Employer, including, without limitation, the Employment Agreement by and between Executive and Employer dated December 17, 1997, and there are no representations, warranties or commitments other than those in writing executed by all of the parties. This is an integrated agreement. This Agreement may not be altered, modified, or amended except by written instrument signed by the parties hereto. The failure of a party to insist upon strict adherence to any term of this Agreement on any occasion shall not be considered a waiver of such party’s rights or deprive such party of the right thereafter to insist upon strict adherence to that term or any other term of this Agreement.

 

10. Arbitration .

 

  (a) Executive and Employer acknowledge and agree that any claim or controversy arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the breach of this Agreement or any other dispute arising out of or relating to the employment of Executive by Employer, shall be settled by final and binding arbitration in the City of Dallas, Texas, in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association in effect on the date the claim or controversy arises.

 

  (b)

All claims or controversies subject to arbitration shall be submitted to arbitration within six (6) months from the date the written notice of a request for arbitration is effective. All claims or controversies shall be resolved by a panel of three (3) arbitrators who are licensed to practice law in the State of Texas and who are experienced in the arbitration of labor and employment disputes. These arbitrators shall be selected in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association in effect at the time the claim or controversy arises. Either party may request that the arbitration proceeding be stenographically recorded by a Certified Shorthand Reporter. The arbitrators shall issue a written decision with respect to all claims or controversies within

 

Employment Agreement

   Page 10 of 16 Pages


 

thirty (30) days from the date the claims or controversies are submitted to arbitration. The parties shall be entitled to be represented by legal counsel at any arbitration proceeding. Executive and Employer acknowledge and agree that each party will bear fifty percent (50%) of the cost of the arbitration proceeding. The parties shall be responsible for paying their own attorneys’ fees, if any.

 

  (c) Employer and Executive acknowledge and agree that the arbitration provisions in Sections 10(a) and 10(b) may be specifically enforced by either party and submission to arbitration proceedings compelled by any court of competent jurisdiction. Employer and Executive further acknowledge and agree that the decision of the arbitrators may be specifically enforced by either party in any court of competent jurisdiction.

 

  (d) Notwithstanding the arbitration provisions set forth above, Executive and Employer acknowledge and agree that nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to require the arbitration of any claim or controversy arising under the NON-DISCLOSURE, THE NON-INTERFERENCE, AND THE NON-COMPETITION provisions set forth at Sections 13 through 15 of this Agreement. These provisions shall be enforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction and shall not be subject to ARBITRATION pursuant to Sections 10(a)-(c) . Executive and Employer further acknowledge and agree that nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to require arbitration of any claim for workers’ compensation benefits (although any claims arising under Tex. Labor Code § 450.001 shall be subject to arbitration) or unemployment compensation.

 

11. Assistance in Litigation . Executive shall make himself available, upon the request of Employer, to testify or otherwise assist in litigation, arbitration or other disputes involving Employer, or any of its directors, officers, employees, subsidiaries or parent corporations, during the term of this Agreement and at any time following the termination of this Agreement. In the event that Executive is requested to make himself available pursuant to this Section 11 following his Termination of Employment with Employer, Employer shall pay Executive for his time spent on such matters at a per diem rate equal to 1/365 of his annual rate of base salary immediately prior to his Termination of Employment. Additionally, Employer will reimburse Executive for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including travel costs, lodging and meals) incurred in connection with Executive’s assistance provided hereunder.

 

12. Notice . Any notice or communication required or permitted to be given to the parties shall be delivered personally or sent by United States registered or certified mail, postage prepaid and return receipt requested, and addressed or delivered as follows, or to such other address as the party addressed may have substituted by notice pursuant to this Section. Any notice given pursuant to this Section 12 will be effective immediately upon delivery if delivered in person or three (3) days after mailing deposited in the United States addressed as set forth below:

 

  (a) If to Employer:

PlainsCapital Corporation

2911 Turtle Creek Blvd., Suite 700

Dallas, TX 75219

Attention: General Counsel

 

Employment Agreement

   Page 11 of 16 Pages


  (b) If to Executive:

Jerry L. Schaffner

PlainsCapital Corporation

2911 Turtle Creek Blvd., Suite 700

Dallas, TX 75219

 

13. Non-Disclosure of Confidential Information . Employer agrees to provide Executive access to Employer’s Confidential Information, which information will be necessary to Executive’s performance of the duties and responsibilities contemplated herein. Executive acknowledges that such Confidential Information is a valuable asset of the Employer and must be protected. Executive agrees that during the term of this Agreement and thereafter, Executive will not disclose any Confidential Information or data concerning the business, such as, its plans, strategies, financial information or customers of Employer that will be disclosed to Executive or acquired by Executive in confidence at any time during the period of his employment.

 

  i. Upon termination, Executive will not remove physically, electronically or in any other way any Confidential Information from premises owned, used or leased by the Employer. Upon any termination of Executive’s employment, all Confidential Information (including all copies) will be turned over immediately to Executive’s supervisor or other designee at the Employer, and Executive shall retain no copies, summaries or notes thereof.

 

  ii. Executive agrees that, during the course of Executive’s employment with the Employer and after Executive ceases to be employed by Employer for any reason, Executive will not, directly or indirectly, for Executive’s own or another’s benefit, use, make known or divulge any Employer Confidential Information.

 

14. Non-Interference . Executive covenants and agrees that, for a period of thirty-six (36) months subsequent to the termination of this Agreement, whether such termination occurs at the insistence of Employer or Executive, Executive shall not recruit, hire or attempt to recruit or hire other employees, directly or by assisting other employees of Employer, nor shall Executive contact or communicate with any other employees of Employer for the purpose of inducing other employees to terminate their employment with Employer. For purposes of this covenant, “other employees” shall refer to employees who are still actively employed by or doing business with Employer at the time of the attempted recruiting or hiring.

 

Employment Agreement

   Page 12 of 16 Pages


15. Non-Competition . Ancillary to his promise to protect the Confidential Information of Employer, Executive agrees that during the Term of this Agreement, and for a period of three (3) years following his Termination of Employment and the termination of this Agreement, Executive shall not engage or invest in, own, manage, operate, finance, control, participate in the ownership, management, operation, financing or control of, be employed by, associated with or in any manner connected with, lend Executive’s name or any similar name to, lend Executive’s credit to or render services or advice to any business that provides services of investment banking, consumer banking, commercial banking, financial advisory services, mortgage banking, residential mortgage brokerage, commercial mortgage brokerage, equipment leasing, personal property leasing, personal insurance, commercial insurance, title insurance or other financial services of any type whatsoever anywhere within the state of Texas; provided, however, Executive may purchase or otherwise acquire up to (but not more than) one percent (1%) of any class of securities of any enterprise (but without participating in the activities of such enterprise) if such securities are listed on any national or regional securities exchange or have been registered under Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Executive further acknowledges that:

 

  (a) The services to be performed by Executive under this Agreement are of a special, unique, unusual, extraordinary and intellectual character;

 

  (b) Employer’s business is statewide in scope and its products and services are marketed throughout the state of Texas;

 

  (c) Employer competes with other businesses that are or could be located in any part of the state of Texas; and

 

  (d) The provisions of this Section 15 are reasonable and necessary to protect Employer’s business.

 

16. Injunctive Relief and Additional Remedy . Executive acknowledges that the injury suffered by Employer as a result of a breach of Sections 13, 14 or 15 of this Agreement would be irreparable and that an award of money damages to Employer for such a breach would be an inadequate remedy. Consequently, Employer shall have the right, in addition to any other rights it may have, to obtain relief to restrain any breach or threatened breach or otherwise to specifically enforce Sections 13, 14 and 15 of this Agreement, and Employer will not be obligated to post bond or other security in seeking such relief. Without limiting Employer’s rights under this Section 16 or any other remedies of Employer, if Executive breaches the provisions of Section 13, 14 or 15 , Employer shall have the right to cease making payments otherwise due to Executive under this Agreement.

 

Employment Agreement

   Page 13 of 16 Pages


17. Waiver Relating to Modification Upon Participation in the TARP . If at any time during the term of this Agreement, the United States Department of Treasury owns any debt or equity securities of PlainsCapital in connection with its participation in the United States Department of the Treasury’s TARP Capital Purchase Program, Employer may modify Executive’s compensation or benefits, including without limitation, the compensation and benefits described in Sections 3, 5, and 6 , to the extent such modifications are required to comply with the regulations issued by the Department of Treasury as published in the Federal Register on October 20, 2008, and Executive waives any claims he may have against the United States or Employer relating to or arising out of any such modifications. Executive agrees and understands that this Section 17 may require modification of the compensation, bonus, incentive and other benefit plans, arrangements, policies and agreements (including so called “golden parachute” agreements) that he has with Employer as they relate to the period the United States Department of Treasury holds any equity or debt securities of PlainsCapital acquired through the TARP Capital Purchase Program. The waiver described in this Section 17 includes all claims Executive may have under the laws of the United States or any state related to the requirements imposed by the aforementioned regulation, including without limitation a claim for any compensation or other payments Executive would receive, any challenge to the process by which the regulation was adopted and any tort or constitutional claim about the effect of these regulations on Executive’s employment relationship. The parties agree that any modifications made to Executive’s compensation and benefits pursuant to this Section 17 shall be of no further force or effect as of the date such modifications are no longer required for purposes of complying with the aforementioned regulations, and that Executive’s compensation and benefits shall be returned to the level of compensation and benefits as in effect immediately prior to the effective date of such modifications.

 

18. Binding Agreement and Successors . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Executive’s and Employer’s respective personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, assigns, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees. If Executive should die while any amounts would still be payable to him hereunder if he had continued to live, all such amounts, unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to his devisee, legatee or other designee, or, if there be no such designee, to his estate. In the event of a Change in Control, Employer shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of Employer, by agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Executive, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that Employer would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place.

 

19. No Mitigation of Amounts Payable Hereunder . Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment provided for in this Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise, nor shall the amount of any payment provided for in this Agreement be reduced by any compensation earned by Executive as the result of employment (not in violation of Section 15 of this Agreement) by another employer after the date of termination or otherwise.

 

Employment Agreement

   Page 14 of 16 Pages


20. Captions . The captions of this Agreement are inserted for convenience and are not part of the Agreement.

 

21. Severability . In case of any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any other respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement. This Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been a part of the Agreement and there shall be deemed substituted therefor such other provision as will most nearly accomplish the intent of the parties to the extent permitted by the applicable law.

 

22. Amendment . Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement may not be amended or modified at any time except by a written instrument approved by the Board, and executed by Employer and Executive. Any attempted amendment or modification without such approval and execution shall be null and void ab initio and of no effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 22 , the Board may change or modify this Agreement without Executive’s consent or signature if the Board determines, in its sole discretion, that such change or modification is necessary for purposes of compliance with or exemption from the requirements of Section 409A.

 

23. No Waiver . No waiver by either party at any time of any breach by the other party of, or compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by the other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at any time.

 

24. Survival of Provisions . The covenants and agreements of the parties set forth in Sections 8 through 19 are of a continuing nature and shall survive the expiration, termination or cancellation of this Agreement, regardless of the reason therefor.

 

25. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original.

 

26. Section 409A . In the event that it is reasonably determined by Employer or Executive that, as a result of Section 409A, any of the payments that Executive is entitled to under the terms of this Agreement or any nonqualified deferred compensation plan (as defined under Section 409A) may not be made at the time contemplated by the terms hereof or thereof, as the case may be, without causing Executive to be subject to an income tax penalty and interest, Employer will make such payment (with interest thereon) on the first day that would not result in Executive incurring any tax liability under Section 409A. In addition, other provisions of this Agreement or any other plan notwithstanding, Employer shall have no right to accelerate any such payment or to make any such payment as the result of an event if such payment would, as a result, be subject to the tax imposed by Section 409A.

 

Employment Agreement

   Page 15 of 16 Pages


Executive:  

/s/    Jerry L. Schaffner

  Jerry L. Schaffner
Date:  

12-17-08

PLAINSCAPITAL CORPORATION
By:  

/s/    Alan B. White

  Alan B. White
Its:   Chief Executive Officer
Date:  

12-17-2008

 

Employment Agreement

   Page 16 of 16 Pages


SCHEDULE A

Certain Supplemental Payments by Employer

Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Amended and Restated Employment Agreement (the “ Agreement ”), of which this Schedule A is a part.

1. If it shall be determined that any amount, right or benefit paid, distributed or treated as paid or distributed by Employer or any of its affiliates to or for Executive’s benefit (other than any amounts payable pursuant to this Schedule A) (a “ Payment ”) would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, or any interest or penalties are incurred by Executive with respect to such excise tax (such excise tax, together with any such interest and penalties, collectively, the “ Excise Tax ”), then Executive shall be entitled to receive an additional payment (a “ Gross-Up Payment ”) in an amount equal to the amount necessary such that after payment by Executive of all federal, state and local taxes (including any interest or penalties imposed with respect to such taxes), including, without limitation, any income taxes (and any interest and penalties imposed with respect thereto) and Excise Tax imposed upon the Gross-Up Payment, Executive retains an amount of the Gross-Up Payment equal to the Excise Tax imposed upon the Payments.

2. All determinations required to be made under this Schedule A, including whether and when a Gross-Up Payment is required, the amount of such Gross-Up Payment and the assumptions to be utilized in arriving at such determination, shall be made by an independent public accounting firm (the “ Accounting Firm ”). The Accounting Firm shall provide detailed supporting calculations to both Employer and Executive within fifteen (15) business days of the receipt of notice from Executive or Employer that there has been a Payment, or such earlier time as is requested by Employer. All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be paid by Employer. Any Gross-Up Payment, as determined pursuant to this Schedule A, shall be paid by Employer to Executive (or to the Internal Revenue Service or other applicable taxing authority on Executive’s behalf) within five (5) days of the receipt of the Accounting Firm’s determination. All determinations made by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon Employer and Executive; provided that following any payment of a Gross-Up Payment to Executive (or to the Internal Revenue Service or other applicable taxing authority on Executive’s behalf), Employer may require Executive to sue for a refund of all or any portion of the Excise Taxes paid on Executive’s behalf, in which event the provisions of paragraph (3) below shall apply. As a result of uncertainty regarding the application of Section 4999 of the Code hereunder, it is possible that the Internal Revenue Service may assert that Excise Taxes are due that were not included in the Accounting Firm’s calculation of the Gross-Up Payments (an “ Underpayment ”). In the event that Employer exhausts its remedies pursuant to this Schedule A and Executive thereafter is required to make a payment of any Excise Tax, the Accounting Firm shall determine the amount of the Underpayment that has occurred and any additional Gross-Up Payments that are due as a result thereof shall be promptly paid by Employer to Executive (or to the Internal Revenue Service or other applicable taxing authority on Executive’s behalf).

 

Employment Agreement

   Page 1


3. Executive shall notify Employer in writing of any claim by the Internal Revenue Service that, if successful, would require the payment by Employer of the Gross-Up Payment. Such notification shall be given as soon as practicable but no later than ten (10) business days after Executive receives written notification of such claim and shall apprise Employer of the nature of such claim and the date on which such claim is requested to be paid. Executive shall not pay such claim prior to the expiration of the thirty (30) days period following the date on which it gives such notice to Employer (or such shorter period ending on the date that any payment of taxes with respect to such claim is due). If Employer notifies Executive in writing prior to the expiration of such period that it desires to contest such claim, Executive shall: (i) give Employer all information reasonably requested by Employer relating to such claim; (ii) take such action in connection with contesting such claim as Employer shall reasonably request in writing from time to time, including, without limitation, accepting legal representation with respect to such claim by an attorney reasonably selected by Employer and ceasing all efforts to contest such claim; (iii) cooperate with Employer in good faith in order to effectively contest such claim; and (iv) permit Employer to participate in any proceeding relating to such claim; provided , however , that Employer shall bear and pay directly all reasonable costs and expenses (including additional interest and penalties) incurred in connection with such contest and shall indemnify and hold Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, from any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest and penalties with respect thereto) imposed as a result of such representation and payment of costs and expense. Without limiting the foregoing provisions of this Schedule A, Employer shall control all proceedings taken in connection with such contest and, at its sole option, may pursue or forego any and all administrative appeals, proceedings, hearings and conferences with the taxing authority in respect of such claim and may, at its sole option, either direct Executive to pay the tax claimed and sue for a refund or contest the claim in any permissible manner, and Executive agrees to prosecute such contest to a determination before any administrative tribunal, in a court of initial jurisdiction and in one or more appellate courts, as Employer shall determine and direct; provided , however , that if Employer directs Executive to pay such claim and sue for a refund, Employer shall, to the extent permitted by law, advance the amount of such payment to Executive, on an interest-free basis, and shall indemnify and hold Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, from any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest or penalties with respect thereto) imposed with respect to such advance or with respect to any imputed income with respect to such advance; and further provided that any extension of the statute of limitations relating to payment of taxes for Executive’s taxable year with respect to which such contested amount is claimed to be due is limited solely to such contested amount. Furthermore, Employer’s control of the contest shall be limited to issues with respect to which a Gross-Up Payment would be payable hereunder and Executive shall be entitled to settle or contest, as the case may be, any other issue raised by the Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authority.

4. If, after Executive’s receipt of an amount advanced by Employer pursuant to this Schedule A, Executive becomes entitled to receive any refund with respect to such claim, Executive shall promptly pay to Employer the amount of such refund (together with any interest paid or credited thereon after taxes applicable thereto). If, after Executive’s receipt of an amount advanced by Employer pursuant to this Schedule A, a determination is made that Executive shall not be entitled to any refund with respect to such claim and Employer does not notify Executive in writing of its intent to contest such denial of refund prior to the expiration of thirty (30) days

 

Employment Agreement

   Page 2


after Employer’s receipt of notice of such determination, then such advance shall be forgiven and shall not be required to be repaid and the amount of such advance shall offset, to the extent thereof, the amount of Gross-Up Payment required to be paid.

5. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in no event shall any payment be made pursuant to this Schedule A after the end of Executive’s taxable year next following Executive’s taxable year in which the Executive remits any related taxes to the IRS.

 

Employment Agreement

   Page 3

Exhibit 10.9

FIRST AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”) is made and entered into as of March 2, 2009, by and between PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION, a Texas corporation (the “ Company ”), on behalf of itself and all of its subsidiaries (collectively “ Employer ”) and JERRY L. SCHAFFNER (“ Executive ”) for purposes of amending that certain Employment Agreement dated as of January 1, 2009, by and between the Company and Executive (the “ Agreement ”). Terms used in this Amendment with initial capital letters that are not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement.

WHEREAS, effective December 31, 2008, the Company became subject to the requirement to register its securities pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “ Exchange Act ”); and

WHEREAS, the parties desire to amend the Agreement to comply with the provisions of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), and the regulations and other guidance issued thereunder (“ Section 409A ”) that apply to Executive now that Employer is subject to the Exchange Act; and

WHEREAS, the parties desire to further amend the Agreement in order to ensure compliance with the interim final rules issued by the Department of Treasury on October 20, 2008 and January 16, 2009, which provide further guidance on the executive compensation provisions applicable to participants in the Troubled Asset Relief Program Capital Purchase Program;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises, conditions and covenants contained herein and in the Agreement, and other good and valuable consideration, the adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1. Section 2 of the Agreement is amended by adding the following new sentence to the end of said Section:

Executive has received and is familiar with Employer’s ethics and insider trading policies and procedures, and understands and agrees his duties include compliance with such policies and procedures, as amended from time to time.

2. Section 3(b) of the Agreement is amended by deleting said Section in its entirety and substituting in lieu thereof the following:

Bonus . Subject to Section 17 below, Executive shall be eligible to receive an annual bonus for each year ending during the term of this Agreement as shall be determined by the Board of Directors of Employer (the “ Board ”). Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence and subject to Section 17 below, the annual bonus for any given year shall not be less than the average annual bonus paid to Executive, by Employer or its predecessor entity, in respect of the three (3) calendar years immediately preceding the year of such bonus (the “ Guaranteed Bonus ”). The Guaranteed Bonus shall not be considered to be a bonus or incentive compensation arrangement for purposes of Section 111(b) of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (“ EESA ”). Any portion of the bonus provided in this Section 3(b) permitted by Section 17 that exceeds the Guaranteed Bonus shall be the “ Incentive Bonus .” The Incentive Bonus shall not be based upon performance criteria that would encourage Executive to take any unnecessary and excessive risks that threaten the value of Employer, and Employer expressly discourages Executive from taking such risks. Notwithstanding the foregoing, during any period that Employer is subject to Section 111(b) of EESA: (1) in the event Employer (or the Compensation Committee of the Company) determines, in its sole discretion, that


Executive has taken any unnecessary and excessive risks, Employer may reduce all or any portion of the Incentive Bonus to which Executive has obtained a legally binding right pursuant to this Section 3(b) ; and (2) in the event Employer (or the Compensation Committee of the Company) determines, in its sole discretion, that Executive has been paid or has obtained a legally binding right to an Incentive Bonus pursuant to this Section 3(b) that is based on materially inaccurate financial statements and any other materially inaccurate performance metric criteria, Executive must pay Employer an amount equal to such Incentive Bonus immediately after Executive receives notice of such misstatement (or forfeit receipt of such Incentive Bonus if the Incentive Bonus has not been paid). Any bonus payable under this Section 3(b) shall be paid on or before March 15 of the year following the year for which the bonus is payable.

3. Section 3(e) of the Agreement is amended by inserting in the first sentence the words “Subject to the provisions of Section 17 below,” immediately before the words “Executive shall be entitled to”.

4. Section 3(f) of the Agreement is amended by inserting in the first sentence the words “and except as otherwise provided by Section 17 below,” immediately after the words “During the term of this Agreement”.

5. Section 3(g) of the Agreement is amended by inserting in the first sentence the words “and except as otherwise provided by Section 17 below,” immediately after the words “During the term of this Agreement”.

6. Section 6(vi) of the Agreement is amended by inserting the words “the option to receive a cash” immediately before the words “payment equal to the then difference”.

7. Section 17 of the Agreement is amended by deleting said Section in its entirety and substituting in lieu thereof the following:

Waiver Relating to Modification Upon Participation in the TARP . If at any time during the term of this Agreement, the United States Department of Treasury owns any debt or equity securities of the Company in connection with the Company’s participation in the United States Department of the Treasury’s TARP Capital Purchase Program, Employer may modify Executive’s compensation or benefits, including without limitation, the compensation and benefits described in Sections 3, 5, and 6 , to the extent such modifications are required to comply with the regulations issued by the Department of Treasury in connection with the Treasury’s TARP Capital Purchase Program, and Executive waives any claims he may have against the United States or Employer relating to or arising out of any such modifications. Executive agrees and understands that this Section 17 may require modification of the compensation, bonus, incentive and other benefit plans, arrangements, policies and agreements (including so called “golden parachute” agreements) that he has with Employer as they relate to the period the United States Department of Treasury holds any equity or debt securities of the Company acquired through the TARP Capital Purchase Program (the “ TARP Period ”). The waiver described in this Section 17 includes all claims Executive may have under the laws of the United States or any state related to the requirements imposed by the aforementioned regulation, including without limitation a claim for any compensation or other payments Executive would receive, any challenge to the process by which the regulation was adopted and any tort or constitutional claim about the effect of these regulations on Executive’s employment relationship. The parties agree that any modifications made to Executive’s compensation and benefits pursuant to this Section 17 shall be of no further force or effect with respect to compensation and benefits earned after the date such modifications are no longer required for purposes of complying with the aforementioned regulations, and that Executive’s

 

2


compensation and benefits shall be returned to the level of compensation and benefits as in effect immediately prior to the effective date of such modifications; provided that, Executive shall not be entitled to receive any compensation and benefits that, but for the modifications required by this Section 17 , would have been paid during the TARP Period.

8. Section 22 of the Agreement is amended by deleting said Section in its entirety and substituting in lieu thereof the following:

Amendment . Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement may not be amended or modified at any time except by a written instrument approved by the Board, and executed by Employer and Executive. Any attempted amendment or modification without such approval and execution shall be null and void ab initio and of no effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 22 , the Board may change or modify this Agreement without Executive’s consent or signature if the Board determines, in its sole discretion, that such change or modification is required (a) for purposes of compliance with or exemption from the requirements of Section 409A, or (b) for purposes of compliance with EESA.

9. The following new Section 27 is added to the Agreement:

27. Six Month Delay . To the extent (i) any payments to which Executive becomes entitled under this Agreement, or any agreement or plan referenced herein, in connection with Executive’s Termination of Employment with Employer constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A; (ii) Executive is deemed at the time of his Termination of Employment to be a “specified employee” under Section 409A; and (iii) at the time of Executive’s Termination of Employment, Employer is publicly traded (as defined in Section 409A), then such payments (other than any payments permitted by Section 409A to be paid within six (6) months of Executive’s Termination of Employment) shall not be made until the earlier of (x) the first day of the seventh month following Executive’s Termination of Employment or (y) the date of Executive’s death following such Termination of Employment. During any period that payment or payments to Executive are deferred pursuant to the foregoing, Executive shall be entitled to interest on the deferred payment or payments at a per annum rate equal to Federal-Funds rate as published in The Wall Street Journal on the date of Executive’s Termination of Employment with Employer. Upon the expiration of the applicable deferral period, any payments which would have otherwise been made during that period (whether in a single sum or in installments) in the absence of this Section 27 (together with accrued interest thereon) shall be paid to Executive or Executive’s beneficiary in one lump sum.

10. All instances of the defined term “PlainsCapital” in the Agreement shall be replaced with the term “the Company”.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

3


JERRY L. SCHAFFNER
Executive:  

/s/    Jerry L. Schaffner

Date: March 3, 2009

 

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION
By:  

/s/    Alan B. White

Its:   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Date: March 2, 2009

 

4

Exhibit 10.10

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Employment Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is dated as of January 1, 2009 and is entered into by and between JEFF ISOM (“ Executive ”) and PLAINSCAPITAL CORPORATION, a Texas corporation (“ PlainsCapital ”), on behalf of itself and all of its subsidiaries (collectively “ Employer ”). As an inducement to continuing to render services and superior performance to Employer, Executive and Employer agree as follows:

 

1. Employment . Upon the terms and subject to the conditions contained in this Agreement, Executive agrees to provide full-time services for Employer during the term of this Agreement. Executive agrees to devote his best efforts to the business of Employer, and shall perform his duties in a diligent, trustworthy and business-like manner, all for the purpose of advancing the business of Employer; provided that nothing herein shall prevent Executive from devoting such time to his personal investments or serving on the board of directors or trustees of any business corporation or charitable organization, or engaging in other charitable or community activities, so long as such service and activities do not materially interfere with the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder or otherwise conflict with Sections 13 through 15 hereof.

 

2. Duties . The duties of Executive shall be those duties which can reasonably be expected to be performed by a person with the title of Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer of a major financial organization. Executive shall report directly to the Chief Executive Officer of PlainsCapital (the “ CEO ”). Executive’s duties may, from time to time, be changed or modified at the discretion of the CEO so long as they remain consistent with those duties which can reasonably be expected to be performed by a person with the title of Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer of a major financial organization.

 

3. Salary and Benefits .

 

  (a) Base Salary . Employer shall, during the term of this Agreement, pay Executive an annual base salary of Two Hundred Forty Thousand Dollars ($240,000.00). Such salary shall be paid in semi-monthly installments less applicable withholding and salary deductions. Base salary shall be reviewed and adjusted at least annually, but may not be reduced, except as otherwise provided by Section 17 below.

 

  (b) Bonus . Executive shall be eligible to receive an annual bonus for each year ending during the term of this Agreement as shall be determined by the Board of Directors of Employer (the “ Board ”); provided , however , subject to Section 17 below, that the annual bonus for any given year shall not be less than the average annual bonus paid to Executive, by Employer or its predecessor entity, in respect of the three (3) calendar years immediately preceding the year of such bonus. Executive’s bonus shall be paid on or before March 15 of the year following the year for which the bonus is payable.

 

Employment Agreement

  


  (c) Restricted Stock Grant . As soon as administratively possible following the date of this Agreement, Executive shall receive a grant of ten thousand (10,000) shares of restricted common stock of PlainsCapital (the “ Restricted Stock ”). The Restricted Stock shall be subject to the terms and conditions of a restricted stock award agreement between Executive and PlainsCapital, which shall include, without limitation, the following terms: (i) vesting of the Restricted Stock equally over seven (7) years, beginning on the first anniversary of the date of grant (subject to early termination or forfeiture in accordance with the terms of the award agreement); (ii) immediate vesting of all unvested shares of Restricted Stock upon the occurrence of a “change in control” or an “initial public listing” (each as defined in the applicable award agreement); and (iii) in the event Executive violates any of the provisions of Section 13, 14, or 15 below, (x) immediate forfeiture of any unvested shares of Restricted Stock; (y) immediate forfeiture of any shares of Restricted Stock that vested within the 180-day period preceding such event that are still held by Executive; and (z) immediate payment by Executive to PlainsCapital of any gain that Executive realized on the sale of any vested shares of Restricted Stock that were sold by Executive within the 180-day period preceding or the one year period following the date of such violation. Executive agrees to execute any documents requested by PlainsCapital in connection with the grant of the Restricted Stock pursuant to this Section 3(c) .

 

  (d) Reimbursement of Expenses . Employer shall reimburse Executive for all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Executive in the course of his duties, in accordance with normal policies. Executive shall be required to submit to Employer appropriate documentation supporting such out-of-pocket expenses as a prerequisite to reimbursement in accordance with normal policies.

 

  (e) Executive Benefits . Executive shall be entitled to participate in the employee benefit programs generally available to employees of Employer and to all normal perquisites provided to similarly situated employees of Employer.

 

  (f) Country Club/Luncheon Club Membership . During the term of this Agreement and except as otherwise provided by Section 17 below, Employer shall either provide Executive with reasonable access to a country club or luncheon club for business use or Employer shall reimburse Executive for the dues and reasonable expenses associated with a country club or luncheon club membership, provided Executive submits appropriate documentation supporting such dues and expenses to Employer in accordance with Employer’s normal policies.

 

  (g) Automobile Allowance . Subject to the provisions of Section 17 below, Employer shall provide Executive with an automobile allowance of Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00) per month to cover the monthly costs associated with the leasing or purchasing of an automobile (including, without limitation, gas, insurance, registration, repairs and maintenance expenses).

 

Employment Agreement

   Page 2


  (h) Benefits Not in Lieu of Compensation . No benefit or perquisite provided to Executive shall be deemed to be in lieu of base salary or other compensation.

 

4.

Term of Agreement . This Agreement shall become effective and binding immediately upon its execution and shall remain in effect until December 31, 2010 or until later termination if this Agreement is renewed under this Section 4 . On December 31, 2010, this Agreement shall be automatically renewed for an additional one year term unless either Employer or Executive provides written notice of election not to renew at least 90 days before such December 31 st renewal date. If this Agreement is so renewed, thereafter, on each successive annual anniversary of the renewal date, this Agreement shall be automatically renewed for an additional one year term unless either Employer or Executive provides written notice of election not to renew at least 90 days before such applicable renewal date. It is the intent of the parties hereto that certain provisions of this Agreement, such as Sections 5(a)(ii), 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15 and 16 , by their terms shall survive and remain effective after the termination of this Agreement.

 

5. General Termination Provisions . Except as otherwise provided by Section 17 hereof, if Executive has a Termination of Employment during the term of this Agreement, other than under the provisions of Section 6 , then upon such Termination of Employment and conditioned upon Executive’s execution of a release in a form provided by Employer within forty-five (45) days following such Termination of Employment, Employer will be liable to Executive for all payments (if any) as described in Section 5 , as follows:

 

  (a) Termination by Employer . Employer may terminate Executive’s employment and this Agreement under this Section 5 only upon the occurrence of one or more of the following events and under the conditions described below.

 

  (i) Termination For Cause . Employer may discharge Executive for Cause, and, upon such Termination of Employment, this Agreement shall terminate immediately and Executive shall be entitled to receive:

 

  (A) Executive’s base salary through the effective date of such Termination of Employment at the annual rate in effect at the time Notice of Termination is given, payable within ten (10) business days after the effective date of such Termination of Employment;

 

  (B) any annual bonus fully earned as defined in the Bonus Plan but unpaid as of the effective date of such Termination of Employment for any previously completed fiscal year, payable within ten (10) business days after the effective date of such Termination of Employment;

 

Employment Agreement

   Page 3


  (C) all earned and unpaid and/or vested, nonforfeitable amounts owing or accrued at the effective date of such Termination of Employment under any compensation and benefit plans, programs, and arrangements of Employer and its affiliates in which Executive theretofore participated, payable in accordance with the terms and conditions of the plans, programs, and arrangements (and agreements and documents thereunder) pursuant to which such compensation and benefits were granted or accrued; and

 

  (D) reimbursement for any unreimbursed business expenses properly incurred by Executive in accordance with Employer policy prior to the effective date of such Termination of Employment (collectively, (A) through (D) above shall be the “ Accrued Amounts ”).

 

  (ii) Termination Without Cause or Upon Termination after Non-Renewal . If Employer shall discharge Executive without Cause (other than pursuant to a Change in Control as described in Section 6 ) or if Employer shall give Executive notice of its intention to not renew this Agreement pursuant to Section 4 and within ninety (90) days after termination of this Agreement terminate Executive without Cause, then upon such Termination of Employment, this Agreement shall terminate immediately, if it has not already terminated, and conditioned upon Executive’s execution of a release in a form provided by Employer within forty-five (45) days following such Termination of Employment, and Executive shall be entitled to receive:

 

  (A) the Accrued Amounts; and

 

  (B) a cash amount equal to one (1) times the sum of (i) the annual base salary rate of Executive immediately prior to the effective date of such Termination of Employment, and (ii) the average annual bonus paid to Executive in respect of the three (3) calendar years immediately preceding the year of Termination of Employment, payable in a lump sum payment within sixty (60) days of the effective date of such Termination of Employment.

 

  (iii) Termination Because of Death or Disability . In the event of Executive’s death or disability (within the meaning of Employer’s disability policy that is in effect at the time of disability), upon such Termination of Employment, this Agreement shall terminate immediately and Executive (or his estate) shall be entitled to receive the Accrued Amounts.

 

  (b) Termination by Executive . Executive may voluntarily terminate this Agreement at any time following its execution. If Executive shall voluntarily terminate his employment for any reason, this Agreement shall terminate immediately and Executive shall be entitled to receive the Accrued Amounts.

 

Employment Agreement

   Page 4


6. Termination Upon Change in Control .

 

  (a) Upon (x) the discharge of Executive by Employer without Cause within the twenty-four (24) months immediately following, or the six (6) months immediately preceding, a Change in Control; or (y) Executive’s Termination of Employment for Good Reason within the twenty-four (24) months immediately following, or the six (6) months immediately preceding, a Change in Control; then upon such Termination of Employment, this Agreement shall terminate immediately, and conditioned upon Executive’s execution of a release in a form provided by Employer within forty-five (45) days following such Termination of Employment, Executive shall be entitled to receive (except as otherwise provided by Section 17 hereof):

 

  (i) the Accrued Amounts;

 

  (ii) a cash lump sum amount equal to three (3) times the sum of Executive’s (A) annual rate of salary in effect immediately prior to the effective date of such Termination of Employment or, if higher, the annual rate in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control and (B) annual bonus paid or payable with respect to the calendar year prior to the calendar year in which the effective date of such Termination of Employment occurs or, if higher, the average annual bonus paid or payable to Executive for the three (3) calendar years preceding the calendar year in which the effective date of such Termination of Employment occurs (such higher bonus amount, the “ Annual Bonus Amount ”), payable within sixty (60) business days after the effective date of such Termination of Employment (or, if later, the effective date of the Change in Control);

 

  (iii) to the extent permitted by applicable law, inclusion in Employer’s Welfare Plans as if Executive were still employed by Employer until the earlier of two (2) years following the date of Termination of Employment of Executive, or until Executive obtains eligibility under comparable employee plans from another employer which, to the extent such benefits are otherwise taxable to Executive, such benefits shall for purposes of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), and the regulations and other guidance issued thereunder (“ Section 409A ”) be provided as separate monthly in-kind payments of those benefits, and to the extent those benefits are subject to and not otherwise excepted from Section 409A, the provision of the in-kind benefits during one calendar year shall not affect the in-kind benefits to be provided in any other calendar year; and

 

Employment Agreement

   Page 5


  (iv) continuation of the average auto allowance received by Executive during the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding the effective date of the Termination of Employment until the earlier of two (2) years following the termination of Executive, or until Executive receives an auto allowance from another employer. Each payment of the auto allowance under this Section 6(a)(iv) , for purposes of Section 409A, shall be provided as a separate monthly in-kind payment, and the provision of the auto allowance during one calendar year shall not affect the payment of the auto-allowance to be provided in any other calendar year; and

 

  (v) full vesting of all outstanding stock options then held by Executive, with payment equal to the then difference between the option price and the current fair market value of the stock as of the effective date of such Termination of Employment in lieu of the right to exercise such options.

 

  (b) Anything in this Section 6 to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event it shall be determined that any payment or distribution made, or benefit provided, by Employer to or for the benefit of Executive under Section 6(a) (whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable or provided pursuant to the terms hereof or otherwise) would constitute a “parachute payment” as defined in Section 280G of the Code, then the benefits payable pursuant to Section 6(a) shall be reduced so that the aggregate present value of all payments in the nature of compensation to (or for the benefit of) Executive which are contingent on a change of control (as defined in Section 280G(b)(2)(A) of the Code) is One Dollar ($1.00) less than the amount which Executive could receive without being considered to have received any parachute payment (the amount of this reduction in the benefits payable is referred to herein as the “ Excess Amount ”). The determination of the amount of any reduction required by this Section 6(b) shall be made by an independent accounting firm selected by Employer, and such determination shall be conclusive and binding on the parties hereto.

 

  (c) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 6(b) , if it is established, pursuant to a final determination of a court or an Internal Revenue Service proceeding which has been finally and conclusively resolved, that an Excess Amount was received by Executive from Employer, then such Excess Amount shall be deemed for all purposes to be a loan to Executive made on the date Executive received the Excess Amount and Executive shall repay the Excess Amount to Employer on demand (but no less than ten (10) days after written demand is received by Executive) together with interest on the Excess Amount at the “applicable Federal rate” (as defined in Section 1274(d) of the Code) from the date of Executive’s receipt of such Excess Amount until the date of such repayment.

 

  (d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any amounts payable to Executive pursuant to Section 6(a) shall be reduced by any amounts previously received by Executive pursuant to Section 5 above.

 

Employment Agreement

   Page 6


7. Definitions .

 

  (a) Termination For Cause . Cause ” for termination shall mean that, prior to any termination pursuant to Section 5(a)(i) hereof, Executive shall have committed or caused:

 

  (i) an intentional act of fraud, embezzlement or theft in connection with his duties or in the course of his employment with Employer;

 

  (ii) intentional wrongful damage to property of Employer;

 

  (iii) intentional wrongful disclosure of trade secrets or confidential information of Employer;

 

  (iv) intentional violation of any law, rule or regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses) or final Cease and Desist Order;

 

  (v) intentional breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit; or

 

  (vi) intentional action or inaction which causes material economic harm to Employer;

provided, however, that none of the actions described in clauses (i) through (vi) above shall constitute grounds for a “Cause” termination unless any such act or actions shall have been determined by the Board to have been materially harmful to Employer. For the purposes of this Agreement, no act or failure to act on the part of Executive shall be deemed “intentional” unless done or omitted to be done by Executive not in good faith and without reasonable belief that his action or omission was in the best interest of Employer.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall not be deemed to have been terminated for “Cause” hereunder unless and until there shall have been delivered to Executive a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than three-quarters (3/4) of the Directors then in office at a meeting of the Directors called and held for such purpose (after reasonable notice to Executive and an opportunity for Executive, together with his counsel, to be heard before the Directors), finding that in the good faith opinion of the Directors, Executive had committed an act set forth above in this Section 7(a) and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.

 

  (b) Change in Control . A “ Change in Control ” means and shall be deemed to have occurred for purposes of this Agreement if and when any of the following occur:

 

  (i)

PlainsCapital is merged or consolidated or reorganized into or with another corporation or other legal person and as a result of such merger, consolidation or reorganization less than fifty-one percent (51%) of the

 

Employment Agreement

   Page 7


combined voting power of the then-outstanding securities of such corporation or person immediately after such transaction are held in the aggregate by the holders of voting securities of Employer immediately prior to such transaction;

 

  (ii) PlainsCapital sells all or substantially all of its assets to any other corporation or other legal person, with the exception that it will not be deemed to be a Change in Control if PlainsCapital sells assets to an entity that, immediately prior to such sale, held fifty-one percent (51%) of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities in common with PlainsCapital;

 

  (iii) During any period of two (2) consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of any such period constitute the Directors of PlainsCapital cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof unless the election or the nomination for election by PlainsCapital’s shareholders, of each Director of PlainsCapital first elected during such period was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the Directors of PlainsCapital then still in office who were Directors of PlainsCapital at the beginning of any such period; or

 

  (iv) any “person” or “group” (as defined in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the voting stock of PlainsCapital (or any entity which controls PlainsCapital), including by way of merger, consolidation, tender or exchange offer or otherwise.

 

  (c) Good Reason . Good Reason ” shall mean:

 

  (i) Without his express written consent, the assignment to Executive of any duties materially inconsistent with his positions, duties, responsibilities and status with Employer as of the beginning of the current term or a significant material diminishment in his titles or offices as in effect at the beginning of the current term, or any removal of Executive from or any failures to re-elect Executive to any of such positions, except in connection with the termination of his employment for Cause or as a result of his disability (within the meaning of Employer’s disability policy in effect at the time of the disability) or death, or termination by Executive other than for Good Reason;

 

  (ii) A significant and material adverse diminishment in the nature or scope of the authorities, powers, functions or duties attached to the position with which Executive had immediately prior to the Change in Control or a reduction in Executive’s aggregate base salary and bonus payable pursuant to Section 3 without the prior written consent of Executive;

 

Employment Agreement

   Page 8


  (iii) Employer shall relocate its principal executive offices or require Executive to have as his principal location of work any location which is in excess of fifty (50) miles from the location thereof immediately prior to a Change in Control; or

 

  (iv) Any substantial and material breach of this Agreement by Employer.

With respect to any purported action (or failure to act) of Employer, Executive shall only have Good Reason to terminate his employment if he has provided to Employer a written notice describing what Executive believes is Good Reason within ninety (90) days of such purported action (or failure to act) of Employer and Employer has failed to cure such circumstance within thirty (30) days of receipt of said notice from Executive.

 

  (d) Welfare Plans . Welfare Plans ” shall mean Employer’s medical, dental, group life and long term disability plans.

 

  (e) Notice of Termination . Notice of Termination ” shall mean a notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and the termination date, and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for Termination of Employment under the provision so indicated. Any purported Termination of Employment by Employer or by Executive (other than due to Executive’s death) shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination to the other party hereto in accordance with Section 12 hereof.

 

  (f) Termination of Employment . “Termination of Employment” shall mean a “separation from service” as such term is defined in the regulations issued under Section 409A.

 

8. Governing Law . This Agreement is made and entered into in the State of Texas, and the laws of Texas shall govern its validity and interpretation in the performance by the parties of their respective duties and obligations.

 

9. Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties concerning the employment of Executive, supersedes all prior understandings and agreements between Executive and Employer, including, without limitation, the Employment Agreement by and between Executive and Employer dated November 9, 1998, and there are no representations, warranties or commitments other than those in writing executed by all of the parties. This is an integrated agreement. This Agreement may not be altered, modified, or amended except by written instrument signed by the parties hereto. The failure of a party to insist upon strict adherence to any term of this Agreement on any occasion shall not be considered a waiver of such party’s rights or deprive such party of the right thereafter to insist upon strict adherence to that term or any other term of this Agreement.

 

Employment Agreement

   Page 9


10. Arbitration .

 

  (a) Executive and Employer acknowledge and agree that any claim or controversy arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the breach of this Agreement or any other dispute arising out of or relating to the employment of Executive by Employer, shall be settled by final and binding arbitration in the City of Dallas, Texas, in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association in effect on the date the claim or controversy arises.

 

  (b) All claims or controversies subject to arbitration shall be submitted to arbitration within six (6) months from the date the written notice of a request for arbitration is effective. All claims or controversies shall be resolved by a panel of three (3) arbitrators who are licensed to practice law in the State of Texas and who are experienced in the arbitration of labor and employment disputes. These arbitrators shall be selected in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association in effect at the time the claim or controversy arises. Either party may request that the arbitration proceeding be stenographically recorded by a Certified Shorthand Reporter. The arbitrators shall issue a written decision with respect to all claims or controversies within thirty (30) days from the date the claims or controversies are submitted to arbitration. The parties shall be entitled to be represented by legal counsel at any arbitration proceeding. Executive and Employer acknowledge and agree that each party will bear fifty percent (50%) of the cost of the arbitration proceeding. The parties shall be responsible for paying their own attorneys’ fees, if any.

 

  (c) Employer and Executive acknowledge and agree that the arbitration provisions in Sections 10(a) and 10(b) may be specifically enforced by either party and submission to arbitration proceedings compelled by any court of competent jurisdiction. Employer and Executive further acknowledge and agree that the decision of the arbitrators may be specifically enforced by either party in any court of competent jurisdiction.

 

  (d) Notwithstanding the arbitration provisions set forth above, Executive and Employer acknowledge and agree that nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to require the arbitration of any claim or controversy arising under the NON-DISCLOSURE, THE NON-INTERFERENCE, AND THE NON-COMPETITION provisions set forth at Sections 13 through 15 of this Agreement. These provisions shall be enforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction and shall not be subject to ARBITRATION pursuant to Sections 10(a)-(c) . Executive and Employer further acknowledge and agree that nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to require arbitration of any claim for workers’ compensation benefits (although any claims arising under Tex. Labor Code § 450.001 shall be subject to arbitration) or unemployment compensation.

 

Employment Agreement

   Page 10


11. Assistance in Litigation . Executive shall make himself available, upon the request of Employer, to testify or otherwise assist in litigation, arbitration or other disputes involving Employer, or any of its directors, officers, employees, subsidiaries or parent corporations, during the term of this Agreement and at any time following the termination of this Agreement. In the event that Executive is requested to make himself available pursuant to this Section 11 following his Termination of Employment with Employer, Employer shall pay Executive for his time spent on such matters at a per diem rate equal to 1/365 of his annual rate of base salary immediately prior to his Termination of Employment. Additionally, Employer will reimburse Executive for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including travel costs, lodging and meals) incurred in connection with Executive’s assistance provided hereunder.

 

12. Notice . Any notice or communication required or permitted to be given to the parties shall be delivered personally or sent by United States registered or certified mail, postage prepaid and return receipt requested, and addressed or delivered as follows, or to such other address as the party addressed may have substituted by notice pursuant to this Section. Any notice given pursuant to this Section 12 will be effective immediately upon delivery if delivered in person or three (3) days after mailing deposited in the United States addressed as set forth below:

 

  (a) If to Employer:

PlainsCapital Corporation

2911 Turtle Creek Blvd., Suite 700

Dallas, TX 75219

Attention: General Counsel

 

  (b) If to Executive:

Jeff Isom

PlainsCapital Corporation

2911 Turtle Creek Blvd., Suite 700

Dallas, TX 75219

 

13. Non-Disclosure of Confidential Information . Employer agrees to provide Executive access to Employer’s Confidential Information, which information will be necessary to Executive’s performance of the duties and responsibilities contemplated herein. Executive acknowledges that such Confidential Information is a valuable asset of the Employer and must be protected. Executive agrees that during the term of this Agreement and thereafter, Executive will not disclose any Confidential Information or data concerning the business, such as, its plans, strategies, financial information or customers of Employer that will be disclosed to Executive or acquired by Executive in confidence at any time during the period of his employment.

 

  i.

Upon termination, Executive will not remove physically, electronically or in any other way any Confidential Information from premises owned, used or leased by

 

Employment Agreement

   Page 11


the Employer. Upon any termination of Executive’s employment, all Confidential Information (including all copies) will be turned over immediately to Executive’s supervisor or other designee at the Employer, and Executive shall retain no copies, summaries or notes thereof.

 

  ii. Executive agrees that, during the course of Executive’s employment with the Employer and after Executive ceases to be employed by Employer for any reason, Executive will not, directly or indirectly, for Executive’s own or another’s benefit, use, make known or divulge any Employer Confidential Information.

 

14. Non-Interference . Executive covenants and agrees that, for a period of twelve (12) months subsequent to the termination of this Agreement, whether such termination occurs at the insistence of Employer or Executive, Executive shall not recruit, hire or attempt to recruit or hire other employees, directly or by assisting other employees of Employer, nor shall Executive contact or communicate with any other employees of Employer for the purpose of inducing other employees to terminate their employment with Employer. For purposes of this covenant, “other employees” shall refer to employees who are still actively employed by or doing business with Employer at the time of the attempted recruiting or hiring.

 

15. Non-Competition . Ancillary to his promise to protect the Confidential Information of Employer, Executive agrees that during the Term of this Agreement, and for a period of one (1) year following his Termination of Employment and the termination of this Agreement, Executive shall not engage or invest in, own, manage, operate, finance, control, participate in the ownership, management, operation, financing or control of, be employed by, associated with or in any manner connected with, lend Executive’s name or any similar name to, lend Executive’s credit to or render services or advice to any business that provides services of investment banking, consumer banking, commercial banking, financial advisory services, mortgage banking, residential mortgage brokerage, commercial mortgage brokerage, equipment leasing, personal property leasing, personal insurance, commercial insurance, title insurance or other financial services of any type whatsoever anywhere within the state of Texas; provided, however, Executive may purchase or otherwise acquire up to (but not more than) one percent (1%) of any class of securities of any enterprise (but without participating in the activities of such enterprise) if such securities are listed on any national or regional securities exchange or have been registered under Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Executive further acknowledges that:

 

  (a) The services to be performed by Executive under this Agreement are of a special, unique, unusual, extraordinary and intellectual character;

 

  (b) Employer’s business is statewide in scope and its products and services are marketed throughout the state of Texas;

 

Employment Agreement

   Page 12


  (c) Employer competes with other businesses that are or could be located in any part of the state of Texas; and

 

  (d) The provisions of this Section 15 are reasonable and necessary to protect Employer’s business.

 

16. Injunctive Relief and Additional Remedy . Executive acknowledges that the injury suffered by Employer as a result of a breach of Sections 13, 14 or 15 of this Agreement would be irreparable and that an award of money damages to Employer for such a breach would be an inadequate remedy. Consequently, Employer shall have the right, in addition to any other rights it may have, to obtain relief to restrain any breach or threatened breach or otherwise to specifically enforce Sections 13, 14 and 15 of this Agreement, and Employer will not be obligated to post bond or other security in seeking such relief. Without limiting Employer’s rights under this Section 16 or any other remedies of Employer, if Executive breaches the provisions of Section 13, 14 or 15 , Employer shall have the right to cease making payments otherwise due to Executive under this Agreement.

 

17. Waiver Relating to Modification Upon Participation in the TARP . If at any time during the term of this Agreement, the United States Department of Treasury owns any debt or equity securities of PlainsCapital in connection with PlainsCapital’s participation in the United States Department of the Treasury’s TARP Capital Purchase Program, Employer may modify Executive’s compensation or benefits, including without limitation, the compensation and benefits described in Sections 3, 5, and 6 , to the extent such modifications are required to comply with the regulations issued by the Department of Treasury as published in the Federal Register on October 20, 2008, and Executive waives any claims he may have against the United States or Employer relating to or arising out of any such modifications. Executive agrees and understands that this Section 17 may require modification of the compensation, bonus, incentive and other benefit plans, arrangements, policies and agreements (including so called “golden parachute” agreements) that he has with Employer as they relate to the period the United States Department of Treasury holds any equity or debt securities of PlainsCapital acquired through the TARP Capital Purchase Program. The waiver described in this Section 17 includes all claims Executive may have under the laws of the United States or any state related to the requirements imposed by the aforementioned regulation, including without limitation a claim for any compensation or other payments Executive would receive, any challenge to the process by which the regulation was adopted and any tort or constitutional claim about the effect of these regulations on Executive’s employment relationship. The parties agree that any modifications made to Executive’s compensation and benefits pursuant to this Section 17 shall be of no further force or effect as of the date such modifications are no longer required for purposes of complying with the aforementioned regulations, and that Executive’s compensation and benefits shall be returned to the level of compensation and benefits as in effect immediately prior to the effective date of such modifications.

 

Employment Agreement

   Page 13


18. Binding Agreement and Successors . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Executive’s and Employer’s respective personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, assigns, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees. If Executive should die while any amounts would still be payable to him hereunder if he had continued to live, all such amounts, unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to his devisee, legatee or other designee, or, if there be no such designee, to his estate. In the event of a Change in Control, Employer shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of Employer, by agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Executive, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that Employer would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place.

 

19. No Mitigation of Amounts Payable Hereunder . Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment provided for in this Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise, nor shall the amount of any payment provided for in this Agreement be reduced by any compensation earned by Executive as the result of employment (not in violation of Section 15 of this Agreement) by another employer after the date of termination or otherwise.

 

20. Captions . The captions of this Agreement are inserted for convenience and are not part of the Agreement.

 

21. Severability . In case of any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any other respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement. This Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been a part of the Agreement and there shall be deemed substituted therefor such other provision as will most nearly accomplish the intent of the parties to the extent permitted by the applicable law.

 

22. Amendment . Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement may not be amended or modified at any time except by a written instrument approved by the Board, and executed by Employer and Executive. Any attempted amendment or modification without such approval and execution shall be null and void ab initio and of no effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 22 , the Board may change or modify this Agreement without Executive’s consent or signature if the Board determines, in its sole discretion, that such change or modification is necessary for purposes of compliance with or exemption from the requirements of Section 409A.

 

23. No Waiver . No waiver by either party at any time of any breach by the other party of, or compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by the other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at any time.

 

Employment Agreement

   Page 14


24. Survival of Provisions . The covenants and agreements of the parties set forth in Sections 8 through 19 are of a continuing nature and shall survive the expiration, termination or cancellation of this Agreement, regardless of the reason therefor.

 

25. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original.

 

26. Section 409A . In the event that it is reasonably determined by Employer or Executive that, as a result of Section 409A, any of the payments that Executive is entitled to under the terms of this Agreement or any nonqualified deferred compensation plan (as defined under Section 409A) may not be made at the time contemplated by the terms hereof or thereof, as the case may be, without causing Executive to be subject to an income tax penalty and interest, Employer will make such payment (with interest thereon) on the first day that would not result in Executive incurring any tax liability under Section 409A. In addition, other provisions of this Agreement or any other plan notwithstanding, Employer shall have no right to accelerate any such payment or to make any such payment as the result of an event if such payment would, as a result, be subject to the tax imposed by Section 409A.

 

Executive:  

/s/    Jeff Isom

  Jeff Isom
Date:   12-18-2008
PLAINSCAPITAL CORPORATION
By:  

/s/    Alan White

  Alan White
Its:   Chief Executive Officer
Date:   12-18-2008

 

Employment Agreement

   Page 15

Exhibit 10.11

FIRST AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”) is made and entered into as of March 2, 2009, by and between PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION, a Texas corporation (the “ Company ”), on behalf of itself and all of its subsidiaries (collectively “ Employer ”) and JEFF ISOM (“ Executive ”) for purposes of amending that certain Employment Agreement dated as of January 1, 2009, by and between the Company and Executive (the “ Agreement ”). Terms used in this Amendment with initial capital letters that are not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement.

WHEREAS, effective December 31, 2008, the Company became subject to the requirement to register its securities pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “ Exchange Act ”); and

WHEREAS, the parties desire to amend the Agreement to comply with the provisions of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), and the regulations and other guidance issued thereunder (“ Section 409A ”) that apply to Executive now that Employer is subject to the Exchange Act; and

WHEREAS, the parties desire to further amend the Agreement in order to ensure compliance with the interim final rules issued by the Department of Treasury on October 20, 2008 and January 16, 2009, which provide further guidance on the executive compensation provisions applicable to participants in the Troubled Asset Relief Program Capital Purchase Program;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises, conditions and covenants contained herein and in the Agreement, and other good and valuable consideration, the adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1. Section 2 of the Agreement is amended by adding the following new sentence to the end of said Section:

Executive has received and is familiar with Employer’s ethics and insider trading policies and procedures, and understands and agrees his duties include compliance with such policies and procedures, as amended from time to time.

2. Section 3(b) of the Agreement is amended by deleting said Section in its entirety and substituting in lieu thereof the following:

Bonus . Subject to Section 17 below, Executive shall be eligible to receive an annual bonus for each year ending during the term of this Agreement as shall be determined by the Board of Directors of Employer (the “ Board ”). Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence and subject to Section 17 below, the annual bonus for any given year shall not be less than the average annual bonus paid to Executive, by Employer or its predecessor entity, in respect of the three (3) calendar years immediately preceding the year of such bonus (the “ Guaranteed Bonus ”). The Guaranteed Bonus shall not be considered to be a bonus or incentive compensation arrangement for purposes of Section 111(b) of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (“ EESA ”). Any portion of the bonus provided in this Section 3(b) permitted by Section 17 that exceeds the Guaranteed Bonus shall be the “ Incentive Bonus .” The Incentive Bonus shall not be based upon performance criteria that would encourage Executive to take any unnecessary and excessive risks that threaten the value of Employer, and Employer expressly discourages Executive from taking such risks. Notwithstanding the foregoing, during any period that Employer is subject to Section 111(b) of EESA: (1) in the event Employer (or the Compensation Committee of the Company) determines, in its sole discretion, that


Executive has taken any unnecessary and excessive risks, Employer may reduce all or any portion of the Incentive Bonus to which Executive has obtained a legally binding right pursuant to this Section 3(b) ; and (2) in the event Employer (or the Compensation Committee of the Company) determines, in its sole discretion, that Executive has been paid or has obtained a legally binding right to an Incentive Bonus pursuant to this Section 3(b) that is based on materially inaccurate financial statements and any other materially inaccurate performance metric criteria, Executive must pay Employer an amount equal to such Incentive Bonus immediately after Executive receives notice of such misstatement (or forfeit receipt of such Incentive Bonus if the Incentive Bonus has not been paid). Any bonus payable under this Section 3(b) shall be paid on or before March 15 of the year following the year for which the bonus is payable.

3. Section 3(e) of the Agreement is amended by inserting in the first sentence the words “Subject to the provisions of Section 17 below,” immediately before the words “Executive shall be entitled to”.

4. Section 6(a)(v) of the Agreement is amended by inserting the words “the option to receive a cash” immediately before the words “payment equal to the then difference”.

5. Section 17 of the Agreement is amended by deleting said Section in its entirety and substituting in lieu thereof the following:

Waiver Relating to Modification Upon Participation in the TARP . If at any time during the term of this Agreement, the United States Department of Treasury owns any debt or equity securities of the Company in connection with the Company’s participation in the United States Department of the Treasury’s TARP Capital Purchase Program, Employer may modify Executive’s compensation or benefits, including without limitation, the compensation and benefits described in Sections 3, 5, and 6 , to the extent such modifications are required to comply with the regulations issued by the Department of Treasury in connection with the Treasury’s TARP Capital Purchase Program, and Executive waives any claims he may have against the United States or Employer relating to or arising out of any such modifications. Executive agrees and understands that this Section 17 may require modification of the compensation, bonus, incentive and other benefit plans, arrangements, policies and agreements (including so called “golden parachute” agreements) that he has with Employer as they relate to the period the United States Department of Treasury holds any equity or debt securities of the Company acquired through the TARP Capital Purchase Program (the “ TARP Period ”). The waiver described in this Section 17 includes all claims Executive may have under the laws of the United States or any state related to the requirements imposed by the aforementioned regulation, including without limitation a claim for any compensation or other payments Executive would receive, any challenge to the process by which the regulation was adopted and any tort or constitutional claim about the effect of these regulations on Executive’s employment relationship. The parties agree that any modifications made to Executive’s compensation and benefits pursuant to this Section 17 shall be of no further force or effect with respect to compensation and benefits earned after the date such modifications are no longer required for purposes of complying with the aforementioned regulations, and that Executive’s compensation and benefits shall be returned to the level of compensation and benefits as in effect immediately prior to the effective date of such modifications; provided that, Executive shall not be entitled to receive any compensation and benefits that, but for the modifications required by this Section 17 , would have been paid during the TARP Period.

 

2


6. Section 22 of the Agreement is amended by deleting said Section in its entirety and substituting in lieu thereof the following:

Amendment . Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement may not be amended or modified at any time except by a written instrument approved by the Board, and executed by Employer and Executive. Any attempted amendment or modification without such approval and execution shall be null and void ab initio and of no effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 22 , the Board may change or modify this Agreement without Executive’s consent or signature if the Board determines, in its sole discretion, that such change or modification is required (a) for purposes of compliance with or exemption from the requirements of Section 409A, or (b) for purposes of compliance with EESA.

7. The following new Section 27 is added to the Agreement:

27. Six Month Delay . To the extent (i) any payments to which Executive becomes entitled under this Agreement, or any agreement or plan referenced herein, in connection with Executive’s Termination of Employment with Employer constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A; (ii) Executive is deemed at the time of his Termination of Employment to be a “specified employee” under Section 409A; and (iii) at the time of Executive’s Termination of Employment, Employer is publicly traded (as defined in Section 409A), then such payments (other than any payments permitted by Section 409A to be paid within six (6) months of Executive’s Termination of Employment) shall not be made until the earlier of (x) the first day of the seventh month following Executive’s Termination of Employment or (y) the date of Executive’s death following such Termination of Employment. During any period that payment or payments to Executive are deferred pursuant to the foregoing, Executive shall be entitled to interest on the deferred payment or payments at a per annum rate equal to Federal-Funds rate as published in The Wall Street Journal on the date of Executive’s Termination of Employment with Employer. Upon the expiration of the applicable deferral period, any payments which would have otherwise been made during that period (whether in a single sum or in installments) in the absence of this Section 27 (together with accrued interest thereon) shall be paid to Executive or Executive’s beneficiary in one lump sum.

8. All instances of the defined term “PlainsCapital” in the Agreement shall be replaced with the term “the Company”.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

3


JEFF ISOM
Executive:  

/s/    Jeff Isom

Date: March 2, 2009

 

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION
By:  

/s/    Alan B. White

Its:   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Date: March 2, 2009

 

4

Exhibit 10.12

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION PLAN

Dated: October 16, 1996


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Article I. Purpose

   1

Article II. Administration

   1

Article III. Eligibility

   2

Article IV. Stock to Be Issued Under this Plan

   2

Article V. Terms and Conditions of Options

   3

Article VI. Notice of Intent to Exercise Options

   7

Article VII. Stock Dividend - Recapitalization - Consolidation

   8

Article VIII. Expiration and Termination of Plan

   8

Article IX. Amendment of the Plan

   8

Article X. Granting of Options

   9

Article XI. Government Regulations

   9

Article XII. Proceeds from Sale of Stock

   10

Article XIII. Reporting Requirements

   10

Article XIV. Approval of Stockholders

   10

Article XV. Interpretation

   10

 

-i-


PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION PLAN

Article I. Purpose.

The purpose of this Incentive Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”) is to encourage stock ownership by certain corporate officers and key managerial employee of Plains Capital Corporation, a Texas corporation and its “subsidiary corporations” (collectively the “Corporation”), so that they may acquire a proprietary interest in the success of the Corporation. The term “subsidiary corporation” shall be defined in the same manner as such term is defined in Section 424(f) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and shall include subsidiary corporations which become such after the adoption of the Plan. The Plan is intended to provide an incentive for maximum effort in the successful operation of the Corporation and to encourage certain employees of the Corporation to remain in the employ of the Corporation. It is further intended that the options granted pursuant to the Plan shall constitute “Incentive Stock Options” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, except as specifically provided herein.

Article II. Administration.

The Plan shall be administered by a Stock Option Committee (the “Committee”) which shall consist of three members of the Board of Directors of Plains Capital Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) who are not executive employees of the Corporation and who are appointed to the Committee from time to time by the Board of Directors. If any member of the Committee becomes an executive employee of the Corporation, his membership on the Committee shall automatically terminate. A majority of the Committee shall constitute a quorum and acts of a majority of the members present at any meeting at which a quorum is present, or acts approved in writing by all members of the Committee, shall be deemed to be valid acts of the Committee. No member of the Committee shall be eligible to receive an option under the Plan.

The Committee shall select one of its members to serve as Chairman, shall appoint one of its members as Secretary, who shall maintain a record of its actions and decisions, and shall hold meetings from time to time as it may determine. The Committee shall have authority to:

 

  (a) Determine which of the eligible employees of the Corporation (determined under Article III hereof) shall be granted options, which such options shall be granted and the number of shares and terms with respect to each such option;

 

-1-


  (b) Prescribe rules and regulations for administering the Plan; and

 

  (c) Decide any questions arising as to the interpretation or application of any provision under this Plan.

The determination of the Committee as to any of these matters shall be final and binding upon all persons whomsoever and shall be reported to the Board of Directors at its next ensuing meeting.

Article III. Eligibility.

The persons who shall be eligible to receive options pursuant to this Plan shall be such of the executive and managerial employees of the Corporation as the Committee shall select from time to time. A grantee of an option under this Plan (an “Optionee”) may hold more than one option hereunder, but only on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

Article IV. Stock to Be Issued Under this Plan.

The stock to be issued upon the exercise of options granted under this Plan shall be shares of the Common Stock with a $10.00 par value of Plains Capital Corporation (“Common Stock”) which may either be authorized and unissued shares or issued shares held in or hereafter acquired for the treasury of Plains Capital Corporation. The aggregate number of shares of Common Stock which may be issued under options granted hereunder shall not exceed Fifty Thousand (50,000) shares. In the event that any outstanding option under this Plan expires or is terminated, the shares of Common Stock allocable to the unexercised portion of such option may again be subject to an option under the Plan.

Plains Capital Corporation shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificate for shares of its Common Stock purchased upon the exercise of all or any part of an option before completion of any registration or other qualification of such shares under any state or federal law or ruling or regulation of any governmental regulatory body that Plains Capital Corporation shall, in its sole discretion, determine is necessary or advisable.

 

-2-


Article V. Terms and Conditions of Options.

Each option granted under this Plan shall be evidenced by an agreement in writing which shall be subject to such amendment and modification from time to time as the Committee shall deem necessary to comply with applicable law or regulation, and which shall contain, in such form and with such other provisions as the Committee shall from time to time determine, provisions which comply with the following terms and conditions:

 

  (a) The Number of Shares. Each option shall state the number of shares of Common Stock to which it pertains.

 

  (b) Option Price. The option price per share of Common Stock purchasable under options granted pursuant to the Plan shall not be less than 100 percent of the fair market value at the time the options are granted. The purchase price per share of Common Stock purchasable under options granted pursuant to this Plan to a person who owns more than 10 percent of the voting power of the Corporation’s voting stock shall not be less than 110 percent of the fair market value of such shares, at the time the options are granted. For all purposes under the terms of this Plan, (a) the employee shall be considered as owning the stock owned directly or indirectly by or for himself, the stock which the employee may purchase under outstanding options and the stock owned, directly or indirectly, by or for his brothers and sisters (whether of the whole or half blood), spouse, ancestors, and lineal descendants and (b) stock owned directly or indirectly, by or for a corporation, partnership, estate, or trust shall be considered as being owned proportionately by or for its shareholders, partners, or beneficiaries. For all purposes of this Plan, the fair market value of the Common Stock of the Corporation shall be determined in good faith at the time of the grant of any option by decision of the Committee.

 

  (c) Medium and Time of Payment. The option price shall be payable in United States dollars upon the exercise of the option, and the exercise of any option and the delivery of the optioned shares shall be contingent upon receipt by Plains Capital Corporation of the full purchase price paid in cash or by check.

 

-3-


  (d) Term and Exercise of Options. Each option shall state the period of time during which the option may be exercised; provided, however, that, anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, no option granted hereunder shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten years after the date of grant of such option. Subject to the terms of the Plan, any option may be exercised, in whole or in part, from time to time, as to one or more whole shares of Common Stock covered by the option, during its period of exercise. No option granted pursuant to the Plan to a person then owning more than ten percent (10%) of the voting powers of the Corporation’s voting stock shall be exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years from the date the option is first granted.

 

  (e) Maximum Value of Stock with Respect to Which Options Are Exercisable for First Time in Any Calendar Year. In the event the aggregate fair market value (determined at the time the option is granted) of stock with respect to which options are exercisable hereunder for the first time by any eligible employee during any one calendar year (under this Plan and all other incentive stock option plans of Plains Capital Corporation or any parent or subsidiary corporation of Plains Capital Corporation) shall exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00), such options shall be treated as options which are not incentive stock options, taking options into account in the order in which they were granted. In the case of an option that is to be treated in part as an incentive stock option and in part as a nonincentive stock option, Plains Capital Corporation may designate the shares of Common Stock that are to be treated as stock acquired pursuant to exercise of an incentive stock option by issuing a separate certificate for such shares and identifying the certificate as incentive stock option shares in the stock transfer records of Plains Capital Corporation.

 

  (f) Transfer of Option. Neither the whole nor any part of any option shall be transferable by an Optionee or by operation of law during said Optionee’s lifetime and at said Optionee’s death an option or any part thereof shall only be transferable by said Optionee’s will or by the laws of descent and distribution. An option may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee. Any option, and any and all rights granted to an Optionee thereunder, to the extent not theretofore effectively exercised shall automatically terminate and expire upon any sale, transfer or hypothecation or any attempted sale, transfer or hypothecation of such option or rights, or upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of the Optionee.

 

-4-


  (g) Termination of Employment. No option may be exercised after the termination of the employment of the Optionee with the Corporation except as hereinafter provided, specifically subject, however, to the provisions of paragraph (d) of this Article V:

 

  (1) Retirement. Options granted under the Plan may be exercised within three (3) months after the Retirement (as hereinafter defined) of the Optionee and the options shall be exercisable for all of the shares covered thereby. For purposes of the Plan, “Retirement” shall mean any termination of employment with the Corporation after the attainment of age sixty-five (65) by the Optionee.

 

  (2) Disability. Options granted under the Plan may be exercised within three (3) months after the termination of the employment of the Optionee by reason of the Disability (as hereinafter defined) of the Optionee and the option shall be exercisable for all of the shares covered thereby. For purposes of this Plan, an Optionee shall be deemed to have incurred a “Disability” if a disinterested duly licensed medical doctor appointed by the Corporation determines that the Optionee is totally and permanently prevented, as a result of physical or mental infirmity, injury, or disease, either occupational or nonoccupational in cause, from holding the job or position with the Corporation or engaging in the employment activity, or a comparable job or employment activity with the Corporation, which the Optionee held or customarily engaged in prior to the occurrence of the disability (provided, however, that disability hereunder shall not include any disability incurred or resulting from the Optionee’s having engaged in a criminal act or enterprise, or any disability consisting of or resulting from the Optionee’s chronic alcoholism, addiction to narcotics or an intentionally self-inflicted injury).

 

-5-


  (3) Death. If an Optionee shall die while employed by the Corporation or within three (3) months after termination of employment with the Corporation by reason of Retirement or Disability, the options granted under this Plan to such deceased Optionee shall be exercisable within six (6) months after the date of Optionee’s death and the options shall be exercisable for all of the shares covered thereby. The legal representative, if any, of the deceased Optionee’s estate, otherwise the appropriate legatees or distributees of the deceased Optionee’s estate, may exercise the option on behalf of such a deceased Optionee.

 

  (4) Involuntary Termination of Employment. Options granted under the Plan shall automatically terminate after the Involuntary Termination of Employment (as hereinafter defined) of the Optionee with the Corporation. For purposes of the Plan, “Involuntary Termination of Employment” shall mean any termination of an Optionee’s employment with the Corporation by reason of the discharge, firing or other involuntary termination of an Optionee’s employment by action of the Corporation.

 

  (5) Voluntary Termination of Employment. Options granted under the Plan shall automatically terminate after the Voluntary Termination of Employment (as hereinafter defined) of the Optionee with the Corporation. For purposes of the Plan “Voluntary Termination of Employment” shall mean any voluntary termination of employment with the Corporation by reason of the Optionee’s quitting or otherwise voluntarily leaving the Corporation’s employ other than a voluntary termination of employment by reason of Retirement.

 

  (h) Acceleration. The Committee may in the case of merger, consolidation, dissolution or liquidation of Plains Capital Corporation, accelerate the expiration date of any option for any or all of the shares covered thereby (but still giving Optionees a reasonable period of time to exercise any outstanding options prior to the accelerated expiration date) and may, in the case of merger, consolidation, dissolution or liquidation of Plains Capital Corporation, or in any other case in which it feels it is in the Corporation’s best interest, accelerate the date or dates on which any option or any part of any option shall be exercisable for any or all of the shares covered thereby.

 

-6-


  (i) Rights as a Stockholder. An Optionee shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares covered by any of said Optionee’s options until the date that Plains Capital Corporation receives payment in full for the purchase of said shares pursuant to the effective exercise of said option. No adjustment shall be made for dividends or distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such payment is received by Plains Capital Corporation, except as provided in Article VII hereof.

 

  (j) Documents to Be Delivered to Optionees. Upon the grant of an option hereunder to an Optionee, there shall be delivered to the Optionee a prospectus describing the options granted hereunder and the Common Stock covered by the options together with such other information or documents as the Committee shall deem necessary or advisable.

 

  (k) Compliance with Securities Exchange Act. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, options shall always be granted and exercised in such a manner as to conform to the provisions of Rule 16b-3, or any replacement rule, adopted pursuant to the provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as the same now exists or may, from time to time, be amended.

 

  (l) Other Provisions. The option agreements authorized under the Plan shall contain such other provisions, including, without limitation, restrictions upon the exercise of the option, as the Committee shall deem advisable and, in any event, all such option agreements shall contain such limitations and restrictions upon the exercise of the option as shall be necessary in order that such option will be an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422 of the Code or to conform to any change in the law.

Article VI. Notice of Intent to Exercise Options.

An Optionee desiring to exercise an option granted hereunder as to one or more of the shares covered thereby must, in order to so exercise the option, notify the Corporation in writing to that effect, specifying the number of shares to be purchased in a form satisfactory to the Committee.

 

-7-


Article VII. Stock Dividend - Recapitalization - Consolidation.

If any stock dividend shall be declared upon the Common Stock or if the Common Stock shall hereafter be subdivided, consolidated, or changed into other securities of Plains Capital Corporation, or successor corporation to Plains Capital Corporation, then in each such event, shares of Common Stock which would be delivered pursuant to exercise of any options shall, for the purpose of adjusting the number and kind thereof, be treated as though outstanding immediately prior to the occurrence of such event and the purchase price to be paid therefor shall be appropriately adjusted to give affect thereto.

The grant of an option pursuant to the Plan shall not affect in any way the right or power of Plains Capital Corporation to make adjustments, reclassification, reorganizations or changes of its capital or business structure or to merge or to consolidate or to dissolve, liquidate or sell, or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

Article VIII. Expiration and Termination of Plan.

Options may be granted pursuant to this Plan only with ten (10) years following the earlier to occur of the date on which the Plan is originally adopted by the Board of Directors and the date on which the Plan is originally approved by stockholders of Plains Capital Corporation.

Options may be granted under the Plan at any time until the Plan is terminated by the Board of Directors or until such earlier date when termination of the Plan shall be required by applicable law. If not sooner terminated, the Plan shall terminate automatically on October 16, 2006 which is ten years from the date on which the Plan was originally approved by the Board of Directors.

Article IX. Amendment of the Plan.

The Board of Directors may, insofar as permitted by law, from time to time, with respect to any shares of Common Stock at the time not subject to outstanding options, suspend or discontinue the Plan or revise or amend it in any respect whatsoever except that, without approval of the holders of a majority of the Common Stock of Plains Capital Corporation, no such revision or amendment

 

-8-


shall change the number of shares of Common Stock subject to the Plan (except as may occur as a result of an occurrence described in Section VII), change the designation of the class of employees eligible to receive options, remove the administration of the Plan from the Committee, or render any member of the Committee eligible to receive an option under the Plan while serving thereon. Furthermore, the Plan may not, without the approval of the holders of a majority of the Common Stock of Plains Capital Corporation, be amended in any manner that will cause options issued under it to fail to meet the requirements of “incentive stock options” as defined in Section 422 of the Code (except as provided in paragraph (e) of Article V) or which would result in a failure to comply with Section 16(b)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or similar statute[s] or rules or regulations adopted thereunder.

Article X. Granting of Options.

The granting of any option pursuant to this Plan shall be entirely in the discretion of the Committee and nothing herein contained shall be construed to give any employee any right to participate under this Plan or to receive any option under it. The granting of an option shall impose no duty upon the Optionee to exercise such option.

Neither the adoption and maintenance of the Plan nor the granting of an option pursuant to this Plan shall be deemed to constitute a contract of employment between the Corporation and any employee or to be a condition of the employment of any person. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to (a) give to any employee the right to be retained in the employ of the Corporation; (b) interfere with the right of the Corporation to discharge or retire any employee at any time; (c) be deemed to give to the Corporation the right to require an employee to remain in its employ; or (d) interfere with the employee’s right to terminate his employment at any time.

Article XI. Government Regulations.

This Plan and the granting and exercise of any option hereunder and the obligations of Plains Capital Corporation to sell and deliver shares under any such option shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies as may be required.

 

-9-


Article XII. Proceeds from Sale of Stock.

Proceeds of the purchase of optioned shares by any Optionee shall be for the general business purposes of Plains Capital Corporation.

Article XIII. Reporting Requirements.

The Committee shall furnish each Optionee hereunder with such information relating to the exercise of any option granted hereunder to said Optionee as is required under the Code and applicable State and Federal Security laws.

Article XIV. Approval of Stockholders.

No option granted hereunder shall be exercisable until the Plan is approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Common Stock of Plains Capital Corporation.

Article XV. Interpretation.

The terms of this Plan are subject to all present and future regulations and rulings of the Secretary of the Treasury or his delegate relating to the qualification of Incentive Stock Options under Section 422 of the Code. If any provision of the Plan conflicts with any such regulation or ruling, that provision of the Plan shall he void and of no effect.

DATED this 16th day of October, 1996.

 

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION
By:    /s/ ALAN B. WHITE
  ALAN B. WHITE,
  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
By:    /s/ JOHN C. OWENS
  JOHN C. OWENS,
  President
By:    /s/ JEFF ISOM
  JEFF ISOM,
  Secretary/Treasurer

 

-10-

Exhibit 10.13

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION PLAN

Dated: March 25, 1998


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Article I. Purpose

   1

Article II. Administration

   1

Article III. Eligibility

   2

Article IV. Stock to Be Issued Under this Plan

   2

Article V. Terms and Conditions of Options

   3

Article VI. Notice of Intent to Exercise Options

   7

Article VII. Stock Dividend - Recapitalization - Consolidation

   7

Article VIII. Expiration and Termination of Plan

   8

Article IX. Amendment of the Plan

   8

Article X. Granting of Options

   8

Article XI. Government Regulations

   9

Article XII. Proceeds from Sale of Stock

   9

Article XIII. Reporting Requirements

   9

Article XIV. Approval of Stockholders

   9

Article XV. Interpretation

   9

 

-i-


PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION PLAN

Article I. Purpose.

The purpose of this Incentive Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”) is to encourage stock ownership by certain corporate officers and key managerial employee of Plains Capital Corporation, a Texas corporation and its “subsidiary corporations” (collectively the “Corporation”), so that they may acquire a proprietary interest in the success of the Corporation. The term “subsidiary corporation” shall be defined in the same manner as such term is defined in Section 424(f) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and shall include subsidiary corporations which become such after the adoption of the Plan. The Plan is intended to provide an incentive for maximum effort in the successful operation of the Corporation and to encourage certain employees of the Corporation to remain in the employ of the Corporation. It is further intended that the options granted pursuant to the Plan shall constitute “Incentive Stock Options” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, except as specifically provided herein.

Article II. Administration.

The Plan shall be administered by a Stock Option Committee (the “Committee”) which shall consist of three members of the Board of Directors of Plains Capital Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) who are not executive employees of the Corporation and who are appointed to the Committee from time to time by the Board of Directors. If any member of the Committee becomes an executive employee of the Corporation, his membership on the Committee shall automatically terminate. A majority of the Committee shall constitute a quorum and acts of a majority of the members present at any meeting at which a quorum is present, or acts approved in writing by all members of the Committee, shall be deemed to be valid acts of the Committee. No member of the Committee shall be eligible to receive an option under the Plan.

The Committee shall select one of its members to serve as Chairman, shall appoint one of its members as Secretary, who shall maintain a record of its actions and decisions, and shall hold meetings from time to time as it may determine. The Committee shall have authority to:

 

  (a) Determine which of the eligible employees of the Corporation (determined under Article III hereof) shall be granted options, which such options shall be granted and the number of shares and terms with respect to each such option;

 

-1-


  (b) Prescribe rules and regulations for administering the Plan; and

 

  (c) Decide any questions arising as to the interpretation or application of any provision under this Plan.

The determination of the Committee as to any of these matters shall be final and binding upon all persons whomsoever and shall be reported to the Board of Directors at its next ensuing meeting.

Article III. Eligibility.

The persons who shall be eligible to receive options pursuant to this Plan shall be such of the executive and managerial employees of the Corporation as the Committee shall select from time to time. A grantee of an option under this Plan (an “Optionee”) may hold more than one option hereunder, but only on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

Article IV. Stock to Be Issued Under this Plan.

The stock to be issued upon the exercise of options granted under this Plan shall be shares of the Common Stock with a $10.00 par value of Plains Capital Corporation (“Common Stock”) which may either be authorized and unissued shares or issued shares held in or hereafter acquired for the treasury of Plains Capital Corporation. The aggregate number of shares of Common Stock which may be issued under options granted hereunder shall not exceed Fifty Thousand (50,000) shares. In the event that any outstanding option under this Plan expires or is terminated, the shares of Common Stock allocable to the unexercised portion of such option may again be subject to an option under the Plan.

Plains Capital Corporation shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificate for shares of its Common Stock purchased upon the exercise of all or any part of an option before completion of any registration or other qualification of such shares under any state or federal law or ruling or regulation of any governmental regulatory body that Plains Capital Corporation shall, in its sole discretion, determine is necessary or advisable.

 

-2-


Article V. Terms and Conditions of Options.

Each option granted under this Plan shall be evidenced by an agreement in writing which shall be subject to such amendment and modification from time to time as the Committee shall deem necessary to comply with applicable law or regulation, and which shall contain, in such form and with such other provisions as the Committee shall from time to time determine, provisions which comply with the following terms and conditions:

 

  (a) The Number of Shares . Each option shall state the number of shares of Common Stock to which it pertains.

 

  (b) Option Price . The option price per share of Common Stock purchasable under options granted pursuant to the Plan shall not be less than 100 percent of the fair market value at the time the options are granted. The purchase price per share of Common Stock purchasable under options granted pursuant to this Plan to a person who owns more than 10 percent of the voting power of the Corporation’s voting stock shall not be less than 110 percent of the fair market value of such shares, at the time the options are granted. For all purposes under the terms of this Plan, (a) the employee shall be considered as owning the stock owned directly or indirectly by or for himself, the stock which the employee may purchase under outstanding options and the stock owned, directly or indirectly, by or for his brothers and sisters (whether of the whole or half blood), spouse, ancestors, and lineal descendants and (b) stock owned directly or indirectly, by or for a corporation, partnership, estate, or trust shall be considered as being owned proportionately by or for its shareholders, partners, or beneficiaries. For all purposes of this Plan, the fair market value of the Common Stock of the Corporation shall be determined in good faith at the time of the grant of any option by decision of the Committee.

 

  (c) Medium and Time of Payment . The option price shall be payable in United States dollars upon the exercise of the option, and the exercise of any option and the delivery of the optioned shares shall be contingent upon receipt by Plains Capital Corporation of the full purchase price paid in cash or by check.

 

-3-


  (d) Term and Exercise of Options . Each option shall state the period of time during which the option may be exercised; provided, however, that, anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, no option granted hereunder shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten years after the date of grant of such option. Subject to the terms of the Plan, any option may be exercised, in whole or in part, from time to time, as to one or more whole shares of Common Stock covered by the option, during its period of exercise. No option granted pursuant to the Plan to a person then owning more than ten percent (10%) of the voting powers of the Corporation’s voting stock shall be exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years from the date the option is first granted.

 

  (e) Maximum Value of Stock with Respect to Which Options Are Exercisable for First Time in Any Calendar Year . In the event the aggregate fair market value (determined at the time the option is granted) of stock with respect to which options are exercisable hereunder for the first time by any eligible employee during any one calendar year (under this Plan and all other incentive stock option plans of Plains Capital Corporation or any parent or subsidiary corporation of Plains Capital Corporation) shall exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00), such options shall be treated as options which are not incentive stock options, taking options into account in the order in which they were granted. In the case of an option that is to be treated in part as an incentive stock option and in part as a nonincentive stock option, Plains Capital Corporation may designate the shares of Common Stock that are to be treated as stock acquired pursuant to exercise of an incentive stock option by issuing a separate certificate for such shares and identifying the certificate as incentive stock option shares in the stock transfer records of Plains Capital Corporation.

 

  (f) Transfer of Option . Neither the whole nor any part of any option shall be transferable by an Optionee or by operation of law during said Optionee’s lifetime and at said Optionee’s death an option or any part thereof shall only be transferable by said Optionee’s will or by the laws of descent and distribution. An option may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee. Any option, and any and all rights granted to an Optionee thereunder, to the extent not theretofore effectively exercised shall automatically terminate and expire upon any sale, transfer or hypothecation or any attempted sale, transfer or hypothecation of such option or rights, or upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of the Optionee.

 

-4-


  (g) Termination of Employment . No option may be exercised after the termination of the employment of the Optionee with the Corporation except as hereinafter provided, specifically subject, however, to the provisions of paragraph (d) of this Article V:

 

  (1) Retirement . Options granted under the Plan may be exercised within three (3) months after the Retirement (as hereinafter defined) of the Optionee and the options shall be exercisable for all of the shares covered thereby. For purposes of the Plan, “Retirement” shall mean any termination of employment with the Corporation after the attainment of age sixty-five (65) by the Optionee.

 

  (2) Disability . Options granted under the Plan may be exercised within three (3) months after the termination of the employment of the Optionee by reason of the Disability (as hereinafter defined) of the Optionee and the option shall be exercisable for all of the shares covered thereby. For purposes of this Plan, an Optionee shall be deemed to have incurred a “Disability” if a disinterested duly licensed medical doctor appointed by the Corporation determines that the Optionee is totally and permanently prevented, as a result of physical or mental infirmity, injury, or disease, either occupational or nonoccupational in cause, from holding the job or position with the Corporation or engaging in the employment activity, or a comparable job or employment activity with the Corporation, which the Optionee held or customarily engaged in prior to the occurrence of the disability (provided, however, that disability hereunder shall not include any disability incurred or resulting from the Optionee’s having engaged in a criminal act or enterprise, or any disability consisting of or resulting from the Optionee’s chronic alcoholism, addiction to narcotics or an intentionally self-inflicted injury).

 

  (3) Death . If an Optionee shall die while employed by the Corporation or within three (3) months after termination of employment with the Corporation by reason of Retirement or Disability, the options granted under this Plan to such deceased Optionee shall be exercisable within six (6) months after the date of Optionee’s death and the options shall be exercisable for all of the shares covered thereby. The legal representative, if any, of the deceased Optionee’s estate, otherwise the appropriate legatees or distributees of the deceased Optionee’s estate, may exercise the option on behalf of such a deceased Optionee.

 

-5-


  (4) Involuntary Termination of Employment. Options granted under the Plan shall automatically terminate after the Involuntary Termination of Employment (as hereinafter defined) of the Optionee with the Corporation. For purposes of the Plan, “Involuntary Termination of Employment” shall mean any termination of an Optionee’s employment with the Corporation by reason of the discharge, firing or other involuntary termination of an Optionee’s employment by action of the Corporation.

 

  (5) Voluntary Termination of Employment. Options granted under the Plan shall automatically terminate after the Voluntary Termination of Employment (as hereinafter defined) of the Optionee with the Corporation. For purposes of the Plan “Voluntary Termination of Employment” shall mean any voluntary termination of employment with the Corporation by reason of the Optionee’s quitting or otherwise voluntarily leaving the Corporation’s employ other than a voluntary termination of employment by reason of Retirement.

 

  (h) Acceleration . The Committee may in the case of merger, consolidation, dissolution or liquidation of Plains Capital Corporation, accelerate the expiration date of any option for any or all of the shares covered thereby (but still giving Optionees a reasonable period of time to exercise any outstanding options prior to the accelerated expiration date) and may, in the case of merger, consolidation, dissolution or liquidation of Plains Capital Corporation, or in any other case in which it feels it is in the Corporation’s best interest, accelerate the date or dates on which any option or any part of any option shall be exercisable for any or all of the shares covered thereby.

 

  (i) Rights as a Stockholder . An Optionee shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares covered by any of said Optionee’s options until the date that Plains Capital Corporation receives payment in full for the purchase of said shares pursuant to the effective exercise of said option. No adjustment shall be made for dividends or distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such payment is received by Plains Capital Corporation, except as provided in Article VII hereof.

 

  (j) Documents to Be Delivered to Optionees . Upon the grant of an option hereunder to an Optionee, there shall be delivered to the Optionee a prospectus describing the options granted hereunder and the Common Stock covered by the options together with such other information or documents as the Committee shall deem necessary or advisable.

 

-6-


  (k) Compliance with Securities Exchange Act . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, options shall always be granted and exercised in such a manner as to conform to the provisions of Rule 16b-3, or any replacement rule, adopted pursuant to the provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as the same now exists or may, from time to time, be amended.

 

  (1) Other Provisions . The option agreements authorized under the Plan shall contain such other provisions, including, without limitation, restrictions upon the exercise of the option, as the Committee shall deem advisable and, in any event, all such option agreements shall contain such limitations and restrictions upon the exercise of the option as shall be necessary in order that such option will be an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422 of the Code or to conform to any change in the law.

Article VI. Notice of Intent to Exercise Options.

An Optionee desiring to exercise an option granted hereunder as to one or more of the shares covered thereby must, in order to so exercise the option, notify the Corporation in writing to that effect, specifying the number of shares to be purchased in a form satisfactory to the Committee.

Article VII. Stock Dividend - Recapitalization - Consolidation.

If any stock dividend shall be declared upon the Common Stock or if the Common Stock shall hereafter be subdivided, consolidated, or changed into other securities of Plains Capital Corporation, or successor corporation to Plains Capital Corporation, then in each such event, shares of Common Stock which would be delivered pursuant to exercise of any options shall, for the purpose of adjusting the number and kind thereof, be treated as though outstanding immediately prior to the occurrence of such event and the purchase price to be paid therefor shall be appropriately adjusted to give affect thereto.

The grant of an option pursuant to the Plan shall not affect in any way the right or power of Plains Capital Corporation to make adjustments, reclassification, reorganizations or changes of its capital or business structure or to merge or to consolidate or to dissolve, liquidate or sell, or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

 

-7-


Article VIII. Expiration and Termination of Plan.

Options may be granted pursuant to this Plan only with ten (10) years following the earlier to occur of the date on which the Plan is originally adopted by the Board of Directors and the date on which the Plan is originally approved by stockholders of Plains Capital Corporation.

Options may be granted under the Plan at any time until the Plan is terminated by the Board of Directors or until such earlier date when termination of the Plan shall be required by applicable law. If not sooner terminated, the Plan shall terminate automatically on March 25, 2008 which is ten years from the date on which the Plan was originally approved by the Board of Directors.

Article IX. Amendment of the Plan.

The Board of Directors may, insofar as permitted by law, from time to time, with respect to any shares of Common Stock at the time not subject to outstanding options, suspend or discontinue the Plan or revise or amend it in any respect whatsoever except that, without approval of the holders of a majority of the Common Stock of Plains Capital Corporation, no such revision or amendment shall change the number of shares of Common Stock subject to the Plan (except as may occur as a result of an occurrence described in Section VII), change the designation of the class of employees eligible to receive options, remove the administration of the Plan from the Committee, or render any member of the Committee eligible to receive an option under the Plan while serving thereon. Furthermore, the Plan may not, without the approval of the holders of a majority of the Common Stock of Plains Capital Corporation, be amended in any manner that will cause options issued under it to fail to meet the requirements of “incentive stock options” as defined in Section 422 of the Code (except as provided in paragraph (e) of Article V) or which would result in a failure to comply with Section 16(b)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or similar statute[s] or rules or regulations adopted thereunder.

Article X. Granting of Options.

The granting of any option pursuant to this Plan shall be entirely in the discretion of the Committee and nothing herein contained shall be construed to give any employee any right to participate under this Plan or to receive any option under it. The granting of an option shall impose no duty upon the Optionee to exercise such option.

 

-8-


Neither the adoption and maintenance of the Plan nor the granting of an option pursuant to this Plan shall be deemed to constitute a contract of employment between the Corporation and any employee or to be a condition of the employment of any person. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to (a) give to any employee the right to be retained in the employ of the Corporation; (b) interfere with the right of the Corporation to discharge or retire any employee at any time; (c) be deemed to give to the Corporation the right to require an employee to remain in its employ; or (d) interfere with the employee’s right to terminate his employment at any time.

Article XI. Government Regulations.

This Plan and the granting and exercise of any option hereunder and the obligations of Plains Capital Corporation to sell and deliver shares under any such option shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies as may be required.

Article XII. Proceeds from Sale of Stock.

Proceeds of the purchase of optioned shares by any Optionee shall be for the general business purposes of Plains Capital Corporation.

Article XIII. Reporting Requirements.

The Committee shall furnish each Optionee hereunder with such information relating to the exercise of any option granted hereunder to said Optionee as is required under the Code and applicable State and Federal Security laws.

Article XIV. Approval of Stockholders.

No option granted hereunder shall be exercisable until the Plan is approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Common Stock of Plains Capital Corporation.

Article XV. Interpretation.

The terms of this Plan are subject to all present and future regulations and rulings of the Secretary of the Treasury or his delegate relating to the qualification of Incentive Stock Options under Section 422 of the Code. If any provision of the Plan conflicts with any such regulation or ruling, that provision of the Plan shall he void and of no effect.

 

-9-


DATED this 25th day of March, 1998.

 

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION
By:    /s/ ALAN B. WHITE
  ALAN B. WHITE,
  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
By:    /s/ JOHN C. OWENS
  JOHN C. OWENS,
  President
By:    /s/ JEFF ISOM
  JEFF ISOM,
  Secretary/Treasurer

 

-10-

Exhibit 10.14

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION PLAN

Dated: April 18, 2001


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Article I. Purpose

   1

Article II. Administration

   1

Article III. Eligibility

   2

Article IV. Stock to Be Issued Under this Plan

   2

Article V. Terms and Conditions of Options

   2

Article VI. Notice of Intent to Exercise Options

   6

Article VII. Stock Dividend - Recapitalization - Consolidation

   6

Article VIII. Expiration and Termination of Plan

   7

Article IX. Amendment of the Plan

   7

Article X. Granting of Options

   8

Article XI. Government Regulations

   8

Article XII. Proceeds from Sale of Stock

   8

Article XIII. Reporting Requirements

   8

Article XIV. Approval of Stockholders

   8

Article XV. Interpretation

   9


PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION PLAN

Article I. Purpose.

The purpose of this Incentive Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”) is to encourage stock ownership by certain corporate officers and key managerial employee of Plains Capital Corporation, a Texas corporation and its “subsidiary corporations” (collectively the “Corporation”), so that they may acquire a proprietary interest in the success of the Corporation. The term “subsidiary corporation” shall be defined in the same manner as such term is defined in Section 424(f) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and shall include subsidiary corporations which become such after the adoption of the Plan. The Plan is intended to provide an incentive for maximum effort in the successful operation of the Corporation and to encourage certain employees of the Corporation to remain in the employ of the Corporation. It is further intended that the options granted pursuant to the Plan shall constitute “Incentive Stock Options” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, except as specifically provided herein.

Article II. Administration.

The Plan shall be administered by a Stock Option Committee (the “Committee”) which shall consist of three members of the Board of Directors of Plains Capital Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) who are not executive employees of the Corporation and who are appointed to the Committee from time to time by the Board of Directors. If any member of the Committee becomes an executive employee of the Corporation, his membership on the Committee shall automatically terminate. A majority of the Committee shall constitute a quorum and acts of a majority of the members present at any meeting at which a quorum is present, or acts approved in writing by all members of the Committee, shall be deemed to be valid acts of the Committee. No member of the Committee shall be eligible to receive an option under the Plan.

The Committee shall select one of its members to serve as Chairman, shall appoint one of its members as Secretary, who shall maintain a record of its actions and decisions, and shall hold meetings from time to time as it may determine. The Committee shall have authority to:

 

  (a) Determine which of the eligible employees of the Corporation (determined under Article III hereof) shall be granted options, which such options shall be granted and the number of shares and terms with respect to each such option;

 

  (b) Prescribe rules and regulations for administering the Plan; and

 

-1-


  (c) Decide any questions arising as to the interpretation or application of any provision under this Plan.

The determination of the Committee as to any of these matters shall be final and binding upon all persons whomsoever and shall be reported to the Board of Directors at its next ensuing meeting.

Article III. Eligibility.

The persons who shall be eligible to receive options pursuant to this Plan shall be such of the executive and managerial employees of the Corporation as the Committee shall select from time to time. A grantee of an option under this Plan (an “Optionee”) may hold more than one option hereunder, but only on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

Article IV. Stock to Be Issued Under this Plan.

The stock to be issued upon the exercise of options granted under this Plan shall be shares of the Common Stock with a $10.00 par value of Plains Capital Corporation (“Common Stock”) which may either be authorized and unissued shares or issued shares held in or hereafter acquired for the treasury of Plains Capital Corporation. The aggregate number of shares of Common Stock which may be issued under options granted hereunder shall not exceed Fifty Thousand (50,000) shares. In the event that any outstanding option under this Plan expires or is terminated, the shares of Common Stock allocable to the unexercised portion of such option may again be subject to an option under the Plan.

Plains Capital Corporation shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificate for shares of its Common Stock purchased upon the exercise of all or any part of an option before completion of any registration or other qualification of such shares under any state or federal law or ruling or regulation of any governmental regulatory body that Plains Capital Corporation shall, in its sole discretion, determine is necessary or advisable.

Article V. Terms and Conditions of Options.

Each option granted under this Plan shall be evidenced by an agreement in writing which shall be subject to such amendment and modification from time to time as the Committee shall deem necessary to comply with applicable law or regulation, and which shall contain, in such form and with such other provisions as the Committee shall from time to time determine, provisions which comply with the following terms and conditions:

 

  (a) The Number of Shares . Each option shall state the number of shares of Common Stock to which it pertains.

 

-2-


  (b) Option Price . The option price per share of Common Stock purchasable under options granted pursuant to the Plan shall not be less than 100 percent of the fair market value at the time the options are granted. The purchase price per share of Common Stock purchasable under options granted pursuant to this Plan to a person who owns more than 10 percent of the voting power of the Corporation’s voting stock shall not be less than 110 percent of the fair market value of such shares, at the time the options are granted. For all purposes under the terms of this Plan, (a) the employee shall be considered as owning the stock owned directly or indirectly by or for himself, the stock which the employee may purchase under outstanding options and the stock owned, directly or indirectly, by or for his brothers and sisters (whether of the whole or half blood), spouse, ancestors, and lineal descendants and (b) stock owned directly or indirectly, by or for a corporation, partnership, estate, or trust shall be considered as being owned proportionately by or for its shareholders, partners, or beneficiaries. For all purposes of this Plan, the fair market value of the Common Stock of the Corporation shall be determined in good faith at the time of the grant of any option by decision of the Committee.

 

  (c) Medium and Time of Payment . The option price shall be payable in United States dollars upon the exercise of the option, and the exercise of any option and the delivery of the optioned shares shall be contingent upon receipt by Plains Capital Corporation of the full purchase price paid in cash or by check.

 

  (d) Term and Exercise of Options . Each option shall state the period of time during which the option may be exercised; provided, however, that anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, no option granted hereunder shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten years after the date of grant of such option. Subject to the terms of the Plan, any option may be exercised, in whole or in part, from time to time, as to one or more whole shares of Common Stock covered by the option, during its period of exercise. No option granted pursuant to the Plan to a person then owning more than ten percent (10%) of the voting powers of the Corporation’s voting stock shall be exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years from the date the option is first granted.

 

  (e)

Maximum Value of Stock with Respect to Which Options Are Exercisable for First Time in Any Calendar Year . In the event the aggregate fair market value (determined at the time the option is granted) of stock with respect to which options are exercisable hereunder for the first time by any eligible employee during any one calendar year (under this Plan and all other incentive stock option plans of Plains Capital Corporation or any parent or subsidiary corporation of Plains Capital Corporation) shall exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00), such options shall be treated as options which

 

-3-


 

are not incentive stock options, taking options into account in the order in which they were granted. In the case of an option that is to be treated in part as an incentive stock option and in part as a non-incentive stock option, Plains Capital Corporation may designate the shares of Common Stock that are to be treated as stock acquired pursuant to exercise of an incentive stock option by issuing a separate certificate for such shares and identifying the certificate as incentive stock option shares in the stock transfer records of Plains Capital Corporation.

 

  (f) Transfer of Option . Neither the whole nor any part of any option shall be transferable by an Optionee or by operation of law during said Optionee’s lifetime and at said Optionee’s death an option or any part thereof shall only be transferable by said Optionee’s will or by the laws of descent and distribution. An option may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee. Any option, and any and all rights granted to an Optionee thereunder, to the extent not theretofore effectively exercised shall automatically terminate and expire upon any sale, transfer or hypothecation or any attempted sale, transfer or hypothecation of such option or rights, or upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of the Optionee.

 

  (g) Termination of Employment . No option may be exercised after the termination of the employment of the Optionee with the Corporation except as hereinafter provided, specifically subject, however, to the provisions of paragraph (d) of this Article V:

 

  (1) Retirement . Options granted under the Plan may be exercised within three (3) months after the Retirement (as hereinafter defined) of the Optionee and the options shall be exercisable for all of the shares covered thereby. For purposes of the Plan, “Retirement” shall mean any termination of employment with the Corporation after the attainment of age sixty-five (65) by the Optionee.

 

  (2)

Disability . Options granted under the Plan may be exercised within three (3) months after the termination of the employment of the Optionee by reason of the Disability (as hereinafter defined) of the Optionee and the option shall be exercisable for all of the shares covered thereby. For purposes of this Plan, an Optionee shall be deemed to have incurred a “Disability” if a disinterested duly licensed medical doctor appointed by the Corporation determines that the Optionee is totally and permanently prevented, as a result of physical or mental infirmity, injury, or disease, either occupational or nonoccupational in cause, from holding the job or position with the Corporation or engaging in the employment activity, or a comparable job or employment activity with the Corporation, which the Optionee

 

-4-


 

held or customarily engaged in prior to the occurrence of the disability (provided, however, that disability hereunder shall not include any disability incurred or resulting from the Optionee’s having engaged in a criminal act or enterprise, or any disability consisting of or resulting from the Optionee’s chronic alcoholism, addiction to narcotics or an intentionally self-inflicted injury).

 

  (3) Death . If an Optionee shall die while employed by the Corporation or within three (3) months after termination of employment with the Corporation by reason of Retirement or Disability, the options granted under this Plan to such deceased Optionee shall be exercisable within six (6) months after the date of Optionee’s death and the options shall be exercisable for all of the shares covered thereby. The legal representative, if any, of the deceased Optionee’s estate, otherwise the appropriate legatees or distributees of the deceased Optionee’s estate, may exercise the option on behalf of such a deceased Optionee.

 

  (4) Involuntary Termination of Employment . Options granted under the Plan shall automatically terminate after the Involuntary Termination of Employment (as hereinafter defined) of the Optionee with the Corporation. For purposes of the Plan, “Involuntary Termination of Employment” shall mean any termination of an Optionee’s employment with the Corporation by reason of the discharge, firing or other involuntary termination of an Optionee’s employment by action of the Corporation.

 

  (5) Voluntary Termination of Employment . Options granted under the Plan shall automatically terminate after the Voluntary Termination of Employment (as hereinafter defined) of the Optionee with the Corporation. For purposes of the Plan “Voluntary Termination of Employment” shall mean any voluntary termination of employment with the Corporation by reason of the Optionee’s quitting or otherwise voluntarily leaving the Corporation’s employ other than a voluntary termination of employment by reason of Retirement.

 

  (h) Acceleration . The Committee may in the case of merger, consolidation, dissolution or liquidation of Plains Capital Corporation, accelerate the expiration date of any option for any or all of the shares covered thereby (but still giving Optionees a reasonable period of time to exercise any outstanding options prior to the accelerated expiration date) and may, in the case of merger, consolidation, dissolution or liquidation of Plains Capital Corporation, or in any other case in which it feels it is in the Corporation’s best interest, accelerate the date or dates on which any option or any part of any option shall be exercisable for any or all of the shares covered thereby.

 

-5-


  (i) Rights as a Stockholder . An Optionee shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares covered by any of said Optionee’s options until the date that Plains Capital Corporation receives payment in full for the purchase of said shares pursuant to the effective exercise of said option. No adjustment shall be made for dividends or distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such payment is received by Plains Capital Corporation, except as provided in Article VII hereof.

 

  (j) Documents to Be Delivered to Optionees . Upon the grant of an option hereunder to an Optionee, there shall be delivered to the Optionee a prospectus describing the options granted hereunder and the Common Stock covered by the options together with such other information or documents as the Committee shall deem necessary or advisable.

 

  (k) Compliance with Securities Exchange Act . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, options shall always be granted and exercised in such a manner as to conform to the provisions of Rule 16b-3, or any replacement rule, adopted pursuant to the provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as the same now exists or may, from time to time, be amended.

 

  (l) Other Provisions . The option agreements authorized under the Plan shall contain such other provisions, including, without limitation, restrictions upon the exercise of the option, as the Committee shall deem advisable and, in any event, all such option agreements shall contain such limitations and restrictions upon the exercise of the option as shall be necessary in order that such option will be an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422 of the Code or to conform to any change in the law.

Article VI. Notice of Intent to Exercise Options.

An Optionee desiring to exercise an option granted hereunder as to one or more of the shares covered thereby must, in order to so exercise the option, notify the Corporation in writing to that effect, specifying the number of shares to be purchased in a form satisfactory to the Committee.

 

-6-


Article VII. Stock Dividend - Recapitalization - Consolidation.

If any stock dividend shall be declared upon the Common Stock or if the Common Stock shall hereafter be subdivided, consolidated, or changed into other securities of Plains Capital Corporation, or successor corporation to Plains Capital Corporation, then in each such event, shares of Common Stock which would be delivered pursuant to exercise of any options shall, for the purpose of adjusting the number and kind thereof, be treated as though outstanding immediately prior to the occurrence of such event and the purchase price to be paid therefor shall be appropriately adjusted to give affect thereto.

The grant of an option pursuant to the Plan shall not affect in any way the right or power of Plains Capital Corporation to make adjustments, reclassification, reorganizations or changes of its capital or business structure or to merge or to consolidate or to dissolve, liquidate or sell, or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

Article VIII. Expiration and Termination of Plan.

Options may be granted pursuant to this Plan only within ten (10) years following the earlier to occur of the date on which the Plan is originally adopted by the Board of Directors and the date on which the Plan is originally approved by stockholders of Plains Capital Corporation.

Options may be granted under the Plan at any time until the Plan is terminated by the Board of Directors or until such earlier date when termination of the Plan shall be required by applicable law. If not sooner terminated, the Plan shall terminate automatically on April 18, 2011, which is ten years from the date on which the Plan was originally approved by the Board of Directors.

Article IX. Amendment of the Plan.

The Board of Directors may, insofar as permitted by law, from time to time, with respect to any shares of Common Stock at the time not subject to outstanding options, suspend or discontinue the Plan or revise or amend it in any respect whatsoever except that, without approval of the holders of a majority of the Common Stock of Plains Capital Corporation, no such revision or amendment shall change the number of shares of Common Stock subject to the Plan (except as may occur as a result of an occurrence described in Section VII), change the designation of the class of employees eligible to receive options, remove the administration of the Plan from the Committee, or render any member of the Committee eligible to receive an option under the Plan while serving thereon. Furthermore, the Plan may not, without the approval of the holders of a majority of the Common Stock of Plains Capital Corporation, be amended in any manner that will cause options issued under it to fail to meet the requirements of “incentive stock options” as defined in Section 422 of the Code (except as provided in paragraph (e) of Article V) or which would result in a failure to comply with Section 16(b)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or similar statute[s] or rules or regulations adopted thereunder.

 

-7-


Article X. Granting of Options.

The granting of any option pursuant to this Plan shall be entirely in the discretion of the Committee and nothing herein contained shall be construed to give any employee any right to participate under this Plan or to receive any option under it. The granting of an option shall impose no duty upon the Optionee to exercise such option.

Neither the adoption and maintenance of the Plan nor the granting of an option pursuant to this Plan shall be deemed to constitute a contract of employment between the Corporation and any employee or to be a condition of the employment of any person. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to (a) give to any employee the right to be retained in the employ of the Corporation; (b) interfere with the right of the Corporation to discharge or retire any employee at any time; (c) be deemed to give to the Corporation the right to require an employee to remain in its employ; or (d) interfere with the employee’s right to terminate his employment at any time.

Article XI. Government Regulations.

This Plan and the granting and exercise of any option hereunder and the obligations of Plains Capital Corporation to sell and deliver shares under any such option shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies as may be required.

Article XII. Proceeds from Sale of Stock.

Proceeds of the purchase of optioned shares by any Optionee shall be for the general business purposes of Plains Capital Corporation.

Article XIII. Reporting Requirements.

The Committee shall furnish each Optionee hereunder with such information relating to the exercise of any option granted hereunder to said Optionee as is required under the Code and applicable State and Federal Security laws.

Article XIV. Approval of Stockholders.

No option granted hereunder shall be exercisable until the Plan is approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Common Stock of Plains Capital Corporation.

 

-8-


Article XV. Interpretation.

The terms of this Plan are subject to all present and future regulations and rulings of the Secretary of the Treasury or his delegate relating to the qualification of Incentive Stock Options under Section 422 of the Code. If any provision of the Plan conflicts with any such regulation or ruling, that provision of the Plan shall he void and of no effect.

DATED this 18th day of April, 2001.

 

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION
By:    /s/ ALAN B. WHITE
  ALAN B. WHITE,
  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
By:    /s/ JOHN C. OWENS
  JOHN C. OWENS,
  President
By:    /s/ JEFF ISOM
  JEFF ISOM,
  Secretary/Treasurer

 

-9-

Exhibit 10.15

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION PLAN

Dated: March 25, 2003


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Article I. Purpose    1
Article II. Administration    1
Article III. Eligibility    2
Article IV. Stock to Be Issued Under this Plan    2
Article V. Terms and Conditions of Options    3
Article VI. Notice of Intent to Exercise Options    7
Article VII. Stock Dividend - Recapitalization - Consolidation    7
Article VIII. Expiration and Termination of Plan    8
Article IX. Amendment of the Plan    8
Article X. Granting of Options    8
Article XI. Government Regulations    9
Article XII. Proceeds from Sale of Stock    9
Article XIII. Reporting Requirements    9
Article XIV. Approval of Stockholders    9
Article XV. Interpretation    9


INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION PLAN

Article I. Purpose.

The purpose of this Incentive Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”) is to encourage stock ownership by certain corporate officers and key managerial employee of Plains Capital Corporation, a Texas corporation and its “subsidiary corporations” (collectively the “Corporation”), so that they may acquire a proprietary interest in the success of the Corporation. The term “subsidiary corporation” shall be defined in the same manner as such term is defined in Section 424(f) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and shall include subsidiary corporations which become such after the adoption of the Plan. The Plan is intended to provide an incentive for maximum effort in the successful operation of the Corporation and to encourage certain employees of the Corporation to remain in the employ of the Corporation. It is further intended that the options granted pursuant to the Plan shall constitute “Incentive Stock Options” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, except as specifically provided herein.

Article II. Administration.

The Plan shall be administered by a Stock Option Committee (the “Committee”) which shall consist of three members of the Board of Directors of Plains Capital Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) who are not executive employees of the Corporation and who are appointed to the Committee from time to time by the Board of Directors. If any member of the Committee becomes an executive employee of the Corporation, his membership on the Committee shall automatically terminate. A majority of the Committee shall constitute a quorum and acts of a majority of the members present at any meeting at which a quorum is present, or acts approved in writing by all members of the Committee, shall be deemed to be valid acts of the Committee. No member of the Committee shall be eligible to receive an option under the Plan.

The Committee shall select one of its members to serve as Chairman, shall appoint one of its members as Secretary, who shall maintain a record of its actions and decisions, and shall hold meetings from time to time as it may determine. The Committee shall have authority to:

 

  (a) Determine which of the eligible employees of the Corporation (determined under Article III hereof) shall be granted options, which such options shall be granted and the number of shares and terms with respect to each such option;

 

-1-


  (b) Prescribe rules and regulations for administering the Plan; and

 

  (c) Decide any questions arising as to the interpretation or application of any provision under this Plan.

The determination of the Committee as to any of these matters shall be final and binding upon all persons whomsoever and shall be reported to the Board of Directors at its next ensuing meeting.

Article III. Eligibility.

The persons who shall be eligible to receive options pursuant to this Plan shall be such of the executive and managerial employees of the Corporation as the Committee shall select from time to time. A grantee of an option under this Plan (an “Optionee”) may hold more than one option hereunder, but only on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

Article IV. Stock to Be Issued Under this Plan.

The stock to be issued upon the exercise of options granted under this Plan shall be shares of the Common Stock with a $10.00 par value of Plains Capital Corporation (“Common Stock”) which may either be authorized and unissued shares or issued shares held in or hereafter acquired for the treasury of Plains Capital Corporation. The aggregate number of shares of Common Stock which may be issued under options granted hereunder shall not exceed Fifty Thousand (50,000) shares. In the event that any outstanding option under this Plan expires or is terminated, the shares of Common Stock allocable to the unexercised portion of such option may again be subject to an option under the Plan.

Plains Capital Corporation shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificate for shares of its Common Stock purchased upon the exercise of all or any part of an option before completion of any registration or other qualification of such shares under any state or federal law or ruling or regulation of any governmental regulatory body that Plains Capital Corporation shall, in its sole discretion, determine is necessary or advisable.

 

-2-


Article V. Terms and Conditions of Options.

Each option granted under this Plan shall be evidenced by an agreement in writing which shall be subject to such amendment and modification from time to time as the Committee shall deem necessary to comply with applicable law or regulation, and which shall contain, in such form and with such other provisions as the Committee shall from time to time determine, provisions which comply with the following terms and conditions:

 

  (a) The Number of Shares. Each option shall state the number of shares of Common Stock to which it pertains.

 

  (b) Option Price. The option price per share of Common Stock purchasable under options granted pursuant to the Plan shall not be less than 100 percent of the fair market value at the time the options are granted. The purchase price per share of Common Stock purchasable under options granted pursuant to this Plan to a person who owns more than 10 percent of the voting power of the Corporation’s voting stock shall not be less than 110 percent of the fair market value of such shares, at the time the options are granted. For all purposes under the terms of this Plan, (a) the employee shall be considered as owning the stock owned directly or indirectly by or for himself, the stock which the employee may purchase under outstanding options and the stock owned, directly or indirectly, by or for his brothers and sisters (whether of the whole or half blood), spouse, ancestors, and lineal descendants and (b) stock owned directly or indirectly, by or for a corporation, partnership, estate, or trust shall be considered as being owned proportionately by or for its shareholders, partners, or beneficiaries. For all purposes of this Plan, the fair market value of the Common Stock of the Corporation shall be determined in good faith at the time of the grant of any option by decision of the Committee.

 

  (c) Medium and Time of Payment. The option price shall be payable in United States dollars upon the exercise of the option, and the exercise of any option and the delivery of the optioned shares shall be contingent upon receipt by Plains Capital Corporation of the full purchase price paid in cash or by check.

 

  (d)

Term and Exercise of Options. Each option shall state the period of time during which the option may be exercised; provided, however, that, anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, no option granted hereunder shall be

 

-3-


 

exercisable after the expiration of ten years after the date of grant of such option. Subject to the terms of the Plan, any option may be exercised, in whole or in part, from time to time, as to one or more whole shares of Common Stock covered by the option, during its period of exercise. No option granted pursuant to the Plan to a person then owning more than ten percent (10%) of the voting powers of the Corporation’s voting stock shall be exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years from the date the option is first granted.

 

  (e) Maximum Value of Stock with Respect to Which Options Are Exercisable for First Time in Any Calendar Year. In the event the aggregate fair market value (determined at the time the option is granted) of stock with respect to which options are exercisable hereunder for the first time by any eligible employee during any one calendar year (under this Plan and all other incentive stock option plans of Plains Capital Corporation or any parent or subsidiary corporation of Plains Capital Corporation) shall exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00), such options shall be treated as options which are not incentive stock options, taking options into account in the order in which they were granted. In the case of an option that is to be treated in part as an incentive stock option and in part as a nonincentive stock option, Plains Capital Corporation may designate the shares of Common Stock that are to be treated as stock acquired pursuant to exercise of an incentive stock option by issuing a separate certificate for such shares and identifying the certificate as incentive stock option shares in the stock transfer records of Plains Capital Corporation.

 

  (f) Transfer of Option. Neither the whole nor any part of any option shall be transferable by an Optionee or by operation of law during said Optionee’s lifetime and at said Optionee’s death an option or any part thereof shall only be transferable by said Optionee’s will or by the laws of descent and distribution. An option may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee. Any option, and any and all rights granted to an Optionee thereunder, to the extent not theretofore effectively exercised shall automatically terminate and expire upon any sale, transfer or hypothecation or any attempted sale, transfer or hypothecation of such option or rights, or upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of the Optionee.

 

-4-


  (g) Termination of Employment. No option may be exercised after the termination of the employment of the Optionee with the Corporation except as hereinafter provided, specifically subject, however, to the provisions of paragraph (d) of this

Article V:

 

  (1) Retirement. Options granted under the Plan may be exercised within three (3) months after the Retirement (as hereinafter defined) of the Optionee and the options shall be exercisable for all of the shares covered thereby. For purposes of the Plan, “Retirement” shall mean any termination of employment with the Corporation after the attainment of age sixty-five (65) by the Optionee.

 

  (2) Disability. Options granted under the Plan may be exercised within three (3) months after the termination of the employment of the Optionee by reason of the Disability (as hereinafter defined) of the Optionee and the option shall be exercisable for all of the shares covered thereby. For purposes of this Plan, an Optionee shall be deemed to have incurred a “Disability” if a disinterested duly licensed medical doctor appointed by the Corporation determines that the Optionee is totally and permanently prevented, as a result of physical or mental infirmity, injury, or disease, either occupational or nonoccupational in cause, from holding the job or position with the Corporation or engaging in the employment activity, or a comparable job or employment activity with the Corporation, which the Optionee held or customarily engaged in prior to the occurrence of the disability (provided, however, that disability hereunder shall not include any disability incurred or resulting from the Optionee’s having engaged in a criminal act or enterprise, or any disability consisting of or resulting from the Optionee’s chronic alcoholism, addiction to narcotics or an intentionally self-inflicted injury).

 

  (3) Death. If an Optionee shall die while employed by the Corporation or within three (3) months after termination of employment with the Corporation by reason of Retirement or Disability, the options granted under this Plan to such deceased Optionee shall be exercisable within six (6) months after the date of Optionee’s death and the options shall be exercisable for all of the shares covered thereby. The legal representative, if any, of the deceased Optionee’s estate, otherwise the appropriate legatees or distributees of the deceased Optionee’s estate, may exercise the option on behalf of such a deceased Optionee.

 

-5-


  (4) Involuntary Termination of Employment. Options granted under the Plan shall automatically terminate after the Involuntary Termination of Employment (as hereinafter defined) of the Optionee with the Corporation. For purposes of the Plan, “Involuntary Termination of Employment” shall mean any termination of an Optionee’s employment with the Corporation by reason of the discharge, firing or other involuntary termination of an Optionee’s employment by action of the Corporation.

 

  (5) Voluntary Termination of Employment. Options granted under the Plan shall automatically terminate after the Voluntary Termination of Employment (as hereinafter defined) of the Optionee with the Corporation. For purposes of the Plan “Voluntary Termination of Employment” shall mean any voluntary termination of employment with the Corporation by reason of the Optionee’s quitting or otherwise voluntarily leaving the Corporation’s employ other than a voluntary termination of employment by reason of Retirement.

 

  (h) Acceleration. The Committee may in the case of merger, consolidation, dissolution or liquidation of Plains Capital Corporation, accelerate the expiration date of any option for any or all of the shares covered thereby (but still giving Optionees a reasonable period of time to exercise any outstanding options prior to the accelerated expiration date) and may, in the case of merger, consolidation, dissolution or liquidation of Plains Capital Corporation, or in any other case in which it feels it is in the Corporation’s best interest, accelerate the date or dates on which any option or any part of any option shall be exercisable for any or all of the shares covered thereby.

 

  (i) Rights as a Stockholder. An Optionee shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares covered by any of said Optionee’s options until the date that Plains Capital Corporation receives payment in full for the purchase of said shares pursuant to the effective exercise of said option. No adjustment shall be made for dividends or distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such payment is received by Plains Capital Corporation, except as provided in Article VII hereof.

 

  (j) Documents to Be Delivered to Optionees. Upon the grant of an option hereunder to an Optionee, there shall be delivered to the Optionee a prospectus describing the options granted hereunder and the Common Stock covered by the options together with such other information or documents as the Committee shall deem necessary or advisable.

 

-6-


  (k) Compliance with Securities Exchange Act. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, options shall always be granted and exercised in such a manner as to conform to the provisions of Rule 16b-3, or any replacement rule, adopted pursuant to the provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as the same now exists or may, from time to time, be amended.

 

  (1) Other Provisions. The option agreements authorized under the Plan shall contain such other provisions, including, without limitation, restrictions upon the exercise of the option, as the Committee shall deem advisable and, in any event, all such option agreements shall contain such limitations and restrictions upon the exercise of the option as shall be necessary in order that such option will be an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422 of the Code or to conform to any change in the law.

Article VI. Notice of Intent to Exercise Options.

An Optionee desiring to exercise an option granted hereunder as to one or more of the shares covered thereby must, in order to so exercise the option, notify the Corporation in writing to that effect, specifying the number of shares to be purchased in a form satisfactory to the Committee.

Article VII. Stock Dividend - Recapitalization - Consolidation.

If any stock dividend shall be declared upon the Common Stock or if the Common Stock shall hereafter be subdivided, consolidated, or changed into other securities of Plains Capital Corporation, or successor corporation to Plains Capital Corporation, then in each such event, shares of Common Stock which would be delivered pursuant to exercise of any options shall, for the purpose of adjusting the number and kind thereof, be treated as though outstanding immediately prior to the occurrence of such event and the purchase price to be paid therefor shall be appropriately adjusted to give affect thereto.

The grant of an option pursuant to the Plan shall not affect in any way the right or power of Plains Capital Corporation to make adjustments, reclassification, reorganizations or changes of its capital or business structure or to merge or to consolidate or to dissolve, liquidate or sell, or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

 

-7-


Article VIII. Expiration and Termination of Plan.

Options may be granted pursuant to this Plan only within ten (10) years following the earlier to occur of the date on which the Plan is originally adopted by the Board of Directors and the date on which the Plan is originally approved by stockholders of Plains Capital Corporation.

Options may be granted under the Plan at any time until the Plan is terminated by the Board of Directors or until such earlier date when termination of the Plan shall be required by applicable law. If not sooner terminated, the Plan shall terminate automatically on March 25, 2013, which is ten years from the date on which the Plan was originally approved by the Board of Directors.

Article IX. Amendment of the Plan.

The Board of Directors may, insofar as permitted by law, from time to time, with respect to any shares of Common Stock at the time not subject to outstanding options, suspend or discontinue the Plan or revise or amend it in any respect whatsoever except that, without approval of the holders of a majority of the Common Stock of Plains Capital Corporation, no such revision or amendment shall change the number of shares of Common Stock subject to the Plan (except as may occur as a result of an occurrence described in Section VII), change the designation of the class of employees eligible to receive options, remove the administration of the Plan from the Committee, or render any member of the Committee eligible to receive an option under the Plan while serving thereon. Furthermore, the Plan may not, without the approval of the holders of a majority of the Common Stock of Plains Capital Corporation, be amended in any manner that will cause options issued under it to fail to meet the requirements of “incentive stock options” as defined in Section 422 of the Code (except as provided in paragraph (e) of Article V) or which would result in a failure to comply with Section 16(b)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or similar statute[s] or rules or regulations adopted thereunder.

Article X. Granting of Options.

The granting of any option pursuant to this Plan shall be entirely in the discretion of the Committee and nothing herein contained shall be construed to give any employee any right to participate under this Plan or to receive any option under it. The granting of an option shall impose no duty upon the Optionee to exercise such option.

 

-8-


Neither the adoption and maintenance of the Plan nor the granting of an option pursuant to this Plan shall be deemed to constitute a contract of employment between the Corporation and any employee or to be a condition of the employment of any person. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to (a) give to any employee the right to be retained in the employ of the Corporation; (b) interfere with the right of the Corporation to discharge or retire any employee at any time; (c) be deemed to give to the Corporation the right to require an employee to remain in its employ; or (d) interfere with the employee’s right to terminate his employment at any time.

Article XI. Government Regulations.

This Plan and the granting and exercise of any option hereunder and the obligations of Plains Capital Corporation to sell and deliver shares under any such option shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies as may be required.

Article XII. Proceeds from Sale of Stock.

Proceeds of the purchase of optioned shares by any Optionee shall be for the general business purposes of Plains Capital Corporation.

Article XIII. Reporting Requirements.

The Committee shall furnish each Optionee hereunder with such information relating to the exercise of any option granted hereunder to said Optionee as is required under the Code and applicable State and Federal Security laws.

Article XIV. Approval of Stockholders.

No option granted hereunder shall be exercisable until the Plan is approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Common Stock of Plains Capital Corporation.

Article XV. Interpretation.

The terms of this Plan are subject to all present and future regulations and rulings of the Secretary of the Treasury or his delegate relating to the qualification of Incentive Stock Options under Section 422 of the Code. If any provision of the Plan conflicts with any such regulation or ruling, that provision of the Plan shall he void and of no effect.

 

-9-


DATED this 25 th day of March, 2003.

 

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION

/s/    Alan B. White

By:   Alan B White
Its:   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

/s/    John C. Owens

By:   John C. Owens
Its:   President

/s/    Jeff Isom

By:   Jeff Isom
Its:   Secretary/Treasurer

 

-10-

Exhibit 10.16

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION

2005 INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION PLAN

Dated: April 20, 2005


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Article I. Purpose

   1

Article II. Administration

   1

Article III. Eligibility

   2

Article IV. Stock to Be Issued Under this Plan

   2

Article V. Terms and Conditions of Options

   2

Article VI. Notice of Intent to Exercise Options

   6

Article VII. Stock Dividend – Recapitalization – Consolidation

   6

Article VIII. Expiration and Termination of Plan

   6

Article IX. Amendment of the Plan

   6

Article X. Granting of Options

   7

Article XI. Government Regulations

   7

Article XII. Proceeds from Sale of Stock

   7

Article XIII. Reporting Requirements

   7

Article XIV. Approval of Stockholders

   8

Article XV. Interpretation

   8

 

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION PLAN – Page i


PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION

2005 INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION PLAN

Article I. Purpose

The purpose of this Incentive Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”) is to encourage stock ownership by certain corporate officers and key managerial employees of Plains Capital Corporation, a Texas corporation, and its “subsidiary corporations” (collectively the “Corporation”), so that they may acquire a proprietary interest in the success of the Corporation. The term “Subsidiary corporation” shall be defined in the same manner as such term is defined in Section 424(f) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and shall include subsidiary corporations which become such after the adoption of the Plan. The Plan is intended to provide an incentive for maximum effort in the successful operation of the Corporation and to encourage certain employees of the Corporation to remain in the employ of the Corporation. It is further intended that the options granted pursuant to the Plan shall constitute “Incentive Stock Options” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, except as specifically provided herein.

Article II. Administration

The Plan shall be administered by a Stock Option Committee (the “Committee”) which shall consist of three members of the Board of Directors of Plains Capital Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) who are not executive employees of the Corporation and who are appointed to the Committee from time to time by the Board of Directors. If any member of the Committee becomes an executive employee of the Corporation, his membership on the Committee shall automatically terminate. A majority of the Committee shall constitute a quorum and acts of a majority of the members present at any meeting at which a quorum is present, or acts approved in writing by all members of the Committee, shall be deemed to be valid acts of the Committee. No member of the Committee shall be eligible to receive an option under the Plan.

The Committee shall select one of its members to serve as Chairman, shall appoint one of its members as Secretary, who shall maintain a record of its actions and decisions, and shall hold meetings from time to time as it may determine. The Committee shall have authority to:

 

  (a) Determine which of the eligible employees of the Corporation (determined under Article III hereof) shall be granted options, which such options shall be granted and the number of shares and terms with respect to each such option;

 

  (b) Prescribe rules and regulations for administering the Plan; and

 

  (c) Decide any questions arising as to the interpretation or application of any provision under this Plan.

 

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION PLAN – Page 1


The determination of the Committee as to any of these matters shall be final and binding upon all persons whomsoever and shall be reported to the Board of Directors at its next ensuing meeting.

Article III. Eligibility

The persons who shall be eligible to receive options pursuant to this Plan shall be such of the executive and managerial employees of the Corporation as the Committee shall select from time to time. A grantee of an option under this Plan (an “Optionee”) may hold more than one option hereunder, but only on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

Article IV. Stock to Be Issued Under this Plan

The stock to be issued upon the exercise of options granted under this Plan shall be shares of the Common Stock with a $10.00 par value of Plains Capital Corporation (“Common Stock”), which may either be authorized and unissued shares or issued shares held in or hereafter acquired for the treasury of Plains Capital Corporation. The aggregate number of shares of Common Stock which may be issued under options granted hereunder shall not exceed Fifty Thousand (50,000) shares. In the event that any outstanding option under this Plan expires or is terminated, the shares of Common Stock allocable to the unexercised portion of such option may again be subject to an option under the Plan.

Plains Capital Corporation shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificate for shares of its Common Stock purchased upon the exercise of all or any part of an option before completion of any registration or other qualification of such shares under any state or federal law or ruling or regulation of any governmental regulatory body that Plains Capital Corporation shall, in its sole discretion, determine is necessary or advisable.

Article V. Terms and Conditions of Options

Each option granted under this Plan shall be evidenced by an agreement in writing which shall be subject to such amendment and modification from time to time as the Committee shall deem necessary to comply with applicable law or regulation, and which shall contain, in such form and with such other provisions as the Committee shall from time to time determine, provisions which comply with the following terms and conditions:

 

  (a) The Number of Shares . Each option shall state the number of shares of Common Stock to which it pertains.

 

  (b)

Option Price . The option price per share of Common Stock purchasable under options granted pursuant to the Plan shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the fair market value of a share of Common Stock at the time the options are granted. The purchase price per share of Common Stock purchasable under options granted pursuant to this Plan to a person who owns more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of the Corporation’s voting stock shall not be less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the fair market value of a share of

 

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION PLAN – Page 2


 

Common Stock at the time the options are granted. For all purposes under the terms of this Plan, (a) the employee shall be considered as owning the stock owned directly or indirectly by or for himself, the stock which the employee may purchase under outstanding options and the stock owned, directly or indirectly, by or for his brothers and sisters (whether of the whole or half blood), spouse, ancestors, and lineal descendants and (b) stock owned directly or indirectly, by or for a corporation, partnership, estate, or trust shall be considered as being owned proportionately by or for its shareholders, partners, or beneficiaries. For all purposes of this Plan, the fair market value of the Common Stock shall be determined in good faith at the time of the grant of any option by decision of the Committee.

 

  (c) Medium and Time of Payment . The option price shall be payable in United States dollars upon the exercise of the option, and the exercise of any option and the delivery of the optioned shares shall be contingent upon receipt by Plains Capital Corporation of the full purchase price paid in cash or by check.

 

  (d) Term and Exercise of Options . Each option shall state the period of time during which the option may be exercised; provided, however, that, anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, no option granted hereunder shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years after the date of grant of such option. Subject to the terms of the grant agreement, any option may be exercised, in whole or in part, from time to time, as to one or more whole shares of Common Stock covered by the option, during its period of exercise. No option granted pursuant to the Plan to a person then owning more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of the Corporation’s voting stock shall be exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years from the date the option is first granted.

 

  (e) Maximum Value of Stock with Respect to Which Options Are Exercisable for First Time in Any Calendar Year . In the event the aggregate fair market value (determined at the time the option is granted) of stock with respect to which options are exercisable hereunder for the first time by any eligible employee during any one calendar year (under this Plan and all other incentive stock option plans of Plains Capital Corporation or any parent or subsidiary corporation of Plains Capital Corporation) shall exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00), such options shall be treated as options which are not incentive stock options, taking options into account in the order in which they were granted. In the case of an option that is to be treated in part as an incentive stock option and in part as a non-qualified stock option, Plains Capital Corporation may designate the shares of Common Stock that are to be treated as stock acquired pursuant to exercise of an incentive stock option by issuing a separate certificate for such shares and identifying the certificate as incentive stock option shares in the stock transfer records of Plains Capital Corporation.

 

  (f)

Transfer of Option . Neither the whole nor any part of any option shall be transferable by an Optionee or by operation of law during said Optionee’s lifetime and at said Optionee’s death an option or any part thereof shall only be

 

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION PLAN – Page 3


 

transferable by said Optionee’s will or by the laws of descent and distribution. An option may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee. Any option, and any and all rights granted to an Optionee thereunder, to the extent not theretofore effectively exercised shall automatically terminate and expire upon any sale, transfer or hypothecation or any attempted sale, transfer or hypothecation of such option or rights, or upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of the Optionee.

 

  (g) Termination of Employment . No option may be exercised after the termination of the employment of the Optionee with the Corporation except as hereinafter provided, specifically subject, however, to the provisions of paragraph (d) of this
             Article V:

 

  (1) Retirement . Options granted under the Plan may be exercised within three (3) months after the Retirement (as hereinafter defined) of the Optionee and the options shall be exercisable for all of the shares covered thereby. For purposes of the Plan, “Retirement” shall mean any termination of employment with the Corporation after the attainment of age sixty-five (65) by the Optionee.

 

  (2) Disability . Options granted under the Plan may be exercised within three (3) months after the termination of the employment of the Optionee by reason of the Disability (as hereinafter defined) of the Optionee and the option shall be exercisable for all of the shares covered thereby. For purposes of this Plan, an Optionee shall be deemed to have incurred a “Disability” if a disinterested duly licensed medical doctor appointed by the Corporation determines that the Optionee is totally and permanently prevented, as a result of physical or mental infirmity, injury, or disease, either occupational or nonoccupational in cause, from holding the job or position with the Corporation or engaging in the employment activity, or a comparable job or employment activity with the Corporation, which the Optionee held or customarily engaged in prior to the occurrence of the disability (provided, however, that disability hereunder shall not include any disability incurred or resulting from the Optionee’s having engaged in a criminal act or enterprise, or any disability consisting of or resulting from the Optionee’s chronic alcoholism, addiction to narcotics or an intentionally self-inflicted injury).

 

  (3) Death . If an Optionee shall die while employed by the Corporation or within three (3) months after termination of employment with the Corporation by reason of Retirement or Disability, the options granted under this Plan to such deceased Optionee shall be exercisable within six (6) months after the date of Optionee’s death and the options shall be exercisable for all of the shares covered thereby. The legal representative, if any, of the deceased Optionee’s estate, otherwise the appropriate legatees or distributees of the deceased Optionee’s estate, may exercise the option on behalf of such a deceased Optionee.

 

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION PLAN – Page 4


  (4) Involuntary Termination of Employment . Options granted under the Plan shall automatically terminate after the Involuntary Termination of Employment (as hereinafter defined) of the Optionee with the Corporation. For purposes of the Plan, “Involuntary Termination of Employment” shall mean any termination of an Optionee’s employment with the Corporation by reason of the discharge, firing or other involuntary termination of an Optionee’s employment by action of the Corporation.

 

  (5) Voluntary Termination of Employment . Options granted under the Plan shall automatically terminate after the Voluntary Termination of Employment (as hereinafter defined) of the Optionee with the Corporation. For purposes of the Plan, “Voluntary Termination of Employment” shall mean any voluntary termination of employment with the Corporation by reason of the Optionee’s quitting or otherwise voluntarily leaving the Corporation’s employ other than a voluntary termination of employment by reason of Retirement.

 

  (h) Acceleration . The Committee may, in the case of merger, consolidation, dissolution or liquidation of Plains Capital Corporation, accelerate the expiration date of any option for any or all of the shares covered thereby (but still giving Optionees a reasonable period of time to exercise any outstanding options prior to the accelerated expiration date) and may, in the case of merger, consolidation, dissolution or liquidation of Plains Capital Corporation, or in any other case in which it feels it is in the Corporation’s best interest, accelerate the date or dates on which any option or any part of any option shall be exercisable for any or all of the shares covered thereby.

 

  (i) Rights as a Stockholder . An Optionee shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares covered by any of said Optionee’s options until the date that Plains Capital Corporation receives payment in full for the purchase of said shares pursuant to the effective exercise of said option. No adjustment shall be made for dividends or distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such payment is received by Plains Capital Corporation, except as provided in Article VII hereof.

 

  (j) Documents to Be Delivered to Optionees . Upon the grant of an option hereunder to an Optionee, there shall be delivered to the Optionee a prospectus describing the options granted hereunder and the Common Stock covered by the options together with such other information or documents as the Committee shall deem necessary or advisable.

 

  (k) Compliance with Securities Exchange Act . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, options shall always be granted and exercised in such a manner as to conform to the provisions of Rule 16b-3, or any replacement rule, adopted pursuant to the provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as the same now exists or may, from time to time, be amended.

 

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION PLAN – Page 5


  (l) Other Provisions . The option agreements authorized under the Plan shall contain such other provisions, including, without limitation, restrictions upon the exercise of the option, as the Committee shall deem advisable and, in any event, all such option agreements shall contain such limitations and restrictions upon the exercise of the option as shall be necessary in order that such option will be an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422 of the Code or to conform to any change in the law.

Article VI. Notice of Intent to Exercise Options

An Optionee desiring to exercise an option granted hereunder as to one or more of the shares covered thereby must, in order to so exercise the option, notify the Corporation in writing to that effect, specifying the number of shares to be purchased in a form satisfactory to the Committee.

Article VII. Stock Dividend – Recapitalization – Consolidation

If any stock dividend shall be declared upon the Common Stock or if the Common Stock shall hereafter be subdivided, consolidated, or changed into other securities of Plains Capital Corporation, or successor corporation to Plains Capital Corporation, then in each such event, shares of Common Stock which would be delivered pursuant to exercise of any options shall, for the purpose of adjusting the number and kind thereof, be treated as though outstanding immediately prior to the occurrence of such event and the purchase price to be paid therefore shall be appropriately adjusted to give effect thereto.

The grant of an option pursuant to the Plan shall not affect in any way the right or power of Plains Capital Corporation to make adjustments, reclassification, reorganizations or changes of its capital or business structure or to merge or to consolidate or to dissolve, liquidate or sell, or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

Article VIII. Expiration and Termination of Plan

Options may be granted pursuant to this Plan only within ten (10) years following the earlier to occur of the date on which the Plan is originally adopted by the Board of Directors and the date on which the Plan is originally approved by stockholders of Plains Capital Corporation.

Options may be granted under the Plan at any time until the Plan is terminated by the Board of Directors or until such earlier date when termination of the Plan shall be required by applicable law. If not sooner terminated, the Plan shall terminate automatically on April 20, 2015, which is ten years from the date on which the Plan was originally approved by the Board of Directors.

Article IX. Amendment of the Plan

The Board of Directors may, insofar as permitted by law, from time to time, with respect to any shares of Common Stock at the time not subject to outstanding options, suspend or

 

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION PLAN – Page 6


discontinue the Plan or revise or amend it in any respect whatsoever except that, without approval of the holders of a majority of the Common Stock of Plains Capital Corporation, no such revision or amendment shall change the number of shares of Common Stock subject to the Plan (except as may occur as a result of an occurrence described in Section VII), change the designation of the class of employees eligible to receive options, remove the administration of the Plan from the Committee, or render any member of the Committee eligible to receive an option under the Plan while serving thereon. Furthermore, the Plan may not, without the approval of the holders of a majority of the Common Stock of Plains Capital Corporation, be amended in any manner that will cause options issued under it to fail to meet the requirements of “incentive stock options” as defined in Section 422 of the Code (except as provided in paragraph (e) of Article V) or which would result in a failure to comply with Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or similar statute[s] or rules or regulations adopted thereunder.

Article X. Granting of Options

The granting of any option pursuant to this Plan shall be entirely in the discretion of the Committee and nothing herein contained shall be construed to give any employee any right to participate under this Plan or to receive any option under it. The granting of an option shall impose no duty upon the Optionee to exercise such option.

Neither the adoption and maintenance of the Plan nor the granting of an option pursuant to this Plan shall be deemed to constitute a contract of employment between the Corporation and any employee or to be a condition of the employment of any person. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to (a) give to any employee the right to be retained in the employ of the Corporation; (b) interfere with the right of the Corporation to discharge or retire any employee at any time; (c) give to the Corporation the right to require an employee to remain in its employ; or (d) interfere with the employee’s right to terminate his employment at any time.

Article XI. Government Regulations

This Plan and the granting and exercise of any option hereunder and the obligations of Plains Capital Corporation to sell and deliver shares under any such option shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies as may be required.

Article XII. Proceeds from Sale of Stock

Proceeds of the purchase of optioned shares by any Optionee shall be for the general business purposes of Plains Capital Corporation.

Article XIII. Reporting Requirements

The Committee shall furnish each Optionee hereunder with such information relating to the exercise of any option granted hereunder to said Optionee as is required under the Code and applicable state and federal securities laws.

 

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION PLAN – Page 7


Article XIV. Approval of Stockholders

No option granted hereunder shall be exercisable until the Plan is approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Common Stock of Plains Capital Corporation.

Article XV. Interpretation

The terms of this Plan are subject to all present and future regulations and rulings of the Secretary of the Treasury or his delegate relating to the qualification of Incentive Stock Options under Section 422 of the Code. If any provision of the Plan conflicts with any such regulation or ruling, that provision of the Plan shall be void and of no effect.

DATED this 20 th day of April, 2005.

 

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION
 

/s/    Alan B. White

By:   Alan B. White
Its:   Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
 

/s/    Eddie Ricks

By:   Eddie Ricks
Its:   Secretary

 

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION PLAN – Page 8

Exhibit 10.17

AMENDED AND RESTATED

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION

2007 NONQUALIFIED AND INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION PLAN

Dated: December 31, 2008


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Article I.    Purpose

   1

Article II.    Definitions

   1

Article III.    Administration

   3

Article IV.    Eligibility

   3

Article V.    Stock to Be Issued Under this Plan

   3

Article VI.    Grant of Awards

   4

Article VII.    Award Period; Vesting

   5

Article VIII.    Exercise of Stock Option

   5

Article IX.    Tax Requirements

   8

Article X.    Stock Dividend - Recapitalization - Consolidation

   9

Article XI.    Awards in Substitution for Awards Granted by Other Entities

   9

Article XII.    Expiration and Termination of Plan

   9

Article XIII.    Amendment of the Plan

   10

Article XIV.    Granting of Awards

   10

Article XV.    Government Regulations

   10

Article XVI.    Proceeds from Sale of Stock

   10

Article XVII.    Reporting Requirements

   11

Article XVIII.    Approval of Shareholders

   11

Article XIX.    Interpretation

   11

 

i


AMENDED AND RESTATED PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION

2007 NONQUALIFIED AND INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION PLAN

Article I. Purpose

The purpose of this Amended and Restated Plains Capital Corporation 2007 Nonqualified and Incentive Stock Option Plan (the “ Plan ”) is to encourage stock ownership by certain corporate officers and key managerial Employees of Plains Capital Corporation, a Texas corporation, and its “subsidiary corporations” (collectively the “ Corporation ”), so that they may acquire a proprietary interest in the success of the Corporation. The term “subsidiary corporation” shall be defined in the same manner as such term is defined in Section 424(f) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) and shall include subsidiary corporations which become such after the adoption of the Plan. The Plan is intended to provide an incentive for maximum effort in the successful operation of the Corporation and to encourage certain Employees of the Corporation to remain in the employ of the Corporation. It is further intended that the Stock Options granted as Incentive Stock Options pursuant to the Plan shall constitute “incentive stock options” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, except as specifically provided herein.

Article II. Definitions

2.1 “ Award ” means the grant of any Incentive Stock Option or Nonqualified Stock Option, whether granted singly or in combination.

2.2 “ Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between a Participant and the Corporation which sets out the terms of the grant of an Award.

2.3 “ Award Period ” means the period set forth in the Award Agreement during which the Award may be exercised.

2.4 “ Board ” means the board of directors of the Corporation.

2.5 “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

2.6 “ Committee ” means the committee appointed or designated by the Board to administer the Plan in accordance with Article 3 of this Plan.

2.7 “ Common Stock ” means the common stock, par value $10.00 per share, which the Corporation is currently authorized to issue or may in the future be authorized to issue, or any securities into which or for which the common stock of the Corporation may be converted or exchanged, as the case may be, pursuant to the terms of this Plan.

2.8 “ Date of Grant ” means the effective date on which an Award is made to a Participant as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement; provided, however, that solely for purposes of Section 16 of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, the Date of Grant of an Award shall be the date of shareholder approval of the Plan if such date is later than the effective date of such Award as set forth in the Award Agreement.

 

1


2.9 “ Employee ” means common law employee (as defined in accordance with the Regulations and Revenue Rulings then applicable under Section 3401(c) of the Code) of the Corporation.

2.10 “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of a particular date, (a) if the shares of Common Stock are listed on any established national securities exchange, the closing sales price per share of Common Stock on the consolidated transaction reporting system for the principal securities exchange for the Common Stock on that date, or, if there shall have been no such sale so reported on that date, on the last preceding date on which such a sale was so reported, (b) if the shares of Common Stock are not so listed but are quoted on the Nasdaq National Market System, the closing sales price per share of Common Stock on the Nasdaq National Market System on that date, or, if there shall have been no such sale so reported on that date, on the last preceding date on which such a sale was so reported, (c) if the Common Stock is not so listed or quoted, the mean between the closing bid and asked price on that date, or, if there are no quotations available for such date, on the last preceding date on which such quotations shall be available, as reported by Nasdaq, or, if not reported by Nasdaq, by the National Quotation Bureau, Inc., or (d) if none of the above is applicable, such amount as may be determined by the Committee (acting on the advice of an Independent Third Party, should the Committee elect in its sole discretion to utilize an Independent Third Party for this purpose), in good faith, to be the fair market value per share of Common Stock. The determination of Fair Market Value shall, where applicable, be in compliance with Section 409A of the Code.

2.11 “ Incentive Stock Option ” means an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, granted pursuant to this Plan.

2.12 “ Nonqualified Stock Option ” means a nonqualified stock option, granted pursuant to this Plan, which is not an Incentive Stock Option.

2.13 “ Option Price ” means the price which must be paid by a Participant upon exercise of a Stock Option to purchase a share of Common Stock.

2.14 “ Participant ” means an Employee of the Corporation to whom an Award is granted under this Plan.

2.15 “ Plan ” means this Amended and Restated Plains Capital Corporation 2007 Nonqualified and Incentive Stock Option Plan, as amended from time to time.

2.16 “ Stock Option ” means a Nonqualified Stock Option or an Incentive Stock Option.

2.17 “ Termination of Employment ” occurs when a Participant ceases to serve as an Employee of the Corporation, for any reason. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.17 , in the event an Award issued under the Plan is subject to Section 409A of the Code, then, in lieu of the foregoing definition and to the extent necessary to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, the definition of “Termination of Employment” for purposes of such Award shall be the definition of “separation from service” provided for under Section 409A of the Code and the regulations or other guidance issued thereunder.

 

2


Article III. Administration

The Plan shall be administered by a Stock Option Committee (the “ Committee ”) which shall consist of three members of the Board who are not executive Employees of the Corporation and who are appointed to the Committee from time to time by the Board. If any member of the Committee becomes an executive Employee of the Corporation, his membership on the Committee shall automatically terminate. A majority of the Committee shall constitute a quorum, and acts of a majority of the members present at any meeting at which a quorum is present, or acts approved in writing by all members of the Committee, shall be deemed to be valid acts of the Committee. No member of the Committee shall be eligible to receive an Award under the Plan.

The Committee shall select one of its members to serve as Chairman, shall appoint one of its members as Secretary, who shall maintain a record of its actions and decisions, and shall hold meetings from time to time as it may determine. The Committee shall have authority to:

 

  (a) Determine which of the eligible Employees of the Corporation (determined under Article IV hereof) shall be granted Awards, which such Awards shall be granted, and the number of shares and terms with respect to each such Award;

 

  (b) Prescribe rules and regulations for administering the Plan; and

 

  (c) Decide any questions arising as to the interpretation or application of any provision under this Plan.

The determination of the Committee as to any of these matters shall be final and binding upon all persons whomsoever and shall be reported to the Board at its next ensuing meeting.

Article IV. Eligibility

The persons who shall be eligible to receive Awards pursuant to this Plan shall be such of the executive and managerial Employees of the Corporation as the Committee shall select from time to time. A grantee of an Award under this Plan (a “ Participant ”) may hold more than one Award hereunder, but only on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

Article V. Stock to Be Issued Under this Plan

The stock to be issued upon the exercise of Stock Options granted under this Plan shall be shares of the Common Stock, which may either be authorized and unissued shares or issued shares held in or hereafter acquired for the treasury of Plains Capital Corporation. The aggregate number of shares of Common Stock which may be issued under Stock Options granted hereunder shall not exceed one hundred fifty thousand (150,000) shares. In the event that any outstanding Stock Option under this Plan expires or is terminated, the shares of Common Stock allocable to the unexercised portion of such Stock Option may again be subject to an Award under the Plan.

 

3


Plains Capital Corporation shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificate for shares of its Common Stock purchased upon the exercise of all or any part of a Stock Option before completion of any registration or other qualification of such shares under any state or federal law or ruling or regulation of any governmental regulatory body that Plains Capital Corporation shall, in its sole discretion, determine is necessary or advisable.

Article VI. Grant of Awards

6.1 In General. The grant of an Award shall be authorized by the Committee and shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement setting forth the Award being granted, the total number of shares of Common Stock subject to the Award, the Option Price (if applicable), the Award Period, the Date of Grant, and such other terms, provisions, limitations, and performance objectives, as are approved by the Committee, but (i) not inconsistent with the Plan, and (ii) to the extent an Award issued under the Plan is subject to Section 409A of the Code, in compliance with the applicable requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations or other guidance issued thereunder. The Corporation shall execute an Award Agreement with a Participant after the Committee approves the issuance of an Award. Any Award granted pursuant to this Plan must be granted within ten (10) years of the date of adoption of this Plan. The Plan shall be submitted to the Corporation’s shareholders for approval; however, the Committee may grant Awards under the Plan prior to the time of shareholder approval. Any such Award granted prior to such shareholder approval shall be made subject to such shareholder approval. The grant of an Award to a Participant shall not be deemed either to entitle the Participant to, or to disqualify the Participant from, receipt of any other Award under the Plan.

6.2 Option Price. The Option Price for any share of Common Stock which may be purchased under a Nonqualified Stock Option for any share of Common Stock may be equal to or greater than the Fair Market Value of the share on the Date of Grant. The Option Price for any share of Common Stock which may be purchased under an Incentive Stock Option must be at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the share on the Date of Grant; if an Incentive Stock Option is granted to an Employee who owns or is deemed to own (by reason of the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code) more than 10% of the combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Corporation (or any parent), the Option Price shall be at least 110% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the Date of Grant. For all purposes under the terms of this Plan, (a) the Employee shall be considered as owning the stock owned directly or indirectly by or for himself, the stock which the Employee may purchase under outstanding Stock Options and the stock owned, directly or indirectly, by or for his brothers and sisters (whether of the whole or half blood), spouse, ancestors, and lineal descendants and (b) stock owned directly or indirectly, by or for a corporation, partnership, estate, or trust shall be considered as being owned proportionately by or for its shareholders, partners, or beneficiaries.

6.3 Maximum ISO Grants. The Committee may not grant Incentive Stock Options under the Plan to any Employee which would permit the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined on the Date of Grant) of the Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options (under this and any other plan of the Corporation) are exercisable for the first time by such Employee during any calendar year to exceed $100,000. To the extent any Stock Option granted under this Plan which is designated as an Incentive Stock Option exceeds this limit or otherwise fails to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, such Stock Option (or any such portion thereof) shall be a Nonqualified Stock Option. In such case, the Committee shall designate which stock will be treated as Incentive Stock Option stock by causing the issuance of a separate stock certificate and identifying such stock as Incentive Stock Option stock on the Corporation’s stock transfer records.

 

4


6.4 Documents to Be Delivered to Participants. Upon the grant of a Stock Option hereunder to a Participant, there shall be delivered to the Participant a prospectus describing the Stock Options granted hereunder and the Common Stock covered by the Stock Options together with such other information or documents as the Committee shall deem necessary or advisable.

Article VII. Award Period; Vesting

7.1 Award Period. Subject to the other provisions of this Plan, the Committee may, in its discretion, provide that an Award may not be exercised in whole or in part for any period or periods of time or beyond any date specified in the Award Agreement. Except as provided in the Award Agreement, an Award may be exercised in whole or in part at any time during its term. The Award Period for an Award shall be reduced or terminated upon a Termination of Employment. No Award granted under the Plan may be exercised at any time after the end of its Award Period. No portion of any Award may be exercised after the expiration of ten (10) years from its Date of Grant. However, if an Employee owns or is deemed to own (by reason of the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code) more than 10% of the combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Corporation (or any parent) and an Incentive Stock Option is granted to such Employee, the term of such Incentive Stock Option (to the extent required by the Code at the time of grant) shall be no more than five (5) years from the Date of Grant.

7.2 Vesting. The Committee, in its sole discretion, may determine that an Award will be immediately vested in whole or in part, or that all or any portion may not be vested until a date, or dates, subsequent to its Date of Grant, or until the occurrence of one or more specified events, subject in any case to the terms of the Plan. If the Committee imposes conditions upon vesting, then, subsequent to the Date of Grant, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, accelerate the date on which all or any portion of the Award may be vested.

Article VIII. Exercise of Stock Option

8.1 In General. A vested Stock Option may be exercised, during its Award Period, subject to limitations and restrictions set forth in the Award Agreement.

8.2 Securities Law and Exchange Restrictions. In no event may a Stock Option be exercised pursuant to an Award if a necessary listing or quotation of the shares of Common Stock on a stock exchange or inter-dealer quotation system or any registration under state or federal securities laws required under the circumstances has not been accomplished.

8.3 Exercise of Stock Option.

(a) In General. If the Committee imposes conditions upon exercise, then subsequent to the Date of Grant, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, accelerate the date on which all or any portion of the Stock Option may be exercised. No Stock Option may be exercised for a fractional share of Common Stock. The granting of a Stock Option shall impose no obligation upon the Participant to exercise that Stock Option.

 

5


(b) Notice and Payment. Subject to such administrative regulations as the Committee may from time to time adopt, a Stock Option may be exercised by the delivery of written notice to the Committee setting forth the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which the Stock Option is to be exercised and the date of exercise thereof (the “ Exercise Date ”) which shall be at least three (3) days after giving such notice unless an earlier time shall have been mutually agreed upon. On the Exercise Date, the Participant shall deliver to the Corporation consideration with a value equal to the total Option Price of the shares to be purchased, payable as provided in the Award Agreement, which may provide for payment in any one or more of the following ways: (a) cash or check, bank draft, or money order payable to the order of the Corporation, or (b) in any other form of valid consideration that is acceptable to the Committee in its sole discretion.

(c) Issuance of Certificate. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement, upon payment of all amounts due from the Participant, the Corporation shall cause certificates for the Common Stock then being purchased to be delivered as directed by the Participant (or the person exercising the Participant’s Stock Option in the event of his death) at its principal business office promptly after the Exercise Date; provided that if the Participant has exercised an Incentive Stock Option, the Corporation may at its option retain physical possession of the certificate evidencing the shares acquired upon exercise until the expiration of the holding periods described in Section 422(a)(1) of the Code. The obligation of the Corporation to deliver shares of Common Stock shall, however, be subject to the condition that, if at any time the Committee shall determine in its discretion that the listing, registration, or qualification of the Stock Option or the Common Stock upon any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system or under any state or federal law, or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory body, is necessary as a condition of, or in connection with, the Stock Option or the issuance or purchase of shares of Common Stock thereunder, the Stock Option may not be exercised in whole or in part unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent, or approval shall have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not reasonably acceptable to the Committee.

(d) Failure to Pay. Except as may otherwise be provided in an Award Agreement, if the Participant fails to pay for any of the Common Stock specified in such notice or fails to accept delivery thereof, that portion of the Participant’s Stock Option and right to purchase such Common Stock may be forfeited by the Corporation.

8.4 Disqualifying Disposition of Incentive Stock Option. If shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of an Incentive Stock Option are disposed of by a Participant prior to the expiration of either two (2) years from the Date of Grant of such Stock Option or one (1) year from the transfer of shares of Common Stock to the Participant pursuant to the exercise of such Stock Option, or in any other disqualifying disposition within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, such Participant shall notify the Corporation in writing of the date and terms of such disposition. A disqualifying disposition by a Participant shall not affect the status of any other Stock Option granted under the Plan as an Incentive Stock Option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

 

6


8.5 Transfer of Stock Option. Neither the whole nor any part of any Stock Option shall be transferable by a Participant or by operation of law during said Participant’s lifetime, and at said Participant’s death a Stock Option or any part thereof shall only be transferable by said Participant’s will or by the laws of descent and distribution. A Stock Option may be exercised during the lifetime of the Participant only by the Participant. Any Stock Option, and any and all rights granted to a Participant thereunder, to the extent not theretofore effectively exercised, shall automatically terminate and expire upon any sale, transfer or hypothecation or any attempted sale, transfer or hypothecation of such option or rights, or upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of the Participant.

8.6 Termination of Employment. No Stock Option may be exercised after the Termination of Employment of the Participant with the Corporation except as hereinafter provided, specifically subject, however, to the provisions of Section 7.1 :

(a) Retirement. Stock Options granted under the Plan may be exercised within three (3) months after the Retirement (as hereinafter defined) of the Participant and the Stock Options shall be exercisable for all of the shares covered thereby. For purposes of the Plan, “ Retirement ” shall mean any Termination of Employment with the Corporation after the attainment of age sixty-five (65) by the Participant.

(b) Disability. Stock Options granted under the Plan may be exercised within three (3) months after the Termination of Employment of the Participant by reason of the Disability (as hereinafter defined) of the Participant and the Stock Option shall be exercisable for all of the shares covered thereby. For purposes of this Plan, a Participant shall be deemed to have incurred a “ Disability if a disinterested duly licensed medical doctor appointed by the Corporation determines that the Participant is totally and permanently prevented, as a result of physical or mental infirmity, injury, or disease, either occupational or nonoccupational in cause, from holding the job or position with the Corporation or engaging in the employment activity, or a comparable job or employment activity with the Corporation, which the Participant held or customarily engaged in prior to the occurrence of the disability (provided, however, that “Disability” hereunder shall not include any disability incurred or resulting from the Participant having engaged in a criminal act or enterprise, or any disability consisting of or resulting from the Participant’s chronic alcoholism, addiction to narcotics or an intentionally self-inflicted injury).

(c) Death. If a Participant shall die while employed by the Corporation or within three (3) months after termination of employment with the Corporation by reason of Retirement or Disability, the Stock Options granted under this Plan to such deceased Participant shall be exercisable within six (6) months after the date of the Participant’s death and the Stock Options shall be exercisable for all of the shares covered thereby. The legal representative, if any, of the deceased Participant’s estate, otherwise the appropriate legatees or distributees of the deceased Participant’s estate, may exercise the Stock Option on behalf of such a deceased Participant.

 

7


(d) Involuntary Termination of Employment. Stock Options granted under the Plan shall automatically terminate after the Involuntary Termination of Employment (as hereinafter defined) of the Participant with the Corporation. For purposes of the Plan, “ Involuntary Termination of Employment ” shall mean any termination of a Participant’s employment with the Corporation by reason of the discharge, firing or other involuntary termination of a Participant’s employment by action of the Corporation.

(e) Voluntary Termination of Employment. Stock Options granted under the Plan shall automatically terminate after the Voluntary Termination of Employment (as hereinafter defined) of the Participant with the Corporation. For purposes of the Plan, “ Voluntary Termination of Employment ” shall mean any voluntary termination of employment with the Corporation by reason of the Participant’s quitting or otherwise voluntarily leaving the Corporation’s employ other than a voluntary termination of employment by reason of Retirement.

8.7 Acceleration. The Committee may, in the case of merger, consolidation, dissolution or liquidation of the Corporation, accelerate the expiration date of any Stock Option for any or all of the shares covered thereby (but still giving Participants a reasonable period of time to exercise any outstanding Stock Options prior to the accelerated expiration date) and may, in the case of merger, consolidation, dissolution or liquidation of Plains Capital Corporation, or in any other case in which it feels it is in the Corporation’s best interest, accelerate the date or dates on which any Stock Option or any part of any Stock Option shall be exercisable for any or all of the shares covered thereby.

8.8 Rights as a Stockholder. A Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares covered by any of said Participant’s Stock Options until the date that the Corporation receives payment in full for the purchase of said shares pursuant to the effective exercise of said Stock Option. No adjustment shall be made for dividends or distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such payment is received by the Corporation, except as provided in Article X hereof.

Article IX. Tax Requirements

The Corporation, shall have the right to deduct from all amounts paid in cash or other form in connection with the Plan, any federal, state, local, or other taxes required by law to be withheld in connection with an Award granted under this Plan. The Corporation may, in its sole discretion, also require the Participant receiving shares of Common Stock issued under the Plan to pay the Corporation the amount of any taxes that the Corporation is required to withhold in connection with the Participant’s income arising with respect to the Award. Such payments shall be required to be made when requested by Corporation and may be required to be made prior to the delivery of any certificate representing shares of Common Stock. Such payment may be made (i) by the delivery of cash to the Corporation in an amount that equals or exceeds (to avoid the issuance of fractional shares under (iii) below) the required tax withholding obligations of the Corporation; (ii) if the Corporation, in its sole discretion, so consents in writing, the actual delivery by the exercising Participant to the Corporation of shares of Common Stock that the Participant has not acquired from the Corporation within six (6) months prior to the date of exercise, which shares so delivered have an aggregate Fair Market Value that equals or exceeds (to avoid the issuance of fractional shares under (iii) below) the required tax withholding payment; (iii) if the Corporation, in its sole discretion, so consents in writing, the Corporation’s

 

8


withholding of a number of shares to be delivered upon the exercise of the Stock Option, which shares so withheld have an aggregate Fair Market Value that equals (but does not exceed) the required tax withholding payment; or (iv) any combination of (i), (ii), or (iii). The Corporation may, in its sole discretion, withhold any such taxes from any other cash remuneration otherwise paid by the Corporation to the Participant. The Committee may in the Award Agreement impose any additional tax requirements or provisions that the Committee deems necessary or desirable.

Article X. Stock Dividend - Recapitalization - Consolidation

If any stock dividend shall be declared upon the Common Stock or if the Common Stock shall hereafter be subdivided, consolidated, or changed into other securities of Plains Capital Corporation, or successor corporation to Plains Capital Corporation, then in each such event, shares of Common Stock which would be delivered pursuant to exercise of any Awards shall, for the purpose of adjusting the number and kind thereof, be treated as though outstanding immediately prior to the occurrence of such event and the purchase price to be paid therefore shall be appropriately adjusted to give effect thereto.

The grant of an Award pursuant to the Plan shall not affect in any way the right or power of Plains Capital Corporation to make adjustments, reclassification, reorganizations or changes of its capital or business structure or to merge or to consolidate or to dissolve, liquidate or sell, or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

Article XI. Awards in Substitution for Awards Granted by Other Entities

Awards may be granted under the Plan from time to time in substitution for similar instruments held by employees of a corporation, partnership, or limited liability company who become or are about to become Employees of the Corporation as a result of a merger or consolidation of the employing corporation with the Corporation, the acquisition by the Corporation of equity of the employing entity, or any other similar transaction pursuant to which the Corporation becomes the successor employer. The terms and conditions of the substitute Awards so granted may vary from the terms and conditions set forth in this Plan to such extent as the Committee at the time of grant may deem appropriate to conform, in whole or in part, to the provisions of the Awards in substitution for which they are granted.

Article XII. Expiration and Termination of Plan

Awards may be granted pursuant to this Plan only within ten (10) years following the earlier to occur of the date on which the Plan is originally adopted by the Board and the date on which the Plan is originally approved by shareholders of Plains Capital Corporation.

Awards may be granted under the Plan at any time until the Plan is terminated by the Board or until such earlier date when termination of the Plan shall be required by applicable law. If not sooner terminated, the Plan shall terminate automatically on December          , 2018, which is ten years from the date on which the Plan was originally approved by the Board.

 

9


Article XIII. Amendment of the Plan

The Board may, insofar as permitted by law, from time to time, with respect to any shares of Common Stock at the time not subject to outstanding Awards, suspend or discontinue the Plan or revise or amend it in any respect whatsoever except that, without approval of the holders of a majority of the Common Stock of Plains Capital Corporation, no such revision or amendment shall change the number of shares of Common Stock subject to the Plan (except as may occur as a result of an occurrence described in Article X ), change the designation of the class of Employees eligible to receive Awards, remove the administration of the Plan from the Committee, or render any member of the Committee eligible to receive an Award under the Plan while serving thereon. Furthermore, the Plan may not, without the approval of the holders of a majority of the Common Stock of Plains Capital Corporation, be amended in any manner that will cause Incentive Stock Options issued under it to fail to meet the requirements of “incentive stock options” as defined in Section 422 of the Code (except as provided in Section 6.3 ) or which would result in a failure to comply with Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or similar statute(s) or rules or regulations adopted thereunder.

Article XIV. Granting of Awards

The granting of any Award pursuant to this Plan shall be entirely in the discretion of the Committee and nothing herein contained shall be construed to give any Employee any right to participate under this Plan or to receive any Award under it. The granting of an Award shall impose no duty upon the Participant to exercise such Award.

Neither the adoption and maintenance of the Plan nor the granting of an Award pursuant to this Plan shall be deemed to constitute a contract of employment between the Corporation and any Employee or to be a condition of the employment of any person. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to (a) give to any Employee the right to be retained in the employ of the Corporation; (b) interfere with the right of the Corporation to discharge or retire any Employee at any time; (c) give to the Corporation the right to require an Employee to remain in its employ; or (d) interfere with the Employee’s right to terminate his employment at any time.

Article XV. Government Regulations

This Plan and the granting and exercise of any Award hereunder and the obligations of Plains Capital Corporation to sell and deliver shares under any such Stock Option shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies as may be required.

Article XVI. Proceeds from Sale of Stock

Proceeds of the exercise of a Stock Option by any Participant shall be for the general business purposes of Plains Capital Corporation.

 

10


Article XVII. Reporting Requirements

The Committee shall furnish each Participant hereunder with such information relating to the exercise of any Award granted hereunder to said Participant as is required under the Code and applicable state and federal securities laws.

Article XVIII. Approval of Shareholders

No Award granted hereunder shall be exercisable until the Plan is approved by the holders of a majority of the shares of the Common Stock of Plains Capital Corporation present and entitled to vote on the Plan at the Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

Article XIX. Interpretation

The terms of this Plan are subject to all present and future regulations and rulings of the Secretary of the Treasury or his delegate relating to the qualification of Incentive Stock Options under Section 422 of the Code. If any provision of the Plan conflicts with any such regulation or ruling, that provision of the Plan shall be void and of no effect.

DATED this 31st day of December, 2008.

 

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION
  /s/ Alan B. White
By:   Alan B. White
Its:   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
  /s/ Eddie Ricks
By:   Eddie Ricks
Its:   Secretary

 

11

Exhibit 10.18

PNB FINANCIAL BANK

SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE

PENSION PLAN

As Amended and Restated

Effective January 1, 2008


PREAMBLE

PNB Financial Bank (f/k/a The Plains National Bank of Lubbock) (“Bank”) adopted and established the Plains National Bank of Lubbock Supplemental Executive Pension Plan, effective as of January 1, 1993 (“Plan”); the Plan was amended and restated effective January 1, 2001.

By this instrument the Bank desires to amend and restate the Plan to reflect certain administrative and design changes to the Plan. Except as otherwise provided herein or required by law, the Plan, as amended and restated herein, shall be effective January 1, 2008.

The purpose of this Plan is to provide, in accordance with its provisions, a defined benefit pension plan providing retirement and other related benefits for those Employees of the Employer who are eligible to participate hereunder.

The Plan has been created with the intent that it be a supplemental executive retirement plan, which is unfunded and maintained by the Employer primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees, in recognition of the fact that under applicable pension laws, such Employee’s benefits under qualified plans are limited, primarily by reason of limitations on the amount of their compensation which can be considered in providing their benefits, and secondarily by certain overall limitations on the amount of benefits which can be provided, each of which causes or contributes to the fact that the retirement plan does not offer the Employee the appropriate level of replacement compensation at his retirement age. This Plan is not intended to qualify under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code. It is further intended that the Plan comply only with those provisions, primarily reporting, of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA) with which plans such as this are required to comply, and all provisions of the Plan should be construed in this context.


Except as expressly provided to the contrary, primarily the requirement that the funds in the Trust established hereunder remain subject to the claims of the creditors of the Bank or the Company as appropriate, as set forth hereafter, this Plan and its accompanying Trust are created exclusively for the benefit of the eligible Employees. All eligible Employees under similar circumstances will be treated alike.


ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

As used in this document, unless otherwise defined or required by the context, the following terms have the meanings set forth in this Article 1 . Some of the terms used in this document are not defined in Article 1 , but for convenience are defined as they are introduced in the text.

 

1.01 Accumulated Employer Contribution

The Accumulated Employer Contribution at each time of reference shall be equal to the sum of (i) the total amount in the Participant’s Profit Sharing Account in the Profit Sharing Plan for Employees of the Plains National Bank of Lubbock and Affiliates (as amended and restated effective January 1, 1992) and/or the Plains Capital Corporation Profit Sharing and 401(k) Plan (effective April 1, 2001) (collectively, the “Profit Sharing Plan”) as of the most recent valuation date, and (ii) the total of the amount in the Participant’s Employer Matching Account under the Profit Sharing Plan as of the most recent valuation date, or if greater, the amount of matching contributions that would have been allocated to the Participant if he had, for each year of eligibility for Code Section 401(k) contributions under the Profit Sharing Plan, elected the maximum 401(k) contribution allowed by law.

 

1.02 Accrued Benefit

Subject to the provisions of Article 3 , the Accrued Benefit for each Participant is equal to the cash lump sum amount that is the Actuarial Equivalent of his Normal Retirement Benefit or Late Retirement Benefit, as applicable.

 

1.03 Actuarial Equivalent

Actuarial Equivalent means a form of benefit differing in time or period from the Normal Retirement Benefit payable at Normal Retirement Date, but having the same value when computed based upon the following interest and mortality assumptions:

Interest: 6% per annum, compounded annually

Mortality:

Pre-retirement – None assumed

Post-retirement – 1983 Individual Annuity Valuation Table for Males

 

1.04 Average Annual Compensation

A Participant’s Average Annual Compensation, as of a given date, is determined by dividing the total Compensation he received during the three (3) consecutive calendar years during the last nine (9) calendar years for which his Compensation was highest by three (3).

 

1.05 Bank

The Bank is PNB Financial Bank.


1.06 Cause

A Termination of Employment for Cause shall mean that, prior to any Termination of Employment for Cause, the Participant shall have committed or caused:

(a) an intentional act of fraud, embezzlement or theft in connection with his duties or in the course of his employment with the Employer;

(b) intentional wrongful damage to property of the Employer;

(c) intentional wrongful disclosure of trade secrets or confidential information of the Employer;

(d) intentional breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit; or

(e) intentional action or inaction which causes material economic harm to the Employer;

provided, however, that none of the actions described in clauses (a) through (e) above shall constitute grounds for a “Cause” termination unless any such act or actions shall have been determined by the Board of Directors of the Employer (the “Board”) to have been harmful to the Employer. For the purposes of this Plan, no act or failure to act on the part of the Participant shall be deemed “intentional” unless done or omitted to be done by the Participant not in good faith and without reasonable belief that his action or omission was in the best interest of the Employer.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Participant shall not be deemed to have been terminated for “Cause” hereunder unless and until there shall have been delivered to the Participant a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than three-quarters (3/4) of the Directors then in office at a meeting of the Directors called and held for such purpose (after reasonable notice to the Participant and an opportunity for the Participant, together with his counsel, to be heard before the Directors), finding that in the good faith opinion of the Directors, the Participant had committed an act set forth above in this Section 1.06 and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.

 

1.07 Change of Control

A Change of Control shall mean and shall be deemed to have occurred for purposes of this Plan if and when any of the following occur:

 

  (a) The Company is merged, or consolidated or reorganized into or with another corporation or other legal person and, as a result of such merger, consolidation or reorganization, less than fifty-one percent (51%) of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding securities of such corporation or person immediately after such transaction are held in the aggregate by the holders of voting securities of the Company, as the case may be, immediately prior to such transaction;


  (b) The Company sells all or substantially all of its assets to any other corporation or other legal person, with the exception that it will not be deemed to be a Change of Control if the Company sells assets to an entity that, immediately prior to such sale, held fifty-one percent (51%) of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities in common with the Company, as the case may be; or

 

  (c) During any period of two (2) consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of any such period constitute the Directors of the Company cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof unless the election, or the nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders, of each Director of the Company first elected during such period was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the Directors of the Company then still in office who were Directors of the Company at the beginning of any such period.

 

1.08 Code and ERISA

Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as it may be amended from time to time, and all regulations issued thereunder.

ERISA means Public Law No. 93-406, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as it may be amended from time to time, and all regulations issued thereunder.

 

1.09 Company

The Company is Plains Capital Corporation.

 

1.10 Compensation

Except where otherwise specifically provided in this Plan, Compensation means regular base salary paid to a Participant by the Employer, excluding bonuses, extraordinary or non-cash payments, but including amounts contributed by the Employer on behalf of any Employee which are not includable in the gross income of the Employee due to Code Section 125, 402(e)(3), or 402(h).

 

1.11 Day of Service

A Participant will be credited with a Day of Service for each day beginning on his Entry Date, and ending on the date of his Termination of Employment.

 

1.12 Disability ,” “ Disabled ” and similar references shall mean a Participant’s present incapacity, resulting from an injury or illness (either mental or physical) which, in the reasonable opinion of the Plan Administrator, based on such medical evidence as it shall deem necessary, will result in death or can be expected to continue for a period of at least twelve (12) months and will prevent the Participant from performing either the normal services required of the Participant by the Employer or any other kind of substantial gainful work appropriate for his age, education, and work experience; provided, however, that such Disability did not result, in whole or in part: (i) from chronic alcoholism; (ii) from addiction to narcotics; (iii) from a felonious undertaking; (iv) from military service; or (v) from an intentional self-inflicted wound.


1.13 Effective Date

The Effective Date of this amended and restated Plan is January 1, 2008, except where otherwise expressly provided herein.

 

1.14 Employee

An Employee is any person employed by the Employer.

 

1.15 Employer

The Employer is PNB Financial Bank or any Affiliated Company which adopts the Plan pursuant to Section 8.09 hereof. For purposes of this Section 1.15 , the term “Affiliated Company” shall mean any of the following: (i) a member of a controlled group of corporations of which an Employer is a member; (ii) an unincorporated trade or business which is under common control with an Employer as determined in accordance with Code Section 414(c) and regulations issued thereunder; (iii) a member of an “affiliated service group” as determined in accordance with Code Section 414(m) and regulations issued thereunder, of which an Employer is a member; or (iv) any other entity which is required to be aggregated with an Employer in accordance with Code Section 414(o) and the regulations issued thereunder. Subject to Code Section 415(h), a “controlled group of corporations” shall mean a controlled group of corporations as defined in Code Section 414(b).

 

1.16 Entry Date

Entry Date means the date set forth on Schedule A as of which an Employee becomes a Participant hereunder.

 

1.17 Leave of Absence

An authorized Leave of Absence means a period of time of one year or less granted to an Employee by the Employer due to illness, injury, temporary reduction in work force, or other appropriate cause or due to military service during which the Employee’s reemployment rights are protected by law, provided the Employee returns to the service of the Employer on or before the expiration of such leave, or in the case of military service, within the time his reemployment rights are so protected or within 60 days of his discharge from military service if no federal law is applicable. All authorized Leaves of Absence are granted or denied by the Employer in its sole discretion.

If the Participant does not return to active service with the Employer on or prior to the expiration of his authorized Leave of Absence he will be considered to have a Termination of Employment as of the earlier of the date on which his authorized Leave of Absence expired, the first anniversary of the last date he worked at least one hour as an Active Participant, or the date on which he resigned or was discharged.

 

1.18 Normal Retirement Age

A Participant’s Normal Retirement Age is 65.


1.19 Normal Retirement Date

A Participant’s Normal Retirement Date is the date on which the Participant attains Normal Retirement Age.

 

1.20 Participant

The term Participant means an Employee (or former Employee who is entitled to benefits hereunder) who is shown on Schedule A attached hereto.

 

  (a) Active Participant means a Participant who is currently an Employee.

 

  (b) Disabled Participant means a Participant who has experienced a Termination of Employment with the Employer because of becoming Disabled, and who continues to be Disabled at the time of reference.

 

  (c) Retired Participant means a Participant who has experienced a Termination of Employment with the Employer.

 

1.21 Plan

The term Plan means the PNB Financial Bank Supplemental Executive Pension Plan.

 

1.22 Plan Administrator

The Plan Administrator is described in Article 8 .

 

1.23 Plan Year

The Plan Year is the calendar year.

 

1.24 Qualified Plan Offset

Qualified Plan Offset shall mean an amount determined on any date of reference which is the Actuarial Equivalent of the Participant’s Accumulated Employer Contributions at the time of reference, as if payable in this form of an annuity for the life of the Participant. The Actuarial Equivalent of the Accumulated Employer Contributions shall be the amount determined in (3) of this Section 1.24 , calculated as follows:

 

  (1) Determine the amount of the Accumulated Employer Contributions as of the date of calculation.

 

  (2) Credit interest to such amount at the interest rate currently being used to determine Actuarial Equivalence, compounded annually, from the date of determination to the Participant’s Normal Retirement Age.

 

  (3) The amount determined under (2) shall be converted to an Actuarially Equivalent annual life annuity with respect to the Participant, which shall be the Qualified Plan Offset.

 

1.25 Quarter

The Quarter means calendar quarter.


1.26 Social Security Offset

The Social Security Offset shall mean the maximum benefit (annualized) to which the Participant would be entitled under the Social Security Act as in effect on the date of reference, if (i) he continued to be employed by the Employer, at his current rate of Compensation, until he attained his Social Security Retirement Age, (ii) retired on that date, (iii) was unmarried on that date, and (iv) commenced to receive the maximum retirement benefit to which he would be entitled, and (v) there were no intervening changes in the Social Security Act as in effect on the date of reference. For purposes of this Section 1.26 , a Participant’s “Social Security Retirement Age shall mean age 65 for Participants born before January 1, 1938, age 66 for Participants born before January 1, 1955, and age 67 for Participants born after 1954, and such later ages, if any, as may be provided under the Social Security Act as amended after the Effective Date of this Plan.

 

1.27 Termination of Employment

Termination of Employment shall mean a “separation from service” as such term is defined in the regulations issued under Section 409A of the Code.

 

1.28 Trustee

The Trustee is The PNB Financial Trust or any successor Trustee of the Trust associated with this Plan.

 

1.29 Trust or Trusts

The Trust shall mean the Trust under the PNB Financial Bank Supplemental Executive Pension Plan.

 

1.30 Written Resolution

The terms Written Resolution and Written Consent are used interchangeably and reflect decisions, authorizations, etc. by the Employer.

 

1.31 Year of Benefit Service

A Participant’s Years of Benefit Service shall be the quotient of (i) his Days of Service while an Active Participant, divided by (ii) 365, plus (except with respect to completing the first Year of Benefit Service) an additional Year of Benefit Service where the amount left over from the above division is 183 or more Days of Service.

 

 


ARTICLE 2

PARTICIPATION

Each Participant will commence participation hereunder, and become an Active Participant, on his Entry Date. An Employee will remain an Active Participant during his period of employment, and will remain a Retired Participant until payment of his Accrued Benefit if his Termination of Employment occurs after completing at least one Year of Benefit Service.

 

 


ARTICLE 3

RETIREMENT BENEFITS

 

3.01 Normal Retirement

When an Active Participant reaches his Normal Retirement Date, he may elect to retire and, subject to Section 3.02 , following such Termination of Employment, he will receive the Normal Retirement Benefit to which he is entitled hereunder on the first day of the Quarter following his Normal Retirement Date. The form of benefit payment will be governed by the provisions of Section 3.04 .

 

  (a) Normal Retirement Benefit

A Participant’s Normal Retirement Benefit is the annual pension benefit commencing on his Normal Retirement Date payable as provided under Section 3.04 , subject to Section 6.02 , in an amount equal to one of the following:

 

  (i) for Participants who participated in the Plan prior to January 1, 2001, the greater of:

 

  (1) (A) minus (B) times (C), where:

 

  (A) is 60% of his Average Annual Compensation.

 

  (B) is the sum of his Social Security Offset and his Qualified Plan Offset.

 

  (C) is a fraction whose numerator is the Participant’s completed Years of Benefit Service as of the date of determination and whose denominator is the lesser of (i) the maximum Years of Benefit Service he could have completed if he remained continuously employed as an Employee from his Entry Date to his Normal Retirement Age, and (ii) 15; or

 

  (2) (A) times (B), where:

 

  (A) is 2% of his Average Annual Compensation.

 

  (B) is the Participant’s completed Years of Benefit Service as of the date of determination, not to exceed 15; or

 

  (ii) for Participants whose participation in the Plan began on or after January 1, 2001, (A) times (B), where:

 

  (A) is 2% of his Average Annual Compensation.


  (B) is the Participant’s completed Years of Benefit Service as of the date of determination, not to exceed 15; or

 

  (b) Change of Control Benefit

Notwithstanding Section 3.01(a) above, if a Participant has a Termination of Employment within the twenty-four (24) months immediately following, or the six (6) months immediately preceding, a Change of Control of the Employer, he shall be credited with five (5) additional Years of Benefit Service, provided, that, his Years of Benefit Service shall not exceed twenty (20) Years of Benefit Service, and his Normal Retirement Benefit shall be calculated under Section 3.01(a) above. In the event that (i) a Participant has a Termination of Employment, (ii) begins receiving his Normal Retirement Benefit, and (iii) within six (6) months of such Termination of Employment, a Change of Control occurs, the Participant’s Normal Retirement Benefit shall be recalculated to reflect five (5) additional Years of Benefit Service as of his date of Termination of Employment, and such incremental increase in his Normal Retirement Benefit shall be paid pro-rata with each remaining installment payment, or if the Participant had received a lump sum distribution upon his Termination of Employment, he shall receive an additional lump sum distribution within ten (10) days of the Change of Control, equal to the incremental increase in his Normal Retirement Benefit due to the five (5) additional Years of Benefit Service.

 

3.02 Late Retirement

If a Participant continues as an Employee after his Normal Retirement Date, payment of his benefit will be withheld until his “Late Retirement Date”, which is the date the Participant has a Termination of Employment by reason of retirement later than his Normal Retirement Date.

A Participant will receive the Late Retirement Benefit to which he is entitled hereunder on the first day of the Quarter following his Late Retirement Date. A Participant’s Late Retirement Benefit will be equal to the greater of the following:

 

   

the Actuarial Equivalent of his Normal Retirement Benefit at his Normal Retirement Date, determined as of his Late Retirement Date, or

 

   

the life annuity amount which is based on the Normal Retirement Benefit formula using his Years of Benefit Service and Average Annual Compensation through his Late Retirement Date.

 

3.03 Miscellaneous

Any changes in the Social Security Act after the date of a Participant’s Termination of Employment will not affect his benefit under this Plan.

 

3.04 Form of Benefit Payment

The Plan Administrator will direct the payment of any benefit provided under this Plan upon the event giving rise to such benefit within the time prescribed by this Article. The Accrued Benefit shall be paid, in accordance with the terms of this


Plan, in twelve (12) approximately equal installments (without interest) paid monthly. However, with respect to a Participant who had attained age 60 on or before December 31, 2009, such Participant shall receive, in accordance with the terms of this Plan, his Accrued Benefit in a single lump sum payment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Accrued Benefit of a Participant who shall receive his Accrued Benefit in installments shall remain subject to the forfeiture conditions under Section 6.02 hereof.

The amendment to the time and form of payment in this Section 3.04 is being made in accordance with the transition relief regarding changing the time and form of payment on or before December 31, 2008, provided for in the interim guidance issued under Code Section 409A and shall be interpreted to comply with such guidance. Notwithstanding the foregoing and to the extent necessary to comply with Code Section 409A, in the event that a Participant becomes entitled to a payment of his Accrued Benefit in 2008, and as a result of this amended and restated Plan, the payment would be deferred beyond 2008, such payment of the Accrued Benefit shall, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 3.04, be paid in a lump sum in 2008.

 

 


ARTICLE 4

DEATH BENEFIT

In the event of the death of a Participant while an Active Participant, the Participant’s spouse shall be entitled to a death benefit equal to fifty percent (50%) of the Participant’s Accrued Benefit (determined as if such Participant died on his 65 th birthday, but based on the Participant’s actual Years of Benefit Service) payable in a single lump sum on the first day of the Quarter following the Active Participant’s death. If the Participant has no surviving spouse at the time of his death, or if the Participant is not an Active Participant at the time of his death, no death benefit is payable.

 

 


ARTICLE 5

TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

 

5.01 Termination of Employment

If the Participant has a Termination of Employment for any reason other than death or Disability, the Participant will receive payment of his Accrued Benefit on the first day of the Quarter following such Termination of Employment. For purposes of this Section 5.01 , the Participant’s Accrued Benefit shall be a cash lump sum amount which is the Actuarial Equivalent of his Normal Retirement Benefit determined as of the Termination of Employment, and reduced to reflect payment prior to the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Participant’s Termination of Employment is for Cause, the Participant shall forfeit all rights to receive payment of his Accrued Benefit.

 

5.02 Disability Payment

If the Participant’s Termination of Employment with the Employer is by reason of Disability, he will be a Disabled Participant and, as such, upon such Termination of Employment, he will be entitled to receive an Accrued Benefit of a cash lump sum amount which is the Actuarial Equivalent of his Normal Retirement Benefit (determined as if he were age 65 upon such Termination of Employment, but based on the Disabled Participant’s actual Years of Benefit Service).

A Disabled Participant may at any time be required by the Plan Administrator to submit to a physical examination by a physician selected by the Plan Administrator and may be required to submit to periodic re-examinations.

The Plan Administrator, on the basis of medical evidence, shall be the sole and final judge of the Participant’s status as a Disabled Participant, and may change his determination based on updated medical evidence. If the status of a Disabled Participant’s Disability is changed and the Disabled Participant once again becomes reemployed by the Employer, the Employer may reinstate him as an Active Participant; if a Disabled Participant is reinstated, such Participant’s Accrued Benefit will be reduced by an amount equal to the present value of the Accrued Benefit which was previously distributed, determined at the time of later payment of his Accrued Benefit.

 

5.03 Reemployment

If a Participant who has a Termination of Employment is later reemployed, the Employer may reinstate him as an Active Participant; if a terminated Participant is reinstated, such Participant’s Accrued Benefit will be reduced by an amount equal to the present value of the Accrued Benefit which was previously distributed, determined at the time of later payment of his Accrued Benefit.

 

 


ARTICLE 6

SPECIAL TERMINATION OF BENEFITS

The Participant, by accepting the benefits under this Plan, acknowledges and agrees with all of the provisions of this Article 6 .

 

6.01 Description of Employer Interests

The Participant acknowledges and agrees, without limitation, that:

 

  (a) the Employer has, over the years, developed significant relationships and goodwill between the Employer, its suppliers and its customers by providing superior products and service, and that these relationships and goodwill are a valuable asset belonging solely to the Employer, and

 

  (b) as an employee and representative of the Employer, the Participant will be responsible for building and maintaining business relationships and goodwill with current and future customers and suppliers of the Employer on a personal level, and that this responsibility creates a special relationship of trust and confidence between the Employer, the Participant and the customers and suppliers, and

 

  (c) this relationship of trust and confidence between the Employer, the Participant and the customers and suppliers creates a high risk and opportunity for the Participant to misappropriate the relationship, confidential information which will be provided to Participant, and goodwill existing between the Employer and its customers and suppliers, and

 

  (d) the Employer will make a significant investment in the future success of the Participant by providing the Participant with the following valuable assets: (i) confidential information concerning the Employer’s unique processes, techniques and equipment; and (ii) confidential trade secret and proprietary information relating to the identity and special needs of the Employer’s current and prospective customers, the Employer’s current and prospective products and inventories, the Employer’s business projections and market studies, the Employer’s business plans and strategies, the Employer’s pricing studies and price lists, and information concerning special products, processes and services unique to the Employer and its suppliers (collectively, “Trade Secrets”), and this investment has substantial and significant value, and the Employer has a legitimate interest in protecting future misappropriation of such Trade Secrets by Participant.

 

6.02 Participant’s Obligations Under the Plan

In consideration for the payment of benefits under the Plan and the goodwill, confidential information, and trade secrets as set forth in Section 6.01 , Participant acknowledges and agrees that he will maintain the confidentiality of all such confidential information provided and use such information solely for the benefit of the Employer and further agrees for a period of twelve (12) months following the Termination of Employment with the Employer, for whatever reason, the Participant will not:

 

  (a) disclose confidential information or trade secrets to any person who is not a current employee of the Employer or use such information or trade secrets, at any time prior to, or subsequent to, the termination of this Plan without the express, written consent of the Employer, or


  (b) solicit, contact, communicate with any person, company or business that was a customer or prospective customer of the Employer, and that the Participant personally solicited, contacted, communicated with or accepted business from while he was an employee of the Employer at any time during the twelve (12) months preceding his Termination of Employment, for the purpose of distributing, marketing or selling any product or service or the equivalent of any product or service developed, produced, distributed, marketed or sold by the Employer, or

 

  (c) engage in competition with the Employer, including working for any company or business as an agent, consultant, partner, employee, officer, shareholder or independent contractor, or soliciting orders for or selling any product or service or the equivalent of any product or service developed, produced, marketed or sold by the Employer, anywhere within the State of Texas, or

 

  (d) recruit, hire, or attempt to recruit or hire, directly or by assisting others, any other employees of the Employer, nor shall the Participant contact or communicate with any other employees of the Employer for the purpose of inducing other employees to terminate their employment with the Employer. For purposes of this covenant, “other employees” shall refer to employees who are still actively employed by, or doing business with, the Employer at the time of the attempted recruiting or hiring,

and that in the event the Participant fails to comply with the requirements set forth in this Section 6.02(a) through (d) , that Participant shall be deemed to be in breach of the terms of the Plan and shall not be entitled to receive any benefits of any kind or amount under this Plan, including without limitation the right to receive unpaid Accrued Benefits.

The Participant further acknowledges and agrees that the limitations as to time, geographical area, and scope of activity to be restrained by this Article 6 are reasonable and acceptable to the Participant, and do not impose any greater restraint than is reasonably necessary to protect the goodwill and other business interests of the Employer.

 

 


ARTICLE 7

MISCELLANEOUS

 

7.01 Employment Rights of Parties Not Restricted

The adoption and maintenance of this Plan will not be deemed a contract of continued employment between the Employer and any Employee or Participant. Nothing in this Plan will give any Employee or Participant the right to be retained in the employ of the Employer or to interfere with the right of the Employer to discharge any Employee or Participant at any time, nor will it give the Employer the right to require any Employee or Participant to remain in its employ, or to interfere with any Employee’s or Participant’s rights to terminate his employment at any time.

 

7.02 Alienation

No person entitled to any benefit under this Plan will have any right to sell, assign, transfer, hypothecate, encumber, commute, pledge, anticipate or otherwise dispose of his interest in the benefit, and any attempt to do so will be void. No benefit under this Plan will be subject to any legal process, levy, execution, attachment or garnishment for the payment of any claim against such person.

 

7.03 Construction

To the extent not preempted by ERISA, this Plan will be construed according to the laws of Texas. Words used in the singular will include the plural, the masculine gender will include the feminine, and vice versa, whenever appropriate.

 

7.04 Named Fiduciaries

 

  (a) Allocation of Functions

The authority to control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan and Trust created by this instrument will be allocated between the Employer, the Trustee, and the Plan Administrator. The Employer reserves the right to allocate the various responsibilities for the present execution of the functions of the Plan, other than the Trustee’s responsibilities. Any person or group of persons may serve in more than one fiduciary capacity with regard to the Plan.

 

  (b) Responsibilities of the Employer

The Employer, will have only the following authority and responsibility:

 

   

To appoint or remove the Plan Administrator and furnish the Trustee with certified copies of any resolutions of the Employer with regard thereto;

 

   

To appoint and remove the Trustee;

 

   

To appoint a successor Trustee or additional Trustees;

 

   

To communicate information to the Plan Administrator and the Trustee as needed for the proper performance of the duties of each; and


   

To appoint an investment manager (or to refrain from such appointment), to monitor the performance of the investment manager so appointed, and to terminate such appointment (more than one investment manager may be appointed and in office at any time).

 

  (c) Limitation on Obligations of Plan Administrator and Employer

Neither the Plan Administrator nor the Employer will have authority or responsibility to deal with matters other than as delegated to it under this Plan or by operation of law. Neither will in any event be liable for breach of responsibility or obligation by the other or any third party if the responsibility or authority of the act or omission deemed to be a breach was not within the scope of their authority or delegated responsibility.

 

7.05 Employer Contributions

The Employers will make contributions to the rabbi trust associated with the Plan, if any, at their sole discretion.

 

 


ARTICLE 8

ADMINISTRATION

 

8.01 Plan Administrator

The Plan Administrator will have the responsibility for the general supervision and administration of the Plan. The Bank may, by written resolution, appoint one or more individuals to serve as Plan Administrator. If the Bank does not appoint an individual or individuals as Plan Administrator, the Bank will function as Plan Administrator. The Bank may at any time, with or without cause, remove an individual as Plan Administrator or substitute another individual therefor.

 

8.02 Powers and Duties of the Plan Administrator

The Plan Administrator will be charged with and will have delegated to it the power, duty, authority and discretion to interpret and construe the provisions of this Plan, to determine its meaning and intent and to make application thereof to the facts of any individual case; to determine in its discretion the rights and benefits of Participants or the eligibility of Employees; to give necessary instructions and directions to the Trustee as herein provided or as may be requested by the Trustee from time to time; and to generally direct the administration of the Plan according to its terms. All decisions of the Plan Administrator in matters properly coming before it according to the terms of this Plan, and all actions taken by the Plan Administrator in the proper exercise of its administrative powers, duties and responsibilities, will be final and binding upon all Employees, Participants and upon any person having or claiming any rights or interest in this Plan. The Employer and the Plan Administrator will make and receive any reports and information, and retain any records necessary or appropriate to the administration of this Plan or to the performance of duties hereunder or to satisfy any requirements imposed by law. In the performance of its duties, the Plan Administrator will be entitled to rely on information duly furnished by any Employee, Participant, the Employer or Trustee.

 

8.03 Actions of the Plan Administrator

The Plan Administrator may adopt such rules as it deems necessary, desirable or appropriate with respect to the conduct of its affairs and the administration of the Plan. Whenever any action to be taken in accordance with the terms of the Plan requires the consent or approval of the Plan Administrator, or whenever an interpretation is to be made of the terms of the Plan, the Plan Administrator will act in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, treating all Employees and Participants in similar circumstances in a like manner. If the Plan Administrator is a group of individuals, all of its decisions will be made by a majority vote. The Plan Administrator will have the authority to employ one or more persons to render advice or services with regard to the responsibilities of the Plan Administrator, including but not limited to attorneys, actuaries, and accountants. Any persons employed to render advice or services will have no fiduciary responsibility for any ministerial functions performed with respect to this Plan.


8.04 Reliance on Plan Administrator and Employer

Until the Employer gives notice to the contrary, the Trustee and any persons employed to render advice or services will be entitled to rely on the designation of Plan Administrator that has been furnished to them. In addition, the Trustee and any persons employed to render advice or services will be fully protected in acting upon the written directions and instructions of the Plan Administrator made in accordance with the terms of this Plan. If the Plan Administrator is a group of individuals, unless otherwise specified, any one of such individuals will be authorized to sign documents on behalf of the Plan Administrator and such authorized signatures will be recognized by all person dealing with the Plan Administrator. The Trustee and any persons employed to render advice or services may take cognizance of any rules established by the Plan Administrator and rely upon them until notified to the contrary. The Trustee and any persons employed to render advice or services will be fully protected in taking any action upon any paper or document believed to be genuine and to have been properly signed and presented by the Plan Administrator, Employer or any agent of the Plan Administrator acting on behalf of the Plan Administrator.

 

8.05 Reports to Participants

The Plan Administrator will report in writing to a Participant his Accrued Benefit under the Plan when the Participant has a Termination of Employment or requests such a report (no more than once a year) in writing from the Plan Administrator.

 

8.06 Compensation of Plan Administrator

The compensation of the Plan Administrator will be left to the discretion of the Employer. All reasonable and necessary expenses incurred by the Plan Administrator in supervising and administering the Plan will be paid from the Plan assets by the Trustee at the direction of the Plan Administrator to the extent not paid by the Employer.

 

8.07 Claims Procedure

The Plan Administrator will make all determinations as to the rights of any Employee, Participant, or other person under the terms of this Plan. Any Employee, Participant, or person claiming under them, may make claim for benefit under this Plan by filing written notice with the Plan Administrator setting forth the substance of the claim. If a claim is wholly or partially denied, the claimant will have the opportunity to appeal the denial upon filing with the Plan Administrator a written request for review within 60 days after receipt of notice of denial. In making an appeal the claimant may examine pertinent Plan documents and may submit issues and comments in writing. Denial of a claim or a decision on review will be made in writing by the Plan Administrator delivered to the claimant within 60 days after receipt of the claim or request for review, unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim or review, in which event the Plan Administrator’s decision must be made as soon as possible thereafter but not beyond an additional 60 days. If no action on an initial claim is taken within 120 days, the claims will be deemed denied for purposes of permitting the claimant to proceed to the review stage. The denial of a claim or the decision on review will specify the reasons for the denial or decision and will make reference to the pertinent Plan provisions upon which the denial or decision is based. The denial of a claim will also


include a description of any additional material or information necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of the claim review procedure herein described. The Plan Administrator will serve as an agent for service of legal process with respect to the Plan unless the Employer, through written resolution, appoints another agent.

If a Participant is entitled to a distribution from the Plan, the Participant will be responsible for providing the Plan Administrator with his current address. If the Plan Administrator notifies the Participant by registered mail (return receipt requested) at his last known address that he is entitled to a distribution and also notifies him of the provisions of this paragraph, and the Participant fails to claim his benefits under the Plan or provide his current address to the Plan Administrator within one year after such notification, the distributable amount will be forfeited and used to reduce the cost of the Plan. If the Participant is subsequently located, such benefit will be restored. If this Plan is terminated in accordance with Section 9.01 , then any unrestored benefits which were previously forfeited in accordance with this paragraph will be restored prior to the application of Section 9.02 .

 

8.08 Liability of Plan Administrator

Except for a breach of responsibility due to gross negligence or willful misconduct, the Plan Administrator will not incur any individual liability for any decision, act, or failure to act hereunder. The Plan Administrator may engage agents to assist it and may engage legal counsel who may be counsel for the Employer. The Plan Administrator will not be responsible for any action taken or omitted to be taken on the advice of counsel.

 

8.09 Adoption of Plan by Affiliated Company

Any Affiliated Company, as defined in Section 1.15 hereof, whether or not presently existing, may adopt this Plan, effective as of the date indicated in the instrument of adoption, if: (i) its application is made in writing to the Board; (ii) such application is accepted in writing by the Board; and (iii) such Affiliated Company executes an instrument in writing duly authorized by it adopting this Plan and delivers a copy thereof to the Plan Administrator, and to the Board. The provisions of this Plan shall apply to each Employer severally, except as otherwise specifically provided herein or in such Employer’s instrument of adoption.

 

  (a) Rights and Obligations of the Bank and the Employers

Throughout this instrument and the accompany Trust, a distinction is purposely drawn between rights and obligations of the Bank and rights and obligations of each other Employer. The rights and obligations specified as belonging to the Bank shall belong only to the Bank; provided however, that an Employer may amend the Schedule A of the Plan to add its Employees as Participants under the Plan or to cease the participant in the Plan of any of its Employees. Each Employer shall have the obligation, as hereinafter provided, to make contributions for its own Participants, and no Employer shall have the obligation to make contributions for the Participants of any other Employer. Any failure by an Employer to fulfill its own obligations under this Plan shall have no effect upon any other Employer. An Employer may withdraw from this Plan without affecting any other Employer.


  (b) Withdrawal from Plan

Any Employer may withdraw from the Plan upon giving the Bank at least sixty (60) days notice in writing of its intention to withdraw.

 

  (c) Expulsion from Plan

The Bank, upon giving any adopting Employer hereunder at least sixty (60) days notice in writing, may cause the adopting Employer to cease participating hereunder.

 

8.10 Distribution Authority

If any person entitled to receive payment under this Plan is declared incompetent or is under other legal disability, the Plan Administrator may, in its sole discretion, distribute to the legal guardian or, if none, to a responsible adult with whom the person entitled to payment maintains his residence, or withhold distribution of the amount payable until a court of competent jurisdiction determines the rights of the parties thereto or appoints a guardian of the estate of the person entitled to payment.

If there is any dispute, controversy or disagreement between any person and any other person as to who is entitled to receive the benefits payable under this Plan, or if the Plan Administrator is uncertain as to who is entitled to receive benefits, or if the Plan Administrator is unable to locate the person who is entitled to benefits, the Plan Administrator may with acquittance interplead the funds into a court of competent jurisdiction in the judicial district in which the Employer maintains its principal place of business and upon depositing the funds with the clerk of the court, be released from any further responsibility for the payment of the benefits. If it is necessary for the Plan Administrator to retain legal counsel or incur any expense in determining who is entitled to receive the benefits, whether or not it is necessary to institute court action, the Plan Administrator will be entitled to reimbursement from the benefits for the amount of its reasonable costs, expenses and attorneys’ fees incurred.

 

 


ARTICLE 9

AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF PLAN

 

9.01 Right of Bank to Amend or Terminate

The Bank reserves the right to alter, amend, revoke or terminate this Plan, including without limitation the right to temporarily or permanently discontinue contributions. No amendment will deprive any Participant of any right nor will it reduce the present value (determined upon an Actuarial Equivalent basis) of any Accrued Benefit to which he is then entitled with respect to Employer contributions previously made, but the Bank will not under any circumstances be required to make further contributions if it has terminated its agreement to make contributions.

 

9.02 Allocation of Assets Upon Termination of Plan

If this Plan is revoked or terminated (in whole or in part) the rights of each Participant with respect to benefits accrued to the date of revocation or termination will become nonforfeitable (to the extent assets exist in a rabbi trust associated with this Plan, if any). The Employer will then arrange for allocation of all assets among Participants in proportion to the present value of their Accrued Benefits. Distribution shall be made in a lump sum as soon as practicable following Plan revocation or termination, subject to the terms of the Trust.

If the present value of the Accrued Benefits of all Participants does not exceed the assets in the Trust, any residual assets which remain will be returned to the respective Employer.

 

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Plan, as amended and restated, has been executed this 17th day of December, 2008 by PNB Financial Bank.

 

PNB FINANCIAL BANK
By:  

/s/    Alan B. White

Its:   Chairman and CEO

Exhibit 10.19

FIRST AMENDMENT TO

PLAINSCAPITAL BANK SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE PENSION PLAN

(As Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2009)

WHEREAS, PlainsCapital Bank (the “ Bank ”) has adopted the PlainsCapital Bank Supplemental Executive Pension Plan, effective January 1, 1993, and as amended and restated as of January 1, 2001 and as further amended and restated as of January 1, 2008 (the “ Plan ”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Plan, the Bank has the authority to amend the Plan; and

WHEREAS, effective December 31, 2008, PlainsCapital Corporation (the “ Company ”) became subject to the requirement to register its securities pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “ Exchange Act ”); and

WHEREAS, the Bank desires to amend the Plan to comply with the provisions of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, that apply to the Bank now that the Company is subject to the Exchange Act; and

WHEREAS, the Bank desires to further amend the Plan to reflect its change in name from PNB Financial Bank to PlainsCapital Bank.

NOW, THEREFORE, effective as of March 19, 2009, the Bank hereby amends the Plan as follows:

 

  1. The Preamble to the Plan is amended by deleting the first paragraph of said Preamble and replacing it with the following:

PlainsCapital Bank (f/k/a PNB Financial Bank, and prior to that, The Plains National Bank of Lubbock) (“Bank”) adopted and established the Plains National Bank of Lubbock Supplemental Executive Pension Plan, effective as of January 1, 1993, and amended and restated effective January 1, 2001.

 

  2. The Plan is amended by adding the following new Article 10:

ARTICLE 10

SECTION 409A

 

  10.01     Six Month Delay .

 

      

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, to the extent (i) any payments to which the Participant becomes entitled under this Plan, in connection with the Participant’s Termination of Employment with the Employer constitute deferred compensation subject to Code Section 409A; (ii) the Participant is deemed at the time of his Termination of Employment to be a “specified employee” under Code Section 409A; and (iii) at the time of the Participant’s Termination of Employment, the Employer is publicly traded (as defined in Code Section 409A), then such payments (other than any payments permitted by Code Section 409A to be paid within six (6) months of the Participant’s Termination of Employment) shall not be made until the earlier of (x) the first day of the seventh month following the Participant’s Termination of Employment or (y) the date of the Participant’s death following such Termination of Employment. During any

 

1


 

period that payment or payments to the Participant are deferred pursuant to the foregoing, the Participant shall be entitled to interest on the deferred payment or payments at a per annum rate equal to the Federal-Funds rate as published in The Wall Street Journal on the date of the Participant’s Termination of Employment with the Employer. Upon the expiration of the applicable deferral period, any payments which would have otherwise been made during that period (whether in a single sum or in installments) in the absence of this Article 10 (together with accrued interest thereon) shall be paid to the Participant or the Participant’s spouse, if any, in one lump sum.

 

  10.02     Delays Required By Federal Laws .

 

       Payments due under the terms of this Plan may be delayed where the Employer reasonably anticipates that the payment of any benefits under this Plan will violate any Federal securities laws or other applicable law, including but not limited to, any laws applicable to the Company due to its participation in the United States Department of the Treasury’s TARP Capital Purchase Program; provided that, such payments shall be made at the earliest date at which the Employer reasonably anticipates that the making of the payment will not cause such violation.

 

  3. The term “PNB Financial Bank,” wherever such term appears in the Plan, other than in the Preamble to the Plan described in Section 1 of this First Amendment, shall be replaced with the term “PlainsCapital Bank”.

 

  4. Except as amended hereby, the Plan shall continue in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Bank has caused this First Amendment to the Plan to be approved, ratified and executed by its duly authorized officer, on behalf of the Bank, on this 19th day of March, 2009.

 

PLAINSCAPITAL BANK
By:  

/s/    Linda M. Irby

Name:   Linda M. Irby
Title:   Executive Vice President, Human Resources

 

2

Exhibit 10.20

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION

EMPLOYEES’ STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN

(As Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2006)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page
ARTICLE I    DEFINITIONS    2

1.01

   ACCOUNT    2

1.02

   ACCOUNT BALANCE    2

1.03

   ACCOUNTING DATE    2

1.04

   ALTERNATE PAYEE    2

1.05

   BENEFICIARY    2

1.06

   BOARD OF DIRECTORS    2

1.07

   CODE    2

1.08

   COMPANY    2

1.09

   COMPENSATION    2

1.10

   CURRENT OBLIGATIONS    4

1.11

   DATE OF EMPLOYMENT or DATE OF REEMPLOYMENT    4

1.12

   DEEMED-OWNED SHARES    4

1.13

   DETERMINATION OF TOP HEAVY STATUS    5

1.14

   DIRECT ROLLOVER    7

1.15

   DISABILITY    7

1.16

   DISQUALIFIED PERSON    7

1.17

   DISTRIBUTEE    8

1.18

   DIVIDEND    8

1.19

   EFFECTIVE DATE    8

1.20

   ELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS    9

1.21

   ELIGIBILITY YEAR OF SERVICE    9

1.22

   ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE    9

1.23

   ELIGIBLE RETIREMENT PLAN    9

1.24

   ELIGIBLE ROLLOVER DISTRIBUTION    9

1.25

   EMPLOYEE    10

1.26

   EMPLOYER    10

1.27

   EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS    10

1.28

   EMPLOYER SECURITIES    10

1.29

   EMPLOYER SECURITIES ACCOUNT    11

1.30

   ENTRY DATE    11

 

Page i


Table of Contents

(continued)

 

          Page

1.31

   ERISA    11

1.32

   ESOP PORTION    11

1.33

   ESOP COMMITTEE    11

1.34

   EXEMPT LOAN    11

1.35

   FIDUCIARY    11

1.36

   FORFEITURE    11

1.37

   FORMER PARTICIPANT    11

1.38

   GENERAL INVESTMENTS ACCOUNT    12

1.39

   GENERAL OBLIGATIONS    12

1.40

   HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE    12

1.41

   HOUR OF SERVICE    13

1.42

   INACTIVE PARTICIPANT    13

1.43

   INCOME OF THE TRUST FUND    13

1.44

   INVESTMENT MANAGER    13

1.45

   LATE RETIREMENT DATE    13

1.46

   LEASED EMPLOYEES    13

1.47

   LEAVE OF ABSENCE    13

1.48

   LEVERAGED EMPLOYER SECURITIES    14

1.49

   NET PROFITS    14

1.50

   NONALLOCATION YEAR    14

1.51

   NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE    14

1.52

   ONE-YEAR PERIOD OF SEVERANCE    15

1.53

   PARTICIPANT    15

1.54

   PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER    15

1.55

   PERIOD OF SEVERANCE    15

1.56

   PLAN    15

1.57

   PLAN ADMINISTRATOR    16

1.58

   PLAN YEAR    16

1.59

   PROFIT SHARING ACCOUNT    16

1.60

   PROFIT SHARING AND 401(k) PLAN    16

 

Page ii


Table of Contents

(continued)

 

          Page

1.61

   PROFIT SHARING AND 401(k) PLAN ACCOUNT    16

1.62

   PROFIT SHARING PORTION    16

1.63

   PUBLICLY TRADED    16

1.64

   QUALIFIED ELECTION PERIOD    16

1.65

   QUALIFIED PARTICIPANT    16

1.66

   QUALIFYING EMPLOYER SECURITIES    16

1.67

   REGULATIONS    17

1.68

   RELATED EMPLOYERS    17

1.69

   RESTRICTED PARTICIPANT    17

1.70

   RETIREMENT    17

1.71

   S CORPORATION    17

1.72

   S CORPORATION DISQUALIFIED PERSON    17

1.73

   S CORPORATION DISTRIBUTION    18

1.74

   SEPARATION FROM SERVICE    18

1.75

   SERVICE    18

1.76

   SERVICE FOR PREDECESSOR EMPLOYER    19

1.77

   SEVERANCE DATE    19

1.78

   STOCK BONUS PORTION    19

1.79

   SYNTHETIC EQUITY    19

1.80

   TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT    20

1.81

   TRANSFERRED STOCK    20

1.82

   TRANSFERRED STOCK ACCOUNT    20

1.83

   TRUST    20

1.84

   TRUSTEE    20

1.85

   TRUST FUND    20

1.86

   UNALLOCATED EMPLOYER SECURITIES ACCOUNT    20

1.87

   UNALLOCATED GENERAL INVESTMENTS ACCOUNT    20

1.88

   USERRA    20

1.89

   VALUATION DATE    20

 

Page iii


Table of Contents

(continued)

 

          Page

1.90

   VESTED    20

1.91

   YEAR OF SERVICE    20

ARTICLE II

   EMPLOYEE PARTICIPANTS    21

2.01

   PARTICIPATION    21

2.02

   YEARS OF SERVICE - PARTICIPATION    21

2.03

   EFFECTIVE DATE OF PARTICIPATION    21

2.04

   DETERMINATION OF ELIGIBILITY    21

2.05

   PARTICIPATION UPON RE-EMPLOYMENT    21

2.06

   INELIGIBILITY TO BECOME A PARTICIPANT    21

2.07

   TERMINATION OF ELIGIBILITY    22

2.08

   CONTINUANCE AS A PARTICIPANT    22

2.09

   EMPLOYMENT BY EMPLOYER; SERVICE WITH NEWLY ACQUIRED ENTITIES; RECORDS OF EMPLOYER    22

ARTICLE III

   CONTRIBUTIONS, ALLOCATIONS, AND FORFEITURES    24

3.01

   AMOUNT    24

3.02

   DETERMINATION OF CONTRIBUTION    25

3.03

   TIME OF PAYMENT OF CONTRIBUTION    25

3.04

   ALLOCATIONS    25

3.05

   TREATMENT OF EMPLOYER SECURITIES PURCHASED UNDER AN EXEMPT LOAN    30

3.06

   ACCRUAL OF BENEFIT    31

3.07

   LIMITATIONS ON ALLOCATIONS TO PARTICIPANTS’ ACCOUNTS    31

3.08

   DEFINITIONS - ARTICLE III    33

3.09

   TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING EMPLOYER SECURITIES    34

3.10

   PROHIBITED ALLOCATIONS UNDER S CORPORATION ESOP    35

ARTICLE IV

   PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS    36

4.01

   PARTICIPANT VOLUNTARY CONTRIBUTIONS    36

4.02

   PARTICIPANT VOLUNTARY CONTRIBUTIONS - SPECIAL DISCRIMINATION TEST    36

 

Page iv


Table of Contents

(continued)

 

          Page

4.03

   PARTICIPANT ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS    36

4.04

   TRANSFERS FROM THE PROFIT SHARING AND 401(k) PLAN    36

ARTICLE V

   TERMINATION OF SERVICE - PARTICIPANT VESTING    37

5.01

   NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE    37

5.02

   PARTICIPANT DISABILITY OR DEATH    37

5.03

   VESTING SCHEDULE    37

5.04

   CASH-OUT DISTRIBUTIONS TO PARTIALLY-VESTED PARTICIPANTS AND RESTORATION OF FORFEITED ACCOUNT BALANCE    39

5.05

   SEGREGATED ACCOUNT FOR REPAID AMOUNT    40

5.06

   BREAK IN SERVICE - VESTING    41

5.07

   YEAR IN SERVICE - VESTING    41

5.08

   INCLUDED YEARS OF SERVICE - VESTING    41

5.09

   FORFEITURE OCCURS    42

ARTICLE VI

   TIME AND METHOD OF PAYMENT OF BENEFITS    43

6.01

   BENEFIT PAYMENT ELECTIONS    43

6.02

   METHOD OF PAYMENT OF VESTED ACCOUNT BALANCE    44

6.03

   TIME OF PAYMENT OF VESTED ACCOUNT BALANCE    45

6.04

   FORM OF PAYMENT OF VESTED ACCOUNT BALANCE    52

6.05

   DISTRIBUTION DIRECTIONS    54

6.06

   WITHHOLDING FOR AND PAYMENT OF TAXES    54

6.07

   LIMITATIONS ON BENEFITS    54

6.08

   DISTRIBUTIONS UNDER DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDERS    54

6.09

   LATE RETIREMENT    55

ARTICLE VII

   EMPLOYER ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS    56

7.01

   INFORMATION TO ESOP COMMITTEE    56

7.02

   NO LIABILITY    56

7.03

   INDEMNITY OF CERTAIN FIDUCIARIES    56

7.04

   AMENDMENT TO VESTING SCHEDULE    56

 

Page v


Table of Contents

(continued)

 

          Page

ARTICLE VIII

   PARTICIPANT ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS    58

8.01

   BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION    58

8.02

   NO BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION    58

8.03

   PERSONAL DATA TO COMMITTEE    58

8.04

   ADDRESS FOR NOTIFICATION    59

8.05

   ASSIGNMENT OR ALIENATION    59

8.06

   LITIGATION AGAINST THE TRUST    60

8.07

   APPEAL PROCEDURE FOR DENIAL OF BENEFITS    60

8.08

   DIVERSIFICATION OF PARTICIPANT’S ACCOUNT    61

8.09

   PARTICIPANT VOTING RIGHTS - EMPLOYER SECURITIES    61

8.10

   FEES AND EXPENSES    63

ARTICLE IX

   ESOP COMMITTEE DUTIES WITH RESPECT TO PARTICIPANTS’ ACCOUNTS    64

9.01

   MEMBERS’ COMPENSATION, EXPENSES    64

9.02

   TERM    64

9.03

   POWERS    64

9.04

   GENERAL    64

9.05

   FUNDING POLICY    66

9.06

   MANNER OF ACTION    66

9.07

   AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE    66

9.08

   INTERESTED MEMBER    66

9.09

   INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS    66

9.10

   VALUE OF PARTICIPANT’S ACCOUNT BALANCE    67

9.11

   ALLOCATIONS TO PARTICIPANTS’ ACCOUNTS    67

9.12

   INDIVIDUAL STATEMENT    67

9.13

   ACCOUNT CHARGED    67

9.14

   UNCLAIMED ACCOUNT PROCEDURE    67

9.15

   INVESTMENT MANAGER    68

9.16

   LOANS    68

 

Page vi


Table of Contents

(continued)

 

          Page

ARTICLE X

  

REPURCHASE OF EMPLOYER SECURITIES

   69

10.01

   PUT OPTION    69

10.02

   RESTRICTION ON EMPLOYER SECURITIES    69

10.03

   LIFETIME TRANSFER AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL    70

10.04

   PAYMENT OF PURCHASE PRICE    70

10.05

   NOTICE    71

10.06

   TERMS AND DEFINITIONS    71

10.07

   TRUSTEE’S PUT OPTION    72

10.08

   SECURITY HOLDER    72

10.09

   PROVISIONS NON-TERMINABLE    72

ARTICLE XI

  

MISCELLANEOUS

   73

11.01

   EVIDENCE    73

11.02

   NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR PLAN ACTIONS    73

11.03

   FIDUCIARIES NOT INSURERS    73

11.04

   WAIVER OF NOTICE    73

11.05

   SUCCESSORS    73

11.06

   WORD USAGE    73

11.07

   STATE LAW    74

11.08

   EMPLOYMENT NOT GUARANTEED    74

11.09

   SEVERABILITY    74

11.10

   CONTRARY PROVISIONS    74

11.11

   NOTICE TO EMPLOYEES    74

11.12

   ACTION BY EMPLOYERS    74

11.13

   ADOPTION OF THE PLAN BY A CONTROLLED GROUP MEMBER    74

11.14

   DISASSOCIATION OF ANY EMPLOYER FROM PLAN    74

11.15

   NAMED FIDUCIARY    75

11.16

   VALUATION OF TRUST    75

11.17

   EXEMPT LOAN    75

11.18

   RECORDS AND STATEMENTS    77

11.19

   PARTIES TO LITIGATION    78

 

Page vii


Table of Contents

(continued)

 

          Page

11.20

   PROFESSIONAL AGENTS    78

11.21

   USERRA COMPLIANCE    78

ARTICLE XII

   EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT, AMENDMENT, TERMINATION    78

12.01

   EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT    78

12.02

   AMENDMENT BY COMPANY    78

12.03

   DISCONTINUANCE    79

12.04

   FULL VESTING ON TERMINATION    79

12.05

   MERGER AND DIRECT TRANSFER    79

12.06

   COMPLETE TERMINATION    79

12.07

   PARTIAL TERMINATION    80

12.08

   S CORPORATION ESOP    80

 

Page viii


PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION

EMPLOYEES’ STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN

Plains Capital Corporation (the “Company”), a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Texas, hereby amends and restates the Plains Capital Corporation Employees’ Stock Ownership Plan (the “Plan”). The purpose of the Plan is to recognize the contributions made to the Company’s successful operation by its employees and the employees of its related entities, and to reward such contribution by enabling its eligible employees, and the eligible employees of its related entities who adopt the Plan, to acquire a proprietary interest in capital stock of the Company. The Plan consists of three portions, a profit sharing portion, an employee stock ownership portion and a stock bonus portion, and is intended to satisfy the applicable requirements of Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Code”), Sections 409 and 4975(e)(7) in connection with the employee stock ownership portion, and Section 407(d)(6) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), in connection with the employee stock ownership portion. The Company also intends that the trust which implements and forms a part of the Plan (“Trust”) be exempt from tax under Code Section 501(a). The Plan shall be interpreted, wherever possible, to comply with the terms of the Code, ERISA and all formal regulations and rulings.

Employer Securities other than Transferred Stock held by this Plan shall be deemed to be held in the ESOP Portion of the Plan. The Transferred Stock held by this Plan shall be deemed to be held in the Stock Bonus Portion of the Plan. The Assets of the Plan which are not held in Employer Securities and which the Company does not intend to be used to repay the Exempt Loan or otherwise be used in the ESOP Portion shall constitute the Profit Sharing Portion of the Plan. The foregoing shall apply regardless of which Accounts within the Plan hold the various assets.

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS , effective January 1, 2004, the Company established the Plains Capital Corporation Employees’ Stock Ownership Plan, which was subsequently amended on seven occasions; and

WHEREAS , Section 12.02 of the Plan gives the Company the authority to amend the Plan.

NOW, THEREFORE , effective as of January 1, 2006, the Company hereby amends and restates the Plains Capital Corporation Employees’ Stock Ownership Plan, according to the following terms:

 

Page 1


ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

1.01 ACCOUNT . “Account” means the separate account(s) established and maintained for a Participant under this Plan.

1.02 ACCOUNT BALANCE . “Account Balance” means the assets held in an Account(s) as of any Valuation Date derived from Employer Contributions and Forfeitures (if any) allocated to an Account as of any Valuation Date and shall include Transferred Stock (if any).

1.03 ACCOUNTING DATE. “Accounting Date” is the last day of the Plan Year. Unless otherwise specified in this Plan, all Plan allocations for a particular Plan Year will be made as of the Accounting Date of that Plan Year.

1.04 ALTERNATE PAYEE . “Alternate Payee” means a spouse, former spouse, child, or other dependent of a Participant to whom benefits are payable under this Plan pursuant to the terms of a qualified domestic relations order as defined in Code Section 414(p).

1.05 BENEFICIARY . “Beneficiary” is a person who is designated by a Participant as such in accordance with Section 8.01 or who is or may become entitled to a benefit under this Plan. A Beneficiary who becomes entitled to a benefit under this Plan remains a Beneficiary under this Plan until his benefit has been fully distributed to him. A Beneficiary’s right to (and the Plan Administrator’s or the ESOP Committee’s duty to provide to the Beneficiary) information or data concerning this Plan does not arise until the Beneficiary first becomes entitled to receive a benefit under this Plan.

1.06 BOARD OF DIRECTORS . “Board of Directors” or “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company, as from time to time constituted.

1.07 CODE . “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and any successor statute thereto. References herein to Sections of the Code shall include any successor provisions thereto.

1.08 COMPANY . “Company” means Plains Capital Corporation or its successor.

1.09 COMPENSATION . Any reference in this Plan to “Compensation” is a reference to the definition in Section 1.09(a) , unless the Plan reference specifies a modification to this definition. The ESOP Committee will take into account only Compensation actually paid for the relevant period.

(a) General Definition of Compensation. “Compensation,” with respect to any Participant, means (i) such Participant’s earned income, wages, salaries, fees for professional service, and other amounts received (whether or not paid in cash) for personal services actually rendered in the course of employment with the Employer maintaining the Plan to the extent the amounts are includible in the gross income of the Participant (including, but not limited to, commissions paid salesmen, compensation for services on the basis of a percentage of profits, commissions on insurance premiums, tips, bonuses,

 

Page 2


fringe benefits, and reimbursements or other expense allowances under a nonaccountable Plan); (ii) in the case of an Employee who is an employee within the meaning of Code Section 401(c)(1) and the regulations thereunder, the employee’s earned income (as described in Code Section 401(c)(2) and the regulations thereunder); (iii) amounts described in Code Sections 104(a)(3), 105(a), and 105(h), but only to the extent that these amounts are includible in the gross income of the Employee; (iv) amounts paid or reimbursed by an Employer for moving expenses incurred by an Employee, but only to the extent that at the time of the payment it is reasonable to believe that these amounts are not deductible by the Employee under Code Section 217; (v) the value of a non-qualified stock option granted to an Employee by an Employer, but only to the extent that the value of the option is includible in the gross income of the Employee for the taxable year in which granted; and (vi) the amount includible in the gross income of an Employee upon making the election described in Code Section 83(b). Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of (i) and (ii) above, foreign earned income (as defined in Code Section 911(b)), whether or not excludable from gross income under Code Section 911, shall be included; and compensation is to be determined without regard to the exclusions from gross income in Code Sections 931 and 933. This definition of Compensation does not include:

(i) Employer Contributions to a plan of deferred compensation to the extent the contributions are not included in the gross income of the Employee for the taxable year in which contributed, on behalf of an Employee to a Simplified Employee Pension Plan to the extent such contributions are excludible from the Employee’s gross income, and any distributions from a plan of deferred compensation, regardless of whether such amounts are includible in the gross income of the Employee when distributed.

(ii) Amounts realized from the exercise of a non-qualified stock option, or when restricted stock (or property) held by an Employee either becomes freely transferable or is no longer subject to a substantial risk of Forfeiture.

(iii) Amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other disposition of stock acquired under a stock option described in Part II, Subchapter D, Chapter 1 of the Code.

(iv) Other amounts which receive special tax benefits, such as premiums for group term life insurance (but only to the extent that the premiums are not includible in the gross income of the Employee), or contributions made by an Employer (whether or not under a salary reduction agreement) towards the purchase of an annuity contract described in Code Section 403(b) (whether or not the contributions are excludible from the gross income of the Employee).

(v) Amounts received from moving and other reimbursed expenses but only to the extent that it is reasonable to believe that these amounts are deductible by the Employee under Code Section 217.

 

Page 3


The definition of Compensation includes Elective Contributions.

(b) Definition of Compensation for Allocation purposes. To determine a Participant’s contribution allocation under Section 3.04(a) , Compensation means the general definition of Compensation described in Section 1.09(a) , but excluding bonuses paid for personal services actually rendered in the course of employment with the Employer maintaining this Plan, reimbursements or other expense allowances, P.S. 58 costs (as defined in the Code and Treasury Regulations and rulings thereunder), fringe benefits (cash and non-cash), moving expenses, deferred compensation and welfare benefits. Compensation for allocation purposes will not include Compensation earned prior to a Participant’s effective date of participation.

(c) In the event a Participant has Compensation in excess of Two Hundred Twenty Thousand Dollars ($220,000), all amounts in excess of Two Hundred Twenty Thousand Dollars ($220,000) shall be disregarded pursuant to Code Section 401(a)(17). Such amount shall be adjusted for increases in the cost of living in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(17) except that the dollar increase in effect on January 1 of any calendar year shall be effective for the fiscal year beginning with or within such calendar year. For any short fiscal year, the Compensation limit shall be an amount equal to the Compensation limit for the calendar year in which the fiscal year begins multiplied by the ratio obtained by dividing the number of full months in the short fiscal year by twelve (12).

1.10 CURRENT OBLIGATIONS . “Current Obligations” means obligations of the Trust arising from expenses incurred by the Trust and an extension of credit to the Trust (including an Exempt Loan) which are payable in cash within one (1) year from the date a contribution is due pursuant to Section 3.03 .

1.11 DATE OF EMPLOYMENT or DATE OF REEMPLOYMENT . “Date of Employment” or “Date of Reemployment” means the day on which an Employee first commences employment or reemployment following a Termination of Employment, as the case may be, with an Employer or a Related Employer by performing an Hour of Service.

1.12 DEEMED-OWNED SHARES . “Deemed-Owned Shares” means, with respect to any Participant:

(a) stock in an S Corporation constituting Employer Securities held by this Plan which is held in the Participant’s Employer Securities Account under this Plan;

(b) such Participant’s share of Employer Securities in an S Corporation which is held in the Unallocated Employer Securities Account under this Plan but which has not been allocated under this Plan to Participants; and

(c) Synthetic Equity.

For purposes of this Section 1.12 , a Participant’s share of Employer Securities held in the Unallocated Employer Securities Account under this Plan is the amount of the unallocated Employer Securities which would be allocated to such Participant if the entire Unallocated Employer Securities Account were allocated to all Participants in this Plan in the same proportions as the most recent allocation of Employer Securities under this Plan.

 

Page 4


1.13 DETERMINATION OF TOP HEAVY STATUS . The ESOP Committee must determine whether this Plan is top heavy for a Plan Year. If this Plan is the only qualified plan maintained by the Employer, this Plan is top heavy for a Plan Year if the top heavy ratio as of the Determination Date (as hereafter defined) exceeds sixty percent (60%). The “top heavy ratio” is a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the present value of the Account Balances of all Key Employees (as hereafter defined) as of the Determination Date and the denominator of which is a similar sum determined for all Employees. The ESOP Committee must include in the top heavy ratio, as part of the present value of the Account Balances, any contribution not made as of the Determination Date but includible under Code Section 416 and the applicable Treasury Regulations, and distributions made within the Determination Period (as hereafter defined). The ESOP Committee must calculate the top heavy ratio by disregarding the Account Balance (and distributions, if any, of the Account Balance) of any Non-Key Employee (as hereafter defined) who was formerly a Key Employee, and by disregarding the Account Balance (including distributions, if any, of the Account Balance) of an individual who has not received credit for at least one (1) Hour of Service with the Employer during the Determination Period. The ESOP Committee must calculate the top heavy ratio, including the extent to which it must take into account distributions, rollovers and transfers, in accordance with Code Section 416 and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.

If the Employer maintains other qualified plans (including a 401(k) arrangement or simplified employee pension plan), or maintained another such plan which now is terminated, this Plan is top heavy only if it is part of the Required Aggregation Group (as hereafter defined), and the top heavy ratio for the Required Aggregation Group and for the Permissive Aggregation Group (as hereafter defined), if any, each exceeds sixty percent (60%). The top heavy ratio will be calculated in the same manner as required by the first paragraph of this Section 1.13 , taking into account all plans that are aggregated. To the extent distributions to a Participant are taken into account, distributions from a terminated plan which would have been part of the Required Aggregation Group if it were in existence on the Determination Date must be included. The present value of the Account Balances under defined benefit plans or simplified employee pension plans included within the group will be calculated in accordance with the terms of those plans, Code Section 416, and the Treasury Regulations thereunder. If a Participant in a defined benefit plan is a Non-Key Employee, his Account balance will be determined under the accrual method, if any, which is applicable uniformly to all defined benefit plans maintained by the Employer or, if there is no uniform method, in accordance with the slowest accrual rate permitted under the fractional rule accrual method described in Code Section 411(b)(1)(C). To calculate the present value of benefits from a defined benefit plan, actuarial assumptions (interest and mortality only) prescribed by the defined benefit plan(s) will be used to value benefits for top heavy purposes. If an aggregated plan does not have a valuation date coinciding with the Determination Date, the Account Balances in the aggregated plan must be valued as of the most recent valuation date falling within the twelve-month period ending on the Determination Date, except as Code Section 416 and applicable Treasury Regulations require for the first and second plan year of a defined benefit plan.

 

Page 5


Definitions. For purposes of applying the provisions of this Section :

(a) “Key Employee” means any Employee or former Employee (including any deceased Employee) who at any time during the Plan Year that includes the Determination Date: (i) was an officer of the Employer having annual Compensation greater than One Hundred Thirty Thousand Dollars ($130,000) (as adjusted under Code Section 416(i)(1)); (ii) is a more than five percent (5%) owner of the Employer; or (iii) is a more than one percent (1%) owner of the Employer and has annual Compensation of more than One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000). The constructive ownership rules of Code Section 318 (or the principles of that Section, in the case of an unincorporated Employer) will apply to determine ownership in the Employer. The ESOP Committee will make the determination of who is a Key Employee in accordance with Code Section 416(i)(1), the Treasury Regulations under that Code Section, and the other guidance of general applicability issued thereunder.

(b) “Non-Key Employee” is an employee who does not meet the definition of Key Employee.

(c) “Compensation” means compensation within the meaning of Code Section 415(c)(3), as set out in the general definition of Compensation under Section 1.09(a) .

(d) “Required Aggregation Group” means: (1) each qualified plan of the Employer in which at least one Key Employee participates at any time during the Determination Period; and (2) any other qualified plan of the Employer which enables a plan described in clause (1) to meet the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(4) or of Code Section 410.

(e) “Permissive Aggregation Group” is the Required Aggregation Group plus any other qualified plans maintained by the Employer, but only if such group would satisfy in the aggregate the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) and 410. The ESOP Committee will determine the Permissive Aggregation Group.

(f) “Employer” means the Employer that adopts this Plan and any Related Employers.

(g) “Determination Date” for any Plan Year is the Accounting Date of the preceding Plan Year or, in the case of the first Plan Year of this Plan, the Accounting Date of that Plan Year.

The present values of Account Balances of an Employee as of the Determination Date shall be increased by the distributions made with respect to the Employee under this Plan and any plan aggregated with this Plan under Code Section 416(g)(2) during the one (1) year period ending on the Determination Date. The preceding sentence shall also apply to distributions under a terminated plan which, had it not been terminated, would have been aggregated with this Plan under Code Section 416(g)(2)(A)(i). In the case of a distribution made for a reason other than severance from employment, death, or Disability, this provision shall be applied by substituting ‘five (5) year period’ for ‘one (1) year period.’

 

Page 6


The Account of any individual who has not performed services for the Employer during the one (1) year period ending on the Determination Date shall not be taken into account.

(h) The “Determination Period” is the one (1) year period ending on the Determination Date. In the case of a distribution made for a reason other than severance from employment as described in Code Section 416(g)(3)(B), death or Disability, the Determination Period shall be the five (5) year period ending on the Determination Date.

(i) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no top heavy determination shall be made for any Plan Year in which the Plan satisfies Code Section 416(g)(4)(H).

1.14 DIRECT ROLLOVER . A “Direct Rollover” is a payment by this Plan to the Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee.

1.15 DISABILITY . “Disability” is a Participant who is considered totally and permanently disabled under the Company’s long-term disability plan. If the Company does not sponsor a long-term disability plan, then a Participant will be considered totally and permanently disabled if such Participant is determined to be disabled by the Social Security Administration under the Social Security Act then in effect.

1.16 DISQUALIFIED PERSON . “Disqualified Person” means a person who is:

(a) a Fiduciary;

(b) a person providing services to this Plan;

(c) an Employer any of whose Employees are covered by this Plan;

(d) an employee organization any of whose members are covered by this Plan;

(e) an owner, direct or indirect, of fifty percent (50%) or more of:

(i) the combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote or the total value of shares of all classes of stock of a corporation;

(ii) the capital interest or the profits interest of a partnership; or

(iii) the beneficial interest of a trust or unincorporated enterprise, which is an Employer or an employee organization described in subparagraph (c) or (d) above;

(f) a member of the family (as hereafter defined) of any individual described in subparagraph (a), (b), (c), or (e) above (the term “family” means an individual’s spouse, ancestor, lineal descendent, and any spouse of a lineal descendent);

(g) a corporation, partnership, or trust or estate of which (or in which) fifty percent (50%) or more of:

(i) the combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote or the total value of shares of all classes of stock of such corporation;

 

Page 7


(ii) the capital interest or profits interest of such partnership; or

(iii) the beneficial interest of such trust or estate is owned, directly or indirectly, or held by persons described in subparagraph (a), (b), (c), (d) or (e) above;

(h) an officer, director (or an individual having powers or responsibilities similar to those of officers or directors), a ten percent (10%) or more shareholder, or a highly compensated employee (earning ten percent (10%) or more of the yearly wages of an Employer) of a person described in subparagraph (c), (d), (e) or (g) above; or

(i) a ten percent (10%) or more (in capital or profits) partner or joint venturer of a person described in subparagraph (c), (d), (e) or (g) above.

The Secretary of the Treasury, after consultation and coordination with the Secretary of Labor or his delegate, may by regulation prescribe a percentage lower than fifty percent (50%) for subparagraphs (e) and (g) above and lower than ten percent (10%) for subparagraphs (h) and (i) above.

For purposes of subparagraphs (e)(i) and (g)(i) above, there shall be taken into account indirect stockholdings which would be taken into account under Code Section 267(c)(4), except that, for purposes of this paragraph, Code Section 267(c)(4) shall be treated as providing that the members of the family of an individual shall include his spouse, ancestor, lineal descendant, and any spouse of a lineal descendant.

For purposes of subparagraphs (e)(ii) and (iii), (g)(ii) and (iii), and (i) above, the ownership of profits or beneficial interests shall be determined in accordance with the rules for constructive ownership of stock provided in Code Section 267(c) (other than paragraph (3)), except that Code Section 267(c)(4) shall be treated as providing that the members of the family of an individual shall include his spouse, ancestor, lineal descendant, and any spouse of a lineal descendant.

1.17 DISTRIBUTEE . “Distributee” means an individual entitled to a distribution under the Plan. Distributee includes an Employee or former Employee. In addition, the Employee’s or former Employee’s surviving spouse and the Employee’s or former Employee’s spouse or former spouse who is an Alternate Payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section 414(p), are Distributees with regard to the interest of the spouse or former spouse.

1.18 DIVIDEND . “Dividend” means a distribution made by the Company to its shareholders in the form of a dividend (as defined in Code Section 316) with respect to its Employer Securities.

1.19 EFFECTIVE DATE . “Effective Date” of the Plains Capital Corporation Employees’ Stock Ownership Plan means January 1, 2004.

 

Page 8


1.20 ELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS . “Elective Contributions” are amounts excludable from the Employee’s gross income under Code Sections 125, 132(f), 402(e)(3), 402(h) or 403(b), and contributed by the Employer, at the Employee’s election, to a Code Section 401(k) arrangement, a simplified employee pension, a cafeteria plan, a tax-sheltered annuity or a Code Section 132(f) plan.

1.21 ELIGIBILITY YEAR OF SERVICE. “Eligibility Year of Service” means the Employment Period during which such Employee is employed for a consecutive twelve (12) month period. For purposes of determining an Employee’s Eligibility Year of Service, the “Employment Period” to be used shall be the initial twelve (12) consecutive month period beginning on an Employee’s Date of Employment and thereafter the Plan Year, beginning with the Plan Year within which occurs the Employee’s first (1st) anniversary of his Date of Employment.

1.22 ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE . Each Employee becomes an “Eligible Employee,” and thereby eligible to participate in this Plan, upon completion of one quarter of one Eligibility Year of Service (calculated on a consecutive ninety [90] day period basis) as provided in Article II . Notwithstanding anything in this Section 1.22 to the contrary, in the event an individual is not shown on the payroll records of an Employer as an Employee eligible to participate in this Plan and, as a result, is denied eligibility into this Plan in accordance with Article II , any classification of such individual as an Employee shall only be effective for purposes of this Plan from the date the Employer determines that such individual is an Employee (notwithstanding any retroactive classification by anyone of such individual as an Employee for any other purpose under the Code).

1.23 ELIGIBLE RETIREMENT PLAN . An “Eligible Retirement Plan” is an individual retirement account described in Code Section 408(a), an individual retirement annuity described in Code Section 408(b), an annuity plan described in Code Section 403(a), or a qualified trust described in Code Section 401(a), that accepts the Distributee’s Eligible Rollover Distribution. In the case of an Eligible Rollover Distribution to the surviving spouse, however, an Eligible Retirement Plan is an individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity. An Eligible Retirement Plan shall also mean an annuity contract described in Code Section 403(b) and an eligible plan under Code Section 457(b) which is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state and which agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into such plan from this Plan. The definition of Eligible Retirement Plan shall also apply in the case of a distribution to a surviving spouse, or to a spouse or former spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relation order, as defined in Code Section 414(p).

1.24 ELIGIBLE ROLLOVER DISTRIBUTION . An “Eligible Rollover Distribution” is any distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the credit of the Distributee, except that an Eligible Rollover Distribution does not include the following: (1) any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the Distributee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Distributee and the Distributee’s designated beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten (10) years or more; (2) any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Code Section 401(a)(9); (3) the portion of any distribution that is not includible in gross income (determined without regard to the

 

Page 9


exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to Employer Securities); and (4) any hardship distribution from any qualified plan. Any amount that is distributed on account of hardship shall not be an Eligible Rollover Distribution and the Distributee may not elect to have any portion of such a distribution paid directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan. Furthermore, a portion of a distribution shall not fail to be an Eligible Rollover Distribution merely because the portion consists of after-tax Employee contributions which are not includible in gross income. However, such portion may be transferred only to an individual retirement account or annuity described in Code Section 408(a) or (b), or to a qualified defined contribution plan described in Code Section 401(a) or 403(a) that agrees to separately account for amounts so transferred, including separately accounting for the portion of such distribution which is includible in gross income and the portion of such distribution which is not so includible.

1.25 EMPLOYEE . “Employee” means any common law employee of the Employer or a Related Employer, but excludes any person who is an independent contractor. In the event that an individual is misclassified as other than an Employee and, as a result, is denied eligibility into this Plan, any re-classification of such individual as an Employee (by a court, administrative agency, or otherwise) shall only be effective for purposes of this Plan from the date of such determination (notwithstanding any retroactive classification of such individual as an Employee for any other purpose under the Code).

1.26 EMPLOYER . “Employer” means Plains Capital Corporation, a Texas corporation, and any successor which shall maintain this Plan, and any Participating Employer. If the Employer is an S Corporation, a Related Employer may adopt this Plan but only in the event that the S Corporation status of the Company (if such status is elected by the Company) is not terminated or jeopardized in any way by the Related Employer adopting the Plan.

1.27 EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS . “Employer Contributions” means contributions made by the Employer to the Plan.

1.28 EMPLOYER SECURITIES . “Employer Securities” means common stock issued by the Company, which is readily tradable on an established securities market. If there is no common stock which meets such requirements, the term “Employer Securities” or “Company Stock” shall mean common stock issued by the Company, having a combination of voting power and dividend rights equal to or in excess of:

(a) that class of common stock of the Company having the greatest voting power; and

(b) that class of common stock of the Company having the greatest dividend rights.

(c) Noncallable preferred stock shall also be treated as “Employer Securities” if such stock is convertible at any time into stock which meets the qualifications above, and if such conversion is at a conversion price which (at the date of the acquisition by the Trust) is reasonable. For purposes of the preceding sentence, preferred stock shall be treated as noncallable if after the call there will be a reasonable opportunity for a conversion which meets such requirements.

 

Page 10


(d) Special Definition. The term “Employer Securities” means the definition as defined in this Section 1.28 above but shall not be construed to include more than one class of stock if the Company is operating as an S Corporation.

1.29 EMPLOYER SECURITIES ACCOUNT . “Employer Securities Account” means the Account of a Participant which is credited with shares and fractional shares of Employer Securities purchased and paid for by the Trust, contributed to the Trust, transferred to the Trust or shares of Employer Securities otherwise allocable because of the Participant’s participation in this Plan, and shall include any Transferred Stock.

1.30 ENTRY DATE . “Entry Date” means the first business day of the semi-monthly payroll period.

1.31 ERISA . “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, or any successor statute thereto and the final and temporary Regulations promulgated, and the applicable rulings issued thereunder. References herein to Sections of ERISA shall include any successor provisions thereto.

1.32 ESOP PORTION . “ESOP Portion” means the employee stock ownership plan portion established under this Plan, which is intended to qualify as an employee stock ownership plan under Code Sections 401(a) and 4975(e)(7) and ERISA Section 407(d)(6). The ESOP Portion is designed to invest primarily in Employer Securities.

1.33 ESOP COMMITTEE . “ESOP Committee” means the Plains Capital Corporation Employees’ Stock Ownership Plan Committee, which members are appointed by the Company, as from time to time constituted.

1.34 EXEMPT LOAN . “Exempt Loan” means a loan or loans made to the Trust by a Disqualified Person or a loan to the Trust which a Disqualified Person guarantees, provided the loan or loans satisfies the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 54.4975-7(b).

1.35 FIDUCIARY . “Fiduciary” means any person who: (a) exercises any discretionary authority or discretionary control and management of this Plan or exercises any authority or control and management or disposition of Plan assets; (b) renders investment advice for a fee or other compensation, direct or indirect, with respect to any monies or other property of the Trust or has any authority or responsibility to do so; or (c) has any discretionary authority or discretionary responsibility in the administration of this Plan and the Trust, including, but not limited to, the Trustee, the ESOP Committee and any person designated under ERISA Section 405(c)(1)(B).

1.36 FORFEITURE . “Forfeiture” refers to the amount of a Participant’s Account Balance which is not Vested and is forfeited pursuant to Article V .

1.37 FORMER PARTICIPANT . “Former Participant” means a person who has been a Participant but who ceased to be a Participant for any reason.

 

Page 11


1.38 GENERAL INVESTMENTS ACCOUNT . “General Investments Account” means the Account of a Participant which is increased by his share of the Income of the Trust Fund and Employer Contributions and Forfeitures (if any), other than amounts invested in Employer Securities, and which is decreased (to the extent allowed by law) by amounts necessary to pay for Employer Securities. A Participant’s General Investment Account will include cash held in that Participant’s Transferred Stock Account, if any. Participants’ General Investment Accounts will be held in the Profit Sharing Portion of the Plan.

1.39 GENERAL OBLIGATIONS . “General Obligations” means obligations of the Trust not arising from extensions of credit to the Trust, but which are commitments which arise from authorized activities of the Trust, including, but not limited to, expenses incurred by the Trust.

1.40 HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE . “Highly Compensated Employee” means an Employee who:

(a) is a more than five percent (5%) owner of the Employer (applying the constructive ownership rules of Code Section 318, and applying the principles of Code Section 318, for an unincorporated entity) during the Plan Year or during the preceding Plan Year; or

(b) for the preceding Plan Year, had Compensation from the Employer greater than Ninety-Five Thousand Dollars ($95,000) (as adjusted by the Commissioner of the Internal Revenue Service for the relevant year), and was in the top paid group of Employees. For purposes of this clause (b), the “top paid group” is the top twenty percent (20%) of Employees based on their Compensation.

The dollar threshold amount specified in this Section 1.40 shall be adjusted at such time and in the same manner as under Code Section 415(d). In the case of such an adjustment, the dollar limit which shall be applied is the limit for the calendar year.

In determining who is a Highly Compensated Employee, Employees who are non-resident aliens and who received no earned income (within the meaning of Code Section 911(d)(2)) from the Employer constituting United States source income within the meaning of Code Section 861(a)(3) shall not be treated as Employees. Additionally, all Related Employers shall be taken into account as a single employer and Leased Employees within the meaning of Code Sections 414(n)(2) and 414(o)(2) shall be considered Employees unless such Leased Employees are covered by a plan described in Code Section 414(n)(5) and are not covered in any qualified plan maintained by the Employer. The exclusion of Leased Employees for this purpose shall be applied on a uniform and consistent basis for all of the Employer’s retirement plans. Highly Compensated Former Employees shall be treated as Highly Compensated Employees without regard to whether they performed services during the “determination year.” A “Highly Compensated Former Employee” means a former employee who was a Highly Compensated Employee when such Employee separated from service, or was a Highly Compensated Employee at any time after attaining age fifty-five (55).

 

Page 12


For purposes of this Section 1.40 , “Compensation” means the general definition of “Compensation” in Section 1.09(a) .

1.41 HOUR OF SERVICE . “Hour of Service” means an hour for which the Employer, either directly or indirectly, pays an Employee, or for which the Employee is entitled to payment, for the performance of duties. The ESOP Committee credits Hours of Service under this Section 1.41 to the Employee for the computation period in which the Employee performs the duties, regardless of when paid.

1.42 INACTIVE PARTICIPANT . “Inactive Participant” means a Participant who is no longer an Employee.

1.43 INCOME OF THE TRUST FUND . “Income of the Trust Fund” means the net gain or loss of the General Investments Accounts of the Trust Fund, as reflected by interest payments, dividends, realized and unrealized gains and losses on securities, other than Employer Securities, and on other investment transactions, and reduced by expenses paid from the Trust Fund. The expenses of the Trust Fund do not include interest paid on any Exempt Loan.

1.44 INVESTMENT MANAGER . “Investment Manager” means any person, firm, or corporation who is a registered investment advisor under the Investment Advisors Act of 1940, a bank or an insurance company, and who has the power to manage, acquire, or dispose of Plan assets, and who acknowledges in writing his fiduciary responsibility to this Plan.

1.45 LATE RETIREMENT DATE . “Late Retirement Date” means the first day of the month coinciding with or next following a Participant’s actual Retirement Date after having reached his Normal Retirement Age.

1.46 LEASED EMPLOYEES . This Plan treats a Leased Employee as an Employee of the Employer only for the purposes it is required to do so under Code Section 414(n). A Leased Employee is an individual (who otherwise is not an Employee of the Employer) who, pursuant to a leasing agreement between the Employer and any other person, has performed services for the Employer (or for the Employer and any persons related to the Employer within the meaning of Code Section 144(a)(3)) on a substantially full time basis for at least one (1) year and who performs services under the primary direction and control of the Employer. If a Leased Employee is treated as an Employee by reason of this Section , “Compensation” includes compensation from the leasing organization which is attributable to services performed for the Employer.

1.47 LEAVE OF ABSENCE . “Leave of Absence” shall mean an absence from the active employment of an Employer by reason of an approved absence granted by such employer on the basis of a uniform policy applied by such Employer without discrimination. Such a Leave of Absence will not constitute a Termination of Employment provided the Employee returns to the active employment of the Employer at or prior to the expiration of his leave, or if not specified therein, within the period of time which accords with such Employer’s policy with respect to permitted absences. If the Employee does not return to the active employment of such Employer at or prior to the expiration of his Leave of Absence, his employment will be considered terminated as of the date on which his leave began. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.47 , absence from the active service of the Employer because

 

Page 13


of military service will be considered a Leave of Absence granted by an Employer and will not terminate the employment of an Employee if he returns to the active employment of an Employer within the period of time during which he has reemployment rights under any applicable Federal law or within sixty (60) days from and after discharge or separation from such military service if no Federal law is applicable. However, no provision of this Section 1.47 or of the remainder of this Plan shall require reemployment of any Employee whose active service with an Employer was terminated by reason of military service.

1.48 LEVERAGED EMPLOYER SECURITIES . “Leveraged Employer Securities” means Employer Securities acquired by the Trust with the proceeds of an Exempt Loan.

1.49 NET PROFITS . “Net Profits” mean, with respect to any fiscal year, the Employer’s net income or profit for such fiscal year determined upon the basis of the Employer’s books of account in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles without any reduction for tax based upon income, or for contributions made by the Employer to this Plan.

1.50 NONALLOCATION YEAR . “Nonallocation Year” means any Plan Year of this Plan if, at any time during such Plan Year:

(a) this Plan holds Employer Securities consisting of shares of stock in an S Corporation, and

(b) S Corporation Disqualified Persons cumulatively own at least fifty percent (50%) of the number of shares of stock in the S Corporation. For purposes of this Section 1.50(b) , stock includes, but is not limited to, Employer Securities owned directly by the S Corporation Disqualified Person, Deemed-Owned Shares of the S Corporation Disqualified Person, and Synthetic Equity of the S Corporation Disqualified Person.

(c) For purposes of this Section 1.50 , the following attribution rules shall apply:

(i) The rules of Code Section 318(a) shall apply for purposes of determining ownership except that:

(A) in applying paragraph (1) thereof, the members of an individual’s family shall include members of the family described in Code Section 409(p)(4)(D), and

(B) paragraph (4) thereof shall not apply.

(ii) Notwithstanding the employee trust exception in Code Section 318(a)(2)(B)(i), an individual shall be treated as owning Deemed-Owned Shares of the individual.

1.51 NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE . “Normal Retirement Age” means sixty-five (65) years of age.

 

Page 14


1.52 ONE-YEAR PERIOD OF SEVERANCE . “One-Year Period of Severance” means a twelve (12) consecutive month Period of Severance. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions hereof, or any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, in the case of an Eligible Employee who is absent from work for any period: (i) by reason of: (a) the Eligible Employee’s pregnancy; (b) the birth of the Eligible Employee’s child; or (c) the placement of a child with the Eligible Employee in connection with the adoption of such child by the Eligible Employee; or (ii) for the purpose of caring for such child for a period beginning immediately following such birth or placement, the twelve (12) consecutive month period ending on the first anniversary of the first date of such absence shall not constitute a One-Year Period of Severance but shall not constitute a period of Service.

1.53 PARTICIPANT . “Participant” is an Eligible Employee who becomes a Participant in this Plan in accordance with the provisions of Article II .

1.54 PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER . Subject to Section 11.13 , “Participating Employer” is any corporation or organization which is a member of a group of corporations described in Code Section 409(l) that includes the Company and complies with Code Section 1361 (if S Corporation status has been elected by the Company) that has adopted this Plan and its related Trust(s), with the consent of the Board. Throughout this instrument, a distinction is purposely drawn between rights and obligations of the Company and rights and obligations of an Employer (which includes a Participating Employer). The rights and obligations specified as belonging to the Company shall belong only to it, including but not limited to, appointment of the ESOP Committee, appointment and removal of the Trustee, amendment of this Plan, and termination of this Plan. An Employer’s instrument of adoption may provide for the following: (i) making of an initial contribution to the Trust, (ii) making such other changes with respect to this Plan as are approved by the ESOP Committee, and (iii) the designation of the name of this Plan with respect to its Employees. Each Employer shall have the obligation, as hereinafter provided and as may be provided in its instrument of adoption, to make contributions for its own Participants, and no Employer shall have the obligation to make contributions for the Participants of any other Employer unless determined by the ESOP Committee. The Board of Directors shall have the absolute discretion and right to approve, modify, or disapprove all contributions of Employers prior to the date of such contributions. Any failure by an Employer to fulfill its own obligations under this Plan shall, except as provided in this Section 1.54 , have no effect upon any other Employer. An Employer may withdraw from this Plan without affecting any other Employer. If an Employer withdraws or its participation is terminated by the Board, such Employer may, in its sole discretion, adopt for its Employees alone and independent of this Plan its own plan which shall be considered a continuation of this Plan with respect to itself and its Participants.

1.55 PERIOD OF SEVERANCE . “Period of Severance” means the period of time beginning on an Employee’s Severance Date and ending on his Date of Reemployment.

1.56 PLAN . “Plan” means the retirement plan established herein by the Company designated as the Plains Capital Corporation Employees’ Stock Ownership Plan. The Company has designated this Plan to consist of three portions: a Profit Sharing Portion, an ESOP Portion and a Stock Bonus Portion.

 

Page 15


1.57 PLAN ADMINISTRATOR . “Plan Administrator” is the Company, unless the Company designates another person or persons to hold the position of Plan Administrator. In addition to its other duties, the Plan Administrator has full responsibility for compliance with the reporting and disclosure rules under ERISA.

1.58 PLAN YEAR . “Plan Year” means the twelve (12) consecutive month period beginning on January 1, of each year and ending on the following December 31.

1.59 PROFIT SHARING ACCOUNT . “Profit Sharing Account” means the Account of a Participant which represents his or her interest, if any, in the Profit Sharing Plan Portion of this Plan.

1.60 PROFIT SHARING AND 401(k) PLAN . “Profit Sharing and 401(k) Plan” means the Plains Capital Corporation Profit Sharing and 401(k) Plan.”

1.61 PROFIT SHARING AND 401(k) PLAN ACCOUNT . “Profit Sharing and 401(k) Plan Account” means a Participant’s profit sharing account balance in the Profit Sharing and 401(k) Plan.”

1.62 PROFIT SHARING PORTION . “Profit Sharing Portion” means the profit sharing portion established under this Plan, which is intended to be qualified under Code Section 401(a).

1.63 PUBLICLY TRADED . “Publicly Traded” means Qualifying Employer Securities that are listed on a national securities exchange registered under Section 6 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Securities Exchange Act”) or that are quoted on a system which is sponsored by a national securities association registered under Section 15(A)(b) of the Securities Exchange Act.

1.64 QUALIFIED ELECTION PERIOD . “Qualified Election Period” means the six (6) Plan Years beginning with the Plan Year in which the Participant first becomes a Qualified Participant.

1.65 QUALIFIED PARTICIPANT . “Qualified Participant” means a Participant who has attained age fifty-five (55) and who, commencing on the Effective Date, has completed at least ten (10) years of participation in this Plan. Notwithstanding the preceding, for any Participant who has a Transferred Stock Account, a Qualified Participant means a Participant who has attained age fifty-five (55) and who has completed at least ten (10) years of participation in this Plan or in the Profit Sharing and 401(k) Plan prior to December 19, 2005. A “year of participation” means a Plan Year commencing on the date in which the Participant was eligible for an allocation of Employer Contributions under the ESOP, or, for Participants who have a Transferred Stock Account, was eligible for an allocation of profit sharing contributions under the Profit Sharing and 401(k) Plan, regardless of whether the Participant actually received such allocation for that Plan Year.

1.66 QUALIFYING EMPLOYER SECURITIES . “Qualifying Employer Securities” means Employer Securities which are (1) stock or otherwise an equity security or (2) a bond, debenture, note, or certificate, or other evidence of indebtedness described in Code Section 503(e).

 

Page 16


1.67 REGULATIONS . “Regulations” and “Treasury Regulations” means the final and temporary regulations issued by the Internal Revenue Service which interpret the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. “Regulations” and “Labor Regulations” also means the final and temporary regulations issued by the Department of Labor which interpret the provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

1.68 RELATED EMPLOYERS . “Related Employers” means a controlled group of corporations (as defined in Code Section 414(b)), trades or businesses (whether or not incorporated) which are under common control (as defined in Code Section 414(c)) or an affiliated service group (as defined in Code Section 414(m) or in Code Section 414(o)). “Related Employer” means one of the Related Employers. “Related Employer” also means Plains Capital Corporation. If the Employer is a Related Employer, the term “Employer” includes the Related Employers for purposes of crediting Hours of Service, determining Years of Service and Breaks in Service under Articles II and V , applying the limitations on allocations of Article III , applying the top heavy rules and the minimum allocation requirements of Article III , the definitions of Employee, Highly Compensated Employee, Compensation and Leased Employee, and for any other purpose required by the applicable Code Section or by a Plan provision. Only an Employer may contribute to this Plan, and such contributions must be approved by the Board of Directors. Only an Employee is eligible to participate in this Plan.

1.69 RESTRICTED PARTICIPANT . “Restricted Participant” means an Inactive Participant and an S Corporation Disqualified Person whose stock ownership (including Deemed-Owned Shares) could result in a Nonallocation Year.

1.70 RETIREMENT . “Retirement” means a Participant’s Separation from Service with an Employer on or after attaining Normal Retirement Age.

1.71 S CORPORATION . “S Corporation” means an Employer who, with the consent of its shareholders, properly made the election under Code Section 1361(a) to be treated as such for federal income tax purposes.

1.72 S CORPORATION DISQUALIFIED PERSON . “S Corporation Disqualified Person” means any person if:

(a) the aggregate number of Deemed-Owned Shares of such person and the members of such person’s family is at least twenty percent (20%) of the number of Deemed-Owned Shares of stock in the S Corporation, or

(b) in the case of a person not described in (a) above, the number of Deemed-Owned Shares of such person is at least ten percent (10%) of the number of Deemed-Owned Shares of stock in such S Corporation.

In the case of an S Corporation Disqualified Person described in (a) above, any member of such person’s family with Deemed-Owned Shares shall be treated as an S Corporation Disqualified Person if not otherwise treated as an S Corporation Disqualified Person under (a) or (b) above.

 

Page 17


For the purposes of this Section 1.72 , the term “member of the family” means, with respect to any individual:

(i) the spouse of the individual,

(ii) an ancestor or lineal descendant of the individual or the individual’s spouse,

(iii) a brother or sister of the individual or the individual’s spouse and any lineal descendant of the brother or sister; and

(iv) the spouse of any individual described in (i) or (ii) above.

For purposes of this Section 1.72 , a spouse of an individual who is legally separated from such individual under a decree of divorce or separate maintenance shall not be treated as such individual’s spouse for purposes of this paragraph.

1.73 S CORPORATION DISTRIBUTION . “S Corporation Distribution” shall mean any distribution of cash made in the form of a Dividend by an S Corporation to this Plan, for each Plan Year, in the amount which its Board of Directors may from time to time deem advisable and/or the income of an S Corporation as passed through to its shareholders under the principles of Code Section 1366.

1.74 SEPARATION FROM SERVICE . “Separation from Service” or “Separates from Service” or “Separated from Service” means the Employee no longer has an employment relationship with the Employer maintaining this Plan.

1.75 SERVICE . “Service” means the period of time beginning on an Employee’s Date of Employment or Date of Reemployment, whichever applies, and ending on his Severance Date. A period of Service shall also include a Period of Severance of less than twelve (12) consecutive months. For instance, if an Employee suffers a Termination of Employment and then has a Date of Reemployment within twelve (12) months after the date of such Termination of Employment, a Period of Severance will be included in determining a period of Service and, consequently, a Year of Service.

If an Employee suffers a Termination of Employment during the first twelve (12) months of a Leave of Absence, such Employee’s period of Service shall not include any Period of Severance beginning on the date such Employee suffered a Termination of Employment and ending on such Employee’s Date of Reemployment, if any, if such Date of Reemployment does not occur within the twelve (12) month period commencing on the date such Termination of Employment began.

If an Employee works simultaneously for more than one Employer and/or Related Employer, the total period of Service for such Employee shall not be increased by reason of such simultaneous employment. A period of Service shall include all periods of employment with an Employer (including any Related Employer with respect to such Employers) and any predecessor employer before the Effective Date.

 

Page 18


1.76 SERVICE FOR PREDECESSOR EMPLOYER . If the Employer maintains the plan of a predecessor employer, this Plan shall treat service of the Employee with the predecessor employer as Service with the Employer.

1.77 SEVERANCE DATE . “Severance Date” means the date on which an Eligible Employee has a Termination of Employment.

1.78 STOCK BONUS PORTION . “Stock Bonus Portion” means the stock bonus portion established under this Plan, which is intended to be qualified under Code Section 401(a), including Code Section 401(a)(23). The Stock Bonus Portion is designed to invest primarily in Employer Securities.

1.79 SYNTHETIC EQUITY . “Synthetic Equity” means any stock option, warrant, restricted stock, deferred issuance stock right, or similar interest or right that gives the holder the right to acquire or receive stock of the S Corporation in the future. Except to the extent provided in regulations, Synthetic Equity also includes a stock appreciation right, phantom stock unit, or similar right to a future cash payment based on the value of such stock or appreciation in such value. Synthetic Equity also includes the following forms of deferred compensation: (i) any remuneration for services rendered to the Employer, or a Related Employer, to which Code Section 404(a)(5) applies; (ii) any right to receive property in a future year to which Code Section 83 applies for the performance of services rendered to the Employer or a Related Employer; (iii) any transfer of property to which Code Section 83 applies in connection with the performance of services for the Employer or a Related Employer, to the extent such property is not substantially vested within the meaning of Code Section 1.83-3(i) by the end of the Plan Year in which the property was transferred; and (iv) any other remuneration for services rendered to the Employer or a Related Employer under a plan, method, or arrangement deferring receipt of the remuneration to a date that is after the 15th day of the 3rd calendar month after the end of the calendar year in which the services were performed.

In the case of a person who owns Synthetic Equity in the S Corporation, except to the extent provided in regulations, the shares of stock in the S Corporation on which such Synthetic Equity is based shall be treated as outstanding stock in such corporation and Deemed-Owned Shares of such person if such treatment of Synthetic Equity of one (1) or more persons results in:

(a) the treatment of any person as an S Corporation Disqualified Person, or

(b) the treatment of any Plan Year as a Nonallocation Year.

For purposes of this Section , Synthetic Equity shall be treated as owned by a person in the same manner as stock is treated as owned by a person under the rules of paragraphs (2) and (3) of Code Section 318(a). If, without regard to this paragraph, a person is treated as an S Corporation Disqualified Person or a Plan Year is treated as a Nonallocation Year, this paragraph shall not be construed to result in the person or year not being so treated.

 

Page 19


1.80 TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT . “Termination of Employment” means the termination of employment with all Employers, whether voluntarily or involuntarily.

1.81 TRANSFERRED STOCK. “Transferred Stock” means Employer Securities transferred from the Profit Sharing and 401(k) Plan to this Plan. All Transferred Stock will be held in the Stock Bonus Portion of the Plan.

1.82 TRANSFERRED STOCK ACCOUNT . “Transferred Stock Account” means the Account maintained for each Participant to which (i) all shares of Transferred Stock allocated to such Participant; and (ii) all cash transferred from the Profit Sharing and 401(k) Plan and allocated to such Participant shall be credited.

1.83 TRUST . “Trust” means the Plains Capital Corporation Employees’ Stock Ownership Trust which is and becomes a part of this Plan.

1.84 TRUSTEE . “Trustee” means the trustee or trustees acting at the time in question under the Trust, and its or his or her or their successor(s) as such.

1.85 TRUST FUND . “Trust Fund” means all property of every kind held or acquired by the Trustee under the Trust. “Trust Fund” is also referred to as “Trust Assets.”

1.86 UNALLOCATED EMPLOYER SECURITIES ACCOUNT . “Unallocated Employer Securities Account” means the suspense account maintained under this Plan to which will be credited all shares of Leveraged Employer Securities prior to the allocation of such shares to a Participant’s Employer Securities Accounts.

1.87 UNALLOCATED GENERAL INVESTMENTS ACCOUNT . “Unallocated General Investments Account” means the suspense account maintained under this Plan which reflects all transactions of this Plan involving cash and assets other than Employer Securities, prior to the allocation of such cash and other assets to the General Investments Accounts. After all allocations to the General Investments Accounts have been completed under Section 9.11 , the Unallocated General Investments Account shall have a zero balance as of the end of each Plan Year.

1.88 USERRA . “USERRA” means the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994.

1.89 VALUATION DATE . “Valuation Date” means each date on which the Trust Fund is valued under Sections 9.11 and 11.16 .

1.90 VESTED . “Vested” refers to the portion of a Participant’s Account Balance which is Nonforfeitable. “Nonforfeitable” means a Participant’s or Beneficiary’s unconditional claim, legally enforceable against this Plan, to the Participant’s or Beneficiary’s Account Balance.

1.91 YEAR OF SERVICE . “Year of Service” means each period of Service of three hundred sixty-five (365) days, subject to the provisions of Sections 1.72 and 5.08 hereof, beginning with the Eligible Employee’s Date of Employment or Date of Reemployment with any Employer, Related Employer, or predecessor employer; provided, however, without limitation, that a period of employment shall be treated as a period of Service for purposes of this Section 1.91 , only if it would so be treated if it were Service with a Related Employer or Employer. For all Plan purposes, Years of Service shall be determined under the terms of this Plan; provided, however, notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if a Participant has a Date of Reemployment, such Participant’s periods of Service before and after such Date of Reemployment which are required to be taken into account under this Plan shall be determined on the basis of the actual number of days in such aggregated periods of Service.

End of Article I

 

Page 20


ARTICLE II

EMPLOYEE PARTICIPANTS

2.01 PARTICIPATION . Each Eligible Employee shall become a Participant on the Entry Date coincident with or immediately following the date upon which such Eligible Employee completes one quarter of one Eligibility Year of Service (calculated on a consecutive ninety [90] day period basis) with the Employer, provided such Eligible Employee is employed by the Employer on such Entry Date.

2.02 YEARS OF SERVICE - PARTICIPATION . For purposes of an Employee’s participation in this Plan under Section 2.01 , this Plan takes into account all of his Years of Service with the Employer.

2.03 EFFECTIVE DATE OF PARTICIPATION . Subject to any contrary language in a Participating Employer’s adoption agreement, all Employees employed by a Participating Employer on the effective date of the Participating Employer’s adoption of the Plan will become Participants in this Plan effective upon the later of: (i) the Effective Date; or (ii) each Employee’s date of hire. Thereafter, an Eligible Employee shall become a Participant effective as of the Entry Date coinciding with or next following the date on which such Employee became an Eligible Employee.

2.04 DETERMINATION OF ELIGIBILITY . The ESOP Committee shall determine the eligibility of each Employee for participation in this Plan based upon information furnished by the Employer. Such determination shall be conclusive and binding upon all persons, as long as the same is made pursuant to this Plan and ERISA.

2.05 PARTICIPATION UPON RE-EMPLOYMENT . A Participant whose employment terminates shall re-enter this Plan as a Participant on the date of his reemployment. An Employee who satisfied this Plan’s eligibility conditions but who terminates employment with the Employer prior to becoming a Participant will become a Participant on the later of the Entry Date on which he would have entered this Plan had he not terminated employment or the date of his reemployment. Any Employee who terminates employment prior to satisfying this Plan’s eligibility conditions becomes a Participant in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.01 .

2.06 INELIGIBILITY TO BECOME A PARTICIPANT . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2.01 above, any Eligible Employee shall not be eligible and shall not become a Participant, and any Employee who is a Participant shall cease to be eligible to be a Participant, if:

(a) Such Employee is or becomes a member of a collective bargaining unit if retirement benefits covering such unit were the subject of good faith bargaining and coverage under this Plan was not agreed to under such bargaining;

(b) Such Employee is employed by a Related Employer that is not a Participating Employer or is excluded from participation by the terms of the Employer’s adoption agreement; or

 

Page 21


(c) Such individual is not on the payroll of an Employer, regardless of whether such individual is considered a “Leased Employee” within the meaning of Code Section 414(n) and 414(p);

(d) Such Employee is a non-resident alien (within the meaning of Code Section 7701(b)(1)(B)) who received no earned income (within the meaning of Code Section 911(d)(2) from the Employer which constitutes income from sources within the United States (within the meaning of Code Section 861(a)(3)).

2.07 TERMINATION OF ELIGIBILITY .

(a) In the event a Participant shall go from a classification of an Eligible Employee to an ineligible Employee, such Former Participant shall continue to vest in his interest in this Plan for each Year of Service completed while a noneligible Employee, until such time as his Account shall be forfeited or distributed pursuant to the terms of this Plan. Additionally, his interest in this Plan shall continue to share in the earnings of the Trust Fund.

(b) In the event a Participant is no longer a member of an eligible class of Employees and becomes ineligible to participate, such Employee will participate immediately upon returning to an eligible class of Employees. The Period of Severance rules do not apply for purposes of eligibility to participate in this Plan.

2.08 CONTINUANCE AS A PARTICIPANT . Notwithstanding any other provision herein, a Participant shall continue as a Participant until whichever of the following dates first occurs:

(a) The date of such Participant’s death;

(b) The date the Participant ceases to be an Employee; or

(c) The date the Participant becomes ineligible to participate in this Plan, pursuant to Section 2.06 .

After an individual ceases to be a Participant, his Account(s) shall continue to be held and invested pursuant to the terms of this Plan, and shall share in the earnings or losses of this Plan pending distribution pursuant to Article VI . However, he shall be ineligible to share in Employer Contributions or Forfeitures, if any.

2.09 EMPLOYMENT BY EMPLOYER; SERVICE WITH NEWLY ACQUIRED ENTITIES; RECORDS OF EMPLOYER . Notwithstanding any other provision herein, this provision applies, as follows:

(a) In the event the Employer has or shall acquire the control of any organization by the purchase of assets or stock, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or any other similar event, the Board of Directors may direct to what extent, if any, employment by such organization shall be deemed to be employment by the Employer, and, in connection therewith, may specify a special Entry Date.

 

Page 22


(b) The personnel records of the Employer or any Related Employer shall be conclusive evidence for the purpose of determining the period of employment of any and all Employees.

End of Article II

 

Page 23


ARTICLE III

CONTRIBUTIONS, ALLOCATIONS, AND FORFEITURES

3.01 AMOUNT .

(a) Contribution. An Employer may contribute to this Plan for each Plan Year the amount (i) which its Board of Directors may from time to time deem advisable and (ii) which is approved by the Board of Directors of the Company. An Employer may contribute to this Plan regardless of whether it has Net Profits. However, an Employer may not make a contribution to this Plan for any Plan Year to the extent the contribution would exceed the Participants’ Maximum Permissible Amount pursuant to Section 3.07 .

(b) Return of Contribution. The Employer contributes to this Plan on the condition its contribution is not due to a mistake of fact and the Internal Revenue Service will not disallow the deduction for its contribution. The Trustee, upon written request from the ESOP Committee, must return to the Employer the amount of the Employer’s contribution made by the Employer by mistake of fact or the amount of the Employer’s contribution disallowed as a deduction under Code Section 404. However, no portion of the Employer’s contribution under the provisions of this paragraph will be returned longer than one (1) year after:

(i) The Employer made the contribution by mistake of fact; or

(ii) The disallowance of the contribution as a deduction, and then, only to the extent of the disallowance.

The amount of the returned Employer Contributions under this Section 3.01 shall not be increased for any earnings attributable to the contribution, but the ESOP Committee will direct the Trustee to decrease the Employer Contributions returnable for any losses attributable to it. The ESOP Committee may direct the Trustee to require the Employer to furnish it whatever evidence the Company deems necessary to enable the ESOP Committee to confirm the amount the Employer has requested be returned is properly returnable under ERISA.

(c) Form of Contribution. The Employer may make its contribution in cash, in Employer Securities, or in the form of forgiveness of any indebtedness owing by the Trust to an Employer (including an Employer’s payment of indebtedness owing by the Trust to any third party), as the Employer from time to time may determine provided the contribution (including, but not limited to, Employer Securities) is not a prohibited transaction under the Code or ERISA. The Employer may make its contribution of Employer Securities at fair market value determined at the time of contribution.

(d) Amount of Contribution. The amount of Employer Contributions for each Plan Year shall never be less than the amount required to enable the Trust to discharge its Current Obligations notwithstanding whether some or all of such contributions may fail to qualify for income tax deductions by the Employer.

 

Page 24


(e) Dividend or S Corporation Distribution. The Employer may, in addition to its contributions to the Trust, pay cash or other property to the Trust in the form of a Dividends or S Corporation Distributions.

3.02 DETERMINATION OF CONTRIBUTION . Subject to Section 3.01 , the Employer, from its records, determines the amount of any contributions to be made by it to the Trust under the terms of this Plan.

3.03 TIME OF PAYMENT OF CONTRIBUTION . The Employer may pay its contribution for each Plan Year in one (1) or more installments without interest. The Employer must make its contribution to the Trust within the time prescribed by the Code or applicable Treasury Regulations to be deductible on its federal corporate income tax return.

3.04 ALLOCATIONS .

(a) Method of Allocation.

(i) Allocations to Accounts.

(A) Employer Securities Account. Subject to Section 3.06 , the Employer Securities Account of each Participant shall be increased by his allocable share (determined under this Plan) of (i) the shares of Employer Securities (including fractional shares) purchased and paid for by this Plan and designated by the Employer to be held in a Participant’s Employer Securities Account (ii) shares of Employer Securities contributed in kind by the Employer and designated by the Employer to be held in a Participant’s Employer Securities Account; (iii) stock (in kind) Dividends paid on Employer Securities held in his Employer Securities Account; and (iv) Employer Securities released from the Unallocated Employer Securities Account. Such credits shall be recorded in whole shares and fractional shares of Employer Securities in order that such Account shall share in any appreciation (or depreciation) in the market value of the shares of Employer Securities in a Participant’s Employer Securities Account, or any decreases in such market value. All fractional shares shall be computed at least to the nearest one-one hundredth (1/100th) of a share ( i.e. , at least two places to the right of the decimal).

(B) General Investments Account. Subject to Section 3.06 , the General Investments Account of each Participant will be increased (or decreased) by the dollar value of his allocable share of (i) the net income (or loss) of this Plan attributable to such Account; (ii) cash Dividends and other rights or warrants paid or received on Employer Securities in his Employer Securities Account; (iii) Employer Contributions and Forfeitures (if any) designated by the Employer to be held in each Participant’s General Investments Account; (iv) appreciation (or depreciation) in the fair market value of the assets of this Plan (other than Employer Securities) attributable to such

 

Page 25


Account); and (v) S Corporation Distributions (pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.01(e) ). To the extent allowed by law, the General Investments Account of each Participant will be decreased for any payments on purchases of Employer Securities or repayment of an Exempt Loan (including principal and interest) incurred for the purchase of Employer Securities which are attributable to such Account.

(C) Unallocated Employer Securities Account and Unallocated General Investment Account.

(1) Unallocated Employer Securities Account. The Unallocated Employer Securities Account shall be increased as of each Valuation Date by the number of shares of Employer Securities purchased with the proceeds of an Exempt Loan. The Unallocated Employer Securities Account shall also be increased as of each Valuation Date by the stock (in kind) Dividends received with respect to Employer Securities held in such Account and by any Employer Securities purchased with funds from the Unallocated General Investments Account. The Unallocated Employer Securities Account shall be decreased by the number of shares of Employer Securities released from such Account in accordance with Section 3.05 .

(2) Unallocated General Investments Account. The Unallocated General Investments Account will be increased (or decreased) with a dollar value of such Account’s allocable share of: (A) the net income (or loss) of this Plan attributable to such Account; (B) cash Dividends (and other rights or warrants, if any) received on Employer Securities in the Unallocated Employer Securities Account; and (C) amounts attributable to such Account that are used to purchase Employer Securities or to repay an Exempt Loan in accordance with Section 3.05 .

(ii) Allocation Procedures. Subject to Sections 3.04(b) and 3.05 , the General Investments Account, Unallocated General Investments Account, Employer Securities Accounts, and Unallocated Employer Securities Account shall be adjusted in accordance with the following:

(A) Income and Appreciation in Value of General Investments Accounts. The income of the General Investments Accounts and the Unallocated General Investments Account under this Plan (including the appreciation or depreciation in value of the assets in such Accounts) shall be allocated to such Accounts in proportion to the balances in such Accounts as of the immediately preceding Valuation Date, but after first reducing each such Account Balance by any distributions or charges from such Account since the immediately preceding Valuation Date. Such amounts shall be allocated among the General Investments Accounts and the Unallocated General Investments Accounts in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner.

 

Page 26


(B) Income and Dividends and Appreciation in Value of Employer Securities Accounts. Except as provided below, the income (except stock in kind Dividends) with respect to Employer Securities (except the unrealized appreciation or depreciation in value of Employer Securities held in both a Participant’s Employer Securities Accounts and the Unallocated Employer Securities Account) shall be allocated to the Participant’s General Investments Accounts or the Unallocated General Investments Account, as is appropriate, in proportion to the balances, as of the immediately preceding Valuation Date, in the respective Employer Securities Accounts or Unallocated Employer Securities Account to which the income is attributable but after first reducing each such Account Balance by any distributions or charges from such Accounts since the immediately preceding Valuation Date. Stock (in kind) Dividends with respect to Employer Securities shall be allocated to the Account which held the Employer Securities that earned the stock (in kind) Dividend.

Any cash Dividends received with respect to Employer Securities in the Unallocated Employer Securities Account purchased with the proceeds of such Exempt Loan shall be used first to repay current principal and then to repay current interest with respect to an Exempt Loan. To the extent no such Exempt Loan exists, such cash Dividends may be used to purchase Employer Securities to the extent available or to satisfy General Obligations of this Plan. To the extent no such loan obligation exists, or Dividends are not used to purchase Employer Securities or to satisfy General Obligations of this Plan, such Dividends shall be allocated to the Unallocated General Investments Account as provided in the first paragraph of this Section 3.04(a)(ii)(B) .

Any cash Dividends received with respect to Employer Securities in the Allocated Employer Securities Account purchased with the proceeds of such Exempt Loan shall be used first to repay current principal and then to repay current interest with respect to the Exempt Loan. To the extent no such Exempt Loan exists, such cash Dividends may be used to purchase Employer Securities to the extent available or to satisfy the General Obligations of the Plan. To the extent no such loan obligation exists, or Dividends are not used to purchase Employer Securities or to satisfy General Obligations of this Plan, such Dividends may be allocated to each Participant’s General Investment Accounts as provided in the first paragraph of this Section 3.04(a)(ii)(B) or may be distributed in accordance with Section 6.04(c) .

 

Page 27


(C) Employer Contributions. Employer Contributions for the Plan Year shall be, to the extent made in cash and not used to repay an Exempt Loan, allocated to each Participant’s General Investments Accounts, or, if made in Employer Securities, to each Participant’s Employer Securities Accounts. The ESOP Committee will allocate and credit each annual Employer Contributions to the Account of each Participant who satisfies the conditions of Section 3.06 . The ESOP Committee will make this allocation in the same ratio that each such Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of all such Participants for the Plan Year.

(D) Forfeitures. Forfeitures occurring during a Plan Year (net of any amount of Forfeitures allocated to the restoration of prior Forfeitures) shall first be used to reduce Plan expenses, and any remaining amounts attributable to Forfeitures during the Plan Year will be used to reduce Employer contributions to the Plan for that Plan Year and/or future Plan Years; provided, however, that Company approval is required in order for any Forfeitures that are not in the form of, or converted to, cash to be used to repay an Exempt Loan. In making a Forfeiture allocation under this provision, the ESOP Committee (or the Trustee at the direction of the ESOP Committee), to the extent possible, must first forfeit from a Participant’s General Investments Account, then from any other Account holding assets other than Employer Securities before making a Forfeiture from the Participant’s Employer Securities Account (or any other Account of a Participant holding Employer Securities), and then from the Participant’s Employer Securities Account (or any other Account of a Participant holding Employer Securities); provided that any Leveraged Employer Securities allocated to such Participant’s Employer Securities Account from the Unallocated Employer Securities Account shall be forfeited last. If the Employer is not an S Corporation and if the Participant has an interest in more than one class of Qualifying Employer Securities which have been allocated to a Participant’s Employer Securities Account (and any other Account holding Employer Securities), the ESOP Committee (or the Trustee at the direction of the ESOP Committee), to the extent possible, must forfeit the same proportion of each class of stock held in the Participant’s Employer Securities Account (and any other Account holding Employer Securities). In making a Forfeiture allocation under this provision, the ESOP Committee (or the Trustee at the direction of the ESOP Committee) will base Forfeitures of Employer Securities upon fair market value of the Employer Securities as of the Accounting Date of the Forfeitures.

(b) Top Heavy Minimum Allocation.

(i) Minimum Allocation. The ESOP Committee will determine whether this Plan is top heavy in any Plan Year. If the Employer satisfies the top heavy minimum benefit requirements in another qualified retirement plan it maintains, this Plan does not guarantee a top heavy minimum allocation. If another qualified retirement plan maintained by the Employer does not satisfy the top heavy minimum benefit requirements and this Plan is top heavy in any Plan Year, the following provisions apply:

(A) Each Non-Key Employee who is a Participant and is employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year will receive a top heavy minimum allocation for that Plan Year; and

 

Page 28


(B) The top heavy minimum allocation is the lesser of three percent (3%) of the Non-Key Employee’s Compensation for the Plan Year or the highest contribution rate for the Plan Year made on behalf of any Key Employee. However, if a defined benefit plan maintained by the Employer which benefits a Key Employee depends on this Plan to satisfy the anti-discrimination rules of Code Section 401(a)(4) or the coverage rules of Code Section 410 (or another plan benefiting the Key Employee so depends on such defined benefit plan), the top heavy minimum allocation is three percent (3%) of the Non-Key Employee’s Compensation regardless of the contribution rate for the Key Employees. Without limitation, no top heavy minimum contribution shall be made for any Plan Year in which this Plan satisfied Code Section 416(g)(4)(H).

(ii) Determining Contribution Rates. For purposes of this Section 3.04(b) , a Participant’s contribution rate is the sum of Employer Contributions (not including Employer contributions to Social Security) and Forfeitures (if any) allocated to the Account for the Plan Year divided by his or her Compensation for the entire Plan Year. However, for purposes of satisfying a Participant’s top heavy minimum, a Non-Key Employee’s contribution rate does not include any elective contributions under a Code Section 401(k) arrangement. To determine a Participant’s contribution rate, the ESOP Committee must treat all qualified top heavy defined contribution plans maintained by the Employer or by any Related Employers as a single plan.

(iii) No Allocations. If, for a Plan Year, there are no allocations of Employer Contributions or Forfeitures for any Key Employee, this Plan does not require any top heavy minimum allocation for the Plan Year, unless a top heavy minimum allocation applies because of the maintenance by the Employer of more than one (1) plan.

(iv) Method of Compliance. The Plan will satisfy the top heavy minimum allocation in accordance with this Section 3.04(b)(iv) . The ESOP Committee first will allocate the Employer Contributions (and Forfeitures, if any) for the Plan Year in accordance with the allocation formula under Section 3.04(a)(ii)(C) . The Employer then will contribute an additional amount for the Account of any Participant entitled under this Section 3.04(b) to a top heavy minimum allocation and whose contribution rate for the Plan Year, under this Plan, is less than the top heavy minimum allocation. The additional amount is the amount necessary to increase the Participant’s contribution rate to the top heavy minimum allocation. The ESOP Committee will allocate the additional contribution to the Account of the Participant on whose behalf the Employer makes the contribution.

 

Page 29


3.05 TREATMENT OF EMPLOYER SECURITIES PURCHASED UNDER AN EXEMPT LOAN .

(a) Debt Purchase of Employer Securities. All Employer Securities purchased by the Trust under an Exempt Loan shall initially be allocated to the Unallocated Employer Securities Account.

(b) Reallocation from Unallocated Employer Securities Account. As of the Accounting Date of each Plan Year, and as of any special Valuation Date, if directed by the ESOP Committee, there shall be transferred from the Unallocated Employer Securities Account to Participants’ Employer Securities Accounts, a portion of the Employer Securities purchased under an Exempt Loan equal to the number of shares determined by taking the shares so purchased which have not theretofore been released from the Unallocated Employer Securities Account multiplied in a manner specified in Section 11.17(f) . Each Participant’s share of the Employer Securities to be allocated pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be determined by multiplying the number of shares of Employer Securities to be allocated in a manner specified in Section 11.17(f) hereof.

(c) Payments on Exempt Loan. As of the Valuation Date, installment payments, including principal and interest, made by the Trust out of Employer Contributions made with respect to the period then ending, under an Exempt Loan, will reduce the General Investments Account (to the extent allowed by law) in the same proportion that Employer Contributions are allocated under the provisions of Section 3.04(a)(ii)(C) . For purposes of determining payments on an Exempt Loan, each such Exempt Loan shall provide for payment of principal and interest substantially in accordance with the following: (1) all income (“specified income”) allocable to the Unallocated Employer Securities Account and Unallocated General Investments Account that is attributable to collateral for the obligation or attributable to Employer Contributions made in order to meet this Plan’s obligation under such Exempt Loan shall be used, before any Employer Contributions are so used, to pay principal amounts due under such Exempt Loan; (2) Employer Contributions shall be first applied to repay interest under an Exempt Loan with any excess used to fund current principal requirements not otherwise funded by the specified income; (3) if the specified income of the Unallocated Employer Securities Account and Unallocated General Investments Account is not sufficient to pay principal due under the Exempt Loan, then Employer Contributions shall be used to fund the difference; and (4) if the specified income exceeds the amount necessary to pay principal due on Exempt Loans for the Plan Year, then such excess amount shall be first used to pay interest currently due with respect to the Exempt Loan and any remaining amount of income may, at the direction of the ESOP Committee, be used to prepay principal due on an Exempt Loan in succeeding Plan Years.

(d) Dividends Used to Repay Loan. To the extent permitted by law, if cash Dividends on allocated Leveraged Employer Securities held in a Participant’s Employer Securities Accounts are to be used to repay an Exempt Loan, the following provisions shall apply:

(i) Employer Securities at least equal in value to the cash Dividends used to make Exempt Loan payments shall be allocated to the Account that would otherwise have received the Dividend allocations; and

 

Page 30


(ii) remaining released Employer Securities shall be allocated as a contribution pursuant to Section 3.04(a)(ii)(C) .

(e) Allocations of S Corporation Distributions. Unless the ESOP Committee determines otherwise and subject to the provisions of Section 3.01(e) , S Corporation Distributions paid on Employer Securities held in the Unallocated Employer Securities Account shall first be used to repay principal and interest due on an Exempt Loan. Unless the ESOP Committee determines otherwise, S Corporation Distributions paid on Employer Securities held in each Participant’s Employer Securities Account shall be allocated to such Participant’s General Investment Account and such S Corporation Distributions shall not be used to repay principal and interest due on an Exempt Loan, except to the extent otherwise allowed by law.

3.06 ACCRUAL OF BENEFIT .

(a) Accrual Benefit. The ESOP Committee will determine the accrual of benefits (Employer Contributions and Forfeitures, if any) on the basis of the Plan Year.

(b) Employment Requirement. If the Participant Separates from Service during a Plan Year (and does not return to service during that Plan Year), such Participant will not share in the allocation of Employer Contributions and Forfeitures (if any) for that Plan Year unless the Participant i) Separated from Service because of death or Disability, or ii) Separated from Service on account of and in connection with the attainment of Normal Retirement Age in the current Plan Year or in a prior Plan Year.

3.07 LIMITATIONS ON ALLOCATIONS TO PARTICIPANTS’ ACCOUNTS . The amount of Annual Additions (as defined in Section 3.08 ) which the ESOP Committee may allocate under this Plan on a Participant’s behalf for a Limitation Year (as defined in Section 3.08 ) may not exceed the Maximum Permissible Amount (as defined in Section 3.08 ). If the amount the Employer otherwise would contribute to the Account would cause the Annual Additions for the Limitation Year to exceed the Maximum Permissible Amount, the Employer will reduce the amount of its contribution so the Annual Additions for the Limitation Year will equal the Maximum Permissible Amount. If an allocation of Employer Contributions, pursuant to Section 3.04 , would result in an Excess Amount (as defined in Section 3.08 ) (other than an Excess Amount resulting from the circumstances described in Section 3.07(b) ) to the Account, the ESOP Committee will reallocate the Excess Amount to the remaining Participants who are eligible for an allocation of Employer Contributions for the Plan Year in which the Limitation Year ends. The ESOP Committee will make this reallocation on the basis of the allocation method under this Plan as if the Participant whose Account otherwise would receive the Excess Amount is not eligible for an allocation of Employer Contributions. If the amount the Employer otherwise would contribute to the Account will still cause the Annual Additions for the Limitation Year to exceed the Maximum Permissible Amount, the ESOP Committee will dispose of such excess amount in accordance with Section 3.07(b) to the extent permitted by the Code and the Regulations.

 

Page 31


(a) Estimation of Compensation. Prior to the determination of the Participant’s actual Compensation for a Limitation Year, the ESOP Committee may determine the Maximum Permissible Amount on the basis of the Participant’s estimated annual Compensation for such Limitation Year. The ESOP Committee must make this determination on a reasonable and uniform basis for all Participants similarly situated. The ESOP Committee must reduce any Employer Contributions (including any allocation of Forfeitures) based on estimated annual Compensation by any Excess Amounts carried over from prior years. As soon as is administratively feasible after the end of the Limitation Year, the ESOP Committee will determine the Maximum Permissible Amount for such Limitation Year on the basis of the Participant’s actual Compensation for such Limitation Year.

(b) Disposition of Excess Amount. If, pursuant to Section 3.07 above, or because of (i) the allocation of Forfeitures (if any), or (ii) a recharacterization of proceeds from the sale of Employer Securities as Annual Additions, there is an Excess Amount with respect to a Participant for a Limitation Year, the ESOP Committee will dispose of such Excess Amount as follows (to the extent permitted by the Code and the Regulations):

(i) If an Excess Amount still exists, and this Plan covers the Participant at the end of the Limitation Year, then the ESOP Committee will use the Excess Amount(s) to reduce future Employer Contributions (including any allocation of Forfeitures) under this Plan for the next Limitation Year and for each succeeding Limitation Year, as is necessary, for the Participant. The Participant may elect to limit his Compensation for allocation purposes to the extent necessary to reduce his allocation for the Limitation Year to the Maximum Permissible Amount and eliminate the Excess Amount.

(ii) If an Excess Amount still exists, and this Plan does not cover the Participant at the end of the Limitation Year, then the ESOP Committee will hold the Excess Amount unallocated in a suspense account. The ESOP Committee will apply the suspense account to reduce Employer Contributions (including allocation of Forfeitures) for all remaining Participants in the next Limitation Year, and in each succeeding Limitation Year if necessary.

(iii) The ESOP Committee will not distribute any Excess Amount(s) to Participants or to Former Participants.

(c) More Than One Plan. The Employer may contribute under another defined contribution plan in addition to its contributions under this Plan. If the ESOP Committee allocated an Excess Amount to an Account on an Accounting Date which coincides with an allocation of the other defined contribution plan, the ESOP Committee will attribute the total Excess Amount allocated as of such date to any other qualified plan maintained by the Employer unless the ESOP Committee determines otherwise or applicable law prohibits such allocation to the other qualified plan maintained by the Employer.

 

Page 32


3.08 DEFINITIONS - ARTICLE III . For purposes of Article III , the following terms mean:

(a) “Annual Addition” - The sum of the following amounts allocated on behalf of a Participant for a Limitation Year: (i) all Employer Contributions and (ii) all Forfeitures (if any). For purposes of the preceding sentence, the amount of Employer Contributions shall be determined based upon the lesser of: (a) the fair market value of Employer Securities contributed to the Trust (determined at the time of contribution by the most recent valuation) plus any contributions which were not used to purchase Employer Securities, or (b) the fair market value of Employer Securities released from the Unallocated Employer Securities Account resulting from contributions used to pay on an Exempt Loan. Except to the extent provided in Treasury Regulations, Annual Additions include excess contributions described in Code Section 401(k), excess aggregate contributions described in Code Section 401(m) regardless of whether this Plan distributes or forfeits such excess amounts. Excess deferrals under Code Section 402(g) are not Annual Additions unless distributed after the correction period described in Code Section 402(g). In addition, proceeds from the sale of Employer Securities held in the Unallocated Employer Securities Account are not Annual Additions. Annual Additions also include Excess Amounts reapplied to reduce Employer Contributions under Section 3.07 . Amounts allocated to an individual medical account (as defined in Code Section 415(l)(2)) included as part of a defined benefit plan maintained by the Employer are Annual Additions. Furthermore, Annual Additions include contributions paid or accrued which are attributable to post-retirement medical benefits allocated to the separate account of a key employee (as defined in Code Section 419A(d)(3)) under a welfare benefit fund (as defined in Code Section 419(e)) maintained by the Employer, but only for purposes of the dollar limitation applicable to the Maximum Permissible Amount.

Notwithstanding any provision herein, in any year in which the Employer is not operating as an S Corporation, “Annual Additions” do not include any Employer Contributions applied by the ESOP Committee (not later than the due date, including extensions, for filing the Employer’s Federal income tax return for that Plan Year) to pay interest on an Exempt Loan, and any Leveraged Employer Securities the ESOP Committee allocates as Forfeitures; provided, however, the provisions of this sentence do not apply in a Plan Year for which the ESOP Committee allocated more than one-third (1/3) of the Employer Contributions applied to pay principal and interest on an Exempt Loan to the Prohibited Group. The ESOP Committee may reallocate the Employer Contributions in accordance with Section 3.04 to the Accounts of Participants who are not members of the Prohibited Group to the extent necessary in order to satisfy this special limitation. For purposes of this Section , “Prohibited Group” includes Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees within the meaning of Code Section 414(q).

 

Page 33


(b) “Compensation” means, for purposes of applying the limitations of Article III , the general definition of Compensation as defined in Section 1.09(a) .

(c) “Maximum Permissible Amount” means the lesser of (i) Forty-Four Thousand Dollars ($44,000) (as adjusted under Code Section 415(d)) or (ii) one hundred percent (100%) of the Participants Compensation for the Limitation Year. If there is a short Limitation Year because of a change in Limitation Year, the ESOP Committee will multiply the Forty-Four Thousand Dollars ($44,000) (or adjusted limitation) by the following fraction:

Number of months in the short Limitation Year

12

(d) “Employer” means the Employer that adopts this Plan and any Related Employer. Solely for purposes of applying the limitations of Article III , the ESOP Committee will determine Related Employers by modifying Code Sections 414(b) and (c) in accordance with Code Section 415(h).

(e) “Excess Amount” means the excess of the Participant’s Annual Additions for the Limitation Year over the Maximum Permissible Amount.

(f) “Limitation Year” means the Plan Year. If the Employer amends the Limitation Year to a different twelve (12) consecutive month period, the new Limitation Year must begin on a date within the Limitation Year for which the Employer makes the amendment, creating a short Limitation Year.

3.09 TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING EMPLOYER SECURITIES .

(a) No portion of this Plan attributable to (or allocable in lieu of) Employer Securities acquired by this Plan in a sale to which Code Section 1042 applies may accrue or be allocated directly or indirectly under any plan maintained by the Employer meeting the requirements of Code Section 401(a);

(i) during the “Non-allocation Period” (as defined in Section 3.09(c) below), for the benefit of:

(A) any taxpayer who makes an election under Code Section 1042(a) with respect to Employer Securities or who is part of an integrated transaction in which any taxpayer participating in the same transaction makes an election under Code Section 1042(a) with respect to Employer Securities,

(B) any individual who is related to the taxpayer (within the meaning of Code Section 267(b)), or

(C) for the benefit of any other person who owns (after application of Code Section 318(a)) more than twenty-five percent (25%) of:

(1) any class of outstanding stock of the Employer which issued such Employer Securities or of any corporation which is a member of the same controlled group of corporations (as defined in Code Section 409(l)(4)), or

 

Page 34


(2) the total value of any class of outstanding stock of any such corporation.

(3) Subparagraph (a)(i)(B) above shall not apply to lineal descendants of the taxpayer, provided that, the aggregate amount allocated to the benefit of all such lineal descendants during the “Non-allocation Period” does not exceed more than five percent (5%) of the Employer Securities (or amounts allocated in lieu thereof) held by this Plan which are attributable to a sale to this Plan by any person related to such descendants (within the meaning of Code Section 267(c)(4)) in a transaction to which Code Section 1042 applied.

(b) A person shall be treated as failing to meet the stock ownership limitation under paragraph (a) above if such person fails such limitation:

(i) at any time during the one (1) year period ending on the date of sale of Employer Securities to this Plan, or

(ii) on the date as of which Employer Securities are allocated to such Participant’s Employer Securities Accounts.

(c) For purposes of this Section , “Non-allocation Period” means the ten (10) year period beginning on the date of the sale of the Employer Securities and ending on the later of:

(i) the date which is ten (10) years after the sale of the Employer Securities, or

(ii) the date of this Plan allocation attributable to the final payment of the Exempt Loan incurred in connection with such sale.

3.10 PROHIBITED ALLOCATIONS UNDER S CORPORATION ESOP . Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, during any Plan Year in which the Company is an S Corporation and Employer Securities held under this Plan consist of stock in an S Corporation, no portion of the assets held by the Trust, either attributable to or allocable in lieu of such Employer Securities shall, during a Nonallocation Year, accrue or be allocated (either directly or indirectly) under this Plan or any plan qualified under Code Section 401(a) that is maintained by the Employer for the benefit of an S Corporation Disqualified Person.

End of Article III

 

Page 35


ARTICLE IV

PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS

4.01 PARTICIPANT VOLUNTARY CONTRIBUTIONS . The Plan does not permit (or require) Participant voluntary contributions.

4.02 PARTICIPANT VOLUNTARY CONTRIBUTIONS - SPECIAL DISCRIMINATION TEST . The Plan, in accordance with Section 4.01 above, is not required to satisfy a special discrimination test under Code Section 401(m).

4.03 PARTICIPANT ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS . The Plan does not permit Participants to make rollover contributions to this Plan.

4.04 TRANSFERS FROM THE PROFIT SHARING AND 401(k) PLAN . Amounts attributable to employer contributions to the Participant’s Profit Sharing and 401(k) Plan Accounts, as identified on Appendix A, received by this Plan in a transfer of assets and liability from the trustee of the Profit Sharing and 401(k) Plan shall be held in such Participant’s Transferred Stock Account. Shares of Transferred Stock will be maintained in the Stock Bonus Portion of the Plan, and cash held in a Participant’s Transferred Stock Account will be maintained in the Profit Sharing Portion of the Plan. The value of Transferred Stock held in the Transferred Stock Account of each Participant shall be adjusted as of each Valuation Date in accordance with Section 3.04 .

End of Article IV

 

Page 36


ARTICLE V

TERMINATION OF SERVICE - PARTICIPANT VESTING

5.01 NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE . A Participant’s Account Balance derived from Employer Contributions and Forfeitures (if any) is one hundred percent (100%) Vested upon and after (i) his attaining Normal Retirement Age (if employed by the Employer on or after such date) and (ii) the completion of five (5) Years of Service. Under Section 6.09 , a Participant who remains in the employ of the Employer after attaining Normal Retirement Age shall continue to participate in this Plan until his Late Retirement Date.

Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, a Participant’s Account Balance attributable to Transferred Stock shall be one hundred percent (100%) Vested upon and after his attaining Normal Retirement Age (if employed by the Employer on or after such date).

5.02 PARTICIPANT DISABILITY OR DEATH . If a Participant’s employment with the Employer terminates as a result of death or Disability, the Participant’s Account Balance derived from Employer Contributions and Forfeitures (if any) will be one hundred percent (100%) Vested. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, a Participant’s Transferred Stock Account shall be one hundred percent (100%) Vested if the Participant’s employment with the Employer terminates as a result of death or Disability.

5.03 VESTING SCHEDULE .

(a) Vesting Schedule. Except as provided in Sections 5.01 , 5.02 , and 9.14 , for each Year of Service a Participant’s Vested percentage of his Account Balance attributable to Employer Contributions, Forfeitures, and all amounts held in a Participant’s Transferred Stock Account equals the percentage in the following vesting schedule:

 

Years of Service

With the Employer

   Percent of
Vested
Account Balance
 

Less than 1 Year

   0 %

1 Year

   20 %

2 Years

   40 %

3 Years

   60 %

4 Years

   80 %

5 Years or more

   100 %

 

Page 37


(b) Effective the first Plan Year for which this Plan is a top heavy Plan and until such time as this Plan is no longer deemed to be top heavy, the ESOP Committee will calculate a Participant’s Vested percentage of his Account Balance under the following vesting schedule:

 

Years of Service

With the Employer

   Percent of
Vested
Account Balance
 

Less than 1 Year

   0 %

1 Year

   20 %

2 Years

   40 %

3 Years

   60 %

4 Years

   80 %

5 Years or more

   100 %

The ESOP Committee will apply the top heavy vesting schedule to Participants who are credited with at least one (1) Hour of Service after the top heavy vesting schedule becomes effective. A shift to the top heavy vesting schedule under this Section 5.03 is an amendment to the vesting schedule, and the ESOP Committee must apply the rules of Section 7.04 accordingly. A shift to the top heavy vesting schedule under this Section 5.03 is effective on the first day of the Plan Year for which the top heavy status of this Plan changes.

With respect to any Plan Year, if this Plan ceases to be a top heavy plan, the vested percentage of a Participant’s Account that was Vested before this Plan ceased to be top heavy will remain Vested, and any Employee who was a Participant during the Plan Year this Plan was top heavy and who had three (3) or more Years of Service (including any Years of Service not yet taken into account under this Plan) will automatically remain under the top heavy vesting schedule.

(c) Special Vesting Formula. If a distribution (other than a cash-out distribution described in Section 5.04 ) is made to a partially-Vested Participant, and the Participant has not incurred a Forfeiture Break in Service at the relevant time, the ESOP Committee will establish a separate Account for the Participant’s Account Balance. At any relevant time following the distribution, the ESOP Committee will determine the Participant’s Vested Account Balance derived from Employer Contributions and Forfeitures (if any) in accordance with the following formula: P(AB R x D))-(R x D).

To apply this formula, “P” is the Participant’s current vesting percentage at the relevant time, “AB” is the Participant’s Employer-derived Account Balance at the relevant time, “R” is the ratio of “AB” to the Participant’s Employer-derived Account Balance immediately following the earlier distribution and “D” is the amount of the earlier distribution. If, under a restated Plan, this Plan has made distribution to a partially-Vested Participant prior to its restated effective date and is unable to apply the cash-out provisions of Section 5.04 to that prior distribution, this special vesting formula also applies to that Participant’s remaining Account. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the top heavy vesting schedule shall not apply for any Plan Year in which this Plan satisfied Code Section 416(g)(4)(H).

 

Page 38


5.04 CASH-OUT DISTRIBUTIONS TO PARTIALLY-VESTED PARTICIPANTS AND RESTORATION OF FORFEITED ACCOUNT BALANCE . If, pursuant to Article VI , a partially-Vested Participant receives a cash-out distribution before he incurs a Forfeiture Break in Service, the cash-out distribution will result in an immediate Forfeiture of the non-Vested portion of the Participant’s Account Balance derived from Employer Contributions. A partially-Vested Participant is a Participant whose Vested percentage determined under Section 5.03 is less than one hundred percent (100%). A cash-out distribution is a distribution of the entire present value of the Participant’s Vested Account Balance.

(a) Restoration and Conditions upon Restoration. A partially-Vested Participant who is re-employed by the Employer after receiving a cash-out distribution of the Vested percentage of his Account Balance may repay the amount of the cash-out distribution attributable to Employer Contributions and Forfeitures (if any) unless the Participant no longer has a right to restoration by reason of the conditions of this Section 5.04(a) . If a partially-Vested Participant makes the cash-out distribution repayment, the ESOP Committee, subject to the conditions of this Section 5.04(a) , must restore his Account Balance attributable to Employer Contributions and Forfeitures (if any) to the same dollar amount as the dollar amount of his Account Balance on the Accounting Date, or other Valuation Date, immediately preceding the date of the cash-out distribution, unadjusted for any gains or losses occurring subsequent to that Accounting Date, or other Valuation Date. Restoration of the Participant’s Account Balance includes restoration of all Code Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits with respect to that restored Account Balance, in accordance with applicable Treasury Regulations. The ESOP Committee will not restore a re-employed Participant’s Account Balance under this paragraph if:

(i) Five (5) years have elapsed since the Participant’s first re-employment date with the Employer following the cash-out distribution; or

(ii) The Participant incurred a Forfeiture Break in Service. This condition also applies if the Participant makes repayment within the Plan Year in which he incurs the Forfeiture Break in Service and that Forfeiture Break in Service would result in a complete Forfeiture of the amount the ESOP Committee otherwise would restore.

(b) Time and Method of Restoration. If neither of the two conditions preventing restoration of the Participant’s Account Balance applies, the ESOP Committee will restore the Participant’s Account Balance as of the Plan Year Accounting Date coincident with or immediately following the repayment. To restore the Participant’s Account Balance, the ESOP Committee, to the extent necessary, will allocate to the Account:

(i) First, the amount, if any, of Forfeitures the ESOP Committee would otherwise allocate under Section 3.04 ;

(ii) Second, the amount, if any, of the Trust Fund net income or gain for the Plan Year; and

 

Page 39


(iii) Third, the Employer Contributions for the Plan Year to the extent made under a discretionary formula.

To the extent the amounts described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above are insufficient to enable the ESOP Committee to make the required restoration, the Employer must contribute, without regard to any requirement or condition of Section 3.01 , the additional amount necessary to enable the ESOP Committee to make the required restoration. If, for a particular Plan Year, the ESOP Committee must restore the Account Balance of more than one re-employed Participant, the ESOP Committee will make the restoration allocation(s) to each such Account in the same proportion that a Participant’s restored amount for the Plan Year bears to the restored amount for the Plan Year of all re-employed Participants. The ESOP Committee will not take into account the allocation under this Section in applying the limitation on allocations under Article III .

(c) Zero Percent Vested Participant. The deemed cash-out rule applies to a zero percent (0%) Vested Participant. A zero percent (0%) Vested Participant is a Participant whose Account Balance derived from Employer Contributions is entirely Forfeitable at the time of his Separation from Service. If the Account is not entitled to an allocation of Employer Contributions or Forfeitures, if any, for the Plan Year in which he has a Separation from Service, the ESOP Committee will apply the deemed cash-out rule as if the zero percent (0%) Vested Participant received a cash-out distribution on the date of the Participant’s Separation from Service. If the Account is entitled to an allocation of Employer Contributions or Forfeitures, if any, for the Plan Year in which he has a Separation from Service, the ESOP Committee will apply the deemed cash-out rule as if the zero percent (0%) Vested Participant received a cash-out distribution on the first day of the first Plan Year beginning after his Separation from Service. For purposes of applying the restoration provisions of this Section , the ESOP Committee will treat the zero percent (0%) Vested Participant as repaying his cash-out “distribution” on the first date of his re-employment with the Employer.

5.05 SEGREGATED ACCOUNT FOR REPAID AMOUNT . Until the ESOP Committee restores the Participant’s Account Balance, as described in Section 5.04 , the cash-out amount the Participant has repaid will be held in a Segregated Account maintained solely for that Participant. The amount in the Participant’s Segregated Account must be invested in federally insured interest bearing savings account(s) or time deposit(s) (or a combination of both), or in other fixed income investments. Until commingled with the balance of the Trust Fund on the date the ESOP Committee restores the Participant’s Account Balance, the Participant’s Segregated Account remains a part of this Plan, but it alone shares in any income it earns and it alone bears any expense or loss it incurs. The ESOP Committee will direct the Trustee to repay to the Participant as soon as administratively practicable the full amount of the Participant’s Segregated Account if the ESOP Committee determines either of the conditions of Section 5.04(a) prevents restoration as of the applicable Accounting Date, notwithstanding the Participant’s repayment. The ESOP Committee will direct the Trustee to commingle the Participant’s Segregated Account with the balance of the Trust Fund as of the second Accounting Date immediately following the date of the Participant’s repayment.

 

Page 40


5.06 BREAK IN SERVICE - VESTING . Subject to the provisions of Section 5.08 hereof, Years of Service shall be disregarded for vesting purposes as follows:

(a) In the case of any Participant who suffers a Termination of Employment and who has a One-Year Period of Severance, Years of Service before such severance shall not be taken into account until such Participant has completed a Year of Service after such severance.

(b) In the case of any Participant who suffers a Termination of Employment and who has no Vested Account Balance, Years of Service before any period of One-Year Periods of Severance shall not be taken into account for the purposes of this Article V if such Participant’s latest Period of Severance equals or exceeds the greater of: (i) five (5) consecutive One-Year Periods of Severance; or (ii) his aggregate Periods of Service before the commencement of such latest Period of Severance.

(c) In the case of any Participant who has five (5) consecutive One-Year Periods of Severance, Years of Service after such five (5) year period shall not be taken into account for purposes of determining the vested percentage of any amounts in his Company Contribution Account which accrued prior to such five (5) year period.

5.07 YEAR IN SERVICE - VESTING . For purposes of vesting under Section 5.03 , Year of Service means each period of Service of three hundred sixty-five (365) days, beginning with the Eligible Employee’s Date of Employment or Date of Reemployment.

5.08 INCLUDED YEARS OF SERVICE - VESTING .

(a) Included Years of Service. For purposes of determining “Years of Service” this Plan takes into account all Years of Service an Employee completes with the Employer, except:

(i) Any Year of Service before a Period of Severance if the number of consecutive One-Year Periods of Severance equals or exceeds the greater of five (5) or the aggregate number of Years of Service prior to the One-Year Periods of Severance. This exception applies only if the Participant is not Vested in his Account Balance derived from Employer Contributions at the time he has a Period of Severance. The aggregate number of Years of Service before a Period of Severance does not include any Years of Service not required to be taken into account under this exception by reason of any prior Period of Severance.

(ii) Any Year of Service earned prior to the effective date of the Profit Sharing and 401(k) Plan, which is January 1, 1989.

(b) Forfeiture Break in Service. For the sole purpose of determining a Participant’s Vested percentage of his Account Balance derived from Employer Contributions and Forfeitures (if any) which accrued for his benefit prior to a Forfeiture Break in Service, this Plan disregards any Year of Service after the Participant first incurs a Forfeiture Break in Service. The Participant incurs a Forfeiture Break in Service when he incurs five (5) consecutive One-Year Periods of Severance.

 

Page 41


5.09 FORFEITURE OCCURS . A Participant’s Forfeiture, if any, of his Account Balance derived from Employer Contributions occurs under this Plan as of the last day of the Plan Year in which the Participant first incurs a Forfeiture Break in Service; or the date the Participant receives a cash-out distribution, if earlier. The ESOP Committee determines the percentage of a Participant’s Account Balance Forfeiture, if any, under this Section 5.09 solely by reference to the vesting schedule of Section 5.03 . A Participant will not forfeit any portion of his Account Balance for any other reason or cause except as expressly provided by this Section 5.09 or as provided under Section 9.14 .

End of Article V

 

Page 42


ARTICLE VI

TIME AND METHOD OF PAYMENT OF BENEFITS

6.01 BENEFIT PAYMENT ELECTIONS . If a Participant or Beneficiary is entitled to and makes an election prescribed by this Section 6.01 , the ESOP Committee will direct the Trustee to distribute the Participant’s Vested Account Balance as of the distribution date in accordance with that election. A distribution date under this Article VI, unless otherwise specified, is the date determined in accordance with Section 6.03. Any election under this Section 6.01 is subject to the requirements of Section 6.03 . The Participant or Beneficiary must make an election under this Section 6.01 by filing his election form with the ESOP Committee at any time before the Trustee otherwise would commence to pay a Participant’s Vested Account Balance in accordance with the requirements of Article VI .

(a) Account Balance Does Not Exceed $5,000 . If the Participant’s Vested Account Balance does not exceed Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000), the ESOP Committee shall direct the Trustee to distribute the Participant’s Vested Account Balance at the time specified in Section 6.03(a) notwithstanding any election by a Participant or in the absence of an election by a Participant.

(b) Account Balance Exceeds $5,000 . A Participant must consent, in writing, to any distribution required under this Article VI if the present value of the Participant’s Vested Account Balance at the time of the distribution to the Participant exceeds Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000) and the Participant has not attained Normal Retirement Age. Not earlier than ninety (90) days, but not later than thirty (30) days, prior to distribution, the ESOP Committee must provide a benefit notice to a Participant who is eligible to make an election to receive a distribution under this Article VI . The benefit notice must explain the optional forms of benefit in this Plan, including the material features and relative values of those options, and the Participant’s right to defer distribution until he attains Normal Retirement Age.

The Participant may reconsider an election at any time prior to the distribution date and may instead elect to commence distribution as of any other date following an Accounting Date.

(c) Election to Postpone Distribution of Benefits. If the present value of a Participant’s Vested Account Balance exceeds Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000), the Participant may elect to postpone the distribution of his Vested Account Balance under this Plan and to have such distribution commence at a later specified time, subject to the required commencement dates under Section 6.03(c) and Section 6.03(d) of this Plan. Upon request, the ESOP Committee will direct the Trustee to provide the Participant electing to postpone distribution of his Vested Account Balance with the necessary election forms.

 

Page 43


6.02 METHOD OF PAYMENT OF VESTED ACCOUNT BALANCE . Subject to any restrictions prescribed by Section 6.03 , and at the time the Participant is entitled to receive a distribution under this Article VI and Section 6.03 and in the form prescribed by Section 6.04 , a Participant’s Vested Account Balance will be distributed as follows:

(a) Account Balance Does Not Exceed $5,000 . If the Participant’s Vested Account Balance does not exceed Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000), the ESOP Committee shall direct the Trustee to distribute the Participant’s Vested Account Balance in a single lump sum. For distributions made on or after March 28, 2005, in the event of a cash-out distribution greater than One Thousand Dollars ($1,000) (but not in excess of Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000)) in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.02(a) , if the Participant does not elect to have such distribution paid directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Participant in a Direct Rollover or to receive the distribution directly, then the ESOP Committee will direct the Trustee to pay the distribution in a Direct Rollover to an individual retirement plan designated by the ESOP Committee.

(b) Account Balance Exceeds $5,000 . If the Participant’s Vested Account Balance exceeds Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000), the Participant or Beneficiary may elect distribution under either, or a combination, of the following methods:

(i) Single lump Sum . The ESOP Committee, pursuant to the election of the Participant (or if no election has been made prior to the Participant’s death, by his Beneficiary), shall direct the Trustee to distribute the Participant’s Vested Account Balance in a single lump sum . During the period such single lump sum payment has not been made from the funds in the Account, the Account shall continue to participate in the annual adjustments for “net increase” or “net decrease” of the Plan.

(ii) Direct Rollover . If elected, the Participant’s Vested Account balance, in whole or in part, may be distributed directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Participant in a Direct Rollover and at the time and in the manner prescribed by the ESOP Committee, provided, however, that the Direct Rollover portion of the distribution qualifies as an Eligible Rollover Distribution.

Distribution Section 6.02(b)(ii) is available only if the present value of the Participant’s Vested Account balance at the time of the distribution to the Participant exceeds Two Hundred Dollars ($200).

(c) Installment Payments for Amounts Attributable to Employer Securities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the ESOP Committee may, at its sole discretion and contrary to any Participant election, distribute the Participant’s Vested Account Balance attributable to Employer Securities in substantially equal installments (not less frequently than annually) over a period of five (5) years, plus one (1) year for each One Hundred Seventy-Five Thousand Dollars ($175,000) or fraction thereof by which the value of the Participant’s Account attributable to Employer Securities exceeds Eight Hundred Eighty-Five Thousand Dollars ($885,000), with distributions commencing no later than one (1) year after (A) the end of the Plan Year in which occurs the Participant’s Retirement, death or Disability; or (B) the end of the fifth (5 th ) Plan Year following the Plan Year in which occurs the Participant’s Separation from Service for reasons other than Retirement, death or Disability (assuming the Participant has not been reemployed). The dollar amounts in this paragraph shall be subject to cost-of-living adjustments under Code

 

Page 44


Section 415(d). During the period such installment payments are being made from the funds in the Participant’s Account, the Participant’s Account shall continue to participate in the annual adjustments for “net increase” or “net decrease” of the Trust. This Section 6.02(c) does not apply to amounts held in a Participant’s Transferred Stock Account.

(d) To facilitate installment payments under this Article VI , the ESOP Committee may direct the Trustee to segregate all or any part of the Participant’s Account balance in a Segregated Account. A Segregated Account remains a part of the Trust, but it alone shares in any income it earns, and it alone bears any expense or loss it incurs. Notwithstanding any other provision herein, the Participant may elect to commence distribution on any later distribution date as provided under Treasury Regulation Section 1.411(d)-4.

6.03 TIME OF PAYMENT OF VESTED ACCOUNT BALANCE .

(a) Account Balance Does Not Exceed $5,000 . If the Participant’s Vested Account Balance does not exceed Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000), the Trustee, as directed by the ESOP Committee, shall distribute the Participant’s Vested Account Balance as soon as administratively practicable following the end of the Plan Year in which the Participant incurred a Separation from Service.

Notwithstanding the preceding, if a Participant Separates from Service with an Account balance that does not exceed Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000) on or after January 1 of any Plan Year but on or before June 30 of such Plan Year, the ESOP Committee will direct the Trustee to commence distribution of the Participant’s Vested Transferred Stock Account Balance in a single lump sum as soon as administratively practicable based upon the Valuation for the prior Plan Year. If a Participant Separates from Service with an Account balance that does not exceed Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000) or less after June 30 of any Plan Year but on or before December 31 of such Plan Year, the ESOP Committee will direct the Trustee to commence distribution of the Participant’s Vested Transferred Stock Account Balance in a single lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after the most recent Valuation date occurring on or after the date the Participant Separates from Service.

(b) Account Balance Exceeds $5,000 .

(i) Account Balance Attributable to Assets Other Than Employer Securities . Subject to Section 6.03(c) and Section 6.03(d) , if the present value of a Participant’s Vested Account Balance exceeds Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000), the Participant may elect to have the Trustee commence distribution of his Vested Account Balance consisting of Assets other than Employer Securities as of any date following the close of the Plan Year in which the Participant’s Separation from Service from Employment occurs.

 

Page 45


(ii) Account Balance Attributable to Employer Securities other than Transferred Stock . Notwithstanding the foregoing but subject to Section 6.03(c) and Section 6.03(d) , the ESOP Committee may, at its discretion, delay a Participant’s election to receive a distribution of the Participant’s Vested Account Balance attributable to Employer Securities (other than Transferred Stock) as follows:

(A) If the Participant Separates from Service by reason of the attainment of Normal Retirement Age, death or Disability and the Participant (or his Beneficiary) makes an election to receive his Vested Account Balance, the ESOP Committee may direct the Trustee to delay commencement of distribution of the Participant’s Vested Account Balance attributable to Employer Securities (other than Transferred Stock) to not later than one (1) year after the close of the Plan Year in which that event occurs.

(B) If the Participant Separates from Service for any reason other than by reason of the attainment of Normal Retirement Age, death or Disability and the Participant (or his Beneficiary) makes an election to receive his Vested Account Balance, the ESOP Committee may direct the Trustee to delay commencement of distribution of the Participant’s Vested Account Balance attributable to Employer Securities (other than Transferred Stock) to not later than one (1) year after the close of the fifth (5 th ) Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the Participant Separated from Service. If the Participant resumes employment with the Employer on or before the last day of the fifth (5 th ) Plan Year following the Plan Year of his or her separation from Service, the distribution provisions of this Section 6.03(b)(ii)(B) do not apply.

If the ESOP Committee does not delay distribution pursuant to the above, distribution of a Participant’s Vested Account Balance attributable to Employer Securities other than Transferred Stock will be made in accordance with the Participant’s election in pursuant to Section 6.03(b)(i) .

Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, a Participant’s Vested Account Balance for purposes of a distribution shall not include any Leveraged Employer Securities acquired with the proceeds of an Exempt Loan until the close of the Plan Year in which the Exempt Loan is repaid in full, to the extent permitted by applicable law subject to: (i) the minimum distribution requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9); (ii) the diversification requirements as set forth in Section 8.08 ; (iii) the Participant’s death; (iv) the Participant’s Disability; or (v) as the ESOP Committee otherwise determines.

(iii) Account Balance Attributable to Transferred Stock . Notwithstanding the preceding but subject to Section 6.03(c) and Section 6.03(d) , a Participant who requests a distribution of his Vested Account Balance on or after January 1 of any Plan Year but on or before June 30 of such Plan Year, the ESOP Committee will direct the Trustee to commence distribution of the Participant’s Vested Transferred Stock Account balance as soon as administratively

 

Page 46


practicable based upon the Valuation for the prior Plan Year pursuant to this Section 6.03(b)(iii) . If, however, such Participant requests a distribution of his Vested Account Balance after June 30 of any Plan Year but on or before December 31 of such Plan Year, the ESOP Committee will direct the Trustee to commence distribution of the Participant’s Vested Transferred Stock Account balance as soon as administratively practicable after the most recent Valuation date occurring on or after the date the Participant requests a distribution of his Vested Account Balance pursuant to this Section 6.03(b)(iii) .

(c) Special Distribution Commencement Requirements. Notwithstanding the above, but subject to the applicable mandatory commencement dates described in Section 6.03(d) , a Participant has the right to elect to commence distribution of the Participant’s Vested Account Balance to such Participant not later than sixty (60) days after the Plan Year in which the latest of the following events occurs:

(i) the Participant attains Normal Retirement Age;

(ii) the Participant’s tenth (10 th ) anniversary of the year in which the Participant commenced participating in this Plan; or

(iii) the Participant’s Separation from Service.

If a death benefit hereunder is payable in full to the Participant’s surviving spouse, the surviving spouse, may elect distribution at any time or in any form this Article VI would permit for a Participant.

(d) Required Beginning Date . If any distribution commencement date described in this Section 6.03 , either by Plan provision or by Participant election (or nonelection), is later than the Participant’s Required Beginning Date, the ESOP Committee instead must direct the Trustee to make distribution of the Participant’s Vested Account Balance on the Participant’s Required Beginning Date. The Required Beginning Date of a Participant (other than a five percent (5%) owner) is the April 1 of the calendar year following the later of: (i) the calendar year in which the Participant attains age seventy and one-half (70  1 / 2 ) or (ii) the calendar year in which occurs the Retirement of the Participant. In the case of five percent (5%) owner, a Participant’s Required Beginning Date is April 1 following the close of the calendar year in which the Participant attains age seventy and one-half (70  1 / 2 ). For purposes of this paragraph, the term “five percent (5%) owner” shall have the meaning as defined in Code Section 416(i).

(i) General Rules.

(A) Application. The provisions of this Section 6.03(d) will apply for purposes of determining required minimum distributions.

(B) Precedence. The requirements of this Section 6.03(d) will take precedence over any inconsistent provisions of this Plan.

 

Page 47


(C) Requirements of Treasury Regulations Incorporated. All distributions required under this Section 6.03(d) will be determined and made in accordance with the Treasury regulations under Code Section 401(a)(9).

(D) TEFRA Section 242(b)(2) Elections. Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section 6.03(d) , distributions may be made under a designation made before January 1, 1984, in accordance with Section 242(b)(2) of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act (TEFRA) and the provisions of this Plan that relate to Section 242(b)(2) of TEFRA.

(ii) Time and Manner of Distribution.

(A) Required Beginning Date. The Participant’s entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, to the Participant no later than the Participant’s Required Beginning Date.

(B) Death of Participant Before Distributions Begin. If the Participant dies before distributions begin, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, no later than as follows:

(1) If the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated Beneficiary, then distributions to the surviving spouse will begin by December 31 st of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died, or by December 31 st of the calendar year in which the Participant would have attained age seventy and one-half (70  1 / 2 ), if later.

(2) If the Participant’s surviving spouse is not the Participant’s sole designated Beneficiary, then distributions to the designated Beneficiary will begin by December 31 st of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died.

(3) If there is no designated Beneficiary as of September 30 th of the year following the year of the Participant’s death, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed by December 31 st of the calendar year containing the fifth (5 th ) anniversary of the Participant’s death.

(4) If the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated Beneficiary and the surviving spouse dies after the Participant but before distributions to the surviving spouse begin, this Section 6.03(d)(ii)(B)(4) , other than Section 6.03(d)(ii)(B)(1) , will apply as if the surviving spouse were the Participant.

 

Page 48


For purposes of S ection 6.03(d)(ii)(B)(3) , unless Section 6.03(d)(ii)(B)(4) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the Participant’s Required Beginning Date. If Section 6.03(d)(ii)(B)(4) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under Section 6.03(d)(ii)(B)(1) . If distributions under an annuity purchased from an insurance company irrevocably commence to the Participant before the Participant’s Required Beginning Date (or to the Participant’s surviving spouse before the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under Section 6.03(d)(ii)(B)(1) ), the date distributions are considered to begin is the date distributions actually commence.

(C) Forms of Distribution. Unless the Participant’s interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company or in a single sum on or before the Required Beginning Date, as of the first distribution calendar year distributions will be made in accordance with Sections 6.03(d)(iii) and 6.03(d)(iv) . If the Participant’s interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company, distributions thereunder will be made in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) and the Treasury regulations.

(iii) Required Minimum Distributions During Participant’s Lifetime.

(A) Amount of Required Minimum Distribution For Each Distribution Calendar Year. During the Participant’s lifetime, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year is the lesser of:

(1) the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s Account balance by the distribution period in the Uniform Lifetime Table set forth in Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury regulations, using the Participant’s age as of the Participant’s birthday in the distribution calendar year; or

(2) if the Participant’s sole designated Beneficiary for the distribution calendar year is the Participant’s spouse, the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s Account balance by the number in the Joint and Last Survivor Table set forth in Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury regulations, using the Participant’s and spouse’s attained ages as of the Participant’s and spouse’s birthdays in the distribution calendar year.

(B) Lifetime Required Minimum Distributions Continue Through Year of Participant’s Death. Required minimum distributions will be determined under this Section   6.03(d)(iii) beginning with the first distribution calendar year and up to and including the distribution calendar year that includes the Participant’s date of death.

 

Page 49


(iv) Required Minimum Distributions After Participant’s Death.

(A) Death On or After Date Distributions Begin.

(1) Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is a designated Beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s Account balance by the longer of the remaining life expectancy of the Participant or the remaining life expectancy of the Participant’s designated Beneficiary, determined as follows:

a) The Participant’s remaining life expectancy is calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.

b) If the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated Beneficiary, the remaining life expectancy of the surviving spouse is calculated for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death using the surviving spouse’s age as of the spouse’s birthday in that year. For distribution calendar years after the year of the surviving spouse’s death, the remaining life expectancy of the surviving spouse is calculated using the age of the surviving spouse as of the spouse’s birthday in the calendar year of the spouse’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent calendar year.

c) If the Participant’s surviving spouse is not the Participant’s sole designated Beneficiary, the designated Beneficiary’s remaining life expectancy is calculated using the age of the Beneficiary in the year following the year of the Participant’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.

(2) No Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is no designated Beneficiary as of September 30 th of the year after the year of the Participant’s death, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s Account balance by the Participant’s remaining life expectancy calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.

 

Page 50


(B) Death Before Date Distributions Begin.

(1) Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is a designated Beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s Account balance by the remaining life expectancy of the Participant’s designated Beneficiary, determined as provided in Section 6.03(d)(iv)(A) .

(2) No Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is no designated Beneficiary as of September 30 th of the year following the year of the Participant’s death, distribution of the Participant’s entire interest will be completed by December 31 st of the calendar year containing the fifth (5 th ) anniversary of the Participant’s death.

(3) Death of Surviving Spouse Before Distributions to Surviving Spouse Are Required to Begin. If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin, the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated Beneficiary, and the surviving spouse dies before distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under Section 6.03(d)(ii)(B)(1) , this Section 6.03(d)(iv)(B) will apply as if the surviving spouse were the Participant.

(v) Definitions.

(A) Designated Beneficiary. The individual who is designated as the Beneficiary under Section 8.01 of this Plan and is the designated Beneficiary under Code Section 401(a)(9) and Section 1.401(a)(9)-1, Q&A-4, of the Treasury regulations.

(B) Distribution Calendar Year. A calendar year for which a minimum distribution is required. For distributions beginning before the Participant’s death, the first distribution calendar year is the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year which contains the Participant’s Required Beginning Date. For distributions beginning after the Participant’s death, the first distribution calendar year is the calendar year in which distributions are required to begin under Section 6.03(d)(ii)(B) . The required minimum distribution for the Participant’s first distribution calendar year will be made on or before the Participant’s Required Beginning Date. The required minimum distribution for other distribution calendar years, including the required minimum distribution for the distribution calendar year in which the Participant’s Required Beginning Date occurs, will be made on or before December 31 st of that distribution calendar year.

 

Page 51


(C) Life Expectancy. Life expectancy as computed by use of the Single Life Table in Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury regulations.

(D) Participant’s Account Balance. The Account balance as of the last valuation date in the calendar year immediately preceding the distribution calendar year (valuation calendar year) increased by the amount of any contributions made and allocated or forfeitures, if any, allocated to the Account balance as of dates in the valuation calendar year after the valuation date and decreased by distributions made in the valuation calendar year after the valuation date. The Account balance for the valuation calendar year includes any amounts rolled over or transferred to this Plan either in the valuation calendar year or in the distribution calendar year if distributed or transferred in the valuation calendar year.

(E) Required Beginning Date. The date specified in Section 6.03(d) of this Plan.

6.04 FORM OF PAYMENT OF VESTED ACCOUNT BALANCE .

(a) Unregistered Employer Securities .

(i) C Corporation. Subject to Section 6.04(e) , if Employer Securities held in a Participant’s Employer Securities Account under the ESOP Portion or the Stock Bonus Portion of the Plan are unregistered and the Company is not an S Corporation, the Trustee will make all distributions under the ESOP Portion of the Plan in Employer Securities, provided the distribution of the Employer Securities to the Participant (or Beneficiary) does not violate any law or any provision in the Company’s articles of incorporation, charter or bylaws. The Participant (or his or her Beneficiary), however, may elect in writing to have all of his or her Accounts held in the ESOP Portion of the Plan distributed in cash provided the ESOP Committee approves such distribution request. At the discretion of the ESOP Committee, the Trustee may pay in cash any fractional share and any funds in the General Investments Account to which a Participant or his or her Beneficiary is entitled. At the discretion of the ESOP Committee, the Trustee may apply any balance in a Participant’s General Investments Account to provide whole shares of Employer Securities for distribution.

(ii) S Corporation or Employer Securities Ownership Restricted. Subject to Section 6.04(e), if Employer Securities held in a Participant’s Employer Securities Account under the ESOP Portion or the Stock Bonus Portion of the Plan are unregistered and the Company is an S Corporation, or if the articles of incorporation, charter or bylaws of the Company restrict ownership of substantially all of the outstanding Employer Securities to Employees and the Trust, the Participant

 

Page 52


is not entitled to demand distribution in the form of Employer Securities and the distribution of a Participant’s Employer Securities Account under the ESOP Portion of the Plan shall be made as determined in the sole discretion of the ESOP Committee in the form of cash, other property, or Employer Securities which are subject to the requirement that they be immediately resold to the Employer or a combination thereof. At the time the distribution is made by the Trustee, the Trustee, as directed by the ESOP Committee, shall distribute (1) cash or other property to the Participant or his or her Beneficiary, or (2) transfer, in the Trustee’s capacity as nominee of the Participant or Beneficiary (and not in its fiduciary capacity as Trustee of the Trust), the Employer Securities held in the Participant’s Employer Securities Account to the Company in exercise of the Participant’s (or Beneficiary’s) put option pursuant to Article X .

(b) Registered Employer Securities . Subject to Section 6.04(e), if Employer Securities held in a Participant’s Employer Securities Account under the ESOP Portion of the Plan are registered Employer Securities, all distributions under the ESOP Portion and the Stock Bonus Portion of the Plan will be made only as directed by the ESOP Committee valued at the time of distribution. Distribution of an Account(s) under the ESOP Portion or the Stock Bonus Portion of the Plan will be made in whole shares of Employer Securities, cash or a combination thereof, as determined by the ESOP Committee; provided, however, that the ESOP Committee shall notify the Participant of his or her right to demand distribution of his or her Account(s) entirely in whole shares of Employer Securities. At the discretion of the ESOP Committee, the Trustee may pay in cash any fractional security share to which a Participant or his or her Beneficiary is entitled. In the event the Trustee is to make a distribution in shares of Employer Securities, any balance in a Participant’s General Investments Account may be applied to provide whole shares of Employer Securities for distribution at the then value.

(c) Dividends . Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this Section but only to the extent permitted by applicable law, the Trustee, if directed in writing by the ESOP Committee, shall pay to the Participant, in cash, any cash Dividends on Employer Securities allocated, or allocable to the Participant’s Employer Securities Account held in the ESOP Portion of the Plan pursuant to Section 3.05(d) , provided that the Company is not an S Corporation, to the extent of each Participant’s respective Vested percentage determined as of the close of the Plan Year pursuant to Section 5.03 . The ESOP Committee’s direction must state whether the Trustee is to pay the cash Dividends currently, or within the ninety (90) day period following the close of the Plan Year in which the Employer pays the Dividends to the Trust. The ESOP Committee may request the Employer to pay Dividends on Employer Securities directly to Participants or to transfer such Dividends to the defined contribution plan maintained by the Employer pursuant to Code Sections 401(a) and 401(k), if any.

The ESOP Committee may direct the Trustee to distribute the cash Dividends to the Participants (and Beneficiaries) within ninety (90) days after the close of the Plan Year in which the Dividends have been paid to the extent of each Participant’s respective Vested percentage determined as of the close of the Plan Year pursuant to Section 5.03 .

 

Page 53


(d) Other Investments . To the extent allowed by Code Section 409(h)(2), the Trustee will make all distributions of the assets held in the ESOP Portion of the Plan (other than Employer Securities) to the Participants or Beneficiaries in the form of cash or other property or any combination thereof. The Trustee will make all distributions of the assets held in the Profit Sharing Portion of the Plan to the Participants or Beneficiaries in the form of cash or other property or any combination thereof.

(e) Transferred Stock . Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, with respect to Transferred Stock, a Participant may elect to receive amounts attributable to such Transferred Stock in a single lump sum payment of cash.

6.05 DISTRIBUTION DIRECTIONS . If no one claims a payment or distribution made from the Trust, disposition of the payment will be made in accordance with the direction of the ESOP Committee.

6.06 WITHHOLDING FOR AND PAYMENT OF TAXES . If any assets of the Trust, or any benefits payable under this Plan, shall become liable for the payment of any estate, inheritance, income, or other tax, charge or assessment, which in the Company’s opinion the Trustee shall or may be required to pay, the ESOP Committee may direct the Trustee to pay or withhold such tax, charge or assessment out of any monies or other property in the Trustee’s hands for the account of the person whose interest hereunder are liable for such tax. The ESOP Committee may require such releases or other documents from any lawful taxing authority and may require such indemnity from such person the ESOP Committee shall deem necessary. The Plan may provide any notices required by Code Section 3405 with respect to federal income tax withholding from distributions hereunder, and shall withhold and pay any federal income tax required under Code Section 3405.

6.07 LIMITATIONS ON BENEFITS . All of the provisions of this Article VI are subject to Section 6.06 , relating to the Trustee’s authority to withhold for payment of taxes, and are subject to the rights of any Alternate Payee. Unless otherwise required by the law and in addition to the preceding sentence, any distributions to a Participant shall be subject to the Trustee’s withholding payment of any penalty taxes including, but not limited to the ten percent (10%) early distribution tax.

6.08 DISTRIBUTIONS UNDER DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDERS . Nothing contained in this Plan prevents the Trustee, in accordance with the direction of the ESOP Committee, from complying with the provisions of a qualified domestic relations order (as defined in Code Section 414(p)). This Plan specifically permits distribution to an Alternate Payee under a qualified domestic relations order at any time regardless of whether the Participant has attained his earliest retirement age (as defined under Code Section 414(p)) under this Plan. A distribution to an Alternate Payee prior to the time the Participant reaches his earliest retirement age is available only if: (1) the order specifies distribution at that time or permits an agreement between this Plan and the Alternate Payee to authorize an earlier distribution; and (2) the order requires the Alternate Payee’s consent to such distribution if the present value of the

 

Page 54


Alternate Payee’s benefits under this Plan exceeds Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000). Nothing in this Section 6.08 gives a Participant a right to receive distribution at a time otherwise not permitted under this Plan nor does it permit the Alternate Payee to receive a form of payment not otherwise permitted under this Plan. For any Leveraged Employer Securities acquired with the proceeds of an Exempt Loan, distribution under this Section 6.08 shall not be required until such Exempt Loan is repaid in full unless required by the Code.

The ESOP Committee must establish reasonable procedures to determine the qualified status of a domestic relations order. Upon receiving a domestic relations order, the ESOP Committee promptly will notify the Participant and any Alternate Payee named in the order, in writing, of the receipt of the order and this Plan’s procedures for determining the qualified status of the order. Within a reasonable period of time after receiving the domestic relations order, the ESOP Committee must determine the qualified status of the order and must notify the Participant and each Alternate Payee, in writing, of its determination. The ESOP Committee must provide notice under this paragraph by mailing to the individual’s address specified in the domestic relations order, or in a manner consistent with Department of Labor Regulations.

If any portion of the Participant’s Vested Account Balance is payable during the period the ESOP Committee is making its determination of the qualified status of the domestic relations order, the ESOP Committee must make a separate accounting of the amounts payable. If the ESOP Committee determines the order is a qualified domestic relations order within eighteen (18) months of the date amounts first are payable following receipt of the order, the ESOP Committee will direct the Trustee to distribute the payable amounts in accordance with the order. If the ESOP Committee determines that the order is not a qualified domestic relations order or does not make its determination of the qualified status of the order within the eighteen (18) month determination period, the ESOP Committee will direct the Trustee to distribute the payable amounts in the manner this Plan would distribute if the order did not exist and will apply the order prospectively if the ESOP Committee later determines the order is a qualified domestic relations order.

To the extent it is not inconsistent with the provisions of the qualified domestic relations order, the ESOP Committee may direct the Trustee to invest any partitioned amount in a segregated subaccount or separate account and to invest the account in federally insured, interest-bearing savings account(s) or time deposit(s) (or a combination of both), or in other fixed income investments. A segregated subaccount remains a part of the Trust, but it alone shares in any income it earns, and it alone bears any expense or loss it incurs. The Trustee will make any payments or distributions required under this Section 6.08 by separate benefit checks or other separate distribution to the Alternate Payee(s).

6.09 LATE RETIREMENT . A Participant may remain in the service of the Employer after his Normal Retirement Age. In such case, he shall remain a Participant until his Late Retirement Date. At such time, his interest in his Account shall be distributed to him in accordance with this Article VI . Such Participant is subject to the minimum distribution requirement of Code Section 401(a)(9).

End of Article VI

 

Page 55


ARTICLE VII

EMPLOYER ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS

7.01 INFORMATION TO ESOP COMMITTEE . The Employer must supply current information to the ESOP Committee as to the name, date of birth, date of employment, annual Compensation, leaves of absence, Years of Service and date of Termination of Employment of each Employee who is, or who will be eligible to become, a Participant under this Plan, together with any other information which the ESOP Committee considers necessary. The Employer’s records as to the current information the Employer furnishes to the ESOP Committee are conclusive as to all persons.

7.02 NO LIABILITY . The Employer assumes no obligation or responsibility to any of its Employees, Participants, Former Participants or Beneficiaries for any act of, or failure to act, on the part of the Trustee, ESOP Committee (unless the Employer is the ESOP Committee) or the Plan Administrator (unless the Employer is the Plan Administrator).

7.03 INDEMNITY OF CERTAIN FIDUCIARIES . The Employer indemnifies and saves harmless the ESOP Committee (and the Appeal Committee, if appointed), and the members of the ESOP Committee (and the Appeal Committee, if appointed), and each of them, from and against any and all loss resulting from liability to which the ESOP Committee (and the Appeal Committee, if appointed), or the members of the ESOP Committee (and the Appeal Committee, if appointed), may be subjected by reason of any act or conduct (except willful misconduct or gross negligence) in their official capacities in the administration of this Plan, including all court costs and other expenses reasonably incurred in their defense, in case the Employer fails to provide such defense. The indemnification provisions of this Section 7.03 do not relieve any ESOP Committee member (or any Appeal Committee member) from any liability he may have under ERISA, including any liability for breach of a fiduciary duty. In the case of any ESOP Committee member (or any Appeal Committee member), the indemnification provisions of this Section 7.03 do not relieve it from any liability, to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction from which no appeal can be taken, enters a final judgment that the ESOP Committee member’s (or Appeal Committee member’s) actions or omissions were the result of gross negligence or willful misconduct. The ESOP Committee members (and the Appeal Committee members) and the Company may execute a letter agreement further delineating the indemnification provisions of this Section 7.03 , provided the letter agreement is consistent with and does not violate ERISA and Texas law. The indemnification provisions of this Section 7.03 extend to any other fiduciary solely to the extent provided by a letter agreement executed by such person and the Company.

7.04 AMENDMENT TO VESTING SCHEDULE . Though the Company reserves the right to amend the vesting schedule at any time, the amended vesting schedule will not be applied to reduce the Vested percentage of any Participant’s Account Balance derived from Employer Contributions (determined as of the later of the date the Employer adopts the amendment, or the date the amendment becomes effective) to a percentage less than the Vested percentage computed under this Plan without regard to the amendment. An amended vesting schedule will apply to a Participant only if the Participant receives credit for at least one (1) Hour of Service after the new schedule becomes effective.

 

Page 56


If the Company makes a permissible amendment to the vesting schedule, each Participant having at least three (3) Years of Service with the Employer may elect to have the percentage of his Vested Account Balance computed under this Plan without regard to the amendment. The Participant must file his election with the ESOP Committee within sixty (60) days of the latest of (a) the Company’s adoption of the amendment; (b) the effective date of the amendment; or (c) his receipt of a copy of the amendment. The ESOP Committee as soon as practicable, must forward a true copy of any amendment to the vesting schedule to each affected Participant, together with an explanation of the effect of the amendment, the appropriate form upon which the Participant may make an election to remain under the vesting schedule provided under this Plan prior to the amendment and notice of the time within which the Participant must make an election to remain under the prior vesting schedule. The election described in this Section 7.04 does not apply to a Participant if the amended vesting schedule provides for vesting at least as rapid at all times as the vesting schedule in effect prior to the amendment. For purposes of this Section 7.04, an amendment to the vesting schedule includes any Plan amendment which directly or indirectly affects the computation of the Vested percentage of a Participant’s rights to his Account Balance derived from Employer Contributions and Forfeitures (if any).

End of Article VII

 

Page 57


ARTICLE VIII

PARTICIPANT ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS

8.01 BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION . Any Participant from time to time may designate, in writing, any person or persons contingently or successively to whom this Plan will pay his Vested Account Balance (including any life insurance proceeds payable to the Account) in the event of his or her death, and the Participant may designate the form and method. The ESOP Committee will prescribe the form for the written designation of Beneficiary and upon the Participant’s filing the form with the ESOP Committee, the form effectively revokes all designations filed prior to that date by the same Participant.

The Beneficiary designation of a married Participant is not valid unless the Participant’s spouse consents, in writing, to the Beneficiary designation. The Participant’s spouse shall automatically be the named Beneficiary (regardless of whether a Beneficiary designation was made) and shall be paid the Participant’s death benefit unless (1) the Participant’s spouse affirmatively consents to the Beneficiary designation in the manner prescribed in Code Section 417(a)(2); or (2) the following sentence applies. The spousal consent requirements in this paragraph do not apply if the Participant and his spouse are not married throughout the one year period ending on the date of the Participant’s death or if the Participant’s spouse is the Participant’s sole primary Beneficiary.

Any consent by the Participant’s spouse to waive any rights to the death benefit must be in writing, must acknowledge the effect of such waiver, and be witnessed by a Plan representative or notary public. Further, the spouse’s consent must be irrevocable and must acknowledge the specific nonspouse Beneficiary.

In the event a distribution is to be made to a minor, then the ESOP Committee may direct that such distribution be paid to the legal guardian, or if none, to a parent of such Beneficiary or a responsible adult with whom the Beneficiary maintains his residence, or to the custodian for such Beneficiary under the Uniform Gift to Minors Act or the Uniform Transfers to Minors Act, whichever is applicable, if such is permitted by the laws of the state in which said Beneficiary resides. Such a payment to the legal guardian, custodian or parent of a minor Beneficiary shall fully discharge the Trustee, Employer, and Plan from further liability on account thereof.

8.02 NO BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION . If a Participant fails to name a Beneficiary in accordance with Section 8.01 , or if the Beneficiary named by a Participant predeceases him, or if the Beneficiary designation is invalid or void, the Participant’s Vested Account Balance will be paid in accordance with Article VI to the Participant’s estate. If the Beneficiary does not predecease the Participant, but dies prior to distribution of the Participant’s entire Vested Account Balance, the remaining Vested Account Balance will be paid to the Beneficiary’s estate unless the Participant’s Beneficiary designation provides otherwise.

8.03 PERSONAL DATA TO COMMITTEE . Each Participant and each Beneficiary of a deceased Participant must furnish to the ESOP Committee such evidence, data or information as the ESOP Committee considers necessary or desirable for the purpose of administering this Plan. The provisions of this Plan are effective for the benefit of each Participant upon the condition precedent that each Participant will promptly furnish full, true, and complete evidence, data, and information when requested by the ESOP

 

Page 58


Committee, provided the ESOP Committee advises each Participant of the effect of his failure to comply with its request. Any adjustment required by reason of lack of proof or the misstatement of the age of persons entitled to benefits hereunder, by the Participant or otherwise, shall be in such manner as the ESOP Committee deems equitable.

Any notice or information which according to the terms of this Plan or the rules of the ESOP Committee must be filed with the ESOP Committee, shall be deemed so filed if addressed and either delivered in person or mailed, postage fully prepaid, to the ESOP Committee. If mailed, any such notice or information shall be addressed to the ESOP Committee Chairman c/o Plains Capital Corporation, and mailed to its corporate headquarters address.

Whenever a provision herein requires that a Participant (or the Participant’s Beneficiary) give notice to the ESOP Committee within a specified number of days or by a certain date, and the last day of such period, or such date falls on a Saturday, Sunday, or Company holiday, the Participant (or the Participant’s Beneficiary) will be deemed in compliance with such provision if notice is delivered in person to the ESOP Committee or is mailed, properly addressed, postage prepaid, and postmarked on or before the business day next following such Saturday, Sunday or Company holiday. The ESOP Committee may, in its sole discretion, modify or waive any specified requirement notice; provided, however, that such modification or waiver must be administratively feasible, must be in the best interest of the Participant (or Beneficiary), and must be made on the basis of rules of the ESOP Committee which are applied uniformly to all Participants.

8.04 ADDRESS FOR NOTIFICATION . Each Participant, each Beneficiary of a deceased Participant, and other person entitled to benefits hereunder must file with the ESOP Committee from time to time, in writing, his mailing address and any change of mailing address. Any communication, statement or notice addressed to a Participant, Former Participant or Beneficiary, at his last mailing address filed with the ESOP Committee, or as shown on the records of the Employer, binds the Participant, Former Participant or Beneficiary, for all purposes of this Plan. Any check representing payment hereunder and any communication addressed to a Participant, Former Participant, an Employee, a former Employee, or Beneficiary, at such person’s last mailing address filed with the ESOP Committee, or if no such address has been filed, then at such person’s last mailing address as indicated on the records of the Employer, shall be deemed to have been delivered to such person on the date on which such check or communication is deposited, postage prepaid, in the United States mail.

If the ESOP Committee, for any reason, is in doubt as to whether payments are being received by the person entitled thereto, it shall, by registered mail addressed to the person concerned, at his mailing address last known to the ESOP Committee, notify such person that all unmailed and future payments shall be henceforth withheld until he provides the ESOP Committee with evidence of his existence and his proper mailing address.

8.05 ASSIGNMENT OR ALIENATION . Unless Section 6.08 applies, which relates to qualified domestic relations orders, neither a Participant nor a Beneficiary may anticipate, assign or alienate (either at law or in equity) any benefit provided under this Plan. A benefit under this Plan is not subject to attachment, garnishment, levy, execution or other legal or equitable process. All of the provisions of this Section 8.05 , however, are subject to the withholding of any applicable taxes and to assignments permitted by Code Section 401(a)(13).

 

Page 59


8.06 LITIGATION AGAINST THE TRUST . A court of competent jurisdiction may authorize any appropriate equitable relief to redress violations of ERISA or to enforce any provisions of ERISA or the terms of this Plan. A fiduciary may receive reimbursement of expenses properly and actually incurred in the performance of his duties with this Plan.

8.07 APPEAL PROCEDURE FOR DENIAL OF BENEFITS . A Participant, Former Participant, or a Beneficiary (“Claimant”) may file with the Appeal Committee (as defined below) a written claim for benefits, if the Participant, Former Participant, or Beneficiary determines the distribution procedures of this Plan have not provided him his proper Vested Account Balance. The Appeal Committee must render a decision on the claim within ninety (90) days of the Claimant’s written claim for benefits. The Appeal Committee must provide adequate notice in writing to the Claimant whose claim for benefits under this Plan the Appeal Committee has denied. For purposes of this Section 8.07 , the Appeal Committee shall be a separate committee established by the ESOP Committee whose sole responsibility shall be the handling of benefit claims under the terms of this Plan. If the ESOP Committee has not appointed members to actively service on the Appeal Committee, the ESOP Committee shall constitute the Appeal Committee. The Appeal Committee’s notice to the Claimant must set forth:

(a) The specific reason or reasons for the denial;

(b) Specific references to pertinent Plan provisions on which the Appeal Committee based its denial;

(c) A description of any additional material and information needed for the Claimant to perfect his claim and an explanation of why the material or information is needed; and

(d) That any appeal the Claimant wishes to make of the adverse determination must be in writing to the Appeal Committee within sixty (60) days after receipt of the ESOP Committee’s notice of denial of benefits. The ESOP Committee’s notice must further advise the Claimant that his failure to appeal the action to the Appeal Committee in writing within the sixty (60) day period will render the Appeal Committee’s determination final, binding and conclusive.

If the Claimant should appeal to the Appeal Committee, he, or his duly authorized representative, may submit, in writing, whatever issues and comments he, or his duly authorized representative, feels are pertinent. At the appeals conference (or prior thereto upon five (5) business days written notice to the Appeal Committee), the Claimant, or his duly authorized representative, may review Plan documents in the possession of the ESOP Committee which are pertinent to the claim. Either the Claimant, Appeal Committee, or ESOP Committee may cause a court reporter to attend the appeals conference and record the proceedings. In such event, a complete written transcript of the proceeding shall be furnished to all parties by the court reporter. The full expense of any court reporter and such transcripts shall be borne by the party causing the court reporter to attend the appeals conference. The Appeal

 

Page 60


Committee will re-examine all facts related to the appeal and make a final determination as to whether the denial of benefits is justified under the circumstances. The Appeal Committee must advise the Claimant of its decision within sixty (60) days of the Claimant’s written request for review, unless special circumstances (such as a hearing) would make the rendering of a decision within the sixty (60) day limit unfeasible, but in no event may the Appeal Committee render a decision respecting a denial for a claim for benefits later than one hundred twenty (120) days after its receipt of a request for review.

The Appeal Committee’s notice of denial of benefits must identify the name of each member of the Appeal Committee and the name and address of the Appeal Committee member to whom the Claimant may forward his appeal, provided, however, that this sentence shall not apply if the ESOP Committee functions as the Appeal Committee.

8.08 DIVERSIFICATION OF PARTICIPANT’S ACCOUNT . Except as provided in this Section 8.08 , a Participant does not have the right to direct the Trustee with respect to the investment or re-investment of the assets comprising the Participant’s Account. Notwithstanding the preceding, each “Qualified Participant” may direct (by virtue of a transfer described below) the investment of at least twenty-five percent (25%) of the total number of Employer Securities held in the ESOP Portion of the Plan acquired by or contributed to this Plan that have ever been allocated to the Account on or before the most recent Plan allocation date less the number of Employer Securities previously diversified under this Section 8.08 (“Eligible Account Balance”) within ninety (90) days after the Accounting Date of each Plan Year during the Participant’s Qualified Election Period. For the last Plan Year in the Participant’s Qualified Election Period, fifty percent (50%) will be substituted for twenty-five percent (25%) in the immediately preceding sentence. The Qualified Participant must make his direction in writing, and the direction may be effective no later than ninety (90) days after the close of the Plan Year to which the direction applies.

A Qualified Participant may direct that the portion of his Eligible Account Balance covered by the election be transferred to another qualified plan of the Employer which accepts such transfers, but only if the transferee plan permits employee-directed investment with at least three (3) investment options and does not invest in Employer Securities to a substantial degree. The direct transfer will be made no later than ninety (90) days after the last day of the period during which the Qualified Participant may make the election.

8.09 PARTICIPANT VOTING RIGHTS - EMPLOYER SECURITIES .

(a) With respect to Employer Securities held in a Participant’s Employer Securities Account which are not part of a registration-type class of securities (as defined in Code Section 409(e)(4)), a Participant has the right to direct the Trustee regarding the voting of such Employer Securities allocated to his Employer Securities Account with respect to any corporate matter which involves the approval or disapproval of any corporate merger or consolidation, recapitalization, reclassification, liquidation, dissolution, sale of substantially all assets of a trade or business, or such similar transaction as the Department of Treasury may prescribe in Regulations. On other corporate matters requiring a vote of the shareholders, the ESOP Committee shall direct the Trustee to properly vote such Employer Securities which are held in a Participant’s Employer Securities

 

Page 61


Account of the Participants. As to any Employer Securities allocated to the Participant’s Employer Securities Account which are part of a registration-type class of securities, the voting rights provided in this Section 8.09 extend to all corporate matters requiring a vote of stockholders. The ESOP Committee shall direct the Trustee to vote allocated Employer Securities held in a Participant’s Employer Securities Account for which it has not received direction or for which it has not received a valid direction from a Participant (or Beneficiary) as part of this Plan assets.

Each Participant (or Beneficiary) who timely provides instructions to the Trustee shall be entitled to direct the Trustee how to vote Employer Securities allocated to such Participant’s Employer Securities Account in accordance with this Section 8.09 . In order to implement these voting directions, the Company shall provide each Participant (or Beneficiary) with proxy solicitation materials or other notices or information statements which are distributed to Company shareholders, together with a form requesting confidential instructions as to the manner in which Employer Securities allocated to the Participant’s Employer Securities Account are to be voted. Each Participant (or Beneficiary) shall, as a named fiduciary described in ERISA Section 403(a)(1), direct the Trustee with respect to the vote of such Employer Securities which are allocated to a Participant’s Employer Securities Account of the Participant (or Beneficiary). Reasonable means shall be employed to provide confidentiality with respect to the voting by such Participant (or Beneficiary), it being the intent of this provision of this Section 8.09 to ensure that the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) cannot determine the direction given by any Participant (or Beneficiary). Such instructions shall be in such form and shall be filed in such manner and at such time as the ESOP Committee may prescribe.

(b) With respect to Employer Securities held in the Unallocated Employer Securities Account, the ESOP Committee shall direct the Trustee to properly vote such Employer Securities which are held in the Unallocated Employer Securities Account for or against any proposal. If all Employer Securities are held in the Unallocated Employer Securities Account on the record date when a matter is submitted to a vote of the Company’s shareholders, the Trustee, as directed by the ESOP Committee, shall properly vote such Employer Securities for or against any proposal.

(c) Notwithstanding any provision contained in this Section 8.09 , Participant (or Beneficiary) directions and ESOP Committee directions which are or would result in a violation of ERISA or would not be in the best interest of the Participant (or Beneficiary) shall not be complied with.

If the ESOP Committee does not direct the Trustee to vote on a matter, or the Participant (or Beneficiary) directions or ESOP Committee directions are or would result in a violation of ERISA or would not be in the best interest of the Participant (or Beneficiary), the Trustee, in its discretion, shall properly vote the Employer Securities in a manner which is in the best interest of the Participants (or Beneficiaries).

(d) If any provision contained in or action required by this Section 8.09 violates any provision under ERISA, the provisions under ERISA shall be complied with.

 

Page 62


8.10 FEES AND EXPENSES . The ESOP Committee may direct the Trustee to pay from the Trust all fees and expenses reasonably incurred by this Plan, to the extent such fees and expenses are for the ordinary and necessary administration and operation of this Plan, unless the Employer pays the fees and expenses. Any fee or expense paid, directly or indirectly, by the Employer is not an Employer Contribution to this Plan, provided the fee or expense relates to the ordinary and necessary administration of this Plan.

End of Article VIII

 

Page 63


ARTICLE IX

ESOP COMMITTEE

DUTIES WITH RESPECT TO PARTICIPANTS’ ACCOUNTS

9.01 MEMBERS’ COMPENSATION, EXPENSES . The Company may appoint an ESOP Committee to administer this Plan, the members of which may or may not be Participants in this Plan, or which may be the ESOP Committee acting alone. In the absence of an ESOP Committee appointment, the Board of Directors assumes the powers, duties and responsibilities of the ESOP Committee. The members of the ESOP Committee will serve without compensation for services as such, but the Employer will pay all expenses of the ESOP Committee, except to the extent the Trust properly pays for such expenses.

9.02 TERM . Each member of the ESOP Committee serves until the appointment of his successor.

9.03 POWERS . The ESOP Committee is empowered to assist the Trustee to satisfy and operate this Plan in accordance with the terms of this Plan, the Trust, the Code, and ERISA. In case of a vacancy in the membership of the ESOP Committee, the remaining members of the ESOP Committee may exercise any and all of the powers, authority, duties and discretion conferred upon the ESOP Committee pending the filling of the vacancy.

9.04 GENERAL . The ESOP Committee has full discretion and authority to perform the following powers and duties:

(a) To select a Secretary, who need not be a member of the ESOP Committee;

(b) To determine the rights of eligibility of an Employee to participate in this Plan, the value of a Participant’s Account Balance and the Vested percentage of each Participant’s Account Balance;

(c) To adopt rules of procedure and regulations and guidelines necessary for the proper and efficient administration of this Plan, including, but not limited to, Participant direction of investments of assets other than Employer Securities held by the Trust, provided the rules are not inconsistent with the terms of this Plan;

(d) To construe and enforce the terms of this Plan and the rules and regulations it adopts, including interpretation of, and the resolution of any inconsistencies in, this Plan document and documents related to this Plan’s operation;

(e) To direct the Trustee in crediting and distributing the Trust Assets;

(f) To review and render decisions or appoint an Appeal Committee to review and render decisions respecting a claim for (or denial of a claim for) a benefit under this Plan;

(g) To furnish the Employer with information which the Employer may require for tax or other purposes;

 

Page 64


(h) To engage the service of agents whom it may deem advisable to assist it with the performance of its duties;

(i) To engage the services of an Investment Manager or Managers (as defined in ERISA Section 3(38)), each of whom will have full power and authority to manage, acquire or dispose (or direct the Trustee with respect to acquisition or disposition) of any Plan asset under its control;

(j) To construe and interpret this Plan and the rules and regulations adopted and to answer all questions arising in the administration, interpretation and application of this Plan document and documents related to this Plan’s operation;

(k) To establish and maintain a funding standard account and to make credits and charges to the account to the extent required by and in accordance with the provisions of the Code;

(l) Subject to Section 6.04(a) , to distribute cash instead of Employer Securities;

(m) Subject to Section 6.04(a) , to require a Participant (or his Beneficiary) to resell the Employer Securities immediately to the Employer if Employer Securities are distributed;

(n) To direct the Trustee to convert a Restricted Participant’s Employer Securities Account (in whole or in part) into cash (i) during any Plan Year following the close of the Plan Year in which the Restricted Participant Separated from Service for any reason, provided at such time the Trust has an adequate amount of cash to convert (in whole or part) the Restricted Participant’s Employer Securities Account; or (ii) during any Plan Year in which an allocation to an S Corporation Disqualified Person could result in a Nonallocation Year, prior to such allocation and solely to the extent required to prevent a Nonallocation Year from occurring. The value of the Restricted Participant’s Employer Securities Account is determined either as of the end of the Plan Year in which the Restricted Participant Separated from Service, the end of the Plan Year immediately preceding the potential Nonallocation Year, or as of the more recent valuation, if any, and such amount of cash is invested by the Trustee as directed by the ESOP Committee;

(o) To direct the Trustee to sell or exchange Employer Securities held in the Unallocated Employer Securities Account in complete satisfaction of an Exempt Loan; and

(p) To establish procedures, correct any defect, and resolve any inconsistency in such manner and to such extent as shall be necessary or advisable to carry out the purpose of this Plan.

Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, the ESOP Committee shall not interfere or cause the Trustee to violate the terms of this Plan, the Trust, the Code, and ERISA. The ESOP Committee must exercise all of its powers, duties and discretion under this Plan in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner. All decisions, determinations, directions, interpretations,

 

Page 65


and applications of this Plan by the ESOP Committee and the Appeal Committee (if appointed) shall be final and binding upon all persons, including (but not limited to) the Company, Employer, Trustee, and all Participants, Former Participants, Beneficiaries and Alternate Payees unless in violation of this Plan, the Trust, ERISA, the Code or any federal or state laws.

9.05 FUNDING POLICY . This Plan is designed to invest primarily in Employer Securities, which is a Qualifying Employer Security with respect to the Employer within the meaning of Code Sections 409(1) and 4975(e)(8). The ESOP Committee may direct the Trustee, however, to invest in assets other than Employer Securities to provide for expenses and distributions and to the extent the Trustee and ESOP Committee deem appropriate.

9.06 MANNER OF ACTION . The decision of a majority of the members of the ESOP Committee appointed and qualified controls.

9.07 AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE . The ESOP Committee may authorize any one of its members, or its Secretary, to sign on its behalf any notices, directions, applications, certificates, consents, approvals, waivers, letters or other documents. The ESOP Committee must evidence this authority by an instrument signed by all members.

9.08 INTERESTED MEMBER . No member of the ESOP Committee may decide or determine any matter concerning the distribution, nature or method of settlement of his own benefits under this Plan, except in exercising an election available to that member in his capacity as a Participant.

9.09 INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS . The ESOP Committee will maintain, or direct the Trustee to maintain, a separate Account, or multiple Accounts, in the name of each Participant to reflect the Participant’s Account balance under this Plan. The ESOP Committee must maintain, or direct the Trustee to maintain, an Employer Securities Account and a General Investments Account to reflect the Participant’s interest in the Trust. If applicable, the ESOP Committee must maintain, or direct the Trustee to maintain, a Retirement Plan Account and a Rollover Account for each Participant. If a Participant re-enters this Plan subsequent to his having a Forfeiture Break in Service (as defined in Section 5.08 ), a separate Account for the Participant’s pre-Forfeiture Break in Service Account balance and a separate Account for his post-Forfeiture Break in Service Account balance shall be maintained unless the Participant’s entire Account balance under this Plan is one hundred percent (100%) Vested.

The ESOP Committee will make its allocations, or request the Trustee to make its allocations, to the Accounts of the Participants in accordance with the provisions of Section 9.11 . The ESOP Committee may direct the Trustee to maintain a temporary segregated investment Account in the name of a Participant to prevent a distortion of income, gain or loss allocations under Section 9.11 .

The ESOP Committee shall create and maintain, or direct the Trustee to create and maintain, adequate records to reflect all transactions of this Plan and to disclose the interest in this Plan of each Participant, Former Participant, Beneficiary, or Alternate Payee who has an undistributed interest in this Plan, as follows:

(a) Individual Accounts. The ESOP Committee may establish and maintain, or direct the Trustee to establish and maintain individual accounts for each Participant as designated above.

 

Page 66


(b) General Accounts. The ESOP Committee may establish and maintain, or direct the Trustee to establish and maintain, for this Plan suspense accounts to be known as an “Unallocated Employer Securities Account” and an “Unallocated General Investments Account.”

(c) Rights in Trust Fund. The maintenance of individual Accounts is only for accounting purposes, and a segregation of the assets of this Plan for each Account shall not be required. Distributions and withdrawals made from an Account shall be charged to the Account as of the date paid.

9.10 VALUE OF PARTICIPANT’S ACCOUNT BALANCE . The value of each Participant’s Account Balance consists of that proportion of the net worth (at fair market value) of the Trust Fund which the net credit balance in his Account bears to the total net credit balance in the Accounts of all Participants. For purposes of a distribution under this Plan, the value of a Participant’s Account Balance is its value as of the Valuation Date immediately preceding the date of the distribution.

9.11 ALLOCATIONS TO PARTICIPANTS’ ACCOUNTS . A “Valuation Date” under this Plan is each Accounting Date and each interim Valuation Date determined under Section 11.16 . As of each Valuation Date, the ESOP Committee must adjust Accounts, to reflect net income, gain or loss since the last Valuation Date. The valuation period is the period beginning the day after the last Valuation Date and ending on the current Valuation Date. The Trustee will allocate the Employer Contributions, Forfeitures, net income, gain or loss, if any, in accordance with Article III .

9.12 INDIVIDUAL STATEMENT . As soon as practicable after the Accounting Date of each Plan Year, but within the time prescribed by ERISA, and the Regulations under ERISA, the Plan Administrator, ESOP Committee, or Trustee (upon direction of the ESOP Committee) will deliver to each Participant (and to each Beneficiary) a statement reflecting the condition of his Account Balance as of that date and such other information that ERISA requires be furnished the Participant or Beneficiary. No Participant, except a member of the ESOP Committee, shall have the right to inspect the records reflecting the Account of any other Participant.

9.13 ACCOUNT CHARGED . The ESOP Committee shall charge, or direct the Trustee to charge, all distributions made to a Participant or to his Beneficiary from his Account, against the Account of the Participant when made.

9.14 UNCLAIMED ACCOUNT PROCEDURE . The Plan does not require the ESOP Committee, the Plan Administrator, the Employer, or the Company to search for, or to ascertain the whereabouts of, any Participant or Beneficiary. The ESOP Committee, by certified or registered mail addressed to his last known address of record with the ESOP Committee or the Employer, shall notify any Participant, or Beneficiary, that he is entitled to a distribution under this Plan, and the notice shall quote the provisions of this Section 9.14 . If the Participant, or Beneficiary, fails to claim his distributive share or make his whereabouts known in writing to

 

Page 67


the ESOP Committee within six (6) months from the date of mailing of the notice, the ESOP Committee may treat the Participant’s or Beneficiary’s unclaimed payable Account Balance as forfeited and shall reallocate and use the amount of the unclaimed payable Account Balance to first pay for Plan expenses and then to reduce the Employer’s contribution for the Plan Year in which the Forfeiture occurs.

If a Participant or Beneficiary who has incurred a Forfeiture of his Account Balance under the provisions of the first paragraph of this Section 9.14 makes a claim, at any time, for his forfeited Account Balance, the ESOP Committee shall restore, or direct the Trustee to restore, the Participant’s or Beneficiary’s forfeited Account Balance to the same dollar amount as the dollar amount of the Account Balance forfeited, unadjusted for any gains or losses occurring subsequent to the date of the Forfeiture to the extent permitted by ERISA and the Code. The ESOP Committee will make, or direct the Trustee to make, the restoration during the Plan Year in which the Participant or Beneficiary makes the claim, first from the amount, if any, of Forfeitures the ESOP Committee otherwise would allocate for the Plan Year, then from the amount, if any, of the Trust Fund net income or gain for the Plan Year and then from the amount, or additional amount, the Employer contributes to enable the ESOP Committee to make the required restoration. The ESOP Committee must direct the Trustee to distribute the Participant’s or Beneficiary’s restored Account Balance to him not later than sixty (60) days after the close of the Plan Year in which the ESOP Committee restores the forfeited Account Balance. The Forfeiture provisions of this Section 9.14 apply solely to the Participant’s or to the Beneficiary’s Account Balance derived from Employer Contributions and Forfeitures (if any).

9.15 INVESTMENT MANAGER . The Company may appoint an Investment Manger pursuant to Terms of the Trust. The Investment Manager has the rights, powers, duties, and discretion as the Company may delegate, subject to any limitations or directions specified in the instrument evidencing appointment of the Investment Manager and to the terms of ERISA. The Investment Manager shall be solely responsible for the management of the assets of the Trust delegated to it or as specifically provided under this Plan or the Trust. The ESOP Committee and the Trustee are not liable for any loss resulting from any action or inaction of the Investment Manager. All decisions of the Investment Manager shall be final and binding upon the Trustee and ESOP Committee unless in violation of this Plan, the Trust, ERISA, the Code or any federal or state laws. The ESOP Committee and the Trustee shall not interfere or cause the Investment Manager to violate the terms of this Plan, the Trust, the Code and ERISA. The ESOP Committee and the Trustee do not have any obligation or responsibility with respect to any action required by this Plan or Trust to be taken by the Investment Manager.

9.16 LOANS . The ESOP Committee is prohibited from adopting a loan policy. No loans shall be made from this Plan to Participants and Beneficiaries.

End of Article IX

 

Page 68


ARTICLE X

REPURCHASE OF EMPLOYER SECURITIES

10.01 PUT OPTION . The Company will issue a “put option” to each Participant receiving a distribution of Employer Securities from his Employer Securities Account if such Employer Securities are not Publicly Traded when distributed or are subject to a trading limitation (within the meaning of Section 54.4975-7(b)(10) of the Regulations). The put option will permit the Participant, the Participant’s Beneficiary, the Participant’s donees, or a person (including an estate or its distributee) to whom the Employer Securities pass by reason of the Participant’s or Beneficiary’s death, to sell the Employer Securities to the Company, at any time during two (2) option periods, at the current fair market value. The first put option period runs for a period of at least sixty (60) days commencing on the date of distribution of Employer Securities to the Participant. The second put option period runs for a period of at least sixty (60) days commencing on the first day after the new determination of the fair market value of Employer Securities is made in the subsequent Plan Year. If a Participant (or Beneficiary) exercises his put option, the Company must purchase the Employer Securities at fair market value upon the terms provided under Section 10.04 . The Company may grant the Trust an option to assume the Company’s rights and obligations at the time a Participant exercises an option under this Section 10.01 .

10.02 RESTRICTION ON EMPLOYER SECURITIES . Except upon the prior written consent of the Company, no Participant (or Beneficiary) may sell, assign, give, pledge, encumber, transfer or otherwise dispose of any Employer Securities which are not Publicly Traded (at the time of such transaction) and which are now owned or subsequently acquired by him without complying with the terms of this Article X . If a Participant (or Beneficiary) pledges or encumbers any Employer Securities with the required prior written consent, any security holder’s rights with respect to such Employer Securities are subordinate and subject to the rights of the Company.

Certificates for Employer Securities distributed to Participants, Inactive Participants, Former Participants, or Beneficiaries thereof, may contain the following legend:

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE TRANSFERABLE ONLY UPON COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THE PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION EMPLOYEES’ STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN AND THE PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION EMPLOYEES’ STOCK OWNERSHIP TRUST (COLLECTIVELY REFERRED TO AS THE “PLAN”) WHICH GRANTED TO PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL. THE COMPANY WILL FURNISH TO THE RECORD HOLDER OF THIS CERTIFICATE WITHOUT CHARGE UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE COMPANY AT ITS PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS OR REGISTERED OFFICE A COPY OF THE PLAN. THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY

 

Page 69


THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED WITH THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAW OF ANY STATE IN WHICH THEY HAVE BEEN SOLD WITHOUT SUCH REGISTRATION, SUCH SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AN EXEMPTION FROM SUCH REGISTRATION IS AVAILABLE.

On the front of each such certificate, there may be placed the following notation in capital letters:

RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER STATED ON REVERSE SIDE

10.03 LIFETIME TRANSFER AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL . If any Participant (or Beneficiary) who receives Employer Securities under this Plan which are not Publicly Traded desires to dispose of any of his Employer Securities for any reason during his lifetime (whether by sale, assignment, gift or any other method of transfer), he first must offer the Employer Securities for sale to the Company. The ESOP Committee may require a Participant (or Beneficiary) entitled to a distribution of Employer Securities to execute an appropriate stock transfer agreement (evidencing the right of first refusal) prior to receiving a certificate of Employer Securities.

In the case of an offer by a third party, the offer to the Company is subject to all the terms and conditions set forth in Section 10.04 based on the price equal to the fair market value per share and payable in accordance with the terms of Section 10.04 unless the selling price and terms offered to the Participant by the third party are more favorable to the Participant than the selling price and terms of Section 10.04 , in which case the selling price and terms of the offer of the third party apply. The Company must give written notice to the offering Participant of its acceptance of the Participant’s offer within fourteen (14) days after the Participant has given written notice to the Company or the Company’s rights under this Section 10.03 will lapse. The Company may grant the Trust the option to assume the Company’s rights and obligations with respect to all or any part of the Employer Securities offered to the Company under this Section 10.03 .

Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary herein, the Trustee is prohibited from exercising this first right of refusal if the fair market value at the time of exercise is higher than the value at the last Valuation Date unless the ESOP Committee and the Trustee determine such action (i) shall not have an effect on the qualification of this Plan, and (ii) is not a prohibited transaction under the Code and ERISA.

10.04 PAYMENT OF PURCHASE PRICE . If the Company (or the Trustee, at the direction of the ESOP Committee) exercises an option to purchase a Participant’s Employer Securities pursuant to an offer given under Sections 10.01 or 10.03 , the purchaser(s) must make payment in lump sum or, if the distribution to the Participant (or to his Beneficiary) constitutes a Total Distribution, in substantially equal installments over a period not exceeding five (5) years. A “Total Distribution” to a Participant (or to a Beneficiary) is the distribution, within one taxable year of the recipient, of the entire balance to the Participant’s credit under this Plan. In the

 

Page 70


case of a distribution which is not a Total Distribution or which is a Total Distribution with respect to which the purchaser(s) will make payment in lump sum, the purchaser(s) must pay the Participant (or Beneficiary) the fair market value of the Employer Securities repurchased no later than thirty (30) days after the date the Participant (or Beneficiary) exercises the option. In the case of a Total Distribution with respect to which the purchaser(s) will make installment payments, the purchaser(s) must make the first installment payment no later than thirty (30) days after the Participant (or Beneficiary) exercises the put option. For installment amounts not paid within thirty (30) days of the exercise of the put option, the purchaser(s) must evidence the balance of the purchase price by executing a promissory note, delivered to the selling Participant at the Closing (as defined in Section 10.06 ). The note delivered at Closing must bear a reasonable rate of interest, determined as of the Closing date (as defined in Section 10.06 ), and the purchaser(s) must provide adequate security (which satisfies the requirement of the Code and ERISA). The note must provide for equal annual installments with interest payable with each installment, the first installment being due and payable one year after the Closing date. The note further must provide for acceleration in the event of thirty (30) days’ default of the payment on interest or principal and must grant to the maker of the note the right to prepay the note in whole or in part at any time or times without penalty; provided, however, the purchaser(s) may not have the right to make any prepayment during the calendar year or fiscal year of the Participant (or Beneficiary) in which the Closing date occurs.

10.05 NOTICE . A person has given Notice permitted or required under this Article X when the person deposits the Notice in the United States mail, first class, postage prepaid, addressed to the person entitled to the Notice at the address currently listed for him in the records of the ESOP Committee. Any person affected by this Article X has the obligation of notifying the ESOP Committee of any change of address.

10.06 TERMS AND DEFINITIONS . For purposes of this Article X :

(a) “Fair market value” means the value of the Employer Securities (i) determined as of the date of the exercise of an option if the exercise is by a Disqualified Person, or (ii) in all other cases, determined as of the most recent Accounting Date. The Trustee must determine fair market value of Employer Securities for all purposes of this Plan by engaging the services of an independent appraiser or independent financial advisor (“independent party”). The ESOP Committee shall rely upon a determination of valuation of Employer Securities made by the independent party selected by the Trustee. The ESOP Committee shall rely upon the independent party selected by the Trustee to be (1) independent as required by law, and (2) qualified and experienced in preparing valuations of closely-held corporations for purposes of employee stock ownership plans.

(b) “Notice” means any offer, acceptance of an offer, payment or any other communications.

(c) “Beneficiary” includes the legal representative of a deceased Participant.

 

Page 71


(d) “Closing” means the place, date, and time (“Closing Date”) to which the selling Participant (or his Beneficiary) and purchaser may agree for purposes of a sale and purchase under this Article X , provided Closing must take place not later than thirty (30) days after the exercise of an offer under Section 10.03 .

10.07 TRUSTEE’S PUT OPTION . To the extent permitted by applicable law, the ESOP Committee may authorize the Trustee to put the shares of Employer Securities held by the Trust to the Company to be purchased by the Company at the then fair market value in the event that a distribution from a Participant’s Employer Securities Account is to be made in cash, or a distribution pursuant to Section 6.05 , or the Trustee expects to incur Plan expenses which will not be paid directly by the Employer and the Trustee determines that the Trust has insufficient cash to make the anticipated distributions or pay Plan expenses.

10.08 SECURITY HOLDER . Notwithstanding any provision herein, the Trustee shall not otherwise obligate itself to acquire Employer Securities from a particular shareholder at an indefinite time determined upon the happening of an event such as, but not limited to, the death of a shareholder.

10.09 PROVISIONS NON-TERMINABLE . The provisions described in this Article X are non-terminable even if the Exempt Loan is repaid or this Plan ceases to be an employee stock ownership plan.

End of Article X

 

Page 72


ARTICLE XI

MISCELLANEOUS

11.01 EVIDENCE . Anyone required to give evidence under the terms of this Plan may do so by certificate, affidavit, document or other information which the person to act in reliance may consider pertinent, reliable and genuine, and to have been signed, made or presented by the proper party or parties. The ESOP Committee and the Trustee is fully protected in acting and relying upon any evidence described under the immediately preceding sentence.

11.02 NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR PLAN ACTIONS . The ESOP Committee does not have any obligation or responsibility with respect to any action required by this Plan or Trust to be taken by the Trustee, Employer, the Company, the ESOP Committee, any Participant or Eligible Employee, or for the failure of any of the above persons to act or make any payment or contribution, or to otherwise provide any benefit contemplated under this Plan. The Plan does not require the ESOP Committee (i) to determine if a loan obtained by the Trustee is an Exempt Loan, (ii) to determine if the Trustee is purchasing Qualifying Employer Securities, (iii) to determine if the Trustee is purchasing Qualifying Employer Securities for no more than adequate consideration (as defined in ERISA), (iv) to collect any contribution required under this Plan, or (v) to determine the correctness of the amount of any Employer Contributions. The ESOP Committee need not inquire into or be responsible for any action or failure to act on the part of the others, or on the part of any other person who has any responsibility regarding the management, administration or operation of this Plan, whether by the express terms of this Plan, the Trust or by a separate agreement authorized by this Plan or by the applicable provisions of ERISA.

11.03 FIDUCIARIES NOT INSURERS . The ESOP Committee, the Plan Administrator, the Company, the Trustee and the Employer in no way guarantee the Trust Fund from loss or depreciation. The Employer and the Company do not guarantee the payment of any money which may be or becomes due to any person from the Trust Fund.

11.04 WAIVER OF NOTICE . Any person entitled to notice under this Plan may waive the notice, unless the Code or Treasury Regulations prescribe the notice or ERISA specifically or impliedly prohibits such a waiver.

11.05 SUCCESSORS . The Plan is binding upon all persons entitled to benefits under this Plan, their respective heirs and legal representatives, upon the Employer, its successors and assigns, and upon the Trustee, the ESOP Committee, the Plan Administrator and their successors.

11.06 WORD USAGE . Words used in the masculine also apply to the feminine and neuter where applicable, and wherever the context of this Plan dictates, the plural includes the singular and the singular includes the plural. Whenever a noun, or pronoun in lieu thereof, is used in this Plan in plural form and there may be only one person within the scope of the word so used, or in singular form and there be more than one person within the scope of the word so used, such word, or pronoun used in lieu thereof, shall have a singular or plural meaning, as the case may be. The words “herein,” “hereof,” and “hereunder” and other similar compounds of the word “here” shall mean and refer to the entire Plan, not to any particular provision or Section. Reference to Plan means this Plan. Article and Section headings are included for convenience of reference and are not intended to add to, or subtract from, the terms of this Plan.

 

Page 73


11.07 STATE LAW . Texas law will determine all questions arising with respect to the provisions of this Plan, such as (but not limited to) the execution, construction, administration and enforcement of this Plan, except to the extent superseded by federal law.

11.08 EMPLOYMENT NOT GUARANTEED . Nothing contained in this Plan, or with respect to the establishment and continuation of the Trust, or any modification or amendment to this Plan or Trust, or in the creation of any Account, or the payment of any benefit, gives any Employee, Participant, Former Participant or any Beneficiary (i) any right to continue employment, (ii) any legal or equitable right against the Company, the Employer, or Employee of the Employer, or its agents or employees, the ESOP Committee except as expressly provided by this Plan, the Trust, ERISA or by a separate agreement.

11.09 SEVERABILITY . Notwithstanding any provision contained in this Plan to the contrary, the provisions of this Plan shall be deemed severable and the validity or unenforceability of any provision shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions thereof.

11.10 CONTRARY PROVISIONS . The provisions of this Article XI shall govern notwithstanding anything contained in this Plan to the contrary.

11.11 NOTICE TO EMPLOYEES . Notice of this Plan and of any amendments thereto, of eligibility of each Employee, and notice of such other matters as may be required by law or this instrument, shall be given by the Employer to the Employees in such form as the ESOP Committee may deem appropriate and reasonable and in conformity to lawful requirements.

11.12 ACTION BY EMPLOYERS . Any written action herein permitted or required to be taken by an Employer shall be by resolution of its Board of Directors or by written instrument executed by a person or group of persons who has been authorized by resolution of its Board of Directors as having authority to take such action.

11.13 ADOPTION OF THE PLAN BY A CONTROLLED GROUP MEMBER . Any business enterprise which on or after the Effective Date is or becomes a member of a group of corporations described in Code Section 409(1) that includes the Company and complies with Code Section 1361 (if the Company has elected S Corporation status) shall be authorized to adopt this Plan for the benefit of its eligible employees, with the consent of the Board.

11.14 DISASSOCIATION OF ANY EMPLOYER FROM PLAN . Any Employer may withdraw from the provisions of this Plan at any time upon the expiration of thirty (30) days after delivery of written notice of its intent to do so to the ESOP Committee and the Board, and shall thereupon cease to be a party to this Plan. In such event, liability for further contributions for such Employer shall cease, and the Vested Accounts attributable to its then Participants and Former Participants shall either be distributed to the Participants or Former Participants, if it elects to terminate this Plan as to it, in the same manner as provided in the case of termination of the whole Plan, or shall be transferred to an independent successor plan and trust that it may establish for the benefit of its own employees, which shall be deemed a continuation of this Plan. Withdrawal from this Plan by an Employer shall not affect the continued operation of this Plan with respect to the Company and other Employers.

 

Page 74


11.15 NAMED FIDUCIARY . The “Named Fiduciaries” of this Plan are (1) the Trustee, (2) the ESOP Committee, (3) the Appeal Committee (if appointed), and (4) any Investment Manager appointed hereunder. The Named Fiduciaries shall have only those specified powers, duties, responsibilities, and obligations as are specifically given them under this Plan and Trust. In general, the Employer shall have the sole responsibility for making the contributions provided for under this Plan. The Company shall have the sole authority to appoint and remove the Trustee and the ESOP Committee. The ESOP Committee shall have the sole responsibility for the administration of this Plan. The Trustee shall have the sole responsibility (i) to determine if a loan secured by the Trustee on behalf of this Plan is an Exempt Loan, (ii) to determine that the Employer Securities purchased by the Trust are Qualifying Employer Securities, (iii) to determine that the purchase price paid to purchase Qualifying Employer Securities does not violate the prohibited transaction rules, and (iv) for management of the assets held under the Trust except those assets, management of which have been delegated to an Investment Manager or the Participant pursuant to Section 8.08 who shall be solely responsible for the management of the assets delegated to it or as specifically provided under this Plan. Each Named Fiduciary warrants that any directions given, information furnished, or action taken by it shall be taken in accordance with the provisions of this Plan, authorizing or providing for such direction, information, or action. Except for the Trustee, each other Named Fiduciary may rely upon any such direction, information, or action of another Named Fiduciary as being proper under this Plan and is not required under this Plan to inquire into priority of any such direction, information, or action. It is intended under this Plan that the Named Fiduciary shall be responsible for the proper exercise of its own powers, duties, responsibilities or obligations under this Plan. No Named Fiduciary shall guarantee this Plan in any manner against investment lost or depreciation in asset value.

11.16 VALUATION OF TRUST . The Trust Fund must be valued as of each Accounting Date, and in addition, as of each transaction date with any Disqualified Person if required by the prohibited transaction rules, or on such other dates as determined by the ESOP Committee, to determine the fair market value of each Participant’s Account Balance in this Plan. Investments of the Trust Fund in assets other than Employer Securities may be valued on a more frequent basis, as directed by the ESOP Committee. If a Valuation Date would otherwise occur on a Saturday, Sunday, or Company holiday, then the Valuation Date shall mean the preceding business day. For the purposes of each such valuation, the assets of the Trust Fund shall be valued at their respective current fair market value, and the amount of any obligations for which the Trust Fund may be liable shall be deducted from the total value of the assets. With respect to activities carried on by this Plan, an independent appraiser (meeting requirements similar to those prescribed by Treasury Regulations under Code Section 170(a)(1)) must perform all valuations of Employer Securities which are not readily tradable on an established securities market.

11.17 EXEMPT LOAN . This Section 11.17 specifically authorizes the Trustee to enter into an Exempt Loan transaction. The Board may empower the Company to authorize the guarantee or making by the Employer of any such Exempt Loan. The following terms and conditions will apply to any Exempt Loan.

 

Page 75


(a) The proceeds of the Exempt Loan will be used within a reasonable time after receipt only for any or all of the following purposes: (i) to acquire Employer Securities, (ii) to repay such Exempt Loan, or (iii) to repay a prior Exempt Loan. Except as provided under Article X , no Leveraged Employer Securities may be subject to a put, call or other option, or buy-sell or similar arrangement while held by and when distributed from the Trust, whether or not this Plan is then an employee stock ownership plan.

(b) The interest rate of the Exempt Loan may not be more than a reasonable rate of interest.

(c) Any collateral pledged to the creditor must consist only of the Employer Securities purchased by the borrowed funds and those Employer Securities used as collateral on the prior Exempt Loan repaid with the proceeds of the current Exempt Loan.

(d) The creditor may have no recourse against this Plan under the Exempt Loan except with respect to such collateral given for the Exempt Loan, contributions (other than contributions of Employer Securities) that the Employer makes to the Trust to meet its obligations under the Exempt Loan, and earnings attributable to such collateral and the investment of such contributions. The payment made with respect to an Exempt Loan by this Plan during a Plan Year must not exceed an amount equal to the sum of such contributions and earnings received during or prior to the year less such payments in prior years.

(e) In the event of default upon the Exempt Loan, the value of Plan assets transferred in satisfaction of the Exempt Loan must not exceed the amount of the default, and if the lender is a Disqualified Person, the Exempt Loan must provide for transfer of Plan assets upon default only upon and to the extent of the failure of this Plan to meet the payment schedule of the Exempt Loan.

(f) All Employer Securities acquired with the proceeds of an Exempt Loan must be added to and maintained in the Unallocated Employer Securities Account. In withdrawing Employer Securities from the Unallocated Employer Securities Account, the provisions of Treasury Regulation Sections 54.4975-7(b)(8) and (15) will be applied as if all Employer Securities in the Unallocated Employer Securities Account were encumbered. Notwithstanding any other provision herein, upon the payment of any portion of the Exempt Loan, Employer Securities in the Unallocated Employer Securities Account shall be released from encumbrances. For each Plan Year during the duration of the Exempt Loan, the number of Employer Securities released must equal the number of encumbered Employer Securities held immediately before release for the current Plan Year multiplied by a fraction of (i) the numerator of which is the amount of the principal paid under the purchase contract or the loan agreement for the current Plan Year; (ii) the denominator of which is the total of the principal to be paid for the current and all future Plan Years during the term of the Exempt Loan (determined without reference to any possible extensions or renewals thereof); provided the terms of the Exempt Loan satisfy all the requirements under Treasury Regulation Section 54.4975-7(b)(8)(ii). At the option of the Company, or if the Exempt Loan does not contain the following characteristics: (1) the annual payments

 

Page 76


of principal and interest (at a cumulative rate) are at least as rapid as level annual payments of such amounts over ten years, (2) the portion of each Exempt Loan payment treated as interest does not exceed the amount of payment that would be treated as interest under standard loan amortization tables, and (3) the Exempt Loan term (including extensions and renewals) does not exceed ten years, then interest paid and to be paid in the future on the Exempt Loan shall be included in the numerator and denominator of the fraction. The number of future Plan Years under the Exempt Loan must be definitely ascertainable and must be determined without taking into account any possible extension or renewal periods. If the interest rate under the Exempt Loan is variable, the interest to be paid in future Plan Years must be computed by using the interest rate applicable as of the end of the Plan Year. If the collateral includes more than one class of Employer Securities, the number of Employer Securities of each class to be released for a Plan Year must be determined by applying the same fraction to each such class. The ESOP Committee will allocate Employer Securities withdrawn from the Unallocated Employer Securities Account to a Participant’s Employer Securities Accounts under the ESOP Portion of the Plan of Participants who otherwise share in the allocation of that Employer’s contribution for the Plan Year for which the portion of the Exempt Loan resulting in the release of the Employer Securities has been paid in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.04(a)(i)(C)(1) . The ESOP Committee will allocate Employer Securities withdrawn from the Unallocated Employer Securities Account on an Employer-by-Employer basis, so that the Employer Securities withdrawn due to an Exempt Loan payment funded by a particular Employer’s Employer Contributions will be allocated only to Employees of that Employer who otherwise share in the allocation of the Employer’s contribution for the Plan Year, subject to Section 3.06 . The ESOP Committee consistently will make this allocation as of each Accounting Date, and of any special Valuation Date if directed by the ESOP Committee, on the basis of non-monetary units, taking into account the relative Compensation of all such Employer’s Employees for such Plan Year.

(g) An Exempt Loan may be obtained provided such Exempt Loan is primarily for the benefit of Participants and Beneficiaries.

(h) In the event a portion of a Participant’s Employer Securities Account is forfeited, if more than one class of Qualifying Employer Securities subject to the Exempt Loan provisions have been allocated to a Participant’s Employer Securities Account, the same proportion of each class of Qualifying Employer Securities shall be forfeited. Such forfeiture shall occur only when assets other than Employer Securities held in the Accounts have been forfeited.

11.18 RECORDS AND STATEMENTS . The records pertaining to this Plan shall be open to the inspection of the Plan Administrator, ESOP Committee and the Employer at all reasonable times and may be audited from time to time by any person or persons as the Company or ESOP Committee may specify in writing. The ESOP Committee may direct the Trustee to furnish the ESOP Committee or Plan Administrator with whatever information relating to the Trust Fund the Plan Administrator or ESOP Committee considers necessary.

 

Page 77


11.19 PARTIES TO LITIGATION . Except as otherwise provided by ERISA, no Participant or Beneficiary is a necessary party or is required to receive notice of process in any court proceeding involving this Plan or any fiduciary of this Plan. Any final judgment entered in any proceeding will be conclusive upon the Employer, the Plan Administrator, the ESOP Committee, the Trustee, Participants and Beneficiaries.

11.20 PROFESSIONAL AGENTS . The ESOP Committee and the Plan Administrator may employ and direct the Trustee to pay from the Trust Fund reasonable compensation to agents, financial advisors, appraisers, attorneys, accountants, investment managers, and other persons to advise the Trustee as in its opinion may be necessary. The ESOP Committee and the Plan Administrator may delegate to any agent, financial advisor, appraiser, attorney (which may be counsel of the Employer), accountant, investment manager, or other person selected by it any non-Trustee power or duty vested in it by this Plan.

11.21 USERRA COMPLIANCE . Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to be contrary, contributions, benefits and service credit with respect to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with Code Section 414(u).

End of Article XI

ARTICLE XII

EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT, AMENDMENT, TERMINATION

12.01 EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT . Except as provided under Article III , the Employer has no beneficial interest in any asset of the Trust and no part of any asset in the Trust may ever revert to or be repaid to an Employer, either directly or indirectly; nor, prior to the satisfaction of all liabilities with respect to the Participants and their Beneficiaries under this Plan, may any part of the corpus or Income of the Trust Fund, or any asset of the Trust, be (at any time) used for, or diverted to, purposes other than the exclusive benefit of the Participants or their Beneficiaries. In the event the Commissioner of the Internal Revenue Service, upon the Employer’s request for initial approval of this Plan, determines this Plan is not a qualified plan under the Code, any contribution made incident to that initial qualification by the Employer must be returned to the Employer within one (1) year after the date the initial qualification is denied, but only if the application for qualification is made by the time prescribed by law for filing the Employer’s return to the taxable year in which this Plan was adopted or such later date as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe. The Plan will terminate upon the return of the Employer’s contributions.

12.02 AMENDMENT BY COMPANY . The Company has the right to amend this Plan at any time and from time to time in any manner. No amendment may authorize or permit any of the Trust Fund (other than the part which is required to pay taxes and administration expenses) to be used for or diverted to purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of Participants or their Beneficiaries or estates. No amendment may cause or permit any portion of the Trust Fund to revert to or become property of the Company or Employer. The Company may not make any amendment which affects the rights, duties or responsibilities of the Trustee, the Plan Administrator or the ESOP Committee without the written consent of the affected Trustee, the Plan Administrator or the affected member of the ESOP Committee. If an Employer has elected S Corporation status, the Company also may not make any amendments which will terminate or jeopardize the S Corporation status of the Company. The Company must make all amendments in writing. Each amendment must state the date to which it is either retroactively or prospectively effective.

 

Page 78


12.03 DISCONTINUANCE . Any Employer has the right, at any time, to suspend or discontinue its contributions under this Plan. In accordance with Section 12.02 the Company has the right to terminate, at any time, this Plan. The Plan will terminate upon the first to occur of the following:

(a) The date terminated by action of the Company; and

(b) The dissolution or merger of the Company, unless the successor entity makes provision to continue this Plan, in which event the successor must substitute itself as the Company under this Plan. Any termination of this Plan resulting from this paragraph (b) is not effective until compliance with any applicable notice requirements under ERISA.

12.04 FULL VESTING ON TERMINATION . Upon either full or partial termination of this Plan, or, if applicable, upon complete discontinuance of contributions to the Trust, an affected Participant’s right to his Account Balance is one hundred percent (100%) Vested, regardless of the Vested percentage which otherwise would apply under Article V . A partial termination of this Plan or discontinuance of contributions to the Trust will in no way accelerate the time of distribution of benefits to any Participant.

12.05 MERGER AND DIRECT TRANSFER . The Company may not consent to, or be a party to, any merger or consolidation with another plan, or to a transfer of assets or liabilities to another plan, unless immediately after the merger, consolidation or transfer, the surviving plan provides each Participant a benefit equal to or greater than the benefit each Participant would have received had this Plan terminated immediately before the merger or consolidation or transfer.

12.06 COMPLETE TERMINATION . Upon termination of this Plan, the distribution provisions of Article VI remain operative, with the following exceptions:

(a) if the present value of the Participant’s Vested Account Balance does not exceed Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000), the ESOP Committee will direct the Trustee to distribute the Participant’s Vested Account Balance to him in lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after this Plan terminates, subject to the automatic rollover provisions of Section 6.02(a) ;

(b) if the present value of the Participant’s Vested Account Balance exceeds Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000), the Participant or the Beneficiary, in addition to the distribution events permitted under Article VI , may elect to have the Trustee commence distribution of his Vested Account Balance as soon as administratively practicable after this Plan terminates; and

 

Page 79


(c) any amounts held in the Unallocated General Investments Account or the Unallocated Employer Securities Account will be allocated to Participants, as an Employer Contribution pursuant to Section 3.04(a)(ii)(C) without regard to such Participants satisfaction of the requirements of Section 3.06 (to the extent permitted by Code Section 415) and any amounts remaining shall revert to the Company, as permitted by law.

To liquidate the Trust, the ESOP Committee will purchase, or direct the Trustee to purchase, a deferred annuity contract for each Participant which protects the Participant’s distribution rights under this Plan, if the Participant’s Vested Account Balance exceeds Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000) and the Participant does not elect an immediate distribution pursuant to Section 12.06(b) . The Trust will continue until the Trustee, in accordance with the direction of the ESOP Committee, has distributed all of the benefits under this Plan.

On each Valuation Date, the ESOP Committee will credit, or direct the Trustee to credit, any part of a Participant’s Account Balance retained in the Trust with its proportionate share of the Trust’s income, expenses, gains and losses, both realized and unrealized. Upon termination of this Plan, the amount, if any, in a suspense account under Article III will revert to the Employer, subject to the conditions of the Treasury Regulations permitting such a reversion. A resolution or amendment to freeze all future benefit accruals, but otherwise to continue maintenance of this Plan, is not a termination for purposes of this Section 12.06 .

12.07 PARTIAL TERMINATION . Upon a partial termination of this Plan, the ESOP Committee shall notify, or direct the Trustee to notify, each affected Participant. The rights of each Participant and Beneficiary affected by such partial termination to the amounts credited to his Account shall be fully Vested and Vested as of the date of such partial termination as set forth in Section 12.04 . Such amounts shall either be distributed to such affected Participants and Beneficiaries, as in the case of a complete termination of this Plan, or held, as in the case of a discontinuance of contributions, as directed by the ESOP Committee. However, a partial termination of this Plan will in no way accelerate the time of distribution of benefits to any Participant.

12.08 S CORPORATION ESOP . Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan, the Trustee and the ESOP Committee shall apply and construe the provisions of this Plan to comply with the provisions of the Code and Treasury Regulations thereunder pertaining the S Corporations in the event of the Company is operating as an S Corporation for federal income tax purposes.

End of Article XII

 

Page 80


(Remainder of this page intentionally left blank;

signature page follows)

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has executed this Plan in multiple copies on the 19 th day of July, 2006, to be effective as first stated above or as otherwise required by applicable law.

 

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Eddie Ricks
  Its:   Secretary

 

Page 81


APPENDIX A

Participants with Transferred Stock Accounts

Exhibit 10.21

FIRST AMENDMENT

TO

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION

EMPLOYEES’ STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN

(As Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2006)

WHEREAS, Plains Capital Corporation (the “Company”) has adopted the Plains Capital Corporation Employees’ Stock Ownership Plan, effective January 1, 2004 and as amended and restated as of January 1, 2006 (the “Plan”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 12.02 of the Plan, the Company has the authority to amend the Plan;

NOW, THEREFORE, effective as of January 1, 2007, the Company hereby amends the Plan as follows:

1. The last sentence of the second paragraph of Section 3.04(a)(ii)(B) of the Plan shall be amended in its entirety to read as follows:

“To the extent no such loan obligation exists, or Dividends are not used to purchase Employer Securities or to satisfy General Obligations of this Plan, such Dividends shall be allocated to the Unallocated General Investments Account of those Participants who satisfy the conditions of Section 3.06. Any such Dividends shall be allocated in the same ratio that each such Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of all such Participants for the Plan Year.”

2. The third paragraph of Section 3.04(a)(ii)(B) of the Plan shall be amended in its entirety to read as follows:

“Any cash Dividends received with respect to Employer Securities in the Allocated Employer Securities Account purchased with the proceeds of such Exempt Loan may be used to satisfy General Obligations of the Plan or to repay current principal and then to repay current interest with respect to the Exempt Loan. To the extent no such Exempt Loan exists, such cash Dividends may be used to purchase Employer Securities to the extent available or to satisfy the General Obligations of the Plan. To the extent no such loan obligation exists, or Dividends are not used to purchase employer Securities or to satisfy General Obligations of this Plan, such Dividends may be allocated to each Participant’s General Investment Accounts as provided in the first paragraph of this Section 3.04(a)(ii)(B) or may be distributed in accordance with Section 6.04(c) .”


3. The first sentence of Section 3.04(a)(ii)(D) of the Plan shall be amended in its entirety to read as follows:

“Forfeitures occurring during a Plan Year (net of any amount of Forfeitures allocated to the restoration of prior Forfeitures) may be used to reduce Plan expenses or to reduce Employer contributions to the Plan for that Plan Year and/or future Plan Years, or may be allocated to the General Investments Accounts of those Participants who satisfy the conditions of Section 3.06 ; provided, however, that Company approval is required in order for any Forfeitures that are not in the form of, or converted to, cash to be used to repay an Exempt Loan. Any Forfeitures that are allocated to such Participants’ General Investment Accounts shall be allocated in the same ratio that each such Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of all such Participants for the Plan Year.”

4. The last sentence of Section 6.03(b)(ii) of the Plan shall be amended in its entirety to read as follows:

“Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, the ESOP Committee reserves the right to determine whether a Participant’s Vested Account Balance for purposes of a distribution will include any Leveraged Employer Securities acquired with the proceeds of an Exempt Loan prior to the close of the Plan Year in which the Exempt Loan is repaid in full, to the extent permitted by applicable law and subject to: (i) the minimum distribution requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9); (ii) the diversification requirements as set forth in Section 8.08 ; (iii) the Participant’s death; or (iv) the Participant’s Disability.”

5. Except as amended hereby, the Plan shall continue in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this First Amendment to the Plan to be approved, ratified and executed by its duly authorized officer, on behalf of the Company, on this 1st day of March, 2007.

 

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION
By:   /s/ DeWayne V. Pierce
Name:   DeWayne V. Pierce
Title:   Vice Chairman, Chief of Staff

 

- 2 -

Exhibit 10.22

SECOND AMENDMENT

TO

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION

EMPLOYEES’ STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN

(As Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2006)

WHEREAS, Plains Capital Corporation (the “Company”) has adopted the Plains Capital Corporation Employees’ Stock Ownership Plan, effective January 1, 2004 and as amended and restated as of January 1, 2006 (the “Plan”);

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 12.02 of the Plan, the Company has the authority to amend the Plan;

WHEREAS, the Company desires to amend the Plan to reflect changes required by the final regulations issued under Section 415 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”); and

WHEREAS, this Second Amendment is intended as good faith compliance with the requirements of Code Section 415 and is to be construed in accordance with the final regulations issued thereunder.

NOW, THEREFORE, effective with respect to Limitation Years (as defined in Section 3.08 of the Plan) beginning on or after July 1, 2007, the Company hereby amends the Plan as follows:

1. Section 1.09(a) of the Plan is amended to add the following provisions to the end of said Section:

Compensation shall not include payments made after a “severance from employment” (within the meaning of Code Section 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(I)), provided however that payments made after a severance from employment shall be included in Compensation if such payment would have been made prior to the severance from employment if the Participant had continued in employment with the Employer, and such amounts are paid by the later of (i) 2  1 / 2 months after, or (ii) the end of the Limitation Year that includes, the date of the Participant’s severance from employment with the Employer, and the payment constitutes either:

(a) regular compensation for services during the Participant’s regular working hours, compensation for services outside the Participant’s regular working hours (such as overtime or shift differentials), commissions, bonuses, or other similar compensation;

(b) payments for accrued bona fide sick, vacation or other leave, but only if the Participant would have been able to use the leave if employment had continued; or

(c) payment of nonqualified unfunded deferred compensation if such amount would have been paid at the same time if the Participant had not experienced a severance from employment.


Compensation shall include amounts paid to an individual who does not currently perform services for the Employer because of qualified military service (as used in Code Section 414(u)(1)) to the extent those amounts do not exceed the amounts the individual would have received if the individual had continued to perform services for the Employer rather than entering qualified military service.

Compensation shall not include payments made to an Employee who does not currently perform services for an Employer by reason of such Employee’s permanent and total disability (as defined in Code Section 22(e)(3)) to the extent those amounts do not exceed the amounts the individual would have received if the individual had continued to perform services for the Employer.

Compensation is treated as paid on a date if it is actually paid on that date, or if it would have been paid but for an election under Code Section 125, 132(f)(4), 401(k), 403(b), 408(k), 408(p)(2)(A)(i) or 457(b), except that Compensation shall include amounts earned but not paid during the Limitation Year solely because of the timing of pay periods and pay dates, provided that all amounts are paid during the first few weeks of the following Limitation Year, the amounts are included on a uniform and consistent basis with respect to all similarly situated Participants, and no Compensation is included in more than one Limitation Year.

2. Section 3.07(b) of the Plan is amended to add the following sub-section (iv) immediately following Section 3.07(b)(iii):

(iv) Notwithstanding the foregoing, for Limitation Years beginning on or after July 1, 2007, in correcting Excess Amounts, the ESOP Committee may use any appropriate correction under the Employee Plans Compliance Resolution System, or any successor thereto.

3. Section 3.08(a) of the Plan is amended to add the following provisions to the end of said Section:

“Annual Additions” do not include (i) rollover contributions (as defined in Code Sections 402(a)(5), 403(a)(4), 408(d)(3) and 409(b)(3)(C)); (ii) repayments of loans made to a Participant from the Plan; (iii) repayments of a previously distributed amount as described in Code Section 411(a)(7)(B) (in accordance with Code Section 411(a)(7)(C)); (iv) repayments of a withdrawal of employee contributions as provided in Code Section 411(a)(3)(D); and (v) the direct transfer of employee contributions from one qualified plan to another.

Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, effective for Limitation Years beginning on and after July 1, 2007, any restorative payments allocated to a Participant’s Account, which include payments to restore losses to the Plan resulting from actions (or a failure to act) by a fiduciary of the Plan for which there is a reasonable risk of liability under Title I of ERISA, or under any other applicable federal or state law, where similarly situated Participants are treated similarly do not give rise to an “Annual Addition.”

 

- 2 -


4. Except as amended hereby, the Plan shall continue in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Second Amendment to the Plan to be approved, ratified and executed by its duly authorized officer, on behalf of the Company, on this 1st day of December, 2008.

 

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Alan B. White
Name:   Alan B. White
Title:   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

- 3 -

Exhibit 10.23

RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT

PLAINSCAPITAL CORPORATION

This Restricted Stock Award Agreement (hereinafter called the “ Agreement ”) is made this          day of                      , 2008, between PlainsCapital Corporation, a Texas corporation (hereinafter called the “ Company ”), and                  , an employee of the Company or one or more of its subsidiaries (hereinafter called the “ Employee ”).

Whereas, the Company desires to recognize the contribution the Employee has made to the Company and to provide an incentive to the Employee to assist the Company in achieving continued success by granting to the Employee an award of restricted stock in shares of its common stock, par value $10 per share (hereinafter called the “ Common Stock ”), as hereinafter provided.

Now, therefore, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Terms of Award . The number of shares of Common Stock awarded under this Agreement is                  shares (the “ Awarded Shares ”). The “ Date of Grant ” of this Award is December          , 2008.

2. Definitions .

(a) “ Change in Control ” means one or more of the following events has occurred:

(i) The Company is merged or consolidated or reorganized into or with another corporation or other “person” (as defined in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) and as a result of such merger, consolidation or reorganization less than 51% of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding securities of such corporation or person immediately after such transaction are held in the aggregate by the holders of voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction;

(ii) The Company sells all or substantially all of its assets to any other corporation or other “person” (as defined in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), with the exception that it will not be deemed to be a Change in Control if the Company sells assets to an entity that, immediately prior to such sale, held 51% of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities in common with the Company;

(iii) During any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of any such period constitute the directors of the Company cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof unless the election or the nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders of each director of the Company first elected during such period was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors of the Company then still in office who were directors of the Company at the beginning of any such period; or

(iv) Following the effective date of this Agreement, any “person” or “group” (as defined in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the voting stock of the Company (or any entity which controls the Company), including by way of merger, consolidation, tender or exchange offer or otherwise.


(b) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(c) “ Initial Public Listing ” means the date the Common Stock of the Company is first listed and traded on an exchange registered under section 6 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

(d) “ Termination of Employment ” means the date the Employee ceases to be an employee of the Company for any reason.

3. Vesting . Except as specifically provided in this Agreement, the Awarded Shares shall vest in equal annual installments over a seven year period, beginning with the first anniversary of the Date of Grant (each anniversary, a “ Vesting Date ”); provided, that, (i) such Awarded Shares subject to vesting on a given Vesting Date (other than the Vesting Date on the seventh anniversary of the Date of Grant) shall, if necessary, be rounded down to the nearest whole number to avoid the issuance of any fractional shares; (ii) such Awarded Shares that remain unvested as of the seventh anniversary of the Date of Grant shall be vested in full despite resulting in an unequal number of shares vesting on such Vesting Date; and (iii) the Employee must be employed by the Company on each such Vesting Date.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the vesting of all Awarded Shares shall automatically accelerate in full upon the occurrence of an Initial Public Listing or Change in Control.

4. Forfeiture and Disgorgement . Awarded Shares that are not vested in accordance with Section 3 shall be forfeited on the earlier of:

(a) the date of the Employee’s Termination of Employment; or

(b) the date the Board of Directors of the Company, in its sole discretion, determines that the Employee has violated any of the restrictive covenants contained in Sections 13, 14, or 15 of the Employee’s employment agreement with the Company.

Upon forfeiture, all of the Employee’s rights with respect to the forfeited Awarded Shares shall cease and terminate, without any further obligations on the part of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of Section 4(b) above, in addition to the forfeiture of any unvested Awarded Shares,

(x) the Employee shall immediately tender to the Company all Awarded Shares that vested within the 180-day period preceding the date of such event that are still owned on the date of such event; and

(y) the Employee shall immediately pay to the Company any gain that the Employee realized on the sale of any vested Awarded Shares that were sold by the Participant within the 180-day period preceding the date of such event or the one-year period following the date of such event.

5. Restrictions on Awarded Shares . Awarded Shares that are not vested in accordance with Section 3 and which are subject to forfeiture in accordance with Section 4 shall be subject to the terms, conditions, provisions, and limitations of this Section 5 .

(a) Subject to the terms of this Agreement, from the Date of Grant until the date the Awarded Shares are vested in accordance with Section 3 and no longer subject to forfeiture in accordance with Section 4 (the “ Restriction Period ”), the Employee shall not be permitted to sell, transfer, pledge or assign shares any of the Awarded Shares.

 

2


(b) Except as provided in paragraph (a) above, the Employee shall have, with respect to his or her Awarded Shares, all of the rights of a shareholder of the Company, including the right to vote the shares, and the right to receive any dividends thereon.

6. Legend . The following legend shall be placed on all certificates representing Awarded Shares:

On the face of the certificate:

“Transfer of this stock is restricted in accordance with conditions printed on the reverse of this certificate.”

On the reverse:

“The shares of stock evidenced by this certificate are subject to and transferable only in accordance with that certain Restricted Stock Award Agreement by and between PlainsCapital Corporation and the Employee, dated                  , a copy of which is on file at the principal office of the Company in Dallas, Texas. No transfer or pledge of the shares evidenced hereby may be made except in accordance with and subject to the provisions of said Agreement. By acceptance of this certificate, any holder, transferee or pledgee hereof agrees to be bound by all of the provisions of said Agreement.”

The following legend shall be inserted on a certificate evidencing Common Stock issued under this Agreement if the shares were not issued in a transaction registered under the applicable federal and state securities laws:

“Shares of stock represented by this certificate have been acquired by the holder for investment and not for resale, transfer or distribution, have been issued pursuant to exemptions from the registration requirements of applicable state and federal securities laws, and may not be offered for sale, sold or transferred other than pursuant to effective registration under such laws, or in transactions otherwise in compliance with such laws, and upon evidence satisfactory to the Company of compliance with such laws, as to which the Company may rely upon an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company.”

All Awarded Shares owned by the Employee shall be subject to the terms of this Agreement and shall be represented by a certificate or certificates bearing the foregoing legend.

7. Delivery of Certificates . Certificates for Awarded Shares free of restriction under this Agreement shall be held by the Company at all times, provided, however, that such certificates may be delivered to the Employee after, and only after, the Restriction Period has expired and such shares are no longer subject to forfeiture pursuant to Section 4 if the Employee has made a written request for delivery of certificated shares. In connection with the issuance of a certificate for Restricted Stock, the Employee shall

 

3


endorse such certificate in blank or execute a stock power in a form satisfactory to the Company in blank and deliver such certificate and executed stock power to the Company. The parties acknowledge that remedies at law will be inadequate remedies for breach of this Section 7 and consequently agree that this Section 7 shall be enforceable by specific performance. The remedy of specific performance shall be cumulative of all of the rights and remedies at law or in equity of the parties under this Section 7 .

8. Adjustments . In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Common Stock, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, rights offering, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, split-off, combination, subdivision, repurchase, or exchange of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, issuance of warrants or other rights to purchase Common Stock or other securities of the Company, or other similar corporate transaction or event affects the fair value of an Award, then the Company shall adjust the number of Awarded Shares so that the fair value of the Awarded Shares immediately after the transaction or event is equal to the fair value of the Awarded Shares immediately prior to the transaction or event. Such adjustments shall be made in accordance with the rules of any securities exchange, stock market, or stock quotation system to which the Company is subject.

9. Voting . The Employee, as record holder of the Awarded Shares, has the exclusive right to vote, or consent with respect to, such Awarded Shares until such time as the Awarded Shares are transferred in accordance with this Agreement or a proxy is granted pursuant to Section 10 below; provided , however , that this Section 9 shall not create any voting right where the holders of such Awarded Shares otherwise have no such right.

10. Proxies . The Employee may not grant a proxy to any person, other than a revocable proxy not to exceed 30 days in duration granted to another shareholder for the sole purpose of voting for directors of the Company.

11. Investment Representations . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Employee hereby represents and warrants to the Company, that:

(a) The Awarded Shares are acquired for investment purposes only for his or her own account and not with a view to or in connection with any distribution, re-offer, resale or other disposition not in compliance with the Securities Act of 1933 (the “ Securities Act ”) and applicable state securities laws;

(b) The Employee, alone or together with his or her representatives, possesses such expertise, knowledge and sophistication in financial and business matters generally, and in the type of transactions in which the Company proposes to engage in particular, that he or she is capable of evaluating the merits and economic risks of acquiring and holding the Awarded Shares;

(c) The Employee has had access to all of the information with respect to the Awarded Shares that he or she deems necessary to make a complete evaluation thereof, and has had the opportunity to question the Company concerning the Awarded Shares;

(d) The decision of the Employee to acquire the Awarded Shares for investment has been based solely upon the evaluation made by the Employee;

(e) The Employee is aware that he or she must bear the economic risk of his or her investment in the Company for an indefinite period of time because the Awarded Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act and are being issued to the Employee in reliance upon the

 

4


exemption from such registration provided by Rule 701 or Section 4(2) of the Securities Act or under the securities laws of various states, and therefore, cannot be sold or transferred unless the Awarded Shares are subsequently registered under the Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws or an exemption from registration is available;

(f) The Employee understands that Rule 144 promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act which exempts certain resales of restricted securities is not presently available to exempt the resale of the Awarded Shares from the registration requirements of the Securities Act;

(g) The Employee is aware that only the Company can take action to register the Awarded Shares and the Company is under no such obligation and does not propose to attempt to do so;

(h) The Employee is aware that the Shareholders’ Agreement and applicable securities laws provide restrictions on the ability of shareholders to sell, transfer, assign, mortgage, hypothecate, or otherwise encumber their Awarded Shares and places certain other restrictions on the Employee; and

(i) The Employee is an Accredited Investor, as such term is defined in Section 501 of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.

12. Specific Performance . The parties acknowledge that remedies at law will be inadequate remedies for breach of this Agreement and consequently agree that this Agreement shall be enforceable by specific performance. The remedy of specific performance shall be cumulative of all of the rights and remedies at law or in equity of the parties under this Agreement.

13. Employee’s Representations . Notwithstanding any of the provisions hereof, the Employee hereby agrees that he will not acquire any Awarded Shares, and that the Company will not be obligated to issue any Awarded Shares to the Employee hereunder, if the issuance of such shares shall constitute a violation by the Employee or the Company of any provision of any law or regulation of any governmental authority. Any determination in this connection by the Company shall be final, binding, and conclusive. The obligations of the Company and the rights of the Employee are subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations.

14. Employee’s Acknowledgments . The Employee hereby accepts this Award subject to all the terms and provisions of this Agreement. The Employee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive, and final all decisions or interpretations of the Company upon any questions arising under this Agreement.

15. No Right to Continue Service or Employment . Nothing herein shall be construed to confer upon the Employee the right to continue in the employ or to provide services to the Company, or interfere with or restrict in any way the right of the Company to discharge the Employee as an employee at any time.

16. Law Governing . This Agreement shall be governed by, construed, and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas (excluding any conflict of laws rule or principle of Texas law that might refer the governance, construction, or interpretation of this Agreement to the laws of another state).

17. Legal Construction. In the event that any one or more of the terms, provisions, or agreements that are contained in this Agreement shall be held by a court of competent jurisdiction, with respect to any and all claims under the Agreement, to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any respect for any reason, the invalid, illegal, or unenforceable term, provision, or agreement shall not affect any other term, provision, or agreement that is contained in this Agreement and this Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if the invalid, illegal, or unenforceable term, provision, or agreement had never been contained herein.

 

5


18. Covenants and Agreements as Independent Agreements . Each of the covenants and agreements that is set forth in this Agreement shall be construed as a covenant and agreement independent of any other provision of this Agreement. The existence of any claim or cause of action of the Employee against the Company, whether predicated on this Agreement or otherwise, shall not constitute a defense to the enforcement by the Company of the covenants and agreements that are set forth in this Agreement.

19. Entire Agreement . This Agreement supersedes any and all other prior understandings and agreements, either oral or in writing, between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and constitute the sole and only agreements between the parties with respect to the said subject matter. All prior negotiations and agreements between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof are merged into this Agreement. Each party to this Agreement acknowledges that no representations, inducements, promises, or agreements, orally or otherwise, have been made by any party or by anyone acting on behalf of any party, which are not embodied in this Agreement and that any agreement, statement or promise that is not contained in this Agreement shall not be valid or binding or of any force or effect.

20. Parties Bound . The terms, provisions, and agreements that are contained in this Agreement shall apply to, be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, and permitted successors and assigns, subject to the limitation on assignment expressly set forth herein. No person or entity shall be permitted to acquire any Awarded Shares without first executing and delivering an agreement in the form satisfactory to the Company making such person or entity subject to the restrictions on transfer contained in Section 5 hereof.

21. Waiver . Neither the failure nor any delay on the part of any party to exercise any right, remedy, power or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege preclude any other or further exercise of the same or of any right, remedy, power or privilege, nor shall any waiver of any right, remedy, power, or privilege with respect to any occurrence be construed as a waiver of such right, remedy, power or privilege with respect to any other occurrence.

22. Provisions Separable . The provisions of this Agreement are independent of and separable from each other, and no provision shall be affected or rendered invalid or unenforceable by virtue of the fact that for any reason any other or others of them may be invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part.

23. Modification . No change or modification of this Agreement shall be valid or binding upon the parties unless the change or modification is in writing and signed by the parties.

24. Headings . The headings that are used in this Agreement are used for reference and convenience purposes only and do not constitute substantive matters to be considered in construing the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

25. Gender and Number . Words of any gender used in this Agreement shall be held and construed to include any other gender, and words in the singular number shall be held to include the plural, and vice versa, unless the context requires otherwise.

 

6


26. Notice . Any notice required or permitted to be delivered hereunder shall be deemed to be delivered only when actually received by the Company or by the Employee, as the case may be, at the addresses set forth below, or at such other addresses as they have theretofore specified by written notice delivered in accordance herewith:

(a) Notice to the Company shall be addressed and delivered as follows:

PlainsCapital Corporation

2911 Turtle Creek Blvd., Suite 700

Dallas, TX 75219

Attn: General Counsel

Facsimile: (214) 252-4192

(b) Notice to the Employee shall be addressed and delivered as set forth on the signature page.

27. Tax Requirements . The Employee is hereby advised to consult immediately with his or her own tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of this Agreement, the method and timing for filing an election to include this Agreement in income under Section 83(b) of the Code, and the tax consequences of such election. By execution of this Agreement, the Employee agrees that if the Employee makes such an election, the Employee shall provide the Company with written notice of such election in accordance with the regulations promulgated under Section 83(b) of the Code. The Company or, if applicable, any subsidiary (for purposes of this Section 27 , the term “ Company ” shall be deemed to include any applicable subsidiary), shall have the right to deduct from all amounts paid in cash or other form, any Federal, state, local, or other taxes required by law to be withheld in connection with the Awarded Shares. The Company may, in its sole discretion, also require the Employee receiving shares of Common Stock to pay the Company the amount of any taxes that the Company is required to withhold in connection with the Employee’s income arising with respect to the Awarded Shares. Such payments shall be required to be made when requested by the Company and may be required to be made prior to the delivery of any certificate representing shares of Common Stock. Such payment may be made (i) by the delivery of cash to the Company in an amount that equals or exceeds the required tax withholding obligations of the Company; or (ii) by any other means approved by the Company in its sole discretion. The Company may, in its sole discretion, withhold any such taxes from any other cash remuneration otherwise paid by the Company to the Employee.

[ Signature Page to Follow ]

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized officer, and the Employee, to evidence his consent and approval of all the terms hereof, has duly executed this Agreement, as of the date specified in Section 1 hereof.

 

COMPANY:
PLAINSCAPITAL CORPORATION
By:    
Name:    
Title:    
EMPLOYEE:
 
Signature  
Name:    
Address:    
   

 

8

Exhibit 10.24

RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT

PLAINSCAPITAL CORPORATION

This Restricted Stock Award Agreement (hereinafter called the “ Agreement ”) is made this 18th day of December, 2008, between PlainsCapital Corporation, a Texas corporation (hereinafter called the “ Company ”), and Hill A. Feinberg, an individual who as of the Closing Date (defined herein) will become an employee of the Company or one or more of its subsidiaries (hereinafter called the “ Employee ”) subject to and upon the consummation of the Merger (defined herein).

Whereas, the Company desires to provide an incentive to the Employee to assist the Company in achieving continued success by granting to the Employee an award of restricted stock in shares of its common stock, par value $10 per share (hereinafter called the “ Common Stock ”), as hereinafter provided.

Now, therefore, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Terms of Award . The number of shares of Common Stock awarded under this Agreement is 12,000 shares (the “ Awarded Shares ”). The “ Date of Grant ” shall be the “ Closing Date, ” as defined in that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of November 7, 2008, by and among the Company, PlainsCapital Bank, a Texas banking association (the “ Bank ”), First Southwest Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ FSH ”), and Hill A. Feinberg, as Stockholders’ Representative, pursuant to which, among other things, FSH will merge into a merger subsidiary to be formed as a wholly-owned direct subsidiary of the Bank (the “ Merger ”). This Award shall not become effective until the Closing Date, and in the event that the Merger is not consummated by March 31, 2009, this Agreement shall be null and void. No certificates relating to the Awarded Shares shall be issued in the name of the Employee until the Date of Grant.

2. Definitions .

(a) “ Change in Control ” means one or more of the following events has occurred:

(i) The Company is merged or consolidated or reorganized into or with another corporation or other “person” (as defined in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) and as a result of such merger, consolidation or reorganization less than 51% of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding securities of such corporation or person immediately after such transaction are held in the aggregate by the holders of voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction;

(ii) The Company sells all or substantially all of its assets to any other corporation or other “person” (as defined in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), with the exception that it will not be deemed to be a Change in Control if the Company sells assets to an entity that, immediately prior to such sale, held 51% of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities in common with the Company;

(iii) During any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of any such period constitute the directors of the Company cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof unless the election or the nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders of each director of the Company first elected during such period was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors of the Company then still in office who were directors of the Company at the beginning of any such period; or


(iv) Following the effective date of this Agreement, any “person” or “group” (as defined in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the voting stock of the Company (or any entity which controls the Company), including by way of merger, consolidation, tender or exchange offer or otherwise.

(b) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(c) “ Initial Public Listing ” means the date the Common Stock of the Company is first listed and traded on an exchange registered under section 6 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

(d) “ Termination of Employment ” means the date the Employee ceases to be an employee of the Company for any reason.

3. Vesting . Except as specifically provided in this Agreement, the Awarded Shares shall vest in equal annual installments over a seven year period, beginning with the first anniversary of the Date of Grant (each anniversary, a “ Vesting Date ”); provided, that, (i) such Awarded Shares subject to vesting on a given Vesting Date (other than the Vesting Date on the seventh anniversary of the Date of Grant) shall, if necessary, be rounded down to the nearest whole number to avoid the issuance of any fractional shares; (ii) such Awarded Shares that remain unvested as of the seventh anniversary of the Date of Grant shall be vested in full despite resulting in an unequal number of shares vesting on such Vesting Date; and (iii) the Employee must be employed by the Company on each such Vesting Date.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the vesting of all Awarded Shares shall automatically accelerate in full upon the occurrence of an Initial Public Listing or Change in Control.

4. Forfeiture and Disgorgement . Awarded Shares that are not vested in accordance with Section 3 shall be forfeited on the earlier of:

(a) the date of the Employee’s Termination of Employment; or

(b) the date the Board of Directors of the Company, in its sole discretion, determines that the Employee has violated any of the restrictive covenants contained in Sections 13, 14, or 15 of the Employee’s employment agreement with the Company.

Upon forfeiture, all of the Employee’s rights with respect to the forfeited Awarded Shares shall cease and terminate, without any further obligations on the part of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of Section 4(b) above, in addition to the forfeiture of any unvested Awarded Shares,

(x) the Employee shall immediately tender to the Company all Awarded Shares that vested within the 180-day period preceding the date of such event that are still owned on the date of such event; and

(y) the Employee shall immediately pay to the Company any gain that the Employee realized on the sale of any vested Awarded Shares that were sold by the Participant within the 180-day period preceding the date of such event or the one-year period following the date of such event.

 

2


5. Restrictions on Awarded Shares . Awarded Shares that are not vested in accordance with Section 3 and which are subject to forfeiture in accordance with Section 4 shall be subject to the terms, conditions, provisions, and limitations of this Section 5 .

(a) Subject to the terms of this Agreement, from the Date of Grant until the date the Awarded Shares are vested in accordance with Section 3 and no longer subject to forfeiture in accordance with Section 4 (the “ Restriction Period ”), the Employee shall not be permitted to sell, transfer, pledge or assign shares any of the Awarded Shares.

(b) Except as provided in paragraph (a) above, the Employee shall have, with respect to his or her Awarded Shares, all of the rights of a shareholder of the Company, including the right to vote the shares, and the right to receive any dividends thereon.

6. Legend . The following legend shall be placed on all certificates representing Awarded Shares:

On the face of the certificate:

“Transfer of this stock is restricted in accordance with conditions printed on the reverse of this certificate.”

On the reverse:

“The shares of stock evidenced by this certificate are subject to and transferable only in accordance with that certain Restricted Stock Award Agreement by and between PlainsCapital Corporation and the Employee, dated December 18, 2008, a copy of which is on file at the principal office of the Company in Dallas, Texas. No transfer or pledge of the shares evidenced hereby may be made except in accordance with and subject to the provisions of said Agreement. By acceptance of this certificate, any holder, transferee or pledgee hereof agrees to be bound by all of the provisions of said Agreement.”

The following legend shall be inserted on a certificate evidencing Common Stock issued under this Agreement if the shares were not issued in a transaction registered under the applicable federal and state securities laws:

“Shares of stock represented by this certificate have been acquired by the holder for investment and not for resale, transfer or distribution, have been issued pursuant to exemptions from the registration requirements of applicable state and federal securities laws, and may not be offered for sale, sold or transferred other than pursuant to effective registration under such laws, or in transactions otherwise in compliance with such laws, and upon evidence satisfactory to the Company of compliance with such laws, as to which the Company may rely upon an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company.”

All Awarded Shares owned by the Employee shall be subject to the terms of this Agreement and shall be represented by a certificate or certificates bearing the foregoing legend.

 

3


7. Delivery of Certificates . Certificates for Awarded Shares free of restriction under this Agreement shall be held by the Company at all times, provided, however, that such certificates may be delivered to the Employee after, and only after, the Restriction Period has expired and such shares are no longer subject to forfeiture pursuant to Section 4 if the Employee has made a written request for delivery of certificated shares. In connection with the issuance of a certificate for Restricted Stock, the Employee shall endorse such certificate in blank or execute a stock power in a form satisfactory to the Company in blank and deliver such certificate and executed stock power to the Company. The parties acknowledge that remedies at law will be inadequate remedies for breach of this Section 7 and consequently agree that this Section 7 shall be enforceable by specific performance. The remedy of specific performance shall be cumulative of all of the rights and remedies at law or in equity of the parties under this Section 7 .

8. Adjustments . In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Common Stock, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, rights offering, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, split-off, combination, subdivision, repurchase, or exchange of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, issuance of warrants or other rights to purchase Common Stock or other securities of the Company, or other similar corporate transaction or event affects the fair value of an Award, then the Company shall adjust the number of Awarded Shares so that the fair value of the Awarded Shares immediately after the transaction or event is equal to the fair value of the Awarded Shares immediately prior to the transaction or event. Such adjustments shall be made in accordance with the rules of any securities exchange, stock market, or stock quotation system to which the Company is subject.

9. Voting . The Employee, as record holder of the Awarded Shares, has the exclusive right to vote, or consent with respect to, such Awarded Shares until such time as the Awarded Shares are transferred in accordance with this Agreement or a proxy is granted pursuant to Section 10 below; provided , however , that this Section 9 shall not create any voting right where the holders of such Awarded Shares otherwise have no such right.

10. Proxies . The Employee may not grant a proxy to any person, other than a revocable proxy not to exceed 30 days in duration granted to another shareholder for the sole purpose of voting for directors of the Company.

11. Investment Representations . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Employee hereby represents and warrants to the Company, that:

(a) The Awarded Shares are acquired for investment purposes only for his or her own account and not with a view to or in connection with any distribution, re-offer, resale or other disposition not in compliance with the Securities Act of 1933 (the “ Securities Act ”) and applicable state securities laws;

(b) The Employee, alone or together with his or her representatives, possesses such expertise, knowledge and sophistication in financial and business matters generally, and in the type of transactions in which the Company proposes to engage in particular, that he or she is capable of evaluating the merits and economic risks of acquiring and holding the Awarded Shares;

(c) The Employee has had access to all of the information with respect to the Awarded Shares that he or she deems necessary to make a complete evaluation thereof, and has had the opportunity to question the Company concerning the Awarded Shares;

 

4


(d) The decision of the Employee to acquire the Awarded Shares for investment has been based solely upon the evaluation made by the Employee;

(e) The Employee is aware that he or she must bear the economic risk of his or her investment in the Company for an indefinite period of time because the Awarded Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act and are being issued to the Employee in reliance upon the exemption from such registration provided by Rule 701 or Section 4(2) of the Securities Act or under the securities laws of various states, and therefore, cannot be sold or transferred unless the Awarded Shares are subsequently registered under the Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws or an exemption from registration is available;

(f) The Employee understands that Rule 144 promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act which exempts certain resales of restricted securities is not presently available to exempt the resale of the Awarded Shares from the registration requirements of the Securities Act;

(g) The Employee is aware that only the Company can take action to register the Awarded Shares and the Company is under no such obligation and does not propose to attempt to do so;

(h) The Employee is aware that the Shareholders’ Agreement and applicable securities laws provide restrictions on the ability of shareholders to sell, transfer, assign, mortgage, hypothecate, or otherwise encumber their Awarded Shares and places certain other restrictions on the Employee; and

(i) The Employee is an Accredited Investor, as such term is defined in Section 501 of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.

12. Specific Performance . The parties acknowledge that remedies at law will be inadequate remedies for breach of this Agreement and consequently agree that this Agreement shall be enforceable by specific performance. The remedy of specific performance shall be cumulative of all of the rights and remedies at law or in equity of the parties under this Agreement.

13. Employee’s Representations . Notwithstanding any of the provisions hereof, the Employee hereby agrees that he will not acquire any Awarded Shares, and that the Company will not be obligated to issue any Awarded Shares to the Employee hereunder, if the issuance of such shares shall constitute a violation by the Employee or the Company of any provision of any law or regulation of any governmental authority. Any determination in this connection by the Company shall be final, binding, and conclusive. The obligations of the Company and the rights of the Employee are subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations.

14. Employee’s Acknowledgments . The Employee hereby accepts this Award subject to all the terms and provisions of this Agreement. The Employee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive, and final all decisions or interpretations of the Company upon any questions arising under this Agreement.

15. No Right to Continue Service or Employment . Nothing herein shall be construed to confer upon the Employee the right to continue in the employ or to provide services to the Company, or interfere with or restrict in any way the right of the Company to discharge the Employee as an employee at any time.

16. Law Governing . This Agreement shall be governed by, construed, and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas (excluding any conflict of laws rule or principle of Texas law that might refer the governance, construction, or interpretation of this Agreement to the laws of another state).

 

5


17. Legal Construction. In the event that any one or more of the terms, provisions, or agreements that are contained in this Agreement shall be held by a court of competent jurisdiction, with respect to any and all claims under the Agreement, to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any respect for any reason, the invalid, illegal, or unenforceable term, provision, or agreement shall not affect any other term, provision, or agreement that is contained in this Agreement and this Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if the invalid, illegal, or unenforceable term, provision, or agreement had never been contained herein.

18. Covenants and Agreements as Independent Agreements . Each of the covenants and agreements that is set forth in this Agreement shall be construed as a covenant and agreement independent of any other provision of this Agreement. The existence of any claim or cause of action of the Employee against the Company, whether predicated on this Agreement or otherwise, shall not constitute a defense to the enforcement by the Company of the covenants and agreements that are set forth in this Agreement.

19. Entire Agreement . This Agreement supersedes any and all other prior understandings and agreements, either oral or in writing, between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and constitute the sole and only agreements between the parties with respect to the said subject matter. All prior negotiations and agreements between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof are merged into this Agreement. Each party to this Agreement acknowledges that no representations, inducements, promises, or agreements, orally or otherwise, have been made by any party or by anyone acting on behalf of any party, which are not embodied in this Agreement and that any agreement, statement or promise that is not contained in this Agreement shall not be valid or binding or of any force or effect.

20. Parties Bound . The terms, provisions, and agreements that are contained in this Agreement shall apply to, be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, and permitted successors and assigns, subject to the limitation on assignment expressly set forth herein. No person or entity shall be permitted to acquire any Awarded Shares without first executing and delivering an agreement in the form satisfactory to the Company making such person or entity subject to the restrictions on transfer contained in Section 5 hereof.

21. Waiver . Neither the failure nor any delay on the part of any party to exercise any right, remedy, power or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege preclude any other or further exercise of the same or of any right, remedy, power or privilege, nor shall any waiver of any right, remedy, power, or privilege with respect to any occurrence be construed as a waiver of such right, remedy, power or privilege with respect to any other occurrence.

22. Provisions Separable . The provisions of this Agreement are independent of and separable from each other, and no provision shall be affected or rendered invalid or unenforceable by virtue of the fact that for any reason any other or others of them may be invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part.

23. Modification . No change or modification of this Agreement shall be valid or binding upon the parties unless the change or modification is in writing and signed by the parties.

24. Headings . The headings that are used in this Agreement are used for reference and convenience purposes only and do not constitute substantive matters to be considered in construing the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

 

6


25. Gender and Number . Words of any gender used in this Agreement shall be held and construed to include any other gender, and words in the singular number shall be held to include the plural, and vice versa, unless the context requires otherwise.

26. Notice . Any notice required or permitted to be delivered hereunder shall be deemed to be delivered only when actually received by the Company or by the Employee, as the case may be, at the addresses set forth below, or at such other addresses as they have theretofore specified by written notice delivered in accordance herewith:

(a) Notice to the Company shall be addressed and delivered as follows:

PlainsCapital Corporation

2911 Turtle Creek Blvd., Suite 700

Dallas, TX 75219

Attn: General Counsel

Facsimile: (214) 252-4192

(b) Notice to the Employee shall be addressed and delivered as set forth on the signature page.

27. Tax Requirements . The Employee is hereby advised to consult immediately with his or her own tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of this Agreement, the method and timing for filing an election to include this Agreement in income under Section 83(b) of the Code, and the tax consequences of such election. By execution of this Agreement, the Employee agrees that if the Employee makes such an election, the Employee shall provide the Company with written notice of such election in accordance with the regulations promulgated under Section 83(b) of the Code. The Company or, if applicable, any subsidiary (for purposes of this Section 27 , the term “ Company ” shall be deemed to include any applicable subsidiary), shall have the right to deduct from all amounts paid in cash or other form, any Federal, state, local, or other taxes required by law to be withheld in connection with the Awarded Shares. The Company may, in its sole discretion, also require the Employee receiving shares of Common Stock to pay the Company the amount of any taxes that the Company is required to withhold in connection with the Employee’s income arising with respect to the Awarded Shares. Such payments shall be required to be made when requested by the Company and may be required to be made prior to the delivery of any certificate representing shares of Common Stock. Such payment may be made (i) by the delivery of cash to the Company in an amount that equals or exceeds the required tax withholding obligations of the Company; or (ii) by any other means approved by the Company in its sole discretion. The Company may, in its sole discretion, withhold any such taxes from any other cash remuneration otherwise paid by the Company to the Employee.

[ Signature Page to Follow ]

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized officer, and the Employee, to evidence his consent and approval of all the terms hereof, has duly executed this Agreement, as of the date specified in Section 1 hereof.

 

COMPANY:
PLAINSCAPITAL CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Alan B. White
Name:   Alan B. White
Title:   Chairman and CEO
EMPLOYEE:
/s/ Hill A. Feinberg
Signature  
Name:   Hill A. Feinberg
Address:   3131 Maple Avenue, Apartment 14E
  Dallas, TX 75201-1329

 

8

Exhibit 10.25

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION

EMPLOYEE INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Employee Incentive Stock Option Agreement hereinafter called (the “Agreement”) made this              day              , 19          , between Plains Capital Corporation, a Texas corporation, hereinafter called (the “Corporation”). and                                                   , an employee of the Corporation or one or more of its subsidiaries, hereinafter called (the “Employee” or “Optionee”).

The Corporation desires, by affording the Employee an opportunity to purchase its common shares, of the par value of $10 per share. hereinafter called the Common Shares, as hereinafter provided, to carry out the purposes of the Incentive Stock Option Plan of Plains Capital Corporation dated October 16, 1996, hereinafter called (the “Plan”) as approved by its shareholders.

Now, therefore, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. GRANT OF OPTION. The Corporation hereby irrevocably grants to the Employee the right and option, hereinafter called the Option, to purchase all or any part of an aggregate of                      Common Shares (such number being subject to adjustments provided in Paragraph 8 hereof) on the terms and conditions herein set forth.

2. PURCHASE PRICE. The purchase price of the Common Shares covered by the Option shall be $                       per share flat or ex-dividend.

3. EXERCISE OF OPTION, MEDIUM AND TIME OF PAYMENT. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Option may be exercised by written notice to the Corporation, at its stock transfer department, which is now located at the office of the Corporation, 5010 University Avenue, Lubbock, Texas 79413. Such notice shall state the election to exercise the Option and the number of shares in respect of which it is being exercised, and shall be signed by the person or persons so exercising the Option. Such notice shall either (a) be accompanied by payment of the full purchase price of such shares, in which event the Corporation shall deliver a certificate or certificates representing such shares as soon as practicable after the notice shall be received, or (b) fix a date (not less than five not more than ten business days from the date such notice shall be received by the Corporation) for the payment of the full purchase price of such shares at the stock transfer department, against delivery of a certificate or certificates representing such shares. Payment of such purchase price shall, in either case, be payable in United States dollars, be made by cash or check payable

 

-1-


to the order of the Corporation. The certificate or certificates for the shares as to which the Option shall have been so exercised shall be registered in the name of the person or persons so exercising the Option and shall be delivered as provided above to or upon the written order of the person or persons exercising the Option. In the event, the Option shall be exercised, pursuant to Paragraph 8 hereof, by any person or persons other than the Employee, such notice shall be accompanied by appropriate proof of the right of such person or persons to exercise the Option. All shares that shall be purchased upon the exercise of the Option, as provided herein, shall be fully paid and non-assessable.

4. TERM OF OPTION. The term of the Option shall be for a period of ten years from the date hereof , subject to earlier termination as provided in Paragraphs 5 and 6 hereof. The Option may be exercised within the above limitation, at any time or from time to time, as to any part of or all the shares covered thereby, provided however, that, (a) the Option may not be exercised as to less than 25 shares at any one time (or the remaining shares then purchasable under the Option, if less than 25 shares); and (b) the Option shall not be exercisable prior to the expiration of six (6) months from the date hereof. Except as provided in Paragraph 6 and 7 hereof, the Option may not be exercised at any time unless the Employee shall have been in the continuous employ of the Corporation or of one or more of its subsidiaries from the date hereof to the date of the exercise of the Option. The Optionee shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares covered by the Option until the date the Corporation receives payment in full for purchase of such shares pursuant to the effective exercise of said Option. No adjustment shall be made for dividends or distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such payment is received by the Corporation except as provided in Paragraph 9 hereof.

5. TRANSFER OF OPTION. Neither the whole nor any part of this Option shall be transferable by the Employee or by the operation of law during Employee’s lifetime and at Employee’s death the Option or any part thereof shall only be transferable by Employee’s will or by the laws of descent and distribution. The Option may be exercised during the lifetime of the Employee only by the Employee. The Option, and any and all rights granted to an Employee hereunder, to the extent not heretofore effectively exercised shall automatically terminate and expire upon any sale, transfer or hypothecation or any attempted sale, transfer or hypothecation of such Option or rights, or upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of the Employee.

6. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT. No Option may be exercised after the termination of the employment of the Optionee with the Corporation except as hereinafter provided, specifically subject, however, to the provisions of paragraph 4 hereof.

 

-2-


  (a) Retirement . The Option herein granted may be exercised within three (3) months after the Retirement (as hereinafter defined) of the Employee and the Option shall be exercisable for all the shares covered thereby. For purposes of this Agreement, “Retirement” shall mean any termination of employment with the Corporation after the attainment of age sixty-five (65) by the Optionee.

 

  (b) Disability . Any Option granted under this Agreement may be exercised within three (3) months after the termination of the employment of the Optionee by reason of the Disability (as hereinafter defined) of the Optionee and the Option shall be exercisable for all of the shares covered hereby. For purposes of this Agreement, an Optionee shall be deemed to have incurred a “Disability” if a disinterested duly licensed medical doctor appointed by the Corporation determines that the Optionee is totally and permanently prevented as a result of a physical or a mental infirmity, injury, or disease, either occupational or nonoccupational in cause, from holding the job or position with the Corporation or engaging in the employment activity, or a comparable job or employment activity with the Corporation, which the Optionee held or customarily engaged in prior to the occurrence of the disability (provided, however, that disability hereunder shall not include any disability incurred or resulting from the Optionee having engaged in a criminal act or enterprise or any disability consisting of or resulting from the Optionee’s chronic alcoholism, addiction to narcotics or an intentionally self-inflicted injury).

 

  (c) Involuntary Termination of Employment . The Option granted under this Agreement shall automatically terminate after the involuntary termination of employment (as hereinafter defined) of the Optionee with the Corporation. For purposes of this Agreement, “Involuntary Termination of Employment” shall mean any termination of the Optionee’s employment with the Corporation by reason of being discharged, firing or other involuntary termination of an Optionee’s employment by action of the Corporation.

 

  (d) Voluntary Termination of Employment . The Option granted under this Agreement shall automatically terminate after the voluntary termination of employment (as hereinafter defined) of the Optionee with the Corporation. For purposes of this Agreement, “Voluntary Termination of Employment” shall mean any voluntary termination of employment with the Corporation by reason of the Optionee quitting or otherwise voluntary leaving the Corporation employ other than a voluntary termination of employment by reason of retirement.

 

-3-


The granting of the Option pursuant to this Agreement shall not be deemed to constitute a Contract of Employment between the Corporation and the Employee or to be a condition of the employment of any person. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to (a) give to the Employee the right to be retained in the employ of the Corporation; (b) interfere with the right of the Corporation to discharge or retire the Employee at any time; (c) be deemed to give to the Corporation the right to require the Employee to remain in its employ; or (d) interfere with the Employee’s right to terminate its employment at any time.

7. DEATH OF EMPLOYEE . Subject to the provisions of paragraph 4, if the Employee shall die while employed by the Corporation or within three (3) months after termination of employment with the Corporation by reason of Retirement or Disability, the Option granted under this Agreement to such deceased Employee shall be exercisable within six (6) months after the date of Employee’s death and the Option shall be exercisable for all of the shares covered thereby. The legal representative, if any, of the deceased Employee’s estate, otherwise the appropriate legatees or distributees of the deceased Employee’s estate, may exercise the Option on behalf of such deceased Employee.

8. CHANGES IN CAPITAL STRUCTURE . If all or any portion of the Option shall be exercised subsequent to any stock dividend declared upon the common stock or if the common stock shall thereafter be subdivided, consolidated, or changed into other securities of Plains Capital Corporation or a successor Corporation to Plains Capital Corporation, then in each such event, shares of common stock which would be delivered pursuant to the exercise of this Option shall, for purposes of adjusting the number and kind thereof be treated as though outstanding immediately prior to the occurrence of such event and the purchase price to be paid thereof shall be appropriately adjusted to give effect thereto, provided however, that no fractional shares shall be issued upon any such exercise, and the aggregate price paid shall be reduced on account of any fractional share not issued. No adjustment shall be made in the minimum number of shares which may be purchased at any one time, as fixed by paragraph 4 hereof. The grant of this Option shall not effect, in any way, the right or power of the Corporation to make adjustment, re-classifications, reorganizations or changes of its capital or business structure or to merge or to consolidate or to dissolve, liquidate or sell, or transfer all or any part of its business or assets. In the case of merger, consolidation, dissolution or liquidation of the Corporation, the Corporation may accelerate the expiration date of any Option for any or all of the shares covered hereby (but still giving Optionees a reasonably period of time to exercise any outstanding Options prior to the accelerated expiration date) and may in the case of merger, consolidation, dissolution or liquidation of the Corporation, or any other case in which it feels it is in the Corporation’s best interest, accelerate the date or dates on which any Option or any part of any Option shall be exercisable for any or all of the shares covered hereby.

 

-4-


9. LIMITATION ON OPTION . Notwithstanding the provisions of this Agreement no Option may be granted to an Optionee if the value of shares of the Corporation stock that can be exercised for the first time by the Optionee in any one (1) year exceeds $100,000.00, based on the Option price contained herein.

10. GENERAL . The Corporation shall at all times during the term of the Option reserve and keep available such number of Common Shares as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of this Agreement, shall pay all original issue and transfer taxes with respect to the issue and transfer of shares pursuant hereto and all other fees and expenses necessarily incurred by the Corporation in connection therewith, and will from time to time use its best efforts to comply with all laws and regulations which, in the option of counsel for the Corporation, shall be applicable thereto.

11. INCORPORATION OF PLAN BY REFERENCE . This Option is granted pursuant to the terms of the Plan, the terms of which are incorporated herein by reference, and the Option in all respects shall be interpreted in accordance with the Plan. The Plan Committee shall interpret and construe the Plan and this instrument, and its interpretations and determinations shall be conclusive and binding on the parties hereto and any other person claiming an interest hereunder, with respect to any issue arising hereunder or thereunder.

12. SUBSIDIARY DEFINED . As used herein, the term “subsidiary” shall mean any present or future corporation which would be a “subsidiary corporation” of the Corporation, as that term is defined in Section 425 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

13. GOVERNING LAW . The validity, construction, interpretation and effect of this Agreement shall exclusively be governed by and determined in accordance with the law of the State of Texas, except to the extent preempted by federal law, which shall to the extent govern.

 

-5-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Corporation has caused its duly authorized officers to execute and attest this Grant of Incentive Stock Option, and to apply the corporate seal hereto, and the Employee has placed his or her signature hereon effective on the day and year first above written.

 

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO:    

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION

ATTEST:

By:          
                                                                              , Employee                                                                            Secretary
      By:     
      Its:    

 

-6-

Exhibit 10.26

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION

EMPLOYEE INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Employee Incentive Stock Option Agreement hereinafter called (the “Agreement”) made this      day of              , between Plains Capital Corporation, a Texas corporation, hereinafter called (the “Corporation”), and              , an employee of the Corporation or one or more of its subsidiaries, hereinafter called (the “Employee” or “Optionee”).

The Corporation desires, by affording the Employee an opportunity to purchase its common shares, of the par value of $10 per share, hereinafter called the Common Shares, as hereinafter provided, to carry out the purposes of the Incentive Stock Option Plan of Plains Capital Corporation dated March 25, 1998 hereinafter called (the “Plan”) as approved by its shareholders.

Now, therefore, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. GRANT OF OPTION . The Corporation hereby irrevocably grants to the Employee the right and option, hereinafter called the Option, to purchase all or any part of an aggregate of      Common Shares (such number being subject to adjustments provided in Paragraph 8 hereof) on the terms and conditions herein set forth.

2. PURCHASE PRICE . The purchase price of the Common Shares covered by the Option shall be              per share flat or ex-dividend.

3. EXERCISE OF OPTION, MEDIUM AND TIME OF PAYMENT . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Option may be exercised by written notice to the Corporation, at its stock transfer department, which is now located at the office of the Corporation, 5010 University Avenue, Lubbock, Texas 79413. Such notice shall state the election to exercise the Option and the number of shares in respect of which it is being exercised, and shall be signed by the person or persons so exercising the Option. Such notice shall either: (a) be accompanied by payment of the full purchase price of such shares, in which event the Corporation shall deliver a certificate or certificates representing such shares as soon as practicable after the notice shall be received; or (b) fix a date (not less than five nor more than ten business days from the date such notice shall be received by the Corporation) for the payment of the full purchase price of such shares at the stock transfer department, against delivery of a certificate or certificates representing such shares. Payment of such purchase price shall, in either case, be payable in United States dollars, be made by cash or check payable to the order of the Corporation. The certificate or certificates for the shares as to which the Option shall have been so exercised shall be registered in the name of the person or persons so exercising the Option and shall be delivered as provided above to or upon the written order of the person or persons exercising the Option. In the event, the Option shall be exercised, pursuant to

 

-1-


Paragraph 8 hereof, by any person or persons other than the Employee; such notice shall be accompanied by appropriate proof of the right of such person or persons to exercise the Option. All shares that shall be purchased upon the exercise of the Option, as provided herein, shall be fully paid and non-assessable.

4. TERM OF OPTION . The term of the Option shall be for a period of ten years from the date hereof, subject to earlier termination as provided in Paragraphs 5 and 6 hereof. The Option may be exercised within the above limitation, at any time or from time to time, as to any part of or all the shares covered thereby; provided however, that; (a) the Option may not be exercised as to less than 25 shares at any one time (or the remaining shares then purchasable under the Option, if less than 25 shares); and (b) the Option shall not be exercisable prior to the expiration of six (6) months from the date hereof. Except as provided in Paragraph 6 and 7 hereof, the Option may not be exercised at any time unless the Employee shall have been in the continuous employ of the Corporation or of one or more of its subsidiaries, from the date hereof to the date of the exercise of the Option. The Optionee shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares covered by the Option until the date the Corporation receives payment in full for the purchase of such shares pursuant to the effective exercise of said Option. No adjustment shall be made for dividends or distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such payment is received by the Corporation except as provided in Paragraph 9 hereof.

5. TRANSFER OF OPTION . Neither the whole nor any part of this Option shall be transferable by the Employee or by operation of law during Employee’s lifetime and at Employee’s death the Option or any part thereof shall only be transferable by Employee’s will or by the laws of descent and distribution. The Option may be exercised during the lifetime of the Employee only by the Employee. The Option, and any and all rights granted to an Employee hereunder, to the extent not heretofore effectively exercised shall automatically terminate and expire upon any sale, transfer or hypothecation or any attempted sale, transfer or hypothecation of such Option or rights, or upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of the Employee.

6. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT . No Option may be exercised after the termination of the employment of the Optionee with the Corporation except as hereinafter provided, specifically subject, however, to the provisions of paragraph 4, hereof;

 

  (a) Retirement . The Option herein granted may be exercised within three (3) months after the Retirement (as hereinafter defined) of the Employee and the Option shall be exercisable for all the shares covered thereby. For purposes of this Agreement, “Retirement” shall mean any termination of employment with the Corporation after the attainment of age sixty-five (65) by the Optionee.

 

-2-


  (b) Disability . Any Option granted under this Agreement may be exercised within three (3) months after the termination of the employment of the Optionee by reason of the Disability (as hereinafter defined) of the Optionee and the Option shall be exercisable for all of the shares covered hereby. For purposes of this Agreement, an Optionee shall be deemed to have incurred a “Disability” if a disinterested duly licensed medical doctor appointed by the Corporation determines that the Optionee is totally and permanently prevented as a result of a physical or a mental infirmity, injury, or disease, either occupational or nonoccupational in cause, from holding the job or position with the Corporation or engaging in the employment activity, or a comparable job or employment activity with the Corporation, which the Optionee held or customarily engaged in prior to the occurrence of the disability (provided, however, that disability hereunder shall not include any disability incurred or resulting from the Optionee having engaged in a criminal act or enterprise or any disability consisting of or resulting from the Optionee’s chronic alcoholism, addiction to narcotics or an intentionally self-inflicted injury).

 

  (c) Involuntary Termination of Employment . The Option granted under this Agreement shall automatically terminate after the involuntary termination of employment (as hereinafter defined) of the Optionee with the Corporation. For purposes of this Agreement, “Involuntary Termination of Employment” shall mean any termination of the Optionee’s employment with the Corporation by reason of being discharged, firing or other involuntary termination of an Optionee’s employment by action of the Corporation.

 

  (d) Voluntary Termination of Employment . The Option granted under this Agreement shall automatically terminate after the voluntary termination of employment (as hereinafter defined) of the Optionee with the Corporation. For purposes of this Agreement, “Voluntary Termination of Employment” shall mean any voluntary termination of employment with the Corporation by reason of the Optionee quitting or otherwise voluntary leaving the Corporation employ other than a voluntary termination of employment by reason of retirement.

The granting of the Option pursuant to this Agreement shall not be deemed to constitute a Contract of Employment between the Corporation and the Employee or to be a condition of the employment of any person. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to (a) give to the Employee the right to be retained in the employ of the Corporation; (b) interfere with the right of the Corporation to discharge or retire the Employee at any time; (c) be deemed to give to the Corporation the right to require the Employee to remain in its employ; or (d) interfere with the Employee’s right to terminate its employment at any time.

 

-3-


7. DEATH OF EMPLOYEE . Subject to the provisions of paragraph 4, if the Employee shall die while employed by the Corporation or within three (3) months after termination of employment with the Corporation by reason of Retirement or Disability, the Option granted under this Agreement to such deceased Employee shall be exercisable within six (6) months after the date of Employee’s death and the Option shall be exercisable for all of the shares covered thereby. The legal representative, if any, of the deceased Employee’s estate, otherwise the appropriate legatees or distributees of the deceased Employee’s estate, may exercise the Option on behalf of such deceased Employee.

8. CHANGES IN CAPITAL STRUCTURE . If all or any portion of the Option shall be exercised subsequent to any stock dividend declared upon the common stock or if the common stock shall thereafter be subdivided, consolidated, or changed into other securities of Plains Capital Corporation or a successor Corporation to Plains Capital Corporation, then in each such event, shares of common stock which would be delivered pursuant to the exercise of this Option shall, for purposes of adjusting the number and kind thereof be treated as though outstanding immediately prior to the occurrence of such event and the purchase price to be paid thereof shall be appropriately adjusted to give effect thereto, provided however, that no fractional shares shall be issued upon any such exercise, and the aggregate price paid shall be reduced on account of any fractional share not issued. No adjustments shall be made in the minimum number of shares, which may be purchased at any one time, as fixed by paragraph 4 hereof. The grant of this Option shall not effect, in any way, the right or power of the Corporation to make adjustments, re-classifications, reorganizations or changes of its capital or business structure or to merge or to consolidate or to dissolve, liquidate or sell, or transfer all or any part of its business or assets. In the case of merger, consolidation, dissolution or liquidation of the Corporation, the Corporation may accelerate the expiration date of any Option for any or all of the shares covered hereby (but still giving Optionees a reasonable period of time to exercise any outstanding Options prior to the accelerated expiration date) and may in the case of merger, consolidation, dissolution or liquidation of the Corporation, or any other case in which it feels it is in the Corporation’s best interest, accelerate the date or dates on which any Option or any part of any Option shall be exercisable for any or all of the shares covered hereby.

9. LIMITATION ON OPTION . Notwithstanding the provisions of this Agreement no Option may be granted to an Optionee if the value of shares of the Corporation stock that can be exercised for the first time by the Optionee in any one (1) year exceeds $100,000.00, based on the Option price contained herein.

10. GENERAL . The Corporation shall at all times during the term of the Option reserve and keep available such number of Common Shares as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of this Agreement, shall pay all original issue and transfer taxes with

 

-4-


respect to the issue and transfer of shares pursuant hereto and all other fees and expenses necessarily incurred by the Corporation in connection therewith, and will from time to time use its best efforts to comply with all laws and regulations which, in the opinion of counsel for the Corporation, shall be applicable thereto.

11. INCORPORATION OF PLAN BY REFERENCE . This Option is granted pursuant to the terms of the Plan, the terms of which are incorporated herein by reference, and the Option in all respects shall be interpreted in accordance with the Plan. The Plan Committee shall interpret and construe the Plan and this instrument, and its interpretations and determinations shall be conclusive and binding on the parties hereto and any other person claiming an interest hereunder, with respect to any issue arising hereunder or thereunder.

12. SUBSIDIARY DEFINED . As used herein, the term “subsidiary” shall mean any present or future corporation which would be a “subsidiary corporation” of the Corporation, as that term is defined in Section 425 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

13. GOVERNING LAW . The validity, construction, interpretation and effect of this Agreement shall exclusively be governed by and determined in accordance with the law of the State of Texas, except to the extent preempted by federal law, which shall to the extent govern.

 

-5-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Corporation has caused its duly authorized officers to execute and attest this Grant of Incentive Stock Option, and to apply the corporate seal hereto, and the Employee has placed his or her signature hereon effective on the day and year first above written.

 

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO:    

 

      ATTEST:
By:  

 

   

 

                                                                            , Employee                                                                                       , Secretary
       
      By:  

 

      Its:  

 

 

 

-6-

Exhibit 10.27

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION

EMPLOYEE INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Employee Incentive Stock Option Agreement hereinafter called (the “Agreement”) made this      day of              , between Plains Capital Corporation, a Texas corporation, hereinafter called (the “Corporation”), and              , an employee of the Corporation or one or more of its subsidiaries, hereinafter called (the “Employee” or “Optionee”).

The Corporation desires, by affording the Employee an opportunity to purchase its common shares, of the par value of $10 per share, hereinafter called the Common Shares, as hereinafter provided, to carry out the purposes of the Incentive Stock Option Plan of Plains Capital Corporation dated April 18, 2001, hereinafter called (the “Plan”) as approved by its shareholders.

Now, therefore, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. GRANT OF OPTION . The Corporation hereby irrevocably grants to the Employee the right and option, hereinafter called the Option, to purchase all or any part of an aggregate of      Common Shares (such number being subject to adjustments provided in Paragraph 8 hereof) on the terms and conditions herein set forth.

2. PURCHASE PRICE . The purchase price of the Common Shares covered by the Option shall be              per share flat or ex-dividend.

3. EXERCISE OF OPTION, MEDIUM AND TIME OF PAYMENT . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Option may be exercised by written notice to the Corporation, at its stock transfer department, which is now located at the office of the Corporation, 5010 University Avenue, Lubbock, Texas 79413. Such notice shall state the election to exercise the Option and the number of shares in respect of which it is being exercised, and shall be signed by the person or persons so exercising the Option. Such notice shall either: (a) be accompanied by payment of the full purchase price of such shares, in which event the Corporation shall deliver a certificate or certificates representing such shares as soon as practicable after the notice shall be received; or (b) fix a date (not less than five nor more than ten business days from the date such notice shall be received by the Corporation) for the payment of the full purchase price of such shares at the stock transfer department, against delivery of a certificate or certificates representing such shares. Payment of such purchase price shall, in either case, be payable in United States dollars, be made by cash or check payable to the order of the Corporation. The certificate or certificates for the shares as to which the Option shall have been so exercised shall be registered in the name of the person or persons so exercising the Option and shall be delivered as provided above to or upon the written order of the person or persons exercising the Option. In the event, the Option shall be exercised, pursuant to

 

-1-


Paragraph 8 hereof, by any person or persons other than the Employee; such notice shall be accompanied by appropriate proof of the right of such person or persons to exercise the Option. All shares that shall be purchased upon the exercise of the Option, as provided herein, shall be fully paid and non-assessable.

4. TERM OF OPTION . The term of the Option shall be for a period of ten years from the date hereof, subject to earlier termination as provided in Paragraphs 5 and 6 hereof. The Option may be exercised within the above limitation, at any time or from time to time, as to any part of or all the shares covered thereby; provided however, that; (a) the Option may not be exercised as to less than 25 shares at any one time (or the remaining shares then purchasable under the Option, if less than 25 shares); and (b) the Option shall not be exercisable prior to the expiration of six (6) months from the date hereof. Except as provided in Paragraph 6 and 7 hereof, the Option may not be exercised at any time unless the Employee shall have been in the continuous employ of the Corporation or of one or more of its subsidiaries, from the date hereof to the date of the exercise of the Option. The Optionee shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares covered by the Option until the date the Corporation receives payment in full for the purchase of such shares pursuant to the effective exercise of said Option. No adjustment shall be made for dividends or distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such payment is received by the Corporation except as provided in Paragraph 9 hereof.

5. TRANSFER OF OPTION . Neither the whole nor any part of this Option shall be transferrable by the Employee or by operation of law during Employee’s lifetime and at Employee’s death the Option or any part thereof shall only be transferrable by Employee’s will or by the laws of descent and distribution. The Option may be exercised during the lifetime of the Employee only by the Employee. The Option, and any and all rights granted to an Employee hereunder, to the extent not heretofore effectively exercised shall automatically terminate and expire upon any sale, transfer or hypothecation or any attempted sale, transfer or hypothecation of such Option or rights, or upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of the Employee.

6. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT . No Option may be exercised after the termination of the employment of the Optionee with the Corporation except as hereinafter provided, specifically subject, however, to the provisions of paragraph 4, hereof;

 

  (a) Retirement . The Option herein granted may be exercised within three (3) months after the Retirement (as hereinafter defined) of the Employee and the Option shall be exercisable for all the shares covered thereby. For purposes of this Agreement, “Retirement” shall mean any termination of employment with the Corporation after the attainment of age sixty-five (65) by the Optionee.

 

-2-


  (b) Disability . Any Option granted under this Agreement may be exercised within three (3) months after the termination of the employment of the Optionee by reason of the Disability (as hereinafter defined) of the Optionee and the Option shall be exercisable for all of the shares covered hereby. For purposes of this Agreement, an Optionee shall be deemed to have incurred a “Disability” if a disinterested duly licensed medical doctor appointed by the Corporation determines that the Optionee is totally and permanently prevented as a result of a physical or a mental infirmity, injury, or disease, either occupational or nonoccupational in cause, from holding the job or position with the Corporation or engaging in the employment activity, or a comparable job or employment activity with the Corporation, which the Optionee held or customarily engaged in prior to the occurrence of the disability (provided, however, that disability hereunder shall not include any disability incurred or resulting from the Optionee having engaged in a criminal act or enterprise or any disability consisting of or resulting from the Optionee’s chronic alcoholism, addiction to narcotics or an intentionally self-inflicted injury).

 

  (c) Involuntary Termination of Employment . The Option granted under this Agreement shall automatically terminate after the involuntary termination of employment (as hereinafter defined) of the Optionee with the Corporation. For purposes of this Agreement, “Involuntary Termination of Employment” shall mean any termination of the Optionee’s employment with the Corporation by reason of being discharged, firing or other involuntary termination of an Optionee’s employment by action of the Corporation.

 

  (d) Voluntary Termination of Employment . The Option granted under this Agreement shall automatically terminate after the voluntary termination of employment (as hereinafter defined) of the Optionee with the Corporation. For purposes of this Agreement, “Voluntary Termination of Employment” shall mean any voluntary termination of employment with the Corporation by reason of the Optionee quitting or otherwise voluntary leaving the Corporation employ other than a voluntary termination of employment by reason of retirement.

The granting of the Option pursuant to this Agreement shall not be deemed to constitute a Contract of Employment between the Corporation and the Employee or to be a condition of the employment of any person. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to (a) give to the Employee the right to be retained in the employ of the Corporation; (b) interfere with the right of the Corporation to discharge or retire the Employee at any time; (c) be deemed to give to the Corporation the right to require the Employee to remain in its employ; or (d) interfere with the Employee’s right to terminate its employment at any time.

 

-3-


7. DEATH OF EMPLOYEE . Subject to the provisions of paragraph 4, if the Employee shall die while employed by the Corporation or within three (3) months after termination of employment with the Corporation by reason of Retirement or Disability, the Option granted under this Agreement to such deceased Employee shall be exercisable within six (6) months after the date of Employee’s death and the Option shall be exercisable for all of the shares covered thereby. The legal representative, if any, of the deceased Employee’s estate, otherwise the appropriate legatees or distributees of the deceased Employee’s estate, may exercise the Option on behalf of such deceased Employee.

8. CHANGES IN CAPITAL STRUCTURE . If all or any portion of the Option shall be exercised subsequent to any stock dividend declared upon the common stock or if the common stock shall thereafter be subdivided, consolidated, or changed into other securities of Plains Capital Corporation or a successor Corporation to Plains Capital Corporation, then in each such event, shares of common stock which would be delivered pursuant to the exercise of this Option shall, for purposes of adjusting the number and kind thereof be treated as though outstanding immediately prior to the occurrence of such event and the purchase price to be paid thereof shall be appropriately adjusted to give effect thereto, provided however, that no fractional shares shall be issued upon any such exercise, and the aggregate price paid shall be reduced on account of any fractional share not issued. No adjustments shall be made in the minimum number of shares, which may be purchased at any one time, as fixed by paragraph 4 hereof. The grant of this Option shall not effect, in any way, the right or power of the Corporation to make adjustments, re-classifications, reorganizations or changes of its capital or business structure or to merge or to consolidate or to dissolve, liquidate or sell, or transfer all or any part of its business or assets. In the case of merger, consolidation, dissolution or liquidation of the Corporation, the Corporation may accelerate the expiration date of any Option for any or all of the shares covered hereby (but still giving Optionees a reasonable period of time to exercise any outstanding Options prior to the accelerated expiration date) and may in the case of merger, consolidation, dissolution or liquidation of the Corporation, or any other case in which it feels it is in the Corporation’s best interest, accelerate the date or dates on which any Option or any part of any Option shall be exercisable for any or all of the shares covered hereby.

9. LIMITATION ON OPTION . Notwithstanding the provisions of this Agreement no Option may be granted to an Optionee if the value of shares of the Corporation stock that can be exercised for the first time by the Optionee in any one (1) year exceeds $100,000.00, based on the Option price contained herein.

10. GENERAL . The Corporation shall at all times during the term of the Option reserve and keep available such number of Common Shares as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of this Agreement, shall pay all original issue and transfer taxes with

 

-4-


respect to the issue and transfer of shares pursuant hereto and all other fees and expenses necessarily incurred by the Corporation in connection therewith, and will from time to time use its best efforts to comply with all laws and regulations which, in the option of counsel for the Corporation, shall be applicable thereto.

11. INCORPORATION OF PLAN BY REFERENCE . This Option is granted pursuant to the terms of the Plan, the terms of which are incorporated herein by reference, and the Option in all respects shall be interpreted in accordance with the Plan. The Plan Committee shall interpret and construe the Plan and this instrument, and its interpretations and determinations shall be conclusive and binding on the parties hereto and any other person claiming an interest hereunder, with respect to any issue arising hereunder or thereunder.

12. SUBSIDIARY DEFINED . As used herein, the term “subsidiary” shall mean any present or future corporation which would be a “subsidiary corporation” of the Corporation, as that term is defined in Section 425 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

13. GOVERNING LAW . The validity, construction, interpretation and effect of this Agreement shall exclusively be governed by and determined in accordance with the law of the State of Texas, except to the extent preempted by federal law, which shall to the extent govern.

 

-5-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Corporation has caused its duly authorized officers to execute and attest this Grant of Incentive Stock Option, and to apply the corporate seal hereto, and the Employee has placed his or her signature hereon effective on the day and year first above written.

 

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO:     PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION
      ATTEST:
By:  

 

   

 

                                                                            , Employee                                                                                       , Secretary
       
      By:  

 

      Its:  

 

 

-6-

Exhibit 10.28

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION

EMPLOYEE INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Employee Incentive Stock Option Agreement hereinafter called (the “Agreement”) made this              day of                      , 2003, between Plains Capital Corporation, a Texas corporation, hereinafter called (the “Corporation”), and                                                       , an employee of the Corporation or one or more of its subsidiaries, hereinafter called (the “Employee” or “Optionee”).

The Corporation desires, by affording the Employee an opportunity to purchase its common shares, of the par value of $10 per share, hereinafter called the Common Shares, as hereinafter provided, to carry out the purposes of the Incentive Stock Option Plan of Plains Capital Corporation dated March 25, 2003, hereinafter called (the “Plan”) as approved by its shareholders.

Now, therefore, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. GRANT OF OPTION . The Corporation hereby irrevocably grants to the Employee the right and option, hereinafter called the Option, to purchase all or any part of an aggregate of                      Common Shares (such number being subject to adjustments provided in Paragraph 8 hereof) on the terms and conditions herein set forth.

2. PURCHASE PRICE . The purchase price of the Common Shares covered by the Option shall be $                      per share flat or ex-dividend.

3. EXERCISE OF OPTION, MEDIUM AND TIME OF PAYMENT . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Option may be exercised by written notice to the Corporation, at its stock transfer department, which is now located at the office of the Corporation, 5010 University Avenue, Lubbock, Texas 79413. Such notice shall state the election to exercise the Option and the number of shares in respect of which it is being exercised, and shall be signed by the person or persons so exercising the Option. Such notice shall either: (a) be accompanied by payment of the full purchase price of such shares, in which event the Corporation shall deliver a certificate or certificates representing such shares as soon as practicable after the notice shall be received; or (b) fix a date (not less than five nor more than ten business days from the date such notice shall be received by the Corporation) for the payment of the full purchase price of such shares at the stock transfer department, against delivery of a certificate or certificates representing such shares. Payment of such purchase price shall, in either case, be payable in United States dollars, be made by cash or check payable to the order of the Corporation. The certificate or certificates for the shares as to which the Option shall have been so exercised shall be registered in the name of the person or persons so exercising the Option and shall be delivered as provided above to or upon the written order of the person or persons exercising the Option. In the event, the Option shall be exercised, pursuant to


Paragraph 8 hereof, by any person or persons other than the Employee, such notice shall be accompanied by appropriate proof of the right of such person or persons to exercise the Option. All shares that shall be purchased upon the exercise of the Option, as provided herein, shall be fully paid and non-assessable.

4. TERM OF OPTION . The term of the Option shall be for a period of ten years from the date hereof, subject to earlier termination as provided in Paragraphs 5 and 6 hereof. The Option may be exercised within the above limitation, at any time or from time to time, as to any part of or all the shares covered thereby; provided however, that; (a) the Option may not be exercised as to less than 25 shares at any one time (or the remaining shares then purchasable under the Option, if less than 25 shares); and (b) the Option shall not be exercisable prior to the expiration of six (6) months from the date hereof. Except as provided in Paragraph 6 and 7 hereof, the Option may not be exercised at any time unless the Employee shall have been in the continuous employ of the Corporation or of one or more of its subsidiaries, from the date hereof to the date of the exercise of the Option. The Optionee shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares covered by the Option until the date the Corporation receives payment in full for the purchase of such shares pursuant to the effective exercise of said Option. No adjustment shall be made for dividends or distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such payment is received by the Corporation except as provided in Paragraph 9 hereof.

5. TRANSFER OF OPTION . Neither the whole nor any part of this Option shall be transferable by the Employee or by operation of law during Employee’s lifetime and at Employee’s death the Option or any part thereof shall only be transferable by Employee’s will or by the laws of descent and distribution. The Option may be exercised during the lifetime of the Employee only by the Employee. The Option, and any and all rights granted to an Employee hereunder, to the extent not heretofore effectively exercised shall automatically terminate and expire upon any sale, transfer or hypothecation or any attempted sale, transfer or hypothecation of such Option or rights, or upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of the Employee.

6. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT . No Option may be exercised after the termination of the employment of the Optionee with the Corporation except as hereinafter provided, specifically subject, however, to the provisions of paragraph 4, hereof;

 

  (a) Retirement . The Option herein granted may be exercised within three (3) months after the Retirement (as hereinafter defined) of the Employee and the Option shall be exercisable for all the shares covered thereby. For purposes of this Agreement, “Retirement” shall mean any termination of employment with the Corporation after the attainment of age sixty-five (65) by the Optionee.

 

-2-


  (b) Disability . Any Option granted under this Agreement may be exercised within three (3) months after the termination of the employment of the Optionee by reason of the Disability (as hereinafter defined) of the Optionee and the Option shall be exercisable for all of the shares covered hereby. For purposes of this Agreement, an Optionee shall be deemed to have incurred a “Disability” if a disinterested duly licensed medical doctor appointed by the Corporation determines that the Optionee is totally and permanently prevented as a result of a physical or a mental infirmity, injury, or disease, either occupational or nonoccupational in cause, from holding the job or position with the Corporation or engaging in the employment activity, or a comparable job or employment activity with the Corporation, which the Optionee held or customarily engaged in prior to the occurrence of the disability (provided, however, that disability hereunder shall not include any disability incurred or resulting from the Optionee having engaged in a criminal act or enterprise or any disability consisting of or resulting from the Optionee’s chronic alcoholism, addiction to narcotics or an intentionally self-inflicted injury).

 

  (c) Involuntary Termination of Employment . The Option granted under this Agreement shall automatically terminate after the involuntary termination of employment (as hereinafter defined) of the Optionee with the Corporation. For purposes of this Agreement, “Involuntary Termination of Employment” shall mean any termination of the Optionee’s employment with the Corporation by reason of being discharged, firing or other involuntary termination of an Optionee’s employment by action of the Corporation.

 

  (d) Voluntary Termination of Employment . The Option granted under this Agreement shall automatically terminate after the voluntary termination of employment (as hereinafter defined) of the Optionee with the Corporation. For purposes of this Agreement, “Voluntary Termination of Employment” shall mean any voluntary termination of employment with the Corporation by reason of the Optionee quitting or otherwise voluntary leaving the Corporation employ other than a voluntary termination of employment by reason of retirement.

The granting of the Option pursuant to this Agreement shall not be deemed to constitute a Contract of Employment between the Corporation and the Employee or to be a condition of the employment of any person. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to (a) give to the Employee the right to be retained in the employ of the Corporation; (b) interfere with the right of the Corporation to discharge or retire the Employee at any time; (c) be deemed to give to the Corporation the right to require the Employee to remain in its employ; or (d) interfere with the Employee’s right to terminate its employment at any time.

 

-3-


7. DEATH OF EMPLOYEE . Subject to the provisions of paragraph 4, if the Employee shall die while employed by the Corporation or within three (3) months after termination of employment with the Corporation by reason of Retirement or Disability, the Option granted under this Agreement to such deceased Employee shall be exercisable within six (6) months after the date of Employee’s death and the Option shall be exercisable for all of the shares covered thereby. The legal representative, if any, of the deceased Employee’s estate, otherwise the appropriate legatees or distributees of the deceased Employee’s estate, may exercise the Option on behalf of such deceased Employee.

8. CHANGES IN CAPITAL STRUCTURE . If all or any portion of the Option shall be exercised subsequent to any stock dividend declared upon the common stock or if the common stock shall thereafter be subdivided, consolidated, or changed into other securities of Plains Capital Corporation or a successor Corporation to Plains Capital Corporation, then in each such event, shares of common stock which would be delivered pursuant to the exercise of this Option shall, for purposes of adjusting the number and kind thereof be treated as though outstanding immediately prior to the occurrence of such event and the purchase price to be paid thereof shall be appropriately adjusted to give effect thereto, provided however, that no fractional shares shall be issued upon any such exercise, and the aggregate price paid shall be reduced on account of any fractional share not issued. No adjustments shall be made in the minimum number of shares which may be purchased at any one time, as fixed by paragraph 4 hereof. The grant of this Option shall not effect, in any way, the right or power of the Corporation to make adjustments, re-classifications, reorganizations or changes of its capital or business structure or to merge or to consolidate or to dissolve, liquidate or sell, or transfer all or any part of its business or assets. In the case of merger, consolidation, dissolution or liquidation of the Corporation, the Corporation may accelerate the expiration date of any Option for any or all of the shares covered hereby (but still giving Optionees a reasonably period of time to exercise any outstanding Options prior to the accelerated expiration date) and may in the case of merger, consolidation, dissolution or liquidation of the Corporation, or any other case in which it feels it is in the Corporation’s best interest, accelerate the date or dates on which any Option or any part of any Option shall be exercisable for any or all of the shares covered hereby.

9. LIMITATION ON OPTION . Notwithstanding the provisions of this Agreement no Option may be granted to an Optionee if the value of shares of the Corporation stock that can be exercised for the first time by the Optionee in any one (1) year exceeds $100,000.00, based on the Option price contained herein.

 

-4-


10. GENERAL . The Corporation shall at all times during the term of the Option reserve and keep available such number of Common Shares as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of this Agreement, shall pay all original issue and transfer taxes with respect to the issue and transfer of shares pursuant hereto and all other fees and expenses necessarily incurred by the Corporation in connection therewith, and will from time to time use its best efforts to comply with all laws and regulations which, in the option of counsel for the Corporation, shall be applicable thereto.

11. INCORPORATION OF PLAN BY REFERENCE . This Option is granted pursuant to the terms of the Plan, the terms of which are incorporated herein by reference, and the Option in all respects shall be interpreted in accordance with the Plan. The Plan Committee shall interpret and construe the Plan and this instrument, and its interpretations and determinations shall be conclusive and binding on the parties hereto and any other person claiming an interest hereunder, with respect to any issue arising hereunder or thereunder.

12. SUBSIDIARY DEFINED . As used herein, the term “subsidiary” shall mean any present or future corporation which would be a “subsidiary corporation” of the Corporation, as that term is defined in Section 425 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

13. GOVERNING LAW . The validity, construction, interpretation and effect of this Agreement shall exclusively be governed by and determined in accordance with the law of the State of Texas, except to the extent preempted by federal law, which shall to the extent govern.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Corporation has caused its duly authorized officers to execute and attest this Grant of Incentive Stock Option, and to apply the corporate seal hereto, and the Employee has placed his or her signature hereon effective on the day and year first above written.

 

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO:    

 

    ATTEST:
By:        

 

                                                                              , Employee                                                                                   , Secretary
      By:     
      Its:    

 

-5-

Exhibit 10.29

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION

EMPLOYEE INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Employee Incentive Stock Option Agreement hereinafter called (the “Agreement”) made this          day of                      , 2005 between Plains Capital Corporation, a Texas corporation, hereinafter called (the “Corporation”), and                      , an employee of the Corporation or one or more of its subsidiaries, hereinafter called (the “Employee” or “Optionee”).

The Corporation desires, by affording the Employee an opportunity to purchase its common shares, of the par value of $10 per share, hereinafter called the Common Shares, as hereinafter provided, to carry out the purposes of the Incentive Stock Option Plan of Plains Capital Corporation dated                      hereinafter called (the “Plan”) as approved by its shareholders.

Now, therefore, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. GRANT OF OPTION . The Corporation hereby irrevocably grants to the Employee the right and option, hereinafter called the Option, to purchase all or any part of an aggregate of              Common Shares (such number being subject to adjustments provided in Paragraph 8 hereof) on the terms and conditions herein set forth.

2. PURCHASE PRICE . The purchase price of the Common Shares covered by the Option shall be                  per share flat or ex-dividend.

3. EXERCISE OF OPTION, MEDIUM AND TIME OF PAYMENT . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Option may be exercised by written notice to the Corporation, at its stock transfer department, which is now located at the office of the Corporation, 5010 University Avenue, Lubbock, Texas 79413. Such notice shall state the election to exercise the Option and the number of shares in respect of which it is being exercised, and shall be signed by the person or persons so exercising the Option. Such notice shall either: (a) be accompanied by payment of the full purchase price of such shares, in which event the Corporation shall deliver a certificate or certificates representing such shares as soon as practicable after the notice shall be received; or (b) fix a date (not less than five nor more than ten business days from the date such notice shall be received by the Corporation) for the payment of the full purchase price of such shares at the stock transfer department, against delivery of a certificate or certificates representing such shares. Payment of such purchase price shall, in either case, be payable in United States dollars, be made by cash or check payable to the order of the Corporation. The certificate or certificates for the shares as to which the Option shall have been so exercised shall be registered in the name of the person or persons so exercising the Option and shall be delivered as provided above

 

-1-


to or upon the written order of the person or persons exercising the Option. In the event, the Option shall be exercised, pursuant to Paragraph 8 hereof, by any person or persons other than the Employee; such notice shall be accompanied by appropriate proof of the right of such person or persons to exercise the Option. All shares that shall be purchased upon the exercise of the Option, as provided herein, shall be fully paid and non-assessable.

4. TERM OF OPTION . The term of the Option shall be for a period of ten years from the date hereof, subject to earlier termination as provided in Paragraphs 5 and 6 hereof. The Option may be exercised within the above limitation, at any time or from time to time, as to any part of or all the shares covered thereby; provided however, that; (a) the Option may not be exercised as to less than 25 shares at any one time (or the remaining shares then purchasable under the Option, if less than 25 shares); and (b) the Option shall not be exercisable prior to the expiration of six (6) months from the date hereof. Except as provided in Paragraph 6 and 7 hereof, the Option may not be exercised at any time unless the Employee shall have been in the continuous employ of the Corporation or of one or more of its subsidiaries, from the date hereof to the date of the exercise of the Option. The Optionee shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares covered by the Option until the date the Corporation receives payment in full for the purchase of such shares pursuant to the effective exercise of said Option. No adjustment shall be made for dividends or distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such payment is received by the Corporation except as provided in Paragraph 9 hereof.

5. TRANSFER OF OPTION . Neither the whole nor any part of this Option shall be transferable by the Employee or by operation of law during Employee’s lifetime and at Employee’s death the Option or any part thereof shall only be transferable by Employee’s will or by the laws of descent and distribution. The Option may be exercised during the lifetime of the Employee only by the Employee. The Option, and any and all rights granted to an Employee hereunder, to the extent not heretofore effectively exercised shall automatically terminate and expire upon any sale, transfer or hypothecation or any attempted sale, transfer or hypothecation of such Option or rights, or upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of the Employee.

6. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT . No Option may be exercised after the termination of the employment of the Optionee with the Corporation except as hereinafter provided, specifically subject, however, to the provisions of paragraph 4, hereof;

 

  (a) Retirement . The Option herein granted may be exercised within three (3) months after the Retirement (as hereinafter defined) of the Employee and the Option shall be exercisable for all the shares covered thereby. For purposes of this Agreement, “Retirement” shall mean any termination of employment with the Corporation after the attainment of age sixty-five (65) by the Optionee.

 

-2-


  (b) Disability . Any Option granted under this Agreement may be exercised within three (3) months after the termination of the employment of the Optionee by reason of the Disability (as hereinafter defined) of the Optionee and the Option shall be exercisable for all of the shares covered hereby. For purposes of this Agreement, an Optionee shall be deemed to have incurred a “Disability” if a disinterested duly licensed medical doctor appointed by the Corporation determines that the Optionee is totally and permanently prevented as a result of a physical or a mental infirmity, injury, or disease, either occupational or nonoccupational in cause, from holding the job or position with the Corporation or engaging in the employment activity, or a comparable job or employment activity with the Corporation, which the Optionee held or customarily engaged in prior to the occurrence of the disability (provided, however, that disability hereunder shall not include any disability incurred or resulting from the Optionee having engaged in a criminal act or enterprise or any disability consisting of or resulting from the Optionee’s chronic alcoholism, addiction to narcotics or an intentionally self-inflicted injury).

 

  (c) Involuntary Termination of Employment . The Option granted under this Agreement shall automatically terminate after the involuntary termination of employment (as hereinafter defined) of the Optionee with the Corporation. For purposes of this Agreement, “Involuntary Termination of Employment” shall mean any termination of the Optionee’s employment with the Corporation by reason of being discharged, firing or other involuntary termination of an Optionee’s employment by action of the Corporation.

 

  (d) Voluntary Termination of Employment . The Option granted under this Agreement shall automatically terminate after the voluntary termination of employment (as hereinafter defined) of the Optionee with the Corporation. For purposes of this Agreement, “Voluntary Termination of Employment” shall mean any voluntary termination of employment with the Corporation by reason of the Optionee quitting or otherwise voluntary leaving the Corporation employ other than a voluntary termination of employment by reason of retirement.

The granting of the Option pursuant to this Agreement shall not be deemed to constitute a Contract of Employment between the Corporation and the Employee or to be a condition of the employment of any person. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to (a) give to the Employee the right to be retained in the employ of the Corporation; (b) interfere with the right of the Corporation to discharge or retire the Employee at any time; (c) be deemed to give to the Corporation the right to require the Employee to remain in its employ; or (d) interfere with the Employee’s right to terminate its employment at any time.

 

-3-


7. DEATH OF EMPLOYEE . Subject to the provisions of paragraph 4, if the Employee shall die while employed by the Corporation or within three (3) months after termination of employment with the Corporation by reason of Retirement or Disability, the Option granted under this Agreement to such deceased Employee shall be exercisable within six (6) months after the date of Employee’s death and the Option shall be exercisable for all of the shares covered thereby. The legal representative, if any, of the deceased Employee’s estate, otherwise the appropriate legatees or distributees of the deceased Employee’s estate, may exercise the Option on behalf of such deceased Employee.

8. CHANGE IN CAPITAL STRUCTURE . If all or any portion of the Option shall be exercised subsequent to any stock dividend declared upon the common stock or if the common stock shall thereafter be subdivided, consolidated, or changed into other securities of Plains Capital Corporation or a successor Corporation to Plains Capital Corporation, then in each such event, shares of common stock which would be delivered pursuant to the exercise of this Option shall, for purposes of adjusting the number and kind thereof be treated as though outstanding immediately prior to the occurrence of such event and the purchase price to be paid thereof shall be appropriately adjusted to give effect thereto, provided however, that no fractional shares shall be issued upon any such exercise, and the aggregate price paid shall be reduced on account of any fractional share not issued. No adjustments shall be made in the minimum number of shares, which may be purchased at any one time, as fixed by paragraph 4 hereof. The grant of this Option shall not effect, in any way, the right or power of the Corporation to make adjustments, re-classifications, reorganizations or changes of its capital or business structure or to merge or to consolidate or to dissolve, liquidate or sell, or transfer all or any part of its business or assets. In the case of merger, consolidation, dissolution or liquidation of the Corporation, the Corporation may accelerate the expiration date of any Option for any or all of the shares covered hereby (but still giving Optionees a reasonable period of time to exercise any outstanding Options prior to the accelerated expiration date) and may in the case of merger, consolidation, dissolution or liquidation of the Corporation, or any other case in which it feels it is in the Corporation’s best interest, accelerate the date or dates on which any Option or any part of any Option shall be exercisable for any or all of the shares covered hereby.

9. LIMITATION ON OPTION . Notwithstanding the provisions of this Agreement no Option may be granted to an Optionee if the value of shares of the Corporation stock that can be exercised for the first time by the Optionee in any one (1) year exceeds $100,000.00, based on the Option price contained herein.

 

-4-


10. GENERAL . The Corporation shall at all times during the term of the Option reserve and keep available such number of Common Shares as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of this Agreement, shall pay all original issue and transfer taxes with respect to the issue and transfer of shares pursuant hereto and all other fees and expenses necessarily incurred by the Corporation in connection therewith, and will from time to time use its best efforts to comply with all laws and regulations which, in the opinion of counsel for the Corporation, shall be applicable thereto.

11. INCORPORATION OF PLAN BY REFERENCE . This Option is granted pursuant to the terms of the Plan, the terms of which are incorporated herein by reference, and the Option in all respects shall be interpreted in accordance with the Plan. The Plan Committee shall interpret and construe the Plan and this instrument, and its interpretations and determinations shall be conclusive and binding on the parties hereto and any other person claiming an interest hereunder, with respect to any issue arising hereunder or thereunder.

12. SUBSIDIARY DEFINED . As used herein, the term “subsidiary” shall mean any present or future corporation which would be a “subsidiary corporation” of the Corporation, as that term is defined in Section 424 (f) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

13. GOVERNING LAW . The validity, construction, interpretation and effect of this Agreement shall exclusively be governed by and determined in accordance with the law of the State of Texas, except to the extent preempted by federal law, which shall to the extent govern.

(Signature page for Employee Incentive Stock Option Agreement follows)

 

-5-


(Signature Page for Employee Incentive Stock Option Agreement)

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Corporation has caused its duly authorized officers to execute and attest this Grant of Incentive Stock Option, and to apply the corporate seal hereto, and the Employee has placed his or her signature hereon effective on the day and year first above written.

 

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO:    

 

    ATTEST:
By:  

 

   

 

                                                                        , Employee                                                                                   , Secretary
      By:     
      Its:    

 

-6-

Exhibit 10.30

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION

EMPLOYEE INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Employee Incentive Stock Option Agreement hereinafter called (the “Agreement”) made this              day of                      , 2007, between Plains Capital Corporation, a Texas corporation, hereinafter called (the “Corporation”), and                                                   , an employee of the Corporation or one or more of its subsidiaries, hereinafter called (the “Employee” or “Optionee”).

The Corporation desires, by affording the Employee an opportunity to purchase its common shares, of the par value of $10 per share, hereinafter called the Common Shares, as hereinafter provided, to carry out the purposes of the Incentive Stock Option Plan of Plains Capital Corporation dated                      , hereinafter called (the “Plan”) as approved by its shareholders.

Now, therefore, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. GRANT OF OPTION . The Corporation hereby irrevocably grants to the Employee the right and option, hereinafter called the Option, to purchase all or any part of an aggregate of                      Common Shares (such number being subject to adjustments provided in Paragraph 8 hereof) on the terms and conditions herein set forth.

2. PURCHASE PRICE . The purchase price of the Common Shares covered by the Option shall be                      per share flat or ex-dividend.

3. EXERCISE OF OPTION, MEDIUM AND TIME OF PAYMENT . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Option may be exercised by written notice to the Corporation, at its stock transfer department, which is now located at the office of the Corporation, 5010 University Avenue, Lubbock, Texas 79413. Such notice shall state the election to exercise the Option and the number of shares in respect of which it is being exercised, and shall be signed by the person or persons so exercising the Option. Such notice shall either: (a) be accompanied by payment of the full purchase price of such shares, in which event the Corporation shall deliver a certificate or certificates representing such shares as soon as practicable after the notice shall be received; or (b) fix a date (not less than five nor more than ten business days from the date such notice shall be received by the Corporation) for the payment of the full purchase price of such shares at the stock transfer department, against delivery of a certificate or certificates representing such shares. Payment of such purchase price shall, in either case, be payable in United States dollars, be made by cash or check payable to the order of the Corporation. The certificate or certificates for the shares as to which the Option shall have been so exercised shall be registered in the name of the person or persons so exercising the Option and shall be delivered as provided above to or upon the written order of the person or persons exercising the Option. In the event, the Option shall be exercised, pursuant to


Paragraph 8 hereof, by any person or persons other than the Employee; such notice shall be accompanied by appropriate proof of the right of such person or persons to exercise the Option. All shares that shall be purchased upon the exercise of the Option, as provided herein, shall be fully paid and non-assessable.

4. TERM OF OPTION . The term of the Option shall be for a period of ten years from the date hereof, subject to earlier termination as provided in Paragraphs 5 and 6 hereof. The Option may be exercised within the above limitation, at any time or from time to time, as to any part of or all the shares covered thereby; provided however, that; (a) the Option may not be exercised as to less than 25 shares at any one time (or the remaining shares then purchasable under the Option, if less than 25 shares); and (b) the Option shall not be exercisable prior to the expiration of twenty-four (24) months from the date hereof. Except as provided in Paragraph 6 and 7 hereof, the Option may not be exercised at any time unless the Employee shall have been in the continuous employ of the Corporation or of one or more of its subsidiaries, from the date hereof to the date of the exercise of the Option. The Optionee shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares covered by the Option until the date the Corporation receives payment in full for the purchase of such shares pursuant to the effective exercise of said Option. No adjustment shall be made for dividends or distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such payment is received by the Corporation except as provided in Paragraph 9 hereof.

5. TRANSFER OF OPTION . Neither the whole nor any part of this Option shall be transferable by the Employee or by operation of law during Employee’s lifetime and at Employee’s death the Option or any part thereof shall only be transferable by Employee’s will or by the laws of descent and distribution. The Option may be exercised during the lifetime of the Employee only by the Employee. The Option, and any and all rights granted to an Employee hereunder, to the extent not heretofore effectively exercised shall automatically terminate and expire upon any sale, transfer or hypothecation or any attempted sale, transfer or hypothecation of such Option or rights, or upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of the Employee.

6. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT . No Option may be exercised after the termination of the employment of the Optionee with the Corporation except as hereinafter provided, specifically subject, however, to the provisions of paragraph 4, hereof;

 

  (a) Retirement . The Option herein granted may be exercised within three (3) months after the Retirement (as hereinafter defined) of the Employee and the Option shall be exercisable for all the shares covered thereby. For purposes of this Agreement, “Retirement” shall mean any termination of employment with the Corporation after the attainment of age sixty-five (65) by the Optionee.

 

-2-


  (b) Disability . Any Option granted under this Agreement may be exercised within three (3) months after the termination of the employment of the Optionee by reason of the Disability (as hereinafter defined) of the Optionee and the Option shall be exercisable for all of the shares covered hereby. For purposes of this Agreement, an Optionee shall be deemed to have incurred a “Disability” if a disinterested duly licensed medical doctor appointed by the Corporation determines that the Optionee is totally and permanently prevented as a result of a physical or a mental infirmity, injury, or disease, either occupational or nonoccupational in cause, from holding the job or position with the Corporation or engaging in the employment activity, or a comparable job or employment activity with the Corporation, which the Optionee held or customarily engaged in prior to the occurrence of the disability (provided, however, that disability hereunder shall not include any disability incurred or resulting from the Optionee having engaged in a criminal act or enterprise or any disability consisting of or resulting from the Optionee’s chronic alcoholism, addiction to narcotics or an intentionally self-inflicted injury).

 

  (c) Involuntary Termination of Employment . The Option granted under this Agreement shall automatically terminate after the involuntary termination of employment (as hereinafter defined) of the Optionee with the Corporation. For purposes of this Agreement, “Involuntary Termination of Employment” shall mean any termination of the Optionee’s employment with the Corporation by reason of being discharged, firing or other involuntary termination of an Optionee’s employment by action of the Corporation.

 

  (d) Voluntary Termination of Employment . The Option granted under this Agreement shall automatically terminate after the voluntary termination of employment (as hereinafter defined) of the Optionee with the Corporation. For purposes of this Agreement, “Voluntary Termination of Employment” shall mean any voluntary termination of employment with the Corporation by reason of the Optionee quitting or otherwise voluntary leaving the Corporation employ other than a voluntary termination of employment by reason of retirement.

 

-3-


The granting of the Option pursuant to this Agreement shall not be deemed to constitute a Contract of Employment between the Corporation and the Employee or to be a condition of the employment of any person. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to (a) give to the Employee the right to be retained in the employ of the Corporation; (b) interfere with the right of the Corporation to discharge or retire the Employee at any time; (c) be deemed to give to the Corporation the right to require the Employee to remain in its employ; or (d) interfere with the Employee’s right to terminate its employment at any time.

7. DEATH OF EMPLOYEE . Subject to the provisions of paragraph 4, if the Employee shall die while employed by the Corporation or within three (3) months after termination of employment with the Corporation by reason of Retirement or Disability, the Option granted under this Agreement to such deceased Employee shall be exercisable within six (6) months after the date of Employee’s death and the Option shall be exercisable for all of the shares covered thereby. The legal representative, if any, of the deceased Employee’s estate, otherwise the appropriate legatees or distributees of the deceased Employee’s estate, may exercise the Option on behalf of such deceased Employee.

8. CHANGE IN CAPITAL STRUCTURE . If all or any portion of the Option shall be exercised subsequent to any stock dividend declared upon the common stock or if the common stock shall thereafter be subdivided, consolidated, or changed into other securities of Plains Capital Corporation or a successor Corporation to Plains Capital Corporation, then in each such event, shares of common stock which would be delivered pursuant to the exercise of this Option shall, for purposes of adjusting the number and kind thereof be treated as though outstanding immediately prior to the occurrence of such event and the purchase price to be paid thereof shall be appropriately adjusted to give effect thereto, provided however, that no fractional shares shall be issued upon any such exercise, and the aggregate price paid shall be reduced on account of any fractional share not issued. No adjustments shall be made in the minimum number of shares, which may be purchased at any one time, as fixed by paragraph 4 hereof. The grant of this Option shall not effect, in any way, the right or power of the Corporation to make adjustments, re-classifications, reorganizations or changes of its capital or business structure or to merge or to consolidate or to dissolve, liquidate or sell, or transfer all or any part of its business or assets. In the case of merger, consolidation, dissolution or liquidation of the Corporation, the Corporation may accelerate the expiration date of any Option for any or all of the shares covered hereby (but still giving Optionees a reasonable period of time to exercise any outstanding Options prior to the accelerated expiration date) and may in the case of merger, consolidation, dissolution or liquidation of the Corporation, or any other case in which it feels it is in the Corporation’s best interest, accelerate the date or dates on which any Option or any part of any Option shall be exercisable for any or all of the shares covered hereby.

9. LIMITATION ON OPTION . Notwithstanding the provisions of this Agreement no Option may be granted to an Optionee if the value of shares of the Corporation stock that can be exercised for the first time by the Optionee in any one (1) year exceeds $100,000.00, based on the Option price contained herein.

 

-4-


10. GENERAL . The Corporation shall at all times during the term of the Option reserve and keep available such number of Common Shares as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of this Agreement, shall pay all original issue and transfer taxes with respect to the issue and transfer of shares pursuant hereto and all other fees and expenses necessarily incurred by the Corporation in connection therewith, and will from time to time use its best efforts to comply with all laws and regulations which, in the opinion of counsel for the Corporation, shall be applicable thereto.

11. INCORPORATION OF PLAN BY REFERENCE . This Option is granted pursuant to the terms of the Plan, the terms of which are incorporated herein by reference, and the Option in all respects shall be interpreted in accordance with the Plan. The Plan Committee shall interpret and construe the Plan and this instrument, and its interpretations and determinations shall be conclusive and binding on the parties hereto and any other person claiming an interest hereunder, with respect to any issue arising hereunder or thereunder.

12. SUBSIDIARY DEFINED . As used herein, the term “subsidiary” shall mean any present or future corporation which would be a “subsidiary corporation” of the Corporation, as that term is defined in Section 424 (f) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

13. GOVERNING LAW . The validity, construction, interpretation and effect of this Agreement shall exclusively be governed by and determined in accordance with the law of the State of Texas, except to the extent preempted by federal law, which shall to the extent govern.

(Signature page for Employee Incentive Stock Option Agreement follows)

 

-5-


( Signature Page for Employee Incentive Stock Option Agreement)

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Corporation has caused its duly authorized officers to execute and attest this Grant of Incentive Stock Option, and to apply the corporate seal hereto, and the Employee has placed his or her signature hereon effective on the day and year first above written.

 

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO:    

 

    ATTEST:
By:  

 

   

 

                                                                        , Employee                                                                                   , Secretary
      By:     
      Its:    

 

-6-

Exhibit 10.31

AMENDED AND RESTATED SUBORDINATE CREDIT AGREEMENT

dated December 19, 2007

by and between

JP MORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. (“Lender”)

and

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION (“Borrower”)


ARTICLE 1 —     DEFINITIONS AND USE OF TERMS

   1

Section 1.1

   Terms Defined Above    1

Section 1.2

   Certain Definitions    1

ARTICLE 2 —     THE LOAN

   3

Section 2.1

   Commitment to Lend    3

Section 2.2

   The Note    3

Section 2.3

   Conditions to Closing and Funding    3

Section 2.4

   Use of Proceeds    3

Section 2.5

   Conditions Precedent for the Benefit of Lender    3

ARTICLE 3 —     REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BORROWER

   4

Section 3.1

   Financial Statements    4

Section 3.2

   Suits, Actions, Etc.    4

Section 3.3

   Status of Borrower; Valid and Binding Obligation    4

Section 3.4

   Disclosure    4

Section 3.5

   Taxes    4

Section 3.6

   Violations    4

Section 3.7

   Not a Foreign Person    4

Section 3.8

   Approvals    5

Section 3.9

   Contracts    5

Section 3.10

   Inducement to Lender    5

ARTICLE 4 —     COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS OF BORROWER

   5

Section 4.1

   Compliance with Governmental Requirements    5

Section 4.2

   Insurance    5

Section 4.3

   Notice to Lender    5

Section 4.4

   Costs and Expenses    5

Section 4.5

   Further Assurances    6

Section 4.6

   Defense of Actions    6

Section 4.7

   Current Financial Statements    6

Section 4.8

   Loan Participation    7

Section 4.9

   Indemnification    7

Section 4.10

   Tier II Capital; Subordination    8

Section 4.11

   Trust Preferred Obligations    8

ARTICLE 5 —     DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

   8

Section 5.1

   Events of Default    8

Section 5.2

   Certain Remedies    9

 

-ii-


Section 5.3

   Performance by Lender on Borrower’s Behalf    9

Section 5.4

   Remedies Cumulative    10

ARTICLE 6 —     GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS

   10

Section 6.1

   Notices    10

Section 6.2

   Modifications    10

Section 6.3

   Severability    10

Section 6.4

   Election of Remedies    10

Section 6.5

   Form and Substance    10

Section 6.6

   Controlling Agreement    10

Section 6.7

   No Third Party Beneficiary    11

Section 6.8

   Borrower in Control    11

Section 6.9

   Number and Gender    11

Section 6.10

   Captions    11

Section 6.11

   Applicable Law    11

Section 6.12

   Relationship of the Parties    11

Section 6.13

   WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL    12

Section 6.14

   Consent to Jurisdiction    12

Section 6.15

   Negotiation    12

Section 6.16

   Conflicting Terms    12

Section 6.17

   Entire Agreement    12

Exhibits

     

Exhibit “A”     -     Conditions to Closing and Funding

  

 

-iii-


AMENDED AND RESTATED SUBORDINATE CREDIT AGREEMENT

This AMENDED AND RESTATED SUBORDINATE CREDIT AGREEMENT , dated December 19, 2007, is made by and between JP MORGAN CHASE BANK, NA , a national banking association (“ Lender ”), and PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION , a Texas corporation (“ Borrower ”), in respect of a credit facility in the maximum principal amount of Twenty Million and No/100 Dollars ( $20,000,000.00 ). This Agreement is an amendment and restatement in its entirety of that certain Subordinate Credit Agreement, dated October 27, 2004, by and between Borrower and Lender. For good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1 — DEFINITIONS AND USE OF TERMS

Section 1.1 Terms Defined Above . As used in this Agreement, the terms “ Lender ” and “ Borrower ” shall have the meanings respectively indicated in the opening recital hereof.

Section 1.2 Certain Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings, unless the context otherwise requires.

Advance ” means a disbursement by Lender of any proceeds of the Loan in increments of not less than $1,000,000.00.

Advance Period ” means the period commencing on the date of this Agreement and continuing until the date occurring on the twelve (12) month anniversary thereof.

Agreement ” means this Loan Agreement, as from time to time amended or supplemented.

Bank ” or “ PCB ” means PlainsCapital Bank, a Texas state bank, whose principal place of business is 5010 University, Lubbock, Texas 79413.

Banking Subsidiary ” means any bank (whether state or national) more than fifty percent (50%) of whose capital stock now or hereafter is owned directly or indirectly by Borrower or any Banking Subsidiary or may be voted by Borrower or any Banking Subsidiary. At the date of this Agreement, the only Banking Subsidiary of Borrower is Bank.

Business Day ” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which national banks in Fort Worth, Texas, are authorized or required to be closed.

Debtor Relief Laws ” means any applicable liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, moratorium, rearrangement, insolvency, reorganization, or similar laws, domestic or foreign, including but not limited to those in Title 11 of the United States Code, affecting the rights or remedies of creditors generally, as in effect from time to time.

Event of Default ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 5.1 .

Financial Statements ” means such balance sheets (including disclosure of all contingent liabilities), profit and loss statements, schedules of sources and uses of funds, statements of cash flow and shareholder equity, pro forma schedules of sources and uses of funds for ensuing twelve-month periods, and other financial information of Borrower as shall be required by Lender, from time to time, or as required under any Loan Document, which statements shall be certified as true and correct in all material respects by the party submitting such statements or, if required by Lender or under any Loan Document, such statements of Borrower shall be audited and/or certified by an independent certified public accountant.

 

Page 1


Governmental Authority ” means the United States, the state, the county, the city, or any other political subdivision in which Borrower is located, and any court or political subdivision, agency, or instrumentality having or exercising jurisdiction over Borrower.

Governmental Requirements ” means all material laws, ordinances, codes, rules, regulations, orders, writs, injunctions or decrees of any Governmental Authority applicable to Borrower.

Indebtedness ” means any and all obligations and liabilities of Borrower to Lender for borrowed money, whether now existing or hereafter arising, direct or indirect, joint or several, secured or unsecured.

Indemnified Matters ” means:

(a) any and all claims, demands, liabilities (including strict liability), losses, damages (including consequential damages), causes of action, judgments, penalties, fines, costs and expenses (including without limitation, reasonable fees and expenses of attorneys and other professional consultants and experts, and of the investigation and defense of any claim, whether or not such claim is ultimately defeated, and the settlement of any claim or judgment including all value paid or given in settlement) of every kind, known or unknown, foreseeable or unforeseeable, which may be imposed upon, asserted against or incurred or paid by Lender or any other Indemnified Party at any time and from time to time, whenever imposed, asserted or incurred, because of, resulting from, in connection with, or arising out of any transaction, act, omission, event or circumstance in any way connected with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, including, without limitation, (1) disbursement of the Loan proceeds, (2) any act performed or omitted to be performed hereunder or under any other Loan Document, and (3) any Default or event which with the lapse of time, the providing of notice or both would constitute a Default.

Indemnified Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.10 .

Loan ” means the loan by Lender to Borrower in the maximum principal amount of $20,000,000.00.

Loan Documents ” means this Agreement, the Note and such other documents evidencing or pertaining to the Loan as shall, from time to time, be executed and delivered to Lender by Borrower or any other party pursuant to this Agreement.

Maturity Date ” means the date on which the Note matures, whether by acceleration, lapse of time or otherwise; provided, that such date shall be October 27, 2013 , unless earlier accelerated as permitted herein or in any other Loan Document.

Note ” means the Second Amended and Restated Subordinate Promissory Note of even date herewith made by Borrower payable to the order of Lender in the maximum principal amount of and evidencing the Loan, and all renewals, amendments and replacements thereof.

Obligations ” means the outstanding principal amounts of the Note and interest accrued thereon, and any and all other indebtedness, liabilities and obligations whatsoever of Borrower to Lender hereunder or under the Note, or otherwise, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, and whether now existing or hereafter arising, and howsoever evidenced

 

Page 2


or acquired, whether joint or several, and whether evidenced by note, draft, acceptance, guaranty, open account, letter of credit, surety agreement or otherwise, it being contemplated by the parties hereto that Borrower may become indebted to Lender in further sum or sums, plus interest accruing on any foregoing and all attorney fees and costs incurred in the enforcement of any of the foregoing; but nothing herein shall obligate Lender to lend any further sum or sums to Borrower.

Person ” means any individual, firm, corporation, association, partnership, joint venture, trust, governmental body or other entity.

ARTICLE 2 — THE LOAN

Section 2.1 Commitment to Lend . Subject to and upon the terms, covenants and conditions of this Agreement, Lender will make the Loan to Borrower in accordance with this Agreement in an aggregate amount not to exceed the principal face amount of the Note. During the Advance Period, the Loan shall be revolving and, any amount borrowed and repaid may be reborrowed. After the Advance Period, the Loan shall no longer be revolving; an amount repaid on or after the twelve (12) month anniversary of this Agreement may not be reborrowed.

Section 2.2 The Note . The Loan is and shall be evidenced by the Note. Interest on the Loan, at the rate or rates specified in the Note, shall be (a) computed on the unpaid principal balance which exists from time to time, and (b) due and payable quarterly as it accrues as more particularly set forth in the Note. The aggregate outstanding principal under the Note, plus all accrued but unpaid interest, shall be due and payable in full on the Maturity Date.

Section 2.3 Conditions to Closing and Funding . The Loan shall be funded in one or more Advances during the Advance Period. As conditions precedent to closing as well as to each Advance: (a) there shall then exist no default nor shall there have occurred any event which with the giving of notice or the lapse of time, or both, could become a default; (b) the representations and warranties made in the Loan Documents shall be true and correct on and as of the date of each Advance, with the same effect as if made on that date; (c) Borrower must have satisfied the conditions required hereby and execute and deliver to, or procure for, Lender, the documents, certificates, agreements and other items listed in Exhibit “A” that are noted by “(X)”, together with such other documents, certificates, agreements and other items as Lender may reasonably require; and (d) Lender shall have received a written request for the applicable Advance in writing in form and substance satisfactory to Lender in all respects.

Section 2.4 Use of Proceeds . The proceeds of the Loan shall be used for the general corporate purposes of Borrower.

Section 2.5 Conditions Precedent for the Benefit of Lender . All conditions precedent to the obligation of Lender to make the Loan are imposed hereby solely for the benefit of Lender, and no other party may require satisfaction of any such condition precedent or be entitled to assume that Lender will refuse to make the Loan in the absence of strict compliance with such conditions precedent. All requirements of this Loan Agreement may be waived by Lender only in writing, in whole or in part, at any time.

 

Page 3


ARTICLE 3 — REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BORROWER

To induce Lender to make the Loan, Borrower hereby represents and warrants to Lender (which representations and warranties will survive the execution and delivery of the Note) that:

Section 3.1 Financial Statements . The Financial Statements provided by Borrower to Lender for the periods ended September 30, 2007 are true, correct, and complete in all material respects as of the dates specified therein and fully and accurately present the financial condition of Borrower as of the dates specified. No material adverse change has occurred in the condition, financial or otherwise, of Borrower since the dates of such Financial Statements. Borrower is solvent after giving effect to all borrowings contemplated in this Agreement.

Section 3.2 Suits, Actions, Etc . Except as disclosed in writing to Lender prior to the date of this Agreement, there are no actions, suits, investigations or proceedings pending, or, to the knowledge of Borrower, threatened in any court or before or by any Governmental Authority against or affecting Borrower, which if adversely determined would have a material adverse effect on Borrower or its ability to pay the Indebtedness or involving the validity, enforceability, or priority of any of the Loan Documents, at law or in equity. The consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, and the performance of the terms and conditions hereof and of the other Loan Documents, will not cause Borrower to be in violation of or in default with respect to any Governmental Requirement, or result in a breach of, or constitute a default under any note, lease, contract, deed of trust, agreement or other undertaking or restriction to which Borrower is a party or by which Borrower may be bound or affected. Borrower is not in default under the terms of any order of any court or any requirement of any Governmental Authority or under the terms of any indebtedness or obligation.

Section 3.3 Status of Borrower; Valid and Binding Obligation . Borrower is (a) a corporation, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the state of its organization and (b) possessed of all power and authority necessary to enter into and perform Borrower’s obligations under the Loan Documents and to make the borrowing contemplated hereby. All of the Loan Documents, and all other documents referred to herein to which Borrower is a party, upon execution and delivery will constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of Borrower enforceable against Borrower in accordance with their terms, except as the enforcement thereof may be limited by Debtor Relief Laws.

Section 3.4 Disclosure . There is no fact known to Borrower that Borrower has not disclosed to Lender in writing or otherwise disclosed in the Financial Statements that is reasonably expected to materially adversely affect the business or financial condition of Borrower, not including facts or conditions generally affecting the economy or the financial services industry generally.

Section 3.5 Taxes . Borrower has filed all necessary tax returns and reports and has paid all taxes and governmental charges thereby shown to be owing except any such taxes or charges that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings which have been disclosed to Lender in writing prior to the date of this Agreement and for which adequate reserves have been set aside on Borrower’s books in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

Section 3.6 Violations . Borrower has no knowledge of and has received no notices of any violations of any Governmental Requirement that would have a material adverse effect on the business of Borrower.

Section 3.7 Not a Foreign Person . Borrower is not a “ foreign person ” within the meaning of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“ IRC ”), Sections 1445 and 7701 (i.e. Borrower is not a non-resident alien, foreign corporation, foreign partnership, foreign trust or foreign estate as those terms are defined in the IRC and any regulations promulgated thereunder).

 

Page 4


Section 3.8 Approvals . No authorization, approval or consent of, and no filing or registration with, any court, Governmental Authority, or third party is or will be necessary for the execution, delivery, or performance by Borrower of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which Borrower is or may become a party or the validity or enforceability thereof.

Section 3.9 Contracts . To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, Borrower is not a party to, or bound by, any agreement, condition, contract, or arrangement which is reasonably expected in the future to have a material adverse effect on the business, operations or financial condition of Borrower.

Section 3.10 Inducement to Lender . The representations and warranties contained in the Loan Documents are made by Borrower as an inducement to Lender to make the Loan. Borrower understands that Lender is relying on such representations and warranties and that such representations and warranties shall survive any bankruptcy proceedings involving Borrower.

ARTICLE 4 — COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS OF BORROWER

While any part of the Obligations remains unpaid and unless otherwise waived in writing by Lender, Borrower hereby covenants and agrees as follows:

Section 4.1 Compliance with Governmental Requirements . Borrower shall timely comply with all Governmental Requirements and, upon Lender’s request, promptly deliver to Lender evidence thereof. Immediately upon Borrower’s receipt of any notice from a Governmental Authority of noncompliance with any Governmental Requirements which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower, Borrower shall provide Lender with written notice thereof unless prohibited by such notice or by applicable law.

Section 4.2 Insurance . Borrower shall maintain or cause to be maintained in force insurance coverage reasonable in coverage and scope for Borrower’s activities or as otherwise required by Lender and shall furnish to Lender upon request at reasonable intervals a certificate or certificates from the respective insurer(s) setting forth the nature and extent of all insurance maintained by Borrower in accordance with the Loan Documents.

Section 4.3 Notice to Lender . Borrower shall promptly notify Lender in writing of any of the following occurrences or events as the same become known to Borrower, specifying in each case the action Borrower has taken or caused to be taken, or proposes to take or cause to be taken, with respect thereto: (a) the occurrence of any Event of Default or any event which with the giving of notice or the lapse of time, or both, could become a material Event of Default; (b) any default by Borrower under any Governmental Requirement which would likely have a material adverse effect on the business of Borrower; (c) any material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, of Borrower; (d) the occurrence of any material litigation, arbitration or governmental investigation or proceeding not previously disclosed by Borrower to Lender which has been instituted or (to the knowledge of Borrower) is threatened against Borrower; and (e) any notice received by Borrower with respect to the cancellation, material adverse alteration or non-renewal of any insurance coverage maintained or required to be maintained by Borrower.

Section 4.4 Costs and Expenses . Borrower shall pay when due all costs and expenses required by this Agreement, including, without limitation, (a) all reasonable fees and expenses of counsel to Lender in connection with the negotiation, preparation, amendment, enforcement or defense of the Loan Documents or the making of any Advance; (b) all premiums for insurance; and (c) all other reasonable costs and expenses payable to third parties incurred by Lender in connection with the investigation, consummation, enforcement or defense of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

Page 5


Section 4.5 Further Assurances . Borrower shall execute and deliver to Lender, from time to time as requested by Lender, such other documents, agreements, certificates, affidavits, and other instruments as shall be reasonably necessary to provide the rights and remedies to Lender granted or provided for by the Loan Documents.

Section 4.6 Defense of Actions . Lender may (but shall not be obligated to) commence, appear in, or defend any action or proceeding purporting to affect the Loan or the respective rights and obligations of Lender and Borrower pursuant to this Agreement. Lender may (but shall not be obligated to) pay all necessary expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred in connection with such proceedings or actions, which Borrower agrees to repay to Lender on demand.

Section 4.7 Current Financial Statements . Without limitation of any requirements of the Loan Documents, Borrower shall deliver to Lender:

(a) Quarterly Reports . As soon as available, but no more than forty-five (45) days after the end of each calendar quarter and with regard to such calendar quarter, copies of:

(1) all Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council (the “ FFIEC ”) Consolidated Reports of Condition and Income (commonly known as Call Reports) furnished by any Banking Subsidiary to the appropriate regulatory authorities;

(2) each Banking Subsidiary’s report of risk-based capital adequacy, as submitted to such Banking Subsidiary’s Board of Directors; and

(3) a summary report of the totals, by category, of all assets of each Banking Subsidiary that are classified, in whole or in part, as “Other Assets Especially Mentioned”, “Substandard”, “Doubtful”, and “Loss,” and a listing of Other Real Estate and Foreclosed Assets; and upon the request of Lender, a detailed listing of such assets.

(b) Financial Reports . As soon as practicable and in any event within forty-five (45) days after the last day of each calendar quarter, the balance sheet of Borrower, each Banking Subsidiary and of each other significant subsidiary or affiliate of Borrower as at such date, and the related statements of income and retained earnings for the elapsed portion of the fiscal year of Borrower, each Banking Subsidiary and of each other significant subsidiary or affiliate of, as the case may be, ended with the last day of such calendar quarter, all in reasonable detail, prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles (subject to routine audit and normal year-end adjustments), and certified by the president or principal financial officer of Borrower, each Banking Subsidiary and of each other significant subsidiary or affiliate of Borrower, as the case may be.

(c) FRY-9 Reports . As soon as available, but no more than forty-five (45) days after each June 30 and each December 31 of each calendar year, the Parent Company Only Financial Statements for Bank Holding Companies (FRY-9LP) report for Borrower, as submitted to the Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas, prepared on an unconsolidated basis (Borrower only), and as soon as available, but no more than forty-five (45) days after the end of each calendar quarter, the Consolidated Financial Statements for Bank Holding Companies (FRY-9C) report for Borrower, as submitted to the Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas, prepared on a consolidated basis.

 

Page 6


(d) Annual Audit of Borrower . As soon as available, but no more than one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year: (i) copies of audited balance sheets, statements of income and retained earnings and statement of cash flows of Borrower, setting forth on a consolidated basis, in comparative form, figures for the previous calendar year, all in reasonable detail; (ii) an opinion by an independent certified public accountant selected by Borrower and acceptable to Lender, which opinion shall state that said financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP and that such accountant’s audit of such financial statements has been made in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and that said financial statements present fairly the financial condition of Borrower and the results of its operations; and (iii) any management letter submitted to Borrower by such independent certified public accountant.

(e) from time to time, as Lender may reasonably request, additional Financial Statements of Borrower.

Section 4.8 Loan Participation . Borrower acknowledges and agrees that Lender may, from time to time, sell or offer to sell interests in the Loan to one or more participants. Borrower authorizes Lender to disseminate any information it has pertaining to the Loan, including, without limitation, credit information on Borrower or any of its principals, to any such participant or prospective participant.

Section 4.9 Indemnification . BORROWER SHALL INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS (A) LENDER, (B) ANY AFFILIATE OF LENDER, (C) ANY PARTICIPANTS IN THE LOAN, (D) THE DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, PARTNERS, EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS OF LENDER AND/OR SUCH PERSONS OR ENTITIES, AND (E) THE HEIRS, PERSONAL REPRESENTATIVES, SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS OF EACH OF THE FOREGOING PERSONS OR ENTITIES IN THEIR CAPACITIES AS SUCH (EACH AN “ INDEMNIFIED PARTY ”) FROM AND AGAINST, AND REIMBURSE THEM ON DEMAND FOR, ANY AND ALL INDEMNIFIED MATTERS. WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE FOREGOING INDEMNITIES SHALL APPLY TO EACH INDEMNIFIED PARTY WITH RESPECT TO MATTERS WHICH IN WHOLE OR IN PART ARE CAUSED BY OR ARISE OUT OF THE NEGLIGENCE OF SUCH (AND/OR ANY OTHER) INDEMNIFIED PARTY, IT BEING THE INTENT OF THE PARTIES THAT THE NEGLIGENCE OF SUCH PARTIES BE EXPRESSLY COVERED HEREBY. However, such indemnities shall not apply to a particular Indemnified Party to the extent that the subject of the indemnification is caused by or arises out of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of that Indemnified Party. Any amount to be paid under this Section by Borrower to an Indemnified Party shall be a demand obligation owing by Borrower (which Borrower hereby promises to pay) to Lender, as part of the Indebtedness, even if in excess of the amount committed by Lender under Section 2.1 , and secured by the Loan Documents. Nothing in this Section, elsewhere in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document shall limit or impair any rights or remedies of Lender, or any other Indemnified Party (including without limitation any rights of contribution or indemnification), against Borrower or any other person under any other provision of this Agreement, any other Loan Document, any other agreement or any applicable Governmental Requirement. The liability of Borrower or any other person under this indemnity shall not be limited or impaired in any way by (i) the release, foreclosure or other termination of the Security Agreement and shall survive the payment in full of the Indebtedness, any bankruptcy or other debtor relief proceeding, or any other event whatsoever, and (ii) any provision in the Loan Documents or applicable law limiting Borrower’s or such other person’s liability or Lender’s recourse or rights to a deficiency judgment, or by any change, extension, release, inaccuracy, breach or failure to perform by any party under the Loan Documents, Borrower’s (and, if applicable, such other person’s) liability hereunder being direct and primary and not as a guarantor or surety.

 

Page 7


Section 4.10 Tier II Capital; Subordination . Borrower covenants and agrees that it will account for the proceeds of the Loan on its Financial Statements as a portion of its “Tier II Capital” in accordance with Governmental Requirements. In furtherance thereof, Borrower and Lender agree that the Loan and the obligations of Borrower under the Loan Documents are and shall be subordinate and junior in right of payment to all other senior indebtedness of Borrower to the extent necessary, but only to such extent, in accordance with applicable Governmental Requirements for the proceeds of the Loan to be deemed to be a portion of Borrower’s “Tier II Capital.” If at any time in the future the Loan is not treated, or no longer qualifies for treatment, as a portion of Borrower’s “Tier II Capital,” then (i) the Loan shall no longer be subordinate or junior in right of payment, and (ii) Borrower shall commence making quarterly principal payments on the Loan, in addition to the required interest payments, in equal amounts that would be sufficient to fully amortize the Loan over the remainder of the term.

Section 4.11 Trust Preferred Obligations . Borrower shall not permit any of its “Trust Preferred Obligations” to be prepaid until the Loan and all other amounts owed to Lender under the Loan Documents have been paid in full with no further obligation to lend hereunder.

ARTICLE 5 — DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

Section 5.1 Events of Default . The occurrence of any one of the following shall be a default under this Agreement (“ Default ”):

(a) Failure to Pay Indebtedness . Any of the Indebtedness is not paid within the greater of: (i) ten (10) days after the same shall be due, whether by acceleration or otherwise, or (ii) if longer, any applicable grace period provided with respect to such Indebtedness;

(b) Nonperformance of Covenants herein set forth . Any covenant, agreement or condition herein is not fully and timely performed, observed or kept, and except with respect to covenants to pay any of the Indebtedness and those covenants, agreements and conditions set forth in Section 4.7 , such failure is not cured within twenty (20) days following written notice of such failure from Lender to Borrower;

(c) Nonperformance of Covenants set forth in any other Loan Document . Any covenant, agreement or condition in any other Loan Document is not fully and timely performed, observed or kept, and except with respect to covenants to pay any of the Indebtedness, such failure is not cured within the applicable grace or cure period (if any) provided for in such other Loan Document;

(d) Representations . Any statement, representation or warranty in any of the Loan Documents, or in any financial statement or any other writing heretofore or hereafter delivered to Lender in connection with the Indebtedness is false, fraudulent, misleading or erroneous in any material respect on the date or on the date as of which such statement, representation or warranty is made;

(e) Bankruptcy or Insolvency . The Borrower or any person obligated to pay any part of the Indebtedness (any such Person herein referred to as an “ Obligor ”): (i) becomes insolvent, or makes a transfer in fraud of creditors, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or admits in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due; (ii) generally is not paying its debts as such debts become due; (iii) has a receiver, trustee or custodian appointed for, or take possession of, (a) all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrower or any Obligor, or (b) any of the Collateral, either in a proceeding brought by such party or in a proceeding brought against such party and such appointment is not discharged or such possession is not terminated within

 

Page 8


sixty (60) days after the effective date thereof or such party consents to or acquiesces in such appointment or possession; (iv) files a petition for relief under the United States Secured Bankruptcy Code or any other present or future federal or state insolvency, bankruptcy or similar laws (all of the foregoing hereinafter collectively called “ Applicable Secured Bankruptcy Law ”) or an involuntary petition for relief is filed against such party under any Applicable Secured Bankruptcy Law and such involuntary petition is not dismissed within sixty (60) days after the filing thereof, or an order for relief naming such party is entered under any Applicable Secured Bankruptcy Law, or any composition, rearrangement, extension, reorganization or other relief of debtors now or hereafter existing is requested or consented to by such party; (v) fails to have discharged within a period of sixty (60) days any attachment, sequestration or similar writ levied upon any material property of such party (other than in the ordinary course of business of Borrower or any Obligor); or (vi) fails to pay within thirty (30) days any final money judgment against such party;

(f) Liquidation, Etc . The liquidation, termination, dissolution, merger, consolidation or failure to maintain (and failure to reinstate or cure such failure) good standing in the State of Texas (or in the case of an individual, the death or legal incapacity) of the Borrower or any person obligated to pay any part of the Indebtedness; and

(g) Other Loan Documents . A default or event of default occurs under any Loan Document, other than this Agreement, and the same is not remedied within the applicable period of grace (if any) provided in such Loan Document.

Section 5.2 Certain Remedies . Should an Event of Default occur, Lender may, at its election, do any one or more of the following without notice (unless notice is required by applicable statute):

(a) If the Event of Default occurring is one described in paragraph (e) of Section 5.1 , but only by virtue of such an occurrence with respect to Borrower, all of the Indebtedness shall thereupon be immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest, notice of protest, declaration or notice of acceleration or intention to accelerate, or any other notice or declaration or act of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by Borrower;

(b) Reduce any claim to judgment; and

(c) Exercise any and all rights and remedies afforded by any of the Loan Documents, or by law or equity or otherwise, as Lender shall deem appropriate.

Section 5.3 Performance by Lender on Borrower’s Behalf . Borrower agrees that, if Borrower fails to perform any act or to take any action which under any Loan Document Borrower is required to perform or take, or to pay any money which under any Loan Document Borrower is required to pay, and there exists a default or potential default hereunder or thereunder, Lender, in Borrower’s name or its own name, may, but shall not be obligated to, perform or cause to be performed such act or take such action or pay such money, and any expenses so incurred by Lender and any money so paid by Lender, shall be a demand obligation owing by Borrower to Lender (which obligation Borrower hereby promises to pay) and Lender, upon making such payment, shall be subrogated to all of the rights of the person, entity or body politic receiving such payment. No such payment or performance by Lender shall waive or cure any default or waive any right, remedy or recourse of Lender. Any such payment may be made by Lender in reliance on any statement, invoice or claim without inquiry into the validity or accuracy thereof. Each amount due and owing by Borrower to Lender pursuant to this Section shall bear interest each day, from the date of such expenditure or payment until paid, at the same rate as is provided in the Note for interest on past due principal owed on the Note; and all such amounts, together with such interest thereon, shall be a part of the Indebtedness. The amount and nature of any such expense and the time when paid shall be fully established by the certificate of Lender or any of Lender’s officers or agents.

 

Page 9


Section 5.4 Remedies Cumulative . All remedies provided for herein and in any other Loan Document are cumulative of each other and of any and all other remedies existing at law or in equity, and Lender shall, in addition to the remedies provided herein or in any other Loan Document, be entitled to avail itself of all such other remedies as may now or hereafter exist at law or in equity for the collection of the Indebtedness and the enforcement of the covenants herein and the foreclosure of the liens and security interests evidenced by the Security Agreement or any other Loan Document, and the resort to any remedy provided for hereunder or under any such other Loan Document or provided for by law or in equity shall not prevent the concurrent or subsequent employment of any other appropriate remedy or remedies.

ARTICLE 6 — GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS

Section 6.1 Notices . All notices, requests, demands or other communications required or permitted to be given pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and given by (i) personal delivery, (ii) expedited delivery service with proof of delivery, or (iii) United States mail, postage prepaid, registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, sent to the intended addressee at the address set forth on the first page hereof or to such different address as the addressee shall have designated by written notice sent pursuant to the terms hereof and shall be deemed to have been received either, in the case of personal delivery, at the time of personal delivery, in the case of expedited delivery service, as of the date of first attempted delivery at the address and in the manner provided herein, or in the case of mail, upon deposit in a depository receptacle under the care and custody of the United States Postal Service. Either party shall have the right to change its address for notice hereunder to any other location within the continental United States by notice to the other party of such new address at least thirty (30) days prior to the effective date of such new address.

Section 6.2 Modifications . No provision of this Agreement or of any of the other Loan Documents may be modified, waived, or terminated except by instrument in writing executed by the party against whom a modification, waiver or termination is sought to be enforced.

Section 6.3 Severability . In case any of the provisions of this Agreement shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision hereof, and this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

Section 6.4 Election of Remedies . Lender shall have all of the rights and remedies granted in this Agreement and in all of the other Loan Documents and available at law or in equity, and these same rights and remedies shall be cumulative and may be pursued separately, successively, or concurrently against Borrower or any property covered under the Loan Documents at the sole discretion of Lender. The exercise or failure to exercise any of the same shall not constitute a waiver or release thereof or of any other right or remedy, and the same shall be nonexclusive.

Section 6.5 Form and Substance . All documents, certificates, insurance policies and other items required under this Agreement to be executed and/or delivered to Lender shall be in form and substance satisfactory to Lender.

Section 6.6 Controlling Agreement . All agreements between Borrower and Lender, whether now existing or hereafter arising and whether written or oral, are hereby limited so that in no contingency, whether by reason of demand or acceleration of the maturity of the Note or otherwise, shall the interest paid or agreed to be paid to Lender exceed the maximum amount permissible under applicable law. If from any circumstances whatsoever, interest would otherwise be payable to Lender at a rate in excess of that

 

Page 10


permitted under applicable law, then the interest payable to Lender shall be reduced to the maximum amount permitted under applicable law, and if from any circumstance Lender shall ever receive anything of value deemed interest by applicable law which would exceed interest at the highest lawful rate, an amount equal to any excessive interest shall be applied to the reduction of the principal amount owing to Lender under this Agreement or under any of the other Loan Documents and not to the payment of interest, or if such excessive interest exceeds the unpaid balance of principal owing to Lender under this Agreement and under any of the other Loan Documents, such excess shall be refunded to the Borrower. All interest paid or agreed to be paid to Lender shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be amortized, prorated, allocated and/or spread throughout the full period until payment in full of the principal of the indebtedness (including the period of any renewal or extension hereof) so that the interest on account of such indebtedness for such full period shall not exceed the maximum amount permitted by applicable law. This section shall control all agreements between Borrower and Lender.

Section 6.7 No Third Party Beneficiary . This Agreement is for the sole benefit of Lender and Borrower and is not for the benefit of any third party.

Section 6.8 Borrower in Control . In no event shall Lender’s rights and interests under the Loan Documents be construed to give Lender the right to control, or be deemed to indicate that Lender is in control of, the business, management or properties of Borrower or the daily management functions and operating decisions made by Borrower.

Section 6.9 Number and Gender . Whenever used herein, the singular number shall include the plural and the singular, and the use of any gender shall be applicable to all genders. The duties, covenants, obligations and warranties of Borrower in this Agreement shall be joint and several obligations of Borrower and of each Borrower if more than one.

Section 6.10 Captions . The captions, headings, and arrangements used in this Agreement are for convenience only and do not in any way affect, limit, amplify, or modify the terms and provisions hereof.

Section 6.11 Applicable Law . THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS ARE CONTRACTS MADE IN, AND UNDER THE LAWS OF, THE STATE OF TEXAS, AND THEIR VALIDITY, ENFORCEMENT AND INTERPRETATION, SHALL FOR ALL PURPOSES BE GOVERNED ENTIRELY BY TEXAS LAW AND APPLICABLE UNITED STATES FEDERAL LAW.

Section 6.12 Relationship of the Parties . This Agreement provides for the making of the Loan by Lender, in its capacity as a lender, to Borrower, in its capacity as a borrower, and for the payment of interest and repayment of principal by Borrower to Lender. The relationship between Lender and Borrower is limited to that of creditor/secured party, on the one hand, and debtor, on the other hand. The provisions herein for delivery of Financial Statements are intended solely for the benefit of Lender to protect its interests as lender in assuring payments of interest and repayment of principal, and nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as permitting or obligating Lender to act as a financial or business advisor or consultant to Borrower, as permitting or obligating Lender to control Borrower or to conduct Borrower’s operations, as creating any fiduciary obligation on the part of Lender to Borrower, or as creating any joint venture, agency, or other relationship between the parties other than as explicitly and specifically stated in this Agreement. Borrower acknowledges that it has had the opportunity to obtain the advice of experienced counsel of its own choosing in connection with the negotiation and execution of this Agreement and to obtain the advice of experienced counsel in connection with entering into these binding provisions, including, without limitation, the provision for waiver of trial by jury. Borrower further acknowledges that it is experienced with respect to financial and credit matters and has made its own independent decisions to apply to Lender for credit and to execute and deliver this Agreement.

 

Page 11


Section 6.13 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . BORROWER HEREBY COVENANTS AND AGREES THAT, IN CONNECTION WITH ANY DISPUTE ARISING UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR UNDER ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, IT SHALL NOT ELECT A TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY ISSUE TRIABLE OF RIGHT BY A JURY AND HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY FULLY TO THE EXTENT THAT ANY SUCH RIGHT SHALL NOW OR HEREAFTER EXIST. THIS WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IS SEPARATELY GIVEN, KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY, BY BORROWER, AND THIS WAIVER IS INTENDED TO ENCOMPASS INDIVIDUALLY EACH INSTANCE AND EACH ISSUE AS TO WHICH THE RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL WOULD OTHERWISE ACCRUE. LENDER IS HEREBY AUTHORIZED AND REQUESTED TO SUBMIT THIS AGREEMENT TO ANY COURT HAVING JURISDICTION OVER THE SUBJECT MATTER AND THE PARTIES HERETO, SO AS TO SERVE AS CONCLUSIVE EVIDENCE OF THE FOREGOING WAIVER OF THE RIGHT TO JURY TRIAL. FURTHER, BORROWER HEREBY CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE OR AGENT OF LENDER, INCLUDING LENDER’S COUNSEL, HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, TO ANY OF THE UNDERSIGNED THAT LENDER WILL NOT SEEK TO ENFORCE THIS WAIVER OF RIGHT OF JURY TRIAL PROVISION.

Section 6.14 Consent to Jurisdiction . Borrower hereby agrees that any action or proceeding under this Agreement or under any of the other Loan Documents may be commenced against it in any court of competent jurisdiction within the State of Texas by service of process upon Borrower by first class registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to Borrower at its address last known to Lender. Borrower agrees that any such suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or to any of the other Loan Documents may be instituted in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Texas; and Borrower hereby waives any objection to the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding. Nothing herein shall affect the right of Lender to accomplish service of process in any other manner permitted by law or to commence legal proceedings or otherwise proceed against Borrower in any other jurisdiction or court.

Section 6.15 Negotiation . The parties have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, there shall be no presumption or burden of proof which arises favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

Section 6.16 Conflicting Terms . In the event of a conflict or apparent conflict between or among the terms and provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the parties shall give the provisions their broadest interpretation so as to reconcile the conflict or apparent conflict. If such an interpretation is not possible, or if the parties cannot agree on such an interpretation, Lender, in its sole discretion, shall designate the provision which most closely approximates its intention with respect to the subject matter at the time of execution of the Loan Documents and such provision shall govern. Borrower hereby agrees that such a procedure does not prejudice its rights under the Loan Documents insofar as Borrower has accepted and agreed to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement and of the Loan Documents by its execution hereof and thereof.

Section 6.17 Entire Agreement . THE WRITTEN LOAN DOCUMENTS REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES.

 

Page 12


THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES.

 

Page 13


EXECUTED and DELIVERED as of the date first recited.

 

The Address of Borrower is:     BORROWER :
2911 Turtle Creek Blvd., Suite 700     PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION,
Dallas, Texas 75219     a Texas corporation
Attn: Jeff Isom    
      By:   /s/ Jeff Isom
      Name:   Jeff Isom
      Title:   CFO
The Address of Lender is:     LENDER :
    JP MORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,
10 South Dearborn     a national banking association
MC: IL1-1235    
Chicago, Illinois 60603-2003    
Attn: Timothy Johnson    
      By:   /s/ Timothy F. Johnson
      Name:   Timothy F. Johnson
      Title:   SVP

 

Page 14


EXHIBIT “A”

TO

LOAN AGREEMENT

CONDITIONS TO CLOSING AND FUNDING

 

(X )

   1.    The Note, dated the Closing Date.

(X)

   2.    The Financial Statements of Borrower.

(X)

   3.     With respect to Borrower:
      (a)    Certified Resolutions or Unanimous Consent of the Board of Directors and Incumbency;
      (b)    Certificates of Existence and Good Standing from state of incorporation or organization;
      (c)    Certified Articles of Incorporation and all amendments thereto from state of incorporation; and
      (d)    Certified Bylaws and all amendments thereto from the company.

(X)

   4.    Borrower shall obtain and maintain insurance coverage typical of that held by similarly situated companies, satisfactory to Lender.

Exhibit 10.32

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED SUBORDINATE PROMISSORY NOTE

 

$20,000,000.00    December 19, 2007

 

1. COVENANT TO PAY .

1.1. Promise to Pay . FOR VALUE RECEIVED, PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION , a Texas corporation (herein called “ Maker ”, whether one or more), promises to pay to the order of JP MORGAN CHASE BANK, NA , a national banking association [herein, together with all subsequent holders of this Subordinated Promissory Note (“ Note ”), called “ Payee ”], on or before the Maturity Date (as defined below), as hereinafter provided, the principal sum of TWENTY MILLION AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($20,000,000.00) , or so much thereof as may actually be outstanding hereunder, together with interest on the unpaid principal balance from time to time outstanding at the rate herein specified and otherwise in strict accordance with the terms and provisions hereof. This Note is not a deposit and is not federally insured.

 

2. INTEREST RATE COMPUTATION .

2.1. Interest Rate . Except as otherwise provided herein, interest on the principal balance of this Note outstanding from time to time shall accrue at the lesser of (a) the Applicable Rate (as defined herein) or (b) the Maximum Lawful Rate (as defined herein). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, the Alternative Base Rate shall fluctuate automatically daily, up and down, without notice to Maker or any other person, as and in the amount by which the Prime Rate fluctuates, subject always to the limitation on interest set forth herein.

2.2. Definitions . As used in this Note and the Loan Documents, the following terms shall have the respective meanings indicated below:

Alternative Base Rate ” shall mean, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the sum of (a) the Prime Rate, minus (b) one-quarter of one percent (0.25%). Any change in the Alternative Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate shall be effective without notice to Maker from and including the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate.

Applicable Rate ” shall mean, at any time, and as applicable to all or a portion of the principal balance hereof, the rate of interest per annum equal to the Alternative Base Rate in effect from day to day; provided, however, subject to the limitations stated herein, Maker may elect in accordance with the procedures set forth below to have interest accrue and be paid on all or a portion of the outstanding principal balance hereof at a rate per annum equal to the LIBOR Adjusted Rate (as defined below).

Business Day ” shall mean any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which national banking associations are authorized or required under applicable law to remain closed.

Charges ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 5.4 hereof.

Event of Default ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 4.1 hereof.

 

1


LIBOR Increment ” shall mean the portion of the outstanding principal balance hereof specified by Maker to Payee in accordance herewith to accrue interest at the LIBOR Adjusted Rate effective as of the applicable LIBOR Period Commencement Date; provided, however, in no event shall any such LIBOR Increment be less than Five Hundred Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($500,000.00).

LIBOR Adjusted Rate ” shall mean the LIBOR Rate, plus two and one-half percent (2.50%) per annum.

LIBOR Rate ” shall mean, with respect to a LIBOR Increment, the rate of interest per annum equal to the interest settlement rate for U.S. Dollars as published by the British Bankers Association as of 11:00 a.m. London Time two Business Days before the first day of such LIBOR Period, for the approximate principal amount of the applicable LIBOR Increment, and for a period comparable to the applicable LIBOR Period. If no such rate is published by the British Bankers Association, then the comparable LIBOR or Eurodollar rate published in The Wall Street Journal shall be utilized and if such rate is not available then no LIBOR Adjusted Rate may be elected pursuant to this Note.

LIBOR Period ” shall mean a period of ninety (90) days from the LIBOR Period Commencement Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall any LIBOR Period extend beyond the Maturity Date.

LIBOR Period Commencement Date ” shall mean the proposed commencement of the applicable LIBOR Period.

Loan Agreement ” shall mean that certain Amended and Restated Subordinate Credit Agreement, dated of even date herewith, by between Payee, as lender, and Maker, as borrower.

Loan Documents ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 5.1 hereof.

Maturity Date ” shall mean the date on which this Note matures, whether by acceleration, lapse of time or otherwise; provided, that such date shall be October 27, 2013 , unless earlier accelerated as permitted herein, in the Loan Agreement or in any other Loan Document.

Maximum Lawful Rate ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 5.4 hereof.

Prime Rate ” shall mean the prime rate of interest as announced by Payee or its parent (which may not be the lowest, best or most favorable rate of interest which Payee may charge on loans to its customers).

All other capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning given such terms in the Loan Agreement.

2.3. Interest Limitation Recoupment . Notwithstanding anything in this Note to the contrary, if at any time (i) interest at the Applicable Rate, and (ii) the Charges computed over the full term of this Note, exceed the Maximum Lawful Rate, then the rate of interest payable hereunder, together with all Charges, shall be limited to the Maximum Lawful Rate; provided, however, that any subsequent reduction in the Applicable Rate shall not cause a reduction of the rate of interest payable hereunder below the Maximum Lawful Rate until the total amount of interest earned hereunder, together with all Charges, equals the total amount of interest which would have accrued at the Applicable Rate if such interest rate had at all times been in effect. Changes in the Applicable Rate resulting from a change in the Prime Rate shall be subject to the provisions of this paragraph.

 

2


2.4. Computation Period . Interest on the indebtedness evidenced by this Note shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year and shall accrue on the actual number of days any principal balance hereof is outstanding.

2.5. LIBOR Election . If Maker elects to have the LIBOR Adjusted Rate apply, it shall advise Payee in writing by delivery to Payee of the LIBOR Election Notice attached hereto as Exhibit “A” , of its election and the LIBOR Period and LIBOR Increment for which Maker desires said rate to apply not later than 10:00 a.m., Central Standard Time or Central Daylight Time (as applicable), two (2) Business Days prior to the LIBOR Period Commencement Date. Any such election may be made only while no Event of Default is in existence and no event has occurred or condition exists which with notice and/or lapse of time would constitute an Event of Default. After Maker has designated a LIBOR Increment to which the LIBOR Adjusted Rate shall apply, such rate shall apply to the LIBOR Increment for the duration of the LIBOR Period. If Maker elects the LIBOR Adjusted Rate, but the applicable LIBOR Period will commence on a date which is not a Business Day, such LIBOR Period shall be deemed to commence on the next Business Day after it would otherwise commence, and any interest which accrues hereunder in the interim shall accrue at the Applicable Rate. At any one time during the term hereof, no more than five (5) LIBOR Increments may be outstanding under this Note.

2.5.1 Failure of Election . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the Maker elects the LIBOR Adjusted Rate to apply, but Payee would be unable for any reason to obtain funds or a quote for funds in the London InterBank Market in the amount of the LIBOR Increment elected for the applicable LIBOR Period and LIBOR Period Commencement Date elected, interest on the outstanding principal balance of this Note shall accrue at the Alternative Base Rate unless and until an election, in accordance with the provisions hereof, of a new LIBOR Adjusted Rate, LIBOR Increment, LIBOR Period and LIBOR Period Commencement Date is made by Maker, and Payee is then able to obtain such funds or a quote for funds in the London InterBank Market. In the absence of an effective election by Maker of the LIBOR Adjusted Rate in accordance with the above procedures prior to the expiration of the then current LIBOR Period with respect to any LIBOR Increment, interest on such LIBOR Increment shall accrue at the Alternative Base Rate, effective immediately upon the expiration of such LIBOR Period.

2.5.2 Illegality . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Note to the contrary, if it becomes unlawful for Payee to honor its obligation to allow all or a portion of the outstanding principal balance hereof to accrue interest based on the LIBOR Rate, then Payee shall promptly notify Maker thereof and Payee’s obligation to allow interest to accrue based on the LIBOR Rate shall be suspended until such time as Payee may again allow interest to accrue based upon the LIBOR Rate. If the obligation of Payee to allow interest to accrue based upon the LIBOR Rate is so suspended, all indebtedness evidenced hereby then accruing interest based upon the LIBOR Rate shall automatically convert to interest based on the Alternative Base Rate on the last days(s) of the then current LIBOR Period(s) for such indebtedness or on such earlier date as Payee may specify to Maker.

 

3. PAYMENTS .

3.1. Payment Schedule . Interest, calculated on a daily basis, shall be payable quarterly in arrears on the first day of each December, March, June and September, commencing on March 1, 2008, and continuing on the first day of each successive December, March, June and September thereafter until the Maturity Date, at which time all accrued and unpaid interest hereon shall be due and payable in full. The aggregate outstanding principal balance under the Note plus all accrued but unpaid interest thereon shall be due and payable in full on the Maturity Date.

 

3


3.2. Application . All payments on this Note shall, prior to an Event of Default, be applied in the following order: (i) the payment of accrued but unpaid interest hereon, (ii) the payment or reimbursement of any expenses, costs or obligations (other than the principal hereof and interest hereon) for which Maker shall be obligated or Payee entitled pursuant to the provisions hereof or of the other Loan Documents, and (iii) the payment of all or any portion of the principal balance then outstanding hereunder, in either the direct, or inverse, order of maturity. After an Event of Default, all payments on the Note shall, at the sole option of Payee, be applied from time to time and in any order, to the foregoing items.

3.3. Place . All payments hereunder shall be made to Payee at JP MORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., 10 South Dearborn Street, MC: IL1-1235, Chicago, Illinois 60603-2003, or as Payee may from time to time designate in writing to Maker.

3.4. Business Days . If any payment of principal or interest on this Note shall become due and payable on a Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which Payee is not open for normal business, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding business day of Payee. Any such extension of time for payment shall be included in computing interest which has accrued and shall be payable in connection with such payment.

3.5. Legal Tender . All amounts payable hereunder are payable in lawful money or legal tender of the United States of America.

3.6. Prepayments .

3.6.1 Maker shall have the right prior to the Maturity Date, upon ten (10) days’ prior written notice and upon receipt of any required regulatory approval, to prepay all or any portion (except any portion constituting a LIBOR Increment during its applicable LIBOR Period) of the principal balance owing hereunder from time to time; provided, however, that (a) if such prepayment is only a partial payment of the then outstanding principal balance hereof, such prepayment shall be accompanied by the payment of all accrued but unpaid interest on the portion of the outstanding principal balance of the Note being so paid through the date the prepayment is made, and (b) for same day credit all monies shall be received at Payee’s office as specified in Section 3.3 hereof on or before 12:00 noon, Central Standard Time or Central Daylight Time (as applicable). All monies received after this time shall be deemed received on the following day and shall continue to accrue interest at the Applicable Rate to the date funds are deemed received.

3.6.2 Maker shall have the right to prepay any LIBOR Increment only upon payment to Payee, at the time of such prepayment, of an amount equal to all costs, fees and penalties which would be incurred in the breaking of a LIBOR contract (whether then actually in existence or a hypothetical contract similar to the typical LIBOR contracts then in existence) by Payee in connection with such prepayment, such amounts to include that sum which is equal to the excess of (i) the interest that would have been payable by Maker for such LIBOR Increment for the remainder of the applicable LIBOR Period at the applicable LIBOR Rate had such prepayment not been made by Maker, over (ii) the interest to be earned on sums equal to the amount of such LIBOR Increment for the remainder of the applicable LIBOR Period as invested by Payee in an interest bearing obligation of Payee’s selection, in its sole and absolute discretion. In addition, in any such event, the provisions of the immediately preceding sentence (relating to the obligation of Maker to pay to Payee certain amounts in the event of the prepayment of a LIBOR Increment prior to the last day of the applicable LIBOR Period) shall apply with respect to any LIBOR Increment prepaid by Maker prior to the last day of the applicable LIBOR Period as a result of the acceleration by Payee of the outstanding principal balance hereof.

 

4


3.7. Late Charge . In addition to the payments otherwise specified herein, subject to the provisions of Section 5.4 hereof, if Maker fails, refuses or neglects to pay, in full, any installment or portion of the indebtedness evidenced hereby, within ten (10) days after same shall be due and payable, then Maker shall be obligated to pay to Payee a late charge equal to five percent (5%) of the amount of such delinquent payment to compensate Payee for Maker’s default and the additional costs and administrative efforts required by reason of such default; provided, however, Payee will apply any late charge fee collected from Maker to the amount of interest charged at the Default Rate which covers the period for which such late charge was collected.

 

4. DEFAULT AND REMEDIES .

4.1. Default . An “Event of Default” shall occur hereunder if (i) Maker shall fail, refuse or neglect to pay, in full, any installment or portion of the indebtedness evidenced hereby, within ten (10) days after the same shall become due and payable, whether at the due date thereof as stipulated herein, or upon acceleration (but without any grace period), or (ii) an Event of Default (as defined and used in any of the other Loan Documents) shall occur under any of the other Loan Documents.

4.2. Remedies . If an Event of Default shall occur under this Note or any of the Loan Documents (as herein defined), then Payee may, at its option, without notice or demand, exercise all remedies provided for, and in accordance with, the Loan Agreement. All remedies hereunder, under the Loan Documents and at law or in equity shall be cumulative.

4.3. Waiver . Except as specifically provided in the Loan Documents, Maker and any endorsers or guarantors hereof severally waive presentment and demand for payment, notice of intent to accelerate maturity, notice of acceleration of maturity, protest and notice of protest and nonpayment, bringing of suit and diligence in taking any action to collect any sums owing hereunder or in proceeding against any of the rights and collateral securing payment hereof. Maker and any endorsers or guarantors hereof agree (i) that the time for any payments hereunder may be extended from time to time without notice and consent, (ii) to the acceptance of further collateral, and/or (iii) the release of any existing collateral for the payment of this Note, all without in any manner affecting their liability under or with respect to this Note. No extension of time for the payment of this Note or any installment hereof shall affect the liability of Maker under this Note or any endorser or guarantor hereof even though the Maker or such endorser or guarantor is not a party to such agreement.

4.4. No Waiver . Failure of Payee to exercise any of the options granted herein to Payee upon the happening of one or more of the events giving rise to such options shall not constitute a waiver of the right to exercise the same or any other option at any subsequent time in respect to the same or any other event. The acceptance by Payee of any payment hereunder that is less than payment in full of all amounts due and payable at the time of such payment shall not constitute a waiver of the right to exercise any of the options granted herein to Payee at that time or at any subsequent time or nullify any prior exercise of any such option without the express written acknowledgment of the Payee.

4.5. Collection Costs . Maker agrees to pay all reasonable costs of collection hereof when incurred, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, whether or not any legal action shall be instituted to enforce this Note.

 

5


5. MISCELLANEOUS .

5.1. Subordination; Loan Documents . This Note is issued pursuant to, and is governed by, the Loan Agreement. This Note is the note defined therein as the “ Note ”. Furthermore, Maker and Payee agree that this Note and the Loan evidenced hereby are and shall be subordinate and junior in right of payment to all other senior indebtedness of Maker to the extent necessary, but only to such extent, in accordance with applicable Governmental Requirements for the proceeds of the Loan to be deemed to be a portion of Maker’s “Tier II Capital.” This Note, the Loan Agreement and all the other documents evidencing or pertaining to the transaction in which the indebtedness evidenced hereby was incurred are, collectively, referred to as the “ Loan Documents ”.

5.2. Notices . All notices, requests, demands or other communications required or permitted to be given pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and given by (i) personal delivery, (ii) expedited delivery service with proof of delivery, or (iii) United States mail, postage prepaid, registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, sent to the intended addressee at the address set forth on the first page hereof or to such different address as the addressee shall have designated by written notice sent pursuant to the terms hereof and shall be deemed to have been received either, in the case of personal delivery, at the time of personal delivery, in the case of expedited delivery service, as of the date of first attempted delivery at the address and in the manner provided herein, or in the case of mail, upon deposit in a depository receptacle under the care and custody of the United States Postal Service. Either party shall have the right to change its address for notice hereunder to any other location within the continental United States by notice to the other party of such new address at least thirty (30) days prior to the effective date of such new address. For purposes of such notices, the addresses of the parties shall be as follows:

 

  Payee:    If intended for Payee and to be delivered in person, to:
     JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A.
     10 South Dearborn Street
     MC: IL1-1235
     Chicago, Illinois 60603-2003
     Attn.: Timothy Johnson
  Maker:    PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION
     2911 Turtle Creek Boulevard, Suite 700
     Dallas, Texas 75219
     Attn: Jeff Isom

5.3. Governing Law . THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS AND THE APPLICABLE LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. THIS NOTE IS PERFORMABLE IN TARRANT COUNTY, TEXAS. Any action or proceeding under or in connection with this Note against Maker or any other party ever liable for payment of any sums of money payable on this Note may be brought in any state court located in Fort Worth, Tarrant County, Texas, or any federal court in Tarrant County, Texas. Maker and each such other party hereby irrevocably (i) submits to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of such courts, and (ii) waives any objection it may now or hereafter have as to the venue of any such action or proceeding brought in such court or that such court is an inconvenient forum.

5.4. Interest Limitation . It is expressly stipulated and agreed to be the intent of Maker and Payee at all times to comply with the applicable Texas law governing the maximum rate or amount of interest payable on this Note or the indebtedness (“ Indebtedness ”) evidenced hereby or evidenced or secured by the other Loan Documents (or applicable United States Federal law to the extent that

 

6


it permits Payee to contract for, charge, take, reserve or receive a greater amount of interest than under Texas law). If the applicable law is ever judicially interpreted so as to render usurious any amount called for under this Note or under any of the other Loan Documents, or contracted for, charged, taken, reserved or received with respect to the Indebtedness, or Payee’s exercise of the option to accelerate the maturity of this Note, or any prepayment by Maker results in Maker having paid or Payee having received any interest in excess of that permitted by applicable law, then it is Maker’s and Payee’s express intent that all excess amounts theretofore collected by Payee be credited on the principal balance of this Note and all other Indebtedness (or, if this Note and all other Indebtedness have been or would thereby be paid in full, refunded to Maker), and the provisions of this Note and the other Loan Documents immediately be deemed reformed and the amounts thereafter collectible hereunder and thereunder reduced, without the necessity of the execution of any new document, so as to comply with the applicable law, but so as to permit the recovery of the fullest amount otherwise called for hereunder and thereunder; provided, however, if this Note has been paid in full before the end of the stated term of this Note, then Maker and Payee agree that Payee shall, with reasonable promptness after Payee discovers or is advised by Maker that interest was received in an amount in excess of the Maximum Lawful Rate, either refund such excess interest to Maker or credit such excess interest against any other Indebtedness then owing by Maker to Payee. Maker hereby agrees that as a condition precedent to any claim seeking usury penalties against Payee, that Maker will provide written notice to Payee, advising Payee in reasonable detail of the nature and amount of the violation, and Payee shall have sixty (60) days after receipt of such notice in which to correct such usury violation, if any, by either refunding such excess interest to Maker or crediting such excess interest against any other indebtedness then owing by Maker to Payee. All sums contracted for, charged or received by Payee for the use, forbearance or detention of the Indebtedness shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be amortized or spread, using the actuarial method, throughout the stated term of the Indebtedness until payment in full so that the rate or amount of interest on account of the Indebtedness does not exceed the Maximum Lawful Rate from time to time in effect and applicable to the Indebtedness for so long as debt is outstanding. In no event shall the provisions of Chapter 346 of the Texas Finance Code (which regulates certain revolving credit loan accounts and revolving triparty accounts) apply to the Indebtedness. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any of the other Loan Documents, it is not the intention of Payee to accelerate the maturity of any interest that has not accrued at the time of such acceleration or to collect unearned interest at the time of such acceleration. As used herein, the term “ Maximum Lawful Rate ” shall mean the maximum lawful rate of interest which may be contracted for, charged, taken, received or reserved by Payee in accordance with the applicable laws of the State of Texas (or applicable United States Federal law to the extent that it permits Payee to contract for, charge, take, receive or reserve a greater amount of interest than under Texas law), taking into account all Charges (as herein defined) made in connection with the transaction evidenced by this Note and the other Loan Documents. As used herein, the term “ Charges ” shall mean all fees and charges, if any, contracted for, charged, received, taken or reserved by Payee in connection with the transactions relating to this Note and the other Loan Documents or the Indebtedness, which are treated as interest under applicable law. To the extent that Payee is relying on the Texas Finance Code to determine the Maximum Lawful Rate payable on the Indebtedness, Payee will utilize the “weekly ceiling” specified in Chapter 303 as the applicable ceiling, after taking into consideration all sums paid or agreed to be paid to Payee outside the provisions of this Note for the use, forbearance or detention of the Indebtedness. To the extent United States federal law permits Payee to contract for, charge or receive a greater amount of interest, Payee will rely on United States federal law instead of the Texas Finance Code, for the purpose of determining the Maximum Lawful Rate. Additionally, to the extent permitted by applicable law now or hereinafter in effect, Payee may, at its option and from time to time, implement any other method of computing the Maximum Lawful Rate under the Texas Finance Code as supplemented by the Texas Credit Code, as amended, or under other applicable law by giving notice, if required, to Maker as provided by applicable law now or hereafter in effect. Maker and Payee hereby agree that any and all suits alleging the contracting for, charging or receiving of usurious interest shall lie in Tarrant County, Texas, and each irrevocably waive the right to venue in any other county.

 

7


5.5. Captions . The article and section headings used in this Note are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect, alter or define the meaning or interpretation of the text of any article or section contained in this Note.

5.6. Joint and Several Liability . If this Note is executed by more than one party, each such party shall be jointly and severally liable for the obligations of Maker under this Note. If Maker is a partnership, each general partner of Maker shall be jointly and severally liable hereunder. and each such general partner hereby waives any requirement of law that in the event of a default hereunder Payee exhaust any assets of Maker before proceedings against such general partner’s assets.

5.7. AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT . THIS NOTE IS AN AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT IN ITS ENTIRETY, BUT NOT AN EXTINGUISHMENT, OF THAT CERTAIN AMENDED AND RESTATED SUBORDINATE PROMISSORY NOTE IN THE ORIGINAL PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF $15,000,000.00 EXECUTED BY MAKER AND PAYABLE TO THE ORDER OF PAYEE.

5.8 NO ORAL AGREEMENTS . THIS NOTE AND ALL THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS EMBODY THE FINAL, ENTIRE AGREEMENT OF MAKER AND PAYEE AND SUPERSEDE ANY AND ALL PRIOR COMMITMENTS, AGREEMENTS, REPRESENTATIONS AND UNDERSTANDINGS, WHETHER WRITTEN OR ORAL, RELATING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF AND THEREOF AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED OR VARIED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OR DISCUSSIONS OF MAKER AND PAYEE. THERE ARE NO ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN MAKER AND PAYEE. The provisions of this Note and the Loan Documents may be amended or revised only by an instrument in writing signed by the Maker and Payee.

EXECUTED as of the date and year first above written.

 

MAKER :
PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION,
a Texas corporation
By:   /s/ Jeff Isom
Name:   Jeff Isom
Title:   CFO

 

8


EXHIBIT A

NOTICE OF LIBOR FUNDING ELECTION

JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A.

10 South Dearborn Street

MC: IL1-1235

Chicago, Illinoi 60603-2003

Attn.: Timothy Johnson

Date:              , 200     

Gentlemen:

Reference is made to the Amended and Restated Subordinate Promissory Note dated as of December              , 2007 (the “Note”). The undersigned hereby give notice pursuant to Section 2.6 of the Note of its desire for a LIBOR FUNDING ELECTION of a portion of the proceeds of the loan evidenced by the Note.

The following are the details of the LIBOR funding election to be set up as of the commencement date specified below:

 

  1.    The LIBOR funding commencement date is:        
  2.    The LIBOR funding period expires:        
  3.    The LIBOR funding principal amount is:        
  4.    The LIBOR funding rate is LIBOR plus 2.50%, or        
     The sources for the above LIBOR are as follows (choose as appropriate):   
     Promissory Note Outstanding Balance:     
     Advance Request Dated                          
     Current LIBOR maturing:     
     Current LIBOR maturing:     
     Total:     
     The next LIBOR FUNDING ELECTION NOTIFICATION date is                          .

The undersigned represents and warrants that the LIBOR Funding Election requested hereby complies with the requirements of Section 2.6 of the Note.

 

MAKER :
PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION,
a Texas corporation
By:    
Name:    
Title:    

 

9

Exhibit 10.33

AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AGREEMENT (hereinafter calIed this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of October 1, 2001, by and between PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION, a Texas corporation, whose address is Post Office Box 271, 5010 University, Lubbock, Texas 79408 (hereinafter called “ Borrower ”), and BANK ONE, NA, a national banking association with its main office in Chicago, Illinois and with a banking office located at 1301 South Bowen Road, Arlington, Tarrant County, Texas 76013, successor by merger to Bank One, Texas, National Association (hereinafter called “ Lender ”).

RECITALS :

WHEREAS, Lender and Borrower have previously executed that certain Amended and Restated Loan Agreement dated November 1,2000 (the “ Prior Agreement ”).

WHEREAS, Lender has previously extended to Borrower a revolving line of credit (the “ Prior Commitment ”) under which Lender has made various loans (the “ Prior Revolving Loans ”) to Borrower. The Prior Commitment was established by, the Prior Revolving Loans were made pursuant to, and the Prior Commitment and the Prior Revolving Loans are governed by the Prior Agreement. The Prior Commitment expires on August 1,2002.

WHEREAS, in order to secure the Prior Revolving Loans, Borrower has executed various documents (the “ Collateral Documents ”) pursuant to which Borrower has granted to Lender various security interests in or other liens on various assets of Borrower.

WHEREAS, Borrower has requested that Lender agree to renew and extend the Prior Revolving Loans outstanding as of the date of this Agreement and that Lender agree to extend the termination date of the Prior Commitment, and Lender is willing to do so on the terms, conditions, and covenants herein contained provided that, among other things, the Prior Agreement is amended and restated as herein provided.

WHEREAS, each of the parties hereto therefore desires to enter into this Agreement so to provide for the terms, conditions and covenants of the extension of the Prior Revolving Loans and the extension of the termination date of the Prior Commitment.

NOW, THEREFORE, subject to all terms, conditions and covenants hereinafter set forth and in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

AGREEMENT :

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

1.01 Definitions . The terms defined in this Article I (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) for all purposes shall have the following meanings:

Advance ” shall mean any disbursement of an amount or amounts to be loaned by Lender to Borrower hereunder.

Approved Purposes ” shall mean with respect to the Revolving Loans, (i) the repurchase of capital stock in Borrower, (ii) the acquisition of other banks, banking assets or liabilities and/or the investment of additional capital in Banking Subsidiaries to support growth or acquisitions, and (iii) providing working capital for the operation of Borrower’s business.

Bank ” shall mean PNB Financial Bank, a Texas state bank (formerly known as The Plains National Rank and also formerly known as The Plains National Bank of West Texas), whose principal place of business is 5010 University, Lubbock, Texas 79413.

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AGREEMENT - Page 1


Banking Subsidiary ” shall mean any bank (whether state or national) more than fifty percent (50%) of whose capital stock now or hereafter is owned directly or indirectly by Borrower or any Banking Subsidiary or may be voted by Borrower or any Banking Subsidiary. At the date of this Agreement, the only Banking Subsidiary of Borrower is Bank.

Business Day ” shall mean a day on which Lender is open for transaction of its general banking business.

Closing Date ” shall mean the date of this Agreement.

Collateral ” shall mean all presently owned and hereafter acquired property of any Person that secures the Obligations, including without limitation, the property described in Section 2.04 .

Commitment ” shall mean the obligation of Lender to make the Revolving Loans in an amount not to exceed in the aggregate the Committed Sum. The Commitment shall replace the Prior Commitment.

Committed Sum ” shall mean $7,500,000.00.

Current Maturities of Long Tern Debt ” shall mean that portion of the long term debt of Borrower and that portion of the capitalized lease obligations of Borrower which will be due in the twelve (12) months immediately following any date of computation of Current Maturities of Long Term Debt.

Dividends ” shall mean, with respect to the four (4) calendar quarters immediately preceding any date of computation of Dividends, the total amount of all dividends and other distributions paid by Borrower during such four (4) calendar quarters upon Borrower’s capital stock of any class (other than dividends paid in Borrower’s common stock).

Equity Capital ” shall mean the stockholders’ equity in Bank and each other Banking Subsidiary (including capital stock, surplus, retained earnings and capital reserves, but excluding treasury stock, any Loan Loss Reserves, and any deductions or increases for market value changes due to applicable regulatory guidelines in effect from time to time), all as determined by regulatory accounting principles consistently applied.

Equity Capital Ratio ” shall mean the ratio of Bank’s and each other Banking Subsidiary’s Equity Capital to Bank’s and each other Banking Subsidiary’s total assets as determined by regulatory accounting principles consistently applied.

Event of Default ” shall mean any event specified in Section 6.01 of this Agreement, or any other event specified elsewhere in this Agreement as an “Event of Default”, provided that any requirement in connection with such event for the giving of notice or lapse of time or any other condition has been satisfied.

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” shall mean the ratio of (a) the sum of Borrower’s (i) Net Income, (ii) Non-Cash Items, and (iii) Interest Expense less (iv) Dividends to (b) the sum of Borrower’s (i) Current Maturities of Long Tern Debt and (ii) Interest Expense, all as determined in accordance with GAAP and applicable regulatory accounting principles, to the extent that each is applicable, consistently applied.

ForecIosed Assets ” shall mean real or personal property acquired by Bank (a) through purchases at sales under judgments, decrees, or mortgages where the property was security for debts previously contracted, (b) through conveyance in satisfaction or partial satisfaction of debts previously contracted, or (c) through purchases to secure debts previously contracted.

GAAP ” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles, applied on a consistent basis, as set forth in Opinions of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and/or in statements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board and/or their respective successors and which are applicable in the circumstances as of the date in question. Accounting principles are applied on a “consistent basis” when the accounting principles observed in a current period are comparable in all material respects to those accounting principles applied in a preceding period.

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AGREEMENT - Page 2


Highest Lawful Rate ” shall mean the maximum rate of nonusurious interest allowed from time to time by Law.

Indebtedness ” shall mean all obligations and liabilities of Borrower for borrowed money, whether now existing or hereafter arising, direct or indirect, joint or several, secured or unsecured.

Insider ” shall mean an “executive officer,” “director,” or “person who directly or indirectly or in concert with one or more persons, owns, controls, or has the power to vote more than 10% of any class of voting securities” (as such terms are defined in the Financial Institutions Regulatory and Interest Rate Control Act of 1978, as amended, or in regulations promulgated pursuant thereto) of any Banking Subsidiary.

Interest Expense ” shall mean, with respect to the four (4) calendar quarters immediately preceding any date of computation of Interest Expense, the total amount of all interest which has accrued on the Indebtedness during such four (4) calendar quarters.

Laws ” shall mean all statutes, laws, ordinances, regulations, orders, writs, injunctions, or decrees of the United States, any state or commonwealth, any municipality, any foreign country, any territory or possession, or any Tribunal.

Loan Documents ” shall mean this Agreement, the Revolving Note, the Security Instruments, and all other agreements, instruments or documents executed and delivered pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement and any future amendments hereto or thereto and any restatements hereof or thereof, together with any and all renewals or extensions hereof or thereof.

Loan Loss Reserves ” shall mean the allowance of Bank and of each other Banking Subsidiary for loan and lease losses.

Net Income ” shall mean, with respect to the four (4) calendar quarters immediately preceding any date of computation of Net Income, the net income of Borrower for such four (4) calendar quarters.

Non-Cash Items ” shall mean, with respect to the four (4) calendar quarters immediately preceding any date of computation of Non-Cash Items, the total amount of all depreciation, amortization, deferred federal income taxes, and other non-cash items (but specifically excluding any allowance or provision for loan or leases losses) which has accrued during such four (4) calendar quarters.

Obligations ” shall mean the outstanding principal mounts of the Revolving Note, the Revolving Loans, and interest accrued thereon, and any and all other indebtedness, liabilities and obligations whatsoever of Borrower to Lender hereunder or under the Revolving Note, or otherwise, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, and whether now existing or hereafter arising, and howsoever evidenced or acquired, whether joint or several, and whether evidenced by note, draft, acceptance, guaranty, open account, letter of credit, surety agreement or otherwise, it being contemplated by the parties hereto that Borrower may become indebted to Lender in further sum or sums, plus interest accruing on any foregoing and all attorney fees and costs incurred in the enforcement of any foregoing; but nothing contained herein shall obligate Lender to lend any further sum or sums to Borrower.

Other Real Estate ” shall mean (a) real property acquired by a Banking subsidiary (1) through purchases at sales under judgments, decrees, or mortgages where the real property was security for debts previously contracted, (2) through conveyance in satisfaction or partial satisfaction of debts previously contracted, (3) through purchases to secure debts previously contracted, or (4) through any other method of asset acquisition, where the real property, in the hands of the transferor to such Banking Subsidiary, was classified as “other real estate owned” pursuant to 12 C.F.R. Section 7.3025, (b) former banking premises beginning on the

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AGREEMENT - Page 3


date of relocation to new banking quarters, (c) property originally acquired for future expansion for which banking use is no longer contemplated, (d) any real estate sold and financed by a Banking Subsidiary for which the purchaser’s equity down payment was less than ten percent (10%) or for which the financing was provided at a rate of interest less than the Prime Rate, but only during such time as the equity ownership remains less than ten percent (10%) or the financing remains at a rate of interest less than the Prime Rate, (e) real property still in the possession of and legally titled in a borrower of a Banking Subsidiary that would be considered to be an “in substance foreclosure” by reason of the borrower having little or no equity and sale of such property being the only source of repayment, (f) any and all other real property or assets of a Banking Subsidiary that are classified as “other real estate owned” pursuant to 12 C.F.R. Section 7.3025. Other Real Estate shall not include any building or contiguous property that is used by a Banking Subsidiary for banking services, for storage, for operations services, or for parking for customers or employees.

Person ” shall mean any individual, firm, corporation, association, partnership, joint venture, trust or other entity, or Tribunal.

Pledged Stock ” shall mean the capital stock of Bank pledged or to be pledged to Lender pursuant to Section 2.04 of this Agreement and the Security Instruments, constituting 100% of the capital stock of Bank.

Primary Capital ” shall be the sum of Equity Capital plus Loan Loss Reserves.

Prime Rate ” shall mean at any time the rate of interest per annum equal to the prime rate of interest announced from time to time by Lender or its parent, changing when and as said prime rate changes. The Prime Rate is a general reference rate of interest and may or may not be the lowest rate charged by Lender from time to time. Lender may extend credit to other borrowers at rates of interest varying from, and having no relationship to, the Prime Rate.

Revolving Loan ” and “ Revolving Loans ” shall have the meanings set forth in Section 2.01 .

Revolving Note ” shall mean the promissory note evidencing the unpaid principal balance of the Revolving Loans, and any renewal, extension, modification or amendments thereto or any substitution therefor.

Revolving Principal Debt ” shall mean the aggregate unpaid principal balance of the Revolving Note at the time in question.

Security Instruments ” shall mean any and all security agreements, financing statements, guarantees, surety agreements, pledges, hypothecations, or other instruments, documents, or agreements of any sort creating or perfecting liens or in any other way at any time securing or guaranteeing payment, repayment, or performance of the Obligations.

Taxes ” shall mean all taxes, assessments, fees, or other charges from time to time or at any time imposed by any Laws or by any Tribunal.

Termination Date ” shall mean August 1, 2003.

Total Classified Assets ” shall mean, at any particular time, the sum of the book value of all assets of Bank classified, in whole or in part, as “Loss”, “Doubtful”, or “Substandard” by any Tribunal.

Tribunal ” shall mean any state, commonwealth, federal, foreign, territorial, regulatory, or other court or governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality.

1.02 Other Definitional Provisions . All definitions contained in this Agreement are equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. The words “hereof,” “herein,” and “hereunder” and words of similar import referring to this Agreement refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. Unless

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AGREEMENT - Page 4


otherwise specified, all Article and Section references pertain to this Agreement. All accounting terms not specifically defined herein shall be construed in accordance with GAAP.

ARTICLE II

REVOLVING LOANS AND CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

2.01 Revolving Loans . Subject to and upon the terms, covenants, and conditions of this Agreement, Lender agrees to make loans (hereinafter called, individually, a “ Revolving Loan ” and, collectively, the “ Revolving Loans ”) to Borrower for Approved Purposes in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding up to but not exceeding the Committed Sum. Within the limit of the Committed Sum, Borrower may borrow, repay, and reborrow at any time and from time to time from the Closing Date to the earlier of (a) the Termination Date or (b) the termination of Lender’s Commitment hereunder. If, by virtue of payments made on the Revolving Note, the principal amount owed on the Revolving Note during its term reaches zero at any point, Borrower agrees that all of the Collateral and all of the Loan Documents shall remain in full force and effect to secure any Revolving Loans made thereafter, and Lender shall be fully entitled to rely on all of the Collateral and all of the Loan Documents unless an appropriate release of all or any part of the Collateral or all or any part of the Loan Documents has been executed by Lender. The Revolving Loans shall include without limitation the Prior Revolving Loans outstanding as of the Closing Date, which Prior Revolving Loans are hereby renewed and extended.

2.02 Revolving Note . The Revolving Loans (including without limitation the Prior Revolving Loans outstanding as of the Closing Date) shall be evidenced by, and be repayable in accordance with, the Revolving Note. The Revolving Note shall be dated October 1, 2001 and shall be payable on or before the Termination Date. The Revolving Note shall be executed and delivered by Borrower to Lender and shall be payable to the order of Lender in the original principal amount of the Committed Sum. Borrower agrees to pay interest on the unpaid principal balance from time to time owing on the Revolving Loans computed from the date of the Revolving Note until maturity at a per annum rate which from day to day shall be the lesser of the Prime Rate in effect from day to day less three-fourths of one percent (0.75%) or the Highest Lawful Rate in effect from day to day. The unpaid principal and any accrued but unpaid interest owing on the Revolving Note shall be paid as follows:

(a) Principal . Borrower shall pay principal in accordance with the terms of the Revolving Note, with the maturity date of the Revolving Loans being as set forth in the Revolving Note. On October 1, 2001, the principal payment terms of the Revolving Note are as follows: payment of all outstanding principal shall be due and payable on or before August 1, 2003.

(b) Interest . Borrower shall pay interest in accordance with the terms of the Revolving Note, which shall never exceed the Highest Lawful Rate. On October 1, 2001, the interest payment terms of the Revolving Note shall be as follows: all accrued and unpaid interest shall be due and payable quarterly on each February 1, May 1, August 1, and November 1 during the term of the Revolving Note, the first such quarterly installment being due and payable on November 1, 2001, with a final payment of all accrued but unpaid interest being due and payable on August 1, 2003. Unpaid and past due principal and interest shall bear interest at the Highest Lawful Rate and shall be payable on demand.

In part, the Revolving Note is given in renewal and extension of the unpaid principal balance of the Prior Revolving Loans outstanding as of October 1, 2001.

2.03 Notice and Manner of Borrowing . Borrower shall give Lender written notice prior to 11:00 a.m. Fort Worth, Texas time on the date of any requested Advance specifying the purpose (which must be an Approved Purpose), amount and date of each Advance hereunder. On the date specified for each Advance, and upon the condition that Borrower has timely complied with all of the terms, covenants, and conditions of this Agreement, Lender shall advance to Borrower the amount of the requested Advance.

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AGREEMENT - Page 5


2.04 Security for Obligations . To secure full and complete payment and performance of the Obligations. Borrower shall cause to be executed and delivered the following documents and property:

On or before the Closing Date, Borrower shall deliver to Lender possession of the certificate(s) representing the Pledged Stock, together with stock powers executed in blank by Borrower. Borrower shall execute and cause to be executed such Security Instruments and other documents and instruments as Lender, in its sole discretion, deems necessary or desirable to create, evidence or perfect its security interest in the Collateral. In addition, if at any time Borrower forms or acquires or there otherwise exists a subsidiary of Borrower that at any time owns or holds stock in Bank or any Banking Subsidiary or if at any time Borrower forms or acquires or there otherwise exists any subsidiary of Borrower that Lender deems to be material in Lender’s sole and absolute discretion, then Borrower shall deliver to Lender possession of the certificate(s) representing all of the stock in each such subsidiary, together with stock powers executed in blank by Borrower, and Borrower shall execute and cause to be executed such Security Instruments and other documents and instruments as Lender, in its sole discretion, deems necessary or desirable to create, evidence or perfect its security interest in such stock.

2.05 Distributions . If Borrower shall be entitled to receive or shall receive any stock certificate (including, without limitation, any certificate representing a stock dividend or distribution in connection with any reclassification, increase or reduction of capital, or issued in connection with any reorganization), option or rights, whether as an addition to, in substitution of, or in exchange for any shares of any Pledged Stock, Borrower agrees to accept same as Lender’s agent and to hold same in trust on behalf of or for the benefit of Lender and to deliver same forthwith to Lender in exact form received, with the endorsement of Borrower where necessary, together with appropriate undated stock powers duty executed in blank, to be held by Lender as additional Collateral.

2.06 Conditions Precedent to Closing . The obligation of Lender to renew and extend the Prior Revolving Loans outstanding as of the Closing Date, to extend the termination date of the Prior Commitment, and to make the Revolving Loans shall be subject to the following conditions precedent and Lender shall have received on or before the day of any Advance, dated as of the date of the Closing Date, the following documents, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender:

(a) Revolving Note . The Revolving Note, in form and content satisfactory to Lender, duly executed by Borrower.

(b) Security Instruments . The Security Instruments executed by Borrower granting to Lender a security interest in the Collateral.

(c) Stock Certificate and Stock Power . The original certificate or certificates evidencing the Pledged Shares, accompanied by stock powers, duly executed by Borrower in blank.

(d) Resolutions of Borrower . Corporate resolutions of the Board of Directors of Borrower, certified by the Secretary of Borrower, which resolutions authorize the execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of this Agreement and each other Loan Document. Included in said resolutions or by separate document, Lender shall receive a certificate of incumbency certified by the Secretary of Borrower certifying the names of each officer authorized to execute this Agreement and any other Loan Document, together with specimen signatures of such officers.

(e) Articles of Incorporation . A copy of the articles of incorporation and a copy of the bylaws of Borrower including all amendments thereto, certified by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary thereof as being true and correct.

(f) Government Certificates . Certificates issued by the appropriate governmental authorities, dated as of a recent date, relating to the existence and good standing of Borrower.

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AGREEMENT - Page 6


(g) Proceedings . All proceedings of Borrower in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and all documents incident thereto shall be satisfactory in form and substance to Lender and its counsel; and Lender shall have received copies of all documents or other evidence which Lender or its counsel may reasonably request in connection with said transactions and copies of records and all proceedings in connection therewith, all in form and substance satisfactory to Lender and its counsel.

(h) Additional Papers . Borrower shall have delivered to Lender such other documents, records, instruments, papers, opinions, and reports, as shall have been requested by Lender, to evidence the status or organization or authority of Borrower or to evidence payment of the Obligations, all in form satisfactory to Lender and its counsel.

2.07 Conditions for Each Advance . In addition to the conditions precedent stated elsewhere herein, Lender shall not be obligated to renew and extend the Prior Revolving Loans outstanding as of the Closing Date, or extend the termination date of the Prior Commitment, or make any Revolving Loan or any other Advance during the term of this Agreement unless:

(a) The representations and warranties made in Article III of this Agreement are true and correct at and as of the time the Advance is to be made, and the request for an Advance shall constitute the representation and warranty by Borrower that such representations and warranties are true and correct at such time.

(b) On the date of, and upon receipt of, the Advance, no Event of Default, and no event which, with the lapse of time or notice or both, could become an Event of Default, shall have occurred and be continuing.

(c) Lender has received a written request for the Advance by 11:00 a.m. on the date of a desired Advance which sets forth the purpose, amount and date of such desired Advance, as well as such other documents, opinions, certificates, agreements, instruments and evidences as Lender may reasonably request.

(d) The requested Advance is for an Approved Purpose.

(e) With respect to the Revolving Loans, the Revolving Principal Debt prior to the making of such Advance plus the amount of the requested Advance will not exceed the Committed Sum.

(f) All proceeds of previous Advances shall have been spent or used only for Approved Purposes.

2.08 Availability Fee . Borrower shall pay to Lender an Availability Fee (herein so called) equal to one-eighth of one percent (  1 / 8 %) (on the basis of a 365, or when appropriate 366, day year) on the average daily difference between the Committed Sum and the Revolving Principal Debt from time to time outstanding from August 1, 2001 until the Termination Date. The Availability Fee shall be due and payable by Borrower to Lender in arrears quarter-annually as it accrues, on the same dates as, but in addition to the payments of interest on the Revolving Note.

ARTICLE III

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

To induce Lender to enter into this Agreement and upon which Lender has relied in entering into this Agreement and consummating the transactions herein described, Borrower represents and warrants to Lender, at all times on and after the Closing Date and as of Closing Date, that:

3.01 Existence and Authority of Borrower . Borrower has the full power, authority and legal right to execute, deliver and perform the provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which Borrower is or may become a party, all of which have been or shall be duly authorized and approved by Borrower.

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AGREEMENT - Page 7


3.02 Litigation . No action, suit or proceeding against or affecting Borrower or any Banking Subsidiary is known to be pending, or to the knowledge of Borrower threatened, in any court or before any governmental agency or department, which, if adversely determined, could result in a final judgment or liability of a material amount not fully covered by insurance, or which may result in any material or adverse change in the business, or in the condition, financial or otherwise, of Borrower or any Banking Subsidiary. There are no outstanding judgments against Borrower or any Banking Subsidiary.

3.03 Compliance With Other Instruments . There is no default in the performance of any material obligation, covenant, or condition contained in any agreement to which Borrower or any Banking Subsidiary is a party which has not been waived. Except as has been disclosed to Lender, neither Borrower nor any Banking Subsidiary are in default with respect to any Law of any Tribunal. The execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of the terms of this Agreement, the Revolving Note, and the other Loan Documents to which Borrower is or may become a party have been duly authorized by all requisite action on the part of Borrower and do not and will not violate the provisions of my applicable Law or any order or regulation of any governmental authority to which Borrower is subject, and will not conflict with or result in a breach of any of the terms of any agreement or instrument to which Borrower is a party or by which Borrower is bound, or constitute a default thereunder, or result in the creation of a lien, charge, or incumbrance of any nature upon any of Borrower’s properties or assets.

3.04 No Default . No Event of Default specified in Article VI has occurred and is continuing.

3.05 Corporate Authorization and Enforceability . The Board of Directors of Borrower has duly authorized the execution, delivery and performance of the provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which Borrower is or may become a party and the performance of its respective terms and no consent of the stockholders of Borrower or any other Person is a prerequisite thereto or if a prerequisite thereto, the same has been duly obtained. This Agreement and any other Loan Documents executed by Borrower are valid, binding, and enforceable obligations of Borrower in accordance with their respective terms.

3.06 Disclosure . Neither this Agreement nor any other Loan Document, document, certificate, or statement furnished to Lender by or on behalf of Borrower or any Banking Subsidiary in connection herewith is known to contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained herein and therein not misleading.

3.07 Ownership of Banking Subsidiaries . Borrower owns, and on the Closing Date and at all times thereafter will own, not less than 100% of the capital stock of Bank. After the acquisition or creation of any Banking Subsidiary other than Bank, Borrower will continue to own not less than 100% of the capital stock of each such Banking Subsidiary.

3.08 Federal Reserve Board Regulations . Neither Borrower nor any Banking Subsidiary is engaged principally in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation G, T, U, or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) and no part of the proceeds of the Revolving Loans will be used to purchase or carry any margin stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin stock. Neither Borrower, any Banking Subsidiary, nor any Person acting on their behalf has taken or will take any action which might cause this Agreement to violate any regulation of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or to violate the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

3.09 Financial Statements . The financial statements of Borrower and each Banking

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AGREEMENT - Page 8


Subsidiary furnished to Lender were prepared in accordance with regulatory accounting principles or GAAP, as indicated upon such statements, and such statements fairly present, as appropriate, the financial conditions of Borrower and each Banking Subsidiary, respectively, as of, and for the portion of the fiscal year ending on, the date or dates thereof. There were no material or adverse events or liabilities, direct or indirect, fixed or contingent, of Borrower or any Banking Subsidiary as of the date or dates of such financial statements and known to Borrower or any Banking Subsidiary, which are not reflected therein or in the notes thereto. Except for transactions directly related to, or specifically contemplated by, the Loan Documents and transactions heretofore disclosed in writing to Lender, there have been no material adverse changes in the respective financial conditions of Borrower or any Banking Subsidiary from those shown in such financial statements between such date or dates and the date hereof, nor has Borrower or any Banking Subsidiary incurred any material adverse liability, direct or indirect, fixed or contingent, except as previously disclosed in writing to Lender.

3.10 Stock Agreements . Borrower has furnished to Lender copies of all buy-sell agreements, stock redemption agreements, shareholder agreements, voting trust agreements and all other agreements and contracts involving the stock of any Banking Subsidiary; and there are not now any agreements or terms of any agreements to which Borrower is a party which alter, impair, affect or abrogate the rights of Lender or the Obligations of Borrower under this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

3.11 Taxes . All federal, state, foreign, and other Tax returns of Borrower and each Banking Subsidiary required to be filed have been filed, and all federal, state, foreign, and other Taxes imposed upon Borrower and each Banking Subsidiary which are due and payable have been paid or adequate reserves for payment thereof have been provided.

3.12 Title to Collateral . Borrower owns, and with respect to Collateral acquired after the date hereof, Borrower will own, legally and beneficially, the Collateral free of any lien or claim or any right or option on the part of any third person to purchase or otherwise acquire the Collateral or any part thereof, except for the first priority lien granted pursuant to the Loan Documents. The Collateral is not subject to any restriction on transfer or assignment except for compliance with applicable federal and state laws and regulations promulgated thereunder. No consent to pledge the Collateral as contemplated hereby is required. All of the Collateral has been, and with respect to Collateral delivered after the date hereof, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. The Pledged Shares constitute 100% of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of Bank.

3.13 Use of Proceeds of Loans . Borrower will use the proceeds of the Revolving Loans solely to repurchase capital stock in Borrower, for the acquisition of other banks, banking assets or liabilities and/or the investment of additional capital in Banking Subsidiaries to support growth or acquisitions, and to provide working capital for the operation of Borrower’s business.

3.14 Rights in Properties; Liens . Each Banking Subsidiary has good and indefeasible title or valid leasehold interests in its properties and assets, real and personal, and none of the properties, assets, or leasehold interests of any Banking Subsidiary is subject to any lien except as permitted by Section 5.05 .

3.15 Approvals . No authorization, approval, or consent of, and no filing or registration with, any court, governmental authority, or third party is or will be necessary for the execution, delivery, or performance by Borrower of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which Borrower is or may become a party or the validity or enforceability thereof.

3.16 Contracts . To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, neither Borrower nor any Banking Subsidiary is a party to, or bound by, any agreement, condition, contract, or arrangement which might in the future have a material adverse effect on the business, operations or financial condition of Borrower or any Banking Subsidiary.

3.17 Existing Indebtedness . No indebtedness evidenced by notes payable or existing under lines of credit with banks other than Bank are presently in existence or outstanding.

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AGREEMENT - Page 9


3.18 Ineligible Securities . No portion of any Advance shall be used directly or indirectly to purchase ineligible securities, as defined by applicable regulations of the Federal Reserve Board, underwritten by any affiliate of Banc One Corporation during the underwriting period and for thirty (30) days thereafter.

ARTICLE IV

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

While any part of the Obligations remains unpaid and unless otherwise waived in writing by Lender:

4.01 Accounts, Reports and Other Information . Borrower and each Banking Subsidiary shall maintain a standard system of accounting in accordance with regulatory accounting principles or GAAP, as applicable, and Borrower shall furnish to Lender the following:

(a) Quarterly Reports . As soon as available, but no more than forty-five (45) days after the end of each calendar quarter and with regard to such calendar quarter, copies of:

(i) all Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council (the “ FFIEC ”) Consolidated Reports of Condition and Income (commonly known as Call Reports) furnished by any Banking Subsidiary to the appropriate Tribunal;

(ii) each Banking Subsidiary’s report of risk-based capital adequacy, as submitted to such Banking Subsidiary’s Board of Directors; and

(iii) a summary report of the totals, by category, of all assets of each Banking Subsidiary that are classified, in whole or in part, as “Other Assets Especially Mentioned”, “Substandard”, “Doubtful”, and “Loss,” and a listing of Other Real Estate and Foreclosed Assets; and upon the request of Lender, a detailed listing of such assets.

(b) Financial Reports . As soon as practicable and in any event within forty-five (45) days after the last day of each calendar quarter, the balance sheet of Borrower, each Banking Subsidiary and of each other subsidiary or affiliate of Borrower as at such date, and the related statements of income and retained earnings for the elapsed portion of the fiscal year of Borrower, each Banking Subsidiary and of each other subsidiary or affiliate of, as the case may be, ended with the last day of such calendar quarter, all in reasonable detail, prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles (subject to routine audit and normal year-end adjustments), and certified by the president or principal financial officer of Borrower, each Banking Subsidiary and of each other subsidiary or affiliate of Borrower, as the case may be.

(c) FRY-9 Reports . As soon as available, but no more than forty-five (45) days after each June 30 and each December 31 of each calendar year, the Parent Company Only Financial Statements for Bank Holding Companies (FRY-9LP) report for Borrower, as submitted to the Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas, prepared on an unconsolidated basis (Borrower only), and as soon as available, but no more than forty-five (45) days after the end of each calendar quarter, the Consolidated Financial Statements for Bank Holding Companies (FRY-9C) report for Borrower, as submitted to the Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas, prepared on a consolidated basis.

(d) Annual Audit of Borrower . As soon as available, but no more than one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year: (i) copies of audited balance sheets, statements of income and retained earnings and statement of cash flows of Borrower, setting forth on a consolidated basis, in comparative form, figures

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AGREEMENT - Page 10


for the previous calendar year, all in reasonable detail; (ii) an opinion by an independent certified public accountant selected by Borrower and acceptable to Lender, which opinion shall state that said financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP and that such accountant’s audit of such financial statements has been made in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and that said financial statements present fairly the financial condition of Borrower and the results of its operations; and (iii) any management letter submitted to Borrower by such independent certified public accountant.

(e) Officer’s Certificate . As soon as available, but no more than forty-five (45) days after the last day of each calendar quarter, an Officer’s Certificate, signed by the chief financial officer of Borrower, setting forth the information required to establish whether each Banking Subsidiary was in compliance with the financial covenants and ratios set forth in Article V hereof during the period covered and that the chief financial officer of Borrower has reviewed the relevant terms in this Agreement and has made, or caused to be made under his supervision, a review of the transactions of each Banking Subsidiary from the beginning of the accounting period covered by the financial statements being delivered therewith to the date of the Officer’s Certificate and that such review has not disclosed any Event of Default, violation or breach in the due observance of any covenant, agreement or provision of this Agreement.

(f) Other Reports and Information . As soon as available, copies of all other financial and other statements, reports, correspondence, notices and information of Borrower or and/or any Banking Subsidiary as may be reasonably requested, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender, in its sole discretion, including, but not limited to, and subject to any requirements of confidentiality, copies of all written communications of Borrower or any Banking Subsidiary with any Tribunal.

(g) Budget . As soon as practicable and in any event within forty-five (45) days after the last day of each calendar year, a budget for each Banking Subsidiary for the next calendar year setting forth projected operating expenses, capital expenditures, and debt service of such Banking Subsidiary for such calendar year. Such budget shall be based on assumptions set forth therein which Borrower and each Banking Subsidiary believe to be reasonable at the time such budget is delivered to Lender, be prepared based on sound financial planning practices, and represent Borrower’s and such Banking Subsidiary’s best effort to present a reasonable estimate based on existing circumstances of the operating expenses, capital expenditures, and debt service of such Banking Subsidiary for such calendar year.

4.02 Existence . Borrower will, and will cause each Banking Subsidiary to: (i) maintain its respective assets and properties in good condition and repair; (ii) preserve and maintain its respective leases, legal existence and all of its privileges, franchises, agreements, qualifications and rights that are necessary or desirable in the ordinary course of its business; (iii) maintain and preserve the existence of each Banking Subsidiary as a national banking association or state banking association, as applicable, and maintain and preserve the good standing of Borrower and each Banking Subsidiary with all Tribunals; and (iv) conduct its respective business as presently conducted in an orderly and efficient manner in accordance with good business practices.

4.03 Compliance With Applicable Laws . Borrower shall, and shall cause each Banking Subsidiary to, comply with the requirements of all applicable Laws of any Tribunal.

4.04 Inspection . If Lender, in Lender’s sole discretion, should have any cause for concern about the financial condition of Borrower or its subsidiaries due to apparent deterioration in Borrower’s or any subsidiary’s financial condition, then, upon forty-five (45) days prior notice from Lender to Borrower, Borrower shall, and Borrower shall cause each Banking Subsidiary to, permit any representatives of Lender to visit, review and/or inspect any of its properties and assets at any reasonable time and to examine all books of account, records, reports, examinations and other papers, to make copies therefrom at the expense of Lender, to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of Borrower and each Banking Subsidiary with its employees and officers, and to perform loan portfolio reviews of each

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AGREEMENT - Page 11


Banking Subsidiary, at all such reasonable times and as often as may be reasonably requested. Lender agrees to pay all reasonable expenses of Lender associated with any loan portfolio reviews.

4.05 Change . Borrower shall promptly notify Lender of: (i) any change in the membership of the executive management or board of directors of Borrower or any Banking Subsidiary; (ii) any change in the beneficial or legal ownership of ten percent (10.0%) or more of the issued and outstanding common stock of Borrower or any Banking Subsidiary; and (iii) any other matter which could have a material or adverse effect on the financial condition or operations of Borrower or any Banking Subsidiary.

4.06 Payment of Taxes . Borrower shall pay or discharge, and will cause each Banking Subsidiary to pay or discharge, all lawful Taxes imposed upon them or upon their income or profits or upon any of their property before the same shall be delinquent; provided, however, neither Borrower nor any Banking Subsidiary shall be required to pay and discharge any such Taxes (i) so long as the validity thereof shall be contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently pursued and such liable party shall set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto and shall pay any such Taxes before any of its property shall be sold to satisfy any lien which has attached as a security therefor; and (ii) if Lender has been provided written notice of such proceedings.

4.07 Insurance . Borrower shall cause each Banking Subsidiary to keep all property of a character usually insured by Persons engaged in the same or similar businesses, adequately insured by financially sound and reputable insurers, and shall furnish Lender evidence of such insurance immediately upon request in form satisfactory to Lender.

4.08 Compliance With ERISA . Borrower shall, and shall cause each Banking Subsidiary to, comply, if applicable, with the provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and furnish to Lender, upon Lender’s request, such information concerning any plan of Borrower or any Banking Subsidiary subject to said Act as may be reasonably requested. Borrower shall notify Lender immediately of any fact or action arising in connection with any plan which might constitute grounds for the termination thereof by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or for the appointment by the appropriate United States district court of a trustee or administrator for such plan, or any other “Reportable Event” as that term is defined in Section 4043 of ERISA.

4.09 FDIC Insurance . Borrower shall cause each Banking Subsidiary to maintain federal deposit insurance and to be a member of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

4.10 Notices . Borrower shall promptly notify, and shall cause each Banking Subsidiary to promptly notify Lender of (i) the occurrence of an Event of Default, or of any event that with notice or lapse of time or both would be an Event of Default; (ii) the commencement of any action, suit, or proceeding against Borrower or any Banking Subsidiary that might have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition, or operations of Borrower or such Banking Subsidiary; and (iii) any other matter that might have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition, or operations of Borrower or any Banking Subsidiary.

4.11 Further Assurances . Borrower will execute and deliver such further instructions as may be deemed necessary or desirable by Lender to carry out the provisions and purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

4.12 Compliance with Regulations G, T, U and X . Neither Borrower, any Banking Subsidiary, nor any Person acting on their behalf will take any action which might cause this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents to violate, and Borrower will take all actions necessary to cause compliance with, Regulations G, T, U, and X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, in each case as now in effect or as the same may hereafter be in effect.

4.13 Cash Flow Reports . Borrower shall deliver to Lender as soon as practicable and in any event within forty-five (45) days after the last day of each calendar quarter (other than the last calendar quarter) of each calendar year, a report of Borrower’s total actual cash

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AGREEMENT - Page 12


inflows and total actual cash outflows for the period beginning on the first day of such year and ending on the last day of such quarter, together with Borrower’s estimates of Borrower’s total projected cash inflows and total projected cash outflows for the remainder of such year. In addition, Borrower shall deliver to Lender as soon as practicable and in any event within ninety (90) days after the last day of each calendar year, a report of Borrower’s total actual cash inflows and total actual cash outflows for such calendar year, together with Borrower’s estimates of Borrower’s total projected cash inflows and total projected cash outflows for the immediately following calendar year. Such reports shall be in such form as Lender may reasonably require.

4.14 Use of Advances . Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Revolving Loans solely for Approved Purposes.

ARTICLE V

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

While any part of the Obligations remains unpaid and unless waived in writing by Lender:

5.01 Equity Capital Ratio . Borrower shall not permit the Equity Capital Ratio (or any other capital adequacy ratio, as established and defined by any regulatory Tribunal) of Bank or any other Banking Subsidiary to be less than that required by the regulations of any regulatory Tribunals as to minimum capital requirements, including, without limitation, all risk based capital regulations. In addition to the foregoing and notwithstanding any lesser Equity Capital Ratio that may be permitted by any regulatory Tribunal, Borrower shall not permit the Equity Capital Ratio of Bank or any other Banking Subsidiary to be less than six percent (6.00%).

5.02 Total Classified Assets . Borrower shall not permit the Total Classified Assets of Bank at any time to exceed thirty-five percent (35%) of Bank’s Primary Capital.

5.03 Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio . Borrower shall not permit the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio to be less than 4.0 to 1.0 as of the last day of any calendar quarter.

5.04 Limitation on Debt . Borrower shall not create, incur, assume, become or be liable in any manner in respect of, or suffer to exist, any debt (other than debt to Lender) in excess of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000.00), combined and in the aggregate, without the prior written approval of Lender.

5.05 Liens, Disposition of Stock . Except for the first priority lien in the Collateral granted pursuant to this Agreement, Borrower shall not create or suffer to exist any lien or security interest upon, or otherwise dispose of or encumber, any of the capital stock of any subsidiary of Borrower, without the prior written approval of Lender.

5.06 Change of Control . There shall be no change in the control of Borrower or any Banking Subsidiary without the prior written approval of Lender. For purposes of this Section, and with respect to Borrower, the term control shall mean (i) the power to, directly or indirectly vote twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the capital stock of Borrower, and (ii) any sale of the capital stock of Borrower. For purposes of this Section, and with respect to any Banking Subsidiary, the term control shall mean (i) the power to, directly or indirectly vote any of the capital stock of such Banking Subsidiary, and (ii) any sale of the capital stock of such Banking Subsidiary. Borrower shall immediately advise Lender of any filing or anticipated filing of a change of control application with any Tribunal.

5.07 Business . No Banking Subsidiary shall engage, directly or indirectly, in any business other than the businesses permitted by statute and the regulations of the appropriate governmental and regulatory agencies or Tribunals.

5.08 Sales of Assets . Borrower shall not, and Borrower shall not permit any Banking Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, lease, transfer or sell all or any substantial portion (i.e., more than 25%) of its respective property, assets, or stock to any other Person, or dispose, dissolve or liquidate its respective assets, property, or business.

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AGREEMENT - Page 13


5.09 Issuance of Stock . Borrower shall not permit Bank to authorize or issue shares of stock of any class, common or preferred, or any warrant, right or option pertaining to its capital stock or issue any security convertible into capital stock.

5.10 Transactions with Affiliates . Borrower will not permit any Banking Subsidiary to enter into any transaction with any Insider, except upon fair and reasonable terms.

5.11 Loans . Except for loans and other extensions of credit made by Bank in the ordinary course of its banking business, neither Borrower nor Bank will, directly or indirectly, make any loans or advances to any Person (other than Borrower, Bank or any other subsidiary of Borrower).

ARTICLE VI

DEFAULT

6.01 Events of Default . Each of the following shall be deemed an “ Event of Default ”:

(a) Failure by Borrower to pay or perform any part or component of the Obligations, when due or declared due, and the continuance of such failure for a period of five (5) days after which date such Obligations become due;

(b) Any representation or warranty made or deemed made by Borrower or any other Person (or any of their respective officers or representatives) in any Loan Documents, or in my certificate or financial or other statement furnished at any time to Lender shall be false, misleading or erroneous in any material respect as of the date made, deemed made, or furnished, and the failure of Borrower to correct the applicable facts or circumstances so as to make such representation or warranty true and accurate within twenty (20) days after notice thereof from Lender to Borrower; or

(c) Failure to observe, perform or comply with any of the covenants, terms, or agreements contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document (other than the covenant and agreement to pay the Obligations when due), and the continuance of such failure for a period of twenty (20) days after Lender gives Borrower notice thereof; or

(d) Failure by Borrower or Bank to pay any of its indebtedness (other than the Obligations) as the same becomes due (other than indebtedness being actively contested in good faith and for which adequate reserves have been established in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles), and the continuance of such failure for a period of five (5) days after which date such indebtedness becomes due; or any indebtedness (other than the Obligations) becomes due by its terms and remains unpaid or is or may be declared to be due and payable prior to its expressed maturity by reason of my default, and the continuance of such condition of nonpayment for a period of five (5) days after which date such indebtedness becomes due: or

(e) Borrower or any Banking Subsidiary shall file a petition for bankruptcy, liquidation or any answer seeking reorganization, rearrangement, readjustment of its debts or for any other relief under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, or similar act or law, now or hereafter existing, or my action consenting to, approving of, or acquiescing in, any such petition or proceeding; or the appointment by consent or acquiescence of, a receiver, trustee, liquidator, or custodian for all or a substantial part of its property; or the making of an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or the inability to pay its debts as they mature; or take any corporate action to authorize any of the foregoing; or

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AGREEMENT - Page 14


(f) Filing of an involuntary petition against Borrower or any Banking Subsidiary seeking reorganization, rearrangement, readjustment or liquidation of its debts or for any other relief under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar act or law, now or hereafter existing; or the involuntary appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian of all or a substantial part of its property by any Person; or the issuance of a writ of attachment, execution, sequestration or similar process against any part of its property and same remains unbonded, undischarged, or undismissed for a period of thirty (30) days from the date of notice; or

(g) Final judgment for the payment of money in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00) shall be rendered against Borrower or any Banking Subsidiary and the same shall remain undischarged for a period of twenty (20) days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed; or

(h) Any material adverse change in the financial condition of Borrower, Bank or any subsidiary of Borrower occurs or threatens to occur and the continuance of such material adverse change or threatened condition thereof continues for a period of twenty (20) days after Lender gives Borrower notice thereof; or

(i) This Agreement or any other Loan Document shall cease to be in full force and effect or shall be declared null and void or the validity or enforceability thereof shall be contested or challenged by Borrower or any Banking Subsidiary or any of their respective shareholders or directors, or Borrower shall deny that it has any further liability or obligation under any of the Loan Documents; or

(j) Receipt by any Banking Subsidiary of a notice from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation of intent to terminate status as an insured bank; or

(k) The filing by any Banking Subsidiary of an application for relief pursuant to section 13(c) or 13(i) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended, or similar relief from any Tribunal; or

(1) The filing by any Banking Subsidiary of an application for capital forbearance or similar relief from any Tribunal; or

(m) Any of Borrower, any Banking Subsidiary, or any subsidiary or affiliate of Borrower shall become subject to any formal, adverse administrative action (including, but not limited to, a cease and desist order or any other similar supervisory or letter agreement) by any regulatory Tribunal.

(n) The failure or refusal of Borrower to punctually pay the Availability Fee as the same becomes due in accordance with this Agreement.

6.02 Remedies . Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, and at the option of Lender, and without any further delay, the Commitment shall automatically and immediately terminate, the obligation of Lender to extend credit to Borrower pursuant hereto shall automatically and immediately terminate and the unpaid principal of and accrued, unpaid interest on the Revolving Note and all of the other Obligations shall be immediately and automatically forthwith DEMANDED, and the same shall be due and payable without notice, presentment, acceleration, demand, protest, notice of acceleration, notice of intent to accelerate, notice of intent to demand, notice of protest or notice of any kind (except notice required by law which has not been waived herein) all of which are hereby waived. Further, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, Lender may exercise all rights and remedies available to it in law or in equity, under any Loan Document, or otherwise.

ARTICLE VII

MISCELLANEOUS

7.01 Notices . Unless otherwise provided herein, all notices, requests, and consents shall be in writing and delivered in person or mailed, postage prepaid, addressed as set forth below, and all demands shall be in writing and delivered in person or mailed, postage prepaid, certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed as set forth below:

If intended for Borrower, to:

Plains Capital Corporation

5010 University

P. O. Box 271

Lubbock, Texas 79408

Attn: Jeff Isom

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AGREEMENT - Page 15


If intended for Lender and to be delivered by mail, to:

Bank One, NA

Mail Code TX1-1275

P. O. Box 2050

Fort Worth, Texas 76113-2050

Ann: James W. Aldridge

If intended for Lender and to be delivered in person, to:

Bank One, NA

1301 South Bowen Road

Arlington, Texas 76013

Attn: James W. Aldridge

or to such other person or address as either party shall designate to the other from time to time in writing forwarded in like manner. All such notices, requests, consents and demands shall be deemed to have been given or made when delivered in person, or if mailed, when deposited in the mail.

7.02 Place of Payment . All sums payable hereunder to Lender shall be paid at Lender’s banking office at 1301 South Bowen Road, Arlington, Tarrant County, Texas, on the date due or at such other place or places as Lender may from time to time designate. If any payment falls due on other than a Business Day, then such due date shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and such amount shall be payable in respect to such extension.

7.03 Survival of Agreement . All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made in this Agreement shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the renewing of the Prior Revolving Loans, and the making of the Revolving Loans. All statements contained in any certificate or other instrument delivered by Borrower hereunder shall be deemed to constitute representations and warranties made by Borrower.

7.04 No Waiver . No waiver or consent by Lender with respect to any act or omission of Borrower or any Banking Subsidiary on one occasion shall constitute a waiver or consent with respect to any other act or omission by Borrower or any Banking Subsidiary on the same or any other occasion, and no failure on the part of Lender to exercise and no delay in exercising any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise by Lender of any right hereunder preclude any other or further right of exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right. The rights and remedies provided for in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights and remedies provided by Law.

7.05 Lender Not In Control . None of the covenants or other provisions contained in this Agreement shall, or shall be deemed to, give Lender the right or power to exercise control over the affairs and/or management of Borrower or any Banking Subsidiary, the power of Lender being limited to those rights generally given to lenders; provided that, if Lender becomes the owner of any stock or other equity interest in Borrower or any Banking Subsidiary whether through foreclosure or otherwise, Lender shall be entitled to exercise such legal rights as it may have by being an owner of such stock, or other equity interest in Borrower or any Banking Subsidiary.

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AGREEMENT - Page 16


7.06 Joint Venture, Partnership, Etc . None of the covenants or other provisions contained in this Agreement shall, or shall be deemed to, constitute or create a joint venture, partnership or any other association, affiliation, or entity between Borrower or any Banking Subsidiary and Lender.

7.07 Successors and Assigns . All covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement and all other Loan Documents shall bind and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and assigns of the parties hereto, except that neither Borrower nor any Banking Subsidiary may assign its rights herein, in whole or in part.

7.08 Expenses . Borrower agrees to pay on demand all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Lender, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, in connection with the negotiation, preparation, administration and enforcement of this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents, renewing the Prior Revolving Loans, making the Revolving Loans hereunder, and in connection with amendments, consents and waivers hereunder.

7.09 Governing Law . THIS AGREEMENT, THE REVOLVING NOTE, AND ALL OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS SHALL BE DEEMED CONTRACTS UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THAT FEDERAL LAWS MAY APPLY. THIS AGREEMENT, THE REVOLVING NOTE, AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE BEEN MADE AND TO BE PERFORMED IN FORT WORTH, TARRANT COUNTY, TEXAS.

7.10 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable under present or future Laws effective during the term of this Agreement, such provision shall be fully severable; this Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid and unenforceable provision had never comprised a part of this Agreement; and remaining provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall not be affected by the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision or by its severance from this Agreement.

7.11 Modification or Waiver . No modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, the Revolving Note, or any Loan Document shall be effective unless such modification or waiver shall be in writing and executed by a duly authorized officer of Lender.

7.12 Right of Set-off . Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed a waiver of Lender’s right of Lender’s lien or set-off.

7.13 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in multiple counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

7.14 Headings . The headings, captions, and arrangements used in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

7.15 Maximum Interest Rate . No provision of this Agreement or of the Revolving Note shall require the payment or the collection of interest in excess of the maximum permitted by applicable law. If any excess of interest in such respect is hereby provided for, or shall be adjudicated to be so provided, in the Revolving Note or otherwise in connection with this loan transaction, the provisions of this Section 7.15 shall govern and prevail and Borrower shall not be obligated to pay the excess amount of such interest or any other excess sum paid for use, forbearance, or detention of sums loaned pursuant hereto. In the event Lender ever receives, collects, or applies as interest any such sum, such amount which would be in excess of the maximum amount permitted by applicable law shall be applied as a payment and reduction of the principal of the indebtedness evidenced by the Revolving Note; and, if the principal of the Revolving Note has been paid in full, any remaining excess shall forthwith be paid to Borrower.

7.16 Assignment, Participation, or Pledge by Lender . Lender may from time to time, without notice to Borrower: (i) pledge or encumber or assign to any one or more

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AGREEMENT - Page 17


Persons (including, but not limited to, one or more of Lender’s affiliates, subsidiaries, or subsidiaries of Lender’s affiliates) all of Lender’s right, title and interest in and to this Agreement and the Loan Documents; or (ii) sell, to any one or more Persons, a participation or joint venture interest in all or any part of Lender’s right, title, and interest in and to this Agreement and the Loan Documents; and Borrower hereby expressly consents to any such future transaction. Each participant or joint venturer shall be entitled to receive all information regarding the credit-worthiness of Borrower or any Banking Subsidiary, including, without limitation, all information required to be disclosed to a participant or joint venturer pursuant to any Law of any Tribunal.

7.17 No Oral Agreements . Pursuant to Section 26.02 of the Texas Business and Commerce Code the following notice is given:

THIS WRITTEN LOAN AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS, OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES.

7.18 Renewal and Extension . This Agreement restates, modifies and replaces the Prior Agreement. By the execution and delivery of this Agreement, all parties to this Agreement agree that effective as of the Closing Date, the Prior Commitment has been renewed and extended as set forth in this Agreement and as so renewed and extended has been replaced by the Commitment, and Lender shall have no further obligations under the Prior Agreement or any document pertaining to the Prior Commitment, it being the intention of the parties to this Agreement that this Agreement shall restate, supersede, amend, and replace the Prior Agreement and, except as otherwise provided herein, any document or agreement pertaining to the Prior Commitment. However, notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the parties hereto agree that all documents executed pursuant to the Prior Agreement and all Collateral Documents shall remain in full force and effect unless expressly released by written instrument executed by Lender and shall be subject to, and shall be deemed to have been executed and delivered under and pursuant to, this Agreement. Furthermore, it is further understood and agreed by the parties hereto that all liens and security interests securing any of the obligations or liabilities of Borrower described in the Prior Agreement are ratified and affirmed by Borrower as valid and subsisting and are hereby renewed and extended and shall remain in full force and effect until the Obligations described in this Agreement (including, without limitation, those evidenced by the Revolving Note) and all other sums now or hereafter owed by Borrower to Lender have been paid in full. All rights, titles, liens, and security interests securing the Prior Revolving Loans are preserved, maintained, and carried forward to secure the Revolving Loans and all of the other Obligations under this Agreement.

7.19 Arbitration . Lender and Borrower agree that upon the written demand of any party, whether made before or after the institution of any legal proceedings, but prior to the rendering of any judgment in that proceeding, all disputes, claims and controversies between them, whether individual, joint, or class in nature, arising from any of the Loan Documents or otherwise, including without limitation contract disputes and tort claims, shall be resolved by binding arbitration pursuant to the Commercial Rules of the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”). Any arbitration proceeding held pursuant to this arbitration provision shall be conducted in the city nearest Borrower’s address having an AAA regional office, or at any other place selected by mutual agreement of the parties. No act to take or dispose of any Collateral shall constitute a waiver of this arbitration agreement or be prohibited by this arbitration agreement. This arbitration provision shall not limit the right of either party during any dispute, claim or controversy to seek, use, and employ ancillary or preliminary rights and/or remedies, judicial or otherwise, for the purposes of realizing upon, preserving, protecting, foreclosing upon or proceeding under forcible entry and detainer for possession of, any real or personal property, and any such action shall not be deemed an election of remedies. Such remedies include, without limitation, obtaining injunctive relief or a temporary restraining order, invoking a power of sale under any deed of trust or mortgage, obtaining a writ of attachment or imposition of a receivership, or exercising any rights relating to personal property, including exercising the right of set-off, or taking or disposing

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AGREEMENT - Page 18


of such property with or without judicial process pursuant to the Uniform Commercial Code. Any disputes, claims or controversies concerning the lawfulness or reasonableness of an act, or exercise of any right or remedy concerning any Collateral, including any claim to rescind, reform, or otherwise modify any agreement relating to the Collateral, shall also be arbitrated; provided, however, that no arbitrator shall have the right or the power to enjoin or restrain any act of any party. Judgment upon any award rendered by any arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction. The statute of limitations, estoppel, waiver, laches and similar doctrines which would otherwise be applicable in an action brought by a party shall be applicable in any arbitration proceeding, and the commencement of an arbitration proceeding shall be deemed the commencement of any action for these purposes. The Federal Arbitration Act (Title 9 of the United States Code) shall apply to the construction, interpretation, and enforcement of this arbitration provision.

7.20 Jury Waiver . BORROWER AND LENDER HEREBY VOLUNTARILY, KNOWINGLY, IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE (WHETHER BASED UPON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) BETWEEN BORROWER AND LENDER ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO ANY OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS, ANY OTHER RELATED DOCUMENT, OR ANY RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN LENDER AND BORROWER. THIS PROVISION IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT TO LENDER TO PROVIDE THE FINANCING DESCRIBED IN THIS AGREEMENT.

7.21 Information Sharing . Borrower agrees that Lender may provide any information Lender may have about Borrower or about any matter relating to this Agreement or the Obligations to BANK ONE CORPORATION, or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates or their successors, or to any one or more purchasers or potential purchasers of the Revolving Note or of any interest in the Revolving Loans.

IN WITNESS HEREOF, Borrower and Lender by and through their duly authorized officers or representatives, have caused this Agreement to be executed the day and year first above written.

 

BORROWER :
PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Jeff Isom

Name:   Jeff Isom
Title:   CFO
Witnessed By:

 

LENDER :
BANK ONE, NA
By:  

/s/ James W. Aldridge

  James W. Aldridge,
  First Vice President

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AGREEMENT - Page 19

Exhibit 10.34

FIRST AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AGREEMENT

This First Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan Agreement (this “ Amendment ”) is made and entered into to be effective for all purposes as of August 1, 2002, by and between BANK ONE, NA, a national banking association with its main office in Chicago, Illinois and with a banking office located at 420 Throckmorton Street, Suite 400, Fort Worth, Texas 76102 (“ Lender ”), and PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION, a Texas corporation (“ Borrower ”).

RECITALS :

A. Lender and Borrower have previously executed that certain Amended and Restated Loan Agreement dated October 1, 2001 (the “ Agreement ”).

B. Under the Agreement, Lender agreed to extend to Borrower a revolving line of credit which matures on August 1, 2003. Advances made by Lender to Borrower under such revolving line of credit are evidenced by that certain Promissory Note dated October 1, 2001, which has been executed by Borrower and is payable to Lender in the principal amount of $7,500,000.00 (the “ Prior Revolving Note ”). The Prior Revolving Note matures on August 1, 2003.

C. Borrower has requested that Lender agree to extend the maturity of such revolving line of credit, and Lender is willing to do so provided that, among other things, the Agreement is amended as herein provided.

D. The parties to this Amendment desire to modify and amend the Agreement as hereinafter set forth and to enter into this Amendment.

AGREEMENT :

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and subject to all terms, conditions, and covenants herein set forth, Lender and Borrower hereby covenant and agree as follows:

1. Amendments . The Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

(a) Section 1.01 of the Agreement is hereby amended by amending and restating the following definition contained in Section 1.01 of the Agreement to read as follows, such definition to be inserted in Section 1.01 of the Agreement in the appropriate alphabetical order:

Termination Date ” shall mean August 1, 2004.

(b) Section 2.02 of the Agreement is hereby amended to read as follows:

2.02 Revolving Note . The Revolving Loans (including without limitation the Prior Revolving Loans outstanding as of the Closing Date) shall be evidenced by, and be repayable in accordance with, the Revolving Note. The Revolving Note shall be dated August 1, 2002 and shall be payable on or before the Termination Date. The Revolving Note shall be executed and delivered by Borrower to Lender and shall be payable to the order of Lender in the original principal amount of the Committed Sum. Borrower agrees to pay interest on the unpaid principal balance from time to time owing on the Revolving Loans computed from the date of the Revolving Note until maturity at a per anum rate which from day to day shall be the lesser of the Prime Rate in effect from day to day less three-fourths of one percent (0.75%) or the Highest Lawful Rate in effect from day to day. The unpaid principal and any accrued but unpaid interest owing on the Revolving Note shall be paid as follows:

(a) Principal . Borrower shall pay principal in accordance with the terms of the Revolving Note, with the maturity date of the Revolving Loans

 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AGREEMENT - Page 1


being as set forth in the Revolving Note. On August 1, 2002, the principal payment terms of the Revolving Note are as follows: payment of all outstanding principal shall be due and payable on August 1, 2004.

(b) Interest . Borrower shall pay interest in accordance with the terms of the Revolving Note, which shall never exceed the Highest Lawful Rate. On August 1, 2002, the interest payment terms of the Revolving Note shall be as follows: all accrued and unpaid interest shall be due and payable quarterly on each February 1, May 1, August 1, and November 1 during the term of the Revolving Note, the first such quarterly installment being due and payable on November 1, 2002, with a final payment of all accrued but unpaid interest being due and payable on August 1, 2004. Unpaid and past due principal and interest shall bear interest at the Highest Lawful Rate and shall be payable on demand.

In part, the Revolving Note is given in renewal and extension of the unpaid principal balance of the Prior Revolving Loans outstanding as of August 1, 2002.

(c) Section 7.01 of the Agreement is hereby amended to read as follows:

7.01 Notices . Unless otherwise provided herein, all notices, requests, and consents shall be in writing and delivered in person or mailed, postage prepaid, addressed as set forth below, and all demands shall be in writing and delivered in person or mailed, postage prepaid, certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed as set forth below:

If intended for Borrower, to:

Plains Capital Corporation

5010 University

P.O. Box 271

Lubbock, Texas 79408

Attn: Jeff Isom

If intended for Lender and to be delivered by mail, to:

Bank One, NA

Mail Code TX1-1275

P.O. Box 2050

Fort Worth, Texas 76113-2050

Attn: James W. Aldridge

If intended for Lender and to be delivered in person, to:

Bank One, NA

420 Throckmorton Street, Suite 400

Fort Worth, Texas 76102

Attn: James W. Aldridge

or to such other person or address as either party shall designate to the other from time to time in writing forwarded in like manner. All such notices, requests, consents and demands shall be deemed to have been given or made when delivered in person, or if mailed, when deposited in the mail.

2. Conditions Precedent . The obligation of Lender to enter into this Amendment is subject to the performance of each of the following conditions precedent:

(a) Revolving Note . Borrower shall have executed and delivered to Lender that certain Promissory Note, in the form and content of the Promissory Note attached hereto and incorporated

 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AGREEMENT - Page 2


herein as Exhibit A , with all blanks appropriately completed and otherwise satisfactory to Lender, which Promissory Note shall be in renewal and extension of, but not in extinguishment of, the Prior Revolving Note, and shall be deemed to be the Revolving Note as defined in the Agreement.

(b) Resolutions of Borrower . Lender shall have received corporate resolutions of the Board of Directors of Borrower, certified by the Secretary of Borrower, which resolutions authorize the execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of this Amendment, the Revolving Note and each other Loan Document. Included in said resolutions or by separate document, Lender shall receive a certificate of incumbency certified by the Secretary of Borrower certifying the names of each officer authorized to execute this Amendment, the Revolving Note and any other Loan Document, together with specimen signatures of such officers.

(c) Additional Papers . Borrower shall have delivered to Lender such other documents, records, instruments, papers, opinions, and reports, as shall have been requested by Lender, to evidence the status or organization or authority of Borrower or to evidence the payment or the securing of the Obligations, all in form satisfactory to Lender and its counsel.

(d) Proceedings . All proceedings of Borrower in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Amendment and all documents incident thereto shall be satisfactory in form and substance to Lender and its counsel; and Lender shall have received copies of all documents or other evidence which Lender or its counsel may reasonably request in connection with said transactions and copies of records and all proceedings in connection therewith, all in form and substance satisfactory to Lender and its counsel.

3. Definitions . All capitalized terms used in this Amendment which are not otherwise defined in this Amendment shall have the same meaning as given to such terms in the Agreement.

4. Representations and Warranties . Borrower represents and warrants to Lender that (a) all of the representations and warranties contained in the Agreement, the Security Instruments, and all instruments and documents executed pursuant thereto or contemplated thereby are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of this Amendment, (b) the execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment, the Revolving Note and any and all other documents executed and/or delivered in connection herewith have been authorized by all requisite action on the part of Borrower, (c) no Event of Default exists under the Agreement and there are no defenses, counterclaims or offsets to the Prior Revolving Note, the Revolving Note, or any of the Security Instruments, and (d) no change has occurred, either in any case or in the aggregate, in the condition, financial or otherwise, of Borrower or Bank or with respect to Borrower’s or Bank’s assets or properties from the facts represented in the Agreement or any Security Instrument which would have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, business, or assets of Borrower or Bank.

5. Survival of Representations, Warranties and Covenants . All representations, warranties and covenants made in this Amendment or in any other document furnished in connection with this Amendment shall survive the execution and delivery of this Amendment, and no investigation by Lender or any closing shall affect such representations, warranties and covenants or the right of Lender to rely upon them.

6. References to Agreement and Notes . The Agreement and any and all other agreements, documents, or instruments now or hereafter executed and delivered pursuant to the terns hereof or pursuant to the terms of the Agreement, as amended hereby, are hereby amended so that any reference therein to the Agreement shall mean a reference to the Agreement as amended hereby, and any reference to the Revolving Note or the Note shall mean a reference to the Promissory Note executed and delivered in connection with this Amendment, and any extensions, renewals, replacements, substitutions, modifications or rearrangements thereof.

7. Further Assurances . Borrower agrees that at any time and from time to time, upon the request of Lender, Borrower will execute and deliver such further documents and do such further acts and things as Lender may reasonably request in order to fully effect the purposes of this Amendment and to provide for the payment of the Obligations.

 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AGREEMENT - Page 3


8. Acknowledgment . Borrower ratifies and confirms that the Agreement as amended hereby, the Prior Revolving Note as renewed and extended by the Revolving Note, the Security Instruments and the other Loan Documents are and remain in full force and effect in accordance with their respective terms, that the Security Instruments secure the payment of all of the Obligations, that the Collateral is unimpaired by this Amendment, and that the Collateral is security for the payment and performance in full of all of the Obligations. By executing this Amendment, Borrower acknowledges and agrees that (a) the term “Obligations” as defined in the Agreement, as amended hereby, includes the Revolving Note, (b) each of the Security Instruments secures, among other things, the payment and performance of the Revolving Note and the Obligations, (c) the Agreement is and shall continue to be in full force and effect and is and shall continue to be the legal, valid and binding obligation of Borrower enforceable against Borrower in accordance with its terms, and (d) the Revolving Note is the legal, valid and binding obligation of Borrower enforceable against Borrower in accordance with its terms. The undersigned officer of Borrower executing this Amendment represents and warrants that he has full power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment on behalf of Borrower, that such execution and delivery has been duly authorized by the Board of Directors of Borrower, and that the resolutions of Borrower previously delivered to Lender in connection with the execution and delivery of the Agreement are and remain in full force and effect and have not been altered, amended or repealed in any manner.

9. Existing Loan Documents . Except as amended and modified by this Amendment, the Agreement, the Prior Revolving Note as renewed and extended by the Revolving Note, the Security Instruments and all other Loan Documents shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with the terms and provisions thereof. Any reference in any of the Loan Documents to the “Amended and Restated Loan Agreement” shall be deemed to be references to the Agreement as amended hereby through the date hereof. In the event of any conflict between this Amendment and the Agreement, this Amendment shall control and the Agreement shall be construed accordingly.

10. Counterparts . This Amendment has been executed in a number of identical counterparts, each of which constitutes an original and all of which constitute, collectively, one agreement; but in making proof of this Amendment, it shall not be necessary to produce or account for more than one such counterpart.

11. Severability . In the event any one or more of the provisions contained in the Agreement or this Amendment should be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, enforceability and legality of the remaining provisions contained herein and therein shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, and shall be enforceable in accordance with their respective terms.

12. Expenses . Borrower agrees to pay all reasonable costs incurred (whether by Lender, Borrower, or otherwise) in connection with the preparation, execution, and consummation of this Amendment and the consummation of all transactions contemplated by this Amendment.

13. Applicable Law . THIS AMENDMENT, THE REVOLVING NOTE AND ALL OTHER DOCUMENTS EXECUTED PURSUANT HERETO SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE BEEN MADE AND TO BE PERFORMABLE IN FORT WORTH, TARRANT COUNTY, TEXAS, AND SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS. THE PARTIES TO THIS AMENDMENT HEREBY CONSENT THAT VENUE OF ANY ACTION BROUGHT UNDER THIS AMENDMENT OR UNDER ANY OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS SHALL BE IN TARRANT COUNTY, TEXAS.

14. Successors and Assigns . This Amendment is binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of Lender and Borrower and their respective successors and assigns, except Borrower may not assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of Lender.

15. Headings . The headings, captions, and arrangements used in this Amendment are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Amendment.

16. No Oral Agreements . Pursuant to Section 26.02 of the Texas Business and Commerce Code the following notice is given:

THIS WRITTEN AMENDMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS, OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES.

 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AGREEMENT - Page 4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Lender and Borrower, by and through their respective duly authorized officers or representatives, have caused this Amendment to be executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

LENDER:

BANK ONE, NA

By:  

/s/ James W. Aldridge

  James W. Aldridge,
  First Vice President
BORROWER:
PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Jeff Isom

Name:   Jeff Isom
Title:   CFO
Witnessed By:

 

 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AGREEMENT - Page 5

Exhibit 10.35

SECOND AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AGREEMENT

This Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan Agreement (this “ Amendment ”) is made and entered into to be effective for all purposes as of August 1, 2003, by and between BANK ONE, NA, a national banking association with its main office in Chicago, Illinois and with a banking office located at 420 Throckmorton Street, Suite 400, Fort Worth, Texas 76102 (“ Lender ”), and PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION, a Texas corporation (“ Borrower ”).

RECITALS :

A. Lender and Borrower have previously executed that certain Amended and Restated Loan Agreement dated October 1, 2001, which has been amended by that certain First Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan Agreement dated August 1, 2002 (collectively, “ Agreement ”).

B. Under the Agreement, Lender agreed to extend to Borrower a revolving line of credit which matures on August 1, 2004. Advances made by Lender to Borrower under such revolving line of credit are evidenced by that certain Promissory Note dated August 1, 2002, which has been executed by Borrower and is payable to Lender in the principal amount of $7,500,000.00 (the “ Prior Revolving Note ”). The Prior Revolving Note matures on August 1, 2004.

C. Borrower has requested that Lender agree to extend the maturity of such revolving line of credit, and Lender is willing to do so provided that, among other things, the Agreement is amended as herein provided.

D. The parties to this Amendment desire to modify and amend the Agreement as hereinafter set forth and to enter into this Amendment.

AGREEMENT :

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and subject to all terms, conditions, and covenants herein set forth, Lender and Borrower hereby covenant and agree as follows:

1. Amendments . The Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

(a) Section 1.01 of the Agreement is hereby amended by amending and restating the following definition contained in Section 1.01 of the Agreement to read as follows, such definition to be inserted in Section 1.01 of the Agreement in the appropriate alphabetical order:

Termination Date ” shall mean August 1, 2005.

(b) Section 2.02 of the Agreement is hereby amended to read as follows:

2.02 Revolving Note . The Revolving Loans (including without limitation the Prior Revolving Loans outstanding as of the Closing Date) shall be evidenced by, and be repayable in accordance with, the Revolving Note. The Revolving Note shall be dated August 1, 2003 and shall be payable on or before the Termination Date. The Revolving Note shall be executed and delivered by Borrower to Lender and shall be payable to the order of Lender in the original principal amount of the Committed Sum. Borrower agrees to pay interest on the unpaid principal balance from time to time owing on the Revolving Loans computed from the date of the Revolving Note until maturity at a per annum rate which from day to day shall be the lesser of the Prime Rate in effect from day to day less three-fourths of one percent (0.75%) or the Highest Lawful Rate in effect from day to day. The unpaid principal and any accrued but unpaid interest owing on the Revolving Note shall be paid as follows:

(a) Principal . Borrower shall pay principal in accordance with the terms of the Revolving Note, with the maturity date of the Revolving

 

SECOND AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AGREEMENT - Page 1


Loans being as set forth in the Revolving Note. On August 1, 2003, the principal payment terms of the Revolving Note are as follows: payment of all outstanding principal shall be due and payable on August 1, 2005.

(b) Interest . Borrower shall pay interest in accordance with the terms of the Revolving Note, which shall never exceed the Highest Lawful Rate. On August 1, 2003, the interest payment terms of the Revolving Note shall be as follows: all accrued and unpaid interest shall be due and payable quarterly on each February 1, May 1, August 1, and November 1 during the term of the Revolving Note, the first such quarterly installment being due and payable on November 1, 2003, with a final payment of all accrued but unpaid interest being due and payable on August 1, 2005. Unpaid and past due principal and interest shall bear interest at the Highest Lawful Rate and shall be payable on demand.

In part, the Revolving Note is given in renewal and extension of the unpaid principal balance of the Prior Revolving Loans outstanding as of August 1, 2003.

2. Conditions Precedent . The obligation of Lender to enter into this Amendment is subject to the performance of each of the following conditions precedent:

(a) Revolving Note . Borrower shall have executed and delivered to Lender that certain Promissory Note, in the form and content satisfactory to Lender, which Promissory Note shall be in renewal and extension of, but not in extinguishment of, the Prior Revolving Note, and shall be deemed to be the Revolving Note as defined in the Agreement.

(b) Resolutions of Borrower . Lender shall have received corporate resolutions of the Board of Directors of Borrower, certified by the Secretary of Borrower, which resolutions authorize the execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of this Amendment, the Revolving Note and each other Loan Document. Included in said resolutions or by separate document, Lender shall receive a certificate of incumbency certified by the Secretary of Borrower certifying the names of each officer authorized to execute this Amendment, the Revolving Note and any other Loan Document, together with specimen signatures of such officers.

(c) Additional Papers . Borrower shall have delivered to Lender such other documents, records, instruments, papers, opinions, and reports, as shall have been requested by Lender, to evidence the status or organization or authority of Borrower or to evidence the payment or the securing of the Obligations, all in form satisfactory to Lender and its counsel.

(d) Proceedings . All proceedings of Borrower in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Amendment and all documents incident thereto shall be satisfactory in form and substance to Lender and its counsel; and Lender shall have received copies of all documents or other evidence which Lender or its counsel may reasonably request in connection with said transactions and copies of records and all proceedings in connection therewith, all in form and substance satisfactory to Lender and its counsel.

3. Definitions . All capitalized terms used in this Amendment which are not otherwise defined in this Amendment shall have the same meaning as given to such terms in the Agreement.

4. Representations and Warranties . Borrower represents and warrants to Lender that (a) all of the representations and warranties contained in the Agreement, the Security Instruments, and all instruments and documents executed pursuant thereto or contemplated thereby are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of this Amendment, (b) the execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment, the Revolving Note and any and all other documents executed and/or delivered in connection herewith have been authorized by all requisite action on the part of Borrower, (c) no Event of Default exists under the Agreement and there are no defenses, counterclaims or offsets to the Prior Revolving Note, the Revolving Note, or any of the Security Instruments, and (d) no change has occurred, either in any case or in the aggregate, in the condition, financial or otherwise, of Borrower or Bank or with respect to Borrower’s or Bank’s assets or properties from the facts represented in the Agreement or any Security Instrument which would have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, business, or assets of Borrower or Bank.

 

SECOND AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AGREEMENT - Page 2


5. Survival of Representations, Warranties and Covenants . All representations, warranties and covenants made in this Amendment or in any other document furnished in connection with this Amendment shall survive the execution and delivery of this Amendment, and no investigation by Lender or any closing shall affect such representations, warranties and covenants or the right of Lender to rely upon them.

6. References to Agreement and Notes . The Agreement and any and all other agreements, documents, or instruments now or hereafter executed and delivered pursuant to the terms hereof or pursuant to the terms of the Agreement, as amended hereby, are hereby amended so that any reference therein to the Agreement shall mean a reference to the Agreement as amended hereby, and any reference to the Revolving Note or the Note shall mean a reference to the Promissory Note executed and delivered in connection with this Amendment, and any extensions, renewals, replacements, substitutions, modifications, or rearrangements thereof.

7. Further Assurances . Borrower agrees that at any time and from time to time, upon the request of Lender, Borrower will execute and deliver such further documents and do such further acts and things as Lender may reasonably request in order to fully effect the purposes of this Amendment and to provide for the payment of the Obligations.

8. Acknowledgment. Borrower ratifies and confirms that the Agreement as amended hereby, the Prior Revolving Note as renewed and extended by the Revolving Note, the Security Instruments and the other Loan Documents are and remain in full force and effect in accordance with their respective terms, that the Security Instruments secure the payment of all of the Obligations, that the Collateral is unimpaired by this Amendment, and that the Collateral is security for the payment and performance in full of all of the Obligations. By executing this Amendment, Borrower acknowledges and agrees that (a) the term “Obligations” as defined in the Agreement, as amended hereby, includes the Revolving Note, (b) each of the Security Instruments secures, among other things, the payment and performance of the Revolving Note and the Obligations, (c) the Agreement is and shall continue to be in full force and effect and is and shall continue to be the legal, valid and binding obligation of Borrower enforceable against Borrower in accordance with its terms, and (d) the Revolving Note is the legal, valid and binding obligation of Borrower enforceable against Borrower in accordance with its terms. The undersigned officer of Borrower executing this Amendment represents and warrants that he has full power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment on behalf of Borrower, that such execution and delivery has been duly authorized by the Board of Directors of Borrower, and that the resolutions of Borrower previously delivered to Lender in connection with the execution and delivery of the Agreement are and remain in full force and effect and have not been altered, amended or repealed in any manner.

9 Existing Loan Documents . Except as amended and modified by this Amendment, the Agreement, the Prior Revolving Note as renewed and extended by the Revolving Note, the Security Instruments and all other Loan Documents shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with the terms and provisions thereof. Any reference in any of the Loan Documents to the “Amended and Restated Loan Agreement” shall be deemed to be references to the Agreement as amended hereby through the date hereof. In the event of any conflict between this Amendment and the Agreement, this Amendment shall control and the Agreement shall be construed accordingly.

10. Counterparts . This Amendment has been executed in a number of identical counterparts, each of which constitutes an original and all of which constitute, collectively, one agreement; but in making proof of this Amendment, it shall not be necessary to produce or account for more than one such counterpart.

11. Severability . In the event any one or more of the provisions contained in the Agreement or this Amendment should be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, enforceability and legality of the remaining provisions contained herein and therein shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, and shall be enforceable in accordance with their respective terms.

12. Expenses . Borrower agrees to pay all reasonable costs incurred (whether by Lender, Borrower, or otherwise) in connection with the preparation, execution, and consummation of this Amendment and the consummation of all transactions contemplated by this Amendment.

 

SECOND AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AGREEMENT - Page 3


13. A pplicable Law . THIS AMENDMENT, THE REVOLVING NOTE AND ALL OTHER DOCUMENTS EXECUTED PURSUANT HERETO SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE BEEN MADE AND TO BE PERFORMABLE IN FORT WORTH, TARRANT COUNTY, TEXAS, AND SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS. THE PARTIES TO THIS AMENDMENT HEREBY CONSENT THAT VENUE OF ANY ACTION BROUGHT UNDER THIS AMENDMENT OR UNDER ANY OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS SHALL BE IN TARRANT COUNTY, TEXAS.

14. Successors and Assigns . This Amendment is binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of Lender and Borrower and their respective successors and assigns, except Borrower may not assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of Lender.

15. Headings . The headings, captions, and arrangements used in this Amendment are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Amendment.

16. No Oral Agreements . Pursuant to Section 26.02 of the Texas Business and Commerce Code the following notice is given:

THIS WRITTEN AMENDMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS, OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Lender and Borrower, by and through their respective duly authorized officers or representatives, have caused this Amendment to be executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

LENDER:
BANK ONE, NA
By:  

/s/ James W. Aldridge

  James W. Aldridge
  First Vice President
BORROWER:
PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Jeff Isom

Name:  

Jeff Isom

Title:  

CFO

Witnessed By:

 

 

SECOND AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AGREEMENT - Page 4

Exhibit 10.36

THIRD AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AGREEMENT

This Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan Agreement (this “ Amendment ”) is made and entered into to be effective for all purposes as of June 1, 2004, by and between BANK ONE, NA, a national banking association with its main office in Chicago, Illinois and with a banking office located at 420 Throckmorton Street, Suite 400, Fort Worth, Texas 76102 (“ Lender ”), and PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION, a Texas corporation (“ Borrower ”).

RECITALS :

A. Lender and Borrower have previously executed that certain Amended and Restated Loan Agreement dated October 1, 2001, which has been amended by that certain First Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan Agreement dated August 1, 2002, and by that certain Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan Agreement dated as of August 1, 2003 (collectively, “ Agreement ”).

B. Under the Agreement, Lender agreed to extend to Borrower a revolving line of credit which matures on August 1, 2005. Advances made by Lender to Borrower under such revolving line of credit are evidenced by that certain Promissory Note dated August 1, 2003, which has been executed by Borrower and is payable to Lender in the principal amount of $7,500,000.00 (the “ Prior Revolving Note ”). The Prior Revolving Note matures on August 1, 2005.

C. Borrower has requested that Lender agree to extend the maturity of such revolving line of credit and to increase the maximum principal amount that can be outstanding at any time under such revolving line of credit, and Lender is willing to do so provided that, among other things, the Agreement is amended as herein provided.

D. The parties to this Amendment desire to modify and amend the Agreement as hereinafter set forth and to enter into this Amendment.

AGREEMENT :

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and subject to all terms, conditions, and covenants herein set forth, Lender and Borrower hereby covenant and agree as follows:

1. Amendments . The Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

(a) Section 1.01 of the Agreement is hereby amended by amending and restating the following definitions contained in Section 1.01 of the Agreement to read as follows, such definitions to be inserted in Section 1.01 of the Agreement in the appropriate alphabetical order:

Bank ” shall mean Plains Capital Bank, a Texas state bank (formerly known as PNB Financial Bank, also formerly known as The Plains National Bank and also formerly known as The Plains National Bank of West Texas), whose principal place of business is 5010 University, Lubbock, Texas 79413.

Committed Sum ” shall mean $20,000,000.00 (with respect to the Revolving Loans).

Net Income ” shall mean, with respect to the four (4) calendar quarters immediately preceding any date of computation of Net Income, the net income for Bank or any other Banking Subsidiary for such four (4) calendar quarters.

Termination Date ” shall mean August 1, 2006.

(b) Section 1.01 of the Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following additional definitions to Section 1.01 of the Agreement, such definitions to be inserted in Section 1.01 of the Agreement in the appropriate alphabetical order:

Bank Loans ” mean loans made by Bank or any other Banking Subsidiary as lender (including, without limitation, participation interests in loans made by other lenders which are purchased by Bank or any other Banking Subsidiary) and leases intended as financing devices in which Bank or any other Banking Subsidiary is the lessor, in each case net of any unearned interest or other income but before deducting any Loan Loss Reserve.

 

THIRD AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AGREEMENT - Page 1


Call Report ” means the Consolidated Reports of Condition and Income (currently designated as FFIEC 033) for Bank or any Banking Subsidiary and any successor or replacement report or reports required by the FDIC to be prepared by a bank insured by the FDIC or required by the Federal Reserve System for a bank which is a member of the Federal Reserve System.

Minimum Return on Average Assets Ratio ” means the ratio, expressed as a percentage, of Bank’s or any other Banking Subsidiary’s Net Income to Bank’s or any other Banking Subsidiary’s Total Assets, all as determined by applicable regulatory accounting principles consistently applied.

Non-Accruals ” mean all Bank Loans on non-accrual status.

Non-Performing Asset Ratio ” means the ratio, expressed as a percentage, of Bank’s or any other Banking Subsidiary’s Non-Performing Assets to Bank’s or any other Banking Subsidiary’s Total Loans, all as determined by applicable regulatory accounting principles consistently applied.

Non-Performing Assets ” mean the sum of all of Bank’s or any other Banking Subsidiary’s (a) Past Dues, (b) Non-Accruals, (c) Restructured Loans, and (d) Other Real Estate.

Past Dues ” mean all Bank Loans that are past due ninety (90) days or more, but excluding any Non-Accruals.

Restructured Loans ” mean all Bank Loans that have been restructured.

Total Assets ” mean the average of Bank’s or any other Banking Subsidiary’s total assets required by applicable Laws to be included in Bank’s or any other Banking Subsidiary’s Call Report, as total assets are defined in 12 CFR §325.2(x) as amended from time to time and as reported on each Call Report for Bank or any other Banking Subsidiary.

Total Loans ” mean the total of all of the Bank Loans (before deducting the Loan Loss Reserves but after deducting unearned interest and any other unearned income) net of all participations sold and excluding any OREO held in lieu of any of the Bank Loans.

(c) Section 2.02 of the Agreement is hereby amended to read as follows:

2.02 Revolving Note . The Revolving Loans (including without limitation the Prior Revolving Loans outstanding as of the Closing Date) shall be evidenced by, and be repayable in accordance with, the Revolving Note. The Revolving Note shall be dated June 1, 2004 and shall be payable on or before the Termination Date. The Revolving Note shall be executed and delivered by Borrower to Lender and shall be payable to the order of Lender in the original principal amount of the Committed Sum. Borrower agrees to pay interest on the unpaid principal balance from time to time owing on the Revolving Loans computed from the date of the Revolving Note until maturity at a per annum rate which from day to day shall be the lesser of the Prime Rate

 

THIRD AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AGREEMENT - Page 2


in effect from day to day less three-fourths of one percent (0.75%) or the Highest Lawful Rate in effect from day to day. The unpaid principal and any accrued but unpaid interest owing on the Revolving Note shall be paid as follows:

(a) Principal . Borrower shall pay principal in accordance with the terms of the Revolving Note, with the maturity date of the Revolving Loans being as set forth in the Revolving Note. On June 1, 2004, the principal payment terms of the Revolving Note are as follows: payment of all outstanding principal shall be due and payable on August 1, 2006.

(b) Interest . Borrower shall pay interest in accordance with the terms of the Revolving Note, which shall never exceed the Highest Lawful Rate. On June 1, 2004, the interest payment terms of the Revolving Note shall be as follows: all accrued and unpaid interest shall be due and payable quarterly on each February 1, May 1, August 1, and November 1 during the term of the Revolving Note, the first such quarterly installment being due and payable on August 1, 2004, with a final payment of all accrued but unpaid interest being due and payable on August 1, 2006. Unpaid and past due principal and interest shall bear interest at the Highest Lawful Rate and shall be payable on demand.

In part, the Revolving Note is given in renewal and extension of the unpaid principal balance of the Prior Revolving Loans outstanding as of June 1, 2004.

(d) Article V of the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting from the Agreement Sections 5.01, 5.02, and 5.03 of the Agreement.

(e) Article V of the Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following additional Sections to Article V as Sections 5.12, 5.13, 5.14, and 5.15:

5.12 Minimum Return on Average Assets Ratio . Borrower shall not permit the Minimum Return on Average Assets Ratio of Bank or any other Banking Subsidiary to be less than 0.70% as of the last day of any calendar quarter.

5.13 Well Capitalized . Borrower shall not permit Bank or any other Banking Subsidiary at any time not to be or remain well capitalized according to applicable regulatory standards.

5.14 Non-Performing Asset Ratio . Borrower shall not permit the Non-Performing Asset Ratio of Bank or any other Banking Subsidiary to exceed 2.50% as of the last day of any calendar quarter.

5.15 Government Regulation . Borrower shall not (a) be or become subject at any time to any law, regulation, or list of any government agency (including, without limitation, the U.S. Office of Foreign Asset Control list) that prohibits or limits Lender from making any advance or extension of credit to Borrower or from otherwise conducting business with Borrower, or (b) fail to provide documentary and other evidence of Borrower’s identity as may be requested by Lender at any time to enable Lender to verify Borrower’s identity or to comply with any applicable law or regulation, including without limitation, Section 326 of the USA Patriot Act of 2001, 31 U.S.C. Section 5318.

(f) Section 7.01 of the Agreement is hereby amended to read as follows:

7.01 Notices . Unless otherwise provided herein, all notices, requests, and consents shall be in writing and delivered in person or mailed, postage prepaid, addressed as set forth below, and all demands shall be in writing and delivered in person or mailed, postage prepaid, certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed as set forth below:

 

THIRD AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AGREEMENT - Page 3


If intended for Borrower, to:

Plains Capital Corporation

2911 Turtle Creek Blvd., Suite 700

Dallas, Texas 75219

Attn: Jeff Isom

If intended for Lender and to be delivered by mail, to:

Bank One, NA

Mail Code TX1-1275

P. O. Box 2050

Fort Worth, Texas 76113-2050

Attn: James W. Aldridge

If intended for Lender and to be delivered in person, to:

Bank One, NA

420 Throckmorton Street, Suite 400

Fort Worth, Texas 76102

Attn: James W. Aldridge

or to such other person or address as either party shall designate to the other from time to time in writing forwarded in like manner. All such notices, requests, consents and demands shall be deemed to have been given or made when delivered in person, or if mailed, when deposited in the mail.

2. Conditions Precedent . The obligation of Lender to enter into this Amendment is subject to the performance of each of the following conditions precedent:

(a) Revolving Note . Borrower shall have executed and delivered to Lender that certain Promissory Note, in the form and content satisfactory to Lender, which Promissory Note shall be in renewal and extension of, but not in extinguishment of, the Prior Revolving Note, and shall be deemed to be the Revolving Note as defined in the Agreement.

(b) Resolutions of Borrower . Lender shall have received corporate resolutions of the Board of Directors of Borrower, certified by the Secretary of Borrower, which resolutions authorize the execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of this Amendment, the Revolving Note and each other Loan Document. Included in said resolutions or by separate document, Lender shall receive a certificate of incumbency certified by the Secretary of Borrower certifying the names of each officer authorized to execute this Amendment, the Revolving Note and any other Loan Document, together with specimen signatures of such officers.

(c) Additional Papers . Borrower shall have delivered to Lender such other documents, records, instruments, papers, opinions, and reports, as shall have been requested by Lender, to evidence the status or organization or authority of Borrower or to evidence the payment or the securing of the Obligations, all in form satisfactory to Lender and its counsel.

(d) Proceedings . All proceedings of Borrower in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Amendment and all documents incident thereto shall be satisfactory in form and substance to Lender and its counsel; and Lender shall have received copies of all documents or other evidence which Lender or its counsel may reasonably request in connection with said transactions and copies of records and all proceedings in connection therewith, all in form and substance satisfactory to Lender and its counsel.

3. Definitions . All capitalized terms used in this Amendment which are not otherwise defined in this Amendment shall have the same meaning as given to such terms in the Agreement.

 

THIRD AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AGREEMENT - Page 4


4. Representations and Warranties . Borrower represents and warrants to Lender that (a) all of the representations and warranties contained in the Agreement, the Security Instruments, and all instruments and documents executed pursuant thereto or contemplated thereby are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of this Amendment, (b) the execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment, the Revolving Note and any and all other documents executed and/or delivered in connection herewith have been authorized by all requisite action on the part of Borrower, (c) no Event of Default exists under the Agreement and there are no defenses, counterclaims or offsets to the Prior Revolving Note, the Revolving Note, or any of the Security Instruments, and (d) no change has occurred, either in any case or in the aggregate, in the condition, financial or otherwise, of Borrower or Bank or with respect to Borrower’s or Bank’s assets or properties from the facts represented in the Agreement or any Security Instrument which would have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, business, or assets of Borrower or Bank.

5. Survival of Representations, Warranties and Covenants . All representations, warranties and covenants made in this Amendment or in any other document furnished in connection with this Amendment shall survive the execution and delivery of this Amendment, and no investigation by Lender or any closing shall affect such representations, warranties and covenants or the right of Lender to rely upon them.

6. References to Agreement and Notes . The Agreement and any and all other agreements, documents, or instruments now or hereafter executed and delivered pursuant to the terms hereof or pursuant to the terms of the Agreement, as amended hereby, are hereby amended so that any reference therein to the Agreement shall mean a reference to the Agreement as amended hereby, and any reference to the Revolving Note or the Note shall mean a reference to the Promissory Note executed and delivered in connection with this Amendment, and any extensions, renewals, replacements, substitutions, modifications or rearrangements thereof.

7. Further Assurances . Borrower agrees that at any time and from time to time, upon the request of Lender, Borrower will execute and deliver such further documents and do such further acts and things as Lender may reasonably request in order to fully effect the purposes of this Amendment and to provide for the payment of the Obligations.

8. Acknowledgment . Borrower ratifies and confirms that the Agreement as amended hereby, the Prior Revolving Note as renewed and extended by the Revolving Note, the Security Instruments and the other Loan Documents are and remain in full force and effect in accordance with their respective terms, that the Security Instruments secure the payment of all of the Obligations, that the Collateral is unimpaired by this Amendment, and that the Collateral is security for the payment and performance in full of all of the Obligations. By executing this Amendment, Borrower acknowledges and agrees that (a) the term “‘Obligations” as defined in the Agreement, as amended hereby, includes the Revolving Note, (b) each of the Security Instruments secures, among other things, the payment and performance of the Revolving Note and the Obligations, (c) the Agreement is and shall continue to be in full force and effect and is and shall continue to be the legal, valid and binding obligation of Borrower enforceable against Borrower in accordance with its terms, and (d) the Revolving Note is the legal, valid and binding obligation of Borrower enforceable against Borrower in accordance with its terms. The undersigned officer of Borrower executing this Amendment represents and warrants that he has full power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment on behalf of Borrower, that such execution and delivery has been duly authorized by the Board of Directors of Borrower, and that the resolutions of Borrower previously delivered to Lender in connection with the execution and delivery of the Agreement are and remain in full force and effect and have not been altered, amended or repealed in any manner.

9. Existing Loan Documents . Except as amended and modified by this Amendment, the Agreement, the Prior Revolving Note as renewed and extended by the Revolving Note, the Security Instruments and all other Loan Documents shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with the terms and provisions thereof. Any reference in any of the Loan Documents to the “Amended and Restated Loan Agreement” shall be deemed to be references to the Agreement as amended hereby through the date hereof. In the event of any conflict between this Amendment and the Agreement, this Amendment shall control and the Agreement shall be construed accordingly.

10. Counterparts . This Amendment has been executed in a number of identical counterparts, each of which constitutes an original and all of which constitute, collectively, one agreement; but in making proof of this Amendment, it shall not be necessary to produce or account for more than one such counterpart.

 

THIRD AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AGREEMENT - Page 5


11. Severability . In the event any one or more of the provisions contained in the Agreement or this Amendment should be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, enforceability and legality of the remaining provisions contained herein and therein shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, and shall be enforceable in accordance with their respective terms.

12. Expenses . Borrower agrees to pay all reasonable costs incurred (whether by Lender, Borrower, or otherwise) in connection with the preparation, execution, and consummation of this Amendment and the consummation of all transactions contemplated by this Amendment.

13. Applicable Law . THIS AMENDMENT, THE REVOLVING NOTE AND ALL OTHER DOCUMENTS EXECUTED PURSUANT HERETO SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE BEEN MADE AND TO BE PERFORMABLE IN FORT WORTH, TARRANT COUNTY, TEXAS, AND SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS. THE PARTIES TO THIS AMENDMENT HEREBY CONSENT THAT VENUE OF ANY ACTION BROUGHT UNDER THIS AMENDMENT OR UNDER ANY OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS SHALL BE IN TARRANT COUNTY, TEXAS.

14. Successors and Assigns . This Amendment is binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of Lender and Borrower and their respective successors and assigns, except Borrower may not assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of Lender.

15. Headings . The headings, captions, and arrangements used in this Amendment are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Amendment.

16. No Oral Agreements . Pursuant to Section 26.02 of the Texas Business and Commerce Code the following notice is given:

THIS WRITTEN AMENDMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS, OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Lender and Borrower, by and through their respective duly authorized officers or representatives, have caused this Amendment to be executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

LENDER:
BANK ONE, NA
By:  

/s/ James W. Aldridge,

  James W. Aldridge,
  First Vice President
BORROWER:
PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Jeff Isom

Name:   Jeff Isom
Title:   CFO

 

THIRD AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AGREEMENT - Page 6

Exhibit 10.37

FOURTH AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AGREEMENT

This Fourth Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan Agreement (this “Amendment”) is made and entered into to be effective for all purposes as of November 21, 2005, by and between JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, NA, a national banking association [successor by merger to Bank One, NA (Illinois)] with its main office in Chicago, Illinois and with a banking office located at 420 Throckmorton Street, Suite 400, Fort Worth, Texas 76102 (“Lender”), and PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION, a Texas corporation (“Borrower”).

RECITALS :

A. Lender’s predecessor and Borrower have previously executed that certain Amended and Restated Loan Agreement (as amended, the “Agreement”) dated October 1, 2001, which has been amended by: (i) that certain First Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan Agreement dated August 1, 2002; (ii) that certain Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan Agreement dated as of August 1, 2003; and (iii) that certain Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan Agreement dated as of June 1, 2004.

B. Under the Agreement, Lender agreed to extend to Borrower a revolving line of credit (the “LOC”) evidenced by that certain Promissory Note dated as of June 1, 2004, which has been executed by Borrower and is payable to Lender in the maximum principal amount of $20,000,000.00 (the “Prior Revolving Note”).

C. The Prior Revolving Note matures on August 1, 2006.

D. Borrower has now requested that Lender agree to extend the maturity of the LOC, and Lender is willing to do so provided that, among other things, the Agreement is amended as herein provided.

E. The parties to this Amendment desire to modify and amend the Agreement as hereinafter set forth and to enter into this Amendment.

AGREEMENT :

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and subject to all terms, conditions, and covenants herein set forth, Lender and Borrower hereby covenant and agree as follows:

1. Acknowledgment of Outstanding Balance . The parties hereto acknowledge that the outstanding principal balance under the Prior Revolving Note as of the date hereof is Six Million, Five Hundred Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($6,500,000.00).

2. Renewal and Extension of Maturity . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the LOC is hereby renewed and extended to August 1, 2007, and the definition of “Termination Date” under the Agreement is hereby revised to be August, 1, 2007.

 

FOURTH AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AGREEMENT – Page 1


3. Amended and Second Restated Revolving Note . In furtherance of the extension of the LOC, the Prior Revolving Note shall be amended and restated in full by that certain Amended and Restated Promissory Note (the “ New Note ”), dated of even date herewith, made by Borrower and payable to the order of Lender in the maximum principal amount of $20,000,000.00.

4. Conditions Precedent . The obligation of Lender to enter into this Amendment is subject to the performance of each of the following conditions precedent:

(a) Revolving Note . Borrower shall have executed and delivered to Lender the New Note, which shall be deemed to be the Revolving Note as defined in the Agreement.

(b) Resolutions of Borrower . Lender shall have received corporate resolutions of the Board of Directors of Borrower, certified by the Secretary of Borrower, which resolutions authorize the execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of this Amendment and the New Note. Included in said resolutions or by separate document, Lender shall receive a certificate of incumbency certified by the Secretary of Borrower certifying the names of each officer authorized to execute this Amendment and the New Note, together with specimen signatures of such officers.

(c) Additional Papers . Borrower shall have delivered to Lender such other documents, records, instruments, papers, opinions, and reports, as shall have been requested by Lender, to evidence the status or organization or authority of Borrower or to evidence the payment or the securing of the Obligations, all in form satisfactory to Lender and its counsel.

(d) Proceedings . All proceedings of Borrower in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Amendment and all documents incident thereto shall be satisfactory in form and substance to Lender and its counsel; and Lender shall have received copies of all documents or other evidence which Lender or its counsel may reasonably request in connection with said transactions and copies of records and all proceedings in connection therewith, all in form and substance satisfactory to Lender and its counsel.

5. Definitions . All capitalized terms used in this Amendment which are not otherwise defined in this Amendment shall have the same meaning as given to such terms in the Agreement.

6. Representations and Warranties . Borrower represents and warrants to Lender that (a) all of the representations and warranties contained in the Agreement, the Security Instruments, and all instruments and documents executed pursuant thereto or contemplated thereby are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of this Amendment, (b) the execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment, the New Note and any and all other documents executed and/or delivered in connection herewith have been authorized by all requisite action on the part of Borrower, (c) no Event of Default exists under the Agreement and there are no defenses, counterclaims or offsets to the Prior Revolving Note, the New Note, or any of the Security Instruments, and (d) no change has occurred, either in any case or in the aggregate, in the condition, financial or otherwise, of Borrower or Bank or with respect to Borrower’s or Bank’s assets or properties from the facts represented in the Agreement or any Security Instrument which would have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, business, or assets of Borrower or Bank.

 

FOURTH AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AGREEMENT – Page 2


7. Survival of Representations, Warranties and Covenants . All representations, warranties and covenants made in this Amendment or in any other document furnished in connection with this Amendment shall survive the execution and delivery of this Amendment, and no investigation by Lender or any closing shall affect such representations, warranties and covenants or the right of Lender to rely upon them.

8. References to Agreement and Note . The Agreement and any and all other agreements, documents, or instruments now or hereafter executed and delivered pursuant to the terms hereof or pursuant to the terms of the Agreement, as amended hereby, are hereby amended so that any reference therein to the Agreement shall mean a reference to the Agreement as amended hereby, and any reference to the “Revolving Note” or the “Note” shall mean a reference to the New Note, and any extensions, renewals, replacements, substitutions, modifications or rearrangements thereof.

9. Further Assurances . Borrower agrees that at any time and from time to time, upon the request of Lender, Borrower will execute and deliver such further documents and do such further acts and things as Lender may reasonably request in order to fully effect the purposes of this Amendment and to provide for the payment of the Obligations.

10. Acknowledgment . Borrower ratifies and confines that the Agreement as amended hereby, the Prior Revolving Note as renewed and extended by the New Note, the Security Instruments and the other Loan Documents are and remain in full force and effect in accordance with their respective terms, that the Security Instruments secure the payment of all of the Obligations, that the Collateral is unimpaired by this Amendment, and that the Collateral is security for the payment and performance in full of all of the Obligations. By executing this Amendment, Borrower acknowledges and agrees that (a) the term “Obligations” as defined in the Agreement, as amended hereby, includes the New Note, (b) each of the Security Instruments secures, among other things, the payment and performance of the New Note and the Obligations, (c) the Agreement is and shall continue to be in full force and effect and is and shall continue to be the legal, valid and binding obligation of Borrower enforceable against Borrower in accordance with its terms, and (d) the New Note is the legal, valid and binding obligation of Borrower enforceable against Borrower in accordance with its terms. The undersigned officer of Borrower executing this Amendment represents and warrants that he has full power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment on behalf of Borrower, that such execution and delivery has been duly authorized by the Board of Directors of Borrower, and that the resolutions of Borrower previously delivered to Lender in connection with the execution and delivery of the Agreement are and remain in full force and effect and have not been altered, amended or repealed in any manner.

11. Existing Loan Documents . Except as amended and modified by this Amendment, the Agreement, the Prior Revolving Note as renewed and extended by the New Note, the Security Instruments and all other Loan Documents shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with the terms and provisions thereof. Any reference in any of the Loan Documents to the “Amended and Restated Loan Agreement” shall be deemed to be references to the

 

FOURTH AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AGREEMENT – Page 3


Agreement as amended hereby through the date hereof. In the event of any conflict between this Amendment and the Agreement, this Amendment shall control and the Agreement shall be construed accordingly.

12. Counterparts . This Amendment has been executed in a number of identical counterparts, each of which constitutes an original and all of which constitute, collectively, one agreement; but in making proof of this Amendment, it shall not be necessary to produce or account for more than one such counterpart.

13. Severability . In the event any one or more of the provisions contained in the Agreement or this Amendment should be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, enforceability and legality of the remaining provisions contained herein and therein shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, and shall be enforceable in accordance with their respective terms.

14. Expenses . Borrower agrees to pay all reasonable costs incurred (whether by Lender, Borrower, or otherwise) in connection with the preparation, execution, and consummation of this Amendment and the consummation of all transactions contemplated by this Amendment.

15. Applicable Law . THIS AMENDMENT, THE REVOLVING NOTE AND ALL OTHER DOCUMENTS EXECUTED PURSUANT HERETO SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE BEEN MADE AND TO BE PERFORMABLE IN FORT WORTH, TARRANT COUNTY, TEXAS, AND SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS. THE PARTIES TO THIS AMENDMENT HEREBY CONSENT THAT VENUE OF ANY ACTION BROUGHT UNDER THIS AMENDMENT OR UNDER ANY OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS SHALL BE IN TARRANT COUNTY, TEXAS.

16. Successors and Assigns . This Amendment is binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of Lender and Borrower and their respective successors and assigns, except Borrower may not assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of Lender.

17. Headings . The headings, captions, and arrangements used in this Amendment are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Amendment.

18. No Oral Agreements . Pursuant to Section 26.02 of the Texas Business and Commerce Code the following notice is given:

THIS WRITTEN AMENDMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS, OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES.

 

FOURTH AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AGREEMENT – Page 4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Lender and Borrower, by and through their respective duly authorized officers or representatives, have caused this Amendment to be executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

LENDER:

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, NA, a national banking association [successor by merger to Bank One, NA (Illinois)]
By:  

/s/ James W. Aldridge

  James W. Aldridge
  First Vice President
BORROWER:
PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Jeff Isom

Name:  

Jeff Isom

Title:  

EVP / CFO

 

FOURTH AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AGREEMENT – Page 5

Exhibit 10.38

LOGO

FIFTH AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AGREEMENT

This Fifth Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan Agreement (this “Amendment”) is made and entered into to be effective for all purposes as of October 16, 2006 , by and between JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, NA, a national banking association [successor by merger to Bank One, NA (Illinois)] with its main office in Chicago, Illinois and with a banking office located at 420 Throckmorton Street, Suite 400, Fort Worth, Texas 76102 (“Lender”), and PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION, a Texas corporation (“Borrower”).

RECITALS :

A. Lender’s predecessor and Borrower have previously executed that certain Amended and Restated Loan Agreement (as amended, the “Agreement”) dated October 1, 2001, which has been amended by: (i) that certain First Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan Agreement dated August 1, 2002; (ii) that certain Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan Agreement dated as of August 1, 2003; (iii) that certain Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan Agreement dated as of June 1, 2004; and (iv) that certain Fourth Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan Agreement dated as of November 21, 2005.

B. Under the Agreement, Lender agreed to extend to Borrower a revolving line of credit (the “LOC”) evidenced by that certain Promissory Note dated as of June 1, 2004, which has been executed by Borrower and is payable to Lender in the maximum principal amount of $20,000,000.00 (the “Original Revolving Note”).

C. The Original Revolving Note was amended and restated as well as renewal and extended pursuant to that certain Amended and Restated Promissory Note, dated as of November 21, 2005, made by Borrower and payable to the order of Lender (the “Prior Revolving Note”).

D. The prior Revolving Note matures on August 1, 2007.

E. Borrower has now requested that Lender agree to extend the maturity of the LOC, and Lender is willing to do so provided that, among other things, the Agreement is amended as herein provided.

F. The parties to this Amendment desire to modify and amend the Agreement as hereinafter set forth and to enter into this Amendment.

AGREEMENT :

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged and subject to all terms, conditions, and covenants herein set forth, Lender and Borrower hereby covenant and agree as follows:

1. Acknowledgement of Outstanding Balance . The parties hereto acknowledge that the outstanding principal balance under the Prior Revolving Note as of the date hereof is Fourteen Million and No/100 Dollars ($14,000,000.00).

 

FIFTH AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AGREEMENT – Page 1


2. Renewal and Extension of Maturity . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the LOC is hereby renewed and extended to August 1, 2008, and the definition of “Termination Date” under the Agreement is hereby revised to be August 1, 2008.

3. Amended and Second Restated Revolving Note . In furtherance of the extension of the LOC, the Prior Revolving Note shall be amended and restated in full by that certain Second Amended and Restated Promissory Note (the “ New Note ”), dated of even date herewith, made by Borrower and payable to the order of Lender in the maximum principal amount of $20,000,000.00.

4. Conditions Precedent . The obligation of Lender to enter into this Amendment is subject to the performance of each of the following conditions precedent:

(a) Revolving Note . Borrower shall have executed and delivered to Lender the New Note, which shall be deemed to be the Revolving Note as defined in the Agreement;

(b) Resolutions of Borrower . Lender shall have received corporate resolutions of the Board of Directors of Borrower, certified by the Secretary of Borrower, which resolutions authorize the execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of this Amendment and the New Note. Included in said resolutions or by separate document, Lender shall receive a certificate of incumbency certified by the Secretary of Borrower certifying the names of each officer authorized to execute this Amendment and the New Note, together with specimen signatures of such officers;

(c) Additional Papers . Borrower shall have delivered to Lender such other documents, records, instruments, papers, opinions, and reports, as shall have been requested by Lender, to evidence the status or organization or authority of Borrower or to evidence the payment or the securing of the Obligations, all in form satisfactory to Lender and its counsel; and

(d) Proceedings . All proceedings of Borrower in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Amendment and all documents incident thereto shall be satisfactory in form and substance to Lender and its counsel; and Lender shall have received copies of all documents or other evidence which Lender or its counsel may reasonably request in connection with said transactions and copies of records and all proceedings in connection therewith, all in form and substance satisfactory to Lender and its counsel.

5. Definitions . All capitalized terms used in this Amendment which are not otherwise defined in this Amendment shall have the same meaning as given to such terms in the Agreement.

6. Representations and Warranties . Borrower represents and warrants to Lender that (a) all of the representations and warranties contained in the Agreement, the Security Instruments, and all instruments and documents executed pursuant thereto or contemplated thereby are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of this Amendment, (b)

 

FOURTH AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AGREEMENT – Page 2


the execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment, the New Note and any and all other documents executed and/or delivered in connection herewith have been authorized by all requisite action on the part of Borrower, (c) no Event of Default exists under the Agreement and there are no defenses, counterclaims or offsets to the Prior Revolving Note, the New Note, or any of the Security Instruments, and (d) no change has occurred, either in any case or in the aggregate, in the condition, financial or otherwise, of Borrower or Bank or with respect to Borrower’s or Bank’s assets or properties from the facts represented in the Agreement or any Security Instrument which would have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, business, or assets of Borrower or Bank.

7. Survival of Representations, Warranties and Covenants . All representations, warranties and covenants made in this Amendment or in any other document furnished in connection with this Amendment shall survive the execution and delivery of this Amendment, and no investigation by Lender or any closing shall affect such representations, warranties and covenants or the right of Lender to rely upon them.

8. References to Agreement and Note . The Agreement and any and all other agreements, documents, or instruments now or hereafter executed and delivered pursuant to the terms hereof or pursuant to the terms of the Agreement, as amended hereby, are hereby amended so that any reference therein to the Agreement shall mean a reference to the Agreement as amended hereby, and any reference to the “Revolving Note” or the “Note” shall mean a reference to the New Note, and any extensions, renewals, replacements, substitutions, modifications or rearrangements thereof.

9. Further Assurances . Borrower agrees that at any time and from time to time, upon the request of Lender, Borrower will execute and deliver such further documents and do such further acts and things as Lender may reasonably request in order to fully effect the purposes of this Amendment and to provide for the payment of the Obligations.

10. Acknowledgement . Borrower ratifies and confines that the Agreement as amended hereby, the Prior Revolving Note as renewed and extended by the New Note, the Security Instruments and the other Loan Documents are and remain in full force and effect in accordance with their respective terns, that the Security Instruments secure the payment of all of the Obligations, that the Collateral is unimpaired by this Amendment, and that the Collateral is security for the payment and performance in full of all of the Obligations. By executing this Amendment, Borrower acknowledges and agrees that (a) the term “Obligations” as defined in the Agreement, as amended hereby, includes the New Note, (b) each of the Security Instruments secures, among other things, the payment and performance of the New Note and the Obligations, (c) the Agreement is and shall continue to be in full force and effect and is and shall continue to be the legal, valid and binding obligation of Borrower enforceable against Borrower in accordance with its terms, and (d) the New Note is the legal, valid and binding obligation of Borrower enforceable against Borrower in accordance with its terms. The undersigned officer of Borrower executing this Amendment represents and warrants that he has full power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment on behalf of Borrower, that such execution and delivery has been duly authorized by the Board of Directors of Borrower, and that the resolutions of Borrower previously delivered to Lender in connection with the execution and delivery of the Agreement are and remain in full force and effect and have not been altered, amended or repealed in any manner.

 

FIFTH AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AGREEMENT – Page 3


11. Existing Loan Documents . Except as amended and modified by this Amendment, the Agreement, the Prior Revolving Note as renewed and extended by the New Note, the Security Instruments and all other Loan Documents shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with the terns and provisions thereof. Any reference in any of the Loan Documents to the “Amended and Restated Loan Agreement” shall be deemed to be references to the Agreement as amended hereby through the date hereof. In the event of any conflict between this Amendment and the Agreement, this Amendment shall control and the Agreement shall be construed accordingly.

12. Counterparts . This Amendment has been executed in a number of identical counterparts, each of which constitutes an original and all of which constitute, collectively, one agreement; but in making proof of this Amendment, it shall not be necessary to produce or account for more than one such counterpart.

13. Severability . In the event any one or more of the provisions contained in the Agreement or this Amendment should be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, enforceability and legality of the remaining provisions contained herein and therein shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, and shall be enforceable in accordance with their respective terms.

14. Expenses . Borrower agrees to pay all reasonable costs incurred (whether by Lender, Borrower, or otherwise) in connection with the preparation, execution, and consummation of this Amendment and the consummation of all transactions contemplated by this Amendment.

15. Applicable Law . THIS AMENDMENT, THE REVOLVING NOTE AND ALL OTHER DOCUMENTS EXECUTED PURSUANT HERETO SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE BEEN MADE AND TO BE PERFORMABLE IN FORT WORTH, TARRANT COUNTY, TEXAS, AND SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS. THE PARTIES TO THIS AMENDMENT HEREBY CONSENT THAT VENUE OF ANY ACTION BROUGHT UNDER THIS AMENDMENT OR UNDER ANY OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS SHALL BE IN TARRANT COUNTY, TEXAS.

16. Successors and Assigns . This Amendment is binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of Lender and Borrower and their respective successors and assigns, except Borrower may not assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of Lender.

17. Headings . The headings, captions, and arrangements used in this Amendment are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Amendment.

18. No Oral Agreements . Pursuant to Section 26.02 of the Texas Business and Commerce Code the following notices is given:

THIS WRITTEN AMENDMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS, OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES.

 

FIFTH AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AGREEMENT – Page 4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Lender and Borrower, by and through their respective duly authorized officers or representatives, have caused this Amendment to be executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

LENDER:
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, NA, a national banking association [successor by merger to Bank One, NA (Illinois)]
By:  

/s/ Timothy F. Johnson

  Timothy F. Johnson
  First Vice President
BORROWER:
PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Jeff Isom

Name:  

Jeff Isom

Titile:  

CFO

 

FIFTH AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AGREEMENT – Page 5

Exhibit 10.39

SIXTH AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AGREEMENT

This Sixth Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan Agreement (this “Amendment”) is made and entered into to be effective for all purposes as of December 19, 2007, by and between JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, NA, a national banking association [successor by merger to Bank One, NA (Illinois)] with its main office in Chicago, Illinois and with a banking office located at 420 Throckmorton Street, Suite 400, Fort Worth, Texas 76102 (“Lender”), and PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION, a Texas corporation (“Borrower”).

RECITALS :

A. Lender’s predecessor and Borrower have previously executed that certain Amended and Restated Loan Agreement (as amended, the “Agreement”) dated October 1, 2001, which has been amended by: (i) that certain First Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan Agreement dated August 1, 2002; (ii) that certain Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan Agreement dated as of August 1, 2003; (iii) that certain Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan Agreement dated as of June 1, 2004; (iv) that certain Fourth Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan Agreement dated as of November 21, 2005; and (v) that certain Fifth Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan Agreement dated as of October 16, 2006.

B. Under the Agreement, Lender agreed to extend to Borrower a revolving line of credit (the “LOC”) evidenced by that certain Promissory Note dated as of June 1, 2004, which has been executed by Borrower and is payable to Lender in the maximum principal amount of $20,000,000.00 (the “Original Revolving Note”).

C. The Original Revolving Note was amended and restated as well as renewed and extended pursuant to that certain Amended and Restated Promissory Note, dated as of November 21, 2005, made by Borrower and payable to the order of Lender (the “First Amended Revolving Note”).

D. The First Amended Revolving Note was amended and restated as well as renewed and extended pursuant to that certain Second Amended and Restated Promissory Note, dated as of October 16, 2006, made by Borrower and payable to the order of Lender (the “Prior Revolving Note”).

E. The Prior Revolving Note matures on August 1, 2008.

F. Borrower has now requested that Lender agree to extend the maturity of the LOC, and Lender is willing to do so provided that, among other things, the Agreement is amended as herein provided.

G. The parties to this Amendment desire to modify and amend the Agreement as hereinafter set forth and to enter into this Amendment.

AGREEMENT :

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and subject to all terns, conditions, and covenants herein set forth, Lender and Borrower hereby covenant and agree as follows:

1. Acknowledgment of Outstanding Balance . The parties hereto acknowledge that the outstanding principal balance under the Prior Revolving Note as of the date hereof is six million five hundred thousand and No/100 Dollars ($6,500,000.00).

 

SIXTH AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AGREEMENT – Page 1


2. Renewal and Extension of Maturity. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the LOC is hereby renewed and extended to August 1, 2009, and the definition of “Termination Date” under the Agreement is hereby revised to be August, 1, 2009.

3. Amended and Second Restated Revolving Note . In furtherance of the extension of the LOC, the Prior Revolving Note shall be amended and restated in full by that certain Third Amended and Restated Promissory Note (the “ New Note ”), dated of even date herewith, made by Borrower and payable to the order of Lender in the maximum principal amount of $20,000,000.00.

4. Conditions Precedent . The obligation of Lender to enter into this Amendment is subject to the performance of each of the following conditions precedent:

(a) Revolving Note . Borrower shall have executed and delivered to Lender the New Note, which shall be deemed to be the Revolving Note as defined in the Agreement;

(b) Resolutions of Borrower . Lender shall have received corporate resolutions of the Board of Directors of Borrower, certified by the Secretary of Borrower, which resolutions authorize the execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of this Amendment and the New Note. Included in said resolutions or by separate document, Lender shall receive a certificate of incumbency certified by the Secretary of Borrower certifying the names of each officer authorized to execute this Amendment and the New Note, together with specimen signatures of such officers;

(c) Additional Papers . Borrower shall have delivered to Lender such other documents, records, instruments, papers, opinions, and reports, as shall have been requested by Lender, to evidence the status or organization or authority of Borrower or to evidence the payment or the securing of the Obligations, all in form satisfactory to Lender and its counsel; and

(d) Proceedings . All proceedings of Borrower in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Amendment and all documents incident thereto shall be satisfactory in form and substance to Lender and its counsel; and Lender shall have received copies of all documents or other evidence which Lender or its counsel may reasonably request in connection with said transactions and copies of records and all proceedings in connection therewith, all in form and substance satisfactory to Lender and its counsel.

 

SIXTH AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AGREEMENT – Page 2


5. Definitions . All capitalized terms used in this Amendment which are not otherwise defined in this Amendment shall have the same meaning as given to such terms in the Agreement.

6. Representations and Warranties . Borrower represents and warrants to Lender that (a) all of the representations and warranties contained in the Agreement, the Security Instruments, and all instruments and documents executed pursuant thereto or contemplated thereby are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of this Amendment, (b) the execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment, the New Note and any and all other documents executed and/or delivered in connection herewith have been authorized by all requisite action on the part of Borrower, (c) no Event of Default exists under the Agreement and there are no defenses, counterclaims or offsets to the Prior Revolving Note, the New Note, or any of the Security Instruments, and (d) no change has occurred, either in any case or in the aggregate, in the condition, financial or otherwise, of Borrower or Bank or with respect to Borrower’s or Bank’s assets or properties from the facts represented in the Agreement or any Security Instrument which would have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, business, or assets of Borrower or Bank.

7. Survival of Representations, Warranties and Covenants . All representations, warranties and covenants made in this Amendment or in any other document furnished in connection with this Amendment shall survive the execution and delivery of this Amendment, and no investigation by Lender or any closing shall affect such representations, warranties and covenants or the right of Lender to rely upon them.

8. References to Agreement and Note . The Agreement and any and all other agreements, documents, or instruments now or hereafter executed and delivered pursuant to the terms hereof or pursuant to the terms of the Agreement, as amended hereby, are hereby amended so that any reference therein to the Agreement shall mean a reference to the Agreement as amended hereby, and any reference to the “Revolving Note” or the “Note” shall mean a reference to the New Note, and any extensions, renewals, replacements, substitutions, modifications or rearrangements thereof.

9. Further Assurances . Borrower agrees that at any time and from time to time, upon the request of Lender, Borrower will execute and deliver such further documents and do such further acts and things as Lender may reasonably request in order to fully effect the purposes of this Amendment and to provide for the payment of the Obligations.

10. Acknowledgment . Borrower ratifies and confines that the Agreement as amended hereby, the Prior Revolving Note as renewed and extended by the New Note, the Security Instruments and the other Loan Documents are and remain in full force and effect in accordance with their respective terms, that the Security Instruments secure the payment of all of the Obligations, that the Collateral is unimpaired by this Amendment, and that the Collateral is security for the payment and performance in full of all of the Obligations. By executing this Amendment, Borrower acknowledges and agrees that (a) the term “Obligations” as defined in the Agreement, as amended hereby, includes the New Note, (b) each of the Security Instruments secures, among other things, the payment and performance of the New Note and the Obligations, (c) the Agreement is and shall continue to be in full force and effect and is and shall continue to

 

SIXTH AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AGREEMENT – Page 3


be the legal, valid and binding obligation of Borrower enforceable against Borrower in accordance with its terms, and (d) the New Note is the legal, valid and binding obligation of Borrower enforceable against Borrower in accordance with its terms. The undersigned officer of Borrower executing this Amendment represents and warrants that he has full power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment on behalf of Borrower, that such execution and delivery has been duly authorized by the Board of Directors of Borrower, and that the resolutions of Borrower previously delivered to Lender in connection with the execution and delivery of the Agreement are and remain in full force and effect and have not been altered, amended or repealed in any manner.

11. Existing Loan Documents . Except as amended and modified by this Amendment, the Agreement, the Prior Revolving Note as renewed and extended by the New Note, the Security Instruments and all other Loan Documents shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with the terms and provisions thereof. Any reference in any of the Loan Documents to the “Amended and Restated Loan Agreement” shall be deemed to be references to the Agreement as amended hereby through the date hereof. In the event of any conflict between this Amendment and the Agreement, this Amendment shall control and the Agreement shall be construed accordingly.

12. Counterparts . This Amendment has been executed in a number of identical counterparts, each of which constitutes an original and all of which constitute, collectively, one agreement; but in making proof of this Amendment, it shall not be necessary to produce or account for more than one such counterpart.

13. Severability . In the event any one or more of the provisions contained in the Agreement or this Amendment should be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, enforceability and legality of the remaining provisions contained herein and therein shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, and shall be enforceable in accordance with their respective terms.

14. Expenses . Borrower agrees to pay all reasonable costs incurred (whether by Lender, Borrower, or otherwise) in connection with the preparation, execution, and consummation of this Amendment and the consummation of all transactions contemplated by this Amendment.

15. Applicable Law . THIS AMENDMENT, THE REVOLVING NOTE AND ALL OTHER DOCUMENTS EXECUTED PURSUANT HERETO SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE BEEN MADE AND TO BE PERFORMABLE IN FORT WORTH, TARRANT COUNTY, TEXAS, AND SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS. THE PARTIES TO THIS AMENDMENT HEREBY CONSENT THAT VENUE OF ANY ACTION BROUGHT UNDER THIS AMENDMENT OR UNDER ANY OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS SHALL BE IN TARRANT COUNTY, TEXAS.

16. Successors and Assigns . This Amendment is binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of Lender and Borrower and their respective successors and assigns, except Borrower may not assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of Lender.

 

SIXTH AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AGREEMENT – Page 4


17. Headings . The headings, captions, and arrangements used in this Amendment are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Amendment.

18. No Oral Agreements . Pursuant to Section 26.02 of the Texas Business and Commerce Code the following notice is given:

THIS WRITTEN AMENDMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS, OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Lender and Borrower, by and through their respective duly authorized officers or representatives, have caused this Amendment to be executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

LENDER:
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, NA, a national banking association [successor by merger to Bank One, NA (Illinois)]
By:  

/s/ Timothy F. Johnson

  Timothy F. Johnson
  Senior Vice President
BORROWER:
PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Jeff Isom

Name:  

Jeff Isom

Title:  

CFO

 

SIXTH AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AGREEMENT – Page 5

Exhibit 10.40

LOGO

COMMERCIAL PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

Principal

   Loan Date    Maturity    Loan No    Call    Collateral    Account    Officer    Initials

$3,036,785.00

   11-01-2000    05-01-2007          124    6723806843    19967   

References in the shaded area are for Lender’s use only and do not limit the applicability of this document to any particular loan or item.

 

Borrower:

   PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION    Lender:    Bank One, Texas, N.A.
   5010 UNIVERSITY       Arlington-Bowen Banking Center - Arlington
   LUBBOCK, TX 79413       1301 S. Bowen Rd.
         Arlington, TX 76013

 

THIS COMMERCIAL PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT is entered into by PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION (referred to below as “Grantor”) for the benefit of Bank One, Texas, N.A. (referred to below as “Lender”).

GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST. For valuable consideration, Grantor pledges and grants to Lender a security interest in the Collateral to secure the Indebtedness and agrees that Lender shall have the rights stated in this Agreement with respect to the Collateral, in addition to all other rights which Lender may have by law.

DEFINITIONS. The following words shall have the following meanings when used in this Agreement. Terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings attributed to such terms in the Uniform Commercial Code as adopted in State of Texas (“Code”):

Agreement. The word “Agreement” means this Commercial Pledge and Security Agreement, as this Commercial Pledge and Security Agreement may be amended or modified from time to time, together with all exhibits and schedules attached to this Commercial Pledge and Security Agreement from time to time,

Collateral. The word “Collateral” means the following specifically described property, together with all Income and Proceeds as described below and all records relating to the foregoing property:

885,652 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK OF THE PNB FINANCIAL BANK (FORMERLY KNOWN AS THE PLAINS NATIONAL BANK OF LUBBOCK) EVIDENCED BY CERTIFICATE NO. 3141 ISSUED IN THE NAME OF PLEDGOR

Event of Default. The words “Event of Default” mean and include any of the Events of Default set forth below in the section titled “Events of Default,”

Grantor. The word “Grantor” means PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION, its successors and assigns.

Guarantor. The word “Guarantor” means and includes without limitation, each and all of the guarantors, sureties, and accommodation parties in connection with the Indebtedness.

Income and Proceeds. The words “Income and Proceeds” mean all present and future income, proceeds, earnings, increases, and substitutions from or for the Collateral of every kind and nature, including without limitation all payments, interest, profits, distributions, benefits, rights, options, warrants, dividends, stock dividends, stock splits, stock rights, regulatory dividends, distributions, subscriptions, monies, claims for money due and to become due, conversion and redemption proceeds, proceeds of any insurance on the Collateral, and any shares of stock issued in substitution or exchange for shares included in the Collateral, whether in connection with a recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation, conversion, combination of shares, stock split, spin-off or otherwise; provided however, until the occurrence of an Event of Default, Grantor shall be entitled to all cash dividends and all interest paid on the Collateral free of the security interest created under this Agreement.

Indebtedness. The word “Indebtedness” means the indebtedness evidenced by the Note, including all principal and accrued interest thereon, together with all other liabilities, costs and expenses for which Grantor is responsible under this Agreement or under any of the Related Documents. In addition, the word “Indebtedness” includes all other obligations, debts and liabilities, plus any accrued interest thereon, owing by Grantor, or any one or more of them, to Lender of any kind or character, now existing or hereafter arising, as well as all present and future claims by Lender against Grantor, or any one or more of them, and all renewals, extensions, modifications, substitutions and rearrangements of any of the foregoing; whether such Indebtedness arises by note, draft, acceptance, guaranty, endorsement, letter of credit, assignment, overdraft, indemnity agreement or otherwise; whether such Indebtedness is voluntary or involuntary, due or not due, direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated; whether Grantor may be liable individually or jointly with others; whether Grantor may be liable primarily or secondarily or as debtor, maker, comaker, drawer, endorser, guarantor, surety, accommodation party or otherwise.

Lender. The word “Lender” means Bank One, Texas, N.A., its successors and assigns.

Note. The word “Note” means the promissory note dated November 1, 2000, in the principal amount of $3,036,785.00 from PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION to Lender, together with all renewals of, extensions of, modifications of, refinancings of, consolidations of and substitutions for such promissory note.

Obligor. The word “Obligor” means and includes without limitation any and all persons or entities obligated to pay money or to perform some other act under the Collateral.

Related Documents. The words “Related Documents” mean and include without limitation the Note and all credit agreements, loan agreements, environmental agreements, guaranties, security agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust, and all other instruments, agreements and documents, whether now or hereafter existing, executed in connection with the Note.

GRANTOR’S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES WITH RESPECT TO THE COLLATERAL. Grantor represents and warrants to Lender that:

Ownership. Grantor is the lawful owner of the Collateral free and clear of all security interests, liens, encumbrances and claims of others except the security interest created by this Agreement.

Right to Pledge. Grantor has the full right, power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to pledge and grant a security interest in the Collateral.

Binding Effect. This Agreement is binding upon Grantor, as well as Grantor’s heirs, successors, representatives and assigns, and is legally enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws and except to the extent specific remedies may generally be limited by equitable principles.

No Further Assignment. Grantor has not, and will not, sell, assign, transfer, encumber or otherwise dispose of any of Grantor’s rights in the Collateral except as provided in this Agreement.

No Defaults. There are no defaults existing under the Collateral, and there are no offsets or counterclaims to the same. Grantor will strictly and promptly perform each of the terms, conditions, covenants and agreements contained in the Collateral which are to be performed by Grantor, if any.

No Violation. The execution and delivery of this Agreement will not violate any law or agreement, governing Grantor or to which Grantor is a party, and its certificate or articles of incorporation and bylaws do not prohibit any term or condition of this Agreement.

Solvency of Grantor. As of the date hereof, and after giving effect to this Agreement and the completion of all other transactions contemplated by Grantor at the time of the execution of this Agreement, (i) Grantor is and will be solvent, (ii) the fair saleable value of Grantor’s assets exceeds and will continue to exceed Grantor’s liabilities (both fixed and contingent), (iii) Grantor is paying and will continue to be able to pay its debts as they mature, and (iv) if Grantor is not an individual, Grantor has and will have sufficient capital to carry on Grantor’s businesses and all businesses in which Grantor is about to engage.

Lien Not Released. The lien, security interest and other security rights of Lender hereunder shall not be impaired by any indulgence, moratorium or release granted by Lender, including but not limited to, the following: (a) any renewal, extension, increase or modification of any of the Indebtedness; (b) any surrender, compromise, release, renewal, extension, exchange or substitution granted in respect of any of the Collateral; (c) any release or indulgence granted to any endorser, guarantor or surety of any of the Indebtedness; (d) any release of any other collateral for any of the Indebtedness; (e) any acquisition of any additional collateral for any of the Indebtedness; and (f) any waiver or failure to exercise any right, power or remedy granted herein, by law or in any of the Related Documents.

GRANTOR’S COVENANTS. Grantor will comply with the following covenants at all times during the period of time this Agreement is effective unless Lender shall otherwise consent in writing:

Delivery of Instruments and/or Certificates. Contemporaneously herewith, Grantor covenants and agrees to deliver to Lender any


11-01-2000

   COMMERCIAL PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT    Page  2

Loan No

 

  

(Continued)

 

  

 

 

certificates, documents or instruments representing or evidencing the Collateral, with Grantor’s endorsement thereon and/or accompanied by proper instruments of transfer and assignment duly executed in blank with, if requested by Lender, signatures guaranteed by a member or member organization in good standing of an authorized Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program, all in form and substance satisfactory to Lender.

Further Assurances. Grantor will from time to time at its expense promptly execute and deliver all further instruments and documents and take all further action necessary or appropriate or that Lender may request in order (i) to perfect and protect the security interest created or purported to be created hereby in the Collateral and the first priority of such security interest, (ii) to enable Lender to exercise and enforce its rights and remedies hereunder in respect of the Collateral, and (iii) to otherwise effect the purposes of this Agreement, including without limitation: (A) executing and filing any financing or continuation statements, or any amendments thereto; (B) obtaining written confirmation from the issuer of any securities pledged as Collateral of the pledge of such securities, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender; (C) cooperating with Lender in registering the pledge of any securities pledged as Collateral with the issuer of such securities; (D) delivering notice of Lender’s security interest in any securities pledged as Collateral to any securities or financial intermediary, clearing corporation or other party required by Lender, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender; and (E) obtaining written confirmation of the pledge of any securities constituting Collateral from any securities or financial intermediary, clearing corporation or other party required by Lender, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender. If all or any part of the Collateral is securities issued by an agency or department of the United States, Grantor covenants and agrees, at Lender’s request, to cooperate in registering such securities in Lender’s name or with Lender’s account maintained with a Federal Reserve Bank. If the Collateral consists of investment property for which no certificate has been issued, Grantor agrees, at Lender’s option, either to request issuance of an appropriate certificate or to execute appropriate instructions on Lender’s forms instructing the issuer, transfer agent, mutual fund company, or broker, as the case may be, to record on its books or records, by book-entry or otherwise, Lender’s security interest in the Collateral. Grantor hereby appoints Lender as Grantor’s irrevocable attorney-in-fact for the purpose of executing any documents necessary to perfect or to continue the security interest granted in this Agreement.

Dilution of Ownership. As to any securities pledged as Collateral (other than securities of a class which are publicly traded), Grantor will not consent to or approve of the issuance of (i) any additional shares of any class of securities of such issuer (unless immediately upon issuance additional securities are pledged and delivered to Lender pursuant to the terms hereof to the extent necessary to give Lender a security interest after such issuance in at least the same percentage of such issuer’s outstanding securities as Lender had before such issuance), (ii) any instrument convertible voluntarily by the holder thereof or automatically upon the occurrence or non-occurrence of any event or condition into, or exchangeable for, any such securities, or (iii) any warrants, options, contracts or other commitments entitling any party to purchase or otherwise acquire any such securities.

Restrictions on Securities. Grantor will not enter into any agreement creating, or otherwise permit to exist, any restriction or condition upon the transfer, voting or control of any securities pledged as Collateral, except as consented to in writing by Lender.

Income and Profits. Grantor agrees that all income, earnings and profits with respect to the Collateral shall be reported for local, state and federal income tax purposes as attributable to Grantor and not Lender. Grantor further agrees to instruct any person authorized to report income distributions from the Collateral to issue an IRS Form 1099 indicating Grantor as the recipient of such income, earnings and profits.

LENDER’S RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS WITH RESPECT TO COLLATERAL. Lender may hold the Collateral until all the Indebtedness has been paid and satisfied and thereafter may deliver the Collateral to any Grantor. Lender shall have the following rights in addition to all other rights it may have by law:

Income and Proceeds from the Collateral. Lender may receive all Income and Proceeds and add it to the other Collateral. Grantor agrees to deliver to Lender immediately upon receipt, in the exact form received and without commingling with other property, all Income and Proceeds from any other Collateral which may be received by, paid, or delivered to Grantor or for Grantor’s account, whether as an addition to, in discharge of, in substitution of, or in exchange for any other Collateral.

Voting Rights. As long as no Event of Default shall have the occurred hereunder, any voting rights incident to any stock or other securities pledged as Collateral may be exercised by Grantor; provided, however, that Grantor will not exercise, or cause to be exercised, any such voting rights, without the prior written consent of Lender, if the direct or indirect effect of such vote will result in an Event of Default hereunder.

Transactions with Others. Lender may (a) extend time for payment or other performance, (b) grant a renewal or change in terms or conditions, or (c) compromise, compound or release any obligation, with any one or more Obligors, endorsers, or Guarantors of the Indebtedness as Lender deems advisable, without obtaining the prior written consent of Grantor, and no such act or failure to act shall affect Lender’s rights against Grantor or the Collateral.

Collection of Collateral. Lender, at Lender’s option may, but need not, collect directly from the Obligors on any of the Collateral all Income and Proceeds or other sums of money and other property due and to become due under the Collateral, and Grantor authorizes and directs the Obligors, if Lender exercises such option, to pay and deliver to Lender all Income and Proceeds and other sums of money and other property payable by the terms of the Collateral and to accept Lender’s receipt for the payments.

Power of Attorney. Grantor irrevocably appoints Lender as Grantor’s attorney-in-fact, such power of attorney being coupled with an interest and with full power of substitution, in the place and stead of Grantor and in the name of Grantor or otherwise, to take any action and to execute any instrument which Lender may from time to time in Lender’s discretion deem necessary or appropriate to accomplish the purposes of this Agreement, including without limitation, the following action: (i) transfer any securities, instruments, documents or certificates pledged as Collateral in the name of Lender or its nominee; (ii) use any interest, premium or principal payments, conversion or redemption proceeds or other cash proceeds received in connection with any Collateral to reduce any of the Indebtedness; (iii) exchange any of the securities pledged as Collateral for any other property upon any merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or other readjustment of the issuer thereof, and, in connection therewith, to deposit and deliver any and all of such securities with any commitee, depository, transfer agent, registrar or other designated agent upon such terms and conditions as Lender may deem necessary or appropriate; (iv) exercise or comply with any conversion, exchange, redemption, subscription or any other right, privilege or option pertaining to any securities pledged as Collateral; provided, however, except as provided herein, Lender shall not have a duty to exercise or comply with any such right, privilege or option (whether conversion, redemption or otherwise) and shall not be responsible for any delay or failure to do so; and (v) file any claims or take any action or institute any proceedings which Lender may deem necessary or appropriate for the collection or preservation of the Collateral or otherwise to enforce the rights of Lender with respect to the Collateral.

EXPENDITURES BY LENDER. If not discharged or paid when due, Lender may (but shall not be obligated to) discharge or pay any amounts required to be discharged or paid by Grantor under this Agreement, including without limitation all taxes, liens, security interests, encumbrances, and other claims, at any time levied or placed on the Collateral. Lender also may (but shall not be obligated to) pay all costs for insuring, maintaining and preserving the Collateral. All such expenditures incurred or paid by Lender for such purposes will then bear interest at the Note rate from the date incurred or paid by Lender to the date of repayment by Grantor. All such expenses shall become a part of the Indebtedness and will be payable on demand by Lender. This Agreement also will secure payment of these amounts. Such right shall be in addition to all other rights and remedies to which Lender may be entitled upon the occurrence of an Event of Default.

LIMITATIONS ON OBLIGATIONS OF LENDER. Lender shall use reasonable care in the physical preservation and custody of the Collateral in Lender’s possession, but shall have no other obligation with respect to Collateral or its value. In particular, but without limitation, Lender shall have no responsibility for the following: (a) any depreciation in value of the Collateral or for the collection or protection of any Income and Proceeds from the Collateral; (b) fixing, preserving or exercising any right, privilige or option (whether conversion, redemption or otherwise) with respect to the Collateral unless (i) Grantor makes written demand to Lender at least ten (10) days prior to any deadline for taking the action demanded, (ii) such written demand is received by Lender at least ten (10) days prior to any deadline for taking the action demanded, (iii) Grantor provides additional collateral, acceptable to Lender in its sole discretion, and (iv) no Event of Default has occurred; (c) ascertaining any maturities, calls, conversions, exchanges, offers, tenders, or similar matters relating to any of the Collateral; or (d) informing Grantor about any of the above, whether or not Lender has or is deemed to have knowledge of such matters.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT. Each of the following shall constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement:

Default on Indebtedness. Failure of Grantor to make any payment when due on the Indebtedness.

Other Defaults. Failure of Grantor to comply with or to perform any other term, obligation, covenant or condition contained in this Agreement, the Note, any of the other Related Documents or in any other agreement now existing or hereafter arising between Lender and Grantor.

False Statements. Any warranty, representation or statement made or furnished to Lender under this Agreement, the Note or any of the other Related Documents is false or misleading in any material respect.

Default to Third Party. The occurrence of any event which permits the acceleration of the maturity of any indebtedness owing by Grantor or any Guarantor to any third party under any agreement or undertaking.

Bankruptcy or Insolvency. If the Grantor or any Guarantor: (i) becomes insolvent, or makes a transfer in fraud of creditors, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or admits in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due; (ii) generally is not paying its


11-01-2000

   COMMERCIAL PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT    Page  3

Loan No

 

  

(Continued)

 

  

 

 

debts as such debts become due: (iii) has a receiver, trustee or custodian appointed for, or take possession of, all or substantially all of the assets of such party or any of the Collateral, either in a proceeding brought by such party or in a proceeding brought against such party and such appointment is not discharged or such possession is not terminated within sixty (60) days after the effective date thereof or such party consents to or acquiesces in such appointment or possession; (iv) files a petition for relief under the United States Bankruptcy Code or any other present or future federal or state insolvency, bankruptcy or similar laws (all of the foregoing hereinafter collectively called “ Applicable Bankruptcy Law ”) or an involuntary petition for relief is filed against such party under any Applicable Bankruptcy Law and such involuntary petition is not dismissed within sixty (60) days after the filing thereof, or an order for relief naming such party is entered under any Applicable Bankruptcy Law, or any composition, rearrangement, extension, reorganization or other relief of debtors now or hereafter existing is requested or consented to by such party; (v) fails to have discharged within a period of sixty (60) days any attachment, sequestration or similar writ levied upon any property of such party; or (vi) fails to pay within thirty (30) days any final money judgment against such party.

Liquidation, Death and Related Events. If Grantor or any Guarantor is an entity, the liquidation, dissolution, merger or consolidation of any such entity or, if any of such parties is an individual, the death or legal incapacity of any such individual.

Creditor or Forfeiture Proceedings. Commencement of foreclosure or forfeiture proceedings, whether by judicial proceeding, self-help, repossession or any other method, by any creditor of Grantor or by any governmental agency against the Collateral or any other collateral securing the Indebtedness.

Dilution of Ownership. The issuer of any securities (other than securities of a class which are publicly traded) constituting Collateral hereafter issues any shares of any class of capital stock (unless immediately upon issuance, additional securities are pledged and delivered to Lender pursuant to the terms hereof to the extent necessary to give Lender a security interest after such issuance in at least the same percentage of such issuer’s outstanding securities as Lender had before such issuance) or any options, warrants or other rights to purchase any such capital stock.

Bankruptcy of Issuer. (i) The issuer of any securities constituting Collateral files a petition for relief under any Applicable Bankruptcy Law, or (ii) an involuntary petition for relief is filed against any such issuer under any Applicable Bankruptcy Law and such involuntary petition is not dismissed within sixty (60) days after the filing thereof.

RIGHTS AND REMEDIES ON DEFAULT. If an Event of Default occurs under this Agreement, at any time thereafter, Lender may exercise any one or more of the following rights and remedies:

Accelerate Indebtedness. Declare all Indebtedness immediately due and payable, without notice of any kind to Grantor.

Collect the Collateral. Collect any of the Collateral and, at Lender’s option and to the extent permitted by applicable law, retain possession of the Collateral while suing on the Indebtedness.

Sell the Collateral. Sell the Collateral, at Lender’s discretion, as a unit or in parcels, at one or more public or private sales. Lender may buy the Collateral, or any portion thereof, (i) at any public sale, and (ii) at any private sale if the Collateral is of a type customarily sold in a recognized market or is of a type which is the subject of widely distributed standard price quotations. Lender shall not be obligated to make any sale of Collateral regardless of a notice of sale having been given. Lender may adjourn any public or private sale from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed therefor, and such sale may, without further notice be made at the time and place to which it was so adjourned. Unless the Collateral is perishable or threatens to decline speedily in value or is of a type customarily sold on a recognized market, Lender shall give or mail to Grantor, or any of them, notice at least ten (10) days in advance of the time and place of any public sale, or of the date after which any private sale may be made. Grantor agrees that any requirement of reasonable notice is satisfied if Lender mails notice by ordinary mail addressed to Grantor, or any of them, at the last address Grantor has given Lender in writing.

Register Securities. Register any securities included in the Collateral in Lender’s name or street name and exercise any rights normally incident to the ownership of securities. Register any or all investment property in Lender’s sole name or in the name of its broker, agent, or nominee. Exercise all rights of Lender under any control agreement relating to investment property. Exercise any voting, conversion, registration, purchase, or other rights of a holder of any Collateral (and any reasonable expense in that connection shall be an expense of preserving the value of the Collateral). Collect, with or without legal action, any notes, checks or other instruments for the payment of money that are included in the Collateral and compromise or settle with any obligor.

Sell Securities. Sell any securities included in the Collateral in a manner consistent with applicable federal and state securities laws, notwithstanding any other provision of this or any other agreement. If, because of restrictions under such laws, Lender is or believes it is unable to sell the securities in an open market transaction, Grantor agrees that Lender shall have no obligation to delay sale until the securities can be registered, and may make a private sale to one or more persons or to a restricted group of persons, even though such sale may result in a price that is less favorable than might be obtained in an open market transaction, and such a sale shall be considered commercially reasonable. If any securities held as Collateral are “restricted securities” as defined in the Rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission (such as Regulation D or Rule 144) or state securities departments under state “Blue Sky” laws, or if Grantor is an affiliate of the issuer of the securities, Grantor agrees that neither Grantor nor any member of Grantor’s family will sell or dispose of any securities of such issuer without obtaining Lender’s prior written consent. Grantor further acknowledges and agrees that any offer to sell such securities which has been made privately in the manner described above to not less than five (5)  bona fide offerees shall be deemed to involve a “public sale” for the purposes of the Code, notwithstanding that such sale may not constitute a “public offering” under any federal or state securities laws and that Lender may, in such event, bid for the purchase of such securities.

Foreclosure. Maintain a judicial suit for foreclosure and sale of the Collateral.

Transfer Title. Effect transfer of title upon sale of all or part of the Collateral. For this purpose, Grantor irrevocably appoints Lender as its attorney-in-fact to execute endorsements, assignments and instruments in the name of Grantor and each of them (if more than one) as shall be necessary or reasonable.

Other Rights and Remedies. Have and exercise any or all of the rights and remedies of a secured creditor under the provisions of the Code, at law, in equity, or otherwise. Grantor waives any right to require Lender to proceed against any third party, exhaust any other security for the Indebtedness or pursue any other right or remedy available to Lender.

Application of Proceeds. Apply any cash which is part of the Collateral, or which is received from the collection or sale of the Collateral, to reimbursement of any expenses, including any costs for registration of securities, commissions incurred in connection with a sale, attorneys’ fees as provided below, and court costs, whether or not there is a lawsuit and including any fees on appeal, incurred by Lender in connection with the collection and sale of such Collateral and to the payment of the Indebtedness of Grantor to Lender, with any excess funds to be paid to Grantor as the interests of Grantor may appear.

Voting Rights. Upon the occurence of Event of Default, Grantor will not exercise any voting rights with respect to securities pledged as Collateral. Grantor hereby irrevocably appoints Lender as Grantor’s attorney-in-fact (such power of attorney being coupled with an interest) and proxy to exercise any voting rights with respect to Grantor’s securities pledged as Collateral upon the occurrence of an Event of Default.

Dividend Rights and Interest Payments. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default: (i) all rights of Grantor to receive and retain the dividends and interest payments which it would otherwise be authorized to receive and retain pursuant to this Agreement shall automatically cease, and all such rights shall thereupon become vested with Lender which shall thereafter have the sole right to receive, hold and apply as Collateral such dividends and interest payments; and (ii) all dividend and interest payments which are received by Grantor contrary to the provisions of clause (i) of this Subsection shall be received in trust for the benefit of Lender, shall be segregated from other funds of Grantor, and shall be forthwith paid over to Lender in the exact form received (properly endorsed or assigned if requested by Lender), to be held by Lender as Collateral.

Cumulative Remedies. All of Lender’s rights and remedies, whether evidenced by this Agreement or by any other writing, shall be cumulative and may be exercised singularly or concurrently. Election by Lender to pursue any remedy shall not exclude pursuit of any other remedy, and an election to make expenditures or to take action to perform an obligation of Grantor under this Agreement, after Grantor’s failure to perform, shall not affect Lender’s right to declare a default and to exercise its remedies.

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

Amendments. This Agreement, together with all Related Documents, constitutes the entire understanding and agreement of the parties as to the matters set forth in this Agreement and shall supercede all prior written and oral agreements and understandings, if any, regarding same. No alteration of or amendment to this Agreement shall be effective unless given in writing and signed by the party or parties sought to be charged or bound by the alteration or amendment.

Applicable Law. This Agreement has been delivered to Lender and accepted by Lender in the State of Texas. Subject to the provisions on arbitration in any Related Document, this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas without regard to any conflict of laws or provisions thereof.


11-01-2000

   COMMERCIAL PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT    Page  4

Loan No

 

  

(Continued)

 

  

 

 

JURY WAIVER. THE UNDERSIGNED AND LENDER (BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF) HEREBY VOLUNTARILY, KNOWINGLY, IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE (WHETHER BASED UPON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) BETWEEN OR AMONG THE UNDERSIGNED AND LENDER ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO THIS DOCUMENT, AND ANY OTHER RELATED DOCUMENT, OR ANY RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN LENDER AND THE BORROWER. THIS PROVISION IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT TO LENDER TO PROVIDE THE FINANCING DESCRIBED HEREIN OR IN THE OTHER RELATED DOCUMENTS.

Attorneys’ Fees and Other Costs. Grantor will upon demand pay to Lender the amount of any and all costs and expenses (including without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) which Lender may incur in connection with (i) the perfection and preservation of the collateral assignment and security interests created under this Agreement, (ii) the custody, preservation, use or operation of, or the sale of, collection from, or other realization upon, the Collateral, (iii) the exercise or enforcement of any of the rights of Lender under this Agreement, or (iv) the failure by Grantor to perform or observe any of the provisions hereof.

Termination. Upon (i) the satisfaction in full of the Indebtedness and all obligations hereunder, (ii) the termination or expiration of any commitment of Lender to extend credit that would become Indebtedness hereunder, and (iii) Lender’s receipt of a written request from Grantor for the termination hereof, this Agreement and the security interests created hereby shall terminate. Upon termination of this Agreement and Grantor’s written request, Lender will, at Grantor’s sole cost and expense, return to Grantor such of the Collateral as shall not have been sold or otherwise disposed of or applied pursuant to the terms hereof and execute and deliver to Grantor such documents as Grantor shall reasonably request to evidence such termination.

Indemnity. Grantor hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless Lender, and its officers, directors, shareholders, employees, agents and representatives (each an “ Indemnified Person ”) from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, claims, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature (collectively, the “Claims”) which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against, any Indemnified Person (whether or not caused by any Indemnified Person’s sole, concurrent or contributory negligence) arising in connection with the Related Documents, the Indebtedness or the Collateral (including, without limitation, the enforcement of the Related Documents and the defense of any Indemnified Person’s action and/or inactions in connection with the Related Documents). WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE FOREGOING INDEMNITIES SHALL APPLY TO EACH INDEMNIFIED PERSON WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS WHICH IN WHOLE OR IN PART ARE CAUSED BY OR ARISE OUT OF THE NEGLIGENCE OF SUCH AND/OR ANY OTHER INDEMNIFIED PERSON, except to the limited extent that the Claims against the Indemnified Person are proximately caused by such Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. The indemnification provided for in this Section shall survive the termination of this Agreement and shall extend and continue to benefit each individual or entity who is or has at any time been an Indemnified Person hereunder.

Caption Headings. Caption headings in this Agreement are for convenience purposes only and are not to be used to interpret or define the provisions of this Agreement.

Notices. All notices required to be given under this Agreement shall be given in writing, and shall be effective when actually delivered or when deposited with a nationally recognized overnight courier or deposited in the United States mail, first class, postage prepaid, addressed to the party to whom the notice is to be given at the address shown above. Any party may change its address for notices under this Agreement by giving formal written notice to the other parties, specifying that the purpose of the notice is to change the party’s address. To the extent permitted by applicable law, if there is more than one Grantor, notice to any Grantor will constitute notice to all Grantors. For notice purposes, Grantor will keep Lender informed at all times of Grantor’s current address(es).

Severability. If a court of competent jurisdiction finds any provision of this Agreement to be invalid or unenforceable as to any person or circumstance, such finding shall not render that provision invalid or unenforceable as to any other persons or circumstances. If feasible, any such offending provision shall be deemed to be modified to be within the limits of enforceability or validity; however, if the offending provision cannot be so modified, it shall be stricken and all other provisions of this Agreement in all other respects shall remain valid and enforceable.

Successor Interests. Subject to the limitations set forth above on transfer of the Collateral, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties, their successors and assigns; provided, however, Grantor’s rights and obligations hereunder may not be assigned or otherwise transferred without the prior written consent of Lender.

Waiver. Lender shall not be deemed to have waived any rights under this Agreement unless such waiver is given in writing and signed by Lender. No delay or omission on the part of Lender in exercising any right shall operate as a waiver of such right or any other right. A waiver by Lender of a provision of this Agreement shall not prejudice or constitute a waiver of Lender’s right to thereafter demand strict compliance with that provision or any other provision of this Agreement. No prior waiver by Lender, nor any course of dealing between Lender and Grantor, shall constitute a waiver of any of Lender’s rights or of any of Grantor’s obligations as to any future transactions. Whenever the consent of Lender is required under this Agreement, the granting of such consent by Lender in any instance shall not constitute continuing consent to subsequent instances where such consent is required and in all cases such consent may be granted or withheld in the sole discretion of Lender.

GRANTOR ACKNOWLEDGES HAVING READ ALL THE PROVISIONS OF THIS PLEDGE AGREEMENT, AND GRANTOR AGREES TO ITS TERMS. THIS AGREEMENT IS DATED NOVEMBER 1, 2000.

 

GRANTOR:

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION

By:  

DeWayne V. Pierce

  AUTHORIZED SIGNER

 

 

LASER PRO. Reg. U.S. Pat. & T.M. Off., Ver. 3.27 a (c) 2000 CFI ProServices, Inc. All rights reserved. [TX-E6O E3.27 F3.25 P3.27 CD161059.LN C11.OVL]

Exhibit 10.41

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED PROMISSORY NOTE

 

$20,000,000.00    December 19, 2007

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, on or before August 1, 2009 (“ Maturity Date ”), PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION, a Texas corporation (“ Borrower ”), promises to pay to the order of JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, NA, a national banking association [successor by merger to Bank One, NA (Illinois)] with its main office in Chicago, Illinois (“ Lender ”), at its offices in Tarrant County, Texas, at 420 Throckmorton Street, Suite 400, Fort Worth, Texas 76102, the principal amount of TWENTY MILLION AND N01100 DOLLARS ($20,000,000.00) (“ Total Principal Amount ”), or such amount less than the Total Principal Amount which is outstanding from time to time if the total amount outstanding under this Promissory Note (“Note”) is less than the Total Principal Amount, together with interest on such portion of the Total Principal Amount which has been advanced to Borrower from the date advanced until paid at a fluctuating rate per annum which shall from day to day be equal to the lesser of (a) the Maximum Rate (as hereinafter defined), or (b) a rate (“ Contract Rate ”), calculated on the basis of the actual days elapsed but computed as if each year consisted of 360 days, equal to the sum of (i) the prime rate of interest (“ Prime Rate ”) as announced from time to time by Lender or its parent (which may not be the lowest, best or most favorable rate of interest which Lender may charge on loans to its customers) less (ii) three-fourths of one percent (0.75%), each change in the rate to be charged on this Note to become effective without notice to Borrower on the effective date of each change in the Maximum Rate or the Prime Rate, as the case may be; provided, however, that if at any time the Contract Rate shall exceed the Maximum Rate, thereby causing the interest on this Note to be limited to the Maximum Rate, then any subsequent reduction in the Prime Rate shall not reduce the rate of interest on this Note below the Maximum Rate until the total amount of interest accrued on this Note equals the amount of interest which would have accrued on this Note if the Contract Rate had at all times been in effect. The term “ Maximum Rate ,” as used herein, shall mean at the particular time in question the maximum rate of interest which, under applicable law, may then be charged on this Note. If such maximum rate of interest changes after the date hereof and this Note provides for a fluctuating rate of interest, the Maximum Rate shall be automatically increased or decreased, as the case may be, without notice to Borrower from time to time as of the effective date of each change in such maximum rate. If applicable law ceases to provide for such a maximum rate of interest, the Maximum Rate shall be equal to eighteen percent (18%) per annum.

The principal of and all accrued but unpaid interest on this Note shall be due and payable as follows:

(a) interest shall be due and payable quarterly as it accrues, commencing on March 1, 2007, and continuing on the first day of each successive March, June, September and December thereafter during the term of this Note; and

(b) the outstanding principal balance of this Note, together with all accrued but unpaid interest, shall be due and payable on the Maturity Date.

If a payment is ten (10) or more days late, Borrower will pay a delinquency charge in an amount equal to the greater of (i) 5.0% of the amount of the delinquent payment up to the

 

PROMISSORY NOTE – Page 1


maximum amount of $250.00, or (ii) $25.00. Upon an Event of Default, including failure to pay upon final maturity, Lender, at its option, may also, if permitted under applicable law, do one or both of the following: (a) increase the Contract Rate to the Maximum Rate, and (b) add any unpaid accrued interest to principal and such sum will bear interest therefrom until paid at the rate provided in this Note (including any increased Contract Rate).

This Note evidences obligations and indebtedness from time to time owing by Borrower to Lender pursuant to that certain Amended and Restated Loan Agreement dated October 1, 2001, by and between Borrower and Lender (such Amended and Restated Loan Agreement as amended from time to time being referred to herein as the “ Loan Agreement ”), and is secured by, among other things, a Commercial Pledge and Security Agreement dated November 1, 2000, by Borrower for the benefit of Lender, covering certain collateral as more particularly described therein. This Note, the Loan Agreement and all other documents evidencing, securing, governing, guaranteeing and/or pertaining to this Note, including but not limited to those documents described above, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Loan Documents .” The holder of this Note is entitled to the benefits and security provided in the Loan Documents.

Under the Loan Agreement, Borrower may request advances and make payments hereunder from time to time, provided that it is understood and agreed that the aggregate principal amount outstanding from time to time hereunder shall not at any time exceed the Total Principal Amount. The unpaid balance of this Note shall increase and decrease with each new advance or payment hereunder, as the case may be. This Note shall not be deemed terminated or canceled prior to the Maturity Date, although the entire principal balance hereof may from time to time be paid in full. Borrower may borrow, repay and reborrow hereunder. Unless otherwise agreed to in writing, or otherwise required by applicable law, payments will be applied first to unpaid accrued interest, then to principal, and any remaining amount to any unpaid collection costs, delinquency charges and other charges; provided, however, upon delinquency or other Event of Default, Lender reserves the right to apply payments among principal, interest, delinquency charges, collection costs and other charges, at its discretion. All payments of principal of or interest on this Note shall be made in lawful money of the United States of America in immediately available funds, at the address of Lender indicated above, or such other place as the holder of this Note shall designate in writing to Borrower. If any payment of principal of or interest on this Note shall become due on a day which is not a Business Day (as hereinafter defined), such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day and any such extension of time shall be included in computing interest in connection with such payment. As used herein, the term “ Business Day ” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which national banking associations are authorized to be closed. The books and records of Lender shall be prima facie evidence of all outstanding principal of and accrued and unpaid interest on this Note.

Borrower agrees that no advances under this Note shall be used for personal, family or household purposes, and that all advances hereunder shall be used solely for business, commercial, investment or other similar purposes.

Borrower agrees that upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events of default (“ Event of Default ”):

(a) failure of Borrower to pay any installment of principal of or interest on this Note or on any other indebtedness of Borrower to Lender when due; or

 

PROMISSORY NOTE – Page 2


(b) the occurrence of any event of default specified in any of the other Loan Documents; or

(c) the bankruptcy or insolvency of, the assignment for the benefit of creditors by, or the appointment of a receiver for any of the property of, or the liquidation, termination, dissolution or death or legal incapacity of, any party liable for the payment of this Note, whether as maker, endorser, guarantor, surety or otherwise;

the holder of this Note may, at its option, without further notice or demand, (i) declare the outstanding principal balance of and accrued but unpaid interest on this Note at once due and payable, (ii) refuse to advance any additional amounts under this Note, (iii) foreclose all liens securing payment hereof, (iv) pursue any and all other rights, remedies and recourses available to the holder hereof, including but not limited to any such rights, remedies or recourses under the Loan Documents, at law or in equity, or (v) pursue any combination of the foregoing.

The failure to exercise the option to accelerate the maturity of this Note or any other right, remedy or recourse available to the holder hereof upon the occurrence of an Event of Default hereunder shall not constitute a waiver of the right of the holder of this Note to exercise the same at that time or at any subsequent time with respect to such Event of Default or any other Event of Default. The rights, remedies and recourses of the holder hereof, as provided in this Note and in any of the other Loan Documents, shall be cumulative and concurrent and may be pursued separately, successively or together as often as occasion therefore shall arise, at the sole discretion of the holder hereof. The acceptance by the holder hereof of any payment under this Note which is less than the payment in full of all amounts due and payable at the time of such payment shall not (i) constitute a waiver of or impair, reduce, release or extinguish any right, remedy or recourse of the holder hereof, or nullify any prior exercise of any such right, remedy or recourse, or (ii) impair, reduce, release or extinguish the obligations of any party liable under any of the Loan Documents as originally provided herein or therein.

This Note and all of the other Loan Documents are intended to be performed in accordance with, and only to the extent permitted by, all applicable usury laws. If any provision hereof or of any of the other Loan Documents or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall, for any reason and to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, neither the application of such provision to any other person or circumstance nor the remainder of the instrument in which such provision is contained shall be affected thereby and shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by law. It is expressly stipulated and agreed to be the intent of the holder hereof to at all times comply with the usury and other applicable laws now or hereafter governing the interest payable on the indebtedness evidenced by this Note. If the applicable law is ever revised, repealed or judicially interpreted so as to render usurious any amount called for under this Note or under any of the other Loan Documents, or contracted for, charged, taken, reserved or received with respect to the indebtedness evidenced by this Note, or if Lender’s exercise of the option to accelerate the maturity of this Note, or if any prepayment by Borrower results in Borrower having paid any interest in excess of that permitted by law, then it is the express intent of Borrower and Lender that all excess amounts theretofore collected by Lender be

 

PROMISSORY NOTE – Page 3


credited on the principal balance of this Note (or, if this Note and all other indebtedness arising under or pursuant to the other Loan Documents have been paid in full, refunded to Borrower), and the provisions of this Note and the other Loan Documents immediately be deemed reformed and the amounts thereafter collectable hereunder and thereunder reduced, without the necessity of the execution of any new document, so as to comply with the then applicable law, but so as to permit the recovery of the fullest amount otherwise called for hereunder or thereunder. All sums paid, or agreed to be paid, by Borrower for the use, forbearance, detention, taking, charging, receiving or reserving of the indebtedness of Borrower to Lender under this Note or arising under or pursuant to the other Loan Documents shall, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, be amortized, prorated, allocated and spread throughout the full term of such indebtedness until payment in full so that the rate or amount of interest on account of such indebtedness does not exceed the usury ceiling from time to time in effect and applicable to such indebtedness for so long as such indebtedness is outstanding. To the extent federal law permits Lender to contract for, charge or receive a greater amount of interest, Lender will rely on federal law instead of the Texas Finance Code for the purpose of determining the Maximum Rate. Additionally, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law now or hereafter in effect, Lender may, at its option and from time to time, implement any other method of computing the Maximum Rate under the Texas Finance Code or under other applicable law by giving notice, if required, to Borrower as provided by applicable law now or hereafter in effect. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any of the other Loan Documents, it is not the intention of Lender to accelerate the maturity of any interest that has not accrued at the time of such acceleration or to collect unearned interest at the time of such acceleration.

In no event shall Chapter 346 of the Texas Finance Code (which regulates certain revolving loan accounts and revolving tri-party accounts) apply to this Note. To the extent that Chapter 303 of the Texas Finance Code is applicable to this Note, the “weekly ceiling” specified in Chapter 303 is the applicable ceiling; provided that, if any applicable law permits greater interest, the law permitting the greatest interest shall apply.

If this Note is placed in the hands of an attorney for collection, or is collected in whole or in part by suit or through probate, bankruptcy or other legal proceedings of any kind, Borrower agrees to pay, in addition to all other sums payable. hereunder, all costs and expenses of collection, including but not limited to reasonable attorneys’ fees.

Borrower and any and all endorsers and guarantors of this Note severally waive presentment for payment, notice of nonpayment, protest, demand, notice of protest, notice of intent to accelerate, notice of acceleration and dishonor, diligence in enforcement and indulgences of every kind and without further notice hereby agree to renewals, extensions, exchanges or releases of collateral, taking of additional collateral, indulgences or partial payments, either before or after maturity.

THIS NOTE HAS BEEN EXECUTED UNDER, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS, EXCEPT AS SUCH LAWS ARE PREEMPTED BY APPLICABLE FEDERAL LAWS. IN THE EVENT OF A DISPUTE INVOLVING THIS NOTE OR ANY OTHER INSTRUMENTS EXECUTED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH, BORROWER IRREVOCABLY AGREES THAT VENUE FOR SUCH DISPUTE SHALL LIE IN ANY COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION IN TARRANT COUNTY, TEXAS.

 

PROMISSORY NOTE – Page 4


BORROWER AND LENDER (BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF) HEREBY VOLUNTARILY, KNOWINGLY, IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE) BETWEEN BORROWER AND LENDER ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO THIS NOTE OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS NOTE. THIS PROVISION IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT TO LENDER TO PROVIDE THE FINANCING EVIDENCED BY THIS NOTE.

THIS NOTE IS A RENEWAL, AS WELL AS AN AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT IN ITS ENTIRETY, BUT NOT AN EXTINGUISHMENT, OF THAT CERTAIN SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED PROMISSORY NOTE DATED AS SEPTEMBER 27, 2006, IN THE MAXIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF $20,000,000.00 EXECUTED BY BORROWER AND PAYABLE TO LENDER’ PREDECESSOR.

THE LOAN DOCUMENTS REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES .

THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES .

 

BORROWER:
PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Jeff Isom

Name:  

Jeff Isom

Title:  

CFO

 

PROMISSORY NOTE – Page 5

Exhibit 10.42

LOAN AGREEMENT

dated September 22, 2004

by and between

BANK ONE, NA (“Lender”)

and

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION (“Borrower”)


ARTICLE 1 — DEFINITIONS AND USE OF TERMS

   1
  Section 1.1   Terms Defined Above    1
  Section 1.2   Certain Definitions    1

ARTICLE 2 — THE LOAN

   3
  Section 2.1   Commitment to Lend    3
  Section 2.2   The Note    3
  Section 2.3   Conditions to Closing and Funding    3
  Section 2.4   Use of Proceeds    3
  Section 2.5   Conditions Precedent for the Benefit of Lender    4
  Section 2.6   Pledged Security for Obligations    4

ARTICLE 3 — REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BORROWER

   4
  Section 3.1   Financial Statements    4
  Section 3.2   Suits, Actions, Etc    4
  Section 3.3   Status of Borrower; Valid and Binding Obligation    4
  Section 3.4   Disclosure    5
  Section 3.5   Taxes    5
  Section 3.6   Violations    5
  Section 3.7   Not a Foreign Person    5
  Section 3.8   Ownership of Banking Subsidiaries    5
  Section 3.9   Stock Agreements    5
  Section 3.10   Approvals    5
  Section 3.11   Contracts    5
  Section 3.12   Inducement to Lender    5

ARTICLE 4 — COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS OF BORROWER

   6
  Section 4.1   Compliance with Governmental Requirements    6
  Section 4.2   Insurance    6
  Section 4.3   Notice to Lender    6
  Section 4.4   Costs and Expenses    6
  Section 4.5   Further Assurances    6
  Section 4.6   Defense of Actions    6
  Section 4.7   Prohibition on Assignment of Borrower’s Interest    6
  Section 4.8   Current Financial Statements    7
  Section 4.9   Loan Participation    7
  Section 4.10   Indemnification    8

 

-ii-


ARTICLE 5 — DEFAULT AND REMEDIES    8
  Section 5.1   Events of Default    8
  Section 5.2   Certain Remedies    10
  Section 5.3   Performance by Lender on Borrower’s Behalf    11
  Section 5.4   Remedies Cumulative    11

ARTICLE 6 — GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS

   11
  Section 6.1   Notices    11
  Section 6.2   Modifications    11
  Section 6.3   Severability    11
  Section 6.4   Election of Remedies    12
  Section 6.5   Form and Substance    12
  Section 6.6   Controlling Agreement    12
  Section 6.7   No Third Party Beneficiary    12
  Section 6.8   Borrower in Control    12
  Section 6.9   Number and Gender    12
  Section 6.10   Captions    12
  Section 6.11   Applicable Law    12
  Section 6.12   Relationship of the Parties    13
  Section 6.13   WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL    13
  Section 6.14   Consent to Jurisdiction    13
  Section 6.15   Negotiation    14
  Section 6.16   Conflicting Terms    14
  Section 6.17   Entire Agreement    14

Exhibits

  
Exhibit “A” - Conditions to Closing and Funding   

 

-iii-


LOAN AGREEMENT

This LOAN AGREEMENT , dated             , 2004, is made by and between BANK ONE, NA , a national banking association (“ Lender ”), and PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION , a Texas corporation (“ Borrower ”), in respect of a loan in the maximum principal amount of Six Million and No/100 Dollars ( $6,000,000.00 ). For good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1 — DEFINITIONS AND USE OF TERMS

Section 1.1 Terms Defined Above . As used in this Agreement, the terms “ Lender ” and “ Borrower ” shall have the meanings respectively indicated in the opening recital hereof.

Section 1.2 Certain Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings, unless the context otherwise requires.

Advance ” means the disbursement by Lender of the Loan.

Agreement ” means this Loan Agreement, as from time to time amended or supplemented.

Bank ” or “ PCB ” means PlainsCapital Bank, a Texas state bank, whose principal place of business is 5010 University, Lubbock, Texas 79413.

Banking Subsidiary ” means any bank (whether state or national) more than fifty percent (50%) of whose capital stock now or hereafter is owned directly or indirectly by Borrower or any Banking Subsidiary or may be voted by Borrower or any Banking Subsidiary. At the date of this Agreement, the only Banking Subsidiary of Borrower is Bank.

Business Day ” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which national banks in Fort Worth, Texas, are authorized or required to be closed.

Collateral ” means all presently owned and hereafter acquired property of any Person that secures the Obligations, including, without limitation, the property described in Section 2.6 .

Collateral Assignment of Note ” means the Collateral Assignment of Note of even date herewith made by Borrower to Lender, and all renewals, amendments and replacements thereof.

Debtor Relief Laws ” means any applicable liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, moratorium, rearrangement, insolvency, reorganization, or similar laws, domestic or foreign, including but not limited to those in Title 11 of the United States Code, affecting the rights or remedies of creditors generally, as in effect from time to time.

ESOP ” means the Employee Stock Ownership Plan of Borrower.

Event of Default ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 5.1 .

Financial Statements ” means such balance sheets (including disclosure of all contingent liabilities), profit and loss statements, reconciliations of capital and surplus, changes in financial condition, schedules of sources and uses of funds, statements of cash flow, operations and shareholder equity, pro forma schedules of sources and uses of funds for ensuing twelve-month periods, and other financial information of Borrower as shall be required by Lender, from time to time, or as required under

 

LOAN AGREEMENT – Page 1


any Loan Document, which statements shall be certified as true and correct in all material respects by the party submitting such statements or, if required by Lender or under any Loan Document, such statements of Borrower shall be audited and/or certified by an independent certified public accountant.

Financing Statements ” means the financing statements perfecting the security interests securing the Loan, to be filed with the appropriate offices for the perfection of a security interest in any of the Collateral.

Governmental Authority ” means the United States, the state, the county, the city, or any other political subdivision in which Borrower or any Banking Subsidiary is located, and any court or political subdivision, agency, or instrumentality having or exercising jurisdiction over Borrower or any Banking Subsidiary.

Governmental Requirements ” means all material laws, ordinances, codes, rules, regulations, orders, writs, injunctions or decrees of any Governmental Authority applicable to Borrower or the Collateral.

Indebtedness ” means any and all obligations and liabilities of Borrower to Lender for borrowed money, whether now existing or hereafter arising, direct or indirect, joint or several, secured or unsecured.

Indemnified Matters ” means:

(a) any and all claims, demands, liabilities (including strict liability), losses, damages (including consequential damages), causes of action, judgments, penalties, fines, costs and expenses (including without limitation, reasonable fees and expenses of attorneys and other professional consultants and experts, and of the investigation and defense of any claim, whether or not such claim is ultimately defeated, and the settlement of any claim or judgment including all value paid or given in settlement) of every kind, known or unknown, foreseeable or unforeseeable, which may be imposed upon, asserted against or incurred or paid by Lender or any other Indemnified Party at any time and from time to time, whenever imposed, asserted or incurred, because of, resulting from, in connection with, or arising out of any transaction, act, omission, event or circumstance in any way connected with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, including, without limitation, (1) disbursement of the Loan proceeds, (2) any act performed or omitted to be performed hereunder or under any other Loan Document, and (3) any Default or event which with the lapse of time, the providing of notice or both would constitute a Default.

Indemnified Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.10 .

Loan ” means the loan by Lender to Borrower in the original principal amount of $6,000,000.00.

Loan Documents ” means this Agreement, the Security Agreement, the Note, the Collateral Assignment of Note, the Financing Statements, and such other documents evidencing, securing or pertaining to the Loan as shall, from time to time, be executed and delivered to Lender by Borrower or any other party pursuant to this Agreement.

Maturity Date ” means the date on which the Note matures, whether by acceleration, lapse of time or otherwise; provided, that such date shall be the September 1, 2009 , unless earlier accelerated as permitted herein or in any other Loan Document.

 

LOAN AGREEMENT – Page 2


Note ” means the Promissory Note of even date herewith made by Borrower payable to the order of Lender in the principal amount of and evidencing the Loan, and all renewals, amendments and replacements thereof.

Obligations ” means the outstanding principal amounts of the Note and interest accrued thereon, and any and all other indebtedness, liabilities and obligations whatsoever of Borrower to Lender hereunder or under the Note, or otherwise, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, and whether now existing or hereafter arising, and howsoever evidenced or acquired, whether joint or several, and whether evidenced by note, draft, acceptance, guaranty, open account, letter of credit, surety agreement or otherwise, it being contemplated by the parties hereto that Borrower may become indebted to Lender in further sum or sums, plus interest accruing on any foregoing and all attorney fees and costs incurred in the enforcement of any of the foregoing; but nothing herein shall obligate Lender to lend any further sum or sums to Borrower.

Person ” means any individual, firm, corporation, association, partnership, joint venture, trust, governmental body or other entity.

Pledged Stock ” means the capital stock of Bank pledged or to be pledged to Lender pursuant to Section 2.6 of this Agreement and the Security Agreement, constituting 100% of the capital stock of Bank.

Security Agreement ” means the Pledge and Security Agreement of even date herewith made by Borrower in favor of Lender, and all renewals, amendments and replacements thereof.

ARTICLE 2 — THE LOAN

Section 2.1 Commitment to Lend . Subject to and upon the terms, covenants and conditions of this Agreement, Lender will make the Loan to Borrower in accordance with this Agreement in an aggregate amount not to exceed the principal face amount of the Note. The Loan is not revolving; an amount repaid may not be reborrowed.

Section 2.2 The Note . The Loan is and shall be evidenced by the Note. Interest on the Loan, at the rate or rates specified in the Note, shall be (a) computed on the unpaid principal balance which exists from time to time, and (b) due and payable semi-annually as it accrues as more particularly set forth in the Note. Principal payments shall be made as provided in the Note. In any case and notwithstanding anything to the contrary, on the Maturity Date, all outstanding principal under the Note, plus all accrued but unpaid interest shall be due and payable in full.

Section 2.3 Conditions to Closing and Funding . The Loan shall be funded in one lump sum Advance at closing on or about the date of this Agreement. As conditions precedent to closing as well as to such Advance: (a) there shall then exist no default nor shall there have occurred any event which with the giving of notice or the lapse of time, or both, could become a default; (b) the representations and warranties made in the Loan Documents shall be true and correct on and as of the date of the Advance, with the same effect as if made on that date; and (c) Borrower must satisfy the conditions required hereby and execute and deliver to, procure for and deposit with, and pay to Lender and, if appropriate, record in the proper records with all filing and recording fees paid, the documents, certificates, agreements and other items listed in Exhibit “A” that are noted by “(X)”, together with such other documents, certificates, agreements and other items as Lender may reasonably require.

Section 2.4 Use of Proceeds . The proceeds of the Loan shall be used to immediately make a loan to ESOP, which loan shall be evidenced by a promissory note executed by ESOP in favor of

 

LOAN AGREEMENT – Page 3


Borrower and collaterally assigned to Lender pursuant to the Collateral Assignment of Note. ESOP shall then promptly use the proceeds of such loan to purchase newly issued shares from Borrower. Borrower shall then contribute the proceeds from the sale of such shares as additional capital of Bank or to prepay any other indebtedness of Borrower to Bank. The proceeds of the Loan shall be used for no other purpose than as stated in this Section.

Section 2.5 Conditions Precedent for the Benefit of Lender . All conditions precedent to the obligation of Lender to make the Loan are imposed hereby solely for the benefit of Lender, and no other party may require satisfaction of any such condition precedent or be entitled to assume that Lender will refuse to make the Loan in the absence of strict compliance with such conditions precedent. All requirements of this Loan Agreement may be waived by Lender only in writing, in whole or in part, at any time.

Section 2.6 Pledged Security for Obligations . To secure full and complete payment and performance of the Obligations, Borrower shall grant or cause to be granted a security interest in favor of Lender the Pledged Stock.

ARTICLE 3 — REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BORROWER

To induce Lender to make the Loan, Borrower hereby represents and warrants to Lender (which representations and warranties will survive the execution and delivery of the Note) that:

Section 3.1 Financial Statements . The Financial Statements provided by Borrower to Lender for the periods ended June 30, 2004, are true, correct, and complete in all material respects as of the dates specified therein and fully and accurately present the financial condition of Borrower or any Banking Subsidiary, as applicable, as of the dates specified. No material adverse change has occurred in the condition, financial or otherwise, of Borrower or any Banking Subsidiary since the dates of such Financial Statements. Borrower and each Banking Subsidiary is solvent after giving effect to all borrowings contemplated in this Agreement.

Section 3.2 Suits, Actions, Etc . Except as disclosed in writing to Lender prior to the date of this Agreement, there are no actions, suits, investigations or proceedings pending, or, to the knowledge of Borrower, threatened in any court or before or by any Governmental Authority against or affecting Borrower or any Banking Subsidiary, which if adversely determined would have a material adverse effect on Borrower or its ability to pay the Indebtedness or involving the validity, enforceability, or priority of any of the Loan Documents, at law or in equity. The consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, and the performance of the terms and conditions hereof and of the other Loan Documents, will not cause Borrower to be in violation of or in default with respect to any Governmental Requirement, or result in a breach of, or constitute a default under any note, lease, contract, deed of trust, agreement or other undertaking or restriction to which Borrower is a party or by which Borrower may be bound or affected. Neither Borrower nor any Banking Subsidiary is in default under the terms of any order of any court or any requirement of any Governmental Authority or under the terms of any indebtedness or obligation.

Section 3.3 Status of Borrower; Valid and Binding Obligation . Borrower is (a) a corporation, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the state of its organization and (b) possessed of all power and authority necessary to enter into and perform Borrower’s obligations under the Loan Documents and to make the borrowing contemplated hereby. All of the Loan Documents, and all other documents referred to herein to which Borrower is a party, upon execution and delivery will constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of Borrower enforceable against Borrower in accordance with their terms, except as the enforcement thereof may be limited by Debtor Relief Laws.

 

LOAN AGREEMENT – Page 4


Section 3.4 Disclosure . There is no fact known to Borrower that Borrower has not disclosed to Lender in writing or otherwise disclosed in the Financial Statements that is reasonably expected to materially adversely affect the business or financial condition of Borrower or any Banking Subsidiary, not including facts or conditions generally affecting the economy or the financial services industry generally.

Section 3.5 Taxes . Borrower and each Banking Subsidiary has filed all necessary tax returns and reports and has paid all taxes and governmental charges thereby shown to be owing except any such taxes or charges that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings which have been disclosed to Lender in writing prior to the date of this Agreement and for which adequate reserves have been set aside on Borrower’s or such Banking Subsidiary’s books in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

Section 3.6 Violations . Borrower has no knowledge of and has received no notices of any violations of any Governmental Requirement that would have a material adverse effect on the business of Borrower.

Section 3.7 Not a Foreign Person . Borrower is not a “ foreign person ” within the meaning of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“ IRC ”), Sections 1445 and 7701 (i.e. Borrower is not a non-resident alien, foreign corporation, foreign partnership, foreign trust or foreign estate as those terms are defined in the IRC and any regulations promulgated thereunder).

Section 3.8 Ownership of Banking Subsidiaries . Borrower owns, and on the closing date hereof and at all times thereafter will own, not less than 100% of the capital stock of Bank.

Section 3.9 Stock Agreements . Borrower has furnished to Lender copies of all buy-sell agreements, stock redemption agreements, shareholder agreements, voting trust agreements and all other agreements and contracts involving the stock of any Banking Subsidiary; and there are not now any agreements or terms of any agreements to which Borrower is a party which alter, impair, affect or abrogate the rights of Lender or the Obligations of Borrower under this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

Section 3.10 Approvals . No authorization, approval, or consent of, and no filing or registration with, any court, governmental authority, or third party is or will be necessary for the execution, delivery, or performance by Borrower of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which Borrower is or may become a party or the validity or enforceability thereof.

Section 3.11 Contracts . To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, neither Borrower nor any Banking Subsidiary is a party to, or bound by, any agreement, condition, contract, or arrangement which is reasonably expected in the future to have a material adverse effect on the business, operations or financial condition of Borrower or any Banking Subsidiary.

Section 3.12 Inducement to Lender . The representations and warranties contained in the Loan Documents are made by Borrower as an inducement to Lender to make the Loan. Borrower understands that Lender is relying on such representations and warranties and that such representations and warranties shall survive any (a) bankruptcy proceedings involving Borrower, or (b) foreclosure of the Security Agreement.

 

LOAN AGREEMENT – Page 5


ARTICLE 4 — COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS OF BORROWER

While any part of the Obligations remains unpaid and unless otherwise waived in writing by Lender, Borrower hereby covenants and agrees as follows:

Section 4.1 Compliance with Governmental Requirements . Borrower and each Banking Subsidiary shall timely comply with all Governmental Requirements and, upon Lender’s request, promptly deliver to Lender evidence thereof. Immediately upon Borrower’s or any Banking Subsidiary’s receipt of any notice from a Governmental Authority of noncompliance with any Governmental Requirements which could reasonably be anticipated to have a material adverse effect on Borrower or the Collateral, Borrower or such Banking Subsidiary shall provide Lender with written notice thereof unless prohibited by such notice or by applicable law.

Section 4.2 Insurance . Borrower shall maintain or cause to be maintained in force insurance coverage reasonable in coverage and scope for Borrower’s activities or as otherwise required by Lender and shall furnish to Lender upon request at reasonable intervals a certificate or certificates from the respective insurer(s) setting forth the nature and extent of all insurance maintained by Borrower in accordance with the Loan Documents.

Section 4.3 Notice to Lender . Borrower shall promptly notify Lender in writing of any of the following occurrences or events as the same become known to Borrower, specifying in each case the action Borrower has taken or caused to be taken, or proposes to take or cause to be taken, with respect thereto: (a) the occurrence of any Event of Default or any event which with the giving of notice or the lapse of time, or both, could become a material Event of Default; (b) any default by Borrower under any Governmental Requirement which would likely have a material adverse effect on the business of Borrower; (c) any material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, of Borrower; (d) the occurrence of any material litigation, arbitration or governmental investigation or proceeding not previously disclosed by Borrower to Lender which has been instituted or (to the knowledge of Borrower) is threatened against Borrower or any Banking Subsidiary; and (e) any notice received by Borrower with respect to the cancellation, material adverse alteration or non-renewal of any insurance coverage maintained or required to be maintained by Borrower.

Section 4.4 Costs and Expenses . Borrower shall pay when due all costs and expenses required by this Agreement, including, without limitation, (a) all reasonable fees and expenses of counsel to Lender in connection with the negotiation, preparation, amendment, enforcement or defense of the Loan Documents or the making of the Advance; (b) all premiums for insurance; and (c) all other reasonable costs and expenses payable to third parties incurred by Lender in connection with the investigation, consummation, enforcement or defense of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Section 4.5 Further Assurances . Borrower shall execute and deliver to Lender, from time to time as requested by Lender, such other documents, agreements, certificates, affidavits, and other instruments as shall be reasonably necessary to provide the rights and remedies to Lender granted or provided for by the Loan Documents.

Section 4.6 Defense of Actions . Lender may (but shall not be obligated to) commence, appear in, or defend any action or proceeding purporting to affect the Loan or the respective rights and obligations of Lender and Borrower pursuant to this Agreement. Lender may (but shall not be obligated to) pay all necessary expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred in connection with such proceedings or actions, which Borrower agrees to repay to Lender on demand.

Section 4.7 Prohibition on Assignment of Borrower’s Interest . Borrower shall not assign or encumber any interest of Borrower under this Agreement without the prior written consent of Lender.

 

LOAN AGREEMENT – Page 6


Section 4.8 Current Financial Statements . Without limitation of any requirements of the Loan Documents, Borrower shall deliver to Lender:

(a) Quarterly Reports . As soon as available, but no more than forty-five (45) days after the end of each calendar quarter and with regard to such calendar quarter, copies of:

(1) all Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council (the “ FFIEC ”) Consolidated Reports of Condition and Income (commonly known as Call Reports) furnished by any Banking Subsidiary to the appropriate regulatory authorities;

(2) each Banking Subsidiary’s report of risk-based capital adequacy, as submitted to such Banking Subsidiary’s Board of Directors; and

(3) a summary report of the totals, by category, of all assets of each Banking Subsidiary that are classified, in whole or in part, as “Other Assets Especially Mentioned”, “Substandard”, “Doubtful”, and “Loss,” and a listing of Other Real Estate and Foreclosed Assets; and upon the request of Lender, a detailed listing of such assets.

(b) Financial Reports . As soon as practicable and in any event within forty-five (45) days after the last day of each calendar quarter, the balance sheet of Borrower, each Banking Subsidiary and of each other significant subsidiary or affiliate of Borrower as at such date, and the related statements of income and retained earnings for the elapsed portion of the fiscal year of Borrower, each Banking Subsidiary and of each other significant subsidiary or affiliate of, as the case may be, ended with the last day of such calendar quarter, all in reasonable detail, prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles (subject to routine audit and normal year-end adjustments), and certified by the president or principal financial officer of Borrower, each Banking Subsidiary and of each other significant subsidiary or affiliate of Borrower, as the case may be.

(c) FRY-9 Reports . As soon as available, but no more than forty-five (45) days after each June 30 and each December 31 of each calendar year, the Parent Company Only Financial Statements for Bank Holding Companies (FRY-9LP) report for Borrower, as submitted to the Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas, prepared on an unconsolidated basis (Borrower only), and as soon as available, but no more than forty-five (45) days after the end of each calendar quarter, the Consolidated Financial Statements for Bank Holding Companies (FRY-9C) report for Borrower, as submitted to the Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas, prepared on a consolidated basis.

(d) Annual Audit of Borrower . As soon as available, but no more than one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year: (i) copies of audited balance sheets, statements of income and retained earnings and statement of cash flows of Borrower, setting forth on a consolidated basis, in comparative form, figures for the previous calendar year, all in reasonable detail; (ii) an opinion by an independent certified public accountant selected by Borrower and acceptable to Lender, which opinion shall state that said financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP and that such accountant’s audit of such financial statements has been made in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and that said financial statements present fairly the financial condition of Borrower and the results of its operations; and (iii) any management letter submitted to Borrower by such independent certified public accountant.

(e) from time to time, as Lender may request, additional Financial Statements of Borrower.

Section 4.9 Loan Participation . Borrower acknowledges and agrees that Lender may, from time to time, sell or offer to sell interests in the Loan to one or more participants. Borrower authorizes Lender to disseminate any information it has pertaining to the Loan, including, without limitation, credit information on Borrower or any of its principals, to any such participant or prospective participant.

 

LOAN AGREEMENT – Page 7


Section 4.10 Indemnification . BORROWER SHALL INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS (A) LENDER, (B) ANY AFFILIATE OF LENDER, (C) ANY PARTICIPANTS IN THE LOAN, (D) THE DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, PARTNERS, EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS OF LENDER AND/OR SUCH PERSONS OR ENTITIES, AND (E) THE HEIRS, PERSONAL REPRESENTATIVES, SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS OF EACH OF THE FOREGOING PERSONS OR ENTITIES IN THEIR CAPACITIES AS SUCH (EACH AN “ INDEMNIFIED PARTY ”) FROM AND AGAINST, AND REIMBURSE THEM ON DEMAND FOR, ANY AND ALL INDEMNIFIED MATTERS. WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE FOREGOING INDEMNITIES SHALL APPLY TO EACH INDEMNIFIED PARTY WITH RESPECT TO MATTERS WHICH IN WHOLE OR IN PART ARE CAUSED BY OR ARISE OUT OF THE NEGLIGENCE OF SUCH (AND/OR ANY OTHER) INDEMNIFIED PARTY, IT BEING THE INTENT OF THE PARTIES THAT THE NEGLIGENCE OF SUCH PARTIES BE EXPRESSLY COVERED HEREBY. However, such indemnities shall not apply to a particular Indemnified Party to the extent that the subject of the indemnification is caused by or arises out of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of that Indemnified Party. Any amount to be paid under this Section by Borrower to an Indemnified Party shall be a demand obligation owing by Borrower (which Borrower hereby promises to pay) to Lender, as part of the Indebtedness, even if in excess of the amount committed by Lender under Section 2.1 , and secured by the Loan Documents. Nothing in this Section, elsewhere in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document shall limit or impair any rights or remedies of Lender, or any other Indemnified Party (including without limitation any rights of contribution or indemnification), against Borrower or any other person under any other provision of this Agreement, any other Loan Document, any other agreement or any applicable Governmental Requirement. The liability of Borrower or any other person under this indemnity shall not be limited or impaired in any way by (i) the release, foreclosure or other termination of the Security Agreement and shall survive the payment in full of the Indebtedness, any bankruptcy or other debtor relief proceeding, or any other event whatsoever, and (ii) any provision in the Loan Documents or applicable law limiting Borrower’s or such other person’s liability or Lender’s recourse or rights to a deficiency judgment, or by any change, extension, release, inaccuracy, breach or failure to perform by any party under the Loan Documents, Borrower’s (and, if applicable, such other person’s) liability hereunder being direct and primary and not as a guarantor or surety.

ARTICLE 5 — DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

Section 5.1 Events of Default . The occurrence of any one of the following shall be a default under this Agreement (“ Default ”):

(a) Failure to Pay Indebtedness . Any of the Indebtedness is not paid within the greater of: (i) ten (10) days after the same shall be due, whether by acceleration or otherwise, or (ii) if longer, any applicable grace period provided with respect to such Indebtedness;

(b) Nonperformance of Covenants herein set forth . Any covenant, agreement or condition herein is not fully and timely performed, observed or kept, and except with respect to covenants to pay any of the Indebtedness and those covenants, agreements and conditions set forth in Section 4.7 , such failure is not cured within twenty (20) days following written notice of such failure from Lender to Borrower;

(c) Nonperformance of Covenants set forth in any other Loan Document . Any covenant, agreement or condition in any other Loan Document is not fully and timely performed, observed or kept, and except with respect to covenants to pay any of the Indebtedness, such failure is not cured within the applicable grace or cure period (if any) provided for in such other Loan Document;

 

LOAN AGREEMENT – Page 8


(d) Representations . Any statement, representation or warranty in any of the Loan Documents, or in any financial statement or any other writing heretofore or hereafter delivered to Lender in connection with the Indebtedness is false, fraudulent, misleading or erroneous in any material respect on the date or on the date as of which such statement, representation or warranty is made;

(e) Judgment Against Borrower . Any final judgment (i) is rendered against Borrower, (ii) is not paid, vacated or discharged within thirty (30) days after entry, and (iii) could reasonably have a material and adverse effect upon Borrower;

(f) Bankruptcy or Insolvency . The Borrower or any person obligated to pay any part of the Indebtedness (an “Obligated Party”): (i) becomes insolvent, or makes a transfer in fraud of creditors, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or admits in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due; (ii) generally is not paying its debts as such debts become due; (iii) has a receiver, trustee or custodian appointed for, or take possession of, (a) all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrower or Obligated Party, or (b) any of the Collateral, either in a proceeding brought by such party or in a proceeding brought against such party and such appointment is not discharged or such possession is not terminated within sixty (60) days after the effective date thereof or such party consents to or acquiesces in such appointment or possession; (iv) files a petition for relief under the United States Secured Bankruptcy Code or any other present or future federal or state insolvency, bankruptcy or similar laws (all of the foregoing hereinafter collectively called “ Applicable Secured Bankruptcy Law ”) or an involuntary petition for relief is filed against such party under any Applicable Secured Bankruptcy Law and such involuntary petition is not dismissed within sixty (60) days after the filing thereof, or an order for relief naming such party is entered under any Applicable Secured Bankruptcy Law, or any composition, rearrangement, extension, reorganization or other relief of debtors now or hereafter existing is requested or consented to by such party; (v) fails to have discharged within a period of sixty (60) days any attachment, sequestration or similar writ levied upon any material property of such party (other than in the ordinary course of business of Borrower or any Obligated Party); or (vi) fails to pay within thirty (30) days any final money judgment against such party;

(g) Transfer of Ownership of Borrower . The sale, pledge, encumbrance, assignment or transfer, voluntarily or involuntarily, of any interest in Borrower or in any entity comprising Borrower (if Borrower or any such entity is not a natural person but is a corporation, partnership, trust or other legal entity), without the prior written consent of Lender (including, without limitation, if Borrower or any entity comprising Borrower is a partnership or joint venture, the withdrawal from or admission into it of any general partner or joint venturer) and after giving effect to the same, the aggregate change of ownership in the applicable person is twenty-five percent (25%) or more;

(h) Default Under Other Lien . A default or event of default occurs under any lien, security interest or assignment covering the Collateral or any material part thereof (without hereby implying Lender’s consent to any such lien, security interest or assignment not created under the Loan Documents), and the holder of any such lien, security interest or assignment declares a default or institutes foreclosure or other proceedings for the enforcement of its remedies thereunder;

 

LOAN AGREEMENT – Page 9


(i) Liquidation, Etc . The liquidation, termination, dissolution, merger, consolidation or failure to maintain (and failure to reinstate or cure such failure) good standing in the State of Texas (or in the case of an individual, the death or legal incapacity) of the Borrower or any person obligated to pay any part of the Indebtedness;

(j) Material Adverse Change . In Lender’s reasonable opinion, there has occurred or exists a fact or set of circumstances which is reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect upon the condition, financial or otherwise, of Borrower or Borrower’s ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement;

(k) Enforceability Priority . Any Loan Document shall for any reason without Lender’s specific written consent cease to be in full force and effect, or shall be declared null and void or unenforceable in whole or in part, or the validity or enforceability thereof, in whole or in part, shall be challenged or denied by any party thereto other than Lender; or the liens or security interests of Lender in any of the Collateral become unenforceable in whole or in part, or cease to be of the priority herein required, or the validity or enforceability thereof, in whole or in part, shall be challenged or denied by Borrower or any person obligated to pay any part of the Indebtedness;

(l) Default under other Loan Agreements . An Event of Default occurs under any other loan agreement by and between Lender and Borrower, including, without limitation, that certain Amended and Restated Loan Agreement dated October 1, 2001 (as amended, extended or modified from time to time), and the same is not remedied within the applicable period of grace (if any) provided in such loan agreement;

(m) Line of Credit Covenants . After the date hereof, (1) the line of credit extended to Borrower by Lender pursuant to that certain Amended and Restated Loan Agreement dated October 1, 2001 (as amended, extended or modified from time to time) is terminated, expires by its own terms, or otherwise ceases to be in full force and effect, (2) Borrower would otherwise be in default of any of the covenants therein set forth, and (3) the same is not remedied within twenty (20) days following written notice of such failure from Lender to Borrower; and

(n) Other Loan Documents . A default or event of default occurs under any Loan Document, other than this Agreement, and the same is not remedied within the applicable period of grace (if any) provided in such Loan Document.

Section 5.2 Certain Remedies . Should an Event of Default occur, Lender may, at its election, do any one or more of the following without notice (unless notice is required by applicable statute):

(a) Declare the Indebtedness, or any part thereof, immediately due and payable, whereupon it shall be due and payable without notice of any kind, including but not limited to notice of intention to accelerate, all of which are waived by Borrower. Without limitation of the foregoing, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default described in clauses (i), (iii) or (iv) of subparagraph (1) of paragraph (f) of Section 5.1 , but only by virtue of such an occurrence with respect to Borrower, all of the Indebtedness shall thereupon be immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest, notice of protest, declaration or notice of acceleration or intention to accelerate, or any other notice or declaration or act of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by Borrower.

(b) Reduce any claim to judgment.

 

LOAN AGREEMENT – Page 10


(c) Exercise any and all rights and remedies afforded by any of the Loan Documents, or by law or equity or otherwise, as Lender shall deem appropriate.

Section 5.3 Performance by Lender on Borrower’s Behalf . Borrower agrees that, if Borrower fails to perform any act or to take any action which under any Loan Document Borrower is required to perform or take, or to pay any money which under any Loan Document Borrower is required to pay, and there exists a default or potential default hereunder or thereunder, Lender, in Borrower’s name or its own name, may, but shall not be obligated to, perform or cause to be performed such act or take such action or pay such money, and any expenses so incurred by Lender and any money so paid by Lender, shall be a demand obligation owing by Borrower to Lender (which obligation Borrower hereby promises to pay) and Lender, upon making such payment, shall be subrogated to all of the rights of the person, entity or body politic receiving such payment. No such payment or performance by Lender shall waive or cure any default or waive any right, remedy or recourse of Lender. Any such payment may be made by Lender in reliance on any statement, invoice or claim without inquiry into the validity or accuracy thereof. Each amount due and owing by Borrower to Lender pursuant to this Section shall bear interest each day, from the date of such expenditure or payment until paid, at the same rate as is provided in the Note for interest on past due principal owed on the Note; and all such amounts, together with such interest thereon, shall be a part of the Indebtedness and shall be secured by the Security Agreement. The amount and nature of any such expense and the time when paid shall be fully established by the certificate of Lender or any of Lender’s officers or agents.

Section 5.4 Remedies Cumulative . All remedies provided for herein and in any other Loan Document are cumulative of each other and of any and all other remedies existing at law or in equity, and Lender shall, in addition to the remedies provided herein or in any other Loan Document, be entitled to avail itself of all such other remedies as may now or hereafter exist at law or in equity for the collection of the Indebtedness and the enforcement of the covenants herein and the foreclosure of the liens and security interests evidenced by the Security Agreement or any other Loan Document, and the resort to any remedy provided for hereunder or under any such other Loan Document or provided for by law or in equity shall not prevent the concurrent or subsequent employment of any other appropriate remedy or remedies.

ARTICLE 6 — GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS

Section 6.1 Notices . All notices, requests, demands or other communications required or permitted to be given pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and given by (i) personal delivery, (ii) expedited delivery service with proof of delivery, or (iii) United States mail, postage prepaid, registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, sent to the intended addressee at the address set forth on the signature page of this Agreement, or to such different address as the addressee shall have designated by written notice sent pursuant to the terms hereof and shall be deemed to have been received either, in the case of personal delivery, at the time of personal delivery, in the case of expedited delivery service, as of the date of first attempted delivery at the address and in the manner provided herein, or in the case of mail, upon deposit in a depository receptacle under the care and custody of the United States Postal Service. Either party shall have the right to change its address for notice hereunder to any other location within the continental United States by notice to the other party of such new address at least thirty (30) days prior to the effective date of such new address.

Section 6.2 Modifications . No provision of this Agreement or of any of the other Loan Documents may be modified, waived, or terminated except by instrument in writing executed by the party against whom a modification, waiver or termination is sought to be enforced.

Section 6.3 Severability . In case any of the provisions of this Agreement shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision hereof, and this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

 

LOAN AGREEMENT – Page 11


Section 6.4 Election of Remedies . Lender shall have all of the rights and remedies granted in this Agreement and in all of the other Loan Documents and available at law or in equity, and these same rights and remedies shall be cumulative and may be pursued separately, successively, or concurrently against Borrower or any property covered under the Loan Documents at the sole discretion of Lender. The exercise or failure to exercise any of the same shall not constitute a waiver or release thereof or of any other right or remedy, and the same shall be nonexclusive.

Section 6.5 Form and Substance . All documents, certificates, insurance policies and other items required under this Agreement to be executed and/or delivered to Lender shall be in form and substance satisfactory to Lender.

Section 6.6 Controlling Agreement . All agreements between Borrower and Lender, whether now existing or hereafter arising and whether written or oral, are hereby limited so that in no contingency, whether by reason of demand or acceleration of the maturity of the Note or otherwise, shall the interest paid or agreed to be paid to Lender exceed the maximum amount permissible under applicable law. If from any circumstances whatsoever, interest would otherwise be payable to Lender at a rate in excess of that permitted under applicable law, then the interest payable to Lender shall be reduced to the maximum amount permitted under applicable law, and if from any circumstance Lender shall ever receive anything of value deemed interest by applicable law which would exceed interest at the highest lawful rate, an amount equal to any excessive interest shall be applied to the reduction of the principal amount owing to Lender under this Agreement or under any of the other Loan Documents and not to the payment of interest, or if such excessive interest exceeds the unpaid balance of principal owing to Lender under this Agreement and under any of the other Loan Documents, such excess shall be refunded to the Borrower. All interest paid or agreed to be paid to Lender shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be amortized, prorated, allocated and/or spread throughout the full period until payment in full of the principal of the indebtedness (including the period of any renewal or extension hereof) so that the interest on account of such indebtedness for such full period shall not exceed the maximum amount permitted by applicable law. This section shall control all agreements between Borrower and Lender.

Section 6.7 No Third Party Beneficiary . This Agreement is for the sole benefit of Lender and Borrower and is not for the benefit of any third party.

Section 6.8 Borrower in Control . In no event shall Lender’s rights and interests under the Loan Documents be construed to give Lender the right to control, or be deemed to indicate that Lender is in control of, the business, management or properties of Borrower or the daily management functions and operating decisions made by Borrower.

Section 6.9 Number and Gender . Whenever used herein, the singular number shall include the plural and the singular, and the use of any gender shall be applicable to all genders. The duties, covenants, obligations and warranties of Borrower in this Agreement shall be joint and several obligations of Borrower and of each Borrower if more than one.

Section 6.10 Captions . The captions, headings, and arrangements used in this Agreement are for convenience only and do not in any way affect, limit, amplify, or modify the terms and provisions hereof.

Section 6.11 Applicable Law . THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS ARE CONTRACTS MADE IN, AND UNDER THE LAWS OF, THE STATE OF

 

LOAN AGREEMENT – Page 12


TEXAS, AND THEIR VALIDITY, ENFORCEMENT AND INTERPRETATION, SHALL FOR ALL PURPOSES BE GOVERNED ENTIRELY BY TEXAS LAW AND APPLICABLE UNITED STATES FEDERAL LAW.

Section 6.12 Relationship of the Parties . This Agreement provides for the making of the Loan by Lender, in its capacity as a lender, to Borrower, in its capacity as a borrower, and for the payment of interest and repayment of principal by Borrower to Lender. The relationship between Lender and Borrower is limited to that of creditor/secured party, on the one hand, and debtor, on the other hand. The provisions herein for delivery of Financial Statements are intended solely for the benefit of Lender to protect its interests as lender in assuring payments of interest and repayment of principal, and nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as permitting or obligating Lender to act as a financial or business advisor or consultant to Borrower, as permitting or obligating Lender to control Borrower or to conduct Borrower’s operations, as creating any fiduciary obligation on the part of Lender to Borrower, or as creating any joint venture, agency, or other relationship between the parties other than as explicitly and specifically stated in this Agreement. Borrower acknowledges that it has had the opportunity to obtain the advice of experienced counsel of its own choosing in connection with the negotiation and execution of this Agreement and to obtain the advice of experienced counsel in connection with entering into these binding provisions, including, without limitation, the provision for waiver of trial by jury. Borrower further acknowledges that it is experienced with respect to financial and credit matters and has made its own independent decisions to apply to Lender for credit and to execute and deliver this Agreement.

Section 6.13 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . BORROWER HEREBY COVENANTS AND AGREES THAT, IN CONNECTION WITH ANY DISPUTE ARISING UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR UNDER ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, IT SHALL NOT ELECT A TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY ISSUE TRIABLE OF RIGHT BY A JURY AND HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY FULLY TO THE EXTENT THAT ANY SUCH RIGHT SHALL NOW OR HEREAFTER EXIST. THIS WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IS SEPARATELY GIVEN, KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY, BY BORROWER, AND THIS WAIVER IS INTENDED TO ENCOMPASS INDIVIDUALLY EACH INSTANCE AND EACH ISSUE AS TO WHICH THE RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL WOULD OTHERWISE ACCRUE. LENDER IS HEREBY AUTHORIZED AND REQUESTED TO SUBMIT THIS AGREEMENT TO ANY COURT HAVING JURISDICTION OVER THE SUBJECT MATTER AND THE PARTIES HERETO, SO AS TO SERVE AS CONCLUSIVE EVIDENCE OF THE FOREGOING WAIVER OF THE RIGHT TO JURY TRIAL. FURTHER, BORROWER HEREBY CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE OR AGENT OF LENDER, INCLUDING LENDER’S COUNSEL, HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, TO ANY OF THE UNDERSIGNED THAT LENDER WILL NOT SEEK TO ENFORCE THIS WAIVER OF RIGHT OF JURY TRIAL PROVISION.

Section 6.14 Consent to Jurisdiction . Borrower hereby agrees that any action or proceeding under this Agreement or under any of the other Loan Documents may be commenced against it in any court of competent jurisdiction within the State of Texas by service of process upon Borrower by first class registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to Borrower at its address last known to Lender. Borrower agrees that any such suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or to any of the other Loan Documents may be instituted in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Texas; and Borrower hereby waives any objection to the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding. Nothing herein shall affect the right of Lender to accomplish service of process in any other manner permitted by law or to commence legal proceedings or otherwise proceed against Borrower in any other jurisdiction or court.

 

LOAN AGREEMENT – Page 13


Section 6.15 Negotiation . The parties have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, there shall be no presumption or burden of proof which arises favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

Section 6.16 Conflicting Terms . In the event of a conflict or apparent conflict between or among the terms and provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the parties shall give the provisions their broadest interpretation so as to reconcile the conflict or apparent conflict. If such an interpretation is not possible, or if the parties cannot agree on such an interpretation, Lender, in its sole discretion, shall designate the provision which most closely approximates its intention with respect to the subject matter at the time of execution of the Loan Documents and such provision shall govern. Borrower hereby agrees that such a procedure does not prejudice its rights under the Loan Documents insofar as Borrower has accepted and agreed to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement and of the Loan Documents by its execution hereof and thereof.

Section 6.17 Entire Agreement . THE WRITTEN LOAN DOCUMENTS REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES.

THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES.

 

LOAN AGREEMENT – Page 14


EXECUTED and DELIVERED as of the date first recited.

 

The Address of Borrower is:   BORROWER :
2911 Turtle Creek Blvd., Suite 700   PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION,
Dallas, Texas 75219   a Texas corporation
Attn: Jeff Isom    
  By:  

/s/ Scott J. Luedke

  Name:  

Scott J. Luedke

  Title:  

Vice President and Assistant General Counsel

The Address of Lender is:   LENDER :
  BANK ONE, NA,
Mail Code TX1-1275   a national banking association
P.O. Box 2050    
Fort Worth, Texas 76113-2050    
Attn: James W. Aldridge    
  By:  

/s/ James W. Aldridge

  Name:  

James W. Aldridge

  Title:  

First Vice President

For deliveries in person, the Address of Lender is:

Bank One, NA

1301 South Bowen Road

Arlington, Texas 76013

Attn: James W. Aldridge

 

LOAN AGREEMENT – Page 15


EXHIBIT “A”

TO

LOAN AGREEMENT

CONDITIONS TO CLOSING AND FUNDING

 

(X)    1.    The Note, dated the Closing Date.
(X)    2.    The Pledge and Security Agreement, dated the Closing Date.
(X)    3.    The original certificate or certificates evidencing the Pledged Stock.
(X)    4.    Stock powers, duly executed by Borrower in blank.
(X)    5.    The Collateral Assignment of Note, dated the Closing Date.
(X)    6.    The Financing Statements with respect to the security interest granted in the Loan Documents, together with evidence of the priority of the respective security interests perfected thereby.
(X)    7.    The Financial Statements of Borrower.
(X)    8    With respect to Borrower:
      (a)    Certified Resolutions or Unanimous Consent of the Board of Directors and Incumbency;
      (b)    Certificates of Existence and Good Standing from state of incorporation or organization;
      (c)    Certified Articles of Incorporation and all amendments thereto from state of incorporation; and
      (d)    Certified Bylaws and all amendments thereto from the company.
(X)    9.    The opinion of Borrower’s counsel addressed to Lender, dated the Closing Date and satisfactory to Lender in form and content, to the effect that (i) Borrower is duly formed, validly existing, in good standing and qualified to do business under Texas law; (ii) the Loan Documents are valid and binding obligations of Borrower, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms subject, as to enforcement, to the effect of Debtor Relief Laws; (iii) neither the Loan nor any of the financing arrangements contemplated by this Agreement or by the Loan Documents violate the usury laws of the State of Texas or any other applicable law; (iv) to the knowledge of such counsel the execution of the Loan Documents and the carrying out of the transactions contemplated thereby will not constitute a default or provide a basis for acceleration of indebtedness under any material agreement or restriction known to such counsel, or violate any law to which Borrower is subject; and (v) to the knowledge of such counsel there is no pending or

 

LOAN AGREEMENT


      threatened litigation or proceeding by or against Borrower under any Debtor Relief Law or against Borrower whereby the total potential liability may exceed $25,000.00; and covering such other matters as Lender may reasonably require; and such other satisfactory evidence as Lender shall require that all necessary action on the part of Borrower has been taken with respect to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby so that this Agreement and all other Loan Documents to be executed and delivered by or on behalf of Borrower will be valid and binding upon Borrower or any other person executing and delivering such document, as the case may be.
(X)    10.    Borrower shall obtain and maintain insurance coverage typical of that held by similarly situated companies, satisfactory to Lender.

 

LOAN AGREEMENT

Exhibit 10.43

PROMISSORY NOTE

 

$6,000,000.00    September 22, 2004

 

1. COVENANT TO PAY .

1.1. Promise to Pay . FOR VALUE RECEIVED, PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION , a Texas corporation (herein called “ Maker ”, whether one or more), promises to pay to the order of BANK ONE, NA, a national banking association [herein, together with all subsequent holders of this Promissory Note (“ Note ”), called “ Payee ”], on or before the Maturity Date (as defined below), as hereinafter provided, the principal sum of SIX MILLION AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($6,000,000.00) , or so much thereof as may actually be outstanding hereunder, together with interest on the unpaid principal balance from time to time outstanding at the rate herein specified and otherwise in strict accordance with the terms and provisions hereof.

 

2. INTEREST RATE COMPUTATION .

2.1. Interest Rate . Except as otherwise provided herein, interest on the principal balance of this Note outstanding from time to time shall accrue at the lesser of (a) the Alternative Base Rate (as defined herein) or (b) the Maximum Lawful Rate (as defined herein). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, the Alternative Base Rate shall fluctuate automatically daily, up and down, without notice to Maker or any other person, as and in the amount by which the Prime Rate fluctuates, subject always to the limitation on interest set forth herein.

2.2. Default Rate . Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default hereunder or under any of the Loan Documents (as defined herein), at the option of the Payee, the principal balance of this Note then outstanding shall bear interest for the period beginning with the date of the occurrence of such Event of Default at the Default Rate (as defined herein).

2.3. Definitions . As used in this Note and the Loan Documents, the following terms shall have the respective meanings indicated below:

Alternative Base Rate ” shall mean, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the sum of (a) the Prime Rate, minus (b) three-quarters of one percent (0.75%). Any change in the Alternative Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate shall be effective without notice to Maker from and including the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate.

Business Day ” shall mean any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which national banking associations are authorized or required under applicable law to remain closed.

Charges ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 5.4 hereof.

Default Rate ” shall mean the interest rate, at Payee’s option, equal to the lesser of (i) the Alternative Base Rate plus three percent (3%), and (ii) the Maximum Lawful Rate.

Event of Default ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 4.1 hereof.

 

1


Maturity Date ” shall mean the date on which this Note matures, whether by acceleration, lapse of time or otherwise; provided, that such date shall be September 1, 2009 , unless earlier accelerated as permitted herein, in the Loan Agreement or in any other Loan Document.

Loan Agreement ” shall mean that certain Loan Agreement, dated of even date herewith, by between Payee, as lender, and Maker, as borrower.

Loan Documents ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 5.1 hereof.

Maximum Lawful Rate ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 5.4 hereof.

Prime Rate ” shall mean the prime rate of interest as announced by Payee or its parent (which may not be the lowest, best or most favorable rate of interest which Payee may charge on loans to its customers).

2.4. Interest Limitation Recoupment . Notwithstanding anything in this Note to the contrary, if at any time (i) interest at the Alternative Base Rate, (ii) interest at the Default Rate, if applicable, and (iii) the Charges computed over the full term of this Note, exceed the Maximum Lawful Rate, then the rate of interest payable hereunder, together with all Charges, shall be limited to the Maximum Lawful Rate; provided, however, that any subsequent reduction in the Alternative Base Rate shall not cause a reduction of the rate of interest payable hereunder below the Maximum Lawful Rate until the total amount of interest earned hereunder, together with all Charges, equals the total amount of interest which would have accrued at the Alternative Base Rate if such interest rate had at all times been in effect.

2.5. Computation Period . Interest on the indebtedness evidenced by this Note shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year and shall accrue on the actual number of days any principal balance hereof is outstanding.

 

3. PAYMENTS .

3.1. Payment Schedule . Interest, calculated on a daily basis, shall be payable semi-annually in arrears on the first day of each February and August, commencing on February 1, 2005, and continuing on the first day of each successive February and August thereafter until the Maturity Date, at which time all accrued and unpaid interest hereon shall be due and payable in full. In addition to but not in lieu of each such interest installment, on the first day of each February, commencing on February 1, 2005, a principal payment of $500,000.00 shall be due and payable. The aggregate outstanding principal balance under the Note plus all accrued but unpaid interest thereon shall be due and payable in full on the Maturity Date.

3.2. Application . All payments on this Note shall, prior to an Event of Default, be applied in the following order: (i) the payment of accrued but unpaid interest hereon, (ii) the payment or reimbursement of any expenses, costs or obligations (other than the principal hereof and interest hereon) for which Maker shall be obligated or Payee entitled pursuant to the provisions hereof or of the other Loan Documents, and (iii) the payment of all or any portion of the principal balance then outstanding hereunder, in either the direct, or inverse, order of maturity. After an Event of Default, all payments on the Note shall, at the sole option of Payee, be applied from time to time and in any order, to the foregoing items.

 

2


3.3. Place . All payments hereunder shall be made to Payee at BANK ONE, NA, 420 Throckmorton Street, Suite 400, Fort Worth, Texas 76102, or as Payee may from time to time designate in writing to Maker.

3.4. Business Days . If any payment of principal or interest on this Note shall become due and payable on a Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which Payee is not open for normal business, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding business day of Payee. Any such extension of time for payment shall be included in computing interest which has accrued and shall be payable in connection with such payment.

3.5. Legal Tender . All amounts payable hereunder are payable in lawful money or legal tender of the United States of America.

3.6. Prepayments . Maker shall have the right at any time to prepay the Loan in part or in whole without penalty.

3.7. Late Charge . In addition to the payments otherwise specified herein, subject to the provisions of Section 5.4 hereof, if Maker fails, refuses or neglects to pay, in full, any installment or portion of the indebtedness evidenced hereby, within ten (10) days after same shall be due and payable, then Maker shall be obligated to pay to Payee a late charge equal to the greater of Fifty and No/100 Dollars ($50.00) or five percent (5%) of the amount of such delinquent payment to compensate Payee for Maker’s default and the additional costs and administrative efforts required by reason of such default; provided, however, Payee will apply any late charge fee collected from Maker to the amount of interest charged at the Default Rate which covers the period for which such late charge was collected.

 

4. DEFAULT AND REMEDIES .

4.1. Default . An “Event of Default” shall occur hereunder if (i) Maker shall fail, refuse or neglect to pay, in full, any installment or portion of the indebtedness evidenced hereby, within ten (10) days after the same shall become due and payable, whether at the due date thereof as stipulated herein, or upon acceleration (but without any grace period), or (ii) an Event of Default (as defined and used in any of the other Loan Documents) shall occur under any of the other Loan Documents.

4.2. Remedies . If an Event of Default shall occur under this Note or any of the Loan Documents (as herein defined), then Payee may, at its option, without notice or demand, declare the unpaid principal balance of, and the accrued but unpaid interest on, this Note immediately due and payable, foreclose all liens and security interests securing payment hereof, pursue any and all other rights, remedies and recourses available to Payee or pursue any combination of the foregoing. All remedies hereunder, under the Loan Documents and at law or in equity shall be cumulative.

4.3. Waiver . Except as specifically provided in the Loan Documents, Maker and any endorsers or guarantors hereof severally waive presentment and demand for payment, notice of intent to accelerate maturity, notice of acceleration of maturity, protest and notice of protest and nonpayment, bringing of suit and diligence in taking any action to collect any sums owing hereunder or in proceeding against any of the rights and collateral securing payment hereof. Maker and any endorsers or guarantors hereof agree (i) that the time for any payments hereunder may be extended from time to time without notice and consent, (ii) to the acceptance of further collateral, and/or (iii) the release of any existing collateral for the payment of this Note, all without in any manner affecting their liability under or with respect to this Note. No extension of time for the payment of this Note or any installment hereof shall affect the liability of Maker under this Note or any endorser or guarantor hereof even though the Maker or such endorser or guarantor is not a party to such agreement.

 

3


4.4. No Waiver . Failure of Payee to exercise any of the options granted herein to Payee upon the happening of one or more of the events giving rise to such options shall not constitute a waiver of the right to exercise the same or any other option at any subsequent time in respect to the same or any other event. The acceptance by Payee of any payment hereunder that is less than payment in full of all amounts due and payable at the time of such payment shall not constitute a waiver of the right to exercise any of the options granted herein to Payee at that time or at any subsequent time or nullify any prior exercise of any such option without the express written acknowledgment of the Payee.

4.5. Collection Costs . Maker agrees to pay all reasonable costs of collection hereof when incurred, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, whether or not any legal action shall be instituted to enforce this Note.

 

5. MISCELLANEOUS .

5.1. Loan Documents . This Note is issued pursuant to the Loan Agreement, and is the note defined therein as the “ Note ”. This Note is secured, inter alia , by a Pledge and Security Agreement (the “ Security Agreement ”) of even date herewith executed by Maker in favor of Payee covering certain collateral, as more particularly described therein (this Note, the Loan Agreement and Security Agreement, and all the other documents evidencing, securing or pertaining to the transaction in which the indebtedness evidenced hereby was incurred are, collectively, referred to as the “ Loan Documents ”).

5.2. Notices . All notices, requests, demands or other communications required or permitted to be given pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and given by (i) personal delivery, (ii) expedited delivery service with proof of delivery, or (iii) United States mail, postage prepaid, registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, sent to the intended addressee at the address set forth below or to such different address as the addressee shall have designated by written notice sent pursuant to the terms hereof and shall be deemed to have been received either, in the case of personal delivery, at the time of personal delivery, in the case of expedited delivery service, as of the date of first attempted delivery at the address and in the manner provided herein, or in the case of mail, upon deposit in a depository receptacle under the care and custody of the United States Postal Service. Either party shall have the right to change its address for notice hereunder to any other location within the continental United States by notice to the other party of such new address at least thirty (30) days prior to the effective date of such new address. For purposes of such notices, the addresses of the parties shall be as follows:

 

  Payee:    If intended for Payee and to be delivered in person, to:
     BANK ONE, NA
     420 Throckmorton Street, Suite 400
     Fort Worth, Texas 76102
     Attn.: James W. Aldridge
     If intended for Payee and to be delivered by mail, to:
     BANK ONE, NA
     Mail Code TX1-1275
     P.O. Box 2050
     Fort Worth, Texas 76113-2050
     Attn: James W. Aldridge

 

4


  Maker:    PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION
     2911 Turtle Creek Boulevard, Suite 700
     Dallas, Texas 75219
     Attn: Jeff Isom

5.3. Governing Law . THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS AND THE APPLICABLE LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. THIS NOTE IS PERFORMABLE IN TARRANT COUNTY, TEXAS. Any action or proceeding under or in connection with this Note against Maker or any other party ever liable for payment of any sums of money payable on this Note may be brought in any state court located in Fort Worth, Tarrant County, Texas, or any federal court in Tarrant County, Texas. Maker and each such other party hereby irrevocably (i) submits to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of such courts, and (ii) waives any objection it may now or hereafter have as to the venue of any such action or proceeding brought in such court or that such court is an inconvenient forum.

5.4. Interest Limitation . It is expressly stipulated and agreed to be the intent of Maker and Payee at all times to comply with the applicable Texas law governing the maximum rate or amount of interest payable on this Note or the indebtedness (“ Indebtedness ”) evidenced hereby or evidenced or secured by the other Loan Documents (or applicable United States Federal law to the extent that it permits Payee to contract for, charge, take, reserve or receive a greater amount of interest than under Texas law). If the applicable law is ever judicially interpreted so as to render usurious any amount called for under this Note or under any of the other Loan Documents, or contracted for, charged, taken, reserved or received with respect to the Indebtedness, or Payee’s exercise of the option to accelerate the maturity of this Note, or any prepayment by Maker results in Maker having paid or Payee having received any interest in excess of that permitted by applicable law, then it is Maker’s and Payee’s express intent that all excess amounts theretofore collected by Payee be credited on the principal balance of this Note and all other Indebtedness (or, if this Note and all other Indebtedness have been or would thereby be paid in full, refunded to Maker), and the provisions of this Note and the other Loan Documents immediately be deemed reformed and the amounts thereafter collectible hereunder and thereunder reduced, without the necessity of the execution of any new document, so as to comply with the applicable law, but so as to permit the recovery of the fullest amount otherwise called for hereunder and thereunder; provided, however, if this Note has been paid in full before the end of the stated term of this Note, then Maker and Payee agree that Payee shall, with reasonable promptness after Payee discovers or is advised by Maker that interest was received in an amount in excess of the Maximum Lawful Rate, either refund such excess interest to Maker or credit such excess interest against any other Indebtedness then owing by Maker to Payee. Maker hereby agrees that as a condition precedent to any claim seeking usury penalties against Payee, that Maker will provide written notice to Payee, advising Payee in reasonable detail of the nature and amount of the violation, and Payee shall have sixty (60) days after receipt of such notice in which to correct such usury violation, if any, by either refunding such excess interest to Maker or crediting such excess interest against any other indebtedness then owing by Maker to Payee. All sums contracted for, charged or received by Payee for the use, forbearance or detention of the Indebtedness shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be amortized or spread, using the actuarial method, throughout the stated term of the Indebtedness until payment in full so that the rate or amount of interest on account of the Indebtedness does not exceed the Maximum Lawful Rate from time to time in effect and applicable to the Indebtedness for so long as debt is outstanding. In no event shall the provisions of Chapter 346 of the Texas Finance Code (which regulates certain revolving credit loan accounts and revolving triparty accounts) apply to the Indebtedness. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any of the other Loan Documents, it is not the intention of Payee to accelerate the maturity of any interest that has not accrued at the time of such acceleration or to collect unearned interest at the time of such acceleration. As used herein, the term “ Maximum Lawful Rate ” shall mean the maximum lawful rate of interest which may be contracted for, charged, taken, received

 

5


or reserved by Payee in accordance with the applicable laws of the State of Texas (or applicable United States Federal law to the extent that it permits Payee to contract for, charge, take, receive or reserve a greater amount of interest than under Texas law), taking into account all Charges (as herein defined) made in connection with the transaction evidenced by this Note and the other Loan Documents. As used herein, the term “ Charges ” shall mean all fees and charges, if any, contracted for, charged, received, taken or reserved by Payee in connection with the transactions relating to this Note and the other Loan Documents or the Indebtedness, which are treated as interest under applicable law. To the extent that Payee is relying on the Texas Finance Code to determine the Maximum Lawful Rate payable on the Indebtedness, Payee will utilize the “weekly ceiling” specified in Chapter 303 as the applicable ceiling, after taking into consideration all sums paid or agreed to be paid to Payee outside the provisions of this Note for the use, forbearance or detention of the Indebtedness. To the extent United States federal law permits Payee to contract for, charge or receive a greater amount of interest, Payee will rely on United States federal law instead of the Texas Finance Code, for the purpose of determining the Maximum Lawful Rate. Additionally, to the extent permitted by applicable law now or hereinafter in effect, Payee may, at its option and from time to time, implement any other method of computing the Maximum Lawful Rate under the Texas Finance Code as supplemented by the Texas Credit Code, as amended, or under other applicable law by giving notice, if required, to Maker as provided by applicable law now or hereafter in effect. Maker and Payee hereby agree that any and all suits alleging the contracting for, charging or receiving of usurious interest shall lie in Tarrant County, Texas, and each irrevocably waive the right to venue in any other county.

5.5. Captions . The article and section headings used in this Note are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect, alter or define the meaning or interpretation of the text of any article or section contained in this Note.

5.6. Joint and Several Liability . If this Note is executed by more than one party, each such party shall be jointly and severally liable for the obligations of Maker under this Note. If Maker is a partnership, each general partner of Maker shall be jointly and severally liable hereunder. and each such general partner hereby waives any requirement of law that in the event of a default hereunder Payee exhaust any assets of Maker before proceedings against such general partner’s assets.

5.7. NO ORAL AGREEMENTS . THIS NOTE AND ALL THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS EMBODY THE FINAL, ENTIRE AGREEMENT OF MAKER AND PAYEE AND SUPERSEDE ANY AND ALL PRIOR COMMITMENTS, AGREEMENTS, REPRESENTATIONS AND UNDERSTANDINGS, WHETHER WRITTEN OR ORAL, RELATING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF AND THEREOF AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED OR VARIED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OR DISCUSSIONS OF MAKER AND PAYEE. THERE ARE NO ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN MAKER AND PAYEE. The provisions of this Note and the Loan Documents may be amended or revised only by an instrument in writing signed by the Maker and Payee.

 

6


EXECUTED as of the date and year first above written.

 

MAKER :
PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION,
a Texas corporation
By:   /s/ Jeff Isom
Name:   Jeff Isom
Title:   CFO

 

7

Exhibit 10.44

LOAN AGREEMENT

dated October 27, 2004

by and between

BANK ONE, NA (“Lender”)

and

PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION (“Borrower”)


ARTICLE 1 — DEFINITIONS AND USE OF TERMS    1
  Section 1.1    Terms Defined Above    1
  Section 1.2    Certain Definitions    1

ARTICLE 2 — THE LOAN

   3
  Section 2.1    Commitment to Lend    3
  Section 2.2    The Note    3
  Section 2.3    Conditions to Closing and Funding    3
  Section 2.4    Use of Proceeds    3
  Section 2.5    Conditions Precedent for the Benefit of Lender    4
  Section 2.6    Pledged Security for Obligations    4
ARTICLE 3 — REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BORROWER    4
  Section 3.1    Financial Statements    4
  Section 3.2    Suits, Actions, Etc.    4
  Section 3.3    Status of Borrower; Valid and Binding Obligation    4
  Section 3.4    Disclosure    4
  Section 3.5    Taxes    5
  Section 3.6    Violations    5
  Section 3.7    Not a Foreign Person    5
  Section 3.8    Ownership of Banking Subsidiaries    5
  Section 3.9    Stock Agreements    5
  Section 3.10    Approvals    5
  Section 3.11    Contracts    5
  Section 3.12    Inducement to Lender    5
ARTICLE 4 — COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS OF BORROWER    5
  Section 4.1    Compliance with Governmental Requirements    5
  Section 4.2    Insurance    6
  Section 4.3    Notice to Lender    6
  Section 4.4    Costs and Expenses    6
  Section 4.5    Further Assurances    6
  Section 4.6    Defense of Actions    6
  Section 4.7    Prohibition on Assignment of Borrower’s Interest    6
  Section 4.8    Current Financial Statements    6
  Section 4.9    Loan Participation    7
  Section 4.10    Indemnification    8

 

-ii-


ARTICLE 5 — DEFAULT AND REMEDIES    8
  Section 5.1    Events of Default    8
  Section 5.2    Certain Remedies    10
  Section 5.3    Performance by Lender on Borrower’s Behalf    11
  Section 5.4    Remedies Cumulative    11
ARTICLE 6 — GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS    11
  Section 6.1    Notices    11
  Section 6.2    Modifications    11
  Section 6.3    Severability    11
  Section 6.4    Election of Remedies    12
  Section 6.5    Form and Substance    12
  Section 6.6    Controlling Agreement    12
  Section 6.7    No Third Party Beneficiary    12
  Section 6.8    Borrower in Control    12
  Section 6.9    Number and Gender    12
  Section 6.10    Captions    12
  Section 6.11    Applicable Law    12
  Section 6.12    Relationship of the Parties    13
  Section 6.13    WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL    13
  Section 6.14    Consent to Jurisdiction    13
  Section 6.15    Negotiation    14
  Section 6.16    Conflicting Terms    14
  Section 6.17    Entire Agreement    14

Exhibits

  
  Exhibit “A”    - Conditions to Closing and Funding   

 

-iii-


LOAN AGREEMENT

This LOAN AGREEMENT , dated October 27, 2004, is made by and between BANK ONE , NA , a national banking association (“ Lender ”), and PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION , a Texas corporation (“ Borrower ”), in respect of a loan in the maximum principal amount of Five Hundred Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($500,000.00) . For good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS AND USE OF TERMS

Section 1.1 Terms Defined Above . As used in this Agreement, the terms “ Lender ” and “ Borrower ” shall have the meanings respectively indicated in the opening recital hereof.

Section 1.2 Certain Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings, unless the context otherwise requires.

Advance ” means the disbursement by Lender of the Loan.

Agreement ” means this Loan Agreement, as from time to time amended or supplemented.

Bank ” or “ PCB ” means PlainsCapital Bank, a Texas state bank, whose principal place of business is 5010 University, Lubbock, Texas 79413.

Banking Subsidiary ” means any bank (whether state or national) more than fifty percent (50%) of whose capital stock now or hereafter is owned directly or indirectly by Borrower or any Banking Subsidiary or may be voted by Borrower or any Banking Subsidiary. At the date of this Agreement, the only Banking Subsidiary of Borrower is Bank.

Business Day ” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which national banks in Fort Worth, Texas, are authorized or required to be closed.

Collateral ” means all presently owned and hereafter acquired property of any Person that secures the Obligations, including, without limitation, the property described in Section 2.6 .

Debtor Relief Laws ” means any applicable liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, moratorium, rearrangement, insolvency, reorganization, or similar laws, domestic or foreign, including but not limited to those in Title 11 of the United States Code, affecting the rights or remedies of creditors generally, as in effect from time to time.

Event of Default ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.1 .

Financial Statements ” means such balance sheets (including disclosure of all contingent liabilities), profit and loss statements, schedules of sources and uses of funds, statements of cash flow, and shareholder equity, pro forma schedules of sources and uses of funds for ensuing twelve-month periods, and other financial information of Borrower as shall be required by Lender, from time to time, or as required under any Loan Document, which statements shall be certified as true and correct in all material respects by the party submitting such statements or, if required by Lender or under any Loan Document, such statements of Borrower shall be audited and/or certified by an independent certified public accountant.

 

LOAN AGREEMENT – Page 1


Financing Statements ” means the financing statements perfecting the security interests securing the Loan, to be filed with the appropriate offices for the perfection of a security interest in any of the Collateral.

Governmental Authority ” means the United States, the state, the county, the city, or any other political subdivision in which Borrower or any Banking Subsidiary is located, and any court or political subdivision, agency, or instrumentality having or exercising jurisdiction over Borrower or any Banking Subsidiary.

Governmental Requirements ” means all material laws, ordinances, codes, rules, regulations, orders, writs, injunctions or decrees of any Governmental Authority applicable to Borrower or the Collateral.

Indebtedness ” means any and all obligations and liabilities of Borrower to Lender for borrowed money, whether now existing or hereafter arising, direct or indirect, joint or several, secured or unsecured.

Indemnified Matters ” means:

(a) any and all claims, demands, liabilities (including strict liability), losses, damages (including consequential damages), causes of action, judgments, penalties, fines, costs and expenses (including without limitation, reasonable fees and expenses of attorneys and other professional consultants and experts, and of the investigation and defense of any claim, whether or not such claim is ultimately defeated, and the settlement of any claim or judgment including all value paid or given in settlement) of every kind, known or unknown, foreseeable or unforeseeable, which may be imposed upon, asserted against or incurred or paid by Lender or any other Indemnified Party at any time and from time to time, whenever imposed, asserted or incurred, because of, resulting from, in connection with, or arising out of any transaction, act, omission, event or circumstance in any way connected with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, including, without limitation, (1) disbursement of the Loan proceeds, (2) any act performed or omitted to be performed hereunder or under any other Loan Document, and (3) any Default or event which with the lapse of time, the providing of notice or both would constitute a Default.

Indemnified Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.10 .

Loan ” means the loan by Lender to Borrower in the original principal amount of $500,000.00.

Loan Documents ” means this Agreement, the Security Agreement, the Note, the Financing Statements, and such other documents evidencing, securing or pertaining to the Loan as shall, from time to time, be executed and delivered to Lender by Borrower or any other party pursuant to this Agreement.

Maturity Date ” means the date on which the Note matures, whether by acceleration, lapse of time or otherwise; provided, that such date shall be the October 27, 2011 , unless earlier accelerated as permitted herein or in any other Loan Document.

Note ” means the Promissory Note of even date herewith made by Borrower payable to the order of Lender in the principal amount of and evidencing the Loan, and all renewals, amendments and replacements thereof.

Obligations ” means the outstanding principal amounts of the Note and interest accrued thereon, and any and all other indebtedness, liabilities and obligations whatsoever of Borrower to Lender

 

LOAN AGREEMENT – Page 2


hereunder or under the Note, or otherwise, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, and whether now existing or hereafter arising, and howsoever evidenced or acquired, whether joint or several, and whether evidenced by note, draft, acceptance, guaranty, open account, letter of credit, surety agreement or otherwise, it being contemplated by the parties hereto that Borrower may become indebted to Lender in further sum or sums, plus interest accruing on any foregoing and all attorney fees and costs incurred in the enforcement of any of the foregoing; but nothing herein shall obligate Lender to lend any further sum or sums to Borrower.

Person ” means any individual, firm, corporation, association, partnership, joint venture, trust, governmental body or other entity.

Pledged Stock ” means the capital stock of Bank pledged or to be pledged to Lender pursuant to Section 2.6 of this Agreement and the Security Agreement, constituting 100% of the capital stock of Bank.

Security Agreement ” means the Pledge and Security Agreement of even date herewith made by Borrower in favor of Lender, and all renewals, amendments and replacements thereof.

Subordinate Loan ” means that certain $15,000,000.00 subordinate loan provided to Borrower by Lender for “Tier II Capital” for Borrower.

ARTICLE 2 — THE LOAN

Section 2.1 Commitment to Lend . Subject to and upon the terms, covenants and conditions of this Agreement, Lender will make the Loan to Borrower in accordance with this Agreement in an aggregate amount not to exceed the principal face amount of the Note. The Loan is not revolving; an amount repaid may not be reborrowed. Furthermore, the Loan may not be prepaid prior to the Maturity Date unless that certain $15,000,000.00 subordinate loan from Lender to Borrower shall have been paid in full, and Lender shall have no further obligation to make advances in connection therewith.

Section 2.2 The Note . The Loan is and shall be evidenced by the Note. Interest on the Loan, at the rate or rates specified in the Note, shall be (a) computed on the unpaid principal balance which exists from time to time, and (b) due and payable quarterly as it accrues as more particularly set forth in the Note. In any case and notwithstanding anything to the contrary, on the Maturity Date, all outstanding principal under the Note, plus all accrued but unpaid interest, shall be due and payable in full.

Section 2.3 Conditions to Closing and Funding . The Loan shall be funded in one lump sum Advance at closing on or about the date of this Agreement. As conditions precedent to closing as well as to such Advance: (a) there shall then exist no default nor shall there have occurred any event which with the giving of notice or the lapse of time, or both, could become a default; (b) the representations and warranties made in the Loan Documents shall be true and correct on and as of the date of the Advance, with the same effect as if made on that date; and (c) Borrower must satisfy the conditions required hereby and execute and deliver to, procure for and deposit with, and pay to Lender and, if appropriate, record in the proper records with all filing and recording fees paid, the documents, certificates, agreements and other items listed in Exhibit “A” that are noted by “(X)”, together with such other documents, certificates, agreements and other items as Lender may reasonably require.

Section 2.4 Use of Proceeds . The proceeds of the Loan shall be used for the general corporate purposes of Borrower.

 

LOAN AGREEMENT – Page 3


Section 2.5 Conditions Precedent for the Benefit of Lender . All conditions precedent to the obligation of Lender to make the Loan are imposed hereby solely for the benefit of Lender, and no other party may require satisfaction of any such condition precedent or be entitled to assume that Lender will refuse to make the Loan in the absence of strict compliance with such conditions precedent. All requirements of this Loan Agreement may be waived by Lender only in writing, in whole or in part, at any time.

Section 2.6 Pledged Security for Obligations . To secure full and complete payment and performance of the Obligations, Borrower shall grant or cause to be granted a security interest in favor of Lender in the Pledged Stock.

ARTICLE 3 — REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BORROWER

To induce Lender to make the Loan, Borrower hereby represents and warrants to Lender (which representations and warranties will survive the execution and delivery of the Note) that:

Section 3.1 Financial Statements . The Financial Statements provided by Borrower to Lender for the period ended June 30, 2004 are true, correct, and complete in all material respects as of the dates specified therein and fully and accurately present the financial condition of Borrower or any Banking Subsidiary, as applicable, as of the dates specified. No material adverse change has occurred in the condition, financial or otherwise, of Borrower or any Banking Subsidiary since the dates of such Financial Statements. Borrower and each Banking Subsidiary is solvent after giving effect to all borrowings contemplated in this Agreement.

Section 3.2 Suits. Actions, Etc . Except as disclosed in writing to Lender prior to the date of this Agreement, there are no actions, suits, investigations or proceedings pending, or, to the knowledge of Borrower, threatened in any court or before or by any Governmental Authority against or affecting Borrower or any Banking Subsidiary, which if adversely determined would have a material adverse effect on Borrower or its ability to pay the Indebtedness or involving the validity, enforceability, or priority of any of the Loan Documents, at law or in equity. The consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, and the performance of the terms and conditions hereof and of the other Loan Documents, will not cause Borrower to be in violation of or in default with respect to any Governmental Requirement, or result in a breach of, or constitute a default under any note, lease, contract, deed of trust, agreement or other undertaking or restriction to which Borrower is a party or by which Borrower may be bound or affected. Neither Borrower nor any Banking Subsidiary is in default under the terms of any order of any court or any requirement of any Governmental Authority or under the terms of any indebtedness or obligation.

Section 3.3 Status of Borrower; Valid and Binding Obligation . Borrower is (a) a corporation, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the state of its organization and (b) possessed of all power and authority necessary to enter into and perform Borrower’s obligations under the Loan Documents and to make the borrowing contemplated hereby. All of the Loan Documents, and all other documents referred to herein to which Borrower is a party, upon execution and delivery will constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of Borrower enforceable against Borrower in accordance with their terms, except as the enforcement thereof may be limited by Debtor Relief Laws.

Section 3.4 Disclosure . There is no fact known to Borrower that Borrower has not disclosed to Lender in writing or otherwise disclosed in the Financial Statements that is reasonably likely to materially adversely affect the business or financial condition of Borrower or any Banking Subsidiary, not including facts or conditions generally affecting the economy or the financial services industry.

 

LOAN AGREEMENT – Page 4


Section 3.5 Taxes . Borrower and each Banking Subsidiary has filed all necessary tax returns and reports and has paid all taxes and governmental charges thereby shown to be owing except any such taxes or charges that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings which have been disclosed to Lender in writing prior to the date of this Agreement and for which adequate reserves have been set aside on Borrower’s or such Banking Subsidiary’s books in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

Section 3.6 Violations . Borrower has no knowledge of and has received no notices of any violations of any Governmental Requirement that would have a material adverse effect on the business of Borrower.

Section 3.7 Not a Foreign Person . Borrower is not a “ foreign person ” within the meaning of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“ IRC ”), Sections 1445 and 7701 (i.e. Borrower is not a non-resident alien, foreign corporation, foreign partnership, foreign trust or foreign estate as those terms are defined in the IRC and any regulations promulgated thereunder).

Section 3.8 Ownership of Banking Subsidiaries . Borrower owns, and on the closing date hereof and at all times thereafter will own, not less than 100% of the capital stock of Bank.

Section 3.9 Stock Agreements . Borrower has furnished to Lender copies of all buy-sell agreements, stock redemption agreements, shareholder agreements, voting trust agreements and all other agreements and contracts involving the stock of any Banking Subsidiary; and there are not now any agreements or terms of any agreements to which Borrower is a party which alter, impair, affect or abrogate the rights of Lender or the Obligations of Borrower under this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

Section 3.10 Approvals . No authorization, approval, or consent of, and no filing or registration with, any court, governmental authority, or third party is or will be necessary for the execution, delivery, or performance by Borrower of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which Borrower is or may become a party or the validity or enforceability thereof.

Section 3.11 Contracts . To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, neither Borrower nor any Banking Subsidiary is a party to, or bound by, any agreement, condition, contract, or arrangement which is reasonably expected in the future to have a material adverse effect on the business, operations or financial condition of Borrower or any Banking Subsidiary.

Section 3.12 Inducement to Lender . The representations and warranties contained in the Loan Documents are made by Borrower as an inducement to Lender to make the Loan. Borrower understands that Lender is relying on such representations and warranties and that such representations and warranties shall survive any (a) bankruptcy proceedings involving Borrower, or (b) foreclosure of the Security Agreement.

ARTICLE 4 COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS OF BORROWER

While any part of the Obligations remains unpaid and unless otherwise waived in writing by Lender, Borrower hereby covenants and agrees as follows:

Section 4.1 Compliance with Governmental Requirements . Borrower and each Banking Subsidiary shall timely comply with all Governmental Requirements and, upon Lender’s request, promptly deliver to Lender evidence thereof. Immediately upon Borrower’s or any Banking Subsidiary’s receipt of any notice from a Governmental Authority of noncompliance with any Governmental

 

LOAN AGREEMENT – Page 5


Requirements which could reasonably be anticipated to have a material adverse effect on Borrower or the Collateral, Borrower or such Banking Subsidiary shall provide Lender with written notice thereof unless prohibited by such notice or applicable law.

Section 4.2 Insurance . Borrower shall maintain or cause to be maintained in force insurance coverage reasonable in coverage and scope for Borrower’s activities or as otherwise required by Lender and shall furnish to Lender upon request at reasonable intervals a certificate or certificates from the respective insurer(s) setting forth the nature and extent of all insurance maintained by Borrower in accordance with the Loan Documents.

Section 4.3 Notice to Lender . Borrower shall promptly notify Lender in writing of any of the following occurrences or events as the same become known to Borrower, specifying in each case the action Borrower has taken or caused to be taken, or proposes to take or cause to be taken, with respect thereto: (a) the occurrence of any Event of Default or any event which with the giving of notice or the lapse of time, or both, could become an Event of Default; (b) any default by Borrower under any Governmental Requirement which would likely have a material adverse effect on the business of Borrower; (c) any material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, of Borrower; (d) the occurrence of any material litigation, arbitration or governmental investigation or proceeding not previously disclosed by Borrower to Lender which has been instituted or (to the knowledge of Borrower) is threatened against Borrower or any Banking Subsidiary; and (e) any notice received by Borrower with respect to the cancellation, material adverse alteration or non-renewal of any insurance coverage maintained or required to be maintained by Borrower.

Section 4.4 Costs and Expenses . Borrower shall pay when due all costs and expenses required by this Agreement, including, without limitation, (a) all reasonable fees and expenses of counsel to Lender in connection with the negotiation, preparation, amendment, enforcement or defense of the Loan Documents or the making of the Advance; (b) all premiums for insurance; and (c) all other reasonable costs and expenses payable to third parties incurred by Lender in connection with the investigation, consummation, enforcement or defense of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Section 4.5 Further Assurances . Borrower shall execute and deliver to Lender, from time to time as requested by Lender, such other documents, agreements, certificates, affidavits, and other instruments as shall be reasonably necessary to provide the rights and remedies to Lender granted or provided for by the Loan Documents.

Section 4.6 Defense of Actions . Lender may (but shall not be obligated to) commence, appear in, or defend any action or proceeding purporting to affect the Loan or the respective rights and obligations of Lender and Borrower pursuant to this Agreement. Lender may (but shall not be obligated to) pay all necessary expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred in connection with such proceedings or actions, which Borrower agrees to repay to Lender on demand.

Section 4.7 Prohibition on Assignment of Borrower’s Interest . Borrower shall not assign or encumber any interest of Borrower under this Agreement without the prior written consent of Lender.

Section 4.8 Current Financial Statements . Without limitation of any requirements of the Loan Documents, Borrower shall deliver to Lender:

(a) Quarterly Reports . As soon as available, but no more than forty-five (45) days after the end of each calendar quarter and with regard to such calendar quarter, copies of:

(1) all Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council (the “ FFIEC ”) Consolidated Reports of Condition and Income (commonly known as Call Reports) furnished by any Banking Subsidiary to the appropriate regulatory authorities;

 

LOAN AGREEMENT – Page 6


(2) each Banking Subsidiary’s report of risk-based capital adequacy, as submitted to such Banking Subsidiary’s Board of Directors; and

(3) a summary report of the totals, by category, of all assets of each Banking Subsidiary that are classified, in whole or in part, as “Other Assets Especially Mentioned”, “Substandard”, “Doubtful”, and “Loss,” and a listing of Other Real Estate and Foreclosed Assets; and upon the request of Lender, a detailed listing of such assets.

(b) Financial Reports . As soon as practicable and in any event within forty-five (45) days after the last day of each calendar quarter, the balance sheet of Borrower, each Banking Subsidiary and of each other significant subsidiary or affiliate of Borrower as at such date, and the related statements of income and retained earnings for the elapsed portion of the fiscal year of Borrower, each Banking Subsidiary and of each other significant subsidiary or affiliate of, as the case may be, ended with the last day of such calendar quarter, all in reasonable detail, prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles (subject to routine audit and normal year-end adjustments), and certified by the president or principal financial officer of Borrower, each Banking Subsidiary and of each other significant subsidiary or affiliate of Borrower, as the case may be.

(c) FRY-9 Reports . As soon as available, but no more than forty-five (45) days after each June 30 and each December 31 of each calendar year, the Parent Company Only Financial Statements for Bank Holding Companies (FRY-9LP) report for Borrower, as submitted to the Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas, prepared on an unconsolidated basis (Borrower only), and as soon as available, but no more than forty-five (45) days after the end of each calendar quarter, the Consolidated Financial Statements for Bank Holding Companies (FRY-9C) report for Borrower, as submitted to the Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas, prepared on a consolidated basis.

(d) Annual Audit of Borrower . As soon as available, but no more than one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year: (i) copies of audited balance sheets, statements of income and retained earnings and statement of cash flows of Borrower, setting forth on a consolidated basis, in comparative form, figures for the previous calendar year, all in reasonable detail; (ii) an opinion by an independent certified public accountant selected by Borrower and acceptable to Lender, which opinion shall state that said financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP and that such accountant’s audit of such financial statements has been made in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and that said financial statements present fairly the financial condition of Borrower and the results of its operations; and (iii) any management letter submitted to Borrower by such independent certified public accountant.

(e) from time to time, as Lender may reasonably request, additional Financial Statements of Borrower.

Section 4.9 Loan Participation . Borrower acknowledges and agrees that Lender may, from time to time, sell or offer to sell interests in the Loan to one or more participants. Borrower authorizes Lender to disseminate any information it has pertaining to the Loan, including, without limitation, credit information on Borrower or any of its principals, to any such participant or prospective participant.

 

LOAN AGREEMENT – Page 7


Section 4.10 Indemnification . BORROWER SHALL INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS (A) LENDER, (B) ANY AFFILIATE OF LENDER, (C) ANY PARTICIPANTS IN THE LOAN, (D) THE DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, PARTNERS, EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS OF LENDER AND/OR SUCH PERSONS OR ENTITIES, AND (E) THE HEIRS, PERSONAL REPRESENTATIVES, SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS OF EACH OF THE FOREGOING PERSONS OR ENTITIES IN THEIR CAPACITIES AS SUCH (EACH AN “ INDEMNIFIED PARTY ”) FROM AND AGAINST, AND REIMBURSE THEM ON DEMAND FOR, ANY AND ALL INDEMNIFIED MATTERS. WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE FOREGOING INDEMNITIES SHALL APPLY TO EACH INDEMNIFIED PARTY WITH RESPECT TO MATTERS WHICH IN WHOLE OR IN PART ARE CAUSED BY OR ARISE OUT OF THE NEGLIGENCE OF SUCH (AND/OR ANY OTHER) INDEMNIFIED PARTY, IT BEING THE INTENT OF THE PARTIES THAT THE NEGLIGENCE OF SUCH PARTIES BE EXPRESSLY COVERED HEREBY. However, such indemnities shall not apply to a particular Indemnified Party to the extent that the subject of the indemnification is caused by or arises out of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of that Indemnified Party. Any amount to be paid under this Section by Borrower to an Indemnified Party shall be a demand obligation owing by Borrower (which Borrower hereby promises to pay) to Lender, as part of the Indebtedness, even if in excess of the amount committed by Lender under Section 2.1 , and secured by the Loan Documents. Nothing in this Section, elsewhere in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document shall limit or impair any rights or remedies of Lender, or any other Indemnified Party (including without limitation any rights of contribution or indemnification), against Borrower or any other person under any other provision of this Agreement, any other Loan Document, any other agreement or any applicable Governmental Requirement. The liability of Borrower or any other person under this indemnity shall not be limited or impaired in any way by (i) the release, foreclosure or other termination of the Security Agreement and shall survive the payment in full of the Indebtedness, any bankruptcy or other debtor relief proceeding, or any other event whatsoever, and (ii) any provision in the Loan Documents or applicable law limiting Borrower’s or such other person’s liability or Lender’s recourse or rights to a deficiency judgment, or by any change, extension, release, inaccuracy, breach or failure to perform by any party under the Loan Documents, Borrower’s (and, if applicable, such other person’s) liability hereunder being direct and primary and not as a guarantor or surety.

ARTICLE 5 DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

Section 5.1 Events of Default . The occurrence of any one of the following shall be a default under this Agreement (“ Default ”):

(a) Failure to Pay Indebtedness . Any of the Indebtedness is not paid within the greater of (i) ten (10) days after the same shall be due, whether by acceleration or otherwise, or (ii) if longer, any applicable grace period provided with respect to such Indebtedness;

(b) Nonperformance of Covenants herein set forth . Any covenant, agreement or condition herein is not fully and timely performed, observed or kept, and except with respect to covenants to pay any of the Indebtedness and those covenants, agreements and conditions set forth in Section 4.7 , such failure is not cured within twenty (20) days following written notice of such failure from Lender to Borrower;

(c) Nonperformance of Covenants set forth in any other Loan Document . Any covenant, agreement or condition in any other Loan Document is not fully and timely performed, observed or kept, and except with respect to covenants to pay any of the Indebtedness, such failure is not cured within the applicable grace or cure period (if any) provided for in such other Loan Document;

 

LOAN AGREEMENT – Page 8


(d) Representations . Any statement, representation or warranty in any of the Loan Documents, or in any financial statement or any other writing heretofore or hereafter delivered to Lender in connection with the Indebtedness is false, fraudulent, misleading or erroneous in any material respect on the date or on the date as of which such statement, representation or warranty is made;

(e) Judgment Against Borrower . Any final judgment (i) is rendered against Borrower, (ii) is not paid, vacated or discharged within thirty (30) days after entry, and (iii) could reasonably have a material and adverse effect on Borrower;

(f) Bankruptcy or Insolvency . The Borrower or any person obligated to pay any part of the indebtedness (any such Person herein referred to as an “ Obligor ”): (i) becomes insolvent, or makes a transfer in fraud of creditors, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or admits in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due; (ii) generally is not paying its debts as such debts become due; (iii) has a receiver, trustee or custodian appointed for, or take possession of, (a) all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrower or any Obligor, or (b) any of the Collateral, either in a proceeding brought by such party or in a proceeding brought against such party and such appointment is not discharged or such possession is not terminated within sixty (60) days after the effective date thereof or such party consents to or acquiesces in such appointment or possession; (iv) files a petition for relief under the United States Secured Bankruptcy Code or any other present or future federal or state insolvency, bankruptcy or similar laws (all of the foregoing hereinafter collectively called “ Applicable Secured Bankruptcy Law ”) or an involuntary petition for relief is filed against such party under any Applicable Secured Bankruptcy Law and such involuntary petition is not dismissed within sixty (60) days after the filing thereof, or an order for relief naming such party is entered under any Applicable Secured Bankruptcy Law, or any composition, rearrangement, extension, reorganization or other relief of debtors now or hereafter existing is requested or consented to by such party; (v) fails to have discharged within a period of sixty (60) days any attachment, sequestration or similar writ levied upon any material property of such party (other than in the ordinary course of business of Borrower or any Obligor); or (vi) fails to pay within thirty (30) days any final money judgment against such party;

(g) Transfer of Ownership of Borrower . The sale, pledge, encumbrance, assignment or transfer, voluntarily or involuntarily, of any interest in Borrower or in any entity comprising Borrower (if Borrower or any such entity is not a natural person but is a corporation, partnership, trust or other legal entity), without the prior written consent of Lender (including, without limitation, if Borrower or any entity comprising Borrower is a partnership or joint venture, the withdrawal from or admission into it of any general partner or joint venturer) and after giving effect to the same, the aggregate change of ownership in the applicable person is twenty-five percent (25%) or more;

(h) Default Under Other Lien . A default or event of default occurs under any lien, security interest or assignment covering the Collateral or any material part thereof (without hereby implying Lender’s consent to any such lien, security interest or assignment not created under the Loan Documents), and the holder of any such lien, security interest or assignment declares a default or institutes foreclosure or other proceedings for the enforcement of its remedies thereunder;

(i) Liquidation, Etc . The liquidation, termination, dissolution, merger, consolidation or failure to maintain (and failure to reinstate or cure such failure) good standing in the State of Texas (or in the case of an individual, the death or legal incapacity) of the Borrower or any person obligated to pay any part of the Indebtedness;

 

LOAN AGREEMENT – Page 9


(j) Material Adverse Change . In Lender’s reasonable opinion, there has occurred or exists a fact or set of circumstances which is reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect upon the condition, financial or otherwise, of Borrower or Borrower’s ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement;

(k) Enforceability Priority . Any Loan Document shall for any reason without Lender’s specific written consent cease to be in full force and effect, or shall be declared null and void or unenforceable in whole or in part, or the validity or enforceability thereof, in whole or in part, shall be challenged or denied by any party thereto other than Lender; or the liens or security interests of Lender in any of the Collateral become unenforceable in whole or in part, or cease to be of the priority herein required, or the validity or enforceability thereof, in whole or in part, shall be challenged or denied by Borrower or any person obligated to pay any part of the Indebtedness;

(l) Default under other Loan Agreements . An Event of Default occurs under any other loan agreement by and between Lender and Borrower, including, without limitation, (1) that certain Amended and Restated Loan Agreement dated October 1, 2001 (as amended, extended or modified from time to time), and the default is not remedied within the applicable period of grace (if any) provided in such loan agreement, or (2) that certain Subordinate Credit Agreement dated of even date herewith governing the Subordinate Loan;

(m) Line of Credit Covenants . After the date hereof, (1) the line of credit extended to Borrower by Lender pursuant to that certain Amended and Restated Loan Agreement dated October 1, 2001 (as amended, extended or modified from time to time) is terminated, expires by its own terms, or otherwise ceases to be in full force and effect, (2) Borrower would otherwise be in default of any of the covenants therein set forth, and (3) the same is not remedied within twenty (20) days following written notice of such failure from Lender to Borrower; or

(n) Other Loan Documents . A default or event of default occurs under any Loan Document, other than this Agreement, and the same is not remedied within the applicable period of grace (if any) provided in such Loan Document.

Section 5.2 Certain Remedies . Should an Event of Default occur, Lender may, at its election, do any one or more of the following without notice (unless notice is required by applicable statute):

(a) Declare the Indebtedness, or any part thereof, immediately due and payable, whereupon it shall be due and payable without notice of any kind, including but not limited to notice of intention to accelerate, all of which are waived by Borrower. Without limitation of the foregoing, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default described in clauses (i), (iii) or (iv) of subparagraph (1) of paragraph (f) of Section 5.1 , but only by virtue of such an occurrence with respect to Borrower, all of the Indebtedness shall thereupon be immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest, notice of protest, declaration or notice of acceleration or intention to accelerate, or any other notice or declaration or act of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by Borrower.

(b) Reduce any claim to judgment.

 

LOAN AGREEMENT – Page 10


(c) Exercise any and all rights and remedies afforded by any of the Loan Documents, or by law or equity or otherwise, as Lender shall deem appropriate.

Section 5.3 Performance by Lender on Borrower’s Behalf . Borrower agrees that, if Borrower fails to perform any act or to take any action which under any Loan Document Borrower is required to perform or take, or to pay any money which under any Loan Document Borrower is required to pay, and there exists a default or potential default hereunder or thereunder, Lender, in Borrower’s name or its own name, may, but shall not be obligated to, perform or cause to be performed such act or take such action or pay such money, and any expenses so incurred by Lender and any money so paid by Lender, shall be a demand obligation owing by Borrower to Lender (which obligation Borrower hereby promises to pay) and Lender, upon making such payment, shall be subrogated to all of the rights of the person, entity or body politic receiving such payment. No such payment or performance by Lender shall waive or cure any default or waive any right, remedy or recourse of Lender. Any such payment may be made by Lender in reliance on any statement, invoice or claim without inquiry into the validity or accuracy thereof. Each amount due and owing by Borrower to Lender pursuant to this Section shall bear interest each day, from the date of such expenditure or payment until paid, at the same rate as is provided in the Note for interest on past due principal owed on the Note; and all such amounts, together with such interest thereon, shall be a part of the Indebtedness and shall be secured by the Security Agreement. The amount and nature of any such expense and the time when paid shall be fully established by the certificate of Lender or any of Lender’s officers or agents.

Section 5.4 Remedies Cumulative . All remedies provided for herein and in any other Loan Document are cumulative of each other and of any and all other remedies existing at law or in equity, and Lender shall, in addition to the remedies provided herein or in any other Loan Document, be entitled to avail itself of all such other remedies as may now or hereafter exist at law or in equity for the collection of the Indebtedness and the enforcement of the covenants herein and the foreclosure of the liens and security interests evidenced by the Security Agreement or any other Loan Document, and the resort to any remedy provided for hereunder or under any such other Loan Document or provided for by law or in equity shall not prevent the concurrent or subsequent employment of any other appropriate remedy or remedies.

ARTICLE 6 — GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS

Section 6.1 Notices . All notices, requests, demands or other communications required or permitted to be given pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and given by (i) personal delivery, (ii) expedited delivery service with proof of delivery, or (iii) United States mail, postage prepaid, registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, sent to the intended addressee at the address set forth on the first page hereof or to such different address as the addressee shall have designated by written notice sent pursuant to the terms hereof and shall be deemed to have been received either, in the case of personal delivery, at the time of personal delivery, in the case of expedited delivery service, as of the date of first attempted delivery at the address and in the manner provided herein, or in the case of mail, upon deposit in a depository receptacle under the care and custody of the United States Postal Service. Either party shall have the right to change its address for notice hereunder to any other location within the continental United States by notice to the other party of such new address at least thirty (30) days prior to the effective date of such new address.

Section 6.2 Modifications . No provision of this Agreement or of any of the other Loan Documents may be modified, waived, or terminated except by instrument in writing executed by the party against whom a modification, waiver or termination is sought to be enforced.

Section 6.3 Severability . In case any of the provisions of this Agreement shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision hereof, and this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

 

LOAN AGREEMENT – Page 11


Section 6.4 Election of Remedies . Lender shall have all of the rights and remedies granted in this Agreement and in all of the other Loan Documents and available at law or in equity, and these same rights and remedies shall be cumulative and may be pursued separately, successively, or concurrently against Borrower or any property covered under the Loan Documents at the sole discretion of Lender. The exercise or failure to exercise any of the same shall not constitute a waiver or release thereof or of any other right or remedy, and the same shall be nonexclusive.

Section 6.5 Form and Substance . All documents, certificates, insurance policies and other items required under this Agreement to be executed and/or delivered to Lender shall be in form and substance satisfactory to Lender.

Section 6.6 Controlling Agreement . All agreements between Borrower and Lender, whether now existing or hereafter arising and whether written or oral, are hereby limited so that in no contingency, whether by reason of demand or acceleration of the maturity of the Note or otherwise, shall the interest paid or agreed to be paid to Lender exceed the maximum amount permissible under applicable law. If from any circumstances whatsoever, interest would otherwise be payable to Lender at a rate in excess of that permitted under applicable law, then the interest payable to Lender shall be reduced to the maximum amount permitted under applicable law, and if from any circumstance Lender shall ever receive anything of value deemed interest by applicable law which would exceed interest at the highest lawful rate, an amount equal to any excessive interest shall be applied to the reduction of the principal amount owing to Lender under this Agreement or under any of the other Loan Documents and not to the payment of interest, or if such excessive interest exceeds the unpaid balance of principal owing to Lender under this Agreement and under any of the other Loan Documents, such excess shall be refunded to the Borrower. All interest paid or agreed to be paid to Lender shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be amortized, prorated, allocated and/or spread throughout the full period until payment in full of the principal of the indebtedness (including the period of any renewal or extension hereof) so that the interest on account of such indebtedness for such full period shall not exceed the maximum amount permitted by applicable law. This section shall control all agreements between Borrower and Lender.

Section 6.7 No Third Party Beneficiary . This Agreement is for the sole benefit of Lender and Borrower and is not for the benefit of any third party.

Section 6.8 Borrower in Control . In no event shall Lender’s rights and interests under the Loan Documents be construed to give Lender the right to control, or be deemed to indicate that Lender is in control of, the business, management or properties of Borrower or the daily management functions and operating decisions made by Borrower.

Section 6.9 Number and Gender . Whenever used herein, the singular number shall include the plural and the singular, and the use of any gender shall be applicable to all genders. The duties, covenants, obligations and warranties of Borrower in this Agreement shall be joint and several obligations of Borrower and of each Borrower if more than one.

Section 6.10 Captions . The captions, headings, and arrangements used in this Agreement are for convenience only and do not in any way affect, limit, amplify, or modify the terms and provisions hereof.

Section 6.11 Applicable Law . THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS ARE CONTRACTS MADE IN, AND UNDER THE LAWS OF, THE STATE OF

 

LOAN AGREEMENT – Page 12


TEXAS, AND THEIR VALIDITY, ENFORCEMENT AND INTERPRETATION, SHALL FOR ALL PURPOSES BE GOVERNED ENTIRELY BY TEXAS LAW AND APPLICABLE UNITED STATES FEDERAL LAW.

Section 6.12 Relationship of the Parties . This Agreement provides for the making of the Loan by Lender, in its capacity as a lender, to Borrower, in its capacity as a borrower, and for the payment of interest and repayment of principal by Borrower to Lender. The relationship between Lender and Borrower is limited to that of creditor/secured party, on the one hand, and debtor, on the other hand. The provisions herein for delivery of Financial Statements are intended solely for the benefit of Lender to protect its interests as lender in assuring payments of interest and repayment of principal, and nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as permitting or obligating Lender to act as a financial or business advisor or consultant to Borrower, as permitting or obligating Lender to control Borrower or to conduct Borrower’s operations, as creating any fiduciary obligation on the part of Lender to Borrower, or as creating any joint venture, agency, or other relationship between the parties other than as explicitly and specifically stated in this Agreement. Borrower acknowledges that it has had the opportunity to obtain the advice of experienced counsel of its own choosing in connection with the negotiation and execution of this Agreement and to obtain the advice of experienced counsel in connection with entering into these binding provisions, including, without limitation, the provision for waiver of trial by jury. Borrower further acknowledges that it is experienced with respect to financial and credit matters and has made its own independent decisions to apply to Lender for credit and to execute and deliver this Agreement.

Section 6.13 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . BORROWER HEREBY COVENANTS AND AGREES THAT, IN CONNECTION WITH ANY DISPUTE ARISING UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR UNDER ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, IT SHALL NOT ELECT A TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY ISSUE TRIABLE OF RIGHT BY A JURY AND HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY FULLY TO THE EXTENT THAT ANY SUCH RIGHT SHALL NOW OR HEREAFTER EXIST. THIS WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IS SEPARATELY GIVEN, KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY, BY BORROWER, AND THIS WAIVER IS INTENDED TO ENCOMPASS INDIVIDUALLY EACH INSTANCE AND EACH ISSUE AS TO WHICH THE RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL WOULD OTHERWISE ACCRUE. LENDER IS HEREBY AUTHORIZED AND REQUESTED TO SUBMIT THIS AGREEMENT TO ANY COURT HAVING JURISDICTION OVER THE SUBJECT MATTER AND THE PARTIES HERETO, SO AS TO SERVE AS CONCLUSIVE EVIDENCE OF THE FOREGOING WAIVER OF THE RIGHT TO JURY TRIAL. FURTHER, BORROWER HEREBY CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE OR AGENT OF LENDER, INCLUDING LENDER’S COUNSEL, HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, TO ANY OF THE UNDERSIGNED THAT LENDER WILL NOT SEEK TO ENFORCE THIS WAIVER OF RIGHT OF JURY TRIAL PROVISION.

Section 6.14 Consent to Jurisdiction . Borrower hereby agrees that any action or proceeding under this Agreement or under any of the other Loan Documents may be commenced against it in any court of competent jurisdiction within the State of Texas by service of process upon Borrower by first class registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to Borrower at its address last known to Lender. Borrower agrees that any such suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or to any of the other Loan Documents may be instituted in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Texas; and Borrower hereby waives any objection to the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding. Nothing herein shall affect the right of Lender to accomplish service of process in any other manner permitted by law or to commence legal proceedings or otherwise proceed against Borrower in any other jurisdiction or court.

 

LOAN AGREEMENT – Page 13


Section 6.15 Negotiation . The parties have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, there shall be no presumption or burden of proof which arises favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

Section 6.16 Conflicting Terms . In the event of a conflict or apparent conflict between or among the terms and provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the parties shall give the provisions their broadest interpretation so as to reconcile the conflict or apparent conflict. If such an interpretation is not possible, or if the parties cannot agree on such an interpretation, Lender, in its sole discretion, shall designate the provision which most closely approximates its intention with respect to the subject matter at the time of execution of the Loan Documents and such provision shall govern. Borrower hereby agrees that such a procedure does not prejudice its rights under the Loan Documents insofar as Borrower has accepted and agreed to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement and of the Loan Documents by its execution hereof and thereof.

Section 6.17 Entire Agreement . THE WRITTEN LOAN DOCUMENTS REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES.

THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES.

 

LOAN AGREEMENT – Page 14


EXECUTED and DELIVERED as of the date first recited.

 

The Address of Borrower is:   BORROWER :
2911 Turtle Creek Blvd., Suite 700   PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION,
Dallas, Texas 75219   a Texas corporation
Attn: Jeff Isom    
  By:  

/s/ Jeff Isom

  Name:   Jeff Isom
  Title:   EVP/LFO
The Address of Lender is:   LENDER :
  BANK ONE, NA,
Mail Code TXl-1275   a national banking association
P.O. Box 2050    
Fort Worth, Texas 76113-2050    
Attn: James W. Aldridge    
  By:  

/s/ James W. Aldridge

  Name:   James W. Aldridge
  Title:   First Vice President
For deliveries in person, the Address of Lender is:    
Bank One, NA    
1301 South Bowen Road    
Arlington, Texas 76013    
Attn: James W. Aldridge    

 

LOAN AGREEMENT – Page 15


EXHIBIT “A”

TO

LOAN AGREEMENT

CONDITIONS TO CLOSING AND FUNDING

 

(X)                       1.   The Note, dated the Closing Date.
(X)   2.   The Pledge and Security Agreement, dated the Closing Date.
(X)   3.   The Financing Statements with respect to the security interest granted in the Loan Documents, together with evidence of the priority of the respective security interests perfected thereby.
(X)   4.   The Financial Statements of Borrower.
(X)   5.   With respect to Borrower:
    (a)    Certified Resolutions or Unanimous Consent of the Board of Directors and Incumbency;
    (b)    Certificates of Existence and Good Standing from state of incorporation or organization;
    (c)    Certified Articles of Incorporation and all amendments thereto from state of incorporation; and
    (d)    Certified Bylaws and all amendments thereto from the company.
(X)   6.   Borrower shall obtain and maintain insurance coverage typical of that held by similarly situated companies, satisfactory to Lender.

 

LOAN AGREEMENT

Exhibit 10.45

RENEWAL, EXTENSION AND MODIFICATION AGREEMENT

THIS RENEWAL, EXTENSION AND MODIFICATION AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”) is entered into and effective this 27th day of October, 2006, by and among PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION, a Texas corporation (“ Borrower ”), and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, NA, a national banking association [successor by merger to Bank One, NA (Illinois)] with its main office in Chicago, Illinois (“ Lender ”). Unless otherwise defined herein or unless the context indicates otherwise, any word herein beginning with a capitalized letter shall have the meaning ascribed to such word in that certain Loan Agreement (as amended, the “ Loan Agreement ”), dated as of October 27, 2004, between Borrower and Lender.

R E C I T A L S:

WHEREAS, Lender previously agreed to make a $500,000.00 term loan (the “ Loan ”) to Borrower, in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions of the Loan Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the Loan is evidenced by that certain Promissory Note (the “ Note ”) dated as of October 27, 2004, made by Borrower and payable to the order of Lender in the maximum principal amount of $500,000.00; and

WHEREAS, the Note will mature in accordance with its terms on October 27, 2011 (the “ Current Maturity Date ”); and

WHEREAS, Borrower and Lender have now agreed, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, to extend the Current Maturity Date for an additional two years.

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of Ten Dollars ($10.00) and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged and agreed, Borrower and Lender hereby agree as follows:

Section 1.1 Acknowledgment of Outstanding Balance . The parties hereto acknowledge that the outstanding principal balance of the Note as of October 1, 2006, is Five Hundred Thousand AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($500,000.00).

Section 1.2 Extension . The Loan is and the maturity thereof is hereby extended to October 27, 2013.

Section 1.3 Amended and Restated Note . The Loan shall be evidenced and governed by a new promissory note (the “ New Note ”) which amends and restates in its entirety, but does not extinguish, the Note. Anything to the contrary notwithstanding, if any inconsistency exists between the Loan Agreement and the New Note, the New Note shall control.

Section 1.4 Definition of Loan Documents . The term “Loan Documents” as defined in the Loan Agreement and as used in the Loan Agreement, the New Note, the other Loan Documents and herein, shall be, and hereby is, modified to include this Agreement and any and all other documents executed in connection with this Agreement. All references to the term “Loan Documents” contained in the Loan Agreement, the New Note and the other Loan Documents are hereby modified and amended wherever necessary to reflect such modification of such term.

RENEWAL, MODIFICATION AND EXTENSION AGREEMENT


ARTICLE II - MISCELLANEOUS

Section 2.1 Conditions Precedent . On or prior to the date hereof and as conditions precedent to the agreements of the Lender herein set forth, Borrower shall deliver to Lender: (i) a fully executed original of this Agreement and the New Note; and (ii) evidence satisfactory to Lender of the authority of Borrower to enter into this Agreement and the New Note.

Section 2.2 Payment of Expenses . Borrower agrees to pay to Lender, upon demand, the reasonable fees and expenses of Lender’s counsel and other reasonable expenses incurred by Lender in connection with this Agreement.

Section 2.3 Acknowledgment by Borrower . Except as otherwise specified herein and by the other Loan Documents, the terms and provisions of the Loan Documents are ratified and confirmed and shall remain in full force and effect, enforceable in accordance with their terms. Borrower hereby acknowledges, agrees and represents that (i) Borrower is indebted to Lender pursuant to the terms of the New Note and the Loan Documents as modified hereby; (ii) the liens, security interests and assignments created and evidenced by the Loan Documents are, respectively, valid and subsisting liens, security interests and assignments of the respective dignity and priority recited in the Loan Documents, including, without limitation, the liens, security interests and assignments set forth in the Security Agreement, and (iii) such liens, security interests and assignments secure the.

Section 2.4 Additional Documentation . From time to time, Borrower shall execute or procure and deliver to Lender such other and further documents and instruments evidencing, securing or pertaining to the Loan or the Loan Documents as shall be reasonably requested by Lender so as to evidence or effect the terms and provisions hereof. Upon Lender’s request, Borrower shall cause to be delivered to Lender evidence of the authority of Borrower, and any constituents of Borrower, to execute and deliver this Agreement, and such other matters as reasonably requested by Lender.

Section 2.5 Binding Agreement . This Agreement shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of, the parties, respective heirs, representatives, successors and assigns.

Section 2.6 Nonwaiver of Events of Default . Neither this Agreement nor any other document executed in connection herewith constitutes or shall be deemed (i) a waiver of, or consent by Lender to, any default or event of default which may exist or hereafter occur under any of the Loan Documents, (ii) a waiver by Lender of any of Borrower’s obligations under the Loan Documents, or (iii) a waiver by Lender of any rights, offsets, claims, or other causes of action that Lender may have against Borrower.

Section 2.7 No Defenses . Borrower, by its execution of this Agreement, hereby declares that it has no set-offs, counterclaims, defenses or other causes of action against Lender arising out of the Loan, any documents mentioned herein or otherwise; and, to the extent any such setoffs, counterclaims, defenses or other causes of action may exist, whether known or unknown, such items are hereby waived by Borrower.

Section 2.8 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, all of which are identical, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which counterparts together shall constitute one and the same instrument, it being understood and agreed that the signature pages may be detached from one or more of such counterparts and combined with the signature pages from any other counterpart in order that one or more fully executed originals may be assembled.

 

RENEWAL, MODIFICATION AND EXTENSION AGREEMENT

 

2


Section 2.9 Choice of Law . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT FEDERAL LAWS PREEMPT THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS.

Section 2.10 Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with the other Loan Documents, contain the entire agreements between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and thereof. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents may be amended, revised, waived, discharged, released or terminated only by a written instrument or instruments, executed by the party against which enforcement of the amendment, revision, waiver, discharge, release or termination is asserted. Any alleged amendment, revision, waiver, discharge, release or termination which is not so documented shall not be effective as to any party.

THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES RELATED TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREIN CONTAINED AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES.

 

RENEWAL, MODIFICATION AND EXTENSION AGREEMENT

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

LENDER:

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, NA, a national

banking association [successor by merger to

Bank One, NA (Illinois)]

By:  

/s/ Timothy F. Johnson

  Timothy F. Johnson
  First Vice President
BORROWER:
PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Jeff Isom

Name:  

Jeff Isom

Title:  

CFO

 

RENEWAL, MODIFICATION AND EXTENSION AGREEMENT

 

4

Exhibit 10.46

AMENDED AND RESTATED PROMISSORY NOTE

 

$500,000.00    October 27, 2006

 

1. COVENANT TO PAY .

1.1. Promise to Pay . FOR VALUE RECEIVED, PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION , a Texas corporation (herein called “ Maker ”, whether one or more), promises to pay to the order of JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, NA , a national banking association [successor by merger to Bank One, NA (Illinois)] with its main office in Chicago, Illinois and with a banking office located at 420 Throckmorton Street, Suite 400, Fort Worth, Texas 76102 [herein, together with all subsequent holders of this Amended and Restated Promissory Note (this “ Note ”), called “ Payee ”], on or before the Maturity Date (as defined below), as hereinafter provided, the principal sum of FIVE HUNDRED THOUSAND AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($500,000.00) , or so much thereof as may actually be outstanding hereunder, together with interest on the unpaid principal balance from time to time outstanding at the rate herein specified and otherwise in strict accordance with the terms and provisions hereof.

 

2. INTEREST RATE COMPUTATION .

2.1. Interest Rate . Except as otherwise provided herein, interest on the principal balance of this Note outstanding from time to time shall accrue at the lesser of (a) the Alternative Base Rate (as defined herein) or (b) the Maximum Lawful Rate (as defined herein). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, the Alternative Base Rate shall fluctuate automatically daily, up and down, without notice to Maker or any other person, as and in the amount by which the Prime Rate fluctuates, subject always to the limitation on interest set forth herein.

2.2. Default Rate . Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default hereunder or under any of the Loan Documents (as defined herein), at the option of the Payee, the principal balance of this Note then outstanding shall bear interest for the period beginning with the date of the occurrence of such Event of Default at the Default Rate (as defined herein).

2.3. Definitions . As used in this Note and the Loan Documents, the following terms shall have the respective meanings indicated below:

Alternative Base Rate ” shall mean, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the sum of (a) the Prime Rate, minus (b) three-quarters of one percent (0.75%). Any change in the Alternative Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate shall be effective without notice to Maker from and including the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate.

Business Day ” shall mean any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which national banking associations are authorized or required under applicable law to remain closed.

Charges ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 5.4 hereof.

Default Rate ” shall mean the interest rate, at Payee’s option, equal to the lesser of (i) the Alternative Base Rate plus three percent (3%), and (ii) the Maximum Lawful Rate.

Event of Default ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 4.1 hereof.

 

Amended and Restated Promissory Note    1   


Maturity Date ” shall mean the date on which this Note matures, whether by acceleration, lapse of time or otherwise; provided, that such date shall be October 27, 2013 , unless earlier accelerated as permitted herein, in the Loan Agreement or in any other Loan Document.

Loan Agreement ” shall mean that certain Loan Agreement, dated as of October 27, 2004, by between Payee, as lender, and Maker, as borrower.

Loan Documents ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 5.1 hereof.

Maximum Lawful Rate ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 5.4 hereof.

Prime Rate ” shall mean the prime rate of interest as announced by Payee or its parent (which may not be the lowest, best or most favorable rate of interest which Payee may charge on loans to its customers).

All other capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning given such terms in the Loan Agreement.

2.4. Interest Limitation Recoupment . Notwithstanding anything in this Note to the contrary, if at any time (i) interest at the Alternative Base Rate, (ii) interest at the Default Rate, if applicable, and (iii) the Charges computed over the full term of this Note, exceed the Maximum Lawful Rate, then the rate of interest payable hereunder, together with all Charges, shall be limited to the Maximum Lawful Rate; provided, however, that any subsequent reduction in the Alternative Base Rate shall not cause a reduction of the rate of interest payable hereunder below the Maximum Lawful Rate until the total amount of interest earned hereunder, together with all Charges, equals the total amount of interest which would have accrued at the Alternative Base Rate if such interest rate had at all times been in effect.

2.5. Computation Period . Interest on the indebtedness evidenced by this Note shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year and shall accrue on the actual number of days any principal balance hereof is outstanding.

 

3. PAYMENTS .

3.1. Payment Schedule . Interest, calculated on a daily basis, shall be payable quarterly in arrears on the first day of each December, March, June and October, commencing on December 1, 2004, and continuing on the first day of each successive December, March, June and October thereafter until the Maturity Date, at which time all accrued and unpaid interest hereon shall be due and payable in full. The aggregate outstanding principal balance under the Note plus all accrued but unpaid interest thereon shall be due and payable in full on the Maturity Date.

3.2. Application . All payments on this Note shall, prior to an Event of Default, be applied in the following order: (i) the payment of accrued but unpaid interest hereon, (ii) the payment or reimbursement of any expenses, costs or obligations (other than the principal hereof and interest hereon) for which Maker shall be obligated or Payee entitled pursuant to the provisions hereof or of the other Loan Documents, and (iii) the payment of all or any portion of the principal balance then outstanding hereunder, in either the direct, or inverse, order of maturity. After an Event of Default, all payments on the Note shall, at the sole option of Payee, be applied from time to time and in any order, to the foregoing items.

 

Amended and Restated Promissory Note    2   


3.3. Place . All payments hereunder shall be made to Payee at Chase Bank, NA, 420 Throckmorton Street, Suite 400, Fort Worth, Texas 76102, or as Payee may from time to time designate in writing to Maker.

3.4. Business Days . If any payment of principal or interest on this Note shall become due and payable on a Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which Payee is not open for normal business, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding business day of Payee. Any such extension of time for payment shall be included in computing interest which has accrued and shall be payable in connection with such payment.

3.5. Legal Tender . All amounts payable hereunder are payable in lawful money or legal tender of the United States of America.

3.6. Prepayments . Maker shall not have the right to prepay the Loan in part or in whole except as provided in Section 2.1 of the Loan Agreement.

3.7. Late Charge . In addition to the payments otherwise specified herein, subject to the provisions of Section 5.4 hereof, if Maker fails, refuses or neglects to pay, in full, any installment or portion of the indebtedness evidenced hereby, within ten (10) days after same shall be due and payable, then Maker shall be obligated to pay to Payee a late charge equal to the greater of Fifty and No/100 Dollars ($50.00) or five percent (5%) of the amount of such delinquent payment to compensate Payee for Maker’s default and the additional costs and administrative efforts required by reason of such default; provided, however, Payee will apply any late charge fee collected from Maker to the amount of interest charged at the Default Rate which covers the period for which such late charge was collected.

 

4. DEFAULT AND REMEDIES .

4.1. Default . An “Event of Default” shall occur hereunder if (i) Maker shall fail, refuse or neglect to pay, in full, any installment or portion of the indebtedness evidenced hereby, within ten (10) days after the same shall become due and payable, whether at the due date thereof as stipulated herein, or upon acceleration (but without any grace period), or (ii) an Event of Default (as defined and used in any of the other Loan Documents) shall occur under any of the other Loan Documents.

4.2. Remedies . If an Event of Default shall occur under this Note or any of the Loan Documents (as herein defined), then Payee may, at its option, without notice or demand, declare the unpaid principal balance of, and the accrued but unpaid interest on, this Note immediately due and payable, foreclose all liens and security interests securing payment hereof, pursue any and all other rights, remedies and recourses available to Payee or pursue any combination of the foregoing. All remedies hereunder, under the Loan Documents and at law or in equity shall be cumulative.

4.3. Waiver . Except as specifically provided in the Loan Documents, Maker and any endorsers or guarantors hereof severally waive presentment and demand for payment, notice of intent to accelerate maturity, notice of acceleration of maturity, protest and notice of protest and nonpayment, bringing of suit and diligence in taking any action to collect any sums owing hereunder or in proceeding against any of the rights and collateral securing payment hereof. Maker and any endorsers or guarantors hereof agree (i) that the time for any payments hereunder may be extended from time to time without notice and consent, (ii) to the acceptance of further collateral, and/or (iii) the release of any existing collateral for the payment of this Note, all without in any manner affecting their liability under or with respect to this Note. No extension of time for the payment of this Note or any installment hereof shall affect the liability of Maker under this Note or any endorser or guarantor hereof even though the Maker or such endorser or guarantor is not a party to such agreement.

 

Amended and Restated Promissory Note    3   


4.4. No Waiver . Failure of Payee to exercise any of the options granted herein to Payee upon the happening of one or more of the events giving rise to such options shall not constitute a waiver of the right to exercise the same or any other option at any subsequent time in respect to the same or any other event. The acceptance by Payee of any payment hereunder that is less than payment in full of all amounts due and payable at the time of such payment shall not constitute a waiver of the right to exercise any of the options granted herein to Payee at that time or at any subsequent time or nullify any prior exercise of any such option without the express written acknowledgment of the Payee.

4.5. Collection Costs . Maker agrees to pay all reasonable costs of collection hereof when incurred, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, whether or not any legal action shall be instituted to enforce this Note.

 

5. MISCELLANEOUS .

5.1. Loan Documents . This Note is issued pursuant to the Loan Agreement, and is the note defined therein as the “ Note ”. This Note is secured, inter alia , by a Pledge and Security Agreement (the “ Security Agreement ”) of even date herewith executed by Maker in favor of Payee covering certain collateral, as more particularly described therein (this Note, the Loan Agreement and Security Agreement, and all the other documents evidencing, securing or pertaining to the transaction in which the indebtedness evidenced hereby was incurred are, collectively, referred to as the “ Loan Documents ”).

5.2. Notices . All notices, requests, demands or other communications required or permitted to be given pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and given by (i) personal delivery, (ii) expedited delivery service with proof of delivery, or (iii) United States mail, postage prepaid, registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, sent to the intended addressee at the address set forth on the first page hereof or to such different address as the addressee shall have designated by written notice sent pursuant to the terms hereof and shall be deemed to have been received either, in the case of personal delivery, at the time of personal delivery, in the case of expedited delivery service, as of the date of first attempted delivery at the address and in the manner provided herein, or in the case of mail, upon deposit in a depository receptacle under the care and custody of the United States Postal Service. Either party shall have the right to change its address for notice hereunder to any other location within the continental United States by notice to the other party of such new address at least thirty (30) days prior to the effective date of such new address. For purposes of such notices, the addresses of the parties shall be as follows:

 

Payee:    If intended for Payee and to be delivered in person, to:
   JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, NA
   420 Throckmorton Street, Suite 400
   Fort Worth, Texas 76102
   Attn.: Timothy F. Johnson
   If intended for Payee and to be delivered by mail, to:
   JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, NA
   Mail Code TX1-1275
   P.O. Box 2050
   Fort Worth, Texas 76113-2050
   Attn: Timothy F. Johnson

 

Amended and Restated Promissory Note    4   


Maker:    PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION
   2911 Turtle Creek Boulevard, Suite 700
   Dallas, Texas 75219
   Attn: Jeff Isom

5.3. Governing Law . THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS AND THE APPLICABLE LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. THIS NOTE IS PERFORMABLE IN TARRANT COUNTY, TEXAS. Any action or proceeding under or in connection with this Note against Maker or any other party ever liable for payment of any sums of money payable on this Note may be brought in any state court located in Fort Worth, Tarrant County, Texas, or any federal court in Tarrant County, Texas. Maker and each such other party hereby irrevocably (i) submits to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of such courts, and (ii) waives any objection it may now or hereafter have as to the venue of any such action or proceeding brought in such court or that such court is an inconvenient forum.

5.4. Interest Limitation . It is expressly stipulated and agreed to be the intent of Maker and Payee at all times to comply with the applicable Texas law governing the maximum rate or amount of interest payable on this Note or the indebtedness (“ Indebtedness ”) evidenced hereby or evidenced or secured by the other Loan Documents (or applicable United States Federal law to the extent that it permits Payee to contract for, charge, take, reserve or receive a greater amount of interest than under Texas law). If the applicable law is ever judicially interpreted so as to render usurious any amount called for under this Note or under any of the other Loan Documents, or contracted for, charged, taken, reserved or received with respect to the Indebtedness, or Payee’s exercise of the option to accelerate the maturity of this Note, or any prepayment by Maker results in Maker having paid or Payee having received any interest in excess of that permitted by applicable law, then it is Maker’s and Payee’s express intent that all excess amounts theretofore collected by Payee be credited on the principal balance of this Note and all other Indebtedness (or, if this Note and all other Indebtedness have been or would thereby be paid in full, refunded to Maker), and the provisions of this Note and the other Loan Documents immediately be deemed reformed and the amounts thereafter collectible hereunder and thereunder reduced, without the necessity of the execution of any new document, so as to comply with the applicable law, but so as to permit the recovery of the fullest amount otherwise called for hereunder and thereunder; provided, however, if this Note has been paid in full before the end of the stated term of this Note, then Maker and Payee agree that Payee shall, with reasonable promptness after Payee discovers or is advised by Maker that interest was received in an amount in excess of the Maximum Lawful Rate, either refund such excess interest to Maker or credit such excess interest against any other Indebtedness then owing by Maker to Payee. Maker hereby agrees that as a condition precedent to any claim seeking usury penalties against Payee, that Maker will provide written notice to Payee, advising Payee in reasonable detail of the nature and amount of the violation, and Payee shall have sixty (60) days after receipt of such notice in which to correct such usury violation, if any, by either refunding such excess interest to Maker or crediting such excess interest against any other indebtedness then owing by Maker to Payee. All sums contracted for, charged or received by Payee for the use, forbearance or detention of the Indebtedness shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be amortized or spread, using the actuarial method, throughout the stated term of the Indebtedness until payment in full so that the rate or amount of interest on account of the Indebtedness does not exceed the Maximum Lawful Rate from time to time in effect and applicable to the Indebtedness for so long as debt is outstanding. In no event shall the provisions of Chapter 346 of the Texas Finance Code (which regulates certain revolving credit loan accounts and revolving triparty accounts) apply to the Indebtedness. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any of the other Loan Documents, it is not the intention of Payee to accelerate the maturity of any interest that has not accrued at the time of such acceleration or to collect unearned interest at the time of such acceleration. As used herein, the term “ Maximum Lawful Rate ” shall mean the maximum lawful rate of interest which may be contracted for, charged, taken, received or reserved by Payee in accordance with

 

Amended and Restated Promissory Note    5   


the applicable laws of the State of Texas (or applicable United States Federal law to the extent that it permits Payee to contract for, charge, take, receive or reserve a greater amount of interest than under Texas law), taking into account all Charges (as herein defined) made in connection with the transaction evidenced by this Note and the other Loan Documents. As used herein, the term “ Charges ” shall mean all fees and charges, if any, contracted for, charged, received, taken or reserved by Payee in connection with the transactions relating to this Note and the other Loan Documents or the Indebtedness, which are treated as interest under applicable law. To the extent that Payee is relying on the Texas Finance Code to determine the Maximum Lawful Rate payable on the Indebtedness, Payee will utilize the “weekly ceiling” specified in Chapter 303 as the applicable ceiling, after taking into consideration all sums paid or agreed to be paid to Payee outside the provisions of this Note for the use, forbearance or detention of the Indebtedness. To the extent United States federal law permits Payee to contract for, charge or receive a greater amount of interest, Payee will rely on United States federal law instead of the Texas Finance Code, for the purpose of determining the Maximum Lawful Rate. Additionally, to the extent permitted by applicable law now or hereinafter in effect, Payee may, at its option and from time to time, implement any other method of computing the Maximum Lawful Rate under the Texas Finance Code as supplemented by the Texas Credit Code, as amended, or under other applicable law by giving notice, if required, to Maker as provided by applicable law now or hereafter in effect. Maker and Payee hereby agree that any and all suits alleging the contracting for, charging or receiving of usurious interest shall lie in Tarrant County, Texas, and each irrevocably waive the right to venue in any other county.

5.5. Captions . The article and section headings used in this Note are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect, alter or define the meaning or interpretation of the text of any article or section contained in this Note.

5.6. Joint and Several Liability . If this Note is executed by more than one party, each such party shall be jointly and severally liable for the obligations of Maker under this Note. If Maker is a partnership, each general partner of Maker shall be jointly and severally liable hereunder. and each such general partner hereby waives any requirement of law that in the event of a default hereunder Payee exhaust any assets of Maker before proceedings against such general partner’s assets.

5.7 AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT . THIS NOTE IS A RENEWAL, AS WELL AS AN AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT IN ITS ENTIRETY, BUT NOT AN EXTINGUISHMENT, OF THAT CERTAIN PROMISSORY NOTE DATED AS OCTOBER 27, 2004, IN THE MAXIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF $500,000.00 EXECUTED BY BORROWER AND PAYABLE TO LENDER’ PREDECESSOR.

5.8. NO ORAL AGREEMENTS . THIS NOTE AND ALL THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS EMBODY THE FINAL, ENTIRE AGREEMENT OF MAKER AND PAYEE AND SUPERSEDE ANY AND ALL PRIOR COMMITMENTS, AGREEMENTS, REPRESENTATIONS AND UNDERSTANDINGS, WHETHER WRITTEN OR ORAL, RELATING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF AND THEREOF AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED OR VARIED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OR DISCUSSIONS OF MAKER AND PAYEE. THERE ARE NO ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN MAKER AND PAYEE. The provisions of this Note and the Loan Documents may be amended or revised only by an instrument in writing signed by the Maker and Payee.

 

Amended and Restated Promissory Note    6   


EXECUTED as of the date and year first above written.

 

MAKER :
PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION,
a Texas corporation
By:  

/s/ Jeff Isom

Name:  

Jeff Isom

Title:  

CFO

 

Amended and Restated Promissory Note    7   

Exhibit 10.47

 

LOGO

  Credit Agreement
  (Advances related to PlainsCapital Equity, LLC)

This agreement dated as of October 13, 2006, is between JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (together with its successors and assigns, the “ Bank ”), whose address is 420 Throckmorton, 4 th Floor, Fort Worth, TX 76102-3700, and Plains Capital Corporation, a Texas corporation, whose address is 2911 Turtle Creek Blvd, Suite 700, Dallas, TX 75219 (whether one or more, and if more than one, individually and collectively, the “ Borrower ”).

 

1. Credit Facilities.

 

  1.1 Scope. This agreement governs Facility A, and, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Bank and the Borrower or prohibited by any Legal Requirement (as hereafter defined), governs all the Credit Facilities as defined below, provided however, this agreement does not govern the following Credit Facilities which continue in full force and effect in accordance with their terms: (a) the Borrower’s $20,000,000 loan (“ $20,000,000 Line of Credit ”) which is governed by that certain Amended and Restated Loan Agreement dated as of October 1, 2001, as amended through a Fourth Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan Agreement dated as of November 21, 2005, as hereafter amended, modified and restated from time to time, (b) the Borrower’s $6,000,000 loan which is governed by that certain Loan Agreement dated as of September 22, 2004, by and between the Borrower and the Bank, as hereafter amended, modified and restated from time to time, (c) the Borrower’s $500,0000 loan which is governed by that certain Loan Agreement dated October 27, 2004, as hereafter amended, modified and restated from time to time, and (d) the Borrower’s $15,000,000 loan which is governed by that certain Subordinate Credit Agreement dated as of October 27, 2004, by and between the Borrower and the Bank, as hereafter amended, modified and restated from time to time (collectively, the “ Other Loan Agreements ”).

 

  1.2 Facility A (Line of Credit). The Bank has approved a credit facility to the Borrower in the principal sum not to exceed $10,000,000.00 in the aggregate at any one time outstanding (“ Facility A ”). Credit under Facility A shall be repayable as set forth in a Line of Credit Note executed concurrently with this agreement, and any renewals, modifications, extensions, rearrangements, restatements thereof and replacements or substitutions therefor. The proceeds of Facility A shall be used only to contribute capital to PCE to enable it to make investments, other than in margin stock, (a) in Corporations that are not general partnerships, limited liability partnerships or joint ventures and (b) which would not expose it to liability as a partner or joint venture partner other than for the amount of its investment (“ Approved Purposes ”). The proceeds of Facility A shall not be used for any purpose other than as stated in this Section and the Borrower shall cease utilizing the $20,000,000 Line of Credit for such purposes.

 

 

1.3

Commitment Fee. The Borrower shall pay to the Bank a commitment fee (the “ Commitment Fee ”) with respect to each calendar quarter during the term of Facility A, based on the unused amount of Facility A. The Commitment Fee shall be an amount equal to A x (B – C) x (D/E), where A equals one-eighth of one percent (  1 / 8 %); B equals the maximum amount of Facility A; C equals the average daily outstanding principal balance of Facility A during the calendar quarter; D equals the actual number of days elapsed during the calendar quarter; and E equals 365. The Commitment Fee shall be due and payable to the Bank in arrears at the same time as the installments of interest on the Line of Credit Note. The Bank may begin to accrue the foregoing fee on the date the Borrower signs or otherwise authenticates this agreement.

 

2. Definitions and Interpretations.

 

  A. Definitions . As used in this agreement, the following terms have the following respective meanings:

 

  (1) Affiliate ” means, as to any Person, any other Person: (1) that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person; (2) that directly or indirectly beneficially owns or holds five percent (5%) or more of any class of voting stock of such Person; or (3) five percent (5%) or more of the voting stock of which is directly or indirectly beneficially owned or held by the Person in question. The term “control” means to possess, directly or indirectly, the power to direct the management and policies of a Person, whether through Equity Interests, by contract, or otherwise. The Bank is not under any circumstances to be deemed an Affiliate of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

Page 1 of 17 Pages


  (2) Authorizing Documents ” means certificates of authority to transact business, certificates of good standing, borrowing resolutions, appointments, officer’s certificates, certificates of incumbency, and other documents which empower and authorize or evidence the power and authority of the Parties executing any Related Document or their representatives to execute and deliver the Related Documents and perform the Party’s obligations thereunder.

 

  (3) Banking Subsidiary ” means, as to any Subsidiary of the Borrower, any bank (whether state or national) more than fifty percent (50%) of whose capital stock now or hereafter is owned directly or indirectly by the Borrower or any Banking Subsidiary or may be voted by the Borrower or any Banking Subsidiary. As of the date of this agreement, the only Banking Subsidiary of the Borrower is PlainsCapital Bank (“ PCB ”), a Texas state bank, whose principal place of business is 5010 University, Lubbock, Texas 79413.

 

  (4) Banking Subsidiary Loans ” means loans made by any Banking Subsidiary as lender (including, without limitation, participation interests in loans made by other lenders which are purchased by any Banking Subsidiary) and leases intended as financing devices in which any Banking Subsidiary is the lessor, in each case net of any unearned interest or other income but before deducting any Loan Loss Reserve.

 

  (5) Business Day ” means a day when the main office of the Bank is open for the conduct of commercial lending business.

 

  (6) Call Report ” means any Consolidated Reports of Condition and Income (currently designated as Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council reporting form 041), any Thrift Financial Report or any substantially similar report (or successor or replacement of any such report) required by any Governmental Authority to be submitted by any Obligor or any Obligor’s Subsidiary to a Governmental Authority.

 

  (7) Collateral ” means all presently owned and hereafter acquired property of any Person that secures the Liabilities, including, but not limited to, 100% of the capital stock of PCB pledged to the Bank.

 

  (8) Credit Facilities ” means all extensions of credit from the Bank to the Borrower, whether now existing or hereafter arising, including but not limited to those described in Section 1, if any, and those extended contemporaneously with this agreement, including any and all renewals, modifications, extensions, rearrangements, restatements thereof and replacements or substitutions therefor.

 

  (9) Corporation ” means corporations, partnerships, limited liability companies, joint ventures, joint stock associations, associations, banks, business trusts and other entities.

 

  (10) Equity Interests ” means shares of capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests in a limited liability company, beneficial interests in a trust or other equity ownership interests in an entity, and any warrants, options or other rights entitling the holder thereof to purchase or acquire any such equity interest.

 

  (11) ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

 

  (12) GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in effect in the United States of America, consistently applied.

 

  (13) Governmental Authority ” means any foreign governmental authority, the United States of America, any state thereof, any political subdivision of any of the foregoing or any agency, department, commission, board, bureau, court or other tribunal having jurisdiction over the Bank, the Borrower or any other Obligor, or any Subsidiary of the Borrower or their respective properties or any agreement by which any of them is bound. Governmental Authority includes but is not limited to the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“ FRB ”), the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “ FDIC ”), the Texas Department of Banking (the “ DOB ”), the Office of Thrift Supervision (the “ OTS ”), the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “ OCC ”) and the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”).

 

  (14)

Indebtedness ” means and includes (without duplication) (i) all items arising from the borrowing of money, which according to GAAP, would be included in determining total liabilities as shown on the

 

Page 2 of 17 Pages


 

balance sheet; (ii) all indebtedness secured by any Lien on property owned by the Borrower or the Subsidiaries of the Borrower whether or not such indebtedness shall have been assumed; (iii) all guarantees and similar contingent liabilities in respect to indebtedness of others; and (iv) all other interest-bearing obligations evidencing indebtedness to others for borrowed money.

 

  (15) Legal Requirement ” means any law, ordinance, decree, requirement, order, judgment, rule, regulation (or interpretation of any of the foregoing) of, and the terms of any list, license or permit issued by, any Governmental Authority.

 

  (16) Liabilities ” means all obligations, indebtedness and liabilities of every kind and character of the Borrower to the Bank, its successors and assigns, now existing or later arising, whether the obligations, indebtedness and liabilities are individual, joint and several, contingent or otherwise, including, without limitation, all liabilities, interest, costs and fees, arising under or from any note, open account, overdraft, credit card, lease, Rate Management Transaction, letter of credit application, endorsement, surety agreement, guaranty, acceptance, foreign exchange contract or depository service contract, whether payable to the Bank or to a third party and subsequently acquired by the Bank, any monetary obligations (including interest) incurred or accrued during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceedings, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding, and all renewals, extensions, modifications, consolidations, rearrangements, restatements, replacements, restatements or substitutions of any of the foregoing.

 

  (17) Lien ” means any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, charge, encumbrance, security interest, collateral assignment or other lien or restriction of any kind, whether based on common law, constitutional provision, statute or contract.

 

  (18) Minimum Return on Average Assets Ratio ” means the ratio, expressed as a percentage of any Banking Subsidiary’s Net Income to the Banking Subsidiary’s Total Assets, all as determined by applicable regulatory accounting principles consistently applied.

 

  (19) Net Income ” means, with respect to the four (4) calendar quarters immediately preceding any date of computation of Net Income, the net income for the Banking Subsidiary for such four (4) calendar quarters.

 

  (20) Non-Performing Asset Ratio ” means the ratio, expressed as a percentage, of any Banking Subsidiary’s Non-Performing Assets to the Banking Subsidiary’s Total Loans, all as determined by applicable regulatory accounting principles consistently applied.

 

  (21) Non-Performing Assets ” means the sum of any Banking Subsidiary’s Banking Subsidiary Loans that are (a) ninety (90) days past due or more, but excluding Banking Subsidiary Loans on non-accrual status, (b) on non-accrual status, (c) have been restructured, and (d) Other Real Estate.

 

  (22) Notes ” means each and all promissory notes, instruments and/or other contracts now or hereafter evidencing the terms and conditions of any of the Credit Facilities.

 

  (23) Obligor ” means each Borrower and any guarantor, surety, co-signer, general partner or other Person who may now or hereafter be obligated to pay all or any part of the Liabilities.

 

  (24) Organizational Documents ” means, with respect to any entity, certificates of existence or formation, documents establishing or governing the entity or evidencing or certifying that the entity is duly organized and validly existing in accordance with all applicable Legal Requirements, including all modifications and supplements of such certificates and documents as of the date of the Related Document referring to the Organizational Document and any and all future modifications thereto approved by the Bank.

 

  (25)

Other Real Estate ” means (a) real property acquired by a Banking Subsidiary (1) through purchases at sales under judgments, decrees, or mortgages where the real property was security for debts previously contracted, (2) through conveyance in satisfaction or partial satisfaction of debts previously contracted, (3) through purchases to secure debts previously contracted, or (4) through any other method of asset

 

Page 3 of 17 Pages


 

acquisition, where the real property, in the hands of the transferor to such Banking Subsidiary, was classified as “other real estate owned” pursuant to 12 CFR §7.3025, (b) former banking premises beginning on the date of relocation to new banking quarters, (c) property originally acquired for future expansion for which banking use is no longer contemplated, (d) any real estate sold and financing by a Banking Subsidiary for which the purchaser’s equity down payment was less than ten percent (10%) or the financing remains at a rate of interest less than the Prime Rate, (e) real property still in the possession of and legally titled in a borrower of a Banking Subsidiary that would be considered to be an “in substance foreclosure” by reason of the borrower having little or no equity and sale of such property being the only source of repayment, (f) any and all other real property or assets of a Banking Subsidiary that are classified as “other real estate owned” pursuant to 12 CFR §7.3025. Other Real Estate shall not include any building or continguous property that is used by a Banking Subsidiary for banking services, for storage, for operations services, or for parking for customers or employees.

 

  (26) Parties ” means all Persons other than the Bank executing any Related Document.

 

  (27) Person ” means any individual, Corporation, trust, unincorporated organization, Governmental Authority or any other form of entity.

 

  (28) PCE ” means PlainsCapital Equity, LLC, a wholly owned Subsidiary of the Borrower.

 

  (29) Prime Rate ” means the rate of interest per annum announced from time to time by the Bank as its prime rate.

 

  (30) Proper Form ” means in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank.

 

  (31) Rate Management Transaction ” means any transaction (including an agreement with respect thereto) that is a rate swap, basis swap, forward rate transaction, commodity swap, commodity option, equity or equity index swap, equity or equity index option, bond option, interest rate option, foreign exchange transaction, cap transaction, floor transaction, collar transaction, forward transaction, currency swap transaction, cross-currency rate swap transaction, currency option, derivative transaction or any other similar transaction (including any option with respect to any of these transactions) or any combination thereof, whether linked to one or more interest rates, foreign currencies, commodity prices, equity prices or other financial measures.

 

  (32) Related Documents ” means this agreement, the Notes, the Pledge and Security Agreements each dated as of October 27, 2004, and September 22, 2004, by and among the Borrower, PCB and the Bank’s predecessor in interest, Bank One, NA, applications for letters of credit, all loan agreements, credit agreements, reimbursement agreements, security agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust, pledge agreements, assignments, guaranties, and any other instrument or document executed in connection with this agreement or in connection with any of the Liabilities.

 

  (33) Subordinated Debt ” means any Indebtedness subordinated to Indebtedness due to the Bank pursuant to a written subordination agreement in Proper Form by and among the Bank, subordinated creditor and the Borrower which at a minimum must prohibit: (a) any action by any subordinated creditor which will result in an occurrence of an Event of Default or default under this agreement, the subordination agreement or the subordinated Indebtedness; and (b) upon the happening of any Event of Default or default under any Related Documents, the subordination agreement, or any instrument evidencing the subordinated Indebtedness: (i) any payment of principal and interest on the subordinated Indebtedness; (ii) any act to compel payment of principal or interest on subordinated Indebtedness; and (iii) any action to realize upon any collateral securing the subordinated Indebtedness.

 

  (34) Subsidiary ” means, as to a particular parent Corporation, any Corporation of which 50% or more of the indicia of equity rights is at the time of determination directly or indirectly owned by such parent Corporation or by one or more Persons controlled by, controlling or under common control with such parent Corporation. For purposes of this agreement, the Borrower’s Subsidiaries include but are not limited to the Banking Subsidiaries, PCE and each of those listed on Annex I.

 

Page 4 of 17 Pages


  (35) Total Assets ” means the average of any Banking Subsidiary’s total assets required by applicable Legal Requirements to be included in the Banking Subsidiary’s Call Report, as total assets are defined in 12 CFR §325.2(x), as amended from time to time, and as reported on each Call Report for the Banking Subsidiary.

 

  (36) Total Loans ” means the total of all of the Banking Subsidiary Loans (before deducting the Loan Loss Reserves but after deducting unearned interest and any other unearned income) net of all participations sold and excluding any Other Real Estate held in lieu of any of the Banking Subsidiary Loans.

 

  B. Interpretations. Whenever the Bank’s determination, consent, approval or satisfaction is required under this agreement or the other Related Documents or whenever the Bank may at its option take or refrain from taking any action under this agreement or the other Related Documents, the decision as to whether or not the Bank makes the determination, consents, approves, is satisfied or takes or refrains from taking any action, shall be in the sole and exclusive discretion of the Bank and the Bank’s decision shall be final and conclusive.

 

3. Conditions Precedent.

 

  3.1 Conditions Precedent to Initial Extension of Credit. Before the first extension of credit governed by this agreement and any initial advance under any of the Credit Facilities, whether by disbursement of a loan, issuance of a letter of credit, or otherwise, the Borrower shall deliver to the Bank in Proper Form:

A. Related Documents. The Notes, and as applicable, the letter of credit applications, the security agreements, the pledge agreements, financing statements, mortgages or deeds of trust, the guaranties, the subordination agreements, and any other documents which the Bank may reasonably require to give effect to the transactions described in this agreement or the other Related Documents; and

B. Organizational and Authorizing Documents. The Organizational Documents and Authorizing Documents of the Borrower and any other Party executing the Related Documents that at a minimum (i) document the due organization, valid existence and good standing of the Borrower and every other entity that is a Party to this agreement or any other Related Document; (ii) evidence that each entity which is a Party to this agreement or any other Related Document has the power and authority to enter into the transactions described therein, and (iii) evidence that the Person signing on behalf of each entity which is a Party to the Related Documents (other than the Bank) is duly authorized to do so.

C. Continuing Pledge of Stock. Delivery of a duly executed continuing pledge of all outstanding stock of PCB and stock powers duly executed in blank.

 

  3.2 Conditions Precedent to Each Extension of Credit. Before any extension of credit governed by this agreement, whether by disbursement of a loan, issuance of a letter of credit or otherwise, the following conditions must be satisfied:

A. Advances. (1) The Bank has received written notice in Proper Form (effective upon receipt) of the Borrower’s intent to draw down an advance under Facility A (“ Advance ”) no later than 11:00 a.m. Central time on the requested date of disbursement, as well as such other documents, opinions, certificates, agreements, instruments and evidences as the Bank may reasonably request. (2) The outstanding principal balance of Facility A prior to the making of the requested Advance plus the amount of the requested Advance will not exceed $10,000,000.00. (3) The requested Advance will only be used for Approved Purposes that are in compliance with applicable Legal Requirements or to refinance advances made under the $20,000,000 Line of Credit for Approved Purposes.

B. Representations. The representations of the Borrower and any other Parties to the Related Documents are true on and as of the date of the extension of credit;

C. No Event of Default. No default or Event of Default has occurred under this agreement, the Notes or any other Related Documents and is continuing or would result from the extension of credit, and no event has occurred which would constitute the occurrence of any Event of Default but for the lapse of time until the end of any grace or cure period, if any;

 

Page 5 of 17 Pages


D. Additional Approvals, Opinions, and Documents. The Bank has received any other approvals, opinions and documents as it may reasonably request; and

E. No Prohibition or Onerous Conditions. The making of the extension of credit is not prohibited by and does not subject the Bank, the Borrower, any Subsidiary of the Borrower or any guarantor of any of the Liabilities to any penalty or onerous condition under any Legal Requirement.

 

  3.3 Satisfaction of Conditions Precedent. The acceptance of the proceeds and benefits of the proceeds of any Credit Facility shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Parties that all of the conditions specified in this Article 3 for that Credit Facility have been satisfied as of that time.

 

4. Affirmative Covenants. The Borrower agrees to do, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to do, each of the following:

 

  4.1 Distributions. If the Borrower shall be entitled to receive or shall receive any stock certificate (including, without limitation, any certificate representing a stock dividend or distribution in connection with any reclassification, increase or reduction of capital, or issued in connection with any reorganization), option or rights, whether as an addition to, in substitution of, or in exchange for any shares of capital stock that is pledged as Collateral, the Borrower agrees to accept same as the Bank’s agent and to hold same in trust on behalf of or for the benefit of the Bank and deliver same forthwith to the Bank in exact form received, with the endorsement of the Borrower where necessary, together with appropriate undated stock powers duly executed in blank, to be held by the Bank as additional Collateral.

 

  4.2 Financial information. Furnish to the Bank in Proper Form (1) the financial statements prepared in conformity with GAAP on consolidated and consolidating bases and the other information described in, and within the times required by, Exhibit A , Reporting Requirements, Financial Covenants and Compliance Certificate attached hereto and incorporated in this agreement by reference; (2) within the time required by Exhibit A , Exhibit A signed or otherwise authenticated and certified by the chief financial officer or president of the Party required to submit the information; (3) to the extent permitted by applicable Legal Requirements, promptly after the same are available, copies of each annual report or financial statement or other report or communication sent by the Borrower to the shareholders of the Borrower; and each registration statement which the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower may file with any Governmental Authority or with any securities exchange; (4) promptly after a request is submitted to the appropriate Governmental Authority, any request for waiver of funding standards or extension of amortization periods with respect to any employee benefit plan; (5) promptly after the Bank’s request, copies of special audits, studies, reports and analyses prepared by outside parties for the management of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any other Obligor; (6) promptly after the Bank’s request, a listing of all of PCE’s investments, rates of return on projects and descriptions of exit strategies on all properties owned or in which PCE has an interest, including the development and sale of properties and/or lots or the drilling and production of gas/oil wells on the properties; and (7) such other information relating to the financial condition, prospects and affairs of the Borrower, each other Obligor and their respective Subsidiaries, as the Bank may reasonably request from time to time. Nothing in this agreement shall require the Borrower to provide any information to the Bank which the Borrower, any other Obligor or any of their respective Subsidiaries is prohibited by Legal Requirements to disclose. All proceeds of the Collateral shall be deposited in an account maintained with the Bank.

 

  4.3 Subsidiary Organizational Documents. Furnish to the Bank copies of the Organizational Documents of any Subsidiary and Corporation in which PCE may own an Equity Interest.

 

  4.4 Existence. Maintain its existence and business operations, as presently in effect, in accordance with all applicable Legal Requirements, pay its debts and obligations when due under normal terms, and pay on or before their due date, all taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental monetary obligations, except as they may be contested in good faith (if they have been properly reflected on its books) and, at the Bank’s request, have adequate funds or security pledged or reserved to insure payment.

 

  4.5 Financial Records. Maintain proper books and records of accounts, in accordance with GAAP, and consistent with financial statements previously submitted to the Bank.

 

Page 6 of 17 Pages


  4.6 Insurance. Maintain insurance with financially sound and reputable insurers, with such insurance and insurers to be satisfactory to the Bank, covering its properties and business against those casualties and contingencies and in the types and amounts as are in accordance with sound business and industry practices, and furnish to the Bank, upon request of the Bank, reports on each existing insurance policy showing such information as the Bank may reasonably request; and

 

  4.7 FDIC Insurance. If a banking Corporation, maintain federal deposit insurance and be a member of the FDIC.

 

  4.8 Inspection. Permit the Bank or its representatives, at those times and at the intervals as the Bank may reasonably require: (1) to inspect, examine, audit and copy its business records, and to discuss its business, operations, prospects, assets, affairs and financial condition with its officers, employees and accountants; and (2) to inspect its business operations and sites. Nothing in this agreement shall give the Bank the right to inspect or copy any records of any examination report of the Borrower’s supervisory Governmental Authority or other information that the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries are prohibited by any Legal Requirement from disclosing without the consent of the supervising Governmental Authority; provided, however, the Borrower will and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, cooperate in obtaining any consent should the Bank request the disclosure.

 

  4.9 Notices of Claims, Litigation, Defaults, etc. Promptly inform the Bank in writing of (1) all existing and threatened litigation, claims, investigations, administrative proceedings and similar actions or changes in Legal Requirements affecting it which could materially affect the business, property, affairs, prospects or financial condition; (2) the occurrence of any default or Event of Default and the circumstances which give rise to the Bank’s option to terminate the Credit Facilities to the extent the disclosure does not violate any Legal Requirement; (3) any additions to or changes in its locations or businesses; and (4) any alleged breach by the Bank of any provision of this agreement or of any other Related Documents.

 

  4.10 Title to Assets and Property. Maintain good and marketable title to all of its assets and properties and defend its assets and properties against all claims and demands of all Persons at any time claiming any interest in them.

 

  4.11 Additional Assurances. Promptly make, execute and deliver any and all agreements, documents, instruments and other records that the Bank may reasonably request to evidence any of the Credit Facilities, cure any defect in the execution and delivery of any of the Related Documents, perfect any Lien, comply with any Legal Requirement applicable to the Bank or the Credit Facilities or more fully to describe particular aspects of the agreements set forth or intended to be set forth in any of the Related Documents.

 

  4.12 Compliance with ERISA. (1) Maintain each employee benefit plan as to which it may have any liability, including, but not limited to ERISA, in compliance with all Legal Requirements. (2) Promptly after the Bank’s request, furnish to the Bank such information concerning any plan of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower subject to ERISA. (3) Promptly inform the Bank in writing of any fact or action arising in connection with any plan which might constitute grounds for the termination thereof by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or for the appointment by the appropriate United States district court of a trustee or administrator for such plan, or any other “reportable event” (as defined in ERISA).

 

  4.13 Management/Ownership. Promptly inform the Bank in writing of (1) any change in the membership of the executive management or board of directors of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower; or (2) any change in the beneficial or legal ownership of ten percent (10%) or more of the issued and outstanding common stock of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower.

 

  4.14 Compliance Certificate. Comply with each of the other additional covenants, if any, set forth in Exhibit A.

 

5. Negative Covenants. Without the prior written consent of the Bank, the Borrower will not and no Subsidiary of the Borrower will:

 

  5.1

Indebtedness. Incur, contract for, assume, permit to remain outstanding, or in any manner become liable in respect of any Indebtedness, other than (1) Indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business and in accordance with applicable Legal Requirements and safe and sound banking practices; (2) Indebtedness reflected in the financial statements dated June 30, 2006; (3) additional Indebtedness contracted for after the date of this agreement that does

 

Page 7 of 17 Pages


 

not exceed the amounts reflected in those financial statements described in (2) above; (4) upon the approval of the Bank, Subordinated Debt; and (5) additional indebtedness for borrowed money, installment obligations, and obligations under capital leases or operating leases not to exceed $50,000 in the aggregate for the Borrower and any Subsidiary of the Borrower.

 

  5.2 Minimum Return on Average Assets Ratio. Permit any Banking Subsidiary’s Minimum Return on Average Assets Ratio to be less than 0.70% as of the last day of any calendar quarter.

 

  5.3 Well Capitalized. Permit any Banking Subsidiary not to be or remain categorized as “Well Capitalized” as defined by the regulations of its supervisory Governmental Authority.

 

  5.4 Non-Performing Asset Ratio. Permit any Banking Subsidiary’s Non-Performing Asset Ratio to exceed 2.50% as of the last day of any calendar quarter.

 

  5.5 Liens. Other than in favor of the Bank, create, assume, incur, suffer or permit to exist any Lien of any kind or character upon or with respect to any of its assets or properties, whether now owned at the date hereof or later acquired, or assign or otherwise convey any right to receive income.

 

  5.6 Disposal of Equity Interest in any Subsidiary. Pledge, sell, convey, assign, or otherwise dispose of or permit to exist any Lien on any Equity Interest in any Subsidiary of the Borrower other than in favor of the Bank.

 

  5.7 Issuance of Stock. Permit PCB or PCE to authorize or issue additional Equity Interests of any class, common or preferred, or any warrant, right or option pertaining to its Equity Interests or issue any security convertible into Equity Interests.

 

  5.8 Merger or Consolidations. (1) Dissolve; (2) merge or consolidate with any Person; (3) lease, sell or otherwise convey a material part of its assets or business outside the ordinary course of its business; (4) lease, purchase, or otherwise acquire a material part of the assets of any other Person, except in the ordinary course of its business; or (5) agree to do any of the foregoing; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, any Subsidiary of the Borrower may merge or consolidate with any other Subsidiary of the Borrower or with the Borrower so long as the Borrower is the survivor.

 

  5.9 Use of Proceeds. Use, or permit any proceeds of the Credit Facilities to be used, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of “purchasing or carrying any margin stock” within the meaning of Federal Reserve Board Regulation U (“ Regulation U ”). At the Bank’s request, the Borrower will furnish a completed Federal Reserve Board Form U-1.

 

  5.10 Negative Pledge of Assets. Enter into any agreement with any Person other than the Bank which prohibits or limits its ability to create or permit to exist any Lien on any of its property, assets or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired.

 

  5.11 Affiliate Transactions. Enter into any transaction or agreement with any Affiliate except upon terms substantially similar to those obtainable from wholly unrelated sources.

 

  5.12 Subsidiaries. Form, create or acquire any Subsidiary that is not wholly owned by the Borrower.

 

  5.13 Continuity of Operations. (1) Engage in any business activities (a) substantially different from those in which it is presently engaged or (b) prohibited by any Legal Requirement; or (2) cease operations, liquidate, change its name, dissolve, or sell any assets out of the ordinary course of business.

 

  5.14 Conflicting Agreements. Enter into any agreement containing any provision which would be violated or breached by the performance of its obligations under this agreement or any of the other Related Documents.

 

  5.15 Transfer of Ownership. Permit any pledge of any Equity Interest in the Borrower, or any sale or other transfer of any ownership interest in the Borrower in excess of twenty-five percent (25%) in the aggregate.

 

Page 8 of 17 Pages


  5.16 Limitation on Loans, Advances to and Investments in Others and Receivables from Others. Purchase, hold or acquire beneficially any Equity Interest or evidence of indebtedness of, make or permit to exist any loans or advances to, permit to exist any receivable from, or make or permit to exist any investment or acquire any interest whatsoever in, any Person, except (1) loans, advances, investments and receivables existing as of the date of this agreement that have been disclosed to and approved by, the Bank in writing and that are not to be paid with proceeds of borrowings under the Credit Facilities, (2) advances under Facility A for Approved Purposes.

 

  5.17 PCE Investments. Permit PCE to make investments or acquire interests in any Person that would cause it to become a general partner in any partnership, limited partnership or limited liability partnership or a joint venturer in any joint venture.

 

  5.18 Government Regulation. (1) Be or become subject at any time to any Legal Requirement (including, without limitation, the U.S. Office of Foreign Asset Control list) that prohibits or limits the Bank from making any advance or extension of credit to the Borrower or from otherwise conducting business with it; or (2) fail to provide documentary and other evidence of its identity as may be requested by the Bank at any time to enable the Bank to verify its identity or to comply with any Legal Requirement, including, without limitation, Section 326 of the USA Patriot Act of 2001, 31 U.S.C. Section 5318.

 

6. Representations, Warranties and Covenants by the Borrower. To induce the Bank to enter into this agreement and to extend credit or other financial accommodations under the Credit Facilities, the Borrower represents and warrants as of the date of this agreement and as of the date of each request for credit under the Credit Facilities that each of the following statements is and shall remain true and correct throughout the term of this agreement and until all Credit Facilities and all amounts owing under the Notes and other Related Documents are paid in full:

 

  6.1 Organization and Status. (1) The Borrower is a Texas corporation registered as a federal bank holding company under the laws of the United States which has elected with the FRB to become a financial services holding company, and the Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries are each duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its organization and is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing under the laws of each state in which the ownership of its properties and the nature and extent of the activities transacted by it makes such qualification necessary. (2) The Borrower has no Subsidiaries other than those listed on Annex I and each Subsidiary is owned by the Borrower or another of its Subsidiaries in the percentage set forth on Annex I. (3) PCE is a Texas limited liability company wholly owned by the Borrower.

 

  6.2 Financial Statements. All financial statements delivered to the Bank are complete and correct and fairly present, in accordance with GAAP, the financial condition and the results of operations of the Borrower and each Subsidiary of the Borrower, as at the dates and for the periods indicated. No material adverse change has occurred in the assets, liabilities, financial condition, business or affairs of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries since the dates of such financial statements dated June 30, 2006. Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is subject to any instrument or agreement materially and adversely affecting its financial condition, operations, business or affairs.

 

  6.3 Enforceability. This agreement, the Notes, and the other Related Documents have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Parties thereto and are valid and binding agreements of the Parties, enforceable according to their terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity. The execution, delivery and performance of this agreement, the Notes and the other Related Documents and the obligations that they impose, do not violate any Legal Requirement, conflict with any agreement by which any Party is bound, or require the consent or approval of any Governmental Authority or other third party which has not been promptly obtained in connection with the execution and delivery of this agreement and the other Related Documents.

 

  6.4 Litigation. There is no litigation, claim, investigation, administrative proceeding or similar action (including those for unpaid taxes) against the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any other Obligor pending or threatened, and no other event has occurred which may in any one case or in the aggregate materially adversely affect the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries, any other Obligor or any of their respective financial conditions and properties, other than litigation, claims, or other events, if any, that have been disclosed to and acknowledged by the Bank in writing.

 

Page 9 of 17 Pages


  6.5 Title and Rights. The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries have good and marketable title to its properties, free and clear of any Lien except for Liens disclosed to and approved in writing by the Bank, those permitted by this agreement and the other Related Documents. The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries possess all permits, licenses, patents, trademarks and copyrights required to conduct their respective businesses.

 

  6.6 Regulation U; Business Purpose. None of the proceeds of any of the Credit Facilities will be used to purchase or carry, directly or indirectly, any margin stock or for any other purpose which would make this credit a “purpose credit” within the meaning of Regulation U or not an exempt transaction under Regulation U. All Credit Facilities will be used for business purposes and for the express purposes that the Borrower has informed the Bank that it will use the credit. None of the stock of the Borrower’s Subsidiaries is margin stock as defined in Regulation U.

 

  6.7 Capital Stock of the Borrower’s Subsidiaries. (1) All of the issued and outstanding capital stock of each of the Borrower’s Subsidiaries (the “ Borrower’s Current Subsidiaries’ Shares ”) has been duly authorized, legally and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and the Borrower’s Current Subsidiaries’ Shares are owned by the Borrower, free and clear of all Liens, except as may exist for the benefit of the Bank; (2) none of the Borrower’s Current Subsidiaries’ Shares have been issued in violation of any shareholder’s preemptive rights; (3) there are, as of the date of this agreement, no outstanding options, rights, warrants, plans, understandings or other agreements or instruments obligating the Borrower to issue, deliver or sell, or cause to be issued, delivered or sold, or contemplating or providing for the issuance of, additional shares of the capital stock of the Borrower’s Subsidiaries, or obligating the Borrower or the Borrower’s Subsidiaries to grant, extend or enter into any such agreement or commitment; and (4) the Borrower has furnished to the Bank copies of all buy-sell agreements, stock redemption agreements, shareholder agreements, voting trust agreements and all other agreements and contracts involving the stock of any Banking Subsidiary.

 

  6.8 Regulatory Enforcement Actions. None of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries, or any of their respective officers or directors, is now operating under or will operate under any effective written restrictions agreed to by the Borrower or by any of its Subsidiaries, or agreements, memoranda, or written commitments by the Borrower or by any of its Subsidiaries (other than restrictions of general application) imposed or required by any Governmental Authority nor are any such restrictions threatened or agreements, memoranda or commitments being sought by any Governmental Authority.

 

  6.9 No Liens. Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to any agreement, instrument or undertaking or subject to any other restriction pursuant to which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries has placed, or will be required to place (or under which any other Person may place), a Lien upon any of its properties securing Indebtedness, either upon demand or upon the happening of a condition, with or without any demand.

 

  6.10 Compliance. The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries has filed all applicable tax returns and paid all taxes shown thereon to be due, except those for which extensions have been obtained and those which are being contested in good faith and for which adequate reserves have been established. The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is in compliance with all applicable material Legal Requirements and manages and operates (and will continue to manage and operate) its business in accordance with good industry practices. Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is in default in the payment of any other Indebtedness or under any agreement to which it is a party. The Parties have obtained all consents of and registered with all Governmental Authorities and other Persons required to execute, deliver and perform the Related Documents.

 

  6.11 No Claims Against the Bank. There are no defenses or counterclaims, offsets or adverse claims, demands or actions of any kind, personal or otherwise, that the Borrower or any other Obligor could assert with respect to this agreement or the Credit Facilities.

 

  6.12 Statements by Others. All statements made by or on behalf of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any other of the Parties in connection with any Related Document constitute the joint and several representations and warranties of the Borrower under this agreement.

 

  6.13

Environment. The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries have complied with applicable Legal Requirements in each instance in which any of them have generated, handled, used, stored or disposed of any hazardous or toxic waste or substance, on or off its premises (whether or not owned by any of them). Neither the Borrower nor any of

 

Page 10 of 17 Pages


 

its Subsidiaries has any material contingent liability for non-compliance with environmental or hazardous waste laws. Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has received any notice that it or any of its property or operations does not comply with, or that any Governmental Authority is investigating its compliance with, any environmental or hazardous waste laws.

 

  6.14 Continuing Representations. Each request for an advance or conversion or continuation of an advance under any of the Credit Facilities shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower that all of the representations and warranties set forth in this agreement shall be true and correct on and as of such date with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on such date, except to the extent that such representations and warranties are stated to expressly relate solely to an earlier date.

 

7. Default/Remedies.

 

  7.1 Events of Default. Each of the following is an “ Event of Default ”:

A. The Borrower or any other Obligor fails to pay when due any amount payable (1) under the Notes or under any other Liabilities; or (2) under any agreement or instrument evidencing Indebtedness to any creditor other than the Bank.

B. The Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any other Obligor (1) fails to observe or perform or otherwise violates any other term, covenant, condition or agreement of any of the Notes or other Related Documents; (2) makes any materially incorrect or misleading representation, warranty, or certificate to the Bank; (3) makes any materially incorrect or misleading representation in any financial statement or other information delivered to the Bank; or (4) defaults under the terms of any agreement or instrument relating to any Indebtedness (other than the Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes), including, but not limited to, the Indebtedness described in the Other Loan Agreements, and the effect of such default will allow the creditor to declare the Indebtedness due before its maturity.

C. In the event (1) there is a default under the terms of any Related Document that is not cured within any cure period specified therein; or (2) the Borrower fails to comply with, or pay, or perform under any agreement, now or hereafter in effect, between the Borrower and JPMorgan Chase & Co., or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or their successors and assigns and the failure to comply with, pay or perform is not cured within any cure period specified in such agreement.

D. The Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any other Obligor becomes insolvent or unable to pay its debts as they become due.

E. A “reportable event” (as defined in ERISA) occurs that would permit the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation to terminate any employee benefit plan of the Borrower, any Obligor or any Affiliate of the Borrower or any Obligor.

F. The Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any other Obligor (1) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; (2) consents or acquieseces to the appointment of a custodian, receiver, liquidator or trustee for itself or for all or a substantial part of its assets; (3) files a petition or commences any proceeding under any bankruptcy, reorganization, liquidation, insolvency or similar laws of any jurisdiction; (4) files any answer seeking reorganization, rearrangement, readjustment of its debt or for any other relief under any bankruptcy, reorganization, liquidation, insolvency or similar laws of any jurisdiction; or (5) takes any action consenting to, approving of, acquiescencing to or authorizing any of the foregoing.

G. A custodian, receiver, conservator, liquidator, or trustee is appointed for the Borrower, any Subsidiary of the Borrower or any other Obligor or for all or a substantial part of its assets.

H. A petition is filed or proceedings are commenced against the Borrower, any Subsidiary of the Borrower or any other Obligor under any bankruptcy, reorganization, rearrangement, readjustment, liquidation, insolvency or similar laws of any jurisdiction, and they remain undismissed for thirty (30) days after commencement; or the Borrower, any Subsidiary of the Borrower or any other Obligor consents to the commencement of those proceedings.

 

Page 11 of 17 Pages


I. One or more judgments, decrees, or orders for the payment of money in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00) in the aggregate shall be rendered against the Borrower, any Subsidiary of the Borrower or any other Obligor and such judgments, decrees, or orders shall continue unsatisfied and in effect for a period of twenty (20) days.

J. If any of the Borrower’s assets are attached, seized, subjected to a writ, or are levied upon or become subject to any Lien (with the exception of statutory Liens) or come within the possession of any receiver, trustee, custodian or assignee for the benefit of creditors; or if a notice of Lien, levy or assessment is filed of record or given to the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower with respect to all or any of their respective assets by any Governmental Authority.

K. The FRB, the FDIC, the DOB, the OCC, the OTS, the SEC or any other Governmental Authority charged with the regulation of bank holding companies or financial institutions issues to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or initiates through formal proceedings any action, suit or proceeding to obtain against, impose on or require from the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries a cease and desist order or similar regulatory order, injunction, temporary restraining order, the assessment of civil monetary penalties, articles of agreement, a memorandum of understanding, a capital directive, a capital restoration plan, restrictions (other than board resolutions adopted at the direction of a Governmental Authority) that prevent or as a practical matter impair the payment of dividends by any of its Subsidiaries, the payments of any Indebtedness by the Borrower or the conduct of any or all of the business affairs of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, restrictions (other than board resolutions adopted at the direction of a Governmental Authority) that make the payment of the dividends by any of its Subsidiaries, the payment of Indebtedness by the Borrower or the conduct of any or all of the business affairs of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries subject to prior regulatory approval, a notice or finding under subsection 8(a) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended, or any similar enforcement action, measure or proceeding.

L. If the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries continues to be in default in any payment of principal or interest for any other indebtedness for borrowed money or in default in the performance of any other term, condition or covenant contained in any agreement (including, but not limited to, an agreement in connection with the acquisition of capital equipment on a title retention or net lease basis), under which any such indebtedness is created the effect of which default in performance is to cause or permit the holder of the indebtedness to cause the indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity.

M. A change of control of the Borrower shall occur or the Borrower shall have the option, exercisable on at least one (1) Business Day’s prior notice, upon the consummation, in whole or in part, of any transaction effecting any change of control of the Borrower that, in either case, has been approved as such, or is required to be approved by any Governmental Agency.

N. A material adverse change occurs in the assets, liabilities, financial condition, business or affairs of any Obligor or any Subsidiary of the Borrower.

O. This agreement or any other Related Document shall cease to be in full force and effect or shall be declared null and void or the validity or enforceability thereof shall be contested or challenged by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower or any of their respective shareholders or directors, or the Borrower shall deny that it has any further liability or obligation under any of the Related Documents.

P. Receipt by any Banking Subsidiary of a notice from the FDIC of intent to terminate status as an insured bank.

Q. The filing by any Banking Subsidiary of an application for (a) relief pursuant to section 13(c) or 13(i) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended, or similar relief from any Governmental Authority or (b) capital forbearance or similar relief from any Governmental Authority.

R. The Borrower or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Borrower shall become subject to any formal, adverse administrative action (including, but not limited to, a cease and desist order or any similar supervisory or letter agreement) by any Governmental Authority.

 

Page 12 of 17 Pages


  7.2 Remedies. At any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Bank may do one or more of the following: (1) cease permitting the Borrower to incur any Liabilities; (2) terminate any commitment of the Bank evidenced by any of the Notes; (3) declare any of the Notes to be immediately due and payable, without notice of acceleration, intention to accelerate, presentment and demand or protest or notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived; (4) exercise all rights of setoff that the Bank may have contractually, by law, in equity or otherwise; and (5) exercise any and all other rights pursuant to this agreement or any of the other Related Documents, at law, in equity or otherwise. The rights of the Bank under this agreement and the other Related Documents are in addition to other rights (including without limitation, other rights of setoff) the Bank may have contractually, by law, in equity or otherwise, all of which are cumulative and hereby retained by the Bank. Each Obligor agrees to stand still with regard to the Bank’s enforcement of its rights.

 

  7.3 Cure Periods. Except as expressly provided to the contrary in this agreement or any of the other Related Documents, the Bank shall not exercise its option to accelerate the maturity of the Notes upon the occurrence of a default unless the default has not been fully cured (i) within five (5) days after its occurrence, if the condition, event or occurrence giving rise to the default can be cured solely by the payment of money or (ii) within twenty (20) days after its occurrence, if the condition, event or occurrence giving rise to the default is of a nature that it cannot be cured solely by the payment of money.

Provided, however , that the Borrower shall have no cure rights if the condition, event or occurrence giving rise to the default: (a) is described in any of clauses (D), (F), (G), (H), (J), (K), (L), (N), (P) or (Q) of the section above captioned Events of Default; or (b) constitutes a breach of any covenant in any of the Related Documents prohibiting the sale or transfer of (i) any property of any of the Parties or (ii) the Collateral; or (c) during the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding the occurrence of the default either (A) the same default has occurred or (B) three (3) or more other defaults of any nature have occurred. Notwithstanding the existence of any cure period, the Bank shall have no obligation to extend credit governed by this agreement, whether by advance, disbursement of a loan or otherwise after the occurrence of any default or event which with the giving of notice or the passage of time or both could become a default or during any cure period. The inclusion of any cure period in this agreement shall have no bearing on the due dates for payments under any of the Related Documents, whether for purposes of calculating late payment charges or otherwise.

 

8. Miscellaneous.

 

  8.1 Notice. Any notices and demands under or related to this document shall be in writing and delivered to the intended party at its address stated in this agreement, and if to the Bank, at its main office if no other address of the Bank is specified in this agreement, by one of the following means: (1) by hand, (2) by a nationally recognized overnight courier service, or (3) by certified mail, postage prepaid, with return receipt requested. Notice shall be deemed given: (1) upon receipt if delivered by hand, (2) on the Delivery Day after the day of deposit with a nationally recognized courier service, or (3) on the third Delivery Day after the notice is deposited in the mail. “ Delivery Day ” means a day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or any other day on which national banking associations are authorized to be closed. Any party may change its address for purposes of the receipt of notices and demands by giving notice of such change in the manner provided in this provision.

 

  8.2 No Waiver. No delay on the part of the Bank in the exercise of any right or remedy waives that right or remedy. No single or partial exercise by the Bank of any right or remedy precludes any other future exercise of it or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The making of an advance during the existence of any default or Event of Default or subsequent to the occurrence of a default or Event of Default or when all conditions precedent have not been met shall not constitute a waiver of the default, Event of Default or condition precedent. No waiver or indulgence by the Bank of any default is effective unless it is in writing and signed by the Bank, nor shall a waiver on one occasion bar or waive that right on any future occasion.

 

  8.3 Integration. This agreement, the Notes, and any agreement related to the Credit Facilities embody the entire agreement and understanding of the Borrower and the Bank and supersede all prior agreements and understandings relating to their subject matter. If any one or more of the obligations of the Borrower under this agreement or the Notes is invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining obligations of the Borrower shall not in any way be affected or impaired, and the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability in one jurisdiction shall not affect the validity, legality or enforceability of the obligations of the Borrower under this agreement or the Notes in any other jurisdiction.

 

Page 13 of 17 Pages


  8.4 Joint and Several Liability. Each party executing this agreement as the Borrower is individually, jointly and severally liable under this agreement.

 

  8.5 Choice of Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE EXECUTED AND HAS BEEN DELIVERED AND ACCEPTED IN FORT WORTH, TEXAS BY SIGNING AND DELIVERING IT THERE. ANY DISPUTE BETWEEN THE PARTIES HERETO ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH, RELATED TO, OR INCIDENTAL TO THE RELATIONSHIP ESTABLISHED BETWEEN THEM IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, AND WHETHER ARISING IN CONTRACT, TORT, EQUITY, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL BE RESOLVED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS AND NOT THE CONFLICTS OF LAW PROVISIONS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS.

 

  8.6 Consent to Jurisdiction. THE BANK AND THE BORROWER AGREE THAT ALL DISPUTES BETWEEN THEM ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH, RELATED TO OR INCIDENTAL TO THE RELATIONSHIP ESTABLISHED BETWEEN THEM IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER RELATED DOCUMENTS, AND WHETHER ARISING IN CONTRACT, TORT, EQUITY OR OTHERWISE, SHALL BE RESOLVED ONLY BY STATE OR FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN TARRANT COUNTY, TEXAS, BUT THE BANK AND THE BORROWER ACKNOWLEDGE THAT ANY APPEALS FROM THOSE COURTS MAY HAVE TO BE HEARD BY A COURT LOCATED OUTSIDE OF TARRANT COUNTY, TEXAS. THE BORROWER WAIVES IN ALL DISPUTES ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY HAVE TO THE LOCATION OF THE COURT CONSIDERING THE DISPUTE.

 

  8.7 Captions. Section headings and titles are for convenience of reference only and do not affect the interpretation of this agreement.

 

  8.8 Creditors Proceedings. In any action or proceeding involving any state corporate law, or any state, federal or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other Legal Requirement affecting the rights of creditors generally, if the obligations of the Borrower under this agreement would otherwise be held or determined to be avoidable, invalid or unenforceable on account of the amount of the Borrower’s liability under this agreement, then, notwithstanding any other provision of this agreement to the contrary, the amount of such liability shall, without any further action by the Borrower or the Bank, be automatically limited and reduced to the highest amount that is valid and enforceable as determined in such action or proceeding.

 

  8.9 Survival of Representations and Warranties. The Borrower understands and agrees that in extending the Credit Facilities, the Bank is relying on all representations, warranties, and covenants made by the Borrower and the other Parties in this agreement, any other Related Documents or in any certificate or other instrument delivered by the Parties. The Borrower further agrees that regardless of any investigation made by the Bank, all such representations, warranties and covenants will survive the making of the Credit Facilities and delivery to the Bank of this agreement, shall be continuing in nature, and shall remain in full force and effect until such time as the Liabilities to the Bank shall be paid in full.

 

  8.10 Bank Not in Control. None of the covenants or other provisions contained in this agreement, shall, or shall be deemed to, give the Bank the right or power to exercise control over the affairs and/or management of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower, the power of the Bank being limited to those rights generally given to lenders; provided that, if the Bank becomes the owner of any stock or other Equity Interest in the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower whether through foreclosure or otherwise, the Bank shall be entitled to exercise such legal rights as it may have by being an owner of such stock, or other Equity Interest in the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower.

 

  8.11

Non-Liability of the Bank. The relationship of the Borrower and the Bank created by this agreement is strictly a debtor and creditor relationship and not fiduciary in nature, nor is the relationship to be construed as creating any partnership or joint venture between the Bank and the Borrower. The Borrower is exercising the Borrower’s own judgment with respect to its business. All information supplied to the Bank is for the Bank’s protection only and no other party is entitled to rely on such information. There is no duty for the Bank to review, inspect, supervise or inform the Borrower of any matter with respect to the its business. The Bank and the Borrower intend that the Bank

 

Page 14 of 17 Pages


 

may reasonably rely on all information supplied by the Borrower or any other Parties to the Bank, together with all representations and warranties given by the Borrower and the other Parties to the Bank, without investigation or confirmation by the Bank and that any investigation or failure to investigate will not diminish the Bank’s right to so rely.

 

  8.12 Indemnification of the Bank. The Borrower agrees to indemnify, defend and hold the Bank, its parent companies, subsidiaries, affiliates, their respective successors and assigns and each of their respective shareholders, directors, officers, employees and agents (collectively, the “ Indemnified Persons ”) harmless from any and against any and all loss, liability, obligation, damage, penalty, judgment, claim, deficiency, expense, interest, penalties, attorneys’ fees (including the fees and expenses of attorneys engaged by the Indemnified Person at the Indemnified Person’s reasonable discretion) and amounts paid in settlement (“ Claims ”) to which any Indemnified Person may become subject arising out of or relating to this agreement or the Collateral, except to the limited extent that the Claims are proximately caused by the Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. The indemnification provided for in this paragraph shall survive the termination of this agreement and shall not be affected by the presence, absence or amount of or the payment or nonpayment of any claim under, any insurance.

 

  8.13 Counterparts. This agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which, when so executed, shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts, taken together, shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

  8.14 Recovery of Additional Costs. If the imposition of or any change in any Legal Requirement, or the interpretation or application of any thereof by any court or administrative or Governmental Authority (including any request or policy not having the force of law) shall impose, modify, or make applicable any taxes (except federal, state, or local income or franchise taxes imposed on the Bank), reserve requirements, capital adequacy requirements, or other obligations which would (1) increase the cost to the Bank for extending or maintaining the Credit Facilities; (2) reduce the amounts payable to the Bank under the Credit Facilities; or (3) reduce the rate of return on the Bank’s capital as a consequence of the Bank’s obligations with respect to the Credit Facilities, then the Borrower agrees to pay the Bank such additional amounts as will compensate the Bank therefor, within five (5) days after the Bank’s written demand for such payment. The Bank’s demand shall be accompanied by an explanation of such imposition or charge and a calculation in reasonable detail of the additional amounts payable by the Borrower which explanation and calculations shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.

 

  8.15 Conflicting Terms. If this agreement is inconsistent with any provision in any Related Documents, the Bank shall determine which of the provisions shall control any such inconsistency.

 

  8.16 Successors and Assigns. All covenants and agreements contained in this agreement and all other Related Documents shall bind and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and assigns of the parties hereto, except that neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary of the Borrower may assign its rights herein, in whole or in part.

 

  8.17 Expenses. To the extent not prohibited by applicable law and whether or not the transactions contemplated by this agreement are consummated, the Borrower is liable to the Bank and agrees to pay on demand all reasonable costs and expenses of every kind incurred (or charged by internal allocation) in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution, filing, recording, modification, supplementing, administration, enforcement and waiver of the Related Documents, the making, servicing and collection of the Credit Facilities and the realization on the Collateral, and any other amounts owed under the Related Documents, including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees (including counsel for the Bank that are employees of the Bank or its affiliates) and court costs. These costs and expenses include without limitation any costs or expenses incurred by the Bank in any proceeding involving any of the Parties or property of any of the Parties. The obligations of the Borrower under this section shall survive the termination of this agreement.

 

  8.18 Reinstatement. The Borrower agrees that to the extent any payment or transfer is received by the Bank in connection with the Liabilities, and all or any part of the payment or transfer is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required to be repaid or transferred by the Bank or paid or transferred over to a trustee, receiver or any other entity, whether under any proceeding or otherwise (any of those payments or transfers is hereinafter referred to as a “ Preferential Payment ”), then this agreement and the Credit Facilities shall continue to be effective or shall be reinstated, as the case may be, even if all those Liabilities have been paid in full and whether or not the Bank is in possession of the Notes and whether any of the Notes has been marked, paid,

 

Page 15 of 17 Pages


 

released or cancelled, or returned to the Borrower and, to the extent of the payment, repayment or other transfer by the Bank, the Liabilities or part intended to be satisfied by the Preferential Payment shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if the Preferential Payment had not been made. The obligations of the Borrower under this section shall survive the termination of this agreement.

 

  8.19 Severability. If any provision of this agreement cannot be enforced, the remaining portions of this agreement shall continue in effect.

 

  8.20 Assignments. The Borrower agrees that the Bank may provide any information or knowledge the Bank may have about the Borrower or about any matter relating to the Notes or the Related Documents to JPMorgan Chase & Co., or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates or their successors, or to any one or more purchasers or potential purchasers of the Notes or the Related Documents. The Borrower agrees that the Bank may at any time sell, pledge, assign, encumber or transfer one or more interests or participations in all or any part of its rights, title, interest and obligations in the Notes or the Related Documents to one or more purchasers whether or not related to the Bank and the Borrower hereby expressly consents to any such future transaction.

 

  8.21 Waivers. All Obligors jointly and severally waive notice, demand, presentment for payment, notice of nonpayment, notice of acceleration, protest, notice of protest, and the filing of suit and diligence in collecting the Notes and all other demands and notices, and consents and agrees that the Obligor’s liabilities and obligations shall not be released or discharged by any or all of the following, whether with or without notice to the Obligor or any other Obligor, and whether before or after the maturity of the Notes: (1) extensions of the time of payment; (2) renewals; (3) acceptances of partial payments; and (4) releases or substitutions of the Collateral or any Obligor. The Bank may waive or delay enforcing any of its rights without losing them. Each Obligor agrees that acceptance of any partial payment shall not constitute a waiver and that waiver of any default shall not constitute waiver of any prior or subsequent default. Any waiver affects only the specific terms and time period stated in the waiver. No modification or waiver of this Agreement is effective unless it is in writing and signed by the party against whom it is being enforced. Nothing in this agreement is intended to waive or vary the duties of the Bank or the rights of the Borrower in violation of any provision of the Uniform Commercial Code as adopted in the State of Texas, as amended from time to time, that would prohibit the waiver or variation of those duties and rights by agreement of the parties.

 

9. USA PATRIOT ACT NOTIFICATION. The following notification is provided to the Borrower pursuant to Section 326 of the USA Patriot Act of 2001, 31 U.S.C. Section 5318:

IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT PROCEDURES FOR OPENING A NEW ACCOUNT. To help the government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, Federal law requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or entity that opens an account, including any deposit account, treasury management account, loan, other extension of credit, or other financial services product. What this means for the Borrower: When it opens an account, if it is an individual, the Bank will ask for its name, taxpayer identification number, residential address, date of birth, and other information that will allow the Bank to identify it, and, if it is not an individual, the Bank will ask for its name, taxpayer identification number, business address, and other information that will allow the Bank to identify it. The Bank may also ask, if it is an individual, to see its driver’s license or other identifying documents, and, if it is not an individual, to see its Organizational Documents or other identifying documents.

 

10. WAIVER OF SPECIAL DAMAGES. THE BORROWER WAIVES, TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY LAW, ANY RIGHT THE UNDERSIGNED MAY HAVE TO CLAIM OR RECOVER FROM THE BANK IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING ANY SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, PUNITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES.

 

11. JURY WAIVER. THE BORROWER AND THE BANK VOLUNTARILY, KNOWINGLY, IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE) BETWEEN THE BORROWER AND THE BANK ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RELATED DOCUMENTS. THIS PROVISION IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT TO THE BANK TO PROVIDE THE CREDIT FACILITIES.

 

Page 16 of 17 Pages


THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER WRITTEN RELATED DOCUMENTS REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS, OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES.

THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES.

 

Address for Notices:   Borrower: PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION

2911 Turtle Creek Blvd, Suite 700

Dallas, TX 75219

   
Attn.: Jeff Isom   By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

Address for Notices:   Bank: JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N. A.

420 Throckmorton, 4 th Floor, TX1-1275

Fort Worth, TX 76102-3700

   
Attn.: Tim Johnson   By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

Middle Market Legal - West\JPG\rln

 

Page 17 of 17 Pages


ANNEX I - SUBSIDIARIES

 

Subsidiary Name and Address

 

State Where Organized

 

% Owned by the Borrower

and each Subsidiary, as

applicable

Plains Capital Bank

5010 University, Lubbock, Texas 79413

  Texas   100%

PlainsCapital Equity, LLC

2911 Turtle Creek Blvd, Suite 700

Dallas, TX 75219

  Texas  
   
   
   
   
   

 

Annex I - Page 1 of 1 Page


EXHIBIT A to agreement between

Plains Capital Corporation (the “ Borrower ”) and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (the “ Bank ”)

dated as of October 13, 2006, as same may be amended, restated and supplemented in writing.

REPORTING REQUIREMENTS, FINANCIAL COVENANTS AND

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE FOR CURRENT REPORTING PERIOD ENDING                         , 200     (“ END DATE ”)

 

A. REPORTING PERIOD . THIS EXHIBIT WILL BE IN PROPER FORM AND SUBMITTED WITHIN 45 DAYS OF THE END OF EACH CALENDAR QUARTER, INCLUDING THE LAST REPORTING PERIOD OF THE FISCAL YEAR.

BORROWER’S FISCAL YEAR ENDS ON EACH DECEMBER 31 st .

 

B. Financial Reporting . The Borrower will provide or cause to be provided the following financial information in Proper Form within the times indicated:

  

Compliance Certificate

(Circle)

WHO

  

WHEN DUE

  

WHAT

  
THE BORROWER    (i) Within 120 days of fiscal year end    (a) Annual report and financial statements (balance sheet, income statement, cash flow statement) audited (with unqualified opinion) by independent certified public accountants satisfactory to the Bank and prepared in accordance with GAAP on consolidated and consolidating bases, accompanied by this Compliance Certificate    Yes    No
      (b) An opinion by the accountant stating that (a) the accountant’s audit of the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP and (b) the financial statements present fairly the financial condition of the Borrower and the results of its operations      
      (c) Any management letter submitted to the Borrower by the accountant      
   (ii) Within 90 days of fiscal year end   

A report of total actual cash inflows and total actual cash outflows for such calendar year, together with the Borrower’s estimates of its total projected cash inflows and total projected cash outflows for the immediately following year.

   Yes    No
   (iii) Within 45 days of each June 30 th and December 31 st   

Parent Company Only Financial Statements for Bank Holding Companies (FRY-9LP) report prepared on an unconsolidated basis (the Borrower only) and as filed with the FRB

   Yes    No

 

Exhibit A - Page 1 of 4 Pages


   (iv) Within 45 days of each Reporting Period End Date, including the final period of the fiscal year   

Consolidated Financial Statements for Bank Holding Companies (FRY-9C) report prepared on a consolidated basis and as filed with the FRB

   Yes    No
   (v) Within 45 days of each Reporting Period End Date, excluding the final period of the fiscal year   

A report of total actual cash inflows and total actual cash outflows for the period beginning on the first day of such year and ending on the last day of such quarter, together with the Borrower’s estimates of its total projected cash inflows and total projected cash outflows for the remainder of such year

   Yes    No
   (vi) Within 45 days of fiscal year end   

A budget for each Banking Subsidiary for the next calendar year setting forth projected operating expenses, capital expenditures, and debt service of such Banking Subsidiary for such calendar year. Such budget shall be based on assumptions set forth therein which the Borrower and each Banking Subsidiary believe to be reasonable at the time such budget is delivered to the Bank, prepared based on sound financial planning practices, and represent the Borrower’s and such Banking Subsidiary’s best effort to present a reasonable estimate based on existing circumstances of the operating expenses, capital expenditures, and debt service of such Banking Subsidiary for such calendar year

   Yes    No

 

Exhibit A - Page 2 of 4 Pages


THE BORROWER and

ALL SUBSIDIARIES

   (vii) Within 45 days of each Reporting Period End Date, including the final period of the fiscal year   

Unaudited interim financial statements prepared in conformity with GAAP (subject to routine audit and normal year-end adjustments) accompanied by this Compliance Certificate

   Yes    No
BANKING SUBSIDIARIES    (viii) Within 45 days of each Reporting Period End Date, including the final period of the fiscal year    (a) A copy of all call reports filed with any Governmental Authority    Yes    No
      (b) A report of risk-based capital adequacy, as submitted to such Banking Subsidiary’s Board of Directors      
      (c) A summary report of the totals, by category, of all assets of each Banking Subsidiary that are classified, in whole or in part, as “Other Assets Especially Mentioned’, “Substandard”, “Doubtful”, and “Loss,” and a listing of Other Real Estate and Foreclosed Assets; and upon the Bank’s request, a detailed listing of such assets      

 

C. Other Required Covenants to be maintained and/or to be specifically certified . Without the prior written consent of the Bank, the Borrower will not and no Subsidiary of the Borrower will:

  

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

     

REQUIRED

  

ACTUAL REPORTED

  

Compliance
(Circle)

(i) Minimum Return on Average Assets Ratio. Permit any Banking Subsidiary’s Minimum Return on Average Assets Ratio to be less than 0.70% as of the last day of any calendar quarter.                         %    Yes    No
(ii) Well Capitalized. Permit any Banking Subsidiary not to be or remain to be categorized as “Well Capitalized” as defined by the regulations of its supervisory Governmental Authority.   

Categorization:

¨         Well Capitalized

¨         Other, please specify:                               

   Yes    No
(iii) Non-Performing Asset Ratio. Permit any Banking Subsidiary’s Non-Performing Asset Ratio to exceed 2.50% as of the last day of any calendar quarter.                         %    Yes    No

 

Exhibit A - Page 3 of 4 Pages


THE ABOVE SUMMARY REPRESENTS SOME OF THE COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS CONTAINED IN THE AGREEMENT AND DOES NOT IN ANY WAY RESTRICT OR MODIFY THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT. IN CASE OF CONFLICT BETWEEN THIS EXHIBIT A AND THE AGREEMENT, THE AGREEMENT SHALL CONTROL.

The undersigned hereby certifies that the above information and computations are true and correct and not misleading as of the date hereof, and that since the date of the Borrower’s most recent Compliance Certificate (if any):

 

  ¨ No default or Event of Default has occurred under the agreement during the current Reporting Period, or been discovered from a prior period, and not reported.

 

  ¨ A default or Event of Default (as described below) has occurred during the current Reporting Period or has been discovered from a prior period and is being reported for the first time and:

¨ was cured on                                  .

¨ was waived by the Bank in writing on                                  .

¨ is continuing.

 

Description of Event of Default:  

 

 

 

Executed this              day of                      , 200      .

 

BORROWER:   PLAINS CAPITAL CORPORATION
SIGNATURE:  

 

NAME:  

 

TITLE:  

(Chief Financial Officer or President)

ADDRESS:  

2911 Turtle Creek Blvd, Suite 700

Dallas, TX 75219

 

Exhibit A - Page 4 of 4 Pages

Exhibit 10.48

 

LOGO    Line of Credit Note
  

 

$10,000,000.00

Date: October 14, 2008

Promise to Pay. On or before October 31, 2009 (the “Stated Maturity Date”), for value received, Plains Capital Corporation (the “Borrower”) promises to pay to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., whose address is 420 Throckmorton, Suite 400, Fort Worth, TX 76102 (the “Bank”) or order, in lawful money of the United States of America, the sum of Ten Million and 00/100 Dollars ($10,000,000.00) or so much thereof as may be advanced and outstanding, plus interest on the unpaid principal balance as provided below.

Interest Rate Definitions. As used in this Note, the following terms have the following respective meanings:

“Adjusted LIBOR Rate” means, with respect to a LIBOR Rate Advance for the relevant Interest Period, the sum of (i) the Applicable Margin plus (ii) the quotient of (a) the LIBOR Rate applicable to such Interest Period, divided by (b) one minus the Reserve Requirement (expressed as a decimal) applicable to such Interest Period.

“Advance” means a LIBOR Rate Advance or a Prime Rate Advance and “Advances” means all LIBOR Rate Advances and all Prime Rate Advances under this Note.

“Applicable Margin” means with respect to any Prime Rate Advance, 0.00% per annum and with respect to any LIBOR Rate Advance, 0.20% per annum (the “ LIBOR Rate Applicable Margin ”).

“Business Day” means (i) with respect to any borrowing, payment or rate selection of LIBOR Rate Advances, a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks generally are open in Texas and/or New York for the conduct of substantially all of their commercial lending activities and on which dealings in United States dollars are carried on in the London interbank market and (ii) for all other purposes, a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which national banking associations are authorized to be closed.

“Interest Period” means, with respect to a LIBOR Rate Advance, a period of three (3) month(s) commencing on a Business Day selected by the Borrower pursuant to this Note. Such Interest Period shall end on the day which corresponds numerically to such date three (3) month(s) thereafter, as applicable, provided, however, that if there is no such numerically corresponding day in such third succeeding month(s), as applicable, such Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day of such third succeeding month(s), as applicable. If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall end on the next succeeding Business Day, provided, however, that if said next succeeding Business Day falls in a new calendar month, such Interest Period shall end on the immediately preceding Business Day.

“LIBOR Rate” means with respect to any LIBOR Rate Advance for any Interest Period, the interest rate determined by the Bank by reference to Reuters Screen LIBOR01, formerly known as Page 3750 of the Moneyline Telerate Service (together with any successor or substitute, the “ Service ” or any successor or substitute page of the Service providing rate quotations comparable to those currently provided on such page of the Service, as determined by the Bank from time to time for purposes of providing quotations of interest rates applicable to dollar deposits in the London interbank market) to be the rate at approximately 11:00 a.m. London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of the Interest Period for dollar deposits in an amount comparable to such LIBOR Rate Advance with a maturity equal to such Interest Period. If no LIBOR Rate is available to the Bank, the applicable LIBOR Rate for the relevant Interest Period shall instead be the rate determined by the Bank to be the rate at which the Bank offers to place deposits in U.S. dollars with first-class banks in the London interbank market at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period, in the approximate amount of the principal amount outstanding on such date and having a maturity equal to such Interest Period.

“LIBOR Rate Advance” means any borrowing under this Note when and to the extent that its interest rate is determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBOR Rate.

One Month LIBOR Rate ” means the interest rate determined by the Bank by reference to the Service to be the rate at approximately 11:00 a.m. London time, on such date or, if such date is not a Business Day, on the immediately preceding Business Day for dollar deposits with a maturity equal to one (1) month.

“Prime Rate” means the rate of interest per annum announced from time to time by the Bank as its prime rate. The Prime Rate is a variable rate and each change in the Prime Rate is effective from and including the date the change is announced as being effective. THE PRIME RATE IS A REFERENCE RATE AND MAY NOT BE THE BANK’S LOWEST RATE.


“Prime Rate Advance” means any Advance under this Note when and to the extent that its interest rate is determined by reference to the Prime Rate or any Advance that is not a LIBOR Rate Advance.

“Regulation D” means Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as from time to time in effect and any successor thereto or other regulation or official interpretation of said Board of Governors relating to reserve requirements applicable to member banks of the Federal Reserve System.

“Reserve Requirement” means, with respect to an Interest Period, the maximum aggregate reserve requirement (including all basic, supplemental, marginal and other reserves) which is imposed under Regulation D.

Interest Rates. The Advance(s) evidenced by this Note may be drawn down and remain outstanding as up to five (5) LIBOR Rate Advances and/or a Prime Rate Advance. The Borrower shall pay interest to the Bank on the outstanding and unpaid principal amount of each Prime Rate Advance at a daily floating interest rate per annum, as determined by the Bank, equal to the greater of (1) the Prime Rate plus the Applicable Margin and (2) the rate equal to the sum of (a) the LIBOR Rate Applicable Margin plus (b) the quotient of (i) the One Month LIBOR Rate, divided by (ii) one minus the Reserve Requirement (expressed as a decimal) applicable to dollar deposits in the London interbank market with a maturity equal to one (1) month. The Borrower shall pay interest to the Bank on the outstanding and unpaid principal amount of each LIBOR Rate Advance at the Adjusted LIBOR Rate. Interest shall be calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in a year of 360 days, unless that calculation would result in a usurious interest rate, in which case interest will be calculated on the basis of a 365 or 366 day year, as the case may be. In no event shall the interest rate applicable to any Advance exceed the maximum rate allowed by law. Any interest payment which would for any reason be deemed unlawful under applicable law shall be applied to principal.

Bank Records. The Bank shall, in the ordinary course of business, make notations in its records of the date, amount, interest rate and Interest Period of each Advance hereunder, the amount of each payment on the Advances, and other information. Such records shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive as to the outstanding principal balance of and interest rate or rates applicable to this Note.

Notice and Manner of Electing Interest Rates on Advances. The Borrower shall give the Bank written notice (effective upon receipt) of the Borrower’s intent to draw down an Advance under this Note no later than 2:00 p.m. Central time, on the date of disbursement, if the full amount of the drawn Advance is to be disbursed as a Prime Rate Advance and no later than 11:00 a.m. Central time three (3) Business Days before disbursement, if any part of such Advance is to be disbursed as a LIBOR Rate Advance. The Borrower’s notice must specify: (a) the disbursement date, (b) the amount of each Advance, (c) the type of each Advance (Prime Rate Advance or LIBOR Rate Advance), and (d) for each LIBOR Rate Advance, the duration of the applicable Interest Period; provided , however , that the Borrower may not elect an Interest Period ending after the maturity date of this Note. Each LIBOR Rate Advance shall be in a minimum amount of One Hundred Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($100,000.00). All notices under this paragraph are irrevocable. By the Bank’s close of business on the disbursement date and upon fulfillment of the conditions set forth herein and in any other of the Related Documents, the Bank shall disburse the requested Advances in immediately available funds by crediting the amount of such Advances to the Borrower’s account with the Bank.

Conversion and Renewals. The Borrower may elect from time to time to convert one type of Advance into another or to renew any Advance by giving the Bank written notice no later than 2:00 p.m. Central time, on the date of the conversion into or renewal of a Prime Rate Advance and 11:00 a.m. Central time three (3) Business Days before conversion into or renewal of a LIBOR Rate Advance, specifying: (a) the renewal or conversion date, (b) the amount of the Advance to be converted or renewed, (c) in the case of conversion, the type of Advance to be converted into (Prime Rate Advance or LIBOR Rate Advance), and (d) in the case of renewals of or conversion into a LIBOR Rate Advance, the applicable Interest Period, provided that (i) the minimum principal amount of each LIBOR Rate Advance outstanding after a renewal or conversion shall be One Hundred Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($100,000.00); (ii) a LIBOR Rate Advance can only be converted on the last day of the Interest Period for the Advance; and (iii) the Borrower may not elect an Interest Period ending after the maturity date of this Note. All notices given under this paragraph are irrevocable. If the Borrower fails to give the Bank the notice specified above for the renewal or conversion of a LIBOR Rate Advance by 11:00 a.m. Central time three (3) Business Days before the end of the Interest Period for that Advance, the Advance shall automatically be converted to a Prime Rate Advance on the last day of the Interest Period for the Advance.

Interest Payments. Interest on the Advances shall be paid on the last day of each quarter, beginning with the first quarter following disbursement of the Advance, whether the Advance is a Prime Rate Advance or LIBOR Rate Advance.

Principal Payments. All outstanding principal and interest is due and payable in full on the Stated Maturity Date.

Default Rate of Interest. After a default has occurred under this Note, whether or not the Bank elects to accelerate the maturity of this Note because of such default, all Advances outstanding under this Note shall bear interest at a per annum rate equal to the interest rate being charged on the Advance plus three percent (3.00%) from the date the Bank elects to impose such rate. Imposition of this rate shall not affect any limitations contained in this Note on the Borrower’s right to repay principal on any LIBOR Rate Advance before the expiration of the Interest Period for that Advance.

 

2


Prepayment/Funding Loss Indemnification. The Borrower may prepay all or any part of any Prime Rate Advance at any time without premium or penalty.

The Borrower shall pay the Bank amounts sufficient (in the Bank’s reasonable opinion) to compensate the Bank for any loss, cost, or expense incurred as a result of:

A. Any payment of a LIBOR Rate Advance on a date other than the last day of the Interest Period for the Advance, including, without limitation, acceleration of the Advances by the Bank pursuant to this Note or the other Related Documents; or

B. Any failure by the Borrower to borrow or renew a LIBOR Rate Advance on the date specified in the relevant notice from the Borrower to the Bank.

Additional Costs. If any applicable domestic or foreign law, treaty, government rule or regulation now or later in effect (whether or not it now applies to the Bank) or the interpretation or administration thereof by a governmental authority charged with such interpretation or administration, or compliance by the Bank with any guideline, request or directive of such an authority (whether or not having the force of law), shall (a) affect the basis of taxation of payments to the Bank of any amounts payable by the Borrower under this Note or the other Related Documents (other than taxes imposed on the overall net income of the Bank by the jurisdiction or by any political subdivision or taxing authority of the jurisdiction in which the Bank has its principal office), or (b) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit or similar requirement (including, without limitation, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation deposit insurance premiums or assessments) against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by the Bank, or (c) impose any other condition with respect to this Note or the other Related Documents and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to the Bank of maintaining any Advance or to reduce the amount of any sum receivable by the Bank on any Advance, or (d) affect the amount of capital required or expected to be maintained by the Bank (or any corporation controlling the Bank) and the Bank determines that the amount of such capital is increased by or based upon the existence of the Bank’s obligations under this Note or the other Related Documents and the increase has the effect of reducing the rate of return on the Bank’s (or its controlling corporation’s) capital as a consequence of the obligations under this Note or the other Related Documents to a level below that which the Bank (or its controlling corporation) could have achieved but for such circumstances (taking into consideration its policies with respect to capital adequacy) by an amount deemed by the Bank to be material, then the Borrower shall pay to the Bank, from time to time, upon request by the Bank, additional amounts sufficient to compensate the Bank for the increased cost or reduced sum receivable. Whenever the Bank shall learn of circumstances described in this section which are likely to result in additional costs to the Borrower, the Bank shall give prompt written notice to the Borrower of the basis for and the estimated amount of any such anticipated additional costs. A statement as to the amount of the increased cost or reduced sum receivable, prepared in good faith and in reasonable detail by the Bank and submitted by the Bank to the Borrower, shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes absent manifest error in computation.

Illegality. If any applicable domestic or foreign law, treaty, rule or regulation now or later in effect (whether or not it now applies to the Bank) or the interpretation or administration thereof by a governmental authority charged with such interpretation or administration, or compliance by the Bank with any guideline, request or directive of such an authority (whether or not having the force of law), shall make it unlawful or impossible for the Bank to maintain or fund the LIBOR Rate Advances, then, upon notice to the Borrower by the Bank, the outstanding principal amount of the LIBOR Rate Advances, together with accrued interest and any other amounts payable to the Bank under this Note or the other Related Documents on account of the LIBOR Rate Advances shall be repaid (a) immediately upon the Bank’s demand if such change or compliance with such requests, in the Bank’s judgment, requires immediate repayment, or (b) at the expiration of the last Interest Period to expire before the effective date of any such change or request provided, however, that subject to the terms and conditions of this Note and the other Related Documents the Borrower shall be entitled to simultaneously replace the entire outstanding balance of any LIBOR Rate Advance repaid in accordance with this section with a Prime Rate Advance in the same amount.

Inability to Determine Interest Rate. If the Bank determines that (a) quotations of interest rates for the relevant deposits referred to in the definition of Adjusted LIBOR Rate are not being provided in the relevant amounts or for the relevant maturities for purposes of determining the interest rate on a LIBOR Rate Advance as provided in this Note, or (b) the relevant interest rates referred to in the definition of Adjusted LIBOR Rate do not accurately cover the cost to the Bank of making or maintaining LIBOR Rate Advances, then the Bank shall forthwith give notice of such circumstances to the Borrower, whereupon (i) the obligation of the Bank to make LIBOR Rate Advances shall be suspended until the Bank notifies the Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to the suspension no longer exists, and (ii) the Borrower shall repay in full the then outstanding principal amount of each LIBOR Rate Advance, together with accrued interest, on the last day of the then current Interest Period applicable to the Advance, provided, however, that, subject to the terms and conditions of this Note and the other Related Documents, the Borrower shall be entitled to simultaneously replace the entire outstanding balance of any LIBOR Rate Advance repaid in accordance with this section with a Prime Rate Advance in the same amount.

 

3


Obligations Due on Non-Business Day. Whenever any payment under this Note becomes due and payable on a day that is not a Business Day, if no default then exists under this Note, the maturity of the payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, except, in the case of a LIBOR Rate Advance, if the result of the extension would be to extend the payment into another calendar month, the payment must be made on the immediately preceding Business Day.

Matters Regarding Payment. The Borrower will pay the Bank at the Bank’s address shown above or at such other place as the Bank may designate. Payments shall be allocated among principal, interest and fees at the discretion of the Bank unless otherwise agreed or required by applicable law. Acceptance by the Bank of any payment which is less than the payment due at the time shall not constitute a waiver of the Bank’s right to receive payment in full at that time or any other time.

Authorization for Direct Payments (ACH Debits). To effectuate any payment due under this Note or under any other Related Documents, the Borrower hereby authorizes the Bank to initiate debit entries to Account Number 9050932764 at the Bank and to debit the same to such account. This authorization to initiate debit entries shall remain in full force and effect until the Bank has received written notification of its termination in such time and in such manner as to afford the Bank a reasonable opportunity to act on it. The Borrower represents that the Borrower is and will be the owner of all funds in such account. The Borrower acknowledges: (1) that such debit entries may cause an overdraft of such account which may result in the Bank’s refusal to honor items drawn on such account until adequate deposits are made to such account; (2) that the Bank is under no duty or obligation to initiate any debit entry for any purpose; and (3) that if a debit is not made because the above-referenced account does not have a sufficient available balance, or otherwise, the payment may be late or past due.

Purpose of Loan. The Borrower acknowledges and agrees that this Note evidences a loan for a business, commercial, agricultural or similar commercial enterprise purpose, and that no advance shall be used for any personal, family or household purpose. The proceeds of this Note shall be used only for Approved Purposes, as such term is defined in that certain Credit Agreement dated as of October 13, 2006 (as amended, modified, restated, and replaced from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”).

Credit Facility. The Bank has approved a credit facility to the Borrower in a principal amount not to exceed the face amount of this Note. The credit facility is in the form of advances made from time to time by the Bank to the Borrower. This Note evidences the Borrower’s obligation to repay those advances. The aggregate principal amount of debt evidenced by this Note is the amount reflected from time to time in the records of the Bank. Until the earliest to occur of maturity, any default, event of default, or any event that would constitute a default or event of default but for the giving of notice, the lapse of time or both, the Borrower may borrow, pay down and reborrow under this Note subject to the terms of the Related Documents.

Credit Agreement . This Note is issued pursuant and entitled to the benefits of the Credit Agreement to which reference is hereby made for a more complete statement of the terms and conditions under which the loan evidenced by this Note is made and is to be repaid. The terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement are hereby incorporated and made a part hereof by this reference thereto with the same force and effect as if set forth at length herein. No reference to the Credit Agreement and no provisions of this Note or the Credit Agreement shall alter or impair the absolute and unconditional obligation of the Borrower to pay the principal and interest on this Note as herein prescribed. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

Events of Default/Acceleration. If any Event of Default (as defined in the Credit Agreement) or any other default or event of default occurs under any of the other Related Documents, then this Note shall become due immediately, without notice, at the Bank’s option, and the Borrower hereby waives notice of presentment for payment, notice of nonpayment, notice of intent to accelerate, notice of acceleration, protest, notice of protest, and the filing of suit and diligence in collecting this Note and all other demands and notices and the Bank may exercise any remedies provided by the Credit Agreement and/or other Related Documents.

Renewal and Extension. This Note is given in replacement, renewal and/or extension of, but not in extinguishment of the indebtedness evidenced by, that Line of Credit Note dated as of October 13, 2006, executed by the Borrower in the original principal amount of Ten Million and 00/100 Dollars ($10,000,000.00), as modified by that certain Note Modification dated as of October 13, 2007 (the “Prior Note” and together with all loan agreements, credit agreements, reimbursement agreements, security agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust, pledge agreements, assignments, guaranties, and any other instrument or document executed in connection with the Prior Note, the “Prior Related Documents”), and is not a novation thereof. All interest evidenced by the Prior Note shall continue to be due and payable until paid. The Borrower fully, finally, and forever releases and discharges the Bank and its successors, assigns, directors, officers, employees, agents, and representatives (each a “Bank Party”) from any and all causes of action, claims, debts, demands, and liabilities, of whatever kind or nature, in law or equity, of the Borrower, whether now known or unknown to the Borrower (i) in respect of the Liabilities evidenced by the Prior Note and the Prior Related Documents, or of the actions or omissions of any Bank Party in any manner related to the Liabilities evidenced by the Prior Note or the Prior Related Documents and (ii) arising from events occurring prior to the date of this Note (“Claims”); provided, however, that the foregoing RELEASE SHALL INCLUDE ALL CLAIMS ARISING OUT OF THE NEGLIGENCE OF ANY BANK PARTY , but not the gross negligence or willful misconduct of any Bank Party. If applicable, all Collateral continues to secure the payment of this Note and the Liabilities. The provisions of this Note are effective on the date that this Note has been executed by all of the signers and delivered to the Bank.

 

4


Usury. The Bank does not intend to charge, collect or receive any interest that would exceed the maximum rate allowed by law. If the effect of any applicable law is to render usurious any amount called for under this Note or the other Related Documents, or if any amount is charged or received with respect to this Note, or if any prepayment by the Borrower results in the payment of any interest in excess of that permitted by law, then all excess amounts collected by the Bank shall be credited on the principal balance of this Note (or, if this Note and all other indebtedness arising under or pursuant to the other Related Documents shall have been paid in full, refunded to the Borrower), and the provisions of this Note and the other Related Documents shall immediately be deemed reformed and the amounts thereafter collectable reduced, without the necessity of the execution of any new document, so as to comply with the then applicable law. All sums paid, or agreed to be paid, by the Borrower for the use, forbearance, or detention of money under this Note or the other Related Documents shall, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, be amortized, prorated, allocated and spread throughout the full term of such indebtedness until payment in full so that the rate or amount of interest on account of such indebtedness does not exceed the usury ceiling from time to time in effect and applicable to such indebtedness for so long as such indebtedness is outstanding. To the extent federal law permits the Bank to contract for, charge or receive a greater amount of interest, the Bank will rely on federal law instead of the Texas Finance Code. To the extent that Chapter 303 of the Texas Finance Code is applicable to this Note, the “weekly ceiling” specified in Chapter 303 is the applicable ceiling.

Miscellaneous. This Note binds the Borrower and its successors, and benefits the Bank, its successors and assigns. Any reference to the Bank includes any holder of this Note.

THIS NOTE AND THE OTHER RELATED DOCUMENTS REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS, OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES.

THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES.

 

                Borrower:
Address:   2911 Turtle Creek Blvd., Suite 400 Dallas, TX 75219         Plains Capital Corporation
     

 

    By:

 

 

       

 

        Printed Name   Title
     

        Date Signed:

 

 

The Bank is executing this Note for the purpose of acknowledging and agreeing to the notice given under §26.02 of the Texas Business and Commerce Code and the Bank’s failure to execute or authenticate this Note will not invalidate this Note.

 

Bank:  

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Printed Name

  Title

Debbie Dishmon \ TX000002000086152 \ STRM

790372222100 \ DW000b00961580ee788d

Modified by MMLS – West\rln

 

5

Exhibit 10.49

 

 

 

OFFICE LEASE

between

BLOCK L LAND, L.P. ,

as Landlord

and

PLAINSCAPITAL CORPORATION ,

as Tenant

LOGO

ONE VICTORY PARK

DALLAS, TEXAS

February 7, 2007

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

1.

   DEFINITIONS AND BASIC TERMS    1

2.

   LEASE    3

3.

   TENDER OF POSSESSION    3

4.

   RENT    4

5.

   SECURITY DEPOSIT    5

6.

   LANDLORD’S OBLIGATIONS    5

7.

   OPERATING COSTS; TAXES    7

8.

   USE OF PREMISES    11

9.

   ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING    13

10.

   MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR OF PREMISES; IMPROVEMENTS    15

11.

   INDEMNITY; NO SUBROGATION    16

12.

   CERTAIN RIGHTS RESERVED BY LANDLORD    17

13.

   INSURANCE    18

14.

   FIRE OR OTHER CASUALTY    18

15.

   CONDEMNATION    19

16.

   DEFAULT AND REMEDIES    20

17.

   PAYMENT BY TENANT    21

18.

   SUBORDINATION AND ATTORNMENT    21

19.

   MATTERS OF RECORD; CONDOMINIUM    22

20.

   LANDLORD’S RIGHT TO REDUCE THE PREMISES    22

21.

   SURRENDER OF PREMISES    24

22.

   HOLDING OVER    24

23.

   LANDLORD’S LIEN    24

24.

   TELECOMMUNICATIONS    24

25.

   NATIONAL SECURITY    25

26.

   MISCELLANEOUS    25

27.

   EXHIBITS    29

 

ii


TABLE OF DEFINED TERMS

 

14th Floor

   2

14th Floor Rent Commencement Date

   2

ADA

   26

Additional Rent

   3

Additional Space

   23

Additional Space Notice

   23

Affiliate

   26

Anti-Money Laundering Laws

   25

Assessments

   8

ATM

   12

ATM Exclusive

   12

Banking Exclusive

   12

Base Building Modification

   2

Base Building Plans

   2

Base Year

   3

Basic Rental

   3

Building

   1

Building Naming Conditions

   13

Building Requirements

   2

Building Risers

   24

Building Standard Rated Electrical Design Load

   5

Capital Items

   8

Casualty

   18

Claims

   16

Commencement Date

   1

Common Amenities

   12

Comparable Buildings

   5

Construction Drawings

   3

Contraction Date

   22

Contraction Fee

   22

Contraction Notice

   22

Controllable Expenses

   7

Damage Notice

   18

Delivery of the 14th Floor

   2

Delivery of the Lower Floors

   2

Delivery of the Premises

   2

Design Costs

   7

Electric Service Provider

   6

Electrical Costs

   4

Essential Services

   7

Event of Default

   20

Excess Operating Costs and Taxes

   7

Expiration Date

   1

Final Inspection Approval

   7

GAAP

   15

General Contractor

   4

Guarantor

   3

Haynes and Boone Lease

   22

Hazardous Materials

   29

HB Space

   22

HB Tenant

   22

Hillwood Affiliate

   26

Holiday

   6

HVAC

   5

Initial Leasehold Improvements

   2

Insured Parties

   27

Interest Rate

   5

Landlord

   1

Landlord Delay

   8

Landlord Indemnified Parties

   16

Landlord’s Address

   1

Landlord’s Determination

   40

Landlord’s Mortgagee

   21

Laws

   26

Lease

   1

Lease Date

   1

List

   25

Loss

   17

Lower Floor Rent Commencement Date

   2

Lower Floors

   2

Market Rate

   41

Matters of Record

   22

Mortgage

   21

Moving Expenses

   7

OFAC

   25

Offer Period

   23

Operating Costs

   8

Optional Spaces

   3

Parking Garage

   6

Parking Spaces

   3

Patriot Act

   25

Permitted Alterations

   16

Permitted Transfer

   14

Permitted Transferee

   14

Permitted Use

   2

Preferential Right

   42

Premises

   1

Prime Rate

   5

Prohibited Person

   25

Property

   1

Proposed Construction Drawings

   3

Proposed Space Plans

   3

Renewal Option

   40

Renewal Term

   40

Rent

   3

Repair Period

   18

Required Spaces

   3

Retail Lobby Signage

   12

Retail Lobby Signage Conditions

   13

Retail Sign

   12

Revised Construction Drawings

   3

Revised Space Plans

   3

Riser Equipment

   24

Riser Work

   24

Scheduled Delivery Date

   4

Scheduled Delivery Date Anniversary

   4

Security Deposit

   3

SNDA

   22

Space Plans

   3

Substantial Completion

   7

 

iii


Taking

   19

Tangible Net Worth

   15

Taxes

   10

Telecommunications Services

   24

Tenant

   1

Tenant Delay

   7

Tenant Party

   6

Tenant’s Address

   1

Tenant’s Architect

   2

Tenant’s Broker

   3

Tenant’s Contractor

   4

Tenant’s Contractors

   25

Tenant’s Determination

   40

Tenant’s Engineer

   2

Tenant’s Proportionate Share

   2

Tenant’s Work

   5

Term

   1

Top-of-Garage Signage

   13

Transfer

   13

U.S. Person

   25

Untenantable

   7

Victory Park

   1

Victory Park CCRs

   26

 

iv


OFFICE LEASE

This OFFICE LEASE (this “ Lease ”) is entered into as of the Lease Date by and between BLOCK L LAND, L.P. , a Texas limited partnership (“ Landlord ”), and PLAINSCAPITAL CORPORATION , a Texas corporation (“ Tenant ”). For good and valuable consideration, Landlord and Tenant agree as follows.

 

1. DEFINITIONS AND BASIC TERMS . The following definitions and basic terms are incorporated into and made a part of this Lease. Capitalized and other terms and phrases have the meanings assigned on the pages of this Lease identified in the Table of Defined Terms.

 

Lease Date :

                             , 2007

Tenant’s Address :

  

2911 Turtle Creek Boulevard

Suite 700

Dallas, Texas 75219

Landlord’s Address :

  

2401 North Houston Street

Dallas, Texas 75219

Attn: Clay B. Pulliam

Premises :

   Approximately 48,440 square feet of Net Rentable Area consisting of (i) approximately 4,811 square feet on the ground floor (“ Retail Bank Space ”) and (ii) approximately 9,576 square feet on the entire third floor, approximately 5,000 square feet on the fifth floor, which will be multi-tenant, and, subject to Landlord’s right to modify the Premises as set forth below, approximately 29,053 square feet on the entire 14 th floor (collectively, the “ Office Space ”; together with the Retail Bank Space, the “ Premises ”). As used herein, the term “ Net Rentable Area ” means that area, on either a single tenancy floor or a floor to be occupied by more than one tenant, that is determined by measuring and computing rentable area on each type of floor in accordance with the Standard Method for Measuring Floor Area in Office Buildings promulgated by Building Owners and Managers Association International (ANSI/BOMA Z65.1-1996). Within 90 days after the Effective Date, Landlord shall provide Tenant a written statement setting forth the Net Rentable Area of the Premises and the Property. Tenant shall have the right to verify the Net Rentable Area of the Premises and the Property within 180 days after receipt of such statement.

Building:

   The building commonly known as One Victory Park, located at 2323 Victory Avenue, Dallas, Texas 75219, in the Victory Planned Development District, PD No. 582, City Ordinance No. 24346, as may be amended from time to time (“ Victory Park ”), Dallas, Texas. The Building and the parcel(s) of land on which it is located and, at Landlord’s discretion, any garage and other improvements serving or otherwise under common ownership with the Building, if any, and the parcel(s) of land on which they are located, are sometimes collectively referred to as the “ Property ”. If the Building is now or hereafter subject to a condominium regime pursuant to which the Building, or any portion thereof, is a part of a condominium regime that includes land and improvements in addition to the Building, then the Property shall be deemed to include such other land and improvements in the condominium regime owned by Landlord for purposes of calculating Tenant’s Proportionate Share; provided, however, the inclusion of the Building in a condominium regime will not increase Tenant’s monetary obligations under this Lease. Victory Park and the general location of the Building within Victory Park are depicted on Exhibit A .

 

1


Term; Commencement Date :

   A period commencing on the first to occur of: (i) the Lower Floor Rent Commencement Date or (ii) the 14th Floor Rent Commencement Date (such earlier date, the “ Commencement Date ”) and ending at 5:00 p.m. on the last day of the month following the date (“ Expiration Date ”) that is 120 months after the last to occur of the following: (a) the Lower Floor Rent Commencement Date; (b) the 14th Floor Rent Commencement Date; or (c) September 1, 2008, subject to adjustment and earlier termination as provided in this Lease or by operation of law; provided the Term may be extended pursuant to the terms of Exhibit J ( Extension of Term ).

Lower Floor Rent

Commencement Date :

   The earlier of: (i) the date that Tenant first occupies all or part of the portion of the Premises consisting of the 1st, 3rd, or 5th floors of the Building (the “ Lower Floors ”) for the purpose of conducting business from the Lower Floors of the Premises or (ii) the date that is 150 days following the date that possession of the entire Lower Floors of the Premises is tendered to Tenant in the condition required by this Lease (estimated to be on or about January 15, 2008) (“ Delivery of the Lower Floors ”), which 150-day period will be extended for delays attributable to the fault of Landlord or occasioned by force majeure (as defined in Section 26.(i) ), but not beyond the date Tenant first commences business operations from the Lower Floors of the Premises.

14th Floor Rent Commencement

Date :

   The earlier of: (i) the date that Tenant first occupies all or part of the portion of the Premises consisting of the 14th floor of the Building (the “ 14th Floor ”) for the purpose of conducting business from the 14th Floor of the Premises or (ii) the date that is 120 days following the date that possession of the entire 14th Floor of the Premises is tendered to Tenant in the condition required by this Lease (estimated to be on or about March 31, 2008) (“ Delivery of the 14th Floor ”), which 120-day period will be extended for delays attributable to the fault of Landlord or occasioned by force majeure (as defined in Section 26.(i) ), but not beyond the date Tenant first commences business operations from the 14th Floor of the Premises.

Delivery of the Premises :

   The date that possession of the entire Premises is tendered to Tenant in the condition required by this Lease (estimated to be on our about March 15, 2008).

Early Entry :

   Landlord will notify Tenant at least 30 days in advance of the anticipated date for Delivery of the Lower Floors and Delivery of the 14th Floor, respectively. Thereafter, Tenant shall have the right to enter the Premises for the purpose of commencing the performance of Tenant’s Work (as defined in Exhibit B ) in the Premises. In no event may Tenant occupy any portion of the Premises prior to July 1, 2008 for purposes of conducting business in the Premises.

Permitted Use :

   Retail Bank Space shall be used for the operation of a retail banking facility, including all ancillary and incidental services and support facilities related to such use, and for no other purpose. Office Space shall be used for general office use, including private banking and all ancillary and incidental services and support facilities related to such general office use, and for no other purpose.

Exclusive Use :

   See Section 8.(e) ( Exclusive Use )

Tenant’s Proportionate Share :

   11.12%, which is the percentage obtained by dividing (a) the number of square feet of Net Rentable Area in the Premises as stated above by (b) the total number of square feet of Net Rentable Area leaseable for office or utility use in the Property (currently anticipated to be 435,605). The foregoing calculations of Tenant’s Proportionate Share and of the Net Rentable Area of the Premises and the Property are estimates only and are based on the entire Premises. The actual Net Rentable Area of the Premises, the Building and the Property are subject to adjustment as provided in Exhibit B ( Construction Work ).

 

2


Base Year :

   Calendar year 2009; provided, however if the Commencement Date is after July 1, 2009, the Base Year shall be calendar year 2010.

Basic Rental :

   Subject to the abatement provisions in Exhibit F , “ Basic Rental ” for the first 12 full calendar months of the Term, plus any partial calendar month at the commencement of the Term (if the Commencement Date of the Term is any day of other than the first day of a calendar month) shall be $32.50 per square foot of Net Rentable Area in the Premises (currently anticipated to be $131,191.67 per month, which is approximately $1,574,300.00 annually). Thereafter, for each subsequent 12-month period of the Term, Basic Rental shall increase $0.50 per square foot of Net Rentable Area in the Premises over the Basic Rental for the previous 12-month period; provided, however, in the event the Lower Floor Rent Commencement Date and the 14th Floor Rent Commencement Date are different dates, then the period of time prior to the last of either such date to occur shall be included in the first 12 months of the Term for purposes of calculating Basic Rental.

Additional Rent :

   Electrical Costs, Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Excess Operating Costs and Taxes and all other sums or charges due and payable, or to become due and payable, from Tenant to Landlord under this Lease.

Rent :

   Basic Rental and Additional Rent

Marketing Charge :

   $1.00 per rentable square foot of Retail Bank Space, annually (estimated to be $400.92 per month).

Security Deposit :

   None.

Guarantor :

   None.

Tenant’s Broker :

   The Staubach Company – Southwest, Inc.

TI Allowance :

   Subject to the terms of Exhibit B ( Construction Work ), an allowance of $42.50 per square foot of Net Rentable Area in the Premises (estimated to be $2,058,700.00), over and above Landlord’s Work (as defined in Exhibit B-1) . Such allowance will be advanced by Landlord to Tenant in the manner specified in Exhibit B .

Parking Spaces :

   Subject to the terms of Exhibit I ( Parking ): (i) one parking space for every 500 square feet of Net Rentable Area in the Office Space (“ Required Spaces ”) and, (ii) at Tenant’s option, additional spaces one parking space for every 367 square feet of Net Rentable Area in the Office Space (the number of spaces in excess of the Required Spaces, “ Optional Spaces ”). Reserved parking spaces (equal to 15% of the total Required Spaces and, if Tenant elects to lease the same, 15% of the Optional Spaces) and unreserved parking spaces shall be located in the Parking Garage.

 

2. LEASE . Subject to the terms of this Lease, Landlord leases to Tenant, and Tenant leases from Landlord, the Premises.

 

3.

TENDER OF POSSESSION . If the Lower Floor Rent Commencement Date, the 14th Floor Rent Commencement Date or both are not the first day of a month, then Tenant shall pay the Basic Rental applicable for such partial month contemporaneously with the Basic Rental for the second month. Rent for any partial month during the Term shall be prorated based upon the number of days of the Term in such partial month. By occupying any portion of the Premises for the purpose of conducting business, Tenant shall be deemed to have accepted such portion of the Premises in their condition as of the date of such occupancy, subject to any latent defects therein and the performance of any punch-list items that remain to be performed by Landlord. Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord a commencement agreement in the form attached as Exhibit C , within ten days after Landlord’s request. Notwithstanding anything to the

 

3


 

contrary contained in this Lease, if Delivery of the Premises to Tenant in Delivery Condition (as defined in Exhibit B-2 ) does not occur by the date that is one year (“ Scheduled Delivery Date Anniversary ”) after March 15, 2008 (“ Scheduled Delivery Date ”) for reasons other than force majeure (as defined in Section 26.(i)) , then Tenant may, by the delivery of written notice to Landlord on or before the date ten days after the Scheduled Delivery Date Anniversary, terminate this Lease; provided, however, any extension of Scheduled Delivery Date or the Scheduled Delivery Date Anniversary attributable to force majeure will not exceed a total of 90 days. If this Lease is cancelled pursuant to the preceding sentence, all amounts theretofore paid by Tenant to Landlord hereunder will be promptly refunded, and neither party will have any further rights or obligations under this Lease. Failure of Tenant to timely deliver such cancellation notice shall be deemed to be Tenant’s waiver of its cancellation rights with respect to such failure to meet such date. Any such right to cancel shall not apply to the extent that Landlord fails to meet the Scheduled Delivery Date Anniversary as the result of Tenant Delays (as defined in Exhibit B ) and each of the Scheduled Delivery Date or the Scheduled Delivery Date Anniversary shall be extended by the number of days of Tenant Delay.

 

4. RENT .

 

  4.(a) General . During the Term, Tenant shall timely pay to Landlord all Rent, without any offsets or deductions, at Landlord’s Address, or such other address as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing to Tenant, together with all applicable state and local sales and use taxes on such Rent.

 

  4.(b) Monthly Payment of Rent . The following is an estimate of Tenant’s initial monthly payment of the following items (assuming delivery of the entire Premises), subject to adjustment as provided in this Lease.

 

Basic Rental

   $ 131,191.67

Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Excess Operating Costs and Taxes

   $ 0

Marketing Charge

   $ 400.92

Total Initial Monthly Payment

   $ 131,592.59

 

  4.(c) Basic Rental . Subject to the terms of this Lease, Tenant shall pay the Basic Rental in advance, on or before the first day of each month during the Term. Basic Rental with respect to the Lower Floors will commence on the Lower Floor Rent Commencement Date and Basic Rental with respect to the 14th Floor will commence on the 14th Floor Rent Commencement Date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, prior to September 1, 2008, Basic Rental is subject to abatement, as set forth in Exhibit F attached hereto.

 

  4.(d) Electrical Costs . Subject to the terms of this Lease, Tenant shall pay the Electrical Costs on or before the first day of each month during the Term contemporaneously with Tenant’s payment of Basic Rental. As used herein, the term “ Electrical Costs ” means: (i) the actual cost to Landlord of any sub metered or separately metered electricity used in the Premises; plus (ii) Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the remainder of (1) the actual cost to Landlord of all electricity used by the Building minus (2) the actual cost to Landlord of any sub metered or separately metered electricity used by Tenant or other tenants of the Building. Each installment is payable according to Landlord’s reasonable estimate of the amount due for each month. From time to time, Landlord may reasonably estimate and re-estimate the Electrical Costs payable by Tenant and deliver a copy of the estimate or re-estimate to Tenant. Thereafter, the monthly installments of Electrical Costs payable by Tenant shall be appropriately adjusted in accordance with those estimations.

 

  4.(e) Additional Rent . Subject to the terms of this Lease, Tenant shall pay Additional Rent on or before the first day of each month during the Term contemporaneously with Tenant’s payment of Basic Rental or, if such amount is not a periodic payment, then within 30 days after Landlord’s request or as otherwise required in this Lease.

 

  4.(f)

Adjustments . With respect to any year or partial year in which the Building is not occupied to the extent of 100% of the Net Rentable Area thereof or Landlord is not providing services to at least 100% of the Net Rentable Area of the Building, the Operating Costs and Electrical Costs for such period shall, for purposes hereof, be increased to the amount that reasonably would have been incurred had the Building been occupied to the extent of 100% of the Net Rentable Area thereof and Landlord had been supplying services to 100% of the Net Rentable Area thereof. For purposes of the foregoing adjustment, only variable costs and expenses of operating, maintaining and managing the Building shall be grossed up, it being understood and agreed that the following costs and expenses are the “variable costs”: amortized capital improvement costs (if and only to the

 

4


 

extent the same may be included in Operating Costs pursuant to this Lease), insurance and insurance premiums, pest control, landscaping services and security services. In no event will the actual amount of Operating Costs received by Landlord from Tenant and other tenants of the Building for any year exceed the actual Operating Costs incurred by Landlord for such year.

 

  4.(g) Delinquent Payments; Handling Charges . All payments required of Tenant hereunder shall bear interest from the date due until paid at the Interest Rate; provided, however, no such interest shall be payable if the past due payment is paid in full not later than five days after the date due. Alternatively, Landlord may charge Tenant a fee equal to 5% of any payment that is more than five days past due to reimburse Landlord for its cost and inconvenience incurred as a consequence of Tenant’s delinquency. The “ Interest Rate ” shall mean 4% per annum above the base rate announced from time to time by Wells Fargo & Co., N.A. or its successor (the “ Prime Rate ”).

 

  4.(h) Charges . Landlord and Tenant are knowledgeable and experienced in commercial transactions and agree that the terms of this Lease for determining charges, amounts, Excess Operating Costs and Taxes and Electrical Costs payable by Tenant are commercially reasonable and valid even though such methods may not state a precise mathematical formula for determining such charges. Accordingly, Tenant voluntarily and knowingly waives all rights and benefits of Tenant under Section 93.012 of the Texas Property Code .

 

5. INTENTIONALLY DELETED .

 

6. LANDLORD’S OBLIGATIONS .

 

  6.(a)

Services . Provided no Event of Default pursuant to Section 16.(a)(i) exists and has remained uncured for more than 15 days and provided no other Event of Default exists resulting in Landlord’s exercise of any of its remedies under Section 16.(b)(i) or (ii) , Landlord shall furnish to Tenant services comparable to those offered by other first-class buildings in the uptown Dallas, Texas area (hereinafter called “ Comparable Buildings ”): (1) hot and cold water at those points of supply provided for general use of tenants on the floors of the Building on which the Premises are located; (2) heated and refrigerated air conditioning (“ HVAC “) at such temperatures and in such amounts as are standard for Comparable Buildings (the HVAC system to be designed in accordance with the specifications set forth in Exhibit B-1) from 7:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m. on weekdays and from 8:00 a.m. to 1:00 p.m. on Saturdays; (3) janitorial service to the Premises five days per week, other than Holidays, for Building-standard installations in accordance with the Janitorial Specifications attached hereto as Exhibit N and otherwise in a manner consistent with Comparable Buildings and exterior window washing at such intervals as determined by Landlord, but not less than two times each year; provided, however, if Tenant’s floor coverings or other improvements require special or additional cleaning or care in excess of Landlord’s standard services (as described in Exhibit N ), Landlord will provide such special or additional cleaning or care only if Tenant pays any additional cleaning costs actually incurred by Landlord in connection therewith; (4) non-exclusive elevator service for ingress and egress to the floors on which the Premises are located, in common with other tenants, 24 hours per day and 7 days per week, subject to reasonable Building security measures, provided that Landlord may reasonably limit the number of operating elevators during non-business hours and Holidays; (5) sufficient electrical capacity transformed to a panel box located in the core of each floor of the Premises to operate (A) typewriters, calculating machines, photocopying machines, stand alone network computers, word processing equipment, personal computers, telecommunications or other machines of similar low voltage electrical consumption (120/208 volts), provided that the total rated electrical design load at 100% capacity for said machines of low electrical voltage on each said floor shall not exceed 4 watts per square foot of Net Rentable Area for the Premises on such floor, and (B) fluorescent lighting and equipment of high voltage electrical consumption (277/480 volts), provided that the total rated electrical design load at 100% capacity for said lighting and equipment of high electrical voltage shall not exceed 1.25 watts per square foot of Net Rentable Area for the Premises on such floor (each such rated electrical design load, the “ Building Standard Rated Electrical Design Load “); the bus duct in the Building will provide capacity for a total of eight watts per square foot of Net Rentable Area for the Premises (of which 5.25 watts are dedicated as described above) and Tenant may, at its option and at its cost and expense, transform and distribute the 2.75 watts per square foot of Net Rentable Area of additional power from the bus duct to the Premises, subject to Landlord’s approval, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; (6) controlled access to the Building and the Parking Garage, which shall be provided through a card-key access system and sign-in or other identification procedures; (7) restroom supplies; and (8) replacement of lamps and ballasts for Building-standard lights in the Premises. Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant or any of Tenant’s agents, contractors,

 

5


 

employees and invitees, any assignees claiming by, through or under Tenant, any subtenants claiming by, through or under Tenant and any of their respective agents, contractors, employees and invitees (each, a “ Tenant Party ”) for losses due to theft or burglary, or for damages done by unauthorized persons in the Premises or in or at the Building or the Parking Garage (as defined in Exhibit I ). Landlord shall maintain the common areas of the Building in reasonably good order and condition (except for damage caused by a Tenant Party, for which Tenant shall be responsible for pursuant to Section 10.(a) ) and in a manner consistent with Comparable Buildings. As used in this Lease, the term “common areas” includes, but is not limited to, the lobbies of multi-tenant floors, entrances, stairs (other than internal stairs installed in the Premises as a part of the Initial Leasehold Improvements (as defined in Exhibit B )), elevators, off-street loading docks and areas for loading and unloading of materials and supplies, tunnels, walkways, sky bridges, sidewalks and driveways necessary for access to or use of the Building. Tenant shall be solely responsible for additional cleaning costs necessitated by non-Building-standard installations in the Premises. If Tenant desires any HVAC services: (A) at any time other than between 7:00 a.m. and 7:00 p.m. on weekdays and between 8:00 a.m. and 1:00 p.m. on Saturdays (in each case other than Holidays), or (B) on Sundays or Holidays, then such services shall be supplied to Tenant upon the request of Tenant delivered to Landlord (i) on the day such extra usage is required if required on a weekday (other than a Holiday), and (ii) on the business day preceding the day such extra usage is required if required on a Saturday, Sunday or Holiday, and Tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost of such services within 30 days after Landlord has delivered to Tenant an invoice of Landlord’s after hours HVAC charge, which shall not exceed the costs actually incurred by Landlord in providing such service, including, without limitation, the cost of electricity, water or other services consumed in connection with providing such additional HVAC services, and a fee of 10% of such costs for administrative cost recovery. The Premises shall be separately metered in order to measure consumption of electricity. For the purposes hereof, “ Holiday “ shall mean New Years Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the day after Thanksgiving and Christmas Day.

 

  6.(b) Excess Utility Use . Landlord shall not be required to furnish electrical current for electrical equipment requiring special wiring or requiring voltage in excess of the Building Standard Rated Electrical Design Load. If Tenant’s requirements for or consumption of electricity exceed Building Standard Rated Electrical Design Load, then Landlord shall, at Tenant’s expense, make reasonable efforts to supply such excess service through the then existing feeders and risers serving the Building and the Premises, provided that such service does not exceed 8 watts per square foot of Net Rentable Area in the aggregate (subject to the terms of Section 6.(a) ). Prior to Landlord performing (or causing performance of) any work in connection with the supply of such excess service, Landlord shall coordinate with Tenant to determine the approximate cost of supplying such service, and Tenant may elect to withdraw its request for such service, upon written notice to Landlord to be delivered prior to the performance of any work necessary to supply such excess service. Landlord may determine the amount of such additional consumption and potential consumption by any reasonably verifiable method, including installation of a separate meter in the Premises installed, maintained and read by Landlord, at Tenant’s reasonable expense. Tenant shall not install any electrical equipment requiring special wiring or requiring voltage in excess of the Building Standard Rated Electrical Design Load unless approved in advance in writing by Landlord, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Landlord shall have the right at any time and from time-to-time during the Term to contract for electricity service from such providers of such services as Landlord may elect (each, an “ Electric Service Provider ”). Tenant shall not have, and hereby waives, the right to contract directly with any Electric Service Provider. Tenant shall reasonably cooperate with Landlord, and the applicable Electric Service Provider, at all times and, as reasonably necessary, shall allow Landlord (during normal business hours, except in cases of a bona fide emergency, in which event Landlord shall have access at all times) and such Electric Service Provider reasonable access to the Building’s electric lines, feeders, risers, wiring and any other machinery within the Premises. The use of electricity in the Premises shall not exceed 8 watts per square foot of Net Rentable Area in the aggregate. Any risers or wiring required to meet Tenant’s excess electrical requirements shall, upon Tenant’s written request, be installed by Landlord, at Tenant’s reasonable cost, provided the same are reasonably necessary and shall not cause permanent damage to the Building or the Premises, cause or create a dangerous or hazardous condition, entail excessive or unreasonable alterations, repairs or expenses or unreasonably interfere with or disturb other tenants of the Building. If Tenant uses machines or equipment in the Premises that affect the temperature otherwise maintained by the air conditioning system or otherwise overload any utility, then Landlord may install supplemental air conditioning units or other supplemental equipment in the Premises, and the cost thereof reasonably incurred by Landlord, including the cost of installation, operation, use and maintenance, shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord within 30 days after Landlord has delivered to Tenant an invoice accompanied by reasonable evidence of such cost.

 

6


  6.(c) Restoration of Services, Abatement . Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to restore any service required of it under Section 6.(a) that becomes unavailable; however, such unavailability shall not render Landlord liable for any damages caused thereby, be a constructive eviction of Tenant, constitute a breach of any implied warranty or, except as provided in the next sentence, entitle Tenant to any abatement of Tenant’s obligations hereunder. In the event (i) any one or more of the following services: heating, ventilation, air conditioning, electrical service, elevator service, water and plumbing services (the “ Essential Services ”“) is not provided, (ii) the failure to provide such Essential Services is not caused by Tenant, (iii) the failure to provide such Essential Services is not a result of curtailment of service generally affecting the portion of Dallas in which the Building is located and (iv) the failure to provide such Essential Service(s) renders all or a portion of the Premises Untenantable (as defined below) for a continuous period of three consecutive business days after Tenant’s delivery of notice of such failure to provide Essential Service(s) to Landlord then, as Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy for such failure and until such Essential Service(s) is/are restored, (i) the Rent (other than parking charges payable by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to Exhibit I , hereinafter called “Parking Rental”), with respect to that portion of the Premises rendered Untenantable, shall abate from and after the expiration of the foregoing three business day period; and (ii) Parking Rental shall abate from and after the expiration of the foregoing three business day period, for a pro rata portion of the Parking Spaces (as such terms are defined in Exhibit I ) then leased by Tenant (such pro rata portion to be equal to the ratio of (A) the number of square feet of Net Rentable Area of the Premises rendered Untenantable, divided by (B) the total number of square feet of Net Rentable Area then leased by Tenant) but only to the extent Tenant does not use such Parking Spaces. In addition, Landlord will use commercially reasonable efforts to keep Tenant informed as to the progress of reestablishing the failed service. As used herein, “ Untenantable “ means a condition whereby Tenant is not reasonably able to use the Premises or a portion thereof for the conduct of its business in manner a reasonably comparable to customary practices of comparable tenants in Comparable Buildings, such as, but not limited to, a condition involving the material impairment or denial of access to the Premises or a portion thereof. In addition, Tenant’s failure to occupy the Premises, or any portion thereof, shall not mean that the Premises or such portion necessarily are Untenantable.

 

7. OPERATING COSTS; TAXES .

 

  7.(a) Payment of Excess Operating Costs and Excess Taxes . Tenant shall pay in advance as Additional Rent, Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the amounts (if any) by which actual total of Operating Costs and Taxes for a given year exceed the actual total Operating Costs and Taxes in the Base Year (“ Excess Operating Costs and Taxes ”). Each installment is payable according to Landlord’s reasonable estimate of the amount due for each month. From time to time, Landlord may reasonably estimate and re-estimate the Operating Costs and Taxes, or either of them, payable by Tenant and deliver a copy of the estimate or re-estimate to Tenant. Thereafter, the monthly installments of Operating Costs and Taxes, or either of them, payable by Tenant shall be appropriately adjusted in accordance with those estimations. All Operating Expenses and Taxes payable by Tenant shall be based upon the Building being 100% occupied and fully assessed for real estate taxes, with all tenants paying full rent (as contrasted with free rent, half rent and other like concessions). Notwithstanding any provisions of this Section 7 to the contrary, commencing in the year immediately following the Base Year, adjusted if applicable pursuant to Section 4.(f) , Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the Operating Costs (other than those costs and expenses attributable to insurance, utility services, security and Assessments and other costs beyond the reasonable control of Landlord (collectively, “ Controllable Expenses ”)) in any year during the Term shall not increase by more than 6% compounded annually over the actual, reconciled Controllable Expenses for the Base Year, adjusted if applicable pursuant to Section 4.(f) , and any increases in Operating Costs that Landlord does not recover due to this limitation will carry forward to all succeeding years during the Term (subject to the 6% per annum limitation) until fully recouped by Landlord. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that Controllable Expenses shall not include costs and expenses associated with the “minimum wage” or union labor wages, nor shall increases in costs due to Laws affecting, relating to or providing for increases in the “minimum wage”, union labor wages or changes in worker’s compensation and/or state employment insurance requirements be limited to the 6% annual cumulative cap set forth in this Section 7.(a) . In addition, to the extent any Operating Costs are reduced during the Base Year due to services being performed pursuant to construction warranties by Landlord’s contractors or other warranties on the Building’s systems or equipment provided as a part of the initial construction of the Building, Operating Costs shall be adjusted to the amount that reasonably would have been incurred had such services been performed without such warranties.

 

7


  7.(b) Adjustment to Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Taxes . The parties anticipate that the applicable taxing authority will issue a separate tax bill for the space in the Building leaseable for office use. However, if the applicable taxing authority does not, then Landlord shall reasonably determine Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Taxes by a fair and equitable apportionment of Taxes among the uses in the Building (e.g., retail use, office use, residential use, hotel use, etc.), considering tax bills from the taxing authorities imposing real estate taxes on the uses and utilizing the services of an independent, qualified and reputable real estate consultant to assist in the apportionment. No more often than once per year and upon request by Tenant, Landlord will promptly provide a detailed explanation in writing setting forth the basis for and the method of calculating Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Taxes.

 

  7.(c) Definition of Operating Costs .

 

  (i) The term “ Operating Costs ” means (1) all expenses and disbursements (subject to the limitations set forth below and in Section 7.(c)(i) ) that Landlord incurs in connection with the management, operation and maintenance of the Building and the Property, determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied (“GAAP”), including the following: (A) wages, salaries and bonuses (including property management fees not to exceed 3% of gross income of the Building) of all employees (up to the level of senior property manager) directly engaged in the operation, repair, replacement, maintenance and security of the Building, including taxes, insurance and benefits relating thereto; provided, however, that to the extent such personnel, in addition to their work on the Building, from time to time work on projects developed or operated by (or by an affiliate of) Landlord or Landlord’s property manager, then the wages, salaries and related expenses of such personnel shall be appropriately allocated among all of such projects and only that portion of such expenses reasonably allocable to the Building shall be included in Operating Costs; (B) all supplies and materials used in the operation, maintenance, repair, replacement and security of the Building; (C) costs for improvements made to the Property after the Commencement Date that, although capital in nature, are reasonably expected to reduce the normal operating costs (including any utility costs) of the Property (but only to the extent that such improvements constitute new systems, as distinguished from the replacement of existing systems), as well as all capital improvements made in order to comply with any Law promulgated or first enforced in general by any governmental authority after the Commencement Date, as amortized over the useful economic life of such improvements, with the useful economic life and amortization schedule being determined in accordance with GAAP; (D) cost of all utilities, except Electrical Costs and the cost of other utilities actually reimbursed to Landlord by the Building’s tenants other than pursuant to a provision similar to this Section 7 ; (E) insurance expenses relating to the Property, to the extent such insurance expenses are usual and customary for Comparable Buildings; (F) repairs, replacements and general maintenance of the Property (excluding any such costs paid by proceeds of insurance [or that would have been paid by proceeds of insurance if the insurance policies required by this Lease were in full force and effect] or by Tenant, other tenants of the Building or by other third parties); and (G) service or maintenance contracts with independent contractors for the operation, maintenance, repair, replacement or security of the Building, including alarm service, window cleaning and elevator maintenance; and (2) without duplicating any of the costs or expenses described in the foregoing terms of the preceding clause (1) , assessments, charges and other payments allocated directly or indirectly to Landlord, the Building or the Property (collectively, “ Assessments ”), including those payable under the Victory Park CCRs or under any other Matters of Record. If Landlord incurs any Operating Costs for the Property (other than Assessments) together with one or more other buildings or properties, whether pursuant to a reciprocal easement agreement, common area agreement or otherwise, the shared costs and expenses shall be equitably prorated and apportioned, as reasonably determined by Landlord, among the Property and the other buildings or properties, and only that portion of such Operating Costs reasonably allocable to the Property shall be included in Operating Costs. Upon request by Tenant, Landlord will promptly provide a detailed explanation in writing setting forth the basis for and method of calculating Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Costs. In no event shall Landlord collect in total from Tenant and all other tenants of the Building, an amount greater than 100% of the actual Operating Costs during any year of the Term.

 

  (ii)

Operating Costs (other than Assessments) do not include any costs or expenses: (1) for capital improvements made to the Property, under GAAP or otherwise (“ Capital Items ”), other than capital improvements described in Section 7.(c)(i)(1)(C) and except for items that, though capital for

 

8


 

accounting purposes, are properly considered maintenance and repair items, such as painting of common areas, replacement of carpet in elevator lobbies and the like; (2) for repair, replacements and general maintenance paid by proceeds of insurance or by Tenant or other third parties (other than by means of operating expense pass-through provisions in leases), and alterations attributable solely to tenants of the Property other than Tenant; (3) for interest, amortization or other payments on loans or rent and other payments on ground leases to Landlord (except that portion of the rent payable under a ground lease for property taxes); (4) for depreciation and amortization (except as provided in Section 7.(c)(i)(1)(C) with respect to the amortization of capital expenditures); (5) for leasing commissions; (6) for legal expenses, other than those incurred for the general benefit of the Property’s tenants (e.g., tax disputes); (7) for renovating, decorating or otherwise improving space for occupants of the Property or vacant space in the Property (including architectural and engineering fees); (8) for correcting defects in the design or construction of the Property or the equipment or appurtenances thereto; (9) for overtime or other expenses of Landlord in curing defaults or performing work expressly provided in this Lease or any other tenant’s lease to be borne at Landlord’s expense; (10) for federal income taxes or, subject to Section 7.(d) ,state income taxes imposed on or measured by the income of Landlord from the operation of the Property; (11) for repairs, replacements or other work occasioned by Casualty or as a result of a Taking, excluding any amounts paid with respect to deductible amounts under Landlord’s insurance policies; (12) incurred in installing, operating, maintaining and owning any observatory, beacon(s), broadcasting facilities (other than the Building’s music system, and life support and security systems), luncheon club, helicopter pad, child care center, or athletic or recreational club, except costs associated with the operation and maintenance of an athletic or recreational club, if any, provided for use by all tenants of the Building, provided the costs of operating such club are shared by a majority (on the basis of Net Rentable Square Feet) of the other tenants of the Building (whether as a component of such tenant’s rent or operating expenses) and will be reduced by the fees received by Landlord, if any, from tenants using such club, and provided that if the athletic or recreational club is made available to tenants of other buildings, then only the Building’s pro rata share (based on relative square footage) of such costs may be included in Operating Costs; (13) for legal, auditing, consulting and professional fees paid or incurred in connection with negotiations for the sale, financing, refinancing or mortgaging of the Building or the Property; (14) for management fees in excess of three percent (3%) of the gross income of the Building; (15) except as provided in Section 7.(d) , all costs related to the existence and maintenance of Landlord as a legal entity, except to the extent attributable to the operation and management of the Property; (16) for penalties or interest incurred as a result of Landlord’s negligence, inability or failure to make tax payments and/or to file any tax or informational returns when due; (17) for fines, penalties and legal fees incurred due to the violation by Landlord, its employees, agents and/or contractors, any tenant or other occupant of the Property, of any terms and conditions of the leases of other tenants of the Property, and/or of any applicable Laws that would not have been incurred but for such violation by Landlord, its employees, agents and/or contractors, tenants or other occupants of the Property, except to the extent caused by Tenant; (18) for expenses incurred with respect to the purchase, ownership, leasing, showing, promotion and/or repairs of sculptures, paintings or other works of art; provided that maintenance (as opposed to repairs) of any such sculptures, paintings or other works of art shall be included in Operating Costs; (19) except as provided in Section 7.(g) , arising from claims, disputes or potential disputes in connection with potential or actual claims, litigation or arbitration proceedings pertaining to Landlord and/or the Building and/or the Property, including court costs and attorney’s fees; (20) incurred by Landlord for use of any portion of the Property to accommodate events, including, but not limited to, shows, promotions, kiosks, displays, filming, photography, private events or parties, ceremonies and advertising beyond the normal expenses otherwise attributable to providing Building services, such as lighting and HVAC to such public portions of the Building in normal operations during standard Building hours of operation; (21) incurred for entertainment, dining or travel for any purpose; (22) for “above-standard” cleaning, including, but not limited to, construction cleanup or special cleanings associated with parties/events and specific requirements of other tenants in excess of services provided to Tenant, including related trash collection, removal, hauling and dumping; (23) for compensation paid to clerks, attendants or other persons in commercial concessions operated by Landlord, but not compensation paid to attendants or operators of the Parking Garage; (24) relating to or arising, directly or indirectly, from the handling, removal, treatment, disposal or replacement of Hazardous Materials (which are defined as such as of the Lease Date under applicable Law) in the Property, which were not caused by the actions of Tenant, its agents, employees, contractors, subtenants, assignees or invitees,

 

9


 

other than costs of identification, testing, monitoring, or cleaning of any such Hazardous Materials; (25) for concessions, allowances, attorney’s fees, costs, advertising or marketing expenses and other similar costs, disbursements and other expenses incurred by Landlord or its agents in connection with negotiations for leases with tenants, prospective tenants or other occupants of the Building, and similar costs incurred in connection with disputes with and/or enforcement of any leases with tenants, prospective tenants or other occupants of the Building; (26) for any items not otherwise excluded to the extent Landlord (A) is actually reimbursed by insurance, (B) would have been reimbursed by insurance had Landlord maintained the insurance required by Section 13.(a) on which a claim is made or (C) is otherwise compensated (other than as part of Operating Costs), including, without limitation, direct reimbursement by any tenant; (27) payments for goods, supplies or other materials, to the extent that the costs of such services, goods, supplies and/or materials exceed the costs that would have been paid had the services, goods, supplies or materials been provided by parties unaffiliated with Landlord, or by third parties, of similar skill, competence and experience, on a competitive basis; (28) for services or amenities that are specifically for the benefit of a particular tenant and that are of a nature not generally provided to all tenants in the Building; (29) for services, including electricity, incremental air conditioning and other items or other benefits of a type which are not standard to the Building and which are not available to Tenant without specific charge therefor, but which are provided to other tenants or occupants of the Building, whether or not such other tenant or other occupant is specifically charged therefor by Landlord, at times or in amounts for which Tenant would be billed under this Lease as an additional charge; (30) charitable donations or political contributions; (31) for “tap fees” or sewer or water connection fees for the Property; (32) for legal and court costs defending in a cause of action Landlord’s title to or interest in the Property or any part thereof, (33) services and utilities provided and costs incurred in connection with the operation of any retail and restaurant operations in the Property, except to the extent the square footage of such operations are included in the Rentable Square Feet of the Property and do not exceed the services and utilities that would have been incurred had the retail and restaurant space been used for general office purposes, (34) costs arising from defects in the base, shell or core of the Building, the Property or improvements installed by Landlord or repair thereof; (35) any parking validation charges incurred by other tenants of the Building or their guests and (36) reserves for bad debts or for future improvements, additions or repairs.

 

  (iii) Operating Costs will be reduced by all cash discounts, trade discounts, quantity discounts, rebates or other amounts received by Landlord or Landlord’s managing agent in the purchase of any goods, utilities or services in connection with the operating of the Building and the Property. If capital items which are customarily purchased by landlords of Comparable Buildings are leased by landlord, rather than purchased, the decision by Landlord to lease the item in question will not serve to increase Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Costs beyond that which would have applied had the item in question been purchased.

 

  7.(d) Definition of Taxes . The term “ Taxes ” means all taxes, assessments and governmental charges, whether directly paid by Landlord, whether federal, state, county or municipal and whether imposed by taxing districts or authorities presently taxing the Property or by others subsequently created or otherwise, and any other taxes and assessments attributable to the Property or the Building (or its operation) and the grounds, parking areas, driveways and alleys comprising the Property, including, without limitation, any Texas franchise tax to the extent such tax would be payable by Landlord or its combined group if the Property were the only property of the Landlord subject to such tax, but excluding, however, federal income tax, state taxes on income other than the Texas franchise tax, death taxes and any tax imposed in connection with any change of ownership of the Property. Taxes will also exclude any interest or penalties arising by reason of the late payment of same. However, if at any time during the Term, the present method of taxation or assessment shall be so changed that the whole or any part of the taxes, assessments, levies, impositions or charges now levied, assessed or imposed on real estate and the improvements thereof shall be changed and as a substitute therefore, or in lieu of or in addition thereto, taxes, assessments, levies, impositions or charges shall be levied assessed, or imposed wholly or partially as a capital levy or otherwise on the rents received from the Property or the Rent reserved herein or any part thereof, then such substitute or additional taxes, assessments, levies, impositions or charges, to the extent so levied, assessed or imposed, shall be deemed to be included within the term “Taxes” to the extent that such substitute or additional tax would be payable if the Property were the only property of Landlord subject to such tax.

 

10


  7.(e) Personal Property Taxes . Tenant shall be liable for all taxes levied or assessed against personal property, furniture or fixtures placed by Tenant in the Premises or the Building.

 

  7.(f) Tenant’s Audit Rights . Provided no Event of Default exists, Tenant may, after giving Landlord 30 days’ prior written notice thereof, inspect or have an independent, nationally or regionally recognized firm of certified public accountants audit or inspect Landlord’s records relating to Operating Costs for the immediately preceding year; however, no review may cover periods before the Commencement Date. Tenant’s audit or inspection shall be conducted only during business hours reasonably designated by Landlord. Landlord agrees to cooperate in good faith with Tenant in the conduct of any such inspection or audit. Tenant shall pay the cost of such audit or inspection, unless the annual statement described in Section 7.(h) for the time period in question is determined to be in error by more than 5% and, as a result thereof, Tenant paid to Landlord 5% more than the actual Operating Costs due for such time period, in which case Landlord shall pay the audit cost. Tenant may not conduct an inspection or have an audit performed more than once during any year. Tenant shall complete its review within 90 days and shall notify Landlord of its results. If such inspection or audit reveals that an error was made in the Operating Costs previously charged to Tenant and Tenant paid more than Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Costs during the year in question, then the amount of such overcharge shall be refunded by Landlord to Tenant within 30 days after such determination is made; likewise, if Tenant paid less than Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Costs during such year, then Tenant shall pay Landlord such deficiency within 30 days after such determination is made. Tenant shall maintain the results of each such audit and inspection confidential and shall not be permitted to use any third party to perform such audit and inspection unless such third party (i) agrees with Landlord in writing to maintain the results of such audit or inspection confidential and (ii) is not to be compensated on a contingency fee basis for such audit.

 

  7.(g) Contesting Taxes . Landlord may from time to time contest the Taxes. Tenant hereby waives all rights to contest the Taxes and to receive notices of re-appraisement as set forth in Sections 41.413 and 42.015 of the Texas Tax Code. If Landlord elects to contest the Taxes, then Landlord may bill Tenant for its share of the costs and expenses of such contest reasonably incurred by Landlord (using the same share then being used for Tenant’s share of the Taxes) as and when incurred, and those amounts shall constitute part of the Taxes provided a majority (on the basis of Net Rentable Square Feet) of the other tenants of the Property are also obligated to pay their respective shares of such costs and expenses. To the extent Landlord has so billed and received payment from Tenant, such costs and expenses shall not be reduced as described below by the abatement or refund, if any, ultimately received with respect to that contest. The Taxes shall be reduced by any net abatement or refund paid to Landlord by the taxing authorities as a result of any contest after recovering all of Landlord’s costs and expenses of securing such abatement or refund.

 

  7.(h) Annual Cost Statement . Not later than 120 days after the end of each year, Landlord shall furnish to Tenant an annual statement in reasonable detail setting forth the actual Taxes, Electrical Costs and the Operating Costs for such year. If such annual statement reveals that Tenant paid more than Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Taxes, Electrical Costs or Operating Costs during the year for which such statement was prepared, then Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for such excess within 30 days after delivery of the statement in question; likewise, if Tenant paid less than Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Taxes, Electrical Costs or Operating Costs, then Tenant shall pay Landlord such deficiency within 30 days after delivery of the statement in question. In addition, if the Net Rentable Area leased by Tenant increases or decreases, for any reason, during any year, then Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Taxes, Electrical Costs and Operating Costs shall be appropriately adjusted by Landlord. The provisions of this Section 7.(h) will survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.

 

8. USE OF PREMISES .

 

  8.(a) Permitted Use . Tenant shall occupy and use the Premises only for the Permitted Use and shall comply with all Laws relating to the use, condition, access and occupancy of the Premises for such purposes; provided, however, Tenant will not be obligated to make any changes or improvements to the Premises unless the same are required by Law as a result of Tenant’s specific use of the Premises. Tenant shall keep the Premises occupied or attended at all times during normal business hours during the Term, except as otherwise provided in Sections 14 and 15 . The Premises shall not be used (i) for any unlawful or illegal business, use or purpose or for any business, use or purpose that violates this Lease or any Laws; (ii) for any use that is a public nuisance; (iii) in such manner as may make void or voidable any insurance then in force with respect to the Building; or (iv) for any “call center,” any other telemarketing use or any credit processing use.

 

11


  8.(b) Hours of Operation . At a minimum, the Retail Bank Space shall be kept open for business 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Monday through Friday and 9:00 a.m. to 1:00 p.m. on Saturday, but in no event a greater number of hours than that permitted by then-applicable law.

 

  8.(c) Other Use Requirements . Tenant shall not use or incorporate into its own trademarks, advertising promotions (other than for the limited purpose of identifying the geographic location of the Premises) or otherwise the designations “American Airlines Center”, “Center”, “Arena”, “AAC”, “Victory”, “Victory Park”, “V” or any other terms or proprietary designations of Landlord, Landlord’s licensees, Victory Intangibles, L.P., or any other person used in connection with Victory Park. All goodwill arising from the ownership and use of any of the foregoing and similar designations shall inure exclusively to the benefit of the owners thereof. Tenant shall not attack the title of any such owner in and to any such marks or designations. Nothing contained herein may be construed or deemed as a license or right to use any of these marks or designations or any similar mark or designation, any other licensed business identifier, trade designation or name utilized in connection with Victory Park. Notwithstanding any inference herein to the contrary, Tenant shall be entitled to freely use the designations “Victory” and “Victory Park” in all printed materials and advertising media of any nature for the sole purpose of identifying the location of the Premises.

 

  8.(d) Rules and Regulations; Common Amenities . Tenant acknowledges that the Building and the Property may contain certain amenities (collectively, the “ Common Amenities ”), and that the Common Amenities may be subject to such reasonable rules and regulations as Landlord and any owners’ associations for the Building, the Property and Victory Park, or any of them, may promulgate in its or their sole discretion and as they may deem necessary for the proper operation of the Building, the Property and Victory Park, or any of them. The initial rules and regulations for the Building are attached as Exhibit D . Tenant shall be responsible for ensuring the compliance with such rules and regulations by each Tenant Party, provided such rules and regulations and all amendments thereto (i) do not conflict with the express terms and provisions of this Lease; (ii) are uniformly enforced against similarly situated tenants and (v) shall not be effective against Tenant until 15 business days after Tenant has received a copy thereof. Notwithstanding any inference herein to the contrary, Landlord has not made and does not make any representations or warranties regarding any amenities or other improvements to be constructed in the Property or Victory Park.

 

  8.(e) Exclusive Use . Landlord covenants and agrees that, during the Term, neither Landlord nor its Affiliates shall (i) execute a lease with or permit the occupancy of any space in the Building by any other tenant whose principal business activity in such space (i.e., the activity from which such tenant derives a majority of its revenue) is a retail bank or private bank (“ Banking Exclusive ”) nor (ii) permit any other occupant of the Building to install or operate an automatic teller machine or similar device (“ ATM ”) in or on the common areas of the Property (“ ATM Exclusive ”). The Banking Exclusive does not apply to a tenant that does not operate, as its principal business activity in the Building, a retail bank or private bank (e.g., an individual or institutional investment services provider, such as Morgan Stanley, Charles Schwab, Fidelity, Scottrade or Ameritrade). In addition, neither the Banking Exclusive nor the ATM Exclusive apply to any business or ATM operating in portions of Victory Park, other than the Building, or in an expansion area of Victory Park (i.e., land annexed after the Lease Date into the Victory PD or operated after the Lease Date in the vicinity of Victory Park utilizing the name Victory Park in its name). Notwithstanding the forgoing provisions of this Section 8.(e) , the ATM Exclusive shall automatically become null and void in the event Tenant (1) fails to install at least one ATM in the Building within 180 days of the Lower Floor Rent Commencement Date or (2) ceases to operate at least one working ATM in the Building for any period of 90 consecutive days for any reason other than a Casualty, condemnation or other cause beyond the reasonable control of Tenant. Both the Banking Exclusive and the ATM Exclusive shall automatically become null and void if an Event of Default occurs and, as a result of such Event of Default, Landlord terminates this Lease or Tenant’s right of possession of the Premises.

 

  8.(f)

Tenant Signage . Tenant may install, subject to Landlord’s approval, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, graphics of Building standard design and quality in the elevator lobby on each floor of the Premises, provided Tenant leases and occupies the entire space on such floor. In no event may Tenant install any graphics which may be visible from outside the Premises, other than those located entirely within the interior of the Retail Bank Space and not placed on the exterior or lobby-facing windows of the Retail Bank Space and except as otherwise expressly provided in this Section 8.(f) . In addition, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, Tenant shall be entitled to place its name on (i) a street level monument sign for the Building (as specified in Exhibit M ), (ii) the retail sign band (“ Retail Sign ”) on the Building, (iii) lobby signage above the entry to the Retail Bank Space (“ Retail Lobby Signage “)and (iv) top-of-

 

12


 

garage signage on the North end of the West-facing side of the Parking Garage (“ Top-of-Garage Signage ”) in the approximate location shown on Exhibit M ; provided that (a) the size, configuration, location, design and appearance of the Retail Sign and the Top-of-Garage Signage shall be in compliance with Tenant’s Sign Criteria, attached as Exhibit M , and in all events shall be subject to Landlord’s approval, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, (b) Tenant’s right to install and maintain its name on a monument sign, the retail sign band and top-of-garage signage shall be subject to the following conditions: (1) no Event of Default has occurred resulting in Landlord’s exercise of any of its remedies under Section 16.(b)(i) or (ii) , (2) except for periods during which occupancy is prevented by Casualty, condemnation or other causes beyond the reasonable control of Tenant, Tenant is occupying and leasing at least the number of square feet of Net Rentable Area leased by Tenant as of the later of to occur of the Lower Floor Rent Commencement Date or the 14th Floor Rent Commencement Date (unless the Net Rentable Area of the Premises has been reduced by reason of the exercise of Landlord’s right to reduce the Premises pursuant to the provisions of Section 20 hereof, in which event Tenant must be occupying and leasing the balance of the Premises as so reduced), and (3) the Tenant is PlainsCapital Corporation or a Permitted Transferee (as defined below), provided such Permitted Transferee is not a law firm (the foregoing clauses (b)(1) through (b)(3), the “ Building Naming Conditions “) and (c) Tenant’s right to install and maintain its name on the Retail Lobby Signage shall be subject to the following conditions: (X) no Event of Default has occurred resulting in Landlord’s exercise of any of its remedies under Section 16.(b) (i) or (ii) , (Y) except for periods during which occupancy is prevented by Casualty, condemnation or other causes beyond the reasonable control of Tenant, Tenant is occupying and leasing at least the number of square feet of Net Rentable Area in the Retail Bank Space leased by Tenant as of the Lower Floor Rent Commencement Date, and (Z) the Tenant is PlainsCapital Corporation or a Permitted Transferee (the foregoing clauses (c)(X) through (c)(Z), the “ Retail Lobby Signage Conditions “). For purposes of this Section 8.(f) , occupancy by a sublessee or assignee (other than a Permitted Transferee) shall not constitute occupancy by Tenant. At any time sub clause (b)(1) of the Building Naming Conditions is not satisfied or either of sub clauses (b)(2) or (b)(3) of the Building Naming Conditions remain unsatisfied more than 30 days after written notice from Landlord to Tenant describing in detail the basis for Landlord’s determination thereof, Tenant’s right to the monument sign, the retail sign band and top-of-garage signage shall lapse. At any time sub clause (c)(X) of the Retail Lobby Signage Conditions is not satisfied or either of sub clauses (c)(Y) or (c)(Z) of the Retail Lobby Signage Conditions remain unsatisfied more than 30 days after written notice from Landlord to Tenant describing in detail the basis for Landlord’s determination thereof, Tenant’s right to the Retail Lobby Signage shall lapse. Tenant may use a portion of the TI Allowance, not to exceed $2.00 per Net Rentable Square Foot, to pay for signage costs. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section 8.(f) , Landlord hereby approves the Retail Sign and the Top-of-Garage Signage depicted on Exhibit M .

 

9. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING .

 

  9.(a)

Transfers; Consent . Except as otherwise hereinafter provided in Section 9.(b) , Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord (which may be withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion, subject to the terms of this Section 9) : (i) advertise that any portion of the Premises is available for lease; (ii) assign, transfer or encumber this Lease or any estate or interest herein, whether directly or by operation of Law; (iii) permit any other entity to become Tenant hereunder by merger, consolidation or other reorganization (and for purposes of this Section 9 , the surviving or resulting entity in any such merger, consolidation or other reorganization may be considered an entity other than Tenant, notwithstanding any applicable Law to the contrary) (iv) if Tenant is an entity other than a corporation whose stock is publicly traded, permit the transfer of an ownership interest in Tenant so as to result in a change in the current control of Tenant; (v) sublet any portion of the Premises; (vi) grant any license, concession or other right of occupancy of any portion of the Premises; or (vii) permit the use of the Premises by any parties other than Tenant (any of the events listed in Sections 9.(a)(i) through (vii)  being a “ Transfer ”). Provided no Event of Default then exists, Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay its consent to Tenant’s listing the Premises for assignment or sublease through a licensed broker or to any assignment of this Lease or subletting of the Premises, provided that Landlord may take into consideration all relevant factors surrounding the proposed sublease and assignment, including: (1) the business reputation of the proposed assignee or subtenant and its officers, directors and stockholders; (2) the nature of the business and the proposed use of the Premises by the proposed assignee or subtenant in relation to the other tenants or occupants of the Building, the Property or Victory Park; (3) whether the proposed assignee or subtenant is a tenant in any other space in the Building, the Property or Victory Park, provided Landlord may object to an assignee or sublessee on the basis set forth in this Section 9.(a)(3) only if Landlord or its affiliates are capable of and willing to lease space to such other tenant at market rates in the Building or in any other building at Victory

 

13


 

Park owned by Landlord or its Affiliates; (4) the financial condition of the proposed assignee or subtenant; (5) restrictions, if any, contained in leases or other agreements affecting the Building, the Property or Victory Park that may apply to or restrict the proposed use of the Premises by the proposed assignee or subtenant; (6) the effect that the proposed assignee’s or subtenant’s occupancy or use of the Premises would have upon the operation and maintenance of the Building and Landlord’s investment therein; and (7) the extent to which the proposed assignee or subtenant and Tenant provide Landlord with assurances reasonably satisfactory to Landlord as to the satisfaction of Tenant’s obligations hereunder. In the event Landlord withholds its consent to any assignment of this Lease or subletting of the Premises, Landlord shall notify Tenant of the basis of Landlord’s decision to so withhold its consent. Without limiting the foregoing, Landlord shall be deemed to have acted reasonably in objecting to an assignment or sublease to, and Tenant shall have no right to assign this Lease or sublet any portion of the Premises to, any governmental body, agency, or bureau (of the United States, any state, county, municipality, or any subdivision thereof), any foreign government or subdivision thereof, including any embassy or consulate, any health care profession or health care organization offering medical services to the public from the Building, schools, or similar organizations, employment agencies, radio, television or other communication stations, restaurants, retailers offering retail services from the Premises, and any party who has, or any party whose affiliates have, been engaged in litigation with Landlord or any Hillwood Affiliate if, at the time of such assignment or sublease, Landlord is a Hillwood Affiliate. If Tenant requests Landlord’s consent to a Transfer, then Tenant shall provide Landlord with a written description of all terms and conditions of the proposed Transfer, copies of the proposed documentation and the following information about the proposed transferee: name and address; reasonably satisfactory information about its business and business history; its proposed use of the Premises; banking, financial and other credit information; and general references sufficient to enable Landlord to determine the proposed transferee’s creditworthiness and character. Contemporaneously with Tenant’s notice of any request for consent to a Transfer, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a fee of $1,000.00 to defray Landlord’s expenses in reviewing such request, and Tenant shall also reimburse Landlord immediately upon request for its reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with considering any request for consent to a Transfer. No Transfer shall release Tenant from its obligations under this Lease, but rather Tenant and its transferee shall be jointly and severally liable for such obligations. Landlord’s consent to any Transfer shall not waive Landlord’s rights as to any subsequent Transfers. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, promptly after receipt thereof, 50% of the excess of (A) all compensation received by Tenant for a Transfer (other than a Permitted Transfer) less the costs and expenses reasonably incurred by Tenant with unaffiliated third parties in connection with such Transfer (e.g., brokerage commissions, tenant finish work, any improvement allowance or other economic concession paid by Tenant in connection with the Transfer, attorney’s fees, unamortized costs of Tenant’s Work, in excess of the TI Allowance, and subsequent improvements to the Premises by Tenant, and any other costs actually paid by Tenant in negotiating and effectuating the Transfer) over (B) the Rent allocable to the portion of the Premises covered thereby; provided, however, Tenant will not be obligated to make any payments under the foregoing provisions unless and until Tenant has recouped all of the abovementioned costs and expenses incurred by Tenant in connection with the Transfer.

 

  9.(b)

Permitted Transfers . Notwithstanding Section 9.(a) , provided no Event of Default then exists, Tenant may Transfer all of its interest in this Lease or sublease all or any part or parts of the Premises (a “ Permitted Transfer ”) to the following types of entities (a “ Permitted Transferee ”) without the consent of Landlord, subject to the terms of this Section 9.(b) : (i) any Affiliate of Tenant; or (ii) any corporation, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, limited liability company or other business entity in which, with which or to which Tenant, or its corporate successors or assigns, is merged, consolidated or sold (provided such sale is of all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant), in accordance with applicable statutory provisions and other Laws governing merger, consolidation and sale of business entities, so long as (1) Tenant’s obligations hereunder are assumed by the entity surviving such merger or created by such consolidation; and (2) the Tangible Net Worth of the surviving or created entity is not less than the Tangible Net Worth of Tenant on the Lease Date. Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord of any such Permitted Transfer. Tenant shall remain liable for the performance of all of the obligations of Tenant hereunder, or if Tenant no longer exists because of a merger, consolidation or acquisition, the surviving or acquiring entity shall expressly assume in writing the obligations of Tenant hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing terms of this Section 9.(b) or anything to the contrary in this Lease, and as a condition to Tenant’s right to make a Permitted Transfer: (A) the Permitted Transferee must have a business reputation reasonably acceptable to Landlord; (B) the Permitted Transferee must comply with all of the terms and conditions of this Lease, including the Permitted Use and (C) the use of the Premises by the Permitted Transferee must not violate any other agreements affecting the Premises, the Building, Landlord or other tenants of the Building. Not more than 30 days after the effective date of any Permitted Transfer, Tenant shall

 

14


 

furnish Landlord with copies of the instrument effecting any of the foregoing Transfers and documentation establishing Tenant’s satisfaction of the requirements set forth above applicable to any such Transfer. The occurrence of a Permitted Transfer shall not waive Landlord’s rights as to any subsequent Transfers. “ Tangible Net Worth ” means the excess of total assets over total liabilities, in each case as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied (“ GAAP ”), excluding, however, from the determination of total assets all assets that would be classified as intangible assets under GAAP, including goodwill, licenses, patents, trademarks, trade names, copyrights and franchises.

 

10. MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR OF PREMISES; IMPROVEMENTS .

 

  10.(a) Landlord’s Maintenance . Landlord shall repair, replace and maintain in first-class condition commensurate with other Comparable Buildings (i) the exterior and structural parts of the Building, (ii) the foundation of the Building, (iii) all Central Systems (as hereinafter defined) in the Building, (iv) the Parking Garages and all elements thereof, (v) the pedestrian bridges and passageways providing pedestrian access from the Building to the adjoining buildings and Parking Garages, and (vi) all common areas. For purposes hereof, the term “Central Systems” means the Building’s central plumbing systems, electrical systems, HVAC systems, fire protection and fire alert systems and mechanical systems (including, without limitation, elevators). Landlord shall perform its obligations under this Section 10.(a) in a diligent, first-class manner and shall exercise all commercially reasonable efforts to minimize any interference with Tenant’s business operations that may be occasioned thereby. Furthermore, if performance of Landlord’s obligations under this Section 10.(a) is likely to have a substantial impact on Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises, Landlord shall perform such obligations after normal business hours (except in cases of a bona fide emergency, in which event Landlord may perform such obligations at any time). Subject to the following sentence, if any maintenance or repair required by Landlord is occasioned by the act or negligence of Tenant or any Tenant Party (exclusive of business visitors), then Tenant shall reimburse Landlord promptly upon request (together with reasonable supporting documentation) for the actual cost and expense that Landlord incurs in providing such maintenance or making such repair. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if any maintenance or repair required by Landlord is necessary due to damage resulting from a Casualty occasioned substantially by the intentional act or gross negligence of Tenant or any Tenant Party (excluding business visitors), then Tenant shall reimburse Landlord promptly upon request (together with reasonable supporting documentation) for the actual cost and expense that Landlord incurs in providing such maintenance or making such repair if and only to the extent that such maintenance or repair is not covered by the insurance required to be maintained by Landlord hereunder. The foregoing is subject in all respects to the provisions hereinafter set forth in Section 11(b) . Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord of the need for any maintenance or repairs.

 

  10.(b) Tenant’s Maintenance . Tenant shall at its expense maintain the Premises in a clean and operable condition, in accordance with all Laws applicable to the use and occupancy of the Premises, and shall not permit or allow to remain any waste or damage to any portion of the Premises, except as to (i) maintenance and repairs to be performed by Landlord, as provided in Section 10.(a) ; (ii) damage or repairs necessitated by Casualty or condemnation or caused by Landlord or Landlord’s agents, contractors or invitees; and (iii) ordinary wear and tear. Tenant shall repair or replace, subject to Landlord’s direction and supervision, any damage to the Building (outside the Premises) caused by a Tenant Party (excluding business visitors). Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, Tenant shall be obligated to repair or replace any damage to the Building (outside the Premises) constituting or resulting from a Casualty caused substantially by the intentional act or gross negligence of a Tenant Party (excluding business visitors) if and only to the extent that such damage is not covered by the insurance required to be maintained by Landlord hereunder. The foregoing is subject in all respects to the provisions hereinafter set forth in Section 11(b) . If Tenant fails to make such repairs or replacements within 15 days after Landlord’s demand for repair, then Landlord may make the same at Tenant’s cost. If any such damage occurs outside of the Premises, then Landlord may elect to repair such damage at Tenant’s expense, rather than having Tenant repair such damage. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord promptly upon request (together with reasonable supporting documentation) for the actual cost and expense that Landlord incurs for such maintenance, repair or replacement work.

 

  10.(c)

Improvements; Alterations . Tenant may install improvements to the Premises only at Tenant’s expense and in accordance with plans and specifications that have been previously submitted to and approved in writing by Landlord, using contractors approved in writing by Landlord. Except as otherwise provided in Section 8.(f) , Tenant shall not paint or install lighting or decorations, signs, window or door lettering or advertising media of any type visible from the exterior of the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord.

 

15


 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may make non-structural, interior alterations to the Premises required in the ordinary course of Tenant’s business without the written consent of Landlord provided: (i) such alterations will not be visible from outside the Premises; (ii) such alterations will not affect the Building’s structure, the provision of services to other Building tenants or the Building’s electrical, plumbing, HVAC, life safety or mechanical systems; (iii) such alterations will not violate any applicable Laws; (iv) such alterations will not unreasonably interfere with the business operations of other tenants in the Building; (v) the cost of the work for such alterations does not exceed $100,000 in any single instance or series of related alterations performed within a year (provided that Tenant shall not perform any improvements, alterations or additions to the Premises in stages as a means to subvert this provision); and (vi) Tenant secures any and all permits, licenses and approvals required to construct and install such alterations (collectively, “ Permitted Alterations ”). All Permitted Alterations shall be made in accordance with all applicable Laws and in a good and first-class, workmanlike manner and in accordance with the terms of this Lease, including the terms of Exhibit B . Tenant shall notify Landlord before performing any Permitted Alterations if the anticipated Permitted Alterations could disrupt any other tenants or occupants of the Building or interfere with Landlord’s operation of the Building. All such alterations, additions and improvements shall be constructed, maintained and used by Tenant at its sole risk and expense, in accordance with all applicable Laws. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Tenant shall be responsible for the cost of all work required to comply with the retrofit requirements of the ADA or other applicable laws pertaining to accessibility of the Premises by disabled or handicapped persons, and all rules, regulations and guidelines promulgated thereunder, as the same may be amended from time to time, necessitated by any installations, additions, or alterations made in or to the Premises after the Commencement Date at the request of or by Tenant or by Tenant’s use of the Premises (other than retrofit work whose cost has been particularly identified as being payable by Landlord in an instrument signed by Landlord and Tenant), regardless of whether such cost is incurred in connection with retrofit work required in the Premises (including work described in Exhibit B ) or in other areas of the Building. In connection with Landlord’s review and approval of Tenant’s Work or any of Tenant’s proposed alterations, additions or improvements to the Premises, Landlord may notify Tenant in writing, contemporaneously with Landlord’s notice of approval to Tenant with respect to the improvements in question, that Landlord will require Tenant to remove such alterations prior to the expiration of the Term; provided, however Landlord will not require Tenant to remove alterations, additions or improvements to the extent the same are Building-standard, as reasonably determined by Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Tenant does not obtain Landlord’s prior written consent for any alterations, additions or improvements to the Premises (whether such approval is required hereunder or otherwise), Tenant shall remove all such alterations, additions and improvements, as Landlord may request; provided such request is delivered (1) not less than 60 days prior to the expiration of the Term in the event this Lease expires at the end of the Term and (2) promptly following the termination of this Lease if this Lease is terminated prior to the expiration of the Term.

 

  10.(d) Mechanic’s Liens . Tenant shall not permit any mechanic’s liens to be filed against the Premises, the Building or the Property for any work performed, materials furnished or obligation incurred by or at the request of Tenant. If such a lien is filed, then Tenant shall, within fifteen days after Landlord has delivered notice of the filing to Tenant, either pay the amount of the lien or diligently contest such lien and deliver to Landlord a bond or other security reasonably satisfactory to Landlord. If Tenant fails to timely take either such action, then Landlord may pay the lien claim without inquiry as to the validity thereof, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any amounts so paid, including expenses and interest, within 30 days after Landlord’s request for reimbursement together with reasonable supporting documentation.

 

11. INDEMNITY; NO SUBROGATION .

 

  11.(a)

Mutual Indemnity . Subject to Section 11.(b) , Tenant shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Landlord and Landlord’s partners, officers, directors, members, owners, agents, employees and lenders, and each of their respective successors and assigns (collectively, the “ Landlord Indemnified Parties ”) from and against all claims, demands, liabilities, causes of action, suits, judgments and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) (collectively, “ Claims ”) for any Loss arising from any occurrence on or about the Premises or from Tenant’s failure to perform or comply in any respect with its obligations under this Lease (other than a Loss arising from the negligence or intentional act of Landlord or any Landlord Indemnified Party). Subject to Section 11.(b) , Landlord shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Tenant and Tenant’s partners, officers, directors, members, owners, agents, employees and lenders, and each of their respective successors and assigns (collectively, the “ Tenant Indemnified Parties ”) from and against all Claims for any Loss arising from any occurrence on or about those portions of the Property outside the Premises or from Landlord’s failure to perform or comply in any

 

16


 

respect with its obligations under this Lease (other than a Loss arising from the negligence or intentional act of Tenant or any Tenant Indemnified Party). This indemnity provision shall survive termination or expiration of this Lease and shall not terminate or be waived, diminished or affected in any manner by any abatement or apportionment of Rent under any provision of this Lease. Tenant agrees not to settle any Claims without the Landlord Indemnified Parties’ consent, and Landlord agrees not to settle any Claims without the Tenant Indemnified Parties’ consent, unless: (i) all monetary damages payable in respect of the Claim are paid by the party providing the indemnification pursuant to the terms hereof; (ii) the Landlord Indemnified Parties or the Tenant Indemnified Parties (as the case may be) receive a full, complete and unconditional release in respect of the Claim without any admission or finding of obligation, liability, fault or guilt (criminal or otherwise) with respect to the Claim; and (iii) no injunctive, extraordinary, equitable or other relief of any kind is imposed on the Landlord Indemnified Parties or the Tenant Indemnified Parties (as the case may be). The Landlord Indemnified Parties and the Tenant Indemnified Parties, respectively, may employ separate counsel at the indemnifying Party’s expense if (A) the party providing the indemnification pursuant to the terms hereof has failed to adequately assume and actively conduct the defense of such Claims or to employ counsel with respect thereto or (B) in the reasonable opinion of the Landlord Indemnified Parties or the Tenant Indemnified Parties (as the case may be) a conflict of interest exists between the interests of the respective parties that requires representation by separate counsel.

 

  11.(b) No Subrogation . Landlord and Tenant each waives any Claim it might have against the other for any damage to or theft, destruction, loss or loss of use of any property (a “ Loss ”), to the extent the same is insured against under any insurance policy that covers the Property, the Building, the Premises, Landlord’s or Tenant’s fixtures, personal property, leasehold improvements or business, or is required to be insured against under the terms hereof, regardless of whether the negligence of the other party caused such Loss . Each party shall cause its insurance carrier to endorse all applicable policies waiving the carrier’s rights of recovery under subrogation or otherwise against the other party.

 

  11.(c) Survival . The terms of this Section 11.(c) shall survive the termination or expiration of this Lease.

 

12.

CERTAIN RIGHTS RESERVED BY LANDLORD . Landlord and its designees, upon 24 hours prior notice to Tenant (except in the case of a bona fide emergency, in which event no notice is required) may enter the Premises at all reasonable times during business hours for the purpose of inspecting or making repairs or exhibiting the Premises to prospective purchasers and lenders or others, but not to prospective tenants (subject to the terms of this Section 12) . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, except in cases of a bona fide emergency, Tenant reserves the right to require that Landlord or its designees be accompanied while inspecting the Premises by a representative, agent or employee of Tenant, and Tenant agrees promptly to timely furnish such agent, representative or employee upon request. Tenant may request that such entry be at a reasonably convenient time other than the time specified in Landlord’s notice or that such entry be during hours other than Tenant’s normal business hours. Such rights of entry shall be subject to Tenant’s reasonable security regulations or procedures. Tenant shall have the right to designate one or more portions of the Premises, not to exceed 1,000 square feet, as “security areas”, in which event Landlord shall not have access to such designated security areas, unless Landlord is accompanied by a representative of Tenant. Notwithstanding the terms of Section 10.(a) to the contrary, Landlord shall be relieved of its maintenance obligations set forth in Section 10.(a) within the security areas to the extent a representative of Tenant is not available. Landlord agrees that while exercising such right of entry or making such repairs, Landlord will use reasonable efforts to avoid materially interfering with Tenant’s business or disrupting the same. If repairs are required to be made by Tenant pursuant to the terms hereof or if Tenant is required to perform any other obligation under this Lease, then Landlord may require that Tenant make such repairs or performance of such obligation within a reasonable time after written notice from Landlord to Tenant describing the nature of and need for such repairs in reasonable detail. Thereafter, if Tenant refuses or neglects to promptly commence such repairs or perform such obligation, then Landlord may exercise its remedies in Section 16.(b)(iii) ( Right to Cure ) without any further notice to Tenant. For a period commencing nine months before the expiration of the Term or earlier following an Event of Default, Landlord may have reasonable access to the Premises during business hours for the purpose of exhibiting the Premises to prospective tenants. In addition, Landlord reserves the following rights, exercisable without notice, except as provided herein, and without liability to Tenant for damage or injury to property, person or business and without affecting an eviction or disturbance of Tenant’s use or possession or giving rise to any claim for setoff or abatement of Rent or affecting any of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease: (a) upon 30 days’ prior notice to change the street address of the Building; (b) to install and maintain signs on the exterior and interior of the Building, provided no such signs unreasonably interfere with signs installed or that may be installed by Tenant pursuant to Tenant’s signage rights under Section 8.(f) above; (c) to designate and approve window coverings to present a uniform exterior appearance; (d) to retain at all times and to use in appropriate

 

17


 

instances, pass keys to all locks within and to the Premises, except for security areas designated by Tenant; (e) to approve the weight, size, or location of heavy equipment or articles within the Premises; (f) to change the arrangement and location of entrances of passageways, doors and doorways, corridors, elevators, stairs, restrooms and public areas of the Building, the Property or Victory Park; (g) to regulate access to telephone, electrical and other utility closets in the Building and to require use of designated contractors for any work involving access to such areas; (h) if Tenant has vacated the Premises during the last six months of the Term, to perform additions, alterations and improvements to the Premises in connection with a reletting or anticipated reletting thereof without being responsible or liable for the value or preservation of any then existing improvements to the Premises and without effectuating a surrender or entitling Tenant to any abatement of Rent; (i) to grant to anyone the exclusive right to conduct any business or undertaking in the Building provided Landlord’s exercise of its rights under this clause (i)  shall not be deemed to prohibit Tenant from the operation of its business in the Premises; and (j) to take such reasonable measures as Landlord deems advisable for the security of the Building and its occupants, including evacuating the Building for cause, suspected cause or for drill purposes, temporarily denying access to the Building and closing the Building after normal business hours and on Sundays and Holidays (subject, however, to Tenant’s right to enter when the Building is closed after normal business hours under such reasonable regulations as Landlord may prescribe from time to time). In exercising its rights under this Section 12 , Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to avoid unreasonably interfering with Tenant’s business operations.

 

13. INSURANCE .

 

  13.(a) Landlord’s Insurance Obligations . Landlord shall keep the Premises and the Building insured against loss or damage by fire, with Special Cause of Loss Form and such other insurance as from time to time the then-holder of the first mortgage encumbering the Building requires or Landlord otherwise deems advisable (provided such is not in excess of the amounts and types of insurance reasonably maintained by owners of Comparable Buildings or required by Landlord’s Mortgagee), in amounts not less than 80% of the full insurable value thereof above foundation walls, or such greater amounts as Landlord deems advisable, and with such deductibles as Landlord deems advisable. Landlord’s insurance will specifically include the leasehold improvements made to the Premises, as expanded pursuant to Exhibit K ( Preferential Right ), up to a replacement cost of $42.50 per square foot of Net Rentable Area, and shall specifically exclude any property or improvements installed by or belonging to Tenant and leasehold improvements in excess of a replacement cost of $42.50 per square foot of Net Rentable Area.

 

  13.(b) Tenant’s Insurance Obligations . Tenant shall satisfy the insurance obligations described on Exhibit E . The cost of such insurance shall be at no cost to Landlord. Tenant assumes all risk of damage to its own property arising from any cause whatsoever, including loss by theft or otherwise.

 

  13.(c) No Adverse Effect of Landlord’s Insurance . Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done in the Premises and shall not bring anything into or keep anything in the Premises that results in an increase in the rate of insurance on the Premises, the Building, the Property or other buildings located in Victory Park above the rates applicable to the uses of the Premises permitted under this Lease. If Tenant does any of the foregoing or permits it to occur, then Tenant shall promptly pay to Landlord as Additional Rent any resulting rate increase.

 

14. FIRE OR OTHER CASUALTY .

 

  14.(a) Repair Estimate . If the Property, Building or the Premises are damaged by fire or other casualty (a “ Casualty ”), Landlord shall, as soon as reasonably practicable under the circumstances but in any event within 60 days after such Casualty, deliver to Tenant a good faith estimate (the “ Damage Notice ”) of the time needed to repair the damage caused by such Casualty.

 

  14.(b) Tenant’s Rights . If the Premises or a material portion of the Property or the Building is damaged by Casualty such that (i) all or a portion of the Premises is rendered Untenantable or (ii) the ability to maintain normal telecommunications or other critical services within the Premises is substantially impaired by reason of any Casualty, and Landlord reasonably estimates that the damage caused thereby cannot be fully repaired and the Premises restored to the same condition existing immediately prior to such Casualty (including, without limitation, physical access to the Premises and the ability to maintain normal telecommunications and other critical services within the Premises) within (i) 180 days after the date of such Casualty with respect to the portion of the Premises comprising the Retail Bank Space and the space on the third floor, and (ii) 240 days after the date of such Casualty with respect to the remaining portion of the Premises (each, a “ Repair Period ”), then Tenant may terminate this Lease by delivering written notice to Landlord of its election to terminate within 30 days after the Damage Notice has been delivered to Tenant.

 

18


  14.(c) Landlord’s Rights . If a Casualty damages the Premises or a material portion of the Property or the Building and (i) Landlord reasonably estimates that the damage to the Premises cannot be repaired within the Repair Period, (ii) the damage to the Premises exceeds 50% of the replacement cost thereof (excluding foundations and footings), as reasonably estimated by Landlord, and such damage occurs during the last two years of the Term, (iii) regardless of the extent of damage to the Premises, Landlord makes a good faith determination that restoring the Property or the Building would be uneconomical, or (iv) Landlord would be required to pay any insurance proceeds arising out of the Casualty to a Landlord’s Mortgagee, then Landlord may terminate this Lease by delivering written notice to Tenant of its election to terminate within 30 days after the Damage Notice has been delivered to Tenant; provided, however, as a condition to Landlord’s right to terminate this Lease for the reasons specified in (iii) or (iv) above, Landlord must likewise terminate the leases of all similarly-situated tenants in the Building.

 

  14.(d) Repair Obligation . If neither party elects to terminate this Lease following a Casualty, then Landlord shall, within a reasonable time after such Casualty, begin to repair the Premises, the Building and the Property and shall use commercially reasonable efforts and diligence to restore the Premises and the Building and the Property within a reasonable time, not to exceed the applicable Repair Period, to substantially the same condition that existed immediately before such Casualty; however, Landlord shall only be required to reconstruct the Premises to the extent of any improvements existing therein on the date of the Casualty that were installed by Landlord as part of the Landlord’s Work (as defined in Exhibit B ) (“ Landlord’s Contribution ”), and Landlord’s obligation to repair or restore the Premises shall be limited to the extent of the insurance proceeds actually received by Landlord for the Casualty in question plus the deductible under Landlord’s insurance policy. Tenant shall be responsible for repairing or replacing its furniture, equipment, fixtures, alterations and other improvements (including Tenant’s Work) that Landlord is not obligated to restore, and shall use the proceeds of its insurance for such purpose; provided, however, Landlord will deliver to Tenant the balance of the insurance proceeds received by Landlord, if any, in excess of Landlord’s Contribution. Prior to Landlord’s commencement of reconstruction, Tenant shall furnish Landlord other assurances, reasonably acceptable to Landlord, of payment of Landlord’s estimate of Tenant’s Contribution. Notwithstanding the terms of Section 14.(b) , if Landlord fails to complete the reconstruction of the Premises, the Building and the Property and deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant in the condition herein contemplated within the applicable Repair Period, then Tenant may terminate this Lease at any time prior to Landlord’s completion of such repairs and reconstruction by delivering written notice to Landlord of its election to terminate at any time after the expiration of the applicable Repair Period. If Landlord has elected or is obligated to repair and reconstruct the Premises, then the Term shall be extended by a period of time equal to the period of such repair and reconstruction; provided, however, nothing in this Section 14.(d) shall modify the rights of Landlord or the dates set forth in Section 20 . To the extent that any portion of the Premises is not suitable for occupancy by Tenant during the period of any such repair and reconstruction, if any alternative space is available in the Building or any other building owned or operated by Landlord in Victory Park, Landlord agrees (i) to use commercially reasonable efforts to provide such alternative space as Tenant may reasonably require at the per-square-foot rental rate then in effect under the Lease and (ii) to pay Tenant’s cost of relocation to and from the Premises, not to exceed $2.00 per Net Rentable Square Foot, in each instance, of the Premises rendered Untenantable as a result of such Casualty.

 

  14.(e) Abatement of Rent . If the Premises are damaged or rendered Untenantable by a Casualty, then (i) Rent (other than Parking Rental) with respect to that portion of the Premises rendered Untenantable by the damage shall be abated from the date of the Casualty until the completion of Landlord’s repairs or until Landlord or Tenant terminate this Lease as provided above; and (ii) Parking Rental shall be abated from the date of the Casualty until the completion of Landlord’s repairs or until Landlord or Tenant terminate this Lease as provided above, for a pro rata portion of the Parking Spaces (as such terms are defined in Exhibit I ) then leased by Tenant (such pro rata portion to be equal to the ratio of (A) the number of square feet of Net Rentable Area of the Premises rendered Untenantable, divided by (B) the total number of square feet of Net Rentable Area then leased by Tenant) but only to the extent Tenant does not use such Parking Spaces.

 

15.

CONDEMNATION . If the entire Property, Building or Premises are taken by right of eminent domain or conveyed in lieu thereof (a “ Taking ”), then Landlord may terminate this Lease upon notice to Tenant. Such termination will be effective as of the date of the Taking. If any material portion, but less than all, of the Property or the Building becomes

 

19


 

subject to a permanent Taking, or if Landlord is required to pay any of the proceeds arising from a Taking to a Landlord’s Mortgagee, then Landlord may terminate this Lease by delivering written notice to Tenant of its election to terminate within 30 days after such Taking, and Rent shall be apportioned as of the date of such Taking. If Landlord does not so terminate this Lease, then this Lease will continue, but if any portion of the Premises has been taken, Rent shall be abated. If any Taking occurs, then Landlord shall receive the entire award or other compensation for the land, the Property, the Building and other improvements taken; however, Tenant may separately pursue a claim (to the extent it will not reduce Landlord’s award) against the condemning authority for the value of Tenant’s personal property that Tenant is entitled to remove under this Lease, moving costs, loss of business and other claims, if any.

 

16. DEFAULT AND REMEDIES .

 

  16.(a) Events of Default . Each of the following occurrences shall constitute an “ Event of Default ”:

 

  (i) Monetary . Tenant’s failure to pay any portion of Rent within five days after Landlord delivers notice to Tenant that the same is past due; however, Landlord shall not be required to deliver more than two such notices in any year, and Tenant’s failure thereafter in the same year to pay any portion of Rent when due shall constitute an Event of Default without any obligation of Landlord to deliver any notice to Tenant of such failure;

 

  (ii) Non-Monetary . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 16.(a) , Tenant’s failure to perform, comply with or observe any other agreement or obligation of Tenant under this Lease (or any other lease executed by Tenant for space in the Building, the Property or Victory Park) within 30 days after Landlord has delivered notice to Tenant of such failure; however, if such failure cannot reasonably be cured within such 30-day period, but Tenant commences to cure such failure within such 30-day period and thereafter diligently pursues such cure to completion, then such curative period shall be extended for so long as is reasonably required to complete such cure (but, in any event, not longer than 120 days after Landlord has delivered such notice to Tenant);

 

  (iii) Creditors . (1) The filing of a petition by or against Tenant (the term “Tenant” shall include, for the purpose of this Section 16.(a)(iii) , Guarantor) (A) in any bankruptcy or other insolvency proceeding, (B) seeking any relief under any state or federal debtor relief Law, (C) for the appointment of a liquidator or receiver for all or substantially all of Tenant’s property or for Tenant’s interest in this Lease, or (D) for the reorganization or modification of Tenant’s capital structure; or (2) the admission by Tenant that it cannot meet its obligations as they become due or the making by Tenant of an assignment for the benefit of its creditors;

 

  (iv) Liens . If Tenant creates or suffers the creation of a lien upon the Premises in violation of this Lease and thereafter fails or is unable to bond around or cure such lien in accordance with Section 10.(d) ( Mechanic’s Liens ); or

 

  (v) Estoppel Certificate; SNDA . If Tenant fails to timely deliver an estoppel certificate or SNDA to Landlord pursuant to the requirements of this Lease and such failure continues more than ten (10) days after written notice therefor from Landlord to Tenant.

 

  16.(b) Remedies . Upon any Event of Default, Landlord may, in addition to all other rights and remedies afforded Landlord hereunder or by Law or equity, take any of the following actions.

 

  (i) Termination of Lease . Landlord may terminate this Lease by giving Tenant written notice thereof, in which event, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the sum of (1) all Rent accrued hereunder up to the date of termination, plus (2) all amounts due from time to time under Section 17.(a) , plus (3) an amount equal to the remainder of (A) all Rent that Tenant would have been required to pay for the balance of the Term, as reasonably estimated by Landlord, discounted to present value at a per annum rate equal to the Prime Rate, minus (B) the then present fair rental value of the Premises for such period, similarly discounted.

 

  (ii)

Termination of Possession . Landlord may terminate Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises without terminating this Lease by giving written notice thereof to Tenant, in which event Tenant shall pay to Landlord the sum of (1) all Rent and other amounts accrued hereunder to the date of termination of possession, (2) all amounts due from time to time under Section 17.(a) , plus (3) all Rent and other

 

20


 

sums required hereunder to be paid by Tenant during the remainder of the Term, diminished by any net sums thereafter received by Landlord through reletting the Premises during such period. Reentry by Landlord in the Premises shall not affect Tenant’s obligations hereunder for the unexpired Term; rather, Landlord may, from time to time, bring action against Tenant to collect amounts due by Tenant, without the necessity of Landlord’s waiting until the expiration of the Term. Unless Landlord delivers written notice to Tenant expressly stating that it has elected to terminate this Lease, all actions taken by Landlord to exclude or dispossess Tenant of the Premises may be deemed to be taken under this Section 16.(b)(ii) . If Landlord elects to proceed under this Section 16.(b)(ii) , then it may at any time elect to terminate this Lease under Section 16.(b)(i) . Landlord may elect to recover its damages under Sections 16.(b)(i)(1) and (2)  (or any portion thereof) or Section 16.(b)(ii)(1) and (2)  (or any portion thereof) in a separate action (e.g., by summary judgment) without prejudice to Landlord’s right to bring one or more subsequent actions to recover additional damages hereunder. Additionally, without notice, Landlord may alter locks or other security devices at the Premises to deprive Tenant of access thereto.

 

  (iii) Right to Cure . Landlord may perform Tenant’s obligations and enter the Premises, without being liable for prosecution or any claim for damages therefor, to accomplish such purpose. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord promptly upon request (together with reasonable supporting documentation) for the actual cost and expense that Landlord incurs in effecting compliance with this Lease on Tenant’s behalf, together with interest thereon at the Interest Rate from the date Landlord incurs the expense in question until Landlord is reimbursed.

 

17. PAYMENT BY TENANT .

 

  17.(a) Payment by Tenant . Upon any Event of Default, Tenant shall pay to Landlord all costs incurred by Landlord (including court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) in: (i) obtaining possession of the Premises; (ii) removing and storing Tenant’s or any other occupant’s property; (iii) repairing or restoring the Premises; (iv) if Tenant is dispossessed of the Premises and this Lease is not terminated, reletting all or any part of the Premises (including customary brokerage commissions and other out-of-pocket costs incidental to such reletting); (v) performing Tenant’s obligations that Tenant failed to perform; (vi) enforcing, or advising Landlord of, its rights, remedies and recourses arising out of the Event of Default; and (vii) the un-amortized portion (as reflected in Landlord’s books and records) of the TI Allowance, brokerage and consulting fees incurred by Landlord in connection with this Lease.

 

  17.(b) No Waiver . Landlord’s acceptance of Rent following an Event of Default shall not waive Landlord’s rights regarding such Event of Default. No endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment may be considered an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept that check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance owing and to pursue any other available remedies. No waiver by Landlord of any violation or breach of any of the terms contained herein shall waive Landlord’s rights regarding any future violation of such term or violation of any other term.

 

18. SUBORDINATION AND ATTORNMENT .

Subject to the terms and provisions hereinafter set forth in this Section 18 , this Lease is subject and subordinate to any deed of trust, mortgage, ground lease or other security instrument (each, a “ Mortgage ”) that now or hereafter covers all or any part of the Premises (the mortgagee under any such Mortgage is referred to herein as a “ Landlord’s Mortgagee ”). The terms of this Section 18 are self-operative, and no further instrument of subordination shall be required; however, Tenant shall execute and return to Landlord (or such other party designated by Landlord) within twenty days after written request therefor any documentation that Landlord or Landlord’s Mortgagee may reasonably request to evidence such subordination of this Lease; provided, however, all such documentation will expressly provide that, so long as Tenant is not in default in the payment of Rent or in the performance of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this Lease on Tenant’s part to be performed beyond any applicable notice, cure and/or grace period set forth in this Lease, (i) Tenant’s possession and occupancy of the Premises and Tenant’s rights and privileges under the Lease, or any extensions or renewals thereof, shall not be diminished, disturbed and/or interfered with by Landlord’s Mortgagee in the exercise of any of its rights under any Mortgage, and (ii) Landlord’s Mortgagee shall not join Tenant as a party defendant in any action or proceeding for the purpose of terminating Tenant’s interest and estate under this Lease because of any default under the Mortgage, except as may be required by applicable law. Tenant shall attorn to any party succeeding to Landlord’s interest in the Premises, whether by purchase, foreclosure, deed in lieu of foreclosure, power of sale,

 

21


termination of ground lease or otherwise, upon such party’s request, and shall execute such agreements confirming such attornment as such party may reasonably request. Landlord represents and warrants that, on the Lease Date, there is only one deed of trust covering the Property, a recorded copy of which has been provided to Tenant. Within 60 days after the date of full execution of this Lease, Landlord shall obtain and deliver to Tenant the signature of the existing Landlord’s Mortgagee on a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement (“ SNDA ”) in the form of Exhibit G , and Tenant agrees to execute, acknowledge and deliver such SNDA within ten days after Landlord’s request.

 

19. MATTERS OF RECORD; CONDOMINIUM . This Lease is subject and subordinate to all matters now filed of record in the real property records of Dallas County, Texas (collectively, “ Matters of Record ”), including the Victory Park CCRs and any restrictive covenant, easement agreement, condominium declaration or other instrument. If the Property, the Building, the Premises or any portion thereof is now or hereafter becomes subject to a condominium regime, then Landlord’s obligations in this Lease, including any repair or maintenance obligation, shall be modified to give full effect to the terms of the condominium documents. Except with respect to Landlord’s obligations to pay to Tenant the TI Allowance and Landlord’s monetary obligations set forth in Section 7.(g) , if any condominium document allocates to an owners’ association or other entity the responsibility for an obligation that Landlord otherwise has under this Lease, provided such owners’ association expressly assumes such obligation in writing, then Landlord shall be relieved of such obligation and instead shall be obligated to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such owners’ association or other entity to carry out such obligation according to the terms of the applicable condominium document. The terms of this Section 19 are self-operative, and no further instrument of subordination or modification shall be required; however, Tenant shall execute and return to Landlord (or such other party designated by Landlord) within ten days after written request therefor any documentation that Landlord may reasonably request to evidence such subordination of this Lease or modification of Landlord’s obligations. The terms of this Section 19 shall control in the event of any conflict with any other terms of this Lease.

 

20. LANDLORD’S RIGHT TO REDUCE THE PREMISES; TENANT’S RIGHT TO ADDITIONAL SPACE .

 

  20.(a) Landlord’s Right to Reduce the Premises . Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has entered into that certain Office Lease (the “ Haynes and Boone Lease ”), dated October 31, 2006, with Haynes and Boone, LLP (together with its successors-in-interest, the “ HB Tenant ”) for office space in the Building. Pursuant to the Haynes and Boone Lease, the HB Tenant has the option to expand its leased premises to include, at the HB Tenant’s election, all or a portion of the 14th floor of the Building (such space, the “ HB Space ”). In the event the Premises include the 14th floor of the Building and the HB Tenant exercises its option to expand its leased premises into the HB Space, and provided the entire 12th floor of the Building is not then Available to accommodate the HB Tenant’s expansion option, then Landlord may, in its sole and absolute discretion, amend the definition of the Premises to exclude the HB Space, effective as of December 1, 2017 (the “ Contraction Date ”) by delivering to Tenant on or before June 1, 2016 written notice thereof (the “ Contraction Notice ”). As a condition to Landlord’s right to so reduce and so amend the definition of the Premises, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant, on or before the Contraction Date, the Contraction Fee. The “ Contraction Fee “ shall equal the unamortized portion of all costs, up to $25.00 per square foot of Net Rentable Area in the HB Space (amortized on a straight-line basis), actually incurred by Tenant in excess of the TI Allowance to complete the Tenant’s Work in the HB Space. Upon the request of Landlord, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord, on or before the Contraction Date, an amendment to the Lease, effective as of the Contraction Date, specifying (a) location and the square feet of Net Rentable Area of the remaining Premises (i.e., the Premises minus the HB Space), (b) the Basic Rental payable in respect of the remaining Premises, (c) the number of Required Spaces and Optional Spaces based on the number of square feet of Net Rentable Area in the remaining Premises, (d) the revised Tenant’s Proportionate Share, and (e) such other information as may be necessary to reflect the reduction in the square feet of Net Rentable Area of the Premises. Time is of the essence with respect to this Section 20 , and failure by Landlord to give the Contraction Notice to Tenant on or before the date specified above will be conclusively deemed to be a waiver of Landlord’s right to reduce the Premises. Provided Landlord timely delivers the Contraction Notice to Tenant, Tenant will deliver possession of the HB Space to Landlord in its then AS-IS, WHERE-IS condition, subject to Tenant’s obligations in Section 10.(b) , on or before the Contraction Date, it being expressly understood and agreed that Tenant will not be obligated to remove any alterations, additions or improvements made by Tenant in the HB Space. As used in this Section 20 , the term “ Available ” shall mean that the applicable space (i) is not the subject of a direct lease with Landlord (including a lease of all or a portion of such space to the HB Tenant), or (ii) is the subject of a direct lease that will expire on or before December 1, 2017 and the existing tenant has not exercised any renewal option in its lease.

 

22


  20.(b) Tenant’s Right to Additional Space . Following Landlord’s delivery of the Contraction Notice, provided Tenant has exercised its first Renewal Option and subject to the provisions of this Section 20.(b) , Tenant shall have a preferential right to lease space on or above the 15th floor of the Building on the following terms and conditions:

 

  (i) If, during the Offer Period, Landlord intends to offer available space on or above the 15th floor of the Building for lease to a third party, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a notice (“ Additional Space Notice ”) describing such space (the “ Additional Space ”“), Landlord’s determination of the prevailing rental rate in the Building for such Additional Space, and the terms on which Landlord proposes to offer the Additional Space for lease to such third party. As used herein, the term “ Offer Period ”“ shall mean the period of time after Landlord issues the Contraction Notice to Tenant and before the date which is four months prior to the Contraction Date.

 

  (ii) The term of this Lease with respect to such Additional Space shall be coterminous with the Term of this Lease, including Tenant’s second Renewal Option.

 

  (iii) Tenant, within ten business days after receipt of the Offer Notice, shall irrevocably elect, by written notice to Landlord, to either (i) lease the Additional Space, or (ii) waive its right to lease such Additional Space. Failure by Tenant to timely deliver such notice to Landlord shall be deemed to be Tenant’s waiver of Tenant’s right to lease the Additional Space.

 

  (iv) Notwithstanding anything in this Section 20.(b) to the contrary, if prior to Landlord’s delivery to Tenant of the Additional Space Notice, Landlord has received an offer to lease all or part of the Additional Space from a third party (a “ Other Offer ”) and such Other Offer includes space in excess of the Additional Space, then Tenant must exercise its rights hereunder, if at all, as to all of the space contained in the Other Offer.

 

  (v) With respect to Additional Space leased pursuant hereto, Basic Rental and Additional Rental shall commence with respect to such Additional Space 90 days after the date when (i) Landlord tenders possession of such space in its entirety to Tenant in Delivery Condition (as defined in Exhibit B-1 ) (if such space was not previously occupied) or, in “as is” condition (if such space was previously occupied) or (ii) Tenant takes occupancy of all or a significant portion of Additional Space for the purpose of operating its business, whichever shall first occur. In no event will Landlord be obligated to make or pay for any other improvements nor shall Landlord be obligated to pay any allowances to Tenant.

 

  (vi) Tenant may exercise the rights set forth in this Section 20.(b) only if (a) at the time of such exercise no Event of Default exists and (b) at the time of Landlord’s delivery of the Additional Space to Tenant, no Event of Default exists. If such conditions are not satisfied or waived by Landlord, any purported exercise of any the rights set forth in this Section 20.(b) shall be null and void. If Tenant elects to exercise its rights to such Additional Space, the applicable Additional Space shall become part of the Premises and shall be subject to all the terms, covenants, and conditions of the Lease, except as explicitly set forth in this Section 20.(b) . If Tenant timely exercises its right to lease the Additional Space pursuant to the provisions of this Section 20.(b) , Landlord and Tenant shall execute an amendment to the Lease (in a form provided by Landlord and mutually agreed to by Tenant) specifying (a) the commencement of the term in respect of such Additional Space, (b) the Basic Rental payable in respect of the Additional Space, (c) the square feet of Net Rentable Area of such Additional Space, (d) the revised Tenant’s Proportionate Share and (e) the number of Parking Spaces with respect to such Additional Space that Landlord will make available to Tenant, and Tenant shall pay for and take, which shall calculated based on the number of Parking Spaces per square foot of Net Rentable Area in the Office Space that Tenant is then leasing from Landlord.

 

  (vii) The rights of Tenant set forth in this Section 20.(b) are subject to (i) the tenant then in possession of any portion of the Additional Space and (ii) the rights of Ernst & Young (and its successors and assigns) with respect to any portion of the Additional Space.

 

23


21. SURRENDER OF PREMISES . No act by Landlord may be deemed an acceptance of a surrender of the Premises, and no agreement to accept a surrender of the Premises shall be valid unless it is made in writing and signed by Landlord. At the expiration or termination of this Lease, Tenant shall deliver the Premises to Landlord with all improvements located thereon in good repair and condition, ordinary wear and tear (and condemnation and fire or other casualty damage not caused by Tenant, as to which Sections 14 ( Fire or Other Casualty ) and 15 ( Condemnation ) shall control) excepted, and shall deliver to Landlord all keys to the Premises. Provided no condition then exists that, given the passage of applicable notice and cure periods, would result in an Event of Default hereunder, Tenant may remove all unattached trade fixtures, furniture and personal property placed in the Premises by Tenant; however, Tenant shall not remove any such item that was paid for, in whole or in part, by Landlord. Additionally and subject to the terms of Section 10.(c) , Tenant shall remove all alterations, additions, and improvements, and all trade fixtures, equipment, wiring and furniture as Landlord may request, including those made pursuant to Exhibit B . Tenant shall repair all damage caused by such removal. All items not so removed shall be deemed to have been abandoned by Tenant and may be appropriated, sold, stored, destroyed or otherwise disposed of by Landlord without notice to Tenant and without any obligation to account for such items. The terms of this Section 21 shall survive the termination or expiration of this Lease.

 

22. HOLDING OVER . If Tenant fails to vacate the Premises at the end of the Term, then Tenant shall be a tenant at will and, in addition to all other damages and remedies to which Landlord may be entitled for such holding over, Tenant shall pay, in addition to the Rent (other than Basic Rental), a daily Basic Rental equal to 150% of the daily Basic Rental payable during the last month of the Term. The terms of this Section 22 shall survive the termination or expiration of this Lease.

 

23. LANDLORD’S LIEN . Landlord hereby waives any and all liens and security interests of any nature whatsoever, statutory or contractual, express or implied, that would otherwise serve to secure the performance by Tenant of its obligations under this Lease.

 

24. TELECOMMUNICATIONS .

 

  24.(a) Services . Tenant shall, subject to Section 24.(b) , have reasonable access to the Building on terms and conditions (including, but not limited to, location) specified by Landlord, for the installation and operation of telecommunications systems, including voice, video, data, cable television, Internet and any other services provided over wire, fiber optic, microwave, wireless and any other transmission systems (“ Telecommunications Services “), for part or all of Tenant’s telecommunications within the Building and from the Building to any other location. Tenant’s rights shall be non-exclusive with Landlord and other tenants of the Building. In addition, Landlord shall permit reasonable access to the Building to telecommunications providers specified by Tenant (including local exchange telecommunications companies and alternative access vendor services companies), on terms and conditions specified by Landlord (including, but not limited to, the payment of costs and a market rate access fee and permit such telecommunications providers to use a portion of the Building’s shafts, conduits and risers Tenant is entitled to use, pursuant to Section 24.(b) , for the installation of Telecommunications Services; provided such telecommunications providers are providing services solely to Tenant. Landlord shall not be obligated to provide telecommunications providers access to the Building generally or to other tenants of the Building. All providers of Telecommunications Services shall be required to comply with the rules and regulations of the Building, applicable Laws and Landlord’s policies and practices for the Building. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord shall not be required to provide or arrange for any Telecommunications Services and that Landlord shall have no liability to any Tenant Party in connection with the installation, operation or maintenance of Telecommunications Services or any equipment or facilities relating thereto. Tenant, at its cost and for its own account, shall be solely responsible for obtaining all Telecommunications Services in the Premises.

 

  24.(b)

Use of Building Risers . During the Term and subject to the other provisions of this Section 24.(b) , Tenant shall have reasonable access to Tenant’s pro rata share (based on relative square footage of Net Rentable Area) of the Building’s shafts, risers and/or conduits available to tenants (as opposed to those used generally for the Building electrical, plumbing, HVAC, life safety or mechanical systems) (the “ Building Risers “) between the Premises and other parts of the Building for the installation, maintenance, repair and replacement of conduits, cables, ducts, flues, pipes and other similar devices and facilities (the “ Riser Equipment “) to be used in connection with Tenant’s computer cabling and Tenant’s telecommunications equipment. Tenant’s rights with respect to the Building Risers shall be on a non-exclusive basis with Landlord and other tenants of the Building. Tenant shall not be charged a fee for Tenant’s access to and/or use of such space in the Building Risers, subject to Section 24.(a) . All installation, maintenance, repair and replacement of Riser Equipment (the “ Riser Work “) in the Building Risers shall be done, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, by the Building electrical contractor. Tenant may not assign, sublease, license or otherwise transfer such rights of access to and use of the Building

 

24


 

Risers to third parties, except to a Permitted Transferee or other approved assignee or approved subtenant. Landlord reserves the right to require Tenant to enter into a separate license agreement with Landlord in connection with Tenant’s non exclusive access to and use of the Building Risers. Tenant shall not remove, alter or disturb any existing equipment within the Building Risers without Landlord’s prior written approval. In the event this Lease should terminate prior to the expiration of the Initial Term by operation of law or as provided in this Lease, Tenant shall, if requested by Landlord and at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, remove any and all Riser Equipment installed by or on behalf of Tenant (or by or on behalf of an approved assignee or an approved subtenant) in the Building Risers, and, if such removal is not timely completed by Tenant, it may be completed by Landlord at Tenant’s sole cost and expense (and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any such removal costs promptly following Tenant’s receipt of an invoice).

 

  24.(c) Survival . The terms of this Section 24 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

25. NATIONAL SECURITY .

 

  25.(a) Representations and Warranties; Reporting . Tenant hereby represents and warrants to Landlord that neither Tenant, nor any of its beneficial owners or affiliated entities is a Prohibited Person with whom a U.S. Person is prohibited from transacting business of the type contemplated by this Lease, whether such prohibition arises under U.S. Law or the Lists. Tenant further represents and warrants to Landlord that neither Tenant, nor any of its beneficial owners or affiliated entities: (i) is under investigation by any governmental authority for, or has been charged with, or convicted of, money laundering, drug trafficking, terrorist related activities, any crimes which in the U.S. would be predicate crimes to money laundering or any violation of any Anti-Money Laundering Laws; (ii) has been assessed civil or criminal penalties under any Anti-Money Laundering Laws; or (iii) has had any of its funds seized or forfeited in any action under any Anti-Money Laundering Laws. Tenant further represents and warrants to Landlord that Tenant is in compliance with any and all applicable provisions of the Patriot Act. Tenant represents and warrants that it has taken such measures as are required by Law to ensure that the funds used to pay the Rent are derived from permissible sources and transactions that do not violate U.S. Law and, to the extent such funds originate outside the U.S., do not violate the Laws of the jurisdiction in which they originated. If Tenant obtains knowledge that Tenant, or any of its beneficial owners or affiliated entities, or the employees of any such parties, becomes listed on the Lists or is indicted, arraigned or custodially detained on charges involving Anti-Money Laundering Laws, then Tenant shall immediately notify the other party upon receipt of knowledge of such events.

 

  25.(b) Definitions . A “ Prohibited Person ” means an entity, organization or individual that has been designated by U.S. Law or sanction regulations of OFAC as an entity, organization or individual with whom U.S. Persons may not transact business or must limit their interactions to those approved by OFAC. A “ U.S. Person ” is a citizen of the United States of America, an entity organized under the Laws of the United States of America, its territories or any of the several states, or any entity having its principal place of business within the United States of America or any of its territories. “ List ” means any list published by OFAC (including those executive orders and lists published by OFAC with respect to Prohibited Persons), including the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons list. “ OFAC ” is the Office of Foreign Assets Control, U.S. Department of the Treasury. “ Anti-Money Laundering Laws ” are Laws and sanctions, state and federal, criminal and civil, that (1) limit the use of and/or seek the forfeiture of proceeds from illegal transactions; (2) limit commercial transactions with designated countries or individuals believed to be terrorists, narcotics dealers or otherwise engaged in activities contrary to the interests of the United States; or (3) are designed to disrupt the flow of funds to terrorist organizations. Such Laws and sanctions are deemed to include the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001, Pub. L. No. 107-56 (the “ Patriot Act “), the Bank Secrecy Act, 31 U.S.C. Section 5311 et. seq., the Trading with the Enemy Act, 50 U.S.C. App. Section 1 et. seq., the International Emergency Economic Powers Act, 50 U.S.C. Section 1701 et. seq., and the sanction regulations promulgated by OFAC pursuant thereto, as well as Laws relating to prevention and detection of money laundering in 18 U.S.C. Sections 1956 and 1957.

 

26. MISCELLANEOUS .

 

  26.(a) Construction and Interpretation .

 

  (i)

The terms (1) ” herein ”, “ hereof ”, “ hereunder ”, “ hereby ” and other similar references are construed to mean and include this Lease and all amendments and supplements unless the context clearly indicates or requires otherwise, (2) ” day ” means calendar day (i.e., not a business day), unless specified

 

25


 

otherwise, (3) “ business day ” means Monday through Friday of each week, exclusive of days on which national banks in Dallas, Texas are closed, (4) ” month ” means calendar month, unless specified otherwise, (5) “ year ” means calendar year, unless specified otherwise, (6) ” including ” means including, without limitation, (7) ” person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, government or other entity and (8) ” terms ” and “ provisions ” are deemed to be synonymous. All references to “ Sections ” contained in this Lease are, unless specifically indicated otherwise, references to articles, sections, subsections and paragraphs of this Lease. Each reference to an “ Exhibit ” is, unless specifically indicated otherwise, a reference to an exhibit to this Lease, which is incorporated into this Lease by each such reference and agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant. Each reference to a specific statute, code or provision of law shall be deemed amended to refer to any re-codification, renumbering or substitution thereof. Whenever in this Lease the singular number is used, the same shall include the plural as appropriate (and vice versa), and words of any gender shall include each other gender as appropriate. The captions in this Lease are for convenience only and in no way affect the interpretation of this Lease. The normal rule of construction that any ambiguities be resolved against the drafting party shall not apply to the interpretation of this Lease or any Exhibit.

 

  (ii) Whenever there is imposed on any party an obligation to use best efforts, commercially reasonable efforts, reasonable efforts or diligence or similar efforts, such party shall be required to exert those efforts or diligence only to the extent they are economically feasible, practicable and reasonable under the circumstances and shall not impose upon such party extraordinary financial or other burdens. As used herein, “ good faith ” means honesty in fact and in accordance with reasonable commercial standards of fair dealing in the commercial real estate business.

 

  (iii) Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, all actions that any party may take and all consents, approvals and determinations that any party may make pursuant hereto may be taken and made at the sole and absolute discretion of that party. A reference to a party acting in its discretion means such party may act in its sole and absolute discretion unless such provision expressly provides for a different standard.

 

  26.(b) Other Terms . The following terms have the following meanings.

 

  (i) Affiliate ” means any person or entity that, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the party in question.

 

  (ii) Hillwood Affiliate “ means any Affiliate of any of the following: Hillwood Development Company, LLC, Ross Perot, Jr., his parents, brothers, sisters, and children or grandchildren (natural or adopted), any spouses of the foregoing, and any trusts for any of the foregoing.

 

  (iii) Laws ” means all (now existing or hereafter adopted, created or recorded) federal, state and local laws, rules and regulations, all court orders, governmental directives and governmental orders and all Matters of Record affecting Landlord, the Building, the Property, Victory Park or other persons relating to any of the foregoing or any street, road, avenue or sidewalk comprising a part of or lying in front of the Building or within Victory Park, including: (i) the Americans with Disabilities Act and the regulations and Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities issued pursuant thereto (the “ ADA ”) and any of the foregoing relating to handicapped access to the Premises and the Texas Architectural Barriers Act and any rules and regulations established by the Texas Department of Licensing and Regulation; (ii) the building code of the City of Dallas and the laws, rules, regulations, orders, ordinances, statutes, codes and requirements of any applicable fire rating bureau or other body exercising similar functions; (iii) the certificates of occupancy issued for the Building as then in force; and (iv) any and all terms of any and all easements, covenants, conditions or restrictions of record, declarations or other indentures, documents or instruments of record including deed restrictions or mortgages encumbering the Building, including the Declaration of Covenants, Conditions and Restrictions for the Victory Development dated October 15, 2004, recorded on October 18, 2004 in Volume 2004201, Page 127, Real Property Records of Dallas County, Texas (as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time the “ Victory Park CCRs ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant will not be obligated to comply with any of the items listed in (iv) above (a) unless and until copies of same have been provided to Tenant, and (b) if and to the extent that any terms or provisions contained therein prohibit the Permitted Use.

 

26


  26.(c) Landlord Transfer . Tenant acknowledges that Landlord may not own the land on which the Building is to be situated and that Landlord may not own the Building or portions thereof being utilized for office use until on or before the Commencement Date. Landlord may transfer, in whole or in part, the Property, the Building or portions thereof being utilized for office use and any of its rights under this Lease, or any of them. If Landlord assigns its rights under this Lease, so long as the transferee assumes in writing all of Landlord’s covenants, duties, obligations and liabilities under this Lease accruing from and after the date of such transfer, then Landlord shall thereby be released from any further obligations hereunder that arise after the date of assignment, but not for any obligations that arose before the assignment unless the transferee expressly assumes such prior obligations.

 

  26.(d) Liability of Landlord . The liability of Landlord to Tenant for any default by Landlord under the terms of this Lease shall be limited to Tenant’s actual direct, but not consequential, damages therefor and shall be recoverable only from the interest of Landlord in the Building or portions thereof being utilized for office use (if the Building has been divided into two or more separately owned units), and Landlord shall not be personally liable for any deficiency. Additionally, Tenant hereby waives its statutory lien under Section 91.004 of the Texas Property Code. The terms of this Section 26.(d) shall survive the termination or expiration of this Lease.

 

  26.(e) Notice . All notices and other communications given pursuant to this Lease shall be in writing and shall be (i) mailed by first class, United States Mail, postage prepaid, certified, with return receipt requested or deposited with a nationally-recognized overnight courier and addressed to the parties hereto at the address specified in the Section 1  hereof, (ii) hand delivered to the intended address or (iii) sent by facsimile transmission followed by a confirmatory letter by one of the foregoing means. Notice sent by certified mail, postage prepaid, shall be effective three business days after being deposited in the United States Mail; notices by overnight courier shall be effective upon deposit with such courier; and all other notices shall be effective upon delivery to the address of the addressee. In addition to the foregoing, as a condition to the effectiveness of any notice from Tenant to Landlord regarding any disagreement, default, dispute, defense, claim or other assertion with which Landlord may disagree, Tenant must deliver a concurrent copy of such notice to Haynes and Boone, LLP, 901 Main Street, Suite 3100, Dallas, Texas 75202-3789, Attn: Walter D. Miller. Any notice executed and delivered by Landlord’s or Tenant’s legal counsel (or any other authorized agent of Landlord or Tenant, respectively) shall be fully effective as if the same had been executed and delivered by such party. The parties hereto may change their addresses by giving notice thereof to the other in conformity with this provision.

 

  26.(f) Entire Agreement . This Lease constitutes the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant regarding the subject matter hereof and supersedes all oral statements and prior writings relating thereto. No representations, warranties or agreements have been made by Landlord or Tenant to the other with respect to this Lease. Before entering into this Lease, Tenant has made its own observations, studies, determinations and projections with respect to Tenant’s business in the Premises and all other factors relevant to Tenant’s decision to enter into this Lease. Neither Tenant nor any representative of Tenant has relied upon any concepts, models, renderings, representations or oral communications by or with Landlord or any representative of Landlord with respect to the development of the Property or Victory Park or any of such factors.

 

  26.(g) Amendments; Binding Effect . This Lease may not be amended except by instrument in writing signed by Landlord and Tenant. No provision of this Lease may be deemed to have been waived by Landlord unless such waiver is in writing signed by Landlord.

 

  26.(h) Quiet Enjoyment . Provided no Event of Default exists, subject to construction of the improvements contemplated in Exhibit B , Landlord agrees that Tenant shall peaceably and quietly hold and enjoy the Premises for the Term, without hindrance from Landlord or any party claiming by, through or under Landlord, subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease and all Matters of Record.

 

  26.(i) Force Majeure . Other than for any monetary obligations of Landlord or Tenant under this Lease and obligations that can be cured by the payment of money (e.g., maintaining insurance), whenever a period of time is herein prescribed for action to be taken by either party hereto, such party shall not be liable or responsible for, and there shall be excluded from the computation of any such period of time, any delays due to terrorism, strikes, riots, acts of God, shortages of labor or materials, war, Laws, regulations or restrictions or any other causes of any kind whatsoever that are beyond the control of such party.

 

27


  26.(j) Joint and Several Liability; Survival . If Tenant is comprised of more than one party, then each such party shall be jointly and severally liable for Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. All obligations of Tenant not fully performed at the expiration of this Lease shall survive the termination or expiration of this Lease, including payment obligations with respect to Rent and obligations concerning the condition and repair of the Premises.

 

  26.(k) Brokerage . Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that it has not dealt with any broker or agent in connection with the negotiation or execution of this Lease other than Tenant’s Broker The Staubach Company, Southwest – Inc. and Landlord’s broker. Tenant shall indemnify Landlord against all costs, expenses, attorneys’ fees and other liability for commissions or other compensation claimed by any other broker or agent claiming the same by, through or under Tenant. Landlord has agreed to pay Tenant’s Broker a commission pursuant to the terms of a separate commission agreement executed by and between Landlord and Tenant’s Broker, which agreement is incorporated herein by reference for the specific purposes set forth in Section 62.022(b) of the Texas Property Code.

 

  26.(l) Estoppel Certificates . From time to time, Tenant shall furnish to any party designated by Landlord, within ten days after Landlord has made a request therefor, a certificate in the form attached as Exhibit H , signed by Tenant and confirming and containing such other factual certifications and representations as to this Lease as Landlord may reasonably request. From time to time, Landlord shall furnish to any party designated by Tenant, within ten days after Tenant has made a request therefor, a certificate signed by Landlord certifying, if applicable and if such be the case, the following: the Lease is in full force and effect; the Lease is unmodified (except as disclosed in such statement); all Rent is paid for the current month, but is not prepaid for more than two months in advance; there is no existing default by reason of any act or omission by Tenant and confirming and containing such other factual certifications and representations as to this Lease as Tenant may reasonably request.

 

  26.(m) Good Standing; Qualification . As of the Lease Date and at all times during the Term, Tenant shall be and remain in good standing with the Texas Comptroller of Public Accounts. In addition, Tenant shall qualify to transact business or maintain a duly registered agent in Texas when required by Law to do so.

 

  26.(n) Confidentiality . Tenant acknowledges that the terms and conditions of this Lease are to remain confidential for Landlord’s benefit and may not be disclosed by Tenant to anyone (other than Tenant’s attorneys, accountants, consultants, officers, directors, employees, lenders, partners, prospective investors or as required by Law), by any manner or means, directly or indirectly, without Landlord’s prior written consent. The consent by Landlord to any disclosures shall not be deemed to be a waiver on the part of Landlord of any prohibition against any future disclosure.

 

  26.(o) Counterparts . This Lease may be executed in any number of separate counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. A facsimile transmission shall be binding on any party whose signature appears thereon.

 

  26.(p) Time of Essence . Time is of the essence in this Lease.

 

  26.(q) Governing Law . The Laws of the state of Texas shall govern the validity, interpretation, performance and enforcement of this Lease.

 

  26.(r) Tax Treatment of Rents . Landlord and Tenant intend for the Rent to qualify as “rents from real property” within the meaning of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Regulations thereunder. If Landlord determines or is advised by its counsel, accountants or other tax advisor that any Rents do not so qualify or that any portion of the Rent will be, or may be deemed to be, unrelated business taxable income within the meaning of Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Regulations thereunder, then Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord in amending this Lease pursuant to an amendment in form and content reasonably acceptable to Landlord and Tenant, in an effort to cause such Rents so qualify or to cause such portion not to be unrelated business taxable income. In no event, however, may any such amendment increase Tenant’s obligations or liabilities hereunder.

 

  26.(s) Waiver of Jury Trial . TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, LANDLORD AND TENANT EACH WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION OR TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE ARISING OUT OF OR WITH RESPECT TO THIS LEASE OR ANY OTHER INSTRUMENT, DOCUMENT OR AGREEMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED HERETO.

 

28


  26.(t) Disclaimer of Suitability . LANDLORD AND TENANT EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY THAT THE PREMISES ARE OR WILL BE SUITABLE FOR TENANT’S INTENDED COMMERCIAL PURPOSE, AND TENANT’S OBLIGATION TO PAY RENT HEREUNDER IS NOT DEPENDENT UPON THE CONDITION OF THE PREMISES OR THE PERFORMANCE BY LANDLORD OF ITS OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER, AND, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY PROVIDED HEREIN, TENANT SHALL CONTINUE TO PAY THE RENT, WITHOUT ABATEMENT, SETOFF OR DEDUCTION, NOTWITHSTANDING ANY BREACH BY LANDLORD OF ITS DUTIES OR OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER, WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.

 

  26.(u) Disclaimer of Security . ANY SECURITY OR ACCESS CONTROL MEASURES PROVIDED BY LANDLORD SHALL NOT BE TREATED BY TENANT AS A GUARANTEE AGAINST CRIME. TENANT, ON BEHALF OF ITSELF AND EACH TENNT PARTY, WAIVES ANY ASSURANCE, GUARANTY OR WARRANTY, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO SECURITY AND ACCESS CONTROL FOR THE BUILDING, OR THAT ANY SECURITY OR CONTROL MEASURES WILL PREVENT OCCURRENCES OR CONSEQUENCES OF CRIMINAL ACTIVITY. TENANT ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE OPERATION OF A RETAIL BANK MAY INCREASE THE RISK AND LIKELIHOOD OF CRIMINAL ACTIVITY AND THAT NEITHER LANDLORD NOR ANY LANDLORD INDEMNIFIED PARTY WILL BE LIABLE TO TENANT OR ANY TENANT PARTY FOR ANY INJURY, DAMAGE OR LOSS WHATSOEVER THAT IS CAUSED (A) AS A RESULT OF ANY PROBLEM, DEFECT, MALFUNCTION OR THE FAILURE OF THE PERFORMANCE OF ANY SECURITY OR ACCESS CONTROL MEASURE OR (B) BY ANY PERSON ENGAGING IN CRIMINAL ACTIVITY.

 

  26.(v) Hazardous Materials . The term “ Hazardous Materials ” means any substance, material or waste which is now or hereafter classified or considered to be hazardous, toxic or dangerous under any Law relating to pollution or the protection or regulation of human health, natural resources or the environment or poses or threatens to pose a hazard to the health or safety of persons on the Premises or in the Building. Tenant shall not use, generate, store, or dispose of, or permit the use, generation, storage or disposal of Hazardous Materials on or about the Premises or the Building except in a manner and quantity necessary for the ordinary performance of Tenant’s business, and then in compliance with all Laws. If Tenant breaches its obligations under this Section 26.(v) , then Landlord may immediately take any and all action reasonably appropriate to remedy the same, including taking all appropriate action to clean up or remediate any contamination resulting from Tenant’s use, generation, storage or disposal of Hazardous Materials.

 

  26.(w) SURVIVAL OF PROVISIONS UPON TERMINATION OF LEASE . This Lease shall survive the expiration or termination of the Term to the extent reasonably necessary that any term, covenant or condition of this Lease which requires the performance of obligations or forbearance of an act by either party hereto after the termination of this Lease. Such survival will be to the extent reasonably necessary to fulfill the intent thereof, or if specified, to the extent of such specification, as same is reasonably necessary to perform the obligations and/or forbearance of an act set forth in such term, covenant or condition. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event a specific term, covenant or condition is expressly provided for in such a clear fashion as to indicate that such performance of an obligation is no loner required, then the specific shall govern over the general provisions of this Lease.

 

27. EXHIBITS . Landlord and Tenant agree to the terms of each Exhibit to this Lease. If a Guaranty of Lease is listed below, then Tenant agrees to cause the Guarantor(s) to deliver an executed Guaranty of Lease in the form attached to this Lease. A list of the Exhibits follows.

 

Exhibit A

   - Depiction of Victory Park and the Building

Exhibit B

   - Construction and Tenant Improvements

Exhibit B-1

   - Landlord’s Work

Exhibit B-2

   - Delivery Condition

Exhibit C

   - Commencement Agreement

Exhibit D

   - Rules and Regulations

Exhibit E

   - Insurance Requirements

Exhibit F

   - Rental Abatement Provisions

 

29


Exhibit G

   - Subordination, Non-Disturbance and Attornment Agreement

Exhibit H

   - Tenant Estoppel Certificate

Exhibit I

   - Parking

Exhibit J

   - Extensions of Term

Exhibit K

   - Preferential Right

Exhibit L

   - Intentionally Deleted

Exhibit M

   - Tenant’s Sign Criteria

Exhibit N

   - Janitorial Specifications

Exhibit O

   - Potential Kitchen Locations

R EMAINDER OF P AGE I NTENTIONALLY B LANK .

S IGNATURE P AGE ( S ) F OLLOWS .

 

30


EXECUTED by the undersigned on the date(s) set forth below to be effective as of the Lease Date.

 

TENANT :

PLAINSCAPITAL CORPORATION,

a Texas corporation

By:   /s/ Alan B. White
Name:   Alan B. White
Title:   Chairman of the Board and CEO
Date signed:     2/6/07

Office Lease – PlainsCapital

Signature Pages


LANDLORD :

BLOCK L LAND, L.P.,

a Texas limited partnership

By:   BLOCK L GP, LLC,
 

a Texas limited liability company,

its general partner

  By:   /s/ Jonas C. Woods
  Name:   Jonas C. Woods
  Title:   Executive Vice President
  Date Signed:     2/7, 2007

Office Lease – PlainsCapital

Signature Pages


EXHIBIT A

to

Office Lease

DEPICTION OF VICTORY PARK AND THE BUILDING

[ATTACHED]

 

Exhibits-1


EXHIBIT B

to

Office Lease

CONSTRUCTION AND TENANT IMPROVEMENTS

The leasehold improvements and tenant finish desired by Tenant in the Premises (the “ Initial Leasehold Improvements “) shall be designed and constructed in accordance with this Exhibit B . The Initial Leasehold Improvements shall include all improvements to the Premises in excess of the Landlord’s Work described in Exhibit B-1 that are Landlord’s obligation to construct and pay for. Landlord shall have no obligation to construct or pay for the Initial Leasehold Improvements, except as provided in Paragraph 20 of this Exhibit B .

1. Representatives . Landlord hereby appoints Wally Peterson as “Landlord’s Representative” to act for Landlord in all matters covered by this Exhibit B . Tenant hereby appoints Alan White as “Tenant’s Representative” to act for Tenant in all matters covered by this Exhibit B . All inquiries, requests, instructions, authorizations and other communications with respect to the matters covered by this Exhibit B will be made to Landlord’s Representative or Tenant’s Representative, as the case may be. Tenant will not make any inquiries of or requests to, and will not give any instructions or authorizations to, any other employee or agent of Landlord, including Landlord’s architects, engineers and contractors or any of their agents or employees, with regard to matters covered by this Exhibit B except as may otherwise be required by the Lease. Either party may change its representative under this Exhibit B at any time by three days’ prior written notice to the other party.

2. Condition of Premises . Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord nor its agents or employees have (i) made any representations or warranties as to the suitability or fitness of the Premises for the conduct of Tenant’s business or for any other purpose, or (ii) agreed to undertake any alterations or construct any tenant improvements to the Premises except as otherwise described in Exhibit B-1 as Landlord’s obligations.

3. Architect; Engineer . In connection with the design of Initial Leasehold Improvements, Tenant shall engage an architect (“ Tenant’s Architect “) and an engineer (“ Tenant’s Engineer “) approved by Landlord.

4. Base Building Plans; Modifications .

(a) Landlord will deliver to Tenant Landlord’s preliminary Base Building Plans (as defined below) and specifications for Tenant’s Architect and Tenant’s Engineer to develop Base Building Modifications. A “ Base Building Modification “ is any reasonable change requested by Tenant to the Base Building Plans that may be required by Tenant to accommodate Tenant’s occupancy needs approved by Landlord in accordance with this Exhibit B . Base Building Modifications requested by Tenant shall be incorporated into the Base Building Plans to the extent that such proposed Base Building Modifications are approved by Landlord in accordance with, and subject to, the terms of this Exhibit B . The increase in costs to Landlord resulting from Base Building Modifications incorporated into the Base Building Plans pursuant to the terms of this Exhibit B shall be paid by Tenant. Landlord may withhold its approval of any Tenant Base Building Modification that will result in a delay to (i) the Building and Parking Garage construction schedule, (ii) the completion of Landlord’s Work or the Delivery of the Premises, or (iii) Landlord’s ability to deliver the Base Building Plans on or before February 5, 2007, unless Tenant agrees that any such delay shall be a Tenant Delay. Landlord shall not be obligated to suspend or interrupt the construction schedule of the Building and Parking Garage to consider a Base Building Modification unless Tenant agrees in writing to pay the increased costs in constructing the Building and Parking Garage resulting from such suspension or interruption and that any delay resulting from such suspension or interruption shall be a Tenant Delay. Landlord shall not be obligated to approve a Base Building Modification, whether or not Tenant agrees in writing to pay the costs of such Base Building Modification and to have any delay resulting therefrom be a Tenant Delay, if such Base Building Modification will result in delays in Landlord’s construction of the Building and Parking Garage that will prevent or delay Landlord from satisfying its obligations under other tenant leases in the Building.

(b) On or before February 5, 2007, Landlord shall provide to Tenant one set of reproducible Building plans and specifications including one complete set of CAD electronic files sufficiently complete to allow Tenant’s architect to commence preparation of Tenant’s Proposed Space Plans, as defined below (the “ Base Building Plans “) covering the Premises and all rules, regulations, instructions and procedures promulgated by Landlord with respect to Tenant designs and/or construction in the Building, including insurance requirements (the “ Building Requirements “).

 

Exhibits-2


5. Space Plans . Within 210 days after Tenant’s receipt of the Base Building Plans, Tenant shall prepare and submit to Landlord for approval a set of preliminary plans (the “ Proposed Space Plans “) in the form of a schematic design providing a conceptual layout and description of the Initial Leasehold Improvements. Such Proposed Space Plans shall contain the basic architectural layout plan prepared and stamped by Tenant’s Architect or Tenant’s Engineer, as the case may be, indicating (i) location of all partitions, (ii) location of all doors, (iii) location of windows, doors and framings, (iv) notes regarding requirements for special air conditioning or ventilation, (v) location of plumbing, and (vi) location of the kitchen and all related kitchen equipment (the “ Kitchen ”). Within 15 days after receipt of the Proposed Space Plans by Landlord, Landlord shall either approve the Proposed Space Plans or notify Tenant of the item(s) of the Proposed Space Plans that Landlord disapproves and the reason(s) therefor as well as the changes thereto which, if made, will result in Landlord’s approval. If Landlord disapproves the Proposed Space Plans, Tenant shall, within ten days after receipt of Landlord’s disapproval, make the corrections necessary to satisfy Landlord’s concerns, and Tenant shall revise and resubmit same to Landlord for approval (the “ Revised Space Plans “). Within five days after receipt of the Revised Space Plans by Landlord, Landlord shall either approve the Revised Space Plans or notify Tenant of the item(s) of the Revised Space Plans that Landlord disapproves and the reason(s) therefor. If Landlord disapproves the Revised Space Plans, Tenant shall make the further corrections necessary to satisfy Landlord’s concerns, and Tenant shall revise and resubmit same to Landlord for approval, which process shall continue until the Revised Space Plans are approved. The Proposed Space Plans or Revised Space Plans, as approved by Landlord, are hereinafter referred to as the “ Space Plans “. If Landlord disapproves the Revised Space Plans or any element thereof, the period of time thereafter incurred to prepare, submit, and obtain approval by Landlord of revisions thereto shall constitute Tenant Delay to the extent provided in Paragraph 23 of this Exhibit B . In no event shall Landlord’s failure to respond be deemed approval by Landlord. If Landlord fails to respond within the time periods specified above, Tenant may deliver another request for Landlord’s response in a Conspicuous Notice. If Landlord fails to respond within five days after its receipt of the Conspicuous Notice, then each day after such five-day period will constitute a day of Landlord Delay. As used herein, a “ Conspicuous Notice ” means a notice that, as a condition to the effectiveness thereof, must be conspicuously marked, both on the outside of the envelope or delivery container and on the actual notice, “ URGENT: IMMEDIATE RESPONSE REQUIRED ” in all capital letters and bold type.

6. Construction Drawings . Within 60 days after Landlord’s approval of Space Plans, Tenant shall cause Tenant’s Architect and Tenant’s Engineer to prepare complete stamped and sealed construction drawings and specifications including complete sets of detailed architectural, structural, mechanical, electrical and plumbing working drawings for the Initial Leasehold Improvements that are reasonably consistent with the Space Plans (the “ Proposed Construction Drawings “). Tenant shall deliver the Proposed Construction Drawings to Landlord for approval. Within ten days after receipt of the Proposed Construction Drawings by Landlord, Landlord shall either approve the Proposed Construction Drawings or notify Tenant in writing of the item(s) of the Proposed Construction Drawings that Landlord disapproves and the reason(s) therefor. If Landlord disapproves the Proposed Construction Drawings (Landlord’s disapproval shall specify the reasons therefor and the changes which, if made, will result in Landlord’s approval), Tenant shall make the corrections necessary to satisfy Landlord’s concerns, and Tenant shall revise and resubmit same to Landlord for approval (the “ Revised Construction Drawings “) following receipt of Landlord’s disapproval. Within ten days after receipt of the Revised Construction Drawings by Landlord, Landlord shall either approve the Revised Construction Drawings or notify Tenant in writing of the item(s) of the Revised Construction Drawings that Landlord disapproves and the specific reason(s) therefor. If Landlord disapproves the Revised Construction Drawings, Tenant shall make the further corrections necessary to satisfy Landlord’s concerns, and Tenant shall revise and resubmit same to Landlord for approval, which process shall continue until the Revised Construction Drawings are approved. The Proposed Construction Drawings or Revised Construction Drawings, as approved by Landlord, are hereinafter referred to as the “ Construction Drawings “. If Landlord disapproves the Revised Construction Drawings or any element thereof, the period of time thereafter incurred to prepare, submit, and obtain approval by Landlord of revisions thereto shall constitute Tenant Delay to the extent provided in Paragraph 23 of this Exhibit B . In no event shall Landlord’s failure to respond be deemed approval by Landlord. If Landlord fails to respond within the time periods specified above, Tenant may deliver another request for Landlord’s response in a Conspicuous Notice. If Landlord fails to respond within five days after its receipt of the Conspicuous Notice, then each day after such five-day period will constitute a day of Landlord Delay.

7. Changes .

(a) Any changes or change orders to the Construction Drawings which would affect the structural elements of the Building, or the mechanical, electrical, plumbing, heating, ventilation, air-conditioning, communications, or life safety systems, (collectively, “ Base Building Changes ”) will be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, which approval shall be provided or denied within five business days following a request by

 

Exhibits-3


Tenant (which request shall be accompanied by all the appropriate documents related to such a Base Building Change necessary for Landlord to make an informed judgment in respect of such Base Building Change). If Landlord fails to notify Tenant that it either approves or disapproves such Base Building Changes within such five-business-day period, then Landlord shall be deemed to have disapproved the Changes in question.

(b) Any changes or change orders to the Construction Drawings which would not materially affect the structural elements of the Building, or the mechanical, electrical, plumbing, heating, ventilation, air-conditioning, communications, or life safety systems, (collectively, “ Non- Base Building Changes ”) will be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. If Landlord fails to notify Tenant that it either approves or disapproves such Non- Base Building Changes within five business days after Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s written request therefor shall be deemed approved by Landlord.

8. Landlord Approval . Landlord’s approval of the Construction Drawings or any Base Building Changes or Non- Base Building Changes (collectively, “ Changes ”) shall in no manner constitute a warranty by Landlord that the Construction Drawings or any Changes are in compliance with all applicable codes, law and regulations, and it shall be Tenant’s obligation to determine such compliance and obtain all requisite approvals in connection with the construction of the Initial Leasehold Improvements and the performance of Tenant’s Work (as defined in Paragraph 12 below).

9. Kitchen . Tenant shall be permitted to install one Kitchen in one of the areas of the Premises depicted on Exhibit P ; provided, however, Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that the installation of certain elements of the Kitchen (including required venting and grease trap connections) require Base Building Modifications. Landlord will not unreasonably withhold its consent to Base Building Modifications required for the Kitchen, provided that Landlord may take into consideration the relevant factors in connection with any necessary Base Building Modifications, including the additional load on the Building’s grease trap. Base Building Modifications necessary in connection with Tenant’s installation of the Kitchen shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

10. Contractors .

(a) Within ten days after Landlord’s approval of the Construction Drawings, Tenant shall submit the Construction Drawings to at least (3) three reputable contractor(s) selected by Tenant and reasonably agreed to by Landlord for pricing. Within 30 days after the date Tenant submits the bid proposals to the contractor(s), Tenant shall review the bid proposals and construction schedules received by such date.

(b) Tenant shall accept one of the bids and enter into a contract with the selected contractor (“ Tenant’s Contractor “) within 30 days after the date Tenant receives the bid proposals. Tenant agrees to notify Landlord promptly of its decision.

(c) All subcontractors shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, provided that (a) any component of work affecting the mechanical, electrical and plumbing work shall be performed by approved Building subcontractor for such work; and (b) for work affecting the life safety, fire protection, and building control systems, Tenant will contract with the Landlord’s Building contractor (“ General Contractor “) or its subcontractors for such work.

11. General Contract . All material used in the performance of Tenant’s Work and in the fixturing of the Premises shall be new and of good quality. The contract with the Tenant’s Contractor must be submitted to and approved by Landlord, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Tenant will provide in its contract with the Tenant’s Contractor that (i) the Tenant’s Contractor shall warrant unto Landlord and Tenant for a period of one year next following Tenant’s agreed upon date of Substantial Completion of Tenant’s Work and final acceptance thereof by Tenant any work performed by the Tenant’s Contractor or by any of its subcontractors, and the Tenant’s Contractor shall be responsible for the satisfactory repair and/or replacement of any such work so performed which becomes defective during such one-year period notwithstanding that such defects may result, directly or indirectly, from faulty material furnished and installed by the Tenant’s Contractor or by any of its subcontractors; faulty workmanship performed by the Tenant’s Contractor or by any of its subcontractors or any of the person or entity performing on behalf of the Tenant’s Contractor; improper handling of material or equipment installed by the Tenant’s Contractor or by any of its subcontractors; or from the negligence of the Tenant’s Contractor or by any of its subcontractors or any person or entity performing work on behalf of the Tenant’s Contractor; (ii) if such defect in material and/or workmanship occurs within said one-year period, Landlord (or Landlord’s nominee or assignee) may notify in writing Tenant, and Tenant shall notify the Tenant’s Contractor of such defect as soon as reasonably possible after the discovery of the same, and upon receipt of such notice, the

 

Exhibits-4


Tenant’s Contractor shall immediately at its sole expense act to satisfactorily repair and/or replace the defective material and/or workmanship; (iii) in the event that Tenant fails to contact the Tenant’s Contractor within five business days after Tenant has received notice from Landlord of a construction defect during such warranty period, Landlord shall thereafter have the right, in its sole election, to contact the Tenant’s Contractor directly with regard to such defects; (iv) the warranty made and given therein by the Tenant’s Contractor is in addition to any other warranty that may be available to Landlord or Tenant, or their respective nominees or assignees, from a manufacturer or otherwise; and (v) the acceptance of final payment shall constitute a waiver of all lien rights by the Tenant’s Contractor and all of its subcontractors except as to those liens previously filed and those lien rights or claims identified by the Tenant’s Contractor or subcontractors as unsettled prior to the time of acceptance of final payment.

12. Tenant’s Work . All work required to complete the Initial Leasehold Improvements in accordance with the approved Construction Drawings, as modified by the Changes (“ Tenant’s Work “), shall be completed substantially in accordance with the Construction Drawings (as modified by the Changes), all applicable requirements of all governmental authorities having jurisdiction of Tenant’s Work and all applicable provisions of this Lease. Landlord shall have the right at all times to observe and inspect the Tenant’s Work. Any such observation and/or inspection (i) shall be strictly for Landlord’s own purposes, and at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, (ii) shall not impose upon Landlord any express or implied duty to Tenant or any third party with respect to the Tenant’s Work or the Premises, and (iii) shall allow Landlord to verify that the Initial Leasehold Improvements are constructed in a good and workmanlike manner, substantially in accordance with (a) the Construction Drawings (as modified by the Changes), (b) all applicable Laws, codes and ordinances, and (c) Building Requirements. Tenant shall be solely responsible to pay for all costs of design, engineering, permitting, architectural work and construction of Tenant’s Work (including all fees and taxes associated with such Tenant’s Work) incurred by Tenant or Landlord (to the extent expressly provided herein) or otherwise payable by Tenant under the Lease, including this Exhibit B (subject to Landlord’s obligations in Paragraph 20 below).

13. Compliance with Law . All Tenant’s Work shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner in accordance with good industry practice, shall comply in all material respects with applicable Laws, including, without limitation, the ADA and the TABA, and shall be performed so as not to result in any Changes without the prior written approval of Landlord. All required building and other permits in connection with the construction and completion of the Tenant’s Work shall be obtained and paid for by Tenant. All applications and other steps necessary to obtain such approvals and permits shall be the sole responsibility of Tenant.

14. No Agency; Release of Liens . Tenant shall not be deemed to be the agent or representative of Landlord in performing Tenant’s Work, and shall have no right, power or authority to encumber the fee interest in the Building. Accordingly, any claims against Tenant with respect to the Tenant’s Work or the Initial Leasehold Improvements shall be limited to Tenant’s leasehold estate under this Lease. All materialmen, contractors, artisans, mechanics, laborers and other parties hereafter contracting with Tenant for the furnishing of any labor, services, materials, supplies or equipment with respect to any portion of the Premises are hereby charged with notice that they must look solely to Tenant for payment of same. Tenant’s purchase orders, contracts and subcontracts in connection therewith shall clearly state this requirement. Should any mechanic’s or other liens be filed against the Premises, the Building, the Property, or any other property of Landlord or any interest therein by reason of Tenant’s acts or omissions or because of a claim against Tenant, the Tenant’s Contractor or subcontractors, Tenant shall cause same to be canceled or discharged of record by bond or otherwise within 15 days after notice by Landlord. If Tenant shall fail to cancel or discharge said lien or liens within said 15 day period, Landlord may, at its sole option and in addition to any other remedy of Landlord under the Lease, cancel, insure over or bond around, or discharge same and Tenant shall promptly reimburse Landlord upon demand, for all reasonable third party costs incurred in canceling, insuring over, bonding around or discharging such lien or liens (including, without limitation, reasonable legal fees).

15. Utilities . Landlord shall make available to Tenant and the Tenant’s Contractor, at no cost to Tenant, all power, water, chilled water, and other utility facilities, and Landlord’s trash containers as necessary and required in connection with the Tenant’s Work in the Premises.

16. Maintenance of Premises . Tenant shall, and shall cause Tenant’s Contractor (as to Tenant’s Work) to, maintain the Property, Premises and the surrounding areas in a clean and orderly condition during construction. Tenant shall, and shall cause the Tenant’s Contractor (as to Tenant’s Work) to, promptly remove all unused construction materials, equipment, shipping containers, packaging, debris and flammable waste from the Property. Tenant and the Tenant’s Contractor shall not deposit rubbish, dirt or debris anywhere in the Building except where required by Landlord. Storage of construction materials, tools, equipment and debris shall be confined within the Premises. At the completion of Tenant’s Work, Tenant shall cause the Tenant’s Contractor to remove from the site all tools, scaffolding, surplus materials and debris and shall leave the Property and the Premises clean.

 

Exhibits-5


17. Tenant’s Contractor - Construction Coordination .

 

  (a) The Tenant’s Contractor shall (and its contract shall so provide):

 

  (i) conduct its work in such a manner so as not to unreasonably interfere with other tenants, Property operations, or any other construction occurring on or in the Property or the Premises;

 

  (ii) comply with all Building Requirements;

 

  (iii) maintain such insurance and bonds in force and effect as may be reasonably requested by Landlord (the insurance and bond requirements of Landlord in the contracts with General Contractor and its subcontractors being deemed to be reasonable) or as required by applicable Law (but in any event said bonds shall be in amounts equal to the full value or cost of the work being done by the Tenant’s Contractor); provided, however, and subject to Section 10(b) of the Lease, any bonds required by Landlord with respect to Tenant’s Work shall be at Landlord’s sole cost and expense; and

 

  (iv) be responsible for reaching an agreement with Landlord and its agents, including the General Contractor, as to the terms and conditions for all contractor items relating to the conducting of its work including, but not limited to, those matters relating to hoisting, systems interfacing, use of temporary utilities, storage of materials, access to the Premises and the Building and the purchase and return of Building Standard as well as other reusable materials.

 

  (b) Landlord shall have the right to approve (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) all subcontractors to be used by the Tenant’s Contractor.

 

  (c) As a condition precedent to Landlord permitting the Tenant’s Contractor to commence the Tenant’s Work, Tenant and the Tenant’s Contractor shall deliver to Landlord such assurances or instruments as may be reasonably requested by Landlord to evidence the Tenant’s Contractor’s and its subcontractor’s compliance or agreement to comply with the provisions of this Paragraph 17 .

18. Indemnification . Tenant does hereby indemnify and hold harmless, and shall cause the Tenant’s Contractor to indemnify and hold harmless, Landlord, or any of Landlord’s other contractors from and against any and all losses, damages, costs (including costs of lawsuits and attorneys’ fees), liabilities, or causes of action (other than as caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or Landlord’s contractors) arising out of or relating to the (i) failure of Tenant’s Work to be performed as required under this Exhibit B and/or the Lease, (ii) failure of Tenant to discharge liens as required under this Exhibit B and/or the Lease, (iii) Landlord’s performance of those obligations Tenant has failed to perform (but only if Landlord has provided reasonable advance written notice to Tenant of Landlord’s intention to perform such obligations (except in the event of an emergency, in which event, no notice shall be required) and only to the extent that Landlord has properly performed such obligations) and (iv) negligence and willful misconduct of Tenant’s Contractor or any of its subcontractors in connection with the performance of Tenant’s Work. The agreements with the Tenant’s Contractor and any subcontractors shall identify Landlord as a third party beneficiary of such indemnity. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (a) Tenant shall, and shall cause the Tenant’s Contractor to, repair or cause to be repaired at its expense all damage caused by Tenant’s Contractor or any of its subcontractors, and (b) if Tenant or the Tenant’s Contractor do not commence making such repairs and thereafter diligently prosecute the same to completion within (X) five business days (in the case of damage that is confined entirely within the Premises and does not affect the structural elements of the Building) or (Y) three business days (in the case of any other damage) after the date of Landlord’s notice of such damage to Tenant, or if the element damaged is an element Landlord elects to repair, or if the damage could result in an emergency or a delay in the construction schedule will result from such damage, then Landlord may, after notice to Tenant, repair such damage and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any costs reasonably incurred by Landlord to repair any such damage caused by Tenant’s Contractor, and (c) Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any costs reasonably incurred by Landlord in requiring Tenant’s Contractor’s compliance with the Building Requirements.

 

Exhibits-6


19. “ As Built” Plans and Specifications . Upon completion of Tenant’s Work, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord one set of the as built plans and specifications for the Premises on a diskette in AutoCad or compatible format.

20. TI Allowance . Landlord agrees to provide Tenant the TI Allowance as described in Section 1 of this Lease for third party, out-of-pocket costs incurred by Tenant in designing and constructing, and moving to, the Initial Leasehold Improvements; provided, however, that (i) no more than $6.00 per square foot of Net Rentable Area contained in the Premises of the TI Allowance may be applied towards soft costs (i.e., space planning/interior architecture, the preparation of working drawings, including mechanical, electrical and plumbing drawings, code compliance review, third party project management services, and other consultants fees associated with preparation of working drawings) and engineering (“ Design Costs ”) and towards Tenant’s technology expenses (i.e., voice and data cabling and/or security) (“ Technology Expenses ”)and (ii) no more than $2.00 per square foot of Net Rentable Area contained in the Premises of the TI Allowance may be applied towards Tenant’s moving expenses (“ Moving Expenses ”). The TI Allowance must be spent by Tenant by the last day of the sixth month following the Commencement Date. During this sixth-month period, any remaining amounts of the TI Allowance not previously advanced to Tenant will be applied to Basic Rental due during such months under this Lease. The portions of the TI Allowance not applied to Design Costs, Moving Expenses or Technology Expenses shall be funded in installments (no more frequently than once per month on the fifth day of each month) following Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s written draw request (which draw request in respect of each month shall be submitted on or before the fifth day of the preceding month), accompanied by the following: (a) unconditional progress lien waivers from the General Contractor and all contractors whose work is the subject of such draw request, (b) reasonable supporting detail in AIA G702 format, with copies of such back-up materials which Tenant receives from the Tenant’s Contractor, (c) a copy of the certificate of Tenant’s construction manager or Architect certifying to Tenant that Tenant’s Work has been completed to the extent represented by the draw request; and (d) evidence of payment made by Tenant to such third parties. The portions of the TI Allowance applied to Design Costs, Moving Expenses and Technology Expenses shall be funded in installments as costs are incurred by Tenant no more frequently than monthly upon submission to Landlord of invoices evidencing the incurrence of such costs. If the total costs of Tenant’s Work, Design Costs, Moving Expenses and Technology Expenses exceed the TI Allowance, the excess shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, and shall be funded on a pro rata basis, monthly, as construction progresses with each advance by Landlord. Landlord’s pro rata share shall be equal to the percentage obtained by dividing the TI Allowance by the total costs of Tenant’s Work, Design Costs and estimated Moving Expenses and Technology Expenses, which estimate may change from time to time. Tenant’s pro rata share shall equal 100% minus Landlord’s pro rata share. If Landlord fails to timely fund installments of the TI Allowance, as set forth above, Tenant shall deliver a Conspicuous Notice to Landlord notifying Landlord of such failure. If Landlord fails to fund such installments of the TI Allowance within ten days of Landlord’s receipt of the Conspicuous Notice, then, without limiting any other remedy available to Tenant under this Lease on account of such default, in lieu of its receipt of such installments, Tenant may, at its election, offset the amount of such installments, plus interest at the prime rate on the unpaid balance of the TI Allowance, against its next accruing payment(s) of Basic Rental hereunder until the full amount of the TI Allowance, together with all interest thereon, has been recouped by Tenant.

21. Completion . Within 30 days after the date that Tenant fully occupies the Premises, Tenant shall cause Tenant’s Contractor to deliver to Landlord (i) a “ Final Inspection Approval ” or other evidence of satisfaction of the required governmental requirements from the applicable Dallas agency; (ii) full sets of operating and maintenance manuals for all the Initial Leasehold Improvements; (iii) a full set of accurate as built drawings including the AutoCad diskette of the as built plans and specifications for the Premises; (iv) HVAC test and balance reports; (v) “final” lien releases from the Tenant’s Contractor and all other contractors; (vi) written warranty to the extent provided pursuant to Paragraph 11 above; and (vii) a certificate of Tenant’s Architect to Tenant and Landlord that Tenant’s Work has been completed substantially in accordance with the Construction Drawings (as modified by Changes) and applicable Law.

22. Substantial Completion . “ Substantial Completion ” shall mean the day on which the Tenant’s Work has been completed in accordance with the Construction Drawings (as modified by Changes) so that Tenant may receive the beneficial use of the Premises (i.e. when Tenant may use the Premises for its intended purpose), subject to a punch list of non-material items that can be completed within 30 days, all as determined by Landlord in its reasonable judgment.

23. Tenant Delay . The term “ Tenant Delay ” as used in this Lease shall mean (i) any delay by Tenant in meeting any of the time periods set forth in this Exhibit B or in the Lease, (ii) any delay caused by submitting, reviewing, approving and implementing Changes, (iii) any delay caused by Tenant using materials, labor,

 

Exhibits-7


installation methods or an architectural design that Landlord has identified in writing to Tenant on or before the date the contract with the Tenant’s Contractor is entered into as having a reasonable probability of delaying the completion of Tenant’s Work due to limited supplies or suppliers, length of time to be fabricated or manufactured and delivered or installed, existing or impending labor problems or other foreseeable circumstances, (iv) any matter specifically identified in the Lease or this Exhibit B as a Tenant Delay and (v) any other delay caused by Tenant or Tenant’s agents, architects, contractors, engineers, or consultants; provided, however, that a delay or any of the other matters described above shall constitute a Tenant Delay only to the extent that the Landlord’s Work or the Delivery of the Premises will be, or actually are, delayed as a result thereof. A Tenant Delay shall not exist unless Landlord delivers written notice to Tenant within ten days after Landlord becomes aware of the act or omission creating such delay and identifying the nature of such delay.

24. Landlord Delay . The term “ Landlord Delay ” means delays caused by Landlord’s failure to act or respond in a timely manner as required by this Exhibit B . A Landlord Delay shall not exist unless Tenant delivers written notice to Landlord within ten days after Tenant becomes aware of the act or omission creating such delay and identifying the nature of such delay.

25. Commencement Date; Delay . Provided Tenant is not then occupying all or part of the Lower Floors for the purpose of conducting business therein, if Substantial Completion of the Lower Floors has not occurred by the date that is 150 days after the Delivery of the Lower Floors in Delivery Condition (as defined in Exhibit B-2 attached hereto), then the Lower Floor Rent Commencement Date will be delayed by the number of days completion of Tenant’s Work was delayed due to Landlord Delay; and provided further, however, the Lower Floor Rent Commencement Date shall be accelerated by the number of days of Tenant Delay. Provided Tenant is not then occupying all or part of the 14th Floor for the purpose of conducting business therein, if Substantial Completion of the 14th Floor has not occurred by the date that is 120 days after the Delivery of the 14th Floor in Delivery Condition (as defined in Exhibit B- 2 attached hereto), then the 14th Floor Rent Commencement Date will be delayed by the number of days completion of Tenant’s Work was delayed due to Landlord Delay; and provided further, however, the 14th Floor Rent Commencement Date shall be accelerated by the number of days of Tenant Delay.

26. Access . Tenant shall have the right to move its equipment, furniture, cabling, and storage equipment into the Premises prior to the Delivery Date; provided (i) such early access and/or occupancy shall not interfere with Landlord’s Work or Tenant’s Work, and (ii) such early access and/or occupancy of the Premises shall be subject to all terms and conditions of this Lease, except the payment of Base Rental and Additional Rent. Any delays caused by Tenant’s early access to the Premises shall constitute Tenant Delays.

 

Exhibits-8


EXHIBIT B-1

to

Office Lease

LANDLORD’S WORK

The project shall consist of a 20 level office building (excluding floors 2, 4 and 13) of approximately 456,648 rentable square feet, and a structured parking garage adjacent to the building with seven above grade levels and one and one-half below grade levels. Landlord may reduce the office building by two typical floors such that the office building will contain approximately 400,219 rentable square feet, and reduce the structured parking garage by one above grade level. Applicable code compliance, compliance with the requirements of those governmental authorities having jurisdiction over the applicable matters, and compliance with the requirements which must be met for the Building to be LEEDs certified will be considered to be a minimum requirement.

SITE IMPROVEMENTS

 

1. Landscaping - The landscaping should provide identity for the development, enhance the structure of the building and compliment the natural environment of the site. A strong simple landscape setting should be achieved consistent with the existing Victory development environment.

 

2. Signage - All signage should be simple, informative and well designed. Other signage elements will include:

 

  a. Directional and information signage.

 

  b. Public safety and security signage.

 

  c. Street address signage.

 

  d. Tenant wayfinding.

 

3. Exterior Lighting - Lighting will be required for all streets, parking areas, sidewalks and pedestrian areas of the project. Exterior illumination of the building and signage is required to provide an appropriate image from streets and freeways. Minimum lighting requirements and standards are:

 

  a. Parking garage - 6.0 to 8.0 footcandles average maintained with an average to minimum ratio 5 to 1.

 

  b. Building/Architectural Site Illumination - Accent lighting at entry and around the perimeter of the building will be provided.

 

  c. Building entries and pedestrian ways shall be lighted for appropriate image, safety, and security.

 

4. Infrastructure - All infrastructure shall be completed including all approaches, utilities, etc. All utilities shall be provided to the site and located underground within public utility easements and shall be individually provided to the building including storm sewer, sanitary sewer, domestic water, fire service, electrical power, telecommunications, etc. Utility service shall comply with municipality and utility company requirements.

STRUCTURAL

 

1. The building structure will be a poured in place concrete with post-tensioned joists and mild steel reinforced floors or precast concrete.

 

2. The floors should be designed to accommodate a 80 lb. live load and 20 lb. partition load; plus approximately 900 square feet per floor will be designed to accommodate a 120 lb. live load and a 20 lb. partition load.

 

3. The floor to floor height shall be such to accommodate a clear ceiling height of 10’-0” and up to 10’–6” depending on tenant lighting system used.

EXTERIOR SKIN

 

1. The skin of the building will generally consist of a glass and aluminum window system and stone or precast concrete. The aluminum framing system will include some custom extrusions, which will allow for some articulation of the curtain wall.

 

Exhibits-9


2. The aluminum system will be thermally improved.

 

3. The vision glass will be dual pane insulated units with a low E coating.

 

4. Spandrel units, where applicable, may be precast concrete, stone, or glass with an opacifier.

 

5. The skin of the building may have a base course of natural stone, masonry or precast.

 

6. The building envelope will incorporate thermally insulated external wall system components. The overall building envelope should meet the performance requirements of the current energy code.

 

7. The exterior glass shall have a shading coefficient in the range of 0.20 and 0.44. The exterior glazing system shall be designed to have a maximum leakage rate of 0.06 CFM/sq. ft. at 0.3 inches of water of wall system area.

 

8. Building standard window treatment shall be horizontal mini-blinds with manufacturer’s standard vertical lifting and horizontal tilting unit complete with head rail, bottom rail, slats and accessories. .

 

9. The typical mullions will be spaced 5 ft. to center. The typical exterior columns will be spaced 30 ft. to center. Window sills will be 6 to 8 in. and window head will be 10 to 12 in.

ROOF

 

1. The roof should be one that is an Energy Star listed product with a white surface to reduce heat buildup, and will achieve a 15-year warranty.

 

2. The roof system components should provide a minimum R-value of R-19.

INTERIOR PUBLIC AREA /CORE SERVICES

 

1. Main Building Lobby - Painted articulated gypsum board ceilings with granite floor and base, wood paneling or stone walls and a guard/reception desk fully staffed at all times. The main lobby will have a ceiling height of approximately 30 feet or taller. Secured after-hours entries will be provided from the parking and main lobby areas.

 

2. Restrooms – Acoustical ceilings with access panels, ceramic tile floors, ceramic tile on the wet walls with paint or vinyl wall covering on all other walls is to be provided. Stone counter tops are to be provided, as well as recessed and semi-recessed toilet accessories and full width unframed mirrors. Full height enclosed dry-wall toilet stalls will be provided. Fixture counts should be based on the code required minimums. Restrooms are to be fully compliant with provisions of the ADA Lay-in tile ceilings with in-ceiling lighting and potentially sconces at the lavatories.

 

3. Stairways - Stairways shall be designed to accommodate use as inter-floor connectors in addition to exiting. Stair width, tread rise and run, lighting and finishes shall promote tenant usage in a safe manner while meeting all applicable code requirements. Walls are to be painted and floors sealed.

 

4. Janitor’s Closets - A janitor’s storage closet shall be provided at each typical floor.

 

5. Loading Dock - An off-street, loading dock shall be provided with a minimum capacity of two trucks and a trash compactor. One of the dock spaces shall be provided with a dock leveler. Immediately adjacent pull-out areas shall be provided for heavy-use periods. The loading dock shall be convenient to the service elevator. Additional parking shall be provided for small city delivery vehicles adjacent to the loading dock. The loading dock will accommodate one 18 wheel truck.

 

6. Perimeter walls shall be studs, insulation, gypsum board (taped, floated and sanded) and window sills.

 

7. Electrical chilled drinking fountains shall be provided to meet occupancy needs as well as comply with all applicable codes and provisions of the ADA.

 

8. The following design parameters shall be met for all base building interior public areas/core services.

 

  a. Building standard interior and corridor partitions are constructed (from floor to finish ceilings heights) of 5/8” gypsum board attached to each side of 3-5/8” 25-gauge metal studs located at 24” on center. Gypsum board is taped, floated and sanded on the tenant lease space side and painted or vinyl wall covering finish on the corridor side. A resilient 2-1/2” straight rubber base is applied to the partitions.

 

Exhibits-10


  b. Carpet shall be 26 oz. Backing shall be woven or unitary. Direct glue carpet to subfloor. Provide 10-year commercial wear warranty.

 

  c. Doors should be 9’-0” x 3’-0” x 1-3/4” thick solid core with a wood veneer surface installed in hollow metal frames with lever type hardware.

 

9. Raised floor system will be one of the following models:

Tate Concore 1000/1250 (in higher density models)

Interface TecFlor 1250

Maxcess/Hitachi RWC 100/200 (in higher density areas)

ELEVATORS

The passenger elevators should have a handling capacity of no less than 12.0% XXXXXX and an interval or no more than 30 seconds. One separate 4,000 lb. capacity service elevator will be provided. Cab finishes will be consistent in quality to the building lobby finishes yet durable and vandalism-resistant.

MECHANICAL

 

1. HVAC Design Criteria - The HVAC system shall incorporate an underfloor air distribution system (UFAD) and shall be designed based on the following criteria:

 

  a. Summer design outdoor condition: 98°F DB 74°F WB.

 

  b. Summer outside air handling unit design condition: 98°F DB 78°F WB.

 

  c. Winter design temperature: 17°F.

 

  d. Indoor design conditions:

 

  (1) Occupied office space: 75°F (summer), 72°F (winter)

 

  (2) Occupied office space humidity range:

 

    Summer - 50% RH maximum
    Winter - No humidification

 

  (3) Elevator machine rooms: 85°F maximum, 65°F minimum

 

  e. Lighting at typical office spaces: 1.5 watts per usable sq. ft (70% assigned to space loads).

 

  f. Diversified tenant equipment heat loads: 2.5 watts per usable sq. ft.

 

  g. Outside air: 20 CFM per person; population density for outside air ventilation: 7 people per 1,000 usable sq. ft. (ASHRAE 62-2004).

 

  h. Population: 144 GSF/person (for space cooling load calculations).

 

  i. The HVAC system shall be designed such that sound levels do not exceed the following:

 

  (1) General office areas - NC 40

 

  (2) Spaces adjacent to air handling unit equipment rooms or below roof mounted equipment - NC 42

 

  j. The HVAC system will be an underfloor distribution system with air flow controlled by swirl diffusers.

 

2. Central plant electric drive chillers will be provided. The water chilling units will supply 40°F water utilizing a 16°F rise. Central plant chillers utilizing HCFC 134a and HCFC 123 will be considered. Each chiller will be equipped with a low emissions refrigerant management system. Life cycle cost analysis will be performed to determine the appropriate chiller efficiency. The chiller plant will be located in a main mechanical room located at a lower level in the building and condenser water risers will be brought from the main roof to the mechanical room.

 

3. The air velocity in the vertical risers shall not exceed 2000 feet per minute or 0.15”w.g. pressure drop per 100 feet of duct. Ductwork construction shall be in accordance with SMACNA Standard (1995 2nd Edition). All ductwork shall be sealed to SMACNA Seal Class “A”. Ductwork shall be protected after fabrication and the interior of all ductwork shall be kept clean and free of dust, debris and foreign materials prior to first use and at substantial completion.

 

Exhibits-11


4. Supply air to the occupied tenant spaces shall be filtered with replaceable media type filters in accordance with ASHRAE 62-2004 Standards with an average efficiency of 65% based on ASHRAE Test standard 52.1-92. Outside air shall be filtered with media type filters with an efficiency of approximately 65%.

 

5. Outside ventilation air to each tenant floor will be flow monitored and adjustable through the building control and management system in accordance with ASHRAE 62-2004 Standards.

 

6. All HVAC pumps shall be mounted on spring isolated inertia bases. Pumps shall be factory capacity tested and shall have dynamically balanced impellers, flexible drive couplings, mechanical seals and shall be free of flashing and cavitation at all flow rates.

 

7. Cooling towers shall be all stainless steel or fiberglass construction with bolted or welded stainless steel basins, stainless steel frame, and stainless steel casing. Cooling towers shall be induced draft, cross-flow or counter flow design. Fans shall be gear drive selected for quiet operation. Each motor shall be premium efficiency inverter duty rated and equipped with a variable speed drive. Cooling towers shall be equipped with a factory installed basin sweeper piping systems and sand filter. Cooling towers shall be equipped with sold state liquid level controller. Cooling tower capacity shall be certified by the manufacturer to provide the scheduled capacity in the cooling tower enclosure shown on the architectural drawings. Cooling towers shall be selected based on 3.0 gpm per ton with a total capacity equal to the installed cooling capacity of the central plant water chilling units plus 10 tons per floor.

 

8. Floor-by-floor variable volume, chilled water cooled, air handling units equipped with efficient variable speed fan drives shall serve the UFAD system and shall be designed to address indoor air quality issues as set forth in the ASHRAE 62-2001 Standards. The following will be provided:

 

  a. Double wall construction.

 

  b. Stainless steel cooling coil drain pans, which are internally sloped to drain, dry upon unit shutdown. Coils shall have a maximum of 8 rows and be selected at a maximum face velocity of 500 fpm.

 

  c. Air handling units will be fully accessible for cleaning and maintenance.

 

  d. Stainless steel cooling coil frames and supports.

 

  e. AHU’s capable of delivering 48°F supply air at peak cooling load conditions.

 

9. Underfloor air terminal equipment will be series type fan powered terminal units (FPTU) equipped with ECM motors, variable fan speed control, and internal acoustical attenuation as required to maintain the stated NC levels or lower in the occupied space. There will be approximately one FPTU per bay. Fan powered terminal units serving perimeter zones will be equipped with electric heating coils on the discharge of the FPTU. Perimeter FPTU’s will be equipped with two (2) inlet air valves. (The cooling valve will be open to the underfloor air plenum. The heating valve will be ducted to above the ceiling to eliminate reheat of the cool underfloor and provide heat recovery from available ceiling plenum air while in the heating mode.)

 

10. Perimeter floor mounted linear type bar grilles will be used for underfloor system perimeter heating and cooling.

 

11. Interior zones underfloor air distribution will be via manually adjustable swirl diffusers. Minimum air supply volume to interior zones shall be 1.0 CFM per square foot. The cost of these air distribution devices shall be included within the Tenant Improvement allowance.

 

12. Ceiling mounted return air grilles and perimeter return air slow will be installed as required to create an unrestricted ceiling plenum return air path.

 

13. An 8” high zone directly above the ceiling measured from the finished ceiling will be provided for tenant flexibility. No MEP services will be permitted to run in this zone, only drop through it where necessary. This zone will provide total tenant flexibility for light fixture placement, tenant cable trays for data, telephone, and communications wiring, etc.

 

Exhibits-12


14. All condenser and chilled water systems will be balanced to design flow rates and documented. All air distribution will be balanced and documented.

 

15. Exhaust systems shall be installed including fans, sound attenuation (if required), ductwork risers and floor distribution, ceiling grilles, dampers, flow monitors, and controls for all base building toilet rooms, janitor rooms, building relief air, and other areas requiring exhaust.

 

16. Provisions will be made in the condenser water system with valved connections on each level for tenant cooling equipment.

 

17. A smoke management system including pressurized stairways will be provided and tested if required by code.

PLUMBING

 

1. Building water service entrance will be complete for fire protection and domestic water.

 

2. A complete building shell plumbing system will be provided, including all underground piping to public mains, consisting of sanitary waste piping, sanitary vent piping, domestic hot and cold water piping, and storm sewer piping installed to all facilities and in accordance with all applicable codes.

 

3. Internal downspouts with overflow drains shall be provided for all roof areas and will discharge to the storm sewer system. All horizontal downspout lines in the ceiling space shall be insulated.

 

4. All plumbing fixtures shall be vitreous china, commercial quality. Water closets and urinals shall be flush valve type, siphon jet, wall hung. Lavatories shall be integral bowl, furnished with the vanity tops. Lavatory trim shall meet ADA requirements.

 

5. Electric drinking fountains shall be stainless steel, meeting ADA requirements.

 

6. Domestic hot and cold water shall be provided to base building restroom facilities. All hot water piping will be insulated except for branch piping within the toilet room chases. Valved cold water stub-outs will be provided at each toilet room for tenant use.

 

7. Hose bibs will be provided in major mechanical rooms, the loading dock, and under the counter in all restrooms.

 

8. Local electric water heaters in closets and/or under counter types will be provided, sized to provide hot water for the toilet rooms.

 

9. Two (2) wet stack locations with waste and vent and one (1) cold water tap location shall be provided at each typical floor for tenant plumbing connections.

 

10. One accessible pressure relief valve every 7 to 8 floors with a maximum of 80 p.s.i.

FIRE PROTECTION

 

1. A fully sprinkled shell building will be provided. Quick response semi-recessed type heads will be provided in all public spaces. Quick response semi-recessed type heads will be provided in all tenant spaces. Branch sprinkler piping shall be located near structural slab or deck. Design to be based on NFPA 13 and local code requirements. Sprinkler heads will be turned up in the ceiling plenum area in unfinished tenant spaces in accordance with the authority having jurisdiction. All required drops and/or relocation of heads to the ceiling will be part of the Tenant Improvement Allowance. Tenant may, at its option and cost, install recessed type heads with pop off dish and with a finish that is compatible with Tenant’s ceiling tile, in which case, Tenant shall receive a credit for the Building standard sprinkler heads not used by Tenant. In addition, Tenant may, at its option and cost, provided that when Tenant submits its Proposed Space Plan pursuant to Exhibit B, Tenant identifies the applicable locations affected, install a pre-action automatic sprinkler system and/or FM 200 systems inside computer, telephone switch, and UPS areas, in lieu of the Building standard sprinklers, in which case Tenant shall receive a credit for the Building standard sprinkler heads not used by Tenant.

 

2. Standpipes, fire hose valves, and siamese connections will be provided as required by NFPA 14 and local code requirements.

 

3. The electric driven fire pump(s) will be connected to normal utility power and the emergency generator via an automatic transfer switch(es).

 

Exhibits-13


4. Water curtain shall be provided at glass in areas required to meet all local codes.

 

5. Intentionally Omitted.

 

6. A stair pressurization system shall be provided.

 

7. A central emergency control station shall be provided. It shall include:

 

  a. Voice communications system panel.

 

  b. Fire detection and alarm annunciation panel capable of handling all tenant systems.

 

  c. Control to unlock all stairways doors and other electrically locked doors.

 

  d. Sprinkler valve and water flow enunciators.

 

  e. Emergency generator status indicators.

 

  f. Fan status and control panel.

 

  g. Fire pump status indicator.

 

  h. Fire department telephone system control panel.

 

  i. Elevator status annunciation and controls.

 

  j. Spare monitoring points for Tenant’s use.

ELECTRICAL

 

1. The entire electrical distribution system shall comply with local codes and the National Electrical Code as well as any additional applicable code authorities.

 

2. Electrical service will be supplied from transformer(s) provided by the local power company located within an indoor vault providing 480Y/277 volt, 3 phase, 60Hz power.

 

3. The main switchboards will include 100% rated heavy duty circuit breakers with solid state trip functions and ground fault protection and/or 100% rated load-break fused disconnect switches with current limiting fuses and ground fault protection.

 

4. Electrical service to the typical floors will be served from main 480Y/277 volt building plug-in bus risers. These bus risers will be sized to provide 8.0 watts per useable square foot of electrical connected load capacity for tenant use above and beyond the base building electrical requirements.

 

5. 480Y/277 volt panels at each floor will be provided and sized to serve the core lighting, air handling units, and all tenant area fan powered terminal units. These panels will be sized for an additional connected load of 6.0 watts per usable sq. ft. capacity for tenant use above and beyond base building electrical requirements leaving 2.0 watts per usable square foot capacity in the bus riser for future tenant electrical loads. On floor distribution from these panels shall be a part of the Tenant Improvement Allowance.

 

6. Dry-type transformers (energy efficient harmonic mitigating type X rated) and panelboards with 200% neutrals will serve the 208Y/120 volt tenant lighting, receptacle and equipment loads. Transformers, panels, and distribution will be sized for 4.0 watts per usable sq. ft. capacity for tenant use (this capacity is part of the above described 6.0 watts per usable sq. ft. provided for tenant use at 480Y/277 volts). On floor distribution from the panels shall be a part of the Tenant Improvement Allowance.

 

7. Tenant area lighting fixtures shall be part of the Tenant Improvement Allowance.

 

8. All line voltage wiring will be in conduit or EMT. Where approved for use in the applicable occupancy and by the local authorities, type MC cable may be used for branch circuits where not subjected to damage. Aluminum conductors shall be allowed for sizes #1/0 AWG and above where terminated with crimp type compression connectors. Wiring for individual fire alarm indicating and initiating devices shall be plenum rated cable, if acceptable to local code authorities.

 

9. A base building diesel powered emergency generator and standby power distribution system utilizing automatic transfer switches shall be provided to serve the following loads:

 

  a. Stair lighting.

 

  b. Aircraft warning lights.

 

  c. Fire Command Station.

 

  d. Service elevator as well as one passenger elevator in each bank.

 

  e. Fire alarm system.

 

  f. Fire pumps.

 

Exhibits-14


  g. Tenant exit way emergency lighting.

 

  h. Smoke management systems.

 

10. Telephone - Space for telephone “punch-down” blocks (terminations) will be provided in a telephone closet at each typical floor level. A main telephone frame (MPOP) room will be located near the point of service to the building. A series of sleeves will be provided at each level for main vertical distribution. All individual tenant telephone switches and equipment will be located within the tenant spaces.

 

11. Garage Lighting - The parking garage shall be lighted with metal halide fixtures to provide 6.0 to 8.0 footcandles average maintained with an average to minimum ratio of 5 to 1. Walkways and walk areas shall be lighted for appropriate image, safety, and security.

 

12. Fire Alarm System - A complete base building code complying fully addressable fire alarm system, which complies with ADA requirements will be provided. The system shall include at least the following:

 

  a. Manual pull stations.

 

  b. Speaker horns and visual strobes (ADA approved).

 

  c. Water flow alarms and tamper switch monitoring coordinated with the fire protection system.

 

  d. Smoke detectors at elevator lobbies, which interface with the elevator control system.

 

  e. Smoke detectors at air handling units.

 

  f. Additional monitoring and indicating devices as required by local codes.

 

  g. Fireman’s telephone system utilizing two-way permanent phones and phone jacks.

 

13. Security System - A card access and CCTV system will be provided at public entry points.

 

14. A lightning protection system shall be provided for the Building.

BUILDING MANAGEMENT AND CONTROL SYSTEM

The building management and control system shall be full electronic based direct digital control micro-processor based system. The system shall be configured with two local area networks; a management level network and a field level network. The management level network shall be a TCP/IP Ethernet communication architecture using BACnet over IP protocols. The system server, two operator workstations and communication control panels shall reside on the management level network. The field level network shall be either BACnet over MS/TP or LonWorks protocols. The direct digital control panels shall reside on the field level network. All valve and dampers actuators shall be electronic. All field instrumentation shall be high accuracy devices. The building management and control system software shall include:

 

  a. Graphical based displays.

 

  b. Alarm annunciation and reporting.

 

  c. Web based access.

 

  d. Dynamic trending.

 

  e. Historical data recording and reporting.

 

  f. Time base scheduling.

 

  g. Optimal start/stop.

 

  h. Night setup/setback.

 

  i. Electrical energy monitoring and control.

 

  j. Thermal energy monitoring and control.

 

  k. Control of the following systems:

 

  (1) Chilled and condenser water plant.

 

  (2) Terminal unit systems.

 

  (3) Ventilation systems.

 

  (4) Lighting.

 

  l. The system shall have software communication interfaces to the following equipment via Modbus or BACnet protocol interfaces:

 

  (1) Water chilling units.

 

  (2) Air handling unit controllers.

 

  (3) Variable speed drives.

 

  (4) Main electrical switchgear.

 

  (5) Lighting relay panels.

 

  (6) Emergency and standby generators.

 

  m. Fire alarm system.

 

Exhibits-15


EXHIBIT B-2

to

Office Lease

DELIVERY CONDITION

The items listed herein describe the “ Delivery Condition ” of each floor of the Premises for commencement of Tenant’s Work. Each such floor shall be deemed to be in “Delivery Condition” if such floor meets the specifications and levels of completion as stated in Exhibit B-1 , subject to non-material obstructions and punchlist items, and unless otherwise stipulated below.

Delivery Condition shall mean:

1. Structure complete on the floors being delivered.

2. Exterior glazing on the floors being delivered will be installed and weather tight, except for openings at the exterior hoist and crane supports and other necessary construction-related activities. These openings shall be appropriately enclosed to minimize exposure to the elements.

3. Concrete floors in broom-clean condition.

4. Roofing/waterproofing systems on adjacent roof areas installed. It is understood that roofing/waterproofing systems may be temporary upon commencement of the Tenant’s Work on the floors. The Premises will be watertight, except that openings for exterior hoist and crane supports and other necessary construction related activities shall be appropriately enclosed to minimize exposure to the elements.

5. Fireproofing complete (This does not apply to a concrete structure.)

6. Firesafing complete.

7. Core drywall complete.

8. Core door frames complete. Core doors and hardware will be stocked for later installation to avoid damage during Tenant’s Work.

9. Fire stairs shall be installed and functional.

10. Perimeter drywall complete.

11. Restrooms may not be complete upon the commencement of Tenant’s Work, but will be locked to prevent damage during Tenant’s Work.

12. Domestic/waste water stubouts complete.

13. Exhaust air chase connections complete but may not be functional

14. Landlord’s primary HVAC distribution complete. It is understood that the building chilled water, building controls system and other centrally operated equipment may not be installed or functional upon commencement of Tenant’s Work on the floors.

15. Electrical distribution installed and available for use. It is understood that the building permanent power will not be completely installed, or functional upon commencement of Tenant’s Work on the floors. Landlord shall provide temporary power (using a temporary or the permanent riser) sufficient for Tenant’s Contractor’s use at conveniently located tap locations on each floor.

 

Exhibits-16


16. Fire sprinkler riser piping rough-in will be complete and functional in a code compliant layout for a shell building. It is understood that the building fire sprinkler system may not be functional upon commencement of Tenant’s Work on the floors.

17. Fire alarm riser and devices required by the core and shell installed. It is understood that the building fire alarm system may not be functional upon commencement of Tenant’s Work on the floors.

18. Telecom riser sleeves and telephone closets installed.

19. Elevator doors, frames, sills and thresholds installed.

20. Elevator hall call button and hall lantern rough-in boxes installed.

21. Exterior hoist and/or interior passenger elevator cab and hoistway available for use by Tenant.

22. Loading dock/service area available for joint use by Tenant with the base building contractor.

 

Exhibits-17


EXHIBIT C

to

Office Lease

COMMENCEMENT AGREEMENT

This COMMENCEMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of                      , 20          (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between                          , a                          (“ Landlord ”), and                          , a                          (“ Tenant ”).

RECITALS:

 

A. Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Office Lease dated as of                      , 20          (the “ Lease ”) regarding Suite          in the building(s) known as Block          at Victory Park, having an address of                      , Dallas, Texas, all as more fully described in the Lease.

 

B. Landlord and Tenant desire to evidence their agreements as follows.

AGREEMENTS:

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants set forth herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:

 

1. Defined Terms . Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms have the meanings assigned in the Lease.

 

2. Condition of Premises . Tenant has accepted possession of the Premises pursuant to the Lease, except as otherwise set forth in a written punch-list furnished by Tenant to Landlord. All Landlord’s Work and any other improvements required by the terms of the Lease to be made by Landlord have been completed to the full and complete satisfaction of Tenant in all respects, and Landlord has fulfilled all of its duties under the Lease with respect to such initial tenant improvements. Furthermore, subject to completion of any incomplete construction work, as specified in a written punch-list furnished by Tenant to Landlord, Tenant acknowledges that the Premises are suitable for the Permitted Use. Tenant hereby accepts the Premises in their “ AS-IS ” condition, and Landlord shall have no obligation to perform any work therein. Tenant has reviewed, and hereby accepts, the condition and capacity of the Building’s existing electrical systems and HVAC. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord does not have any obligation, express or implied, to modify or increase the capacity of such systems. Exhibit B to the Lease is deleted in its entirety and is deemed replaced by the terms of this Section 2 .

 

3. Substantial Completion of the Premises; Commencement Date . Substantial Completion of the Premises occurred on                      . The Commencement Date of the Lease is                      . If the Commencement Date set forth in the Lease is different than the date set forth in the preceding sentence, then the Commencement Date as contained in the Lease is amended to be the Commencement Date set forth in the preceding sentence.

 

4. Expiration Date . The Term is scheduled to expire on                      . If the scheduled expiration date of the Term as set forth in the Lease is different than the date set forth in the preceding sentence, then the scheduled expiration date as set forth in the Lease is hereby amended to the expiration date set forth in the preceding sentence.

 

5. Net Rentable Area . The Premises contain          square feet of Net Rentable Area. If the number of square feet of Net Rentable Area set forth in the Lease is different than the number set forth in the preceding sentence, then the numbers of square feet of Net Rentable Area set forth in the Lease is hereby amended to the number of square feet of Net Rentable Area set forth in the preceding sentence.

 

Exhibits-18


6. [ Basic Rental . The Basic Rental is amended as follows. {Provide new table.} ]

 

7. [ Tenant’s Proportionate Share . Tenant’s Proportionate Share is amended as follows. {Provide new information.} ]

 

8. [ TI Allowance . The TI Allowance is amended as follows. {Provide new information.} ]

 

9. Tenant’s Address . Tenant’s address for purposes of notices under the Lease follows.

_______________________

_______________________

_______________________

_______________________

With a copy to:

_______________________

_______________________

_______________________

_______________________

 

10. Contact Numbers . Tenant’s telephone number in the Premises is                      . Tenant’s facsimile number in the Premises is                      . Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing of any changes to this information.

 

11. Miscellaneous .

 

  (a) Full Force and Effect . Except as expressly amended hereby, all other items and terms of the Lease remain unchanged and continue to be in full force and effect.

 

  (b) Ratification . Tenant hereby ratifies and confirms its obligations under the Lease, and represents and warrants to Landlord that it has no defenses thereto. Additionally, Tenant further confirms and ratifies that, as of the date hereof, the Lease is and remains in good standing and in full force and effect, and Tenant has no claims, counterclaims, set-offs or defenses against Landlord arising out of the Lease or in any way relating thereto or arising out of any other transaction between Landlord and Tenant.

 

  (c) Conflicts . The terms of this Agreement will control over any conflicts between it and the terms of the Lease.

 

  (d) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, and each counterpart when fully executed and delivered will constitute an original instrument, and all such multiple counterparts will constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

  (e) Successors and Assigns . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns.

R EMAINDER OF P AGE I NTENTIONALLY B LANK .

S IGNATURE P AGE ( S ) F OLLOWS .

 

Exhibits-19


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the date(s) set forth below to be effective as of the Effective Date.

 

TENANT:  
    ,
a      
By:       ,
  a       ,
  its      
  By:      
  Name:      
  Title:      
  Date signed:      
LANDLORD:  
BLOCK L LAND, L.P.,  
a Texas limited partnership  
By:  

BLOCK L GP, LLC,

a Texas limited liability company,

its general partner

  By:      
  Name:      
  Title:      
  Date Signed:      

 

Exhibits-20


EXHIBIT D

to

Office Lease

RULES AND REGULATIONS

The following rules and regulations shall apply to the Premises, the Building, the Parking Garage and the appurtenances thereto.

 

1. Sidewalks, doorways, vestibules, halls, stairways, and other similar areas shall not be obstructed by tenants or used by any tenant for purposes other than ingress and egress to and from their respective leased premises and for going from one to another part of the Building.

 

2. Plumbing, fixtures and appliances shall be used only for the purposes for which designed, and no sweepings, rubbish, rags or other unsuitable material shall be thrown or deposited therein. Repair cost of damage resulting to any such fixtures or appliances from misuse by a tenant or its agents, employees or invitees, shall be paid by such tenant.

 

3. No signs, advertisements or notices shall be painted or affixed on or to any windows or doors or other part of the Building or the Property without the prior written consent of Landlord, except as otherwise stated in Section 8.(f) of this Lease. No nails, hooks or screws (other than those which are necessary to hang paintings, prints, pictures, or other similar items on the Premises’ interior walls) shall be driven or inserted in any part of the Building except by Building maintenance personnel. No curtains or other window treatments shall be placed between the glass and the Building standard window treatments.

 

4. Landlord shall provide and maintain a listing of all tenants and their principal operating divisions in the main lobby of the Building, and no other directory shall be permitted. Tenants will be identified on such directory board by the name of the tenant, such tenant’s suite number and, if requested by the tenant, by the name of such tenant’s chief executive officer or principal. The style and size of lettering on such directory shall be determined by Landlord

 

5. Landlord shall provide all door locks in each tenant’s leased premises, at the cost of such tenant, and no tenant shall place any additional door locks in its leased premises without Landlord’s prior written consent. Landlord shall furnish to each tenant a reasonable number of keys to such tenant’s leased premises, at such tenant’s cost, and no tenant shall make a duplicate thereof. If access cards are to be used in connection with the Building, Landlord will provide the initial cards at Landlord’s expense; however, any additional or replacement cards will be supplied by Landlord at the tenant’s expense.

 

6. Movement in or out of the Building of furniture or office equipment, or dispatch or receipt by tenants of any bulky material, merchandise or materials which requires use of elevators or stairways, or movement through the Building entrances or lobby shall be conducted under Landlord’s supervision at such times and in such a manner as Landlord may reasonably require. Each tenant assumes all risks of and shall be liable for all damage to articles moved and injury to persons or public engaged or not engaged in such movement, including equipment, property and personnel of Landlord if damaged or injured as a result of acts in connection with carrying out this service for such tenant.

 

7. Landlord may prescribe weight limitations and determine the locations for safes and other heavy equipment or items, which shall in all cases be placed in the Building so as to distribute weight in a manner acceptable to Landlord which may include the use of such supporting devices as Landlord may require. All damages to the Building caused by the installation or removal of any property of a tenant, or done by a tenant’s property while in the Building, shall be repaired at the expense of such tenant.

 

8. Corridor doors, when not in use, shall be kept closed. Nothing shall be swept or thrown into the corridors, halls, elevator shafts or stairways. No birds or animals (other than seeing eye dogs) shall be brought into or kept in, on or about any tenant’s leased premises. No portion of any tenant’s leased premises shall at any time be used or occupied as sleeping or lodging quarters.

 

Exhibits-21


9. Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord’s employees in keeping its leased premises neat and clean. Tenants shall not employ any person for the purpose of such cleaning other than the Building’s cleaning and maintenance personnel without the prior written consent of Landlord.

 

10. To ensure orderly operation of the Building, no ice, mineral or other water, towels, newspapers, etc. shall be delivered to any leased area except by persons approved by Landlord.

 

11. Tenant shall not make or permit any vibration or improper, objectionable or unpleasant noises or odors (as reasonably determined by Landlord) in the Building or otherwise interfere in any way with other tenants or persons having business with them.

 

12. No machinery of any kind (other than normal office equipment) shall be operated by any tenant on its leased area without Landlord’s prior written consent, nor shall any tenant use or keep in the Building any flammable or explosive fluid or substance (other than typical office supplies (e.g., photocopier toner) used in compliance with all Laws). No tenant shall cook in tenant’s leased premises.

 

13. Landlord will not be responsible for lost or stolen personal property, money or jewelry from tenant’s leased premises or public or common areas regardless of whether such loss occurs when the area is locked against entry or not.

 

14. No vending or dispensing machines of any kind, other than those maintained by Tenant for the convenience of its employees, may be maintained in any leased premises without the prior written permission of Landlord.

 

15. Tenant shall not conduct any activity on or about the Premises or Building which will draw pickets, demonstrators, or the like.

 

16. All vehicles are to be currently licensed, in good operating condition, parked for business purposes having to do with Tenant’s business operated in the Premises, parked within designated parking spaces, one vehicle to each space. No vehicle shall be parked as a “billboard” vehicle in the parking garage. Any vehicle parked improperly may be towed away. Tenant, Tenant’s agents, employees, vendors, customers and visitors who do not operate or park their vehicles as required shall subject the vehicle to being towed at the expense of the owner or driver. Landlord may place a “boot” on the vehicle to immobilize it and may levy a charge of $50.00 to remove the “boot.”

 

17. No tenant may enter into phone rooms, electrical rooms, mechanical rooms, or other service areas of the Building unless accompanied by Landlord or the Building manager.

 

18. Should tenant require telegraphic, telephonic, Muzak or other communication or entertainment service, Landlord will direct the electrician where and how wires are to be introduced and placed, and none shall be introduced or placed except as Landlord shall direct.

 

19. Canvassing, soliciting, and peddling in the Building are prohibited.

 

20. Tenant must dispose of crates, boxes, etc., that will not fit into office wastepaper baskets.

 

21. Tenant will be responsible for any damage to carpeting and flooring as a result of rust or corrosion of file cabinets, pot holders, roller chairs, and metal objects.

 

22. Tenant shall not use the name of the Building for any purpose, other than that of the business address of tenant, or use any picture or likeness of the Building, other than to show the physical location of Tenant, or use the Building name in any circulars, notices, advertisements, containers, or wrapping material, without Landlord’s express prior consent in writing, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

 

23. Tenant shall not permit, erect and/or place drapes, furniture, fixtures, shelving display cases or tables, lights and signs and advertising devices in front of or in the proximity of interior and exterior windows, glass panels, or glass doors providing a view into the interior of tenant’s leased premises unless same shall have first been approved in writing by Landlord.

 

Exhibits-22


24. It is the express obligation of the tenant to inform in a timely manner each of its employees, agents, invitees or guests of the rules and regulations of the Building and to cause such parties to comply therewith.

 

25. All holiday and other temporary or special installations or decorations that a tenant desires to install in the tenant’s leased premises must be first approved by Landlord and must be flame retardant.

 

26. Tenants, employees or agents, or anyone else who desires to enter the Building after normal business hours, may be required to provide appropriate identification and sign in upon entry, and sign out upon leaving, giving the location during such person’s stay and such person’s time of arrival and departure, and shall otherwise comply with any reasonable access control procedures as Landlord may from time to time institute.

 

27. Landlord has the right to evacuate the Building in event of emergency, catastrophe or drills.

 

28. Neither Tenant nor any of its employees, agents, contractors, invitees or customers shall smoke in the Building. The Building is designated as a “no smoking” area. Further, in no event shall Tenant or any of its employees, agents, contractors, invitees or customers smoke at the entrances to the Building.

 

Exhibits-23


EXHIBIT E

to

Office Lease

INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS

Tenant agrees to maintain in full force during the Term and to cause its contractors and subcontractors (collectively, the “ Tenant’s Contractors ”) to maintain during the term of the Tenant Work (as defined in Exhibit B to this Lease) and any construction, alterations or improvements, or longer as provided herein, insurance in compliance within the following requirements:

 

 

COVERAGE AND LIMITS

Tenant (or Tenant’s Contractors, as applicable) will purchase and maintain (with companies licensed to do business in the State of Texas and having rates of Best’s Insurance Guide A/VII , or better) insurance coverages and amounts as set forth below:

 

TYPE

  

AMOUNT

  

OTHER REQUIREMENTS

1.       Workers’ Compensation and Employer’s Liability

  

Texas Statutory Limits

 

$1,000,000 each accident

$1,000,000 policy limit bodily injury by disease

$1,000,000 each employee, bodily injury by disease

  

1. Waiver of subrogation in favor of Insured Parties.

 

2. No “ alternative ” forms of coverage will be permitted.

 

3. Insured Parties will be named as an “ alternate employer ”.

2.       Commercial General Liability (Occurrence Basis)

  

$1,000,000 per occurrence

$2,000,000 general aggregate

$2,000,000 product-completed operations aggregate limit.

$1,000,000 personal and advertising injury limit

$50,000 fire legal liability

$5,000 medical expense limit

  

1. ISO form CG 0001 0196, or equivalent

 

2. Insured Parties will be named as “ additional insureds ” on ISO Form CG 2026 1185, or equivalent

 

3. Waiver of subrogation in favor of Insured Parties

 

4. Aggregate limit of insurance (per project/location) endorsement ISO CG 2504 and CG 2503 03 97, or equivalent.

 

5. Deletion of exclusions for liability assumed under contract (personal and advertising injury)

 

6. No modification that would make Tenant’s or Tenant’s Contractors’ policy excess over or contributory with Landlord’s liability insurance

 

7. Defense will be provided as an additional benefit and not included within the limit of liability

3.       Business Automobile Liability (Occurrence Basis)

   Combined single limit for bodily injury and property damage of $1,000,000 per occurrence or its equivalent.   

1. ISO form CA 0001 1001 or equivalent

 

2. Insured Parties will be named as “additional insureds”

 

3. Waiver of subrogation in favor of Insured Parties

 

4. Includes owned, hired and non-owned vehicles

4.       Umbrella Liability
(Occurrence Basis)

   $5,000,000   

1. Written on a follow form basis above the coverage referenced above

 

2. Same inception and expiration dates as commercial general liability insurance

 

3. Aggregate limit of insurance per project/location endorsement

 

Exhibits-24


TYPE

  

AMOUNT

  

OTHER REQUIREMENTS

5.      Builders Risk Property Insurance

(To be maintained by Tenant’s Contractors)

  

1. Coverage on a completed value basis

 

2. Amount of coverage; initial price of Tenant’s Work, subject to subsequent modification of Tenant’s Work

 

3. Property covered:

 

•        Entire Tenant’s Work at the Premises

 

•        All structures under construction

 

•        All property on the Premises for installation, including materials and supplies

 

•        All property at other locations but intended for use at the Premises for installation, including materials and supplies

 

•        All property in transit to the Premises, including materials and supplies

 

•        All temporary structures at the Premises, including scaffolding, falsework and temporary buildings

  

1. ISO Special form, or equivalent

 

2. Required Endorsements:

 

Agreed Value Policy limit

Damage arising from collapse Policy limit

Debris removal additional limit $1,000,000

Ordinance or law Policy limit Pollutant clean up or removal $25,000

Preservation of property Policy limit

Replacement cost Policy limit

Testing Policy limit

 

3. No protective safeguard warranty permitted.

 

4. Name Insured Parties as Loss Payees.

6.      Causes of Loss – Special Form (formerly known as “All Risk”) Property Insurance

(To be maintained by Tenant)

   100% replacement cost of all of Tenant’s Work and any subsequent leasehold improvements and Tenant’s fixtures, merchandise, equipment and other personal property located in, on or about the Premises.   

1. ISO form CP 1030, or equivalent.

 

2. Name Insured Parties as Loss Payees.

 

3. Contain only standard printed exclusions.

 

4. Equipment floater to cover Tenant’s

equipment.

 

5. Waiver of subrogation in favor of Insured Parties.

 

 

OTHER REQUIREMENTS

Any aggregate limit that is reduced below 75% of the limit required by this Lease because of losses incurred must be reinstated by Tenant or Tenant’s Contractors. No deductible or self-insured retention in excess of $10,000 is allowed without the prior written approval of Landlord.

 

 

EVIDENCE OF INSURANCE REQUIRED

Tenant and Tenant’s Contractors shall not commence any Tenant’s Work or occupy the Premises until all of the insurance requirements contained in this Exhibit E have been provided and complied with, and until a Certificate of Insurance has been provided to Landlord. Further, evidence of the required insurance shall be delivered to Landlord at least five days prior to the expiration of current policies. The “ACORD Form 25 Certificates of Liability Insurance” for liability coverages, “ACORD Form 27 Evidence of Property Insurance” for property coverages or another substitute approved in advance by Landlord is the required form in all cases where reference is made herein to a “Certificate of Insurance”. The Certificate of Insurance must specify the additional insured status and waivers of subrogation, state the amounts of all deductibles and self-insured retentions, set forth notice requirements for cancellation, material change or non-renewal of insurance and be accompanied by copies of all required endorsements. The phrases “endeavor to” and “but failure to mail such notice will impose no obligation or liability of any kind upon Company, its agents or representative” must be deleted from the cancellation provision on the Certificate of Insurance. If requested in writing by Landlord, Tenant shall provide or cause Tenant’s Contractors to provide Landlord a certified copy of any or all insurance policies or endorsements required under this Exhibit E .

 

Exhibits-25


 

INSURANCE REQUIRED FOR LEASE TERM

Any and all insurance required by this Exhibit E to be provided by Tenant shall be maintained during the entire Term, including any extensions thereto. Any and all insurance required by this Exhibit E to be provided by Tenant’s Contractors shall be maintained during the entire term of Tenant’s Work, including any extensions thereto.

 

 

MANDATORY 30-DAY NOTICE OF CANCELLATION

Landlord shall, without exception, be given not less than 30-days notice prior to cancellation of insurance for other than non-payment of premium. Non-payment of premium shall require at least ten-days notice of cancellation. Confirmation of this mandatory notice of cancellation shall appear on the Certificate of Insurance and on any and all insurance policies required by this Exhibit E .

 

 

ADDITIONAL INSURED STATUS

Each insurance policy described in this Exhibit E requiring an additional insured endorsement shall be endorsed, using additional insured endorsement CG 2026 (or broader endorsement) to name as additional insureds Landlord, Landlord’s Architect, Landlord’s general contractor for the Building, the Victory Property Owners Association and each of their partners, officers, directors, members, owners, agents, employees and lenders (collectively, the “ Insured Parties ”).

 

 

PRIMARY COVERAGE

The coverage afforded the additional insureds shall be primary insurance. If any additional insureds have other insurance applicable to the loss, then such other insurance shall be on an excess or contingent basis and shall apply only to such additional insureds.

 

Exhibits-26


EXHIBIT F

to

Office Lease

RENTAL ABATEMENT PROVISIONS

In the event that the Commencement Date occurs prior to September 1, 2008, Basic Rental shall be conditionally abated during the period of time between the Commencement Date and September 1, 2008. Notwithstanding such abatement of Basic Rental, all other sums due under this Lease shall be payable as provided in this Lease. The abatement of Basic Rental provided for in this Exhibit F is conditioned upon there being no uncured Event of Default by Tenant under this Lease prior to September 1, 2008. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, if (i) Delivery of the Lower Floors (as defined in the Lease) has not occurred by February 1, 2008, then, regardless of the cause of any such delay, the abatement of Basic Rental provided for in this Exhibit F with respect to the Lower Floors only will be extended one day for each day of such delay beyond February 1, 2008 and (ii) Delivery of the 14th Floor (as defined in the Lease) has not occurred by March 31, 2008, then, regardless of the cause of any such delay, the abatement of Basic Rental provided for in this Exhibit F with respect to the 14th Floor only will be extended one day for each day of such delay beyond March 31, 2008. For purposes of example only, if Delivery of the Lower Floors occurred on February 5, 2008 and Delivery of the 14th Floor occurred on April 9, 2008, the abatement of Basic Rental, with respect to the Lower Floors only, would be extended to September 5, 2008, and the abatement of Basic Rental, with respect to the 14th Floor only, would be extended to September 10, 2008.

 

Exhibits-27


EXHIBIT G

to

Office Lease

SUBORDINATION, NONDISTURBANCE AND

ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT

THIS SUBORDINATION, NONDISTURBANCE AND ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) made this      day of                      , 200      , between WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, in its capacity as Administrative Agent (including its successors and assigns, for itself and each of the financial institutions from time to time a party to the Loan Agreement, herein called “ Lender ”),                                          , a                      (“ Tenant ”) and                      , a                      limited partnership (“ Landlord ”).

W I T N E S S E T H   T H A T :

WHEREAS, Lender and Landlord entered into that certain Loan Agreement dated as of                      (the “ Loan Agreement ”) regarding the construction loan made by Lender to Landlord for the construction of certain buildings and improvements on the real property described in Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof (the “ Mortgaged Property ”), and in connection therewith, Landlord executed that certain Deed of Trust and Security Agreement (With Assignment of Rents) (the “ Security Instrument ”), dated of even date with the Loan Agreement in favor of the Trustee named therein for the benefit of Lender, recorded in the Real Property Records of in Dallas County, Texas, covering the Mortgaged Property, which Security Instrument secures the payment of one or more promissory notes in the aggregate stated principal amount of $              , payable to the order of Lender;

WHEREAS, Tenant and Landlord have entered into a Lease Agreement dated              , by and between Landlord, as lessor, and Tenant, as lessee, covering certain property (the “ Demised Premises ”) consisting of a part of the Mortgaged Property (the “ Lease ”); and

WHEREAS, Tenant, Landlord and Lender desire to confirm their understanding with respect to the Lease and the Security Instrument;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, Lender, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree and covenant as follows:

1. Subordination . The Lease now is, and shall at all times and for all purposes continue to be, subject and subordinate, in each and every respect, to the Security Instrument, with the provisions of the Security Instrument controlling in all respects over the provisions of the Lease, it being understood and agreed that the foregoing subordination shall apply to any and all increases, renewals, modifications, extensions, substitutions, replacements and/or consolidations of the Security Instrument, provided that any and all such increases, renewals, modifications, extensions, substitutions, replacements and/or consolidations shall nevertheless be subject to the terms of this Agreement.

2. Non-Disturbance . So long as (i) Tenant is not in default (beyond any period given Tenant to cure such default) in the payment of rent or additional rent or in the performance of any of the other terms, covenants or conditions of the Lease on Tenant’s part to be performed, (ii) the Lease is in full force and effect, and (iii) Tenant attorns to Lender or a purchaser of the Mortgaged Property as provided in Paragraph 3 , then (a) Tenant’s possession, occupancy, use and quiet enjoyment of the Demised Premises under the Lease, or any extensions or renewals thereof or acquisition of additional space which may be effected in accordance with any option therefor in the Lease, shall not be terminated, disturbed, diminished or interfered with by Lender in the exercise of any of its rights under the Security Instrument, and (b) Lender will not join Tenant as a party defendant in any action or proceeding for the purpose of terminating Tenant’s interest and estate under the Lease because of any default under the Security Instrument.

 

Exhibits-28


3. Attornment . If Lender shall become the owner of the Mortgaged Property or the Mortgaged Property shall be sold or conveyed by reason of non-judicial or judicial foreclosure or other proceedings brought to enforce the Security Instrument or the Mortgaged Property shall be conveyed by deed in lieu of foreclosure (any of the foregoing are herein called a “ Foreclosure Transfer ”), the Lease shall continue in full force and effect as a direct Lease between Lender or other purchaser of the Mortgaged Property (the “ Foreclosure Transferee ”), who shall succeed to the rights and duties of Landlord, and Tenant. In such event, Tenant shall attorn to the Foreclosure Transferee upon any such occurrence and shall recognize the Foreclosure Transferee as the Landlord under the Lease. Such attornment shall be effective and self-operative without the execution of any further instrument on the part of any of the parties hereto. Tenant agrees, however, to execute and deliver at any time and from time to time, upon the request of the Foreclosure Transferee any instrument or certificate which, in the sole reasonable judgment of the requesting party, is necessary or appropriate, in connection with any such Foreclosure Transfer or otherwise, to evidence such attornment, which instrument or certificate shall be in form and content reasonably acceptable to Tenant. Tenant hereby waives the provisions of any statute or rule of law, now or hereafter in effect, which may give or purport to give Tenant any right or election to terminate or otherwise adversely affect the Lease and the obligations of Tenant thereunder as a result of any such foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure.

4. Obligations and Remedies . If Lender shall become the owner of the Mortgaged Property or the Mortgaged Property shall be sold by reason of a Foreclosure Transfer, the Foreclosure Transferee shall have the same remedies by entry, action or otherwise in the event of any default by Tenant (beyond any period given Tenant to cure such default) in the payment of rent or additional rent or in the performance of any of the other terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease on Tenant’s part to be performed that Landlord had or would have had if the Foreclosure Transferee had not succeeded to the interest of Landlord. Upon attornment by Tenant as provided herein, the Foreclosure Transferee shall be bound to Tenant under all the terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease and Tenant shall have the same remedies against the Foreclosure Transferee for the breach of an agreement contained in the Lease that Tenant might have had under the Lease against Landlord if the Foreclosure Transferee had not succeeded to the interest of Landlord; provided, however, the Foreclosure Transferee shall not be liable or bound to Tenant:

a. for any act or omission of any prior landlord (including Landlord) which constitutes a default or breach of the Lease; provided, however, nothing herein shall be deemed to be a waiver of Tenant’s rights or remedies in the event such act or omission is of a continuing nature, such as, for example, Landlord’s failure to fulfill a repair obligation, and such default is not cured by Foreclosure Transferee after Foreclosure Transferee acquires the Mortgaged Property (however, Foreclosure Transferee shall in no event be liable for any tort claims which Tenant may have against Landlord or any claims for liquidated damages which may be owing by Landlord under the Lease); or

b. for any offsets or defenses which the Tenant might be entitled to assert against Landlord arising prior to the date Foreclosure Transferee takes possession of Landlord’s interest in the Lease or becomes a mortgagee in possession, subject to Tenant’s continued right of offset for any default by Landlord which remains uncured provided notice of such default has been provided to Lender in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement; or

c. for or by any rent or additional rent which Tenant might have paid for more than the current month to any prior landlord (including Landlord); or

d. by any amendment or modification of the Lease made without Lender’s consent that (i) results in a reduction or rent or other sums due and payable pursuant to the Lease, (ii) reduces the term of the Lease, (iii) provides for payment of rent more than one month in advance, or (iv) materially increases Landlord’s obligations under the Lease; or

e. for any security deposit, rental deposit or similar deposit given by Tenant to a prior landlord (including Landlord) unless such deposit is actually paid over to Lender or such purchaser by the prior landlord; or

f. for any portion of the [ Tenant Allowance ] (as such term is defined in the Lease) previously disbursed to Landlord by Lender pursuant to the Loan Agreement; or

 

Exhibits-29


g. for the construction of any improvements required of Landlord under the Lease in the event Foreclosure Transferee acquires title to the Mortgaged Property prior to full completion and acceptance by Tenant of improvements required under the Lease; provided, however, such lack of liability on the part of Lender or such purchaser pursuant to this subparagraph shall not affect Tenant’s rights of self-help and offset or termination described in the Lease in the event of such failure to complete such improvements as long as Tenant has provided all applicable notices and cure periods as required under the Lease and this Agreement; or

h. for the payment of any leasing commissions or other expenses for which any prior landlord (including Landlord) incurred the obligation to pay.

The person or entity to whom Tenant attorns shall be liable to Tenant under the Lease only for matters arising during such person’s or entity’s period of ownership.

5. No Abridgment . Nothing herein contained is intended, nor shall it be construed, to abridge or adversely affect any right or remedy of Landlord under the Lease in the event of any default by Tenant (beyond any period given Tenant to cure such default) in the payment of rent or additional rent or in the performance of any of the other terms, covenants or conditions of the Lease on Tenant’s part to be performed.

6. Notices of Default to Lender . Tenant agrees to give Lender a copy of any default notice sent by Tenant under the Lease to Landlord.

7. Representations by Tenant . Tenant represents and warrants to Lender that Tenant has validly executed the Lease; the Lease is valid, binding and enforceable and is in full force and effect in accordance with its terms; the Lease has not been amended except as stated herein; no rent under the Lease has been paid more than thirty (30) days in advance of its due date; there are no defaults existing under the Lease; and Tenant, as of this date, has no charge, lien, counterclaim or claim of offset under the Lease, or otherwise, against the rents or other charges due or to become due under the Lease.

8. Rent Payment . If the Mortgaged Property shall be sold by reason of a Foreclosure Transfer, Tenant agrees to pay all rents directly to the Foreclosure Transferee in accordance with the Lease immediately upon notice of the Foreclosure Transferee succeeding to Landlord’s interest under the Lease. Tenant further agrees to pay all rents directly to Lender immediately upon notice that Lender is exercising its rights to such rents under the Security Instrument or any other loan documents evidencing the loan from Lender to Landlord (collectively, the “ Loan Documents ”) following a default by Landlord or other applicable party. Tenant shall be under no obligation to ascertain whether a default by Landlord has occurred under the Security Instrument or any other Loan Documents. Landlord waives any right, claim or demand it may now or hereafter have against Tenant by reason of such direct payment to Lender and agrees that such direct payment to Lender shall discharge all obligations of Tenant to make such payment to Landlord.

9. Notice of Security Instrument . To the extent that the Lease shall entitle Tenant to notice of any deed of trust or security agreement, this Agreement shall constitute such notice to the Tenant with respect to the Security Instrument and to any and all other deeds of trust and security agreements which may hereafter be subject to the terms of this Agreement.

 

Exhibits-30


10. Landlord Defaults . Tenant agrees with Lender that effective as of the date of this Agreement: (i) Tenant shall not take any steps to terminate the Lease for any default by Landlord or any succeeding owner of the Mortgaged Property until after giving Lender written notice of such default, stating the nature of the default and giving Lender thirty (30) days from receipt of such notice to effect cure of the same, or if cure cannot be effected within said thirty (30) days due to the nature of the default, Lender shall have a reasonable time to cure provided that it commences cure within said thirty (30) day period of time and diligently carries such cure to completion; and (ii) notice to Landlord under the Lease (oral or written) shall not constitute notice to Lender. For purposes of this paragraph actions taken by Lender to foreclose the Security Instrument or otherwise gain possession of the Mortgaged Property shall be considered actions undertaken to cure any default. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord defaults in the performance of any of its material obligations, covenants and warranties under the Lease which substantially interferes with the ability of Tenant to reasonably implement its permitted use under the Lease or results in a real and imminent danger to the health or safety of the person or property tenant or any agent, employee, or invitee of Tenant, then, in such event, Tenant shall be entitled to exercise its rights of self-help and offset within the time periods set forth in the Lease provided all required notices have been given as set forth in the Lease.

11. Liability of Lender . If Lender shall become the owner of the Mortgaged Property or the Mortgaged Property shall be sold by reason of foreclosure or other proceedings brought to enforce the Security Instrument or the Mortgaged Property shall be conveyed by deed in lieu of foreclosure, Tenant agrees that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, after such foreclosure sale or conveyance by deed in lieu of foreclosure, Lender shall have no personal liability to Tenant under the Lease and Tenant shall look solely to the estate and property of Landlord in the Mortgaged Property, to the net proceeds of sale thereof or the rentals received therefrom, for the satisfaction of Tenant’s remedies for the collection of a judgment or other judicial process requiring the payment of money by Landlord in the event of any default or breach by Landlord with respect to any of the terms, covenants, and conditions of the Lease to be observed or performed by Landlord and any other obligation of Landlord created by or under the Lease, and no other property or assets of Lender shall be subject to levy, execution or other enforcement procedures for the satisfaction of Tenant’s remedies. Further, in the event of any transfer by Lender of Landlord’s interest in the Lease, Lender (and in the case of any subsequent transfers or conveyances, the then assignor), including each of its partners, officers, beneficiaries, co-tenants, shareholders or principals (as the case may be) shall be automatically freed and released, from and after the date of such transfer or conveyance, of all liability for the performance of any covenants and agreements which accrue subsequent to the date of such transfer of Landlord’s interest.

12. Notice . Any notice or communication required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing, sent by (a) personal delivery, or (b) expedited delivery service with proof of delivery, or (c) United States mail, postage prepaid, registered or certified mail, addressed as follows:

 

To Lender:

  Wachovia Bank, National Association   
  5080 Spectrum Drive, Suite 400 E   
  Addison, Texas 75001   
  Attention: Commercial Real Estate, Richard Gross   
  Phone: (972) 419-3637   
To Tenant:       
      
      
  Attention:                                                                         
  Phone:                                                     

or to such other address or to the attention of such other person as hereafter shall be designated in writing by the applicable party sent in accordance herewith. Any such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been given and received either at the time of personal delivery or, in the case of delivery service or mail, as of the date of first attempted delivery at the address and in the manner provided herein.

13. Modification . This Agreement may not be modified orally or in any manner other than by an agreement in writing signed by the parties hereto or their respective successors in interest.

 

Exhibits-31


14. Successor Lender . The term “Lender” as used throughout this Agreement includes any successor or assign of Lender, any affiliate of Lender acquiring the Mortgaged Property at foreclosure or by deed-in-lieu of foreclosure, and any holder(s) of any interest in the indebtedness secured by the Security Instrument.

15. Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto, their successors and assigns, and any purchaser or purchasers at foreclosure of the Mortgaged Property, and their respective successors and assigns.

16. Paragraph Headings . The paragraph headings contained in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall in no way enlarge or limit the scope or meaning of the various and several paragraphs hereof.

17. Gender and Number . Within this Agreement, words of any gender shall be held and construed to include any other gender, and words in the singular number shall be held and construed to include the plural and words in the plural number shall be held and construed to include the singular, unless the context otherwise requires.

18. Applicable Law . This Agreement and the rights and duties of the parties hereunder shall be governed by all purposes by the law of the state where the Mortgaged Property is located and the law of the United States applicable to transactions within such state.

19. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall constitute but one and the same instrument, with the same effect as if all parties to this Agreement had signed the same signature page.

 

Exhibits-32


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have hereunto caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

LENDER:
WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Administrative Agent for itself and each of the other Lenders under the Loan Agreement
By:    
Name:    
Title:    

 

TENANT:
 
By:    
Name:    
Title:    

 

LANDLORD:
BLOCK L LAND, L.P. ,
a Texas limited partnership
By:   BLOCK L GP, LLC,
  a Texas limited liability company,
  its general partner
  By:    
  Name:    
  Title:    

 

Exhibits-33


THE STATE OF TEXAS                           )

                                                                     )

COUNTY OF DALLAS                            )

This instrument was acknowledged before me on                      , 200      , by                      ,                      of WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, on behalf of said banking association.

 

   
Notary Public, State of Texas
   
(printed name)

My Commission Expires:

                                          .

THE STATE OF                                          )

                                                                     )

COUNTY OF                                  )

This instrument was acknowledged before me on                      , 200      , by                      ,                      of                      , a                      , on behalf of said                      .

 

   
Notary Public, State of                                                  
   
(printed name)

My Commission Expires:

                                              .

 

Exhibits-34


THE STATE OF TEXAS                               )

                                                                         )

COUNTY OF DALLAS                                )

This instrument was acknowledged before me on                      , 200      , by                      ,                      of Block L GP, LLC, a Texas limited liability company, general partner of Block L Land, L.P., a Texas limited partnership, general partner of                      , a                      limited partnership, on behalf of each said entity.

 

   
Notary Public, State of Texas
   
(printed name)

My Commission Expires:

                                              .

 

Exhibits-35


EXHIBIT H

to

Office Lease

TENANT ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

TO:

RE:

The undersigned (the “ Tenant ”), as tenant under that certain lease (the “ Lease ”) dated                      , 20      , made with                          , a                          (together with its successors and/or assigns, the “ Landlord ”), covering approximately                      square feet of space at the Landlord’s property having an address at                      , Dallas, Texas, and commonly known as Suite              , Block              in Victory Park (the “Premises”), hereby certifies as follows:

 

1. The Tenant has entered into occupancy of the Premises described in the Lease and the Lease is in full force and effect and has not been assigned, modified, supplemented or amended in any way, except as follows:                                          . The Lease, as amended as indicated in the preceding sentence, represents the entire agreement between the parties as to said leasing.

 

2. The commencement date of the term of the Lease is                              and the expiration date of the term of the Lease is                              . The Tenant has no rights to renew or extend the term of the Lease except as follows:                                                       .

 

3. All conditions of the Lease to be performed by the Landlord and necessary to the enforceability of the Lease as of the date hereof have been satisfied. As of the date hereof, there are no defaults by either the Tenant or, to the Tenant’s actual knowledge the Landlord thereunder, and, to the Tenant’s knowledge, no event has occurred or situation exists that would, with the notice and/or passage of time, constitute a default under the Lease. All improvements or work required under the Lease to be made by the Landlord to date, if any, have been completed to the satisfaction of the Tenant. Charges for all labor and materials used or furnished in connection with improvements and/or alterations made for the account of the Tenant at the Premises and common areas have been paid in full. On this date there are no existing defenses, offsets, claims or credits that the Tenant has against the enforcement of the Lease by the Landlord.

 

4. Monthly rent in the amount of $              is payable on the      day of each month during the Lease term, all rent due for the current month has been paid, and no rents have been prepaid more than two (2) months in advance. The Tenant has paid to the Landlord a security deposit in the amount of $              .

 

5. The Tenant has no option or preferential right to purchase all or any part of the Premises, or the land of which the Premises are a part. The Tenant has no rights or interest with respect to the Premises other than as a tenant under the Lease. The Tenant has not assigned or sublet its interest in the Premises.

 

6. That as of the date hereof, there are no actions, whether voluntary or otherwise, pending against the Tenant under the bankruptcy or insolvency laws of the United States or any state thereof.

 

7. The Tenant understands that                              (the “[Lender] <OR> [Prospective Purchaser]”) intends to                              in reliance upon, among other things, this certificate, and that the                      ’s successors and/or assigns may rely on this certificate.

EXECUTED this      day of                      , 20      .

 

TENANT:

 

Exhibits-36


EXHIBIT I

to

Office Lease

PARKING

Subject to the terms of this Exhibit I , Landlord hereby agrees to make available to Tenant, and Tenant shall pay for and take, from and after the Commencement Date throughout the Term of the Lease, the Required Spaces and, if Tenant so elects at any time during the Term, the Optional Spaces (either, the “ Parking Spaces ”) described in Section 1 ( Definitions and Basic Terms ) by purchasing parking permits during the Term entitling Tenant to park in the structured parking garage adjacent to the Building (“ Parking Garage ”). Tenant’s use of the unreserved Parking Spaces shall be on a non-exclusive, first-come first-serve basis. Subject to the terms of this Exhibit I , (i) Tenant may access the reserved Parking Spaces in the Parking Garage 24 hours per day, seven days per week and (ii) Tenant may access the unreserved Parking Spaces from 6:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. on business days. However, in the event an employee or guest of Tenant is occupying the Parking Space, Landlord agrees not to attempt to remove such employee or guest from the Parking Garage and to permit any employee with an access card to exit the Parking Garage after 6:00 p.m. at no additional cost. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease or this Exhibit I , Landlord will permit employees and guests of Tenant to access Tenant’s unreserved Parking Spaces (not to exceed the number of unreserved Parking Spaces then leased by Tenant) after 6:00 p.m. at least two times per year on dates designated in writing by Tenant to Landlord.

Parking permits will be provided to Tenant during the initial Term at the following monthly rates per permit (plus all applicable taxes) for each of the Required Spaces and any Optional Spaces that Tenant elects to use under this Lease. Tenant shall pay the parking permit charges to Landlord at the same time and in the same manner as Tenant pays the Basic Rental. Landlord has established below the rates for parking permits on or about the Commencement Date will be as follows.

 

Parking Category

  

Monthly Fees

Parking Garage – reserved Parking Spaces

   $160.00 per space

Parking Garage – unreserved Parking Spaces

   $80.00 per space

 

* Parking fees will increase 2% annually.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, Tenant’s guests and customers will be entitled to free parking for the first hour of each visit to the Parking Garage, all at no cost or expense to Tenant. Landlord agrees to provide Tenant or its guests and customers such validation as may be necessary to assure such free-parking privileges.

In addition to the parking permits, Landlord may require Tenant to use access cards for the Parking Garage and may require Tenant to pay Landlord a security deposit of $5.00 for each access card. Tenant shall forfeit its access card deposit if any card is lost, stolen or damaged or not otherwise not returned to Landlord on request. Tenant shall deliver a new deposit before any replacement card is issued. Landlord shall return any un-forfeited deposits upon the expiration or termination of this Lease and Landlord’s receipt of the access cards in good condition. Except as provided herein, Landlord covenants to provide the Parking Spaces to Tenant during the Term on the terms set forth in this Exhibit I . If Landlord is temporarily unable to provide any of the Parking Spaces (due to casualty, condemnation, repairs, or other causes beyond Landlord’s control) and such inability continues for more than five consecutive business days, Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy shall be to abate its obligation to pay for the respective parking permits and access cards for so long as Tenant does not have the use of those Parking Spaces; provided, however, that in the event of such unavailability, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to (a) promptly eliminate such unavailability, and (b) obtain alternative parking spaces within 1,500 feet of the Building, provided that if alternative parking spaces are obtained, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the lesser of (i) the Parking Rental payable for Tenant’s Parking Spaces under the Lease, or (ii) prevailing rental rate for the use of such alternative parking spaces (and Parking Rental shall continue to abate as to such unavailable Parking Spaces as described above), and Landlord shall pay the direct costs to the provider of such alternative spaces. Such abatement shall be in full settlement of all claims that Tenant might otherwise have against Landlord as a result of Landlord’s failure or inability to provide Tenant with such Parking Spaces, permits and cards.

 

Exhibits-37


Landlord may oversell the unreserved parking spaces in the Parking Garage in a manner customary to the operation of garages associated with Comparable Buildings, provided Landlord shall not oversell rights to park in the unreserved parking spaces by more than 15% of the total number of parking spaces available in the Parking Garage. Landlord agrees not to oversell the reserved parking spaces.

Landlord may elect to establish parking zones in the Parking Areas, and if Landlord so elects, the parking permits and access cards may be issued to specifically identified vehicles. If Landlord implements a system whereby only specifically-identified vehicles are granted parking permits or access cards, other vehicles shall not be permitted to use the Parking Areas or established parking zones without Landlord’s prior written consent. Landlord reserves the right upon written notice posted in the Parking Areas to change the parking system for the Parking Areas to provide special requirements for weekend, Holiday or after-hours usage and to temporarily close the Parking Areas, or portions thereof, to make any repairs or alterations that Landlord may deem appropriate.

Tenant’s right to use the Parking Spaces, permits and access cards shall be subject to compliance with the reasonable rules and regulations promulgated from time-to-time by Landlord or any manager of the Parking Areas. Landlord may refuse to permit any person who violates any of the rules and regulations to park in the Parking Garage and, at its sole cost, risk and expense, may tow or have a valet move any vehicle that violates the terms of this Exhibit I . Landlord shall have no liability whatsoever for any property damage, loss or theft or personal injury that might occur as a result of or in connection with the use of the Parking Areas by Tenant or any Tenant Party. Tenant shall have the right to assign its parking rights under this Exhibit I , in whole or in part, to any Permitted Transferee. Tenant shall cause any such Permitted Transferee to agree to comply with the rules and regulations for the Parking Garage.

 

Exhibits-38


EXHIBIT J

to

Office Lease

EXTENSIONS OF TERM

Tenant, at Tenant’s option, shall have two successive rights to renew (each, a “ Renewal Option “) the Term of this Lease, each Renewal Option for a period of five years (each, a “ Renewal Term “), by delivering written notice of the exercise thereof to Landlord not later than 12 months, but no more than 15 months, before the expiration of the Term or extended Term, as applicable, subject, however, to the provisions contained in Exhibit K attached to this Lease. Failure of Tenant to exercise the applicable Renewal Option within the time period set forth above shall be deemed to be Tenant’s irrevocable waiver of its right to renew the Lease, the applicable Renewal Option and any future Renewal Options shall be deemed irrevocably waived, this Lease shall expire by its terms on the last day of the then applicable Term, and neither party shall have any further obligations or liability under this Lease except for those obligations that expressly survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. Within 15 days after the Market Rate for the applicable Renewal Term has been established, whether by agreement, arbitration, waiver, or otherwise, Landlord and Tenant shall execute an amendment to this Lease extending the Term on the same terms provided in this Lease, except as follows:

1. The Basic Rental payable for each month during a Renewal Term shall be equal to 95% of the Market Rate (as defined below); provided, however the portion of Basic Rental attributable to Operating Expenses and Taxes shall be at 100% of the Market Rate;

2. After the end of the second Renewal Term (if any), Tenant shall have no further renewal options unless expressly granted by Landlord in writing; and

3. Landlord shall lease to Tenant the Premises in their then-current condition, and Landlord shall not provide to Tenant any allowances (e.g., moving allowance, construction allowance, and the like) or other tenant inducements; and

4. The Base Year shall be the calendar year during which the applicable Renewal Term commences.

Tenant’s right to renew this Lease as provided in this Exhibit J can be exercised only if (a) at the time of Tenant’s exercise of the applicable Renewal Option, no Event of Default then exists under this Lease and Tenant is occupying the entire Premises (unless the Net Rentable Area of the Premises has been reduced by reason of the exercise of Landlord’s right to reduce the Premises pursuant to the provisions of Section 20 of this Lease, in which event Tenant must be occupying and leasing the balance of the Premises as so reduced), and (b) at the commencement of the Renewal Term, no Event of Default exists and Tenant is occupying the entire Premises (unless the Net Rentable Area of the Premises has been reduced by reason of the exercise of Landlord’s right to reduce the Premises pursuant to the provisions of Section 20 of this Lease, in which event Tenant must be occupying and leasing the balance of the Premises as so reduced). Occupancy by a sublessee or assignee (other than a Permitted Transferee of Tenant’s entire interest in this Lease) shall not constitute occupancy by Tenant. If at either time any of such conditions are not satisfied and is not waived by Landlord, then Landlord, in its sole discretion, may elect by the delivery of written notice to Tenant, to cause the applicable Renewal Option to be terminated and of no further force and effect, any purported exercise thereof shall be null and void, in which case this Lease shall terminate upon the expiration of the then applicable Term.

Within 30 days after Tenant timely exercises a Renewal Option, Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing of Landlord’s determination of the Market Rate payable during the applicable Renewal Term (“ Landlord’s Determination “). Within ten days after Tenant receives Landlord’s Determination, Tenant shall, by written notice to Landlord, either (i) accept Landlord’s Determination and elect to renew the Term of this Lease, (ii) waive Tenant’s right to renew the Term of this Lease, or (iii) elect to renew the Term of this Lease and, if Tenant disagrees with Landlord’s Determination, notify Landlord of Tenant’s determination of the Market Rate payable during the applicable Renewal Term (“ Tenant’s Determination “). Tenant’s failure to respond within such ten day period shall constitute Tenant’s irrevocable election to exercise such Renewal Option and agreement that the Market Rate is equal to Landlord’s Determination. If Tenant has delivered Tenant’s Determination to Landlord, then Landlord and Tenant shall negotiate the Market Rate for the applicable Renewal Term for 20 days after Tenant delivers Tenant’s Determination of Market Rate to Landlord. If Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree on the Market Rate within such 20 day negotiation period, Tenant shall elect within ten days following the expiration of such 20 day

 

Exhibits-39


negotiation period, by written notice to Landlord, either to (a) submit the determination of Market Rate with respect to the applicable Renewal Term to binding arbitration as described below, or (b) accept Landlord’s Determination. Tenant’s failure to elect either clause (a) or clause (b) shall be deemed an election by Tenant of clause (b).

Market Rate “ shall be that rate charged to tenants for space in Comparable Buildings, further taking into consideration the following: (i) the location, quality and age of the building; (ii) the use, location, size and floor level(s) of the space in question; (iii) the definition of “rentable square feet”; (iv) the extent of leasehold improvements; (v) abatements (including with respect to base rental, operating expenses and real estate taxes, and parking charges), or inducements being provided to Tenant; (vi) lease takeovers/assumptions; (vii) relocation/moving allowances; (viii) space planning/interior architecture and engineering allowances; (ix) refurbishment and repainting allowances, including the refurbishment allowance described above; (x) club memberships; (xi) other concessions or inducements; (xii) extent of services provided or to be provided; (xiii) base year or dollar amount for escalation purposes (both operating expenses and ad valorem/real estate taxes); (xiv) any other adjustments (including by way of indexes) to base rental; (xv) credit standing and financial stature of the tenant; (xvi) term or length of lease; (xvii) the time the particular rental rate under consideration was agreed upon and became or is to become effective; and (xviii) and any other relevant term or condition in making such Market Rate determination.

Within ten days after Tenant has elected to submit the determination of Market Rate to arbitration, each of Landlord and Tenant shall select an arbitrator and shall give notice to the other party of the identity of its arbitrator. Within ten days after their selection, the two arbitrators shall select a third arbitrator. Each arbitrator shall be a commercial real estate broker with not less than ten years experience in connection with major tenant office leases in commercial properties in Dallas, Texas. If the two arbitrators cannot agree upon a third arbitrator within such ten day period, then either arbitrator shall immediately (but in all cases within 24 hours) give notice to the director of the Dallas, Texas regional office of the American Arbitration Association (or any successor organization, or if no successor organization exists, then to an organization composed of persons of similar professional qualifications), requesting such organization to select, as soon as possible, but in any event within the next ten days, the third arbitrator. In the event of the failure, refusal or inability of any arbitrator to act, a new arbitrator shall be appointed in his/her stead, which appointment shall be made in the same manner as hereinbefore provided. At the request of either party, the arbitrators shall authorize the service of subpoenas for the production of documents or attendance of witnesses.

To the extent the provisions of this Exhibit J vary from or are inconsistent with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association, the provisions of this Exhibit J shall govern. All arbitrations shall occur at a location in Dallas, Texas, chosen by the arbitrators and shall, except as expressly provided to the contrary in this Exhibit J , be conducted pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association (or the successor organization, or if no such organization exists, then from persons of similar professional qualifications) and, to the extent not inconsistent with the foregoing, the laws of the State of Texas.

Within 20 days after their appointment, the arbitrators so chosen shall hold a hearing at which each party may submit evidence, be heard and cross-examine witnesses, with each party having at least ten days advance notice of the hearing. The hearing shall be conducted such that each of Landlord and Tenant shall have reasonably adequate time to present oral evidence or argument, but either party may present whatever written evidence it deems appropriate prior to the hearing (with copies of any such written evidence being sent to the other party). The arbitrators may select only Landlord’s Determination or Tenant’s Determination as their final determination of Market Rate. No other determination of Market Rate may be determined by the arbitrators.

The decision of the arbitrators so chosen shall be given within ten days after the conclusion of such hearing, and shall be accompanied by conclusions of law and findings of fact. The decision in which any two arbitrators so appointed and acting hereunder concur shall in all cases be binding and conclusive upon the parties and shall be the basis for a judgment entered in any court of competent jurisdiction. The fees and expenses of the arbitration proceeding and the fees of the arbitrators appointed under this Exhibit J shall be paid by the non-prevailing party. Landlord and Tenant may at any time by mutual written agreement discontinue arbitration proceedings and themselves agree upon any such matter submitted to arbitration.

Tenant’s rights under this Exhibit J shall terminate if this Lease or Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises is terminated, Tenant assigns any of its interest in this Lease or sublets any portion of the Premises or Tenant fails to timely exercise its options under this Exhibit J , time being of the essence with respect to Tenant’s exercise thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may assign its rights under this Exhibit J to a Permitted Transferee of Tenant’s entire interest in this Lease.

 

Exhibits-40


EXHIBIT K

to

Office Lease

PREFERENTIAL RIGHT

Following the Lease Date, and subject to the provisions of this Exhibit K , Tenant shall have a continuing and recurring preferential right (“ Preferential Right “) to lease the following space (“ Preferential Right Space ”): (a) the balance of the fifth floor, (b) all of floor 15 of the Building and (c) all of floor 12, subject to the preferential rights of the HB Tenant with respect to floor 12. The Preferential Right Space may from time to time be or become available for direct lease on the following terms and conditions:

(a) If Landlord intends to offer only a portion of a floor of the Preferential Right Space to Tenant under this Exhibit K , Tenant’s Preferential Right with respect to such offer shall be for only such portion of such floor that is the subject of such offer (whether all or a portion of the Preferential Right Space, the “ Offer Space ”). Notwithstanding anything in this Exhibit K to the contrary, if prior to Landlord’s delivery to Tenant of the Offer Notice, Landlord has received an offer to lease all or part of the Offer Space from a third party (a “ Third Party Offer ”) and such Third Party Offer includes space in excess of the Offer Space, then Tenant must exercise its rights hereunder, if at all, as to all of the space contained in the Third Party Offer.

(b) The Basic Rental for all Preferential Right Space shall be the prevailing rental rate in the Building for space of equivalent quality, size, utility and location, with the length of the then-remaining Term and the credit standing of Tenant to be taken into account.

(c) The term of this Lease with respect to such Preferential Right Space shall be coterminous with the Term of this Lease, including any renewal rights.

(d) Subject to the rights of the HB Tenant and to renewal and expansion rights (as distinguished from rights of first offer or rights of first refusal) of then-existing tenants of the Building, if Landlord intends to offer for lease to another party space that is Preferential Right Space, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a notice (“ Offer Notice ”) describing the material provisions of such offer and Landlord’s determination of the prevailing rental rate in the Building for such space. Tenant, within ten business days after receipt of the Offer Notice, shall irrevocably elect, by written notice to Landlord, to either (i) exercise the Preferential Right with respect to the Offer Space, or (ii) waive its right as to such Offer Space (subject to this Exhibit K ). Failure by Tenant to deliver any required notice to Landlord within the time frames set forth in this Section (d) shall be deemed to be Tenant’s waiver of its Preferential Right to such Offer Space pursuant to this Section (d) . Tenant acknowledges that as of the Effective Date, Landlord is in discussions with a Tenant that will have expansion rights on floor 15. For purposes of this Section (d) , Tenant acknowledges that Landlord is currently in discussions with Ernst & Young US, LLP (“E&Y”) and that E&Y will be considered an existing tenant of the Building.

(e) If Tenant does not elect to lease any such Offer Space within the time frames set forth in Section (d)  of this Exhibit K , Landlord shall have the right to lease all or any portion of the Offer Space to another tenant or tenants on terms that are no more favorable to such tenant(s) than those set forth in the Offer Notice. If a lease to another tenant(s) is not consummated within six months following the expiration of the time frames set forth in Section (d)  of this Exhibit K , then prior to leasing the same, Landlord must first comply with the provisions of this Exhibit K .

(f) If Landlord enters into a lease with such third-party, the renewal, expansion and preferential rights in such lease shall have priority over the Preferential Right.

(g) With respect to Preferential Right Space leased pursuant hereto, Basic Rental and Additional Rental shall commence with respect to such Preferential Right Space 90 days after the date when (i) Landlord tenders possession of such space in its entirety to Tenant in Delivery Condition (as defined in Exhibit B-1 ) (if such space was not previously occupied) or, in “as is” condition (if such space was previously occupied) or (ii) Tenant takes occupancy of all or a significant portion of such space for the purpose of operating its business, whichever shall first occur. In no event will Landlord be obligated to make or pay for any other improvements nor shall Landlord be obligated to pay any allowances to Tenant.

(i) Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, the Preferential Right shall expire on the date that is (i) one year prior to the expiration of Initial Term provided Tenant has not timely exercised its first Renewal Option (ii) one year prior to the expiration of the first Renewal Term provided Tenant has not timely exercised its second Renewal Option and (iii) two years prior to expiration of the second Renewal Term (if applicable).

 

Exhibits-41


(j) Tenant may exercise a Preferential Right only if (a) at the time of such exercise no Event of Default exists, (b) at the time of Landlord’s delivery of the Preferential Right Space to Tenant, no Event of Default exists, and (c) at both the time of such exercise and at the time of Landlord’s delivery of the Preferential Right Space to Tenant, Tenant is leasing and occupying the entire Premises (exclusive of such Preferential Right Space) (unless the Net Rentable Area of the Premises has been reduced by reason of the exercise of Landlord’s right to reduce the Premises pursuant to the provisions of Section 20 of this Lease, in which event Tenant must be occupying and leasing the balance of the Premises as so reduced). If such conditions are not satisfied or waived by Landlord, any purported exercise of any Preferential Right shall be null and void. If Tenant elects to exercise a Preferential Right, the applicable Preferential Right Space shall become part of the Premises and shall be subject to all the terms, covenants, and conditions of the Lease, except as explicitly set forth in this Exhibit K . Upon request of Landlord at any time after the lease of any Preferential Right Space, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord an amendment to the Lease (in a form provided by Landlord and mutually agreed to by Tenant) specifying (a) the commencement of the term in respect of such Preferential Right Space, (b) the Basic Rental payable in respect of the Preferential Right Space, (c) the square feet of Net Rentable Area of such Preferential Right Space, (d) the revised Tenant’s Proportionate Share and (e) the number of additional Parking Spaces with respect to such Preferential Right Space that Landlord will make available to Tenant, and Tenant shall pay for and take, which shall cacluated based on the number of Parking Spaces per square foot of Net Rentable Area in the Office Space that Tenant is then leasing from Landlord.

 

Exhibits-42


EXHIBIT L

to

Office Lease

INTENTIONALLY DELETED

 

Exhibits-43


EXHIBIT M

to

Office Lease

TENANT’S SIGN CRITERIA

[ATTACHED]

 

Exhibits-44


EXHIBIT N

to

Office Lease

JANITORIAL SPECIFICATIONS

 

I. OFFICE AREAS

 

  A. Services performed nightly (5 nights per week):

 

   

Empty and clean all waste receptacles and remove waste paper and rubbish to the designated area.

 

   

Hand dust or wipe clean with damp or treated cloth all horizontal surfaces, desks, chairs, files, telephones, picture frames, etc. Do not rearrange materials on desks.

 

   

Clean and sanitize drinking fountains, follow with stainless steel cleaner as needed taking care not to leave any oily residue.

 

   

Spot clean all windows and partition glass including lobby glass and glass table tops.

 

   

Vacuum all carpet areas. Broom sweep all oriental antique rugs. (Do not pull vacuum cords around corners.) Edges should either be swept or vacuumed with appropriate edge cleaning tool, as required.

 

   

Remove all finger marks and smudges from all vertical surfaces taking care not to mark material finishes.

 

   

Dust mop and spot clean all tiled areas.

 

   

Damp wash and wipe dry all plastic or Formica desk tops.

 

   

Sweep internal stairways and vacuum, if carpeted. Dust handrails and vertical surfaces.

 

  B. Services performed as necessary or in the frequency stated:

 

   

Wash waste receptacles. To be done if liquids might have leaked into the receptacle through the plastic liner or in other areas, as required.

 

   

Damp mop floors where spillage occurred or dirt tracked in.

 

   

Machine buff all non-carpet floors - not less than monthly. Strip and recoat as necessary.

 

   

Spot clean carpet areas. Major carpet cleaning will be handled outside this contract.

 

   

Dust light fixtures - not less than annually.

 

   

Vacuum/dust all perimeter slot diffusers on an annual basis.

 

   

Clean all air vent grills.

 

   

Dust window blinds quarterly.

 

   

Dust and wash window sills.

 

   

Dust fire extinguishers/fire extinguisher cabinets.

 

   

Dust all doors monthly.

 

II. RESTROOMS

 

  A. Services performed nightly (5 nights per week):

 

   

Empty and clean all waste receptacles and remove waste paper and rubbish to the designated area.

 

   

Empty, clean and disinfect all sanitary napkin receptacles.

 

   

Wash and disinfect all basins, urinals and bowls using nonabrasive cleaners to remove stains and clean undersides of rim on urinals and bowls. Wash both sides of toilet seats.

 

   

Clean and polish all mirrors, bright work and enameled surfaces.

 

Exhibits-45


   

Spot clean all partitions, tile walls, doors and outside surfaces of all dispensers and receptacles. Damp wipe all lavatory tops and remove water spots from wall surfaces next to dispensers/receptacles. Spot clean around light fixtures.

 

   

Clean and disinfect all flush-o-meters, piping and other metal.

 

   

Fill toilet tissue, soap, towels and sanitary napkin dispensers. Do not place any extra supplies on top of dispenser or counter top.

 

   

Sweep, wet mop and thoroughly rinse floor. Clean all corners and edges to prevent dirt buildup. Do not leave standing water on the floor.

 

   

Dump at least one gallon of water down restroom floor drain and wipe clean drain grill.

 

  B. Services performed as necessary or in the frequency stated:

 

   

Scrub all floors at least monthly - intent is to prevent buildup of dirt in grout.

 

   

Thoroughly wash all partitions at least monthly.

 

   

Dust all walls at least quarterly.

 

   

Wash all walls at least semi-annually.

 

   

Clean light fixtures at least annually.

 

   

Clean air vent grills at least quarterly.

 

   

Clean soap dispensers.

It is the intention to keep the restrooms thoroughly clean and not to use a fragrance or deodorant to mask odor. Disinfectants must be odorless. Abrasive cleaners or products that may damage any surface are not permitted.

 

III. ELEVATORS

 

  A. Services performed nightly:

 

   

Dust light lenses, damp wipe, if necessary.

 

   

Spot clean walls.

 

   

Dust or damp wipe finish metal and floor buttons.

 

   

Clean and polish all thresholds and tracks.

 

   

Carpet floors; clean edges, vacuum and spot.

 

   

Tile or other floor in service cars; sweep, wash, dress and buff.

 

   

Spot-clean hall side of doors, frame and hall call button.

 

  B. Services performed, as necessary:

 

   

Dust ceiling.

 

   

Shampoo carpet.

 

   

Wash hall side of doors and frame.

 

IV. LOBBY

 

  A. Services performed nightly:

 

   

Sweep and special clean the limestone and granite flooring.

 

   

Clean all edges and corners. Machine clean, as necessary.

 

   

Clean glass doors, adjacent glass panels and glass top of revolving doors.

 

   

Clean and polish all transoms, metal doors, door frames, etc.

 

   

Dust vases, vase stands and other horizontal surfaces.

 

   

Empty all trash receptacles, clean and polish.

 

Exhibits-46


   

Clean pay phones as required.

 

   

Spot clean directory board and graphics.

 

   

Clean security desk and surrounding area.

 

   

Spot clean all walls.

 

  B. Services performed as necessary or in the frequency stated:

 

   

Dust or wash granite walls.

 

   

Clean all air diffusers/grills.

 

   

Clean gold leaf niches.

 

   

Vacuum mats.

 

V. COMMON AREAS

 

  A. Services performed nightly:

 

   

Sweep/vacuum floor.

 

   

Spot clean carpet as necessary.

 

   

Spot clean walls - dust as necessary.

 

   

Clean and sanitize drinking fountains, follow with stainless steel cleaner as needed, taking care not to leave any oily residue.

 

   

Spot clean any windows and partition glass.

 

   

Empty, clean and polish trash receptacles.

 

  B. Services performed as necessary or in the frequency stated:

 

   

Dust light fixtures - not less than monthly.

 

   

Dust/wash air vent grills.

 

   

Dust all doors monthly.

 

   

Dust and damp wipe exit signs quarterly.

 

VI. BUILDING STAIRWAYS AND LANDINGS

Services performed as necessary or in the frequency stated:

 

   

Police for trash, remove gum daily.

 

   

Sweep/spot mop not less than weekly.

 

   

Dust handrails and other vertical members, twice per month.

 

   

Dust light fixtures - not less than quarterly.

 

   

Dust/wash all vents and painted piping monthly.

 

   

Clean prints and marks from doors.

 

   

Clean/wash transoms high and low.

 

VII. SERVICE HALL-FREIGHT ELEVATOR VESTIBULES

Services performed nightly:

 

   

Sweep, then spot mop or wet mop nightly.

 

   

Spray buff not less than weekly.

 

   

Strip and recoat quarterly.

 

Exhibits-47


   

Clean/wash transoms high and low.

 

   

Clean prints and marks from doors.

 

   

Dust/wash all vents and painted piping.

 

   

Dust light fixtures-not less than quarterly.

 

   

Spot clean walls.

 

VIII. MANAGER’S OFFICE, STAGING AREA, JANITORIAL ROOMS

Services performed as necessary or in the frequency stated:

 

   

Maintain all janitorial areas in a clean, neat and orderly condition at all times.

 

   

Maintain office and staging area in same fashion as tenant office areas.

 

IX. LOADING DOCK

 

  A. Services performed nightly:

 

   

Place all trash in compactor.

 

   

Sweep dock and dock area and remove any spots/spills.

 

   

Spot clean walls by dock office and service elevator.

 

   

Clean glass, empty trash, sweep/clean floor in dock office.

 

   

Clean and polish ash urn - replace sand as necessary.

 

  B. Services performed as necessary or in the frequency stated:

 

   

Steam and/or power wash all loading dock base, truck areas and exterior (top and sides) of trash compactor—not less than monthly.

 

   

Steam and/or power wash all loading dock vertical walls - not less than annually.

 

   

Maintain floor surface in dock office.

Upon completion of nightly duties, the floor supervisors will insure that all offices have been cleaned and left in a neat and orderly condition, all lights have been turned off and all areas properly secured. Supervisors will be responsible for completing a Nightly Supervisor Checklist which details any problems encountered during the course of cleaning either the tenant space or public areas.

 

X. COURTYARD/SIDEWALK

 

  A. Service performed nightly:

 

   

Police for trash - all areas including planting beds and along curb.

 

   

Empty trash barrels, clean and polish/wipe off.

 

   

Straighten and dust off furniture.

 

   

Remove gum from area.

 

  B. Services performed as necessary or in the frequency stated:

 

   

Steam and/or power wash granite pavers, sidewalks, and stairs.

 

   

Clean/wash fountains, chairs and trash receptacles.

 

XI. DAY SERVICE (Specific written job descriptions will be developed for each day person’s position. The tasks below are meant only to serve as guidelines.)

 

  1. At least twice daily check men’s and women’s washrooms for paper stock replacement. Wipe down and clean all lavatory tops and fixtures. Police restroom to prevent paper/trash on floor. Report to Management Office any problems.

 

Exhibits-48


  2. Vacuuming of elevator cabs will be performed at least three (3) times daily. All smudges, fingerprints to be removed from metal surfaces at same time vacuuming is done.

 

  3. There will be a constant surveillance of the lobby, courtyard and sidewalk areas to insure cleanliness. All sand urns will be sifted at least three (3) times daily and sand stamped. Damp mop where necessary all spills/water. Dust mop as required. Remove fingerprints from door glass and metal surfaces at least three (3) times daily. Clean trash from tree grates and planters.

 

  4. The first floor exterior side of all retail glass will be maintained as needed. Retail door glass will be spot cleaned at least once daily.

 

  5. The loading dock and service hallway will be policed for trash.

 

  7. Perform all special cleaning needs of individual tenants as authorized by the property manager for the Building.

 

  8. Perform all specific duties as detailed in the day maid/day porter job description.

 

  NOTE: It is the expectation of Landlord and its property manager to obtain first class janitorial services comparable to or better than Comparable Buildings. Landlord’s intent is not to create a specification that detailed everything but that demonstrated the high level of cleanliness and quality required for the project.

 

Exhibits-49


EXHIBIT O

to

Office Lease

POTENTIAL KITCHEN LOCATIONS

[ATTACHED]

 

Exhibits-50

Exhibit 10.50

FIRST AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE

This FIRST AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE (this “ Amendment ”) is made and entered into as of March              , 2007 (the “ Amendment Date ”), by and between BLOCK L LAND, L.P. , a Texas limited partnership (“ Landlord ”), and PLAINSCAPITAL CORPORATION , a Texas corporation (“ Tenant ”).

RECITALS:

 

A. Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Office Lease dated as of February 7, 2007, (the “ Lease ”) regarding Retail Bank Space and Office Space (the “ Premises ”) in the building commonly known as One Victory Park, located at 2323 Victory Avenue, Dallas, Texas 75219, all as more fully described in the Lease.

 

B. Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Lease by amending certain provisions of the Lease, as more particularly set forth below.

AGREEMENTS:

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants set forth herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:

 

1. Defined Terms . Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms have the meanings assigned in the Lease.

 

2. Tenant’s Right to Additional Space . The first sentence of Section 20.(b) is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety with the following sentence:

“Following Landlord's delivery of the Contraction Notice, provided Tenant has exercised its first Renewal Option and subject to the provisions of this Section 20.(b) , Tenant shall have a preferential right to lease space on or above the 15th floor of the Building, subject to the rights of E&Y with respect to such floors, on the following terms and conditions:”

The first sentence of Section 20.(b)(i) is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following sentence:

“Subject to the rights of the E&Y and to renewal and expansion rights (as distinguished from rights of first offer or rights of first refusal) of then-existing tenants of the Building, if, during the Offer Period, Landlord intends to offer available space on or above the 15th floor of the Building for lease to a third party, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a notice (“ Additional Space Notice ”) describing such space (the “ Additional Space ”), Landlord's determination of the prevailing rental rate in the Building for such Additional Space, and the terms on which Landlord proposes to offer the Additional Space for lease to such third party.”

 

3. Preferential Right (Exhibit K) . The first sentence of the first paragraph of Exhibit K is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety with the following sentence:

“Following the Lease Date, and subject to the provisions of this Exhibit K , Tenant shall have a continuing and recurring preferential right (“ Preferential Right ”) to lease the following space (“ Preferential Right Space ”): (a) the balance of the fifth floor, (b) all of floor 12, subject to the preferential rights of the HB Tenant with respect to floor 12 and (c) all of floor 15 of the Building, subject to the preferential rights of E&Y with respect to floor 15.”

 

1


The first sentence of paragraph (d) is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety by the following sentence:

“Subject to the rights of the HB Tenant, E&Y, each as set forth above, and to renewal and expansion rights (as distinguished from rights of first offer or rights of first refusal) of then-existing tenants of the Building, if Landlord intends to offer for lease to another party space that is Preferential Right Space, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a notice (“ Offer Notice ”) describing the material provisions of such offer and Landlord's determination of the prevailing rental rate in the Building for such space.”

 

4. Landlord’s Address . Landlord’s Address for purpose of notices under the Lease as set forth in Section 1 is amended as follows:

3090 Olive Street Suite 300

Dallas, Texas 75219

Attn: Clay B. Pulliam

 

5. Notices to Landlord : The reference to Walter D. Miller in Section 26.(e) is hereby deleted in its entirety. As a condition to the effectiveness of any notice from Tenant to Landlord regarding any disagreement, default, dispute, defense, claim or other assertion with which Landlord may disagree, Tenant must deliver a concurrent copy of such notice to Hillwood Development Company, LLC, Three Lincoln Center, 5430 LBJ Freeway, Suite 800, Dallas, Texas 75240, Attn: Chief Legal Counsel.

 

6. Miscellaneous .

 

  (a) Full Force and Effect . Except as expressly amended hereby, all other items and terms of the Lease remain unchanged and continue to be in full force and effect.

 

  (b) Ratification . Landlord and Tenant hereby ratify and confirm their respective obligations under the Lease. Additionally, Landlord and Tenant further confirm and ratify that, as of the date hereof, the Lease is and remains in good standing and in full force and effect.

 

  (c) Conflicts . The terms of this Agreement will control over any conflicts between it and the terms of the Lease.

 

  (d) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, and each counterpart when fully executed and delivered will constitute an original instrument, and all such multiple counterparts will constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

  (e) Successors and Assigns . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns.

R EMAINDER OF P AGE I NTENTIONALLY B LANK .

S IGNATURE P AGE ( S ) F OLLOWS .

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment on the date(s) set forth below to be effective as of the Amendment Date.

 

TENANT :
PLAINSCAPITAL CORPORATION,
a Texas corporation
By:   /s/ George McCleskey
  Name: George McCleskey
  Title: Senior Executive Vice President
  Date signed: March 27, 2007

First Amendment to Lease Agreement

Signature Page 1 of 2


LANDLORD :
BLOCK L LAND, L.P.,
a Texas limited partnership
By:   BLOCK L GP, LLC,
  a Texas limited liability company,
  its general partner
  By:   /s/ Jonas C. Woods
  Name:   Jonas C. Woods
  Title:   Executive Vice President
  Date Signed: April 3, 2007

First Amendment to Lease Agreement

Signature Page 2 of 2

Exhibit 10.51

SECOND AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE

This SECOND AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE (this “ Second Amendment ”) is made and entered into as of November 14, 2008 (the “ Amendment Date ”), by and between H/H VICTORY HOLDINGS, L.P. , a Delaware limited partnership (“ Landlord ”), and PLAINSCAPITAL CORPORATION , a Texas corporation (“ Tenant ”).

RECITALS:

 

A. Landlord (as successor-in-interest to Block L Land, L.P.) and Tenant entered into that certain Office Lease dated as of February 7, 2007, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Office Lease, dated April 3, 2007 (the “ Lease ”), regarding Retail Bank Space and Office Space (the “ Premises ”) in the building commonly known as One Victory Park, located at 2323 Victory Avenue, Dallas, Texas 75219, all as more fully described in the Lease.

 

B. Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Lease by amending certain provisions of the Lease, as more particularly set forth below.

AGREEMENTS:

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants set forth herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:

 

1. Defined Terms . Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms have the meanings assigned in the Lease.

 

2. Tenant’s Address . Tenant’s Address for purpose of notices under the Lease as set forth in Section 1 of the Lease is amended as follows:

2911 Turtle Creek Boulevard

Suite 700

Dallas, Texas 75219

Attn: George McCleskey

In addition, Tenant hereby appoints George McCleskey as “Tenant’s Representative” to act for Tenant in all matters covered by Exhibit B .

 

3. Term; Commencement Date . The definition of “Term” in Section 1 of the Lease is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

“A period commencing on November 15, 2008 (the “ Commencement Date ”) and ending at 5:00 p.m. on February 28, 2019 (“ Expiration Date ”), subject to adjustment and earlier termination as provided in this Lease or by operation of law; provided the Term may be extended pursuant to the terms of Exhibit J ( Extension of Term ).”

 

4. Lower Floor Rent Commencement Date . The definition of “Lower Floor Rent Commencement Date” in Section 1 of the Lease is hereby deleted and replaced with the following: “November 15, 2008”

 

5. 14th Floor Rent Commencement Date . The definition of “14th Floor Rent Commencement Date” in Section 1 of the Lease is hereby deleted and replaced with the following: “January 1, 2009”.

 

1


6. Delivery of the Premises . The definition of “Delivery of the Premises” in Section 1 of the Lease is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

“Landlord and Tenant agree and acknowledge that (i) possession of the portion of the Premises consisting of the 1st, 3rd, and 5th floors of the Building (the “ Lower Floors ”) has been tendered to Tenant in the condition required by this Lease (“ Delivery of the Lower Floors ”) and (ii) possession of the portion of the Premises consisting of the 14th floor of the Building (the “ 14th Floor ”) has been tendered to Tenant in the condition required by this Lease (“ Delivery of the 14th Floor ”).”

 

7. Basic Rental . The definition of “Basic Rental” in Section 1 of the Lease is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

“Subject to Paragraph 8 of the Second Amendment, “ Basic Rental ” for the period of time from the Lower Floor Rent Commencement Date until first anniversary of the Full Rent Commencement Date shall be payable at an annual rate of $32.50 per square foot of Net Rentable Area in the Premises (currently anticipated to be $131,191.67 per month, which is approximately $1,574,300.00 annually). On each anniversary of the Full Rent Commencement Date and for each subsequent 12-month period of the Term, Basic Rental shall increase $0.50 per square foot of Net Rentable Area in the Premises over the Basic Rental for the previous 12-month period.”

 

8. Partial Abatement of Rent .

 

  (a) Notwithstanding the terms of Section 1 of the Lease and for each month from the 14th Floor Rent Commencement Date until March 1, 2009 (the “ Full Rent Commencement Date ”), the Basic Rental payable by Tenant with respect to the 14th Floor shall be calculated as the product of (a) the Basic Rent payable for the applicable month (with respect to the 14th Floor) and (b) 40%. For purposes of clarification the foregoing partial abatement of Rent shall not apply to the Lower Floors, and commencing on the Lower Floor Rent Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay all Rent (including Parking Rental) with respect to the Lower Floors as provided in the Lease.

 

  (b) For each month from the Commencement Date until the 14th Floor Rent Commencement Date, Parking Rental for a pro rata portion of the Parking Spaces (including the Reserved Spaces) leased by Tenant (such pro rata portion to be equal to the ratio of (i) the number of square feet of Net Rentable Area on the 14th Floor, divided by (ii) the total number of square feet of Net Rentable Area in the Premises) shall be fully abated. For purposes of clarification, the foregoing abatement of Parking Rental shall not affect the Parking Rental payable with respect to balance of the Parking Spaces ( i.e. , the Parking Spaces allocable to the Lower Floors).

 

  (c) In addition, for each month from the 14th Floor Rent Commencement Date until the Full Rent Commencement Date, Parking Rental for a pro rata portion of the Parking Spaces (including the Reserved Spaces) leased by Tenant (such pro rata portion to be equal to the ratio of (i) the number of square feet of Net Rentable Area on the 14th Floor, divided by (ii) the total number of square feet of Net Rentable Area in the Premises) shall be payable at a rate equal to 40% of the applicable rate for such Parking Spaces. For purposes of clarification, the foregoing partial abatement of Parking Rental shall not affect the Parking Rental payable with respect to balance of the Parking Spaces ( i.e. , the Parking Spaces allocable to the Lower Floors).

 

  (d) Commencing on the Full Rent Commencement Date and continuing through the remainder of the Term, Tenant shall pay all Rent (including Parking Rental) as provided in the Lease.

 

9. TI Allowance . Pursuant to Exhibit B , the Tenant’s Work includes completion of the Initial Leasehold Improvements in the elevator lobby of the third floor of the Building at Tenant’s cost (subject to the TI Allowance). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Exhibit B, it is understood and agreed that (i) Landlord is obligated to perform that portion of the Tenant’s Work necessary to complete the elevator lobby serving the third floor of the Building, and (ii) as a result thereof, the TI Allowance will be reduced by $47,260.00. Accordingly, the definition of “TI Allowance” in Section 1 of the Lease is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

“Subject to the terms of Exhibit B ( Construction Work ), an allowance of $42.50 per square foot of Net Rentable Area in the Premises, over and above Landlord’s Work (as defined in Exhibit B-1) , minus $47,260.00 ( i.e. , the product of $42.50 and 1,112 square feet of Net Rentable Area, which is the Net Rentable Area of the elevator lobby serving the third floor of the Building). Such allowance is currently estimated to be $2,011,440.00 and will be advanced by Landlord to Tenant in the manner specified in Exhibit B .”

 

2


10. Parking Spaces . The definition of “Parking Spaces” in Section 1 of the Lease is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

“Subject to the terms of this Section 1 and Exhibit I ( Parking ): One hundred (100) parking spaces located in the Parking Garage (“ Initial Required Spaces ”), of which twenty-five (25) parking spaces will be designated as reserved exclusively for Tenant (the “ Reserved Spaces ”) and the remainder will constitute unreserved parking spaces. The Reserved Spaces will be located on the third level of the Parking Garage in the area shown on the Garage Plan attached to the Second Amendment as Appendix 1 and made a part hereof for all purposes; provided, however, Landlord may temporarily relocate any Reserved Space from time to time, at Landlord’s reasonable discretion, upon five days’ prior written notice to Tenant, in order for Landlord to perform its obligations under Section 10.(a) of the Lease. Subject to the terms of Exhibit I , any such temporary relocation of the Reserved Parking Spaces by Landlord will not exceed 30 consecutive days.

If the Net Rentable Area of the Office Space is increased at any time during the Term, the number of Parking Spaces allocated to Tenant will be increased at the rate of (i) one parking space for every 500 additional square feet of Net Rentable Area in the Office Space (“ Additional Required Spaces ”) or, (ii) at Tenant’s option, one parking space for every 367 square feet of Net Rentable Area in the Office Space (the number of spaces in excess of the Additional Required Spaces, “ Optional Spaces ”). Reserved parking spaces (equal to 15% of the total Additional Required Spaces and, if Tenant elects to lease the same, 15% of the Optional Spaces) and unreserved parking spaces shall be located in the Parking Garage.

If the Net Rentable Area of the Office Space is decreased pursuant to Section 20.(a) of the Lease, then, after taking into consideration any Additional Space leased pursuant to Section 20.(b) of the Lease, the number of Initial Required Spaces (including Reserved Spaces) shall be reduced on a pro rata basis (such pro rata reduction being calculated as the number of Initial Required Spaces set forth above multiplied by the ratio of (A) the total number of square feet of Net Rentable Area of the Office Space following such reduction (but including any Additional Space leased), divided by (B) the total number of square feet of Net Rentable Area of the Office Space immediately prior to such reduction).

In addition to the foregoing, four visitor parking spaces on the first level of the Parking Garage will be designated as reserved exclusively for Tenant’s visitors at no cost or expense to Tenant. As used herein the term “ Required Spaces ” shall mean the Initial Required Spaces and the Additional Required Spaces, if any.”

 

11. Exhibit B . Paragraph 25 of Exhibit B is hereby deleted in its entirety.

 

12. Delay . Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that as of the Amendment Date, no Landlord Delay or Tenant Delay has occurred.

 

13. Exhibit F . Tenant hereby waives all of its rights and remedies set forth in Exhibit F , and Exhibit F is hereby deleted in its entirety.

 

3


14. Exhibit I . The fifth paragraph of Exhibit I is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“Landlord may oversell the unreserved parking spaces in the Parking Garage in a manner customary to the operation of garages associated with Comparable Buildings, provided Landlord shall not oversell rights to park in the unreserved parking spaces by more than 15% of the total number of parking spaces available in the Parking Garage.”

 

15. Exhibit M . The maximum dimensions for the Retail Sign ( i.e. , the eyebrow sign on the East end of the North-facing side of the Building), as shown on Exhibit M , are hereby amended to be three feet tall by 27.5 feet wide.

 

16. Miscellaneous .

 

  (a) Full Force and Effect . Except as expressly amended hereby, all other items and terms of the Lease remain unchanged and continue to be in full force and effect.

 

  (b) Ratification . Landlord and Tenant hereby ratify and confirm their respective obligations under the Lease. Additionally, Landlord and Tenant further confirm and ratify that, as of the date hereof, the Lease is and remains in good standing and in full force and effect.

 

  (c) Conflicts . The terms of this Agreement will control over any conflicts between it and the terms of the Lease.

 

  (d) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, and each counterpart when fully executed and delivered will constitute an original instrument, and all such multiple counterparts will constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

  (e) Successors and Assigns . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns.

R EMAINDER OF P AGE I NTENTIONALLY B LANK .

S IGNATURE P AGE ( S ) F OLLOWS .

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Second Amendment on the date(s) set forth below to be effective as of the Amendment Date.

 

TENANT :
PLAINSCAPITAL CORPORATION,
a Texas corporation
By:   /s/ George McCleskey
  Name: George McCleskey
  Title: Senior Executive Vice President
  Date signed: November 14, 2008

Second Amendment to Office Lease

Signature Page 1 of 2


LANDLORD :
H/H VICTORY HOLDINGS, L.P.,
a Delaware limited partnership
By:       Hines OVP Associates Limited Partnership,
  a Texas limited partnership,
  its managing general partner
  By:       Hines HVP GP, LLC,
    a Delaware limited liability company,
    its general partner
    By:       Hines Interests Limited Partnership,
      a Delaware limited partnership,
      its sole member
      By:       Hines Holding, Inc.,
        a Texas corporation,
        its general partner
        By:  

/s/ Clayton C. Elliott

        Name:   Clayton C. Elliott
        Title:   Senior Vice President
    Date Signed:   November       , 2008

Second Amendment to Office Lease

Signature Page 2 of 2


APPENDIX 1

to

Second Amendment to Office Lease

LOGO

Second Amendment to Lease Agreement

Appendix 1

Exhibit 21.1

Subsidiaries

 

Plains Capital Corporation - Texas

PlainsCapital Bank - Texas

PrimeLending, a PlainsCapital Company - Texas

PrimeLending Ventures Management, LLC - Texas

PrimeLending Ventures, LLC - Texas

First Southwest Holdings, LLC - Delaware

First Southwest Company - Delaware

First Southwest CDE, LLC - Delaware

First Southwest Leasing Company - Delaware

First Southwest CDE, LLC - Delaware

First Southwest Asset Management, Inc. - Delaware

FSW Advisory Services, Inc. - Delaware

FSC Asset Administrator, LLC - Delaware

FSC Company 2005-A, LLC - Delaware

PUT 2005-A GP, LLC - Delaware

PUT 2005-A, LP - Delaware

Legal Fee Note Issuer 2005-A, LLC - Delaware

PlainsCapital Leasing, LLC - Texas

PlainsCapital Securities, LLC - Texas

PlainsCapital Insurance Services, LLC - Texas

PCB-ARC, Inc. - Texas

PNB Aero Services, Inc. - Texas

PNB Financial Group, Inc. - Texas

Plains Financial Corporation - Texas

Hester Capital Management, LLC - Texas

PlainsCapital Equity, LLC - Texas

PCC Statutory Trust I - Connecticut

PCC Statutory Trust II - Connecticut

PCC Statutory Trust III - Connecticut

PCC Statutory Trust IV - Delaware